OSN 8800 6800 3800 V100R009C10 Hardware Description 02 PDF

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
V100R009C10
Hardware Description
Issue
02
Date
2015-03-20
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2015. All rights reserved.

No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address:
Huawei Industrial Base

Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website:
http://www.huawei.com
Email:
support@huawei.com
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document
About This Document
Related Versions
Product Name
Version
OptiX OSN 8800
V100R009C10
OptiX OSN 6800
V100R009C10
OptiX OSN 3800
V100R009C10
iManager U2000
V200R014C60
iManager U2000 Web LCT
V200R014C60
Intended Audience
This document describes the hardware feature of a cabinet and each subrack, in addition to
application, working principle, front panel, and specifications of each board.
This document is intended for:
l
Network Planning Engineer
Hardware Installation Engineer
Installation and Commissioning Engineer
Field Maintenance Engineer
Network Monitoring Engineer
Data Configuration Engineer
System Maintenance Engineer
Symbol Conventions
The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

ii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document
Symbol
Description
DANGER
WARNING
CAUTION
Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if not

avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk, which
if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not
avoided, could result in equipment damage, data loss,
performance degradation, or unexpected results.
TIP
Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save

time.
NOTE
Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement

important points of the main text.
Diagram Conventions
The diagram conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Convention
Description
Indicates the flow of optical signals.
Indicates the flow of electrical signals.
Indicates an optical module.
Indicates an electrical module.
All modules of a board are inside such a block in bold.
GUI Conventions
The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

iii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document
Convention
Description
Boldface
Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles

are in boldface. For example, click OK.
>
Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"

signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.
Change History
Updates between document issues are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document issue contains
all updates made in previous issues.
Updates in Issue 02 (2015-03-20) Based on Product Version

V100R009C10
This issue is the second official release for OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800 V100R009C10.
Compared with "Product Version (V100R009C10) Version 01 (2014-12-01)", updates of
V100R009C10SPC100 and V100R009C10SPC200 are added.
Update
Description
TN58NS4
Compared with the other NS4 board, only the

TN58NS4 board is single-slot 1 x 100G coherent line
board and the TN58NS4 board has lower power
consumption.
TN12ST2/TN13ST2
Compared with the TN11ST2 board, the TN12ST2

and TN13ST2 boards are manufactured using an
optimized engineering process, and the TN12ST2
board newly supports line fiber quality monitoring.
TN13FIU03/TN16FIU
TN13FIU03: Function enhancement.

TN16FIU: The manufacturing process is optimized.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
TN13TM20
The manufacturing process is optimized.
TN17WSD9
TN17WSM9
The manufacturing process is optimized, and the

functions remain the same.
TN17WSMD4
TN54STG
The TN54STG board is manufactured using an

optimized engineering process. The functions of the
TN54STG and TN52STG boards are the same.

iv
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document

V100R009C10
This issue is the first official release for OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800 V100R009C10.
Update
Description
TN54NPS4
The 100G PID boards are newly supported by

V100R009C10. You can click a board to view details
about it.
TN54NPS4E
TN13OBU1P3
TN13OBU2P3
TN14OBU2P3
TN96NS4
The OA boards that match 100G PID boards are newly

supported by V100R009C10. You can click a board
to view details about it.
The submarine cable boards are newly supported by
about it.
TN96OBU1
TN96WSD9
TN96WSM9
TN54HUNQ2
TN54HUNS3
The physical-layer frequency synchronization and

IEEE 1588v2 functions are newly supported by the
TN54HUNQ2 and TN54HUNS3 boards. You can
click a board to view details about it.

V100R009C00SPC200
Update
Description
TN15LTX
Functions of these boards are changed in

about it.
TN17LSCM
TN56TOX
TN55TTX
TN54NS4M

V100R009C00SPC100
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document
Update
Description
TN17LSCM
These boards are newly supported by V100R009C00.

You can click a board to view details about it.
TN15LTX
TN56TOX
TN55TTX
TN54GS4
TN15FIU
TN12MR8V
TN12RDU9
TN13OBU1
TN12RAU1
TN12RAU2
TN13OLP
TN13DCP
TN13VA1
TN13VA4
TN55EG16

about it.
TN54EX8

V100R008C10SPC210/SPC300
This issue is the third official release for OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800 V100R008C10. Compared
with the manual for the issue 02, the manual of this issue contains the SPC300 related
information.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Update
Description
13.26 LTX
Added the TN15LTX board.
10.2 8800 AC Power Supply
The OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack can

be AC powered.

vi
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document

V100R008C10SPC200
Compared with the manual for the issue 01, the manual of this issue contains the SPC200 related
information.
Update
Description
Whole manual
Changed the required U2000 version from

V200R001C00 to V200R014C50.
TN15LSCT61

TN57NS4T61
TN55EG16
TN54EX8
TN11QCP
TN54EG16
Added the IEEE 1588v2 function for the TN54EG16

board.

V100R008C10
Update
Description
TN12AUX

TN12HSC1
TN15LSC
TN57NS4
TN54NS4M
TN12STG
TN16WSD9
TN16WSM9
TN13WSMD4
TN12WSMD9/TN15WSMD9
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

vii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document
Update
Description
TN54HUNQ2

about it.
TN11ITL06
TN12LDX
TN14LSC
TN12LSX/TN14LSX
TN54NS4
TN54THA
TN52TOM
TN55TQX
TN54TSC

V100R008C00
with the manual for the issue 02, the manual of this issue contains the SPC211 and SPC230
related information.
Update
Description
4.5 OptiX OSN 8800

Universal Platform
Subrack
Added the TN18EFIB variant for the TN18EFI board series.

V100R008C00
Compared with the manual for the issue 01, the manual of this issue contains the SPC200 related
information.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

viii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document
Update
Description
Whole manual
Added the E2000-ODF box.

Added the TN12LTX and TN13OAU107 boards.
Deleted the TN21SCC board.
Optimized the description of cross-connections by deleting boardspecific cross-connection description for the boards that support
only cross-connections between the tributary and line boards and
between line boards and adding 12.4 General Principles for
Configuring Electrical Cross-Connections to introduce the
applications and common rules of cross-connections in a centralized
manner. The Configuring Cross-Connections topic is reserved for
the board with intra-board cross-connections.
4.4 OptiX OSN 8800

T16 Subrack
Added the TN12LSX board for the OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack.
13.22 LSX
Added a note explaining that the TN12LSX board does not support
the PRBS test function when the board is provisioned with a client
STM-64 service.
8 OptiX OSN 3800

Chassis
Added the TN12LSC, TN13LSC, TN11LTX, and TN12LTX boards

for the OptiX OSN 3800 that uses the DC power supply.
13.19 LSC
Changed the maximum power consumption of the OptiX OSN 3800

that uses the DC power supply to 420 W.
13.26 LTX
13.19 LSC
Added the T01 type for the TN13LSC board to support HFEC, and
added the BIP8 monitoring function that supports 100GE services
for the TN13LSC board.
21.6 DFIU
Added optical-layer ASON for the DFIU. When functioning as an

OLA site, the OptiX OSN 3800 supports optical-layer ASON.
25.14 SCC
Added a note explaining the feature limitations of the TN22SCC

board.
13.16 LQM
Deleted PRBS test function on the WDM side for the TN13LQM
board.
TN12LDM
Deleted the SDI and HD-SDI services.
TN11LDMD
TN11LDMS
TN13LQM
TN12LQMD
TN12LQMS
TN12TQM
TN11TOM
TN11LOM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Deleted the support for the IU9 and IU10 slots of the OptiX OSN
6800.

ix
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document

V100R008C00
This issue is the first official release for OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800 V100R008C00. Compared
with the manual for the previous version, the manual of this issue provides the following updates.
Update
Description
Whole manual
l Added the OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack.

l Added the following boards: TN18EFI, TN54HUNQ2,
TN54HUNS3, TN56NS3, TN56NS4, TN13LSC, and TN18PIU
boards.
l Divided previous section "Subrack and Power Requirement" into
sections "Subrack" and "Power Supply", and changed "Data
Communication and Equipment Maintenance Interfaces" in
previous section "Subrack and Power Requirement" into
"Management Interfaces" for the optimization purpose.
l Added the maintenance blinking mode for the STAT indicator
on the OptiX OSN 3800.
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

Cross-Connect
Capacities
Added the TN52UXCH and TN52UXCM boards for the general

OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack. The use of the two new boards
increases the OTN cross-connect capacity of the subrack from 1.28
Tbit/s to 2.56 Tbit/s and supports grooming of 640 Gbit/s packet
services.
NO2
Added information showing that the general OptiX OSN 8800 T32
subrack supports the TN55NO2 board in line mode and the
TN55TOX board.
TOX
RDU9
WSMD4
WSMD9
MCA4
MCA8
Added descriptions indicating that the RDU9, WSMD4, and

WSMD9 boards can be directly connected to coherent OTU or line
boards for local dropping of services.
Modified the conditions for the MCA4, MCA8, and OPM8 boards
to monitor OSNRs of 40 Gbit/s and higher-rate signals.
OPM8
L4G
LEM24
Added information explaining that the boards support client 1+1

protection only when they are provisioned with EPL services.
LEX4
TEM28
TBE
TBE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Added information explaining that the RX/TX port on the board

does not support client 1+1 protection.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document
Update
Description
OLP
Added a note explaining the restriction on the TN11OLP01 and

TN12OLP01 boards in application 1 and removed the two boards
from application 2.
SCC
Deleted BIOS state D for the SCC, TN16XCH, and TN16UXCM

boards.
TN16XCH
TN16UXCM
SLH41
Specifications
Added colored CWDM and DWDM modules in the specifications

of the N3SLH41, N4SLO16, and N4SLQ16 boards.
SLO16
Specifications
SLQ16
Specifications

V100R007C02
This issue is the sixth official release for OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800 V100R007C02. Compared
with the manual for the issue 05, the manual of this issue provides the following updates.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Update
Description
Whole manual
TTX
Deleted the OTU2 service.
M40
Added the following note. The TN12M40 board can substitute for
the TN11M40 board only after the software upgrade to Optix OSN
8800/6800/3800 V100R006C01 SPC300 or later. When the
TN11M40 board resides on the Optix OSN 6800, the software
version of the Optix OSN 6800 must be V100R003C02 or later.
When the TN11M40 board resides on the Optix OSN 8800, there is
no requirement for the software version of the Optix OSN 8800.
LOM
Deleted the support for installing the TN11LOM board in slots IU9
and IU10 of the OptiX OSN 6800 subrack.

xi
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document
Update
Description
DFIU
Changed the default value of Channel Number Mode to "/".
FIU
SFIU
DAS1
HBA
OAU1
OBU1
OBU2
RAU1
RAU2
DAS1
Note: The board supports a 2.5 dB extended gain. The extended

gain is only for the temporary use because it affects the gain flatness.
OAU1
OBU1
OBU2

V100R007C02
This issue is the fifth official release for OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800 V100R007C02. Compared
with the manual for the issue 04, the manual of this issue contains the SPC300 related
information.
Update
Description
Whole manual
Divided previous section "Subrack and Power Requirement" into

14.14 TSC
Added the (100GBASE-425G)/(OTU4-428G)-10km-CFP

optical module for the TN54TSC and TN12LSC boards to support
client OTU4 services.
13.19 LSC
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
14.6 THA
Added the multi-mode 2.125Gbit/s Multirate-0.5km-eSFP

module for the THA board
13.22 LSX
STM-64 service.

xii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document
Update
Description
13.16 LQM
board.
TN12LDM
TN11LDMD
TN11LDMS
TN13LQM
TN12LQMD
TN12LQMS
TN12TQM
TN11TOM
SCC
TN16XCH
Deleted BIOS state D for the SCC, TN16XCH, and TN16UXCM

boards.
TN16UXCM
L4G
LEM24

LEX4
TEM28
TBE
TBE

OLP

from application 2.

V100R007C02
This issue is the fourth official release for OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800 V100R007C02.
Compared with the manual for the previous version, the manual of this issue provides the
following updates.
Update
Description
4 OptiX OSN 8800 Subrack
l OptiX OSN 8800 T32: Changed the maximum subrack

power consumptiona from 3500 W to 4800 W.
l OptiX OSN 8800 T16: Changed the maximum subrack
power consumptiona from 1600 W to 2400 W.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xiii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document
Update
Description
14.4 TDX
Changed the FC800 service module of the TDX and TQX

boards from 10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km-XFP to 800SM-LC-L-10 km-XFP.
14.13 TQX
14.9 TOM
Revised the number of client services supported in

application scenarios 6 and 10 of the TN52TOM board.
14.16 TTX
Deleted the OTU2 and OTU2e services.

V100R007C02
Update
Description
FIU Panel
Changed the description of the MON/OUT port power split ratio for
the TN13FIU02 board into the following sentence: The MON port
is a 0.1/99.9 tap of the total composite signal at the OUT port (30
dB lower than the actual signal power, calculation formula: Pout
(dBm) - Pmon (dBm) = 10 x lg (99.9/0.1) = 30 dB).
TOA Functions and

Features
Deleted the FE electrical port feature for the TOA board.

V100R007C02
Compared with the manual for the issue 01, the manual of this issue contains the SPC100 and
SPC200 related information.
Update
Description
Whole manual
Changed the required U2000 version from V100R008C01 to

V100R008C00.
2 Cabinet
l Optimized the cabinet descriptions. The N63B and N66B

cabinets are described through comparison.
l Added requirements on subrack configurations inside a
cabinet.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xiv
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document
Update
Description
LTX Application
Revised the description of relay mode of line boards as follows:

When optical-layer ASON and electrical-layer ASON are
enabled, it does not matter whether the Board Mode parameter
is set to Optical Relay Mode or Electrical Relay mode. The
parameter must be set to Optical Relay Mode for the line board
in a non-ASON system; otherwise, end-to-end management of
ASON services is not available.
ND2 Application
NO2 Application
NQ2 Application
NS3 Application
NS4 Application
14.16 TTX
Added information about latency measurement.
13.12 LOA
Added information about InfiniBand 2.5G, InfiniBand 5G,

FC1200, FICON10G, and 10GE LAN services.
NPO2E Functions and

Features
Added information about electrical-layer ASON.
NPO2 Functions and

Features
ENQ2 Functions and
Features

V100R007C02
Update
Description
Whole manual
Added information about the TN52NS2T04, TN52NS2T05,

TN52NS2T06, TN52NS201M01, TN52NS201M02,
TN52ND2T04, TN14LSX, TN54TTX, and TN54TSC boards.
Added information showing that the OptiX OSN 8800 platform
subrack supports the TN12LDM, TN12LOM, TN13LQM,
TN12LSX, TN14LSX, TN12LSXL, TN52TOM, TN12LWXS, and
TN11LWX2 boards.
25.12 TN16UXCM
Added information explaining that the TN16UXCM board supports

centralized grooming of ODU4 signals.
15.7 NS4
Added information explaining that the NS4 and NO2 boards can be
used as line boards on the OptiX OSN 8800 T16.
15.3 NO2
14.5 TEM28
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Added information explaining that the TEM28 board newly supports

the 10GE WAN service.

xv
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document

V100R007C00
This issue is the fifth official release for OptiX OSN 8800 V100R007C00. Compared with the
manual for the previous version, the manual of this issue provides the following updates.
Update
Description
Whole manual
Deleted the TN21SCC board for OptiX OSN 3800 chassis.
25.14 SCC
Added a note explaining the feature limitations of the TN22SCC

board.
13.22 LSX
STM-64 service.
13.16 LQM
board.
TN12LDM
TN11LDMD
TN11LDMS
TN13LQM
TN12LQMD
TN12LQMS
TN12TQM
TN11TOM
TN11LOM
Deleted the support for the IU9 and IU10 slots of the OptiX OSN
6800.

V100R007C00
This issue is the fourth official release for OptiX OSN 8800 V100R007C00. Compared with the
manual for the previous version, the manual of this issue provides the following updates.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Update
Description
Whole manual
Divided previous section "Subrack and Power Requirement" into


xvi
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document
Update
Description
FIU
Changed the description of the MON/OUT port power split ratio for
the TN13FIU02 board into the following sentence: The MON port
is a 0.1/99.9 tap of the total composite signal at the OUT port (30
dB lower than the actual signal power, calculation formula: Pout
(dBm) - Pmon (dBm) = 10 x lg (99.9/0.1) = 30 dB).
TOA
Deleted the FE electrical port feature for the TOA board.
14.4 TDX
Changed the FC800 service module of the TDX and TQX boards
from 10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km-XFP to 800-SM-LC-L-10 kmXFP.
14.13 TQX
14.9 TOM
Revised the number of client services supported in application

scenarios 6 and 10 of the TN52TOM board.
L4G

LEM24
LEX4
TEM28
TBE
TBE

OLP

from application 2.
SCC
Changed BIOS state D for the SCC, TN16XCH, and TN16UXCM

boards.
TN16XCH
TN16UXCM

V100R007C00
This issue is the third official release for OptiX OSN 8800 V100R007C00. Compared with the
manual for the issue 02, the manual of this issue contains the SPC200 related information.
Update
Description
Whole manual
l Optimized the subrack ventilation system diagram.

l Changed the power consumption of the subrack in typical
configuration.
l Added descriptions of the mounting ear.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xvii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document
Update
Description
13.11 LEX4
Added the number of virtual bridges (VBs) supported by the board.
13.10 LEM24
Revised the descriptions of the TBE board cross-connect capacity.
14.2 TBE
14.5 TEM28
13.19 LSC
Changed the board power consumption.
13.26 LTX
15.7 NS4

V100R007C00
This issue is the second official release for OptiX OSN 8800 V100R007C00. Only the issue
number is updated.
Update
Description
Whole manual
Added information about the TN23SCC board.

Added information showing that the OptiX OSN 8800 platform
subrack supports the TN11LSQ, TN13LSX, TN11LOA, TN12LSC,
TN12LOG, TN12TMX, TN11LTX, and TN12LDX boards.
13.19 LSC
Deleted the OTU4 service type for the LSC board.
13.10 LEM24
Added information showing that the LEM24 board supports the

OptiX OSN 3800.
13.19 LSC
Added the SDFEC error correction mode and C Band-Tunable

Wavelength-ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC)-PIN optical modules for
these boards.
13.26 LTX
15.7 NS4
15.7 NS4
15.3 NO2
Deleted the information that shows the NS4 board supports OptiX
OSN 8800 T16 subracks, OptiX OSN 8800 platform subracks, and
OptiX OSN 6800 subracks.
Deleted the information that shows the NO2 board supports OptiX
OSN 8800 platform subracks and OptiX OSN 6800 subracks.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xviii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document

V100R007C00
Update
Description
Whole manual
Added descriptions of the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subracks.

Added the OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack.
Added descriptions of PDU (DPD63-8-8).
Added descriptions of the TN52AUX, TN15AUX, TN15EFI,
TN54EG16, TN54EX2, TN54PND2, TN55NO2, TN54NS4,
TN12TD20, TN11TM20, TN55TOX, TN12OPM8, TN15PIU,
TN11RAU2, TNK2USXH, TN52UXCH, TN52UXCM,
TN16UXCM and TNK2UXCT boards.
Moved the loopback descriptions to the "Product Description".
13.19 LSC
Added the OTU4 service type for the LSC board.
13.10 LEM24
Added service-based LPT for the LEM24 and LEX4 boards.
13.11 LEX4
24.9 RAU1
Added the following fiber types for the RAU1 board: TWPLUS,
SMFLS, G.656, G.654A, TERA_LIGHT, and G.654B.
14.5 TEM28
Added the ERPS function for the TEM28 board.
26.5 ST2
Added the 80-km OSC modules for the ST2 board.
27.3 OLP
Added the TN12OLP04 board to the TN12OLP board series.
28.2 MCA4
28.3 MCA8
Added the function to detect OSNR of 10 Gbit/s, 40 Gbit/s, and 100

Gbit/s signals for the TN11MCA402 and TN11MCA802 boards
when the boards work with the Optical Doctor Management System
Function Software.
14 OTN Tributary
Board
Added the standard mode for the TN54NS3, TN54THA, TN54TOA,

TN53TDX, and TN55TQX boards.

V100R006C03
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xix
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document
Update
Description
Whole manual
For the transport equipment, heat consumption (BTU/h) and power

consumption (W) are similar and can be taken as the same. 1 BTU/h =
0.2931 W.
13 Optical
Transponder
Unit
Limitations of the LDM, LDMS, LDMD, LQM, LQMS, and LQMD

boards are added, indicating that each of the boards can receive and
transmit only one 1.25 Gbit/s higher service and must use the RX1/TX1
port pair to receive/transmit the service.
27 Optical
Protection Board
A description is added, explaining that the OLP and DCP boards support
optical-layer ASON only when they are used to provide client 1+1
protection.
26 Optical
Supervisory
Channel Board
The maximum span loss supported by the SC1 and SC2 boards is
changed to 42 dB. The maximum span loss supported by the ST2 boards
is changed to 40.5 dB.
SCC Switch and

Jumper
The diagrams of the DIP switches and jumpers on the SCC board are
revised and optimized.
TBE Functions
and Features
The cross-connect capability of the TBE board is changed.

V100R006C03
following updates.
Update
Description
13 Optical
Transponder
Unit
Adjusted the loopback descriptions to the "Product Description" part.
14 OTN
Tributary Board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
13 Optical
Transponder
Unit
Added information about the TN15LSXL board.
TOM
Revised the TN11TOM board application 5 diagram.
15.6.7 Valid Slots
Revised the slot limitations for the TN55NS3 board when it is used as
a regeneration board.

xx
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document
Update
Description
11.3 Fiber
Spooling Frame
Updated fiber management tray information.

V100R006C03
Update
Description
Whole manual
Added descriptions of the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subracks.
14.7 TOA
Added the HD-SDIRBR service for the TOA board.
13.22 LSX
Modified the function description for the LSX and LDX boards,
specifying that they do not support test frames.
13.9 LDX
13.10 LEM24
13.11 LEX4
Modified the function description for the LEM24 and LEX4 boards,
specifying that they do not support optical-layer ASON.
25.15 AUX
Modified the jumper descriptions for the TN11AUX01 board.

V100R006C03
following updates.
Update
Description
Whole manual
Deleted the TN15LSXL board.
13.12 LOA
Added the following optical modules for the TN11LOA, TN12LOG,

TN12LOM, TN54TOA, TN52TOM, and TN54THA boards:
1000BASE-BX10-U, 1000BASE-BX10-D, 1000BASE-BX-U, and
1000BASE-BX-D.
13.13 LOG
13.14 LOM
14.7 TOA
14.9 TOM
14.6 THA
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xxi
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document
Update
Description
21.7 FIU
Added the application in OptiX OSN 3800 systems for the TN14FIU
and TN11RAU1 boards.
24.9 RAU1
A.4 Board
Indicators
Added the maintenance blinking mode for the STAT indicator.

V100R006C03
Update
Description
Whole manual
Added descriptions of the TN12LSC, TN11LTX, TN15LSXL,

TN54TEM28, TN55NS3, TN54TSXL, TN11RAU1, TN14FIU, and
TN13OAU106.
14.4 TDX
Deleted the following client-side colored optical module from the

specifications for the TN53TDX, TN53TQX, and TN55TQX boards:
800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even Wavelengths)-Fixed WavelengthNRZ-PIN-XFP.
14.13 TQX
14.7 TOA
14.6 THA
13.12 LOA
Modified the descriptions of the service timeslots for the TOA, THA,
and LOA boards in the "Application" and "Physical and Logical Ports"
sections.

V100R006C01
This issue is the sixth official release for OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800 V100R006C01. Compared
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xxii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document
Update
Description
L4G
Described the following limitations on ALS, LPT, and client 1

+1 protection for the TBE, L4G, LEM24, and LEX4 boards:
LEM24
l ALS function is supported only when EPL services (port<>VCTRUNK) are provisioned.
LEX4
TBE
l LPT function is supported only when EPL services (port<>VCTRUNK) are provisioned.
l Client 1+1 protection is supported only when EPL services
(port <->VCTRUNK) are configured on the board.
OLP
Added notes explaining the restriction on the TN11OLP01 and

TN12OLP01 boards in applications and removed the two
boards from application 2. For details, see 27.3.1 Version
Description and 27.3.3 Application.
TN12LDM
Deleted the SDI, 3G-SDI, and HD-SDI services for the boards.
TN11LDMD
TN11LDMS
TN13LQM
TN12LQMD
TN12LQMS
TN12TQM
TN11TOM

V100R006C01
Update
Description
Whole manual
Moved the loopback descriptions to the "Product Description".
4.2 OptiX OSN 8800 T64

Subrack
Provided the subrack cross-connect capacity.

Subrack
Subrack
6 OptiX OSN 6800
Subrack
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xxiii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document
Update
Description
14.4 TDX
Changed the FC800 service module of the TDX and TQX

boards from 10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km-XFP to 800-SM-LCL-10km-XFP.
14.13 TQX
14.9 TOM
Revised the number of client services supported in application

scenarios 6 and 10 of the TN52TOM board.

V100R006C01
following updates.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Update
Description
Whole manual
For the transport equipment, heat consumption (BTU/h) and power

consumption (W) are similar and can be taken as the same. 1 BTU/h =
0.2931 W.
13 Optical
Transponder
Unit
Limitations of the LDM, LDMS, LDMD, LQM, LQMS, and LQMD

boards are added, indicating that each of the boards can receive and
transmit only one 1.25 Gbit/s higher service and must use the RX1/TX1
port pair to receive/transmit the service.
27 Optical
Protection
Board
A description is added, explaining that the OLP and DCP boards support
optical-layer ASON only when they are used to provide client 1+1
protection.
26 Optical
Supervisory
Channel Board
The maximum span loss supported by the SC1 and SC2 boards is changed
to 42 dB. The maximum span loss supported by the ST2 boards is changed
to 40.5 dB.
SCC Switch and

Jumper
The diagrams of the DIP switches and jumpers on the SCC board are
revised and optimized.
XCS Functions
and Features
For the TN11XCS board, the cross-connect capacity description is

modified. For ODU1 and ODU2 signals, the board supports a maximum
cross-connect capacity of 280 Gbit/s. For GE services, the board supports
a maximum cross-connect capability of 140 Gbit/s.
TBE Functions
and Features
The cross-connect capability of the TBE board is changed.
SFIU Valid
Slots
The slots for the SFIU board inside an OptiX OSN 3800 chassis are
changed to IU2-IU5 and IU11.

xxiv
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document

V100R006C01
Update
Description
4 OptiX OSN
8800 Subrack
Updated the maximum and typical power consumption specifications of

the OptiX OSN 8800.
Updated the power consumption specification of the FAN board for the
OptiX OSN 8800.
15.2 ND2
Explicitly specified that the TN12ND2 board does not support the 8800
ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-XFP module.
13.12 LOA
Updated the specifications of client-side FC400 and FC800 optical

modules.
24.5 HBA
Revised the application diagram of the HBA board by deleting the HBA
board at the receiving site.
14.4 TDX
Deleted the following client-side colored optical module from the

specifications for the TN53TDX, TN53TQX, and TN55TQX boards:
800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even Wavelengths)-Fixed WavelengthNRZ-PIN-XFP.
14.13 TQX
14.7 TOA
Modified the descriptions of the service timeslots for the TOA, THA,
and LOA boards in the "Application" and "Physical and Logical Ports"
sections.
14.6 THA
13.12 LOA

V100R006C01
following updates.
Update
Description
Whole manual
l Added descriptions of the TN55NPO2S0A, TN55NPO2S0B,

TN55NPO2ES02, and TN55NPO2ES04 boards.
l Deleted descriptions of the TN55NPO2S05 and TN55NPO2S07
boards.
l Deleted slot IU22 from the valid slots for the TN16AUX board in an
OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xxv
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document

V100R006C01
Update
Description
Whole manual
l Added descriptions of the TN11LOA, TN55TQX, TN53TDX,

TN13OAU1, TN53NS2, TN53ND2, TN53NQ2, TN55NPO2E,
TN12M40, TN12M40V, TN12D40, TN16SCC, TNK4SXH,
TNK4SXM, TNK4XCT, N3EAS2, TN11BMD4, TN11BMD8,
TN12ELQX, and TN12PTQX boards.
l Updated the descriptions of cabinets. Cabinets are described by the
cabinet model instead of device model. In addition, descriptions of
typical cabinet configurations and fiber management frames are
added.
l Added the mappings between the board and equipment to the
"Version Description" section.
l Described service configuration in two separate sections: "Physical
and Logical Ports" and "Configuration of Cross-Connection".
13 Optical
Transponder
Unit
14 OTN
Tributary Board
l Added the mappings between boards and optical modules to sections

that list board specifications, for example, "Specifications of the
ND2".
19 PID Board
14.7 TOA
l Added service mapping paths from FC400 and 3G-SDI to ODUflex.

l Added the descriptions of configuring service packages.
l Added the IEEE 1588v2 function to the "Functions and Features"
table.
14.9 TOM
Added the descriptions of configuring service packages.

V100R006C00
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xxvi
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document
Update
Description
Whole manual
l Added descriptions of the TN11BMD4, TN11BMD8, TN12ELQX,

and TN12PTQX boards.
l Updated the descriptions of cabinets. Cabinets are described by the
cabinet model instead of device model. In addition, descriptions of
typical cabinet configurations and fiber management frames are
added.
l Added the mappings between the board and equipment to the
"Version Description" section.
l Described service configuration in two separate sections: "Physical
and Logical Ports" and "Configuration of Cross-Connection".
13 Optical
Transponder
Unit
14 OTN
Tributary Board
l Added the mappings between boards and optical modules to sections

that list board specifications, for example, "Specifications of the
ND2".
19 PID Board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xxvii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document
Update
Description
14.9 TOM
Revised the port working modes for the TN52TOM board. The details
are as follows:
l In cascading mode:
Changed "ODU0 tributary mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1])" to
"ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1])".
Changed "ODU1 tributary mode (Any->ODU1)" to "ODU1 mode
(OTU1/Any->ODU1)".
Changed "ODU1 tributary-line mode (Any->ODU1->OTU1)" to
"ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1)".
l In non-cascading mode:
Changed "ODU0 tributary mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1])" to
"ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1])".
Changed "ODU1 tributary mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1)" to
"ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1)".
Changed "ODU1 tributary mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0>ODU1)" to "ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation
mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0->ODU1)".
Changed "ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any>ODU0->ODU1->OTU1)" to "ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 reencapsulation tributary-line mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any>ODU0->ODU1->OTU1)".
Changed "ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1>OTU1)" to "ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1>OTU1)".
Changed "ODU1 tributary mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0)" to
"ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0)".
Changed "ODU1 tributary mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any>ODU0)" to "ODU1_ANY_ODU0 re-encapsulation mode
(OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0)".

V100R006C00
following updates.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xxviii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document
Update
Description
Whole manual
l Added descriptions of the TN54TOA, TN54THA, TN53TQX,

TN12OBU1P1, and TNK2SXH boards.
l Deleted descriptions of the TN11BMD4, TN11BMD8, TN12ELQX,
and TN12PTQX boards.

V100R006C00
Update
Description
Whole manual
l Added descriptions of the OptiX OSN 8800 T16.

l Added descriptions of the TN11DAS1, TN11LSQ, and
TN11WSMD9 boards
l Added the "Optical-layer ASON" and "Electrical-layer ASON" rows
to the "Functions and Features" table.
13.14 LOM
Added a description of the TN12LOM board's capability to support 3GSDI services.
19.7 NPO2
Added descriptions of the TN55NPO2 board.
25.8 XCM
Added descriptions of the TN52XCM02.

V100R005C00
Compared with the third official release, the manual of this issue provides the following updates.
Update
Description
Whole manual
Changed optical module names to ensure that the name of each optical
module is unique.
Added the mappings between the board and equipment to the "Version
Description" section.
Added the mappings between boards and optical modules to sections that
list board specifications, for example, "Specifications of the ND2".
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xxix
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document

V100R005C00
with the second official release, the manual of this issue provides the following updates.
Update
Description
19 PID Board
Deleted descriptions of the TN11BMD4, TN11BMD8, TN12ELQX, and

TN12PTQX board (specific only to OptiX OSN 8800).
25.8 XCM
Added information about the TN52XCM02.

V100R005C00
Compared with the first official release, the manual of this issue provides the following updates.
Update
Description
13.23 LSXL
Deleted information about the TN13LSXL.
13 Optical
Transponder
Unit
Added information about the LPT function and protocol or standard

compliance in Functions and Features.
14 OTN
Tributary Board
19 PID Board
25.10 XCH
Added information about the TN52XCH02.

V100R005C00
This issue is the first official release for OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800 V100R005C00. In this
release, the manuals for OptiX OSN 8800 V100R002C02, OptiX OSN 6800 V100R004C04,
and OptiX OSN 3800 V100R004C04 are combined into one manual.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xxx
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document
Update
Description
Whole manual
l This manual provides descriptions according to product series OptiX

OSN 8800, OptiX OSN 6800, and OptiX OSN 3800. Any difference
between the products is described in the manual.
l The equipment name is changed from OptiX OSN 8800 I to OptiX
OSN 8800 T32 or from OptiX OSN 8800 II to OptiX OSN 8800 T64.
l The descriptions of the following boards are added:
TN11LEM24, TN11LEX4, TN13LSXL, TN54NS3, TN53TSXL,
TN54ENQ2, TN54NPO2, TN11SFIU, TN11RMU902,
TN12WSMD4, TN11ST2, TN11OPM8, TNL1STI, N4BPA
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
34 Optical
Attenuator34.1
Fixed Optical
Attenuator
Introduction to fixed optical attenuators and mechanical variable optical

attenuators is added.
37 Filler Panels
Introduction to filler panels is added.

xxxi
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
Contents
About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii
1 Update Description.......................................................................................................................1
2 Cabinet.............................................................................................................................................3
2.1 Cabinet Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................4
2.2 Space Requirements for Cabinets...................................................................................................................................5
2.3 Typical N63B Cabinet Configurations...........................................................................................................................7
2.4 Typical Configurations of an N63B-2m Cabinet.........................................................................................................17
2.5 Typical N66B Cabinet Configurations.........................................................................................................................20
2.6 Cabinet Cables..............................................................................................................................................................22
2.6.1 Cabinet Alarm Indicator Cable..................................................................................................................................22
2.6.2 Cabinet Ground Power Cables..................................................................................................................................27
2.6.3 Cabinet Door Ground Cables....................................................................................................................................28
3 Fiber Management Cabinet.......................................................................................................29

4 OptiX OSN 8800 Subrack...........................................................................................................34
4.1 Update Description.......................................................................................................................................................35
4.2 OptiX OSN 8800 T64 Subrack.....................................................................................................................................37
4.2.1 Structure.....................................................................................................................................................................37
4.2.2 Slot Description.........................................................................................................................................................39
4.2.3 Management Interfaces..............................................................................................................................................40
4.2.4 Cross-Connect Capacities..........................................................................................................................................53
4.2.5 Fan and Heat Dissipation...........................................................................................................................................54
4.2.6 Power Consumption..................................................................................................................................................61
4.2.7 Mechanical Specifications.........................................................................................................................................63
4.3.1 Structure.....................................................................................................................................................................64
4.3.7 Mechanical Specifications.........................................................................................................................................78
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xxxii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents

4.4.1 Structure.....................................................................................................................................................................78
4.4.7 Mechanical Specifications.......................................................................................................................................101
4.5 OptiX OSN 8800 Universal Platform Subrack...........................................................................................................102
4.5.1 Structure...................................................................................................................................................................102
4.5.2 Slot Description.......................................................................................................................................................104
4.5.3 Management Interfaces............................................................................................................................................107
4.5.4 Fan and Heat Dissipation.........................................................................................................................................119
4.5.5 DC Power Consumption..........................................................................................................................................125
4.5.6 AC Power Consumption..........................................................................................................................................126
4.5.7 Mechanical Specifications.......................................................................................................................................128
5 OptiX OSN 8800 Board Category............................................................................................129

6 OptiX OSN 6800 Subrack.........................................................................................................154
6.1 Update Description.....................................................................................................................................................155
6.2 Structure......................................................................................................................................................................155
6.3 Slot Description..........................................................................................................................................................157
6.4 Management Interfaces...............................................................................................................................................158
6.5 Cross-Connect Capacities...........................................................................................................................................170
6.6 Fan and Heat Dissipation............................................................................................................................................171
6.7 Power Consumption...................................................................................................................................................176
6.8 Mechanical Specifications..........................................................................................................................................178

8 OptiX OSN 3800 Chassis..........................................................................................................187
8.1 Update Description.....................................................................................................................................................188
8.2 Chassis Structure........................................................................................................................................................189
8.3 Slot Description..........................................................................................................................................................189
8.4 Management Interfaces...............................................................................................................................................190
8.5 Fan and Heat Dissipation............................................................................................................................................196
8.6 AC Power Consumption.............................................................................................................................................199
8.7 DC Power Consumption.............................................................................................................................................200
8.8 Mechanical Specifications..........................................................................................................................................202

10 Power Supply...........................................................................................................................208
10.1 8800/6800 DC Power Supply...................................................................................................................................209
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xxxiii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
10.1.1 DC Power Requirement.........................................................................................................................................209

10.1.2 Power Supply Description.....................................................................................................................................210
10.1.3 External Power (from the PDF to the Cabinet).....................................................................................................210
10.1.4 Internal Power (from the Cabinet to Subracks).....................................................................................................231
10.2 8800 AC Power Supply............................................................................................................................................240
10.2.1 AC Power Requirement.........................................................................................................................................240
10.2.2 APIU......................................................................................................................................................................241
10.2.3 Power Connection Scheme....................................................................................................................................242
10.3 3800 DC Power Supply............................................................................................................................................243
10.3.1 DC Power Requirement.........................................................................................................................................243
10.3.2 PIU.........................................................................................................................................................................243
10.4 3800 AC Power Supply............................................................................................................................................245
10.4.1 AC Power Requirement.........................................................................................................................................245
10.4.2 APIU......................................................................................................................................................................245
10.5 Power Redundancy...................................................................................................................................................248
11 Frames........................................................................................................................................254
11.1 DCM Frame and DCM Module................................................................................................................................255
11.2 CRPC Frame.............................................................................................................................................................258
11.3 Fiber Spooling Frame...............................................................................................................................................260
11.4 E2000-ODF..............................................................................................................................................................260
12 Overview of Boards.................................................................................................................263
12.1 Board Appearance and Dimensions.........................................................................................................................264
12.1.1 Appearance and Dimensions.................................................................................................................................264
12.1.2 Symbols on Boards................................................................................................................................................266
12.2 Introduction to Working Modes of OTUs, Tributary Boards and Line Boards.......................................................268
12.2.1 Convergence and Non-convergence Applications of Tributary Boards................................................................268
12.2.2 Convergent and Non-convergent OTUs................................................................................................................269
12.2.3 Standard Mode and Compatible Mode..................................................................................................................271
12.3 Interconnection Requirements for Tributary Boards and Line Boards....................................................................279
12.3.1 Overview...............................................................................................................................................................279
12.3.2 Point-to-Point Interconnection of Line Boards.....................................................................................................281
12.3.3 End-to-End Interconnection of Tributary Boards..................................................................................................290
12.3.4 Interconnection Between Regeneration Boards and Line Boards.........................................................................295
12.3.5 Interconnection of Client-Side Optical Modules...................................................................................................297
12.3.6 Interconnection of WDM-Side Grey Optical Modules.........................................................................................300
12.4 General Principles for Configuring Electrical Cross-Connections...........................................................................303
12.4.1 Inter-board Electrical Cross-Connections..............................................................................................................303
12.4.2 Intra-board Electrical Cross-Connections..............................................................................................................307
12.5 Board Bar Code Overview.......................................................................................................................................308
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xxxiv
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
12.5.1 One-dimensional Bar Code of a Board..................................................................................................................308

12.5.2 Two-dimensional Bar Code Label of a Board.......................................................................................................312
13 Optical Transponder Unit......................................................................................................319

13.1 Overview..................................................................................................................................................................322
13.2 ECOM.......................................................................................................................................................................328
13.2.1 Version Description...............................................................................................................................................328
13.2.2 Application............................................................................................................................................................329
13.2.3 Functions and Features..........................................................................................................................................330
13.2.4 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................................331
13.2.5 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................................335
13.2.6 Valid Slots.............................................................................................................................................................336
13.2.7 Physical and Logical Ports....................................................................................................................................336
13.2.8 Configuration of Cross-connection.......................................................................................................................338
13.2.9 Parameters Can Be Set or Queried by NMS..........................................................................................................339
13.2.10 ECOM Specifications..........................................................................................................................................341
13.3 L4G...........................................................................................................................................................................345
13.3.2 Update Description................................................................................................................................................345
13.3.3 Application............................................................................................................................................................346
13.3.6 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................................352
13.3.7 Valid Slots.............................................................................................................................................................354
13.3.8 Characteristic Code for the L4G............................................................................................................................354
13.3.10 Configuration of Cross-connection.....................................................................................................................356
13.3.11 Parameters Can Be Set or Queried by NMS........................................................................................................357
13.3.12 L4G Specifications..............................................................................................................................................360
13.4 LDGD.......................................................................................................................................................................364
13.4.2 Application............................................................................................................................................................364
13.4.5 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................................370
13.4.6 Valid Slots.............................................................................................................................................................372
13.4.7 Characteristic Code for the LDGD........................................................................................................................372
13.4.11 LDGD Specifications..........................................................................................................................................378
13.5 LDGS........................................................................................................................................................................385
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xxxv
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents

13.5.2 Application............................................................................................................................................................385
13.5.5 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................................391
13.5.6 Valid Slots.............................................................................................................................................................393
13.5.7 Characteristic Code for the LDGS.........................................................................................................................393
13.5.11 LDGS Specifications...........................................................................................................................................399
13.6 LDM.........................................................................................................................................................................406
13.6.3 Application............................................................................................................................................................407
13.6.6 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................................415
13.6.7 Valid Slots.............................................................................................................................................................416
13.6.8 Characteristic Code for the LDM..........................................................................................................................417
13.6.11 LDM Specifications.............................................................................................................................................421
13.7 LDMD......................................................................................................................................................................430
13.7.3 Application............................................................................................................................................................431
13.7.6 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................................438
13.7.7 Valid Slots.............................................................................................................................................................439
13.7.8 Characteristic Code for the LDMD.......................................................................................................................440
13.7.11 LDMD Specifications..........................................................................................................................................444
13.8 LDMS.......................................................................................................................................................................452
13.8.3 Application............................................................................................................................................................453
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xxxvi
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
13.8.6 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................................460

13.8.7 Valid Slots.............................................................................................................................................................461
13.8.8 Characteristic Code for the LDMS........................................................................................................................462
13.8.11 LDMS Specifications..........................................................................................................................................466
13.9 LDX..........................................................................................................................................................................474
13.9.3 Application............................................................................................................................................................475
13.9.6 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................................481
13.9.7 Valid Slots.............................................................................................................................................................483
13.9.8 Characteristic Code for the LDX...........................................................................................................................483
13.9.11 LDX Specifications.............................................................................................................................................488
13.10 LEM24....................................................................................................................................................................497
13.10.1 Version Description.............................................................................................................................................497
13.10.2 Update Description..............................................................................................................................................497
13.10.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................499
13.10.4 Functions and Features........................................................................................................................................499
13.10.5 Working Principle and Signal Flow....................................................................................................................504
13.10.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................507
13.10.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................509
13.10.8 Characteristic Code for the LEM24 ....................................................................................................................510
13.10.9 Physical and Logical Ports..................................................................................................................................510
13.10.10 Configuration of Cross-connection...................................................................................................................512
13.10.11 Parameters Can Be Set or Queried by NMS......................................................................................................513
13.10.12 LEM24 Specifications.......................................................................................................................................524
13.11 LEX4......................................................................................................................................................................530
13.11.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................531
13.11.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................539
13.11.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................541
13.11.8 Characteristic Code for the LEX4 ......................................................................................................................541
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xxxvii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents

13.11.12 LEX4 Specifications..........................................................................................................................................555
13.12 LOA........................................................................................................................................................................561
13.12.3 Application Overview..........................................................................................................................................563
13.12.5 Characteristic Code for the LOA.........................................................................................................................571
13.12.6 Physical Ports Displayed on NMS.......................................................................................................................571
13.12.7 LOA Scenario 1: ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2)..........................572
13.12.8 LOA Scenario 2: ODU1 non-convergence mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1->ODU2->OTU2)................................577
13.12.9 LOA Scenario 3: ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0[->ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2)........................580
13.12.10 LOA Scenario 4: ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any->ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2).................................584
13.12.11 LOA Scenario 5: ODU2 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU2->OTU2).......................................................587
13.12.12 Working Principle and Signal Flow..................................................................................................................590
13.12.13 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................592
13.12.14 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................594
13.12.16 LOA Specifications...........................................................................................................................................602
13.13 LOG........................................................................................................................................................................619
13.13.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................621
13.13.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................628
13.13.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................630
13.13.8 Characteristic Code for the LOG.........................................................................................................................631
13.13.12 LOG Specifications...........................................................................................................................................638
13.14 LOM.......................................................................................................................................................................651
13.14.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................653
13.14.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................662
13.14.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................665
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xxxviii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
13.14.8 Characteristic Code for the LOM........................................................................................................................666

13.14.11 LOM Specifications...........................................................................................................................................674
13.15 LQG........................................................................................................................................................................688
13.15.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................689
13.15.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................694
13.15.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................696
13.15.7 Characteristic Code for the LQG.........................................................................................................................696
13.15.11 LQG Specifications...........................................................................................................................................702
13.16 LQM.......................................................................................................................................................................708
13.16.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................710
13.16.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................720
13.16.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................722
13.16.8 Characteristic Code for the LQM........................................................................................................................722
13.16.12 LQM Specifications...........................................................................................................................................730
13.17 LQMD....................................................................................................................................................................739
13.17.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................740
13.17.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................750
13.17.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................752
13.17.8 Characteristic Code for the LQMD.....................................................................................................................753
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xxxix
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
13.17.12 LQMD Specifications........................................................................................................................................761

13.18 LQMS.....................................................................................................................................................................771
13.18.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................773
13.18.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................785
13.18.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................787
13.18.8 Characteristic Code for the LQMS......................................................................................................................788
13.18.12 LQMS Specifications........................................................................................................................................798
13.19 LSC.........................................................................................................................................................................808
13.19.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................813
13.19.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................819
13.19.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................821
13.19.10 LSC Specifications............................................................................................................................................828
13.20 LSCM.....................................................................................................................................................................845
13.20.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................848
13.20.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................854
13.20.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................855
13.20.10 LSCM Specifications.........................................................................................................................................861
13.21 LSQ.........................................................................................................................................................................870
13.21.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................871
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xl
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
13.21.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................877

13.21.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................878
13.21.9 LSQ Specifications..............................................................................................................................................884
13.22 LSX.........................................................................................................................................................................886
13.22.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................892
13.22.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................899
13.22.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................902
13.22.8 Characteristic Code for the LSX.........................................................................................................................903
13.22.11 LSX Specifications............................................................................................................................................909
13.23 LSXL......................................................................................................................................................................922
13.23.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................924
13.23.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................931
13.23.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................934
13.23.10 LSXL Specifications..........................................................................................................................................942
13.24 LSXLR....................................................................................................................................................................946
13.24.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................948
13.24.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................952
13.24.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................955
13.24.9 LSXLR Specifications.........................................................................................................................................960
13.25 LSXR......................................................................................................................................................................963
13.25.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................964
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xli
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents

13.25.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................968
13.25.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................970
13.25.7 Characteristic Code for the LSXR.......................................................................................................................971
13.25.10 LSXR Specifications.........................................................................................................................................974
13.26 LTX........................................................................................................................................................................978
13.26.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................982
13.26.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................993
13.26.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................996
13.26.10 LTX Specifications..........................................................................................................................................1008
13.27 LWX2...................................................................................................................................................................1021
13.27.1 Version Description...........................................................................................................................................1022
13.27.2 Application........................................................................................................................................................1022
13.27.3 Functions and Features......................................................................................................................................1022
13.27.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................1028
13.27.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................1029
13.27.7 Characteristic Code for the LWX2....................................................................................................................1030
13.27.8 Physical and Logical Ports................................................................................................................................1030
13.27.10 LWX2 Specifications......................................................................................................................................1033
13.28 LWXD..................................................................................................................................................................1041
13.28.2 Application........................................................................................................................................................1042
13.28.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................1048
13.28.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................1049
13.28.7 Characteristic Code for the LWXD...................................................................................................................1050
13.28.10 LWXD Specifications......................................................................................................................................1053
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xlii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
13.29 LWXS...................................................................................................................................................................1060
13.29.2 Application........................................................................................................................................................1061
13.29.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................1067
13.29.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................1068
13.29.7 Characteristic Code for the LWXS....................................................................................................................1069
13.29.10 LWXS Specifications......................................................................................................................................1072
13.30 TMX.....................................................................................................................................................................1081
13.30.2 Application........................................................................................................................................................1082
13.30.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................1088
13.30.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................1089
13.30.7 Characteristic Code for the TMX......................................................................................................................1090
13.30.10 TMX Specifications.........................................................................................................................................1094
14 OTN Tributary Board...........................................................................................................1107

14.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................1109
14.2 TBE.........................................................................................................................................................................1114
14.2.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................1116
14.2.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................1123
14.2.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................1125
14.2.11 TBE Specifications............................................................................................................................................1129
14.3 TDG........................................................................................................................................................................1136
14.3.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................1136
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xliii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
14.3.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................1141

14.3.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................1143
14.3.10 TDG Specifications...........................................................................................................................................1148
14.4 TDX........................................................................................................................................................................1151
14.4.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................1155
14.4.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................1164
14.4.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................1167
14.4.10 TDX Specifications...........................................................................................................................................1179
14.5 TEM28....................................................................................................................................................................1183
14.5.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................1185
14.5.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................1192
14.5.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................1194
14.5.10 TEM28 Specifications.......................................................................................................................................1206
14.6 THA........................................................................................................................................................................1209
14.6.6 THA scenario 1: ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0)........................................................................1219
14.6.7 THA scenario 2: ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU1)........................................................................1224
14.6.8 THA scenario 3: ODU1 convergence mode (n X Any->ODU1)........................................................................1229
14.6.9 THA scenario 4: ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0)......................................................................1235
14.6.11 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................1242
14.6.12 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................1245
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xliv
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents

14.6.14 THA Specifications...........................................................................................................................................1251
14.7 TOA........................................................................................................................................................................1257
14.7.6 TOA scenario 1: ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0)........................................................................1267
14.7.7 TOA scenario 2: ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU1)........................................................................1271
14.7.8 TOA scenario 3: ODU1 convergence mode (n * Any->ODU1).........................................................................1276
14.7.9 TOA scenario 4: ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0)......................................................................1281
14.7.10 TOA scenario 5: ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any->ODUflex).............................................................1286
14.7.12 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................1294
14.7.13 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................1295
14.7.15 TOA Specifications...........................................................................................................................................1302
14.8 TOG........................................................................................................................................................................1311
14.8.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................1312
14.8.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................1318
14.8.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................1320
14.8.10 TOG Specifications...........................................................................................................................................1326
14.9 TOM.......................................................................................................................................................................1330
14.9.4 Function and Feature...........................................................................................................................................1343
14.9.6 TN52TOM Scenario 1: Any->ODU0[->ODU1] (Cascading).............................................................................1351
14.9.7 TN52TOM Scenario 2: Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1 (Cascading).................................................................1355
14.9.8 TN52TOM Scenario 3: Any->ODU1 (Cascading).............................................................................................1359
14.9.9 TN52TOM Scenario 4: Any->ODU1->OTU1 (Cascading)................................................................................1361
14.9.10 TN52TOM Scenario 5: Any->ODU0[->ODU1] (Non-Cascading)..................................................................1364
14.9.11 TN52TOM Scenario 6: Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1(Non-Cascading)........................................................1370
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xlv
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
14.9.12 TN52TOM Scenario 7: OTU1/Any->ODU1 (Non-Cascading)........................................................................1374

14.9.13 TN52TOM Scenario 8: OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0->ODU1 (Non-Cascading).........................................1377
14.9.14 TN52TOM Scenario 9: OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1 (Non-Cascading)...........................1380
14.9.15 TN52TOM scenario 10: OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1 (non-cascading)...........................................................1382
14.9.16 TN52TOM scenario 11: OTU1->ODU1->ODU0 (non-cascading)..................................................................1386
14.9.17 TN52TOM Scenario 12: OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0 (Non-Cascading).....................................................1389
14.9.18 TN11TOM Scenario 1: Any->ODU1 (Cascading)...........................................................................................1391
14.9.19 TN11TOM Scenario 2: Any->ODU1->OTU1 (Cascading)..............................................................................1393
14.9.20 TN11TOM Scenario 3: Any->ODU1 (Non-Cascading)...................................................................................1396
14.9.21 TN11TOM Scenario 4: Any->ODU1->OTU1(Non-Cascading)......................................................................1399
14.9.22 TN11TOM Scenario 5: OTU1->ODU1->OTU1 (electrical regeneration board).............................................1401
14.9.24 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................1408
14.9.25 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................1410
14.9.27 TOM Specifications...........................................................................................................................................1418
14.10 TOX......................................................................................................................................................................1433
14.10.2 Update Description............................................................................................................................................1435
14.10.3 Application........................................................................................................................................................1436
14.10.6 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................1443
14.10.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................1445
14.10.10 TOX Specifications.........................................................................................................................................1453
14.11 TQM.....................................................................................................................................................................1459
14.11.3 Application........................................................................................................................................................1460
14.11.6 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................1469
14.11.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................1470
14.11.10 Parameters Can Be Set or Queried by NMS....................................................................................................1475
14.11.11 TQM Specifications.........................................................................................................................................1478
14.12 TQS.......................................................................................................................................................................1485
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xlvi
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
14.12.2 Application........................................................................................................................................................1486
14.12.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................1491
14.12.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................1492
14.12.9 TQS Specifications............................................................................................................................................1496
14.13 TQX......................................................................................................................................................................1501
14.13.3 Application........................................................................................................................................................1504
14.13.6 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................1512
14.13.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................1514
14.13.10 TQX Specifications.........................................................................................................................................1525
14.14 TSC.......................................................................................................................................................................1530
14.14.3 Application........................................................................................................................................................1531
14.14.6 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................1535
14.14.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................1537
14.14.10 TSC Specifications..........................................................................................................................................1542
14.15 TSXL....................................................................................................................................................................1551
14.15.3 Application........................................................................................................................................................1552
14.15.6 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................1560
14.15.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................1564
14.15.10 TSXL Specifications........................................................................................................................................1570
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xlvii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
14.16 TTX......................................................................................................................................................................1574
14.16.3 Application........................................................................................................................................................1577
14.16.6 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................1585
14.16.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................1587
14.16.10 TTX Specifications..........................................................................................................................................1596
15 OTN Line Board.....................................................................................................................1602

15.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................1603
15.2 ND2........................................................................................................................................................................1606
15.2.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................1611
15.2.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................1626
15.2.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................1629
15.2.8 Characteristic Code for the ND2.........................................................................................................................1630
15.2.11 ND2 Specifications............................................................................................................................................1642
15.3 NO2........................................................................................................................................................................1650
15.3.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................1651
15.3.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................1664
15.3.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................1666
15.3.8 Characteristic Code for the NO2.........................................................................................................................1666
15.3.11 NO2 Specifications............................................................................................................................................1673
15.4 NQ2........................................................................................................................................................................1677
15.4.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................1680
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xlviii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents

15.4.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................1697
15.4.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................1699
15.4.8 Characteristic Code for the NQ2.........................................................................................................................1701
15.4.11 NQ2 Specifications............................................................................................................................................1713
15.5 NS2.........................................................................................................................................................................1718
15.5.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................1725
15.5.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................1737
15.5.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................1740
15.5.8 Characteristic Code for the NS2..........................................................................................................................1741
15.5.11 NS2 Specifications............................................................................................................................................1753
15.6 NS3.........................................................................................................................................................................1762
15.6.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................1768
15.6.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................1787
15.6.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................1792
15.7 NS4.........................................................................................................................................................................1819
15.7.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................1825
15.7.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................1840
15.7.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................1844
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

xlix
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents

15.8 NS4M......................................................................................................................................................................1863
15.8.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................1866
15.8.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................1876
15.8.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................1878
15.8.10 NS4M Specifications.........................................................................................................................................1884
16 General Service Processing Board......................................................................................1887

16.1 GS4.........................................................................................................................................................................1888
16.1.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................1889
16.1.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................1897
16.1.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................1899
16.1.10 GS4 Specifications............................................................................................................................................1904
17 Universal Line Board............................................................................................................1909

17.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................1910
17.2 HUNQ2...................................................................................................................................................................1912
17.2.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................1914
17.2.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................1922
17.2.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................1924
17.2.10 HUNQ2 Specifications......................................................................................................................................1939
17.3 HUNS3...................................................................................................................................................................1943
17.3.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................1945
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents

17.3.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................1954
17.3.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................1956
17.3.10 HUNS3 Specifications.......................................................................................................................................1971
18 Packet Service Unit................................................................................................................1973

18.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................1974
18.2 EG16.......................................................................................................................................................................1975
18.2.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................1977
18.2.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................1983
18.2.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................1986
18.2.10 EG16 Specifications..........................................................................................................................................1996
18.3 EX2.........................................................................................................................................................................2002
18.3.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2004
18.3.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2009
18.3.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2011
18.3.10 EX2 Specifications............................................................................................................................................2019
18.4 EX8.........................................................................................................................................................................2021
18.4.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2023
18.4.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2029
18.4.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2031
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

li
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
18.4.10 EX8 Specifications............................................................................................................................................2040

18.5 PND2......................................................................................................................................................................2051
18.5.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2053
18.5.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2059
18.5.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2060
18.5.10 PND2 Specifications..........................................................................................................................................2070
19 PID Board................................................................................................................................2075
19.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................2076
19.2 BMD4.....................................................................................................................................................................2077
19.2.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2078
19.2.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2081
19.2.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2083
19.2.7 Characteristic Code of the BMD4.......................................................................................................................2083
19.2.8 Optical Interfaces on the BMD4..........................................................................................................................2084
19.2.10 BMD4 Specifications........................................................................................................................................2087
19.3 BMD8.....................................................................................................................................................................2088
19.3.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2089
19.3.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2092
19.3.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2093
19.3.7 Characteristic Code of the BMD8.......................................................................................................................2094
19.3.8 Optical Interfaces on the BMD8..........................................................................................................................2094
19.3.10 BMD8 Specifications........................................................................................................................................2098
19.4 ELQX......................................................................................................................................................................2100
19.4.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2101
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
19.4.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2107

19.4.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2108
19.4.10 ELQX Specifications.........................................................................................................................................2117
19.5 PTQX......................................................................................................................................................................2121
19.5.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2124
19.5.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2130
19.5.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2131
19.5.7 Characteristic Code of the PTQX........................................................................................................................2132
19.5.11 PTQX Specifications.........................................................................................................................................2142
19.6 ENQ2......................................................................................................................................................................2147
19.6.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2148
19.6.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2155
19.6.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2156
19.6.10 ENQ2 Specifications.........................................................................................................................................2168
19.7 NPO2......................................................................................................................................................................2168
19.7.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2174
19.7.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2185
19.7.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2186
19.7.8 Characteristic Code of the NPO2........................................................................................................................2187
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

liii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
19.7.12 NPO2 Specifications..........................................................................................................................................2203

19.8 NPO2E....................................................................................................................................................................2206
19.8.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2210
19.8.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2218
19.8.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2220
19.8.8 Characteristic Code of the NPO2E......................................................................................................................2221
19.8.12 NPO2E Specifications.......................................................................................................................................2231
19.9 NPS4.......................................................................................................................................................................2233
19.9.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2235
19.9.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2243
19.9.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2244
19.9.10 NPS4 Specifications..........................................................................................................................................2249
19.10 NPS4E..................................................................................................................................................................2251
19.10.3 Application........................................................................................................................................................2252
19.10.6 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................2261
19.10.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................2262
19.10.10 NPS4E Specifications......................................................................................................................................2269
20 Submarine Board...................................................................................................................2272
20.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................2273
20.2 NS4.........................................................................................................................................................................2273
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

liv
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
20.2.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2275
20.2.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2289
20.2.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2291
20.3 OBU1......................................................................................................................................................................2302
20.3.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2303
20.3.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2306
20.3.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2308
20.3.8 Optical Interfaces.................................................................................................................................................2308
20.3.10 OBU1 Specifications.........................................................................................................................................2316
20.4 WSD9.....................................................................................................................................................................2317
20.4.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2318
20.4.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2321
20.4.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2324
20.4.10 WSD9 Specifications.........................................................................................................................................2328
20.5 WSM9.....................................................................................................................................................................2329
20.5.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2330
20.5.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2333
20.5.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2336
20.5.10 WSM9 Specifications........................................................................................................................................2340
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lv
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
21 Optical Multiplexer and Demultiplexing Board.............................................................2342

21.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................2343
21.2 M40.........................................................................................................................................................................2344
21.2.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2347
21.2.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2349
21.2.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2353
21.2.8 Characteristic Code for the M40.........................................................................................................................2354
21.2.11 M40 Specifications............................................................................................................................................2355
21.3 M40V......................................................................................................................................................................2356
21.3.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2358
21.3.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2361
21.3.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2365
21.3.8 Characteristic Code for the M40V.......................................................................................................................2366
21.3.11 M40V Specifications.........................................................................................................................................2369
21.4 D40.........................................................................................................................................................................2370
21.4.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2372
21.4.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2374
21.4.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2378
21.4.8 Characteristic Code for the D40..........................................................................................................................2379
21.4.11 D40 Specifications.............................................................................................................................................2381
21.5 D40V......................................................................................................................................................................2382
21.5.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2383
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lvi
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents

21.5.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2386
21.5.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2389
21.5.7 Characteristic Code for the D40V.......................................................................................................................2390
21.5.10 D40V Specifications..........................................................................................................................................2392
21.6 DFIU.......................................................................................................................................................................2393
21.6.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2394
21.6.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2397
21.6.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2398
21.6.8 Characteristic Code for the DFIU........................................................................................................................2398
21.6.11 DFIU Specifications..........................................................................................................................................2400
21.7 FIU..........................................................................................................................................................................2402
21.7.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2407
21.7.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2411
21.7.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2413
21.7.8 Characteristic Code for the FIU...........................................................................................................................2415
21.7.11 FIU Specifications.............................................................................................................................................2420
21.8 ITL..........................................................................................................................................................................2421
21.8.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2424
21.8.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2427
21.8.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2429
21.8.8 Characteristic Code for the ITL...........................................................................................................................2429
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lvii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents

21.8.11 ITL Specifications.............................................................................................................................................2431
21.9 SFIU........................................................................................................................................................................2434
21.9.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2435
21.9.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2438
21.9.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2439
21.9.8 Characteristic Code for the SFIU........................................................................................................................2439
21.9.11 SFIU Specifications...........................................................................................................................................2444
22 Fixed Optical Add and Drop Multiplexing Board..........................................................2446

22.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................2447
22.2 CMR1.....................................................................................................................................................................2448
22.2.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2449
22.2.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2451
22.2.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2452
22.2.7 Characteristic Code for the CMR1......................................................................................................................2452
22.2.10 CMR1 Specifications.........................................................................................................................................2454
22.3 CMR2.....................................................................................................................................................................2455
22.3.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2456
22.3.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2459
22.3.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2460
22.4 CMR4.....................................................................................................................................................................2464
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lviii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
22.4.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2465
22.4.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2467
22.4.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2468
22.5 DMR1.....................................................................................................................................................................2473
22.5.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2474
22.5.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2477
22.5.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2478
22.5.7 Characteristic Code for the DMR1......................................................................................................................2479
22.5.10 DMR1 Specifications........................................................................................................................................2480
22.6 MR2........................................................................................................................................................................2482
22.6.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2483
22.6.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2485
22.6.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2486
22.6.7 Characteristic Code for the MR2.........................................................................................................................2487
22.6.10 MR2 Specifications...........................................................................................................................................2489
22.7 MR4........................................................................................................................................................................2490
22.7.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2491
22.7.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2494
22.7.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2495
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lix
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents

22.8 MR8........................................................................................................................................................................2500
22.8.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2501
22.8.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2504
22.8.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2505
22.9 MR8V.....................................................................................................................................................................2511
22.9.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2512
22.9.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2515
22.9.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2517
22.9.8 Characteristic Code for the MR8V......................................................................................................................2517
22.9.11 MR8V Specifications........................................................................................................................................2520
22.10 SBM2....................................................................................................................................................................2523
22.10.2 Application........................................................................................................................................................2524
22.10.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................2526
22.10.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................2527
22.10.7 Optical Interfaces...............................................................................................................................................2528
22.10.9 SBM2 Specifications.........................................................................................................................................2529
23 Reconfigurable Optical Add and Drop Multiplexing Board........................................2531

23.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................2533
23.2 RDU9......................................................................................................................................................................2536
23.2.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2537
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lx
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents

23.2.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2540
23.2.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2542
23.2.10 RDU9 Specifications.........................................................................................................................................2543
23.3 RMU9.....................................................................................................................................................................2544
23.3.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2545
23.3.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2549
23.3.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2551
23.3.9 RMU9 Specifications..........................................................................................................................................2553
23.4 ROAM....................................................................................................................................................................2554
23.4.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2555
23.4.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2558
23.4.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2561
23.4.9 ROAM Specifications..........................................................................................................................................2563
23.5 TD20.......................................................................................................................................................................2564
23.5.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2565
23.5.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2569
23.5.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2570
23.5.10 TD20 Specifications..........................................................................................................................................2573
23.6 TM20......................................................................................................................................................................2575
23.6.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2576
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lxi
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents

23.6.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2580
23.6.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2581
23.6.10 TM20 Specifications..........................................................................................................................................2583
23.7 WSD9.....................................................................................................................................................................2584
23.7.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2587
23.7.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2591
23.7.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2593
23.7.10 WSD9 Specifications.........................................................................................................................................2597
23.8 WSM9.....................................................................................................................................................................2599
23.8.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2602
23.8.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2606
23.8.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2608
23.8.10 WSM9 Specifications........................................................................................................................................2612
23.9 WSMD2..................................................................................................................................................................2614
23.9.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2615
23.9.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2618
23.9.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2620
23.9.9 WSMD2 Specifications.......................................................................................................................................2623
23.10 WSMD4................................................................................................................................................................2625
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lxii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents

23.10.3 Application........................................................................................................................................................2627
23.10.6 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................2631
23.10.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................2633
23.10.10 WSMD4 Specifications...................................................................................................................................2637
23.11 WSMD9................................................................................................................................................................2639
23.11.3 Application........................................................................................................................................................2641
23.11.6 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................2645
23.11.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................2647
23.11.10 WSMD9 Specifications...................................................................................................................................2653
24 Optical Amplifier Board......................................................................................................2657

24.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................2658
24.2 BPA........................................................................................................................................................................2661
24.2.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2661
24.2.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2663
24.2.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2665
24.2.7 Characteristic Code for the BPA.........................................................................................................................2665
24.2.9 BPA Specifications..............................................................................................................................................2666
24.3 CRPC......................................................................................................................................................................2667
24.3.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2668
24.3.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2672
24.3.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2675
24.3.7 Dip Switch and Jumper........................................................................................................................................2675
24.3.8 Characteristic Code for the CRPC.......................................................................................................................2677
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lxiii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents

24.3.11 CRPC Specifications.........................................................................................................................................2679
24.4 DAS1......................................................................................................................................................................2681
24.4.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2682
24.4.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2687
24.4.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2689
24.4.10 DAS1 Specifications..........................................................................................................................................2698
24.5 HBA........................................................................................................................................................................2701
24.5.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2702
24.5.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2705
24.5.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2706
24.5.8 Characteristic Code for the HBA.........................................................................................................................2707
24.5.11 HBA Specifications...........................................................................................................................................2711
24.6 OAU1......................................................................................................................................................................2712
24.6.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2716
24.6.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2720
24.6.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2722
24.6.8 Characteristic Code for the OAU1......................................................................................................................2724
24.6.11 OAU1 Specifications.........................................................................................................................................2731
24.7 OBU1......................................................................................................................................................................2744
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lxiv
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
24.7.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2748
24.7.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2752
24.7.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2754
24.7.8 Characteristic Code for the OBU1.......................................................................................................................2755
24.8 OBU2......................................................................................................................................................................2767
24.8.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2770
24.8.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2774
24.8.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2777
24.8.8 Characteristic Code for the OBU2.......................................................................................................................2779
24.9 RAU1......................................................................................................................................................................2788
24.9.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2790
24.9.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2797
24.9.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2800
24.9.10 RAU1 Specifications.........................................................................................................................................2809
24.10 RAU2....................................................................................................................................................................2814
24.10.3 Application........................................................................................................................................................2817
24.10.6 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................2823
24.10.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................2826
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lxv
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents

24.10.10 RAU2 Specifications.......................................................................................................................................2834
25 Cross-Connect Board and System and Communication Board....................................2840

25.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................2842
25.2 USXH.....................................................................................................................................................................2844
25.2.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2845
25.2.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2847
25.2.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2849
25.2.8 USXH Specifications...........................................................................................................................................2849
25.3 UXCT.....................................................................................................................................................................2850
25.3.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2851
25.3.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2853
25.3.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2855
25.3.8 UXCT Specifications...........................................................................................................................................2855
25.4 SXM........................................................................................................................................................................2856
25.4.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2857
25.4.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2860
25.4.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2862
25.4.8 SXM Specifications.............................................................................................................................................2863
25.5 SXH........................................................................................................................................................................2863
25.5.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2865
25.5.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2867
25.5.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2869
25.5.8 SXH Specifications..............................................................................................................................................2869
25.6 XCT........................................................................................................................................................................2870
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lxvi
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents

25.6.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2872
25.6.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2874
25.6.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2876
25.6.8 XCT Specifications..............................................................................................................................................2877
25.7 TN52UXCM...........................................................................................................................................................2878
25.7.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2879
25.7.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2883
25.7.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2885
25.7.8 TN52UXCM Specifications................................................................................................................................2885
25.8 XCM.......................................................................................................................................................................2886
25.8.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2887
25.8.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2889
25.8.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2891
25.8.7 XCM Board Specifications..................................................................................................................................2891
25.9 UXCH.....................................................................................................................................................................2892
25.9.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2893
25.9.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2897
25.9.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2899
25.9.8 UXCH Specifications..........................................................................................................................................2899
25.10 XCH......................................................................................................................................................................2900
25.10.2 Application........................................................................................................................................................2901
25.10.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................2903
25.10.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................2905
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lxvii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
25.10.7 TN52XCH Specifications..................................................................................................................................2905

25.11 TN16XCH............................................................................................................................................................2906
25.11.3 Application........................................................................................................................................................2907
25.11.6 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................2911
25.11.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................2912
25.11.8 Switch and Jumper.............................................................................................................................................2912
25.11.9 TN16XCH Specifications..................................................................................................................................2913
25.12 TN16UXCM.........................................................................................................................................................2914
25.12.3 Application........................................................................................................................................................2915
25.12.6 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................2919
25.12.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................2921
25.12.9 TN16UXCM Specifications..............................................................................................................................2922
25.13 XCS......................................................................................................................................................................2923
25.13.3 Application........................................................................................................................................................2924
25.13.6 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................2927
25.13.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................2928
25.13.8 XCS Specifications............................................................................................................................................2928
25.14 SCC.......................................................................................................................................................................2929
25.14.3 Application........................................................................................................................................................2932
25.14.6 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................2937
25.14.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................2943
25.14.9 SCC Specifications............................................................................................................................................2949
25.15 AUX......................................................................................................................................................................2950
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lxviii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents

25.15.3 Application........................................................................................................................................................2954
25.15.6 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................2957
25.15.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................2963
25.15.9 AUX Specifications...........................................................................................................................................2973
26 Optical Supervisory Channel Board..................................................................................2975

26.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................2976
26.2 HSC1......................................................................................................................................................................2977
26.2.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2978
26.2.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2984
26.2.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2986
26.2.8 Characteristic Code for the HSC1.......................................................................................................................2986
26.2.11 HSC1 Specifications..........................................................................................................................................2989
26.3 SC1.........................................................................................................................................................................2991
26.3.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................2992
26.3.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................2996
26.3.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................2997
26.3.8 Characteristic Code for the SC1..........................................................................................................................2998
26.3.11 SC1 Specifications.............................................................................................................................................3000
26.4 SC2.........................................................................................................................................................................3001
26.4.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................3003
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lxix
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
26.4.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................3007

26.4.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................3008
26.4.8 Characteristic Code for the SC2..........................................................................................................................3009
26.4.11 SC2 Specifications.............................................................................................................................................3011
26.5 ST2..........................................................................................................................................................................3012
26.5.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................3015
26.5.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................3023
26.5.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................3025
26.5.8 Characteristic Code for the ST2..........................................................................................................................3026
26.5.11 ST2 Specifications.............................................................................................................................................3030
27 Optical Protection Board......................................................................................................3033

27.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................3034
27.2 DCP........................................................................................................................................................................3035
27.2.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................3038
27.2.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................3042
27.2.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................3045
27.2.8 Characteristic Code for the DCP.........................................................................................................................3045
27.2.11 DCP Specifications............................................................................................................................................3047
27.3 OLP.........................................................................................................................................................................3049
27.3.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................3054
27.3.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................3058
27.3.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................3060
27.3.8 Characteristic Code for the OLP.........................................................................................................................3060
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lxx
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents

27.3.11 OLP Specifications............................................................................................................................................3063
27.4 QCP........................................................................................................................................................................3066
27.4.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................3067
27.4.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................3070
27.4.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................3072
27.4.10 QCP Specifications............................................................................................................................................3074
27.5 SCS.........................................................................................................................................................................3075
27.5.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................3076
27.5.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................3079
27.5.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................3080
27.5.7 Characteristic Code for the SCS..........................................................................................................................3080
27.5.10 SCS Specifications............................................................................................................................................3082
28 Spectrum Analyzer Board....................................................................................................3084

28.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................3085
28.2 MCA4.....................................................................................................................................................................3086
28.2.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................3088
28.2.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................3091
28.2.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................3092
28.2.8 Characteristic Code for the MCA4......................................................................................................................3093
28.2.11 MCA4 Specifications........................................................................................................................................3095
28.3 MCA8.....................................................................................................................................................................3096
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lxxi
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents

28.3.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................3098
28.3.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................3101
28.3.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................3102
28.3.8 Characteristic Code for the MCA8......................................................................................................................3103
28.3.11 MCA8 Specifications........................................................................................................................................3105
28.4 OPM8......................................................................................................................................................................3106
28.4.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................3108
28.4.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................3111
28.4.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................3113
28.4.8 Characteristic Code for the OPM8......................................................................................................................3113
28.4.11 OPM8 Specifications.........................................................................................................................................3115
28.5 WMU......................................................................................................................................................................3116
28.5.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................3117
28.5.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................3120
28.5.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................3121
28.5.9 WMU Specifications...........................................................................................................................................3122
29 Variable Optical Attenuator Board....................................................................................3124

29.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................3125
29.2 VA1........................................................................................................................................................................3126
29.2.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................3128
29.2.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................3131
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lxxii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
29.2.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................3133

29.2.8 Characteristic Code for the VA1.........................................................................................................................3134
29.2.11 VA1 Specifications............................................................................................................................................3136
29.3 VA4........................................................................................................................................................................3137
29.3.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................3139
29.3.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................3142
29.3.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................3144
29.3.8 Characteristic Code for the VA4.........................................................................................................................3145
29.3.11 VA4 Specifications............................................................................................................................................3147
30 Dispersion Compensation Board.......................................................................................3149

30.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................3150
30.2 DCU........................................................................................................................................................................3151
30.2.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................3152
30.2.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................3154
30.2.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................3156
30.2.7 Characteristic Code for the DCU.........................................................................................................................3156
30.2.10 DCU Specifications...........................................................................................................................................3157
30.3 TDC........................................................................................................................................................................3159
30.3.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................3160
30.3.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................3163
30.3.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................3164
30.3.7 Characteristic Code for the TDC.........................................................................................................................3165
30.3.10 TDC Specifications............................................................................................................................................3166
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lxxiii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
31 Clock Board.............................................................................................................................3168
31.1 STG.........................................................................................................................................................................3169
31.1.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................3171
31.1.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................3175
31.1.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................3177
31.1.8 Characteristic Code for the STG.........................................................................................................................3178
31.1.10 STG Specifications............................................................................................................................................3179
32 TDM Unit................................................................................................................................3180
32.1 EAS2.......................................................................................................................................................................3181
32.1.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................3181
32.1.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................3188
32.1.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................3190
32.1.9 EAS2 Specifications............................................................................................................................................3200
32.2 EGSH......................................................................................................................................................................3203
32.2.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................3204
32.2.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................3211
32.2.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................3214
32.2.7 Characteristic Code for the EGSH.......................................................................................................................3214
32.2.9 Board Protection..................................................................................................................................................3216
32.2.11 EGSH Specifications.........................................................................................................................................3228
32.3 SF64........................................................................................................................................................................3229
32.3.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................3230
32.3.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................3234
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lxxiv
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
32.3.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................3236

32.3.7 Characteristic Code for the SF64.........................................................................................................................3236
32.3.10 SF64 Specifications...........................................................................................................................................3238
32.4 SF64A.....................................................................................................................................................................3241
32.4.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................3242
32.4.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................3247
32.4.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................3249
32.4.7 Characteristic Code for the SF64A......................................................................................................................3249
32.4.10 SF64A Specifications........................................................................................................................................3251
32.5 SFD64.....................................................................................................................................................................3253
32.5.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................3254
32.5.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................3259
32.5.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................3261
32.5.7 Characteristic Code for the SFD64......................................................................................................................3261
32.5.10 SFD64 Specifications........................................................................................................................................3263
32.6 SL64........................................................................................................................................................................3266
32.6.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................3267
32.6.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................3272
32.6.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................3274
32.6.7 Characteristic Code for the SL64........................................................................................................................3274
32.6.10 SL64 Specifications...........................................................................................................................................3276
32.7 SLD64.....................................................................................................................................................................3278
32.7.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................................3279
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lxxv
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents

32.7.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................3284
32.7.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................3286
32.7.7 Characteristic Code for the SLD64.....................................................................................................................3286
32.7.10 SLD64 Specifications........................................................................................................................................3288
32.8 SLH41.....................................................................................................................................................................3289
32.8.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................3290
32.8.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................3296
32.8.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................3298
32.8.8 Characteristic Code for the SLH41.....................................................................................................................3298
32.8.11 SLH41 Specifications........................................................................................................................................3300
32.9 SLO16.....................................................................................................................................................................3304
32.9.3 Application..........................................................................................................................................................3305
32.9.6 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................................3309
32.9.7 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................................3311
32.9.8 Characteristic Code for the SLO16.....................................................................................................................3311
32.9.11 SLO16 Specifications........................................................................................................................................3313
32.10 SLQ16...................................................................................................................................................................3317
32.10.3 Application........................................................................................................................................................3318
32.10.6 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................3322
32.10.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................3324
32.10.8 Characteristic Code for the SLQ16...................................................................................................................3324
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lxxvi
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents

32.10.10 Parameters Can Be Set or Queried by NMS....................................................................................................3325
32.10.11 SLQ16 Specifications......................................................................................................................................3326
32.11 SLQ64...................................................................................................................................................................3329
32.11.2 Application........................................................................................................................................................3330
32.11.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................................3335
32.11.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................................3337
32.11.7 Characteristic Code for the SLQ64...................................................................................................................3337
32.11.10 SLQ64 Specifications......................................................................................................................................3339
33 Cables.......................................................................................................................................3341
33.1 Optical Fibers.........................................................................................................................................................3342
33.1.1 Classification.......................................................................................................................................................3342
33.1.2 Connectors...........................................................................................................................................................3343
33.2 Alarm Cables..........................................................................................................................................................3347
33.2.1 Alarm Output Interface Cable.............................................................................................................................3347
33.2.2 Alarm Input Interface Cable................................................................................................................................3348
33.3 Management Cables...............................................................................................................................................3350
33.3.1 OAM Serial Port Cable........................................................................................................................................3350
33.3.2 AUX Signal Cable...............................................................................................................................................3351
33.3.3 Network Cable.....................................................................................................................................................3356
33.4 Clock/Time Cable...................................................................................................................................................3358
33.4.1 Cables for other equipment Connections.............................................................................................................3358
33.4.2 Cables for Internal Connections..........................................................................................................................3364
33.4.3 Cables for Testing equipment Connections.........................................................................................................3366
34 Optical Attenuator.................................................................................................................3370
34.1 Fixed Optical Attenuator .......................................................................................................................................3371
34.2 Mechanical Variable Optical Attenuator................................................................................................................3371
35 Pluggable Optical Modules.................................................................................................3372

36 Mounting Ears........................................................................................................................3377
37 Filler Panels............................................................................................................................3387
37.1 Functions and Features...........................................................................................................................................3388
37.2 Front Panel..............................................................................................................................................................3388
37.3 Valid Slots..............................................................................................................................................................3389
37.4 Technical Specifications.........................................................................................................................................3390
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lxxvii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
A Indicators..................................................................................................................................3391
A.1 Cabinet Indicators....................................................................................................................................................3392
A.2 Subrack Indicator.....................................................................................................................................................3392
A.3 Chassis Indicators....................................................................................................................................................3393
A.4 Board Indicators.......................................................................................................................................................3394
A.5 Fan Indicator............................................................................................................................................................3398
A.6 PIU Indicator...........................................................................................................................................................3399
B Bar Code for Boards................................................................................................................3400

B.1 Overview..................................................................................................................................................................3402
B.2 Bar Code Overview .................................................................................................................................................3405
B.2.1 One-dimensional Bar Code of a Board.................................................................................................................3405
B.2.2 Two-dimensional Bar Code of a Board................................................................................................................3410
B.3 Characteristic Code for OTUs.................................................................................................................................3415
B.3.1 Characteristic Code for DWDM OTUs................................................................................................................3415
B.3.2 Characteristic Code for DWDM Wavelength-Tunable OTUs..............................................................................3417
B.3.3 Characteristic Code for CWDM OTUs.................................................................................................................3418
B.4 Characteristic Code of a Line Unit..........................................................................................................................3419
B.5 Characteristic Code of an FOADM.........................................................................................................................3419
B.5.1 Characteristic Code for the CMR1.......................................................................................................................3419
B.5.4 Characteristic Code for the DMR1.......................................................................................................................3421
B.5.5 Characteristic Code for the MR2..........................................................................................................................3421
B.5.6 Characteristic Code for of MR4............................................................................................................................3421
B.5.7 Characteristic Code for the MR8..........................................................................................................................3422
B.5.8 Characteristic Code for the MR8V.......................................................................................................................3423
B.6 Characteristic Code of an MCA...............................................................................................................................3424
B.6.1 Characteristic Code for the MCA4.......................................................................................................................3424
B.6.2 Characteristic Code for the MCA8.......................................................................................................................3424
B.7 Characteristic Code of an OAU...............................................................................................................................3424
B.7.1 Characteristic Code for the HBA..........................................................................................................................3425
B.7.2 Characteristic Code for the OAU1........................................................................................................................3425
B.7.3 Characteristic Code for the OBU1........................................................................................................................3426
B.7.4 Characteristic Code for the OBU2........................................................................................................................3426
B.7.5 Characteristic Code for of CRPC..........................................................................................................................3427
B.8 Characteristic Code of an Optical MUX/DMUX Unit............................................................................................3427
B.8.1 Characteristic Code for the D40...........................................................................................................................3427
B.8.2 Characteristic Code for the D40V.........................................................................................................................3428
B.8.3 Characteristic Code for the DFIU.........................................................................................................................3429
B.8.4 Characteristic Code for the FIU............................................................................................................................3429
B.8.5 Characteristic Code for the ITL............................................................................................................................3429
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lxxviii
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
B.8.6 Characteristic Code for the M40...........................................................................................................................3430

B.8.7 Characteristic Code for the M40V........................................................................................................................3430
B.9 Characteristic Code of a Protection Unit.................................................................................................................3431
B.9.1 Characteristic Code for the DCP...........................................................................................................................3431
B.9.2 Characteristic Code for the OLP...........................................................................................................................3432
B.9.3 Characteristic Code for the SCS...........................................................................................................................3432
B.10 Characteristic Code of a VOA...............................................................................................................................3432
B.10.1 Characteristic Code for the VA1.........................................................................................................................3432
B.10.2 Characteristic Code for the VA4.........................................................................................................................3433
B.11 Characteristic Code of a PDE Unit........................................................................................................................3433
B.11.1 Characteristic Code for the DCU........................................................................................................................3433
B.11.2 Characteristic Code for the GFU........................................................................................................................3434
B.11.3 Characteristic Code for the TDC........................................................................................................................3434
C Quick Reference Table of Unit functions..........................................................................3436

C.1 Basic Functions of OTUs, OTN Tributary Boards, OTN Line Boards, Packet Service Boards and Universal Line
Boards.............................................................................................................................................................................3437
C.2 Loopback Function of OTUs, OTN Tributary Boards, OTN Line Boards, Packet Service Boards and Universal Line
Boards.............................................................................................................................................................................3445
C.3 Protection mode of OTUs, OTN Tributary and Line Boards, and Universal Line Boards.....................................3450
C.4 Electrical cross-connection of OTUs, OTN Tributary Boards................................................................................3453
C.5 Quick Reference of Data Board Functions..............................................................................................................3459
C.6 Packet Service Support............................................................................................................................................3460
C.7 Common Parameters Specified for Optical Interfaces of TDM Boards..................................................................3461
C.8 Quick Reference of TDM Board Functions.............................................................................................................3465
C.9 Loopback Capabilities of TDM Boards...................................................................................................................3467
D Quick Reference Table of Unit Specifications.................................................................3469

D.1 Specification of OTUs, OTN Tributary Boards, OTN Line Boards and Packet Service Boards............................3470
D.1.1 OTUs, OTN Tributary Boards and Packet Service Boards Specification on the Client Side..............................3470
D.1.2 OTUs, OTN Line Boards, Universal Line Boards, and Packet Service Boards Specification on the WDM Side
........................................................................................................................................................................................3523
D.2 Specification of Optical Amplifying Unit...............................................................................................................3546
D.3 Insertion Loss Specifications of Boards..................................................................................................................3549
D.4 MON Interface Optical Split Ratio..........................................................................................................................3553
D.5 Power Consumption, Weight, and Valid Slots of Boards.......................................................................................3554
D.5.1 Power Consumption, Weight, and Valid Slots of Boards in the OptiX OSN 8800.............................................3554
E Parameter Reference...............................................................................................................3705
E.1 Autonegotiation Flow Control Mode ......................................................................................................................3706
E.2 Broadcast Packet Suppression Threshold................................................................................................................3707
E.3 Enabling Broadcast Packet Suppression .................................................................................................................3708
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lxxix
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Contents
E.4 Flow Monitor (Ethernet Interface Attributes)..........................................................................................................3709

E.5 Initial Variance Value Between Primary and Secondary Input Power (dB) (WDM Interface)...............................3710
E.6 Laser Status (WDM Interface).................................................................................................................................3711
E.7 Line Rate..................................................................................................................................................................3712
E.8 Maximum Frame Length .........................................................................................................................................3714
E.9 Nominal Gain (dB) (WDM Interface)......................................................................................................................3715
E.10 Non-Autonegotiation Flow Control Mode.........................................................................................................3717
E.11 Planned Band Type (WDM Interface).................................................................................................................3718
E.12 Planned Wavelength No./Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz) (WDM Interface)...........................................3718
E.13 Port Mapping (WDM Interface).............................................................................................................................3720
E.14 SD Trigger Condition (WDM Interface)................................................................................................................3721
E.15 Variance Threshold Between Primary and Secondary Input Power (dB) (WDM Interface).................................3722
F Glossary.....................................................................................................................................3724
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

lxxx
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

1 Update Description
Update Description
This section describes hardware updates of cabinets and PDUs in V100R007C00 or later versions
and the reasons for the updates and the corresponding information updates. Any product versions
that are not listed in the document mean that they have no hardware update. For details about
hardware updates of subracks and boards, see change descriptions in the sections of these
subracks and boards.
Hardware Updates in V100R009C00SPC200

Hardware Update
Reason for the Update
Information Update
Added the typical

configuration of two T32
electrical subracks in an N63B
cabinet.
The configuration of two

T32 electrical subracks in an
N63B cabinet is newly
supported.
2.3 Typical N63B Cabinet

Configurations
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
Information Update
Adjusted the specifications of

TN21PIU boards.
The boards are

manufactured using an
optimized engineering
process, and the board
specifications are adjusted.
10.3.2 PIU

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

1 Update Description
Hardware Updates in V100R008C10

Hardware Update
Information Update
Added the N63B-2m cabinet.
The N63B-2m cabinet is

newly supported.
2.1 Cabinet Introduction
The OptiX OSN 8800

universal platform subrack
can be AC powered.
10.2.2 APIU
Hardware Update
Information Update
Optimized the description of

the N63B and N66B cabinets
by comparing them.
Supplemented requirements on
subrack configurations in a
cabinet.
Information is optimized.
Added the TN18APIU board.
2.4 Typical
Configurations of an
N63B-2m Cabinet

Configurations
Configurations
Optimized description of
cabinets by changing the
description by device model to
the description by cabinet
model, and added typical
cabinet configurations and
fiber management cabinets.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
Information Update
Added the E2000-ODF.
E2000-ODF is a functional
box that enables fiber
splicing and fiber
management between highpower optical amplifier
boards and an ODF.
11.4 E2000-ODF
Added the PDU (DPD63-8-8).
A new PDU type is added.
PDU (DPD63-8-8)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

2 Cabinet
Cabinet
About This Chapter

Huawei provides three types of ETS 300-119-compliant cabinets: N66B, N63B, and N63B-2m.
2.2 Space Requirements for Cabinets
To ensure that cabinets are efficiently ventilated and can be easily maintained, observe the
requirements described in this topic when installing a cabinet.
2.3 Typical N63B Cabinet Configurations
The N63B cabinet can be used to hold different types of subracks or frames. The N63B cabinet
is called cabinet assembly after it is equipped with appropriate PDU and cables. Equipment
configuration is completed after appropriate subracks or frames are installed in a cabinet
assembly. Each combination of subracks and frames corresponds to a cabinet assembly. There
are several combinations, which correspond to different equipment configurations. This section
describes typical N63B cabinet configurations and the requirements on subrack installation.
2.4 Typical Configurations of an N63B-2m Cabinet
An N63B-2m cabinet is a universal cabinet and can be used to house different types of subracks
or frames. After being equipped with the required PDUs and cables, the N63B-2m cabinet is
called the N63B-2m cabinet assembly. Equipment configuration is completed after appropriate
subracks or frames are installed in the cabinet assembly. Each combination of subracks and
frames corresponds to a type of cabinet assembly. There are several combinations, which
correspond to different equipment configurations. This section describes the typical
configurations and installation position requirements of the N63B-2m cabinet assembly.
2.6 Cabinet Cables
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

2 Cabinet

Huawei provides three types of ETS 300-119-compliant cabinets: N66B, N63B, and N63B-2m.
Parame
ter
N66B (ETSI 600 mm

Cabinet)
N63B (ETSI 300 mm

Cabinet)
N63B-2m (ETSI 300

mm Cabinet)
Appeara
nce
Height
extensio
n frame
(optiona
l)a
Doors/
Panels
None
Front and rear doors:

They can be
disassembled. A key is
provided for unlocking
each of the doors.
Side panels: They are
secured with screws and
can be disassembled.
Door
keys
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Front door: The door can

be disassembled. A key is
the door.
Front door: The door can

be disassembled. A key is
the door.
Rear and side panels:

They are secured with
screws. Only the side
panels can be
disassembled.
Rear and side panels:

They are secured with
screws. Only the side
panels can be
disassembled.
The door keys for all cabinets are the same.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parame
ter
2 Cabinet
N66B (ETSI 600 mm

Cabinet)
Height
Dimensi l Not equipped with a

ons (H x
height extension
W x D)
frame: 2200 mm
(86.6 in.) x 600 mm
De
h
(23.6 in.) x 600 mm
pth Widt
(23.6 in.)
Weight
N63B (ETSI 300 mm

Cabinet)
N63B-2m (ETSI 300

mm Cabinet)
l Not equipped with a

height extension
frame: 2200 mm (86.6
in.) x 600 mm (23.6
in.) x 300 mm (11.8
in.)
2000 mm (78.74 in.) x

600 mm (23.6 in.) x 300
mm (11.8 in.)
l Equipped with a
height extension
frame: 2600 mm
(102.4 in.) x 600 mm
(23.6 in.) x 600 mm
(23.6 in.)
l Equipped with a
height extension
frame: 2600 mm
(102.4 in.) x 600 mm
(23.6 in.) x 300 mm
(11.8 in.)

height extension
frame: 120 kg (264.6
lb.)

height extension
frame: 60 kg (132.3
lb.)
l Equipped with a
height extension
frame: 130 kg (286.6
lb.)
l Equipped with a
height extension
frame: 66 kg (145.5
lb.)
Standar
d
working
voltage
-48 V DC or -60 V DC
Workin
g
voltage
range
-48 V DC power source: -40 V to -57.6 V
54.5 kg (120.2 lb.)
-60 V DC power source: -48 V to -72 V
a: A 400-mm-high extension frame can be placed at the top of the N66B or N63B cabinet,
increasing the height of the cabinet to 2600 mm.
2.2 Space Requirements for Cabinets

To ensure that cabinets are efficiently ventilated and can be easily maintained, observe the
requirements described in this topic when installing a cabinet.
The N63B cabinet is used as an example to describe the requirements for installing a cabinet in
equipment room. The requirements for installing an N66B cabinet and an N63B-2m cabinet are
the same as those for installing two N63B cabinets in back-to-back mode. (Two back-to-back
N63B cabinets can be regarded as one N66B cabinet.)
Cabinets are usually installed in a row inside equipment room. They are arranged in a face-toface or a back-to-back mode.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

2 Cabinet
Figure 2-1 and Figure 2-2 illustrate the positions of cabinets.

To facilitate heat dissipation and maintenance of the cabinet, reserve sufficient space around the
cabinet according to the following requirements:
l
The space in front of the cabinet must be greater than or equal to 1000 mm (39.4 in.).
The space beside both sides of the cabinet must be greater than or equal to 800 mm (31.5
in.).
The space behind the cabinet must be greater than or equal to 50 mm. (Ignore this
requirement when installing two N63B cabinets in back-to-back mode.)
Figure 2-1 Top view of cabinets in face-to-face mode

Unit: mm
Fiber management
frame
Cabinet
50
300
800
150
150
600
Wall or any other

equivalent
Front
1000
600
800
300
50
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

2 Cabinet
Figure 2-2 Top view of cabinets in back-to-back mode

Unit: mm
Front
Fiber management
frame
1000
Cabinet
300
300
800
150
600
150
Front
1000
600
300
300
800
Front
1000
Wall or any other

equivalent
NOTE
l If it is designed to ventilate the equipment from bottom to top, there must be vents on the ESD floor in front
of the cabinet so that the fan tray assemblies can draw air from the air conditioner into the equipment.
l A fiber management cabinet is installed on each side of the cabinet if excessive fibers are connected to the
cabinet. For details about the fiber management cabinet, see 3 Fiber Management Cabinet.

NOTE
In the cabinet BOM, TNxxxRACKxx indicates the type of a cabinet assembly. For example, TN1B6RACK06
indicates an N63B cabinet assembly that can be used to house one T16 subrack and three 6800 subracks. For
more information about the cabinet BOM, contact the product manager at your local Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

2 Cabinet
An N63B cabinet is divided into four areas. An T16 subrack/universal platform subrack/6800
subrack occupies one area and an T32 subrack occupies two areas. A subrack is configured as
an optical or electrical subrack as required. To ensure efficient heat dissipation for equipment,
the type (optical or electrical) and position of subracks deployed in an N63B cabinet must meet
anticipated system requirements. The following describes how an optical and electrical subrack
is defined.
l
An electrical subrack is used to hold only cross-connect boards, OTU boards, tributary
boards, line boards, or protection boards.
An optical subrack is used to hold OADM, multiplexer/demultiplexer, optical amplifier,

OSC, optical spectrum analyzer, OLP (for optical line protection only), regeneration board,
or OTU boards.
Universal platform subracks serve as optical subracks. Other types of subracks can serve
as either electrical or optical subracks.
When an optical subrack has a board that consumes more than 40 W power on a per slot
basis or the average board power of the subrack is greater than 30 W, the subrack is
calculated as an electrical subrack.
Table 2-1 Typical configurations of the N63B cabinet assembly

N Typical
o Configur
. ation
PDF
Circu
it
Break
er
Ma
xi
mu
m
Po
we
r
Co
ns
um
pti
on
of
Int
egr
ate
d
Eq
uip
me
nt
Subrack Position in the Cabinet
Configuration
Principle
1 1 x T32
(electrical
subrack) +
1 x T32
(optical
subrack) +
1 x DCM +
DPD63-88
Eight
63 A
circuit
breake
rs
540
0
W
N63B cabinet
l By default, one
T32 electrical
subrack is
configured in
area 1 and 2 in
the cabinet.
Areas 3 and 4
are reserved
Area 1
Area 2
Area 3
Area 4
Optical
subrack
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
T32
electrical
subrack

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

2 Cabinet
N Typical
o Configur
. ation
PDF
Circu
it
Break
er
Ma
xi
mu
m
Po
we
r
Co
ns
um
pti
on
of
Int
egr
ate
d
Eq
uip
me
nt
1 x T32
(electrical
subrack) +
1 x T32
(optical
subrack) +
TN51PD
U
Eight
63 A
circuit
breake
rs
540
0
W
2 1 x T32
(electrical
subrack) +
2 x T16 + 1
x DCM +
TN16PD
U or
DPD63-88
Eight
63 A
circuit
breake
rs
500
0
W
3 1 x T32
(electrical
subrack) +
2x
universal
platform
subrack +
2 x DCM +
DPD63-88
Eight
63 A
circuit
breake
rs
500
0
W
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Configuration
Principle
only for optical

subracks.
l Areas 3 and 4
are reserved for
optical
subracks.
Optical
subracks must
be configured
from area 3 to
area 4.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

2 Cabinet
N Typical
o Configur
. ation
PDF
Circu
it
Break
er
Ma
xi
mu
m
Po
we
r
Co
ns
um
pti
on
of
Int
egr
ate
d
Eq
uip
me
nt
4 1 x T32
(electrical
subrack) +
2 x 6800 +
2 x DCM +
TN51PD
U or
DPD63-88
Four
63 A
and
four
32 A
circuit
breake
rs
540
0
W
5 2 x T32
(electrical
subrack) +
DPD63-88
Eight
63 A
circuit
breake
rs
960
0
W
N63B cabinet
Area 1
Area 2
Configuration
Principle
Subracks must be
configured from
bottom to top.
Area 3
Area 4
T32
electrical
subrack
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

10
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

2 Cabinet
N Typical
o Configur
. ation
PDF
Circu
it
Break
er
Ma
xi
mu
m
Po
we
r
Co
ns
um
pti
on
of
Int
egr
ate
d
Eq
uip
me
nt
Configuration
Principle
6 4 x T16 + 1
x DCM +
TN16PD
U or
DPD63-88
Eight
63 A
circuit
breake
rs
500
0
W
Electrical subracks pre-installed in the cabinet
l At most two
electrical
subracks can be
configured in
the cabinet.
N63B cabinet
Area 1
Area 2
Area 3
7 3 x T16 + 1
x
universal
platform
subrack+
1 x DCM +
DPD63-88
Eight
63 A
circuit
breake
rs
8 2 x T16 + 2
x
universal
platform
subrack+
1 x DCM +
DPD63-88
Eight
63 A
circuit
breake
rs
500
0
W
Area 4
No electrical subrack pre-installed in the cabinet
N63B cabinet
Area 1
Area 2
Area 3
Area 4
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
500
0
W
Optical
subrack
Electrical
subrack
l When one or
two electrical
subracks are
pre-installed in
the N63B
cabinet, they
must be located
in the top-most
areas. During
capacity
expansion, new
subracks must
be configured
from top to
bottom.
l When no
electrical
subrack is preinstalled in the
cabinet,
subracks must
be configured

11
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

2 Cabinet
N Typical
o Configur
. ation
PDF
Circu
it
Break
er
Ma
xi
mu
m
Po
we
r
Co
ns
um
pti
on
of
Int
egr
ate
d
Eq
uip
me
nt
9 1 x T16 + 3
x
universal
platform
subrack+
1 x DCM +
DPD63-88
Eight
63 A
circuit
breake
rs
500
0
W
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Configuration
Principle
from bottom to
top.
l It is not
allowed to
configure an
optical subrack
above two
electrical
subracks
regardless of
whether the
two electrical
subracks are
located in
neighboring
areas or not.

12
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

2 Cabinet
N Typical
o Configur
. ation
PDF
Circu
it
Break
er
Ma
xi
mu
m
Po
we
r
Co
ns
um
pti
on
of
Int
egr
ate
d
Eq
uip
me
nt
Configuration
Principle
1 3 x T16 + 1
0 x 6800 + 2
x DCM +
TN16PD
U or
DPD63-88
Six 63
A and
two 32
A
circuit
breake
rs
500
0
W
N63B cabinet
l By default, one
6800 optical
subrack is
configured in
area 4 in the
cabinet.
Area 1
Area 2
Area 3
Area 4
Optical
subrack
Electrical
subrack
l At most two
T16 electrical
subracks can be
configured in
the cabinet.
l It is not
allowed to
configure an
optical subrack
above two
electrical
subracks.
l Subracks must
be configured
from bottom to
top.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

13
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

2 Cabinet
N Typical
o Configur
. ation
PDF
Circu
it
Break
er
Ma
xi
mu
m
Po
we
r
Co
ns
um
pti
on
of
Int
egr
ate
d
Eq
uip
me
nt
Configuration
Principle
1 2 x T16 + 2
1 x 6800 + 2
x DCM +
TN16PD
U or
DPD63-88
Four
63 A
and
four
32 A
circuit
breake
rs
500
0
W
N63B cabinet
l By default, two
6800 optical
subracks are
configured in
areas 3 and 4 in
the cabinet.
Area 1
Area 2
Area 3
Area 4
T16
6800 optical
subrack
1 1 x T16 + 3
2 x 6800 + 2
x DCM +
TN16PD
U or
DPD63-88
Two
63 A
and six
32 A
circuit
breake
rs
500
0
W
subrack
l Subracks must
be configured
from bottom to
top.
l By default,
three 6800
optical
subracks are
configured in
areas 2, 3 and 4
in the cabinet.
N63B cabinet
Area 1
Area 2
Area 3
Area 4
6800 optical
subrack
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
electrical
l At most two
T16 electrical
subracks can be
configured in
the cabinet.
T16
electrical
subrack

l Subracks must
be configured
from bottom to
top.
14
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

2 Cabinet
N Typical
o Configur
. ation
PDF
Circu
it
Break
er
Ma
xi
mu
m
Po
we
r
Co
ns
um
pti
on
of
Int
egr
ate
d
Eq
uip
me
nt
Configuration
Principle
1 4x
3 universal
platform
subrack+
2 x DCM +
DPD63-88
Eight
63 A
circuit
breake
rs
740
0
W
N63B cabinet
Subracks must be
configured from
bottom to top.
Area 1
Area 2
Area 3
Area 4
8800 universal
platform subrack
1 4 x 6800 +
4 1 x DCM +
TN11PD
U or
DPD63-88
Four
63 A
circuit
breake
rs
480
0
W
N63B cabinet
Area 1
Area 2
Area 3
Area 4
6800 optical
subrack
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

l Subracks must
be configured
from bottom to
top.
l The power
consumption of
each subrack
must not
exceed 1200
W.
15
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

2 Cabinet
N Typical
o Configur
. ation
PDF
Circu
it
Break
er
Ma
xi
mu
m
Po
we
r
Co
ns
um
pti
on
of
Int
egr
ate
d
Eq
uip
me
nt
Configuration
Principle
1 3 x 6800 +
5 3 x DCM +
2 x CRPC
+
TN11PD
U or
DPD63-88
Four
63 A
circuit
breake
rs
480
0
W
N63B cabinet
l Subracks must
be configured
from bottom to
top.
Area 1
Area 2
Area 3
Area 4
6800 optical
subrack
CRPC frame
l The power
consumption of
each subrack
must not
exceed 1200
W.
T32 subrack is classified into enhanced and general subracks. The requirements on configuring enhanced and
general subracks are the same.
The maximum power consumption of the integrated equipment refers to the maximum power consumption of the
cabinet or the maximum heat dissipation capacity of the integrated equipment. The power consumption of the
integrated equipment cannot exceed the maximum power consumption.
NOTE
In the case of transmission equipment, power consumption is generally transformed into heat consumption.
Hence, heat consumption (BTU/h) and power consumption (W) can be converted to each other in the
formula: 1 BTU/h = 0.2931 W.
Power consumption for the typical configuration refers to the average power consumption of the device in
normal scenarios. The maximum power consumption refers to the maximum power consumption of the
device under extreme conditions.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

16
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

2 Cabinet
2.4 Typical Configurations of an N63B-2m Cabinet

An N63B-2m cabinet is a universal cabinet and can be used to house different types of subracks
or frames. After being equipped with the required PDUs and cables, the N63B-2m cabinet is
called the N63B-2m cabinet assembly. Equipment configuration is completed after appropriate
subracks or frames are installed in the cabinet assembly. Each combination of subracks and
frames corresponds to a type of cabinet assembly. There are several combinations, which
correspond to different equipment configurations. This section describes the typical
configurations and installation position requirements of the N63B-2m cabinet assembly.
NOTE
indicates an N63B-2m cabinet assembly that supports the following: 3 x T16 subracks, 2 x T16 subracks + 1 x
UPS, 1 x T16 subrack + 2 x UPSs, or 3 x UPSs For more cabinet BOM information, contact Huawei's product
managers in representative offices.
An N63B-2m cabinet is divided into four areas from top to bottom. The upper three areas are
used to hold subracks, and the bottom area is relatively small and can be used to hold the CRPC
or DCM frame. A T16 subrack or UPS occupies one area, and a T32 subrack occupies two areas.
Subracks can be divided into optical subracks and electrical subracks by application scenario.
The subracks comply with the following principles. To ensure efficient heat dissipation, the
types and installation positions of optical and electrical subracks must meet configuration rules
of the N63B-2m cabinet.
l
An optical subrack is used to hold only OADM boards, multiplexer boards, demultiplexer
boards, optical amplifier boards, OSC boards, optical spectrum analyzing boards, OLP
boards (used in optical line protection), regeneration boards, or OTU boards.
A UPS is configured as an optical subrack, and other types of devices can be configured
as electrical or optical subracks.
When an optical subrack is equipped with a board whose single-slot power consumption
exceeds 40 W or its average single-slot power consumption exceeds 30 W, the optical
subrack is considered as an electrical subrack in calculating the number of subracks.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

17
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

2 Cabinet
Table 2-2 Typical configurations of an N63B-2m cabinet

N Typical
o Configuration
. Inside Cabinet
Reco
mme
nded
Circ
uit
Brea
ker
Conf
igura
tion
Ma
xi
mu
m
Po
we
r
Co
nsu
mp
tio
n
Subrack Position
1 T32 + 1 T16 +
DPD63-8-8
6 63
A
540
0W
N63B-2m cabinet
1 T32 + 1 UPS +
DPD63-8-8
6 63
A
540
0W
Configuration
Rule
Area 1
Area 2
Area 3
Area 4
Optical
subrack
3
4
5
3 T16 +
DPD63-8-8
6 63
A
540
0W
2 T16 + 1 UPS +
DPD63-8-8
6 63
A
540
0W
1 T16 + 2 UPS +
DPD63-8-8
6 63
A
540
0W
Electrical
subrack
Electrical subracks pre-installed in the cabinet

N63B-2m cabinet
Area 1
Area 2
Area 3
Area 4
No electrical subrack pre-installed in the cabinet
N63B-2m cabinet
Area 1
Area 2
Area 3
Area 4
Optical
subrack
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Electrical
subrack

By default, only
one T32 electrical
subrack is
configured in an
N63B-2m cabinet,
and it occupies
areas 1 and 2 of the
cabinet. Only an
optical subrack can
be configured in
area 3.
l At most two
electrical
subracks can be
configured in
an N63B-2m
cabinet.
l If an electrical
subrack is preinstalled, install
the new
subracks below
the electrical
subrack from
top to bottom
during capacity
expansion.
l If no electrical
subrack is preinstalled, install
subracks from
bottom to top in
sequence. Do
not install any
18
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

2 Cabinet
N Typical
o Configuration
. Inside Cabinet
Reco
mme
nded
Circ
uit
Brea
ker
Conf
igura
tion
Ma
xi
mu
m
Po
we
r
Co
nsu
mp
tio
n
6 63
A
540
0W
3 UPS +
DPD63-8-8
Subrack Position
Configuration
Rule
subrack in the
area that has a
vacant area
below.
l Do not install
any optical
subrack above
two electrical
subracks, no
matter whether
the subracks are
adjacent or not.
The configuration rules of the standard and enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subracks are the same.
The maximum power consumption indicates the maximum heat dissipation capability of the entire cabinet. Ensure
that the total power consumption of an N63B-2m cabinet does not exceed the maximum power consumption.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

19
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

2 Cabinet
NOTE
For transport equipment, the heat consumption and power consumption are similar and can be considered
the same. Heat consumption is expressed in BTU/h and power consumption is expressed in W. The
conversion between the two units is as follows: 1 BTU/h = 0.2931 W.
Typical power consumption indicates the average power consumption of the equipment when it uses typical
configurations and runs at room temperature. Maximum power consumption indicates the possible
maximum power consumption when the equipment runs in extreme conditions.

NOTE
indicates an N66B cabinet assembly that can be used to house one T64 enhanced subrack and two T32 subracks,
one T64 enhanced subrack and four T16 subracks, or one T64 enhanced subrack and four universal platform
subracks. For more information about the cabinet BOM, contact the product manager at your local Huawei
office.
An N66B cabinet has the front and rear sides. Each side consists of four areas. T64 subracks are
installed in areas 1 and 2 on the front and rear sides. Each of the T16 subrack, universal platform
subrack, and 6800 subrack occupies one area, and the T32 subrack occupies two areas. A subrack
is configured as optical or electrical subrack as required. To ensure efficient heat dissipation for
equipment, the type (optical or electrical) and position of subracks deployed in an N66B cabinet
must meet anticipated system requirements. The following describes how an optical and
electrical subrack is defined.
l
An optical subrack is used to hold OADM, multiplexer/demultiplexer, optical amplifier,

OSC, optical spectrum analyzer, OLP (for optical line protection only), regeneration board,
or OTU boards.
Universal platform subracks serve as optical subracks. Other types of subracks can serve
as either electrical or optical subracks.
When an optical subrack has a board that consumes more than 40 W power on a per slot
basis or the average board power of the subrack is greater than 30 W, the subrack is
calculated as an electrical subrack.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

20
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

2 Cabinet
Table 2-3 Typical configurations of the N66B cabinet assembly

N Typica
o l
. Config
uratio
n
PDF
Circuit
Breaker
Maxi
mum
Power
Consu
mptio
n of
Integr
ated
Equip
ment
Configuration
Principle
1 1 x T64
+2x
T32 +
TN51P
DU or
DPD63
-8-8
Sixteen
63 A
circuit
breakers
10800
W
N66B cabinet Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear
2 1 x T64
+4x
6800 +
4x
DCM +
TN51P
DU or
DPD63
-8-8
Eight 63
A and
eight 32
A circuit
breakers
10800
W
l By default, one
T64 electrical
subrack is preinstalled in the
N66B cabinet. In
other areas of the
cabinet, only
optical subracks
can be installed.
3 1 x T64
+4x
T16 + 2
x DCM
+
TN16P
DU or
DPD63
-8-8
Sixteen
63 A
circuit
breakers
10000
W
4 1 x T64
+4x
univers
al
platfor
m
subrack
s+4x
DCM +
DPD63
-8-8
Sixteen
63 A
circuit
breakers
10800
W
Area 1
Area 2
Area 3
Area 4
Optical
subrack
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
T64
electrical
subrack
Idle area
l Optical subracks
must be installed
below the
electrical
subrack with no
vacant area left
between the
electrical
subrack and
adjacent optical
subrack. In
addition, the
optical subracks
must be
configured from
top to bottom
and from front to
rear.

21
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

N Typica
o l
. Config
uratio
n
PDF
Circuit
Breaker
2 Cabinet
Maxi
mum
Power
Consu
mptio
n of
Integr
ated
Equip
ment
Configuration
Principle
T64 and T32 subracks are classified into enhanced and general subracks. The requirements on configuring
enhanced and general subracks are the same. A typically configured N66B cabinet assembly must have one OpitX
OSN 8800 T64 subrack installed in the topmost subrack position.
The maximum power consumption of the integrated equipment refers to the maximum power consumption of the
cabinet or the maximum heat dissipation capacity of the integrated equipment. The power consumption of the
integrated equipment cannot exceed the maximum power consumption.
NOTE
In the case of transmission equipment, power consumption is generally transformed into heat consumption.
Hence, heat consumption (BTU/h) and power consumption (W) can be converted to each other in the
formula: 1 BTU/h = 0.2931 W.
Power consumption for the typical configuration refers to the average power consumption of the device in
normal scenarios. The maximum power consumption refers to the maximum power consumption of the
device under extreme conditions.
2.6 Cabinet Cables

2.6.1 Cabinet Alarm Indicator Cable
One end of a cabinet alarm indicator cable is connected to the LAMP interface on an EFI board,
and the other end of the cable has four connectors, each of which is connected to the alarm
indicator interface at the top of a cabinet. Multiple subracks can be cascaded using straightthrough network cables to monitor the alarms of their subracks in a centralized manner.
Cabinet Alarm Indicator Cable

Figure 2-3 shows a cabinet alarm indicator cable together with the appearance of the EFI front
panel.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

22
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

2 Cabinet
Figure 2-3 Cabinet alarm indicator cable

Cabinet alarm
indicator cable
PIN1
PIN2
PIN8
PIN1
RJ-45
Subrack indicator
Power indicator
X2
Critical alarm indicator

X3
LAMP on
subrack
Major alarm indicator
X1
X4
Minor alarm indicator

X5
1. Heat-shrink tubing
2. Common plug
Table 2-4 describes the pin connections of the cabinet alarm indicator cable connectors and their
appropriate signals.
Table 2-4 Pin connections and signals of the cabinet alarm indicator cable connectors
Connector
X1
Connectors
X2, X3, X4
and X5
Color
Signal
X1.4
X2.2
White
Power indication
X1.5
X2.1
Green
X1.1
X3.2
White
X1.2
X3.1
Blue
X1.3
X4.2
White
X1.6
X4.1
Brown
X1.7
X5.2
White
X1.8
X5.1
Orange
Critical alarm
Major alarm
Minor alarm
Note: The letter m in Xm.n is used to distinguish connectors and the letter n is used to
distinguish pins on a connector. For example, X1.2 indicates the second pin on connector X1.
Table 2-5 provides the technical parameters of the cabinet alarm indicator cable.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

23
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

2 Cabinet
Table 2-5 Technical parameters of the cabinet alarm indicator cable

Parameter
Description
Connector X1
Network interface connector-8PIN-single row-single

port-8bit-shielded-crystal model connector
Connector X2/X3/X4/X5
Common plug-2PIN-single row/2.5 mm (0.1 in.)
Cable model
Twisted pair cable -100-SEYPVPV-0.48mm (0.02

in.)-26AWG-4 pairs-black
Number of cores
Core diameter
0.5 mm (0.02 in.)
Multiple subracks can be cascaded using straight-through network cables to monitor the alarms
of their subracks in a centralized manner. Figure 2-4 shows multiple subracks connected through
straight-through network cables.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

24
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

2 Cabinet
Figure 2-4 Cable connections for centralized alarm monitoring of multiple subracks
Subrack indicator
Power indicator
Critical alarm indicator
Major alarm indicator
Minor alarm indicator
LAMP2
Subrack 4
LAMP1
LAMP2
Subrack 3
LAMP1
Straight-through
network cable
LAMP2
Subrack 2
X2
LAMP1
X1
LAMP2
Subrack 1
LAMP1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

25
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

2 Cabinet
Table 2-6 describes the connector pin connections and colors of the straight-through network
cable.
Table 2-6 Connector pin connections and colors of the straight-through network cable
Connector X1
Connector X2
Color
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.1
X2.1
White/Orange
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.3
X2.3
White/Green
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.5
X2.5
White/Blue
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
X1.7
X2.7
White/Brown
Note: The letter m in Xm.n is used to distinguish connectors and the letter n is used to
distinguish pins on a connector. For example, X1.2 indicates the second pin on connector X1.
Table 2-7 provides the technical parameters of the straight-through network cable.
Table 2-7 Technical parameters of the straight-through network cable
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Parameter
Description
Connector X1/X2
Network interface connector-8 PIN-8 bitCrystal model connector
Cable model
Communication cable-8-core category-5

twisted pair-24AWG
Number of cores
Core diameter
0.5 mm (0.02 in.)

26
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

2 Cabinet
2.6.2 Cabinet Ground Power Cables

One end of the cabinet ground power cables is connected to ground bar in the equipment room.
The other end is connected to the ground bolts at the top of the cabinet.
Structure
Figure 2-5 shows the structure of the cabinet ground cable.
Figure 2-5 Structure of the cabinet ground cable
4
Connected to
the cabinet
X1
1. OT one-hole naked crimping

connector
X2
Connected to the
ground bar in the
equipment room
2. Cable 3. Heat-shrink tubing 4. JG two-hole naked crimping

connector
Technical Parameters
Table 2-8 Technical parameters of the cabinet ground cable
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Parameter
Description
Connector X1
Naked Crimping Terminal, JG2, 16mm2, M6,

95A, Tin Plated
Connector X2
Naked Crimping Terminal, OT, 16mm2, M8,

Tin Plating, Naked Ring Terminal
Cable model
Wire, 450/750V, 60227 IEC 02(RV)16mm2,

yellow green, 85A, With a package exempted
from fumigating

27
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

2 Cabinet
2.6.3 Cabinet Door Ground Cables

A cabinet door ground cable uses one OT one-hole naked crimping connector at each end. It
connects the front door, rear door, or a side panel of the cabinet to the ground.
Structure
Figure 2-6 shows the structure of the cabinet door ground cable.
Figure 2-6 Structure of the cabinet door ground cable
X1
X2
1. OT one-hole naked crimping connector
Table 2-9 Technical parameters of the cabinet door ground cable
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Parameter
Description
Connector X1/X2
Naked crimping terminal-OT-6 mm2 (0.01 in.

2)-M6-Tin plating-Insulated ring
terminal-12-10AWG
Cable model
Single Cable, PGND Feeder Cable, 0.35m,

OT6-6, 10UL3386G, OT6-6, LSZH

28
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

3 Fiber Management Cabinet
Fiber Management Cabinet
Used with an N63B or N66B cabinet, a fiber management cabinet can enhance the fiber capacity
of the N63B or N66B cabinet and make fiber installation and routing more flexible.
Appearance
There are two types of fiber management cabinets: left-side fiber management cabinet and rightside fiber management cabinet. There are two types of fiber management cabinets: left-side fiber
management cabinet and right-side fiber management cabinet. Fiber management cabinets can
be used with an N63B or N66B cabinet, but cannot be used with an N63B-2m cabinet because
the heights of the fiber management cabinet and N63B-2m cabinet are different. Fiber
management cabinets are used together with N63B and N66B cabinets, as shown in Figure
3-1 and Figure 3-2.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

29
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 3-1 Fiber management cabinets used with the N63B cabinet
3
1
2
1. Left-side fiber management cabinet
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
2. Right-side fiber management cabinet

3. Fiber spool unit
30
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 3-2 Fiber management cabinets used with the N66B cabinet
2
1
1,3. Left-side fiber management cabinet
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
2,4. Right-side fiber management cabinet

31
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Functions and features

Table 3-1 lists the functions and features of a fiber management cabinet.
Table 3-1 Functions and features
Item
Description
Structure feature
l Fiber spool units in a fiber management cabinet can be adjusted based

on device position in the cabinet.
l A fiber management cabinet can protect fibers and meet the
requirement for a minimum of 30 mm bending radius.
l A fiber management cabinet makes fiber spooling more flexible.
Fiber capacity
Internal fiber capacity a
Without a fiber management

cabinet b: 320 PCS
With a fiber management cabinet
c: 640 PCS
External fiber capacity a
Without a fiber management

cabinet b: 720 PCS
With a fiber management cabinet
c: 1408 PCS
a: A fiber with a diameter of 2 mm is used as an example to calculate how many internal and
external fibers that can be configured at most. An internal fiber is a fiber used inside a subrack
or between subracks, and an external fiber is a fiber connecting one equipment cabinet to
other equipment.
b: Fibers in Overhead Cabling Mode can be configured at most.
c: An N63B cabinet configured with left-side and right-side fiber management cabinets is
used as an example to calculate how many internal and external fibers can be configured at
most.
Two fiber management cabinets can be installed on the left and right sides of one N66B
cabinet. In this configuration, a maximum of 1280 internal and 2816 external fibers can
configured.
Configuration Principle
Left-side and right-side fiber management cabinets are installed to the left and right of a cabinet
respectively. Fiber management cabinets can be used with N63B or N66B cabinet only. You
can determine whether to configure a fiber management cabinet based on the required fiber
capacity.
Observe the following rules when configuring an 80-channel system (fibers with 2 mm diameters
are used as an example):
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
When N63B cabinets are used, fiber management cabinets must be used for overhead
cabling if more than 320 internal fibers and 720 external fibers are required.

32
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

When N66B cabinets are used, fiber management cabinets must be used for overhead
cabling if more than 640 internal fibers and 1440 external fibers are required.
In addition, observe the following rules when configuring fiber management cabinets:
l
For new network deployment or network expansion, or during network maintenance, fiber
management cabinets can be configured if the free space on the two sides of a cabinet is
large enough for users to flexibly and freely install and route fibers.
For underfloor cabling, fiber management cabinets must be used to manage external fibers
because there is not much space left inside the cabinet after the external power cables are
arranged in the cabinet.
NOTE
l Left-side and right-side fiber management cabinets must be configured at the same time.
l During cabinet expansion, spool internal fibers and external fibers in the fiber management cabinets.
Mechanical Specifications
l
Outline dimensions: 150 mm (W) x 300 mm (D) x 2200 mm (H) (5.9 in. (W) x 11.8 in. (D)
x 86.6 in. (H))
Weight: 23 kg (50.7 lb)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

33
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

OptiX OSN 8800 Subrack
About This Chapter

4.1 Update Description
This section describes the hardware updates in V100R006C01 and later versions as well as the
reasons for the updates. Any product versions that are not listed in the document means that they
have no hardware updates.
4.2 OptiX OSN 8800 T64 Subrack
There are two types of OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subracks: enhanced and general. Enhanced and
general subracks are the same in appearance except for the bandwidth of the backplane and
electrical cross-connect capacities.
4.5 OptiX OSN 8800 Universal Platform Subrack
The OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack can be installed in an N63B, N66B, or 19-inch
cabinet. The subrack has 16 service slots.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

34
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Hardware Update
Added the OptiX OSN 8800

universal platform subrack.
The OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack can be

installed in an N63B, N66B, or 19-inch cabinet. The
subrack has 16 service slots and its rated current is 60 A.
Added the application of the

TN12LSX board in the OptiX
OSN 8800 T16.
Function enhancement: The board function is enhanced

according to market requirements.
Added the support for the

TN52UXCH and TN52UXCM
boards in the general OptiX
OSN 8800 T32 subrack. The
use of the two new boards
increases the OTN crossconnect capacity of the subrack
from 1.28 Tbit/s to 2.56 Tbit/s
and supports grooming of 640
Gbit/s packet services.
Function enhancement: The general OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack has been improved to support the use of largecapacity service boards.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update

TN11LSQ, TN13LSX,
TN11LOA, TN12LSC,
TN12LOG, TN12TMX,
TN11LTX, and TN12LDX
boards in the OptiX OSN 8800
platform subrack.
Function enhancement: The OptiX OSN 8800 platform

subrack newly supports some OTU boards.

35
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Hardware Update

centralized grooming of ODU4
signals on the TN16UXCM
board and the application of
100G tributary and line boards,
and improved the single-slot
cross-connect capacity of the
OptiX OSN 8800 T16 to 100G.
Function enhancement: The subrack capacity is improved.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
Added the N4BPA, N3EAS2,

N1EGSH, N4SF64, N1SF64A,
N4SFD64, N4SL64,
N4SLD64, N3SLH41,
N4SLO16, N4SLQ16, and
N4SLQ64 boards in the OptiX
OSN 8800 T16 subrack.
Function enhancement: The OptiX OSN 8800 T16 newly

supports the TDM board.

T64 enhanced subrack.
The OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack has been enhanced to

support the use of large-capacity service boards.

platform subrack.
The OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack can be installed in

an N63B or N66B cabinet. The subrack has 18 service slots
and its rated current is 25 A.
Divided previous section

"Subrack and Power
Requirement" into sections
"Subrack" and "Power
Supply", and changed "Data
Communication and
Equipment Maintenance
Interfaces" in previous section
"Subrack and Power
Requirement" into
"Management Interfaces" for
the optimization purpose.

36
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update

T32 enhanced subrack.
The OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack has been enhanced to

support the use of large-capacity service boards.

Hardware Update
Changed information about the

relationship between heat
consumption and power
consumption to the following:
For the transport equipment,
heat consumption (BTU/h) and
power consumption (W) are
similar and can be taken as the
same. 1 BTU/h = 0.2931 W.
Information error correction.

In this document, "OptiX OSN 8800 T64" refers to both enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 and
general OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subracks unless otherwise specified.
4.2.1 Structure
Subracks are the basic working units of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64. Each subrack has independent
power supply.
Figure 4-1 shows the structure of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

37
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 4-1 Structure of OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack
1. Board area
2. Fiber cabling area
3. Fan tray assembly
4. Air filter
5. Fiber spool
6. Mounting ear
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

38
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
Both the front and rear sides of a subrack have mounting ears and fiber spools. Install mounting ears and fiber
spools on the rear side of a subrack only after the subrack has been installed into a cabinet. The figure illustrates
only the front side.
A subrack identified by "Enhanced" is an enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack, and the one that is not
identified by "Enhanced" is a general OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack. These two types of subracks are displayed
as OSN8800 T64 Enhanced and OSN8800 T64 Standard respectively on the U2000.
Board area: All the boards are installed in this area. 93 slots are available.
Fiber cabling area: Fiber jumpers from the ports on the front panel of each board are routed
to the fiber cabling area before being routed on a side of the open rack.
Fan tray assembly: Four fan tray assemblies are available for this subrack. Each fan tray
assembly contains three fans that provide ventilation and heat dissipation for the subrack.
The front panel of the fan tray assembly has four indicators that indicate fan status and
related information.
Air filter: It protects the subrack from dust in the air and requires periodic cleaning.
Fiber spool: Rotable fiber spools are on two sides of the subrack. Extra fibers are coiled in
the fiber spool on the open rack side before being routed to another subrack.
Mounting ears: The mounting ears attach the subrack in the cabinet.
4.2.2 Slot Description

The OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack provide 93 slots.
Slots of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack are shown in Figure 4-2.
Figure 4-2 Slots of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack
PIU
IU69
IU
4
IU
23
IU
5
IU
24
IU
6
IU
72
IU
73
IU
25
IU
26
IU
7
STG
SCC
IU75
IU74
IU
9
IU
10
IU
8
IU
27
IU
11
IU
28
IU
12
EF
I1
IU
76
IU
77
IU
29
IU
30
IU
13
IU
14
PIU
IU78
IU
31
IU
15
IU
32
IU
16
PIU
IU79
IU
33
IU
17
IU
34
IU
18
PIU
IU80
IU
53
IU
35
IU
54
IU
36
PIU
IU81
IU
55
IU
37
IU
56
IU
38
IU90 FAN
STI
IU82
IU
57
IU
39
IU
58
IU
40
A
U
X
A
U
X
IU
83
IU
84
IU
59
IU
60
IU
41
SCC
STG
IU85
IU86
Cross-connect board
IU
3
IU
22
A
U
X
Cross-connect board
IU
2
IU
21
A
U
X
Cross-connect board
IU
1
IU
20
EFI2
IU71
Back
IU93 FAN
Cross-connect board
IU
19
PIU
IU70
Front
IU91 FAN
IU
43
IU
44
IU
42
ATE
IU87
PIU
IU88
PIU
IU89
IU
61
IU
62
IU
63
IU
64
IU
65
IU
66
IU
67
IU
68
IU
45
IU
46
IU
47
IU
48
IU
49
IU
50
IU
51
IU
52
IU92 FAN
Paired slots
For one-slot boards, the paired slots must be configured as follows: slots IU1 and IU2, slots IU3 and IU4, and so on.
For two-slot boards, the paired slots must be configured as follows: slots IU1 to IU2 and slots IU3 to IU4, slots IU5 to IU6 and slots IU7 to IU8, and so on.
For four-slot boards, the paired slots must be configured as follows: slots IU1 to IU4 and slots IU5 to IU8, slots IU11 to IU14 and slots IU15 to IU18, and so on.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

39
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

: houses service boards and supports service cross-connections.
Pair slots refer to a pair of slots whose resident boards' overhead can be processed by the
buses on the backplanes.
In a general OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack, IU73 and IU84 are reserved for future use, and
IU72 and IU83 are used to house AUX boards. In an enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64
subrack, IU72 and IU83 are used to house the active AUX boards, and IU73 and IU84 are
used to house the standby AUX boards.
NOTE
Only the TN52AUX board supports 1+1 backup in an enhanced subrack.
IU77 is reserved for future use.
IU9 and IU43 are reserved for the cross-connect board.

Enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack: TNK2UXCT or TNK4XCT.
General OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack: TNK4XCT or TNK2XCT.
IU10 and IU44 are reserved for the cross-connect board.

Enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack: TNK2USXH, TNK4SXH or TNK4SXM.
General OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack: TNK4SXH, TNK2SXH, TNK4SXM or
TNK2SXM.
The following table provides the slots for housing active and standby boards of the subrack.
Board
Slots for Active and Standby Boards
PIU
l General OptiX 8800 T64: IU69 & IU78, IU70 & IU79, IU80 &
IU88, and IU81 & IU89
l Enhanced OptiX 8800 T64: IU69 & IU89, IU70 & IU88, IU78
& IU81, and IU79 & IU80
SCC
IU74 & IU85
STG
IU75 & IU86
SXM/SXH/
USXH
IU10 & IU44
XCT/UXCT
IU9 & IU43
TN52AUX
Enhanced OptiX 8800 T64: IU72 & IU73, IU83 & IU84
4.2.3 Management Interfaces

The OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack provides various communication and maintenance interfaces
for the management and maintenance purposes, as shown in Table 4-1.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

40
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 4-1 Management interfaces

Boar
d
Interface
EFI2
ETH1
LAMP1
ETH2
LAMP2
TN5
1EFI
2
Front Panel
Specification
NM_ETH1
ETH3
Name
Conne
ctor
Type
Pino
ut
Description
NM_E
TH1/
ETH1/
ETH2/
ETH3:
networ
k
manag
ement
interfac
es
RJ45
Tabl
e 4-2
NM_ETH1:
Tabl
e 4-3
l Connects the network

interface on the
equipment through a
network cable to that on
an NM server so that the
NM can manage the
equipment.
l Connects the NM_ETH1/
NM_ETH2 network
interface on one NE
through a network cable
to that on another NE to
achieve communication
between NEs.
ETH1-ETH3:
l Connects a network cable
from the ETH1/ETH2/
ETH3 interface on one
subrack to corresponding
interfaces on the other
subracks to achieve the
communication between
the master subrack and
slave subracks.
l Dimensions
of front panel
(H x W x D):
80 mm (3.1
in.) x 50.8 mm
(2.0 in.) x 220
mm (8.7 in.)
l Weight: 0.3
kg (0.66 lb.)
l Power
consumption:
Typical
power
consumption
(W): 13 W
Maximum
power
consumption
(W)b: 15 W
NOTE
When inter-subrack
protection is configured,
the ETH3 interface cannot
be used for the
the master and slave
subracks.
l Connects a network cable

to a CRPC or ROP board
to achieve
communication with the
CRPC or ROP board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

41
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
Front Panel
Interface
Specification
Name
Conne
ctor
Type
Pino
ut
Description
LAMP
1LAMP
2:
subrac
k alarm
output/
cascadi
ng
interfac
es
RJ45
Tabl
e 4-5
Outputs single-subrack or
multi-subrack alarms to the
cabinet indicator interface to
light the corresponding alarm
indicators on the cabinet.
NOTICE
The LAMP interfaces on the
EFI board provide 5 V power, it
is only used for the indicators on
a cabinet. It cannot connect to
an RJ45 cable intended for the
NM_ETH, ETH, ALMO, or
CLK interface; otherwise, the
EFI board, the connected test
instrument, or the equipment
will be damaged.
For information about the

interface cables, see 2.6.1
Cabinet Alarm Indicator
Cable.
EFI1
NM_ETH2
TN5
1EFI
1a
SERIAL
NM_E
TH2:
networ
k
manag
ement
interfac
e
RJ45
SERIA
L:
manag
ement
serial
interfac
e
DB9
Tabl
e 4-2
Tabl
e 4-4
NM_ETH1 and NM_ETH2

have the same function.
The serial interface provides

functions of serial NM and
supports X.25 protocol.
l Dimensions
of front panel
(H x W x D):
80 mm (3.1
in.) x 25.4
(1.0 in.) x 220
mm (8.7 in.)
l Weight: 0.2
kg (0.44 lb.)
l Power
consumption:
Typical
power
consumption
(W): 5 W
Maximum
power
consumption
(W)b: 7 W
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

42
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
Interface
ATE
ALMI1
ALMI2
ALMO1
ALMO3
TN5
1AT
E
Front Panel
Specification
ALMO4
ALMO2
Name
Conne
ctor
Type
Pino
ut
Description
ALMO
1ALMO
4:
housek
eeping
alarm
output
interfac
es
RJ45
Tabl
e 4-6
l Alarm outputs are sent to

the DC power distribution
cabinet through the output
interface and the
cascading interface. You
can configure it to be the
other outputs to
implement integrated
display of alarms. The
alarm outputs are
controlled by the internal
relay contact. When the
relay contact is closed, the
resistance of each ALMO
interface is less than 1
ohm. When the relay
contact is open, the
interface is an infinite
number.
Tabl
e 4-7
l Dimensions
of front panel
(H x W x D):
80 mm (3.1
in.) x 50.8 mm
(2.0 in.) x 220
mm (8.7 in.)
l Weight: 0.2
kg (0.44 lb.)
l Power
consumption:
Typical
power
consumption
(W): 0.3 W
Maximum
power
consumption
(W)b: 0.3 W
l The ALMO1 and

ALMO2 interfaces have
the same pin usage and are
a pair of housekeeping
alarm output/cascading
interfaces. Similarly, the
ALMO3 and ALMO4
interfaces also have the
same pin usage and are
another pair of
housekeeping output/
cascading interfaces. For
example, when ALMO1
and ALMO3 are used to
output housekeeping
alarm signals, ALMO2
and ALMO4 can be
cascaded to ALMO2 and
ALM04 on another
subrack.
l The OptiX OSN 8800
provides for eight alarm
outputs. By default, the
first three alarm outputs
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

43
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
Front Panel
Interface
Name
Specification
Conne
ctor
Type
Pino
ut
Description
are defined as critical

alarm, major alarm, and
minor alarm. The other
five are reserved. Alarm
outputs can be cascaded.
Alarm Output Interface
Cable.
TN5
2STI
STI
CLK2
CLK1
TOD2
TOD1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
ALMI1
ALMI2
:
housek
eeping
alarm
input
interfac
es
RJ45
CLK1CLK2:
clock
signal
input
and
output
interfac
es
RJ45
TOD1TOD2:
time
signal
input
and
output
interfac
e
RJ45
Tabl
e 4-8
Tabl
e 4-9
Tabl
e
4-10
Tabl
e
4-10
The OptiX OSN 8800

provides for eight
housekeeping alarm inputs.
The user can manually
configure the severity of the
eight alarms for remote
monitoring of external device
alarms.
Alarm Input Interface
Cable.
CLK1/CLK2 interface can
l Dimensions
input or output clock signals.
of front panel
CLK1/CLK2 interface is
(H x W x D):
bidirectional. That is, they
80 mm (3.1
input and output signals at the
in.) x 50.8 mm
same time.
(2.0 in.) x 220
mm (8.7 in.)
TOD1/TOD2 interface can
input or output time signals.
At any time, a TOD1/TOD2
interface can either input or
output time signals.
interface cables, see 33.4
Clock/Time Cable.

l Weight: 0.3
kg (0.66 lb.)
l Power
consumption:
Typical
power
consumption
(W): 1.5 W
Maximum
power
consumption
(W)b: 1.5 W
44
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
TNL
1STI
Front Panel
Interface
STI
Specification
CLK2
CLK1
TOD2
TOD1
PHONE
F1
Name
Conne
ctor
Type
Pino
ut
Description
CLK1CLK2:
clock
signal
input
and
output
interfac
es
RJ45
Tabl
e
4-10
The two interfaces have the

same functions as the CLK1
and CLK2 interfaces on the
TN52STI board.
TOD1TOD2:
time
signal
input
and
output
interfac
e
RJ45
Phone:
orderw
ire
phone
interfac
e
RJ11
Tabl
e
4-12
F1
interfac
e
RJ45
Tabl
e
4-13
l Dimensions
of front panel
(H x W x D):
80 mm (3.1
in.) x 50.8 mm
(2.0 in.) x 220
mm (8.7 in.)
l Weight: 0.4
kg (0.88 lb.)
Tabl
e
4-10
The two interfaces have the

same functions as the TOD1
and TOD2 interfaces on the
TN52STI board.
l Power
consumption:
Typical
power
consumption
(W): 3 W
Maximum
power
consumption
(W)b: 3 W
a: Two DIP switches are present on the TN51EFI1 board for setting the subrack ID. For details, see DIP Switches
on the TN51EFI1 Board.
b: The maximum power consumption is the power consumed by the board when it works normally under the
highest ambient temperature.
DIP Switches on the TN51EFI1 Board

The EFI2 board is connected to the master subrack through the ETH1, ETH2, or ETH3 interface.
The ID of each subrack is set by using two DIP switches on the EFI1 board. The value that can
be set by using each of the two DIP switches on the EFI1 board is a binary value 0 or 1. ID1ID4 correspond to bits 1-4 of SW2, and ID5-ID8 corresponding to bits 1-4 of SW1. Among these
ID values, only ID1-ID5 are valid. ID6-ID8 are reserved. The bits from high to low are ID5ID1, by which a maximum of 32 states can be set. The value is 00000 by default. "0" indicates
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

45
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

the master subrack. The other values indicate slave subracks. Figure 4-3 shows the position of
the DIP switches on the EFI1 board.
l
The two DIP switches are numbered SW1 and SW2 and are located to the right of the
CPLD.
When the DIP switch is ON, the value of the corresponding bit is set to 0.
As shown in Figure 4-3, the value represented by the ID5-ID1 is 000001, which is 1 in
decimal system. That is, the subrack ID is 1.
Figure 4-3 Position of the DIP switches on the EFI1 board
NM_ETH2
CPLD
SERIAL
(ID5)
ON
(ID1)
ON
(ID6)
ON
(ID2)
ON
(ID7)
ON
(ID3)
ON
(ID8)
ON
(ID4)
ON
SW2
SW1
NOTE
Ensure that the ID6 to ID8 switches are turned on as shown in Figure 4-3.
Figure 4-4 Mapping between DIP switch binary values and subrack IDs
Subrack
ID:1-15
SW1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Subrack
ID
SW2
SW1
SW2
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
10
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
13
Subrack
ID
SW1
SW2
Subrack
ID
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON(ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
11
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
12
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
14
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
15

46
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Subrack
ID:16-31
SW1
SW1
SW2
SW2
Subrack
ID
SW1
SW2
Subrack
ID
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
16
ON(ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
17
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
18
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
19
ON(ID5)
ON(ID6)
ON(ID7)
ON(ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
20
ON(ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
21
ON(ID5)
ON(ID6)
ON(ID7)
ON(ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
22
ON(ID5)
ON(ID6)
ON(ID7)
ON(ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
23
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
24
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
25
ON(ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
26
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
27
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
28
ON(ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
29
ON(ID5)
ON(ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
30
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
31
"EE" indicates that the subrack ID is

incorrect or the subrack ID fails to be
obtained.
Err
or
Pin Assignment
Figure 4-5 Pin assignment of the RJ45 connector
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.
Figure 4-6 Pin assignment of the DB9 connector
1
6
2
7
3
8
4
9
5
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

47
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 4-2 Pin assignment of the NM_ETH1/NM_ETH2 interface

Pin
Signal
Function
NM_ETNTXP
NM communications,
transmits the data positive
NM_ETNTXN
NM communications,
transmits the data negative
NM_ETNRXP
NM communications,
receives the data positive
NC
Not connected.
NC
Not connected.
NM_ETNRXN
NM communications,
receives the data negative
NC
Not connected.
NC
Not connected.
Table 4-3 Pin assignment of the ETH1/ETH2/ETH3 interface
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pin
Signal
Function
ETH_TXP
Transmits the data positive

for inter-subrack ordinary
communications
ETH_TXN
Transmits the data negative

communications
ETH_RXP
Receives the data positive for

inter-subrack ordinary
communications
ETH_CRIT_TXP

for inter-subrack emergent
communications
ETH_CRIT_TXN

communications
ETH_RXN
Receives the data negative

communications

48
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin
Signal
Function
ETH_CRIT_RXP

inter-subrack emergent
communications
ETH_CRIT_RXN

communications
Table 4-4 Pin assignment of the SERIAL interface

Pin
Signal
Function
N.C
Not defined
RXD
Receive end of data
TXD
Transmit end of data
DTR
Data terminal equipment

ready
GND
Ground
Reserved
Reserved
GND
GND
N.C
Not defined
Table 4-5 Pin assignment of the LAMP1/LAMP2 interface
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pin
Signal
Function
CRIT_ALMP
Critical alarm signal positive
CRIT_ALMN
Critical alarm signal negative
MAJ_ALMP
Major alarm signal positive
RUNP
Power indicating signal

positive
RUNN

negative
MAJ_ALMN
MIN_ALMP
Minor alarm signal positive

49
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin
Signal
Function
MIN_ALMN
Minor alarm signal negative
Table 4-6 Pin assignment of the ALMO1/ALMO2 interface

Pin
Signal
Function
CRIT_SWITCH_OUTP
Outputs the critical alarm

signal positive
CRIT_SWITCH_OUTN

signal negative
MAJ_SWITCH_OUTP
Outputs the major alarm

signal positive
MIN_SWITCH_OUTP
Outputs the minor alarm

signal positive
MIN_SWITCH_OUTN

signal negative
MAJ_SWITCH_OUTN

signal negative
ALM_SWITCH_OUT1P
Alarm signal output 1

positive
ALM_SWITCH_OUT1N

negative
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pin
Signal
Function
ALM_SWITCH_OUT2P

positive
ALM_SWITCH_OUT2N

negative
ALM_SWITCH_OUT3P

positive
ALM_SWITCH_OUT4P

positive
ALM_SWITCH_OUT4N

negative

50
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin
Signal
Function
ALM_SWITCH_OUT3N

negative
ALM_SWITCH_OUT5P

positive
ALM_SWITCH_OUT5N

negative
Table 4-8 Pin assignment of the ALMI1 interface

Pin
Signal
Function
SWITCHI_IN1
Alarm input 1
GND
Ground
SWITCHI_IN2
Alarm input 2
SWITCHI_IN3
Alarm input 3
GND
Ground
GND
Ground
SWITCHI_IN4
Alarm input 4
GND
Ground
Table 4-9 Pin assignment of the ALMI2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pin
Signal
Function
SWITCHI_IN5
Alarm input 5
GND
Ground
SWITCHI_IN6
Alarm input 6
SWITCHI_IN7
Alarm input 7
GND
Ground
GND
Ground
SWITCHI_IN8
Alarm input 8
GND
Ground

51
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 4-10 Pin assignment of the CLK1/CLK2 interface

Pin
Signal
Function
RJ0_E1_RX_N
2MHz/2Mbit input negative
RJ0_E1_RX_P
2MHz/2Mbit input positive
NC
Not connected
RJ0_E1_TX_N
2MHz/2Mbit output negative
RJ0_E1_TX_P
2MHz/2Mbit output positive
NC
Not connected
NC
Not connected
NC
Not connected
Table 4-11 Pin assignment of the TOD1/TOD2 interface

Pin
Signal
Function
GND
Ground
GND
Ground
DCLS_IN0_N
1PPS negative
GND
Ground
GND
Ground
DCLS_IN0_P
1PPS positive
DCLS_OUT0_N
TOD negative
DCLS_OUT0_P
TOD positive
Table 4-12 Pin assignment of the PHONE interface
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pin
Signal
Function
NC
Not connected
NC
Not connected
NC
Not connected
RING
Signal 1
TIP
Signal 2
NC
Not connected

52
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin
Signal
Function
NC
Not connected
NC
Not connected
Table 4-13 Pin assignment of the F1 interface

Pin
Signal
Function
TX_P
Transmitting (+)
TX_N
Transmitting (-)
RX_P
Receiving (+)
NC
Not connected
NC
Not connected
RX_N
Receiving (-)
NC
Not connected
NC
Not connected
4.2.4 Cross-Connect Capacities

The cross-connect capacity of a slot in an OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack vary according to the
type of cross-connect board installed in the slot.
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subracks can cross-connect ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, ODU2e, ODU3,
ODU4, ODUflex, VC-4, VC-3, and VC-12 granularities at the same time. Slots IU1-IU8, IU11IU42, and IU45-IU68 provide the same cross-connect capacity. As shown in Table 4-14.
Table 4-14 Cross-connect capacity of OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack
Subrack
Type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
CrossConnect
Board
Maximum Cross-Connect
Capacity of Each Slota
ODUkb
VC-4
VC-3/
VC-12e
ODUkb
VC-4
VC-3/
VC-12
Enhance
d
USXH
N/A
20 Gbit/
s
N/A
N/A
1.28 Tbit/
s
N/A
Enhance
d
USXH
+UXCTc
100
Gbit/s
20 Gbit/
s
N/A
6.4 Tbit/s
1.28 Tbit/
s
N/A
Enhance
d
SXH
N/A
20 Gbit/
s
N/A
N/A
1.28 Tbit/
s
N/A

Capacity of Subrack
53
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Subrack
Type
CrossConnect
Board
Capacity of Subrack
ODUkb
VC-4
VC-3/
VC-12e
ODUkb
VC-4
VC-3/
VC-12
Enhance
d
SXM
N/A
20 Gbit/
s
20 Gbit/
s
N/A
1.28 Tbit/
s
80 Gbit/s
Enhance
d
SXH
+XCTc
40 Gbit/
s
20 Gbit/
s
N/A
2.56 Tbit/
s
1.28 Tbit/
s
N/A
Enhance
d
SXM
+XCTc
40 Gbit/
s
20 Gbit/
s
20 Gbit/
s
2.56 Tbit/
s
1.28 Tbit/
s
80 Gbit/s
General
SXH
N/A
20 Gbit/
s
N/A
N/A
1.28 Tbit/
s
N/A
General
SXM
N/A
20 Gbit/
s
20 Gbit/
s
N/A
1.28 Tbit/
s
80 Gbit/s
General
SXH
+XCTd
40 Gbit/
s
20 Gbit/
s
N/A
2.56 Tbit/
s
1.28 Tbit/
s
N/A
General
SXM
+XCTd
40 Gbit/
s
20 Gbit/
s
20 Gbit/
s
2.56 Tbit/
s
1.28 Tbit/
s
80 Gbit/s
a: In OptiX OSN 8800 T64 enhanced subrack, the maximum OTN service cross-connect
capacity of a single slot can be smoothly increased from 40 Gbit/s to 100 Gbit/s by replacing
the cross-connect board.
b: k=0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, 4 or flex. Only the USXH+UXCT supports ODU4 granularities.
c: Enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subracks must be configured with both the USXH and
UXCT boards, the SXH and XCT boards or the SXM and XCT boards to cross-connect ODUk
granularities.
d: General OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subracks must be configured with both the SXH and XCT
boards or the SXM and XCT boards to cross-connect ODUk granularities.
e: All service slots share a bandwidth of 80 Gbit/s.
Two functional versions are available for SXH, SXM, and XCT boards: TNK2 and TNK4.
The boards can be used in OptiX OSN 8800 T64 enhanced subrack only when they are of the
TNK4 version.
4.2.5 Fan and Heat Dissipation

Each OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack has four fan tray assemblies, each of which includes three
independent fans. In each subrack, the lower fan tray assembly has an air filter, but the upper
fan tray assembly does not. The user can withdraw, clean, and replace each air filter.
Version Description
Only one functional version of the fan tray assembly is available, that is, TN51.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

54
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Functions and Features

Table 4-15 describes the functions of a fan tray assembly.
Table 4-15 Functions
Function
Description
Basic function
Dissipates the heat generated by a network element (NE), so that

the NE can operate normally within the designated temperature
range.
Commissioning control
l Auto Speed Mode: Implements automatic fan speed

regulation, depending on the subrack temperature.
l Adjustable Speed Mode: You can manually adjust the fan
speed.
Section-dependent heat
dissipation
Each subrack is divided into six sections to provide efficient heat

dissipation. The fan speed in each section is independently
regulated.
Hot swapping
Provides the hot swapping function for the fan tray assembly.
Alarming
Reports alarms of the fans, and reports the in-service information.
Status checking
Checks and reports on the fan status.
Working Principle
A fan tray assembly inside a subrack ventilates the subrack to ensure that the subrack works
effectively at an appropriate temperature. The fan tray assembly is located in the lower portion
of a subrack. It draws in air into the subrack, forming an air duct from bottom to top. Other
boards in the subrack are installed vertically. In other words, the boards are parallel to the air
duct. This design ensures reliable heat dissipation. Figure 4-7 shows how ventilation is
performed in the OptiX OSN 8800 T64.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

55
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 4-7 Subrack heat dissipation and ventilation system
Side view
Front
Air outlet
Air inlet
Back
Air outlet
Fan
Fan
Fan
Fan
Air filter
Air filter
Air inlet
The OptiX OSN 8800 supports two fan speed modes, as described in Table 4-16. The sectiondependent speed regulating function is available in Auto Speed Mode. The Auto Speed Mode
is recommended.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

56
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 4-16 FAN speed mode

FAN Speed
Mode
Description
Auto Speed Mode
Fan speed in each section is regulated automatically according to the

temperature of the boards in the section that the fans are targeted for.
l Lower than 25C (77F): the fans run at low speed.
l Higher than 45C (113F): the fans run at high speed.
l 25C to 45C (77F to 113 F): The fans automatically adjust their
rotation speeds. This mode can reduce noise and is power-saving.
Fan speed in each section is independently regulated.
The fans run at full speed if the speed regulating signal is abnormal.
If one of the fans in one section fails, the other fans in this section run at
full speed.
When the user queries the fan speed using the NMS, the highest fan speed
among all sections is displayed. In other words, if the fans in one section
rotate at high speed, the NMS displays the fan speed as high speed in the
query result.
Adjustable Speed
Mode
Six fan speeds are supported: Stop, Low Speed, Medium-Low Speed,
Medium Speed, Medium-High Speed, and High Speed. In this mode,
the user manually sets the fan speed and fans in all sections run at the
same speed. The user cannot independently set the fan speed for a
specific section.
Each OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack is divided into six partitions in terms of heat dissipation.
See Figure 4-8.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

57
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 4-8 Partitioned heat dissipation of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack
IU91
Front
FAN2
FAN1
IU69
IU19 IU20
IU70
IU21
IU71
IU22 IU23
IU24
IU72
IU74
IU73
IU25 IU26
IU9
IU1
IU2
IU3
IU4
IU5
IU6
IU7
FAN3
IU75
IU79
IU76
IU77
IU27
IU28 IU29
IU30
IU31
IU32 IU33
IU34
IU11
IU12
IU13 IU14
IU15
IU16 IU17
IU18
IU78
IU10
IU8
IU50
FAN4
Partition 1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
FAN5
FAN6
Partition 2
Partition 3

IU90
58
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


IU93
Back
FAN8
FAN7
IU80
IU81
IU53 IU54
IU55
IU82
IU56 IU57
IU58
IU83
IU84
IU85
IU59 IU60
FAN9
IU86
IU87
IU61
IU62 IU63
IU45
IU46
IU88
IU89
IU64
IU65
IU66 IU67
IU68
IU47 IU48
IU49
IU50 IU51
IU52
IU43 IU44
IU35 IU36
IU37 IU38
IU39 IU40
IU41 IU42
IU50
FAN10
Partition 4
FAN11
Partition 5
FAN12
Partition 6
IU92
NOTE
l If any one of the six fans in the two fan tray assemblies fails, the system can remain operational for a
short term in environments where temperatures range between 0C to 40C (32F to 104F). To ensure
long-term operation of the system, replace the fan tray assembly in a timely manner.
Short-term operation means that the continuous operating time does not exceed 96 hours and the
accumulated time per year does not exceed 15 days.
l Replace the fan tray assembly in either of the following two situations:
l Two or more fans fail in one of the two fan tray assemblies.
l One or more fans fail in each of the two fan tray assemblies.
l In a system that is operating normally, the two fans in the same section (such as FAN1 and FAN4) run
at the same speed.
The fan tray assembly consists of fans and fan control board. Figure 4-9 shows the functional
blocks of the fan tray assembly.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

59
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 4-9 Functional block diagram of the fan tray assembly
FAN: dissipates heat generated by normal operation of the subrack. FAN is the core of the
fan tray assembly.
Fan control board:

Controls the fan speed according to the fan speed regulating signals.
Detects faults. After a fault is detected, the fan control board reports an alarm. In this
case, the SCC board issues commands to instruct the other fans to run at the full speed.
Monitors speed regulating signals, the fan status, and the online/offline state of the fan
tray assembly.
Receives and carries out commands from the SCC board to shut down the fans on the
fan tray assembly if necessary.
Appearance
Figure 4-10 shows a fan tray assembly.
Figure 4-10 Fan tray assembly
3
SYSTEM
1. Air filter
2. Operating status indicators
3. Fans (three in total)
NOTE
An air filter is installed on the lower fan tray assembly to prevent dust from entering the subrack.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

60
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Valid Slots
The fan tray assembly occupies one slot. The valid slots for the fan tray assembly are IU90,
IU91, IU92 and IU93 in the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack.
Specifications of the Fan Tray Assembly

Table 4-17 lists the technical specifications of the fan tray assembly.
NOTE
Table 4-17 Technical specifications of the fan tray assembly

Item
Specification
Dimensions (H x W x D)
64.0 mm (2.5 in.) x 493.7 mm (19.4 in.) x 280.5 mm (11.0 in.)
Weight
3.6 kg (7.9 lb.)
Power Consumptiona
l Low Speed: 70 W
l Medium-Low Speed: 95 W
l Medium Speed: 150 W
l Medium-High Speed: 225W
l High Speed: 270W
a: Rotating speed of fans is controlled intelligently. When the system is typically configured,
rotating speed of fans is automatically adjusted to a low level. When the system is fully
configured with boards of high power consumption, and the system is running in a high
ambient temperature, rotating speed of fans may be adjusted to a high level. When rotating
at the maximum speed, power consumption of fan tray assembly may reach 270 W.
4.2.6 Power Consumption

This section describes the maximum and typical subrack power consumption specifications.
Table 4-18 describes the power consumption of an OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack.
NOTE
Typical configuration power consumption indicates the average power consumption of the equipment with
the typical configuration and the equipment runs at the room temperature. Maximum power consumption
indicates the possible maximum power consumption when the equipment runs in an environment with
extreme conditions.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

61
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 4-18 Power consumption of an OptiX OSN 8800 T64

Item
Enhanced 8800 T64
General 8800 T64
Maximum subrack power

consumptiona
9600 W
9600 W
Typical configuration power

consumption (OTN)
6000 W
3700 W
Typical configuration power

consumption (OCS)
2135 W
1748 W
a: The maximum subrack power consumption refers to the theoretical power consumption
obtained when boards with the highest power consumption are installed in every slot on the
subrack.
NOTE
The NE Power Consumption Threshold (W) value specified on the U2000 must match the actual power
distribution capability.
Table 4-19 describes the power consumption of the subrack in typical configuration in an OptiX
OSN 8800 T64.
Table 4-19 Power consumption of the common units in an OptiX OSN 8800 T64
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Unit Name
Typical Power
Consumption
(W)a
Maximum
Power
Consumption
(W)a
Remarks
OTU subrack
1
1804.6
2827.9
32 x LDX, 1 x SCC, 8 x PIU, 2 x

AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x ATE,
and 4 x fan tray assembly
OTU subrack
2
1120
2011
4 x LSC(SDFEC2), 2 x SCC, 8 x PIU,

2 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x
ATE, 4 x fan tray assembly
OTU
electrical
crossconnect
subrack 1
(general
subrack)
2172.7
2822.9
2 x XCT, 2 x SXH, 8 x NS3, 2 x SCC,

2 x STG, 8 x PIU, 5 x TQX, 5 x TOA,
ATE, and 4 x fan tray assembly

62
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Unit Name
Typical Power
Consumption
(W)a
Maximum
Power
Consumption
(W)a
Remarks
OTU
electrical
crossconnect
subrack 2
(general
subrack)
1839.1
2776.7
2 x XCT, 2 x SXM, 20 x NQ2, 1 x

SCC, 8 x PIU, 5 x TOA, 5 x TQX, 2
x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x ATE,
OTU
electrical
crossconnect
subrack
(enhanced
subrack)
4739
5681
2 x UXCT, 2 x USXH, 20 x
TN58NS4(SDFEC2), 10 x TSC, 6 x
TN55TTX, 5 x TN56TOX, 2 x SCC,
8 x PIU, 2 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2,
1 x ATE, and 4 x fan tray assembly
OTM
subrack 1
964
1860
1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU1, 1 x

OBU1, 12 x LDX, 1 x SCC, 1 x SC2,
OTM
subrack 2
1169
2077
1 x M40V, 1 x D40+1 x OAU1+1 x

OBU1, 4 x LSC(SDFEC2), 2 x SCC,
1 x ATE, 4 x fan tray assembly
OCS subrack
(general
subrack)
1748
2636
2 x SXM, 20 x SLD64, 8 x SLO16, 4

x SLQ16, 4 x SLH41, 4 x EGSH, 2 x
STG, 1 x STI, 2 x SCC, 8 x PIU, 2 x
OCS subrack
(enhanced
subrack)
2135
3076
2 x USXH, 20 x SLD64, 8 x SLO16,

4 x SLQ16, 4 x SLH41, 4 x EGSH, 2
x STG, 1 x STI, 2 x SCC, 8 x PIU, 2
x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x ATE,
a: Indicates that the power consumption of the subrack and cabinet is the value in a certain
configuration. The value is for reference only. The actual power consumed by the chassis and
cabinet is a calculation based on the power consumption of each module. The maximum power
consumption is the power consumed by the board when it works normally under the highest
ambient temperature.
4.2.7 Mechanical Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

63
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 4-20 lists the mechanical specifications of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack.
Table 4-20 Mechanical specifications of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64
Item
Specification
Dimensions
498 mm (W) 580 mm (D) 900 mm (H)

(19.6 in. (W) 22.8 in. (D) 35.4 in. (H))
Weight (empty subracka)
65 kg (143 lb.)
a: An empty subrack means no boards are installed in the board area, and no fan tray assembly
or air filter is installed.

In this document, "OptiX OSN 8800 T32" refers to both enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 and
general OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subracks unless otherwise specified.
4.3.1 Structure
power supply.
Figure 4-11 shows the structure of the OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

64
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 4-11 Structure of OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack
OSN 8800 T32
Or
OSN 8800 T32
5
1
3
4
1. Board area
4. Air filter
5. Fiber spool
6. Mounting ear
NOTE
A subrack identified by "Enhanced" is an enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, and the one that is not
identified by "Enhanced" is an general OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack. These two types of subracks are displayed
as OSN8800 T32 Enhanced and OSN8800 T32 Standard
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
65
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Fan tray assembly: Fan tray assembly contains three fans that provide ventilation and heat
dissipation for the subrack. The front panel of the fan tray assembly has four indicators that
indicate subrack status.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

66
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


IU51
AUX
EFI2
EFI1
PIU
PIU
IU37
IU38
IU39
IU40
FAN
STG AUX
STG
IU41 IU42 IU43 IU44
PIU
PIU
IU45
IU46
STI
IU47
ATE
IU48
SCC
IU3
IU4
IU5
IU25
IU6
IU26 IU27
IU7
IU9
IU10
IU8
IU28 IU29
IU11 IU12
IU50
IU30 IU31
IU32
IU33
IU34 IU35
IU36
IU14 IU15
IU16
IU17 IU18
IU19
SCC or service board
IU2
IU23 IU24
Cross-connect board
IU1
IU22
Cross-connect board
IU20 IU21
IU13
FAN
Paired slots
For one-slot boards, the paired slots must be configured as follows: slots IU1 and IU2, slots IU3 and
IU4, and so on.
For two-slot boards, the paired slots must be configured as follows: slots IU1 to IU2 and slots IU3 to
IU4, slots IU5 to IU6 and slots IU7 to IU8, and so on.
For four-slot boards, the paired slots must be configured as follows: slots IU1 to IU4 and slots IU5 to
Slot IU43 in a general OptiX OSN 8800 T32 is reserved for future use. Slot IU41 and slot
IU43 in an enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack are used to house the active and standby
AUX boards, respectively.
NOTE
Only the TN52AUX board supports 1+1 backup in an enhanced subrack.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

67
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

IU9 and IU10 are reserved for the cross-connect board: UXCH, UXCM, XCH or XCM
Board
PIU
IU39 & IU45 and IU40 & IU46
SCC
IU28 & IU11
STG
IU42 & IU44
XCH/XCM/
UXCH/UXCM
IU9 & IU10
TN52AUX
Enhanced OptiX 8800 T32: IU41 & IU43

The OptiX OSN 8800 T32 has the same management interfaces as the OptiX OSN 8800 T64.
For details of these interfaces, see OptiX OSN 8800 T64 Management Interfaces.

The cross-connect capacity of a slot in an OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack vary the type of crossconnect board installed in the slot.
ODU4, ODUflex, VC-4, VC-3, VC-12 granularities and packet services at the same time. Slots
IU1-IU8, IU12-IU27, and IU29-IU36 provide the same cross-connect capacity. As shown in
Table 4-21.
Subr
ack
Type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Cros
sCon
nect
Boar
d
Capacity of Subrackc
ODU
kb
VC-4
Packe
tc
ODU
kb
VC-4
VC-3/
VC-12
Packe
tc
Enha
nced
UXC
H
100
Gbit/s
40
Gbit/s
N/A
50
Gbit/s
3.2
Tbit/s
1.28
Tbit/s
N/A
1.6
Tbit/s
Enha
nced
UXC
M
100
Gbit/s
40
Gbit/s
40
Gbit/s
50
Gbit/s
3.2
Tbit/s
1.28
Tbit/s
80
Gbit/s
1.6
Tbit/s
Enha
nced
XCH
40
Gbit/s
40
Gbit/s
N/A
N/A
1.28
Tbit/s
1.28
Tbit/s
N/A
N/A
Enha
nced
XCM
40
Gbit/s
40
Gbit/s
40
Gbit/s
N/A
1.28
Tbit/s
1.28
Tbit/s
80
Gbit/s
N/A
VC-3/
VC-12
d

68
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Subr
ack
Type
Cros
sCon
nect
Boar
d
Capacity of Subrackc
ODU
kb
VC-4
Packe
tc
ODU
kb
VC-4
VC-3/
VC-12
Packe
tc
Gene
ral
UXC
H
80
Gbit/s
40
Gbit/s
N/A
20
Gbit/s
2.56
Tbit/s
1.28
Tbit/s
N/A
640
Gbit/s
Gene
ral
UXC
M
80
Gbit/s
40
Gbit/s
40
Gbit/s
20
Gbit/s
2.56
Tbit/s
1.28
Tbit/s
80
Gbit/s
640
Gbit/s
Gene
ral
XCH
40
Gbit/s
40
Gbit/s
N/A
N/A
1.28
Tbit/s
1.28
Tbit/s
N/A
N/A
Gene
ral
XCM
40
Gbit/s
40
Gbit/s
40
Gbit/s
N/A
1.28
Tbit/s
1.28
Tbit/s
80
Gbit/s
N/A
VC-3/
VC-12
d
a: In enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, the maximum OTN service cross-connect
capacity of a single slot can be smoothly increased from 40 Gbit/s to 100 Gbit/s by replacing
the cross-connect board. In general OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, the maximum OTN service
cross-connect capacity of a single slot can be smoothly increased from 40 Gbit/s to 80 Gbit/
s by replacing the cross-connect board.
b: k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, 4, or flex. Only the UXCH or UXCM supports ODU4 granularities.
c: Theoretically, the enhanced subrack supports grooming of a maximum of 1.6 Tbit/s packet
services. In practice, however, the packet service grooming capability of the enhanced subrack
is determined by packet boards. The current version provides a packet service grooming
capability up to 1.28 Tbit/s.
d: All service slots share a bandwidth of 80 Gbit/s.

Each OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack has two fan tray assemblies, each of which includes three
independent fans. In each subrack, the lower fan tray assembly has an air filter, but the upper
fan tray assembly does not have an air filter. The air filter can be drawn out, cleaned and replaced.
Version Description

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

69
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 4-22 Functions of a fan tray assembly

Function
Description
Basic function

range.

speed.
Partitioned heat
dissipation
Each subrack is divided into three partitions to help provide

efficient heat dissipation. The fan speed in each partition is
independently regulated.
Hot swapping
Alarming
Status checking
Working Principle
A fan tray assembly inside a subrack dissipates heat for the subrack to ensure that the subrack
works effectively at a specified temperature. The fan tray assembly is located on the lower part
of a subrack. It blows air into the subrack, forming an air duct from bottom to top. Other boards
in the subrack are installed vertically. In other words, the boards are parallel to the air duct. This
design ensures reliable heat dissipation. Figure 4-13 shows the heat dissipation and ventilation
system in the OptiX OSN 8800 T32.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

70
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Side view
Front
Air outlet
Fan
Fan
Air inlet
Air filter
The OptiX OSN 8800 supports two fan speed modes, as described in Table 4-23. The sectiondependent speed regulating function is available in Auto Speed Mode. The Auto Speed Mode
is recommended.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

71
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


FAN Speed
Mode
Description
Auto Speed Mode
Fan speed in each section is regulated automatically according to the

temperature of the boards in the section that the fans are targeted for.
Fan speed in each section is independently regulated.
The fans run at full speed if the speed regulating signal is abnormal.
If one of the fans in one section fails, the other fans in this section run at
full speed.
When the user queries the fan speed using the NMS, the highest fan speed
among all sections is displayed. In other words, if the fans in one section
rotate at high speed, the NMS displays the fan speed as high speed in the
query result.
Adjustable Speed
Mode
Six fan speeds are supported: Stop, Low Speed, Medium-Low Speed,
Medium Speed, Medium-High Speed, and High Speed. In this mode,
the user manually sets the fan speed and fans in all sections run at the
same speed. The user cannot independently set the fan speed for a
specific section.
Each OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack is divided into three partitions in terms of heat dissipation.
The subrack adopts two fan tray assemblies to implement partitioned heat dissipation. See
Figure 4-14.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

72
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

FAN2
FAN1
IU37
IU20 IU21
IU38
IU39
IU22
IU23 IU24
IU40
IU25
IU41 IU42 IU43 IU44
IU26 IU27
IU9
IU1
IU2
IU3
IU4
IU5
IU6
IU7
FAN3
IU45
IU46
IU28 IU29
IU30 IU31
IU11 IU12
IU13
IU47
IU51
IU48
IU32
IU33
IU34 IU35
IU36
IU14 IU15
IU16
IU17 IU18
IU19
IU10
IU8
IU50
FAN4
Partition 1
FAN5
Partition 2
FAN6
IU50
Partition 3
NOTE
l If any one of the six fans in the two fan tray assemblies fails, the system can remain operational for a
short term in environments where temperatures range between 0C to 40C (32F to 104F). To ensure
l Replace the fan tray assembly in either of the following two situations:
l Two or more fans fail in one of the two fan tray assemblies.
l One or more fans fail in each of the two fan tray assemblies.
l In a system that is operating normally, the two fans in the same partition (such as FAN1 and FAN4)
run at the same speed.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

73
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

fan tray assembly.
Fan control board:

tray assembly.
Appearance
3
SYSTEM
1. Air filter
3. Fans (three in total)
NOTE
An air filter is installed on the lower fan tray assembly to prevent dust from entering the subrack.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

74
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Valid Slots
The fan tray assembly occupies one slot. The valid slots for the fan tray assembly are IU50 and
IU51 in the OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack.

NOTE

Item
Specification
64.0 mm (2.5 in.) x 493.7 mm (19.4 in.) x 280.5 mm (11.0 in.)
Weight
3.6 kg (7.9 lb.)
Power Consumptiona
l Low Speed: 70 W
l Medium-High Speed: 225W
l High Speed: 270W

NOTE
extreme conditions.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

75
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Item
Enhanced 8800 T32
General 8800 T32
Maximum subrack power

consumptiona
4800 W
4800 W
Recommended typical
configuration power
consumption (OTN)
3300 W
2000 W
Recommended typical
configuration power
consumption (OCS)
1791 W
1282 W
subrack.
NOTE
distribution capability. On the U2000, the default power consumption threshold of the OptiX OSN 8800
T32 is 4800 W. If a 30 A power supply is used, change the NE Power Consumption Threshold (W)
value to 2400 W.
Table 4-26 describes the power consumption of the subrack in typical configuration in an OptiX
OSN 8800 T32.
Table 4-26 Power consumption of the subrack in typical configuration in an OptiX OSN 8800
T32
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Unit Name
Typical Power
Consumption
(W)a
Maximum
Power
Consumption
(W)a
Remarks
OTU
subrack 1
1633.4
2254.6
32 x LDX, 1 x SCC, 4 x PIU, 1 x

OTU
subrack 2
928
1413
4 x LSC(SDFEC2), 2 x SCC, 4 x
PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1
x ATE, and 2 x fan tray assembly
OTU
electrical
crossconnect
subrack 1
(general
subrack)
1641.6
2166.5
2 x XCH, 20 x NQ2, 1 x SCC, 4 x

PIU, 5 x TQX, 5 x TOA, 1 x AUX, 1
x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x ATE, and 2 x
fan tray assembly

76
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Unit Name
Typical Power
Consumption
(W)a
Maximum
Power
Consumption
(W)a
Remarks
OTU
electrical
crossconnect
subrack 2
(general
subrack)
1670.3
2182.5
2 x XCH, 8 x NS3, 2 x SCC, 4 x PIU,

2 x TQX, 5 x TOA, 2 x STG, 1 x
OTU
electrical
crossconnect
subrack
(enhanced
subrack)
2371
2820
2 x UXCH, 10 x TN58NS4
(SDFEC2), 2 x TSC, 8 x TN55TTX,
2 x SCC, 4 x PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI1,
1 x EFI2, 1 x ATE, and 2 x fan tray
assembly
OTM
subrack 1
792.5
1287.1
1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU1, 1 x

OBU1, 12 x LDX, 1 x SCC, 4 x PIU,
ATE, and 2 x fan tray assembly
OTM
subrack 2
977
1479
1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU1, 1 x

OBU1, 4 x LSC (SDFEC2), 2 x SCC,
OLA
subrack
290.3
706
4 x OBU1, 4 x VA1, 1 x SC2, 1 x

SCC, 4 x PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1
x EFI2, 1 x ATE, and 2 x fan tray
assembly
OADM
subrack
974
1497.2
2 x OAU1, 2 x MR8V, 16 x LDX, 1

x SC2, 1 x SCC, 4 x PIU, 1 x AUX,
1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x ATE, and 2 x
fan tray assembly
378.2
811
2 x M40V, 2 x D40, 2 x FIU, 1 x SC2,

2 x RMU9, 2 x WSM9, 2 x OAU1, 2
x OBU1, 1 x SCC, 4 x PIU, 1 x AUX,
fan tray assembly
373.1
306.6
2 x M40, 2 x D40, 2 x WSMD9, 2 x

DAS1, 1 x SCC, 4 x PIU, 1 x AUX,
fan tray assembly

77
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Unit Name
Typical Power
Consumption
(W)a
Maximum
Power
Consumption
(W)a
Remarks
OCS subrack 1282

(general
subrack)
1755
2 x XCM, 10 x SLQ64, 8 x SLO16,

2 x SLH41, 2 x EGSH, 2 x STG, 1 x
STI, 2 x SCC, 4 x PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x
EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x ATE, and 2 x fan
tray assembly
OCS subrack 1791

(enhanced
subrack)
2321
2 x UXCM, 10 x SLQ64, 8 x SLO16,

2 x SLH41, 2 x EGSH, 2 x STG, 1 x
STI, 2 x SCC, 4 x PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x
EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x ATE, and 2 x fan
tray assembly

Table 4-27 lists the mechanical specifications of the OptiX OSN 8800 T32 equipment.
Item
Specification
Dimensions
498 mm (W) 295 mm (D) 900 mm (H)

(19.6 in. (W) 11.6 in. (D) 35.4 in. (H))
35 kg (77.1 lb.)

4.4.1 Structure
power supply.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

78
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 4-17 Structure of OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack (subrack door excluded)
6
1
2
3
4
1. Board area
4. Air filter
5. Fiber spool
6. Mounting ear
Fan tray assembly: Fan tray assembly contains ten fans that provide ventilation and heat
dissipation for the subrack. The front panel of the fan tray assembly has four indicators that
indicate fan status and related information.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

79
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


IU20
PIU
IU19
EFI
IU21
AUX
IU22
AUX
IU
9
IU
1
IU
2
IU
3
IU
4
IU
5
IU
6
IU
7
IU24
ATE
IU
10
IU
8
IU
11
IU25
IU23
PIU
IU
12
IU
13
IU
14
IU
15
IU
16
IU
17
IU
18
FAN
Paired slots
IU4, and so on.
For two-slot boards, the paired slots must be configured as follows: slots IU1 to IU2 and slots IU3 to
For four-slot boards, the paired slots must be configured as follows: slots IU1 to IU4 and slots IU5 to
IU8, slots IU11 to IU14 and slots IU15 to IU18.
IU9 and IU10 are reserved for the TN16UXCM/TN16XCH/TN16SCC or for the other
service boards.
NOTE
Slots IU9 and IU10 can be used to house service boards only when the OptiX OSN 8800 T16 functions
as a slave subrack.
If slots IU9 and IU10 are used to house service boards, install a special filler panel in each slot first
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
AUX
IU21 & IU22
PIU
IU20 & IU23
TN16UXCM/
TN16XCH/
TN16SCC
IU9 & IU10

80
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack provides various communication and maintenance interfaces
for the management and maintenance purposes, as shown in Table 4-28.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

81
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Bo
ard
Interface
EFI
ETH1
LAMP1
ETH2
LAMP2
SERIAL
TN
16E
FIa
Front Panel
Specification
NM_ETH1
ETH3
NM_ETH2
Name
Con
nect
or
Typ
e
Pinou
t
Description
NM_ETH
1/
NM_ETH
2/ETH1/
ETH2/
ETH3:
network
manageme
nt
interfaces
RJ4
5
Table
4-29
NM_ETH1-NM_ETH2:
Table
4-30

interface on the
equipment through a
an NM server so that the
NM can manage the
equipment.
l Connects the
NM_ETH1/NM_ETH2
network interface on one
NE through a network
cable to that on another
NE to achieve
NEs.
ETH1-ETH3:
l Connects a network
cable from the ETH1/
ETH2/ETH3 interface
on one subrack to
corresponding interfaces
on the other subracks to
achieve the
the master subrack and
slave subracks.
l Dimensions
of front
panel (H x
W x D): 80
mm (3.1 in.)
x 76.2 mm
(3.0 in.) x
220 mm
(8.7 in.)
l Weight: 0.5
kg (1.1 lb.)
l Power
consumptio
n:
Typical
power
consumptio
n: 2 W
Maximum
power
consumptio
nb: 2.5 W
NOTE
When inter-subrack
the ETH3 interface cannot
be used for the
subracks.
cable to a CRPC or ROP
board to achieve
communication with the
CRPC or ROP board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

82
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Front Panel
Interface
Specification
Name
Con
nect
or
Typ
e
Pinou
t
Description
SERIAL:
manageme
nt serial
interface
DB9
Table
4-31
The serial interface provides

functions of serial NM and
supports X.25 protocol.
LAMP1/
LAMP2:
subrack
alarm
output/
cascading
interfaces
RJ4
5
Table
4-32
light the corresponding
alarm indicators on the
cabinet.
NOTICE
EFI board provide 5 V power,
it is only used for the indicators
on a cabinet. It cannot connect
to an RJ45 cable intended for
the NM_ETH, ETH, ALMO,
or CLK interface; otherwise,
the EFI board, the connected
test instrument, or the
equipment will be damaged.

Cabinet Alarm Indicator
Cable.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

83
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Front Panel
Interface
ATE
ALMI2
ALMI1
ALMO3
TOD2
ALMO4
ALMO1
ALMO2
CLK1
TOD1
CLK2
TN
16
AT
E
Specification
Name
Con
nect
or
Typ
e
Pinou
t
Description
ALMO1ALMO4:
housekeep
ing alarm
output
interfaces
RJ4
5
Table
4-33
Table
4-34
l Alarm outputs are sent to

the DC power
distribution cabinet
through the output
interface and the
cascading interface. You
can configure it to be the
other outputs to
display of alarms. The
alarm outputs are
controlled by the internal
relay contact. When the
relay contact is closed,
the resistance of each
ALMO interface is less
than 1 ohm. When the
relay contact is open, the
resistance of each
ALMO interface is an
infinite number.
l The ALMO1 and
ALMO2 interfaces have
the same pin usage and
are a pair of
housekeeping alarm
output/cascading
interfaces. Similarly, the
ALMO3 and ALMO4
interfaces also have the
same pin usage and are
another pair of
housekeeping output/
cascading interfaces. For
example, when ALMO1
and ALMO3 are used to
output housekeeping
alarm signals, ALMO2
and ALMO4 can be
cascaded to ALMO2 and
ALM04 on another
subrack.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

l Dimensions
of front
panel (H x
W x D): 80
mm (3.1 in.)
x 76.2 mm
(3.0 in.) x
220 mm
(8.7 in.)
l Weight: 0.5
kg (1.1 lb.)
l Power
consumptio
n:
Typical
power
consumptio
n: 0.2 W
Maximum
power
consumptio
nb: 0.3 W
84
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Front Panel
Interface
Name
Specification
Con
nect
or
Typ
e
Pinou
t
Description
l The OptiX OSN 8800

provides for eight alarm
outputs. By default, the
first three alarm outputs
are defined as critical
alarm, major alarm, and
minor alarm. The other
five are reserved. Alarm
Alarm Output Interface
Cable.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
ALMI1ALMI2:
housekeep
ing alarm
input
interfaces
RJ4
5
Table
4-35
Table
4-36
The OptiX OSN 8800

provides for eight
housekeeping alarm inputs.
The user can manually
configure the severity of the
eight alarms for remote
monitoring of external
device alarms.
Alarm Input Interface
Cable.
CLK1CLK2:
clock
signal
input and
output
interfaces
RJ4
5
Table
4-37
CLK1/CLK2 interface can

input or output clock
signals. CLK1/CLK2
interface is bidirectional.
That is, they input and
output signals at the same
time.
TOD1TOD2:
time signal
input and
output
interface
RJ4
5
Table
4-38
TOD1/TOD2 interface can

input or output time signals.
At any time, a TOD1/TOD2
interface can either input or
output time signals.
interface cables, see 33.4
Clock/Time Cable.

85
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Front Panel
Interface
Name
Specification
Con
nect
or
Typ
e
Pinou
t
Description
a: Two DIP switches are present on the TN16EFI board for setting the subrack ID. For details, see DIP Switches
on the TN16EFI Board.
DIP Switches on the TN16EFI Board

The master and slave subracks are connected through the ETH1/ETH2/ETH3 interface on the
EFI. The ID of each subrack is set by using two DIP switches on the EFI board. The value that
can be set by using each of the two DIP switches on the EFI board is a binary value 0 or 1.
ID1-ID4 correspond to bits 1-4 of SW2, and ID5-ID8 corresponding to bits 1-4 of SW1. Among
these ID values, only ID1-ID5 are valid. ID6-ID8 are reserved. The bits from high to low are
ID5-ID1, by which a maximum of 32 states can be set. The value is 00000 by default. "0"
indicates the master subrack. The other values indicate slave subracks.
Figure 4-19 shows the position of the DIP switches on the EFI board.
l
The two DIP switches are numbered SW1 and SW2 and are located to the right of the T1.
When the DIP switch is ON, the value of the corresponding bit is set to 0.
As shown in Figure 4-19, the value represented by the ID5-ID1 is 000001, which is 1 in
decimal system. That is, the subrack ID is 1.
Figure 4-19 Position of the DIP switches on the EFI board
U8
SERIAL
SW2
NM_ETH2
SW1
T1
ON
ON
ON
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
SW1
SW2

86
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON(ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
12
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
87

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
15
14
13
9
8
7
11
10
6
5
4
3
2
1
Subrack
ID
SW2
SW1
Subrack
ID
SW2
SW1
Subrack
ID
SW2
SW1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Ensure that the ID6 to ID8 switches are turned on as shown in Figure 4-19.
Subrack
ID:1-15
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON(ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON(ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON(ID5)
ON(ID6)
ON(ID7)
ON(ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON(ID5)
ON(ID6)
ON(ID7)
ON(ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON(ID5)
ON(ID6)
ON(ID7)
ON(ID8)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
27
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON(ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON(ID5)
ON(ID6)
ON(ID7)
ON(ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON(ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
Err
or
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
31

incorrect or the subrack ID fails to
be obtained.
30
29
28
88

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
22
26
25
24
23
21
20
19
18
17
16
Subrack
ID
SW2
SW1
Subrack
ID
SW1 SW2
Subrack
ID
SW2
SW1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Subrack
ID:16-31
Pin Assignment
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

1
6
2
7
3
8
4
9
5

Pin
Signal
Function
NM_ETNTXP
NM communications,
NM_ETNTXN
NM communications,
NM_ETNRXP
NM communications,
NC
Not connected.
NC
Not connected.
NM_ETNRXN
NM communications,
NC
Not connected.
NC
Not connected.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pin
Signal
Function
ETH_TXP

communications
ETH_TXN

communications

89
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin
Signal
Function
ETH_RXP

communications
ETH_CRIT_TXP

communications
ETH_CRIT_TXN

communications
ETH_RXN

communications
ETH_CRIT_RXP

communications
ETH_CRIT_RXN

communications
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pin
Signal
Function
N.C
Not defined
RXD
Receive end of data
TXD
DTR

ready
GND
Ground
Reserved
Reserved
GND
GND
N.C
Not defined

90
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Pin
Signal
Function
CRIT_ALMP
CRIT_ALMN
MAJ_ALMP
RUNP

positive
RUNN

negative
MAJ_ALMN
MIN_ALMP
MIN_ALMN
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pin
Signal
Function
CRIT_SWITCH_OUTP

signal positive
CRIT_SWITCH_OUTN

signal negative
MAJ_SWITCH_OUTP

signal positive
MIN_SWITCH_OUTP

signal positive
MIN_SWITCH_OUTN

signal negative
MAJ_SWITCH_OUTN

signal negative
ALM_SWITCH_OUT1P

positive
ALM_SWITCH_OUT1N

negative

91
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Pin
Signal
Function
ALM_SWITCH_OUT2P

positive
ALM_SWITCH_OUT2N

negative
ALM_SWITCH_OUT3P

positive
ALM_SWITCH_OUT4P

positive
ALM_SWITCH_OUT4N

negative
ALM_SWITCH_OUT3N

negative
ALM_SWITCH_OUT5P

positive
ALM_SWITCH_OUT5N

negative

Pin
Signal
Function
SWITCHI_IN1
Alarm input 1
GND
Ground
SWITCHI_IN2
Alarm input 2
SWITCHI_IN3
Alarm input 3
GND
Ground
GND
Ground
SWITCHI_IN4
Alarm input 4
GND
Ground
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pin
Signal
Function
SWITCHI_IN5
Alarm input 5

92
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin
Signal
Function
GND
Ground
SWITCHI_IN6
Alarm input 6
SWITCHI_IN7
Alarm input 7
GND
Ground
GND
Ground
SWITCHI_IN8
Alarm input 8
GND
Ground
Table 4-37 Pin assignment of the CLK1/CLK2 interface

Pin
Signal
Function
RJ0_E1_RX_N
RJ0_E1_RX_P
NC
Not connected
RJ0_E1_TX_N
RJ0_E1_TX_P
NC
Not connected
NC
Not connected
NC
Not connected
Table 4-38 Pin assignment of the TOD1/TOD2 interface
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pin
Signal
Function
GND
Ground
GND
Ground
DCLS_IN0_N
1PPS negative
GND
Ground
GND
Ground
DCLS_IN0_P
1PPS positive
DCLS_OUT0_N
TOD negative

93
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin
Signal
Function
DCLS_OUT0_P
TOD positive

ODU4, ODUflex, VC-4, VC-3, VC-12 granularities and packet services at the same time. Slots
IU1-IU8 and IU11-IU18 provide the same cross-connect capacity. As shown in Table 4-39.
Cross
Conn
ect
Boar
d
Capacity of Each Slot
ODU
ka
VC-4
TN16
XCH
40
Gbit/s
TN16
UXC
M
100
Gbit/s
Maximum Cross-Connect Capacity of

Subrack
VC-3/
VC-12b
Pack
etc
ODUka
VC-4
VC-3/
VC-12
Packet
N/A
N/A
N/A
640 Gbit/
s
N/A
N/A
N/A
40
Gbit/s
20 Gbit/
s
50
Gbit/s
1.6 T
Gbit/s
640
Gbit/s
20 Gbit/
s
800
Gbit/s
a: k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, 4 or flex. Only the TN16UXCM supports ODU4 granularities.

b: All service slots share a bandwidth of 20 Gbit/s.
c: Theoretically, the subrack supports grooming of a maximum of 800 Gbit/s packet services.
In practice, however, the packet service grooming capability of the subrack is determined by
packet boards. The current version provides a packet service grooming capability up to 640
Gbit/s.
The maximum OTN service cross-connect capacity of each slot can be expanded from 40
Gbit/s to 100 Gbit/s by replacing the cross-connect boards in the subrack.

Each OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack has one fan tray assembly, which includes ten independent
fans and an air filter. The air filter can be drawn out, cleaned and replaced.
Version Description

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

94
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Function
Description
Basic function

range.

speed.
Partitioned heat
dissipation
Each subrack is divided into five partitions to help provide

Hot swapping
Alarming
Status checking
Working Principle
system in the OptiX OSN 8800 T16.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

95
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Side view
Front
Air outlet
Fan
Air inlet
Air filter
The OptiX OSN 8800 T16 supports two fan speed modes, as described in Table 4-41. The
partitioned speed regulating function is available in Auto Speed Mode. It is recommended that
you operate fans in Auto Speed Mode by default.
FAN Speed
Mode
Description
Auto Speed Mode
Fan speed in each partition is regulated automatically according to the

temperature of the boards in the partition where the fans are installed.
Fan speed in each partition is independently regulated.
The fans run at full speed if the speed regulating signals are abnormal.
If one of the fans in each partition fails, the other fan runs at full speed.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

96
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

FAN Speed
Mode
Description
Adjustable Speed
Mode
Five fan speed modes are available: Low Speed, Medium-Low

Speed, Medium Speed, Medium-High Speed, and High Speed. You
can set the fan speed manually. In Adjustable Speed Mode, the fans in
all partitions run at the same speed and do not support the partitioned
manual fan speed adjustment.
Each OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack is divided into five partitions in terms of heat dissipation.
The subrack adopts one fan tray assembly to implement partitioned heat dissipation. See Figure
4-24.
IU20
PIU
IU19
EFI
IU21
AUX
IU9
IU
1
IU
2
IU
3
IU
4
IU
5
IU
6
IU
7
IU23
PIU
IU22
IU24
ATE
IU10
IU
8
IU
IU
IU
IU
11
12
13
14
IU
15
IU
16
IU
17
IU
18
Fan tray
assembly
In the OptiX OSN 8800 T16, there are five partitions (A, B, C, D, and E) in each subrack. Two
fans in each partition dissipate heat generated by the boards in the partition where the fans reside.
NOTE
l If any one of the ten fans in the fan tray assembly fails, the system can remain operational for a short
term in environments where temperatures range between 0C to 40C (32F to 104F). To ensure longterm operation of the system, replace the fan tray assembly in a timely manner.
l Replace the fan tray assembly immediately if two or more fans fail in the fan tray assemblies.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

97
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

fan tray assembly.
Fan control board:

tray assembly.
Appearance
3
SYSTEM
1
1. Air filter
3. Fans (ten in total)
NOTE
An air filter is installed on the fan tray assembly to prevent dust from entering the subrack.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

98
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Valid Slots
The fan tray assembly occupies one slot. The valid slot for the fan tray assembly is IU25 in the

NOTE

Item
Specification
Dimensions
493.7 mm (W) x 266.6 mm (D) x 56.1 mm (H) (19.44 in. (W)

x 10.5 in. (D) x 2.21 in. (H))
Weight
3.6 kg (7.9 lb.)
Power Consumptiona
l Low Speed: 42.7 W

l Medium-Low Speed: 74.8 W
l Medium Speed: 106.8 W
l Medium-High Speed: 165.5 W
l High Speed: 215 W

NOTE
extreme conditions.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

99
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Item
Specification
Maximum subrack power consumptiona
2400 W
Typical configuration power consumption

(OTN)
700 W
Typical configuration power consumption

(OCS)
821 W
subrack.
NOTE
Table 4-44 describes the power consumption of the subrack in typical configuration in an 8800
T16.
Table 4-44 Power consumption of the common units in an OptiX OSN 8800 T16
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Unit Name
Typical
Power
Consumptio
n (W)a
Maximum
Power
Consumptio
n (W)a
Remarks
OTU subrack 1
509.2
615.6
8 x LDX, 1 x XCH, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX,

1 x EFI, 1 x ATE, and 1 x fan tray
assembly
OTU subrack 2
846
1104
4 x LSC(SDFEC2), 2 x SCC, 2 x PIU,

2 x AUX, 1 x EFI, 1 x ATE, and 1 x
fan tray assembly
OTU electrical
cross-connect
subrack 1
501
808
5 x NQ2, 2 x XCH, 2 x PIU, 1 x TQX,

2 x TOA, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI, 1 x ATE,
OTU electrical
cross-connect
subrack 2
779.9
1021
2 x XCH, 4 x NS3, 2 x PIU, 1 x TTX,

1 x TQX, 2 x TOA, 2 x AUX, 1 x EFI,
OTU electrical
cross-connect
subrack 3
941
1145
2 x UXCM, 4 x TN58NS4(SDFEC2),
2 x TSC, 2 x TN55TTX, 2 x AUX, 2 x
PIU, 1 x EFI, 1 x ATE, and 1 x fan tray
assembly

100
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Unit Name
Typical
Power
Consumptio
n (W)a
Maximum
Power
Consumptio
n (W)a
Remarks
OTM subrack 1
468.7
569.7
1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU1, 1 x

OBU1, 6 x LDX, 1 x XCH, 2 x PIU, 1
x AUX, 1 x EFI, 1 x ATE, and 1 x fan
tray assembly
OTM subrack 2
546
785
1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU1, 1 x

OBU1, 2 x LSC(SDFEC2), 2 x SCC, 2
x PIU, 2 x AUX, 1 x EFI, 1 x ATE, and
1 x fan tray assembly
OLA subrack
228.1
294.3
4 x OBU1, 4 x VA1, 1 x SC2, 2 x FIU,

1 x XCH, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI,
OADM subrack
449.5
561.5
2 x OAU1, 2 x MR8V, 2 x FIU, 8 x

LSX, 1 x SC2, 1 x XCH, 2 x PIU, 1 x
AUX, 1 x EFI, 1 x ATE, and 1 x fan
tray assembly
221
269.2
1 x M40, 1 x D40, 1 x WSMD9, 1 x

DAS1, 1 x XCH, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX, 1
x EFI, 1 x ATE, and 1 x fan tray
assembly
821
1109
2 x UXCM, 4 x NS3, 2PIU, 5 x

SLQ64, 4 x SLO16, 1 x SLH41, 1 x
EGSH, 2 x AUX, 1 x EFI, 1 x ATE,
OCS subrack

Table 4-45 lists the mechanical specifications of the OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Item
Specification
Dimensions
498 mm (W) 295 mm (D) 450 mm (H)

(19.6 in. (W) 11.6 in. (D) 17.7 in. (H))
101
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Specification
18 kg (39.6 lb.)
4.5 OptiX OSN 8800 Universal Platform Subrack

The OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack can be installed in an N63B, N66B, or 19-inch
cabinet. The subrack has 16 service slots.
4.5.1 Structure
Subracks are the basic working units of the OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack. The
OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack can operate with an independent DC or AC power
supply. A universal platform subrack supports two mounting options: ETSI cabinet mounting
and 19-inch rack mounting.
Figure 4-27 shows the structure of the subrack.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

102
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 4-27 OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack structure diagram
1. LAMP TEST Button
2. Indicator/Interface area
3. RESET Button
4. SubRACK_ID LED indicator
5. Board area
8. Air filter
9. Mounting ear
10. Fiber spool
NOTE
The interface area is behind the indicator panel in the upper part of the subrack. Remove the indicator panel
before you connect cables.
LAMP TEST button: tests whether the indicators on the subrack are normal. After you
press the button, all the indicators should be lit. It has the same function as the LAMP TEST
button on the SCC board.
Indicators: indicate the running status and alarm status of the subrack and EFI board
software.
RESET button: warm resets the EFI board.
SubRack_ID LED indicator: displays the master/slave relationships between subracks

when multiple subracks are cascaded. It has the same function as the subrack ID LED on
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

103
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

the front panel of the SCC board. "0" indicates that the subrack housing the SCC board is
the master subrack, "EE" indicates that the subrack ID is incorrect or the subrack ID fails
to be obtained, and other values indicate slave subracks. For the meanings of other values
displayed on the LED, see DIP Switches on the TN18EFI Board.
l
Board area: All service boards are installed in this area. 18 slots are available.
Fan tray assembly: Fan tray assembly contains eight fans that provide ventilation and heat
dissipation for the subrack.
The interface area provides functional interfaces, such as management interface, intersubrack communication interface, alarm output and cascading interface, network
management interface, alarm input and output interface. It is behind the subrack indicator
panel.

The OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack provides 20 slots.
Slots of the subrack are shown in Figure 4-28.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

104
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 4-28 Slots of the subrack (DC power)
IU21 EFI
IU1
IU2
PWR CRI MAJ MIN STAT PROG
IU17
PIU
IU3
IU4
IU5
IU6
IU7
IU8
IU18
IU9 IU10 IU11 IU12 IU13 IU14 IU15 IU16 PIU
Fiber cabling area

IU19 Fan
Paired slots
Mutual backup
For one-slot boards, the paired slots must be configured as follows: slots IU1 and IU2, slots IU3 and IU4,
and so on.
For two-slot boards, the paired slots must be configured as follows: slots IU1 to IU2 and slots IU3 to IU4,
slots IU5 to IU6 and slots IU7 to IU8, and so on.
For four-slot boards, the paired slots must be configured as follows: slots IU1 to IU4 and slots IU5 to IU8,
slots IU9 to IU12 and slots IU13 to IU16.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

105
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 4-29 Slots of the subrack (AC power)
IU21 EFI
IU1
IU2
APIU
IU3
IU4
IU5
IU6
IU7
IU8
IU9 IU10 IU11 IU12 IU13 IU14 IU15
APIU
Fiber cabling area

IU19 Fan
Paired slots
Mutual backup
IU4, , slots IU13 and IU14.
For two-slot boards, the paired slots must be configured as follows: slots IU1 to IU2 and slots IU3 to IU4,
slots IU5 to IU6 and slots IU7 to IU8, slots IU9 to IU10 and slots IU11 to IU12.
For four-slot boards, the paired slots must be configured as follows: slots IU1 to IU4 and slots IU5 to IU8.
: houses service boards.

Pair slots refer to a pair of slots whose resident boards' overhead can be processed by the buses
on the backplanes.
l
When a universal platform subrack serves as a master subrack, the subrack can be
provisioned with two or one SCC board.
When two SCC boards are provisioned, they are in mutual backup and are inserted in
slots IU1 and IU2.
When only one SCC board is provisioned, it can be inserted in either slot IU1 or IU2.
When the SCC board is inserted in slot IU1, slot IU2 can be used to hold a service board.
When the SCC board is inserted in slot IU2, slot IU1 cannot be used to hold a service
board.
When the universal platform subrack serves as a slave subrack, the SCC board cannot be
configured. In this case, slots IU1 and IU2 are used to hold service boards.
NOTE
The IEEE 1588v2 function is not supported by all services boards or ST2 boards in slots 3 and 4 in an OptiX
OSN 8800 universal platform subrack.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

106
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack uses the TN18EFI boards to provide various
communication and maintenance interfaces for the management and maintenance purposes.
There are two types of the TN18EFI boards, which have the same functions but different network
interface quantities and DIP switches.
l
Type A
Panel schematic diagram:
Network management interface: NM_ETH/ETH1/ETH2/ETH3

DIP switches: eight DIP switches within the board
l
Type B
Panel schematic diagram:
Network management interface: NM_ETH1/NM_ETH2/ETH1/ETH2/ETH3

DIP switches: five DIP switches on the board panel
Table 4-46 shows the communication and maintenance interfacesmaintenance purposes.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

107
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Boar
d
Front
Panel
Interface/Button/LED
Name
Conn
ector
Type
Pino
ut
Description
TN18
EFIa
See the
previous
figures.
NM_ETH/
NM_ETH1/
NM_ETH2/
ETH1/ETH2/
ETH3:
network
management
interfaces
RJ45
Table
4-47
NM_ETH/NM_ETH1/NM_ETH2:
Table
4-48
l Connects the network interface

on the equipment through a
network cable to that on an NM
server so that the NM can manage
the equipment.
l Connects the NM_ETH network
interface on one NE through a
network cable to that on another
NE to achieve communication
between NEs.
Specificatio
n
l Dimension
s of front
panel: (H x
W x D): 28
mm (1.10
in.) x 428
mm (16.85
in.) x 287
mm (11.30
in.)
ETH1-ETH3:
l Weight:
1.17 kg
(2.58 lb.)
l Connects a network cable from

the ETH1/ETH2/ETH3 interface
on one subrack to corresponding
interfaces on the other subracks to
achieve the communication
between the master subrack and
slave subracks.
l Power
consumpti
on:
Typical
power
consumpti
on: 12 W
NOTE
When inter-subrack protection is
configured, the ETH3 interface
cannot be used for the
communication between the master
and slave subracks.
Maximum
power
consumpti
onb: 13 W
l Connects a network cable to a

CRPC or ROP board to achieve
communication with the CRPC or
ROP board.
See Network Management for more
information.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

108
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
Front
Panel
Name
Conn
ector
Type
Pino
ut
Description
LAMP1LAMP2:
subrack alarm
output/
cascading
interfaces
RJ45
Table
4-49
Outputs single-subrack or multisubrack alarms to the cabinet

indicator interface to light the
corresponding alarm indicators on
the cabinet.
Specificatio
n
NOTICE
The LAMP interfaces on the EFI board
provide 5 V power, it is only used for the
indicators on a cabinet. It cannot connect
to an RJ45 cable intended for the
NM_ETH, ETH, ALMO, or CLK
interface; otherwise, the EFI board, the
connected test instrument, or the
For information about the interface

cables, see 2.6.1 Cabinet Alarm
Indicator Cable.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

109
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
Front
Panel
Name
Conn
ector
Type
Pino
ut
Description
ALMO1ALMO2:
housekeeping
alarm output
interfaces
RJ45
Table
4-50
l Alarm outputs are sent to the DC

power distribution cabinet
through the output interface and
the cascading interface. You can
configure it to be the other
outputs to implement integrated
display of alarms. The alarm
outputs are controlled by the
internal relay contact. When the
relay contact is closed, the
interface is less than 1 ohm. When
the relay contact is open, the
interface is an infinite number.
Specificatio
n
l The definitions for the pins of the

ALMO1 and ALMO2 interfaces
are the same. The two interfaces
are used for output/cascading,
respectively. For example, if
ALMO1 is used to output alarm
signals, ALMO2 can be cascaded
to ALMO1 on another subrack.
l The OptiX OSN 8800 universal
platform subrack provides four
alarm outputs. Defaults of the
first three are critical alarm, major
alarm, and minor alarm. The
other one are reserved. Alarm
For information about interface
cables, see 33.2.1 Alarm Output
Interface Cable.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

110
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
Front
Panel
Name
Conn
ector
Type
Pino
ut
Description
ALMI1:
housekeeping
alarm input
interface
RJ45
Table
4-51
External alarm signal input function

is designed for requirements when
the alarm signals of the external
systems (such as the environment
monitory) need remote monitoring.
The OptiX OSN 8800 universal
platform subrack provides four alarm
inputs. The severity of the four
alarms can be configured to
cooperate with the external system to
implement remote monitoring of
external alarms.
Specificatio
n

cable, see 33.2.2 Alarm Input
Interface Cable.
SubRACK_ID
: subrack ID
indicator
The LED displays the master/slave

relationships between subracks. This
subrack ID LED has the same
function as that on front panel of the
SCC board.
l "0" indicates that the subrack
housing the EFI board is the
master subrack,
l "EE" indicates that the subrack
ID is incorrect or the subrack ID
fails to be obtained.
l Other values indicate slave
subracks.
For the values displayed on the LED,
see Figure 4-32.
LAMP TEST
button
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Tests whether the indicators on the

subrack are normal. After you press
the button, all the indicators should
be lit. It has the same function as the
LAMP TEST button on the SCC
board.

111
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
TN12
STG
Front
Panel
STG
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TOD
CLK
Name
Conn
ector
Type
Pino
ut
Description
RESET button
Used to perform a warm reset on the

EFI board. After a warm reset of the
board, FPGA of the board is not
updated, and the configuration data
in the memory of the board remains
the same.
IN: clock
signal input
interface
SMB
OUT: clock
signal output
interface
SMB
CLK: clock
signal input
and output
interface
RJ45
Table
4-52
The CLK port and the IN/OUT port

cannot be used as the input or output
port at the same time. If the CLK port
is used to input or output clock
signals, the IN/OUT port cannot be
used to input/output clock signals. If
the IN/OUT port is used to input/
output clock signals, the CLK port
cannot be used to input or output
clock signals.
TOD: time
signal input
and output
interface
RJ45
Table
4-53

cables, see 33.4 Clock/Time Cable.
IN
Specificatio
n
l Dimension
s of front
panel:
264.6 mm
(10.4 in.) x
25.4 mm
(1.0 in.) x
220 mm
(8.7 in.)
l Weight:
1.1 kg (2.4
lb.)
l Power
consumpti
on:
Typical
power
consumpti
on: 8.7W
Maximum
power
consumpti
onb: 9.6W
OUT
STG
a: Two DIP switches are present on the TN16EFI board for setting the subrack ID. For details, see DIP Switches
on the TN18EFI Board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

112
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

DIP Switches on the TN18EFI Board

The OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack supports the master/slave subrack management
mode. When this mode is used, the ID of each subrack must be set by using two DIP switches
on the EFI board.
DIP switches within the board (type A): Figure 4-30 shows the position of the DIP switches on
the EFI board.
l
The TN18EFI board has a set of eight DIP switches. ID1-ID4 correspond to bits 1-4 of
SW2, and ID5-ID8 corresponding to bits 1-4 of SW1. Among these ID values, only ID1ID5 are valid. ID6-ID8 are reserved. The bits from high to low are ID5-ID1. Each DIP
switch can be used to set a binary digit, 0 or 1. When the DIP switch is toggled to ON, the
value of the corresponding bit is set to 0.
A maximum of 32 states can be set. The value is 00000 by default. "0" indicates the master
subrack. The other values indicate slave subracks. As shown in Figure 4-30, the value
represented by the ID5-ID1 is 00001, which is 1 in decimal system. That is, the subrack ID
is 1.
Figure 4-30 Position of the DIP switches within the board (type A)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID8)
(ID7)
(ID6)
(ID5)
ON
SW1
SW2
ON
ON
ON
(ID4)
(ID3)
(ID2)
(ID1)
DIP switches on the board panel (type B): Figure 4-31 shows the position of the DIP switches
on the EFI board.
l
The TN18EFI board has a set of five DIP switches whose IDs are ID1-ID5 from the lower
bit to the higher bit. Each DIP switch can be used to set a binary digit, 0 or 1. When the
DIP switch is toggled to 0, the value of the corresponding bit is set to 0. DIP switches must
be toggled to the topmost or the bottommost. Otherwise, the subrack ID cannot be
intuitively identified.
A maximum of 32 states can be set. The value is 00000 by default. "0" indicates the master
subrack. The other values indicate slave subracks. As shown in Figure 4-31, the value
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

113
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

represented by the ID5-ID1 is 00001, which is 1 in decimal system. That is, the subrack ID
is 1.
Figure 4-31 Position of the DIP switches on the board panel (type B)
NM_ETH1 ALMI1
ALMO1
ALMO2
NM_ETH2
ID5 ID4
ID3ID2ID1
ID5 ID4
ID3 ID2 ID1

1
0
Figure 4-32 shows the mapping between the DIP switch binary values and subrack IDs.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

114
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

DIP
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
1
Subrack
ID
DIP
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
1
Subrack
ID
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
1
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
1
13
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
1
10
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
1
14
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
17
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
18
0
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
21
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
1
22
25
26
1
0
29
1
0
11
30
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
1
12
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
1
15
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
1
16
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
1
19
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
1
20
0
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
23
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
1
24
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
27
1
0
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
1
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
1
Subrack
ID
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
1
DIP
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
1
Subrack
ID
DIP
28
ID ID ID ID ID
5 4 3 2 1
1
0
31
"EE" indicates
that the subrack
ID is incorrect or
Err
the subrack ID or
fails to be
obtained.
NOTE
When DIP switches are within the board, ON indicates bit 0. ID6-ID8 are reserved. You must keep the default
setting, as shown in Figure 4-30.
When it is the first time that the EFI board is installed in an OSN 8800 universal platform subrack
or when the changed subrack ID is the same as the previous subrack ID, the subrack_ID LED
on the SCC and EFI boards will display the newly specified subrack ID.
If the newly specified subrack differs from the previous subrack ID, the subrack_ID LED on the
SCC and EFI boards will alternately display the previous subrack ID and the EE value. When
this occurs, determine whether the newly specified subrack ID is correct. If it is correct, powercycle all the PIU/APIU boards inside the subrack to make it take effect. If it is incorrect, configure
the DIP switches again to recover the previous subrack ID.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

115
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin Assignment
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.
Table 4-47 Pin assignment of the NM_ETH/NM_ETH1/NM_ETH2 interface

Pin
Signal
Function
NM_ETNTXP
NM communications,
NM_ETNTXN
NM communications,
NM_ETNRXP
NM communications,
NC
Not connected.
NC
Not connected.
NM_ETNRXN
NM communications,
NC
Not connected.
NC
Not connected.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pin
Signal
Function
ETH_TXP

communications
ETH_TXN

communications

116
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin
Signal
Function
ETH_RXP

communications
ETH_CRIT_TXP

communications
ETH_CRIT_TXN

communications
ETH_RXN

communications
ETH_CRIT_RXP

communications
ETH_CRIT_RXN

communications
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pin
Signal
Function
CRIT_ALMP
CRIT_ALMN
MAJ_ALMP
RUNP

positive
RUNN

negative
MAJ_ALMN
MIN_ALMP
MIN_ALMN

117
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Pin
Signal
Function
CRIT_SWITCH_OUTP

signal positive
CRIT_SWITCH_OUTN

signal negative
MAJ_SWITCH_OUTP

signal positive
MIN_SWITCH_OUTP

signal positive
MIN_SWITCH_OUTN

signal negative
MAJ_SWITCH_OUTN

signal negative
ALM_SWITCH_OUT1P

positive
ALM_SWITCH_OUT1N

negative

Pin
Signal
Function
SWITCHI_IN1
Alarm input 1
GND
Ground
SWITCHI_IN2
Alarm input 2
SWITCHI_IN3
Alarm input 3
GND
Ground
GND
Ground
SWITCHI_IN4
Alarm input 4
GND
Ground
Table 4-52 Pin assignment of the CLK interface
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pin
Signal
Function
RJ0_E1_RX_N

118
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin
Signal
Function
RJ0_E1_RX_P
NC
Not connected
RJ0_E1_TX_N
RJ0_E1_TX_P
NC
Not connected
NC
Not connected
NC
Not connected
Table 4-53 Pin assignment of the TOD interface

Pin
Signal
Function
GND
Ground
GND
Ground
DCLS_IN0_N
1PPS negative
GND
Ground
GND
Ground
DCLS_IN0_P
1PPS positive
DCLS_OUT0_N
TOD negative
DCLS_OUT0_P
TOD positive

Each OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack has one fan tray assembly, which includes
eight independent fans and an air filter. The air filter can be drawn out and replaced.
Version Description
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

119
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Function
Description
Basic function
Dissipates the heat generated by an subrack so that the subrack can

operate normally within the designated temperature range.
Commissioning
control
l Auto Speed Mode: Implements automatic fan speed regulation,

depending on the subrack temperature.
l Adjustable Speed Mode: You can manually adjust the fan speed.
Partitioned heat
dissipation
Each subrack is divided into four partitions to help provide efficient

heat dissipation. The fan speed in each partition is independently
regulated.
Hot swapping
Provides the hot swapping feature for the fan tray assembly.
Alarming
Status checking
Working Principle
system in the OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

120
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 4-34 Single-subrack heat dissipation and ventilation system

Side view
Front
Air outlet
Fan
Air inlet
Air filter
The OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack supports two fan speed modes, as shown in
Table 4-55. The partitioned speed regulating function is available in Auto Speed Mode. It is
recommended that you set the speed mode to Auto Speed Mode.
FAN Speed
Mode
Description
Auto Speed Mode
There are four areas (A, B, C, and D) in each subrack. The boards in the
areas overlap and the heat generated by the overlapped boards is
dissipated to the two areas where they are located. Fan speed in each
partition is regulated automatically according to the temperature of the
boards in the partition where the fans are installed.
When one fan becomes faulty, the other fan in the same area adjusts the
fan speed based on the temperature reported by the board. When two
fans become faulty, all the remaining fans run at full speed.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

121
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

FAN Speed
Mode
Description
Adjustable Speed
Mode
Six fan speed modes are available: Stop, Low Speed, Medium-Low
Speed, Medium Speed, Medium-High Speed, and High Speed. You
can set the fan speed manually. In Adjustable Speed Mode, the fans in
all partitions run at the same speed and do not support the partitioned
manual fan speed adjustment.
Each OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack is divided into four partitions in terms of heat
dissipation. The subrack adopts one fan tray assembly to implement partitioned heat dissipation.
See Figure 4-35.
Figure 4-35 Partitioned heat dissipation of the OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack
PWR CRIT MAJ MIN STAT PROG
I I I I I I I I I I
U U U U U U U U U U
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
B IU22
I
U
1
1
I
U
1
2
I
U
1
3
I
U
1
4
I
U
1
5
P
I
U
I
U
1
6 P
I
U
Fan Tray
Assembly
There are four areas (A, B, C, and D) in each subrack. The boards in the areas overlap and the
heat generated by the overlapped boards is dissipated to the two areas where they are located so
that the heat of the two areas is automatically regulated. Two fans in each area dissipate heat
generated by the boards in the area where the fans are located.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

122
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
l Area A: houses service boards in slots IU1 to IU5.

l Area B: houses service boards in slots IU5 to IU9.
l Area C: houses service boards in slots IU9 to IU13.
l Area D: houses service boards in slots IU13 to IU16 and PIU (DC power) / IU13 to IU15 and APIU (AC
power).
NOTE
If any one of the ten fans in the fan tray assembly fails, the system can remain operational for a short
term in environments where temperatures range between 0C to 40C (32F to 104F). To ensure
Replace the fan tray assembly immediately if two or more fans fail in the fan tray assemblies.
The fan tray assembly consists of ten fans and one fan control board. Figure 4-36 shows the
functional blocks of the fan tray assembly.
fan tray assembly.
Fan control board:

Controls the fan speed according to regulating signals.
case, the SCC board issues commands to instruct the other fan in the same area to adjust
the fan speed based on the temperature reported by the board.
Monitors the fan speed regulating signals, the fan status, and the online/offline state of
the fan tray assembly.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

123
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Appearance
CAUTION
Hazardous moving parts,keep fingers
and other body parts away.
PULL
FAN
PULL
1. Air filter
3. Fans (eight in total)
NOTE
Valid Slots
One slot houses one fan tray assembly. The valid slot for the fan tray assembly is IU19.

Table 4-56 lists the technical specifications of the OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack
fan tray assembly.
NOTE

Item
Specification
Dimensions
442 mm (W) x 279 mm (D) x 47 mm (H) (17.40 in. (W) x 10.98 in.
(D) x 1.85 in. (H))
Weight
3.4 kg (7.5 lb)
Power Consumptiona
l Low Speed: 35 W
l Medium-High Speed: 134 W
l High Speed: 190 W
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

124
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Specification
4.5.5 DC Power Consumption

This section describes the maximum and typical subrack power consumption specifications
Table 4-57 describes the power consumption of an OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack.
NOTE
extreme conditions.
Table 4-57 Power consumption of an OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack.
Item
Value
Maximum subrack power consumption
2400 W
NOTE
distribution capability. The default power consumption threshold of the OptiX OSN 8800 universal
platform subrack is 1200 W and maps to a 30 A power supply. If a 60 A power supply is used, change the
NE Power Consumption Threshold (W) value on the U2000 to 2400 W.
Table 4-58 lists the power consumption of the common units in an OptiX OSN 8800 universal
platform subrack.
Table 4-58 DC Power consumption of the subrack in typical configuration in the OptiX OSN
8800 universal platform subrack
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Unit Namea
Typical
Power
Consumpt
iona
Maximu
m Power
Consump
tiona
Remarks
Electr
ical
relay
809.8
965.2
8 x NO2, 2 x PIU, 1 x EFI, 2 x SCC, and

fan tray assembly
Subrack
1

125
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Unit Namea
Typical
Power
Consumpt
iona
Maximu
m Power
Consump
tiona
Remarks
subra
ck
Subrack
2
893
1077
8 x TN58NS4 (SDFEC2), 2 x PIU, 1 x EFI,

2 x SCC, and fan tray assembly
OTM
subra
ck
Subrack
1
845
1029
4 x TN15LTX (SDFEC), 2 x PIU, 1 x EFI,

Subrack
2
1363.2
1617.4
7 x LSC (SDFEC2), 2 x PIU, 1 x EFI, 2 x

SCC, and fan tray assembly
Subrack
3
169.8
353.9
1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU101, 1 x

OBU103, 1 x FIU, 1 x SC1, 2 x PIU, 1 x
EFI, 2 x SCC, and fan tray assembly
OLA subrack
144.9
314.7
2 x OAU101, 2 x FIU, 1 x SC2, 2 x PIU, 1

x EFI, 2 x SCC, fan tray assembly
ROA
DM
subra
ck (4
x
dime
nsion
s)b
175
351.3
1 x WSMD4, 1 x DAS1, 1 x M40, 1 x D40,

2 x PIU, 1 x EFI, and fan tray assembly
2378
3000.5
OTM subrack1, OTM subrack2, and OTM

subrack3
Subrack
OTM cabinet
configuration. The value is for reference only. The actual power consumption of the chassis
and cabinet is calculation based on the power consumption of each module. The maximum
power consumption is the power consumed by the board when it works normally under the
b: At the ROADM site, it is recommended to deploy one subrack per direction. This table
assumes that the four directions are configured identically and provides only the reference
configurations for one direction.
4.5.6 AC Power Consumption

This section describes the maximum and typical subrack AC power consumption specifications.
Table 4-59 describes the AC power consumption of a universal platform subrack.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

126
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
extreme conditions.
Table 4-59 Maximum AC power consumption of the universal platform subrack

Item
Value
Maximum subrack power consumptiona
220 V (Input voltage) : 1800 W

110 V (Input voltage) : 1400 W
subrack.
Table 4-60 describes the power consumption of the universal platform subrack with typical
configurations.
Table 4-60 Power consumption of the universal platform subrack with typical configurations
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Unit Name
Typical
Power
Consumpt
ion (W)a
Maximum
Power
Consump
tion (W)a
Remarks
Elect
rical
relay
subra
ck
Subra
ck 1
942
1109
8 x NO2, 2 x APIU, 1 x EFI, 2 x SCC, and

fan tray assembly
Subra
ck 2
1025
1221
8 x TN58NS4 (SDFEC2), 2 x APIU, 1 x EFI,

OTM
subra
ck
Subra
ck 1
977
1173
4 x LTX (SDFEC), 2 x APIU, 1 x EFI, 2 x

Subra
ck 2
971
1184
4 x LSC (SDFEC2), 2 x APIU, 1 x EFI, 2 x

Subra
ck 3
319
510
1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU101, 1 x

OBU103, 1 x FIU, 1 x SC1, 2 x APIU, 1 x
EFI, 2 x SCC, and fan tray assembly
OLA subrack
285
459
2 x OAU101, 2 x FIU, 1 x SC2, 2 x APIU, 1

x EFI, 2 x SCC, fan tray assembly

127
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Unit Name
Typical
Power
Consumpt
ion (W)a
Maximum
Power
Consump
tion (W)a
Remarks
ROADM
subrack (4 x
dimensions)b
313
491
1 x WSMD4, 1 x DAS1, 1 x M40, 1 x D40, 2

x APIU, 1 x EFI, and fan tray assembly
OTM cabinet
2267
2867
OTM subrack1, OTM subrack2, and OTM

subrack3
b: Subrack 1 and subrack 2 are used as subracks in the line dimensions at a four-dimension
RADOM station; subrack 3 and subrack 4 are used as subracks for adding/dropping local
services. Service boards can be configured in another subrack.

Table 4-61 lists the mechanical specifications of the OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform
subrack.
Table 4-61 Mechanical specifications of the OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack
Dimensions
Specification
Dimensions
442 mm (W) 295 mm (D) 397mm (H)

(17.4 in. (W) 11.6 in. (D) 15.6 in. (H))
Weight (empty subrack)
8 kg (41.89 lb.)
is installed.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

128
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

5 OptiX OSN 8800 Board Category
OptiX OSN 8800 Board Category
The following types of boards are available for the system.

Optical transponder unit, see Table 5-1.
OTN Tributary unit, see Table 5-2.
OTN Line unit, see Table 5-3.
General Service Processing Board, see Table 5-4.
Universal Line Board, see Table 5-5.
Packet Service Unit, see Table 5-6.
PID unit, see Table 5-7.
Submarine board, see Table 5-8.
Optical multiplexer and demultiplexer unit, see Table 5-9.
Fixed optical add and drop multiplexing unit, see Table 5-10.
Reconfigurable optical add and drop multiplexing unit, see Table 5-11.
Optical amplifier unit, see Table 5-12.
Cross-connect unit and system and communication unit, see Table 5-13.
Optical supervisory channel unit, see Table 5-14.
Optical protection unit, see Table 5-15.
Spectrum analyzer unit, see Table 5-16.
Variable optical attenuator unit, see Table 5-17.
Dispersion compensation unit, see Table 5-18.
Clock unit, see Table 5-19.
TDM unit, see Table 5-20.
Interface area unit, see Table 5-21.
Fan, see Table 5-22.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

129
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

ROPA subsystem unit, see Table 5-23.

Table 5-1 Boards for optical transponder unit
Board
Name
Board Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
8800
Univers
al
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN12L
DM
2-channel multi-rate
(100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s)
wavelength conversion
board
TN11L
DMD
board, dual fed and
selective receiving
TN11L
DMS
board, single fed and
single receiving
TN12L
DX
2 x 10 Gbit/s
unit
TN11L
EM24
22 x GE + 2 x 10GE and
2 x OTU2 Ethernet
switch board
TN11L
EX4
4 x 10GE and 2 x OTU2

Ethernet switch board
TN11L
OA
8 x Any-rate MUX
OTU2 Wavelength
Conversion Board
TN11L
OG
8 x Gigabit Ethernet
unit
TN12L
OG
TN11L
OM
TN12L
OM
8-port multi-service
multiplexing & optical
board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

130
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Name
Board Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
8800
Univers
al
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN13L
QM
unit
TN12L
QMD
unit, dual fed and
selective receiving
TN12L
QMS
unit, single fed and
single receiving
TN12L
SC
100Gbit/s wavelength
conversion board
TN13L
SC
100 Gbit/s wavelength

conversion board
TN15L
SC

conversion board
TN17L
SCM

conversion board
TN11L
SQ
conversion board
TN12L
SX
conversion unit
TN13L
SX
TN14L
SX
TN12L
SXL
conversion board
TN15L
SXL
TN12L
SXLR
conversion relay unit
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

131
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Name
Board Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
8800
Univers
al
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN11L
SXR
conversion relay unit
TN11L
TX
10-Port 10 Gbit/s
Service Multiplexing &
Optical Wavelength
Conversion Board
TN15L
TX
10-Port 10G bit/s

Service Multiplexing &
Optical Wavelength
Conversion Board
TN11L
WX2
arbitrary rate (16Mbit/

s-2.7Gbit/s) dualwavelength conversion
board
TN11L
WXS

s-2.7Gbit/s)
board (single transmit)
TN12L
WXS

s-2.7Gbit/s)
board (single transmit)
TN11T
MX
4 channels STM-16/
OC-48/OTU1
asynchronism mux
OTU-2 wavelength
conversion board
TN12L
TX
TN12T
MX
Table 5-2 Boards for OTN tributary unit

Board
Name
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN52TD
X
2 x 10G tributary
service
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

132
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Name
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN53TD
X
processing
board
TN54TE
M28
24xGE
+4x10GE
Ethernet
tributary unit
TN54TH
A
16 Any-rate
Ports Service
Processing
Board
TN54TO
A
8 Any-rate Ports
Service
Processing
Board
TN52TO
G
8 x GE tributary
service
processing
board
TN52TO
M
8 x multi-rate
ports service
processing
board
TN55TO
X
8 x 10 Gbit/s
tributary service
processing
board
4 x 10 Gbit/s
tributary service
processing
board
TN56TO
X
TN52TQ
X
TN53TQ
X
TN55TQ
X
TN54TS
C
100 Gbit/s
tributary service
processing
board
TN53TS
XL
40 Gbit/s
tributary service
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

133
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Name
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN54TS
XL
processing
board
TN54TT
X
10 x 10 Gbit/s
tributary service
processing
board
TN55TT
X
10 x 10 Gbit/s
tributary service
processing
board
Table 5-3 Boards for OTN line unit

Board
Name
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN12ND
2
2 x 10G line
service
processing
board
only
supports
relay mode
only
supports
relay mode
only
supports
relay mode
only
supports
relay mode
only
supports
relay mode
only
supports
relay mode
TN52ND
2
TN53ND
2
TN52NQ
2
TN53NQ
2
4 x 10G Line
Service
Processing
Board
TN54NQ
2
TN55NO
2
8 x 10G Line
Service
Processing
Board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

134
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Name
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN52NS
2
10G Line
Service
Processing
Board
40G Line
Service
Processing
Board
only
supports
relay mode
TN55NS
3
only
supports
relay mode
TN56NS
3
only
supports
relay mode
TN53NS
2
TN52NS
3
TN54NS
3
TN54NS
4
100G Line
Service
Processing
Board
only
supports
relay mode
only
supports
relay mode
only
supports
relay mode
TN56NS
4
100G Line
Service
Processing
Board
only
supports
relay mode
only
supports
relay mode
TN57NS
4
100G Line
Service
Processing
Board
only
supports
relay mode
only
supports
relay mode
only
supports
relay mode
TN58NS
4
100G Line
Service
Processing
Board
only
supports
relay mode
only
supports
relay mode
only
supports
relay mode
TN54NS
4M
100G Line
Service
Processing
Board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

135
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 5-4 General Service Processing Board

Board
Name
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN54GS
4
100G General
Service
Processing
Board
Table 5-5 Boards for universal Line Board

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN54
HUN
Q2
4 x 10G
Universal Line
Service
Processing
Board
TN54
HUN
S3
40G Universal
Line Service
Processing
Board
Table 5-6 Boards for packet service unit

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN54
EG16
16-port gigabit
ethernet packet
switch board
TN55
EG16
16-port gigabit
ethernet packet
switch board
TN54
EX2
2 x 10GE
ethernet packet
switch board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

136
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN54
EX8
2 x 10GE
ethernet packet
switch board
TN54
PND
2
2 x 10G bit/s
packet switch
line board
Table 5-7 Boards for PID unit

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN54
ENQ
2
4 x 10G line
service
processing board
TN54
NPO
2
12 x OTU2 PID
board
TN55
NPO
2
TN55
NPO
2E
10G PID line

Y
service
processing
board, 20
channel extended
TN54
NPS4
1x100G PID
Line Service
Processing Board
TN54
NPS4
E
1x100G PID
Line Service
Processing
Board, Extended
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

137
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 5-8 Boards for Submarine unit

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN96
NS4
100G line service

processing board
TN96
OBU
1
C-band Optical
Booster Unit
TN96
WSD
9
9-port flexible
wavelength selective
demultiplexing board
TN96
WSM
9
9-port wavelength
selective
multiplexing board
Table 5-9 Boards for optical multiplexer and demultiplexer unit

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN11
D40
40-channel
demultiplexing
unit
TN11
D40
V
40-channel
demultiplexing
unit with VOA
TN11
M40
40-channel
multiplexing unit
TN12
D40
TN12
M40
TN11
M40
V
40-channel
multiplexing unit
with VOA
TN12
M40
V
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

138
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN12
FIU
fiber interface
unit
interleaver board
TN13
FIU
TN14
FIU
TN15
FIU
TN16
FIU
TN11
ITL
TN12
ITL
TN11
SFIU
fiber interface
unit for sync
timing
Table 5-10 Board for fixed optical add and drop multiplexing unit
Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN11
CMR
2
CWDM 2channel optical

add/drop
multiplexing unit
TN11
CMR
4
CWDM 4channel optical

add/drop
multiplexing unit
TN11
DMR
1
CWDM 1channel
bidirectional
optical add/drop
multiplexing
board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

139
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN11
MR2
2-channel optical
add/drop
multiplexing unit
TN11
MR4
4-channel optical
add/drop
multiplexing unit
TN11
MR8
8-channel optical
add/drop
multiplexing unit
TN11
MR8
V
8-channel optical
add/drop
multiplexing unit
with VOA
2-channel
CWDM singlefiber
bidirectional add/
drop board
TN12
MR8
V
TN11
SBM
2
Table 5-11 Boards for reconfigurable optical add and drop multiplexing unit
Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN11
RDU
9
9-port ROADM
demultiplexing
board
9-port ROADM
multiplexing
board
TN12
RDU
9
TN11
RMU
9a
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

140
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN11
ROA
M
reconfigurable
optical adding
board
TN12
TD20
20-ports Tunable
Demultiplexing
Board
TN11
TM2
0
TN13
TM2
0
20-ports
Wavelength
Tunable
Multiplexing
Board
TN12
WSD
9
9-port
wavelength
selective
switching
demultiplexing
board
TN13
WSD
9
9-port
wavelength
selective
switching
demultiplexing
board
TN16
WSD
9
9-port
wavelength
selective
switching
demultiplexing
board
TN17
WSD
9
9-port
wavelength
selective
switching
demultiplexing
board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

141
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN12
WSM
9
9-port
wavelength
selective
switching
multiplexing
board
TN13
WSM
9
9-port
wavelength
selective
switching
multiplexing
board
TN16
WSM
9
9-port
wavelength
selective
switching
demultiplexing
board
TN17
WSM
9
9-port
wavelength
selective
switching
demultiplexing
board
TN11
WSM
D2
2-port
wavelength
selective
multiplexer and
demultiplexer
board
TN11
WSM
D4
4-port
wavelength
selective
multiplexer and
demultiplexer
board
TN12
WSM
D4
4-port
wavelength
selective
multiplexer and
demultiplexer
board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

142
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN13
WSM
D4
4-port
wavelength
selective
multiplexer and
demultiplexer
board
TN17
WSM
D4
4-port
wavelength
selective
multiplexer and
demultiplexer
board
TN11
WSM
D9
9-port
wavelength
selective
multiplexing and
demultiplexing
board
TN12
WSM
D9
9-port
wavelength
selective
multiplexing and
demultiplexing
board
TN15
WSM
D9
9-port
wavelength
selective
multiplexing and
demultiplexing
board
a: For TN11RMU9: OptiX OSN 8800 T16 only supports the TN11RMU902.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

143
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 5-12 Boards for optical amplifier unit

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
SSN4
BPA
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
optical booster
Y
and pre-amplifier
board
TN11
CRP
C
case-shape
Raman pump
amplifier unit for
C-band
TN11
DAS
1
optical amplifier
unit
TN11
HBA
high-power
booster amplifier
board
TN11
OAU
1
optical amplifier
unit
TN12
OAU
1
optical amplifier
unit
TN13
OAU
1
optical amplifier
unit
TN11
OBU
1
optical booster
unit
TN12
OBU
1
optical booster
unit
TN13
OBU
1
optical booster
unit
TN11
OBU
2
optical booster
unit
TN12
OBU
2
optical booster
unit
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
General
8800 T64
Subrack

144
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN13
OBU
2
optical booster
unit
TN14
OBU
2
optical booster
unit
TN11
RAU
1
backward raman
and erbium
doped fiber
hybrid optical
amplifier unit
TN12
RAU
1
backward raman
and erbium
doped fiber
hybrid optical
amplifier unit
TN11
RAU
2
backward raman
and erbium
doped fiber
hybrid optical
amplifier unit
TN12
RAU
2
backward raman
and erbium
doped fiber
hybrid optical
amplifier unit
Table 5-13 Boards for cross-connect unit and system and communication unit
Board
Name
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN16XC
H
High Crossconnection,
System Control
and Clock
Processing
Board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

145
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Name
Board
Description
TNK2SX
M
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
OptiX OSN
Y
8800 T64
centralized cross
Y
connect board
TN52UX
CH
3.2T Universal
Cross Connect
Board
TN52XC
H
OptiX OSN
N
8800 T32
centralized cross
connect board
TN52UX
CM
3.2T Universal
Cross Connect
Board
TN52XC
M
Cross & connect

process board
(Support highcross and lowcross)
TNK2U
XCT
6.4T Universal
Cross Connect
Board
TNK2X
CT
OptiX OSN
Y
8800 T64
centralized cross
Y
connect board
TN16UX
CM
1.6T Universal
Cross Connect,
System Control
and Clock
Processing
Board
TN16SC
C
system control
and
communication
unit
TNK4SX
M
TNK4X
CT
TN51SC
C
TN52SC
C
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
General
8800 T64
Subrack

146
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Name
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN51AU
X
TN52AU
X
TNK2SC
C
TN16AU
X
system auxiliary
interface board
TNK2US
XH
6.4T Universal
Cross Connect
Board
TNK2SX
H
OptiX OSN
Y
8800 T64
centralized cross
Y
connect board
TNK4SX
H
Table 5-14 Boards for optical supervisory channel unit

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN11
HSC1
high power
unidirectional
optical
supervisory
channel board
TN12
HSC1
high power
unidirectional
optical
supervisory
channel board
TN12
SC1
unidirectional
optical
supervisory
channel unit
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

147
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN12
SC2
bidirectional
optical
supervisory
channel unit
TN11
ST2
TN12
ST2
bidirectional
optical
supervisory
channel and
timing
transmission unit
TN13
ST2
Table 5-15 Boards for optical protection unit

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN11
DCP
Optical
protection unit
TN12
DCP
TN13
DCP
TN12
OLP
TN13
OLP
TN11
OLP
optical line
protection unit
TN11
QCP
Optical
protection unit
TN11
SCS
sync optical
channel separator
unit
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

148
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 5-16 Boards for spectrum analyzer unit

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN11
MCA
4
4-channel
spectrum
analyzer unit
TN11
MCA
8
8-channel
spectrum
analyzer unit
TN11
OPM
8
8-channel optical
power
monitoring board
TN12
OPM
8
TN11
WM
U
wavelength
monitoring unit
Table 5-17 Boards for variable optical attenuator unit

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN12
VA1
1-channel
variable optical
attenuator unit
4-channel
variable optical
attenuator unit
TN13
VA1
TN12
VA4
TN13
VA4
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

149
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 5-18 Boards for dispersion compensation unit

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN11
DCU
dispersion
compensation
board
TN11
TDC
singlewavelength
tunabledispersion
compensation
board
Table 5-19 Boards for clock unit

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN12
STG
centralized clock
board
TN52
STG
centralized clock
board
TN54
STG
centralized clock
board
TNK
2STG
centralized clock
board
Table 5-20 Boards for TDM unit

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
SSN3
EAS2
2-port 10xGE
switching and
processing board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

150
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
SSN1
EGS
H
16 x GE Ethernet
switching and
processing board
SSN4
SF64
1 x STM-64
optical interface
board with the
FEC function
SSN1
SF64
A
1 x STM-64
optical interface
board with the
FEC function
SSN4
SFD6
4
1 x STM-64
optical interface
board with the
FEC function
SSN4
SL64
1 x STM-64
optical interface
board
SSN4
SLD6
4
2 x STM-64
optical interface
board
SSN3
SLH4
1
16 x STM-4/
STM-1 optical
interface board
SSN4
SLO1
6
8 x STM-16
optical interface
board
SSN4
SLQ1
6
4xSTM-16
optical interface
board
SSN4
SLQ6
4
4 x STM-64 line
interface board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

151
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 5-21 Boards for the interface area unit

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN16
ATE
interface board of
alarm & timing &
expanding
EMI filter
interface board
TN51
EFI1
TN51
EFI2
TN18
EFI
synchronous
timing interface
board
power interface
unit
TN16
PIU
TN18
PIU/
TN18
APIU
TN51
ATE
TN16
EFI
TNL1
STI
TN52
STI
TN51
PIU
Table 5-22 Boards for Fan

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN51
FAN
Fan
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

152
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN16
FAN
Fan
TN18
FAN
Fan
Table 5-23 Boards for ROPA subsystem unita

Boar
d
Nam
e
Board
Description
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanced
8800 T32
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
TN11
GFU
gain flatness unit
TN11
RGU
ROPA gain unit
TN11
ROP
ROPA pumping
unit
a: For details of the ROPA subsystem unit refer to ROPA Subsystem User Guide.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

153
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Chapter

6.2 Structure
Subracks are the basic working units of the OptiX OSN 6800. The subrack of the OptiX OSN
6800 has an independent power supply.
6.3 Slot Description
The board area of the subrack has 21 slots, labeled IU1 to IU21 from left to right.
6.4 Management Interfaces
6.5 Cross-Connect Capacities
6.6 Fan and Heat Dissipation
Each OptiX OSN 6800 subrack has one fan tray assembly, which includes ten independent fans
and an air filter. The air filter can be drawn out, cleaned and replaced.
6.7 Power Consumption
6.8 Mechanical Specifications
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

154
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Hardware Update

"Subrack and Power
Communication and
"Subrack and Power
Requirement" into
6.2 Structure
Subracks are the basic working units of the OptiX OSN 6800. The subrack of the OptiX OSN
6800 has an independent power supply.
Figure 6-1 shows the structure of the subrack.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

155
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 6-1 OptiX OSN 6800 subrack structure diagram
1
7
2
6
3
4
5
1. Indicator and interface area
2. Board area
5. Air filter
6. Fiber spool
7. Mounting ear
NOTE
The interface area is behind the indicator panel in the upper part of the subrack. Remove the indicator panel
before you connect cables.
Indicators: indicate the running status and alarm status of the subrack.
Board area: All service boards are installed in this area. 21 slots are available.
to the fiber cabling area before being routed on a side of the open rack. The mechanical
VOA is also installed in this area.
Fan tray assembly: Fan tray assembly contains ten fans that provide ventilation and heat
dissipation for the subrack.
Air filter: The air filter protects the subrack from dust in the air and requires periodic
cleaning.
Interface area: The interface area provides functional interfaces, such as management
interface, inter-subrack communication interface, alarm output and cascading interface,
alarm input and output interface. It is behind the subrack indicator panel.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

156
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The board area of the subrack has 21 slots, labeled IU1 to IU21 from left to right.
Slots of the subrack are shown in Figure 6-2.
Figure 6-2 Slots of the subrack
IU23
XCS XCS
IU1
IU2
IU3
IU4
IU5
IU6
IU7
IU8
IU9
IU19
PIU
SCC
IU10 IU11 IU12 IU13 IU14 IU15 IU16 IU17 IU18
IU20
PIU
IU21
AUX
VOA area
IU22
FAN
Paired slots
Mutual backup
For one-slot boards, the paired slots must be configured as follows: slots IU1 and IU2, slots IU3 and IU4, and so on.
For two-slot boards, the paired slots must be configured as follows: slots IU1 to IU2 and slots IU3 to IU4, slots IU5 to
IU6 and slots IU7 to IU8, and so on.
For four-slot boards, the paired slots must be configured as follows: slots IU1 to IU4 and slots IU5 to IU8, slots IU9 to
IU12 and slots IU13 to IU16.
IU15 and IU16 are also available for the STG.
buses on the backplanes. OptiX OSN 6800 supports pair slots.
At a site where OSC signals pass through, two OSC boards must be configured in paired
slots.
When line boards or OTU boards function as regeneration boards, ESC signals need to
pass through the boards. In this scenario, the two line boards or OTU boards must be
configured in paired slots.
Paired slots among slots IU1 to IU8 and IU11 toIU16 support distributed service
grooming.
NOTE
The IEEE 1588v2 function is not supported by all services boards or ST2 boards in slots 15 and 16 in an OptiX
OSN 6800 subrack.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

157
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The OptiX OSN 6800 subrack provides various communication and maintenance interfaces for
the management and maintenance purposes, as shown in Table 6-1.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

158
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Bo
ard
Front Panel
NM_ETH1
TN
11
AU
X
TN
12
AU
X
NM_ETH2
ETH1
ETH2
STAT
PROG
AUX
Interface
Name
Conn
ector
Pin
Assign
ment
Description
NM_ETH1
/
NM_ETH2
/ETH1/
ETH2:
network
manageme
nt
interfaces
RJ45
Table
6-2
NM_ETH1/
NM_ETH2:
Table
6-3
l Connects the
network interface on
the OptiX OSN 6800
through a network
cable to that on the
U2000 server to
achieve the
management of the
U2000 over the
OptiX OSN 6800.
l Connects the
NM_ETH1/
NM_ETH2 network
interface on one NE
through a network
cable to that on
another NE to
achieve
communication
between NEs.
ETH1/ETH2:
l Connects the ETH1/
ETH2 interface on
one subrack through
a network cable to
such interfaces on
the other subracks to
achieve the
communication
between the master
subrack and slave
subracks.
cable to a CRPC or
ROP board to
achieve
communication with
the CRPC or ROP
board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

Specificatio
n
TN11AUX:
l Dimension
s of front
panel: 25.4
mm (W) x
220 mm
(D) x 107.6
mm (H)
(1.0 in.
(W) x 8.7
in. (D) x
4.2 in. (H))
l Weight:
0.5 kg (1.1
lb.)
l Power
consumpti
on:
Typical
power
consumpti
on: 12 W
Maximum
power
consumpti
onb: 17 W
TN12AUX:
l Dimension
s of front
panel: 25.4
mm (W) x
220 mm
(D) x 107.6
mm (H)
(1.0 in.
(W) x 8.7
in. (D) x
4.2 in. (H))
l Weight:
0.46 kg
(1.01 lb.)
159
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Front Panel
Interface
Name
Conn
ector
Pin
Assign
ment
Description
Specificatio
n
l Power
consumpti
on:
Typical
power
consumpti
on: 11.5 W
Maximum
power
consumpti
onb: 12.4
W
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

160
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Front Panel
TN
11E
FI
Interface
Name
Conn
ector
Pin
Assign
ment
Description
ETH3:
network
manageme
nt
interfaces
RJ45
Table
6-3
The ETH3 interface has

the same functions as
the ETH1 and ETH2
interfaces.
SERIAL:
manageme
nt serial
interface
DB9
LAMP1LAMP2:
subrack
alarm
output/
cascading
interfaces
RJ45
NOTE
When inter-subrack
the ETH3 interface
cannot be used for the
subracks.
Table
6-4
Table
6-5
The serial interface

provides functions of
serial NM and supports
X.25 protocol.
Outputs single-subrack
or multi-subrack alarms
to the cabinet indicator
interface to light the
corresponding alarm
indicators on the
cabinet.
NOTICE
The LAMP interfaces on
the EFI board provide 5 V
power, it is only used for
the indicators on a
cabinet. It cannot connect
to an RJ45 cable intended
for the NM_ETH, ETH,
ALMO, or CLK
interface; otherwise, the
EFI board, the connected
equipment will be
damaged.
Specificatio
n
l Dimension
s of front
panel: 320
mm (W) x
70.3 mm
(D) x 20
mm (H)
(12.6 in.
(W) x 2.8
in. (D) x
0.8 in. (H))
l Weight:
0.3 kg
(0.66 lb.)
l Power
consumpti
on:
Typical
power
consumpti
on: 8 W
Maximum
power
consumpti
onb: 8.8 W
For information about

the interface cables, see
2.6.1 Cabinet Alarm
Indicator Cable.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

161
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Front Panel
Interface
Name
Conn
ector
Pin
Assign
ment
Description
ALMO1ALMO4:
housekeepi
ng alarm
output
interfaces
RJ45
Table
6-6
l Alarm outputs are

sent to the DC power
distribution cabinet
through the output
interface and the
cascading interface.
You can configure it
to be the other
outputs to
implement
integrated display of
alarms. The alarm
outputs are
controlled by the
internal relay
contact. When the
relay contact is
closed, the
resistance of each
ALMO interface is
less than 1 ohm.
When the relay
resistance of each
ALMO interface is
an infinite number.
Table
6-7
Specificatio
n
l The definitions for

the pins of the
ALMO1 and
ALMO2 interfaces
are the same. The
two interfaces are
used for output/
cascading,
respectively. The
definitions for the
pins of the ALMO3
and ALMO4
interfaces are the
same. The two
interfaces are used
for output/
cascading,
respectively. For
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

162
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Front Panel
Interface
Name
Conn
ector
Pin
Assign
ment
Description
Specificatio
n
example, if ALMO1
is used to output
alarm signals,
ALMO2 can be
cascaded to ALMO1
on another subrack.
l The OptiX OSN
6800 provides eight
alarm outputs.
Defaults of the first
three are critical
alarm, major alarm,
and minor alarm.
The other five are
reserved. Alarm
outputs can be
cascaded.
interface cables, see
33.2.1 Alarm Output
Interface Cable.
ALMI1ALMI2:
housekeepi
ng alarm
input
interfaces
RJ45
Table
6-8
Table
6-9
External alarm signal

input function is
designed for
requirements when the
alarm signals of the
external systems (such
as the environment
monitory) need remote
monitoring.
The OptiX OSN 6800
provides eight alarm
inputs. The severity of
the eight alarms can be
configured to cooperate
with the external system
to implement remote
alarms.
33.2.2 Alarm Input
Interface Cable.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

163
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
TN
11S
TG
TN
12S
TG
Front Panel
STG
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
Interface
Name
Conn
ector
Pin
Assign
ment
Description
COM:
debug
interface
RJ45
This interface is
intended only for
Huawei engineers to
commission the
equipment at the
factory.
IN: clock
signal input
interface
SMB
OUT:
clock
signal
output
interface
SMB
CLK: clock
signal input
and output
interface
RJ45
Table
6-10
TOD: time
signal input
and output
interface
RJ45
The CLK port and the

IN/OUT port cannot be
used as the input or
output port at the same
time. If the CLK port is
used to input or output
clock signals, the IN/
OUT port cannot be
used to input/output
clock signals. If the IN/
OUT port is used to
input/output clock
signals, the CLK port
cannot be used to input
or output clock signals.
TOD
CLK
IN
Table
6-11

33.4 Clock/Time
Cable.
Specificatio
n
l Dimension
s of front
panel:
264.6 mm
(10.4 in.) x
25.4 mm
(1.0 in.) x
220 mm
(8.7 in.)
l Weight:
1.1 kg (2.4
lb.)
l Power
consumpti
on:
Typical
power
consumpti
on: 8.7W
Maximum
power
consumpti
onb: 9.6W
OUT
STG
a: Two DIP switches are present on the TN11AUX/TN12AUX board for setting the subrack ID. For details, see
25.15.8 Switch and Jumper.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

164
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin Assignment
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.
1
6
2
7
3
8
4
9
5
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pin
Signal
Function
NM_ETNTXP
NM communications,
NM_ETNTXN
NM communications,
NM_ETNRXP
NM communications,
NC
Not connected.
NC
Not connected.
NM_ETNRXN
NM communications,

165
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin
Signal
Function
NC
Not connected.
NC
Not connected.

Pin
Signal
Function
ETH_TXP

communications
ETH_TXN

communications
ETH_RXP

communications
ETH_CRIT_TXP

communications
ETH_CRIT_TXN

communications
ETH_RXN

communications
ETH_CRIT_RXP

communications
ETH_CRIT_RXN

communications
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pin
Signal
Function
N.C
Not defined
RXD
Receive end of data
TXD

166
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin
Signal
Function
DTR

ready
GND
Ground
Reserved
Reserved
GND
GND
N.C
Not defined

Pin
Signal
Function
CRIT_ALMP
CRIT_ALMN
MAJ_ALMP
RUNP

positive
RUNN

negative
MAJ_ALMN
MIN_ALMP
MIN_ALMN
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pin
Signal
Function
CRIT_SWITCH_OUTP

signal positive
CRIT_SWITCH_OUTN

signal negative
MAJ_SWITCH_OUTP

signal positive
MIN_SWITCH_OUTP

signal positive

167
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin
Signal
Function
MIN_SWITCH_OUTN

signal negative
MAJ_SWITCH_OUTN

signal negative
ALM_SWITCH_OUT1P

positive
ALM_SWITCH_OUT1N

negative

Pin
Signal
Function
ALM_SWITCH_OUT2P

positive
ALM_SWITCH_OUT2N

negative
ALM_SWITCH_OUT3P

positive
ALM_SWITCH_OUT4P

positive
ALM_SWITCH_OUT4N

negative
ALM_SWITCH_OUT3N

negative
ALM_SWITCH_OUT5P

positive
ALM_SWITCH_OUT5N

negative
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pin
Signal
Function
SWITCHI_IN1
Alarm input 1
GND
Ground
SWITCHI_IN2
Alarm input 2

168
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin
Signal
Function
SWITCHI_IN3
Alarm input 3
GND
Ground
GND
Ground
SWITCHI_IN4
Alarm input 4
GND
Ground

Pin
Signal
Function
SWITCHI_IN5
Alarm input 5
GND
Ground
SWITCHI_IN6
Alarm input 6
SWITCHI_IN7
Alarm input 7
GND
Ground
GND
Ground
SWITCHI_IN8
Alarm input 8
GND
Ground
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pin
Signal
Function
RJ0_E1_RX_N
RJ0_E1_RX_P
NC
Not connected
RJ0_E1_TX_N
RJ0_E1_TX_P
NC
Not connected
NC
Not connected
NC
Not connected

169
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Pin
Signal
Function
GND
Ground
GND
Ground
DCLS_IN0_N
1PPS negative
GND
Ground
GND
Ground
DCLS_IN0_P
1PPS positive
DCLS_OUT0_N
TOD negative
DCLS_OUT0_P
TOD positive
6.5 Cross-Connect Capacities

Integrated Grooming
When using the XCS board, an OptiX OSN 6800 subrack can cross-connect ODU1,
ODU2,ODU2e, 10GE, and GE services between any two slots among slots IU1-IU8 and slots
IU11-IU16. Figure 6-5 provides the cross-connect capacity for each slot.
Figure 6-5 Cross-connect capacities of slots
IU1
IU2
IU3
IU4
IU5
IU6
IU7
IU8
IU11 IU12 IU13 IU14 IU15 IU16
IU9 IU10
XCS XCS
IU19
PIU
SCC
IU17 IU18
IU20
PIU
IU21
AUX
VOA area
Fan
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

170
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 6-12 Cross-connect capacity of OptiX OSN 6800 subrack

Cro
ssCon
nect
Boa
rd
Slot
TN1
2XC
S
TN1
1XC
S
Maximum Cross-Connect Capacity

of Each Slot
Capacity of Subrack
ODU1/ODU2/
ODU2e/10GE
GE
40 Gbit/s
20 Gbit/s
180 Gbit/s GE
20 Gbit/s
10 Gbit/s
360 Gbit/s ODU1/ODU2/

ODU2e/10GE
Not supported
Not supported
Supports hybrid transmission of

the above-mentioned services
with the maximum cross-connect
capacity of 360 Gbit/s.
20 Gbit/s
10 Gbit/s
140 Gbit/s GE
280 Gbit/s ODU1/ODU2/
ODU2e/10GE
Not supported
Not supported
Supports hybrid transmission of

the above-mentioned services
with the maximum cross-connect
capacity of 280 Gbit/s.
Distributed Grooming
An OptiX OSN 6800 subrack provides pairs of slots. GE/Any/ODU1/OTU1 services can be
cross-connected between paired slots. No XCS board is required when paired slots are used to
cross-connect electrical services. The paired slots IU9 and IU10 do not support distributed
service grooming.

Each OptiX OSN 6800 subrack has one fan tray assembly, which includes ten independent fans
Version Description

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

171
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Function
Description
Basic function
Dissipates the heat generated by an NE so that the NE can operate

normally within the designated temperature range.

speed.
Partitioned heat
dissipation
Each subrack is divided into five partitions to help provide

Hot swapping
Provides the hot swapping feature for the fan tray assembly.
Alarming
Status checking
Working Principle
Air flow from the subrack is bottom intake top exhaust. Figure 6-6 and Figure 6-7 show the
heat dissipation and ventilation system in the OptiX OSN 6800.
Figure 6-6 Single-subrack heat dissipation and ventilation system
Side view
Front
Air outlet
Fan
Air inlet
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Air filter

172
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 6-7 Multi-subrack heat dissipation and ventilation system
Side view
Front
Air outlet
Fan
Air inlet
Air filter
NOTE
If multiple subracks are used, an air duct deflector is required to help in heat dissipation.
The OptiX OSN 6800 supports two fan speed modes, as shown in Table 6-14. The partitioned
speed regulating function is available in Auto Speed Mode. It is recommended that you set the
speed mode to Auto Speed Mode.
FAN Speed
Mode
Description
Auto Speed Mode
Fan speed in each partition is regulated automatically according to the

temperature of the boards in the partition where the fans are installed.
If one of the fans in each partition fails, the other fan runs at full speed.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

173
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

FAN Speed
Mode
Description
Adjustable Speed
Mode
Four fan speed modes are available: Stop, Low Speed, Medium
Speed, and High Speed. You can set the fan speed manually. In
Adjustable Speed Mode, the fans in all partitions run at the same speed
and do not support the partitioned manual fan speed adjustment.
Each OptiX OSN 6800 subrack is divided into five partitions in terms of heat dissipation. The
subrack adopts one fan tray assembly to implement partitioned heat dissipation. See Figure
6-8.
Figure 6-8 Partitioned heat dissipation of the OptiX OSN 6800 subrack
I
U
1
9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I I I I I I I I
U U U U U U U U U U
U U U U U U U U U
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
I
U
2
1
1
VOA
Fan Tray
Assembly
There are five partitions (A, B, C, D, and E) in each subrack. Two fans in each partition dissipate
heat generated by the boards in the partition where the fans reside.
NOTE
If any one of the ten fans in the fan tray assembly fails, the system can remain operational for a short
If two or more fans fail in the fan tray assemblies, replace the fan tray assembly immediately.
The fan tray assembly consists of ten fans and one fan control board. Figure 6-9 shows the
functional blocks of the fan tray assembly.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

174
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

fan tray assembly.
Fan control board:

case, the SCC board issues commands to instruct the other fan in the same partition to
run at full speed.
Appearance
1. Air filter
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3. Fans (ten in total)
175
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
Valid Slots

Table 6-15 lists the technical specifications of the OptiX OSN 6800 fan tray assembly.
NOTE
Table 6-15 Technical specifications of the fan tray assembly (OptiX OSN 6800)
Item
Specification
Dimensions
493.7 mm (W) x 266.6 mm (D) x 56.1 mm

(H) (19.44 in. (W) x 10.5 in. (D) x 2.21 in.
(H))
Weight
3.6 kg (7.9 lb.)
Power Consumptiona
l Low Speed: 40 W
l High Speed: 120 W
6.7 Power Consumption

Table 6-16 describes the power consumption of an OptiX OSN 6800 subrack.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

176
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
extreme conditions.
Table 6-16 Power consumption of an OptiX OSN 6800

Item
Value
Maximum subrack power consumption
1350 W
NOTE
Table 6-17 Power consumption of the subrack in typical configuration in an OptiX OSN 6800
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Unit Name
Typical
Power
Consumptio
n (W)a
Maximum
Power
Consumptio
n (W)a
Remarks
OTM
subra
ck
Subrack 1
566
722.2
17 x 10G OTU (LSX), 1 x SCC, 2 x

PIU, 1 x AUX, and 1 x fan tray
assembly
Subrack 2
168.7
281.6
1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU101, 1

x OBU103, 1 x FIU, 1 x SC1, 1 x
SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX, and 1 x fan
tray assembly
Subrack 3
691.6
850
10 x ND2, 2 x TQX, 2 x TOG, 2 x

XCS, 1 x SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX,
OLA subrack
144.9
253.9
2 x OAU101s, 2 x FIU, 1 x SC2, 1 x

SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX, and 1 x fan
tray assembly
FOADM subrack
292.3
418.3
2 x OAU101, 2 x VA4, 2 x OBU103,

2 x MR4, 4 x 10G OTU (LSX), 2 x
FIU, 1 x SC2, 1 x SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x
AUX, and 1 x fan tray assembly
ROA
DM
subra
ck (2
87.4
96.4
1 x M40, 1 x D40, 2 x WSMD2, 2 x

DAS1, 1 x SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX,
Subrack 1

177
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Unit Name
Typical
Power
Consumptio
n (W)a
Maximum
Power
Consumptio
n (W)a
Remarks
x
dime
nsion
s)
Subrack 2
566
722.2
17 x 10G OTU (LSX), 1 x SCC, 2 x

PIU, 1 x AUX, and 1 x fan tray
assembly
ROA
DM
subra
ck (4
x
dime
nsion
s)b
Subrack
160
268.8
1 x WSMD4, 1 x DAS1, 1 x M40, 1

x D40, 1 x SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX,
1422.2
1951.1
2 x OTU subrack and 1 x OTM

subrack 2
OTM cabinet
(40x10 Gbit/s)
b: At the ROADM site, it is recommended to deploy one subrack per direction. This table
assumes that the four directions are configured identically and provides only the reference
configurations for one direction.

Table 6-18 lists the mechanical specifications of the OptiX OSN 6800 subrack.
Table 6-18 Mechanical specifications of the OptiX OSN 6800
Item
Specification
Dimensions
497 mm (W) x 295 mm (D) x 400 mm (H)

(19.6 in. (W) 11.6 in. (D) 15.7 in. (H))
13 kg (28.6 lb.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

178
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 7-1 lists the boards for the OptiX OSN 6800.
Table 7-1 Boards for the OptiX OSN 6800
Board
Category
Board Name
Board Description
Optical
transponder
unit
TN11ECOM
Enhanced communication interface unit
TN11L4G
Line wavelength conversion unit with 4 x Gigabit

Ethernet line capacity
TN11LDGS
2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, single fed and single receiving
TN11LDGD
2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, dual fed and selective receiving
TN12LDM
2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion board
TN11LDMD

conversion board, dual fed and selective receiving
TN11LDMS

conversion board, single fed and single receiving
TN12LDX
2 x 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit
TN11LEM24
22GE + 210GE and 2OTU2 ethernet switch board
TN11LEX4
410GE and 2OTU2 ethernet switch board
TN11LOA
8 x Any-rate MUX OTU2 Wavelength Conversion Board
TN11LOG
8 x Gigabit Ethernet unit
TN12LOG
TN11LOM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
8-port multi-service multiplexing & optical wavelength

conversion board

179
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Category
Board Name
Board Description
TN12LOM
TN11LQG
4 x GE-multiplex-optical wavelength conversion board
TN13LQM

conversion unit
TN11LQMD

conversion unit, dual fed and selective receiving
TN12LQMD
TN11LQMS
TN12LQMS

conversion unit, single fed and single receiving
TN12LSC
100 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board
TN17LSCM
TN11LSQ
TN11LSX
10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit
TN12LSX
TN13LSX
TN14LSX
TN11LSXL
TN12LSXL
TN15LSXL
TN11LSXLR
40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay unit
TN12LSXLR
TN11LSXR
TN11LTX
10-Port 10Gbit/s Service multiplexing & optical

wavelength conversion board
TN12LTX
TN11LWX2
arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) dual-wavelength

conversion board
TN11LWXD
arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion board (double transmit)
TN11LWXS

conversion board (single transmit)
TN12LWXS
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

180
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Category
Board Name
Board Description
TN11TMX
4 channels STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 asynchronism mux

OTU-2 wavelength conversion board
TN12TMX
OTN Tributary
unit
TN11TBE
10 Gigabit ethernet tributary board
TN11TDG
2 x GE tributary service processing board
TN11TDX
2 x 10G tributary service processing board
TN12TDX
TN52TDX
TN53TDX
TN52TOG
TN11TOM
8 x multi-rate ports service processing board
TN52TOM
TN11TQM
4 x multi-rate tributary service processing board
TN12TQM
TN11TQS
4 x STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 tributary service processing

board
TN11TQX
4 x 10 Gbit/s tributary service processing board
TN52TQX
TN55TQX
OTN Line unit
TN11TSXL
40 Gbit/s tributary service processing board
TN11ND2
2 x 10G line service processing board
TN12ND2
TN52ND2
TN53ND2
TN51NQ2
4 x 10G Line Service Processing Board
TN52NQ2
TN53NQ2
TN11NS2
10G Line Service Processing Board
TN12NS2
TN52NS2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

181
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Category
Board Name
Board Description
TN53NS2
TN11NS3
40G line service processing board
TN52NS3
NOTE
The TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board for the OptiX OSN 6800 only
supports relay mode.
TN54NS3
TN55NS3
PID unit
Submarine
Board
Cross-connect
unit and
system and
communicatio
n unit
TN11BMD4
PID Interleaver Board (C-band), 200/100 GHz
TN11BMD8
PID Interleaver Board (C_Band), 200/50 GHz
TN12ELQX
4Electrical OTU2 with 410G Tributary Board
TN12PTQX
12 OTU2 PID board with 410G Tributary
TN96OBU1
C-band Optical Booster Unit
TN96WSD9
9-port flexible wavelength selective demultiplexing board
TN96WSM9
9-port wavelength selective multiplexing board
TN11XCS
centralized cross connect board
TN12XCS
TN11SCC
system control and communication unit
TN51SCC
TN52SCC
TN11AUX
system auxiliary interface board
TN12AUX
Optical
multiplexer
and
demultiplexer
unit
TN11M40
40-channel multiplexing unit
TN12M40
TN11D40
40-channel demultiplexing unit
TN12D40
TN11M40V
40-channel multiplexing unit with VOA
TN12M40V
TN11D40V
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
40-channel demultiplexing unit with VOA

182
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Category
Board Name
Board Description
TN11FIU
fiber interface unit
TN12FIU
TN13FIU
TN14FIU
TN15FIU
TN16FIU
TN11ITL
interleaver board
TN12ITL
Fixed optical
add and drop
multiplexing
unit
TN11SFIU
fiber interface unit for sync timing
TN11CMR2
CWDM 2-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit
TN11CMR4
TN11DMR1
CWDM 1-channel bidirectional optical add/drop

multiplexing board
TN11MR2
2-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit
TN11MR4
TN11MR8
TN11MR8V
8-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit with VOA
TN12MR8V
Reconfigurabl
e optical add
and drop
multiplexing
unit
TN11SBM2
2-channel CWDM single-fiber bidirectional add/drop

board
TN11RDU9
TN12RDU9
9-port ROADM demultiplexing board
TN11RMU9
9-port ROADM multiplexing board
TN11ROAM
reconfigurable optical adding board
TN12TD20
20-ports Tunable Demultiplexing Board
TN11TM20
TN13TM20
20-ports Wavelength Tunable Multiplexing Board
TN11WSD9
9-port wavelength selective switching demultiplexing

board
TN12WSD9
TN13WSD9
TN16WSD9
TN17WSD9
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

183
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Category
Board Name
Board Description
TN11WSM9
9-port wavelength selective switching multiplexing board
TN12WSM9
TN13WSM9
TN16WSM9
TN17WSM9
TN11WSMD2
2-port wavelength selective multiplexer and

demultiplexer board
TN11WSMD4
4-port wavelength selective multiplexer and

demultiplexer board
TN12WSMD4
TN13WSMD4
TN17WSMD4
TN11WSMD9
TN12WSMD9
9-port wavelength selective multiplexing and

demultiplexing board
TN15WSMD9
Optical
amplifier unit
TN11CRPC
case-shape Raman pump amplifier unit for C-band
TN11DAS1
optical amplifier unit
TN11HBA
high-power booster amplifier board
TN11OAU1
TN12OAU1
TN13OAU1
TN11OBU1
optical booster unit
TN12OBU1
TN13OBU1
TN11OBU2
TN12OBU2
TN13OBU2
TN14OBU2
TN11RAU1
TN12RAU1
backward raman and erbium doped fiber hybrid optical

amplifier unit
TN11RAU2
TN12RAU2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

184
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Category
Board Name
Board Description
Optical
supervisory
channel unit
TN11HSC1
high power unidirectional optical supervisory channel

board
TN12HSC1
TN11SC1
unidirectional optical supervisory channel unit
TN12SC1
TN11SC2
bidirectional optical supervisory channel unit
TN12SC2
TN11ST2
TN12ST2
bidirectional optical supervisory channel and timing

transmission unit
TN13ST2
Optical
protection unit
TN11DCP
2-channel optical path protection unit
TN12DCP
TN13DCP
TN11OLP
optical line protection unit
TN12OLP
TN13OLP
Spectrum
analyzer unit
TN11QCP
TN11SCS
sync optical channel separator unit
TN11MCA4
4-channel spectrum analyzer unit
TN11MCA8
TN11OPM8
8-channel optical power monitoring board
TN12OPM8
Variable
optical
attenuator unit
TN11WMU
wavelength monitoring unit
TN11VA1
1-channel variable optical attenuator unit
TN12VA1
TN13VA1
TN11VA4
TN12VA4
TN13VA4
Dispersion
equalizing unit
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
TN11DCU
dispersion compensation board
TN11TDC
single-wavelength tunable-dispersion compensation

board

185
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Category
Board Name
Board Description
Clock unit
TN11STG
centralized clock board
TN12STG
ROPA
subsystem
unita
TN11GFU
gain flatness unit
TN11RGU
ROPA gain unit
TN11ROP
ROPA pumping unit
Interface area
unit
TN11EFI
EMI filter interface board
TN11PIU
power interface unit
Fan
TN11FAN
Fan
a: For the details of the ROPA subsystem unit, refer to ROPA Subsystem User Guide.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

186
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

8 OptiX OSN 3800 Chassis
OptiX OSN 3800 Chassis
About This Chapter

8.2 Chassis Structure
The 3U-high, case-shaped chassis is the basic working unit of the OptiX OSN 3800 compact
intelligent optical transport platform (OptiX OSN 3800 for short).
The board area of the chassis has 11 slots, labeled IU1 to IU11 from left to right.
Each OptiX OSN 3800 chassis has one fan tray assembly, which includes six independent fans
8.6 AC Power Consumption
This section provides the maximum and typical power consumption specifications of OptiX
OSN 3800 when the equipment runs on AC power.
8.7 DC Power Consumption
OSN 3800 when the equipment runs on DC power.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

187
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Hardware Update
Added the TN12LSC,

TN13LSC, TN11LTX, and
TN12LTX boards for the OptiX
OSN 3800 that uses the DC
power supply.
Function enhancement: The OptiX OSN 3800 supports

100G coherent boards.
Changed the maximum power

consumption of the OptiX OSN
3800 that uses the DC power
supply to 420 W.
Function enhancement: The maximum power can be

increased to meet the power requirement of 100G boards.
Added the maintenance

blinking function for the OptiX
OSN 3800.
Function enhancement: The maintenance blinking function

identifies the physical position of the board to be
maintained, facilitating board maintenance.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update

"Subrack and Power
Communication and
"Subrack and Power
Requirement" into

LEM24 board on the OptiX
OSN 3800.
Function enhancement: The OptiX OSN 3800 supports the

EoW board LEM24.

188
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

8.2 Chassis Structure

The 3U-high, case-shaped chassis is the basic working unit of the OptiX OSN 3800 compact
intelligent optical transport platform (OptiX OSN 3800 for short).
The chassis of the OptiX OSN 3800 can operate with an independent DC or AC power supply
and can be installed in an ETSI 300 mm rear-column cabinet, a standard ETSI 300 mm cabinet,
or a 19 and 23-inch open rack.
Figure 8-1 shows appearance of the OptiX OSN 3800 chassis.
Figure 8-1 OptiX OSN 3800 chassis
5
1
4
2
1. Grounding connector
2. Fiber frame
3. Board area
4. Antistatic jack
5. Fan indicator
Ground connector: Access the ground cables.
Fiber frame: Fiber jumpers in the service board area are routed through the fiber frame.
Board area: All service boards are installed in this area. In total, 11 slots are available.
Antistatic jack: The ESD strap is in this area.
Fan indicator: The fan indicator indicates the status of the fans.

The board area of the chassis has 11 slots, labeled IU1 to IU11 from left to right.
Slots of the chassis are shown in Figure 8-2 and Figure 8-3.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

189
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 8-2 Slots of the chassis (DC power)
IU1
IU12
FAN
Paired slots
IU11
IU6/PIU
IU2
IU7/PIU
IU3
IU8/SCC
IU4
IU9/SCC
IU5
IU10/AUX
Mesh group
Mutual backup
Figure 8-3 Slots of the chassis (AC power)
IU1
IU11
IU6/APIU
IU2
IU12
FAN
Paired slots
IU3
IU7/APIU
IU4
IU9/SCC
IU5
IU10/AUX
Mesh group
Mutual backup
NOTE
: service boards.
l Slots IU1 and IU11 can be used as two independent slots, each for housing an FOADM board with a height
of 118.9 mm (4.7 in.). They can be also used as one slot for housing a service board with a height of 264.6
mm (10.4 in.). When the two slots are used as one slot, the slot ID is represented as IU11.
l Pair slots refer to a pair of slots whose resident boards' overhead can be processed by the buses on the
backplanes.
l A mesh group refers to a group of slots housing the boards whose overhead can be processed by the buses
on the backplane.

The chassis provides various communication and maintenance interfaces for the management
and maintenance purposes, as shown in Table 8-1.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

190
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Bo
ard
STAT
PROG
Interface
Specification
Name
Conn
ector
Type
Pin
out
Description
NM_ETH1/NM_ETH2:
network management
interfaces
RJ45
Tab
le
8-2

interface on the OptiX
OSN 3800 through a
the U2000 server so that
the U2000 over the
OptiX OSN 3800.
NM_ETH1
NM_ETH2
TN
21
AU
X
TN
22
AU
X
Front
Panel
EXT
l Connects the
NM_ETH1/NM_ETH2
network interface on one
NE through a network
cable to that on another
NE to achieve
NEs.
AUX
EXT:
extended
auxiliary
interfaces
NOTE
EXT
interfaces
include
ALMO,
LAMP1,
LAMP2,
ETH,
SERIAL,
ALMI1, and
ALMI2.
For
information
about the
interface
cables, see
Extended
Auxiliary
Interface
Cables.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
ALMO:
housekeep
ing alarm
output
interface
RJ45
Tab
le
8-3
Alarm outputs are sent to the

DC power distribution
cabinet through the output
interface. You can configure
it to be the other outputs to
display of alarms. The alarm
outputs are controlled by the
internal relay contact. When
the relay contact is closed,
the resistance of each
ALMO interface is less than
1 ohm. When the relay
interface is an infinite
number.
l Dimensions
of front
panel: (H x W
x D): 102.8
mm (4.0 in.) x
56.9 mm (2.2
in.) x 220 mm
(8.7 in.)
l Weight:
TN21AUX:
0.6 kg (1.32
lb.)
TN22AUX:
0.5 kg (1.1
lb.)
l Typical
power
consumption:
TN21AUX:
11.7W
TN22AUX:
15W
l Maximum
power
consumption
a:
TN21AUX:
13W
TN22AUX:
17W
Provides two alarm outputs

and cascading.

191
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Front
Panel
Interface
Specification
Name
ALMI1ALMI2:
housekeep
ing alarm
input
interfaces
Conn
ector
Type
Pin
out
Description
RJ45
Tab
le
8-4
External alarm signal input

function is designed for
requirements when the
alarm signals of the external
systems (such as the
environment monitory)
need remote monitoring.
Tab
le
8-5
Provides six alarm inputs.

The severity of the six
alarms can be configured to
cooperate with the external
system to implement remote
alarms.
LAMP1LAMP2:
subrack
alarm
output/
cascading
interfaces
RJ45
Tab
le
8-6
light the corresponding
alarm indicators on the
cabinet.
SERIAL:
reserved
interface
DB9
ETH:
reserved
interface
RJ45
NOTICE
EFI board provide 5 V power,
it is only used for the indicators
on a cabinet. It cannot connect
to an RJ45 cable intended for
the NM_ETH, ETH, ALMO,
or CLK interface; otherwise,
the EFI board, the connected
a: The maximum power consumption is the power consumed by the board when it works normally under the
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

192
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin Assignment
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.
1
6
2
7
3
8
4
9
5
Table 8-2 Pin assignment of the NM_ETH1/NM_ETH2 interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pin
Signal
Function
ETNTX12P
Positive pole for transmitting

the data for communication
with an NM
ETNTX12N
Negative pole for

transmitting the data for
communication with an NM
ETNRX12P
Positive pole for receiving

with an NM
NC
Not defined
NC
Not defined

193
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin
Signal
Function
ETNRX12N
Negative pole for receiving

with an NM
NC
Not defined
NC
Not defined
Table 8-3 Pin assignment of the ALMO interface

Pin
Signal
Function
SWCRIT_OUT1+
Alarm output signal 1

positive
SWCRIT_OUT1-

negative
SWCRIT_OUT2+

positive
SWCRIT_OUT1+
Cascaded alarm output signal

1 positive
SWCRIT_OUT1-

1 negative
SWCRIT_OUT2-

negative
SWCRIT_OUT2+

2 positive
SWCRIT_OUT2-

2 negative
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pin
Signal
Function
SW_IN1P
Alarm input signal 1
GND
Ground
SW_IN2P
SW_IN3P
GND
Ground

194
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin
Signal
Function
GND
Ground
SW_IN4P
GND
Ground

Pin
Signal
Function
SW_IN5P
GND
Ground
SW_IN6P
NC
Not defined
NC
Not defined
GND
Ground
NC
Not defined
NC
Not defined
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pin
Signal
Function
RED+
Positive pole for critical

alarm signals
RED-
Negative pole for critical

alarm signals
YELLOW+
Positive pole for major alarm

signals
GREEN+
Positive pole for power

indicating signals
GND
Negative pole for power

indicating signals
YELLOW-
Negative pole for major

alarm signals
ORG+
Positive pole for minor alarm

signals

195
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin
Signal
Function
ORG-
Negative pole for minor

alarm signals

Each OptiX OSN 3800 chassis has one fan tray assembly, which includes six independent fans
Version Description

Table 8-7 shows the functions of a fan tray assembly.
Function
Description
Basic function
Dissipates heat generated by the equipment

so that the equipment can operate normally
within the designated temperature range.
l Auto Speed Mode: Implements automatic

fan speed regulation, depending on the
chassis temperature.
l Adjustable Speed Mode: You can
manually adjust the fan speed.
NOTE
Only when the chassis accesses DC power, Fan
speed control is available.
Hot swapping
Provides the hot swapping function for the

fan tray assembly.
Alarming
Reports alarms of the fans and reports the inservice information.
Status checking
Checks the fan status.
Working Principle
Air flow from the subrack is left intake right exhaust.Figure 8-6 shows the heat dissipation and
ventilation system in the OptiX OSN 3800.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

196
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 8-6 Front view of the heat dissipation and ventilation system
Planform
Air inlet Fan
Air outlet
Front
The OptiX OSN 3800 supports two fan speed modes, as shown in Table 8-8. It is recommended
that you set the speed mode to Auto Speed Mode.
FAN Speed
Mode
Description
Auto Speed Mode
The fan speed depends on the temperature.

l 45C (113F) to 65C (149F): the fans run at medium speed.
Adjustable Speed
Mode
Four fan speed modes are available: Stop, Low Speed, Medium
Speed, and High Speed. You can set the fan speed manually.
NOTE
If any one of the six fans in the fan tray assembly fails, the system can remain operational for a short
If two or more fans fail in the fan tray assembly, replace the fan tray assembly immediately.
The fan tray assembly consists of six fans and one fan control board. Figure 8-7 shows the
functional block of the fan tray assembly.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

197
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

FAN: dissipates heat generated by normal operation of the chassis. FAN is the core of the
fan tray assembly.
Fan control board:

Detects faults. After a fault is detected, the fan control board reports an alarm.
Appearance
1
1. Fans (6 in total)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
2. Operating status indicator

198
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Valid Slots

Table 8-9 list the technical specifications of the fan tray assembly for the OptiX OSN 3800
system.
NOTE
Table 8-9 Technical specifications of the fan tray assembly (OptiX OSN 3800)
Item
Specification
Dimensions
41.0 mm (W) x 262.6 mm (D) x 126.5 mm (H) (1.61 in. (W) x

10.34 in. (D) x 4.98 in. (H))
Weight
0.81 kg (1.79 lb)
Power Consumptiona
l Low Speed: 9 W
l High Speed: 32.7 W
at the maximum speed, power consumption of fan tray assembly may reach 32.7 W.
8.6 AC Power Consumption

OSN 3800 when the equipment runs on AC power.
Table 8-10 describes the AC power consumption of an OptiX OSN 3800 chassis.
NOTE
extreme conditions.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

199
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 8-10 AC Power consumption of an OptiX OSN 3800

Item
Value
Maximum power consumption
350 W
Table 8-11 lists the power consumption of the common units in an OptiX OSN 3800.
Table 8-11 AC Power consumption of the chassis in typical configuration in an OptiX OSN
3800
Unit Name
Typical
Power
Consump
tion (W)a
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on (W)a
Remarks
Chassis 1
162.2
207.5
2 x TN21MR2, 4 x 2.5 Gbit/s

OTU, 1 x SCC, 2 x APIU, 1 x
AUX, and 1 x fan tray assembly.
Chassis 2
117.7
154.5
1 x DFIU, 1 x SC2, 2 x OAU101,

1 x SCC, 2 x APIU, 1 x AUX, and
1 x fan tray assembly.
OTU chassis
266.2
317.8
1 x 15LSC (HFEC), 1 x DAS1, 1

x SCC, 2 x APIU, 1 x AUX, and
OLA chassis (Using the

APIU)
119.7
156.7
1 x DFIU, 1 x SC2, 2 x OBU103,

1 x SCC, 2 x APIU, 1 x AUX, and
OADM
chassis
(Using the
APIU)
a: Indicates that the power consumption of the chassis is the value in a certain configuration.
The value is for reference only. The actual power consumption of the chassis is calculated
based on the power consumption of each module. The maximum power consumption is the
power consumed by the board when it works normally under the highest ambient temperature.
8.7 DC Power Consumption

OSN 3800 when the equipment runs on DC power.
Table 8-12 describes the DC power consumption of an OptiX OSN 3800 chassis.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

200
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
extreme conditions.
Table 8-12 DC Power consumption of an OptiX OSN 3800

Item
Value
Maximum power consumption
420 W
Table 8-13 lists the power consumption of the common units in an OptiX OSN 3800.
Table 8-13 DC Power consumption of the chassis in typical configuration in an OptiX OSN
3800
Unit Name
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Typical
Power
Consump
tion (W)a
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on (W)a
Remarks
OADM
chassis
(Using the
PIU)
Chassis 1
99.4
135.3
2 x TN21MR2, 4 x 2.5 Gbit/s

OTU, 1 x SCC, 2 x 21PIU, 1 x
AUX, and 1 x fan tray assembly.
Chassis 2
77.7
111.5
1 x DFIU, 1 x SC2, 2 x OAU101,

1 x SCC, 2 x 21PIU, 1 x AUX,
and 1 x fan tray assembly.
OTU
chassis
Chassis 1
221.2
274.8
1 x 15LSC (HFEC), 2 x SCC, 2 x

21PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x DAS1, and
Chassis 2
346
416
1 x 11LTX (SDFEC), 2 x SCC, 1

x DAS1, 2 x 21PIU, 1 x AUX, and
Chassis 3
236
286.6
1 x 13LSC (SDFEC), 2 x SCC, 1

x DAS1, 2 x 21PIU, 1 x AUX, and
OLA chassis (Using the

PIU)
79.7
113.7
1 x DFIU, 1 x SC2, 2 x OBU103,

1 x SCC, 2 x 21PIU, 1 x AUX,
and 1 x fan tray assembly.

201
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Unit Name
Typical
Power
Consump
tion (W)a
Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on (W)a
Remarks
a: Indicates that the power consumption of the chassis is the value in a certain configuration.
The value is for reference only. The actual power consumption of the chassis is calculated
based on the power consumption of each module. The maximum power consumption is the
power consumed by the board when it works normally under the highest ambient temperature.

Table 8-14 lists the mechanical specifications of the 3800 chassis.
Table 8-14 Mechanical specifications of the OptiX OSN 3800
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Item
Specification
Dimensions
436 mm (W) x 295 mm (D) x 134

mm (H) or 17.17 in. (W) x 11.61 in.
(D) x 5.28 in. (H)
Weight of an empty chassis (with backplane)
6 kg (13.23 lb.)

202
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 9-1 lists the boards for the OptiX OSN 3800.
Table 9-1 Boards for the OptiX OSN 3800
Board
Category
Board Name
Board Description
Optical
transponder
unit
TN11ECOM
Enhanced communication interface unit
TN11L4G
Line wavelength conversion unit with 4 x Gigabit Ethernet

line capacity
TN11LDGS
2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, single fed and single receiving
TN11LDGD
2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, dual fed and selective receiving
TN12LDM

conversion board
TN11LDMD

conversion board, dual fed and selective receiving
TN11LDMS

conversion board, single fed and single receiving
TN12LDX
2 x 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit
TN11LEM24
22 x GE + 2 x 10GE and 2 x OTU2 Ethernet Switch board
TN11LOA
8 x Any-rate MUX OTU2 Wavelength Conversion Board
TN11LOG
8 x Gigabit Ethernet unit
TN12LOG
TN11LOM
TN12LOM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
8-port multi-service multiplexing & optical wavelength

conversion board

203
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Category
Board Name
Board Description
TN11LQG
4 x GE-multiplex-optical wavelength conversion board
TN13LQM

conversion unit
TN11LQMD

conversion unit, dual fed and selective receiving
TN12LQMD
TN11LQMS
TN12LQMS
TN12LSC

conversion unit, single fed and single receiving
100Gbit/s wavelength conversion board
TN13LSC
TN15LSCb
TN17LSCM
TN11LSX
10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit
TN12LSX
TN13LSX
TN14LSX
TN11LSXR
TN11LTX
10-Port 10Gbit/s Service Multiplexing & Optical

Wavelength Conversion Board
TN12LTX
TN11LWX2
arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) dual-wavelength

conversion board
TN11LWXD

conversion board (double transmit)
TN11LWXS

conversion board (single transmit)
TN12LWXS
TN11TMX
TN12TMX
OTN Tributary
unit
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
4 channels STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 asynchronism mux

OTU-2 wavelength conversion board
TN11TBE
10 Gigabit ethernet tributary board
TN11TDG
TN11TDX
2 x 10G tributary service processing board
TN52TOG

204
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Category
Board Name
Board Description
TN11TOM
8 x multi-rate ports service processing board
TN52TOM
TN11TQM
4 x multi-rate tributary service processing board
TN12TQM
OTN Line unit
TN11TQS
4 x STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 tributary service processing

board
TN11NS2
10G Line Service Processing Board
TN12NS2
TN52NS2
TN53NS2
Optical
multiplexer
and
demultiplexer
unit
TN21DFIU
bidirectional fiber interface board
TN13FIUa
fiber interface unit
TN14FIU
TN15FIU
TN16FIU
TN21FIU
Optical add
and drop
multiplexing
unit
TN11SFIU
fiber interface unit for sync timing
TN21CMR1
TN11CMR2
TN21CMR2
TN11CMR4
TN21CMR4
TN11DMR1
TN21DMR1
TN11MR2
CWDM 1-channel bidirectional optical add/drop

multiplexing board
TN21MR2
TN11MR4
TN21MR4
TN11SBM2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
2-channel CWDM single-fiber bidirectional add/drop

board

205
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Category
Board Name
Board Description
Optical
amplifier unit
TN11DAS1
TN11OAU1
TN12OAU1
TN13OAU1
TN11OBU1
TN12OBU1
TN13OBU1
TN11OBU2
TN12OBU2
TN11RAU1
TN12RAU1
backward raman and erbium doped fiber hybrid optical

amplifier unit
TN11RAU2
TN12RAU2
System and
communicatio
n unit
TN22SCC
system control and communication unit
TN23SCC
TN21AUX
system auxiliary interface board
TN22AUX
Optical
supervisory
channel unit
TN11HSC1
TN12HSC1
TN11SC1
high power unidirectional optical supervisory channel

board
unidirectional optical supervisory channel unit
TN12SC1
TN11SC2
bidirectional optical supervisory channel unit
TN12SC2
TN11ST2
TN12ST2
bidirectional optical supervisory channel and timing

transmission unit
TN13ST2
Optical
protection unit
TN11DCP
TN12DCP
TN13DCP
TN11OLP
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
optical line protection unit

206
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Category
Board Name
Board Description
TN12OLP
TN13OLP
Spectrum
analyzer unit
TN11QCP
TN11SCS
sync optical channel separator unit
TN11MCA4
TN11MCA8
TN11OPM8
8-channel optical power monitoring board
TN12OPM8
Variable
optical
attenuator unit
TN11VA1
TN12VA1
TN13VA1
TN11VA4
TN12VA4
TN13VA4
Dispersion
equalizing unit
TN11DCU
dispersion compensation board
Interface area
unitb
TN21PIU
power interface unit
TN21APIU
AC Power Interface Unit
Fan
TN21FAN
Fan
a: For TN13FIU: OptiX OSN 3800 only supports the TN13FIU01/TN13FIU03.

b: For TN15LSC: OptiX OSN 3800 only supports the TN15LSCT01.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

207
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
10
Power Supply
About This Chapter

10.1 8800/6800 DC Power Supply
The universal platform subrack can be AC powered.
10.3 3800 DC Power Supply
10.5 Power Redundancy
Two PIU boards or two APIU boards in hot backup mode supply power to one subrack at the
same time. When one of the boards becomes faulty, the other board continues to supply power
to the subrack to ensure that the subrack can still function properly.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

208
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
10.1 8800/6800 DC Power Supply

10.1.1 DC Power Requirement
Table 10-1 provides the requirements on voltage and current of a PDU.
Table 10-2 provides the requirements on voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 8800/6800
subrack.
Table 10-1 Requirements on voltage and current of a PDU
Item
Requirement
Nominal
working
voltage
-48 V DC/-60 V DC
Working
voltage
range
-48 V DC: -40 V to -57.6 V
Rated
working
current
(-48 V)
This parameter is determined by the PDU type and terminal connections on the
PDU. For details, see 10.1.3 External Power (from the PDF to the
Cabinet).
-60 V DC: -48 V to -72 V
Table 10-2 Requirements on voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 8800/6800 subrack
Item
Requirement
Nominal
working
voltage
-48 V DC/-60 V DC
Working
voltage
range
-48 V DC: -40 V to -57.6 V
Rated
working
current
(-48 V)
8800 T64: 200 A (Independent power supplies to four sections of each subrack,
with 50 A for each section)
-60 V DC: -48 V to -72 V
8800 T32: 100 A (Independent power supplies to two sections of each subrack,
with 50A for each section)
8800 T16: 50 A
8800 universal platform subrack: 50 A
6800: 25 A
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

209
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
10.1.2 Power Supply Description

The power distribution unit (PDU) accepts DC power from the power distribution frame (PDF)
in the equipment room and distributes the power to the PIU boards in the subrack. Then the PIU
boards supply power to other boards inside the subrack.
Figure 10-1shows how power is distributed to the boards inside the OptiX OSN 8800/6800.
Power distribute cabinet
Cabinet
PDU
Subrack 1 Backup PIU
Board
Main PIU
Board
Internal Power
Main PIU
External Power
Figure 10-1 Power distribution to the OptiX OSN 8800/6800 boards
Subrack n Backup PIU
Board
Board
Air switch
10.1.3 External Power (from the PDF to the Cabinet)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

210
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
TN16PDU/TN51PDU
The TN16PDU/TN51PDU is installed in the upper part of a cabinet to supply power to subracks
inside the cabinet.
NOTE
The TN51PDU and TN16PDU have the same functions but differ in height. The TN51PDU is 133.4 mm
high. When two OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subracks are installed on a cabinet, one more DCM frame can be
configured if the TN16PDU is used, compared with the TN51PDU.
TN51PDU can be substituted by the TN16PDU.This topic describes the TN16PDU.
The TN16PDU consists of two parts: A and B, which backs up each other. Both A and B receive
four -48V/-60V power supplies and output four power supplies for subracks in the cabinet.
Whether short-circuiting copper bars are required is determined by the current of power supplied
by the power supply equipment in the telecommunications room:
l
When eight 63 A power supplies are provided, no short-circuiting copper bar is required.
When four 125 A power supplies are provided, short-circuiting copper bars are required
for dividing one 125 A power supply into two 63 A power supplies.
For more information about short-circuiting copper bars, see Short-Circuiting Copper
Bar.
Figure 10-2 shows the front panel of the TN16PDU.

Figure 10-2 Front panel of the TN16PDU
Power supply
input area
Power supply Power supply

output area switch area
+
1
+
2
+
3
Power supply Power supply

switch area
output area
1. Output cable terminal block
3
2. Input cable terminal block
+
2
+
3
+
4
B
3. Power switch
Panel dimensions: 535 mm (W) x 100 mm (H) (21.1 in. (W) x 3.9 in. (H))
Output cable terminal block: Both A and B of the DC PDU have four output cable terminal
blocks for connecting power cables of subracks to supply power for subracks.
Input cable terminal block: Both A and B of the DC PDU have four input cable terminal
blocks and receive four -48V/-60V DC power supplies, eight -48V/-60V DC power supplies
in total.
Power switch: Both A and B of the DC PDU have four output power switches to control
power supplies for subracks inside the cabinet and provide overcurrent protection for each
other.
Figure 10-3 shows the internal pin assignments of the TN16PDU.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

211
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Figure 10-3 TN16PDU internal pin assignments
OUTPUT B
OUTPUT A
-
4
ON
ON ON
ON
1
+
INPUT A
+
ON
INPUT B
ON ON
ON
OUTPUT A
+
OUTPUT B
OFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF OFF
1
-
INPUT A
INPUT B
Short-Circuit Copper Bar

If a power supply is 125 A, both A and B need to receive two power supplies, four power supplies
in total. In this case, short-circuit copper bars are required for both A and B. Figure 10-4 shows
the appearance of the short-circuiting copper bar.
Figure 10-4 Appearance
Copper Plate
TN11PDU
The TN11PDU is installed in the upper part of a cabinet to supply power to subracks inside the
cabinet.
DC PDU
The TN11PDU consists of two parts: A and B, which backs up each other. Both A and B receive
two -48V/-60V power supplies and output six power supplies for subracks in the cabinet.
Whether junction boxes are required is determined by the current of power supplied by the power
supply equipment in the telecommunications room:
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

212
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
If a power supply is 63 A, both A and B need to receive two power supplies, four power
supplies in total. In this case, no junction box is required.
If a power supply is 125 A, both A and B need to receive one power supply, two power
supplies in total. In this case, junction boxes are required for dividing one 125 A current
into four 32 A currents.
For more information about junction boxes, see Junction Box.
Figure 10-5 shows the front panel of the TN11PDU.

Figure 10-5 Front panel of the TN11PDU
1
4
1. Output cable terminal block
4
2. Ground screw
3. Input cable terminal block
4. Power switch
Panel dimensions: 535 mm (W) x 131 mm (H) (21.1 in. (W) x 5.2 in. (H))
Output cable terminal block: Both A and B of the DC PDU have six output cable terminal
blocks for connecting power cables of subracks to supply power for subracks.
Ground screw: used to connect (protection ground) PGND cables.
Input cable terminal block: Both A and B of the DC PDU have two input cable terminal
blocks and receive two -48V/-60V DC power supplies, four -48V/-60V DC power supplies
in total.
Power switch: Both A and B of the DC PDU have six power output switches (corresponding
to the six output cable terminal blocks) to control power supplies for subracks in the cabinet.
NOTE
For the OptiX OSN 6800, both A and B only use power switches SW2, SW3, SW4, and SW5 to
control power supplies for four subracks from bottom to top.
Figure 10-6 shows the internal pin assignments of the TN11PDU.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

213
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Figure 10-6 TN11PDU internal pin assignments

OUTPUT
+- +- +
A
+
OUTPUT
+- +- +
ON
ON
OFF
+
INPUT
OFF
INPUT
Junction Box
If a power supply is 125 A, both A and B need to receive one power supply, two power supplies
in total. In this case, junction boxes are required for both A and B. Figure 10-7 shows the junction
box structure and Figure 10-8 shows the installation position of the junction box.
Figure 10-7 Structure
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

214
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Figure 10-8 Installation position
PDU (DPD63-8-8)
The DPD63-8-8 PDU is installed at the top of a cabinet to power subracks inside the cabinet.
NOTE
The TN11PDU/TN16PDU/TN51PDU can be substituted by the DPD63-8-8 PDU.
DC PDU
The DPD63-8-8 PDU consists of two sections: A and B, which provide backup for each other.
Both A and B accept four -48V/-60V power inputs and produce four power outputs for subracks
in the cabinet.
According to the currents provided by the power source inside the equipment room, the
DPD63-8-8 PDU can have different configurations. Table 10-3 lists the typical configurations
of the PDU.
Table 10-3 Typical configurations of the DPD63-8-8 PDU
N
o.
Input
Current
Output
Current
Circuit
Breaker
Requirement
Copper Fitting Configuration
8 x 63A
8 x 63A
8 x 63A
None
4 x 125A
8 x 63A
8 x 63A
Two-in-one copper fittings in the left,

right, and middle of the PDU
4 x 63A
8 x 32A
8 x 32A

2 x 125A
8 x 32A
8 x 32A
l Four-in-one copper fittings in the

left, right, and middle of the PDU
l Two-in-one copper fittings in the
middle of the PDU
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

215
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
N
o.
Input
Current
Output
Current
Circuit
Breaker
Requirement
Copper Fitting Configuration
2 x 125A + 2
x 63A
4 x 63A + 4
x 32A
4 x 63A + 4 x
32A

When working at the ambient temperature of 65C (149F) of the air exhaust vent, the PDU
output current decreases from 63 A to 53.7 A or from 32 A to 29.1 A.
For more information about copper fitting configuration, see Copper Fittings.
Figure 10-9 shows the front panel of the PDU (DPD63-8-8).
Figure 10-9 Front panel of the DPD63-8-8 PDU
CAUTION
This device has more than one power input.
Disconnect all the power inputs to power off this
device.
!
CAUTION
Disconnect power before servicing. Also all metal
jewelry, such as watchs, rings, etc, should be
removed from hands and wrists.
!
PER INPUT
A1 A2 A3 A4
NEG(-)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
-48V-60V; 63A MAX
A1 A2 A3 A4
B1 B2 B3 B4
RTN(+)
RTN(+)
OUTPUT
B1 B2 B3 B4
NEG(-)

216
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Figure 10-10 shows the terminals on the DPD63-8-8 PDU. Note that there are two types of RTN
(+) terminal blocks for the DPD63-8-8 PDU and they just look differently.
Figure 10-10 Terminals on the DPD63-8-8 PDU
1. NEG(-) power input interface
2. RTN(+) power input interface
4. NEG(-) power output interface
5. Power switch
3. RTN(+) power output interface
Panel dimensions (H x W x D): 110 mm (4.3 in.) x 442 mm (17.4 in.) x 89.2 mm (3.5 in.)
Power output interfaces: Four power output interfaces are located in each of sections A and
B of the PDU. These interfaces connect to subrack power cables and distribute power to
the subracks inside a cabinet.
Power input interfaces: Four power input interfaces are located in each of sections A and
B of the PDU. The four interfaces in each section accept four -48 or -60 V DC power inputs,
providing a total of eight -48 or -60 V DC power inputs in both sections.
Power switches: Four power switches are located in each of sections A and B of the PDU.
They are in a one-to-one mapping relationship with power output interfaces and control
the power inputs to the subracks inside the cabinet.
Figure 10-11 shows the internal pin assignments of the DPD63-8-8 PDU.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

217
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Figure 10-11 DPD63-8-8 PDU internal pin assignments
INPUT A
INPUT B
INPUT A
ON
ON ON
INPUT B
+
1
ON
OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON ON
ON
OFF OFF OFF OFF
OUTPUT A
OUTPUT A
OUTPUT B
OUTPUT B
Copper Fittings
When sections A and B each require two power inputs (four power inputs in total), two-in-one
copper fittings must be installed in both sections. Figure 10-12 shows the appearance of twoin-one copper fittings and how they are installed on the DPD63-8-8 PDU.
Figure 10-12 Appearance of the two-in-one copper fittings (four power inputs and eight power outputs)
3
2
1
Two-in-one copper fitting (left)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Two-in-one copper fitting
Two-in-one copper fitting (right)

218
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
When sections A and B require one power input each (two power inputs in total), four-in-one
copper fittings must be installed on the left and right terminals and two-in-one copper fittings
must be installed on the middle terminals of the DPD63-8-8 PDU. Figure 10-13 shows the
appearance of four-in-one copper fittings and how they are installed on the DPD63-8-8 PDU.
Figure 10-13 Appearance of the four-in-one copper fittings (two power inputs and eight power outputs)
3
Four-in-one copper fitting
Two-in-one
copper fitting
Four-in-one copper fitting
NOTE
Eight holes are located on the terminal block in the middle of the DPD63-8-8 PDU. Four two-in-one copper
fittings designated for the middle of the DPD63-8-8 PDU are installed to cover the first to eighth holes, as shown
in Figure 10-12 and Figure 10-13. In total, four two-in-one copper fittings are required to combine the RTN
(+) power inputs in the middle of the DPD63-8-8 PDU.
As shown in Figure 10-13, one four-in-one copper fittings are vertically installed on the RTN(+) power input
terminals in the middle of the DPD63-8-8 PDU.
There are also two types of two-in-one copper fittings to match the two types of RTN(+) terminal
blocks on the DPD63-8-8 PDU, as shown in Figure 10-14. Install corresponding copper fittings
in the middle area of the DPD63-8-8 PDU based on the type of the RTN(+) block.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

219
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Figure 10-14 Two-in-one copper fittings for the middle area of the DPD63-8-8 PDU
UPM
The UPM is an external uninterruptible power module. The UPM can directly convert 110 V/
220 V AC mains power into -48 V DC power required by the transmission equipment. The UPM
is suitable for the telecom carriers who cannot provide -48 V DC power supply or requires
batteries.
Application
Figure 10-15 shows the application of the UPM on the OptiX OSN 8800 T16/6800.
Figure 10-15 Application of the UPM on the OptiX OSN 8800 T16/6800
OptiX OSN equipment
110V/220V
UPM
Backplane
-48V
PIU
Board A
-48V
PIU
Board B
-48V
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

220
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Appearance
The UPM is a special power supply system and EPS75-4815AF is one type of the UPM.
The output power of a single EPS75-4815AF power system is 2000 W. The EPS75-4815AF
power system is 3U high. Figure 10-16 shows the appearance of the EPS75-4815AF power
system.
Figure 10-16 Appearance of the EPS75-4815AF power system

UPM can work with storage batteries . When the external AC power system supplies power
normally, the batteries store power. When the 110 V/220 V AC power supply is interrupted, the
batteries can supply power for 3 to 4 hours. To supply power to the OptiX OSN 8800 T16/
6800 equipment, only one power system is required to be connected to the batteries.
The standard maximum configuration of each EPS75-4815AF power system includes five
rectifier modules and one monitoring module.
NOTE
The batteries do not belong to the EPS75-4815AF. Therefore, the batteries need to be configured separately.
If the batteries are required, a battery cabinet is provided generally or a dedicated space in the equipment
cabinet is reserved for the batteries.
Table 10-4 provides the functions and features of the EPS75-4815AF power system.
Table 10-4 Functions and features of the EPS75-4815AF power system
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function and
Feature
EPS75-4815AF
Hot-swappable
function
The AC/DC rectifier module of the UPM is hot-swappable. When you

replace a faulty rectifier module, the other rectifier module can still
work normally. Therefore, the maintainability of the system is
improved.

221
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Function and
Feature
EPS75-4815AF
Storage battery
protection function
The UPM provides the storage battery protection function. When the
mains supply is interrupted, the power system of the equipment
automatically switches to the storage battery, which ensures that the
equipment operates normally. The battery module provides a capacity
of 40 to 500 Ah. The default capacity is 65 Ah.
Loading capacity
The loading capability of each rectifier module is 800 W.
Lightning-proof
function
The rectifier module is embedded with the lightning-proof protector.

The rectifier module can bear the 1.2/50 us x 6 kV or 8/20 us x 3 kA
lightning surge. When the lightning current enters the rectifier module
along with the power cable, install category-C and category-B light
arresters before you connect the AC mains supply to the power system
to prevent the overvoltage caused by the direct lightning strike from
damaging the rectifier module.
Working Principle and Signal Flow

The UPM is fed by one 110 V/220 V AC mains power supply. The rectifier module converts
the input power into 48 V DC voltage to provide four DC branches and one battery branch.
When the UPM works normally, the monitoring module controls the rectifier module, storage
battery loop, and load loop, which work according to the preset parameters or user settings. The
monitoring module also monitors the status and data of the rectifier module, storage battery loop,
and load loop.
In the case of a mains supply failure, the equipment is fed by the storage battery group that is
connected to the UPM. The battery group must be connected to the UPM before the mains supply
fails. When the batteries start to discharge due to a mains supply failure, the monitoring module
reports the no-mains-supply alarm. With the discharge of the batteries, the battery voltage starts
to drop. When the battery voltage is lower than 45 V, the monitoring module reports the DC
undervoltage alarm. When the battery voltage reaches 43 V, the battery group enables the poweroff protection function to interrupt the connection between the battery group and the equipment.
As a result, the batteries are automatically protected.
When the mains supply is restored, the UPM resumes normal operations.
Interfaces and Indicators

Figure 10-17 shows the rear view of the EPS75-4815AF power system (subject to the UPM on
site).
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

222
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Figure 10-17 Front panel of the EPS75-4815AF power system
1. Control circuit breaker of the AC

input (30 A)
2. Control circuit breaker of the 3. Control circuit breaker of load 1 (10

battery branch (80 A)
A)
4. Control circuit breaker of load 2 (30 5. Control circuit breaker of

A)
load 3 (40 A)
6. Control circuit breaker of load 4 (40

A)
7. AC phase line terminal
9. Negative 48 V terminal of the battery

branch
8. AC zero line terminal
10. Negative 48 V terminal of the load 11. Positive 48 V terminal of

branch
the battery branch
12. Positive 48 V terminal of the load

branch
13. Connecting terminal of the PGND 14. DB44 signal interface

cable
15. Communication interface (COM)
16. Communication test interface

(TEST)
Interfaces
The front panel of the EPS75-4815AF has seven interfaces. Table 10-5 describes the types and
usage of the interfaces of the EPS75-4815AF.
Table 10-5 Interfaces of the EPS75-4815AF power system
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Type of Interface
Usage
Power
input
interface
Power interface
"7" and "8" indicate the AC mains input terminals, which

access 110 V/220 V AC power.
Power
output
interface
Power interface
The power output interfaces are in the lower left corner

on the front panel of the UPM. The terminals indicated
by "9" and "11" constitute a battery interface, through
which the power system is connected to the battery input
socket at the back of the storage battery box through a
battery cable. "10" and "12" indicate the output
interfaces of four loads. The output interfaces can supply
power to the OptiX OSN equipment by using power
cables.

223
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Interface
Type of Interface
Usage
Connectin
g terminal
of the
PGND
cable
Power interface
The UPM is grounded through the cabinet.
DB44
signal
interface
DB44
The backplane of the subrack can be connected to the

sensor transfer box (an optional device) through the
DB44 signal interface and to the monitoring module
through the 96-pin DIN connector. In addition, the
sensor transfer box can be connected to multiple sensors.
As a result, the monitoring function is extended.
Communi
cation
interface
(COM)
RJ45
Reserved
Communi
cation test
interface
(TEST)
RJ45
It is used for internal test.
Switch
button
Button
The switch buttons are on the left of the UPM, as shown

in Figure 10-17. "1" indicates the control circuit breaker
of the AC input (30 A), which enables and disables the
input of the AC mains supply. "2", "3", "4", and "5"
indicate the load control switches, which enable and
disable the load output.
Definition of DB44 signal pins

Table 10-6 provides the definition of DB44 signal pins.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

224
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Table 10-6 Definition of DB44 signal pins

Pin Diagram
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pin
Definiti
on
Function
Pin
Definit
ion
Function
24 V
Auxiliary power
output
23
SMOK
E
Smoke sensor
12 V
Auxiliary power
output
24
WATE
R
Water damage detection
12 V
Auxiliary power
output
25
DOOR
Door status switch (DSS)

signal detection
GND
Signal ground
26
WIRE
Distribution frame
connection
GND
Signal ground
27
JK1+
Positive terminal of dry

contact 1
SIM1
Voltage
detection of the
first battery pack
28
JK1-
Negative terminal of dry

contact 1
SIM2
Voltage
detection of the
second battery
pack
29
JK2+
Positive terminal of dry

contact 2
30
JK2-
Negative terminal of dry

contact 2
31
CONT1
O+
Positive terminal for output

control of optical coupler 1
10
GND
Signal ground
32
CONT1
O-
Negative terminal for output

11
VHUM
Ambient
humidity
measurement
33
CONT2
O+
Positive terminal for output

12
VBTEM
1
Battery
temperature
measurement 1
34
CONT2
O-
Negative terminal for output

13
VBTEM
2
Battery
temperature
measurement 2
35
FANCT
R1+
Positive terminal for fan

rotation control
14
VTEM1
Ambient
temperature
measurement 1
36
FANCT
R1-
Negative terminal for fan

rotation control

225
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin Diagram
10 Power Supply
Pin
Definiti
on
Function
Pin
Definit
ion
Function
15
VTEM2
Ambient
temperature
measurement 2
37
JKM1+
Positive terminal for a surge

protector failure alarm
16
JTD1
Backup 1
38
JKM1-
Negative terminal for a surge

protector failure alarm
17
JTD2
Backup 2
39
JKM2+
Positive terminal for an AC

power-off alarm
18
JTD3
Backup 3
40
JKM2-
Negative terminal for an AC

power-off alarm
19
JTD4
Backup 4
41
JKM3+
Positive terminal for a battery

undervoltage alarm
20
JTD5
Backup 5
42
JKM3-
Negative terminal for a

battery undervoltage alarm
21
JTD6
Backup 6
43
JKM4+
Positive terminal for power

supply system failure
22
JTD7
Backup 7
44
JKM4-
Negative terminal for power

supply system failure
Indicators
The front panel of each rectifier module has the following indicators:
l
Running status indicator (RUN) one color (green)
Alarm and protection indicator (ALM) one color (yellow)
Faulty state indicator (FAULT) one color (red)
The front panel of the monitoring module has the following indicators:
l
Power supply system fault indicator (ALM) one color (red)
Power supply system status indicator (RUN) one color (green)
Valid Slots
The UPM is case shaped. Therefore, the UPM does not occupy a slot in the subrack.
Technical Specifications
A UPM consists of five power boxes and thus realizes the protected power supply. The output
power of each UPM is 5 x 800 W.
Table 10-7 lists the power parameters of the UPM.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

226
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Table 10-7 Power parameters of the UPM

Parameter
Value
Voltage range
of the AC input
90-290 V AC
AC input
One single-phase three-wire system: 45-65 Hz
Rated input
current
28 A
Output
nominal
voltage
53.50.5 V
Rated output
current
DC output branches
Load circuit breaker 1: 10 A

Battery circuit breaker: 80 A
Total output DC current
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
37.53 A to 753 A
Regulated
voltage
precision
1%
Non-balance of
load sharing
5% (50%-100% load)
Rated
efficiency of
the integrated
equipment
89%
Power factor
0.99 (nominal input or output)
Peak-to-peak
noise voltage
200 mV (within the range of 20 MHz)
Electrical
network
adjustment rate
0.1%
Lightning
protection
performance
When the UPM works alone, the input end can bear the simulated lightning
surge current whose waveform is 8/20s and amplitude is 5 kA for five
times in both directions. The interval between two surges must be at least
one minute. If the lightning surge current is higher than the preceding
indexes, the UPM may be damaged and cannot work normally.
Cooling
method
The fan that is embedded in the rectifier module cools the module.

227
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
The mechanical specifications of the UPM are as follows:
l
Dimensions of the UPM: 436 mm (W) x 255 mm (D) x 133 mm (H) (17.2 in. (W) x 10.0
in. (D) x 5.2 in. (H))
Weight: 15 kg (33.1 lb.)
PDU Power Cables

A PDU power cable connects to a power distribution frame (PDF) at one end and to a PDU at
the other end.
Figure 10-18 shows the structure of the PDU power cables.
Figure 10-18 PDU power cables
1
1
X1
X2
3
To PDU
To power
distribute
cabinet
2
X3
X4
NEG(-)
1. JG two-hole naked
crimping connector
RTN(+)
2. OT one-hole naked
crimping connector
3. Cord end terminal
4. Cable
NOTE
and
can be used as -48 V or BGND cables. Select appropriate power cables depending on the power
terminals on the PDU.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

228
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Table 10-8 Technical parameters of power cables

Cable
Usage
Description
Connector
-48 V power
cable
Accepts -48 V
DC to the
equipment.
-48 V DC power cable

(blue)
X1: JG two-hole naked

crimping connector. It is
connected to a PIU board.
For 63 A power supply:

l If the required cable
length is less than 20
m, the cross-sectional
area of the cable must
be 16 mm2.
X2: OT one-hole naked

connected to the PDF.

length ranges from 20
m to 35, the crosssectional area of the
cable must be 25
mm2.
m to 50 m, the crosssectional area of the
cable must be 35
mm2.
The cross-sectional area
of the cable must be 35
mm2, and the cable length
cannot exceed 25 m.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

229
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Cable
Usage
Description
Connector
BGND cable
Connects the
battery ground
(BGND) to the
equipment.
BGND cable (black)
X3: JG two-hole naked

connected to a PIU board.

length is less than 20
m, the cross-sectional
area of the cable must
be 16 mm2.
X4: OT one-hole naked

connected to the PDF.

m to 35, the crosssectional area of the
cable must be 25
mm2.
m to 50 m, the crosssectional area of the
cable must be 35
mm2.
For 125A power supply:
The cross-sectional area
of the cable must be 35
mm2, and the cable length
cannot exceed 25 m.
PDU PGND Cables

One end of the PDU PGND Cables is connected to a protection ground screw of the power
distribution box. The other end is connected to the protection ground screw on the top of the
cabinet. The PDU PGND Cables is correctly connected before delivery.
Structure
Figure 10-19 shows the structure of the PDU PGND Cables.
Figure 10-19 Structure of the PDU PGND Cables
1
X1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
X2

230
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
1. OT naked crimping connector
2. Heat-shrink tube
Pin Assignment
None
The technical parameters of the PDU PGND Cables are listed in Table 10-9.
Table 10-9 Technical parameters of the PDU PGND Cables
Item
Description
Connector X1/X2
Naked crimping terminal-OT-10-6
Type of the cable
Electric power cable-450/750V-227IEC02

(RV)-10 mm2 (0.02 in.2)-Yellow/Green-62 A
10.1.4 Internal Power (from the Cabinet to Subracks)

PIU
A PIU board is used to power boards inside a subrack.
Mappings Between the Board and Equipment

The following provides the board(s) supported by the product. However, the availability of the
board(s) is subject to PCNs. For PCN information, contact the product manager at your local
Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Boar
d
8800 T64
Subrack
8800 T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
TN11
PIU

231
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Boar
d
8800 T64
Subrack
8800 T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
TN16
PIU
TN18
PIU
TN51
PIU
Function
Accesses DC power in a range from -40 V to -72 V and provides lightning protection and power
filtering functions.
TN16PIU supports intelligent ammeter function, which enables the TN16PIU to detect the power
consumption of the entire subrack and report the power consumption to the system control unit.
TN18PIU provides 3.3 V power supply in centralized manner, with the maximum power of 40
W.
NOTE
The overcurrent protection function for the access power supplies of each subrack is realized by the magnetic
circuit breaker of the PDU.
Front Panel
l
Appearance
Figure 10-20 Front panel of the TN11PIU
PIU
RUN
NEG(-)
RTN(+)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

232
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
PIU
RTN(+)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
PWR
NEG(-)

233
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
RTN(+)
NEG(-)

NOTE
As shown in the following figures, two types of front panel are available for The TN51PIU board. The
difference between the two types of front panel lies in the silkscreen.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

234
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
PIU
RTN(+)
PWR
NEG(-)
PIU
RTN
PWR
-48V
Indicator:
Running status indicator (PWR/RUN) - green
Valid Slots
Table 10-10 Valid slots for the TN11PIU
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 6800 subrack
IU19 and IU20

235
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply

Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
IU69, IU70, IU78, IU79, IU80, IU81, IU88, and IU89
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
IU39, IU40, IU45, and IU46
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU20 and IU23

Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800

universal platform
subrack
IU17 and IU18

Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
IU69, IU70, IU78, IU79, IU80, IU81, IU88, and IU89
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
IU39, IU40, IU45, and IU46
Specifications
l
Performance Specifications
Table 10-14 Performance specifications of the PIU board
Item
Specifications
Number of DC input power

supplies
Input DC power voltage range
-48 V DC: -40 V to -57.6 V

-60 V DC: -48 V to -72 V
Input DC power current
TN11PIU: 30A
TN16PIU/TN18PIU/TN51PIU: 60A
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

236
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Dimensions of front panel:
TN11PIU: 28 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 65 mm (H) (1.1 in. (W) x 8.7 in. (D) x 2.6 in.
(H))
TN16PIU/TN51PIU: 50.8 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 80 mm (H) (2.0 in. (W) x 8.7 in.
(D) x 3.1 in. (H))
TN18PIU: 25 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 120 mm (H) (0.98 in. (W) x 8.7 in. (D) x 4.72
in. (H))
Weight:
TN11PIU: 0.5 kg (1.1 lb.)
TN16PIU: 0.65 kg (1.43 lb.)
TN18PIU: 0.45 kg (0.99 lb.)
TN51PIU: 0.5 kg (1.10 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11PIU
24
38
TN16PIU
3.6
TN18PIU
7.5
TN51PIU
a: The maximum power consumption is the power consumed by the board when it works
normally under the highest ambient temperature.
Subrack Power Cables

One end of a power cable is connected to the power distribution frame (PDF), and the other end
is connected to a PIU board.
Figure 10-24 shows the subrack power cables. The main difference between them is the
terminals equipped on both ends. Select proper subrack power cables depending on the power
terminals on the PIU boards and PDU. It is recommended that Huawei-supplied power cables
be used. If power cables need to be customized at the site, the power currents and cable lengths
must be considered to ensure proper power supplied to the subrack.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

237
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Figure 10-24 Structure of the subrack power cables

1
1
1
2
1
3
4
4
4
To
PIU
To
PDU
3
5
A
A3
A2
A1
W2
X2
4
W1
X3
W2
X2
X1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
X3
X1
A3
A2
A1
W1
A3
A2
A1
X1
W1
X3
W2
X2

238
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
NEG(-)
RTN(+)
1. JG two-hole naked crimping connector
2. Cord end terminal
3. Cable
4. OT one-hole naked crimping connector
5. Cable connector
6. Cable clip
For the pin assignment of subrack power cables
6 , 7 , and 8 , refer to Table 10-15.
Table 10-15 Pin assignment of the subrack power cables

Cable
Cable
Connector
Cord End
Terminal
Mapping
Core Color
W2
X1 connects to
A1
X2
A1 corresponds
to X2.
Blue (-48 V
power)
W1
X1 connects to
A3
X3
A3 corresponds
to X3.
Black (power
ground)
Subrack PGND Cables

One end of subrack PGND cables to the ground screw on the side column near the subrack. The
other end is connected to the ground screw on the subrack
Structure
Figure 10-25 shows the structure of the subrack PGND cable.
Figure 10-25 Structure of the subrack PGND cables
1
X1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
X2

239
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
1. OT naked crimping connector
2. Heat-shrink tube
Pin Assignment
None
The technical parameters of subrack PGND cables are listed in Table 10-16.
Table 10-16 Technical parameters of the subrack PGND cables
Item
Description
Connector X1/X2
Naked crimping terminal-OT-10-6
Type of the cable
Electric power cable-450/750V-227IEC02

(RV)-10 mm2 (0.02 in.2)-Yellow/Green-62 A

The universal platform subrack can be AC powered.
10.2.1 AC Power Requirement

Table 10-17 provides the requirements on AC voltage and current of a universal platform
subrack.
Table 10-17 Requirements on AC voltage and current of a universal platform subrack
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Item
Requirement
Rated
working
current
220 V (Input voltage): 29.9 A
Nominal
working
voltage
220 V AC/110V AC
110 V (Input voltage): 22.4 A

240
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Item
Requirement
Working
voltage
range
90 V AC to 290 V AC
10.2.2 APIU
In an AC power configuration, the universal platform subrack must be equipped with TN18APIU
boards to power the boards inside the subrack.
Function
The TN18APIU board accepts AC power ranging from 90 V to 290 V. It offers surge protection
and power filtering functions.
Front Panel
l
Appearance
Figure 10-26 Front panel of the TN18APIU
Indicator: dual-colored (red, green)
Valid Slots
U16, IU17 and IU18 together house two TN18APIU boards.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

241
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Specifications
l
Table 10-18 Performance specifications of the APIU
Item
Unit
Value
Input power voltage range
V
(AC)
90 to 290
Input frequency
Hz
50/60
Input power current
A
(AC)
16.5
Output rated voltage
V
(DC)
-53.5
Output rated current
A
(DC)
220 V (Input voltage) : 29.9
220 V (Input voltage) : 1600
Output power
110 V (Input voltage) : 22.4
110 V (Input voltage) : 1200
Dimensions of front panel: 119.6 mm (H) x 50.3 mm (W) x 261.2 mm (D) or 4.7 in. (H) x
2.0 in. (W) x 10.3 in. (D)
Weight: 1.82 kg (4.01 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board
Input Voltage (V)
Typical Power
Consumption
(W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona
(W)
TN18APIU
220
142.6
157.6
110
169.1
184.1
10.2.3 Power Connection Scheme

In an AC power configuration, APIU boards must be used to provide AC power for the chassis.
Figure 10-27 shows an AC power cable.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

242
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Figure 10-27 Appearance of an AC power cable
10.3 3800 DC Power Supply

The DC power supply of OptiX OSN 3800 is the same as that of OptiX OSN 8800/6800. For
details, see 10.1.2 Power Supply Description.
10.3.1 DC Power Requirement

OptiX OSN 3800 have the same PDU requirements as the OptiX OSN 8800/6800. For details
of the requirements, see OptiX OSN 8800/6800 Power Requirements.
Table 10-19 provides the requirements on DC voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 3800
chassis.
Table 10-19 Requirements on DC voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 3800 chassis
Item
Requirement
Rated working current
8.75A
Nominal working voltage
-48 V DC/-60 V DC
Working voltage range
-48 V DC: -40 V to -57.6 V

-60 V DC: -48 V to -72 V
10.3.2 PIU
In a DC power configuration, the OptiX OSN 3800 chassis must be equipped with TN21APIU
boards to power the boards inside the chassis.
Function
The PIU board accepts DC power ranging from -40 V to -72 V. It offers surge protection and
power filtering functions.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

243
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Front Panel
l
Appearance:
RUN
DO not hot
plug this unit
S1
S4
S2
AUX
SCC
SCC
PIU
PIU
S5
S11
S6
NEG(-)
RTN(+)
PIU
Indicator:
Running status indicator (RUN) - green
Valid Slots
IU6 and IU7
Specifications
l
Table 10-20 Performance specifications of the PIU
Item
Specifications
Number of DC input power

supplies
Input DC power voltage range
-48 V DC: -40 V to -57.6 V

-60 V DC: -48 V to -72 V
Input DC power current
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
10.5 A
244
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Dimensions of front panel: 218.50 mm (H) x 107.76 mm (W) or 8.6 in. (H) x 4.2 in. (W)
Weight: 0.45 kg (1.0 lb.)
l
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN21PIU
10
12

In a DC power configuration, the OptiX OSN 3800 accepts external power in the same way as
the OptiX OSN 6800. For more information, see 10.1.3 External Power (from the PDF to the
Cabinet). The OptiX OSN 3800 distributes power to its boards in a similar way to the OptiX
OSN 6800 does. The PIU and PDU are connected in the same way for OptiX OSN 3800 and
OptiX OSN 6800. For more information, see 10.1.4 Internal Power (from the Cabinet to
Subracks).

10.4.1 AC Power Requirement
Table 10-21 provides the requirements on AC voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 3800
chassis.
Table 10-21 Requirements on AC voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 3800
Item
Requirement
1.7 A
220 V AC
90 V AC to 285 V AC
10.4.2 APIU
In an AC power configuration, the OptiX OSN 3800 chassis must be equipped with TN21APIU
boards to power the boards inside the chassis.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

245
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Function
The APIU board accepts AC power ranging from 90 V to 285 V. It offers surge protection and
power filtering functions.
Front Panel
l
Appearance
Figure 10-29 Front panel of the APIU
APIU
RUN
ON
OFF
~100-240V
S1 S11 APIU
S2
S3 APIU
S4 SCC
S5 AUX
Indicator:
Valid Slots
IU6, IU7 and IU8 together house two APIU boards. That is, each APIU requires 1.5 slots.
Specifications
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

246
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Table 10-22 Performance specifications of the APIU
Item
Unit
Value
Input power voltage range
V
(AC)
90~285
Input frequency
Hz
50
Input power current
A
(AC)
Output rated voltage
V
(DC)
-48
Output rated current
A
(DC)
6.3
Output power
300
Dimensions of front panel: 37.5 mm (H) x 100 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) or 1.5 in. (H) x 3.9
in. (W) x 8.7 in. (D)
Weight: 0.8 kg (1.8lb.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN21APIU
50
55

In an AC power configuration, APIU boards must be used to provide AC power for the chassis.
Figure 10-30 shows an AC power cable.
Figure 10-30 Appearance of an AC power cable
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

247
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
10.5 Power Redundancy

Two PIU boards or two APIU boards in hot backup mode supply power to one subrack at the
same time. When one of the boards becomes faulty, the other board continues to supply power
to the subrack to ensure that the subrack can still function properly.
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 Power Redundancy

The power distribution and redundancy for the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 and general
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 are shown in Figure 10-31 and Figure 10-32, respectively. Each area is
configured with a pair of power supplies in mutual backup. The normal operation of the
equipment is not affected in the case of failure of any external input -48 V/-60V power supply
of each area.
Figure 10-31 Power distribution and redundancy for the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack
Mutual backup DC input for area 1
IU91
PIU
IU69
IU
19
IU
5
IU
24
IU
6
IU
25
IU
7
STG
IU74
IU75
IU
26
IU
27
IU
9
IU
10
IU
8
IU
28
EF
I1
IU
76
IU
77
IU
29
IU
30
PIU
IU78
IU
31
IU
32
PIU
IU79
IU
33
IU
34
PIU
IU80
IU
53
IU
54
PIU
IU81
IU
55
IU
56
STI
IU82
IU
57
IU
58
IU
83
IU
59
SCC
STG
IU85
IU86
IU
60
IU
43
IU
11
IU
12
IU
13
IU
14
IU
15
IU
16
IU
17
IU
18
IU
35
IU
36
IU
37
IU
38
IU
39
IU
40
IU
41
IU90
ATE
IU87
PIU
IU88
PIU
IU89
IU
61
IU
62
IU
63
IU
64
IU
65
IU
66
IU
67
IU
68
IU
45
IU
46
IU
47
IU
48
IU
49
IU
50
IU
51
IU
52
IU
44
IU
42
IU92
Front
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
IU
84
Cross-connect board
IU
4
IU
23
SCC
A
U
X
Cross-connect board
IU
3
IU
22
IU
72
IU
73
Cross-connect board
IU
2
IU
21
EFI2
IU71
IU93
Cross-connect board
IU
1
IU
20
PIU
IU70
A
U
X
Rear

248
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Figure 10-32 Power distribution and redundancy for the general OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack

IU
19
IU
1
IU
20
IU
2
IU
21
IU
3
IU
22
IU
4
IU
23
IU
5
IU
24
IU
6
IU
72
IU
25
IU
7
IU
73
IU
26
SCC
STG
IU74
IU75
IU
9
IU
10
IU
8
IU
27
IU
28
EF
I1
IU
76
IU
77
IU
29
IU
30
PIU
PIU
PIU
PIU
STI
IU78
IU79
IU80
IU81
IU82
IU
31
IU
32
IU
33
IU
34
IU
53
IU
54
IU
55
IU
56
IU
57
IU
58
IU
83
IU
59
IU
84
IU
60
Cross-connet board
EFI2
IU71
Cross-connet board
PIU
IU70
Cross-connet board
PIU
IU69
IU93
A
U
X
IU
43
IU
11
IU
12
IU
13
IU
14
IU
15
IU
16
IU
17
IU
18
IU
35
IU
36
IU
37
IU
38
IU
39
IU
40
IU
41
SCC
STG
IU85
IU86
Cross-connet board
IU91
A
U
X
ATE
IU87
PIU
PIU
IU88
IU89
IU
61
IU
62
IU
63
IU
64
IU
65
IU
66
IU
67
IU
68
IU
45
IU
46
IU
47
IU
48
IU
49
IU
50
IU
51
IU
52
IU
44
IU
42
IU92
IU90
Front
Rear

As shown in Figure 10-33. Each area is configured with a pair of power supplies in mutual
backup. The normal operation of the equipment is not affected in the case of failure of any
external input -48 V/-60V power supply of each area.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

249
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Figure 10-33 Power distribution and redundancy for the OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack
IU51
EFI2
IU37
EFI1
IU38
PIU
IU39
PIU
IU40
AUX STG
IU43
IU41 IU42
STG
IU44
PIU
IU45
PIU
IU46
STI
IU47
ATE
IU48
SCC
Cross-connect board
Cross-connect board
IU20 IU21 IU22 IU23 IU24 IU25 IU26 IU27
IU
9
IU
10

IU28
SCC
IU1 IU2
IU3 IU4 IU5 IU6 IU7 IU8

IU11
IU50
NOTE
The power distribution and redundancy for the enhanced subrack and general subrack is the same.

As shown in Figure 10-34. OptiX OSN 8800 T16 is configured with a pair of power supplies
of mutual backup. The normal operation of the equipment is not affected in the case of failure
of any external input -48 V/-60V power supply.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

250
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
Figure 10-34 Power redundancy for the OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack
Mutual backup DC input
IU20
PIU
IU19
EFI
IU21
AUX
IU9
IU
1
IU
2
IU
3
IU
4
IU
5
IU
6
IU
7
IU23
PIU
IU22
IU10
IU
8
IU
11
IU25
IU24
ATE
IU
12
IU
13
IU
14
IU
15
IU
16
IU
17
IU
18
FAN
OptiX OSN 8800 Universal Platform Subrack Power Redundancy

As shown in Figure 10-35. OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack is configured with a
pair of DC power supplies of mutual backup. The normal operation of the equipment is not
affected in the case of failure of any external input -48 V/-60V power supply.
Figure 10-35 DC Power redundancy for the OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

251
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
As shown in Figure 10-36. OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack is configured with a
pair of AC power supplies of mutual backup. The normal operation of the equipment is not
affected in the case of failure of any external input 220 V or 110 V AC power supply.
Figure 10-36 AC Power redundancy for the OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack
IU2
Mutual backup
AC input
IU1
APIU
IU3 IU4 IU5 IU6 IU7 IU8 IU9 IU10 IU11 IU12 IU13 IU14 IU15
APIU
Fiber cabling area

IU19
Fan
OptiX OSN 6800 Power Redundancy

As shown in Figure 10-37. OptiX OSN 6800 is configured with a pair of power supplies of
mutual backup. The normal operation of the equipment is not affected in the case of failure of
any external input -48 V/-60V power supply.
Figure 10-37 Power redundancy for the OptiX OSN 6800 subrack
SCC
IU17 IU18
IU20
PIU
Mutual backup
DC input
IU1 IU2 IU3 IU4 IU5 IU6 IU7 IU8 IU9 IU10 IU11 IU12 IU13 IU14 IU15 IU16
IU19
PIU
IU21
AUX
VOA area
Fan
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

252
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

10 Power Supply
OptiX OSN 3800 Power Redundancy

l
DC power redundancy
As shown in Figure 10-38. OptiX OSN 3800 is configured with a pair of power supplies
of mutual backup. The normal operation of the equipment is not affected in the case of
failure of any external input -48 V/-60V DC power supply.
IU1
FAN
IU11
IU6/PIU
IU2
IU7/PIU
IU3
IU8/SCC
IU4
IU9/SCC
IU5
IU10/AUX
Mutual backup
DC input
Figure 10-38 DC Power redundancy for the OptiX OSN 3800 chassis
AC power redundancy
As shown in Figure 10-39. OptiX OSN 3800 is configured with a pair of AC power supplies
of mutual backup. The normal operation of the equipment is not affected in the case of
failure of any external input 110 V AC power supply.
IU1
IU11
IU6/APIU
IU2
FAN
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
IU3
IU7/APIU
IU4
IU9/SCC
IU5
IU10/AUX

Mutual backup
AC input
Figure 10-39 AC Power redundancy for the OptiX OSN 3800 chassis
253
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

11 Frames
11
Frames
About This Chapter

11.1 DCM Frame and DCM Module
DCM modules are installed in DCM frames and are used to compensate for the positive
dispersion of transmission fibers to help maintain the shape of a propagated signal.
11.2 CRPC Frame
The CRPC frame holds a CRPC board, a fan tray assembly, and a power distribution unit. The
frame is installed in an open rack.
11.3 Fiber Spooling Frame
The fiber spooling frame is used to store fiber jumpers in a coil.
11.4 E2000-ODF
E2000-ODF is a functional box that enables fiber splicing and fiber distribution between highpower optical amplifier boards and an ODF. E2000-ODF can house a maximum of six pairs of
LSH/APC-LSH/APC (E2000-E2000) connectors. It decreases the number of common fiber
connectors and helps ensure the cleanness of fiber end faces to effectively reduce link loss.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

254
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

11 Frames
11.1 DCM Frame and DCM Module

DCM modules are installed in DCM frames and are used to compensate for the positive
dispersion of transmission fibers to help maintain the shape of a propagated signal.
After an optical signal is transmitted over a certain distance, the optical signal pulse expands
because of the accumulation of positive dispersion. This pulse expansion has a negative impact
on system transmission performance. Therefore, dispersion compensation modules (DCMs),
which are passive devices, are required to compensate for the positive dispersion. DCMs use
the inherent negative dispersion of a dispersion compensating fiber to offset the positive
dispersion of transmission fibers to prevent pulse expansion.
Depending on the technology that DCMs use, two types of DCMs are available: dispersion
compensating fiber (DCF)-DCMs and fiber Bragg grating (FBG)-DCMs.
These DCMs can compensate for the following transmission distances: 5 km (3.1 mi.), 10 km
(6.2 mi.), 20 km (12.4 mi.), 40 km (24.8 mi.), 60 km (37.3 mi.), 80 km (49.7 mi.), 100 km (62.1
mi.), 120 km (74.6 mi.), 160 km (99.4 mi.), 200 km (124.2 mi.), and 240 km (149.1 mi.).
Each DCM frame can hold up to two DCM modules. The left- and right-side mounting ears
attach the DCM frame to the columns of a cabinet. For the appearance of the DCM, see Figure
11-1.
Figure 11-1 Appearance of the DCM frame
1. DCM frame
2. DCMs
Table 11-1, Table 11-2, Table 11-3 and Table 11-4 describes the performance requirements
for C-band dispersion compensation in different fibers. Each DCM supports a dispersion slope
compensation rate (DSCR) within the range of 90% to 110% and an operating wavelength within
the range of 1528 nm to 1568 nm.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

255
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

11 Frames
Table 11-1 Performance requirements for C-band DCMs (G.652 fibers)

DCM Module
Transmission
Distance (mi./
km)
Max.
Insertion
Loss (dB)
PMD
(ps)
PDL
(dB)
Max.
Allowable
Powera
(dBm)
DCM(S)
3.1/5
2.3
0.3
0.1
20
DCM(T)
6.2/10
2.8
0.3
0.1
20
DCM(A)
12.4/20
3.3
0.4
0.1
20
DCM(B)
24.8/40
4.7
0.5
0.1
20
DCM(C)
37.3/60
6.4
0.6
0.1
20
DCM(D)
49.7/80
0.7
0.1
20
DCM(E)
62.1/100
0.8
0.1
20
DCM(F)
74.5/120
9.8
0.8
0.1
20
FBG-DCM(D)
49.7/80
1.0
0.2
23
FBG-DCM(E)
62.1/100
1.0
0.2
23
FBG-DCM(F)
74.5/120
1.0
0.2
23
FBG-DCM(H)
99.4/160
1.6
0.4
23
FBG-DCM(J)
124.2/200
1.6
0.4
23
FBG-DCM(L)
149.1/240
1.6
0.4
23
a: The Max. Allowable Power refers to the maximum input optical power allowed into the
optical module without causing damage.
Table 11-2 Performance requirements for C-band DCMs (G.655 LEAF fibers)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
DCM Module
Transmission
Distance (mi./
km)
Max.
Insertion
Loss (dB)
PMD
(ps)
PDL
(dB)
Max.
Allowable
Powera
(dBm)
DCM(A)
12.4/20
0.4
0.3
20
DCM(B)
24.8/40
0.5
0.3
20
DCM(C)
37.3/60
5.9
0.7
0.3
20
DCM(D)
49.7/80
6.9
0.8
0.3
20
DCM(E)
62.1/100
7.8
0.9
0.3
20
DCM(F)
74.5/120
8.8
1.0
0.3
20

256
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

11 Frames
DCM Module
Transmission
Distance (mi./
km)
Max.
Insertion
Loss (dB)
PMD
(ps)
PDL
(dB)
Max.
Allowable
Powera
(dBm)
FBG-DCM(F)
74.5/120
3.7
1.0
0.2
23
FBG-DCM(H)
99.4/160
3.7
1.0
0.2
23
FBG-DCM(J)
124.2/200
3.7
1.0
0.2
23
FBG-DCM(L)
149.1/240
3.7
1.0
0.2
23
Table 11-3 Performance requirements for C-band DCMs (G.653 fibers)

DCM
Module
Transmission
Distance (mi./
km)
Max.
Insertion
Loss (dB)
PMD
(ps)
PDL
(dB)
Max.
Allowable
Powera
(dBm)
DCM(S)
3.1/5
0.2
0.1
20
DCM(T)
6.2/10
0.3
0.1
20
DCM(A)
12.4/20
0.5
0.1
20
Table 11-4 Performance requirements for C-band DCMs (TW-RS fibers)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
DCM
Module
Transmission
Distance (mi./
km)
Max.
Insertion
Loss (dB)
PMD
(ps)
PDL
(dB)
Max.
Allowable
Powera
(dBm)
DCM(A)
12.4/20
2.3
0.3
0.1
20
DCM(B)
24.8/40
2.8
0.3
0.1
20
DCM(C)
37.3/60
3.3
0.4
0.1
20
DCM(D)
49.7/80
3.8
0.4
0.1
20
DCM(E)
62.1/100
4.2
0.5
0.1
20
DCM(F)
74.5/120
4.7
0.5
0.1
20

257
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

11 Frames
DCM
Module
Transmission
Distance (mi./
km)
Max.
Insertion
Loss (dB)
PMD
(ps)
PDL
(dB)
Max.
Allowable
Powera
(dBm)
Table 11-5 Mechanical specifications of the DCM frame

Parameter
Specifications
Dimensions (H x
W x D)
48 mm (1.9 in.) x 484 mm (19.1 in.) x 270.5 mm (10.6 in.)
Weight
1.5 kg (3.3 lb.)
11.2 CRPC Frame

The CRPC frame holds a CRPC board, a fan tray assembly, and a power distribution unit. The
frame is installed in an open rack.
Figure 11-2 shows the appearance of the CRPC frame. Situated in the middle of the frame is a
CRPC board. On the left of the frame is a fan tray assembly, and on the right is a power source
with two power inputs in mutual backup.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

258
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

11 Frames
Figure 11-2 CRPC frame appearance
2
1
1: Fan tray assembly
2: CRPC board
3: Power distribution box
Table 11-6 Mechanical specifications of the CRPC frame

Parameter
Value
86 mm (3.4 in.) x 535 mm (21.1 in.) x 257 mm (10.1

in.)
Weight
3 kg (6.6 lb)
Table 11-7 Voltage and current requirements for the CRPC frame
Parameter
Specifications
5A
-48V DC/-60V DC
-48V DC: -40V DC to -57.6V DC

-60V DC: -48V DC to -72V DC
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

259
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

11 Frames
11.3 Fiber Spooling Frame

The fiber spooling frame is used to store fiber jumpers in a coil.
Appearance
The fiber spool box is installed at the bottom of the cabinet, more than 50 mm away from the
chassis. Figure 11-3 shows a fiber spooling frame.
Figure 11-3 Fiber spooling frame
2
3
5
6
1. VOA area
2. Mechanical VOA pen
5. Mounting ear
6. Fiber spool
3. Fiber holder
4. Captive screw
Specifications of the Fiber Spooling Frame

l
Dimensions: 442 mm (W) x 283 mm (D) x 44 mm (H) (17.4 in. (W) x 11.1 in. (D) x 1.7
in. (H))
Maximum Capacity: A maximum of 40 fibers can be threaded into an fiber spooling frame
from each side, and the maximum total fiber length is 50 m.
11.4 E2000-ODF
E2000-ODF is a functional box that enables fiber splicing and fiber distribution between highpower optical amplifier boards and an ODF. E2000-ODF can house a maximum of six pairs of
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

260
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

11 Frames
LSH/APC-LSH/APC (E2000-E2000) connectors. It decreases the number of common fiber

connectors and helps ensure the cleanness of fiber end faces to effectively reduce link loss.
E2000-ODF can be installed in a 19-inch cabinet or ETSI cabinet. The following figures show
its appearance and structure.
Figure 11-4 E2000-ODF appearance
E2000-ODF
Figure 11-5 E2000-ODF structure
1. Fiber spool: coils redundant fiber patch cords. 2. LSH/APC-LSH/APC (E2000-E2000) connectors: connect
to LSH/APC fiber patch cords and provide protection.
3. Dustproof cap: protects a connector port.
4. Splicing tray: protects fusion splicing points and coils

redundant fiber patch cords.
The following figure shows the appearance of an LSH/APC-LSH/APC (E2000-E2000)

connector.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

261
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

11 Frames
Figure 11-6 LSH/APC optical connector
The following table lists the mechanical specifications of E2000-ODF.

Table 11-8 E2000-ODF mechanical specifications
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Item
Specifications
43.6 mm (H) x 482.6 mm (W) x 265 mm (D)
Weight
5 kg
Connector type
LSH/APC-LSH/APC (E2000-E2000)
Fiber quantity
6 fibers

262
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

12 Overview of Boards
12
Overview of Boards
About This Chapter

12.1 Board Appearance and Dimensions
The board appearance and dimensions include the board appearance, dimensions, and the laser
hazard level label.
12.2 Introduction to Working Modes of OTUs, Tributary Boards and Line Boards
12.3 Interconnection Requirements for Tributary Boards and Line Boards
12.4 General Principles for Configuring Electrical Cross-Connections
Electrical cross-connections include inter-board cross-connections (namely, cross-connections
between boards) and intra-board cross-connections (namely, cross-connections inside a board).
This topic describes the concepts, port types, configuration principles, and applications of the
two types of electrical cross-connections.
12.5 Board Bar Code Overview
A board bar code is a scanner-readable representation of data (such as the name, version, and
model) relating to the board to which it is attached. There are one-dimensional bar codes and
two-dimensional bar codes.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

263
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

12.1 Board Appearance and Dimensions

The board appearance and dimensions include the board appearance, dimensions, and the laser
hazard level label.
12.1.1 Appearance and Dimensions

This section describes the appearance and dimensions of the board.
NOTICE
Always wear a properly grounded ESD wrist strap when holding a board to prevent static from
damaging the board.
Table 12-1 shows the appearance and dimensions of the different board types.
Table 12-1 Board appearance and dimensions
Board Appearance
Width
Board Name
Numbe
r of
Slots
Per
Board
Heig
ht
(mm
/in.)
Wi
dt
h
(m
m/
in.
)
Dep
th
(m
m/
in.)
TN11L4G
264.6
/10.4
25.
4/1
.0
220.
0/8.
7
Height
Depth
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

264
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board Appearance
Width
Board Name
Numbe
r of
Slots
Per
Board
Heig
ht
(mm
/in.)
Wi
dt
h
(m
m/
in.
)
Dep
th
(m
m/
in.)
TN11OAU1
264.6
/10.4
50.
8
220.
0/8.
7
TN11M40
264.6
/10.4
76.
2
220.
0/8.
7
TN11AUX
107.6
/4.2
25.
4/1
.0
220.
0/8.
7
Height
Depth
Width
Height
Depth
Width
Height
Depth
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

265
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board Appearance
Width
Board Name
Numbe
r of
Slots
Per
Board
Heig
ht
(mm
/in.)
Wi
dt
h
(m
m/
in.
)
Dep
th
(m
m/
in.)
TN11LSXL
264.6
/10.4
10
1.6
/
4.0
220.
0/8.
7
TN21MR4
118.9
/4.7
25.
4/1
.0
220.
0/8.
7
Height
Depth
Width
Height
Depth
12.1.2 Symbols on Boards

This section describes the symbols on boards.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

266
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 12-2 Symbols on Boards

Label
Type
Description
Laser safety
class label
Indicates that the laser

safety class of boards
is HAZARD LEVEL
1M and there may be
laser radiation. It
warns users not to
directly look into fiber
connectors without
taking any protection
measures; instead an
optical instrument
that can attenuate
optical power must be
used.
Fiber type
label
It specifies the fiber

type for the boards.
CAUTION
HAZARD LEVEL 1M INVISIBLE

LASER RADIATION
DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH
NON-ATTENUATING OPTICAL
INSTRUMENTS
G.657A2 FIBER ONLY

G.657A2
NOTE
To prevent the cabinet
door from squeezing
fibers, the board can
use G.657A2 fibers.
WARNING:FIBERS MUST
!
BE CONNECTED BEFORE
POWER UP
Warning
label
Applies to CRPC
boards. It provides
precautions for the
boards.
Heat hazard
label
Indicates that the

board surface
temperature is high
and it may cause body
injury.
Warning
label
Applies to PIU
boards.
It warns the user to
shut down the PDU
power inputs
corresponding to a
PIU board before the
user replaces the PIU
board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

267
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Label
Type
Description
Suggestion
label
Applies to PIU
boards.
It advises the user to
consult related
documents for
operations specific to
PIU boards.
12.2 Introduction to Working Modes of OTUs, Tributary

Boards and Line Boards
12.2.1 Convergence and Non-convergence Applications of
Tributary Boards
This section introduces the concepts of convergence and non-convergence applications of
tributary boards.
Convergence Application
Convergence application means multiple client services are aggregated into one ODUk signal
to improve the bandwidth utilization.
Figure 12-1 uses the TOM board as an example to illustrate the convergence application.
Figure 12-1 Convergence application
Client-side
WDM-side
ESCON
ESCON
GE
GE
TOM board
ODU1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
FC100
FC100
STM-1
STM-1
Line
board
OTUk
ODU1
Aggregation

268
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Non-convergence Application
Non-convergence application means that each client service is directly mapped into an ODUk
signal that matches the client service. In this application, flexible service grooming is achieved.
Figure 12-2 uses the TQX board as an example to illustrate the non-convergence application.
Figure 12-2 Non-convergence application
Client-side
WDM-side
TQX board
FC800
FC800
ODU2
STM-64
STM-64
ODU2
10GE-WAN
10GE-WAN
ODU2
10GE-LAN
10GE-LAN
ODU2
Line board
Line board
OTUk
OTUk
Directly-Mapped
10Gbit/s Service
12.2.2 Convergent and Non-convergent OTUs

This section introduces the concepts of convergent and non-convergent OTUs.
Convergent OTUs
a convergent OTU board aggregates multiple client services into one ODUk signals, or
aggregates multiplex multiple lower order ODUk signals into one higher order ODUk signals.
Figure 12-3 uses the LQM board as an example to illustrate mapping client services into an
ODU1 signals. Figure 12-4 uses the LOA board as an example to illustrate multiplexing lower
order ODUk into higher order ODUk.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

269
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 12-3 Convergent OTU (mapping client services into an ODU1 signals)
WDM-side
Client-side
LQM board
ESCON
ESCON
GE
GE
OTU1
ODU1
FC100
FC100
STM-1
STM-1
OTU1
ODU1
Aggregation
Figure 12-4 Convergent OTU (multiplexing lower order ODUk into higher order ODUk)
WDM-side
Client-side
LOA board
STM-16/OC-48
STM-16/OC-48
ODU1
FC200
FC200
ODU1
ODU2
OTU1
OTU1
ODU1
HD-SDI
HD-SDI
ODU1
OTU2
OTU2
Four channels of ODU1

multiplex to one channel of
ODU2.
Non-convergent OTUs
A non-convergent OTU board maps one client services directly into an ODUk signals with a
rate matching the client service, and maps one ODUk signals directly into one OTUk signals.
Figure 12-5 uses the LDX board as an example to illustrate non-convergent OTUs.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

270
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 12-5 Non-convergence application (mapping one client services directly into an ODUk
signals)
Client-side
WDM-side
LDX board
STM-64
STM-64
ODU2
OTU2
OTU2
10GE-LAN
10GE-LAN
ODU2
OTU2
OTU2
Directly-Mapped
ODU2
12.2.3 Standard Mode and Compatible Mode

Starting from V100R006C01, some boards support new board models. To distinguish new
models from existing models, the new board models are marked as standard mode and the
existing board models are marked as compatible mode. For boards in standard mode, only
channels or physical ports are presented in the models and NMS, with service mapping paths
displayed for the channels or physical ports. All ODU layers are allocated to the physical ports.
When configuring cross-connections, users do not need to know the internal ports on the boards.
Compared with the compatible mode, the standard mode makes operations easier and has fewer
end-to-end trail layers, reducing maintenance costs.
Boards Supporting the Standard Mode

Table 12-3 lists the boards that support standard mode, the names of the boards on the NMS.
Table 12-3 Board names displayed on the NMS
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Name of Board in
Standard Mode
(Displayed Only When
the Logical Board Is
Added)
Name of Board in
Compatible Mode
Added)
Board Name (Displayed

in the NE Panel)
53TDX(STND)
53TDX
53TDX
54THA(STND)
54THA
54THA
54TOA(STND)
54TOA
54TOA
55TOX
55TOX
56TOX
56TOX
55TQX(STND)
55TQX
55TQX
54TSC
54TSC

271
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Name of Board in
Standard Mode
Added)
Name of Board in
Compatible Mode
Added)
Board Name (Displayed

in the NE Panel)
54TSXL
54TSXL
54TTX
54TTX
55TTX
55TTX
52ND2(STND)
52ND2
52ND2
53ND2
53ND2(COMP)
53ND2
55NO2
55NO2
53NQ2
53NQ2(COMP)
53NQ2
52NS2(STND)
52NS2
52NS2
53NS2
53NS2(COMP)
53NS2
54NS3(STND)
54NS3
54NS3
55NS3
55NS3
56NS3
56NS3
54NS4
54NS4
56NS4
56NS4
57NS4
57NS4
54NS4M
54NS4M
54HUNQ2
54HUNQ2
54HUNS3
54HUNS3
54ENQ2(STND)
54ENQ2
54ENQ2
55NPO2(STND)
55NPO2
55NPO2
55NPO2E
55NPO2E
The hyphen (-) indicates that the compatible mode is not supported.
When electrical-layer ASON is deployed, there are the following restrictions:

l
Boards in standard mode cannot connect with those in compatible mode on the WDM side.
They can be interconnect only on the backplane side.
If electrical-layer ASON services need to traverse boards in standard mode, the version of
the source NE must be V100R006C01 or later.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

272
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The following uses the TN53NS2 board as an example to introduces the standard and compatible
modes of a line board.
Standard Mode
Figure 12-6 shows the board model of the TN53NS2 board in standard mode.
Figure 12-6 Board model of the TN53NS2 board in standard mode
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1~2)
ODUflex:1
2XODUflex
OCh:1
ODU2:1
ODUflex:2
IN/OUT-OCh:1
OCh :1
Other tributary/line/PID board
1 xODU2/
1xODU 2e
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1~4)
ODU1:1
OCh : 1
ODU2:1
4 xODU1
IN/OUT
ODU1:4
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1~4)-ODU0:(1~2)
ODU0:1
ODU0:2
8 xODU0
ODU1:1
ODU2:1
ODU 0:1
ODU 0:2
OCh :1
ODU 1:4
ODU0:1
8 xODU0
ODU2:1
OCh :1
ODU0: 8
Backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Cross-connect module
ODU1 mapping path
Multiplexing module
ODU2 mapping path
Service processing module
ODUflex mapping path
ODU0 mapping path (ODU0>ODU1

>ODU2)
Cross-connection that must be configured

on the NMS to receive ODUk signals from
other boards

273
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

ODU0 mapping path (ODU0>ODU2)
Table 12-4 Meaning of ports of the TN53NS2 board

Port Name
Meaning
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1ODU1:(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2)
Mapping path for ODU0 signals received from the

backplane (ODU0->ODU1->ODU2)
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1ODU0:(1-8)

backplane (ODU0->ODU2)
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1ODU1:(1-4)

backplane
IN/OUT-OCh:1
Mapping path for ODU2/ODU2e signals received from

the backplane
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1ODUflex:(1-2)
Mapping path for ODUflex signals received from the

backplane
IN/OUT
WDM-side optical ports
Compatible Mode
Figure 12-7 shows the board model of the TN53NS2 board in compatible mode.
Figure 12-7 Board model of the TN53NS2 board in compatible mode
Other tributary/
line/PID board
Other tributary/
line/PID board
8 x ODU0
Other tributary/
line/PID board
1 x ODU2/ODU2e
4 x ODU1
161
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1
161
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-2
Backplane
51
ODU1 (ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1
71
(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1
164
(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-1
164
(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-2
51
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
1
(IN1/OUT1)-1
ODU2
ODU1 mapping path

274
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Multiplexing module
ODU2 mapping path
Automatic cross-connection, which does not

need to be configured on the NMS. For
example, if ODU0 signals are required, users
only need to configure cross-connections
from other boards to the ODU0LP port on the
board using the NMS. The board's internal
structure enables transmission of the
multiplexed signal to the ODU2LP port.
Users do not need to configure a crossconnection for transmitting the multiplexed
signal.
ODU0 mapping path
Cross-connection that must be configured on

the NMS to receive ODUk signals from other
boards
Table 12-5 Meaning of ports of the TN53NS2 board

Port Name
Description
Automatic Cross-Connection
ODU0LP1ODU0LP4
Internal logical ports of the board.

Each of the ports provides optical
channels 1 and 2.
Automatic cross-connections are

established between these ports and
the ODU1LP port.
ODU1LP1
Internal logical ports. Each of the

port provides optical channels 1, 2,
3, and 4.

the ODU2LP port
ODU2LP1

channel 1.

the IN/OUT port
IN/OUT
WDM-side optical ports.
Logical ports are internal points used to adapt, terminate, and multiplex internal signals of the
board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections.
Comparison of NMS GUIs for Different Modes

Service creation operations on the NMS vary according to board models. Table 12-6 uses the
TN53NS2 board as an example to illustrate the differences in the board operation GUIs.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

275
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 12-6 GUIs on the NMS

GUI on the
NMS
Navigation Path
Compatible
Mode
Standard Mode
Path View
In the NE panel, select a

board, double-click the board
icon or right-click and choose
Path View from the shortcut
menu.
See Figure 12-8.
See Figure 12-9.
WDM
Interface
In the NE Explorer, select the

required board and choose
Configuration > WDM
Interface from the Function
Tree. tab.
See Figure 12-10.
See Figure 12-11.
Create CrossConnection
Service
In the NE Explorer, select the

required NE and choose
Configuration > WDM
Service Management from
the Function Tree.
See Figure 12-12.
See Figure 12-13.
Figure 12-8 Path View (compatible mode)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

276
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 12-9 Path View (standard mode)
Figure 12-10 WDM Interface (compatible mode)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

277
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 12-11 WDM Interface (standard mode)
Figure 12-12 Create Cross-Connection Service (compatible mode)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

278
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 12-13 Create Cross-Connection Service (standard mode)
12.3 Interconnection Requirements for Tributary Boards

and Line Boards
12.3.1 Overview
Services can be normal only when the related boards meet all anticipated interconnection
requirements. This topic describes board interconnection requirements for various scenarios,
including requirements for board hardware and parameter settings on the NMS. This topic takes
tributary boards as examples to describe the interconnection requirements. The interconnection
requirements for the client side and WDM side of OTU boards are similar.
Interconnection Scenarios
This topic describes the interconnection requirements of tributary boards and line boards in the
following scenarios when the boards are targeted for use only in the OpitX OSN
8800/6800/3800. When the OpitX OSN 8800/6800/3800 is used with other product types in a
network, for example, OptiX OSN 9800, contact Huawei engineers for the specific board
interconnection requirements.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

279
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interconnection between
regeneration boards and
line boards
Point-to-point
interconnection of line
boards
End-to-end interconnection
of tributary boards
Regene
ration
board
Site C
Site A
Site D
Site B
Interconnection
of client-side
optical modules
Site E
(third-party
WDM)
Interconnection of WDM-side
grey optical modules
Signal flow
T: Tributary board
N: Line board
Interconnection Requirements
The following table lists the interconnection requirements for each scenario. If services are
abnormal on two interconnected boards that meet anticipated requirements, check information
about the insertion loss, OSNR, allowable wavelength offset of filters, and dispersion against
the board specifications.
Table 12-7 Board interconnection requirements
Scenario
Point-to-point interconnection of line boards
l The same line code format is used.

l The same service mapping path is used.
l The same ODU timeslot configuration
mode is used.
l The same FEC code is used.
l The line rate is the same.
l To replace one of two interconnected
boards, ensure that the dispersion
tolerance range of the new board includes
the dispersion tolerance range of the board
to be replaced.
l The same optical channel sequence is
used.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

280
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Scenario
End-to-end interconnection of tributary

boards
l The same service type is used.

l The same service mapping path is used.
l The same optical channel is used.
l The FEC working state is the same (only
for OTN services).
Interconnection between regeneration boards

and line boards

l The same FEC code is used.
l The line rate is the same.
Interconnection of client-side optical

modulesa

l The same optical source type is used.
l The actual transmission distance is not
greater than the shorter target
transmission distance between the two
optical modules.
l The outgoing wavelength range of the
remote optical module is within the
ingoing wavelength range of the local
optical module.
l The same number of wavelengths must be
used.
Interconnection of WDM-side grey optical

modulesa

l The same optical source type is used.
l The actual transmission distance is not
greater than the shorter target
transmission distance between the two
optical modules.
l The outgoing wavelength range of the
remote optical module is within the
ingoing wavelength range of the local
optical module.
a: For client-side optical module interconnection and interconnection with third-party OTU
boards with grey optical modules, only requirements for optical modules are listed since
details of the remote end are unknown.
12.3.2 Point-to-Point Interconnection of Line Boards

Successful point-to-point interconnection of line boards requires that the interconnected boards
use the same line code format, FEC mode, mapping path, ODU timeslot configuration mode,
line rate, and optical channel sequence.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

281
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Scenario 1
Site B
Tributary
board
Line board
Line board
Tributary
board
Client
equipment
Site A
Client
equipment
Interconnect
Scenario 2
Site A
Site B
Interconnect
Tributary
board
Line board
Line board
Line board
Line board
Tributary
board
Client
equipment
Site C
Client
equipment
Interconnect
Interconnect
Line boards can be interconnected to provide normal services only when they meet the hardware
requirements and have been configured with the required parameters on the NMS.
Item
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware
Requirements
Parameter Configurations on the NMS

Description
Example
Line code format
The optical modules

use the same line
code format. For the
specific line code
format supported by
a board, see the topic
that provides the
specifications of the
board. Figure 12-14
provides an example.
FEC working state
Set FEC Working

State to the same
value.

282
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
FEC mode
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware
Requirements

Description
Example
The interconnected
boards use the same
FEC mode. For
example, the For
example, the
TN54NS4T01 board
supports only HFEC
and the
TN54NS4T11 board
supports only
SDFEC. Hence, they
cannot be
interconnected.
If both the
interconnected
boards support
multiple FEC modes,
set FEC Mode to the
same value for them.
If two TN54NS3
boards need to be
interconnected, set
FEC Mode to FEC
or AFEC for both of
them.
NOTE
The AFEC and
AFEC-2 modes are
displayed as AFEC on
the NMS. However,
they are actually
different. A board in
AFEC mode cannot
be interconnected
with a board in
AFEC-2 mode.

283
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Service mapping
path
Hardware
Requirements

Description
Example
l The
interconnected
boards support
various ODUk
services from the
backplane.
For example, if
ODUflex crossconnections are
received from the
backplane, the
TN55NS3 board
cannot be
interconnected
with the
TN56NS3 board
because the
TN55NS3 board
does not support
ODUflex crossconnections.
l The same service

mapping path is
used.
For example, if
ODU0 crossconnections are
required, the
TN52NS3 board
uses the
following service
mapping path:
ODU0>ODU1
>ODU2
>ODU3>OTU3
while the
TN54NS3 board
uses the
following service
mapping path:
ODU0>ODU1
>ODU3
>OTU3. Hence,
the TN52NS3
board cannot be
interconnected
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

284
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Hardware
Requirements

Description
Example
l If both the
interconnected
boards support
ODU timeslots,
set ODU
Timeslot
Configuration
Mode to the same
value.
l If two TN56NS3
boards need to be
interconnected,
set ODU
Timeslot
Configuration
Mode to Assign
random or
Assign
consecutive for
both of them.
with the
TN54NS3 board.
For the specific
service mapping
paths supported by a
board, see the
Physical and Logical
Ports topic for the
board.
ODU timeslot
configuration mode
l If one of the
interconnected
boards does not
support ODU
timeslots, set
ODU Timeslot
Configuration
Mode to Assign
consecutive (the
default value is
Assign random)
for the board that
supports ODU
timeslots.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

l If a TN56NS3
board needs to be
interconnected
with a TN55NS3
board, set ODU
Timeslot
Configuration
Mode to Assign
consecutive for
the TN56NS3
board.
285
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Line rate
Hardware
Requirements

Description
Example
The interconnected
boards use the same
line rate.
Set Line Rate to the

same value.
Two TN55NS3
boards are
interconnected. Set
the Line Rate of the
ODU2 channel to the
same value. That is,
set it to Speedup
Mode or Standard
Mode for both of the
interconnected
boards. Set the Line
Rate of the ODU3
channel to the same
value too.
l The (OTU2e) line

rates of most 10G
boards in speedup
mode are 11.1
Gbit/s. When
FC1200 services
are received on
the client side of
the TN12LSX,
TN13LSXT01,
TN13LSXT02,
TN14LSX01M0
1,
TN14LSX01M0
2, or
TN14LSXT02
board, the line
rate is 11.3 Gbit/s.
The board cannot
be interconnected
with another line
board that has a
11.1 Gbit/s line
rate.
l The (OTU3e) line
rates of most 40G
boards in speedup
mode are 44.58
Gbit/s. The
TN52NS3 or
TN12LSXL
board has a 44.57
Gbit/s line rate
and cannot be
interconnected
with any other
40G line boards.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

l For ODU2LP
channel:
This parameter
needs to be set to
Speedup Mode
when ODU2e
signals are crossconnected. This
parameter needs
to be set to
Standard Mode
when ODU2
signals are crossconnected.
l For ODU3LP
channel:
This parameter
needs to be set to
Speedup Mode
when ODU2e
signals are crossconnected. This
parameter could
be set to Standard
Mode or Speedup
Mode when
ODU2/ODU3
signals are crossconnected.
286
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Dispersion tolerance
Hardware
Requirements

Description
Example
To replace one of two

interconnected
boards, ensure that
the dispersion
tolerance range of the
new board includes
the dispersion
tolerance range of the
board to be replaced.
In the new network

planning scenario,
factors such as line
dispersion
compensation are
considered to ensure
successful
interconnection. This
chapter does not
describe
requirements on the
dispersion tolerance
of interconnected
boards in the new
network planning
scenario.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

287
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Optical channel
Hardware
Requirements

Description
Example
l Without passthrough services

(scenario 1):
Sites A and B
must use the
WDM-side
optical channel
with the same
sequence for one
ODUk signal.
A TN53ND2 board
in standard mode is
interconnected with a
TN53ND2 board in
compatible mode,
and ODU0 signals
are received on the
backplane side. If the
board in standard
mode uses optical
channel OCh:1ODU2:1-ODU0:1
(that is, ODU0
signals are mapped
into the first channel
of ODU2), the board
in compatible mode
must use optical
channel 161
(ODUOLP1/
ODU0LP1)-1 (that
is, ODU0 signals are
mapped into the first
channel of ODU2).
See Figure 12-15.
l With passthrough services

(scenario 2): Sites
A and C and sites
B and C each
must use the
WDM-side
optical channel
with the same
sequence. Sites A
and B may use
optical channels
with different
sequences.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

288
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 12-14 Line code format and optical source type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

289
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 12-15 Using the same optical channel
Service cross-connections are configured

for tributary and line boards at sites A and
B each. The sink optical channel ID of the
two sites must be the same.
12.3.3 End-to-End Interconnection of Tributary Boards

Successful end-to-end interconnection of tributary boards requires that the interconnected boards
use the same service type, service mapping path, and optical channel.
Site A
Tributary
board
Line board
Line board
Tributary
board
Client
equipment
Site B
Client
equipment
Interconnect
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

290
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Tributary boards can be interconnected to provide normal services only when they meet the
hardware requirements and have been configured with the required parameters on the NMS.
Item
Service type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware
Requirements

Description
Example
The interconnected
boards support
services of the same
type. For the service
types supported by a
board, see 14.1
Overview.
Set Service Type to

the same value.
Two TOM boards are

interconnected. To
receive GE services,
set Service Type to
GE or GE(GFP-T)
for both of them.
NOTE
When Service Type is
set to Any for the
interconnected
boards, set Client
Service Bearer Rate
(Mbit/s) to the same
value.

291
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Service mapping
path
Hardware
Requirements

Description
Example
The interconnected
boards support the
same service
mapping path. For
example, the
TN11TDX board
maps client services
into an ODU1 signal,
while the TN12TDX
board maps client
services into an
ODU2/ODU2e
signal. Hence, they
cannot be
interconnected.
For the specific
service mapping
paths supported by a
board, see the
Physical and Logical
Ports topic for the
board.
l If the
interconnected
boards support
multiple port
working modes,
set Port
Working Mode
to ensure that they
use the same
service mapping
path.
l The TN54TOA
and TN52TOM
boards are
interconnected to
provide FC100
services. If the
service mapping
path of the
TN52TOM board
is set to ODU1
mode (OTU1/
Any->ODU1),
the service
mapping path of
the TN54TOA
board must be set
to ODU1
convergence
mode (n*Any>ODU1) and
cannot be set to
ODU1 nonconvergence
mode (Any>ODU1).
l If the
interconnected
boards support
multiple Ethernet
service
encapsulation
modes, set Port
Mapping to the
same value.
l The TN52TDX
and TN52TDX
boards are
interconnected.
To receive 10GE
LAN services, set
Port Mapping to
Bit Transparent
Mapping
(11.1G) or MAC
Transparent
Mapping
(10.7G) for both
of them.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

292
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Hardware
Requirements

Description
Example
Optical channel
Tributary boards at
sites A and B use the
same optical channel
for the same service,
including the optical
channel of a higherrate signal into which
lower-rate signals on
a tributary board are
multiplexed. See
Figure 12-16.
In ODU1
convergence mode,
two TN54TOA
boards are
interconnected, and
intra-board crossconnections must be
configured. If the
TOA board at site A
uses optical channel
1 as the sink optical
channel of its intraboard crossconnection, then the
TOA board at site B
must also use optical
channel 1 as the sink
optical channel of its
intra-board crossconnection. See
Figure 12-17.
FEC working state
When the
interconnected
boards are deployed
to receive OTN
services, set FEC
Working State to
the same value. You
are advised to disable
the FEC function at
both interconnected
ends.
Two TOM boards are

interconnected. To
receive OTU1
services, set FEC
Working State to
Disabled or
Enabled for both of
them.
NOTE
If the interconnected
boards support only
OTN services, their
FEC working states
must be set to the same
value to receive OTN
services.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

293
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 12-16 Configurations of the same optical channel

Sites A and B use the optical
channel with the same ID.
(1 to 8)
X ODU1
201(ConvGroup1/ConvGroup1)-1
Sites A and
B can use
optical ports
with different
IDs.
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
7(RX5/TX5)-1
8(RX6/TX6)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
Figure 12-17 Using the same optical channel
Intra-board cross-connections are

configured for tributary boards at sites
A and B. The sink optical channel ID
of the two sites must be the same.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

294
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

12.3.4 Interconnection Between Regeneration Boards and Line

Boards
When being interconnected with a line board, a regeneration board regenerates the WDM-side
signal of the line board. Successful interconnection between regeneration boards and line boards
requires that the interconnected boards use the same line code format, FEC mode, and line rate.
Regeneration boards in the following figure refer to line or OTU boards with the regeneration
function.
Site A
Site B
Interconnect
Tributary
board
Line board
Regeneration
Board
Line board
Tributary
board
Client
equipment
Site C
Client
equipment
Interconnect
Regeneration boards can be interconnected to provide normal services only when they meet the
hardware requirements and have been configured with the required parameters on the NMS.
Item
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware
Requirements

Description
Example
Line code format
The optical modules

use the same line
code format. For the
specific line code
format supported by
a board, see the topic
that provides the
specifications of the
board. Figure 12-18
provides an example.
FEC working state
Set FEC Working

State to the same
value.

295
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
FEC mode
Line rate
Hardware
Requirements

Description
Example
The interconnected
boards use the same
FEC mode. For
example, the For
example, the
TN54NS4T01 board
supports only HFEC,
and the
TN54NS4T11 board
supports only
SDFEC. Hence, the
TN54NS4T11 board
cannot work as a
regeneration board
for the TN54NS4T01
board, and vice
versa.
If both the
interconnected
boards support
multiple FEC modes,
set FEC Mode to the
same value for them.
If a TN54NS3 board
works as the
regeneration board
for another
TN54NS3 board, set
FEC Mode to FEC
or AFEC for both of
them.
The interconnected
boards use the same
line rate.
Set Line Rate to the

same value. That is,
set it to Speedup
Mode or Standard
Mode for both of the
interconnected
boards.
NOTE
The (OTU3e) line
rates of most 40G
boards in speedup
mode are 44.58 Gbit/
s. The TN52NS3 or
TN12LSXL board has
a 44.57 Gbit/s line rate
and cannot be
interconnected with
any other 40G line
boards.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
NOTE
The AFEC and
AFEC-2 modes are
displayed as AFEC on
the NMS. However,
they are actually
different. A board in
AFEC mode cannot
be interconnected
with a board in
AFEC-2 mode.

296
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 12-18 Line code format and optical source type
12.3.5 Interconnection of Client-Side Optical Modules

Successful interconnection of client-side optical modules poses requirements on line code
format, optical source type, transmission distance, and wavelength range.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

297
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Line board
Tributary
board
Client
equipment
Interconnect
Requirements for Optical Modules
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Item
Requirements
Remarks
Line code
format
The same line code

format must be used.
Optical source
type
The same optical

source type must be
used.
For the specific line code format, optical source

type, target transmission distance, and wavelength
range supported by a board, see the topic that
provides the specifications of the board. See .
Transmission
distance
The actual
transmission
distance is not
greater than the
shorter target
transmission
distance between
the two optical
modules.
Wavelength
range
The outgoing
wavelength range of
the remote optical
module is within the
ingoing wavelength
range of the local
optical module.

298
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Requirements
Remarks
Number of
wavelengths
The same number of

wavelengths must
be used. Otherwise,
the interconnection
will fail.
You can query the number of wavelengths for an

optical module based on the wavelength range. A
single-wavelength optical module has only one
wavelength range, and a multi-wavelength optical
module has multiple wavelength ranges.
For example,
100GBASELR4-10km-CFP has
4 wavelengths, and
100GBASE-1010
G-10km-CFP has 10
wavelengths. The
two optical modules
cannot be
interconnected.
NOTE
All optical modules
mentioned in this
manual, except
40GBASELR4-10km-CFP,
100GBASELR4-10km-CFP,
100GBASE-1010G
-10km-CFP, and
(100GBASE-425G
)/
(OTU4-428G)-10k
m-CFP, are singlewavelength optical
modules.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

299
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 12-19 Specifications of optical modules
12.3.6 Interconnection of WDM-Side Grey Optical Modules

Successful WDM-side interconnection between a grey optical module on a Huawei OTU and a
grey optical module on a third-party OTU poses requirements for line code format, optical source
type, transmission distance, and wavelength range.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

300
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Scenario 1
Huawei
subnet
Line board
Line board
Thirdparty
OTU
Thirdparty
OTU
Interconnect
Interconnect
Scenario 2
Line board
Line board
Thirdparty
OTU
Local
add/drop
wavelengths
Interconnect
Requirements for Optical Modules
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Item
Requirements
Example
Line code
format
The same optical

source type must be
used.
Optical source
type
The same optical

source type must be
used.
For the specific line code format, optical source

type, target transmission distance, and wavelength
range supported by a board, see the topic that
provides the specifications of the board. See Figure
12-20.

301
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Requirements
Transmission
distance
The actual
transmission
distance is not
greater than the
shorter target
transmission
distance between
the two optical
modules.
Wavelength
range
The outgoing
wavelength range of
the remote optical
module is within the
ingoing wavelength
range of the local
optical module.
Example
Figure 12-20 Specifications of optical modules
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

302
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

12.4 General Principles for Configuring Electrical CrossConnections

Electrical cross-connections include inter-board cross-connections (namely, cross-connections
between boards) and intra-board cross-connections (namely, cross-connections inside a board).
This topic describes the concepts, port types, configuration principles, and applications of the
two types of electrical cross-connections.
12.4.1 Inter-board Electrical Cross-Connections

This topic describes the concept, port types, configuration principles, and two applications of
inter-board electrical cross-connections. In addition, this topic provides an example of
configuring inter-board electrical cross-connections using the U2000.
Basic Concept
Inter-board electrical cross-connections are configured between boards to groom ODUk and GE
services inside a subrack. They are configured on the U2000.
Specifically, inter-board electrical cross-connections can be configured either between OTN
tributary and line boards (include PID boards) or between line boards (include PID boards). The
line boards include OTN line boards, universal line boards.
Some OTU boards for the OptiX OSN 3800 and OptiX OSN 6800 support inter-board 10GE
and GE cross-connections. For details, see section "Physical and Logical Ports".
Port Type
The source and sink ports must be specified when you configure inter-board cross-connections.
On the U2000, the following ports can be configured as the source or sink ports of crossconnections:
l
ClientLP-n: the logical client-side port of a board in compatible mode, for example, 201
(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1, where 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1) indicates the port number
and -1 indicates the channel number.
ODUkLP-n: the logical ODUk port of a board in compatible mode, for example, 161
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-2, where 161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1) indicates the port number
RX/TX-n: the logical client-side port of a board in standard mode, for example, RX2/
TX2-2, where RX2/TX2 indicates the port number and -2 indicates the channel number.
n(INn/OUTn)-OCH:1-ODUk:m-ODUp:q: the ODUk-level logical port of a board in

standard mode, from which you can learn the service mapping path. The service mapping
paths are different in the following ODU timeslot configuration modes: Assign
consecutive and Assign random.
In the Assign consecutive mode, level-by-level service mapping is performed from
lower rates to higher rates, for example, ODU0->ODU1->ODU2. In this example, the
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

303
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

logical port is represented as 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2-ODU0:1, which

means the first ODU0 in the second ODU1 of the first ODU2 on optical port 1.
In the Assign random mode, cross-level service mapping is performed from a low rate
to a high rate, for example, ODU0->ODU2. In this example, the logical port is
represented as 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:1, which means the first ODU0
in the second ODU2 on optical port 1.
Configuration Principles
The source and sink ports of a cross-connection must have the same ODUk service granularity
and line rate (standard mode/speedup mode ), but they do not require the same board working
mode (standard/compatible) or ODUk timeslot configuration mode (assign random/assign
consecutive). The following figure shows ODU0-level cross-connections. In the figure, each of
the boards can work in either standard or compatible mode.
l
As for the same ODUk service granularity, tributary boards (standard/compatible) can
interconnect with line boards (standard/compatible), and the cross-connections between
the boards are indicated by 1 2 3 4 in the figure.
As for the same ODUk service granularity and line rate, line boards (standard/compatible)
can interconnect with each other, and the cross-connection between the boards is indicated
by 5 in the figure.
OTN tributary board
(compatible mode)
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1
OTN line board(standard mode)

1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:1
1
2
OTN tributary board

(standard mode)
OTN line board(compatible mode)

5
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
4
10(TX8/RX8)-1
161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1
NOTE
l On the U2000, the subrack layout diagram displays different names of the board in different modes
(standard and compatible). For example, the name of the TN52ND2 board in standard mode is displayed
as TN52ND2(STND), and the name of the TN52ND2 board in compatible mode is displayed as
TN52ND2. For the board names in different modes, see 12.2.3 Standard Mode and Compatible
Mode.
l Line Rate is a parameter available only to line boards and can be set using the U2000. For the parameter
setting of boards, see the "Parameters Can Be Set and Queried on the NMS" topic for the boards.
Applications
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Adding/Dropping of Client-Side Services on the WDM Side

304
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The cross-connect board cross-connects the ODUk services between OTN tributary boards
and line boards/PID boards/universal line boards.
Figure 12-21 illustrates how adding/dropping client-side services is achieved on the WDM
side using the ODU0 cross-connections between the TOA board (standard mode) and the
ND2 board (standard mode).
Figure 12-21 Adding/dropping of client-side services on the WDM side at sites A and C
Client side
Adding/dropping
of client services
on the WDM side
GE
WDM side
OTN tributary
board
OTN
network
Client service
-> ODU0
ODU0
Cross-connect
board
GE
B
Local service
pass-through on
the WDM side
Adding/dropping
of client services
on the WDM side
Signal flow
ODU0
-> OTU2
ND2 standard mode
TOA standard mode
OTN line
board
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
Cross-connections, which must be configured on the NMS
Local service pass-through on the WDM side

The cross-connect board cross-connects the ODUk services between OTN line boards or
universal line boards.
When a PID network interconnects with a non-PID network, only centralized electrical
cross-connections are supported. For the tangent node between the two networks, crossconnections must be configured between the PID and OTN/universal line boards so that
the ODUk services can be sent from the PID network to the non-PID network.
Figure 12-22 illustrates how pass-through of a local service is achieved on the WDM side
in a non-PID network using the ODU0 cross-connections between the ND2 (standard) and
ND2 (compatible) boards.
Figure 12-23 illustrates how pass-through of a local service is achieved on the WDM side
from the PID network to the non-PID network.
Figure 12-22 Local service pass-through on the WDM side at site B (non-PID network)
Adding/dropping
of client services
on the WDM side
GE
WDM side
WDM side
OTN line
board
OTN
network
OTU2
->ODU0
ODU0
Cross-connect
board
OTN line
board
ODU0
->OTU2
GE
B
Local service
pass-through on
the WDM side
C
Adding/dropping
of client services
on the WDM side
Signal flow
ND2 compatible mode

ND2 standard mode

Cross-connections, which must be configured on the NMS
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

305
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 12-23 Local service pass-through on the WDM side (interconnection of PID
network and non-PID network)
Non-PID network
- WDM side
PID network
- WDM side
Tangent NE:
The PID and
OTN/universal
line boards
reside in the
same subrack.
PID board
Non-PID
network
OTU2
->ODU1
Cross-connect
board
NPO2 standard mode

PID
network
OTN line
board
ODU1
ODU1
->OTU2
ND2 standard mode
Signal flow between a PID network and

a non-PID network
Note: A PID network is a network that has
PID boards deployed, while a non-PID
network has no PID boards deployed.
Cross-connections, which must be configured on the U2000
Configuring Cross-Connections on the U2000

Figure 12-24 shows the U2000 GUI for configuring cross-connections on the U2000. In the
figure, ports enclosed in
are the source and sink ports of the cross-connection.
1.
In the NE Explorer, choose Configuration > WDM Service Management from the
navigation tree.
2.
Click the WDM Cross-Connection Configuration tab and click Create. Then the Create
Cross-Connection Service dialog box is displayed.
Figure 12-24 GUI for configuring cross-connections (using the ODU0 cross-connection
between TOA and ND2 boards as an example)
TOA Compatible mode
Cross-connection level: ODU0

ND2 Standard mode
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

306
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
Direction shown in the figure can be set to Unidirectional or Bidirectional.

l Unidirectional creates unidirectional cross-connections from the source optical port to the sink optical
port. Signals can be transmitted only in one direction at the same time, such as only sending or receiving
signals.
l Bidirectional creates bidirectional cross-connections from the source optical port to the sink optical
port and from the sink optical port to the source optical port. Signals can be transmitted in both directions
at the same time.
12.4.2 Intra-board Electrical Cross-Connections

This topic describes the concept and port types of intra-board electrical cross-connections. This
topic provides a schematic diagram of intra-board cross-connections.
Basic Concept
Intra-board electrical cross-connections are used to flexibly groom services inside a board and
they can be configured using the U2000. For example, to converge multiple services into one
ODU1 signal, intra-board cross-connections must be created to groom the services into an ODU1
signal.
Port Type
The source and sink ports must be specified when you configure intra-board cross-connections.
On the NMS, the following ports can be configured as the source or sink ports of crossconnections:
l
ClientLP-n: the logical client-side port of a board in compatible mode, for example, 201
(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1, where 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1) indicates the port number
ODUkLP-n: the logical ODUk port of a board in compatible mode, for example, 161
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-2, where 161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1) indicates the port number
RX/TX-n: the logical client-side port of a board in standard mode, for example, RX2/
TX2-2, where RX2/TX2 indicates the port number and -2 indicates the channel number.
n(INn/OUTn)-OCH:1-ODUk:m-ODUp:q: the ODUk-level logical port of a board in

standard mode, from which you can learn the service mapping path. For example, 1(IN1/
OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1 indicates the first ODU1 signal in the first ODU2 signal
on optical port 1.
Schematic Diagram
Figure 12-25 illustrates intra-board cross-connections using the TOA board as an example.
Services from client-side ports 3(TX1/RX1)-1 to 5(TX3/RX3)-1 are cross-connected to port
201ClientLP. In this way, the three client-side Any-rate services are converged into one ODU1
signal. The TOA board can converge a maximum of eight client-side Any-rate services into one
ODU1 signal.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

307
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 12-25 Schematic diagram of intra-board cross-connection (multiple Any-rate services

into one ODU1 signal)
Multiple Any-rate crossconnections in a board are
groomed to the multiple
channels of one ODU1 port.
ODU1
convergence
Any
Any
ODU1
Any
Backplane
side
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
Cross-connect
module
Multiplex module
Cross-connections inside a board, which must be configured on the NMS

Virtual channels, which do not need to be configured on the NMS
Intra-board cross-connections are configured on the U2000 in the same way as inter-board crossconnections. For details, see 12.4.1 Inter-board Electrical Cross-Connections.
12.5 Board Bar Code Overview

A board bar code is a scanner-readable representation of data (such as the name, version, and
model) relating to the board to which it is attached. There are one-dimensional bar codes and
two-dimensional bar codes.
Compared with a one-dimensional bar code, a two-dimensional bar code has a different form
and adds the country of origin and item revision information.
12.5.1 One-dimensional Bar Code of a Board

One-dimensional bar code of a board represents basic information about the board, including
the BOM code, factory information, version, and model. For some boards, the bar codes also
include the board characteristic codes. Each board characteristic code comprises information
about frequency of signals, type of the optical module, wavelength, and so on.
NOTE
Such information as frequency of signals queried on the U2000 is a commissioning value, different from
that on the bar code.
Appearance of a One-dimensional Bar Code

Figure 12-26 shows the appearance of a one-dimensional bar code.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

308
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 12-26 Appearance of the one-dimensional bar code
Description of a One-dimensional Bar Code

Figure 12-27 and Figure 12-28 show the bar codes of boards installed with optical modules.
Figure 12-29 and Figure 12-30 show the bar codes of boards not installed with optical modules.
Figure 12-27 Description of the bar code (example 1)
Delivery
information
Board version
(TN12)
Board model
number
2102314840107A000090 Y TN1M2 LSX 01 19210AG

Serial number
Manufacture month
Manufacture year
Vendor
BOM
Environmental
Board
friendliness flag name
(Y: Environmentally
friendly)
Characteristic
code

Delivery
information
Board version
(TN12)
Board model
number
2102315653108A000199 Y TN1M2 LSX T01 TPT

Serial number
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Manufacture month
Manufacture year
Vendor
BOM
Environmental
friendliness flag
Board Tunable
name
Characteristic
code
(Y: Environmentally
friendly)

309
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Delivery
information
Board version
(TN12)
Board
name
2103070768107A000090 Y TN1M2 LSX 01

Serial number
Manufacture month
Manufacture year
Vendor
BOM
Environmental Board model

number
friendliness flag
(Y: Environmentally
friendly)

Third and fourth
numbers of the BOM
Delivery
information
Board version
(TN12)
Board
name
030HFY 108A000199 Y TN12 LSX T01

Serial number
Manufacture month
Manufacture year
Vendor
The complete BOM

code is 03030HFY. The
first and second digits
(03) are omitted in the
code above.
Environmental
friendliness flag
(Y: Environmentally
friendly)
Board model
number
The first four digits in the board BOM indicate whether the board is installed with an optical
module. Table 12-8 provides the meanings of the first four digits in the board BOM.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

310
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 12-8 Meanings of the first four digits in the BOM codes for OTN boards
First Four
Digits in
BOM
Description
First Four Digits in BOM of the

Optional Optical Module
0231
The board with a pluggable optical

module is delivered. For example,
the TN11LEM24 or TN53NQ2
board includes a board and a
pluggable optical module.
3406 or 0303 (client-side and WDMside)
0307
The board with a fixed optical

module that has the untunable
wavelength is delivered. For
example, a fixed optical module that
has the untunable wavelength must
be configured for the TN11NS2
board on the WDM side.
0302 or 0303
The board consists of components

such as the PCB and front panel but
not the optical module is delivered.
For example, the cross-connect or
OA board does not include any
optical module.
N/A
Table 12-9 provides the description of the delivery information.

Table 12-9 Description of the delivery information of a board
Item
Description
Vendor
Indicates the vendor of a board. "10" indicates Huawei.
Manufacture Year
Indicates the last digit of the year when a board is manufactured.

For example, "4" indicates 2004. From 2010 onwards, a letter is
used to indicate the manufacture year. For example, the letter A
indicates 2010, the letter B indicates 2011, and so on.
Manufacture Month
Indicates the month when a board is manufactured. The value is

expressed in hexadecimal format. For example, the letter B
indicates November.
Serial Number
Indicates the production serial number of a board. The value ranges

from 000001 to 999999.
Of the OCS boards, the SSN1SF64A and SSN3SLH41 boards are delivered as follows:
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

311
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

For the SSN1SF64A board, the first four digits in the BOM are 0303, indicating that the
board is delivered with optical modules installed.
For the SSN3SLH41 board,

The first four digits are 0303 when the board is delivered with optical modules not
installed. The first four digits in the BOMs of the optical modules required by the board
are 3406.
When the board is delivered with optical modules installed, the first four digits in the
BOM are 0305.
Table 12-10 provides the meanings of the first four digits in the BOMs for of other OCS boards.
Table 12-10 Meanings of the first four digits in the BOM code for an OCS board (excluding
SSN1SF64A and SSN3SLH41)
Board
Configuration
First Four
Digits in
BOM
Description
First Four Digits in

BOM of the Required
Optical Module
Board not installed

with optical modules
0302
The board is not

installed with any
optical module. Optical
modules need to be
selected for the board as
required.
3406
Board installed with

optical modules
0305
The board is installed

optical modules.
N/A
12.5.2 Two-dimensional Bar Code Label of a Board

Two-dimensional barcode label of a board represents board information, including the serial
number, one-dimensional code, item number (BOM), item revision, board model, RoHS,
country of origin, and two-dimensional code.
There are two types of two-dimensional barcode labels that have different field layouts, as shown
in Figure 12-31 and Figure 12-32.
Figure 12-31 Description of the two-dimensional barcode label (example 1)
1.One-dimensional code
4.Serial number
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
2.Item number (BOM)
6.Country of origin 5.Model
3.Item revision
7.RoHS

8.Two-dimensional code
312
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 12-32 Description of the two-dimensional barcode label (example 2)

1.One-dimensional code
5.Model
2.Item number (BOM)
4.Serial number 3.Item revision
6.Country of origin 7.RoHS
8.Two-dimensional code
Table 12-11 provides the description of board information represented by a two-dimensional

barcode label.
Table 12-11 Description of the represented board information
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
N
o.
Item
Description
Onedimensional
code
A one-dimensional code contains the serial number of an item,

compliant with ISO/IEC 15417 Code 128, and provided for barcode
scanning. One-dimensional codes are retained for business continuity.

313
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

N
o.
Item
Description
Item number
(BOM)
An item number indicates the ID of an item. Huawei's item number is

a string of 8 to 17 characters, including letters, digits, and special
characters such as "-" and "=". An item number is also known as a part
number (PN). The item number of a board is a string of 8 or 12
characters.
The codes use the format of the "category code + serial code +
connector + suffix code + special character", with 17 characters at
most:
Category
Suffix
Special
Serial Code
Connector
Code
Code
Character
A B C D1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
=
1 2 3
l Category code(compulsory): It consists of four digits or uppercase letters (excluding I, O, and Z). The last two characters indicate
the subcategory. Product items can be directly identified based on
the category codes. For details about category codes of boards, see
Table 12-12.
l Serial code(compulsory): It consists of four to eight digits or
upper-case letters (excluding I, O, Z). The serial code is
automatically generated by the system. The sequence for
generating serial codes: using digits first, and using letters only
after the digits are used up.
l Connector(optional): The fixed Decimal to Binary Converter
(DBC) case "-" is used. It is only used when the code contains
suffixes.
l Suffix code(optional): It consists of three digits to represent the
code variant, indicating correlations among product items.
l Special character(optional): "=" is only used for spare part codes
in special circumstances. "=" is used with an item code to form the
spare part code for the item. "=" appears only in spare part codes.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

314
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

N
o.
Item
Description
Item revision
An item revision refers to the edition of product items which record

changes in the technical status of product items. The item revision
consists of one letter and two digits.
There are substitution relationships between the revisions of the same
board item number. A substitution relationship can be bidirectional
interchangeability or unidirectional interchangeability.
l Bidirectional interchangeability indicates that the new and old
revisions can be interchanged. If the digit part in an item revision
is upgraded and the letter part remains unchanged, for example,
from A01 to A02, item functions are not changed, and generally
the design is optimized or manufacturer information is changed.
The item revision is an identifier for internal management.
l Unidirectional interchangeability indicates that the new revision
can substitute the old revision, but the old revision cannot
substitute the new revision. When item functions are changed, only
the letter part in an item revision is upgraded, for example, from
A02 to B01. Revision B01 can be used to replace revision A02,
but the reverse is not true.
A slash (/) is used to separate a component code (BOM) and a
component version.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

315
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

N
o.
Item
Description
Serial number
Serial number (SN) is the exclusive identifier of an item. The SN can

help after-sales personnel identify the maintenance period.
The value is a string of 12, 16, or 20 characters containing digits and
letters.
l Each 12-character serial number consists of a 2-character
manufacturer code, a 3-character date code, and a 7-character
sequence number.
The 3-character date code consists of the last two digits of the year
(for example, "12" from 2012) and a character ranging from 1 to
9 and A to C which indicate the months from January to December
respectively.
Example:
SN10 13 6 0005802
Sequence number
Vendor
Manufacture year
Manufacture month
Leading characters
l Each 16-character serial number consists of the last 6 characters

of an item number, a 2-character manufacturer code, a 2-character
date code, and a 6-code sequence number.
In a 2-character date code, the first character is the last digit of the
year ranging from 2000 to 2009 (for example, "4" represents 2004)
or a character ranging from A to Z that indicates the year from
2010 to 2035 (for example, "B" represents 2011), and the second
character is ranging from 1 to 9 and A to C which indicate the
months from January to December respectively.
Example:
Third and fourth
numbers of the BOM
SN:030HFY 108A000199
Sequence number
Manufacture month
Manufacture year
Vendor
The complete BOM

should be 03030HFY.
"03" are taken out in the
BOM above.
l Each 20-character serial number consists of the character string

"21", an 8-character item number, a 2-character manufacturer
code, a 2-character date code, and a 6-character sequence number.
The 2-character date code in a 20-character serial number is the
same as that in a 16-character serial number.
Example:
SN:2102314840107A000090
Sequence number
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Manufacture month
Manufacture year
Vendor
BOM

316
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

N
o.
Item
Description
Model
The value consists of digits and letters. For a board, this field contains
information about the version, name, type, and correlation of the
board.
"-xxx" are extended codes, representing different types of optical
modules board configuration of 0231.
Example:
TN12 NS2 01M02
Board type
Board name
Board functional version
TN11 LEX4 -001

Extended code
Board name
Board functional version
Country of
origin
Indicates the country where the item is manufactured.
RoHS
An environmental friendliness flag code identifies the environmental

protection information. Possible values are as follows:
l Y: indicates that the product satisfies RoHS5 requirements and its
lead status is not identified.
l Y1 and Y3: indicates that the product satisfies RoHS5
requirements and contains lead.
l Y2: indicates that the product satisfies RoHS5 requirements and
is lead-free.
l N: indicates that the product is not environmentally friendly.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Twodimensional
code
A two-dimensional code normally contains the serial number, item

number, item revision, and manufacturer identifier. Some twodimensional codes do not contain manufacturer identifier due to
length limitations. Two-dimensional codes comply with the
ISO16022 - Data Matrix standard and are provided for barcode
scanning as an upgrade of the one-dimensional code. Manufacturer
identifier: Manufacturer information that Huawei applies for from the
Electronic Data Interchange Forum for Companies with Interests in
Computing and Electronics (EDIFICE). The manufacturer identifier
of Huawei is LEHWT.

317
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 12-12 Meanings of the category code of a board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Category
Code
Description
Category Code of an Optional

Optical Module
0231
The board with a pluggable optical

module is delivered. For example,
the TN11LEM24 or TN53NQ2
board includes a board and a
0307
The board with a fixed optical

module that has the untunable
wavelength is delivered. For
example, a fixed optical module that
has the untunable wavelength must
be configured for the TN11NS2
board on the WDM side.
0302 or 0303
The board consists of components

such as the PCB and front panel but
not the optical module is delivered.
For example, the cross-connect or
OA board does not include any
optical module.
N/A

318
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13 Optical Transponder Unit
13
Optical Transponder Unit
About This Chapter

13.1 Overview
An OTU (Optical Transponder Unit) board converts client-side services into standard optical
signals after performing mapping, convergence, and other procedures. The board also performs
the reverse process.
13.2 ECOM
ECOM: enhanced communication interface unit
13.3 L4G
L4G: line wavelength conversion unit with 4 x GE line capacity
13.4 LDGD
LDGD: 2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, dual fed and selective receiving
13.5 LDGS
LDGS: 2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, single fed and single receiving
13.6 LDM
LDM: 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board
13.7 LDMD
LDMD: 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board, dual fed and
selective receiving
13.8 LDMS
LDMS: 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board, single fed and
single receiving
13.9 LDX
LDX: 2 x 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit
13.10 LEM24
LEM24: 22 x GE + 2 x 10GE and 2 x OTU2 Ethernet Switch board
13.11 LEX4
LEX4: 4 x 10GE and 2 x OTU2 Ethernet Switch Board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

319
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.12 LOA
LOA: 8 x Any-rate MUX OTU2 wavelength conversion board.
13.13 LOG
LOG: 8 x Gigabit Ethernet unit
13.14 LOM
LOM: 8-port multi-service multiplexing & optical wavelength conversion board
13.15 LQG
LQG: 4 x GE-multiplex-optical wavelength conversion board
13.16 LQM
LQM: 4-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) OTU1 wavelength conversion board
13.17 LQMD
LQMD: 4-channel multi-rate (100 Mbit/s-2.5 Gbit/s) OTU1 wavelength conversion unit, dual
fed and selective receiving
13.18 LQMS
LQMS: 4-channel multi-rate (100 Mbit/s-2.5 Gbit/s) OTU1 wavelength conversion unit, single
fed and single receiving
13.19 LSC
LSC: 100Gbit/s wavelength conversion board
13.20 LSCM
LSCM: 100Gbit/s Wavelength Conversion Board
13.21 LSQ
LSQ: 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board
13.22 LSX
LSX: 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board
13.23 LSXL
LSXL: 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board
13.24 LSXLR
LSXLR: 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay board
13.25 LSXR
LSXR: 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay board
13.26 LTX
LTX: 10-Port 10Gbit/s Service Multiplexing & Optical Wavelength Conversion Board
13.27 LWX2
LWX2: arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) dual-wavelength conversion board
13.28 LWXD
LWXD: arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board (double transmit)
13.29 LWXS
LWXS: arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board (single transmit)
13.30 TMX
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

320
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

TMX: 4-channel STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 asynchronous mux OTU2 wavelength conversion

board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

321
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.1 Overview
An OTU (Optical Transponder Unit) board converts client-side services into standard optical
signals after performing mapping, convergence, and other procedures. The board also performs
Positions of OTU Boards in a WDM System

Figure 13-1 shows the positions of OTU boards in a WDM system.
Figure 13-1 Positions of OTU boards in a WDM system
Client-side
services
WDM-side
services
OTU
OA
OM
FIU
SC1
OTU
WDM-side ODF
Client-side equipment
OTU
OA
OD
OTU
Types of OTU Boards

OTU boards are classified into the following types according to the WDM-side rates and
functions:
l
2.5G OTU boards: For the main functions of these OTU boards, see Table 13-1.
10G OTU boards: For the main functions of these OTU boards, see Table 13-2.
Ethernet over WDM (EoW) boards: These OTU boards support Layer 2 processing of
Ethernet services. For the main functions of these OTU boards, see Table 13-5.
Transparent transmission OTU boards: These OTU boards do not support OTN processing.
They only convert client services into ITU-T G.694-compliant optical signals. For the main
functions of these OTU boards, see Table 13-6.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

322
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-1 Main functions of 2.5G OTU boards

Boar
d
Type
Client-Side Service
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM
Specificatio
ns
Type
Max.
Num
ber
Client
Side
WDM
Side
DW
DM
CW
DM
TN11
LDG
D
Conver
gence
GE
TN11
LDG
S
Conver
gence
GE
TN12
LDM
Conver
gence
STM-4, STM-1, OC-12, OC-3, FICON,

FC100, GE, FE, DVB-ASI, ESCON,
FDDI
OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200,

FICON Express

FDDI
OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200,

FICON Express

FDDI
OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200,

FICON Express
STM-4, STM-1, OC-12, OC-3, FE,

ESCON, DVB-ASI, FDDI
GE, FC100, FICON
FC200, FICON Express, STM-16,

OC-48, OTU1

ESCON, DVB-ASI
GE, FC100, FICON

OC-48
TN11
LDM
D
TN11
LDM
S
TN13
LQM
TN11
LQM
D
Conver
gence
Conver
gence
Conver
gence
Conver
gence
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

323
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
TN12
LQM
D
TN11
LQM
S
TN12
LQM
S
Type
Conver
gence
Conver
gence
Conver
gence
Client-Side Service
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM
Specificatio
ns
Type
Max.
Num
ber
Client
Side
WDM
Side
DW
DM
CW
DM

GE, FC100, FICON

OC-48, OTU1

ESCON, DVB-ASI
GE, FC100, FICON

OC-48

GE, FC100, FICON

OC-48, OTU1
TN11
ECO
M
Conver
gence
FE
TN11
LQG
Conver
gence
GE
TN11
L4G
Conver
gence
GE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

324
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-2 Main functions of 10G OTU boards

Boar
d
Type
Client-Side Service
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM
Specificatio
ns
Type
Max.
Num
ber
Client
Side
WDM
Side
DW
DM
CW
DM
TN1
1LS
X
Nonconverg
ence
STM-64, OC-192, 10GE LAN, 10GE

WAN, OTU2
TN1
2LS
X
Nonconverg
ence
STM-64, OC-192, FC1200, 10GE

LAN, 10GE WAN, OTU2
TN1
3LS
X
Nonconverg
ence
STM-64, OC-192, FC1200, 10GE

LAN, 10GE WAN, OTU2, OTU2e
TN1
4LS
X
Nonconverg
ence
STM-64, OC-192, FC1200, 10GE

LAN, 10GE WAN, OTU2, OTU2e
TN1
2LD
X
Nonconverg
ence
10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, STM-64,

OC-192, OTU2, OTU2e
TN1
1LO
A
Converg
ence
FE, FDDI, GE, STM-1, STM-4, OC-3,

OC-12, FC100, FICON, DVB-ASI,
ESCON, SDI
HD-SDI, HD-SDIRBR, STM16,

OC-48, FC200, FICON Express, OTU1
3G-SDI, 3G-SDIRBR, FC400,

FICON4G
FC800, FICON8G
TN1
1LO
G
Converg
ence
GE
TN1
2LO
G
Converg
ence
GE
TN1
1LO
M
Converg
ence
GE, FC100, FICON, ISC 1G
FC200, FICON EXPRESS, ISC 2G
FC400, FICON4G
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

325
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
TN1
2LO
M
Type
Converg
ence
Client-Side Service
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM
Specificatio
ns
Type
Max.
Num
ber
Client
Side
WDM
Side
DW
DM
CW
DM
GE, FC100, FICON, ISC 1G
FC200, FICON EXPRESS, ISC 2G
FC400, FICON4G, 3G-SDI
TN1
1LS
XR
Relay
N/A
TN1
1TM
X
Converg
ence
STM-16, OC-48, OTU1
TN1
2TM
X
Converg
ence
STM-16, OC-48, OTU1

Board
Type
Client-Side Service
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM
Specificati
ons
Type
Max.
Number
Client
Side
WDM
Side
DW
DM
CW
DM
TN11LSQ
Nonconvergence
STM-256, OC-768,
OTU3
TN11LSXL
Nonconvergence
STM-256, OC-768
TN12LSXL
Nonconvergence
STM-256, OC-768,
OTU3
TN15LSXL
Nonconvergence
STM-256, OC-768,
OTU3
TN11LSXLR
Relay
N/A
N/A
TN12LSXLRa
a: Only TN12LSXLR supports OTU3e.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

326
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Type
Client-Side Service
Pluggable
Optical Module
WDM Specifications
Type
Max.
Number
Client
Side
WDM
Side
DWDM
CWDM
TN12
LSC
Nonconvergence
100GE
TN13
LSC
Nonconvergence
100GE, OTU4
TN15
LSC
Nonconvergence
100GE, OTU4
TN17
LSCM
Nonconvergence
100GE, OTU4
TN11
LTX
Convergenc
e
10GE LAN, 10GE

WAN, STM-64,
OC-192
10
TN12
LTX
Convergenc
e
10GE LAN, 10GE

WAN, STM-64,
OC-192, OTU2/OTU2e
10
TN15
LTX
Convergenc
e
10GE LAN, 10GE

10
WAN, STM-64,
OC-192, OTU2/OTU2e,
FC1200, FC800
Table 13-5 Main functions of EoW boards

Board
Type
Client-Side Service
WDM
Specifications
Type
Max.
Number
Client
Side
WDM
Side
DWDM
CWDM
TN11
LEM2
4
Convergenc
e, L2 service
processing
FE, GE
22
10GE-LAN, 10GEWAN
TN11
LEX4
Convergenc
e, L2 service
processing
10GE-LAN, 10GEWAN
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pluggable Optical
Module

327
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-6 Main functions of transparent transmission OTU boards

Board
Type
Client-Side Service
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM
Specifications
Type
Max.
Number
Client
Side
WDM
Side
DWDM
CWDM
TN11
LWX2
Transparent
transmissio
n
STM-16, STM-4,
STM-1, OC-48, OC-12,
OC-3, FC200, FC100,
GE, FE, FDDI, ESCON,
DVB-ASI, SDI, FICON,
FICON Express, HDSDI
TN11
LWX
D
Transparent
transmissio
n
STM-16, STM-4,
STM-1, OC-48, OC-12,
OC-3, FC200, FC100,
TN11
LWXS
Transparent
transmissio
n
STM-16, STM-4,
STM-1, OC-48, OC-12,
OC-3, FC200, FC100,
TN12
LWXS
Transparent
transmissio
n
STM-16, STM-4,
STM-1, OC-48, OC-12,
OC-3, FC200, FC100,
FICON Express, HDSDI, ISC 1G, ISC 2G,
ETR, CLO
13.2 ECOM
ECOM: enhanced communication interface unit
13.2.1 Version Description

The available functional version of the ECOM board is TN11.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

328
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Huawei office.
Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11E
CO
M
13.2.2 Application
The ECOM board is used to achieve the DCN communication between the OptiX OSN 6800/
3800 and the OptiX OSN 900A, and to converge/deconverge 8xFE services to/from 1xGE
service.
Application Scenario 1: Achieving DCN Communication between the OptiX OSN

6800/3800 and the OptiX OSN 900A
The management signal and service signal of the OptiX OSN 900A are together transmitted to
the OptiX OSN 6800/3800 over the line. The FIU board of the OptiX OSN 6800/3800 separates
the signal received into management signal and service signal. The service signal is processed
by the OTU board. The management signal is accessed by the ECOM board through the FE port
and then is transmitted to the SCC board through the backplane.
For the position of the ECOM in the network built with the OptiX OSN 6800/3800 and OptiX
OSN 900A, see Figure 13-2.
Figure 13-2 Position of the ECOM board in the network built with the OptiX OSN 6800/3800
and OptiX OSN 900A
Service
signal
OptiX OSN
900A
OptiX OSN
900A
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
F
I Management
signal
U
Management
signal
F
I Service signal
U
OTU
ECOM
ETH
OptiX OSN
6800/OptiX
OSN 3800
SCC
OTU

329
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
Each FIU board of the OptiX OSN 6800/3800 accesses the signals from only one OptiX OSN 900A.
Application Scenario 2: Converging/Deconverging 8xFE Services to/from 1xGE

Service
When used for convergence or deconvergence, the ECOM board can be used only in the CWDM
system. For the position of the ECOM in the WDM system, see Figure 13-3.
Figure 13-3 Position of the ECOM board in the WDM system
GE
GE
MUX
FE
DMUX
ECOM
FE
ECOM
DMUX
MUX
GE
8
GE
Client side
Client side
NOTE
The MUX and DMUX boards shown in the figure are the OADM boards used in the CWDM system.
13.2.3 Functions and Features

The ECOM board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer and loopback
on the client side.
For detailed functions and features, refer to Table 13-7.
Table 13-7 Functions and features of the ECOM board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
l Achieves the DCN communication between the OptiX OSN 6800/

3800 and the OptiX OSN 900A.
l Converges/deconverges 8xFE services to/from 1xGE service.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Client-side service
type
FE: Ethernet service at a rate of 125 Mbit/s
WDM
specification
Supports the CWDM specifications.

330
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Cross-connect
capabilities
OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the transmission of one GE signal each to

working/protection cross-connection boards respectively through the
backplane. Supports the transmission of one GE signal to the paired slots
through the backplane.
OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of one GE signal from one
board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other three
boards belonging to the mesh group.
Tunable
wavelength
function
Not Supported
PRBS function
Not Supported
Protection scheme
Not Supported
Alarms and
performance
events monitoring
l Supports the remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.
ALS function
Not Supported
Test frame
Not Supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Not Supported
Electrical-layer
ASON
Not Supported
eSFP
Supports enhanced small form-factor pluggable optical modules on the

client side.
l Detects the optical power and reports the alarms and performance
events for the board.
Supports enhanced small form-factor pluggable optical modules on the

WDM side.
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Not Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
13.2.4 Working Principle and Signal Flow

The ECOM board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, L2
switching module, cross-connect module, control and communication module, and power supply
module.
Figure 13-4 and Figure 13-5 show the functional modules and signal flow of the ECOM board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

331
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-4 Functional modules and signal flow of the ECOM board
Backplane(management signal transmission)
FE
Client side
RX1
RX2
WDM side
O/E
E/O
RX8
L2 switching
module
TX1
TX2
E/O
TX8
Client-side
optical
module
Cross-connect
module
O/E
OUT
IN
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication
Control and communication module

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow (Achieving DCN Communication between the OptiX OSN 6800/3800
and the OptiX OSN 900A)
The client side of the ECOM board accesses FE optical signals.
In the signal flow of the ECOM board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the ECOM to the SCC board,
and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives one FE optical signal (management signal) from
client equipment through one of the RX1-RX8 optical interfaces, and performs O/E
conversion.
After the O/E conversion, the FE electrical signal is sent to the L2 switching module, and
groomed by the backplane to the SCC board through the ETH interface.
Receive direction
The L2 switching module receives one FE electrical signal from the SCC board, and then
sends the signal to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the FE electrical signal, and
then outputs one FE optical signal through one of the TX1-TX8 optical interfaces.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

332
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-5 Functional modules and signal flow of the ECOM

Backplane(service cross-connection)
GE
Client side
RX1
RX2
WDM side
O/E
E/O
RX8
L2 switching
module
TX1
TX2
E/O
TX8
Client-side
optical
module
Cross-connect
module
O/E
OUT
IN
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow (Converging/Deconverging 8xFE Services to/from 1xGE Service)

The client side of the ECOM board accesses FE optical signals.
In the signal flow of the ECOM board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the ECOM to the WDM side
of the ECOM, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives eight optical signals from client equipment through
the RX1-RX8 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the eight electrical signals are sent to the L2 switching module. The
module performs operations such as multiplexing the eight FE signals into one GE signal.
Then, the module outputs the GE signal to the cross-connect module.
The cross-connect module performs operations such as service cross-connection of the GE
signal.
The GE signal is sent to the WDM-side optical module. After performing E/O conversion,
the module sends out an GE optical signal carried over an ITU-T G.694.2-compliant
CWDM wavelengths through the OUT optical interface.
Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives an GE optical signal carried over an ITU-T G.
694.2-compliant CWDM wavelength from the WDM side through the IN optical interface.
Then, the module performs O/E conversion.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

333
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

After the O/E conversion, the GE signal is sent to the cross-connect module. The module
performs operations such as service cross-connection. Then, the module outputs one GE
signal.
The L2 switching module demultiplexes the GE signal into a maximum of eight FE signals
and send them to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the eight FE electrical signals,
and then outputs eight FE optical signals through the TX1-TX8 optical interfaces.
Module Function
l
Client-side optical module

The module consists of a client-side receiver and a client-side transmitter.
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of eight FE optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion of eight FE electrical signals.
Reports the performance of the client-side optical interface.
Reports the working state of the client-side laser.
WDM-side optical module

The module consists of a WDM-side receiver and a WDM-side transmitter.
WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of GE optical signals.
WDM-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion of GE electrical signals.
Reports the performance of the WDM-side optical interface.
Reports the working state of the WDM-side laser.
L2 switching module
Forwards service signals.
Implements the convergence/deconvergence of the service signals.
OptiX OSN 6800: Implements the cross-connection and pass-through between the
client-side signals and the WDM-side signals of the board. Grooms the electrical signals
between the ECOM and the board in the paired slot or the cross-connect board through
the backplane. The grooming service signals are GE signals.
client-side signals and the WDM-side signals of the board. Grooms the electrical signals
from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other three boards
belonging to the mesh group through the backplane. The grooming service signals are
GE signals.

Controls operations on the board.
Controls operations on each module of the board according to CPU instructions.
Collects information about alarms, performance events, working states and voltage
detection from each functional module on the board.
Communicates with the system control and communication board.
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Power supply module

334
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Converts the DC power supplied by the backplane into the power required by each
module on the board.
13.2.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the ECOM board.
Appearance of the Front Panel

Figure 13-6 shows the front panel of the ECOM board.
Figure 13-6 Front panel of the ECOM board
ECOM
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TX5
RX5
TX6
RX6
TX7
RX7
TX8
RX8
OUT
IN
ECOM
Indicators
Four indicators are present on the front panel:
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

335
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board hardware status indicator (STAT) - triple-colored (red, green, yellow)
Service active status indicator (ACT) - green
Board software status indicator (PROG) - dual-colored (red, green)
Service alarm indicator (SRV) - triple-colored (red, green, yellow)
For details about these indicators, see A.4 Board Indicators.
Interfaces
Table 13-8 lists the type and function of each interface.
Table 13-8 Types and functions of the interfaces on the ECOM board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC
Receive single-wavelength signals from the associated

optical demultiplexer board or optical add/drop
multiplexer board.
OUT
LC
Transmit single-wavelength signals to the associated

optical multiplexer board or optical add/drop
multiplexer board.
TX1-TX8
LC
Transmit service signals to client equipment.
RX1-RX8
LC
Receive service signals from client equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

The laser hazard level of the board is HAZARD LEVEL 1, indicating that the maximum power
launched by the board is less than 10 dBm (10 mW).
13.2.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one ECOM board.
Table 13-9 shows the valid slots for the ECOM board.
Table 13-9 Valid slots for ECOM board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
OptiX OSN 3800 chassis
IU2-IU5
13.2.7 Physical and Logical Ports

This section describes the logical ports displayed on the NMS and the physical ports of the board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

336
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Display of Physical Ports

Table 13-10lists the mapping between the physical ports on the board and the port numbers
displayed on the NMS.
Table 13-10 Mapping between the physical ports on the ECOM board and the port numbers
displayed on the NMS
Physical Port
Port Number on the NMS
IN/OUT
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4
TX5/RX5
TX6/RX6
TX7/RX7
TX8/RX8
10
NOTE
The port number displayed on the U2000 indicates a pair of physical optical ports. One transmits signals
and the other receives signals.
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections. For example, AP1 is a
logical port of the board.
Figure 13-7 shows the application model of the ECOM board. Table 13-11 describes the
meaning of each port.
Figure 13-7 Port diagram of the ECOM board
Client side
PORT3
PORT4
PORT5
PORT6
PORT7
PORT8
PORT9
PORT10
WDM side
VCTRUNK1
101( AP1/AP1)-1
L2 switching module
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
1(IN/OUT)-1
Cross-connect WDM-side optical

module
module

337
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-11 Description of NM port of the ECOM board

Port Name
Description
PORT3-PORT10
These ports correspond to the client-side optical interfaces RX1/TX1RX8/TX8.
VCTRUNK1
Internal virtual port.
AP1
Internal convergence port.
IN/OUT
Corresponding to the WDM-side optical interfaces.
13.2.8 Configuration of Cross-connection

This section describes how to configure cross-connections on boards using the NMS.
If the ECOM board is used to transmit services, set Board Mode in Configuration > WDM
interfaces on the U2000. The valid values of the board mode field are Service Mode and HUB
Mode.
NOTE
If the HUB mode need be configured, there must be one-to-one connection between ports, which need not
be set on the U2000.
If the service mode need be configured, the following items must be created on the U2000:
l
During creation of the Ethernet services on the U2000, create the cross-connection between
the PORT and VCTRUNK ports. The cross-connect convergence between the eight
channels of FE optical signals and one channel of GE electrical signals accessed from the
client-side ports is implemented through the L2 switching module.
Between the VCTRUNK ports and the AP ports of the cross-connect module are one-toone port connections, which need not be set on the U2000.
During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the crossconnection between the AP of the ECOM board and AP port of other boards (The GE
services accessed from the client side of the ECOM board are cross-connected to the client
in Figure
side of other boards for the inter-board services deconvergence), as shown
13-8.
During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the crossconnection between the AP of the ECOM board and LP port of other boards (The GE
services accessed from the client side of the ECOM board are cross-connected to the WDM
side of other boards for the inter-board services convergence), as shown
13-8.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
in Figure
During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the crossconnections of GE level between the AP port and the IN/OUT port of the ECOM, realizing
the cross-connect grooming of GE services.

338
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-8 Cross-connection diagram of the ECOM

Client side
Other board
101(AP1/AP1)-1
201(LP/LP)-1
102(AP2/AP2)-1
201(LP/LP)-2
103(AP3/AP3)-1
201(LP/LP)-3
104(AP4/AP4)-1
201(LP/LP)-4
WDM side
WDM side
Client side
1
ECOM
101(AP1/AP1)-1
2
The client side of the ECOM board are cross-connected to the client side of
other boards
The client side of the ECOM board are cross-connected to theWDM side of
other boards
1
2
13.2.9 Parameters Can Be Set or Queried by NMS

This section lists the board parameters that can be set or queried by using the NMS.
For parameters of ECOM, refer to Table 13-12.
Table 13-12 ECOM parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel
Displays the position of the optical interface.
Optical Interface
Name
Sets and queries the Optical Interface

Name.
An Optical Interface Name contains a
maximum of 64 characters. Any characters
are supported.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

339
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Channel Use
Status
Used, Unused
The Channel Use Status parameter sets the

occupancy status of the current channel of a
board.
Default: Used
When this parameter is set to Unused for a

port, service alarms reported for this port will
be masked and the function for automatically
disabling service-affecting settings is invalid
for the port.
This parameter is set to Used by default. Set
this parameter to Unused when the current
channel is not used for the moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop
Specifies the loopback mode for the optical

interface on a board.
Default: NonLoopback
Laser Status
Off, On
Default: On
The Laser Status parameter sets the laser

status of a board.
See Laser Status (WDM Interface) for
more information.
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
Queries the operating wavelength at the

WDM-side optical interface of a board.
Band Type
Queries the band type.
Tunable
Wavelength
Range
Displays the tunable wavelength range

supported by the WDM-side optical interface
on the board.
Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.10
0
Sets the wavelength number, wavelength and

frequency of the current optical interface on
the WDM side of a board.
l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.17
0 to
18/1611.00/188.78
0
See Planned Wavelength No./Wavelength

(nm)/Frequency (THz) (WDM Interface)
for more information.
Default: /
Planned Band
Type
C, CWDM
Default: C
Sets the band type of the current working

wavelength.
See Planned Band Type (WDM Interface)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

340
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Board Mode
HUB Mode, Service

Mode
Specifies the board mode depending on the

service application scenario.
Default: HUB Mode
Service Mode: In this mode, the ECOM

board can aggregate eight FE services into
one GE service.
HUB Mode: In this mode, the ECOM board
can aggregate eight FE services into one FE
service.
13.2.10 ECOM Specifications

Specifications include optical specifications, dimensions, weight, and power consumption.
Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable
Optical Module
WDM-Side
Fixed Optical
Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable
Optical Module
TN
11E
CO
M
N/A
100 BASE-FX-10
km-eSFP
N/A
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP
100 BASE-FX-40
km-eSFP
100 BASE-FX-80
km-eSFP
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate
(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate
(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
NOTE
Margins exist between the default input power low threshold and the receiver sensitivity and between the
default input power high threshold and the overload point. These margins ensure that the system can report
an input power low or high alarm before the actual input power reaches the receiver sensitivity or overload
point.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

341
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Client-Side Pluggable Optical Module

Table 13-13 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (FE services)
Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
100 BASEFX-10 kmeSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source
type
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
10 km (6.2 mi.)
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)
Transmitter parameter specifications at point S

Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
-3
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-11.5
-4.5
-2
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Eye pattern
mask
IEEE802.3z-compliant
Receiver parameter specifications at point R
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
(EOL)
dBm
-19
-20
-22
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3

342
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-14 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (colored wavelengths)

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Value
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate
(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)

Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
Operating
wavelength range
nm
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
1.0
1.0
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
APD
Operating
wavelength range
nm
1270 to 1620
1270 to 1620
Receiver sensitivity
dBm
-19
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27

343
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

WDM-Side Pluggable Optical Module

Table 13-15 CWDM-side pluggable optical module specifications (fixed wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
1.25 Gbit/s Multirate
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Target transmission
distance
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)

Operating wavelength
range
nm
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
Minimum mean launched

power
dBm
Minimum extinction ratio
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
APD
range
nm
1270 to 1620
1270 to 1620
dBm
-19
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27

344
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l
Dimensions of front panel (H x W x D): 264.6 mm (10.4 in.) x 25.4 mm (1.0 in.) x 220 mm
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11ECOM
19.6
21.6
13.3 L4G
L4G: line wavelength conversion unit with 4 x GE line capacity

The available functional version of the L4G board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11L
4G
13.3.2 Update Description

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

345
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
Supplemented limitations on
ALS, LPT, and client 1+1
protection for boards.
ALS: The boards support the
ALS function only when the
EPL service (between Port and
VCTRUNK) is configured.
The usage limitation information is supplemented.
LPT: The boards support the

LPT function only when the
Client 1+1 protection: The
boards support client 1+1
protection only when the EPL
service (between Port and
13.3.3 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the L4G board implements the conversion between six
channels of GE signals and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations.
For the position of the L4G board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-9.
Figure 13-9 Position of the L4G board in the WDM system
RX1
RX1
4xGE
M
U
X IN
/
D OUT
M
U
X
1ODU5G
TX6
M
U
OUT X
/
IN D
M
U
X
1OTU5G/FEC5G
1ODU5G
RX6
4GE
GE
1OTU5G/FEC5G
TX1
TX1
L4G
L4G
L2
GE
TX6
RX6
L2
GE
GE
OptiX OSN 6800: From/To paired slot or cross-connect board

OptiX OSN 3800: From/To mesh group slot
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

346
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
The client-side six pairs of optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 5 Gbit/s.

The L4G is mainly used to achieve tunable wavelength and cross-connection at the electrical
layer, and to provide OTN interfaces and ESC.
Table 13-16 Functions and features of the L4G board
Function
and Feature
Description
Basic
function
Converges up to six non-full bandwidth GE service signals into four GE

service signals and multiplexes these four signals into an OTU 5G/FEC 5G
signal. Converts the signals into standard DWDM wavelength compliant with
ITU-T G.694.1. The reverse process is similar.
Client-side
service type
GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 1.25 Gbit/s
Crossconnect
capabilities
l OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the grooming of four channels of GE services

each to working/protection cross-connection boards respectively through
the backplane. Supports the transmission of four GE signals to the paired
slots through the backplane.
l OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of four GE signals from one
OTN
function
l Provides the OTU5G/FEC5G interface on WDM-side.

l Supports TCM and PM functions for ODU5G.
l Supports SM function for OTU5G.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Layer 2
switching
Supports the MAC address learning and aging.
WDM
specification
Supports the DWDM specifications.
Tunable
wavelength
function
Supports the tunable wavelength optical module. Equipped with this module,
the board can tune the optical signal output on the WDM side within the range
of the 40 wavelengths in C-band with the channel spacing of 100 GHz.
ESC
function
Supported
PRBS test
function
Not supported
Supports one VB.

347
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Port-based
flow control
Supports IEEE802.3X-compliant Ethernet flow control protocol and flow

control termination.
NOTE
Transparent transmission of Pause frames is not supported. When a site receives a Pause
frame, it terminates the frame.
LPT function
Supported
NOTE
The LPT function cannot be configured for EVPL services but only for bidirectional
EPL services (port <->VCTRUNK). When the LPT function is enabled, Source CVLAN and Sink C-VLAN of an EPL service must be left empty.
FEC coding
Supports ITU-T G.709-compliant forward error correction (FEC) on the

WDM side.
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Poisson mode) to help locate line failures.

l Monitors B1 bytes to help locate faults.
l Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
l Monitors parameters such as the bias current, temperature, and optical
power of the laser.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
ALS
function
Supports the ALS function on the client side.
Test frame
Supported
Latency
measuremen
t
Not supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Electricallayer ASON
Not supported
NOTE
ALS function is supported only when EPL services (port <->VCTRUNK) are
provisioned.

348
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protection
scheme
l Supports SW SNCP.
l Supports VLAN SNCP.
l Supports client 1+1 protection.
l Supports intra-board 1+1 protection (when working with the OLP/DCP/
QCP board).
l Supports OWSP protection.
l Supports MS SNCP protection.
NOTE
Client 1+1 protection is supported only when EPL services (port <->VCTRUNK) are
configured on the board.
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
MAC Inloop
Supported
PHY Outloop
Supported
Protocols or standards for

transparent transmission (nonperformance monitoring)
IEEE 802.1q VLAN

All L2 protocols including xSTP,
LACP, EthOAM, DHCP, and PPP
MPLS protocols
All L3 protocols including ARP, IGMP,
OSPF, and IGRP
Protocols or standards for service

processing (performance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3x pause frame

IEEE 802.3ad LACP
IEEE 802.1p priority
IEEE 802.1q VLAN

The L4G board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, L2
switching module, signal processing module, control and communication module, and power
supply module.
Figure 13-10 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the L4G board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

349
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-10 Functional modules and signal flow of the L4G board
GE
WDM side
Client side
RX1
RX2
O/E
6GE
RX6
TX1
TX2
TX6
4GE
L2
switching
module
E/O
Client-side
optical 6GE
module
E/O
GE
CrossOTN
encapsulation
connect
processing
and mapping
module
module
module
4GE
OUT
O/E
IN
WDM-side
optical
module
Signal processing module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the L4G board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the L4G to the WDM side
of the L4G, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives a maximum of six channels of flat-rate GE optical
signals from client equipment through the RX1-RX6 interfaces, and performs O/E
conversion.
After O/E conversion, the six channels of electrical signals are sent to the L2 switching
module. The module performs operations such as convergence. Then, the module outputs
a maximum of four channels of GE signals to the signal processing module.
The signal processing module performs operations such as the service cross-connection,
encapsulation and mapping processing, OTN framing, and encoding of FEC. Then, the
module outputs one channel of OTU 5G/FEC 5G signals.
The OTU 5G/FEC 5G signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module. After performing
E/O conversion, the module sends out OTU 5G/FEC 5G optical signals at DWDM
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT optical interface.
Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives OTU 5G/FEC 5G optical signals at DWDM
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN optical interface. Then, the
module performs O/E conversion.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

350
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

After O/E conversion, the OTU 5G/FEC 5G signals are sent to the signal processing
module. The module performs operations such as OTU 5G/FEC 5G framing, decoding of
FEC, demapping, decapsulation processing and service cross-connection. Then, the module
outputs four channels of GE signals.
The L2 switching module deconverges the GE signals and sends six channels of the signals
with corresponding rates to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the six channels of electrical
signals, and then outputs six channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX6
optical interfaces.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of six channels of GE optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from six channels of internal electrical
signals to GE optical signals.

WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of OTU 5G/FEC 5G optical signals.
WDM-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from the internal electrical signals to
OTU 5G/FEC 5G optical signals.
L2 switching module

The module consists of the cross-connect module, GE encapsulation and mapping module,
and OTN processing module.
client-side signals and the WDM-side signals of the board. Grooms the electrical
signals between the L4G and the board in the paired slot or the cross-connect board
through the backplane. The grooming service signals are GE signals.
signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other
three boards belonging to the mesh group through the backplane. The grooming
service signals are GE signals.
GE encapsulation and mapping module
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

351
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Encapsulates multiple channels of GE signals and maps the signals into the OTU 5G/
FEC 5G payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors GE
performance.
OTN processing module
Frames OTU 5G/FEC 5G signals, processes overheads in OTU 5G/FEC 5G signals,
and performs FEC encoding and decoding.
l

Power supply module

13.3.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the L4G board.

Figure 13-11 shows the front panel of the L4G board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

352
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-11 Front panel of the L4G board
L4G
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TX5
RX5
TX6
RX6
OUT
IN
L4G
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

353
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-17 Types and functions of the interfaces on the L4G board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT
LC

multiplexer board.
TX1-TX6
LC
RX1-RX6
LC
Laser Hazard Level

13.3.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one L4G board.
Table 13-18 shows the valid slots for the L4G board.
Table 13-18 Valid slots for the L4G board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
IU2-IU5
13.3.8 Characteristic Code for the L4G

The board characteristic code indicates the information about frequency of signals, type of the
optical module, wavelength, and so on.
For the detailed description of the characteristic code for the board, refer to B.3 Characteristic
Code for OTUs.

This section describes how the physical ports of the board are displayed on the NMS and the
logical ports of the board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

354
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 13-19 lists the mapping between the physical ports on the board and the port numbers
Table 13-19 Mapping between the physical ports on the L4G board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN/OUT
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4
TX5/RX5
TX6/RX6
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections. For example, LP is a
Figure 13-12 describes the application model of the L4G board. Table 13-20 describes the
Figure 13-12 Port diagram of the L4G board
Client side
PORT3
PORT4
PORT5
PORT6
PORT7
PORT8
WDM side
VCTRUNK1 101( AP1/AP1)-1
201(LP/LP)-1
201(LP/LP)-2
201(LP/LP)-3
201(LP/LP)-4
L2 swithing module
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Cross-connect
module
201(LP/LP)-1
Service processing
module

1(IN/OUT)-1
WDM-side
optical
module
355
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-20 Description of NM port of the L4G board

Port Name
Description
PORT3-PORT8
These ports correspond to the client-side

optical interfaces RX1/TX1-RX6/TX6
respectively.
VCTRUNK1-VCTRUNK4
Internal virtual ports.
AP1-AP4
Internal convergence ports.
LP
Internal logical port. The optical paths are

numbered 1, 2, 3 and 4.
IN/OUT
Corresponding to the WDM-side optical

interfaces.

If the L4G board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
l
the PORT and VCTRUNK ports. The cross-connect convergence between the six channels
of GE optical signals and the four channels of GE electrical signals accessed from the clientside ports is realized through the L2 switching module.
NOTE
One VCTRUNK port can be connected to multiple PORT ports.

The maximum bandwidth of each VCTRUNK port is 1.25 Gbit/s.
There are one-to-one port connections between the VCTRUNK ports and the AP ports of
the cross-connect module. These connections do not need to be set on the U2000.
During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the crossconnection between the AP and LP ports. The cross-connect grooming of GE services is
implemented through the cross-connect module. The following three cross-connections can
be created:
Create the cross-connection between the internal AP and LP ports of the L4G board
(create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board), as shown by
and
in Figure 13-13.
Create the cross-connection between the AP port of the L4G board and the LP port of
other boards, as shown by 3 in Figure 13-13. (The GE services accessed from the
client side of the L4G board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards for
protection and inter-board service convergence.)
Create the cross-connection between the AP port or RX/TX port of other boards and
the LP port of the L4G board, as shown by 4 in Figure 13-13. (The GE services
accessed from the client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of
the L4G board for protection and inter-board service convergence.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

356
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Create the cross-connection between the LP port of the L4G board and the LP port of other
board, as shown by 5 in Figure 13-13. (This cross-connection enables the passing-through
of the broadcast services.)
Create the cross-connection between the AP port of the L4G board and the AP port of other
boards, as shown by 6 in Figure 13-13. (The GE services accessed from the client side
of the L4G board are cross-connected to the client side of other boards for protection and
the inter-board service deconvergence.)
The four paths of the LP port are converged into one channel, which is connected to the
IN/OUT port. This connection does not need to be configured on the U2000.
Figure 13-13 Cross-connection diagram of the L4G board

Client side
Other board
4
201(LP/LP)-2
102(AP2/AP2)-1/4(RX2/TX2)-1
103(AP3/AP3)-1/5(RX3/TX3)-1
WDM side
201(LP/LP)-1
101(AP1/AP1)-1/3(RX1/TX1)-1
201(LP/LP)-3
104(AP4/AP4)-1/6(RX4/TX4)-1
201(LP/LP)-4
101(AP1/AP1)-1
201(LP/LP)-1
Client side
102(AP2/AP2)-1
103(AP3/AP3)-1
104(AP4/AP4)-1
WDM side
201(LP/LP)-2
2
1
201(LP/LP)-3
201(LP/LP)-4
L4G
The straight-through of the board
The internal cross-connection of the board
The client side of the L4G board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards
The client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the L4G board
The WDM side of the L4G board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards
The client side of the L4G board are cross-connected to the client side of other boards
Other board
1
2
3
4
5
6
TN11L4G / TN11LDGD / TN11LDGS / TN11LOG / TN12LOG / TN11LQG / TN13LQM /

TN11LQMD / TN12LQMD / TN11LQMS / TN12LQMS / TN11TBE / TN11TDG /
TN11TOM / TN11TQM / TN12TQM

For parameters of L4G, refer to Table 13-21.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

357
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-21 L4G parameters

Field
Value
Description
Optical
Interface/
Channel
Optical
Interface Name
Sets and queries the Optical Interface Name.
Channel Use
Status
Used, Unused
An Optical Interface Name contains a maximum of

64 characters. Any characters are supported.
Default: Used

occupancy status of the current channel of a board.
When this parameter is set to Unused for a port,
service alarms reported for this port will be masked
and the function for automatically disabling serviceaffecting settings is invalid for the port.
This parameter is set to Used by default. Set this
parameter to Unused when the current channel is not
used for the moment.
Optical
Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop
Laser Status
Off, On
Specifies the loopback mode for the optical interface

on a board.
Default:
The Laser Status parameter sets the laser status of a

board.
l WDM side:
On
See Laser Status (WDM Interface) for more

information.
l Client side:
Off
Automatic
Laser
Shutdown
Disabled,
Enabled
Default: Enabled
The Automatic Laser Shutdown parameter

determines whether to automatically shut down the
laser after the signals received by a board are lost.
Service Mode
OTN, SDH
Specifies the service mode for a board.
Default: OTN
Set the line-side service modes of the local and

remote boards to the same value. When the local
board is connected to an SDH service board on nonWDM equipment, set the line-side service mode to
SDH.
Disabled,
Enabled
Determines whether to enable the link pass-through

(LPT) function.
LPT Enabled
Default: Disabled
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

358
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
FEC Working
State
Disabled,
Enabled
Determines whether to enable or disable the forward

error correction (FEC) function for an optical
interface. Disabling the FEC function affects the
transmission distance.
Default: Enabled
The FEC Working State parameter at the transmit

end must be consistent with that at the receive end.
Otherwise, this parameter is invalid.
Band Type/
Wavelength
No./
Wavelength
(nm)/
Frequency
(THz)
Queries the operating wavelength at the WDM-side

optical interface of a board.
Band Type
Tunable
Wavelength
Range
Displays the tunable wavelength range supported by

the WDM-side optical interface on the board.
Planned
Wavelength
No./
Wavelength
(nm)/
Frequency
(THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196
.050 to
80/1560.61/19
2.100

frequency of the current optical interface on the
WDM side of a board.
l CWDM:
11/1471.00/20
8.170 to
18/1611.00/18
8.780
See Planned Wavelength No./Wavelength (nm)/

Frequency (THz) (WDM Interface) for more
information.
Default: /
Planned Band
Type
C, CWDM
Sets the band type of the current working wavelength.
Default: C
See Planned Band Type (WDM Interface) for more

information.
SD Trigger
Condition
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DE
G
The SD Trigger Condition parameter sets the

relevant alarms of certain optical interfaces or
channels of a board as SD switching trigger
conditions of the protection group in which this OTU
board resides.
Default: None
See SD Trigger Condition (WDM Interface) for

more information.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

359
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.3.12 L4G Specifications

Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed
Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side Fixed
Optical Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable
Optical
Module
TN
11L
4G
N/A
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5 km-eSFP
3400 ps/nm-C BandFixed WavelengthNRZ-APD
N/A
1000 BASE-LX-10 kmeSFP

3400 ps/nm-C BandTunable WavelengthNRZ-APD
1000 BASE-ZX-80 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-40 km-eSFP
(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
NOTE
point.

Table 13-22 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (GE services)
Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
1000 BASELX-10 kmeSFP
1000 BASEZX-80 kmeSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
0.5 km (0.3
mi.)
10 km (6.2
mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

360
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-2.5
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9.5
-9
-5
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask

Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-17
-20
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3
Table 13-23 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (CWDM colored wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
NRZ
NRZ

361
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)

range
nm
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
1.0
1.0
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
APD
range
nm
1270 to 1620
1270 to 1620
dBm
-19
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27

362
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

WDM-Side Fixed Optical Module

Table 13-24 WDM-side fixed optical module specifications
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Line code format
Value
3400 ps/nm-C BandTunable

Wavelength-NRZAPD
NRZ
NRZ

Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-2
-3
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
10
10
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
Center frequency
deviation
GHz
10
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
0.3
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
35
ps/nm
3400
3400

Receiver type
APD
APD
range
nm
1200 to 1650
dBm
-25
-25
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-9
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
(8.7 in.)
363
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Board
WDM-Side Optical
Module
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11L4
G
3400 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed

Wavelength-NRZ-APD
50.0
55.0
3400 ps/nm-C BandTunable Wavelength-NRZAPD
53.0
58.0
13.4 LDGD
LDGD: 2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, dual fed and selective receiving

The available functional version of the LDGD board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11L
DG
D
13.4.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LDGD board implements the conversion between two
channels of GE signals and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendation, and dually
feeds and selectively receives signals on the WDM side.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

364
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

For the position of the LDGD board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-14.
Figure 13-14 Position of the LDGD board in the WDM system
RX1
LDGD
OUT1
MUX/
IN1 DMUX
TX1
IN2
MUX/
DMUX OUT2
RX1
1ODU1
MUX/
IN2 DMUX
TX1
MUX/
DMUX OUT1
OUT2
TX2
LDGD
1OTU1
1OTU1
1ODU1
GE
RX2
IN1
GE
GE
TX2
RX2
GE
OptiX OSN 6800: From/To cross-connect board or paired slot


The LDGD board is mainly used to achieve tunable wavelength and cross-connection at the
electrical layer, and to provide OTN interfaces and ESC.
Table 13-25 Functions and features of the LDGD board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
LDGD converts signals: 2 x GE <-> 1 x OTU1/STM-16

Implements the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM
side.
Client-side
service type
Cross-connect
capabilities
l OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the grooming of two channels of GE

services each to working/protection cross-connection boards
respectively through the backplane. Supports the transmission of two
GE signals to the paired slots through the backplane.
l OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of two GE signals from one
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

365
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
OTN function
l Provides the OTU1 interface on WDM-side.

l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by referring
to the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports PM and TCM functions for ODU1.
l Supports SM function for OTU1.
WDM
specification
l Supports ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM specifications.
Tunable
wavelength
function
Supports the tunable wavelength optical module. Equipped with this

module, the board can tune the optical signal output on the WDM side
within the range of the 40 wavelengths in C-band with the channel spacing
of 100 GHz.
ESC function
Supported
PRBS test
function
Not supported.
LPT function
Supported
FEC coding

WDM side.
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
l Supports ITU-T G.694.2-compliant CWDM specifications.

power of the laser.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
ALS function
Test frame
Supported
Latency
measurement
Not supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Electrical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Port MTU
The value ranges from 1518 to 9600, in bytes. That is, the maximum size
of the supported Jumbo frame is 9600 bytes.

366
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Protection
scheme
l Supports SW SNCP.
l Supports intra-board 1+1 protection.
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3z
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2

The LDGD board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
processing module, control and communication module, and power supply module.
Figure 13-15 show the functional modules and signal flow of the LDGD board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

367
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-15 Functional modules and signal flow of the LDGD board
Backplane (service cross-connection)
GE
Client side
WDM side
RX1
RX2
O/E
TX1
TX2
E/O
Client side
Optical
module
E/O
GE
OTN
Cross- encapsulation
connect and mapping Processing
module
module
module
Splitter
OUT1
OUT2
IN1
IN2
O/E
WDM side
Optical
module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
The client side of the LDGD board accesses GE optical signals.
In the signal flow of the LDGD board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LDGD to the WDM side
of the LDGD, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives two channels of GE optical signals from client
equipment through the RX1-RX2 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the two channels of electrical signals are sent to the signal processing
module. The module performs operations such as service cross-connection, encapsulation
and mapping processing, OTN framing, and encoding of FEC. Then, the module outputs
one channel of OTU1 signals.
The OTU1 signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module. After performing E/O
conversion, the module sends out the ITU-T G.694.1-compliant at DWDM standard
wavelengths or the ITU-T G.694.2-compliant at CWDM standard wavelengths OTU1
optical signals. An optical splitter converts the OTU1 optical signals into two channels of
identical optical signals, and then the two channels signals are output through the OUT1OUT2 optical interfaces.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

368
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives two channels of the ITU-T G.694.1-compliant at
DWDM standard wavelengths or the ITU-T G.694.2-compliant at CWDM standard
wavelengths OTU1 optical signals from the WDM side through the IN1-IN2 optical
interfaces. Then, the module performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the OTU1 signals are sent to the signal processing module. The
module performs operations such as received signal selection, OTU1 framing, decoding of
FEC, demapping, decapsulation processing and service cross-connection. Then, the module
outputs two channels of GE signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the two channels of electrical
signals, and then outputs two channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX2
optical interfaces.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of two channels of GE optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from two channels of the internal
electrical signals to GE optical signals.

WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of OTU1 optical signals.
OTU1 optical signals.

signals between the LDGD and the board in the paired slot or the cross-connect board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

369
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Encapsulates multiple channels of GE signals and maps the signals into the OTU1
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors GE
performance.
Frames OTU1 signals, processes overheads in OTU1 signals, and performs FEC
encoding and decoding.
l

Power supply module

13.4.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LDGD board.

Figure 13-16 shows the front panel of the LDGD board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

370
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-16 Front panel of the LDGD board
LDGD
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
OUT1
IN1
OUT2
IN2
LDGD
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

371
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-26 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LDGD board
Interface
Type
Function
IN1-IN2
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT1-OUT2
LC

multiplexer board.
TX1-TX2
LC
RX1-RX2
LC
Laser Hazard Level

13.4.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LDGD board.
Table 13-27 shows the valid slots for the LDGD board.
Table 13-27 Valid slots for LDGD board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
IU2-IU5
13.4.7 Characteristic Code for the LDGD

The characteristic code for the LDGD board contains eight digits, respectively indicating the
frequency values of two channels of optical signals on the WDM side.
The detailed information about the characteristic code is given in Table 13-28.
Table 13-28 Characteristic code for the LDGD board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Code
Description
Description
First four digits
The frequency of forth

optical signal
The last four digits of the

frequency value of the first
channel of signals on the
WDM side.

372
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Code
Description
Description
Last four digits

optical signal

frequency value of the
second channel of signals on
the WDM side.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11LDGD board is 92109210.
l
"92109210" indicates the frequency of the two channels of optical signals on the WDM
side both are 192.10 THz.


Table 13-29 Mapping between the physical ports on the LDGD board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN1/OUT1
IN2/OUT2
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 13-17 shows the application model of the LDGD board. Table 13-30 describes the
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

373
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-17 Port diagram of the LDGD board
3 (RX1/T X1)-1
4 (RX2/T X2)-1
201(LP/LP)-1
201(LP/LP)-1
201(LP/LP)-2
201(LP/LP)-2
Cross-connect
mo dule
Servi ce
p rocessing
module
1(IN1/OUT1)-1
2(IN2 /OUT2)-1
WDM-si de
opti cal modu le
Table 13-30 Description of NM port of the LDGD board

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX2/TX2
These ports correspond to the client-side optical interfaces.
LP
Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1 and

2.
IN1/OUT1-IN2/OUT2
These ports correspond to the WDM-side optical

interfaces.

If the LDGD board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
l
During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the GE crossconnection between the RX/TX and LP ports. The cross-connect grooming of GE services
is implemented through the cross-connect module. The following three cross-connections
can be created.
Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and LP ports of the LDGD
board (Create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board), as shown
and
in Figure 13-18.
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the LDGD board and the LP
port of other boards (The GE services accessed from the client side of the LDGD board
are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards for protection and the inter-board
service convergence), as shown
in Figure 13-18.
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of other boards and the LP port
of the LDGD board (The GE services accessed from the client side of other boards are
cross-connected to the WDM side of the LDGD board for protection and the inter-board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
in Figure 13-18.

374
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


NOTE
One RX/TX port can be connected to only one optical path of the LP port.
Create the cross-connection between the LP port of the LDGD board and the LP port of
other boards (The GE services accessed from the WDM side of the LDGD board are crossconnected to the WDM side of other board for the grooming of the WDM-side services),
as shown
in Figure 13-18.
The two paths of the LP port are respectively connected to the IN1/OUT1 and IN2/OUT2
ports. There is no need for configuration on the U2000.
Figure 13-18 Cross-connection diagram of the LDGD board

Client side
Other board
3(RX1/TX1)-1
WDM side
201(LP/LP)-1
4
4(RX2/TX2)-1
3
5
201(LP/LP)-2
WDM side
Client side
3(RX1/TX1)-1
201(LP/LP)-1
2
4(RX2/TX2)-1
201(LP/LP)-2
LDGD
The client side of the LDGD board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other boards
The client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the
LDGD board
The WDM side of the LDGD board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other boards
Other board
1
2
3
4
5


For parameters of LDGD, refer to Table 13-31.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

375
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-31 LDGD parameters

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel
Optical Interface
Name
Channel Use
Status
Used, Unused

maximum of 64 characters. Any characters are
supported.
Default: Used

board.
service alarms reported for this port will be
masked and the function for automatically
disabling service-affecting settings is invalid for
the port.
parameter to Unused when the current channel
is not used for the moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

Laser Status
Off, On
Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off

information.
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

determines whether to automatically shut down
the laser after the signals received by a board are
lost.
Service Mode
OTN, SDH
Default: OTN

board is connected to an SDH service board on
non-WDM equipment, set the line-side service
mode to SDH.
Disabled, Enabled
Determines whether to enable the link passthrough (LPT) function.
LPT Enabled
Default: Disabled
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
The Laser Status parameter sets the laser status

of a board.

376
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
FEC Working
State
Disabled, Enabled
Determines whether to enable or disable the

forward error correction (FEC) function for an
optical interface. Disabling the FEC function
affects the transmission distance.
Default: Enabled
The FEC Working State parameter at the

transmit end must be consistent with that at the
receive end. Otherwise, this parameter is invalid.
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
Queries the operating wavelength at the WDMside optical interface of a board.
Band Type
Tunable
Wavelength
Range

supported by the WDM-side optical interface on
the board.
Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.
050 to
80/1560.61/192
.100

l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208
.170 to
18/1611.00/188
.780

(nm)/Frequency (THz) (WDM Interface) for
more information.
Default: /
Planned Band
Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

wavelength.
See Planned Band Type (WDM Interface) for
more information.
Max. Packet
Length
1518 to 9600
Default: 9600
Sets and queries the maximum packet length

supported by a board and is applicable to the
boards supporting Ethernet services.
This parameter can be specified when the
mapping path of a GE service is GFP-F. After
the parameter is specified, data packets whose
lengths exceed Max. Packet Length are
discarded.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

377
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Ethernet Working
Mode
Auto-Negotiation,
1000M FullDuplex
Sets and queries the working mode of the

Ethernet.
Default: AutoNegotiation
Auto-negotiation can automatically determine

the optimal working modes of the connected
ports. This mode is easy to maintain.
This parameter is valid only when the Service
Type parameter is set to Ethernet service.
The Ethernet working mode must be consistent
with the mode set for the upstream services of
the customer.
If two ports are mutually protected, the Ethernet
working mode must be consistent on the active
and standby ports.
SD Trigger
Condition
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

conditions of the protection group in which this
OTU board resides.
See SD Trigger Condition (WDM Interface)
13.4.11 LDGD Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

378
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side Fixed
Optical Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable
Optical
Module
TN
11L
DG
D
N/A
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5 kmeSFP
12800 ps/nm-C BandFixed WavelengthNRZ-PIN
N/A
1000 BASE-LX-10
km-eSFP
1000 BASE-LX-40
km-eSFP
1000 BASE-ZX-80
km

(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP

6400 ps/nm-C BandTunable WavelengthNRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZAPD
NOTE
point.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Line code
format
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ

379
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
0.5 km (0.3
mi.)
10 km (6.2
mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-2.5
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9.5
-9
-5
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-17
-20
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3

380
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)

range
nm
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
1.0
1.0
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
APD
range
nm
1270 to 1620
1270 to 1620
dBm
-19
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27

381
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Line code format
Value
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZPIN
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZAPD
6500 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZPIN
3200 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZAPD
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gth-NRZAPD
6400 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gth-NRZAPD
(Four
Channels
Tunable)
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ

Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
-4
-4
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-8
-8
-5
-5
-5
-5
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
10
10
8.2
8.2
10
8.2
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
Center frequency
deviation
GHz
10
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.2
0.5
Minimum side
mode suppression
ratio
dB
35
35
30
30
35
35
Dispersion
tolerance
ps/nm
12800
12800
6500
3200
12800
6400
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1 - compliant
PIN
APD
APD
APD

Receiver type
PIN
Operating
wavelength range
nm
1200 to 1650
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
APD

1300 to
1575
382
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Value
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZPIN
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZAPD
6500 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZPIN
3200 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZAPD
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gth-NRZAPD
6400 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gth-NRZAPD
(Four
Channels
Tunable)
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-18
-28
-18
-28
-28
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-9
-9
-9
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27
-27
-27
Table 13-35 WDM-side fixed optical module specifications (fixed wavelengths)

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
Band-Fixed WavelengthNRZ-APD
NRZ
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Maximum mean launched

power
dBm

power
dBm
0.5
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
nm
1271 to 1611
Central wavelength deviation
nm
6.5
Maximum -20 dB spectral

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30

383
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
ps/nm
1600
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
APD
Operating wavelength range
nm
1200 to 1650
dBm
-28
Minimum receiver overload
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Bo
ard
WDM-Side Optical Module
Typical Power
Consumption
(W)
Maximum
Power
Consumptiona
(W)
TN
11L
DG
D
12800 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed WavelengthNRZ-PIN
34.0
37.4
38.0
41.8
12800 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed WavelengthNRZ-APD

1600 ps/nm-CWDM Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
12800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable WavelengthNRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable WavelengthNRZ-APD (Four Channels-Tunable)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

384
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Typical Power
Consumption
(W)
Maximum
Power
Consumptiona
(W)
13.5 LDGS
LDGS: 2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, single fed and single receiving

The available functional version of the LDGS board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11L
DG
S
13.5.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LDGS implements the conversion between two
For the position of the LDGS board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-19.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

385
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-19 Position of the LDGS board in the WDM system
RX1
LDGS
LDGS
TX1
TX1
RX1
GE
1ODU1
M
IN
U
X
/
D
M OUT
U
X
1OTU1
TX2
1OTU1
1ODU1
GE
RX2
M
OUT U
X
/
D
M
IN
U
X
GE
TX2
RX2
GE
OptiX OSN 6800: From/To cross-connect board or paired slot


The LDGS board is mainly used to achieve tunable wavelength and cross-connection at the
Table 13-36 Functions and features of the LDGS board
Function
and
Feature
Description
Basic
function
LDGS converts signals: 2 x GE <-> 1 x OTU1/STM-16
Client-side
service type
Crossconnect
capabilities
l OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the grooming of two channels of GE services

the backplane. Supports the transmission of two GE signals to the paired
slots through the backplane.
l OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of two GE signals from one
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

386
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
OTN
function

l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by referring to
the ITU-T G.709.
WDM
specification
Tunable
wavelength
function
ESC
function
Supported
FEC coding

WDM side.
PRBS test
function
Not supported
LPT
function
Supported
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring

power of the laser.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
ALS
function
Test frame
Supported
Latency
measuremen
t
Not supported
Opticallayer ASON
Not supported
Not supported

387
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
Port MTU
The value ranges from 1518 to 9600, in bytes. That is, the maximum size of
the supported Jumbo frame is 9600 bytes.
Protection
scheme
l Supports SW SNCP.
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3z
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2

The LDGS board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

388
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-20 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LDGS board.
Figure 13-20 Functional modules and signal flow of the LDGS board
GE
Client side
WDM side
RX1
RX2
O/E
TX1
TX2
E/O
Client-side
optical
module
GE
CrossOTN
connect encapsulation processing
module and mapping
module
module
E/O
OUT
O/E
IN
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
The client side of the LDGS board accesses GE optical signals.
In the signal flow of the LDGS board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LDGS to the WDM side
of the LDGS, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

389
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


optical signals through the OUT optical interface.
l
Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives one channel of the ITU-T G.694.1-compliant at
wavelengths OTU1 optical signals from the WDM side through the IN optical interface.
module performs operations such as OTU1 framing, decoding of FEC, demapping,
decapsulation processing and service cross-connection. Then, the module outputs two
channels of GE signals.
optical interfaces.
Module Function
l



signals between the LDGS and the board in the paired slot or the cross-connect board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

390
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

performance.
l

Power supply module

13.5.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LDGS board.

Figure 13-21 shows the front panel of the LDGS board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

391
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-21 Front panel of the LDGS board
LDGS
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
OUT
IN
LDGS
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

392
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-37 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LDGS board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT
LC

multiplexer board.
TX1-TX2
LC
RX1-RX2
LC
Laser Hazard Level

13.5.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LDGS board.
Table 13-38 shows the valid slots for the LDGS board.
Table 13-38 Valid slots for LDGS board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
IU2-IU5
13.5.7 Characteristic Code for the LDGS

Code for OTUs.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

393
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 13-39 Mapping between the physical ports on the LDGS board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN/OUT
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 13-22 shows the application model of the LDGS board. Table 13-40 describes the
Figure 13-22 Port diagram of the LDGS board
Client side
WDM side
201(LP/LP)-1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
201(LP/LP)-1
201(LP/LP)-2
4(RX2/TX2)-1
Cross-connect
module
Service
processing
module
1(IN/OUT)-1
WDM-side
optical module
Table 13-40 Description of NM port of the LDGS board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX2/TX2
LP
Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1 and

2.
394
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Port Name
Description
IN/OUT

his section describes how to configure cross-connections on boards using the NMS.
If the LDGS board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
l
can be created.
Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and LP ports of the LDGS
board (Create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board), as shown
and
in Figure 13-23.
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the LDGS board and the LP
port of other boards (The GE services accessed from the client side of the LDGS board
are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards for protection and the inter-board
in Figure 13-23.
of the LDGS board (The GE services accessed from the client side of other boards are
cross-connected to the WDM side of the LDGS board for protection and the inter-board
in Figure 13-23.
NOTE
Create the cross-connection between the LP port of the LDGS board and the LP port of
other boards (The GE services accessed from the WDM side of the LDGS board are crossconnected to the WDM side of other board for the grooming of the WDM-side services),
as shown
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
in Figure 13-23.
The two paths of the LP port are converged into one channel, which is connected to the IN/
OUT port. There is no need for configuration on the U2000

395
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-23 Cross-connection diagram of the LDGS board
Client side
Other board
3(RX1/TX1)-1
WDM side
201(LP/LP)-1
4
4(RX2/TX2)-1
201(LP/LP)-2
WDM side
Client side
3(RX1/TX1)-1
201(LP/LP)-1
2
1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
201(LP/LP)-2
LDGS
1

The client side of the LDGS board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other boards
LDGS board
The WDM side of the LDGS board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other boards
Other board
2
3
4
5


For parameters of LDGS, refer to Table 13-41.
Table 13-41 LDGS parameters
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Optical
Interface/
Channel
Optical
Interface
Name

An Optical Interface Name contains a maximum of
64 characters. Any characters are supported.

396
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Channel Use
Status
Used, Unused
The Channel Use Status parameter sets the occupancy

status of the current channel of a board.
Default: Used

service alarms reported for this port will be masked
and the function for automatically disabling serviceaffecting settings is invalid for the port.
parameter to Unused when the current channel is not
used for the moment.
Optical
Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop
Laser Status
Off, On
Specifies the loopback mode for the optical interface

on a board.
Default:
The Laser Status parameter sets the laser status of a

board.
l WDM side:
On

information.
l Client side:
Off
Automatic
Laser
Shutdown
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

determines whether to automatically shut down the
laser after the signals received by a board are lost.
Service Mode
OTN, SDH
Default: OTN
Set the line-side service modes of the local and remote

boards to the same value. When the local board is
connected to an SDH service board on non-WDM
equipment, set the line-side service mode to SDH.
Disabled, Enabled
Determines whether to enable the link pass-through

(LPT) function.
LPT Enabled
Default: Disabled
FEC Working
State
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled
Determines whether to enable or disable the forward

error correction (FEC) function for an optical
interface. Disabling the FEC function affects the
The FEC Working State parameter at the transmit
end must be consistent with that at the receive end.
Otherwise, this parameter is invalid.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

397
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Band Type/
Wavelength
No./
Wavelength
(nm)/
Frequency
(THz)
Queries the operating wavelength at the WDM-side

optical interface of a board.
Band Type
Tunable
Wavelength
Range
Displays the tunable wavelength range supported by

the WDM-side optical interface on the board.
Max. Packet
Length
1518 to 9600

supported by a board and is applicable to the boards
supporting Ethernet services.
Default: 9600
This parameter can be specified when the mapping

path of a GE service is GFP-F. After the parameter is
specified, data packets whose lengths exceed Max.
Packet Length are discarded.
l C:
1/1529.16/196
.050 to
80/1560.61/19
2.100
Planned
Wavelength
No./
Wavelength
(nm)/
Frequency
(THz)
l CWDM:
11/1471.00/20
8.170 to
18/1611.00/18
8.780

frequency of the current optical interface on the WDM
side of a board.
See Planned Wavelength No./Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz) (WDM Interface) for more
information.
Default: /
Planned Band
Type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
C, CWDM
Sets the band type of the current working wavelength.
Default: C
See Planned Band Type (WDM Interface) for more

information.

398
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Ethernet
Working
Mode
AutoNegotiation,
1000M FullDuplex
Sets and queries the working mode of the Ethernet.
This parameter is valid only when the Service Type

parameter is set to Ethernet service.
Auto-negotiation can automatically determine the

optimal working modes of the connected ports. This
mode is easy to maintain.
The Ethernet working mode must be consistent with

the mode set for the upstream services of the customer.
working mode must be consistent on the active and
standby ports.
SD Trigger
Condition
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

channels of a board as SD switching trigger conditions
of the protection group in which this OTU board
resides.
more information.
13.5.11 LDGS Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

399
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable
Optical Module
WDM-Side Fixed
Optical Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable
Optical
Module
TN
11L
DG
S
N/A
2.125 Gbit/s
12800 ps/nm-C BandFixed Wavelength-NRZPIN
N/A
1000 BASE-LX-10 12800 ps/nm-C Bandkm-eSFP

Fixed Wavelength-NRZ1000 BASE-LX-40 APD
km-eSFP
6500 ps/nm-C Band1000 BASE-ZX-80 Fixed Wavelength-NRZPIN

km-eSFP
3200 ps/nm-C Band1.25 Gbit/s
Fixed Wavelength-NRZMultirate
APD
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate
(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP

Channels-Tunable)
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
NOTE
point.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Line code
format
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ

400
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
0.5 km (0.3
mi.)
10 km (6.2
mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-2.5
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9.5
-9
-5
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-17
-20
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3

401
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)

range
nm
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
1.0
1.0
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
APD
range
nm
1270 to 1620
1270 to 1620
dBm
-19
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27

402
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Line code format
Value
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Waveleng
th-NRZPIN
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Waveleng
th-NRZAPD
6500 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Waveleng
th-NRZPIN
3200 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Waveleng
th-NRZAPD
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-NRZAPD
6400 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-NRZAPD
(Four
Channels
-Tunable)
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ

Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
-1
-1
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-5
-5
-2
-2
-2
-2
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
10
10
8.2
8.2
10
8.2
Center
frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
Center
frequency
deviation
GHz
10
Maximum -20
dB spectral
width
nm
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.2
0.5
Minimum side
mode
suppression ratio
dB
35
35
30
30
35
35
Dispersion
tolerance
ps/nm
12800
12800
6500
3200
12800
6400
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant
PIN
APD
APD
APD

Receiver type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
PIN
APD

403
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Waveleng
th-NRZPIN
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Waveleng
th-NRZAPD
6500 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Waveleng
th-NRZPIN
3200 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Waveleng
th-NRZAPD
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-NRZAPD
6400 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-NRZAPD
(Four
Channels
-Tunable)
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1200 to 1650
1300 to
1575
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-18
-28
-18
-28
-28
-28
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-9
-9
-9
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27
-27
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type

Line code format
Value
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
NRZ
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

power
dBm

power
dBm
2.5
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
nm
1271 to 1611
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
<=6.5

width
nm

404
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
ps/nm
1600
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
APD
nm
1200 to 1650
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Bo
ard
Typical Power
Consumption
(W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona
(W)
TN
11L
DG
S
32.0
35.2

Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

405
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Typical Power
Consumption
(W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona
(W)
12800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable

Wavelength-NRZ-APD
36.0
39.6

Wavelength-NRZ-APD (Four ChannelsTunable)
13.6 LDM
LDM: 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board

Only one functional version of the LDM board is available, that is, TN12.

Huawei office.
Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
12L
DM
Type
The system provides two types of the LDM board: One has a pair of input and output optical
interfaces, and the other has two pairs of input and output optical interfaces. Table 13-46 lists
the types of the LDM board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

406
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-46 Type description of the LDM board

Board
Type
Description
LDM
One type is the single transmitting and

single receiving board.
The WDM-side interfaces are

IN1/OUT1.
Other type is the dual-fed selectively

receiving board.
The WDM-side interfaces are

IN1/OUT1 and IN2/OUT2.
NOTE
The WDM-side interfaces of LDM board are dynamic optical interfaces. Before configuring dual fed and
selective receiving, make sure the optical interfaces have been uploaded manually on the U2000.


Hardware Update
Deleted the support for the SDI

and HD-SDI services on the
TN12LDM board.
Added the following

limitations on board usage:
Only one service with a data
rate exceeding 1.25 Gbit/s can
be received.
The RX1/TX1 must be used to

receive the service.
13.6.3 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LDM board converts between signals at the rate of 100
Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations.
For the position of the LDM board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-24 and Figure 13-25.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

407
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-24 Position of the LDM board in the WDM system (single fed and single receiving)
LDM
RX1
TX1
M
U
IN1
X
/
D OUT1
M
U
X
TX1
RX1
1ODU1
TX2
M
U
OUT1
X
/
IN1 D
M
U
X
1OTU1
1OTU1
1ODU1
100Mbit/s~2.5Gbit/s
RX2
LDM
100Mbit/s~2.5Gbit/s
TX2
RX2
Figure 13-25 Position of the LDM board in the WDM system (dual fed and selective receiving)
LDM
RX1
OUT1
MUX/
IN1 DMUX
TX1
OUT2
MUX/
IN2 DMUX
MUX/
DMUXOUT1
IN2
MUX/
DMUXOUT2
TX1
RX1
1ODU1
TX2
LDM
1OTU1
1OTU1
1ODU1
100Mbit/s~2.5Gbit/s
RX2
IN1
100Mbit/s~2.5Gbit/s
TX2
RX2
NOTE
The total rate of two channels of services at the client side cannot exceed 2.5 Gbit/s.
The LDM board can receive and transmit only one client service at a rate of greater than 1.25 Gbit/s (OC-48,
STM-16, FC200, FICON Express, and OTU1) using its RX1/TX1 port pair.

The LDM board is mainly used to provide OTN interfaces and ESC.
Table 13-47 Functions and features of the LDM board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function
and Feature
Description
Basic
function
LDM converts signals: 2 x (100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s signals) <-> 1 x OTU1
Implements the dual fed and selective receiving function or single fed and
single receiving function on the WDM side according to the application
scenario.

408
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Client-side
service type

OTU1: OTN service at a rate of 2.67 Gbit/s
STM-1/OC-3: SDH/SONET service at a rate of 155.52 Mbit/s
STM-16/OC-48: SDH/SONET service at a rate of 2.5 Gbit/s
FC100: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
FICON: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
FICON Express: SAN service at a rate of 2.12 Gbit/s
DVB-ASI: Video service at a rate of 270 Mbit/s
ESCON: SAN service at a rate of 200 Mbit/s
FDDI: SAN service at a rate of 125 Mbit/s
OTN
function

the ITU-T G.709.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
WDM
specification
Tunable
wavelength
function
Not supported
ESC
function
Supported
PRBS test
function
Supports the PRBS function on the client and WDM sides.
LPT function
The board supports the LPT function only when the client-side service type
is FE or GE.
FEC coding

WDM side.
NOTE
The PRBS function on the client side is supported only when the client-side service type
is STM-1/OC3, STM-4/OC-12, or STM-16/OC-48.

409
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Poisson mode or Bursty mode) to help locate line
failures.
power of the laser.
ALS
function
Supports the ALS function on the client side when client services are nonOTN services.
Test frame
The board supports the test frame function only when the client-side service
type is FE or GE.
Latency
measuremen
t
Not supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Not supported
Port MTU
Protection
scheme

Ethernet
service
mapping
mode
Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(GFP-F) (displayed as GE on

the NMS) and GE(GFP-T) modes.
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported

410
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)
Transport Systems: Common Generic
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL PHYSICAL INTERFACES
(FC-PI)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL LINK SERVICES (FC-LS)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL FRAMING AND
SIGNALING-2 (FC-FS-2)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL BACKBONE-3 (FC-BB-3)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL SWITCH FABRIC-3 (FCSW-3)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL - PHYSICAL AND
SIGNALING INTERFACE (FC-PH)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL SINGLE-BYTE
COMMAND CODE SETS-2 MAPPING PROTOCOL
(FC-SB-2)
SMPTE 292M Bit-Serial Digital Interface for HighDefinition Television Systems
ETSI TR 101 891 Professional Interfaces: Guidelines for
the implementation and usage of the DVB Asynchronous
Serial Interface (ASI)
SMPTE 259M 10-Bit 4:2:2 Component and 4fsc
Composite Digital Signals - Serial Digital Interface
NCITS SBCON Single-Byte Command Code Sets
CONnection architecture (SBCON)
ANSI X3.139 Information Systems - Fiber Distributed
Data Interface (FDDI) - Token Ring Media Access
Control (MAC)
Data Interface (FDDI) - Token Ring Physical Layer
Protocol (PHY)
Data Interface (FDDI) Physical Layer Medium
Dependent (PDM)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

411
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2

The LDM board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-26 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LDM board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

412
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-26 Functional modules and signal flow of the LDM board
WDM side
Client side
RX1
RX2
O/E
TX1
TX2
E/O
E/O
Service
encapsulation
and mapping
module
Client-side
optical
module
OTN
processing
module
Signal processing
module
O/E
OUT1
OUT2
IN1
IN2
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication
Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
( controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
The client side of the LDM board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate
ranging from 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s).
In the signal flow of the LDM board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LDM to the WDM side
of the LDM, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives two channels of the Any optical signals from client
module. The module performs operations such as encapsulation and mapping processing,
OTN framing, and encoding of FEC. Then, the module outputs one channel of OTU1
signals.
optical signals. A laser converts the OTU1 optical signals into two channels of identical
optical signals, and then the two channels signals are output through the OUT1-OUT2
optical interfaces.
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receive direction
413
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

wavelengths OTU1 optical signals from the WDM side through the IN1-IN2 optical
FEC, demapping, and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs two channels of
Any signals.
optical interfaces.
NOTE
Only one pair of WDM-side optical interfaces is used, the board implements the single fed and single
receiving function on the WDM side.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of two channels of Any optical signals.
electrical signals to Any optical signals.


The module consists of the service encapsulation and mapping module, and OTN
processing module.
Service encapsulation and mapping module
Encapsulates multiple channels of Any signals and maps the signals into the OTU1
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the Any
performance monitoring function.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

414
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l
Power supply module

13.6.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LDM board.

Figure 13-27 shows the front panel of the LDM board.
Figure 13-27 Front panel of the LDM board
LDM
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
OUT1
IN1
OUT2
IN2
LDM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

415
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 13-48 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TN12LDM board
Interface
Type
Function
IN1-IN2
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT1-OUT2
LC

multiplexer board.
TX1-TX2
LC
RX1-RX2
LC
Laser Hazard Level

13.6.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LDM board.
Table 13-49 shows the valid slots for the LDM board.
Table 13-49 Valid slots for the LDM board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU42, IU45-IU68
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack

416
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800

universal platform
subrack
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
13.6.8 Characteristic Code for the LDM

The board characteristic code indicates information about frequency of signals, type of the
Code for OTUs.


Table 13-50 Mapping between the physical ports on the LDM board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN1/OUT1
IN2/OUT2
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
NOTE

For parameters of LDM, refer to Table 13-51.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

417
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-51 LDM parameters

Field
Value
Description
Optical
Interface/
Channel
Displays the position of the optical

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
maximum of 64 characters. Any
characters are supported.
Channel Use
Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used
The Channel Use Status parameter sets

the occupancy status of the current
channel of a board.
When this parameter is set to Unused for
a port, service alarms reported for this
port will be masked and the function for
automatically disabling serviceaffecting settings is invalid for the port.
This parameter is set to Used by default.
Set this parameter to Unused when the
current channel is not used for the
moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback, Inloop,
Outloop
Specifies the loopback mode for the

optical interface on a board.
Default: Non-Loopback
Service Type
None, Any, FE, GE, GE

(GFP-T), OTU-1, STM-1,
STM-4, STM-16, OC-3,
OC-12, OC-48, FC-100,
FC-200, FICON, FICON
Express, DVB-ASI, ESCON,
FDDI
Default: None
Specifies the type of the client service to

be received by the board.
NOTE
GE services can be encapsulated in two
formats. When Service Type is GE, the
encapsulation format is GFP-F; when
Service Type is GE(GFP-T), the
encapsulation format is GFP-T. The value
GE(GFP-T) is recommended.
The GE services at the transmit and receive
ends must be encapsulated in the same
format.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

418
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Client Service
Bearer Rate
(Mbit/s)
100 to 2200
Sets the rate of the accessed service at

the optical interface on the client side of
a board.
Default: 0
A SPEED_OVER alarm is reported

when the rate of actually accessed
services exceeds the set value.
The bearer rate of client-side services
can be set only when the type of the
client-side services is set to Any.
The set value should be consistent with
the rate of the actually accessed services.
Off, On
Laser Status
Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Disabled, Enabled
LPT Enabled
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled
Default: Disabled
FEC Working
State
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled
The Laser Status parameter sets the

laser status of a board.
more information.
The Automatic Laser Shutdown
parameter determines whether to
automatically shut down the laser after
the signals received by a board are lost.
Determines whether to enable the link
pass-through (LPT) function.
Determines whether to enable or disable
the forward error correction (FEC)
function for an optical interface.
Disabling the FEC function affects the
The FEC Working State parameter at
the transmit end must be consistent with
that at the receive end. Otherwise, this
parameter is invalid.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)

Band Type
Tunable
Wavelength
Range

supported by the WDM-side optical
interface on the board.

419
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)
l C: 1/1529.16/196.050 to
80/1560.61/192.100
Sets the wavelength number,

wavelength and frequency of the current
optical interface on the WDM side of a
board.
l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.170 to
18/1611.00/188.780
Default: /
Planned Band
Type
C, CWDM
Default: C
See Planned Wavelength No./

Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
(WDM Interface) for more
information.
wavelength.
See Planned Band Type (WDM
Interface) for more information.
Max. Packet
Length
1518 to 9600
Default: 9600
Sets and queries the maximum packet

length supported by a board and is
applicable to the boards supporting
Ethernet services.
This parameter can be specified when
the mapping path of a GE service is
GFP-F. After the parameter is specified,
data packets whose lengths exceed Max.
SD Trigger
Condition
None, B1_SD, OTUk_DEG,

ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None
The SD Trigger Condition parameter

sets the relevant alarms of certain optical
interfaces or channels of a board as SD
switching trigger conditions of the
protection group in which this OTU
board resides.
See SD Trigger Condition (WDM
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled
Determines whether to process GCC1

and GCC2 in OTN overheads. If the
processing is not required, set this
parameter to Enabled; otherwise, set it
to Disabled.
NOTE
This parameter is valid only when the client
side accesses OTN services.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

420
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
PRBS Test
Status
Disabled, Enabled
The PRBS Test Status parameter sets the

pseudo-random binary sequence
(PRBS) test status of a board.
Default: Disabled
The PRBS test belongs to the fault

diagnosis function and affects channel
services. After the PRBS test is started,
the services on the corresponding port
are interrupted.
Different boards support different
optical interface channels. After the
command of enabling the PRBS test is
issued, an error is returned in case the
optical interface channels do not support
the PRBS test.
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled
Determines whether to enable the

special frame test before deployment.
When this parameter is set to Enabled,
the board sends the test frame where the
payload consists of only 0. This
parameter is used in the deployment
commissioning.
13.6.11 LDM Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

421
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed
Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side
WDM-Side
Fixed Optical Pluggable Optical
Module
Module
TN
12L
DM
N/A
I-16-2 km-eSFP
N/A
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP
L-16.1-40 km-eSFP
L-16.2-80 km-eSFP

(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
(DWDM)-120 kmeSFP
2.125 Gbit/s
(CWDM)-40 km-eSFP
(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
(DWDM)-120 km-eSFP
NOTE
point.

NOTE
I-16-2 km-eSFP, S-16.1-15 km-eSFP, L-16.1-40 km-eSFP and L-16.2-80 km-eSFP optical module can be used
to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100, FDDI, FICON, FICON Express, GE, STM-4, OC-12,
ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, and DVB-ASI signals.
Only S-16.1-15 km-eSFP optical module supports FE services, and it can only connect to a 100BASE-LX10eSFP optical module.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

422
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-52 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (SDH services)

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
SLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
2 km (1.2 mi.) 15 km (9.3

mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1266 to 1360
1260 to 1360
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-10
-5
-2
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
Maximum
-20 dB
spectral
width
nm
N/A
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
N/A
30
30
30
Eye pattern
mask
G.957-compliant
APD
APD
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver
type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
PIN
PIN

423
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1270 to 1580
1270 to 1580
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-18
-18
-27
-28
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27
NOTE
The 2.125 Gbit/s Multirate-0.5 km-eSFP module can be used to access FC200, GE, FC100, and FE signals.
The 1000 BASE-LX-10 km-eSFP, 1000 BASE-LX-10 km-eSFP, and 1000 BASE-ZX-80 km-eSFP can be used
to access GE, FC100, STM-4, ESCON, STM-1, FE and DVB-ASI signals.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
0.5 km (0.3
mi.)
10 km (6.2
mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580

Operating
wavelength
range
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355

424
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-2.5
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9.5
-9
-5
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask

Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-17
-20
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3
NOTE
The 1.25 Gbit/s Multirate (CWDM)-40 km-eSFP can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, ESCON, STM-1,
FE, DVB-ASI signals.
The 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (CWDM)-80 km-eSFP can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, FC200, FC100, GE,
STM-4, ESCON, STM-1, DVB-ASI, FE signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

425
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)

range
nm
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
1.0
1.0
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
APD
range
nm
1270 to 1620
1270 to 1620
dBm
-19
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27

426
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (DWDM)-120 km-eSFP can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, FC200, FC100, GE,
STM-4, ESCON, STM-1, DVB-ASI, FE signals.
Table 13-55 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (DWDM colored wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (DWDM)-120 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
Target transmission
distance
120 km (74.6 mi.)

Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
Center frequency deviation
GHz
12.5

power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
ps/nm
2400
Eye pattern mask
G.957-compliant (a 5% margin is required for

the eye pattern of STM-16 services and
equivalent OTU1 services)
G.959.1-compliant (a 5% margin is required
for the eye pattern of STM-16 services and
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
APD
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

427
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
Line code format
NRZ
Target transmission distance
80 km (49.7 mi.)

power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2
nm
1471 to 1611
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1 - compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
APD
nm
1270 to 1620
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

428
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-57 DWDM-side pluggable optical module specifications (fixed wavelengths)

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(DWDM)-120 km-eSFP
Line code format
NRZ
120 km (74.6 mi.)

power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
nm
12.5

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
ps/nm
2400
Eye pattern mask
G.957-compliant (5% margin

are required for the eye pattern
of STM-16 services and

Receiver type
APD
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
l
(8.7 in.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

429
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN12LDM
22.6
24.8
13.7 LDMD
LDMD: 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board, dual fed and
selective receiving

Only one functional version of the LDMD board is available, that is, TN11.

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1L
D
M
D

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

430
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update

TN11LDMD board.
Added the following

be received.

13.7.3 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LDMD converts between signals at the rate of 100
Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations, and dually
feeds and selectively receives signals on the WDM side.
For the position of the LDMD board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-28.
Figure 13-28 Position of the LDMD board in the WDM system
LDMD
RX1
OUT1
MUX/
IN1
DMUX
TX1
MUX/
IN2 DMUX
MUX/
DMUXOUT1
IN2
MUX/
DMUXOUT2
TX1
RX1
1OTU1
TX2
OUT2
LDMD
1ODU1
1OTU1
1ODU1
100Mbit/s~2.5Gbit/s
RX2
IN1
100Mbit/s~2.5Gbit/s
TX2
RX2
NOTE
The LDMD board can receive and transmit only one client service at a rate of greater than 1.25 Gbit/s
(OC-48, STM-16, FC200, FICON Express, and OTU1) using its RX1/TX1 port pair.

The LDMD board is mainly used to achieve tunable wavelength, and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

431
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-58 Functions and features of the LDMD board

Function
and Feature
Description
Basic
function
LDMD converts signals: 2 x (100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s) <-> 1 x OTU1
Client-side
service type
Implements the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM side.

OTN
function

the ITU-T G.709.
WDM
specification
Supports ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM specifications.
Tunable
wavelength
function
ESC function
Supported
PRBS test
function
LPT function
is FE or GE.
FEC coding
Supports ITU-T G.709-compliant forward error correction (FEC) on the client

side, only when the client side service type is OTU1.
NOTE
Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the WDM side that complies with
ITU-T G.709.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

432
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
failures.
power of the laser.
ALS
function
Test frame
type is FE or GE.
Latency
measuremen
t
Not supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Not supported
Protection
scheme

Ethernet
service
mapping
mode

Port MTU
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported

433
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network
(SONET) Transport Systems: Common Generic
(FC-PI)
(FC-SB-2)
Control (MAC)
Protocol (PHY)
Dependent (PDM)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

434
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LDMD board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-29 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LDMD board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

435
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-29 Functional modules and signal flow of the LDMD board
WDM side
Client side
RX1
RX2
O/E
TX1
TX2
E/O
E/O
Service
encapsulation
and mapping
module
Client-side
optical
module
OTN
processing
module
Splitter
OUT1
OUT2
IN1
IN2
O/E
WDM-side
optical
module
Signal processing
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication
Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
The client side of the LDMD board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate
In the signal flow of the LDMD board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LDMD to the WDM side
of the LDMD, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
signals.
wavelengths OTU1 optical signals. An optical splitter converts the OTU1 optical signals
into two channels of identical optical signals, and then the two channels signals are output
through the OUT1-OUT2 optical interfaces.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receive direction

436
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

DWDM standard wavelengths OTU1 optical signals from the WDM side through the IN1IN2 optical interfaces. Then, the module performs O/E conversion.
FEC, demapping, and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs two channels of
Any signals.
optical interfaces.
Module Function
l



processing module.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

437
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power supply module

13.7.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LDMD board.

Figure 13-30 shows the front panel of the LDMD board.
Figure 13-30 Front panel of the LDMD board
LDMD
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
OUT1
IN1
OUT2
IN2
LDMD
Indicators
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

438
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 13-59 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LDMD board
Interface
Type
Function
IN1-IN2
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT1-OUT2
LC

multiplexer board.
TX1-TX2
LC
RX1-RX2
LC
Laser Hazard Level

13.7.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LDMD board.
Table 13-60 shows the valid slots for the LDMD board.
Table 13-60 Valid slots for the LDMD board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11

439
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.7.8 Characteristic Code for the LDMD

The characteristic code for the LDMD board contains eight digits, respectively indicating the
Table 13-61 Characteristic code for the LDMD board
Code
Description
Description
First four digits

optical signal

WDM side.
Last four digits

optical signal

the WDM side.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11LDMD board is 92109210.
l


Table 13-62 Mapping between the physical ports on the LDMD board and the port numbers
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Physical Port
IN1/OUT1
IN2/OUT2
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2

440
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE

For the parameters of LDMD, refer to Table 13-63.
Table 13-63 LDMD Parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Channel Use
Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

channel of a board.
moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Service Type

OC-12, OC-48, FC-100,
Express, DVB-ASI,
ESCON, FDDI
Default: None

NOTE
format.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

441
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Client Service
Bearer Rate (Mbit/
s)
100 to 2200

a board.
Default: 0

Off, On
Laser Status
Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Disabled, Enabled
LPT Enabled
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled
Default: Disabled
FEC Working
State
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

more information.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Band Type
Tunable
Wavelength Range


442
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
l C: 1/1529.16/196.050
to 80/1560.61/192.100

board.
l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.170 to
18/1611.00/188.780
Default: /
Planned Band
Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

information.
wavelength.
Max. Packet
Length
1518 to 9600
Default: 9600

Ethernet services.
SD Trigger
Condition
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

board resides.
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

to Disabled.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

443
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
PRBS Test Status
Disabled, Enabled

Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

commissioning.
13.7.11 LDMD Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

444
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side Fixed
Optical Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable
Optical
Module
TN
11L
DM
D
N/A
I-16-2 km-eSFP
N/A
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP
L-16.1-40 km-eSFP
L-16.2-80 km-eSFP
2.125 Gbit/s

Channels-Tunable)

(CWDM)-40 km-eSFP
(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
(DWDM)-120 km-eSFP
NOTE
point.

NOTE
Only the S-16.1-15 km-eSFP optical module supports FE services, and it can only connect to a 100BASE-LX10
optical module.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

445
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
SLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
2 km (1.2 mi.) 15 km (9.3

mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1266 to 1360
1260 to 1360
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-10
-5
-2
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
Maximum
-20 dB
spectral
width
nm
N/A
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
N/A
30
30
30
Eye pattern
mask
G.957-compliant
APD
APD
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver
type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
PIN
PIN

446
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1270 to 1580
1270 to 1580
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-18
-18
-27
-28
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27
NOTE
The 2.125 Gbit/s Multirate-0.5 km-eSFP optical module can be used to access FC200, GE, FC100, and FE
signals.
The 1000 BASE-LX-10 km-eSFP, 1000 BASE-LX-40 km-eSFP and 1000 BASE-ZX-80 km-eSFP optical
module can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, ESCON, STM-1, FE and DVB-ASI signals.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
0.5 km (0.3
mi.)
10 km (6.2
mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580

Operating
wavelength
range
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355

447
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-2.5
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9.5
-9
-5
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask

Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-17
-20
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3
NOTE
The 1.25 Gbit/s Multirate (CWDM)-40 km-eSFP optical module can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4,
ESCON, STM-1, FE, DVB-ASI signals.
The 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (CWDM)-80 km-eSFP optical module can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, FC200,
FC100, GE, STM-4, ESCON, STM-1, DVB-ASI, FE signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

448
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)

range
nm
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
1.0
1.0
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
APD
range
nm
1270 to 1620
1270 to 1620
dBm
-19
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27

449
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (DWDM)-120 km-eSFP optical module can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, FC200,
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
Target transmission
distance
120 km (74.6 mi.)

Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
GHz
12.5

power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
ps/nm
2400
Eye pattern mask

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
APD
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

450
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Line code format
Value
12800 ps/nmC Band-Fixed
WavelengthNRZ-APD
12800 ps/nmC BandTunable

WavelengthNRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-C
BandTunable
WavelengthNRZ-APD
(Four
ChannelsTunable)
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ

Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
-4
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-8
-5
-5
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
10
10
8.2
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
Center frequency
deviation
GHz
10
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
0.2
0.2
0.5
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
35
35
ps/nm
12800
12800
6400
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1 - compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
APD
APD
APD
range
nm
1200 to 1650
dBm
-28
-28
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-9
-9
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
1300 to 1575

451
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11LDMD
26.9
29.6
13.8 LDMS
LDMS: 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board, single fed and
single receiving

Only one functional version of the LDMS board is available, that is, TN11.

Huawei office.
Boar
d
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN11
LDM
S

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

452
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update

TN11LDMS board.
Added the following limitations

on board usage: 1. Only one
service with a data rate
exceeding 1.25 Gbit/s can be
received. 2. The RX1/TX1 must
be used to receive the service.
13.8.3 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LDMS board converts between signals at the rate of
100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations.
For the position of the LDMS board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-31.
Figure 13-31 Position of the LDMS board in the WDM system
RX1
LDMS
TX1
TX1
RX1
1ODU1
TX2
M
U
IN
X
/
D OUT
M
U
X
1OTU1
1OTU1
1ODU1
100Mbit/s~2.5Gbit/s
RX2
LDMS
M
U
OUT
X
/
IN
D
M
U
X
100Mbit/s~2.5Gbit/s
TX2
RX2
NOTE
The LDMS board can receive and transmit only one client service at a rate of greater than 1.25 Gbit/s

The LDMS board is mainly used to achieve tunable wavelength, and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

453
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-69 Functions and features of the LDMS board

Function
and Feature
Description
Basic
function
LDMS converts signals: 2 x (100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s) <-> 1 x OTU1
Client-side
service type

OTN
function

the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports PM, and TCM functions for ODU1.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
WDM
specification
Tunable
wavelength
function
ESC
function
Supported
PRBS test
function
LPT function
is FE or GE.
NOTE

454
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
FEC coding

Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the WDM side that complies with
ITU-T G.709.
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
failures.
power of the laser.
ALS
function
Test frame
type is FE or GE.
Latency
measuremen
t
Not supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Not supported
Protection
scheme
Ethernet
service
mapping
mode

Port MTU
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported

455
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
(FC-PI)
(FC-SB-2)
Control (MAC)
Protocol (PHY)
Dependent (PDM)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

456
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LDMS board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-32 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LDMS board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

457
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-32 Functional modules and signal flow of the LDMS board
Client side
WDM side
RX1
RX2
O/E
TX1
TX2
E/O
E/O
Service
encapsulation
and mapping
module
Client-side
optical
module
OUT
OTN
processing
module
O/E
IN
WDM-side
optical
module
Signal processing
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
The client side of the LDMS board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate
In the signal flow of the LDMS board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LDMS to the WDM side
of the LDMS, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
signals.
wavelengths OTU1 optical signals through the OUT optical interface.
Receive direction
DWDM standard wavelengths OTU1 optical signals from the WDM side through the IN
optical interface. Then, the module performs O/E conversion.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

458
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

module performs operations such as OTU1 framing, decoding of FEC, demapping, and
decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs two channels of Any signals.
optical interfaces.
Module Function
l



processing module.

Power supply module

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

459
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.8.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LDMS board.

Figure 13-33 shows the front panel of the LDMS board.
Figure 13-33 Front panel of the LDMS board
LDMS
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
OUT
IN
LDMS
Indicators
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

460
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 13-70 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LDMS board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT
LC

multiplexer board.
TX1-TX2
LC
RX1-RX2
LC
Laser Hazard Level

13.8.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LDMS board.
Table 13-71 shows the valid slots for the LDMS board.
Table 13-71 Valid slots for the LDMS board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11

461
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.8.8 Characteristic Code for the LDMS

Code for OTUs.


Table 13-72 Mapping between the physical ports on the LDMS board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN1/OUT1
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
NOTE

For the parameters of LDMS, refer to Table 13-73.
Table 13-73 LDMS Parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

462
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused

channel of a board.
Default: Used

moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Service Type

OC-12, OC-48, FC-100,
Express, DVB-ASI,
ESCON, FDDI
Default: None

NOTE
format.
Client Service
Bearer Rate (Mbit/
s)
100 to 2200
Default: 0

a board.
Laser Status
Off, On
Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

more information.

463
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Disabled, Enabled

LPT Enabled
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled
Default: Disabled
FEC Working
State
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Band Type
Tunable
Wavelength Range

Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
l C: 1/1529.16/196.050
to 80/1560.61/192.100

board.
l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.170 to
18/1611.00/188.780
Default: /
Planned Band
Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

information.
wavelength.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

464
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Max. Packet
Length
1518 to 9600

Ethernet services.
Default: 9600

OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

to Disabled.
NOTE
SD Trigger
Condition
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

board resides.
PRBS Test Status
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

465
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled

commissioning.
Default: Disabled
13.8.11 LDMS Specifications

Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side Fixed
Optical Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable
Optical
Module
TN
11L
DM
S
N/A
I-16-2 km-eSFP
N/A
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP
L-16.1-40 km-eSFP
L-16.2-80 km-eSFP
2.125 Gbit/s

Channels-Tunable)

(CWDM)-40 km-eSFP
(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
(DWDM)-120 km-eSFP
NOTE
point.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

466
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


NOTE
Only the S-16.1-15 km-eSFP optical module supports FE services, and it can only connect to a 100BASE-LX10eSFP optical module.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
SLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
2 km (1.2 mi.) 15 km (9.3

mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1266 to 1360
1260 to 1360
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-10
-5
-2
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
Maximum
-20 dB
spectral
width
nm
N/A

467
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
30
30
30
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
N/A
Eye pattern
mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
APD
APD
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1270 to 1580
1270 to 1580
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-18
-18
-27
-28
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27
NOTE
signals.
module can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, ESCON, STM-1, FE and DVB-ASI signals.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM

468
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Target
transmission
distance
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
0.5 km (0.3
mi.)
10 km (6.2
mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-2.5
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9.5
-9
-5
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-17
-20
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3

469
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (CWDM)-80 km-eSFP optical module can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, FC200,
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)

range
nm
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
1.0
1.0
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
APD
range
nm
1270 to 1620
1270 to 1620
dBm
-19
-28

470
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27
NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (DWDM)-120 km-eSFP optical module can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, FC200,
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
Target transmission
distance
120 km (74.6 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
GHz
12.5

power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
ps/nm
2400

471
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type
Eye pattern mask


Receiver type
APD
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Line code format
Value
WavelengthNRZ-APD

WavelengthNRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-C
BandTunable
WavelengthNRZ-APD
(Four
ChannelsTunable)
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
-1
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-5
-2
-2
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
10
10
8.2
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00

472
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module
Type

WavelengthNRZ-APD

WavelengthNRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-C
BandTunable
WavelengthNRZ-APD
(Four
ChannelsTunable)
Center frequency
deviation
GHz
10
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
0.2
0.2
0.5
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
35
35
ps/nm
12800
12800
6400
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1 - compliant

Receiver type
APD
APD
APD
range
nm
1200 to 1650
dBm
-28
-28
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-9
-9
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
1300 to 1575
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11LDMS
26.9
29.6
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

473
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.9 LDX
LDX: 2 x 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit

Only one functional version of the LDX board is available, that is, TN12.

Huawei office.
Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
12L
DX
Variants
The TN12LDX board have two variants: TN12LDX01 and TN12LDX02.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
Added the TN12LDX02 board.
The TN12LDX01 board can be replaced with the

TN12LDX02 board.

474
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
Added the support for the 10

Gbit/s Multirate-TX1330/
RX1270nm-10km-XFP and 10
RX1330nm-10km-XFP
single-fiber bidirectional
optical modules on the
TN12LDX board.
Function enhancement: The board supports single-fiber

bidirectional transmission.

Hardware Update

ps/nm-C band-tunable-NRZPIN-XFP optical module on the
TN12LDX board.
Function enhancement: The board supports wavelength

tunable optical modules.

Hardware Update
Changed the description to that

the TN12LDX board does not
support the test frame function.
13.9.3 Application
The LDX board is an optical transponder unit that converts two channels of 10 Gbit/s service
signals into OTU2 or OTU2e signals and performs conversion between the 10 Gbit/s service
signals and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations.
For the position of the LDX board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-34.
Figure 13-34 Position of the LDX board in the WDM system
RX1
OUT1
M
U OUT1
X
/
D
M IN2
U
X OUT2

LDX
2ODU2/ODU2e
M
IN1 U
X
/
D
OUT2 M
U
IN2 X
IN1
2OTU2/OTU2e
2OTU2/OTU2e
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
2ODU2/ODU2e
10GE LAN/ TX1

10GE WAN/
STM-64/
OC-192/ RX2
OTU2/
OTU2e
TX2
LDX
TX1
RX1 10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/
STM-64/
TX2 OC-192/
OTU2/
OTU2e
RX2
475
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The LDX board provides OTN interfaces and electrical supervisory channels (ESCs).
Table 13-79 Functions and features of the LDX board
Function
and
Feature
Description
Basic
function
LDX converts signals as follows:

l 2 x 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2 <-> 2 x OTU2
l 2 x 10GE LAN/OTU2e <-> 2 x OTU2e
Client-side
service type
10GE LAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 10.31 Gbit/s

10GE WAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
OTU2e: OTN service at a rate of 11.1 Gbit/s
OTN
function
l Provides the OTU2/OTU2e interface on the WDM side.

the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports the PM and TCM function, and PM and TCM non-intrusive
monitoring functions for ODU2.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
WDM
specification
Tunable
wavelength
function
of: 80 wavelengths in C-band with the channel spacing of 50 GHz.
ESC
function
Supported
PRBS test
function
LPT
function
is 10GE LAN.
NOTE
is STM-64/OC-192, OTU2 or OTU2e.

476
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
FEC coding
l Supports ITU-T G.709-compliant forward error correction (FEC) on the

client side, only when the client side service type is OTU2/OTU2e.
l Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the WDM side that complies
with ITU-T G.709.
l Supports ITU-T G.975.1-compliant AFEC-2 on the WDM side.
NOTE
Boards that use different FEC modes cannot interconnect with each other.
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Bursty mode) to help locate line failures.

power of the laser.
l Supports the remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services (10GE
LAN).
Regeneratio
n board
The WDM-side signals from one LDX board can be regenerated by another
TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2/TN55NO2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2 board.
ALS
function
Test frame
Not supported
Latency
measuremen
t
Not supported
IEEE
1588v2
Not supported
Physical
clock
When the board receives 10GE LAN services and the port mapping is Bit
Transparent Mapping (11.1 G) on its client side, the board can support
synchronous Ethernet transparent transmission instead of synchronous
Ethernet processing.
Opticallayer ASON
Supported
Not supported
Protection
scheme

QCP board).
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

477
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
Ethernet
service
mapping
mode
Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G), MAC Transparent Mapping(10.7G)
Port MTU
9600 bytes. That is, the maximum size of the supported Jumbo frame is 9600
bytes.
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3ae
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LDX board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

478
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-35 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LDX board.
Figure 13-35 Functional modules and signal flow of the LDX board
Client side
RX1
TX1
O/E
E/O
WDM side
SDH/SONET
encapsulation and
mapping module
Client-side OTN
1
processing
module
0
OTN
processing
module
E/O
OUT1
O/E
IN1
E/O
OUT2
O/E
IN2
10GE LAN
encapsulation and
mapping module
SDH/SONET
encapsulation and
mapping module
RX2
TX2
O/E
Client-side OTN
processing module
E/O
Client-side
optical
module
OTN
processing
module
10GE LAN
encapsulation and
mapping module
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the LDX board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LDX to the WDM side
of the LDX. The receive direction is defined as the direction from the WDM side of the LDX
to the client side of the LDX.
The RX1/TX1 and RX2/TX2 ports independently process signals. The RX1/TX1 port
corresponds to the OUT1/IN1 port, and the RX2/TX2 port corresponds to the OUT2/IN2 port.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

479
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives two channel of the optical signals from client
equipment through the RX1/RX2 optical interface and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the signal processing module. OTU2/
OTU2e signals are sent to the client-side OTN processing module for performance
monitoring. Other types of signals are sent to different encapsulation and mapping modules
for encapsulation and mapping. In the end, operations such as the OTN framing and FEC
encoding are performed. Finally, the module outputs two channels of OTU2 /OTU2e
electrical signals.
The OTU2/OTU2e signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module. After E/O conversion,
the module transmits OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at DWDM wavelengths that comply
with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT1 and OUT2 optical interfaces.
Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives two channel of OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at
DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN1 and IN2 optical
After O/E conversion, the OTU2/OTU2e signals are sent to the signal processing module.
The module performs operations such as OTU2/OTU2e framing, FEC decoding,
demapping, and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs two channels of
OC-192, STM-64, 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, or OTU2/OTU2e electrical signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of OC-192, STM-64, 10GE LAN,
10GE WAN, or OTU2/OTU2e electrical signals, and then outputs client-side optical signals
through the TX1 and TX2 optical interfaces.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of OC-192/STM-64/10GE LAN/10GE
WAN/OTU2/OTU2e optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from the internal electrical signals to
OC-192/STM-64/10GE LAN/10GE WAN/OTU2/OTU2e optical signals.

WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of OTU2/OTU2e optical signals.
OTU2/OTU2e optical signals.

The module consists of the SDH/SONET encapsulation and mapping module, 10GE LAN
encapsulation and mapping module, client-side OTN processing module, and OTN
processing module.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

480
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

SDH/SONET encapsulation and mapping module

Encapsulates one channel of SDH/SONET signals and maps the signals into the OTU2
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the SDH/SONET
10GE LAN encapsulation and mapping module
Encapsulates one channel of 10GE LAN signals and maps the signals into the OTU2/
OTU2e payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the 10GE
LAN performance monitoring function.
Client-side OTN processing module
Implements the OTN performance monitoring function.
Frames OTU2/OTU2e signals, processes overheads in OTU2/OTU2e signals, and
performs the FEC encoding and decoding.
l

Power supply module

13.9.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LDX board.

Figure 13-36 shows the front panel of the LDX board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

481
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-36 Front panel of the LDX board
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 13-80 describes the type and function of each interface.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

482
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-80 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LDX board
Interface
Type
Function
IN1-IN2
LC
Receives a wavelength from the optical demultiplexing

unit or the optical add and drop multiplexing unit.
OUT1-OUT2
LC
Transmits a wavelength to the optical multiplexing unit

or the optical add and drop multiplexing unit.
TX1-TX2
LC
Transmits service signals to the client-side equipment.
RX1-RX2
LC
Receives service signals from the client-side

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

13.9.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LDX board.
Table 13-81 shows the valid slots for the LDX board.
Table 13-81 Valid slots for the LDX board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack
IU1-IU18
OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
13.9.8 Characteristic Code for the LDX

The board characteristic code provides information about signal frequency, optical module type,
wavelength, and so on.
Code for OTUs.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

483
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Table 13-82 Mapping between the physical ports on the LDX board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN1/OUT1
IN2/OUT2
RX1/TX1
RX2/TX2
NOTE

For the parameters of the LDX, refer to Table 13-83.
Table 13-83 LDX Parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

484
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused

occupancy status of the current channel of
a board.
Default: Used

port, service alarms reported for this port
will be masked and the function for
automatically disabling service-affecting
settings is invalid for the port.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Service Type
None, 10GE LAN,

10GE WAN, OC-192,
OTU-2, OTU-2e,
STM-64
Specifies the type of the client service to be

received by the board.
Default: 10GE LAN

Port Mapping
Bit Transparent
Mapping(11.1G),
MAC Transparent
Mapping(10.7G)
Specifies the service mapping mode on a

port.
See Port Mapping (WDM Interface) for
more information.
Default: Bit
Transparent Mapping
(11.1G)
Laser Status
Off, On
Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

status of a board.
more information.
automatically shut down the laser after the
signals received by a board are lost.

485
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Specifies the hold-off time for

automatically disabling lasers.
With ALS enabled, the hold-off time is a
time period from the point when the system
detects service interruption to the point
when ALS automatically shuts down the
related lasers.
Default: 0s
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Turn-On
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

automatically enabling lasers.
detects service recovery to the point when
ALS automatically enables the related
lasers.
Default: 0s
LPT Enabled
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Disabled
Condition of Laser
Shutdown by LPT
REMOTE_FAULT,
None
Default:
REMOTE_FAULT

Determines whether to set
REMOTE_FAULT as a laser shutdown
condition.
NOTE
l This parameter takes effect only when LPT
Enabled is set to Enabled.
l For the TN12LDX boards, when routers
support REMOTE_FAULT as a switching
condition and the LDX boards are cascaded
on the client side, perform the following
operations:
l If the bit transparent transmission mode
is configured, set LPT Enabled to
Enabled and Condition of Laser
Shutdown by LPT to None, no matter
whether a protection scheme is
configured or not.
l If the MAC transparent transmission
mode and client-side 1+1 protection are
configured, set LPT Enabled to
Shutdown by LPT to None. The nonprotection scenario of MAC transparent
transmission is not supported.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

486
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
FEC Working State
Disabled, Enabled

forward error correction (FEC) function for
an optical interface. Disabling the FEC
function affects the transmission distance.
Default: Enabled

transmit end must be consistent with that at
the receive end. Otherwise, this parameter
is invalid.
FEC Mode
FEC, AFEC
Default: FEC
The FEC Mode parameter sets the FEC

mode of the current optical interface.
FEC Mode of two interconnected boards
must be the same.
This parameter is available only when you
set FEC Working State to Enabled.
This parameter is automatically set to
AFEC when you set Service Type to 10GE
LAN and Port Mapping to Bit
Transparent Mapping(10.7G).
1, 2, 3
AFEC Grade
Default: 3
A larger value of this parameter means a

stronger error correction capability and a
longer signal transmission delay.
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Band Type
Tunable
Wavelength Range

Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.10
0
Sets the wavelength number, wavelength

and frequency of the current optical
interface on the WDM side of a board.
l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.17
0 to
18/1611.00/188.78
0

(WDM Interface) for more information.
NOTE
Only support C band.
Default: /
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

487
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Planned Band Type
C, CWDM

wavelength.
Default: C

NOTE
SD Trigger
Condition
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None
The SD Trigger Condition parameter sets

the relevant alarms of certain optical
protection group in which this OTU board
resides.
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled
Determines whether to process GCC1 and

GCC2 in OTN overheads. If the processing
is not required, set this parameter to
Enabled; otherwise, set it to Disabled.
NOTE
This parameter is valid only when the client side
accesses OTN services.
PRBS Test Status
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Disabled

pseudo-random binary sequence (PRBS)
test status of a board.
services. After the PRBS test is started, the
services on the corresponding port are
interrupted.
Different boards support different optical
interface channels. After the command of
enabling the PRBS test is issued, an error is
returned in case the optical interface
channels do not support the PRBS test.
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled
Determines whether to enable the special

frame test before deployment. When this
parameter is set to Enabled, the board
sends the test frame where the payload
consists of only 0. This parameter is used
in the deployment commissioning.
13.9.11 LDX Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

488
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side
Fixed
Optical
Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
TN
12L
DX
N/A
10 Gbit/s Multirate-10
km-XFP
N/A
800 ps/nm-C Band

(Odd & Even
Wavelengths)-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZPIN-XFP
km-XFP
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s Single Rate
-0.3 km-XFP
800 ps/nm-C BandTunable WavelengthNRZ-PIN-XFP
800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd

& Even Wavelengths)Fixed WavelengthNRZ-PIN-XFP
10 Gbit/s MultirateTX1330/
RX1270nm-10km-XFP
RX1330nm-10km-XFP
NOTE
point.

NOTE
The 10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km-XFP, 10 Gbit/s Multirate-40 km-XFP, and 10 Gbit/s Multirate-80 km-XFP
optical module can be used to access OC-192, STM-64, 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, and OTU2/OTU2e
signals.
The 10 Gbit/s Single-Rate-0.3 km-XFP optical module can be used only to access 10GE LAN signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

489
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-84 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (10 Gbit/s services)
Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
SingleRate-0.3 kmXFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
SLM
SLM
SLM
MLM
Target
transmissio
n distance
10 km (6.2 mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
0.3 km (0.2
mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1290 to 1330
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
840 to 860
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-1
-1.3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-6
-4.7
-7.3
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
30
30
30
30
Eye pattern
mask
G.691-compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
APD
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1260 to 1565
1260 to 1605
1270 to 1600
840 to 860

490
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Receiver
sensitivity
(multirate)a
dBm
-11
-14
-24
-7.5
Receiver
sensitivity
(10GE
LAN)
dBm
-14.4
-15.8
-24
-7.5
Minimum
receiver
overload
(10GE
LAN)
dBm
0.5
-1
-7
-1
Minimum
receiver
overload
(STM-64)a
dBm
-1
-1
-7
-1
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-12
a: The sensitivity and overload in the table complies with ITU-T G.691. The actual sensitivity
of 10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km-XFP modules is -14.4 dBm, and the actual overload is 0.5 dBm,
which can be used as the reference during deployment commissioning.
Table 13-85 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (DWDM colored wavelengths,
fixed wavelength)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
& Even Wavelengths)Fixed Wavelength-NRZPIN-XFP
NRZ

power
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
dBm

491
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value

power
dBm
-3
dB
Operating frequency range
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz
10

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1200 to 1650
Receiver sensitivity, EOL

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
tunable wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ

power
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
dBm

492
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type

power
dBm
-1
dB
10
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
The 10 Gbit/s Multirate-TX1330/RX1270nm-10km-XFP and 10 Gbit/s Multirate-TX1270/

RX1330nm-10km-XFP optical module can be used to access 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, STM-64,
OC-192, OTU2, and OTU2e signals.
Table 13-87 Client-side pluggable 10G optical module specifications (single-fiber bidirectional
transmissions)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Value
RX1270nm-10kmXFP
RX1330nm-10kmXFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM

493
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Target transmission
distance
km
Value
RX1270nm-10kmXFP
RX1330nm-10kmXFP
10
10

range
nm
1320 to 1340
1260 to 1280
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-5
-5
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
3.5
3.5

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
range
nm
1260 to 1280
1320 to 1340
dBm
-14
-14
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
0.5
0.5

Table 13-88 WDM-side pluggable optical module specifications (fixed wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ

power
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
dBm

494
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value

power
dBm
-3
dB
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz
10
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
Table 13-89 WDM-side pluggable optical module specifications (tunable wavelengths)

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ

power
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
dBm

495
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type

power
dBm
-1
dB
10
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Bo
ard
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
LD
X
800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even

Wavelengths)-Fixed WavelengthNRZ-PIN-XFP
44.5
51.2

496
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-XFP
45.5
52.2
13.10 LEM24
LEM24: 22 x GE + 2 x 10GE and 2 x OTU2 Ethernet Switch board

The available functional version of the LEM24 board is TN11.

Huawei office.
B
oa
rd
Gener
al 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhan
ced
8800
T64
Subrac
k
Gener
al 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subr
ack
3800
Chas
sis
T
N
11
L
E
M
24
When the TN11LEM24 board is used in the OptiX OSN 3800 chassis, the TN23SCC board
must be used.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

497
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
Added description of the

number of virtual bridges (VBs)
supported by the board.
Added the support for servicebased LPT and optical-layer

ASON on the LEM24 board.
The features are enhanced.

LEM24 board on the OptiX
OSN 3800.
Function enhancement: The OptiX OSN 3800 supports the

EoW board LEM24.

Hardware Update

optical-layer ASON is not
supported.

Hardware Update

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

498
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.10.3 Application
The LEM24 board is an optical transponder unit.
As an OTU, the LEM24 board converges and converts 22 channels of GE or FE services and
two channels of 10GE WAN or 10GE LAN services received directly on the client side into two
channels of standard WDM wavelength OTU2 signals. The LEM24 board also performs the
reverse process. The LEM24 board supports convergence of multiple flat-rate GE or 10GE
WAN/10GE LAN services into one channel of 10GE service.
If being used by the OptiX OSN 6800, the LEM24 board can also converge and convert a
maximum of two channels of 10GE services cross-connected from the backplane into OTU2
signals.
Figure 13-37 shows the application of the LEM24 board in a WDM system.
Figure 13-37 Application of the TN11LEM24 board in a WDM system
RX5
LEM24
OUT3
TX5
FE
GE
10GE LAN
TX28 10GE WAN
2X10GE
L2
10GE
TX5
RX5
2ODU2
TX28
M
U OUT3
X
/
D
M IN4
U
X OUT4
2OTU2
2OTU2
2ODU2
2X10GE
FE
GE
10GE LAN
10GE WANRX28
M
U
X
/
D
OUT4 M
U
IN4 X
IN3
LEM24
IN3
RX28
L2
10GE
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A

OptiX OSN 6800: From/To cross-connect board
OptiX OSN 3800: N/A
NOTE
The RX5/TX5 and RX6/TX6 optical ports are capable of processing 10GE LAN and 10GE WAN services. The
other optical ports on the board are capable of processing GE and FE services.

The LEM24 board supports electrical cross-connections, OTN interfaces, and the ESC function.
Table 13-90 and Table 13-91 list the functions and features of the LEM24 board.
NOTE
The 10GE cross-connections are supported only by OptiX OSN 6800.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

499
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-90 OTN Functions and features of the LEM24 board

Function and
Feature
Basic function
Description
l Converts 22 channels of GE/FE services and two channels of 10GE
WAN/10GE LAN services received directly on the client side into two
channels of standard WDM wavelength OTU2 signals and performs
If being used by the OptiX OSN 6800, this board can also converge
and convert a maximum of two channels of 10GE services crossconnected from the backplane into OTU2 signals.
l Converges multiple flat-rate GE or 10GE services into one channel of
10GE service.
Client-side
service type
FE: Ethernet service at a rate of 125 Mbit/s. Supports FE optical signals

and FE electrical signals.
GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 1.25 Gbit/s. Supports GE optical signals
and GE electrical signals.
NOTE
l The LEM24 board supports both FE/GE electrical signals and FE/GE optical
signal.
l When the LEM24 board transmits GE or FE electrical signals, to facilitate fiber
routing, you are advised to install electrical modules at the RX21/TX21 and
RX22/TX22 ports.
Cross-connect
capabilities
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A.

OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the cross-connection of two channels of 10GE
electrical signals between the LEM24 board and the cross-connect board.
OTN function
l Provides OTU2 interfaces on the WDM side.

WDM
specification
ESC function
Supported
LPT
l Supports port-based LPT.

l Supports service-based LPT.
NOTE
The board supports port-based LPT only when EPL services (port <-> VCTRUNK)
are provisioned and supports service-based LPT only when EVPL or QinQ services
(port <-> VCTRUNK) are provisioned.
FEC encoding
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

WDM side.

500
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring

power of the laser.
l Supports monitoring of performance events and alarms associated with
FE, GE, 10GE WAN, and 10GE LAN services.
Regeneration
board
The WDM-side signals from one TN11LEM24 board can be regenerated

by another TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2/TN55NO2/TN53NQ2/
TN54NQ2/TN11LSXR board.
ALS function

NOTE
ALS function is supported only when EPL services (port <-> VCTRUNK) are
provisioned.
IEEE 1588v2
Supported in the WDM side.
Physical clock
Supported in the Client side and WDM side.

Supports synchronous Ethernet processing instead of synchronous
Ethernet transparent transmission on the client side.
NOTE
The board does not support the physical clock when it is provisioned with 10G WAN
services.
PRBS test
function
Supports the PRBS function on the WDM side
Test frame
Supported
Latency
measurement
Not supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Supported
Electrical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Protection
scheme

l Supports intra-board 1+1 protection (when working with the OLP/
DCP/QCP board).
NOTE
Client 1+1 protection is supported only when EPL services (port <-> VCTRUNK)
are provisioned.
Loopback
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
10GE optical
interface
MAC
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported

501
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
PHY
GE optical
interface
MAC
PHY
GE electric
interface
MAC
PHY
FE optical
interface
MAC
PHY
FE electric
interface
MAC
PHY
WDM side
optical interface
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Not supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Not supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Not supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Not supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Not supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Not supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Table 13-91 Data features of the LEM24 board

Function
and Feature
Description
Interface
characteristi
cs
Port working
mode
10GE optical port: 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN

GE optical port: 1000MFULL, auto-negotiation
GE electrical port: auto-negotiation
FE optical port: 100MFULL
FE electrical port: 10MHALF, 10MFULL, 100MHALF,
100MFULL, auto-negotiation
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

502
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Multicast
Layer 2
switching
Description
MFL
1518 bytes to 9600 bytes
VLAN
multicast
Supported
IGMP
snooping V2
Supported
Supports IEEE802.1Q, IEEE802.1ad, and IEEE 802.1D.

Supports one VB.
Supports MAC address learning and aging.
Supports STP/RSTP and MSTP.
Supports 32k MAC addresses.
Ethernet
service
EPL
EVPL(VLAN)
EVPL(QinQ)
EPLAN(IEEE 802.1D)
EVPLAN(IEEE 802.1Q)
EVPLAN(IEEE 802.1ad)
NOTE
"EVPL (VLAN)" is displayed as "EPL" on the NMS.
Protection
schemes
VLAN
SNCP
Supported
DBPS
Supported
ERPS
Supported
NOTE
The ERPS cannot be used in either of the following bridges: IEEE
802.1d bridge IEEE 802.1ad bridge in SVL/Ingress Filter Disable
mode.
LAG
l Supports the IEEE802.3ad-compliant LAG protocol

running at IP and trunk ports.
l Supports manual and static LAGs.
l Supports load-sharing and non-load-sharing LAGs.
Maintenance
features
QoS
ETH-OAM
Supports ETH OAM protocols defined by IEEE802.1ag and

IEEE802.3ah.
RMON
Supported
Supports committed access rate (CAR) and class of service (CoS).

Supports IEEE802.1p.
Supports DSCP.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

503
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Port-based
flow control

Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.1q VLAN
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performanc
e
monitoring)
All L2 protocols including xSTP, LACP, EthOAM, DHCP,

PPP, etc.
MPLS protocols
All L3 protocols including ARP, IGMP, OSPF, IGRP etc.
IEEE 802.3ad LACP

IEEE 802.1q VLAN
IEEE 802.1ag OAM
IEEE 802.3ah OAM
IEEE IGMP
STP, RSTP, MSTP
R-APS

The LEM24 board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, L2
switching module, OTN processing module, 1588v2 module, control and communication
module, and power supply module.
Figure 13-38 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LEM24 board in the OptiX
OSN 8800.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

504
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-38 Functional modules and signal flow of the LEM24 board
10GE
Client
side
WDM side
RX5
RX6
10GE
O/E
RX28
TX5
TX6
L2 switching
module
E/O
TX28
10GE
OTN processing
module
E/O
OUT3
O/E
IN3
IN4
OUT4
WDM-side
optical
module
Client-side
optical
module
1588v2 module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
NOTE
Signal Flow
The backplane supports cross-connection of only 10GE signals from/to the LEM24 board.
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the LEM24 board. The
transmit direction is the direction from the client side of the LEM24 to the WDM side of the
LEM24. The receive direction is from the WDM side of the LEM24 to the client side of the
LEM24.
l
Transmit direction
The RX5 to RX28 optical interfaces on the client side receive optical signals from client
equipment and perform O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the L2 switching module. The module
performs operations, such as convergence. After convergence, the module outputs a
maximum of two channels of 10GE signals to the OTN processing module.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

505
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The OTN processing module then encapsulates and maps the two channels of 10GE signals
into OTN frames, performs FEC for the OTN frames, and then outputs two channels of
OTU2 signals compliant with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT3 and OUT4 optical ports.
l
Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives two channels of OTU2 optical signals at DWDM
standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN3-IN4 optical
interfaces. After receiving the signals, the module performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the OTU2 signals are sent to the OTN processing module. The
module performs operations such as OTU2 framing, decoding of FEC. After performing
the operation, the module sends out two channels of 10GE signals to the L2 switching
module for service cross-connection.
The L2 switching module deconverges the 10GE signals and sends 24 channels of the
signals with corresponding rates to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the 24 channels of electrical
signals, and then outputs 24 channels of client-side optical signals through the TX5-TX28
optical interfaces.
NOTE
The RX5/TX5 and RX6/TX6 optical ports can process 10GE LAN and 10GE WAN services. The other optical
ports on the board can process GE and FE services.
The LEM24 board processes clock signals in two directions.

l
Receives clock signals from a service board and sends the clock signals to the clock
processing board through the communication module.
Receives clock signals from the clock processing module and sends the clock signals to the
downstream NE through a service board.
NOTE
10GE WAN and 10GE LAN signals are processed differently. Each 10GE WAN signal contains an SDH header,
which is stripped off before the signal enters the Layer 2 module.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of the FE/GE/10GE LAN/10GE WAN
signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion of the FE/GE/10GE LAN/10GE
WAN signals.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

506
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


l
L2 switching module
Learns, forwards or deletes MAC addresses.
Maps and demaps Ethernet packets.

Frames OTU2 signals, processes overheads in OTU2 signals, and performs FEC encoding
and decoding.
1588v2 module
The 1588v2 module can send the clock signal of the STG board to the next NE according
to the IEEE 1588v2 protocol, or extract the clock signal from the service signals that come
from a service board according to the IEEE 1588v2 protocol and then send the clock signal
to the STG board.

Power supply module

13.10.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LEM24 board.

Figure 13-39 shows the front panel of the LEM24 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

507
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-39 Front panel of the LEM24 board
Indicators
l

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

508
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 13-92 describes the type and function of each interface.
Table 13-92 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LEM24 board
Interface
Type
Function
RX5-RX28a
LC
TX5-TX28a
LC
IN3-IN4
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT3-OUT4
LC

multiplexer board.
a: The RX5/TX5 and RX6/TX6 optical ports are 10GE optical ports that can process 10GE
LAN and 10GE WAN services. The other optical ports on the board are GE optical ports that
can process GE and FE services.
Laser Hazard Level

13.10.7 Valid Slots

Two slots house one TN11LEM24 board.
Table 13-93 shows the valid slots for the TN11LEM24 board.
Table 13-93 Valid slots for the LEM24 board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17, IU19-IU25, IU27-IU33, IU35-IU41,

IU45-IU51, IU53-IU59, IU61-IU67
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
IU1-IU7, IU12-IU18, IU20-IU26, IU29-IU35
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17
IU1-IU7, IU11-IU15
OptiX OSN 8800/OptiX OSN 6800: The rear connector of the LEM24 board is mounted to the
backplane along the left slot of the two occupied slots in the subrack. The slot number of the
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

509
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

LEM24 board displayed on the NM is the number of the left slot. For example, if you install the
LEM24 board in slots IU1 and IU2, the slot number of the LEM24 board displayed on the NM
is IU1.
OptiX OSN 3800: The rear connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along the bottom
slot of the two occupied slots in the chassis. Therefore, the slot number of the LEM24 board
displayed on the NM is the number of the bottom slot. For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house
the LEM24 board, the slot number of the LEM24 board displayed on the NM is IU2.
13.10.8 Characteristic Code for the LEM24

For detailed descriptions of the characteristic code for the board, refer to B.3 Characteristic
Code for OTUs.

This section describes how the physical interfaces of the board are displayed on the NMS and
the logical ports of the board.

Table 13-94 Mapping between the physical ports on the LEM24 board and the port numbers
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Physical Port
IN3/OUT3
IN4/OUT4
TX5/RX5
TX6/RX6
TX7/RX7
TX8/RX8
TX9/RX9
TX10/RX10
10
TX11/RX11
11
TX12/RX12
12
TX13/RX13
13
TX14/RX14
14
510
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Physical Port
TX15/RX15
15
TX16/RX16
16
TX17/RX17
17
TX18/RX18
18
TX19/RX19
19
TX20/RX20
20
TX21/RX21
21
TX22/RX22
22
TX23/RX23
23
TX24/RX24
24
TX25/RX25
25
TX26/RX26
26
TX27/RX27
27
TX28/RX28
28
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as source or sinks of cross-connections. For example, ODU2LP is
a logical port of the board.
Figure 13-40 shows the application model of the LEM24 board. Table 13-95 describes the
Figure 13-40 Port diagram of the LEM24 board
Client side
PORT5
PORT6
VCTRUNK1
Service processing
module
101(AP1/AP1)-1
102(AP2/AP2)-1
WDM side
VCTRUNK2
3(IN3/OUT3)-1
4(IN4/OUT4)-1
VCTRUNK3 103(AP3/AP3)-1
PORT28
L2 switching
module
Service
processing
module
Cross-connect
module
WDM side
optical
module
Backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

511
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-95 Definition of NM port of the LEM24 board

Port Name
Definition
PORT5 - PORT28
Respectively corresponds to the client-side optical

interfaces: RX5/TX5 - RX28/TX28.
VCTRUNK1 - VCTRUNK4
AP1 - AP4
ClientLP1 - ClientLP2
Internal logical ports. The optical paths are numbered 1
ODU2LP1 - ODU2LP2
Internal logical ports.
IN3/OUT3 - IN4/OUT4
Corresponds to the WDM-side optical interfaces.

If the LEM24 board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
l
During creation of the Ethernet services on the U2000, create cross-connections between
the PORT and VCTRUNK ports. After the cross-connections between the PORT and
VCTRUNK ports are created, the L2 switching module can perform cross-connections
between the PORT and VCTRUNK ports, or converge optical signals received by the clientside optical modules into two channels of 10GE electrical signals.
NOTE
l One VCTRUNK port can be connected to multiple PORT ports.

l The maximum bandwidth of each VCTRUNK port is 10 Gbit/s.
One-to-one port connections are between the VCTRUNK ports and the AP ports of the
cross-connect module. You are not required to set one-to-one port connections on the
U2000.
Create a cross-connection between the AP port of the LEM24 board and the AP port of
other boards, as shown in Figure 13-41.
NOTE
Only the OptiX OSN 6800 supports this operation.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
The AP port connects to the ClientLP ports, the ClientLP port connects to the ODU2LP
port, and the ODU2LP port connects to the IN/OUT port. There is no need for configuration
of these connections on the U2000.

512
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-41 Cross-connection diagram of the LEM24 board

Client
side
WDM
side
103(AP3/AP3)-1
Other board
104(AP4/AP4)-1
Client
side
WDM
side
103(AP3/AP3)-1
LEM24
104(AP4/AP4)-1
Other board
TN11LEM24 / TN11LEX4

This section lists the LEM24 board parameters that can be set or queried by using the NMS.
Parameters for WDM Interfaces

Table 13-96 Parameters for WDM Interfaces
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel
Optical Interface
Name
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused

supported.
Default: Used

board.
for the port.
parameter to Unused when the current channel
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

513
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

Laser Status
Off, On
Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Enabled, Disabled
ALS Auxiliary
Condition
FW_Defect,
BW_Client_R_LO
S,
BW_WDM_Defect
, FW_OPUk_CSF
Default: Enabled
Default:
FW_Defect

of a board.
information.
the laser after the signals received by a board
are lost.
Specifies auxiliary conditions for triggering
ALS.
l If a fault occurs on the client-side receiver
of the upstream board or the WDM-side
receiver of the local board, the laser on the
client-side transmitter of the local board
must be shut down. For this situation, set
this parameter to FW_Defect.
of the local board, the laser on the client-side
transmitter of the local board must be shut
down. For this situation, set this parameter
to BW_Client_R_LOS.
l If a fault occurs on the WDM-side receiver
of the local board, the laser on the client-side
transmitter of the upstream board must be
shut down. For this situation, set this
parameter to BW_WDM_Defect.
l If an OPUk_CSF alarm is detected on the
client-side port of the local board, the laser
on the client-side transmitter of the local
board must be shut down. For this situation,
set this parameter to FW_OPUk_CSF.
LPT Enabled
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

514
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
FEC Working
State
Enabled, Disabled

Default: Enabled

receive end. Otherwise, this parameter is
invalid.
FEC Mode
FEC
Default: FEC
The FEC Mode parameter sets the FEC mode

of the current optical interface.
FEC Mode of two interconnected boards must
be the same.
This parameter is available only when you set
FEC Working State to Enabled.
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
Actual Band Type
Tunable
Wavelength Range

on the board.
Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.0
50 to
80/1560.61/192.
100

l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.
170 to
18/1611.00/188.
780

more information.
Default: /
Planned Band
Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

wavelength.
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

GCC2 in OTN overheads. If the processing is
not required, set this parameter to Enabled;
otherwise, set it to Disabled.

515
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
SD Trigger
Condition
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG

OTU board resides.
Default: None

PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

pseudo-random binary sequence (PRBS) test
status of a board.
The PRBS test belongs to the fault diagnosis
function and affects channel services. After the
PRBS test is started, the services on the
corresponding port are interrupted.
returned in case the optical interface channels
do not support the PRBS test.
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled
Determines whether to enable the special frame

test before deployment. When this parameter is
set to Enabled, the board sends the test frame
where the payload consists of only 0. This
commissioning.
Parameters for Ethernet interfaces

Table 13-97 TAG Attributes(Internal Port/External Port)
Field
Value
Description
Port
OptiX OSN 8800: Internal

ports are VCTRUNK1 to
VCTRUNK2.
VCTRUNK4.
External ports are PORT5 to
PORT28.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

516
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
TAG
Tag Aware, Access, Hybrid
Indicates the type of packets

that can be processed by a
port.
Default: Tag Aware
Tag Aware: The port

transparently transmits the
packets with VLAN IDs
(Tag) and discards packets
without VLAN IDs (Untag).
If TAG is set to Tag Aware,
VLAN priority and Default
VLAN ID are invalid.
Access: The port labels the
default VLAN IDs to packets
without VLAN IDs (Untag)
and discards the packets that
already have VLAN IDs
(Tag).
Hybrid: The port labels the
and transparently transmits
the packets that already have
VLAN IDs (Tag).
This parameter is valid only
for UNI ports.
NOTE
This parameter is invalid for CAware and S-Aware ports.
Default VLAN ID
1 to 4095
Default: 1
The Default VLAN ID

parameter specifies a default
VLAN ID for a port that
transmits untagged packets.
NOTE
when the value of TAG is
Access or Hybrid.
VLAN Priority
0 to 7
Default: 0
The VLAN Priority

parameter specifies the
priority of the default VLAN
ID of a port.
NOTE
Access or Hybrid.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

517
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Entry Detection
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled
The Entry Detection

parameter determines
whether a port detects
packets by tag identifier.
Table 13-98 Network Attributes (Internal Port/External Port)

Field
Value
Description
Port

VCTRUNK2.
VCTRUNK4.
PORT28.
Port Attributes
UNI, NNI, C-Aware, SAware

Default: UNI
A UNI port processes the

TAG attributes of the
802.1Q-compliant packets.
The port attributes include
Tag Aware, Access, and
Hybrid.
An S-Aware port does not
process the tag attributes of
the 802.1Q-compliant
packets. In this case, the port
determines that the packets
do not carry C-VLAN tags
and processes only the
packets that have S-VLAN
tags.
A C-Aware port does not
do not carry S-VLAN tags
packets that have C-VLAN
tags.
NNI is a reserved port type
and is not supported at
present.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

518
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-99 Advanced attributes (Internal ports)

Field
Value
Description
Port

VCTRUNK2.
VCTRUNK4.
Broadcast Packet
Suppression
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled
Indicates whether to enable

broadcast packet
suppression.
Click E.3 Enabling
Broadcast Packet
Suppression to view the
details.
Broadcast Packet
Suppression Threshold
10% to 100%, with a step of

10%
Default: 30%
If broadcast packet
suppression is enabled,
broadcast packets are
suppressed when the
bandwidth occupied by
broadcast packets exceeds
specified times (suppression
threshold) the total
bandwidth.
Click E.2 Broadcast Packet
Suppression Threshold to
view the details.
Loop Detection
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Disabled
Specifies whether to enable

port self-looped detection.
When the parameter is set to
Enabled for a port, a
loopback on the port can be
automatically detected.
When Loop Port
Shutdown is set to Enabled,
the self-looped port is
automatically shutdown,
preventing the port from
forwarding data packets that
are looped back.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

519
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Loop Port Shutdown
Enabled, Disabled
Specifies whether to block a

self-looped port.
Default: Enabled

Enabled for a port, the
system will block the port if
the port is self-looped. When
the parameter is set to
Disabled, the system will not
take any action on the selflooped port.
NOTE
The Loop Port Shutdown
parameter is available only
when Loop Detection is set to
Enabled.
Table 13-100 Advanced Attributes (External Port)

Field
Value
Description
Port

PORT28.
Broadcast Packet
Suppression
Enabled, Disabled

broadcast packet
suppression.
Default: Disabled
Click E.3 Enabling

Broadcast Packet
details.
Broadcast Packet

10%
Default: 30%
If broadcast packet
suppressed when the
bandwidth.
view the details.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

520
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Loop Detection
Disabled, Enabled

Default: Disabled

When Loop Port
are looped back.
Loop Port Shutdown
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

self-looped port.
NOTE
Enabled.
Threshold of Port
Receiving Rates (Mbps)
PORT5 to PORT6:
l 0 to 10000
l Default: 10000
Indicates the rate threshold

for an external port to receive
traffic.
PORT7 to PORT28:
l 0 to 1000
l Default: 1000
Port Rates Time Slice (m)
0 to 30
Default: 0
Indicates the traffic rate time

window of an external port.
Table 13-101 Basic Attributes (External Port)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Port

PORT28.

521
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
QinQ Type Area
0x0600 to 0xFFFF
Display the QinQ type area.
Default:0x8100
This parameter indicates the

VLAN protocol used by the
packet that is transmitted by
QinQ.
NOTE
The QinQ Type Area
parameter must be set to the
same value for interconnected
boards; otherwise, traffic will
be interrupted.
Enabled/Disabled
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled
Working Mode
PORT5 to PORT6:
l 10G FULL_Duplex
LAN, 10G
FULL_Duplex WAN
l Default: 10G
FULL_Duplex LAN
PORT7 to PORT28:
l 1000M FULL_Duplex,
Auto-Negotiation
l Default: AutoNegotiation
Maximum Frame Length
1518 to 9600
Default: 1522
When the parameter value is

set to Enabled for a port, the
port is enabled and services
are provisioned. When the
parameter value is set to
Disabled for a port, the
services on the port are not
processed. Therefore, you
must enable a port when you
configure services on the
port.
Indicates the working modes
of an Ethernet port. Autonegotiation can
automatically determine the
optimal working modes of
the connected ports. This
mode is easy to maintain and
is recommended.
NOTE
In the configuration process,
ensure that working modes of
the connected ports are
consistent; otherwise, services
are unavailable.
Specifies the maximum

frame length supported by an
Ethernet port.
Click E.8 Maximum Frame
Length to view the details.
Port Physical Parameters
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

Indicates the physical

parameters of a port.
522
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
MAC LoopBack
Inloop, Outloop, NonLoopback
TheMAC Loopback
parameter specifies the MAC
loopback state at an Ethernet
port. With this parameter,
users can test whether
equipment runs normally by
creating a looped path at the
MAC layer and then sending
and receiving signals over the
path.
PHY LoopBack

The PHY Loopback

parameter specifies the PHY
PHY layer and then sending
path.
Table 13-102 Flow Control (External Port)

Field
Value
Description
Port

PORT28.
Non-Autonegotiation Flow
Control Mode
Disabled, Enable Symmetric

Flow Control, Send Only,
Receive Only
Specifies the flow control

mode adopted when an
Ethernet port does not work
in auto-negotiation mode.
Default: Disable
Click E.10 NonAutonegotiation Flow

Control Mode to view the
details.
Autonegotiation Flow
Control Mode
Disabled, Enable
Dissymmetric Flow Control,
Enable Symmetric Flow
Control, Enable Symmetric/
Dissymmetric Flow Control
Default: Disable
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)


Ethernet port works in autonegotiation mode.
Click E.1 Autonegotiation
Flow Control Mode to view
the details.
523
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.10.12 LEM24 Specifications

Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side
Fixed
Optical
Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
TN
11L
EM
24
N/A
1000 BASE-SX-0.5 kmeSFP (I-850-LC)
N/A
800 ps/nm-C Band

(Odd & Even
Wavelengths)-Fixed
1000 BASE-LX-10 kmeSFP (I-1310-LC)

10G BASE-SR-0.3 kmSFP+
10G BASE-LR-10 kmSFP+

km-XFP
km-XFP
km-XFP
NOTE
point.

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Value
1000 BASE-SX-0.5
km-eSFP (I-850LC)
1000 BASE-LX-10
km-eSFP (I-1310LC)
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
MLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
0.5 km (0.3 mi.)
10 km (6.2 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

524
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Value
1000 BASE-SX-0.5
km-eSFP (I-850LC)
1000 BASE-LX-10
km-eSFP (I-1310LC)
Operating
wavelength range
nm
830 to 860
1270 to 1355
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
-2.5
-3
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-9.5
-9.5
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
Eye pattern mask
IEEE802.3z compliant

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength range
nm
770 to 860
1260 to 1620
dBm
-17
-20
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
NOTE
The electrical interface specifications comply with IEEE Std 802.3 when receiving 1000 BASE-T services.
Table 13-104 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (10GE services)

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Value
10G BASE-SR-0.3
km-SFP+
10G BASE-LR-10
km-SFP+
Optical interface
service rate
Gbit/s
10.3125
10.3125
Optical source type
MLM
SLM
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Target transmission
distance
0.3 km (0.2 mi.)
10 km (6.2 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

525
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module
Type
10G BASE-SR-0.3
km-SFP+
10G BASE-LR-10
km-SFP+
Operating
wavelength range
nm
840 to 860
1260 to 1355
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
-1
0.5
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-7.3
-8.2
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
3.5
Output optical power

in case of laser
shutdown
dBm
-30
-30
Eye pattern mask
IEEE802.3zcompliant

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength range
nm
840 to 860
1260 to 1355
dBm
-11.1 (OMA)
-12.6 (OMA)
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-1
0.5
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-12
-12

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

526
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value

power
dBm

power
dBm
-3
dB
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz
10
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

527
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type

power
dBm

power
dBm
-1
dB
10
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
Table 13-107 WDM-side pluggable optical module specifications (gray light)

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80 kmXFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source
type
SLM
SLM
SLM

528
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Target
transmission
distance
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80 kmXFP
10 km (6.2 mi.)
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1290 to 1330
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
Maximum
mean launched
power
dBm
-1
Minimum
mean launched
power
dBm
-6
-1
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
8.2
Minimum side
mode
suppression
ratio
dB
30
30
30
Eye pattern
mask
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
APD
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1290 to 1565
1260 to 1605
1270 to 1600
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-11
-14
-24
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-1
-1
-7
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
(8.7 in.)
529
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11LEM24
81
83
13.11 LEX4
LEX4: 4 x 10GE and 2 x OTU2 Ethernet Switch Board

The available functional version of the LEX4 board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhan
ced
8800
T32
Subra
ck
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassis
T
N1
1L
E
X4

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

530
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update

Added the support for servicebased LPT and optical-layer

ASON on the LEX4 board.

Hardware Update

optical-layer ASON is not
supported.

Hardware Update

13.11.3 Application
The LEX4 board is an optical transponder unit.
The LEX4 board converges and converts four channels of 10GE WAN or 10GE LAN services
received directly on the client side into standard WDM wavelength OTU2 signals. The LEX4
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

531
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

board also performs the reverse process. The LEX4 board supports convergence of multiple flatrate 10GE services into one channel of 10GE service.
If being used by the OptiX OSN 6800, the LEX4 board can also converge and convert a maximum
of two channels of 10GE services cross-connected from the backplane into OTU2 signals.
Figure 13-42 shows the application of the LEX4 board in a WDM system.
Figure 13-42 Application of the TN11LEX4 board in a WDM system
LEX4
RX1
OUT1
TX1
IN1
TX1
RX1
2X10GE
IN2
TX4
M
U OUT1
X
/
D
M IN2
U
X OUT2
2ODU2
OUT2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
2OTU2
2OTU2
2ODU2
2X10GE
10GE LAN
10GE WAN
RX4
LEX4
IN1
RX4
L2
10GE
10GE LAN
10GE WAN
TX4
L2
10GE
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A

OptiX OSN 6800: From/To cross-connect board

The LEX4 board provides electrical cross-connections, OTN interfaces, and the ESC function.
Table 13-108 and Table 13-109 list the functions and features of the LEX4 board.
NOTE
The 10GE cross-connections are only supported by the OptiX OSN 6800.
Table 13-108 OTN Functions and features of the LEX4 board

Function and
Feature
Basic function
Description
l Converts four channels of 10GE WAN or 10GE LAN services received
directly on the client side into two channels of standard WDM
wavelength OTU2 signals and performs the reverse process.
If being used by the OptiX OSN 6800, the board can also converge and
convert a maximum of two channels of 10GE services cross-connected
from the backplane into OTU2 signals.
l Converges multiple flat-rate 10GE services into one channel of 10GE
service.
Client-side
service type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

532
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Cross-connect
capabilities
OTN function
l Provides OTU2 interfaces on the WDM side.
OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the cross-connection of two channels of 10GE

electrical signals between the LEX4 board and the cross-connect board.
l Supports TCM and PM functions for ODU2.

WDM
specification
ESC function
Supported
LPT
l Supports port-based LPT.

l Supports service-based LPT.
NOTE
The board supports port-based LPT only when EPL services (port <-> VCTRUNK)
are provisioned and supports service-based LPT only when EVPL or QinQ services
(port <-> VCTRUNK) are provisioned.
FEC encoding

WDM side.
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring

power of the laser.
l Supports monitoring of performance events and alarms associated with
10GE WAN, and 10GE LAN services.
Regeneration
board
The WDM-side signals from one TN11LEX4 board can be regenerated by

another TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2/TN55NO2/TN53NQ2/
TN54NQ2/TN11LSXR board.
ALS function

NOTE
provisioned.
IEEE 1588v2
Supported in the WDM side.
Physical clock
Supported in the Client side and WDM side.

Supports synchronous Ethernet processing instead of synchronous Ethernet
transparent transmission on the client side.
NOTE
services.
PRBS test
function
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Supports the PRBS function on the WDM side

533
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Test frame
Supported
Latency
measurement
Not supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Supported
Electrical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Protection
scheme

DCP/QCP board).
NOTE
are configured on the board.
Loopback
10GE optical
interface
MAC
PHY
WDM side
optical interface
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Table 13-109 Data features of the LEX4 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function
and Feature
Description
Interface
characteristi
cs
Port working
mode
10GE optical port: 10GE LAN full duplex , 10GE WAN full
duplex
MFL
Multicast
VLAN
multicast
Supported
IGMP
snooping V2
Supported

534
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Layer 2
switching
Supports IEEE802.1Q, IEEE802.1ad, and IEEE 802.1D.

Supports one VB.
Supports MAC address learning and aging.
Supports STP/RSTP and MSTP.
Supports 32k MAC addresses.
Ethernet
service
EPL
EVPL(VLAN)
EVPL(QinQ)
EPLAN(IEEE 802.1D)
EVPLAN(IEEE 802.1Q)
NOTE
Protection
schemes
VLAN
SNCP
Supported
DBPS
Supported
ERPS
Supported
NOTE
The ERPS cannot be used in either of the following bridges: IEEE
802.1d bridge IEEE 802.1ad bridge in SVL/Ingress Filter Disable
mode.
LAG
l Supports the IEEE802.3ad-compliant LAG protocol

running at IP and trunk ports.
Maintenance
features
QoS
ETH-OAM
Supports ETH OAM protocols defined by IEEE802.1ag and

IEEE802.3ah.
RMON
Supported
Supports committed access rate (CAR) and class of service (CoS).

Supports IEEE802.1p.
Supports DSCP.
Flow control
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)


535
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.1q VLAN
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performanc
e
monitoring)
All L2 protocols including xSTP, LACP, EthOAM, DHCP,

PPP, etc.
MPLS protocols
IEEE 802.3ad LACP

IEEE 802.1q VLAN
IEEE 802.1ag OAM
IEEE 802.3ah OAM
IEEE IGMP
STP, RSTP, MSTP
R-APS

The LEX4 board consists of client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, L2 switching
module, OTN processing module, 1588v2 module, control and communication module, and a
power supply module.
Figure 13-43 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LEX4 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

536
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-43 Functional modules and signal flow of the LEX4 board
10GE
Client
side
WDM side
RX1
RX2
10GE
O/E
RX4
TX1
TX2
L2 switching
module
E/O
TX4
10GE
OTN processing
module
E/O
OUT1
OUT2
O/E
IN1
IN2
WDM-side
optical
module
Client-side
optical
module
1588v2 module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
NOTE
Signal Flow
The backplane supports cross-connection of only 10GE signals from/to the LEX4 board.
In the signal flow of the LEX4 board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LEX4 to the WDM side
of the LEX4, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
performs operations such as convergence. Then, the module outputs a maximum of two
channels of 10GE signals to the OTN processing module.
The OTN processing module then encapsulates and maps the two channels of 10GE signals
into OTN frames, performs FEC for the OTN frames, and then outputs two channels of
OTU2 signals compliant with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT1 and OUT2 optical ports.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

537
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Receive direction
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN1-IN2 optical interfaces. Then,
the module performs O/E conversion.
module performs operations such as OTU2 framing, decoding of FEC. Then, the module
sends out two channels of 10GE signals to the L2 switching module for service crossconnection.
The L2 switching module deconverges the 10GE signals and sends four channels of the
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the four channels of electrical
signals, and then outputs four channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX4
optical interfaces.
The LEX4 board processes clock signals in two directions.

l
NOTE
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of the 10GE LAN/10GE WAN signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion of the 10GE LAN/10GE WAN
signals.

L2 switching module
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

538
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Frames OTU2 signals, processes overheads in OTU2 signals, and performs FEC encoding
and decoding.
l
1588v2 module
to the STG board.

Power supply module

13.11.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LEX4 board.

Figure 13-44 shows the front panel of the LEX4 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

539
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-44 Front panel of the LEX4 board
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

540
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-110 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LEX4 board
Interface
Type
Function
RX1-RX4
LC
TX1-TX4
LC
IN1-IN2
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT1-OUT2
LC

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

13.11.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TN11LEX4 board.
Table 13-111 shows the valid slots for the TN11LEX4 board.
Table 13-111 Valid slots for the LEX4 board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
13.11.8 Characteristic Code for the LEX4

Code for OTUs.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

541
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Table 13-112 Mapping between the physical ports on the LEX4 board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN1/OUT1
IN2/OUT2
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as source or sinks of cross-connections. For example, ODU2LP is
Figure 13-45 shows the application model of the LEX4 board. Table 13-113 describes the
Figure 13-45 Port diagram of the LEX4 board
Client side
Service processing
module
101(AP1/AP1)-1
PORT5
PORT6
VCTRUNK1
PORT7
PORT8
102(AP2/AP2)-1
WDM side
VCTRUNK2
L2 switching
module
Service
processing
module
Cross-connect
module
3(IN1/OUT1)-1
4(IN2/OUT2)-1
WDM side
optical
module
Backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

542
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-113 Description of NM port of the LEX4 board

Port Name
Description
PORT5 - PORT8
These ports correspond to the client-side optical

VCTRUNK1 - VCTRUNK4
AP1 - AP4
ClientLP1 - ClientLP2
ODU2LP1 - ODU2LP2
IN1/OUT1 - IN2/OUT2

If the LEX4 board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
l
the PORT and VCTRUNK ports. After the cross-connections between the PORT and
VCTRUNK ports are created, the L2 switching module can perform cross-connections
between the PORT and VCTRUNK ports or converge the optical signals received by the
client-side optical modules into two channels of 10GE electrical signals.
NOTE
l One VCTRUNK port can be connected to multiple PORT ports.

l The maximum bandwidth of each VCTRUNK port is 10 Gbit/s.
Between the VCTRUNK ports and the AP ports of the cross-connect module are one-toone port connections, which need not be set on the U2000.
Create the cross-connection between the AP port of the LEX4 board and the AP port of
other boards, as shown in Figure 13-46.
NOTE
Only the OptiX OSN 6800 supports this operation.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
The AP port connects to the ClientLP ports, the ClientLP port is connected to the ODU2LP
port, and the ODU2LP port is connected to the IN/OUT port. There is no need for
configuration on the U2000.

543
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-46 Cross-connection diagram of the LEX4 board

Client
side
WDM
side
103(AP3/AP3)-1
Other board
104(AP4/AP4)-1
Client
side
WDM
side
103(AP3/AP3)-1
LEX4
104(AP4/AP4)-1
Other board
TN11LEM24 / TN11LEX4

This section lists the LEX4 board parameters that can be set or queried by using the NMS.

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

544
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused

channel of a board.
Default: Used

moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Laser Status
Off, On
Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

more information.

545
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
ALS Auxiliary
Condition
FW_Defect,
BW_Client_R_LOS,
BW_WDM_Defect,
FW_OPUk_CSF
Specifies auxiliary conditions for

triggering ALS.
Default: FW_Defect
l If a fault occurs on the client-side

receiver of the upstream board or the
WDM-side receiver of the local
board, the laser on the client-side
transmitter of the local board must be
parameter to FW_Defect.
receiver of the local board, the laser
on the client-side transmitter of the
local board must be shut down. For
this situation, set this parameter to
BW_Client_R_LOS.
l If a fault occurs on the WDM-side
upstream board must be shut down.
For this situation, set this parameter
to BW_WDM_Defect.
l If an OPUk_CSF alarm is detected on
the client-side port of the local board,
the laser on the client-side
parameter to FW_OPUk_CSF.
Enabled, Disabled
LPT Enabled
Default: Disabled
FEC Working State
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

546
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
FEC Mode
FEC

Default: FEC
FEC Mode of two interconnected

boards must be the same.
This parameter is available only when
you set FEC Working State to
Enabled.
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Band Type
Tunable Wavelength
Range

Planned Wavelength
No./Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.100

board.
l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.170
to
18/1611.00/188.780

information.
Default: /
Planned Band Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

wavelength.
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled
SD Trigger Condition
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: Disabled
Default: None

to Disabled.
board resides.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

547
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled

Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

commissioning.
Parameters for Ethernet interfaces

Table 13-115 TAG Attributes (Internal Port/External Port)
Field
Value
Description
Port

VCTRUNK2.
VCTRUNK4.
PORT8.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

548
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
TAG

port.
Default: Tag Aware
Tag Aware: The port

(Tag).
VLAN IDs (Tag).
for UNI ports.
NOTE
Default VLAN ID
1 to 4095
Default: 1
The Default VLAN ID

NOTE
Access or Hybrid.
VLAN Priority
0 to 7
Default: 0
The VLAN Priority

ID of a port.
NOTE
Access or Hybrid.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

549
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Entry Detection
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled
The Entry Detection


Field
Value
Description
Port

VCTRUNK2.
VCTRUNK4.
PORT8.
Port Attributes
UNI, NNI, C-Aware, SAware

Default: UNI
A UNI port processes the

TAG attributes of the
802.1Q-compliant packets.
The port attributes include
Tag Aware, Access, and
Hybrid.
An S-Aware port does not
do not carry C-VLAN tags
packets that have S-VLAN
tags.
A C-Aware port does not
do not carry S-VLAN tags
packets that have C-VLAN
tags.
NNI is a reserved port type
and is not supported at
present.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

550
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-117 Advanced Attributes (Internal Port)

Field
Value
Description
Port

VCTRUNK2.
VCTRUNK4.
Broadcast Packet
Suppression
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

broadcast packet
suppression.
Click E.3 Enabling
Broadcast Packet
details.
Broadcast Packet

10%
Default: 30%
If broadcast packet
suppressed when the
bandwidth.
view the details.
Loop Detection
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Disabled

When Loop Port
are looped back.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

551
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Loop Port Shutdown
Enabled, Disabled

self-looped port.
Default: Enabled

NOTE
Enabled.

Field
Value
Description
Port

PORT8.
Broadcast Packet
Suppression
Enabled, Disabled

broadcast packet
suppression.
Default: Disabled
Click E.3 Enabling

Broadcast Packet
details.
Broadcast Packet

10%
Default: 30%
If broadcast packet
suppressed when the
bandwidth.
view the details.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

552
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Loop Detection
Disabled, Enabled

Default: Disabled

When Loop Port
are looped back.
Loop Port Shutdown
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

self-looped port.
NOTE
Enabled.
Threshold of Port
PORT5 to PORT8:
l 0 to 10000
l Default: 10000
0 to 30
Default: 0

traffic.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Port

PORT8.

553
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Enabled/Disabled
Enabled, Disabled
When the parameter value is

set to Enabled for a port, the
port is enabled and services
are provisioned. When the
Disabled for a port, the
services on the port are not
processed. Therefore, you
must enable a port when you
configure services on the
port.
Default: Disabled
Click E.3 Enabling

Broadcast Packet
details.
Working Mode
PORT5 to PORT8:
l 10G FULL_Duplex
LAN, 10G
FULL_Duplex WAN
l Default: 10G
FULL_Duplex LAN
Indicates the working modes

of an Ethernet port. Autonegotiation can
automatically determine the
optimal working modes of
the connected ports. This
mode is easy to maintain and
is recommended.
NOTE
ensure that working modes of
the connected ports are
consistent; otherwise, services
are unavailable.
1518 to 9600
Default: 1522

frame length supported by an
Ethernet port.

MAC LoopBack
TheMAC Loopback
MAC layer and then sending
path.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

554
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
PHY LoopBack
The PHY Loopback

parameter specifies the PHY
PHY layer and then sending
path.

Field
Value
Description
Port

PORT8.
Control Mode

Receive Only

Default: Disable

details.
Control Mode
This parameter is unavailable

for this board.
13.11.12 LEX4 Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

555
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side
Fixed
Optical
Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
TN
11L
EX
4
N/A
10G BASE-SR-0.3 kmSFP+
N/A
800 ps/nm-C Band

(Odd & Even
Wavelengths)-Fixed
10G BASE-LR-10 kmSFP+

km-XFP
km-XFP
km-XFP
NOTE
point.

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Value
10G BASE-SR-0.3
km-SFP+
10G BASE-LR-10
km-SFP+
Optical interface
service rate
Gbit/s
10.3125
10.3125
Optical source type
MLM
SLM
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Target transmission
distance
0.3 km (0.2 mi.)
10 km (6.2 mi.)
840 to 860
1260 to 1355

Operating
wavelength range
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
nm

556
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module
Type
10G BASE-SR-0.3
km-SFP+
10G BASE-LR-10
km-SFP+
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
-1
0.5
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-7.3
-8.2
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
3.5

in case of laser
shutdown
dBm
-30
-30
Eye pattern mask
IEEE802.3zcompliant

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength range
nm
840 to 860
1260 to 1355
dBm
-11.1 (OMA)
-12.6 (OMA)
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-1
0.5
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-12
-12

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ

power
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
dBm

557
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value

power
dBm
-3
dB
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz
10
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ

power
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
dBm

558
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type

power
dBm
-1
dB
10
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80 kmXFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source
type
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
10 km (6.2 mi.)
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)

559
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80 kmXFP

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1290 to 1330
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
Maximum
mean launched
power
dBm
-1
Minimum
mean launched
power
dBm
-6
-1
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
8.2
Minimum side
mode
suppression
ratio
dB
30
30
30
Eye pattern
mask
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
APD
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1290 to 1565
1260 to 1605
1270 to 1600
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-11
-14
-24
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-1
-1
-7
l
(8.7 in.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

560
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11LEX4
64
67
13.12 LOA
LOA: 8 x Any-rate MUX OTU2 wavelength conversion board.

The available functional version of the LOA board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11L
OA
When the TN11LOA02 board is used in the OptiX OSN 3800 chassis, the TN23SCC board must be used.
Variants
Table 13-125 Available variants of the TN11LOA board
Variants
Client-side service type
01
FE, FDDI, GE, STM-1, STM-4, OC-3, OC-12, FC100, FICON, DVB-ASI, ESCON, SDI, HDSDI, HD-SDIRBR, STM16, OC-48, FC200, FICON Express, OTU1, 3G-SDI, 3G-SDIRBR,
FC400, FICON4G, FC800, FICON8G
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

561
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Variants
02
FE, FDDI, GE, STM-1, STM-4, OC-3, OC-12, FC100, FICON, DVB-ASI, ESCON, SDI, HDSDI, HD-SDIRBR, STM16, OC-48, FC200, FICON Express, OTU1, 3G-SDI, 3G-SDIRBR,
FC400, FICON4G, FC800, FICON8G, FC1200, FICON10G, 10GE LAN, Infiniband 2.5G,
Infiniband 5G


Hardware Update

InfiniBand 2.5G, InfiniBand
5G, FC1200, FICON10G, and
10GE LAN services on the
TN11LOA02 board.
Function enhancement: New client-side service types are

supported.

Hardware Update
Added the support for optical

modules 1000BASE-BX10-U,
1000BASE-BX10-D,
1000BASE-BX-U, and
1000BASE-BX-D.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
Added the TN11LOA board.
The TN11LOA board, a 1 x 10G OTU board, is added to

receive a maximum of eight client-side services.

562
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.12.3 Application Overview

The LOA board converges multiple service signals into 1 x OTU2 optical signals, and then
converts the signals into standard DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1. The
LOA board also performs the reverse process.
Table 13-126 provides the application scenarios for the LOA board.
Table 13-126 Application scenarios for the LOA board
Applica
tion
Scenari
o
Maximum Input
Capacity (Client
Side)
Mapping
Path
Maxi
mum
Outp
ut
Capac
ity
(WD
M
Side)
Port Working
Mode
Remarks
Scenario
1
l 8 x FE/FDDI/GE/
STM-1/STM-4/
OC-3/OC-12/
FC100/FICON/
DVB-ASI/
ESCON/SDI
Anya>ODU0>ODU1>ODU2>OTU2 or
Any->ODU0>ODU2>OTU2
1x
OTU2
ODU0 nonconvergence
mode (Any>ODU0[>ODU1]>ODU2>OTU2)
l Supports
encapsulation of
GE services in GE
(TTT-GMP) or
GE(GFP-T).
Scenario
2
4 x HD-SDI/HDSDIRBR/STM16/
OC-48/FC200/
FICON Express/
OTU1
OTU1/Anya>ODU1>ODU2>OTU2
1x
OTU2
ODU1 nonconvergence
mode (OTU1/
Any->ODU1>ODU2>OTU2)
Scenario
3
4 x OTU1
OTU1>ODU1>ODU0>ODU1>ODU2>OTU2 or
OTU1>ODU1>ODU0>ODU2>OTU2
1x
OTU2
ODU1_ODU0
mode (OTU1>ODU1>ODU0[>ODU1]>ODU2>OTU2)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

563
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Applica
tion
Scenari
o
Maximum Input
Capacity (Client
Side)
Mapping
Path
Maxi
mum
Outp
ut
Capac
ity
(WD
M
Side)
Port Working
Mode
Remarks
Scenario
4
l 2 x 3G-SDI/3GSDIRBR/FC400/
FICON4G/
Infiniband 2.5G
Anya>ODUflex>ODU2>OTU2
1x
OTU2
ODUflex nonconvergence
mode (Any>ODUflex>ODU2>OTU2)
l Any two of the RX1/TX1 to

RX8/TX8 ports receive and
transmit 3G-SDI/FC400/
FICON4G services.
l 1 x FC800/
FICON8G/
Infiniband 5G
l Only the RX1/TX1 and

RX2/TX2 ports receive and
transmit Infiniband 2.5G
services.
l Only the RX1/TX1 port
receives and transmits
FC800/FICON8G/
Infiniband 5G services
Scenario
5
1 x FC800/FICON8G
Anya>ODU2>OTU2
1 x FC1200/
FICON10G/10GE
LAN
Anya>ODU2e>OTU2e
1x
OTU2/
OTU2
e
ODU2 nonconvergence
mode (Any>ODU2>OTU2)
Only the RX1/TX1 port

receives and transmits FC800/
FICON8G/FC1200/
FICON10G/10GE LAN
services.
a: "Any" in the table indicates the client-side service supported in the corresponding application scenario.
l Two service mapping paths are supported in scenarios 1 and 3. The service mapping path is ODU0->ODU2
mapping path when the ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode parameter is set to Assign random for the IN/
OUT port while it is ODU0->ODU1->ODU2 when the parameter is set to Assign consecutive for the IN/OUT
port.
l In application scenario 4, the board supports only the Any->ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2 service path and ODU
Timeslot Configuration Mode must be set to Assign random for the IN/OUT port on the board.
l When the LOA board receives an FC800/FICON8G/Infiniband 5G service from client equipment, the board
cannot receive other types of services, because the board does not support hybrid transmission of FC800/
FICON8G/Infiniband 5G services and other types of services.
l In all the preceding scenarios, the LOA board supports hybrid transmission of any services except FC800/
FICON8G/Infiniband 5G services. The LOA board provides a maximum of 10 Gbit/s total bandwidth.

The LOA board supports functions and features such as wavelength tunable, OTN functions,
and ESC.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

564
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 13-127 Functions and features of the LOA board
Function
and Feature
Description
Basic
function
LOA converts signals as follows:

l 8 x (125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s signals) <-> 1 x OTU2
l 4 x (1.49 Gbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s signals)<-> 1 x OTU2
l 4 x OTU1 <-> 1 x OTU2
l 2 x 3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR/FC400/FICON4G/Infiniband 2.5G <-> 1 x
OTU2
l 1 x FC800/FICON8G/Infiniband 5G <-> 1 x OTU2
l 1 x FC1200/FICON10G/10GE LAN<-> 1 x OTU2e
Supports hybrid transmission of signals at a rate of 4.25 Gibt/s or lower, but
does not support hybrid transmission of FC800/FICON8G/Infiniband 5G
signals. The total rate of signals received at the client side cannot exceed 10
Gbit/s.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

565
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Client-side
service type

GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 1.25 Gbit/s. Supports GE optical signals and
GE electrical signals.
FICON4G: SAN service at a rate of 4.25 Gbit/s
Infiniband 2.5G: SAN service at a rate of 2.5 Gbit/s
Infiniband 5G: SAN service at a rate of 5 Gbit/s
HD-SDI: Bit-serial digital interface for high-definition television systems at
a rate of 1.49 Gbit/s
HD-SDIRBR: Bit-serial digital interface for high-definition television
systems at a rate of 1.49/1.001 Gbit/s
SDI: Serial digital interface at a rate of 270 Mbit/s
3G-SDI: Video service at a rate of 2.97 Gbit/s
3G-SDIRBR: Video service at a rate of 2.97/1.001 Gbit/s
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

566
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
NOTE
The LOA board supports both GE electrical signal and GE optical signal. For GE
electrical signal transmission, it is recommended that the board be equipped with at most
two GE electrical modules to facilitate fiber routing.
The LOA board supports access of SDI, HD-SDI, HD-SDIRBR, 3G-SDI, 3G-SDIRBR,
and DVB-ASI electrical signals. When the board is used to accept these electrical
signals, a digital video O/E converter must be used for O/E or E/O conversion and the
optical module of the converter must agree with the board optical module specifications.
The digital video O/E converter is a third-party device. Customers can purchase a digital
video O/E converter by themselves.
The FICON4G service and the FC400 service are processed identically. For the
FICON4G service, you can configure it as the FC400 service on the U2000.
OTN
function
l Provides the OTU2/OTU2e interface on WDM-side.

the ITU-T G.709.
l ODU0 layer: supports the PM function and PM non-intrusive monitoring.
l ODUk(k=1, 2) layer: supports the PM and TCM function, and PM and
TCM non-intrusive monitoring.
l ODUflex layer: supports the PM function and PM non-intrusive
monitoring functions.
l OTUk (k=1, 2) layer: supports the SM function.
WDM
specification
Tunable
wavelength
function
Supports tunable wavelength optical modules that provide for 80 wavelengths

tunable in the C band with 50 GHz channel spacing.
ESC
function
Supported
PRBS test
function
LPT function
is GE/FE/10GE LAN.
FEC coding
l Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the client side that complies
with ITU-T G.709, only when the client side service type is OTU1.
NOTE
The PRBS function on the client side is only supported when the client-side service type
is STM-1, STM-4, STM-16, OC-3, OC-12, OC-48, or OTU1.
with ITU-T G.709.
l Supports advanced forward error correction (AFEC-2) on the WDM side
that complies with ITU-T G.975.1.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

567
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring

power of the laser.
Regeneratio
n board
The WDM-side signals from one LOA board can be regenerated by another
ALS
function
Test frame
type is GE or FE.
Latency
measuremen
t
Supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Supported
Not supported
Protection
scheme

QCP board).
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Ethernet
service
mapping
mode
Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(GFP-T) and GE(TTT-GMP)

modes.
Supports encapsulation of 10GE LAN services in Bit Transparent Mapping
(11.1G).
Ethernet port
working
mode
l FE: 100M Full-Duplex
IEEE
1588v2
Not Supported
l GE(TTT-GMP): 1000M Full-Duplex, Auto-Negotiation

568
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Physical
clock
l When the board receives GE services and the port mapping is TTTGMP on its client side, the board can support synchronous Ethernet
transparent transmission instead of synchronous Ethernet processing.
l When the board receives 10GE LAN services and the port mapping is Bit
Loopback
Channel
Loopback
Inloop
WDM side
Inloop
Not supported
Outloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
NOTE
For FC800/FICON8G/Infiniband 5G
services, Inloop is not supported only in
ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any>ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2).
NOTE
It is supported only in FC800/
FICON8G/FC1200/FICON10G/10GE
LAN services in ODU2 nonconvergence mode (Any->ODU2>OTU2).
Client side
Inloop
Outloop
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Supported
NOTE
Inloop is not supported in FC800/
FICON8G /FC1200/FICON10G/10GE
LAN services.

569
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
(FC-PI)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL SINGLE-BYTE COMMAND
CODE SETS-2 MAPPING PROTOCOL (FC-SB-2)
ETSI TR 101 891 Professional Interfaces: Guidelines for the
implementation and usage of the DVB Asynchronous Serial
Interface (ASI)
SMPTE 259M 10-Bit 4:2:2 Component and 4fsc Composite
Digital Signals - Serial Digital Interface
ANSI X3.139 Information Systems - Fiber Distributed Data
Interface (FDDI) - Token Ring Media Access Control
(MAC)
Interface (FDDI) - Token Ring Physical Layer Protocol
(PHY)
Interface (FDDI) Physical Layer Medium Dependent
(PDM)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

570
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
13.12.5 Characteristic Code for the LOA

Code for OTUs.
13.12.6 Physical Ports Displayed on NMS

This section describes the physical ports displayed on the NMS.
Table 13-128 Mapping between the physical ports on the LOA board and the port numbers
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Physical Port
IN/OUT
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4
6
571
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Physical Port
TX5/RX5
TX6/RX6
TX7/RX7
TX8/RX8
10
NOTE
13.12.7 LOA Scenario 1: ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any>ODU0[->ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2)

Application
The LOA board converges a maximum of eight channels of service at a rate ranging from 125
Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s into 1 x OTU2 optical signals, and then converts the signals into standard
DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1. The LOA board also performs the
reverse process. Figure 13-47 shows the details.
Figure 13-47 Application of the LOA board in ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0[>ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2)
1xOTU2
LOA
LOA
8ODU0
4ODU1
8ODU0
8ODU0
8ODU0
8ODU0
OUT
8ODU0
IN
RX1
TX1
IN
8ODU0
1OTU2
1ODU2
4ODU1
8ODU0
RX8
OUT
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1OTU2
RX1
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1ODU2
TX1
FE/FDDI/GE/STM-1/
STM-4/OC-3/OC-12/
FC100/FICON/DVBASI/ESCON/SDI
TX8
1xOTU2
FE/FDDI/GE/STM-1/
STM-4/OC-3/OC-12/
FC100/FICON/DVBRX8 ASI/ESCON/SDI
TX8
NOTE
In the figure, the ODU1 procedure is optional in the service mapping path, When ODU Timeslot
Configuration Mode is set to Assign random, the service mapping path is Any->ODU0->ODU2->OTU2.
When the parameter is set to Assign consecutive, the service mapping path is Any->ODU0->ODU1>ODU2->OTU2.
The board supports GE service mapping using the TTT-GMP or GFP-T procedure.
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections. For example, 201
(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 is a logical port of the board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

572
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

When the LOA board works in ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1]>ODU2->OTU2), two port models are available. The mapping paths for the two port models
vary according to the ODU timeslot configuration mode. Figure 13-48 shows the port diagram
when ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign random. Figure 13-49 shows the port
diagram when ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign consecutive.
Figure 13-48 Port diagram 1 of the LOA board in the ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0->ODU2->OTU2)
Client Side
3(RX1/TX1)-1
WDM Side
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1/
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2 to
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:(1 to 8)
ODU0:1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
.
.
.
10(RX8/TX8)-1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
ODU0:2
.
.
.
.
.
.
ODU2:1
OCH:1
IN/OUT
ODU0:8

573
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-49 Port diagram 2 of the LOA board in the ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0->ODU1>ODU2->OTU2)
Client Side
WDM Side
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2 to
3(RX1/TX1)-1
201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1)-1
201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1)-2
4(RX2/TX2)-1
202(ClientLP2/
ClientLP2)-1
202(ClientLP2/
ClientLP2)-2
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1 to 4)-ODU0:(1 to 2)
ODU0:1
ODU1:1
ODU0:2
ODU2:1
207(ClientLP7/
ClientLP7)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
208(ClientLP8/
ClientLP8)-1
IN/OUT
ODU0:1
207(ClientLP7/
ClientLP7)-2
10(RX8/TX8)-1
OCH:1
ODU1:4
ODU0:2
208(ClientLP8/
ClientLP8)-2
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connection that must be configured on the NMS.
Service
processing
module
NOTE
When the LOA board connects to a TOM board that uses 20x(ClientLPx/ClientLPx)-2, a client-side optical
port on the LOA board must be cross-connected to 20x(ClientLPx/ClientLPx)-2 of the LOA board. In other
cases, configure cross-connections from 20x(ClientLPx/ClientLPx)-1 port of the TOM board to the clientside ports on the LOA board.
Table 13-129 Description of NM port of the LOA board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1RX8/TX8

interfaces.
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1/2 to 208
(ClientLP8/ClientLP8)-1/2
Internal logical port. The paths are numbered 1

to 2.
IN/OUTOCH:1ODU2:1ODU0:(18)
Indicates mapping path when the board works in

ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0>ODU2->OTU2)

574
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Port Name
Description
IN/OUTOCH:1ODU2:1ODU1:(1
4)ODU0:(12)

ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0>ODU1->ODU2->OTU2)
Configuring Cross-Connections
l
On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any>ODU0[->ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2).
For the IN/OUT port, set ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode to Assign random or
Assign consecutive. When the parameter is set to Assign random, the board supports the
Any->ODU0->ODU2->OTU2 service mapping path, as shown in Figure 13-50. When the
parameter is set to Assign consecutive, the board supports the Any->ODU0->ODU1>ODU2->OTU2 service mapping path, as shown in Figure 13-51.
Specify required services types for the board.
On the U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the internal RX/TX and
in Figure 13-50, Figure 13-51. The electrical crossClientLP ports. For details, see
connections between the RX/TX and ClientLP ports are fixed. The RX1/TX1 port is crossconnected to the ClientLP1 port, the RX2/TX2 port is cross-connected to the ClientLP2
port, and so on.
NOTE
Electrical cross-connections must be configured. Otherwise, the ALS, LPT, and protection functions may
become abnormal.
On the U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the internal ClientLP and ODU0
in Figure 13-50, Figure 13-51. The electrical cross-connections
ports. For details, see
between the ClientLP and ODU0 ports are random but channel 1 on each ClientLP port is
used in the cross-connections.
NOTE
If all client-side ports on the LOA board always work in ODU0 non-convergence mode with mapping path
Any->ODU0->ODU2->OTU2, and GE(TTT-GMP) services are supported on the client side of the LOA
board accordingly. users can apply the 8*GE->8*ODU0 service package to the board on the NMS. This
simultaneously sets the Port Working Mode to ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1]>ODU2->OTU2) and the Service Type to GE(TTT-GMP) for the 8 ports.
When the LOA board connects to a TOM board that uses optical channel 2 on the ClientLP port, a clientside optical port on the LOA board must be cross-connected to optical channel 2 on the ClientLP port of
the LOA board. In other cases, configure cross-connections from optical channel 1 on the ClientLP port
of the TOM board to the client-side ports on the LOA board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

575
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-50 Cross-connections of the LOA board (Any->ODU0->ODU2->OTU2)
Client side
WDM side
1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
7(RX5/TX5)-1
8(RX6/TX6)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
IN/OUTOCH:1ODU2:1ODU0:1
2
The internal cross-connection of the board,

which needs to be configured on the NMS
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

576
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-51 Cross-connections of the LOA board (Any->ODU0->ODU1->ODU2->OTU2)

WDM side
Client side
1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
7(RX5/TX5)-1
8(RX6/TX6)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
IN/OUTOCH:1ODU2:1ODU1:1ODU0:1
2

13.12.8 LOA Scenario 2: ODU1 non-convergence mode (OTU1/Any>ODU1->ODU2->OTU2)

Application
The LOA board converges a maximum of four channels of service signals at a rate ranging from
1.49 Gbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s into 1 x OTU2 optical signals, and then converts the signals into
standard DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1. The LOA board also performs
the reverse process. Figure 13-52 shows the details.
Figure 13-52 Application of the LOA board in ODU1 non-convergence mode (OTU1/Any>ODU1->ODU2->OTU2)
1xOTU2
LOA
LOA
4ODU1
8ODU0

8ODU0
8ODU0
RX1
TX1
8ODU0
1OTU2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
1ODU2
RX8
4ODU1
TX8
M
U
X IN
/
OUT
D
M
U
X
1ODU2
RX1
M
U
OUT X
/
IN
D
M
U
X
1OTU2
TX1
HD-SDI/HD-SDIRBR/
STM16/OC-48/
4
FC200/FICON
Express/OTU1
1xOTU2
4
RX8
HD-SDI/HD-SDIRBR/
STM16/OC-48/
FC200/FICON
Express/OTU1
TX8
577
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
In this scenario, any four of the RX1/TX1RX8/TX8 ports can receive and transmit services.
Logical Ports
Figure 13-53 shows the port diagrams for the LOA.
Figure 13-53 Port diagram of the LOA board (ODU1 non-convergence mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1->ODU2>OTU2))
WDM Side
Client Side
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1~
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1~4)
ODU1:1
ODU1:2
ODU2:1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
ODU1:3
ODU1:4
OCH:1
IN/OUT
Cross-connection that must be

configured on the NMS.
NOTE
Table 13-130 Description of the LOA board's ports on the NMS
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1RX8/TX8

interfaces.
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 to 208
(ClientLP8/ClientLP8)-1
Internal logical port. The paths are numbered 1.

578
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Port Name
Description
IN/OUTOCH:1ODU2:1ODU1:
(14)
Indicates the mapping path when the board works in

ODU1 non-convergence mode (OTU1/Any>ODU1->ODU2->OTU2).
l
On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODU1 non-convergence mode (OTU1/
Any->ODU1->ODU2->OTU2).
On the U2000 create electrical cross-connections between the internal ClientLP and ODU1
in Figure 13-54. The cross-connections between the ClientLP
and ODU1 ports are random and at most four cross-connections between them can be used.
Figure 13-54 Cross-connections of the LOA board (OTU1/Any->ODU1->ODU2->OTU2)
WDM side
Client side
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
7(RX5/TX5)-1
8(RX6/TX6)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
1

which does not need to be configured on the
NMS
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

579
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.12.9 LOA Scenario 3: ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1>ODU0[->ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2)

Application
The LOA board converges a maximum of 4 x OTU1 service signals into 1 x OTU2 optical
signals, and then converts the signals into standard DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITUT G.694.1. The LOA board also performs the reverse process. Figure 13-55 shows the details.
Figure 13-55 Application of the LOA board in ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0
[->ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2)
1xOTU2
LOA
LOA
4ODU1
8ODU0
4ODU1
8ODU0
8ODU0
8ODU0
8ODU0
8ODU0
8ODU0
8ODU0
IN
RX1
TX1
8ODU0
1OTU2
1ODU2
4ODU1
RX8
8ODU0
TX8
4ODU1
OUT
M
U
X IN
/
OUT
D
M
U
X
1ODU2
RX1
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1OTU2
TX1
OTU1
1xOTU2
4 OTU1
RX8
TX8
NOTE
Logical Ports
When the LOA board works in ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0[->ODU1]>ODU2->OTU2), two port models are available. The mapping paths for the two port models
vary according to the ODU timeslot configuration mode. Figure 13-56 shows the port diagram
when ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign random. Figure 13-57 shows the port
diagram when ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign consecutive.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

580
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-56 Port diagram of the LOA board in the ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1>ODU0->ODU2->OTU2)
Client side
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
WDM side
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)~
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU0(1~8)
208(ClientLP8/ClientLP8)
201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1)-1
ODU0:1
201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1)-2
ODU0:2
202(ClientLP2/
ClientLP2)-1
ODU0:3
202(ClientLP2/
ClientLP2)-2
ODU0:4
ODU2:1
208(ClientLP8
/ClientLP8)-1
ODU0:7
208(ClientLP8
/ClientLP8)-2
ODU0:8
IN/OUT
OCH:1
Figure 13-57 Port diagram of the LOA board in the ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1>ODU0->ODU1->ODU2->OTU2)
Client side
3(RX1/TX1)-1
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)~
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1(1~4)-ODU0(1~2)
201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1)-1
ODU0:1
ODU1:1
201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1)-2
ODU0:2
202(ClientLP2/
ClientLP2)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
202(ClientLP2/
ClientLP2)-2
ODU0:1
ODU1:2
OCH:1
IN/OUT
ODU0:2
208(ClientLP8
/ClientLP8)-1
ODU0:1
208(ClientLP8
/ClientLP8)-2
ODU0:2
ODU2:1
WDM side
ODU1:4
Cross-connection that must be configured on the

NMS.
NOTE
In this mode, any four of the RX1/TX1RX8/TX8 ports can receive services.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

581
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1RX8/TX8

interfaces.
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1/2 to 208
(ClientLP8/ClientLP8)-1/2
Internal logical port. The paths are numbered 1

to 2.
IN/OUTOCH:1ODU2:1ODU0:(18)

ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0>ODU2->OTU2).
IN/OUTOCH:1ODU2:1ODU1:(1
4)ODU0:(12)

ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0>ODU1->ODU2->OTU2).
l
On the U2000, set Port Working Mode to ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0

[->ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2).
For the IN/OUT port, set ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode to Assign random or
Assign consecutive. When the parameter is set to Assign random, the service mapping
path is OTU1->ODU1->ODU0->ODU2->OTU2. For details, see Figure 13-58. When the
parameter is set to Assign consecutive, the service mapping path is OTU1->ODU1>ODU0->ODU1->ODU2->OTU2. For details, see Figure 13-59.
in Figure 13-58, Figure 13-59. The cross-connections between
the ClientLP and ODU0 ports are random and at most 8 cross-connections between the
ports can be used.
NOTE
A maximum of four cross-connections between the RX/TX and ClientLP ports can be used. The 3(RX1/TX1)-1
port are cross-connected to the 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1/)-1 and 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1/)-2 ports, the 4
(RX2/TX2)-1 port are cross-connected to the 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2/)-1 and 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2/)-2
ports, and so on.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

582
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-58 Cross-connections of the LOA board (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0->ODU2->OTU2)
WDM side
Client side
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
7(RX5/TX5)-1
8(RX6/TX6)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
1

NMS
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

583
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-59 Cross-connections of the LOA board (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0->ODU1->ODU2->OTU2)

WDM side
Client side
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
7(RX5/TX5)-1
8(RX6/TX6)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
1

NMS
13.12.10 LOA Scenario 4: ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any>ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2)

Application
The LOA board converges a maximum of 2 x 3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR, 2 x FC400/FICON4G/
Infiniband 2.5G, or 1 x FC800/FICON8G/Infiniband 5G service signals into 1 x OTU2 optical
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

584
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-60 Application of the LOA board in ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any>ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2)
1xOTU2
1xOTU2
LOA
LOA
2ODUflex
1OTU2
8ODU0
8ODU0
8ODU0
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
8ODU0
1OTU2
1ODU2
2ODUflex
3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR/
FC400/
FICON4G/FC800/
FICON8G/Infiniband
2.5G/Infiniband 5G
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1ODU2
3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR/
FC400/
FICON4G/FC800/
FICON8G/Infiniband
2.5G/Infiniband 5G
NOTE
In this scenario, any two of the RX1/TX1 to RX8/TX8 ports receive and transmit 3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBRI/
FC400/FICON4G services,Only the RX1/TX1 and RX2/TX2 ports receive and transmit Infiniband 2.5G
and only the RX1/TX1 port receives and transmits FC800/FICON8G/Infiniband 5G services.
Logical Ports
Figure 13-61 Port diagram of the LOA board in the ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any>ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2)
Client Side
3(RX1/TX1)-1
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1) to
201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1)-1
WDM Side
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1 to 2)
ODUflex:1
ODU2:1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
208(ClientLP8/
ClientLP8)-1
OCH:1
IN/OUT
ODUflex:2

NMS.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

585
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
l Any two of the RX1/TX1 to RX8/TX8 ports can receive 3G-SDI/FC400/FICON4G services as shown
in the figure (the RX1/TX1 ports are used as an example).
l Only the RX1/TX1 and RX2/TX2 ports can receive Infiniband 2.5G services.
l Only the RX1/TX1 port can receive FC800/FICON8G/Infiniband 5G services.

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1RX8/TX8

interfaces.
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 to 208
Internal logical port. The paths is numbered 1.
IN/OUTOCH:1ODU2:1ODUflex:(1
2)
Indicates the mapping path when the board

works in ODUflex non-convergence mode
(Any->ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2).
l
On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any>ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2).
NOTE
The board supports only the Any->ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2 service path and ODU Timeslot
Configuration Mode must be set to Assign random for the IN/OUT port on the board.
U2000 Create electrical cross-connections between the internal ClientLP and ODUflex
in Figure 13-62. The cross-connections between the ClientLP
and ODUflex ports are random.
NOTE
When configuring cross-connections, specify the number of ODUflex timeslots. Table 13-133 provides the
number of ODUflex timeslots required by a client service.
The cross-connections between the RX/TX and ClientLP ports are fixed. For example, the 3(RX1/TX1)-1 port
is cross-connected to the 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1/)-1, the 4(RX2/TX2)-1 port is cross-connected to the 202
(ClientLP2/ClientLP)-1 port, and son on. For the FC400/FICON4G/Infiniband 2.5G service, only two crossconnections are allowed between the RX/TX and ClientLP ports. For the FC800/FICON8G/Infiniband 5G
service, only one cross-connection is allowed between the RX/TX and ClientLP ports.
Table 13-133 ODUflex timeslot
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Client service type
ODUflex Timeslot
3G-SDI
3G-SDIRBR
Infiniband 2.5G

586
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Client service type
ODUflex Timeslot
FC400/FICON4G
Infiniband 5G
FC800/FICON8G
Figure 13-62 Cross-connections of the LOA board (Any->ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2)
WDM side
Client side
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
7(RX5/TX5)-1
8(RX6/TX6)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:1
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:2

NMS
13.12.11 LOA Scenario 5: ODU2 non-convergence mode (Any>ODU2->OTU2)

Application
The LOA board converges 1 x FC800/FICON8G service signals into 1 x OTU2 optical
signals, or converges 1 x FC1200/FICON10G/10GE LAN service signals into 1 x OTU2e optical
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

587
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-63 Application of the LOA board in ODU2 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU2>OTU2)
1xOTU2/OTU2e 1xOTU2/OTU2e
LOA
1ODU2/ODU2e
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1OTU2/OTU2e
8ODU0
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
FC800/
FC1200/FICON
8G/FICON10G/
10GE LAN
8ODU0
1OTU2/OTU2e
1ODU2/ODU2e
FC800/
FC1200/FICON
8G/FICON10G/
10GE LAN
LOA
NOTE
In this scenario, only the RX1/TX1 can receive and transmit FC800/FC1200/FICON8G/FICON10G/10GE
LAN services.
When the LOA board receives an FC800/FICON8G service from client equipment, the board cannot receive
other types of services, because the board does not support hybrid transmission of FC800/FICON8G services
and other types of services.
Logical Ports
Figure 13-64 Port diagram of the LOA board in the ODU2 non-convergence mode (Any>ODU2->OTU2)
WDM Side
Client Side
3(RX1/TX1)-1
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1
ODU2:1
OCH:1
IN/OUT

NMS.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

588
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
In this scenario, Olny RX1/TX1 ports can receive and transmit services.

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1

interfaces.
IN/OUTOCH:1ODU2:1
Indicates the mapping path when the board

works in ODU2 non-convergence mode (Any>ODU2->OTU2).
l
On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODU2 non-convergence mode (Any>ODU2->OTU2).
in Figure 13-65
NOTE
In this scenario, Olny RX1/TX1 ports can receive and transmit services.
Figure 13-65 Cross-connections of the LOA board (Any->ODU2->OTU2)

WDM side
Client side
3(RX1/TX1)-1
1
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1
The internal cross-connection of the board, which needs to be

configured on the NMS
The internal cross-connection of the board, which does not need
to be configured on the NMS
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

589
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The LOA board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM side optical module, signal
Figure 13-66 shows the block diagram of the functions of the LOA board.
Figure 13-66 Functional modules and signal flow of the LOA board
Client side
RX1
RX2
WDM side
O/E
RX8
TX1
TX2
E/O
TX8
Client-side
optical
module
Service
encapsulation
and mapping
module
E/O
OTN
processing
module
OUT
O/E
IN
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
NOTE
When used to receive GE electrical signals, the board must use a client-side electrical module to perform
power level conversion, and then sends the signals to the service encapsulation and mapping module for
processing.
Signal flow
In the signal flow of the LOA board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LOA to the WDM side
of the LOA, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives eight channels of any optical signals from client
equipment through the RX1-RX8 ports, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the eight channels of electrical signals are sent to the signal
processing module. The module performs operations such as service cross-connection,
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

590
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

module outputs one channel of OTU2 signals.
conversion, the module sends out OTU2 optical signals at DWDM wavelengths that comply
with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT optical port.
l
Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives one channel of OTU2 optical signals at DWDM
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN optical port. Then, the module
performs O/E conversion.
decapsulation processing and service cross-connection. Then, the module outputs eight
channels of any signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the eight channels of electrical
signals, and then outputs eight channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX8
optical ports.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of eight channels of any optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from eight channels of the internal
electrical signals to any optical signals.


The module consists of service encapsulation and mapping module and OTN processing
module.
The module encapsulates multiple channels of Any signals and maps them into OTU2
payload. It also performs the reversion operations. The module also monitors
performance of Any signals.
Frames OTU2 signals, processes overheads in OTU2 signals, and performs the FEC
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

591
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


l
Power supply module

13.12.13 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LOA board.

Figure 13-67 shows the front panel of the LOA board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

592
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-67 Front panel of the LOA board
NOTE
If the equipment is installed in a Huawei cabinet, the board can only use G.657A2 fibers; otherwise, the
fibers will be pressed by the cabinet door. If the cabinet door is not required or if the equipment is installed
in a third-party cabinet whose door does not press the fibers, there is no restriction on the fiber type.
Indicators
l

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

593
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 13-135 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LOA board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT
LC

multiplexer board.
TX1-TX8
LC
RX1-RX8
LC
Laser Hazard Level

13.12.14 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LOA board.
Table 13-136 shows the valid slots for the LOA board.
Table 13-136 Valid slots for the LOA board
Product
Valid slots
IU1IU8, IU11IU42, IU45IU68
IU1IU8, IU12IU27, IU29IU36
IU1IU8, IU11IU18
IU3IU16
IU1IU8, IU11IU16
IU2IU5

For parameters of LOA, refer to Table 13-137.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

594
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-137 LOA parameters

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

channel of a board.
a port, service alarms reported for this port
moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Channel Loopback
Outloop
Query or set the path Loopback.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

595
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Service Type
None, DVB-ASI,
ESCON, FC100,
FC200, FC400, FC800,
FICON8G, FC1200,
FICON10G, FDDI,
FE, FICON, FICON
Express, SDI, GE
(TTT-GMP), GE(GFPT), HDSDI, 10GE
LAN, HDSDIRBR,
OC-3, OC-12, OC-48,
OTU-1, STM-1,
STM-4, STM-16, 3GSDI, 3GSDIRBR

Default: None
Off, On
Laser Status
Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled
NOTE
formats. When Service Type is GE(TTTGMP), the encapsulation format is TTTGMP; when Service Type is GE(GFP-T), the
encapsulation format is GFP-T. The value GE
(TTT-GMP) is recommended.
ends must be encapsulated in the same format.
NOTE
The FICON4G service and the FC400 service
are processed identically. For the FICON4G
service, you can configure it as the FC400
service on the U2000.
NOTE
The service type varies according to the port
working mode. For details, see 13.12.3
Application Overview.

status of a board.
more information.

596
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
ALS Auxiliary
Condition
FW_Defect,
BW_Client_R_LOS,
BW_WDM_Defect,
FW_OPUk_CSF

triggering ALS.
Default: FW_Defect

WDM-side receiver of the local board,
the laser on the client-side transmitter
of the local board must be shut down.
For this situation, set this parameter to
FW_Defect.
receiver of the local board, the laser on
the client-side transmitter of the local
board must be shut down. For this
situation, set this parameter to
BW_Client_R_LOS.
the client-side transmitter of the
BW_WDM_Defect.
FW_OPUk_CSF.
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

time period from the point when the
system detects service interruption to the
point when ALS automatically shuts
down the related lasers.
Default: 0s
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Turn-On
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

system detects service recovery to the
point when ALS automatically enables
the related lasers.
Default: 0s
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

597
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
LPT Enabled
Enabled, Disabled

Default: Disabled
Condition of Laser
Shutdown by LPT
REMOTE_FAULT,
None
Default:
REMOTE_FAULT

condition.
NOTE
l This parameter takes effect only when
LPT Enabled is set to Enabled.
l For the TN11LOA boards, when routers
support REMOTE_FAULT as a
switching condition and the LOA boards
are cascaded on the client side, perform
the following operations:
l If the bit transparent transmission
mode is configured, set LPT
Enabled to Enabled and Condition
of Laser Shutdown by LPT to
None, no matter whether a protection
scheme is configured or not.
Client Mode, OTN

Mode
Service Mode
Default: Client Mode
FEC Working State
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

When the board is enabled to receive an
OTN service on the client side, set this
parameter to OTN Mode. For any other
client service types, set this parameter to
Client Mode.
transmit end must be consistent with that
at the receive end. Otherwise, this
FEC Mode
FEC, AFEC
Default: FEC

must be the same.
AFEC Grade
1, 2, 3
Default: 3
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)


598
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Band Type
Tunable Wavelength
Range

Planned Wavelength
No./Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.10
0

l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.17
0 to
18/1611.00/188.78
0

NOTE
Default: /
Planned Band Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

wavelength.
NOTE
Ethernet Working
Mode
Auto-Negotiation,
1000M Full-Duplex

Ethernet.
Default: 1000M FullDuplex
Auto-negotiation can automatically

determine the optimal working modes of
the connected ports. This mode is easy to
maintain.
This parameter is valid only when the
service type is set to GE (TTT-GMP).
The Ethernet working mode must be
consistent with the mode set for the
upstream services of the customer.
If two ports are mutually protected, the
Ethernet working mode must be
consistent on the active and standby ports.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

599
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled

GCC2 in OTN overheads. If the
parameter to Enabled; otherwise, set it to
Disabled.
Default: Disabled
NOTE
SD Trigger
Condition
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

resides.
PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

the services on the corresponding port are
interrupted.
enabling the PRBS test is issued, an error
is returned in case the optical interface
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
ODUflex Tolerance
(ppm)
0 to 100
Default: Disabled
Default: 100

Specifies the tolerance of deviation
between the actual client-side service rate
and the specified rate when the client-side
service type is ODUflex.
NOTE
When the LOA board receives 3G-SDI
services from client equipment, set this
parameter to 10. If the LOA board receives
other services, set it to 100.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

600
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
ODU Timeslot
Configuration Mode
Assign random, Assign

consecutive
Specifies the ODUk timeslot allocation

mode of the board.
Default: Assign
random
Assign random indicates that cross-layer

mapping of services is performed. The
service mappings are ODU0->ODU2,
ODU1->ODU2, and ODUflex->ODU2.
l Cross-layer mapping reduces the
number of mapping layers and
simplifies the relationship between
client and server trails, which are easy
to manage.
l Cross-layer mapping enables flexible
bandwidth usage. For example, when
seven 1.25G timeslots of an ODU2
channel are occupied by ODUflex
services, the remaining 1.25G
bandwidth can be configured for
ODU0 services, implementing
ODU0->ODU2 cross-layer mapping.
Assign consecutive indicates that layerby-layer mapping of services is
performed from lower rates to higher
rates, for example, ODU0->ODU1>ODU2 and ODU1->ODU2.
The Assign random mode is
recommended. The ODU Timeslot
Configuration Mode values of two LOA
boards must be the same when they are
interconnected on the WDM side.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

601
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Port Working Mode
ODU0 nonconvergence mode

(Any->ODU0[>ODU1]->ODU2>OTU2)
Specifies the working mode of the

interface on the board depending the
actual application scenario and service
mapping path.

(OTU1/Any->ODU1>ODU2->OTU2)
ODU1_ODU0 mode
(OTU1->ODU1>ODU0[->ODU1]>ODU2->OTU2)
ODUflex nonconvergence mode
(Any->ODUflex>ODU2->OTU2)
(Any->ODU2>OTU2)
Default: ODU0 nonconvergence mode
(Any->ODU0[>ODU1]->ODU2>OTU2)
13.12.16 LOA Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

602
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed Optical
Module
Client-Side Pluggable
Optical Module
WDM-Side
Fixed
Optical
Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
TN
11L
OA
N/A
I-16-2 km-eSFP
N/A
800 ps/nm-C Band

(Odd & Even
Wavelengths)-Fixed
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP
L-16.1-40 km-eSFP
L-16.2-80 km-eSFP
1000 BASE-BX10-U-eSFP
1000 BASE-BX10-D-eSFP
1000 BASE-BX-U-eSFP
1000 BASE-BX-D-eSFP
2.125 Gbit/s Multirate-0.5
km-eSFP

10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 kmXFP

0.1 Gbit/s to 3 Gbit/s
multirate-10 km-Video
eSFP
4.25 Gbit/s Multirate-0.3
km-eSFP
4.25 Gbit/s Multirate-10
km-eSFP
800-M5E-SA-I-0.3 kmSFP+
800-SM-LC-L-10 km-SFP
+
(CWDM)-40 km-eSFP
(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
(DWDM)-120 km-eSFP
Infiniband 5G-0.3km-SFP+
Infiniband 5G-10km-SFP+
10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 kmSFP+
10 Gbit/s Multirate-40 kmSFP+
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

603
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
point.

NOTE
I-16-2 km-eSFP module, S-16.1-15 km-eSFP module, L-16.1-40 km-eSFP module and L-16.2-80 km-eSFP
module can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100, FDDI, FICON, FICON Express, GE,
STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, and DVB-ASI signals.
Only the S-16.1-15 km-eSFP optical module supports FE services, and it can only connect to a 100BASE-LX10eSFP optical module.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
SLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
2 km (1.2 mi.) 15 km (9.3

mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1266 to 1360
1260 to 1360
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-10
-5
-2
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2

604
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Maximum
-20 dB
spectral
width
nm
N/A
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
N/A
30
30
30
Eye pattern
mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
APD
APD
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1270 to 1580
1270 to 1580
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-18
-18
-27
-28
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27
NOTE
1000 BASE-BX10-U-eSFP module, 1000 BASE-BX10-D-eSFP module, 1000 BASE-BX-U-eSFP module, and
1000 BASE-BX-D-eSFP module can be used to access GE signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

605
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-139 Client-side pluggable GE optical module specifications (single-fiber bidirectional

transmissions)
Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
1000 BASEBX10-UeSFP
1000 BASEBX10-DeSFP
1000 BASEBX-U-eSFP
1000 BASEBX-D-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source
type
SLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
km
10
10
40
40

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
Maximum
mean launched
power
dBm
-3
-3
Minimum
mean launched
power
dBm
-9
-9
-2
-2
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask
IEEE802.3ah-compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-19.5
-19.5
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3
-3
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-12
-12
-12
-12

606
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
2.125 Gbit/s Multi-rate-eSFP module can be used to access FC200, GE, FC100, FDDI, FICON, FICON Express,
and FE signals.
1000 BASE-LX-10 km-eSFP module, 1000 BASE-LX-40 km-eSFP module and 1000 BASE-ZX-80 km-eSFP
module can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, FDDI, FICON, FE, and
DVB-ASI signals.
When accessing 1000 BASE-T services, the specifications of the electrical interface comply with the IEEE Std
802.3.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
0.5 km (0.3
mi.)
10 km (6.2
mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-2.5
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9.5
-9
-5
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

607
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-17
-20
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3
NOTE
SDI module can be used to access DVB-ASI, SDI, HD-SDI, HD-SDIRBR, 3G-SDI, and 3G-SDIRBR signals.
Table 13-141 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (SDI services)

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Multirate 10 km-Video
eSFP
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
10 km (6.2 mi.)
Service rate
Gbit/s
0.1 to 3
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
nm
1290 to 1330

power
dBm

power
dBm
-7
dB

width
nm
3.0

608
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type

eSFP

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1260 to 1620
dBm
-22
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
NOTE
4.25 Gbit/s Multirate-0.3 km-eSFP, 4.25 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km-eSFP module can be used to access Infiniband
2.5G, FC400, and FICON4G signals.
Table 13-142 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (FC services)

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
4.25 Gbit/s
4.25 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
MLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
0.3 km (0.2 mi.)
10 km (6.2 mi.)

Transmitter parameter
specifications at point S
nm
830 to 860
1270 to 1355
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
-1.1
-1
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-9
-8.4
Eye pattern mask
Compliant with Fiber Channel-physical interface

(FC-PI-2) parameter template

Receiver type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
PIN

PIN
609
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
4.25 Gbit/s
4.25 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmeSFP
range
nm
770 to 860
1260 to 1600
dBm
-15
-18
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-12
-12
NOTE
Infiniband 5G-0.3km-SFP+, Infiniband 5G-10km-SFP+ module can be used to access Infiniband 5G signals.
Table 13-143 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (Infiniband 5G services)

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Value
Infiniband
5G-0.3km-SFP+
Infiniband
5G-10km-SFP+
Optical interface
service rate
Gbit/s
6.144
6.144
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
MLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
km
0.3
10
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating
wavelength range
nm
840 to 860
1260 to 1355
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
-1
0.5
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-9
-8.4
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
N/A
3.5

in case of laser
shutdown
dBm
-30
-30

610
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Eye pattern mask
Value
Infiniband
5G-0.3km-SFP+
Infiniband
5G-10km-SFP+

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength range
nm
840 to 860
1260 to 1355
dBm
-11.5
-13.8
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-1
0.5
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-12
-12
NOTE
800-M5E-SA-I-0.3 km-SFP+ and 800-SM-LC-L-10 km-SFP+ module can be used to access FC800 and
FICON8G signals.
Table 13-144 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (FC800/FICON8G services)

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Value
800-M5E-SA-I-0.3
km-SFP+
800-SM-LC-L-10
km-SFP+
Optical interface
service rate
Gbit/s
10.3125
10.3125
Optical source type
MLM
SLM
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Target transmission
distance
0.3 km (0.2 mi.)
10 km (6.2 mi.)
Eye pattern mask
IEEE802.3zcompliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating
wavelength range
nm
840 to 860
1260 to 1355
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
-1
0.5

611
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module
Type
800-M5E-SA-I-0.3
km-SFP+
800-SM-LC-L-10
km-SFP+
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-7.3
-8.2
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
3.5

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength range
nm
840 to 860
1260 to 1355
dBm
-11.1 (OMA)
-12.6 (OMA)
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-1
0.5
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-12
-12
NOTE
1.25 Gbit/s Multirate (CWDM)-40 km-eSFP module can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON,
STM-1, OC-3, FDDI, FICON, FE, and DVB-ASI signals.
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (CWDM)-80 km-eSFP module can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200,
FC100, FDDI, FICON, FICON Express, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, and FE
signals.
Table 13-145 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (CWDM colored

wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)

range
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
nm
1471 to 1611

1471 to 1611
612
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
1.0
1.0
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
PIN
APD
range
nm
1270 to 1620
1270 to 1620
dBm
-19
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27
NOTE
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (DWDM)-120 km-eSFP module can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200,
FC100, FDDI, FICON, FICON Express, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, and FE
signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

613
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-146 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (DWDM colored

wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
Target transmission
distance
120 km (74.6 mi.)

Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
GHz
12.5

power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
ps/nm
2400
Eye pattern mask

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
APD
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

614
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km-SFP+ and 10 Gbit/s Multirate-40 km-SFP+ module can be used to access 10GE LAN,
FC1200, and FICON10G signals.
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Value
km-SFP+
km-SFP+
Optical interface
service rate
Gbit/s
8.5 to 11.1
9.956 to 11.1
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
10 km (6.2 mi.)
40 km (24.9 mi.)

Operating
wavelength range
nm
1260 to 1355
1530 to 1565
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
-1
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-6
-1
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
Eye pattern mask

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength range
nm
1260 to 1355
1260 to 1605
dBm
-14.4
-14 (11.1G)
-15.8 (10.3125G)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
0.5
-1
reflectance
dB
-12
-27

615
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ

power
dBm

power
dBm
-3
dB
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz
10
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

616
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type
Line code format

-
NRZ

power
dBm

power
dBm
-1
dB
10
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Value
km-XFP
km-XFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM

617
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Target transmission
distance
Value
km-XFP
km-XFP
10 km (6.2 mi.)
40 km (24.9 mi.)

Operating
wavelength range
nm
1290 to 1330
1530 to 1565
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
-1
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-6
-1
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength range
nm
1290 to 1565
1260 to 1605
dBm
-11
-14
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-1
-1
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight: 1.19 kg (2.64b.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

618
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Board
WDM-Side
Optical Module
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona
(W)
TN11LOA
800 ps/nm-C Band

(Odd & Even
Wavelengths)-Fixed
31.8
36
32.8
37
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 kmXFP
13.13 LOG
LOG: 8 x Gigabit Ethernet unit

The available functional versions of the LOG board are TN11 and TN12.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

619
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11L
OG
TN
12L
OG
Differences Between Versions

l
Function:
The TN11LOG supports AFEC, and the TN12LOG supports AFEC-2. Boards that use
different FEC modes cannot interoperate with each other.
The TN12LOG supports both GE electrical signal and GE optical signal, while the
TN11LOG supports only the GE optical signal.
The TN12LOG board supports pluggable optical modules on the WDM side, whereas
the TN11LOG does not.
For details, see 13.13.4 Functions and Features.
Specification:
For the power consumption and specification of each version, see 13.13.12 LOG
Specifications.
Substitution Relationship
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11LOG
TN12LOG
The TN12LOG can be created as LOG on the NMS. The former

can substitute for the latter, without any software upgrade. After
substitution, the TN12LOG functions as the TN11LOG.
NOTE
l When both the receive and transmit boards employ FEC, the
substitution applies; when both the receive and transmit boards
employ AFEC, the substitution does not apply.
l A board equipped with a PIN receiver cannot substitute for a board
equipped with an APD receiver, because the two types of receives
support different input power ranges.
TN12LOG
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
None

620
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Hardware Update

1000BASE-BX10-D,
1000BASE-BX-U, and
1000BASE-BX-D.

13.13.3 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LOG board implements conversion between eight
channels of GE optical signals and OTU2 optical signals that comply with ITU-T
Recommendations.
For the position of the LOG board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-68.
Figure 13-68 Position of the LOG board in the WDM system
LOG
LOG
1
GE
1OTU2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1ODU2
1OTU2
1ODU2
GE
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
GE
GE
OptiX OSN 6800 subrack: from paired slot or cross-connect board

OptiX OSN 3800 subrack: from mesh group slot

The LOG board is mainly used to achieve tunable wavelengths, and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

621
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-151 Functions and features of the LOG board

Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
LOG converts signals: 8 x GE <->1 x OTU2
Client-side
service type
Cross-connect
capabilities
OptiX OSN 8800 subrack: N/A.
NOTE
The TN12LOG board supports both GE electrical signal and GE optical signal.
For GE electrical signal transmission, it is recommended that the board be equipped
with at most two GE electrical modules to facilitate fiber routing.
OptiX OSN 6800 subrack: Supports grooming of eight channels of GE

services each to working/protection cross-connect boards respectively
through the backplane. Supports the transmission of eight GE signals to
the paired slots through the backplane.
OptiX OSN 3800 subrack: Supports grooming of eight GE signals from
one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other three
OTN function

to the ITU-T G.709.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
WDM
specification
Tunable
wavelength
function
Supports tunable wavelength optical modules that provide for:
ESC function
Supported
PRBS test
function
Supports the PRBS function on the WDM side.
LPT function
Supported
l 40 wavelengths tunable in the C band with 100 GHz channel spacing


622
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
FEC coding
TN11LOG:
l Supports ITU-T G.709-compliant forward error correction (FEC) on
the WDM side.
l Supports ITU-T G.975.1-compliant advanced forward error
correction (AFEC) on the WDM side.
TN12LOG:
the WDM side.
NOTE
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring

power of the laser.
l The WDM-side signals from one TN11LOG board can be regenerated
by another TN11LSXR board.
Regeneration
board
l The WDM-side signals from one TN12LOG board can be regenerated

by another TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2/TN55NO2/TN53NQ2/
TN54NQ2 board.
ALS function
Test frame
Supported
Latency
measurement
Not supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Supported by the TN12LOG
Electrical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Protection
scheme
l Supports SW SNCP.
DCP/QCP board).
NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800 only supports client-side 1+1 protection, intra-board 1+1
protection and the OWSP protection.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

623
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Ethernet service
mapping mode
Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(GFP-F) (displayed as GE

on the NMS) and GE(GFP-T) modes.
Ethernet port
working mode
GE(GFP-F): 1000M Full-Duplex, Auto-Negotiation
Port MTU
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3z
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LOG board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-69 and Figure 13-70 show the functional modules and signal flow of the LOG board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

624
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-69 Functional modules and signal flow of the LOG board (OptiX OSN 6800/3800)
GE
WDM side
Client side
RX1
RX2
O/E
RX8
TX1
TX2
TX8
E/O
E/O
GE
OTN
Crossencapsulation
processing connect
and mapping
module
module
module
Client-side
optical
module
O/E
OUT
IN
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
625
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-70 Functional modules and signal flow of the LOG board (OptiX OSN 8800)
WDM side
Client side
RX1
RX2
O/E
RX8
TX1
TX2
E/O
TX8
Client-side
optical
module
E/O
GE
encapsulation
and mapping
module
OTN
processing
module
O/E
OUT
IN
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
NOTE
The client-side GE optical module can be replaced with the electrical module to access the corresponding
electrical signals on the TN12LOG. When used to receive GE electrical signals, the board must use a clientside electrical module to perform power level conversion, and then sends the signals to the signal processing
module for processing.
It is recommended to change RX1/TX1, RX2/TX2 optical interfaces to electrical interfaces only.
The client side of the LOG board accesses GE optical signals.

In the signal flow of the LOG board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LOG to the WDM side
of the LOG, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives eight channels of GE optical signals from client
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

626
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT optical interface.
l
Receive direction
decapsulation processing and service cross-connection. Then, the module outputs eight
channels of GE signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the eight channels of electrical
signals, and then outputs eight channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX8
optical interfaces.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of eight channels of GE optical signals.


OptiX OSN 6800: Implements the cross-connection and pass through between the
client-side signals and the WDM-side signals of the board. And also grooms the
electrical signals between the LOG and the board in the paired slot or the crossconnect board through the backplane. The grooming service signals are GE signals.
OptiX OSN 3800: Implements the cross-connection and pass through between the
electrical signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to
the other three boards belonging to the mesh group through the backplane. The
grooming service signals are GE signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

627
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


performance.
l

Power supply module

13.13.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LOG board.

Figure 13-71 shows the front panel of the LOG board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

628
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-71 Font panel of the LOG board
LOG
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TX5
RX5
TX6
RX6
TX7
RX7
TX8
RX8
OUT
IN
LOG
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

629
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-152 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LOG board
Interface
Type
Function
INa
LC

multiplexer board.
OUTa
LC

multiplexer board.
TX1-TX8
LC
RX1-RX8
LC
a: Only the G.657A2 fiber can be used in "IN" and "OUT" interface of TN12LOG.
Laser Hazard Level

13.13.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LOG board.
Table 13-153 shows the valid slots for the TN11LOG board.
Table 13-153 Valid slots for TN11LOG board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
IU2-IU5
Table 13-154 shows the valid slots for the TN12LOG board.
Table 13-154 Valid slots for TN12LOG board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18

630
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Valid Slots
IU3-IU16
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
IU2-IU5
13.13.8 Characteristic Code for the LOG

Code for OTUs.


Table 13-155 Mapping between the physical ports on the LOG board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN/OUT
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4
TX5/RX5
TX6/RX6
TX7/RX7
TX8/RX8
10
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

631
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as source or sinks of cross-connections. For example, LP is a logical
port of the board.
Figure 13-72 shows the application model of the LOG board. Table 13-156 describes the
Figure 13-72 Port diagram of the LOG board
Client side
WDM side
201(LP/LP)-1
201(LP/LP)-2
201(LP/LP)-3
201(LP/LP)-4
201(LP/LP)-5
201(LP/LP)-6
201(LP/LP)-7
201(LP/LP)-8
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6)
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8)
201(LP/LP)-1
1(IN/OUT)-1
Service
processing
module
Cross-connect
module
WDM-side
opticalmodule
Table 13-156 Description of NM port of the LOG board

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8
LP
Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1, 2, 3,

4, 5, 6, 7 and 8.
IN/OUT
These ports correspond to the WDM-side optical interfaces.

This section describes how to configure cross-connections between LOG boards and other
boards on the NMS.
If the LOG board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
l
can be created.
Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and LP ports of the LOG board
(create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board), as shown by
and
in Figure 13-73.
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the LOG board and the LP port
of other boards, as shown by
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
in Figure 13-73. (The GE services accessed from the

632
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

client side of the LQG board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards for
protection and the inter-board service convergence.)
of the LOG board, as shown by 4 in Figure 13-73. (The GE services accessed from
the client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the LOG board
for protection and the inter-board service convergence.)
NOTE
One optical path of the LP port can be created with a connection to only one RX/TX port.
There should be no more than eight cross-connections between the RX/TX ports of the local
board or other boards and the LP port of the local board.
Create the cross-connection between the LP port of the LOG board and the LP port of other
boards, as shown by 5 in Figure 13-73. (The GE services accessed from the WDM side
of the LOG board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other board for the grooming
of the WDM-side services.)
The eight paths of the LP port are converged into one channel, which is connected to the
IN/OUT port. There is no need for configuration on the U2000.
NOTE
The OptiX OSN 8800 only supports the cross-connections shown by
in Figure 13-73.
and
Figure 13-73 Cross-connection diagram of the LOG board

Client side
Other board
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
WDM side
201(LP/LP)-1
201(LP/LP)-2
201(LP/LP)-3
201(LP/LP)-4
201(LP/LP)-5
201(LP/LP)-6
201(LP/LP)-7
201(LP/LP)-8
5
3
4
2
1
WDM side
201(LP/LP)-1
201(LP/LP)-2
201(LP/LP)-3
201(LP/LP)-4
201(LP/LP)-5
201(LP/LP)-6
201(LP/LP)-7
201(LP/LP)-8
LOG
The client side of the LOG board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other boards
LOG board
The WDM side of the LOG board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other boards
1
2
3
4
5
Other board TN11L4G / TN11LDGD / TN11LDGS / TN11LOG / TN12LOG / TN11LQG / TN13LQM /

TN11LQMD / TN12LQMD / TN11LQMS / TN12LQMS / TN11TBE / TN11TDG / TN11TOM /
TN11TQM / TN12TQM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

633
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


For the parameters of LOG, refer to Table 13-157.
Table 13-157 LOG Parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical
Interface/
Channel
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
supported.
Channel Use
Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

board.
for the port.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

Service Type
GE, GE(GFP-T)
Default: GE

NOTE
GE services can be encapsulated in two formats.
When Service Type is GE, the encapsulation
format is GFP-F; when Service Type is GE(GFPT), the encapsulation format is GFP-T. The value
The GE services at the transmit and receive ends
must be encapsulated in the same format.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

634
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Laser Status
Off, On

status of a board.
Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Disabled, Enabled
ALS Auxiliary
Condition
FW_Defect,
BW_Client_R_LOS,
BW_WDM_Defect,
FW_OPUk_CSF
Default: Enabled
Default: FW_Defect

information.
determines whether to automatically shut
down the laser after the signals received by a
board are lost.
ALS.
of the local board, the laser on the clientside transmitter of the local board must be
parameter to BW_Client_R_LOS.
of the local board, the laser on the clientside transmitter of the upstream board must
be shut down. For this situation, set this
FW_OPUk_CSF.
NOTE
Only the TN12LOG supports this parameter.
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Specifies the hold-off time for automatically

disabling lasers.
With ALS enabled, the hold-off time is a time
period from the point when the system detects
service interruption to the point when ALS
automatically shuts down the related lasers.
NOTE
Default: 0s
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

635
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Turn-On
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

enabling lasers.
service recovery to the point when ALS
automatically enables the related lasers.
NOTE
Default: 0s
LPT Enabled
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Disabled
FEC Working
State
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

invalid.
FEC Mode
FEC, AFEC
Default: FEC

must be the same.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)

Band Type
Tunable
Wavelength
Range

on the board.

636
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.10
0

l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.17
0 to
18/1611.00/188.78
0

Default: /
Planned Band
Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

wavelength.
Max. Packet
Length
1518 to 9600
Default: 9600

discarded.
Ethernet
Working Mode
Auto-Negotiation,
1000M Full-Duplex

Ethernet.

determine the optimal working modes of the
connected ports. This mode is easy to
maintain.
consistent with the mode set for the upstream
services of the customer.
Ethernet working mode must be consistent
on the active and standby ports.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

637
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
SD Trigger
Condition
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG

conditions of the protection group in which
this OTU board resides.
Default: None

PRBS Test Status
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Disabled

status of a board.
function and affects channel services. After
the PRBS test is started, the services on the
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

parameter is set to Enabled, the board sends
the test frame where the payload consists of
only 0. This parameter is used in the
deployment commissioning.
NOTE
Only TN12LOG supports this parameter.
13.13.12 LOG Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

638
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed
Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side Fixed
Optical Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable
Optical Module
TN
11L
OG
N/A
2.125 Gbit/s
800 ps/nm-C Band

(odd & even
wavelengths)-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZPIN
N/A
1000 BASE-LX-10
km-eSFP
1000 BASE-LX-40
km-eSFP
1000 BASE-ZX-80
km-eSFP
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP
(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP

1200 ps/nm-C BandTunable WavelengthNRZ-PIN
4800 ps/nm-C BandTunable WavelengthODB-APD
800 ps/nm-C BandTunable Wavelength(D)RZ-PIN
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

639
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed
Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side Fixed
Optical Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable
Optical Module
TN
12L
OG
N/A
2.125 Gbit/s
1000 BASE-LX-10
km-eSFP
800 ps/nm-C Band

(Odd & Even
Wavelengths)Fixed WavelengthNRZ-PIN-XFP
1000 BASE-LX-40
km-eSFP
1000 BASE-ZX-80
km-eSFP
1000 BASE-BX10U-eSFP
1000 BASE-BX10D-eSFP
1000 BASE-BX-UeSFP
1000 BASE-BX-DeSFP

10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80 kmXFP

(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP
(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
NOTE
(D)RZ means DRZ or RZ. These two types of optical modules have the same optical performance and can be
interconnected. The availability of the two type of optical module is subject to PCNs. For PCN information,
consult with the product manager at the local representative office.
NOTE
point.

NOTE
When accessing 1000 BASE-T services, the specifications of the electrical interface comply with the IEEE
Std 802.3.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

640
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
0.5 km (0.3
mi.)
10 km (6.2
mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-2.5
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9.5
-9
-5
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-17
-20
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3

641
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
1000 BASE-BX10-U-eSFP, 1000 BASE-BX10-D-eSFP, 1000 BASE-BX-U-eSFP, and 1000 BASE-BX-DeSFP optical module can be used to access GE signals.

transmissions)
Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
1000 BASEBX10-UeSFP
1000 BASEBX10-DeSFP
1000 BASEBX-U-eSFP
1000 BASEBX-D-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source
type
SLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
km
10
10
40
40

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
Maximum
mean launched
power
dBm
-3
-3
Minimum
mean launched
power
dBm
-9
-9
-2
-2
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-19.5
-19.5
-23
-23

642
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
1000 BASEBX10-UeSFP
1000 BASEBX10-DeSFP
1000 BASEBX-U-eSFP
1000 BASEBX-D-eSFP
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3
-3
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-12
-12
-12
-12

wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
range
nm
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
1.0
1.0
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30

643
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Eye pattern mask
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
PIN
APD
range
nm
1270 to 1620
1270 to 1620
dBm
-19
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
800 ps/nm-C Band
(odd & even
wavelengths)-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZPIN
NRZ
NRZ
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

power
dBm

power
dBm
-3
-3
dB
10
10
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.05
192.10 to 196.05
GHz
10

644
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type
800 ps/nm-C Band

(odd & even
wavelengths)-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZPIN

width
nm
0.3
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
35
ps/nm
800
800

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
nm
1200 to 1650

(FEC on)
dBm
-16
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27
Table 13-162 WDM-side fixed optical module specifications (tunable wavelengths)

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Line code
format
Value
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthNRZPIN
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavele
ngthNRZAPD
4800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthODBAPD
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-(D)RZPIN
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-NRZPIN
NRZ
NRZ
ODB
(D)RZ
NRZ

Maximum
mean launched
power
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
dBm

645
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthNRZPIN
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavele
ngthNRZAPD
4800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthODBAPD
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-(D)RZPIN
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-NRZPIN
Minimum
mean launched
power
dBm
-3
-3
-3
-3
-3
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
10
10
N/Aa
10
10
Center
frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.05
Center
frequency
deviation
GHz
Maximum -20
dB spectral
width
nm
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
Minimum side
mode
suppression
ratio
dB
35
35
35
35
35
Dispersion
tolerance
ps/
nm
1200
1200
4800
800
800
APD
APD
PIN
PIN
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1200 to 1650
Receiver
sensitivity,
EOL (FEC on)
dBm
-16
-26
-26
-16
-16
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-9
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27
-27

646
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthNRZPIN
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavele
ngthNRZAPD
4800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthODBAPD
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-(D)RZPIN
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-NRZPIN
a: The ODB code pattern has three levels, and thus extinction ratio is not needed.

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ

power
dBm

power
dBm
-3
dB
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz
10
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800

Receiver type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

PIN
647
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ

power
dBm

power
dBm
-1
dB
10
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

648
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80 kmXFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source
type
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
10 km (6.2 mi.)
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1290 to 1330
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
Maximum
mean launched
power
dBm
-1
Minimum
mean launched
power
dBm
-6
-1
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
8.2
Minimum side
mode
suppression
ratio
dB
30
30
30

649
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Eye pattern
mask
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80 kmXFP
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
APD
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1290 to 1565
1260 to 1605
1270 to 1600
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-11
-14
-24
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-1
-1
-7
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight:
TN11LOG: 1.6 kg (3.5 lb.)
TN12LOG: 1.1 kg (2.4 lb.)
Power Consumption
Boar
d
Typical Power
Consumption
(W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona
(W)
TN1
1LO
G
800 ps/nm-C Band (odd & even

wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZPIN
40
45
43
48

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

650
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
TN1
2LO
G
Typical Power
Consumption
(W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona
(W)

Wavelength-(D)RZ-PIN
43.5
48.5

Wavelength-ODB-APD
55.0
60.5

Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZPIN-XFP
37.0
41.44

38.0
42.44

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
41.61
46.6

43.04
48.0
10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km-XFP

13.14 LOM
LOM: 8-port multi-service multiplexing & optical wavelength conversion board

The available functional versions of the LOM board are TN11 and TN12.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

651
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1L
O
M
T
N1
2L
O
M

l
Function:
The TN11LOM supports AFEC, and the TN12LOM supports AFEC-2. Boards using
different FEC codes cannot interconnect with each other. For details, see 13.14.4
Functions and Features.
Appearance:
The TN11LOM and TN12LOM versions use different front panels. For details, see
13.14.6 Front Panel.
Specification:
For the specification of each version, see 13.14.11 LOM Specifications.
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11LOM
TN12LOM
The TN12LOM can be created as LOM on the NMS. The

former can substitute for the latter, without any software
upgrade. After substitution, the TN12LOM functions as the
TN11LOM.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

652
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN12LOM
None


Hardware Update
The TN11LOM board deleted

the support for the IU9 and
IU10 slots on the OptiX OSN
6800.

Hardware Update
The TN12LOM board added

the support for optical modules
1000BASE-BX10-U,
1000BASE-BX10-D,
1000BASE-BX-U, and
1000BASE-BX-D.

13.14.3 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LOM board multiplexes a maximum of eight channels
of GE/FC100/FICON/ISC 1G, four channels of FC200/FICON Express/ISC 2G, or two channels
of FC400/FICON4G signals into one channel of OTU2 signals. It also implements conversion
between these signals and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations. The LOM
board supports FC extension and ensures that the signal width does not decrease during longhaul transmission of FC services. The LOM board also supports hybrid transmission of the
services mentioned above.
For the position of the LOM board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-74.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

653
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-74 Position of the LOM board in the WDM system

LOM
LOM
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1ODU2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1OTU2
1OTU2
1ODU2
GE
ISC 1G
1
ISC 2G
FC100
FC200
FC400
FICON
8
FICON4G
FICON Express
GE
ISC
1G
1
ISC 2G
FC100
FC200
FC400
FICON
8
FICON4G
FICON Express
NOTE
For ISC 1G, GE, FC100, and FICON services, the eight pairs of optical interfaces on the client side are all
available.
For FICON Express, ISC 2G, and FC200 services, the client-side TX1/RX1, TX3/RX3, TX5/RX5 and
TX7/RX7 are available.
For FC400, and FICON4G services, the client-side TX1/RX1 and TX5/RX5 are available.
The total rate of eight channels of services at the client side cannot exceed 10 Gbit/s.
The client-side interfaces are divided into two groups: RX1/TX1-RX4/TX4 and RX5/TX5-RX8/TX8. Each
group of these optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 5 Gbit/s.

The LOM board is mainly used to achieve tunable wavelength, and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
Table 13-166 Functions and features of the LOM board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
LOM converts signals as follows:

l 8 x GE/FC100/FICON/ISC 1G <->1 x OTU2
l 4 x FC200/FICON Express/ISC 2G <->1 x OTU2
l 2 x FC400/FICON4G <->1 x OTU2
Supports hybrid transmission of the services mentioned above. The
overall bandwidth of the first and last four optical interfaces should be
equal to or less than 5 Gbit/s, respectively.
Supports FC extension and ensures that the data width does not decrease
during long-haul transmission of FC services. For FC100/FC200/FC400
services, the maximum transmission distance of the WDM side is 3000
km.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

654
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Client-side
service type

ISC 1G: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
ISC 2G: SAN service at a rate of 2.12 Gbit/s
NOTE
The LOM board supports both GE electrical signal and GE optical signal. For GE
electrical signal transmission, it is recommended that the board be equipped with
at most two GE electrical modules to facilitate fiber routing.
OTN function

to the ITU-T G.709.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
WDM
specification
Tunable
wavelength
function
ESC function
Supported
PRBS test
function
LPT function
The board supports the LPT function only when the client-side service
type is GE.


655
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
FEC coding
TN11LOM:
the WDM side.
TN12LOM:
the WDM side.
NOTE
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring

power of the laser.
l The WDM-side signals from one TN11LOM board can be
regenerated by another TN11LSXR board.
Regeneration
board
l The WDM-side signals from one TN12LOM board can be

regenerated by another TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2/
TN55NO2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2 board.
ALS function
Test frame
The board supports the test frame function only when the client-side
service type is GE.
Latency
measurement
Not supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Supported by the TN12LOM
Electrical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Protection
scheme

DCP/QCP board).
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Ethernet service
mapping mode
Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(GFP-F) (displayed as GE

on the NMS) and GE(GFP-T) modes.
Ethernet port
working mode

656
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
IEEE 1588v2
Not supported
Physical clock
Not supported
Port MTU
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
IEEE 802.3z
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL PHYSICAL
INTERFACES (FC-PI)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL LINK SERVICES (FCLS)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL BACKBONE-3 (FCBB-3)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL SWITCH FABRIC-3
(FC-SW-3)
COMMAND CODE SETS-2 MAPPING
PROTOCOL (FC-SB-2)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

657
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LOM board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-75 and Figure 13-76 show the functional modules and signal flow of the LOM board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

658
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-75 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN11LOM board
Client side
GE
encapsulation and
mapping module
O/E
RX1
RX2
RX8
TX1
TX2
TX8
E/O
Client-side
optical
module
FC
encapsulation and
mapping module
FICON
encapsulation and
mapping module
WDM side
E/O
OTN
processing
module
OUT
O/E
IN
ISC
encapsulation and
mapping module
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
659
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-76 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN12LOM board
GE
encapsulation and
mapping module
Client side
RX1
RX2
O/E
RX8
TX1
TX2
E/O
TX8
Client-side
optical
module
FC
encapsulation and
mapping module
FICON
encapsulation and
mapping module
WDM side
OTN
processing
module
E/O
O/E
ISC
encapsulation and
mapping module
OUT
IN
WDM-side
optical
module
Any
encapsulation and
mapping module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled
by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
NOTE
electrical signals.
Suggest change RX1/TX1, RX2/TX2 optical interfaces to electrical interfaces only.
The processing of electrical signals is similar to that of optical signals. The processing of optical signals
is considered as an example.
In the signal flow of the LOM board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LOM to the WDM side
of the LOM, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives eight channels or four channels or two channels of
the optical signals from client equipment through the RX1-RX8 interfaces, and performs
O/E conversion.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

660
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

After O/E conversion, different types of signals are sent to the corresponding encapsulation
and mapping modules. The module performs operations such as encapsulation and mapping
processing, OTN framing, and encoding of FEC. Then, the module outputs one channel of
OTU2 signals.
conversion, the module sends out OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at DWDM wavelengths
that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT optical interface.
l
Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives one channel of OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at
DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN optical interface.
module performs operations such as OTU2/OTU2e framing, decoding of FEC, demapping,
and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs eight channels or four channels or
two channels of the electrical signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the eight channels or four
channels or two channels of the electrical signals, and then outputs client-side optical
signals through the TX1-TX8 optical interfaces.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of eight channels or four channels or two
channels of the optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from eight or four or two channels of
the internal electrical signals to the corresponding optical signals.


The module consists of the GE encapsulation and mapping module, ISC encapsulation and
mapping module, FC encapsulation and mapping module, FICON encapsulation and
mapping module, and OTN processing module.
performance.
ISC encapsulation and mapping module
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

661
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Encapsulates multiple channels of ISC signals and maps the signals into the OTU2
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors ISC
performance.
FC encapsulation and mapping module
Encapsulates multiple channels of FC signals and maps the signals into the OTU2e
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors FC
performance.
FICON encapsulation and mapping module
Encapsulates multiple channels of FICON signals and maps the signals into the OTU2
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors FICON
performance.
Any encapsulation and mapping module
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors Any
performance.
performs FEC encoding and decoding.
l

Power supply module

13.14.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LOM board.

Figure 13-77 and Figure 13-78 show the front panel of the LOM board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

662
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-77 Front panel of the TN11LOM board
LOM
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
LINK/ACT1
LINK/ACT2
LINK/ACT3
LINK/ACT4
LINK/ACT5
LINK/ACT6
LINK/ACT7
LINK/ACT8
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
RX5
OUT IN
TX5
TX6
RX6
TX7
RX7
TX8
RX8
LOM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

663
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-78 Front panel of the TN12LOM board

LOM
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TX5
RX5
TX6
RX6
TX7
RX7
TX8
RX8
OUT IN
LOM
Indicators
Twelve indicators are present on the front panel:
l
Data port connection/data transceiver indicator (LINK/ACTn) - green

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

664
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
Only the TN11LOM board has the data port connection/data transceiver indicator (LINK/ACTn).
Interfaces
Table 13-167 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LOM board
Interface
Type
Function
INa
LC

multiplexer board.
OUTa
LC

multiplexer board.
TX1-TX8
LC

Transmits the optical service signal to the client-side
equipment when the optical module is used.
Transmits the electrical service signal to the client-side
equipment when the electrical module is used.
RX1-RX8
LC

Receives the optical service signal from the client-side
Receives the electrical service signal from the clientside equipment when the electrical module is used.
a: Only the G.657A2 fiber can be used in "IN" and "OUT" interface of TN12LOM.
Laser Hazard Level

13.14.7 Valid Slots

Two slots house one TN11LOM board. One slot houses one TN12LOM board.
Table 13-168 and Table 13-169 show the valid slots for the LOM board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

665
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-168 Valid slots for the TN11LOM board

Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17, IU19-IU25, IU27IU33, IU35-IU41, IU45-IU51, IU53-IU59,

IU61-IU67
IU1-IU7, IU12-IU18, IU20-IU26, IU29IU35
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
IU3-IU5
NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800/OptiX OSN 6800: The rear connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along
the left slot of the two occupied slots in the subrack. Therefore, the slot number of the TN11LOM board
displayed on the NM is the number of the left slot. For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the TN11LOM
board, the slot number of the TN11LOM board displayed on the NM is IU1.
OptiX OSN 3800: The rear connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along the bottom slot of
the two occupied slots in the chassis. Therefore, the slot number of the TN11LOM board displayed on the
NM is the number of the bottom slot. For example, if slots IU2 and IU3 house the TN11LOM board, the
slot number of the TN11LOM board displayed on the NM is IU3.
Table 13-169 Valid slots for TN12LOM board

Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
13.14.8 Characteristic Code for the LOM

Code for OTUs.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

666
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 13-170 Mapping between the physical ports on the LOM board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN/OUT
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4
TX5/RX5
TX6/RX6
TX7/RX7
TX8/RX8
10
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
The LOM board maps a client service into an STM-64 signal and then multiplexes the
STM-64 signal into an OTU2. The STM-64 signal contains eight timeslots, each having a
bandwidth of 1.24 Gbit/s. Different client service requires different number of timeslots.
The number of timeslots required by each type of client service is listed below.
Service Type
Number of Timeslots
GE
FC100
FC200
FC400
FICON
FICON4G
FICON Express
ISC 1G
ISC 2G
2
667
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


For the parameters of LOM, refer to Table 13-171.
Table 13-171 LOM Parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical
Interface/
Channel
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
supported.
Channel Use
Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

board.
for the port.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

668
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Service Type
l TN11LOM: None,
FC-100, FC-200,
FC-400, FICON,
FICON Express,
FICON4G, GE, GE
(GFP-T), ISC 1G,
ISC 2G

l TN12LOM: None,
Any, FC-100,
FC-200, FC-400,
FICON, FICON
Express,
FICON4G, GE, GE
(GFP-T), ISC 1G,
ISC 2G
NOTE
Default: None
Client Service
Bearer Rate
(Mbit/s)
270 to 5000
Default: 270
Sets the rate of the accessed service at the

optical interface on the client side of a board.
A SPEED_OVER alarm is reported when the
rate of actually accessed services exceeds the
set value.
The bearer rate of client-side services can be
set only when the type of the client-side
services is set to Any.
The set value should be consistent with the rate
of the actually accessed services.
NOTE
This parameter is supported only by the
TN12LOM.
Laser Status
Off, On
Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

status of a board.
information.
board are lost.

669
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
ALS Auxiliary
Condition
FW_Defect,
BW_Client_R_LOS,
BW_WDM_Defect,
FW_OPUk_CSF

ALS.
Default: FW_Defect

FW_OPUk_CSF.
NOTE
Only the TN12LOM supports this parameter.
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

disabling lasers.
NOTE
Default: 0s
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Turn-On
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

enabling lasers.
NOTE
Default: 0s
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

670
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
LPT Enabled
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Disabled
FC Internal
Working Mode
Normal Mode, Special

Mode
Default: Normal Mode
In different internal working mode, the board

can work with the FC storage equipment of
different vendors.
l Normal mode: In this mode, the board can
work with the mainstream FC switch
storage equipment (such as the Brocade
switch). Such equipment inserts the
10B_ERR alarm after detecting a link
failure.
l Special mode: In this mode, the board can
work with the switch storage equipment
(such as the McData switch) that uses
special processing standard. Such
equipment inserts the NOS alarm after
detecting a link failure.
OFC Enabled
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Disabled
The open fiber control (OFC) function

controls the transmit power of the laser when
the fiber is disconnected. When the OFC
function is enabled, the laser sends short pulse,
rather than remains in the enabled state, to
check whether the fiber is connected. In this
way, the output optical power of the laser is
cut, which prevents eye injury.
NOTE
l Set the LPT and ALS functions to Disabled
after the OFC function is enabled.
l The OFC function cannot coexist with
protection.
l This parameter is valid only when the Service
Type parameter is set to ISC 1G or ISC 2G.
FEC Working
State
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

invalid.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

671
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
FEC Mode
FEC, AFEC

Default: FEC

be the same.
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)

Band Type
Tunable
Wavelength
Range

on the board.
Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.10
0

l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.17
0 to
18/1611.00/188.78
0

Default: /
Planned Band
Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

wavelength.
Max. Packet
Length
1518 to 9600
Default: 9600

discarded.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

672
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Ethernet
Working Mode
Auto-Negotiation,
1000M Full-Duplex

Ethernet.

maintain.
FC Distance
Extension
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Disabled
A flow control mechanism is applied between

FC service client-side equipment and between
two FCE boards to provide the far-reaching
function of FC services, which ensures that the
bandwidth does not decrease during long haul
transmission of FC services.
If the distance between the transmit and
receive ends of FC services exceeds the
maximum transmission distance that the FC
switch supports, the value of the parameter
must be set to Enabled.
Type parameter is set to FC services.
SD Trigger
Condition
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

673
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
PRBS Test Status
Disabled, Enabled

status of a board.
Default: Disabled

NOTE
Only TN11LOM supports this parameter.
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

NOTE
Only TN12LOM supports this parameter.
13.14.11 LOM Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

674
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed
Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side Fixed
Optical Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable
Optical Module
TN
11L
OM
N/A
2.125 Gbit/s
800 ps/nm-C Band

(odd & even
wavelengths)-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZPIN
N/A
1000 BASE-LX-10
km-eSFP
1000 BASE-LX-40
km-eSFP
1000 BASE-ZX-80
km-eSFP
FC400/FICON4G
Module-0.3 km
(Multimode)-eSFP
FC400/FICON4G
Module-10 km
(Single mode)-eSFP
FC100/FC200/
FICON/FICON
Express Module-0.5
km (Multimode)eSFP

FC100/FC200/
FICON/FICON
Express Module-2 km
(Single mode)-eSFP
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP
(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

675
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed
Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side Fixed
Optical Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable
Optical Module
TN
12L
OM
N/A
2.125 Gbit/s
1000 BASE-LX-10
km-eSFP
800 ps/nm-C Band

(Odd & Even
1000 BASE-LX-40
km-eSFP
1000 BASE-ZX-80
km-eSFP

1000 BASE-BX10U-eSFP
1000 BASE-BX10D-eSFP
1000 BASE-BX-UeSFP
1000 BASE-BX-DeSFP
FC400/FICON4G
Module-0.3 km
(Multimode)-eSFP
FC400/FICON4G
Module-10 km
(Single mode)-eSFP
FC100/FC200/
FICON/FICON
Express Module-0.5
km (Multimode)eSFP
FC100/FC200/
FICON/FICON
Express Module-2 km
(Single mode)-eSFP
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP
(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

676
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
NOTE
point.

NOTE
Std 802.3.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
0.5 km (0.3
mi.)
10 km (6.2
mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-2.5
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9.5
-9
-5
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB

677
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Eye pattern
mask

Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-17
-20
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3
NOTE

transmissions)
Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
1000 BASEBX10-UeSFP
1000 BASEBX10-DeSFP
1000 BASEBX-U-eSFP
1000 BASEBX-D-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source
type
SLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
km
10
10
40
40
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

678
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
1000 BASEBX10-UeSFP
1000 BASEBX10-DeSFP
1000 BASEBX-U-eSFP
1000 BASEBX-D-eSFP
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
Maximum
mean launched
power
dBm
-3
-3
Minimum
mean launched
power
dBm
-9
-9
-2
-2
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-19.5
-19.5
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3
-3
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-12
-12
-12
-12

679
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
FC400/
FICON4G
Module-0.3
km (Multi
mode)-eSFP
FC400/
FICON4G
Module-10
km (Single
mode)-eSFP
FC100/
FC200/
FICON/
FICON
Express
Module-0.5
km (Multi
mode)-eSFP
FC100/
FC200/
FICON/
FICON
Express
Module-2
km (Single
mode)-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source
type
MLM
SLM
MLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
0.3 km (0.2
mi.)
10 km (6.2
mi.)
0.5 km (0.3
mi.)
2 km (1.2 mi.)

Transmitter
parameter
specifications
at point S
nm
830 to 860
1270 to 1355
830 to 860
1266 to 1360
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-1.1
-1
-2.5
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9
-8.4
-9.5
-10
Eye pattern
mask
Compliant with Fiber Channel-physical interface (FC-PI-2)

parameter template
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1260 to 1600
770 to 860
1270 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-15
-18
-17
-18

680
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
FC400/
FICON4G
Module-0.3
km (Multi
mode)-eSFP
FC400/
FICON4G
Module-10
km (Single
mode)-eSFP
FC100/
FC200/
FICON/
FICON
Express
Module-0.5
km (Multi
mode)-eSFP
FC100/
FC200/
FICON/
FICON
Express
Module-2
km (Single
mode)-eSFP
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-12
-12
-12
-27

wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
range
nm
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
1.0
1.0

681
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
PIN
APD
range
nm
1270 to 1620
1270 to 1620
dBm
-19
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
800 ps/nm-C Band
(odd & even
wavelengths)-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZPIN
NRZ
NRZ
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

power
dBm

power
dBm
-3
-3
dB
10
10
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.05
192.10 to 196.05

682
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type
800 ps/nm-C Band

(odd & even
wavelengths)-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZPIN
GHz
10

width
nm
0.3
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
35
ps/nm
800
800

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
nm
1200 to 1650

(FEC on)
dBm
-16
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Line code
format
Value
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthNRZPIN
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavele
ngthNRZAPD
4800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthODBAPD
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-(D)RZPIN
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-NRZPIN
NRZ
NRZ
ODB
(D)RZ
NRZ

Maximum
mean launched
power
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
dBm

683
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthNRZPIN
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavele
ngthNRZAPD
4800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthODBAPD
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-(D)RZPIN
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-NRZPIN
Minimum
mean launched
power
dBm
-3
-3
-3
-3
-3
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
10
10
N/Aa
10
10
Center
frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.05
Center
frequency
deviation
GHz
Maximum -20
dB spectral
width
nm
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
Minimum side
mode
suppression
ratio
dB
35
35
35
35
35
Dispersion
tolerance
ps/
nm
1200
1200
4800
800
800
APD
APD
PIN
PIN
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1200 to 1650
Receiver
sensitivity,
EOL (FEC on)
dBm
-16
-26
-26
-16
-16
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-9
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27
-27

684
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthNRZPIN
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavele
ngthNRZAPD
4800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthODBAPD
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-(D)RZPIN
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-NRZPIN

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ

power
dBm

power
dBm
-3
dB
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz
10
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800

Receiver type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

PIN
685
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ

power
dBm

power
dBm
-1
dB
10
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

686
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
TN11LOM:
l
(8.7 in.)
TN12LOM:
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Boar
d
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona
(W)
TN1
1LO
M

wavelengths)-Fixed WavelengthNRZ-PIN
92.7
101.7
92.9
101.9

93.4
102.7

Wavelength-ODB-APD
98.2
108.0

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

687
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona
(W)
TN1
2LO
M

61.8
69.2

62.8
70.2

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
64.8
72.6

66.7
75.0
NOTE
When the FC extension function of the TN12LOM board is used, the power consumption of the board
increases by another 2 W.
13.15 LQG
LQG: 4 x GE-multiplex-optical wavelength conversion board

The available functional version of the LQG board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11L
QG
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

688
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.15.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LQG board implements the conversion between four
For the position of the LQG board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-79.
Figure 13-79 Position of the LQG board in the WDM system
LQG
LQG
1ODU5G
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1OTU5G/FEC5G
1ODU5G
GE
1OTU5G/FEC5G
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
GE
4
GE
GE


The LQG board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and cross-connect at the electrical
layer, and to provide OTN interfaces and ESC.
Table 13-180 Functions and features of the LQG board
Function
and Feature
Description
Basic
function
LQG converts signals: 4 x GE <-> 1 x OTU5G/FEC5G
Client-side
service type
Crossconnect
capabilities
l OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the grooming of four channels of GE services

the backplane, and supports the transmission of four GE signals to the
paired slots through the backplane.
l OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of four GE signals from one
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

689
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
OTN function
l Provides the OTU5G/FEC5G interface on WDM-side.

l Supports PM and TCM function for ODU5G.
l Supports SM functions for OTU5G.
WDM
specification
Tunable
wavelength
function
ESC function
Supported
PRBS test
function
LPT function
Supported
FEC coding

WDM side.
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring

power of the laser.
ALS function
Test frame
Supported
Latency
measurement
Not supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Not supported
Protection
scheme
l Supports SW SNCP.
QCP board).
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

690
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Ethernet
service
mapping
mode

Ethernet port
working
mode
Port MTU
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3z
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

691
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The LQG board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-80 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LQG board.
Figure 13-80 Functional modules and signal flow of the LQG board
Backplane (service corss-connection)
GE
Client side
WDM side
RX1
RX2
RX3
RX4
O/E
TX1
TX2
TX3
TX4
E/O
E/O
GE
OTN
Crossencapsulation processing connect
and mapping
module
module
module
Client-side
optical
module
O/E
OUT
IN
WDM-side
optical
module
Signal processing
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
The client side of the LQG board accesses GE optical signals.
In the signal flow of the LQG board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LQG to the WDM side
of the LQG, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives four channels of GE optical signals from client
After O/E conversion, the four channels of electrical signals are sent to the signal processing
one channel of OTU5G/FEC5G signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

692
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The OTU5G/FEC5G signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module. After performing
E/O conversion, the module sends out the ITU-T G.694.1-compliant at DWDM standard
wavelengths OTU5G/FEC5G optical signals through the OUT optical interface.
l
Receive direction
DWDM standard wavelengths OTU5G/FEC5G optical signals from the WDM side through
the IN optical interface. Then, the module performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the OTU5G/FEC5G signals are sent to the signal processing module.
The module performs operations such as OTU5G/FEC5G framing, decoding of FEC,
demapping, decapsulation processing and service cross-connection. Then, the module
outputs four channels of GE signals.
optical interfaces.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of four channels of GE optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from four channels of the internal

WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of OTU5G/FEC5G optical signals.
OTU5G/FEC5G optical signals.

electrical signals between the LQG and the board in the paired slot or the crossconnect board through the backplane. The grooming service signals are GE signals.
electrical signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to
the other three boards belonging to the mesh group through the backplane. The
grooming service signals are GE signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

693
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Encapsulates multiple channels of GE signals and maps the signals into the OTU5G/
FEC5G payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors GE
performance.
Frames OTU5G/FEC5G signals, processes overheads in OTU5G/FEC5G signals, and
l

Power supply module

13.15.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LQG board.

Figure 13-81 shows the front panel of the LQG board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

694
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-81 Front panel of the LQG board
LQG
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
OUT
IN
LQG
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

695
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-181 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LQG board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT
LC

multiplexer board.
TX1-TX4
LC
RX1-RX4
LC
Laser Hazard Level

13.15.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LQG board.
Table 13-182 shows the valid slots for the LQG board.
Table 13-182 Valid slots for the LQG board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
IU2-IU5
13.15.7 Characteristic Code for the LQG

Code for OTUs.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

696
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 13-183 Mapping between the physical ports on the LQG board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN/OUT
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as source or sinks of cross-connections. For example, LP is a logical
port of the board.
Figure 13-82 shows the application model of the LQG board. Table 13-184 describes the
Figure 13-82 Port diagram of the LQG board
WDM side
Client side
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
201(LP/LP)-1
201(LP/LP)-2
201(LP/LP)-3
201(LP/LP)-4
Cross-connect
module
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
201(LP/LP)-1
Service
processing
module
1(IN/OUT)-1
WDM-side
optical
module

697
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-184 Description of NM port of the LQG board

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX4/TX4
LP
Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1, 2,

3 and 4.
IN/OUT

If the LQG board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
l
can be created.
Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and LP ports of the LQG board
(Create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board), as shown
and
in Figure 13-83.
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the LQG board and the LP port
of other boards (The GE services accessed from the client side of the LQG board are
cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards for protection and the inter-board
in Figure 13-83.
of the LQG board (The GE services accessed from the client side of other boards are
cross-connected to the WDM side of the LQG board for protection and the inter-board
in Figure 13-83.
NOTE
One optical path of the LP port can be created with a connection to only one RX/TX port.
Create the cross-connection between the LP port of the LQG board and the LP port of other
boards (The GE services accessed from the WDM side of the LQG board are crossconnected to the WDM side of other board for the grooming of the WDM-side services),
as shown
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
in Figure 13-83.
The four paths of the LP port are converged into one channel, which is connected to the
IN/OUT port. There is no need for configuration on the U2000.

698
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-83 Cross-connection diagram of the LQG board

Client side
Other board
Client side
3(RX1/TX1)-1
201(LP/LP)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
201(LP/LP)-2
5(RX3/TX3)-1
201(LP/LP)-3
6(RX4/TX4)-1
201(LP/LP)-4
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
4
2
1
201(LP/LP)-1
WDM side
WDM side
201(LP/LP)-2
201(LP/LP)-3
201(LP/LP)-4
LQG
The client side of the LQG board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other boards
LQG board
The WDM side of the LQG board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other boards
3
4
5

TN11TQM / TN12TQM

For the parameters of LQG, refer to Table 13-185.
Table 13-185 LQG Parameters
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel
Optical Interface
Name

An Optical Interface Name contains a maximum
of 64 characters. Any characters are supported.

699
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused

occupancy status of the current channel of a board.
Default: Used

disabling service-affecting settings is invalid for
the port.
parameter to Unused when the current channel is
not used for the moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

Service Type
GE, GE(GFP-T)
Default: GE

NOTE
GE services can be encapsulated in two formats. When
Service Type is GE, the encapsulation format is GFPF; when Service Type is GE(GFP-T), the
encapsulation format is GFP-T. The value GE(GFPT) is recommended.
The GE services at the transmit and receive ends must
be encapsulated in the same format.
Laser Status
Off, On
Default:

of a board.
l WDM side:
On

information.
l Client side:
Off
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Disabled,
Enabled
Default: Enabled
Service Mode
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

the laser after the signals received by a board are
lost.
OTN, SDH
Default: OTN

board is connected to an SDH service board on
non-WDM equipment, set the line-side service
mode to SDH.

700
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
LPT Enabled
Disabled,
Enabled
Default:
Disabled
FEC Working
State
Disabled,
Enabled
Default: Enabled

receive end. Otherwise, this parameter is invalid.
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
Band Type
Tunable
Wavelength Range
Displays the tunable wavelength range supported

by the WDM-side optical interface on the board.
Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/19
6.050 to
80/1560.61/1
92.100

l CWDM:
11/1471.00/2
08.170 to
18/1611.00/1
88.780

more information.
Default: /
Planned Band Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

wavelength.
See Planned Band Type (WDM Interface) for
more information.
Max. Packet
Length
1518 to 9600
Default: 9600

mapping path of a GE service is GFP-F. After the
parameter is specified, data packets whose lengths
exceed Max. Packet Length are discarded.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

701
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Ethernet Working
Mode
AutoNegotiation,
1000M FullDuplex

Ethernet.
Default: 1000M
Full-Duplex
Auto-negotiation can automatically determine

the optimal working modes of the connected ports.
This mode is easy to maintain.
The Ethernet working mode must be consistent
with the mode set for the upstream services of the
customer.
working mode must be consistent on the active
and standby ports.
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DE
G
SD Trigger
Condition
Default: None

OTU board resides.
more information.
PRBS Test Status
Disabled,
Enabled
Default:
Disabled
The PRBS Test Status parameter sets the pseudorandom binary sequence (PRBS) test status of a
board.
returned in case the optical interface channels do
not support the PRBS test.
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled,
Disabled
Default:
Disabled

test before deployment. When this parameter is set
to Enabled, the board sends the test frame where
the payload consists of only 0. This parameter is
used in the deployment commissioning.
13.15.11 LQG Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

702
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed
Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side Fixed
Optical Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable
Optical Module
TN
11L
QG
N/A
2.125 Gbit/s
5 Gbit/s Multirate
( CWDM)-50 kmeSFP
1000 BASE-LX-10
km-eSFP
5 Gbit/s Multirate
(CWDM)-70 kmeSFP
1000 BASE-LX-40
km-eSFP
1000 BASE-ZX-80
km-eSFP
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP
(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
NOTE
point.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
0.5 km (0.3
mi.)
10 km (6.2
mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

703
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-2.5
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9.5
-9
-5
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask

Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-17
-20
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3

wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
NRZ
NRZ

704
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)

range
nm
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
1.0
1.0
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
APD
range
nm
1270 to 1620
1270 to 1620
dBm
-19
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27

705
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Line code format
Value

Wavelength-NRZAPD
NRZ
NRZ

Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-2
-3
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
10
10
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
Center frequency
deviation
GHz
10
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
0.3
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
35
ps/nm
3400
3400
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
APD
range
nm
1200 to 1650
dBm
-25
-25
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-9
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27

APD
706
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
5 Gbit/s Multirate
(CWDM)-50 kmeSFP
5 Gbit/s Multirate
(CWDM)-70 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Target transmission
distance
50 km (31.1 mi.)
70 km (43.5 mi.)

range
nm
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
1.0
1.0
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
ps/nm
1000
1400
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
APD
range
nm
1450 to 1620
1450 to 1620
dBm
-18
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27

707
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
WDM-Side
Optical Module
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona
(W)
TN11LQG
28.4
32

Wavelength-NRZAPD
31.0
34.4
5 Gbit/s Multirate
(CWDM)-50 kmeSFP
23.18
26
5 Gbit/s Multirate
(CWDM)-70 kmeSFP
13.16 LQM
LQM: 4-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) OTU1 wavelength conversion board

The available functional version of the LQM board is TN13.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

708
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
13L
QM
Type
The system provides two types of the LQM: One has a pair of input and output optical interfaces,
and the other has two pairs of input and output optical interfaces. Table 13-190 lists the types
of the LQM.
Table 13-190 LQM type description
Board
Type
Description
LQM
Single transmitting and single

receiving board
The WDM-side interfaces are IN1/

OUT1.
Dual-fed selective receiving board
The WDM-side interfaces are IN1/

OUT1 and IN2/OUT2.
NOTE
The WDM-side interfaces of the LQM board are dynamic optical interfaces. Before configuring dual fed
and selective receiving, make sure the optical interfaces have been uploaded manually on the U2000.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
Deleted the support for WDMside PRBS on the TN13LQM

board.

709
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update

TN13LQM board.
Added the following

limitations on board usage: 1.
be received. 2. The RX1/TX1
must be used to receive the
service.
13.16.3 Application
The LQM is a type of optical transponder unit. The LQM converts between signals at the rate
between 100 Mbit/s-2.5 Gbit/s and ITU-T Recommendation-compliant WDM signals.
For the position of the LQM in the WDM system, see Figure 13-84 and Figure 13-85.
Figure 13-84 Position of the LQM in the WDM system (single fed and single receiving)
RX1
LQM
LQM
TX1
100Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s
TX1
RX1
1ODU1
TX4
M
U
X IN1
/
D OUT1
M
U
X
1OTU1
1OTU1
1ODU1
100Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s
RX4
M
U
OUT1 X
/
D
IN1
M
U
X
100Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s
TX4
RX4
100Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A

OptiX OSN 6800:
l GE: From/To cross-connect board
l 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s signals: From/To paired slot
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

710
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-85 Position of the LQM in the WDM system (dual fed and selective receiving)
LQM
RX1
OUT1
MUX/
IN1 DMUX
TX1
MUX/
IN2 DMUX
TX4
TX1
MUX/
DMUX OUT1
IN2
MUX/
DMUX OUT2
RX1
1ODU1
OUT2
LQM
1OTU1
1OTU1
1ODU1
100Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s
RX4
IN1
100Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s
100Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s
TX4
RX4
100Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A

OptiX OSN 6800:
NOTE
The total rate of four channels of services at the client side cannot exceed 2.5 Gbit/s.
The LQM board can receive and transmit only one client service at a rate of greater than 1.25 Gbit/s (OC-48,
STM-16, FC200, FICON Express, and OTU1) using its RX1/TX1 port pair.

The main functions and features supported by the LQM are cross-connection at the electrical
layer, OTN interfaces and ESC.
Table 13-191 Functions and features of the LQM
Function
and Feature
Description
Basic
function
LQM converts signals:

l 4 x (100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s) signals<-> 1 x OTU1.
l Implements the dual fed and selective receiving function or single fed and
single receiving function on the WDM side according to the application
scenario.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

711
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Client-side
service type

Crossconnect
capabilities

OptiX OSN 6800:
l Supports the grooming of four channels of GE services each to working/
protection cross-connection boards respectively through the backplane.
l Supports the transmission of four signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/s
and 2.5 Gbit/s to the paired slots through the backplane.
OptiX OSN 3800:
l Supports the grooming of four signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/s and
2.5 Gbit/s from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards)
to the other three boards belonging to the mesh group.
l Supports the grooming of four GE signals from one board of the mesh
group (consisting of four boards) to the other three boards belonging to
the mesh group.
OTN
function
l The encapsulation and mapping process is compliant with GDPS, ITU-T

G.709.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
WDM
specification
ESC function
Supported
PRBS test
function
Supports the PRBS function on the client side.
NOTE

712
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
LPT function
is FE or GE.
FEC coding

WDM side.
NOTE
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
failures.
power of the laser.
ALS
function
Test frame
type is FE or GE.
Latency
measurement
Not supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Not supported
Protection
scheme
l Supports SW SNCP.
NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800 supports client-side 1+1 protection, intra-board 1+1 protection and
the OWSP protection.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Ethernet
service
mapping
mode

Ethernet port
working
mode

713
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Port MTU
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported

714
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
(FC-PI)
(FC-SB-2)
Control (MAC)
Protocol (PHY)
Dependent (PDM)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

715
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2

The LQM board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-86 and Figure 13-87 show the functional modules and signal flow of the LQM.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

716
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-86 Functional modules and signal flow of the LQM (OptiX OSN 8800)
Client side
WDM side
RX1
RX2
RX3
RX4
O/E
TX1
TX2
TX3
TX4
E/O
Service
encapsulation
and mapping
module
Client-side
optical
module
E/O
OTN
processing
module
Signal processing
module
O/E
OUT1
OUT2
IN1
IN2
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication
Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
717
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-87 Functional modules and signal flow of the LQM (OptiX OSN 6800/3800)
100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s
Client side
WDM side
RX1
RX2
RX3
RX4
O/E
TX1
TX2
TX3
TX4
E/O
Crossconnect
module
Client-side
optical
module
Service
OTN
encapsulation processing
and mapping
module
module
E/O
O/E
OUT1
OUT2
IN1
IN2
WDM-side
optical
module
Signal processing
module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication
Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
The client side of the LQM board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate
In the signal flow of the LQM board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LQM to the WDM side
of the LQM, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives four channels of the Any optical signals from client
signals.
with ITU-T G.694.1 or CWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.2. A laser
converts the OTU1 optical signals into two channels of identical optical signals, and then
the two channels signals are output through the OUT1-OUT2 optical interfaces.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

718
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Receive direction
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 or CWDM wavelengths that comply with
ITU-T G.694.2 through the IN1-IN2 optical interfaces. Then, the module performs O/E
conversion.
FEC, demapping, and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs four channels
of Any signals.
optical interfaces.
NOTE
Only one pair of WDM-side optical interfaces is used, the board implements the single fed and single
receiving function on the WDM side.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of four channels of Any optical signals.


The module consists of the cross-connect module, service encapsulation and mapping
module, and OTN processing module.
electrical signals between the LQM and the board in the paired slot or the crossconnect board through the backplane. The grooming service signals are Any signals.
client-side signals and the WDM-side signals of the board. The signaling module
also grooms the electrical signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

719
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

four boards) to the other three boards belonging to the mesh group through the
backplane. The grooming service signals are Any signals.
l

Power supply module

13.16.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LQM board.

Figure 13-88 shows the front panel of the LQM board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

720
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-88 Front panel of the LQM board
LQM
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
OUT1 IN1
OUT2 IN2
LQM
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

721
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-192 Types and functions of the LQM interfaces

Interface
Type
Function
IN1-IN2
LC
Receive single-wavelength signals from the

associated optical demultiplexer board or optical
add/drop multiplexer board.
OUT1-OUT2
LC
Transmit single-wavelength signals to the

associated optical multiplexer board or optical
add/drop multiplexer board.
TX1-TX4
LC
RX1-RX4
LC
Laser Hazard Level

13.16.7 Valid Slots

The LQM occupies one slot.
Table 13-193 shows the valid slots for the LQM board.
Table 13-193 Valid slots for the LQM board
Product
Valid Slots
IU3-IU16
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
IU2-IU5
13.16.8 Characteristic Code for the LQM

The board characteristic code comprises the information about frequency of signals, type of the
Code for OTUs.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

722
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Table 13-194 Mapping between the physical ports on the LQM board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN1/OUT1
IN2/OUT2
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as source or sinks of cross-connections. For example, ClientLP is
Figure 13-89 shows the application model of the LQM board. Table 13-195 describes the
Figure 13-89 Port diagram of the LQM
Client side
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
WDM side
201(ClientLP/ClientLP)-1
Cross-connect
module
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Service
processing
module

1(IN1/OUT1)-1
2(IN2/OUT2)-1
WDM-side
optical
module
723
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-195 Description of NM port of the LQM

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX4/TX4
ClientLP

3 and 4.
IN1/OUT1-IN2/OUT2

interfaces.
Configuration Principle of Timeslots :

l
The transmit and receive timeslots should be specified for each board. In one direction, a
timeslot cannot be shared by multiple services.
In one direction of one service, the timeslot of the receive end must be the same as that of
the transmit end.
For each LQM board, the number of timeslots occupied by all services should not exceed
16.
For FC200, FICON Express, OC-48, STM-16, and OTU1 services, timeslots can be
configured only in channel 1 of the LQM board.
Different service requires different number of timeslots. The number of timeslots required
by each type of service is listed below.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Service Type
Number of Timeslots
GE
FE
OTU1
16
STM-1
STM-4
STM-16
16
OC-3
OC-12
OC-48
16
FC100
FC200
12
FICON
FICON Express
12
DVB-ASI

724
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Service Type
Number of Timeslots
ESCON
FDDI

If the LQM board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
l
During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the crossconnection between the RX/TX and ClientLP ports according to the actual service level
(GE/Any/OTU1) and service type. The cross-connect grooming of GE/Any/OTU1 services
can be created.
Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and ClientLP ports of the LQM
board (create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board), as shown
by
and
in Figure 13-90.
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the LQM board and the
ClientLP port of other boards, as shown by 3 in Figure 13-90. (The GE/Any/OTU1
services accessed from the client side of the LQM board are cross-connected to the
WDM side of other boards for protection and inter-board service convergence.)
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of other boards and the ClientLP
port of the LQM board, as shown by 4 in Figure 13-90. (The GE/Any/OTU1 services
the LQM board for protection and inter-board service convergence.)
NOTE
One RX/TX port can be connected to only one optical path of the ClientLP port.
Only the first optical path of ClientLP ports supports OTU1 services.
Create the cross-connection between the ClientLP port of the LQM board and the ClientLP
port of other boards, as shown by 5 in Figure 13-90. (The GE/Any/OTU1 services
accessed from the WDM side of the LQM board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other board for the grooming of the WDM-side services.)
The two paths of the ClientLP port are respectively connected to the IN1/OUT1 and IN2/
OUT2 ports. There is no need for configuration on the U2000.
According to the service type configured on the ClientLP port, configure the transmit and
receive timeslots. For details, see 13.16.9 Physical and Logical Ports.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

725
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-90 Cross-connection diagram of the LQM

Client side
Client side
Other board
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
4
2
1
WDM side
WDM side
LQM
1

The client side of the LQM board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other boards
LQM board
The WDM side of the LQM board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other boards
3
4
5

TN11TQM / TN12TQM
NOTE
The OptiX OSN 8800 supports only the cross-connections shown by
and
in Figure 13-90.

For the parameters of the LQM, refer to Table 13-196.
Table 13-196 LQM Parameters
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Optical
Interface/
Channel

726
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
supported.
Channel Use
Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

board.
for the port.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

Service Type
None, Any, FE, GE,

GE(GFP-T), OTU-1,
STM-1, STM-4,
STM-16, OC-3,
OC-12, OC-48,
FC-100, FC-200,
FICON, FICON
Express, DVB-ASI,
ESCON, FDDI
Default: None
Client Service
Bearer Rate
(Mbit/s)
100 to 2200
Default: 0

NOTE

set value.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

727
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Laser Status
Off, On

status of a board.
Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Disabled, Enabled
LPT Enabled
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled
Default: Disabled
Service Mode
Client Mode, OTN

Mode
FEC Working
State
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

information.
board are lost.
When the board is enabled to receive an OTN
service on the client side, set this parameter to
OTN Mode. For any other client service types,
set this parameter to Client Mode.
invalid.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)

Band Type
Tunable
Wavelength
Range

on the board.

728
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.10
0

l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.17
0 to
18/1611.00/188.78
0

Default: /
Planned Band
Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

wavelength.
Max. Packet
Length
1518 to 9600
Default: 9600

discarded.
Ethernet
Working Mode
Auto-Negotiation,
1000M Full-Duplex

Ethernet.

maintain.
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

729
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
SD Trigger
Condition
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG

Default: None

PRBS Test
Status
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Disabled

status of a board.
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

13.16.12 LQM Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

730
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed
Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side
WDM-Side
Fixed Optical Pluggable Optical
Module
Module
TN
13L
QM
N/A
I-16-2 km-eSFP
N/A
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP
L-16.1-40 km-eSFP
L-16.2-80 km-eSFP

(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
(DWDM)-120 kmeSFP
2.125 Gbit/s
(CWDM)-40 km-eSFP
(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
(DWDM)-120 km-eSFP
NOTE
point.

NOTE
The I-16-2 km-eSFP, S-16.1-15 km-eSFP, L-16.1-40 km-eSFP and L-16.2-80 km-eSFP optical module can be
used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100, FICON, FICON Express, FDDI, GE, STM-4, OC-12,
optical module.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

731
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
SLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
2 km (1.2 mi.) 15 km (9.3

mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1266 to 1360
1260 to 1360
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-10
-5
-2
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
Maximum
-20 dB
spectral
width
nm
N/A
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
N/A
30
30
30
Eye pattern
mask
G.957-compliant
APD
APD
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver
type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
PIN
PIN

732
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1270 to 1580
1270 to 1580
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-18
-18
-27
-28
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27
NOTE
signals.
module can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, FE and DVB-ASI signals.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
0.5 km (0.3
mi.)
10 km (6.2
mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580

Operating
wavelength
range
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355

733
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-2.5
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9.5
-9
-5
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask

Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-17
-20
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3
NOTE
The 1.25 Gbit/s Multirate (CWDM)-40 km-eSFP can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON,
STM-1, OC-3, FE, DVB-ASI signals.
The 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (CWDM)-80 km-eSFP can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100,
GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, FE signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

734
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)

range
nm
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
1.0
1.0
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
APD
range
nm
1270 to 1620
1270 to 1620
dBm
-19
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27

735
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (DWDM)-120 km-eSFP can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100,
GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, or FE signals.

wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
Target transmission
distance
120 km (74.6 mi.)

Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
GHz
12.5

power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
ps/nm
2400
Eye pattern mask

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
APD
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

736
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
Line code format
NRZ
80 km (49.7 mi.)

power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2
nm
1471 to 1611
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1 - compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
APD
nm
1270 to 1620
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

737
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(DWDM)-120 km-eSFP
Line code format
NRZ
120 km (74.6 mi.)

power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
nm
12.5

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
ps/nm
2400
Eye pattern mask


Receiver type
APD
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
l
(8.7 in.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

738
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN13LQM
32.6
35.9
13.17 LQMD
LQMD: 4-channel multi-rate (100 Mbit/s-2.5 Gbit/s) OTU1 wavelength conversion unit, dual
fed and selective receiving

The available functional versions of the LQMD board are TN11 and TN12.

Huawei office.
Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11L
QM
D
TN
12L
QM
D

l
Board
Function:
OTU1/FDDI
services
WDM
Specification
PRBS function
Client side
WDM side
TN11LQMD
CWDM/DWDM
TN12LQMD
DWDM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

739
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


l
Specification:
For the specification of each version, see 13.17.12 LQMD Specifications.
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11LQMD
TN12LQMD
The TN12LQMD can be created as LQMD on the NMS. The former can
substitute for the latter, without any software upgrade. After substitution, the
TN12LQMD functions as the TN11LQMD.
NOTE
A board equipped with a PIN receiver cannot substitute for a board equipped with an
APD receiver, because the two types of receives support different input power ranges.
TN12LQMD
None


Hardware Update

TN12LQMD board.
Added the following

be received.

13.17.3 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LQMD board converts between signals at the rate of
100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations, and
dually feeds and selectively receives signals on the WDM side.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

740
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

For the position of the LQMD board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-91.
Figure 13-91 Position of the LQMD board in the WDM system
LQMD
RX1
IN1
TX1
MUX/
DMUX
IN2
TX4
MUX/
DMUX
LQMD
IN2
MUX/
DMUX OUT2
TX1
RX1
OUT1
1ODU1
OUT2
MUX/
DMUX
1OTU1
1OTU1
1ODU1
100Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s
RX4
IN1
OUT1
100Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s
100Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s
TX4
RX4
100Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A

OptiX OSN 6800:
NOTE
The LQMD board can receive and transmit only one client service at a rate of greater than 1.25 Gbit/s

The LQMD board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and cross-connection at the
Table 13-203 Functions and features of the LQMD board
Function
and Feature
Description
Basic
function
LQMD converts signals as follows:

l 4 x (100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s)<-> 1 x OTU1.
l Implements the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM
side.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

741
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Client-side
service type

NOTE
Only TN12LQMD supports OTU1 and FDDI services.
Crossconnect
capabilities

OptiX OSN 6800:
l Supports the grooming of four channels of GE services each to working/
protection cross-connection boards respectively through the backplane.
l Supports the transmission of four signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/s
and 2.5 Gbit/s to the paired slots through the backplane.
OptiX OSN 3800
2.5 Gbit/s from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards)
l Supports the grooming of four GE signals from one board of the mesh
group (consisting of four boards) to the other three boards belonging to
the mesh group.
OTN
function
l The encapsulation and mapping process is compliant with ITU-T G.709.

WDM
specification
TN11LQMD:
TN12LQMD:
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

742
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Tunable
wavelength
function
ESC
function
Supported
PRBS test
function
TN11LQMD: supports the PRBS function on the WDM side.

TN12LQMD: supports the PRBS function on the client side and WDM side.
NOTE
LPT function
is FE or GE.
FEC coding

WDM side.
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
failures.
power of the laser.
NOTE
TN11LQMD only supports Poisson mode.
ALS
function
Test frame
TN11LQMD: not supported

TN12LQMD: The board supports the test frame only when the client-side
service type is FE or GE.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Latency
measuremen
t
Not supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Not supported

743
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protection
scheme
l Supports SW SNCP.
NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800 supports client-side 1+1 protection, intra-board 1+1 protection and
the OWSP protection.
Ethernet
service
mapping
mode

Ethernet port
working
mode
FE: 100M Full-Duplex
Port MTU
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported

744
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(non-performance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
(FC-PI)
(FC-SB-2)
the implementation and usage of the DVB
Asynchronous Serial Interface (ASI)
Control (MAC)
Protocol (PHY)
Dependent (PDM)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

745
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards for
service processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2

The LQMD board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-92 and Figure 13-93 show the functional modules and signal flow of the LQMD
board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

746
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-92 Functional modules and signal flow of the LQMD board (OptiX OSN 8800)
Client side
WDM side
RX1
RX2
RX3
RX4
O/E
TX1
TX2
TX3
TX4
E/O
E/O
Service
encapsulation
and mapping
module
Client-side
optical
module
OTN
processing
module
Splitter
OUT1
OUT2
IN1
IN2
O/E
WDM-side
optical
module
Signal processing
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
747
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-93 Functional modules and signal flow of the LQMD board (OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX
OSN 3800)
100Mbit/s - 2.5Gbit/s
Client side
WDM side
RX1
RX2
RX3
RX4
O/E
TX1
TX2
TX3
TX4
E/O
Crossconnect
module
Client-side
optical
module
Service
encapsulation
and mapping
module
E/O
OTN
processing
module
Splitter
O/E
WDM-side
optical
module
OUT1
OUT2
IN1
IN2
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication
Power supply
module
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Required
voltage
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
The client side of the LQMD board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate
In the signal flow of the LQMD board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LQMD to the WDM side
of the LQMD, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
with ITU-T G.694.1 or CWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.2. An optical
splitter converts the OTU1 optical signals into two channels of identical optical signals,
and then the two channels signals are output through the OUT1-OUT2 optical interfaces.
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receive direction
748
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

ITU-T G.694.2. Then, the module performs O/E conversion.
FEC, demapping, cross-connection and service decapsulation processing. Then, the module
outputs four channels of Any signals.
optical interfaces.
Module Function
l



OptiX OSN 8800: not applicable.
client-side signals and the WDM-side signals of the board. The cross-connect
module also grooms the electrical signals between the LQMD and the board in the
paired slot or the cross-connect board through the backplane. The grooming service
signals are Any signals.
module also grooms the electrical signals from one board of the mesh group
(consisting of four boards) to the other three boards belonging to the mesh group
through the backplane. The grooming service signals are Any signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

749
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l

Power supply module

13.17.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LQMD board.

Figure 13-94 shows the front panel of the LQMD board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

750
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-94 Front panel of the LQMD board
LQMD
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
OUT1 IN1
OUT2 IN2
LQMD
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

751
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-204 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LQMD board
Interface
Type
Function
IN1-IN2
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT1-OUT2
LC

multiplexer board.
TX1-TX4
LC
RX1-RX4
LC
Laser Hazard Level

13.17.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LQMD board.
Table 13-205 shows the valid slots for the TN11LQMD board.
Table 13-205 Valid slots for TN11LQMD board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
IU2-IU5
Table 13-206 shows the valid slots for the TN12LQMD board.
Table 13-206 Valid slots for TN12LQMD board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
IU2-IU5

752
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.17.8 Characteristic Code for the LQMD

The characteristic code for the LQMD board contains eight digits, respectively indicating the
Table 13-207 Characteristic code for the LQMD board
Code
Description
Description
First four digits
Frequency of the forth optical

signal

WDM side.
Last four digits
Frequency of the forth optical

signal

the WDM side.
For example, the characteristic code for the LQMD board is 92109210.
"92109210" indicates the frequency of the two channels of optical signals on the WDM side is
192.10 THz.


Table 13-208 Mapping between the physical ports on the LQMD board and the port numbers
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Physical Port
IN1/OUT1
IN2/OUT2
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4

753
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 13-95 shows the application model of the LQMD board. Table 13-209 describes the
Figure 13-95 Port diagram of the LQMD board
Client side
WDM side
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
Service
processing
module
Cross-connect
module
1(IN1/OUT1)-1
2(IN2/OUT2)-1
WDM-side
optical
module
NOTE
TN11LQMD: The optical paths of internal logical port are 201 (LP/LP)-1 to 201 (LP/LP)-4.
TN12LQMD: The optical paths of internal logical port are 201 (ClientLP/ClientLP)-1 to 201 (ClientLP/
ClientLP)-4.
Table 13-209 Description of NM port of the LQMD board

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX4/TX4
ClientLP

3 and 4.
IN1/OUT1-IN2/OUT2

interfaces.

l
the transmit end.
For each LQMD board, the number of timeslots occupied by all services should not exceed
16.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

754
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

configured only in channel 1 of the LQMD board.
Service Type
Number of Timeslots
GE
FE
OTU1
16
STM-1
STM-4
STM-16
16
OC-3
OC-12
OC-48
16
FC100
FC200
12
FICON
FICON Express
12
DVB-ASI
ESCON
FDDI

If the LQMD board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
l
can be created.
Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and ClientLP ports of the
LQMD board (create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board),
as shown by
and
in Figure 13-96.
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the LQMD board and the
ClientLP port of other boards, as shown by
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
in Figure 13-96. (The GE/Any/OTU1

755
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

services accessed from the client side of the LQMD board are cross-connected to the
port of the LQMD board, as shown by 4 in Figure 13-96. (The GE/Any/OTU1 services
the LQMD board for protection and inter-board service convergence.)
NOTE
Only the first optical path of ClientLP port supports OTU1 services.
Create the cross-connection between the ClientLP port of the LQMD board and the
ClientLP port of other boards (The GE/Any/OTU1 services accessed from the WDM side
of the LQMD board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other board for the grooming
of the WDM-side services), as shown by
in Figure 13-96.
The two paths of the ClientLP port are respectively connected to the IN1/OUT1 and IN2/
OUT2 ports. There is no need for configuration on the U2000.
NOTE
The OptiX OSN 8800 only supports the cross-connections shown by
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

and
in Figure 13-96.
756
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-96 Cross-connection diagram of the LQMD board

Client side
Client side
Other board
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
WDM side
WDM side
LQMD
1

The client side of the LQMD board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other boards
LQMD board
The WDM side of the LQMD board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other boards
3
4
5

TN11TQM / TN12TQM

For parameters of LQMD, refer to Table 13-210.
Table 13-210 LQMD parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
supported.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

757
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Channel Use
Status
Used, Unused

board.
Default: Used

for the port.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

Service Type
None, Any, DVBASI, ESCON,

FC-100, FC-200,
FDDI, FE, FICON,
FICON Express, GE,
GE(GFP-T), OC-3,
OC-12, OC-48,
OTU-1, STM-1,
STM-4, STM-16
Default: None

NOTE
Only the TN12LQMD supports Any, FDDI, and
OTU-1 services.
NOTE
Client Service
Bearer Rate
(Mbit/s)
100 to 2200
Default: 0

set value.
NOTE
Only TN12LQMD supports this parameter.
Laser Status
Off, On
Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

status of a board.
information.

758
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Disabled, Enabled

board are lost.
LPT Enabled
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled
Default: Disabled
Service Mode
Client Mode, OTN

Mode

When the board is enabled to receive an OTN
service on the client side, set this parameter to
OTN Mode. For any other client service types,
set this parameter to Client Mode.
NOTE
Only TN12LQMD supports this parameter.
FEC Working
State
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

invalid.
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)

Band Type
Tunable
Wavelength
Range

on the board.
Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.05
0 to
80/1560.61/192.1
00

l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.1
70 to
18/1611.00/188.7
80

Default: /
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

759
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Planned Band
Type
C, CWDM

wavelength.
Default: C

Max. Packet
Length
1518 to 9600
Default: 9600

discarded.
Ethernet
Working Mode
Auto-Negotiation,
1000M Full-Duplex

Ethernet.

maintain.
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

NOTE
Only the TN12LQMD supports this parameter.
SD Trigger
Condition
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

760
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
PRBS Test Status
Disabled, Enabled

status of a board.
Default: Disabled

NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

NOTE
Only the TN12LQMD supports this parameter.
13.17.12 LQMD Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

761
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed
Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side Fixed
Optical Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable
Optical
Module
TN
11L
QM
D
N/A
I-16-2 km-eSFP
N/A
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP
L-16.1-40 km-eSFP
L-16.2-80 km-eSFP
2.125 Gbit/s
(CWDM)-40 km-eSFP
(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP

Channels-Tunable)
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
TN
12L
QM
D
N/A
I-16-2 km-eSFP
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP
L-16.1-40 km-eSFP
L-16.2-80 km-eSFP
2.125 Gbit/s
N/A

Channels-Tunable)

(CWDM)-40 km-eSFP
(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
(DWDM)-120 km-eSFP
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

762
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
point.

NOTE
used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100, FDDI, FICON, FICON Express, GE, STM-4, OC-12,
optical module.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
SLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
2 km (1.2 mi.) 15 km (9.3

mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1266 to 1360
1260 to 1360
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-10
-5
-2
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2

763
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Maximum
-20 dB
spectral
width
nm
N/A
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
N/A
30
30
30
Eye pattern
mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
APD
APD
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1270 to 1580
1270 to 1580
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-18
-18
-27
-28
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27
NOTE
signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

764
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
0.5 km (0.3
mi.)
10 km (6.2
mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-2.5
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9.5
-9
-5
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-17
-20
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3

765
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, FE, DVB-ASI signals.
The 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (CWDM)-80 km-eSFP optical module can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48,
FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, FE signals.

wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)

range
nm
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
1.0
1.0
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
PIN

APD
766
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
range
nm
1270 to 1620
1270 to 1620
dBm
-19
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27
NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (DWDM)-120 km-eSFP optical module can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48,
FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, FE signals.

wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
Target transmission
distance
120 km (74.6 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
GHz
12.5

power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30

767
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type
ps/nm
2400
Eye pattern mask


Receiver type
APD
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Line code format
Value
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZPIN
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZAPD
6500 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZPIN
3200 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZAPD
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gth-NRZAPD
6400 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gth-NRZAPD
(Four
Channels
Tunable)
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ

Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
-4
-4
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-8
-8
-5
-5
-5
-5
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

768
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Value
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZPIN
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZAPD
6500 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZPIN
3200 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZAPD
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gth-NRZAPD
6400 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gth-NRZAPD
(Four
Channels
Tunable)
10
8.2
8.2
10
8.2
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
10
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
Center frequency
deviation
GHz
10
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.2
0.5
Minimum side
mode suppression
ratio
dB
35
35
30
30
35
35
Dispersion
tolerance
ps/nm
12800
12800
6500
3200
12800
6400
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1 - compliant
PIN
APD
APD
APD

Receiver type
PIN
Operating
wavelength range
nm
1200 to 1650
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-18
-28
-18
-28
-28
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-9
-9
-9
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27
-27
-27
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
APD
1300 to
1575

769
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
NRZ

power
dBm

power
dBm
0.5
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
nm
1271 to 1611
nm
6.5

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
ps/nm
1600
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
APD
nm
1200 to 1650
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
l
(8.7 in.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

770
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption
(W)
Maximum
Power
Consumptiona
(W)
TN11
LQM
D

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
57.1
65.7
61.1
67.2
31.1
34.3

Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
TN12
LQM
D

Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Channels-Tunable)
13.18 LQMS
LQMS: 4-channel multi-rate (100 Mbit/s-2.5 Gbit/s) OTU1 wavelength conversion unit, single
fed and single receiving

The available functional versions of the LQMS board are TN11 and TN12.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

771
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Huawei office.
Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11L
QM
S
TN
12L
QM
S

l
Function:
Board
OTU1/FDDI services
on client-side
WDM Specification
Grooming of ODU1
signal
TN11LQMS
CWDM/DWDM
TN12LQMS
DWDM

l
Specification:
For the specification of each version, see 13.18.12 LQMS Specifications.
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11LQMS
TN12LQMS
The TN12LQMS can be created as LQMS on the NMS. The former can
TN12LQMS functions as the TN11LQMS.
NOTE
A board equipped with a PIN receiver cannot substitute for a board equipped with an
APD receiver, because the two types of receives support different input power ranges.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

772
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN12LQMS
None


Hardware Update

TN12LQMS board.
Added the following

be received.

13.18.3 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LQMS board converts between signals at the rate of
100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations or
between ODU1 signals and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

773
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Application Scenario 1 for the TN11LQMS and TN12LQMS: Conversion Between

Signals at the Rate of 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and ITU-T RecommendationCompliant WDM Signals
Figure 13-97 Position of the LQMS board in the WDM system (LQM Mode)
RX1
LQMS
LQMS
TX1
TX4
RX1
100Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s
TX4
1ODU1
IN
M
U
IN
X
/
D OUT
M
U
X
1OTU1
OUT
1OTU1
1ODU1
100Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s
RX4
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
TX1
RX4
100Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s
100Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800:
NOTE
The LQMS board can receive and transmit only one client service at a rate of greater than 1.25 Gbit/s
Application Scenario 2 for the TN12LQMS: Conversion Between ODU1 Electrical

Signals and ITU-T Recommendation-Compliant WDM Signals
Figure 13-98 Position of the LQMS board in the WDM system (NS1 Mode)
1xODU1
1xODU1
LQMS
1
M
U
X IN
/
D OUT
M
U
X

1
1ODU1
M
U
OUT X
/
IN D
M
U
X
1OTU1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
1OTU1
1ODU1
TOM
LQMS
TOM
8
774
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
Scenario 2 is supported on the OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 3800.

The LQMS board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and cross-connection at the
Table 13-217 Functions and features of the LQMS board
Function
and
Feature
Description
Basic
function
LQMS converts signals as follows:

l 4 x (100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s)<-> 1 x OTU1.
l Maps ODU1 signal into OTU1 optical signal and converts it into the
standard DWDM wavelength compliant with ITU-T G.694.1. The reverse
process is similar.
Client-side
service type

NOTE
Only TN12LQMS supports OTU1 and FDDI services.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

775
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
Crossconnect
capabilities

OptiX OSN 6800:
l TN11LQMS:
Supports the grooming of four channels of GE services each to
backplane.
Supports the transmission of four signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/
s and 2.5 Gbit/s to the paired slots through the backplane.
l TN12LQMS:
Supports the grooming of four GE signals or one ODU1 signal each to
backplane.
Supports the transmission of four signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/
s and 2.5 Gbit/s to the paired slots through the backplane.
OptiX OSN 3800
l TN11LQMS:
Supports the grooming of four signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/s
and 2.5 Gbit/s from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four
boards) to the other three boards belonging to the mesh group.
Supports the grooming of four GE signals from one board of the mesh
group (consisting of four boards) to the other three boards belonging
to the mesh group.
l TN12LQMS:
Supports the grooming of four signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/s
and 2.5 Gbit/s from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four
Supports the grooming of four GE signals or one ODU1 signal from
one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other
three boards belonging to the mesh group.
OTN
function
l The encapsulation and mapping process is compliant with ITU-T G.709.

WDM
specification
TN11LQMS:
TN12LQMS:
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

776
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
Tunable
wavelength
function
ESC
function
Supported.
PRBS test
function
TN11LQMS: supports the PRBS function on the WDM side.

TN12LQMS: supports the PRBS function on the client side and WDM side.
NOTE
LPT
function
is FE or GE.
FEC coding

WDM side.
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
failures.
power of the laser.
NOTE
TN11LQMS only supports Poisson mode.
ALS
function
Test frame
TN11LQMS: not supported

TN12LQMS: the board supports the test frame function only when the clientside service type is FE or GE.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Latency
measuremen
t
Not supported
Opticallayer ASON
Not supported
Not supported

777
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
Protection
scheme
l Supports SW SNCP.
l Supports the tributary SNCP protection (NS1 Mode).
l Supports the ODUk SNCP (NS1 Mode).
NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800 supports client-side 1+1 protection and the OWSP protection.
Ethernet
service
mapping
mode
Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(GFP-F) (displayed as GE on the

NMS) and GE(GFP-T) modes.
Ethernet port
working
mode
Port MTU
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported

778
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
(FC-PI)
(FC-SB-2)
Control (MAC)
Protocol (PHY)
Dependent (PDM)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

779
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2

The LQMS board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-99, Figure 13-100 and Figure 13-101 show the functional modules and signal flow
of the LQMS board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

780
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-99 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN12LQMS board (OptiX OSN 8800)
Client side
WDM side
RX1
RX2
RX3
RX4
O/E
TX1
TX2
TX3
TX4
E/O
Client-side
optical
module
Service
encapsulation
and mapping
module
OTN
processing
module
E/O
OUT
O/E
IN
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
781
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-100 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN11LQMS and TN12LQMS board
(LQM mode) (OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 3800)
100Mbit/s - 2.5Gbit/s
Client side
WDM side
RX1
RX2
RX3
RX4
O/E
TX1
TX2
TX3
TX4
E/O
Service
CrossOTN
connect encapsulation processing
module and mapping
module
module
Client-side
optical
module
E/O
OUT
O/E
IN
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow (Conversion Between Signals at the Rate of 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s
and ITU-T Recommendation-Compliant WDM Signals)
The client side of the LQMS board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate
In the signal flow of the LQMS board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LQMS to the WDM side
of the LQMS, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

782
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

with ITU-T G.694.1 or CWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.2 through the
OUT optical interface.
l
Receive direction
ITU-T G.694.2 through the IN optical interface. Then, the module performs O/E
conversion.
decapsulation processing and service cross-connection. Then, the module outputs four
channels of Any signals.
optical interfaces.
Figure 13-101 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN12LQMS board (NS1 mode)(OptiX
OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 3800)
ODU1
WDM side
E/O
Crossconnect
module
OTN
processing
module
OUT
O/E
IN
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
783
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Signal Flow (Conversion Between ODU1 Electrical Signals and ITU-T

Recommendation-Compliant WDM Signals)
In the signal flow of the LQMS board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LQMS to the backplane
of the LQMS, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The signal processing module receives ODU1 electrical signals sent from the backplane.
The module performs operations such as OTN framing, and encoding of FEC. Then, the
Receive direction
module performs operations such as OTU1 framing and decoding of FEC. Then, the module
sends out one channel of ODU1 signals to the backplane for service cross-connection.
Module Function
l



Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

784
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

module also grooms the electrical signals between the LQMS and the board in the
paired slot or the cross-connect board through the backplane. The grooming service
signals are Any/ODU1 signals.
module also grooms the electrical signals from one board of the mesh group
through the backplane. The grooming service signals are Any/ODU1 signals.
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors Any
performance.
l

Power supply module

13.18.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LQMS board.

Figure 13-102 shows the front panel of the LQMS board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

785
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-102 Front panel of the LQMS board
LQMS
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
OUT
IN
LQMS
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

786
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-218 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LQMS board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT
LC

multiplexer board.
TX1-TX4
LC
RX1-RX4
LC
Laser Hazard Level

13.18.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LQMS board.
Table 13-219 shows the valid slots for the TN11LQMS board.
Table 13-219 Valid slots for TN11LQMS board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
IU2-IU5
Table 13-220 shows the valid slots for the TN12LQMS board.
Table 13-220 Valid slots for TN12LQMS board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
IU2-IU5

787
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.18.8 Characteristic Code for the LQMS

Code for OTUs.


Table 13-221 Mapping between the physical ports on the LQMS board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN/OUT
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 13-103 and Figure 13-104 show the application model of the LQMS board. Table
13-222 describes the meaning of each port.
Figure 13-103 Port diagram of the TN11LQMS/TN12LQMS board (LQM Mode)
Client side
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
WDM side
Cross-connect
module
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Service
processing
module

1(IN/OUT)-1
WDM-side
optical module
788
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
TN11LQMS: The optical paths of internal logical port are 201 (LP/LP)-1 to 201 (LP/LP)-4.
TN12LQMS (LQM Mode): The optical paths of internal logical port are 201 (ClientLP/ClientLP)-1 to 201
(ClientLP/ClientLP)-4.
Figure 13-104 Port diagram of the TN12LQMS board (NS1 Mode)

WDM side
51(ODU1LP/ODU1LP)-1
Cross-connect
module
51(ODU1LP/ODU1LP)-1
Service
processing
module
1(IN/OUT)-1
WDM-side
optical module
Table 13-222 Description of NM port of the LQMS board

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX4/TX4

interfaces.
ClientLP

ODU1LP
Internal logical port.
IN/OUT

interfaces.

l
the transmit end.
For each LQMS board, the number of timeslots occupied by all services should not exceed
16.
For FC200, FICON Express, OC-48, STM-16, and OTU1services, timeslots can be
configured only in channel 1 of the LQMS board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

789
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Service Type
Number of Timeslots
GE
FE
OTU1
16
STM-1
STM-4
STM-16
16
OC-3
OC-12
OC-48
16
FC100
FC200
12
FICON
FICON Express
12
DVB-ASI
ESCON
FDDI

If the LQMS board is used to transmit services, set Board Mode in Configuration > WDM
interfaces on the U2000. The valid values of the board mode field are LQM Mode and NS1
Mode.
NOTE
The TN11LQMS board does not require the configuration of the board mode. The electrical cross-connect
services of the TN11LQMS are created in the same way as the electrical cross-connect services of the
TN12LQMS in the LQM mode.
LQM Mode:
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
can be created.

790
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and ClientLP ports of the
LQMS board (create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board),
as shown by
and
in Figure 13-105.
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the LQMS board and the
services accessed from the client side of the LQMS board are cross-connected to the
port of the LQMS board, as shown by 4 in Figure 13-105. (The GE/Any/OTU1
services accessed from the client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM
side of the LQMS board for protection and inter-board service convergence.)
NOTE
Only the first optical path of ClientLP ports supports OTU1 services.
Create the cross-connection between the ClientLP port of the LQMS board and the ClientLP
port of other boards, as shown by 5 in Figure 13-105. (The GE/Any/OTU1 services
accessed from the WDM side of the LQMS board are cross-connected to the WDM side
of other board for the grooming of the WDM-side services.)
The two paths of the ClientLP port are respectively connected to the IN/OUT ports. There
is no need for configuration on the U2000.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

791
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-105 Cross-connection diagram of the LQMS board

Client side
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
Client side
WDM side
Other board
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
4
2
1
WDM side
LQMS
1

The client side of the LQMS board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other boards
LQMS board
The WDM side of the LQMS board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other boards
3
4
5

TN11TQM / TN12TQM
NOTE
The OptiX OSN 8800 supports only the cross-connections shown by
and
in Figure 13-105.
NS1 Mode (Supported only by the OptiX OSN 6800 and OptiX OSN 3800):
l
Create the cross-connection between the ODU1LP port of the LQMS board and the
ClientLP port of other boards shown in Figure 13-106.
The four paths of the ODU1LP port are respectively connected to the IN/OUT ports. There
is no need for configuration on the U2000.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

792
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-106 Cross-connection diagram of the LQMS board

Client side
Other board
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
WDM side
WDM side
51(ODU1LP/ODU1LP)-1
LQMS
The WDM side of the LQMS board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other boards

For parameters of LQMS, refer to Table 13-223.
Table 13-223 LQMS parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

793
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused

a board.
Default: Used

current channel is not used for the moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Service Type
None, Any, DVB-ASI,

ESCON, FC-100,
FC-200, FDDI, FE,
FICON, FICON
Express, GE, GE(GFPT), OC-3, OC-12,
OC-48, OTU-1, STM-1,
STM-4, STM-16
Default: None

NOTE
Only the TN12LQMS supports Any, FDDI,
and OTU-1 services.
NOTE
encapsulation format is GFP-F; when Service
Type is GE(GFP-T), the encapsulation format
is GFP-T. The value GE(GFP-T) is
recommended.
ends must be encapsulated in the same format.
Client Service
Bearer Rate (Mbit/
s)
100 to 2200
Default: 0

optical interface on the client side of a
board.
A SPEED_OVER alarm is reported when
the rate of actually accessed services
exceeds the set value.
The bearer rate of client-side services can
be set only when the type of the client-side
The set value should be consistent with the
rate of the actually accessed services.
NOTE
Only TN12LQMS supports this parameter.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

794
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Laser Status
Off, On

status of a board.
Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Disabled, Enabled
LPT Enabled
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled
Default: Disabled
Service Mode
Client Mode, OTN

Mode

more information.
Client Mode.
NOTE
Only TN12LQMS supports this parameter.
FEC Working State
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

function for an optical interface. Disabling
the FEC function affects the transmission
distance.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Band Type
Tunable
Wavelength Range


795
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.100

l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.170
to
18/1611.00/188.780

Default: /
Planned Band Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

wavelength.
Max. Packet
Length
1518 to 9600
Default: 9600

Ethernet services.
mapping path of a GE service is GFP-F.
After the parameter is specified, data
packets whose lengths exceed Max.
Ethernet Working
Mode
Auto-Negotiation,
1000M Full-Duplex

Ethernet.

the connected ports. This mode is easy to
maintain.
Service Type parameter is set to Ethernet
service.
consistent on the active and standby ports.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

796
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled

Disabled.
Default: Disabled
NOTE
Only the TN12LQMS supports this parameter.
SD Trigger
Condition
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

resides.
PRBS Test Status
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Disabled

interrupted.
NULL Mapping
Status
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled


797
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Board Mode
LQM Mode, NS1 Mode

Default: LQM Mode
NS1 Mode: In this mode, the TN12LQMS

board serves as a line board and adds/drops
OTU1 signals in conjunction with a
tributary board.
LQM Mode: In this mode, the
TN12LQMS board serves as an OTU
board and can aggregate four Any-rate
signals into one OTU1 signal.
NOTE
This parameter is only available for
TN12LQMS.
13.18.12 LQMS Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

798
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed
Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side Fixed
Optical Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable
Optical
Module
TN
11L
QM
S
N/A
I-16-2 km-eSFP
N/A
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP
L-16.1-40 km-eSFP
L-16.2-80 km-eSFP
2.125 Gbit/s
(CWDM)-40 km-eSFP
(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP

Channels-Tunable)
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
TN
12L
QM
S
N/A
I-16-2 km-eSFP
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP
L-16.1-40 km-eSFP
L-16.2-80 km-eSFP
2.125 Gbit/s
N/A

Channels-Tunable)

(CWDM)-40 km-eSFP
(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
(DWDM)-120 km-eSFP
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

799
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
point.

NOTE
TheI-16-2 km-eSFP, S-16.1-15 km-eSFP, L-16.1-40 km-eSFP and L-16.2-80 km-eSFP optical module can be
optical module.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
SLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
2 km (1.2 mi.) 15 km (9.3

mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1266 to 1360
1260 to 1360
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-10
-5
-2
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2

800
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Maximum
-20 dB
spectral
width
nm
N/A
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
N/A
30
30
30
Eye pattern
mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
APD
APD
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1270 to 1580
1270 to 1580
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-18
-18
-27
-28
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27
NOTE
signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

801
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
0.5 km (0.3
mi.)
10 km (6.2
mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-2.5
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9.5
-9
-5
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-17
-20
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3

802
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, FE, or DVB-ASI signals.
FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, or FE signals.

wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)

range
nm
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
1.0
1.0
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
PIN

APD
803
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
range
nm
1270 to 1620
1270 to 1620
dBm
-19
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27
NOTE

wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
Target transmission
distance
120 km (74.6 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
GHz
12.5

power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30

804
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type
ps/nm
2400
Eye pattern mask


Receiver type
APD
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Line code format
Value
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Waveleng
th-NRZPIN
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Waveleng
th-NRZAPD
6500 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Waveleng
th-NRZPIN
3200 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Waveleng
th-NRZAPD
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-NRZAPD
6400 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-NRZAPD
(Four
Channels
-Tunable)
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ

Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
-1
-1
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-5
-5
-2
-2
-2
-2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

805
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Waveleng
th-NRZPIN
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Waveleng
th-NRZAPD
6500 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Waveleng
th-NRZPIN
3200 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Waveleng
th-NRZAPD
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-NRZAPD
6400 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-NRZAPD
(Four
Channels
-Tunable)
10
8.2
8.2
10
8.2
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
10
Center
frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
Center
frequency
deviation
GHz
10
Maximum -20
dB spectral
width
nm
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.2
0.5
Minimum side
mode
suppression ratio
dB
35
35
30
30
35
35
Dispersion
tolerance
ps/nm
12800
12800
6500
3200
12800
6400
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant
PIN
APD
APD
APD

Receiver type
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1200 to 1650
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-18
-28
-18
-28
-28
-28
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-9
-9
-9
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27
-27
-27
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
APD
1300 to
1575

806
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type

Line code format
Value
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
NRZ

power
dBm

power
dBm
2.5
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
nm
1271 to 1611
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
<=6.5

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
ps/nm
1600
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
APD
nm
1200 to 1650
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
l
(8.7 in.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

807
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Boar
d
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona
(W)
TN1
1LQ
MS

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
56.3
64.5
60.4
66.4
29
32.3

Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Channels-Tunable)
TN1
2LQ
MS

Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Channels-Tunable)
13.19 LSC
LSC: 100Gbit/s wavelength conversion board

The available functional versions of the LSC board are TN12, TN13, and TN15.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

808
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Ini
tial
Ve
rsi
on
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Univers
al
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
12
LS
C
V1
00
R0
06
C0
3
TN
13
LS
C
V1
00
R0
08
C0
0
TN
15
LS
C
V1
00
R0
08
C1
0
T01: Y
T31/T51/
T52/T53:
N
To use a TN12LSC/TN13LSC/TN15LSCT01 board in the OptiX OSN 3800 chassis, meet the following
requirements:
l TN12LSC: The OptiX OSN 3800 chassis can be DC powered. The air intake vent temperature of the chassis
is within the range of 5C (41 F) to 45C (113 F) during long-term operation and is within the range of 5
C (23 F) to 50C (122 F) during short-term operation.
l TN13LSC: The OptiX OSN 3800 chassis can be AC or DC powered, and the operating temperature
requirements of the chassis using TN13LSC are the same as those of the chassis using TN12LSC. The OptiX
OSN 3800 chassis can be equipped with at most one TN13LSCT11 board or two TN13LSCT01 boards.
l TN15LSCT01: The OptiX OSN 3800 chassis can be AC or DC powered and has no special requirements on
the operating temperature. It can be equipped with at most one TN15LSCT01 board.
l TN12LSC/TN13LSC/TN15LSCT01: The system control board TN23SCC must be configured.
Variants
Table 13-230 Available variants of the TN12LSC board
Variant
FEC Encoding
T01
40000 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable WavelengthePDM-QPSK(HFEC)-PIN
HFEC
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

809
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Variant
FEC Encoding
T11
55000 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable WavelengthePDM-QPSK(SDFEC)-PIN
SDFEC

Variant
FEC Encoding
T01
HFEC
T11
SDFEC

Variant
FEC Encoding
T01
HFEC
T31

Wavelength-ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2,
wDCM-Enhanced)-PIN
SDFEC2
T51

Wavelength-ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2)-PIN
SDFEC2
T52
55000 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable WavelengthePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2)-PIN
SDFEC2
T53
40000 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable WavelengthePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2)-PIN
SDFEC2
T61

Wavelength-ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2,
wDCM)-PIN
SDFEC2

l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function:
Board
Latency Measurement
FEC Encoding
TN12LSC
HFEC/SDFEC
TN13LSC
HFEC/SDFEC

810
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Latency Measurement
FEC Encoding
TN15LSC
HFEC/SDFEC2

l
Appearance:
The LSC boards of TN12 and TN13 versions use different front panels, but the LSC
boards of TN13 and TN15 versions use the same front panel. The TN12LSC board
occupies four slots, the TN13LSC/TN15LSCboard occupies two slots. For details, see
Front Panel.
Specification:
The specifications vary according to the version of board that you use. For details, see
LSC Specifications.
Original Board
Substitute Board
Substitution Rules
TN12LSC
TN13LSC
The TN13LSC can be created as 12LSC on the NMS. The former

the substitution, the TN13LSC board functions as the TN12LSC
board. The TN13LSC board occupies two physical slots and four
logical slots while the TN12LSC board occupies four physical
slots. After the substitution, the remaining two physical slots
cannot be used to house any other board.
TN15LSC

board. The TN15LSC board occupies two physical slots and four
logical slots while the TN12LSC board occupies four physical
slots. After the substitution, the remaining two physical slots
cannot be used to house any other board.
NOTE
When both the receive and transmit boards employ HFEC, the TN12LSC
board can be replaced with the TN15LSC board.
In an OptiX OSN 6800 subrack, the TN12LSC board cannot be replaced
with the TN13LSC board.
In an OptiX OSN 6800 subrack, the TN12LSC board cannot be replaced
with the TN15LSC board.
TN13LSC
TN15LSC

board.
NOTE
When both the receive and transmit boards employ HFEC, the substitution
applies.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

811
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original Board
Substitute Board
Substitution Rules
TN15LSC
None

Table 13-233 Hardware Updates in V100R008C10SPC200
Hardware Update
Added the TN15LSCT61

board.
TN15LSCT61: The board supports SDFEC2 and ePDMQPSK.
Table 13-234 Hardware Updates in V100R008C10

Hardware Update
Added the TN15LSC board.
The board supports 100GE BIP8 monitoring and SDFEC2

to further improve the net coding gain of FEC and system
transmission capabilities.

Hardware Update
Compared with the TN12LSC board that occupies four

slots, the TN13LSC board occupies two slots and supports
100GE BIP8 monitoring.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update

(100GBASE-425G)/
(OTU4-428G)-10km-CFP
optical module on the
TN12LSC board to receive
client-side OTU4 services.
Function enhancement: The client-side 100G dual-rate

optical module is added to support OTU4 and 100GE
services.

812
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
Added the SDFEC error

correction mode and C BandTunable Wavelength-ePDMQPSK(SDFEC)-PIN optical
modules for boards.
Function enhancement: The SDFEC is supported to further

improve the net coding gain of FEC and system

Hardware Update
The TN12LSC board, a 100G coherent OTU board, is

added to map 1 x 100GE signal to one OTU4 signal.
13.19.3 Application
The LSC board is a wavelength conversion board and applies to coherent systems. In the receive
direction, the board receives one 100GE/OTU4 optical signal from the client equipment, maps
the optical signal into an OTU4 signal, and converts the OTU4 signal into a standard WDM
wavelength.
For the position of the LSC board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-107.
Figure 13-107 Position of the LSC board in the WDM system
LSC
IN
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
TX
IN
OUT
1OTU4
1OTU4
1ODU4
100GE/
OTU4 TX
OUT
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1ODU4
RX
LSC
RX
100GE/
OTU4

The LSC board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
For detailed functions and features, see Table 13-235.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

813
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-235 Functions and features of the LSC board

Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
LSC converts signal as follows:

100GE/OTU4<->1x OTU4
Client-side
service type
100GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 103.125 Gbit/s.
OTN function
l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing compliant with
ITU-T G.709.
l ODU4 layer:
When the client-side service type is 100GE, the board supports the
PM function.
When the client-side service type is OTU4, the board supports the
PM and TCM functions, PM and TCM non-intrusive monitoring
functions.
l OTU4 layer: supports the SM function.
WDM
specification
Tunable
wavelength
function
The board can tune the optical signal output on the WDM side within the
range of 80 wavelengths in C-band with the channel spacing of 50 GHz.
ESC function
Supported
NOTE
When being provisioned with the OTU4 service on the client side, the TN12LSC board
supports ESC transparent transmission, but not ESC processing.
PRBS test
function
When the client-side service type is OTU4, the PRBS function is supported
on the client side.
When the client-side service type is 100GE or OTU4, the PRBS function is
also supported on the WDM side.
LPT function
Not supported
FEC coding
On the client side: Supports ITU-T G.709-compliant forward error

correction (FEC) on the client side, only when the client side service type
is OTU4.
On the WDM side:
The TN12LSC/TN13LSC board supports HFEC and SDFEC .
The TN15LSC board supports HFEC and SDFEC2.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

814
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
l Monitors BIP8 bytes (BIP8 bytes of OTU4 are in Bursty mode) for the
100GE and OTU4 services on the client side to help locate service
failures.
l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Bursty mode) for the OTN service on the WDM
side to help locate line failures.
power of the laser.
l Supports the monitoring of CD and PMD performance.
NOTE
Only the TN12LSC board does not support the monitoring of BIP8 bytes on the client
side.
Regeneration
board
The WDM-side signals from one TN12LSCT01/TN13LSCT01/

TN15LSCT01 board can be regenerated by another TN11LTXT01/
TN54NS4T01/TN57NS4T01/TN12LTXT01/TN15LTXT01 board.
The WDM-side signals from one TN12LSCT11/TN13LSCT11 board can
be regenerated by another TN11LTXT11/TN54NS4T11/TN56NS4T11/
TN12LTXT11/TN15LTXT11 board.
The WDM-side signals from one TN15LSCT31 board can be regenerated
by another TN57NS4T31 board.
by another TN57NS4T51/TN58NS4T51 board.
ALS function
Test frame
Supported only when the client-side service type is 100GE.
Latency
measurement
The TN13LSC/TN15LSCboard supports latency measurement. The

bidirectional latency at the ODU4 layer between two OTU boards
supporting the latency measurement function can be measured, and the
latency data is displayed on the U2000.
This function is not supported when the client-side service type is OTU4.
IEEE 1588v2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Not supported

815
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Physical clock
When receiving 100GE/OTU4 services on the client side, the board supports
Ethernet processing
Optical-layer
ASON
Supported
Not supported
Protection
scheme

DCP/QCP board).
NOTE
When the client-side service is OTU4, the TN12LSC board does not support clientside 1+1 protection.
Loopback
Client side
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
WDM side
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or standards
for transparent
transmission (nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3ba
for service processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

816
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The LSC board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-108 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LSC.
Figure 13-108 Functional modules and signal flow of the LSC board
Client side
WDM side
RX
O/E
TX
E/O
100GE
Service
encapsulation
and mapping
module
Client-side
OTN
processing
module
Clientside
optical
module
OTN
processing
module
E/O
OUT
O/E
IN
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
Memory
Communication
CPU
Fuse
Power supply
module
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from the backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by the
SCC)
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the LSC board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LSC to the WDM side
of the LSC, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives one channel of the optical signal from client
equipment through the RX interface, and performs O/E conversion.
After performing the O/E conversion, the client-side optical module sends the electrical
signal to the signal processing module. Then, the signal processing module performs
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

817
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

encapsulation, OTN framing, and FEC encoding and outputs one channel of OTU4 signal
to the WDM-side optical module.
After receiving the OTU4 signal, the WDM-side optical module performs E/O conversion,
generates OTU4 signal at DWDM wavelength that complies with ITU-T G.694.1, and then
outputs the OTU4 signal through the OUT optical interfaces.
l
Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives one channel of standard DWDM optical signal
compliant with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN optical interface. The WDM-side optical
module then converts the OTU4 optical signal into electrical signal.
After the O/E conversion, the electrical signal is sent to the signal processing module, which
performs OTU4 framing, FEC decoding, demapping, and decapsulation for the signal and
then outputs one channel of the client-side electrical signal.
The channel of the client-side electrical signal is sent to the client-side optical module,
which converts the electrical signal into optical signal and then outputs the optical signal
through the TX optical interface.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: performs O/E conversion for one channel of 100GE/OTU4 optical
signal.
Client-side transmitter: converts one channel of electrical signal into one channel of
100GE/OTU4 optical signal.

WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of the OTU4 optical signal.
WDM-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from the internal electrical signal to
OTU4 optical signal.

The module consists of a service encapsulation and mapping module, client-side OTN
processing module, and an OTN processing module.
Encapsulates one channel of 100GE signal, maps the signal into the payload of an OTU4
frame, and performs the reverse process. The service encapsulation and mapping
module supports monitoring of 100GE signal performance.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

818
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Frames OTU4 signal, processes overheads in OTU4 signal, and performs the FEC
l

Power supply module

13.19.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LSC board.

Figure 13-109 shows the front panel of the TN12LSC board.
Figure 13-109 Front panel of the TN12LSC board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

819
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

820
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 13-236 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LSC board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT
LC

multiplexer board.
TX
LC
RX
LC
Laser Hazard Level

13.19.7 Valid Slots

Four slots house one TN12LSC board, two slots house one TN13LSC/TN15LSC board.
Table 13-237 shows the valid slots for the TN12LSC board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

821
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-237 Valid slots for the TN12LSC board

Product
Valid Slots

IU61-IU65
IU1-IU5, IU11-IU15
IU1-IU13
IU1-IU14
IU4, IU5
NOTE
The TN12LSC board occupies four slots. The rear connector for connecting the TN12LSC board to the
backplane is located in the left slot of the four slots. Therefore, the slot number for the TN12LSC board is
displayed as the left slot of the four slots on the NMS.
For example, if the TN12LSC board is housed in the slots IU1, IU2, IU3, and IU4, then the slot number
for the TN12LSC board is displayed as IU1 on the NMS.

Product
Valid Slots

IU61-IU67
IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17
IU1-IU15
IU2-IU5
NOTE
The TN13LSC board occupies two slots. The rear connector for connecting the TN13LSC board to the
backplane is located in the left slot of the two slots. Therefore, the slot number for the TN13LSC board is
displayed as the left slot of the two slots on the NMS.
For example, if the TN13LSC board is housed in the slots IU1, and IU2, then the slot number for the
TN13LSC board is displayed as IU1 on the NMS.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

822
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Product
Valid Slots

IU61-IU67
IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17
IU1-IU15
IU2-IU5
NOTE
The TN15LSC board occupies two slots. The rear connector for connecting the TN15LSC board to the
backplane is located in the left slot of the two slots. Therefore, the slot number for the TN15LSC board is
displayed as the left slot of the two slots on the NMS.
For example, if the TN15LSC board is housed in the slots IU1, and IU2, then the slot number for the
TN15LSC board is displayed as IU1 on the NMS.

This section describes how the physical ports of the board are displayed on the NMS.

Table 13-240 Mapping between the physical ports on the LSC board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN/OUT
TX/RX
NOTE

For parameters of LSC, refer to Table 13-241.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

823
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-241 LSC parameters

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

board.
for the port.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

Service Type
100GE, OTU4
Default: 100GE
Laser Status
Off, On
Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

status of a board.
information.
board are lost.

824
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
ALS Auxiliary
Condition
FW_Defect,
BW_Client_R_LOS
,
BW_WDM_Defect,
FW_OPUk_CSF

ALS.
Default: FW_Defect

of the local board, the laser on the clientside transmitter of the upstream board
this parameter to BW_WDM_Defect.
FW_OPUk_CSF.
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms,
500ms, 600ms,
700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

disabling lasers.
Default: 0s
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Turn-On
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms,
500ms, 600ms,
700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

enabling lasers.
Default: 0s
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

825
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
FEC Working State
Disabled, Enabled

optical interface. After the FEC function is
disabled on the WDM side, services become
abnormal. After the FEC function is disabled
on the client side, the transmission distance is
affected.
Default: Enabled

the receive end. Otherwise, this parameter is
invalid.
FEC Mode
TN12LSC: SDFEC,
HFEC
Queries the FEC mode of the current optical

interface.
TN13LSC: SDFEC,
HFEC, FEC

must be the same.
TN15LSC:
SDFEC2, HFEC,
FEC
l C:
1/1529.16/196.0
50 to
80/1560.61/192.
100
Receive
Wavelength
Default: /
Specifies the receive wavelength for the

board. Observe the following requirements
when setting this parameter:
l When the receive wavelength is the same
as the transmit wavelength of the board,
use the default value so that the receive
wavelength automatically keeps the same
as the transmit wavelength.
l When the receive wavelength differs from
the transmit wavelength of the board, set
this parameter to a value that is same as the
transmit wavelength of the remote board;
otherwise, services carried by the
wavelength will be interrupted.
NOTE
For ASON services, this parameter must be set to
the default value.
Receive Band Type
C
Default: C
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Specifies the band type of the received signals

for the board.
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Band Type

826
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Tunable
Wavelength Range

on the board.
Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.0
50 to
80/1560.61/192.
100

Default: /
Planned Band Type
C
Default: C

wavelength.
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
l Disabled, GCC1
+GCC2 Enabled,
Only GCC1
Enabled, Only
GCC2 Enabled

GCC2 in OTN overheads.
l Default:
Disabled
l When the parameter is set to GCC1

+GCC2 Enabled, the system will not
process the GCC1 or GCC2 byte in the
OTN overhead.
l When the parameter is set to Disabled, the

system will process the GCC1 and GCC2
bytes in the OTN overhead.
l When the parameter is set to Only GCC1

Enabled, the system will not process the
GCC1 byte but only the GCC2 byte in the
OTN overhead.
OTN overhead.
NOTE
accesses OTU4 services.
SD Trigger
Condition
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

827
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
PRBS Test Status
Disabled, Enabled

status of a board.
Default: Disabled

NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
Ethernet Service
BIP8 Error
Threshold
1.0E9
Default: Disabled

Sets the threshold for the 100GE BIP8 error
detection alarm.
1.0E8
NOTE
Only the TN13LSC/TN15LSC board supports this
parameter when the Service Type is 100GE.
1.0E7
1.0E6
5.0E6
Default: 1.0E7
13.19.10 LSC Specifications

Boar
d
Client-Side
Fixed Optical
Module
Optical Module
WDM-Side Fixed Optical

Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable
Optical
Module
TN1
2LS
C
N/A
100G BASE-1010G-10
km-CFP

Wavelength-ePDM-QPSK
(HFEC)-PIN
N/A
100G BASE-LR4-10 kmCFP

(100G BASE-425G)/
(OTU4-428G)-10 kmCFP
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

(SDFEC)-PIN

828
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
Client-Side
Fixed Optical
Module
Optical Module

Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable
Optical
Module
TN1
3LS
C
N/A

(HFEC)-PIN
N/A
100G BASE-1010G-10
km-CFP
(100G BASE-425G)/
(OTU4-428G)-10kmCFP
TN1
5LS
C
N/A

100G BASE-1010G-10
km-CFP
(100G BASE-425G)/
(OTU4-428G)-10kmCFP

(SDFEC)-PIN

(HFEC)-PIN
N/A

(SDFEC2, wDCM-Enhanced)PIN
(SDFEC2)-PIN
(SDFEC2)-PIN
(SDFEC2)-PIN
(SDFEC2, wDCM)-PIN
NOTE
point.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

829
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 13-242 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (100G BASE LR4)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
10 km (6.2 mi.)

Signaling Speed per Lane
Gbit/s
25.78125
Signaling Speed Accuracy
ppm
-100 to 100
Minimum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1294.53
1299.02
1303.54
1308.09
Maximum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1296.59
1301.09
1305.63
1310.19
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Total Average Launch Power

(Min)
dBm
1.7

(Max)
dBm
10.5
Transmit OMA per Lane

(Min)
dBm
-1.3

(Max)
dBm
4.5
Average Launch Power per

Lane (Min)
dBm
-4.3

Lane (Max)
dBm
4.5
Optical Extinction Ratio

(Min)
dB

830
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type

Side Mode Suppression
Ratio (Min)
Value
dB
30

Receiver type
PIN
Gbit/s
25.78125
ppm
-100 to 100
Minimum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1294.53
1299.02
1303.54
1308.09
Maximum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1296.59
1301.09
1305.63
1310.19
Average Receiver Power per

Lane (Min)
dBm
-10.6

Lane (Max)
dBm
4.5

(OMA) per Lane
dBm
4.5
Receiver Sensitivity (OMA)

per Lane
dBm
-8.6
Maximum reflectance
dB
-26
NOTE
The OMA values are designed to ensure normal equipment operation. They are not provided for equipment
commissioning. In practical, equipment commissioning is performed based on the average receiver power per
lane and total average launched power. It is recommended that the total average launched power be used as the
reference for equipment commissioning. For details, see Commissioning Optical Power of OTU Board in the
Commissioning.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

831
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-243 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (100G BASE 10x10G)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
100G BASE-1010G-10
km-CFP
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
10 km (6.2 mi.)

Gbit/s
10.3125
ppm
-100 to 100
Minimum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1521
1529
1537
1545
1553
1561
1569
1577
1585
1593
Maximum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1525
1533
1541
1549
1557
1565
1573
1581
1589
1597
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

832
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
100G BASE-1010G-10
km-CFP

(Min)
dBm
4.2

(Max)
dBm
13.5

Lane (Min)
dBm
-5.8

Lane (Max)
dBm
3.5

(Min)
dBm
-2.8

(Typ)
dBm
-0.8

(Max)
dBm
3.5

(Min)
dB
2.5

Ratio (Min)
dB
30

Receiver type
PIN
Gbit/s
10.3125
ppm
-100 to 100
Minimum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1521
1529
1537
1545
1553
1561
1569
1577
1585
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

833
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
100G BASE-1010G-10
km-CFP
1593
Maximum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1525
1533
1541
1549
1557
1565
1573
1581
1589
1597
Receiver Power per Lane

(Min)
dBm
-10.8

(Max)
dBm
3.5

(OMA) per Lane
dBm
3.5

per Lane
dBm
-8.8
Maximum reflectance
dB
-26
NOTE
Commissioning.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

834
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-244 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (100GE/OTU4 services)

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(100G BASE-425G)/
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
10 km (6.2 mi.)

Gbit/s
100GE: 25.78125
OTU4: 27.952493
ppm
100GE: -100 to 100

OTU4: -20 to 20
Minimum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1294.53
1299.02
1303.54
1308.09
Maximum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1296.59
1301.09
1305.63
1310.19
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

(Min)
dBm
100GE: 1.7

(Max)
dBm

Lane (Min)
dBm

Lane (Max)
dBm

(Min)
dBm
-1.3 (Only for 100GE)

(Max)
dBm
4.5 (Only for 100GE)
OTU4: 3.5
100GE: 10.5
OTU4: 8.9
100GE: -4.3
OTU4: -2.5
100GE: 4.5
OTU4: 2.9

835
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Eye pattern mask
Value
(100G BASE-425G)/
100GE: IEEE 802.3ba compliant

OTU4: ITU-T G.959 compliant

(Min)
dB

Ratio (Min)
dB
100GE: 4
OTU4: 7
30

Receiver type
PIN
Gbit/s
100GE: 25.78125
OTU4: 27.952493
ppm
100GE: -100 to 100

OTU4: -20 to 20
Minimum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1294.53
1299.02
1303.54
1308.09
Maximum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1296.59
1301.09
1305.63
1310.19
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

(Min)
dBm
100GE: -10.6

(Max)
dBm

(OMA) per Lane
dBm
Receiver sensitivity (OMA)

per Lane
dBm
OTU4: -8.8
100GE: 4.5
OTU4: 2.9

836
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(100G BASE-425G)/
Receiver equivalent
sensitivity per Lane
dBm
-10.3 (Only for OTU4)

per Lane
dBm
2.9 (Only for OTU4)
Maximum reflectance
dB
-26
NOTE
Commissioning.

Table 13-245 WDM-side fixed optical module specifications (tunable wavelengths, HFEC)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
40000 ps/nm-C BandTunable WavelengthePDM-QPSK(HFEC)PIN
ePDM-QPSK(HFEC)

Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

power
dBm
-5
GHz
2.5
width
nm
0.35
Dispersion tolerance (backto-back)
ps/nm
40000

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

837
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561
dBm
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
Table 13-246 WDM-side fixed optical module specifications (tunable wavelengths, SDFEC)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
55000 ps/nm-C BandTunable WavelengthePDM-QPSK(SDFEC)PIN
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC)

Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

power
dBm
-5
GHz
2.5
width
nm
0.4
ps/nm
55000
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561
dBm
-16
dBm

838
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Maximum reflectance
Value
dB
-27
Table 13-247 WDM-side fixed optical module specifications (tunable wavelengths, SDFEC2,
wDCM-Enhanced)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
150000 ps/nm-C BandTunable WavelengthePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2,
wDCM-Enhanced)-PIN
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2,
wDCM-Enhanced)

Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

power
dBm
-5
GHz
2.5
width
nm
0.48
ps/nm
150000
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561
dBm
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

839
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

150000 ps/nm)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
150000 ps/nm-C BandTunable WavelengthePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2)PIN
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2)

Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

power
dBm
-5
GHz
2.5
width
nm
0.3
ps/nm
150000

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561
dBm
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
55000 ps/nm)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

840
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

power
dBm
-5
GHz
2.5
width
nm
0.3
ps/nm
55000

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561
dBm
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
40000 ps/nm)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

841
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value

power
dBm
-5
GHz
2.5
width
nm
0.3
ps/nm
40000

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561
dBm
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
wDCM)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
wDCM)-PIN
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2,
wDCM)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

power
dBm
-5
GHz
2.5

842
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
wDCM)-PIN
width
nm
0.3
ps/nm
150000

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561
dBm
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
NOTE
This module requires the use of the same wavelength at the transmit and receive ends and does not support
wavelength change by configuring regeneration boards or single-fiber bidirectional transmission.
TN12LSC
l
Dimensions of front panel (H x W x D): 264.6 mm (10.4 in.) x 101.6 mm (4.0 in.) x 220
mm (8.7 in.)
TN13LSC
l
(8.7 in.)
TN15LSC
l
(8.7 in.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

843
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Board
WDM-Side Module
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN12LSC
240
265
255
285
150
160
160
170
145.2
158.5

wDCM-Enhanced)-PIN
174.6
192.6
174.6
192.6
174.6
192.6
174.6
192.6

wDCM)-PIN
174.6
192.6
TN13LSC
TN15LSC
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

844
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
WDM-Side Module
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
13.20 LSCM
LSCM: 100Gbit/s Wavelength Conversion Board

The available functional version of the LSCM board is TN17.

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Initial
Version
General
8800
T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800
T32
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univers
al
Platfor
m
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
17
LS
C
M
V100R0
09C00SP
C100
The OptiX OSN 3800 supports the TN17LSCM board. In this case, the air intake vent temperature of the fan tray
assembly is within the range of 5C (41 F) to 45C (113 F) during long-term running and is within the range of
-5C (23 F) to 50C (122 F) during short-term running. At this time, the TN23SCC board must be used in the
OptiX OSN 3800 chassis.
Variants
The TN17LSCM board has ten variants.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

845
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
l The wavelengths of optical ports "IN1/OUT1", "IN2/OUT2", "IN3/OUT3", and "IN4/OUT4" are
consecutive with a 100 GHz spacing.
l Optical ports "IN1/OUT1", "IN2/OUT2", "IN3/OUT3", and "IN4/OUT4" are in descending order of
frequency.
l Each board (with a unique variant) supports only odd wavelengths or even wavelengths, which can be
specified on the U2000. The following table lists information about the wavelengths supported by
different boards.
Table 13-252 Available variants of the TN17LSCM board

Va
ria
nt
Odd Wavelengths of Optical Ports IN1/OUT1

to IN4/OUT4
Even Wavelengths of Optical Ports IN1/OUT1

to IN4/OUT4
Wavelength
Number
Central
Frequency
(THz)
Center
Wavelength
(nm)
Wavelength
Number
Central
Frequency
(THz)
Center
Wavelength
(nm)
01
73
192.45
1557.77
74
192.40
1558.17
75
192.35
1558.58
76
192.30
1558.98
77
192.25
1559.39
78
192.20
1559.79
79
192.15
1560.20
80
192.10
1560.61
65
192.85
1554.54
66
192.80
1554.94
67
192.75
1555.34
68
192.70
1555.75
69
192.65
1556.15
70
192.60
1556.55
71
192.55
1556.96
72
192.50
1557.36
57
193.25
1551.32
58
193.20
1551.72
59
193.15
1552.12
60
193.10
1552.52
61
193.05
1552.93
62
193.00
1553.33
63
192.95
1553.73
64
192.90
1554.13
49
193.65
1548.11
50
193.60
1548.51
51
193.55
1548.91
52
193.50
1549.32
53
193.45
1549.72
54
193.40
1550.12
55
193.35
1550.52
56
193.30
1550.92
41
194.05
1544.92
42
194.00
1545.32
43
193.95
1545.72
44
193.90
1546.12
45
193.85
1546.52
46
193.80
1546.92
47
193.75
1547.32
48
193.70
1547.72
02
03
04
05
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

846
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Va
ria
nt

to IN4/OUT4

to IN4/OUT4
Wavelength
Number
Central
Frequency
(THz)
Center
Wavelength
(nm)
Wavelength
Number
Central
Frequency
(THz)
Center
Wavelength
(nm)
06
33
194.45
1541.75
34
194.40
1542.14
35
194.35
1542.54
36
194.30
1542.94
37
194.25
1543.33
38
194.20
1543.73
39
194.15
1544.13
40
194.10
1544.53
25
194.85
1538.58
26
194.80
1538.98
27
194.75
1539.37
28
194.70
1539.77
29
194.65
1540.16
30
194.60
1540.56
31
194.55
1540.95
32
194.50
1541.35
17
195.25
1535.43
18
195.20
1535.82
19
195.15
1536.22
20
195.10
1536.61
21
195.05
1537.00
22
195.00
1537.40
23
194.95
1537.79
24
194.90
1538.19
195.65
1532.29
10
195.60
1532.68
11
195.55
1533.07
12
195.50
1533.47
13
195.45
1533.86
14
195.40
1534.25
15
195.35
1534.64
16
195.30
1535.04
196.05
1537.00
196.00
1529.55
195.95
1537.79
195.90
1530.33
195.85
1538.58
195.80
1531.12
195.75
1539.37
195.70
1531.90
07
08
09
10

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

847
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
Added the 05, 06, 07, 08, 09,

and 10 types of TN17LSCM
boards.
The new TN17LSCM boards provide enhanced functions

and can support 80 wavelengths.

Hardware Update
Added the TN17LSCM board.
The TN17LSCM board, a 100G OTU board. The board is

generally used for short-distance transmission of mass data
in data centers.
13.20.3 Application
The LSCM board is a wavelength conversion board. In the receive direction, the board receives
one 100GE/OTU4 optical signal from the client equipment, maps the optical signal into an OTU4
signal. The LSCM board uses four DWDM wavelengths to transmit one channel of OTU4 signals
in the short-haul IDC interconnection scenario.
For the position of the LSCM board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-112.
Figure 13-112 Position of the LSCM board in the WDM system
LSCM
M
U OUT1
X
/
D
M IN4
U
X OUT4
LSCM
TX
1OTU4
1OTU4
1ODU4
100GE/
OTU4 TX
IN1
1ODU4
RX
OUT1
M
IN1 U
X
/
D
M
OUT4 U
IN4 X
RX
100GE/
OTU4
NOTE
In any direction of signal transmitting and receiving, four optical signals on the WDM side of the LSCM
board must pass through fiber cores of the same cable. In addition, the end-to-end fiber lengths should be
the same. If the lengths are different, the accumulated difference in the fiber lengths of all optical signals
must be less than 2m.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

848
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The LSCM board is mainly used to provide OTN interfaces and ESC.
Table 13-253 Functions and features of the LSCM board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
LSCM converts signal as follows:

100GE/OTU4<->1x OTU4
Client-side
service type
100GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 103.125 Gbit/s.
OTN function
l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing compliant with
ITU-T G.709.
l ODU4 layer:
PM function.
functions.
WDM
specification
Tunable
wavelength
function
Not supported
ESC function
Supported
NOTE
When being provisioned with the OTU4 service on the client side, the LSCM board
PRBS test
function
When the client-side service type is OTU4, the PRBS function is supported
on the client side.
When the client-side service type is 100GE or OTU4, the PRBS function is
also supported on the WDM side.
LPT function
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Not supported

849
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
FEC coding

client side, only when the client side service type is OTU4.
Supports HFEC on the WDM side.
NOTE
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
l Monitors BIP8 bytes (BIP8 bytes of OTU4 are in Bursty mode) for the
100GE and OTU4 services on the client side to help locate service
failures.
l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Bursty mode) for the OTN service on the WDM
side to help locate line failures.
power of the laser.
ALS function
Test frame
Latency
measurement
The board supports latency measurement. The bidirectional latency at the

ODU4 layer between two OTU boards supporting the latency measurement
function can be measured, and the latency data is displayed on the U2000.
IEEE 1588v2
Not supported
Physical clock
When receiving 100GE/OTU4 services on the client side, the board supports
Ethernet processing
Optical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Not supported
Protection
scheme
Loopback
Client side
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
WDM side
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

850
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
for transparent
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3ba
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LSCM board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-113 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LSCM.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

851
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-113 Functional modules and signal flow of the LSCM board
Client side
WDM side
RX
O/E
TX
E/O
100GE
Service
encapsulation
and mapping
module
Client-side
OTN
processing
module
Clientside
optical
module
OTN
processing
module
E/O
OUT1
OUT4
O/E
IN1
IN4
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
Memory
Communication
CPU
Fuse
Power supply
module
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from the backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by the
SCC)
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the LSCM board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LSCM to the WDM side
of the LSCM, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives one channel of the optical signal from client
signal to the signal processing module. Then, the signal processing module performs
encapsulation, OTN framing, and FEC encoding and outputs one channel of OTU4 signal.
conversion, the module sends out four OTN optical signals at DWDM standard wavelengths
that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT1-OUT4 optical interfaces.
Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives four channels of OTN optical signals at DWDM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

852
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

interfaces. The module then performs O/E conversion to convert the received signals into
After the O/E conversion, the electrical signal is sent to the signal processing module, which
performs OTU4 framing, FEC decoding, demapping, and decapsulation for the signal and
then outputs one channel of the client-side electrical signal.
The channel of the client-side electrical signal is sent to the client-side optical module,
which converts the electrical signal into optical signal and then outputs the optical signal
through the TX optical interface.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: performs O/E conversion for one channel of 100GE/OTU4 optical
signal.
Client-side transmitter: converts one channel of electrical signal into one channel of
100GE/OTU4 optical signal.

WDM-side receiver: performs O/E conversion to convert four channels of received
OTN optical signals into four channels of OTN electrical signals and converts the OTN
electrical signals into one channel of OTU4 electrical signals..
WDM-side transmitter: converts one channel of OTU4 electrical signals into four
channels of OTN electrical signals and performs E/O conversion to convert the OTN
electrical signals into four channels of OTN optical signals.

The module consists of a service encapsulation and mapping module, client-side OTN
processing module, and an OTN processing module.
Encapsulates one channel of 100GE signal, maps the signal into the payload of an OTU4
frame, and performs the reverse process. The service encapsulation and mapping
Frames OTU4 signal, processes overheads in OTU4 signal, and performs the FEC

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

853
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l
Power supply module

13.20.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LSCM board.

Figure 13-114 shows the front panel of the LSCM board.
Figure 13-114 Front panel of the LSCM board
Indicators
l

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

854
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 13-254 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LSCM board
Interface
Type
Function
IN1-IN4
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT1-OUT4
LC

multiplexer board.
TX
LC
RX
LC
Laser Hazard Level

13.20.7 Valid Slots

Two slots house one LSCM board.
Table 13-255 shows the valid slots for the LSCM board.
Table 13-255 Valid slots for the LSCM board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots

IU61-IU67
IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17
IU1-IU15
IU1-IU16
IU2-IU5

855
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
The LSCM board occupies two slots. The rear connector for connecting the LSCM board to the backplane
is located in the left slot of the two slots. Therefore, the slot number for the LSCM board is displayed as
the left slot of the two slots on the NMS.
For example, if the LSCM board is housed in the slots IU1, and IU2, then the slot number for the LSCM
board is displayed as IU1 on the NMS.


Table 13-256 Mapping between the physical ports on the LSCM board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN1/OUT1
IN2/OUT2
IN3/OUT3
IN4/OUT4
TX/RX
NOTE

For parameters of LSCM, refer to Table 13-257.
Table 13-257 LSCM parameters
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

856
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

board.
for the port.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

Service Type
100GE, OTU4
Default: 100GE
Laser Status
Off, On
Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

status of a board.
more information.
down the laser after the signals received by
a board are lost.

857
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
ALS Auxiliary
Condition
FW_Defect,
BW_Client_R_LO
S,
BW_WDM_Defect
, FW_OPUk_CSF

ALS.
Default:
FW_Defect

FW_Defect.
of the local board, the laser on the clientside transmitter of the local board must
the client-side transmitter of the upstream
BW_WDM_Defect.
client-side port of the local board, the
laser on the client-side transmitter of the
local board must be shut down. For this
FW_OPUk_CSF.
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms,
500ms, 600ms,
700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms,
2s

disabling lasers.
detects service interruption to the point when
ALS automatically shuts down the related
lasers.
Default: 0s
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

858
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Turn-On
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms,
500ms, 600ms,
700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms,
2s

enabling lasers.
ALS automatically enables the related lasers.
Default: 0s
FEC Working State
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

an optical interface. After the FEC function
is disabled on the WDM side, services
become abnormal. After the FEC function is
disabled on the client side, the transmission
distance is affected.
invalid.
FEC Mode

interface.
must be the same.
Planned Wavelength
No./Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.10
0
Default: /
Planned Band Type
C
Default: C

and frequency of the current optical interface
on the WDM side of a board.
wavelength.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Band Type

859
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Wavelength parity
Odd, Even
Set the Wavelength parity parameter of the

current board
Default: Even
The value must be the same with the real

value of the boards.
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
l Disabled, GCC1
+GCC2
Enabled, Only
GCC1 Enabled,
Only GCC2
Enabled
l Default:
Disabled

l When the parameter is set to Disabled,
the system will process the GCC1 and
GCC2 bytes in the OTN overhead.
OTN overhead.
OTN overhead.
OTN overhead.
NOTE
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

resides.
PRBS Test Status
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Disabled

status of a board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

860
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled

Ethernet Service
BIP8 Error
Threshold
1.0E9
Default: Disabled
Sets the threshold for the 100GE BIP8 error

detection alarm.
1.0E8
NOTE
The board supports this parameter only when the
Service Type is 100GE.
1.0E7
1.0E6
5.0E6
Default: 1.0E7
13.20.10 LSCM Specifications

Boar
d
Client-Side
Fixed Optical
Module
Optical Module

Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable
Optical
Module
TN1
7LS
CM
N/A
350ps/nm-C Band-4 Wavelengths

NRZ-PIN
N/A
100G BASE-1010G-10
km-CFP
(100G BASE-425G)/
(OTU4-428G)-10kmCFP
NOTE
point.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

861
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
10 km (6.2 mi.)

Gbit/s
25.78125
ppm
-100 to 100
Minimum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1294.53
1299.02
1303.54
1308.09
Maximum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1296.59
1301.09
1305.63
1310.19
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

(Min)
dBm
1.7

(Max)
dBm
10.5

(Min)
dBm
-1.3

(Max)
dBm
4.5

Lane (Min)
dBm
-4.3

Lane (Max)
dBm
4.5

(Min)
dB

862
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type

Ratio (Min)
Value
dB
30

Receiver type
PIN
Gbit/s
25.78125
ppm
-100 to 100
Minimum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1294.53
1299.02
1303.54
1308.09
Maximum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1296.59
1301.09
1305.63
1310.19

Lane (Min)
dBm
-10.6

Lane (Max)
dBm
4.5

(OMA) per Lane
dBm
4.5

per Lane
dBm
-8.6
Maximum reflectance
dB
-26
NOTE
Commissioning.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

863
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
100G BASE-1010G-10
km-CFP
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
10 km (6.2 mi.)

Gbit/s
10.3125
ppm
-100 to 100
Minimum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1521
1529
1537
1545
1553
1561
1569
1577
1585
1593
Maximum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1525
1533
1541
1549
1557
1565
1573
1581
1589
1597
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

864
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
100G BASE-1010G-10
km-CFP

(Min)
dBm
4.2

(Max)
dBm
13.5

Lane (Min)
dBm
-5.8

Lane (Max)
dBm
3.5

(Min)
dBm
-2.8

(Typ)
dBm
-0.8

(Max)
dBm
3.5

(Min)
dB
2.5

Ratio (Min)
dB
30

Receiver type
PIN
Gbit/s
10.3125
ppm
-100 to 100
Minimum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1521
1529
1537
1545
1553
1561
1569
1577
1585
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

865
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
100G BASE-1010G-10
km-CFP
1593
Maximum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1525
1533
1541
1549
1557
1565
1573
1581
1589
1597

(Min)
dBm
-10.8

(Max)
dBm
3.5

(OMA) per Lane
dBm
3.5

per Lane
dBm
-8.8
Maximum reflectance
dB
-26
NOTE
Commissioning.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

866
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(100G BASE-425G)/
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
10 km (6.2 mi.)

Gbit/s
100GE: 25.78125
OTU4: 27.952493
ppm
100GE: -100 to 100

OTU4: -20 to 20
Minimum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1294.53
1299.02
1303.54
1308.09
Maximum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1296.59
1301.09
1305.63
1310.19
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

(Min)
dBm
100GE: 1.7

(Max)
dBm

Lane (Min)
dBm

Lane (Max)
dBm

(Min)
dBm

(Max)
dBm
OTU4: 3.5
100GE: 10.5
OTU4: 8.9
100GE: -4.3
OTU4: -2.5
100GE: 4.5
OTU4: 2.9

867
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Eye pattern mask
Value
(100G BASE-425G)/


(Min)
dB

Ratio (Min)
dB
100GE: 4
OTU4: 7
30

Receiver type
PIN
Gbit/s
100GE: 25.78125
OTU4: 27.952493
ppm
100GE: -100 to 100

OTU4: -20 to 20
Minimum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1294.53
1299.02
1303.54
1308.09
Maximum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1296.59
1301.09
1305.63
1310.19
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

(Min)
dBm
100GE: -10.6

(Max)
dBm

(OMA) per Lane
dBm

per Lane
dBm
OTU4: -8.8
100GE: 4.5
OTU4: 2.9

868
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(100G BASE-425G)/
Receiver equivalent
dBm

per Lane
dBm
2.9 (Only for OTU4)
Maximum reflectance
dB
-26
NOTE
Commissioning.

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type

Line code format
Value
350ps/nm-C Band-4
Wavelengths NRZ-PIN
NRZ, HFEC
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

power
dBm
-2
GHz
10

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
350

869
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type
350ps/nm-C Band-4
Wavelengths NRZ-PIN

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561
Receiver sensitivity (FEC

enabled)
dBm
-14

(FEC enabled)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
The specifications of optical ports "IN1/OUT1" to "IN4/OUT4" are the same. This table lists
the specifications of only one optical port.
The wavelengths of optical ports "IN1/OUT1", "IN2/OUT2", "IN3/OUT3", and "IN4/OUT4"
are consecutive with a 100 GHz spacing. Each board (with a unique variant) supports only
odd wavelengths or even wavelengths, which can be specified on the U2000.
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power Consumption

(W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN17LSCM
93
102
13.21 LSQ
LSQ: 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board

Only one functional version of the LSQ board is available, that is, TN11.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

870
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Huawei office.
Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11L
SQ
Variants
Table 13-262 Available variants of the TN11LSQ board
Variant
T01
800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-DQPSK-PIN
T02
800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-ODB-PIN
13.21.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LSQ board converts between one channel of STM-256/
OC-768/OTU3 signals and OTU3 signals that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 Recommendations.
For the position of the LSQ board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-115.
Figure 13-115 Position of the LSQ board in the WDM system
LSQ
IN
IN
OUT

TX
1ODU3
OUT
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1OTU3
1OTU3
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
1ODU3
RX
STM-256/
OC-768/ TX
OTU3
LSQ
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
STM-256/
RX OC-768/
OTU3
871
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The LSQ board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
Table 13-263 Functions and features of the LSQ board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
LSQ converts signals as follows:

l 1x STM-256/OC-768/OTU3<->1x OTU3
Client-side
service type
OTN function

to the ITU-T G.709.
l ODU3 layer: supports the PM and TCM function, and PM and TCM
non-intrusive monitoring functions.
WDM
specification
Tunable
wavelength
function
ESC function
Supported
PRBS test
function
LPT function
Not supported
FEC coding

the client side, only when the client side service type is OTU3.

NOTE
The PRBS function of LSQ on the client side is supported only when the client-side
service type is STM-256/OC-768.

the WDM side.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

872
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Poisson mode or Bursty mode) to help locate

line failures.
power of the laser.
Regeneration
board
The WDM-side signals of the LSQ board can be regenerated by a

TN54NS3 board.
ALS function
Test frame
Not supported
Latency
measurement
Not supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Supported
Electrical-layer
ASON
Not supported
IEEE 1588v2
Not supported
Physical clock
Not supported
Protection
scheme
Loopback
Client side

DCP/QCP board).
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
WDM side
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(non-performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783

873
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LSQ board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-116 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LSQ.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

874
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-116 Functional modules and signal flow of the LSQ board
Client side
RX
TX
O/E
E/O
SDH/SONET
encapsulation and
mapping module
WDM side
E/O
OTN
processing
module
O/E
Client-side OTN
processing module
Client-side
optical
module
OUT
IN
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the LSQ board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LSQ to the WDM side
of the LSQ, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives one channel of the optical signals from client
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the signal processing module. OTU3
signals are sent to the client-side OTN processing module for performance monitoring.
Other types of signals are sent to different encapsulation and mapping modules for
encapsulation and mapping. In the end, operations such as the OTN framing and FEC
encoding are performed. Then, the module outputs one channel of OTU3 electrical signals.
Receive direction
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

875
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

module performs operations such as OTU3 framing, FEC decoding, demapping, and
decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs one channel of STM-256/OC-768/
OTU3 electrical signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the one channel of electrical
signals, and then outputs one channel of client-side optical signals through the TX optical
interface.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of STM-256/OC-768/OTU3 optical
signals.
STM-256/OC-768/OTU3 optical signals.


The module consists of an SDH/SONET encapsulation and mapping module, a client-side
OTN processing module, and an OTN processing module.
Monitors OTN performance.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

876
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power supply module

13.21.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LSQ board.

Figure 13-117 shows the front panel of the LSQ board.
Figure 13-117 Front panel of the LSQ board
Indicators
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

877
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 13-264 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LSQ board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT
LC

multiplexer board.
TX
LC
RX
LC
Laser Hazard Level

13.21.6 Valid Slots

Two slots houses one LSQ board.
Table 13-265 shows the valid slots for the LSQ board.
Table 13-265 Valid slots for the LSQ board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots

IU62-IU68
IU2-IU8, IU12-IU18

878
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Valid Slots
IU2-IU16
IU2-IU17
The rear connector of the LSQ is mounted to the backplane along the right slot in the subrack.
Therefore, the slot number of the LSQ board displayed on the NM is the number of the right one
of the two slots.
For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the LSQ board, the slot number of the LSQ board
displayed on the NM is IU2.


Table 13-266 Mapping between the physical ports on the LSQ board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN/OUT
TX/RX
NOTE

For parameters of LSQ, refer to Table 13-267.
Table 13-267 LSQ parameters
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.

879
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

channel of a board.
moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Service Type
None, OC-768, OTU-3,

STM-256

Default: STM-256
Laser Status
Off, On
Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

status of a board.
more information.

880
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
ALS Auxiliary
Condition
FW_Defect,
BW_Client_R_LOS,
BW_WDM_Defect,
FW_OPUk_CSF

triggering ALS.
Default: FW_Defect

FW_Defect.
BW_Client_R_LOS.
BW_WDM_Defect.
FW_OPUk_CSF.
FEC Working State
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

FEC Mode
FEC, AFEC
Default: AFEC

must be the same.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

881
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
AFEC Grade
1, 2, 3

Default: 3
Receive Wavelength
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.100
l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.170
to
18/1611.00/188.780
Default: /

board. Observe the following
requirements when setting this parameter:
l When the receive wavelength is the
same as the transmit wavelength of the
board, use the default value so that the
receive wavelength automatically
keeps the same as the transmit
wavelength.
l When the receive wavelength differs
from the transmit wavelength of the
board, set this parameter to a value that
is same as the transmit wavelength of
the remote board; otherwise, services
carried by the wavelength will be
interrupted.
NOTE
For ASON services, this parameter must be set
to the default value.
Receive Band Type
C, CWDM
Default: C
Specifies the band type of the received

signals for the board.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Band Type
Tunable
Wavelength Range


882
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.100

l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.170
to
18/1611.00/188.780

NOTE
Default: /
Planned Band Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

wavelength.
NOTE
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled
SD Trigger
Condition
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: Disabled
Default: None

Disabled.
resides.
PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

the services on the corresponding port are
interrupted.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

883
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled

Default: Disabled
13.21.9 LSQ Specifications

Bo
ard
Client-Side Fixed
Optical Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side Fixed
Optical Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable
Optical
Module
TN
11L
SQ
40 Gbit/s
Multirate-2 km
N/A
800 ps/nm-C BandTunable WavelengthODB-PIN
N/A
800 ps/nm-C BandTunable WavelengthDQPSK-PIN
NOTE
point.
Client-Side Fixed Optical Module

Table 13-268 Client-side fixed optical module specifications
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
40 Gbit/s Multirate-2 km
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
2 km (1.2 mi.)
nm
1530 to 1565

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

884
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Maximum mean launched power
dBm
Minimum mean launched power
dBm
dB
8.2
ps/nm
40
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1290 to 1570
dBm
-6
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Line code format
Value
ODB
DQPSK
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating frequency
range
THz
192.10 to 196.05
192.10 to 196.05
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-5
-5
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
N/A
Center frequency
deviation
GHz
2.5
2.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
0.6
N/A

885
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Value
Maximum -3 dB
spectral width
nm
N/A
0.3
ps/nm
-800 to 800
-800 to 800

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength range
nm
1529 to 1561
1529 to 1561
Receiver sensitivity,
EOL (FEC on)
dBm
-16
-16
Minimum receiver
overload (FEC on)
dBm
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11LS
Q

Wavelength-ODB-PIN
75.0
82.0

Wavelength-DQPSK-PIN
82.0
89.0
13.22 LSX
LSX: 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

886
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The available functional versions of the LSX board are TN11, TN12, TN13, and TN14.

Huawei office.
Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11L
SX
TN
12L
SX
TN
13L
SX
TN
14L
SX
When the TN14LSX board is used in the OptiX OSN 3800 chassis, the TN23SCC board must be used.
Variants
The difference between the LSX board variants lies in the WDM-side optical module.
Table 13-270 Available variants of the TN11LSX board
Variants
01M02
800 ps/nm-C Band (odd & even wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-PIN (01M02 for even
wavelengths and 01M03 for odd wavelengths)
01M03
01M04
800 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
T02
1200 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
T03
1200 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

887
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Variants
T04
4800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-ODB-APD
T05
800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-(D)RZ-PIN

Variants
01M02
01M03
01M04
T02
T03
T04
T05

Variants
T01
Fixed Optical Module: 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
T02
Fixed Optical Module: 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-(D)RZ-PIN
The variant is equipped with pluggable optical modules. For details 13.22.11 LSX
Specifications.

Variants
01M01
01M02
T02
T05
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

888
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


l
Board
TN11LSX
Function:
FEC Encoding
FEC/AFEC
Client-side services
OTU2e
FC1200
Ethernet
Service
Mapping
Mode
WDM-Side
Pluggable
Optical
Module
l Bit
Transparent
Mapping
(11.1G)
l MAC
Transparent
Mapping
(10.7G)
l Bit
Transparent
Mapping
(10.7G)
TN12LSX
FEC/AFEC
l Bit
Transparent
Mapping
(11.1G)
l Bit
Transparent
Mapping
(10.7G)
TN13LSX
FEC/AFEC-2
l Bit
Transparent
Mapping
(11.1G)
l MAC
Transparent
Mapping
(10.7G)
TN14LSX
FEC/AFEC-2
l Bit
Transparent
Mapping
(11.1G)
l MAC
Transparent
Mapping
(10.7G)
When TN14LSX is created as 14LSX on the U2000, FEC/AFEC-2 is supported. When TN14LSX is created as
11LSX/12LSX on the U2000, FEC/AFEC is supported.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

889
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


l
Specification:
For the specification of each version, see 13.22.11 LSX Specifications.
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11LSX
TN12LSX
The TN12LSX can be created as LSX on the NMS. The former can substitute
for the latter, without any software upgrade. After substitution, the TN12LSX
functions as the TN11LSX.
NOTE
After the substitution, the TN12LSX board supports only Bit Transparent Mapping
(11.1G) for 10GE LAN services.
A board with PIN as the receiver type cannot substitute for a board with APD as the
receiver type, because their ranges of received optical power are different.
TN13LSX
NOTE
When both the receive board and transmit board adopt the FEC code pattern, the
substitution applies; when both the receive board and transmit board adopt the AFEC
code pattern, the substitution does not apply.
receiver type, because their ranges of receive optical power are different.
TN14LSX
NOTE
(11.1G) for 10GE LAN services. FEC coding is FEC/AFEC.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

890
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN12LSX
TN13LSX
The TN13LSX can be created as 12LSX on the NMS. The former can
TN13LSX functions as the TN12LSX.
NOTE
TN14LSX
The TN14LSX can be created as 12LSX on the NMS. The former can
TN14LSX functions as the TN12LSX.
NOTE
(11.1G) for 10GE LAN services. FEC coding is FEC/AFEC.
TN13LSX/
TN14LSX
None

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
The TN12LSX and TN14LSX

boards added the support for
optical modules 10 Gbit/s
Multirate-TX1330/
RX1270nm-10km-XFP and
10 Gbit/s Multirate-TX1270/
RX1330nm-10km-XFP.
Function enhancement: Boards support single-fiber


891
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
Added the application of the

TN12LSX board in the OptiX
OSN 8800 T16.
The function is enhanced.

Hardware Update
Added a description explaining

that the TN12LSX board does
not support the client-side
PRBS function when the board
is provisioned with STM-64
services.
Added the TN14LSX board.
The TN14LSX board is added to replace the TN11LSX or

TN12LSX board.

Hardware Update

the LSX board does not support
the test frame function.
13.22.3 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LSX board maps one channel of 10 Gbit/s service
signals into OTU2 or OTU2e signals and performs conversion between the 10 Gbit/s service
signal and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations.
For the position of the LSX board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-118.
Figure 13-118 Position of the LSX board in the WDM system
LSX
M
U
X IN
/
D OUT
M
U
X

1ODU2/ODU2e
M
U
OUT X
/
IN D
M
U
X
1OTU2/OTU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
1ODU2/ODU2e
10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/ RX
STM-64/
OC-192/ TX
OTU2/
OTU2e/
FC1200
LSX
10GE LAN/
10GE
WAN/
TX
STM-64/
RX OC-192/
OTU2/
OTU2e/
FC1200
892
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
The FC1200 service is only supported by the TN12LSX /TN13LSX/TN14LSX.

When an XFP module is used as a WDM-side module on the TN13LSX board, the TN13LSX board does
not support FC1200.
The OTU2e service is only supported by the TN13LSX/TN14LSX.

The LSX board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
Table 13-274 Functions and features of the LSX board
Function
and
Feature
Description
Basic
function
LSX converts signals as follows:

l 1 x 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2 <-> 1 x OTU2
l 1 x FC1200/10GE LAN/OTU2e <-> 1 x OTU2e
Client-side
service type

NOTE
The FC1200 service is only supported by the TN12LSX /TN13LSX/TN14LSX.
When an XFP module is used as a WDM-side module on the TN13LSX board, the
TN13LSX board does not support FC1200.
The OTU2e service is only supported by the TN13LSX/TN14LSX.
OTN
function

the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports PM and TCM non-intrusive monitoring for ODU2.
WDM
specification
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

893
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
Tunable
wavelength
function
ESC
function
Supported
PRBS test
function
LPT
function
is 10GE LAN.
FEC coding
TN11LSX/TN12LSX:

NOTE
The TN12LSX board supports the PRBS test function only when it is provisioned with
a client OTU2 service. The LSX boards of other versions support the PRBS the function
only when the boards are provisioned with client STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e
services.

client side, only when the client side service type is OTU2.
with ITU-T G.709.
l Supports advanced forward error correction (AFEC) on the WDM side
TN13LSX/TN14LSX:
client side, only when the client side service type is OTU2/OTU2e.
with ITU-T G.709.
l Supports advanced forward error correction (AFEC-2) on the WDM side
NOTE
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring

power of the laser.
LAN).
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

894
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
Regeneratio
n board
l The WDM-side signals from one TN11LSX/TN12LSX board can be

l The WDM-side signals from one TN13LSX/TN14LSX board can be
regenerated by another TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2/TN55NO2/
TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2 board.
ALS
function
Test frame
Not supported
Latency
measuremen
t
The TN14LSX board supports latency measurement. The bidirectional

latency at the ODUk layer between two tributary boards supporting the latency
measurement function can be measured, and the latency data is displayed on
the U2000.
NOTE
This function is not supported when the client-side service type is OTU2/OTU2e.
IEEE
1588v2
Not supported
Physical
clock
When the TN12LSX/TN13LSX/TN14LSX board receives 10GE LAN

services and the port mapping is Bit Transparent Mapping (11.1 G) or is Bit
NOTE
Only the TN12LSX supports Bit Transparent Mapping (10.7 G).
Opticallayer ASON
Supported by the TN12LSX/TN13LSX/TN14LSX
Not supported
Protection
scheme

QCP board).
Ethernet
service
mapping
mode
l TN11LSX: Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G), MAC Transparent Mapping

(10.7G), Bit Transparent Mapping(10.7G)
l TN12LSX: Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G), Bit Transparent Mapping
(10.7G)
l TN13LSX/TN14LSX: Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G), MAC
Transparent Mapping(10.7G)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

895
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
Port MTU
9600 bytes. That is, the maximum size of the supported Jumbo frame is 9600
bytes.
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
IEEE 802.3ae
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
(FC-PI)
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

896
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The LSX board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-119 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LSX.
Figure 13-119 Functional modules and signal flow of the LSX board
Client side
RX
TX
WDM side
SDH/SONET
encapsulation and
mapping module
O/E
E/O
Client-side
optical
module
Client-side OTN
processing module
10GE LAN
encapsulation and
mapping module
OTN
processing
module
FC
encapsulation and
mapping module
E/O
OUT
O/E
IN
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
NOTE
Only the TN12LSX/TN13LSX/TN14LSX board supports FC encapsulation and mapping module.
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the LSX board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LSX to the WDM side
of the LSX, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
equipment through the RX optical interface, and performs O/E conversion.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

897
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the signal processing module. OTU2/
OTU2e signals are sent to the client-side OTN processing module for performance
monitoring. Other types of signals are sent to different encapsulation and mapping modules
for encapsulation and mapping. In the end, operations such as the OTN framing and FEC
encoding are performed. Then, the module outputs one channel of OTU2/OTU2e electrical
signals.
The OTU2/OTU2e signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module. After performing E/
O conversion, the module sends out OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at DWDM wavelengths
l
Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives one channel of OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at
DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN optical interface.
The module performs operations such as OTU2/OTU2e framing, FEC decoding,
demapping, and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs one channel of
OC-192/STM-64/10GE LAN/10GE WAN/OTU2/OTU2e/FC1200 electrical signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of OC-192/STM-64/10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/OTU2/OTU2e/FC1200 electrical signals, and then outputs client-side optical
signals through the TX optical interface.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of OC-192/STM-64/10GE LAN/10GE
WAN/OTU2/OTU2e/FC1200 optical signals.
OC-192/STM-64/10GE LAN/10GE WAN/OTU2/OTU2e/FC1200 optical signals.


encapsulation and mapping module, client-side OTN processing module, FC encapsulation
and mapping module, and OTN processing module.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

898
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Encapsulates one channel of SDH/SONET signals and maps the signals into the OTU2/
OTU2e payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the SDH/
SONET performance monitoring function.
Encapsulates one channel of 10GE LAN signals and maps the signals into the OTU2/
OTU2e payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the 10GE
LAN performance monitoring function.
Encapsulates one channel of FC signals and maps the signals into the OTU2/OTU2e
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the FC performance
monitoring function.
l

Power supply module

13.22.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the LSX front panel.

Figure 13-120 and Figure 13-121 show the LSX front panel.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

899
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-120 Front panel of the TN11LSX/TN12LSX/TN13LSXT01/TN13LSXT02/

TN14LSX board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

900
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-121 Front panel of the TN13LSXB board
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

901
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-275 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LSX board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT
LC

multiplexer board.
TX
LC
RX
LC
Laser Hazard Level

13.22.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LSX board.
Valid Slots
Table 13-276 shows the valid slots for the TN11LSX board.
Table 13-276 Valid slots for the TN11LSX board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
Table 13-277 shows the valid slots for the TN12LSX board.
Table 13-277 Valid slots for the TN12LSX board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16

902
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
Table 13-278 shows the valid slots for the TN13LSX/TN14LSX board.
Table 13-278 Valid slots for the TN13LSX/TN14LSX board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
13.22.8 Characteristic Code for the LSX

Code for OTUs.


Table 13-279 Mapping between the physical ports on the LSX board and the port numbers
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Physical Port
IN/OUT
TX/RX

903
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE

For parameters of LSX, refer to Table 13-280.
Table 13-280 LSX parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

a board.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Service Type
None, 10GE LAN,

10GE WAN,FC-1200,
OC-192, OTU-2,
OTU-2E, STM-64
Default: 10GE LAN
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

NOTE
Only TN12LSX/TN13LSX/TN14LSX support
the FC-1200 service.
Only TN 13LSX/TN14LSX support the
OTU-2E service.

904
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Port Mapping
l TN11LSX: Bit
Transparent
Mapping(11.1G),
MAC Transparent
Mapping(10.7G),
Bit Transparent
Mapping(10.7G)

port.
See Port Mapping (WDM Interface) for
more information.
l TN12LSX: Bit
Transparent
Mapping(11.1G),
Bit Transparent
Mapping(10.7G)
l TN13LSX/
TN14LSX: Bit
Transparent
Mapping(11.1G),
MAC Transparent
Mapping(10.7G)
Default: Bit
Transparent Mapping
(11.1G)
Laser Status
Off, On
Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Disabled, Enabled
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: Enabled
Default: 0s
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

status of a board.
more information.
detects service interruption to the point
when ALS automatically shuts down the
related lasers.
NOTE
Only the TN13LSX/TN14LSX supports this
parameter.

905
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Turn-On
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

Default: 0s
ALS Auxiliary
Condition
FW_Defect,
BW_Client_R_LOS,
BW_WDM_Defect,
FW_ODUk_CSF
Default: FW_Defect

ALS automatically enables the related
lasers.
NOTE
parameter.

triggering ALS.
the laser on the client-side transmitter of
the local board must be shut down. For
FW_Defect.
BW_Client_R_LOS.
upstream board must be shut down. For
BW_WDM_Defect.
the laser on the client-side transmitter of
the local board must be shut down. For
FW_OPUk_CSF.
NOTE
Only the TN14LSX supports this parameter.
LPT Enabled
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Disabled
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

906
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Condition of Laser
Shutdown by LPT
REMOTE_FAULT,
None

condition.
Default:
REMOTE_FAULT
NOTE
l Only TN12LSX/TN13LSX/TN14LSX
supports this parameter.
l This parameter takes effect only when LPT
Enabled is set to Enabled.
l For the TN12LSX/TN13LSX/TN14LSX
boards, when routers support
REMOTE_FAULT as a switching
condition and the LSX boards are cascaded
on the client side, perform the following
operations:
l If the bit transparent transmission mode
is configured, set LPT Enabled to
Shutdown by LPT to None, no matter
whether a protection scheme is
configured or not.
mode and client-side 1+1 protection are
Shutdown by LPT to None. The nonprotection scenario of MAC transparent
NOTE
The TN12LSX board supports only the bit
transparent transmission mode.
FEC Working State
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

the receive end. Otherwise, this parameter
is invalid.
FEC Mode
FEC, AFEC
Default: FEC

must be the same.
AFEC when you set Service Type to 10GE
LAN and Port Mapping to Bit
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

907
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
AFEC Grade
1, 2, 3

Default: 3
NOTE
parameter.
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Band Type
Tunable
Wavelength Range

Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.10
0

l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.17
0 to
18/1611.00/188.78
0

NOTE
Default: /
Planned Band Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

wavelength.
NOTE
SD Trigger
Condition
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

resides.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

908
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled

GCC2 in OTN overheads. If the processing
is not required, set this parameter to
Enabled; otherwise, set it to Disabled.
Default: Disabled
NOTE
PRBS Test Status
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Disabled

interrupted.
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

NOTE
Only TN13LSX/TN14LSX supports this
parameter.
13.22.11 LSX Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

909
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
ClientSide
Fixed
Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side Fixed
Optical Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
TN
11L
SX
N/A
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmXFP
800 ps/nm-C Band (odd

& even wavelengths)Fixed WavelengthNRZ-PIN
N/A
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80 kmXFP
-0.3 km-XFP

TN
12L
SX
N/A
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80 kmXFP
-0.3 km-XFP
RX1270nm-10kmXFP
RX1330nm-10kmXFP
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

N/A


910
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
ClientSide
Fixed
Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side Fixed
Optical Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
TN
13L
SX
N/A
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 kmXFP
800 ps/nm-C Band

(Odd & Even
Wavelengths)-Fixed
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80 kmXFP


-0.3 km-XFP
800 ps/nm-C Band
(Odd & Even
Wavelengths)-Fixed
TN
14L
SX
N/A
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80 kmXFP
-0.3 km-XFP

N/A

RX1270nm-10kmXFP
RX1330nm-10kmXFP
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

911
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
point.

NOTE
The 10 Gbit/s multirate 10 km-XFP module, 10 Gbit/s multirate 40 km-XFP module, and 10 Gbit/s multirate
80 km-XFP module can be used to access OC-192, STM-64, 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, FC1200, and OTU2/
OTU2e signals.
The 10 Gbit/s single-rate 0.3 km-XFP module can be used to access 10GE LAN and FC1200 signals.
Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
SLM
SLM
SLM
MLM
Target
transmissio
n distance
10 km (6.2 mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
0.3 km (0.2
mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1290 to 1330
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
840 to 860
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-1
-1.3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-6
-4.7
-7.3
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2

912
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
30
30
30
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
30
Eye pattern
mask
G.691-compliant

Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
APD
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1260 to 1565
1260 to 1605
1270 to 1600
840 to 860
Receiver
sensitivity
(multirate)a
dBm
-11
-14
-24
-7.5
Receiver
sensitivity
(10GE
LAN)
dBm
-14.4
-15.8
-24
-7.5
Minimum
receiver
overload
(10GE
LAN)
dBm
0.5
-1
-7
-1
Minimum
receiver
overload
(STM-64)a
dBm
-1
-1
-7
-1
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-12
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

913
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


wavelengths, fixed wavelength)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ

power
dBm

power
dBm
-3
dB
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz
10

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1200 to 1650

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
The 10 Gbit/s Multirate-TX1330/RX1270nm-10km-XFP and 10 Gbit/s Multirate-TX1270/

RX1330nm-10km-XFP optical module can be used to access 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, STM-64,
OC-192, OTU2, OTU2e, and FC1200 signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

914
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-283 Client-side pluggable 10G optical module specifications (single-fiber

bidirectional transmissions)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
RX1270nm-10kmXFP
RX1330nm-10kmXFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
km
10
10

range
nm
1320 to 1340
1260 to 1280
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-5
-5
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
3.5
3.5
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
PIN
range
nm
1260 to 1280
1320 to 1340
dBm
-14
-14
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
0.5
0.5

915
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
800 ps/nm-C Band
(odd & even
wavelengths)-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZPIN
NRZ
NRZ

power
dBm

power
dBm
-3
-3
dB
10
10
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.05
192.10 to 196.05
GHz
10

width
nm
0.3
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
35
ps/nm
800
800
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1200 to 1650

(FEC on)
dBm
-16
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27

PIN
916
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Line code
format
Value
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthNRZPIN
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavele
ngthNRZAPD
4800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthODBAPD
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-(D)RZPIN
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-NRZPIN
NRZ
NRZ
ODB
(D)RZ
NRZ

Maximum
mean launched
power
dBm
Minimum
mean launched
power
dBm
-3
-3
-3
-3
-3
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
10
10
N/Aa
10
10
Center
frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.05
Center
frequency
deviation
GHz
Maximum -20
dB spectral
width
nm
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
Minimum side
mode
suppression
ratio
dB
35
35
35
35
35
Dispersion
tolerance
ps/
nm
1200
1200
4800
800
800
APD
PIN
PIN
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1200 to 1650
APD

917
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthNRZPIN
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavele
ngthNRZAPD
4800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthODBAPD
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-(D)RZPIN
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-NRZPIN
Receiver
sensitivity,
EOL (FEC on)
dBm
-16
-26
-26
-16
-16
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-9
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

power
dBm

power
dBm
-3
dB
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz
10
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

918
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

power
dBm

power
dBm
-1
dB
10
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz

width
nm
0.3

919
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight:
TN11LSX: 1.3 kg (2.9 lb.)
TN12LSX: 1.4 kg (3.1 lb.)
TN13LSX: 1.1 kg (2.4 lb.)
TN14LSX: 1.2 kg (2.6 lb.)
Power Consumption
Boar
d
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona
(W)
TN1
1LS
X

47.7
50.1

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

920
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona
(W)

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
47.9
50.9

49.7
52.7

Wavelength-ODB-APD
52.7
55.7

30.5
36.6
30.7
36.8

32.5
39

Wavelength-ODB-APD
35.5
42.6

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
29.4
32.8

29.5
33.9

27
30.4

28
31.4

27
30

Wavelength-NRZ-APD
TN1
2LS
X

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
TN1
3LS
X
TN1
4LS
X

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

921
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona
(W)
13.23 LSXL
LSXL: 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board

The available functional versions of the LSXL board are TN11, TN12, and TN15.

Huawei office.
Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11L
SX
L
TN
12L
SX
L
TN
15L
SX
L
Variants
The difference between the LSXL board variants lies in the WDM-side optical module.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

922
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-288 Available variants of the TN12LSXL board

Variant
T01
T03
Table 13-289 Available variants of the TN15LSXL board

Variant
T01
60000 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-ePDM-BPSK-PIN

l
Function:
Board
Coherent System
FEC Encoding
OTU3 services on
client-side
TN11LSXL
FEC/AFEC
TN12LSXL
FEC/AFEC
TN15LSXL
HFEC

l
Appearance:
The LSXL boards of TN11, TN12, and TN15 versions use different front panels. For
details, see 13.23.6 Front Panel.
Specification:
For the specification of each version, see 13.23.10 LSXL Specifications.
The LSXL boards of different versions cannot replace each other.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

923
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
Added the TN15LSXL board.
The 40G coherent OTU board is added.
13.23.3 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LSXL board converts between one channel of
STM-256/OC-768/OTU3 signals and OTU3 signals that comply with ITU-T G.694.1
Recommendations. The TN15LSXL board uses coherent receive technology. Therefore, the
board is intended for coherent systems.
For the position of the LSXL board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-122.
Figure 13-122 Position of the LSXL board in the WDM system
LSXL
IN
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
IN
OUT
TX
1ODU3
OUT
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1OTU3
1OTU3
1ODU3
RX
STM-256/
OC-768/ TX
OTU3
LSXL
RX
STM-256/
OC-768/
OTU3
NOTE
l Client-side service types of the TN11LSXL board are STM-256 and OC-768.
l Client-side service types of the TN12LSXL/TN15LSXL board are STM-256, OC-768, and OTU3.

The LSXL board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
Table 13-290 Functions and features of the LSXL board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
LSXL converts signals as follows:

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

924
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Client-side
service type

NOTE
Only TN12LSXL/TN15LSXL support OTU3 services.
OTN function

to the ITU-T G.709.
l ODU3 layer: supports the PM and TCM function, and PM and TCM
WDM
specification
Tunable
wavelength
function
l 40 wavelengths in C-band with the channel spacing of 100 GHz
ESC function
Supported
PRBS test
function
l TN11LSXL:
Not supported.
l 80 wavelengths in C-band with the channel spacing of 50 GHz
l TN12LSXL:
l TN15LSXL:
NOTE
The PRBS function of TN12LSXL on the client side is supported only when the
client-side service type is STM-256/OC-768.
LPT function
Not supported
FEC coding
TN11LSXL/TN12LSXL:
l Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the WDM side that
complies with ITU-T G.709.
l Supports advanced forward error correction (AFEC) on the WDM
side that complies with ITU-T G.975.1.
TN15LSXL:
l Supports HFEC on the WDM side.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

925
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring

power of the laser.
Regeneration
board
The WDM-side signals of the TN11LSXL board can be regenerated by

a TN11LSXLR board.
a TN12LSXLR board.
a TN55NS3/TN56NS3 board.
ALS function
Supports the ALS function on the client side when client services are
non-OTN services.
Test frame
Not supported
Latency
measurement
Not supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Supported by the TN12LSXL/TN15LSXL.
Electrical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Protection
scheme
TN11LSXL:
TN12LSXL:
DCP/QCP board).
TN15LSXL:
DCP/QCP board).
Loopback
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Client
side
Inloop
l Not supported by the TN11LSXL
Outloop
l Supported by the TN12LSXL/

TN15LSXL
WDM
side
Inloop
Supported

926
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Outloop
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protoc
ols or
standar
ds for
transpa
rent
transmi
ssion
(nonperfor
mance
monito
ring)
ITU-T G.707
Protoc
ols or
standar
ds for
service
process
ing
(perfor
mance
monito
ring)
ITU-T G.805
Supported
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LSXL board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-123 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN11LSXL.
Figure 13-124 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN12LSXL and
TN15LSXL.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

927
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-123 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN11LSXL board
WDM side
Client side
RX
TX
O/E
E/O
SDH/SONET
encapsulation
and mapping
module
Client-side
optical
module
E/O
OTN
processing
module
OUT
O/E
IN
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
928
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-124 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN12LSXL/TN15LSXL board
Client side
RX
TX
O/E
E/O
SDH/SONET
encapsulation and
mapping module
WDM side
E/O
OTN
processing
module
O/E
Client-side OTN
processing module
Client-side
optical
module
OUT
IN
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the LSXL board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LSXL to the WDM side
of the LSXL, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the signal processing module. OTU3
signals are sent to the client-side OTN processing module for performance monitoring.
Other types of signals are sent to different encapsulation and mapping modules for
encapsulation and mapping. In the end, operations such as the OTN framing and FEC
encoding are performed. Then, the module outputs one channel of OTU3 electrical signals.
Receive direction
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

929
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

module performs operations such as OTU3 framing, FEC decoding, demapping, and
decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs one channel of STM-256/OC-768/
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the one channel of electrical
signals, and then outputs one channel of client-side optical signals through the TX optical
interface.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of STM-256/OC-768/OTU3 optical
signals.
STM-256/OC-768/OTU3 optical signals.


The module consists of an SDH/SONET encapsulation and mapping module, a client-side

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

930
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power supply module

13.23.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LSXL board.

Figure 13-125, Figure 13-126 and Figure 13-127 show the front panel of the LSXL board.
Figure 13-125 Front panel of the TN11LSXL board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

931
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

932
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
If the equipment is installed in a Huawei cabinet, the board can only use G.657A2 fibers; otherwise, the fibers
will be pressed by the cabinet door. If the cabinet door is not required or if the equipment is installed in a thirdparty cabinet whose door does not press the fibers, there is no restriction on the fiber type.
Indicators
l

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

933
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 13-291 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LSXL board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT
LC

multiplexer board.
TX
LC
RX
LC
Laser Hazard Level

13.23.7 Valid Slots

Four slots house one TN11LSXL board. Three slots house one TN12LSXL/TN15LSXL board.
Table 13-292 shows the valid slots for the TN11LSXL board.
Table 13-292 Valid slots for the TN11LSXL board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU14
NOTE
The rear connector of the TN11LSXL is mounted to the backplane along the left slot in the subrack.
Therefore, the slot number of the TN11LSXL board displayed on the NMS is the number of the left one
of the four slots.
For example, if slots IU1, IU2, IU3, and IU4 house the TN11LSXL board, the slot number of the
TN11LSXL board displayed on the NMS is IU1.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

934
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Product
Valid Slots

IU63-IU68
IU3-IU16
IU3-IU17
NOTE
The rear connector of the TN12LSXL is mounted to the backplane along the right slot in the subrack.
Therefore, the slot number of the TN12LSXL board displayed on the NMS is the number of the right one
of the three slots.
For example, if slots IU1, IU2, and IU3 house the TN12LSXL board, the slot number of the TN12LSXL
board displayed on the NMS is IU3.
Product
Valid Slots

IU62-IU67
IU2-IU7, IU12-IU17
IU2-IU15
IU2-IU16
NOTE
The rear connector of the TN15LSXL is mounted to the backplane along the middle slot in the subrack.
Therefore, the slot number of the TN15LSXL board displayed on the NMS is the number of the middle
one of the three slots.
For example, if slots IU1, IU2, and IU3 house the TN15LSXL board, the slot number of the TN15LSXL
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

935
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Table 13-295 Mapping between the physical ports on the LSXL board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN/OUT
TX/RX
NOTE

For parameters of LSXL, refer to Table 13-296.
Table 13-296 LSXL parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

936
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused

board.
Default: Used

for the port.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

Service Type
Laser Status
None, OC-768,
OTU-3, STM-256

Default: STM-256
NOTE
Only the TN12LSXL/TN15LSXL supports the
OTU-3 services.
Off, On

status of a board.
Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

information.
board are lost.

937
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
ALS Auxiliary
Condition
FW_Defect,
BW_Client_R_LO
S,
BW_WDM_Defect
, FW_OPUk_CSF

ALS.
Default:
FW_Defect

FW_OPUk_CSF.
NOTE
Only TN12LSXL/TN15LSXL supports this
parameter.
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms,
500ms, 600ms,
700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

disabling lasers.
NOTE
Only TN15LSXL supports this parameter.
Default: 0s
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

938
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Turn-On
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms,
500ms, 600ms,
700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

enabling lasers.
NOTE
Only TN15LSXL supports this parameter.
Default: 0s
FEC Working State
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

invalid.
FEC Mode
TN11LSXL/
TN12LSXL:

l FEC, AFEC

must be the same.
l Default: AFEC
TN15LSXL:
l HFEC

l Default: HFEC
Receive Wavelength
l C:
1/1529.16/196.0
50 to
80/1560.61/192.
100
l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.
170 to
18/1611.00/188.
780
Default: /

use the default value so that the receive
NOTE
For ASON services, this parameter must be set to
the default value.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

939
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Receive Band Type
C, CWDM

for the board.
Default: C
NOTE
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Band Type
Tunable
Wavelength Range

on the board.
Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.0
50 to
80/1560.61/192.
100

l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.
170 to
18/1611.00/188.
780

NOTE
Default: /
Planned Band Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

wavelength.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

940
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
l TN12LSXL:

Enabled,
Disabled
Default:
Disabled
l TN15LSXL:
NOTE
parameter.
Disabled,
GCC1
+GCC2
Enabled,
Only GCC1
Enabled,
Only GCC2
Enabled
Default:
Disabled
SD Trigger
Condition
B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

switching trigger conditions of the protection
group in which this OTU board resides.
NOTE
parameter.
PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

status of a board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

941
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled

Default: Disabled
NOTE
parameter.
13.23.10 LSXL Specifications

Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable
Optical
Module
WDM-Side Fixed
Optical Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable
Optical
Module
TN
11L
SX
L
40 Gbit/s
Multirate-2 km
N/A
N/A
TN
12L
SX
L
40 Gbit/s
Multirate-2 km
TN
15L
SX
L
40 Gbit/s
Multirate-2 km
400 ps/nm-C BandTunable Wavelength-(D)

RZ-PIN
N/A
N/A

N/A
60000 ps/nm-C BandTunable WavelengthePDM-BPSK-PIN
N/A
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

942
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
point.

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
2 km (1.2 mi.)
nm
1530 to 1565
dBm
dBm
dB
8.2
ps/nm
40
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1290 to 1570
dBm
-6
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

943
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 13-298 WDM-side fixed optical module specifications (tunable wavelengths, 500 ps/nm,
400 ps/nm)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Line code format
Value
500 ps/nm-C
Band-Tunable
WavelengthDQPSK-PIN
500 ps/nm-C
Band-Tunable
WavelengthODB-PIN
400 ps/nm-C
Band-Tunable
Wavelength(D)RZ-PIN
DQPSK
ODB
(D)RZ

Operating frequency
range
THz
192.10 to 196.05
192.10 to 196.05
192.10 to 196.00
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-5
-5
-5
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
N/A
8.2
8.2
Center frequency
deviation
GHz
2.5
2.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
N/A
0.6
Maximum -3 dB
spectral width
nm
0.3
N/A
N/A
ps/nm
500
500
400
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength range
nm
1529 to 1561
1529 to 1561
1529 to 1561
EOL (FEC on)
dBm
-16
-16
-16
Minimum receiver
overload (FEC on)
dBm
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27

944
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-299 WDM-side fixed optical module specifications (tunable wavelengths, 60000 ps/
nm)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
ePDM-BPSK

Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

power
dBm
-5
GHz
2.5
width
nm
0.35
ps/nm
60000

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561
dBm
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
TN11LSXL
l
mm (8.7 in.)
TN12LSXL
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight: 3.75 kg (8.27 lb.)
TN15LSXL
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

945
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption
(W)
Maximum
Power
Consumptiona
(W)
TN11LS
XL

103.0
110.0

Wavelength-ODB-PIN
98.0
101.0

Wavelength-ODB-PIN
74.0
81.0

84.0
94.0

Wavelength-ePDM-BPSK-PIN
140.0
155.0
TN12LS
XL
TN15LS
XL
13.24 LSXLR
LSXLR: 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay board

The available functional version of the LSXLR board are TN11 and TN12.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

946
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN1
1LS
XLR
TN1
2LS
XLR
Variants
Table 13-300 Available variants of the TN12LSXLR board
Variant
T01
T03

l
Function:
Board
OTU3e services
TN11LSXLR
TN12LSXLR

l
Appearance:
The TN11LSXLR and TN12LSXLR versions use different front panels. For details, see
13.24.5 Front Panel.
Specification:
For the specification of each version, see 13.24.9 LSXLR Specifications.
The LSXLR boards of different versions cannot replace each other.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

947
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.24.2 Application
The LSXLR board is used in an electrical REG station in the system to implement electrical
regeneration of OTU3/OTU3e optical signals.
For the position of the LSXLR board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-128.
Figure 13-128 Position of the LSXLR board in the WDM system
LSXLR
1OTU3/OTU3e
1OTU3/OTU3e
DMUX
IN
OUT
MUX
LSXLR
OUT
1OTU3/OTU3e
1OTU3/OTU3e
MUX
IN
DMUX

The LSXLR board is used to achieve wavelength tunable, and to provide OTN interfaces and
ESC.
Table 13-301 Functions and features of the LSXLR board
Function
and
Feature
Description
Basic
function
The board is used in an electrical REG station in the system to implement

electrical regeneration of optical signals.
Regenerati
ng rate

NOTE
Only TN12LSXLR supports OTU3e service.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

948
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
OTN
function

l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by complying with
the ITU-T G.709.
l ODU3 layer: supports the PM and TCM function, and PM and TCM nonintrusive monitoring functions.
WDM
specificati
on
Tunable
wavelengt
h function
ESC
function
Supported
PRBS test
function
Not supported
LPT
function
Not supported
FEC
coding

WDM side.

l Supports ITU-T G.975.1-compliant advanced forward error correction

(AFEC) on the WDM side.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Alarms
and
performan
ce events
monitorin
g
ALS
function
Not supported
Test frame
Not supported
Latency
measurem
ent
Not supported

l Monitors parameters such as the bias current, temperature, and optical power
of the laser.

949
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
Opticallayer
ASON
Supported
Electricallayer
ASON
Not supported
Protection
scheme
Not supported
Protocols
or
standards
complianc
e
Protocols or standards for transparent

transmission (non-performance
monitoring)

processing (performance monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LSXLR board consists of the optical receiving module, optical transmitting module, signal
Figure 13-129 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LSXLR board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

950
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-129 Functional modules and signal flow of the LSXLR board
WDM side
IN
Decoding
module
O/E
Optical
receiving
module
Overhead
module
WDM side
Encoding
module
E/O
OUT
Optical
transmitting
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
The LSXLR board implements the regeneration of one channel of unidirectional optical signals.
The wavelengths at the receive and transmit ends of the board are OTU3/OTU3e optical signals
at DWDM standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1.
The optical receiving module receives the optical signals to be regenerated through the IN
interface, and performs O/E conversion.
The signal processing module performs decoding, overhead processing and encoding of signals.
During the process, the reshaping, regenerating and retiming based on electrical signals are
performed, and the signals are encapsulated into OTN frames.
After encoding, the signals are sent to an optical transmitting module. After performing E/O
conversion, the module transmits OTU3/OTU3e signals at DWDM standard wavelengths that
comply with ITU-T G.694.1.
The optical signals are output through the OUT interface.
Module Function
l
Optical receiving module

Performs O/E conversion of OTU3/OTU3e optical signals at DWDM standard
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

951
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


l
Optical transmitting module

Performs E/O conversion from the internal electrical signals to OTU3/OTU3e optical
signals at DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1.
The signal processing module

The module consists of the decoding module, overhead module, and encoding module.
Decoding module
Performs the FEC decoding of OTU3/OTU3e signals, and monitors the performance of
WDM-side services.
Encoding module
Performs the FEC encoding of OTU3/OTU3e signals.
Overhead module
Performs overhead processing of OTU3/OTU3e signals, and monitors the performance
of WDM-side services.

Power supply module

13.24.5 Front Panel

There are indicators, and interfaces on the front panel of the LSXLR board.

Figure 13-130 and Figure 13-131 show the front panel of the LSXLR board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

952
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-130 Front panel of the TN11LSXLR board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

953
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-131 Front panel of the TN12LSXLR board
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

954
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-302 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LSXLR board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT
LC

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

13.24.6 Valid Slots

Four slots house one TN11LSXLR board. Two slots house one TN12LSXLR board.
Table 13-303 shows the valid slots for the TN11LSXLR board.
Table 13-303 Valid slots for the TN11LSXLR board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU14
The rear connector of the TN11LSXLR is mounted to the backplane along the left slot in the
subrack. Therefore, the slot number of the TN11LSXLR board displayed on the NM is the
number of the left one of the four slots.
For example, if slots IU1, IU2, IU3, and IU4 house the TN11LSXLR board, the slot number of
the TN11LSXLR board displayed on the NM is IU1.
When the TN11LSXLR boards serve as regeneration boards, follow the principles below to
install them in the case of ESC communication; otherwise, install them in any valid slots.
The TN11LSXLR boards for transmitting and receiving the same wavelength must be installed
in slots IU1 and IU5, IU9 and IU13.
Table 13-304 shows the valid slots for the TN12LSXLR board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

955
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-304 Valid slots for the TN12LSXLR board

Product
Valid Slots

IU62-IU68
IU2-IU16
IU2-IU17
The rear connector of the TN12LSXLR board is mounted to the backplane along the right slot
in the subrack. Therefore, the slot number of the TN12LSXLR board displayed on the NM is
the number of the right one of the two slots.
For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the TN12LSXLR board, the slot number of the
TN12LSXLR board displayed on the NM is IU2.
When the TN12LSXLR boards serve as regeneration boards, follow the principles below to
install them in the case of ESC communication; otherwise, install them in any valid slots.
l
OptiX OSN 8800 T64: The TN12LSXLR boards for transmitting and receiving the same
wavelength must be installed in slots IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU12 and IU14, IU16 and
IU18, IU20 and IU22, IU24 and IU26, IU28 and IU30, IU32 and IU34, IU36 and IU38,
IU40 and IU42, IU46 and IU48, IU50 and IU52, IU54 and IU56, IU58 and IU60, IU62 and
IU64, or IU66 and IU68.
OptiX OSN 8800 T32: The TN12LSXLR boards for transmitting and receiving the same
IU19, IU21 and IU23, IU25 and IU27, IU30 and IU32, or IU34 and IU36.
OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack: The TN12LSXLR boards for transmitting
and receiving the same wavelength must be installed in slots IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8,
IU10 and IU12, or IU14 and IU16.
OptiX OSN 6800: The TN12LSXLR boards for transmitting and receiving the same
wavelength must be installed in slots IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU10 and IU12, or IU14
and IU16.


Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

956
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-305 Mapping between the physical ports on the LSXLR board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN/OUT
NOTE

For parameters of the LSXLR, refer to Table 13-306.
Table 13-306 LSXLR parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

channel of a board.
moment.
Laser Status
Off, On
Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

status of a board.
more information.

957
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Enable AutoSensing
Disabled, Enabled
Enables or disables rate auto sensing for

the board.
Default: Enabled
l When this parameter is set to

Enabled, the board can auto adapt to
the rate of received signals, which
means users do not need to manually
set the line rate for the board.
l When it is set to Disabled, users have
to manually set the line rate for the
board based on the rate of the actual
signal rate. If the specified line rate
mismatches the actual signal rate,
services will be unavailable.
NOTE
In the case of ASON services, this parameter
FEC Working
State
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

FEC Mode
FEC, AFEC
Default: FEC

must be the same.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

958
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Receive
Wavelength
l C: 1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.100

requirements when setting this parameter:
l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.170
to
18/1611.00/188.780

same as the transmit wavelength of the
board, use the default value so that the
receive wavelength automatically
keeps the same as the transmit
wavelength.
Default: /

board, set this parameter to a value that
is same as the transmit wavelength of
the remote board; otherwise, services
carried by the wavelength will be
interrupted.
NOTE
For ASON services, this parameter must be set
to the default value.
Receive Band Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

NOTE
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Band Type
Tunable
Wavelength Range

Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
l C: 1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.100

l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.170
to
18/1611.00/188.780

Default: /
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
NOTE

959
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Planned Band Type
C, CWDM

wavelength.
Default: C

NOTE
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

Disabled.
NOTE
Only TN12LSXLR supports this parameter.
PMD Threshold
(ps)
Displays the PMD threshold of the board.
Board Mode
Electrical Relay Mode,

Optical Relay Mode
Specifies the board mode depending on

the service application scenario.
Default: Electrical Relay

Mode
NOTE
When optical-layer and electrical-layer
ASON are enabled, it does not matter whether
the Board Mode parameter is set to Optical
Relay Mode or Electrical Relay mode. The
parameter must be set to Optical Relay
Mode for the line board in a non-ASON
system; otherwise, end-to-end management of
services is not available.
13.24.9 LSXLR Specifications

Board
WDM-Side Pluggable
Optical Module
TN11LS
XLR
500 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-ODBPIN
N/A
400 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-(D)RZPIN

TN12LS
XLR
500 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable WavelengthDQPSK-PIN
N/A
500 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-ODBPIN
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

960
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
NOTE
point.

Table 13-307 WDM-side fixed optical module specifications (tunable wavelengths, 500 ps/nm,
400 ps/nm)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Line code format
Value
500 ps/nm-C
Band-Tunable
WavelengthDQPSK-PIN
500 ps/nm-C
Band-Tunable
WavelengthODB-PIN
400 ps/nm-C
Band-Tunable
Wavelength(D)RZ-PIN
DQPSK
ODB
(D)RZ

Operating frequency
range
THz
192.10 to 196.05
192.10 to 196.05
192.10 to 196.00
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-5
-5
-5
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
N/A
8.2
8.2
Center frequency
deviation
GHz
2.5
2.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
N/A
0.6
Maximum -3 dB
spectral width
nm
0.3
N/A
N/A
ps/nm
500
500
400
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength range
nm
1529 to 1561
1529 to 1561
1529 to 1561

961
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Value
500 ps/nm-C
Band-Tunable
WavelengthDQPSK-PIN
500 ps/nm-C
Band-Tunable
WavelengthODB-PIN
400 ps/nm-C
Band-Tunable
Wavelength(D)RZ-PIN
EOL (FEC on)
dBm
-16
-16
-16
Minimum receiver
overload (FEC on)
dBm
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
TN11LSXLR
l
mm (8.7 in.)
TN12LSXLR
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona
(W)
TN11
LSXL
R

87.0
90.0

Wavelength-ODB-PIN
82.0
85.0
TN12
LSXL
R

75.0
79.0

Wavelength-ODB-PIN
67.0
70.0
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

962
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.25 LSXR
LSXR: 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay board

The available functional version of the LSXR board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11L
SX
R
Variants
Table 13-308 Available variants of the TN11LSXR board
Variant
01M02
01M03
01M04
T02
T03
T04
T05
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

963
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.25.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LSXR board is used in an electrical REG station in the
system to implement electrical regeneration of OTU2/OTU2e optical signals.
For the position of the LSXR board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-132.
Figure 13-132 Position of the LSXR board in the WDM system
LSXR
1OTU2/OTU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
DMUX
IN
OUT
MUX
LSXR
OUT
1OTU2/OTU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
MUX
IN
DMUX

The LSXR is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable, and to provide OTN interfaces and
ESC.
Table 13-309 Functions and features of the LSXR board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function
and
Feature
Description
Basic
function

Regenerati
ng rate


964
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
OTN
function

l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by referring to the
ITU-T G.709.
WDM
specificati
on
Tunable
wavelengt
h function
ESC
function
Supported
PRBS test
function
Not supported
LPT
function
Not supported
FEC
coding

WDM side.

l Supports ITU-T G.975.1-compliant advanced forward error correction

(AFEC) on the WDM side.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Alarms
and
performan
ce events
monitorin
g
ALS
function
Not supported
Test frame
Not supported
Latency
measurem
ent
Not supported

of the laser.

965
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
Opticallayer
ASON
Supported
Electricallayer
ASON
Not supported
Protection
scheme
Not supported
Protocols
or
standards
complianc
e

monitoring)

ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LSXR board consists of the optical receiving module, optical transmitting module, signal
Figure 13-133 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LSXR board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

966
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-133 Functional modules and signal flow of the LSXR board
WDM side
IN
Decoding
module
O/E
Optical
receiving
module
Overhead
module
WDM side
Encoding
module
E/O
OUT
Optical
transmitting
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
The LSXR board implements the regeneration of one channel of unidirectional optical signals.
The signals at the receive and transmit ends of the board are OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at
DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1.
After being encoded, the signals are sent to the optical transmitting module. After performing
E/O conversion, the module sends out OTU2/OTU2e signals at DWDM wavelengths that
Module Function
l

Performs O/E conversion of OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at DWDM wavelengths that
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

967
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


l

Performs E/O conversion from the internal electrical signals to OTU2/OTU2e optical
signals at DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1.
The signal processing module

The module consists of the decoding module, overhead module, and encoding module.
Decoding module
Performs the FEC decoding of OTU2/OTU2e signals, and monitors the performance of
WDM-side services.
Encoding module
Performs the FEC encoding of OTU2/OTU2e signals.
Overhead module
Performs overhead processing of OTU2/OTU2e signals, and monitors the performance
of WDM-side services.

Power supply module

13.25.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LSXR.

Figure 13-134 shows the front panel of the LSXR.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

968
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-134 Front panel of the LSXR
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

969
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-310 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LSXR board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT
LC

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

13.25.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LSXR board.
Table 13-311 shows the valid slots for the LSXR board.
Table 13-311 Valid slots for LSXR board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
When the LSXR boards serve as regeneration boards, follow the principles below to install them
in the case of ESC communication; otherwise, install them in any valid slots.
l
OptiX OSN 8800 T64: The LSXR boards for transmitting and receiving the same
IU8, IU11 and IU12, IU13 and IU14, IU15 and IU16, IU17 and IU18, IU19 and IU20, IU21
and IU22, IU23 and IU24, IU25 and IU26, IU27 and IU28, IU29 and IU30, IU31 and IU32,
IU57 and IU58, IU59 and IU60, IU61 and IU62, IU63 and IU64, IU65 and IU66, or IU67
and IU68.
OptiX OSN 8800 T32: The LSXR boards for transmitting and receiving the same
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

970
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

or IU35 and IU36.
l
OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack: The LSXR boards for transmitting and
receiving the same wavelength must be installed in slots IU1 and IU2, IU3 and IU4, IU5
and IU6, IU7 and IU8, IU9 and IU10, IU11 and IU12, IU13 and IU14, IU13 and IU14, or
IU15 and IU16.
OptiX OSN 6800: The LSXR boards for transmitting and receiving the same wavelength
must be installed in slots IU1 and IU2, IU3 and IU4, IU5 and IU6, IU7 and IU8, IU9 and
IU10, IU11 and IU12, IU13 and IU14, or IU15 and IU16.
13.25.7 Characteristic Code for the LSXR

Code for OTUs.


Table 13-312 Mapping between the physical ports on the LSXR board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN/OUT
NOTE

For parameters of the LSXR, refer to Table 13-313.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

971
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-313 LSXR parameters

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

channel of a board.
moment.
Laser Status
Off, On
Default: On

status of a board.
more information.
Enable AutoSensing
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

the board.
Enabled, the board automatically
determines its FEC Mode and Line
Rate for the received signals, which
set them.
to manually set FEC Mode and Line
Rate for the board and the specified
line rate must be consistent with the
received service. Otherwise, the
service will be unavailable.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

972
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
FEC Working
State
Disabled, Enabled

Default: Enabled

FEC Mode
FEC, AFEC
Default: FEC

must be the same.
NOTE
This parameter can be set only when Enable
Auto-Sensing is set to Disabled
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Band Type
Tunable
Wavelength Range

Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050 to
80/1560.61/192.100

l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.170
to
18/1611.00/188.780

Default: /
Planned Band Type
C, CWDM
Default: C
NOTE

wavelength.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

973
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled

Disabled.
Line Rate
Standard Mode, Speedup

Mode
Specifies the line rate of OTN signals.
Default: Standard Mode
NOTE
This parameter can be set only when Enable
Auto-Sensing is set to Disabled

Optical Relay Mode

Default: Electrical Relay

Mode
NOTE
When optical-layer and electrical-layer ASON
are enabled, it does not matter whether the
Board Mode parameter is set to Optical
Relay Mode or Electrical Relay mode. The
parameter must be set to Optical Relay
Mode for the line board in a non-ASON
system; otherwise, end-to-end management of
Board Mode
Default: Disabled
See Line Rate for more information.
13.25.10 LSXR Specifications

Board
WDM-Side Pluggable Optical

Module
TN11L
SXR

wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZPIN
N/A

1200 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable WavelengthNRZ-PIN
4800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable WavelengthODB-APD
800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength(D)RZ-PIN
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

974
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
NOTE
point.

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
800 ps/nm-C Band
(odd & even
wavelengths)-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZPIN
NRZ
NRZ

power
dBm

power
dBm
-3
-3
dB
10
10
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.05
192.10 to 196.05
GHz
10

width
nm
0.3
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
35
ps/nm
800
800
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1200 to 1650

(FEC on)
dBm
-16
-16
dBm

PIN
975
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Maximum reflectance
dB
Value
800 ps/nm-C Band
(odd & even
wavelengths)-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZPIN
-27
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Line code format
Value
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelengt
h-NRZPIN
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelengt
h-NRZAPD

Wavelengt
h-ODBAPD
800 ps/nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelength(D)RZ-PIN
NRZ
NRZ
ODB
(D)RZ

Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-3
-3
-3
-3
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
10
10
N/Aa
10
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.05
Center frequency
deviation
GHz
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
Minimum side
mode suppression
ratio
dB
35
35
35
35
Dispersion
tolerance
ps/nm
1200
1200
4800
800
APD
APD
PIN

Receiver type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
PIN

976
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Value
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelengt
h-NRZPIN
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelengt
h-NRZAPD

Wavelengt
h-ODBAPD
800 ps/nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelength(D)RZ-PIN
Operating
wavelength range
nm
1200 to 1650
Receiver
sensitivity, EOL
(FEC on)
dBm
-16
-26
-26
-16
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-9
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight: 1.2 kg. (2.6 lb)
Power Consumption
Boar
d
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN1
1LS
XR

34.8
37.8
35.0
38.0
36.8
39.8

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

977
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)

Wavelength-ODB-APD
39.8
42.8
13.26 LTX
LTX: 10-Port 10Gbit/s Service Multiplexing & Optical Wavelength Conversion Board

The available functional versions of the LTX board are TN11, TN12 and TN15.

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Initial
Versiona
General
8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
General
8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subra
ck
3800
Chassis
TN
11
LT
X
8800/6800
:V100R00
6C03
TN
12
LT
X
V100R008
C00
TN
15
LT
X
V100R008
C10SPC2
10
3800:V10
0R008C00
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

978
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The OSN 3800 chassis supports the TN11LTX and TN12LTX boards only when it is DC-powered. In this case,
the air intake vent temperature of the fan tray assembly is within the range of 5C (41 F) to 45C (113 F) during
long-term running and is within the range of -5C (23 F) to 50C (122 F) during short-term running. At this
time, the TN23SCC board must be used in the OptiX OSN 3800 chassis.
a: If there is a substitution relationship between two boards and one of the boards is used to replace the other board,
the device initial version supported by the replaced board takes effect. For example, when you use TN12LTX to
replace TN11LTX in 8800, TN12LTX can be supported by V100R006C03.
Variants
Table 13-316 Available variants of the TN11LTX board
Variant
FEC Encoding
T01
HFEC
T11
SDFEC

Variant
FEC Encoding
T01
HFEC
T11
SDFEC

Variant
FEC Encoding
T51
150000 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2)-PIN
SDFEC2
T52
SDFEC2
T53
SDFEC2
T61
150000 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2,wDCM)PIN
SDFEC2

l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function:
979
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Client-side services
Latency
measurement
Test frame
OTU2/OTU2e
FC800/FC1200
TN11LTX
TN12LTX
TN15LTX
Specification:
LTX Specifications.
Original Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rulesa
TN11LTX
TN12LTX
The TN12LTX can be created as 11LTX on the NMS. The former can
substitute for the latter, without any software upgrade. After
substitution, the TN12LTX functions as the TN11LTX.
TN12LTX
None
TN15LTX
None
a. Board substitution can be performed only when the original and substitutive boards are of the same type (that
is the same T version, such as T01).

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
The TN15LTX board added the

support for optical module 10
Gbit/s Multirate-80 km-SFP
+.

980
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
Compared with the TN12LTX board, the TN15LTX

supports FC1200/FC800 services.
TN15LTX supports SDFEC2, occupies two slots.

Hardware Update
Compared with the TN11LTX board, the TN12LTX

supports OTU2/OTU2e services.

Hardware Update
Revised the description of relay

mode of line boards as follows:
When optical-layer ASON and
electrical-layer ASON are
enabled, it does not matter
whether the Board Mode
parameter is set to Optical
Relay Mode or Electrical
Relay mode. The parameter
must be set to Optical Relay
Mode for the line board in a
non-ASON system; otherwise,
end-to-end management of
The principles for configuring the relay mode are modified

to meet the application requirements.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
Updated the board power

consumption.
Added the SDFEC error

correction mode and C BandTunable Wavelength-ePDMQPSK(SDFEC)-PIN optical
modules for boards.
Function enhancement: The SDFEC is supported to further

improve the net coding gain of FEC and system

981
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
The TN11LTX board, a 100G coherent OTU board, is

added to map 10 x 10GE client-side signals to one OTU4
signal.
13.26.3 Application
The LTX board is a wavelength conversion board and applies to coherent systems. In the receive
direction, the board can receive ten 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, STM-64, OTU2/OTU2e, FC1200,
FC800, or OC-192 signals from client equipment, maps the optical signals into an OTU4 signal,
and converts the OTU4 signal into a standard DWDM wavelength compliant with ITU-T G.
694.1. In the transmit direction, the process is reverse. The LTX board can also apply to electrical
regeneration sites to perform electrical regeneration of OTU4 optical signals.
The WDM-side service rate for the LTX board is 100 Gbit/s. Therefore, the board is intended
for 100G transmission systems.
For the position of the LTX board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-135 and Figure
13-136.
Figure 13-135 Position of the LTX board in the WDM system (OTU mode)
LTX
RX1
OUT
TX1
10ODU2/ODU2e/
ODUflex
IN
1OTU4
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1ODU4
1OTU4
1ODU4
TX10
10ODU2/ODU2e/
ODUflex
TX1
10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/
STM-64/OC-192/
OTU2/OTU2e/
FC1200/FC800 RX10
LTX
M
U
OUT X
/
IN
D
M
U
X
RX1
10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/
STM-64/OC-192/
TX10 OTU2/OTU2e/
FC1200/FC800
RX10
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the LTX board must be set to Line Mode.
Table 13-319 Client-side service mapping granularity supported by the board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
Client-Side Service
Target ODUk
TN11LT
X/
TN12LT
X
10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192
ODU2
10GE LAN
ODU2e
TN12LT
X
OTU2
ODU2
OTU2e
ODU2e
TN15LT
X
10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2
ODU2

982
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Client-Side Service
Target ODUk
OTU2e/FC1200
ODU2e
10GE LAN
ODU2/ODU2e
FC800
ODU2/ODUflex
Figure 13-136 Position of the LTX board in the WDM system (regeneration mode)
LTX
IN
1OTU4
1OTU4
DMUX
OUT
MUX
LTX
OUT
1OTU4
1OTU4
MUX
IN
DMUX
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the LTX board must be set to Electrical Relay
Mode or Optical Relay Mode. When optical-layer and electrical-layer ASON are enabled, it does not matter
whether the Board Mode parameter is set to Optical Relay Mode or Electrical Relay mode. The parameter
must be set to Optical Relay Mode for the line board in a non-ASON system; otherwise, end-to-end management
of services is not available.
The input and output wavelengths can be different.
The LTX board does not support the relay mode when it is deployed in an OSN 3800 chassis.

The LTX board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
For detailed functions and features, see Table 13-320 and Table 13-321.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

983
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-320 Functions and features of the LTX board (OTU mode)
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
LTX converts signal as follows:

l TN11LTX: 10x10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192<>1xOTU4
l TN12LTX: 10x 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/
OTU2e<->1x OTU4
l TN15LTX: 10x 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/
OTU2e/FC1200/FC800<->1x OTU4
Client-side
service type

OTN function

l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing compliant
with ITU-T G.709.
l ODUk (k=2, 4, ODUflex) layer: supports the PM and TCM function,
and PM and TCM non-intrusive monitoring functions.
NOTE
The functions on ODUflex layer are only supported by TN15LTX, the TCM and
TCM non-intrusive monitoring function on ODU2 layer are only supported by
TN15LTX.
WDM
specification
Tunable
wavelength
function
ESC function
Supported on the WDM-side, supported by the TN12LTX/TN15LTX

when the client-side service type is OTU2 or OTU2e.
NOTE
When being provisioned with the OTU2/OTU2e service on the client side, the board
When the ESC function is required, the TN15LTX board receives one to six signals
on the client side.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

984
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
PRBS test
function
LPT function
type is 10GE LAN.
FEC coding
l Client side:
TN12LTX: When OTU2/OTU2e services are provisioned, the clientside TX port supports FEC coding that is compliant with ITU-T G.709
and the client-side RX port does not support FEC decoding.
NOTE
The PRBS function on the client side is supported only when the client-side service
type is STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e.
TN15LTX: When OTU2/OTU2e services are provisioned, the board

supports FEC coding that is compliant with ITU-T G.709.
l WDM side:
TN11LTX supports HFEC and SDFEC.
TN12LTX supports HFEC and SDFEC.
TN15LTX supports SDFEC2.
NOTE
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring

power of the laser.
LAN).
l Supports the monitoring of CD and PMD performance.
Regeneration
board
The WDM-side signals of an LTX board can be regenerated using the

LTX, NS4 board of the same type.For example,
l The type of the TN11LTXT01 board is T01,and the WDM-side signals
of the TN11LTXT01 board can be regenerated using the LTX, NS4
board of the T01 type, such as TN54NS4T01,
TN57NS4T01,TN11LTXT01,TN12LTXT01.
ALS function
Test frame
TN11LTX/TN12LTX: Not supported

TN15LTX: Supports the test frame function when the board receives
10GE LAN services and the port mapping is MAC Transparent
Mapping(10.7G) on its client side.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

985
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Latency
measurement
The TN12LTX/TN15LTX board support latency measurement. The

bidirectional latency at the ODUk layer between two OTU boards
supporting the latency measurement function can be measured, and the
latency data is displayed on the U2000.
NOTE
When the client service is OTU2/OTU2e, the board does not support latency
measurement.
The latency measurement function can be configured only on one port at a time.
IEEE 1588v2
Not supported
Physical clock
When the board receives 10GE LAN services and the port mapping is Bit
Optical-layer
ASON
Supported
Electrical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Protection
scheme
Ethernet service
mapping mode
TN11LTX/TN12LTX: Bit Transparent Mapping (11.1G) (displayed as

OTU2E on the NMS)

DCP/QCP board).
TN15LTX: Bit Transparent Mapping (11.1G) (displayed as OTU2E on

the NMS) and MAC Transparent Mapping(10.7G)(displayed as GFP on
the NMS)
Loopback
Client side
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
WDM side
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

986
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
for transparent
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3ae
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
INTERFACES (FC-PI)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL LINK SERVICES
(FC-LS)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL BACKBONE-3
(FC-BB-3)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL SWITCH
FABRIC-3 (FC-SW-3)
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
Table 13-321 Functions and features of the LTX board (regeneration mode)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function


987
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Regenerating
rate
OTN function

l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing compliant
with ITU-T G.709.
l Supports TCM non-intrusive monitoring for ODU4.
l Supports SM functions for OTU4.
WDM
specification
Tunable
wavelength
function
ESC function
Supported
PRBS test
function
Not supported
LPT function
Not supported
FEC encoding
TN11LTX/TN12LTX supports HFEC and SDFEC on the WDM side.

TN15LTX supports SDFEC2 on the WDM side.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
ALS function
Not supported
Test frame
Not supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Supported
Electrical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Protection
scheme
Not supported
Loopback
Not supported

power of the laser.

988
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
for transparent
monitoring)
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LTX board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Functional Modules and Signal Flow (OTU mode)

Figure 13-137 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LTX.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

989
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-137 Functional modules and signal flow of the LTX board (OTU mode)
Client side
RX1
O/E
10GE LAN
encapsulation and
mapping module
RX10
TX1
WDM side
SDH/SONET
encapsulation and
mapping module
Client-side OTN
processing
module
E/O
TX10
OTN
processing
module
FC encapsulation
and mapping
module
Client-side
optical
module
E/O
OUT
O/E
IN
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
Memory
Communication
CPU
Fuse
Power supply
module
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from the backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by the
SCC)
NOTE
The TN11LTX board does not have the client-side OTN processing module and FC encapsulation and mapping
module, the TN12LTX board does not have the FC encapsulation and mapping module.
In the signal flow of the LTX board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LTX to the WDM side
of the LTX, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives 10 channels of the optical signals from client
equipment through the RX1-RX10 interfaces interface, and performs O/E conversion.
signals to the signal processing module. Then, the signal processing module performs
encapsulation, OTN framing, and FEC encoding and outputs one channel of OTU4 signals
to the WDM-side optical module.
After receiving the OTU4 signals, the WDM-side optical module performs E/O conversion,
generates OTU4 signals over a DWDM wavelength that complies with ITU-T G.694.1,
and then outputs the OTU4 signals through the OUT optical interfaces.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receive direction

990
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The WDM-side optical module receives one channel of standard DWDM optical signals
compliant with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN optical interfaces. The WDM-side optical
module then converts the optical signals into electrical signals.
After the O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the signal processing module,
which performs OTU4 framing, FEC decoding, demapping, and decapsulation for the
signals and then outputs 10 channels of client electrical signals.
The 10 channels of client electrical signals are sent to the client-side optical module, which
converts the electrical signals into optical signals and then outputs the optical signals
through the TX1-TX10 optical interfaces.
Functional Modules and Signal Flow (regeneration mode)

Figure 13-138 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LTX.
Figure 13-138 Functional modules and signal flow of the LTX board (regeneration mode)
WDM side
IN
OTN processing
module
O/E
Optical
receiving
module
WDM side
OUT
E/O
Optical
transmitting
module
Control
Memory
Communication
CPU
Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
DC power
supply
from a
backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by
SCC)
The LTX board implements the regeneration of one channel of unidirectional optical signals.
The wavelengths at the receive and transmit ends of the board are OTU4 optical signals at
DWDM standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

991
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

After encoding, the signals are sent to an optical transmitting module. After performing E/O
conversion, the module transmits OTU4 signals at DWDM standard wavelengths that comply
with ITU-T G.694.1.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion for 10 channels of 10GE LAN/10GE
WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC1200/FC800 optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion for 10 channels of 10GE LAN/10GE

WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of the OTU4 optical signal.

encapsulation and mapping module, Client-side OTN processing module, and OTN
processing module.
SDH/SONET encapsulation and mapping module:
Encapsulates ten channels of SDH/SONET and 10GE WAN signals and maps the
signals into the OTU4 payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and
has the SDH/SONET performance monitoring function.
10GE LAN encapsulation and mapping module:
Encapsulates ten channels of 10GE LAN signals and maps the signals into the OTU4
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the 10GE LAN
Encapsulates ten channels of FC signals and maps the signals into the OTU4 payload
area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the FC performance
monitoring function.
Client-side OTN processing module:
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

992
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Power supply module

13.26.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LTX board.

Figure 13-139 and Figure 13-140 show the front panel of the LTX board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

993
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-139 Font panel of the TN11LTX/TN12LTX board
G.657A2 FIBER ONLY

G.657A2
LTX
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
G.657A2 FIBER ONLY

G.657A2
OUT IN
TX2 RX2
RX1 TX1
TX4 RX4
RX3 TX3
TX6 RX6
RX5 TX5
TX8 RX8
RX7 TX7
TX10 RX10
RX9 TX9
LTX
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

994
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-140 Font panel of the TN15LTX board
Indicators
l

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

995
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 13-322 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LTX board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT
LC

multiplexer board.
TX1-TX10
LC
RX1-RX10
LC
Laser Hazard Level

13.26.7 Valid Slots

Four slots house one TN11LTX/TN12LTX board. Two slots house one TN15LTX board.
Table 13-323, Table 13-324 show the valid slots for the LTX board.
Table 13-323 Valid slots for the TN11LTX/TN12LTX board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots

IU46-IU50, IU54-IU58, IU62-IU66
IU2-IU6, IU12-IU16
OptiX OSN 8800 universal

platform subrack
IU2-IU14
IU2-IU15
IU3, IU4

996
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
The rear connector of the TN11LTX/TN12LTX is mounted to the backplane along the second slot from
the left in the subrack. Therefore, the slot number of the LTX board displayed on the NMS is the number
of the second one of the four slots from left.
For example, if slots IU1, IU2, IU3 and IU4 house the TN11LTX board, the slot number of the TN11LTX
When the TN11LTX/TN12LTX boards serve as regeneration boards, follow the principles
below to install them in the case of ESC communication; otherwise, install them in any valid
slots.
l
OptiX OSN 8800 T64: The LTX boards for transmitting and receiving the same wavelength
must be installed in slots IU2 and IU6, IU12 and IU16, IU20 and IU24, IU28 and IU32,
IU36 and IU40, IU46 and IU50, IU54 and IU58, IU62 and IU66.
must be installed in slots IU2 and IU6, IU12 and IU17, IU21 and IU25, IU30 and IU34.
must be installed in slots IU2 and IU6, IU12 and IU16.
OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack: The LTX boards for transmitting and
receiving the same wavelength must be installed in slots IU2 and IU6, IU10 and IU14.
OptiX OSN 6800: The LTX boards for transmitting and receiving the same wavelength
must be installed in slots IU2 and IU6, IU10 and IU14.
Table 13-324 Valid slots for the TN15LTX board

Product
Valid Slots

IU62-IU68
IU2-IU8, IU12-IU18
IU2-IU16
NOTE
A TN15LTX board requires two slots in a subrack. The board's rear connectors in the second slot (the rightside one) engage with the backplane. Hence, the slot number for the board displayed on the NMS is the
number of the second slot.
For example, if a TN15LTX board is installed in slots IU1 and IU2, its slot number displayed on the NMS
is IU2.
When the TN15LTX boards serve as regeneration boards, follow the principles below to install
them in the case of ESC communication; otherwise, install them in any valid slots.
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
must be installed in slots IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU12 and IU14, IU16 and IU18, IU20
997
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

IU68.
l
must be installed in slots IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU13 and IU15, IU17 and IU19, IU21
and IU23, IU25 and IU27, IU30 and IU32, IU34 and IU36.
must be installed in slots IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU12 and IU14, IU16 and IU18.
OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack: The LTX boards for transmitting and
receiving the same wavelength must be installed in slots IU6 and IU8, IU10 and IU12, IU14
and IU16.


Table 13-325 Mapping between the physical ports on the LTX board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN/OUT
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4
TX5/RX5
TX6/RX6
TX7/RX7
TX8/RX8
10
TX9/RX9
11
TX10/RX10
12
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

998
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


For parameters of LTX, refer to Table 13-326.
Table 13-326 LTX parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel
Displays the position of the

optical interface.
Optical Interface
Name
Sets and queries the Optical

Interface Name.
An Optical Interface Name
contains a maximum of 64
characters. Any characters are
supported.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used
The Channel Use Status

parameter sets the occupancy
status of the current channel of a
board.
When this parameter is set to
Unused for a port, service alarms
reported for this port will be
masked and the function for
automatically disabling serviceaffecting settings is invalid for the
port.
This parameter is set to Used by
default. Set this parameter to
Unused when the current channel
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop
Specifies the loopback mode for

the optical interface on a board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

999
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Service Type
TN11LTX: 10GE LAN, 10GE

WAN, OC-192, STM-64
Specifies the type of the client

service to be received by the
board.

WAN, OC-192, STM-64,
OTU-2, OTU-2E
WAN, OC-192, STM-64,
OTU-2, OTU-2E, FC-1200,
FC-800
Default for TN11LTX/
TN12LTX: 10GE LAN
Default for TN15LTX: None
Port Mapping
Bit Transparent Mapping

(11.1G), MAC Transparent
Mapping(10.7G)
Default: Bit Transparent
Mapping(11.1G)
Laser Status
Off, On
Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

Specifies the service mapping

mode on a port.
See Port Mapping (WDM
NOTE
Only the TN15LTX supports this
parameter.
The Laser Status parameter sets

the laser status of a board.
See Laser Status (WDM
The Automatic Laser
Shutdown parameter determines
whether to automatically shut
down the laser after the signals
received by a board are lost.
1000
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
ALS Auxiliary
Condition
FW_Defect,
BW_Client_R_LOS,
BW_WDM_Defect,
FW_OPUk_CSF

triggering ALS.
Default: FW_Defect
l If a fault occurs on the clientside receiver of the upstream

board or the WDM-side
receiver of the local board, the
laser on the client-side
transmitter of the local board
must be shut down. For this
FW_Defect.
l If a fault occurs on the clientside receiver of the local
board, the laser on the clientside transmitter of the local
board must be shut down. For
this situation, set this
parameter to
BW_Client_R_LOS.
l If a fault occurs on the WDMside receiver of the local
board, the laser on the clientside transmitter of the
upstream board must be shut
down. For this situation, set
this parameter to
BW_WDM_Defect.
l If an OPUk_CSF alarm is
detected on the client-side
port of the local board, the
FW_OPUk_CSF.
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
0s, 100ms, 200ms, 300ms,

400ms, 500ms, 600ms,
700ms, 800ms, 900ms, 1s,
1100ms, 1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms, 1600ms,
1700ms, 1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)


With ALS enabled, the hold-off
time is a time period from the
point when the system detects
service interruption to the point
when ALS automatically shuts
1001
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Turn-On
0s, 100ms, 200ms, 300ms,

400ms, 500ms, 600ms,
700ms, 800ms, 900ms, 1s,
1100ms, 1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms, 1600ms,
1700ms, 1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

Default: 0s
LPT Enabled
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled
Condition of Laser
Shutdown by LPT
REMOTE_FAULT, None
Default: REMOTE_FAULT
With ALS enabled, the hold-off

time is a time period from the
point when the system detects
service recovery to the point
when ALS automatically enables
the related lasers.
link pass-through (LPT) function.
REMOTE_FAULT as a laser
shutdown condition.
NOTE
l Only the TN12LTX/TN15LTX
l This parameter takes effect only
when LPT Enabled is set to
Enabled.
l For the LTX boards, when
routers support
REMOTE_FAULT as a
switching condition and the LTX
boards are cascaded on the client
side, perform the following
operations:
l If the bit transparent
transmission mode is
configured, set LPT
Enabled to Enabled and
Condition of Laser
Shutdown by LPT to
None, no matter whether a
protection scheme is
configured or not.
l If the MAC transparent
transmission mode and
client-side 1+1 protection
are configured, set LPT
Enabled to Enabled and
Condition of Laser
Shutdown by LPT to
None. The non-protection
scenario of MAC
transparent transmission is
not supported.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1002
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
FEC Working State
Disabled, Enabled
Determines whether to enable or

disable the forward error
correction (FEC) function for an
optical interface. After the FEC
function is disabled on the WDM
side, services become abnormal.
After the FEC function is
disabled on the client side, the
transmission distance is affected.
Default: Enabled
The FEC Working State

parameter at the transmit end
must be consistent with that at the
receive end. Otherwise, this
FEC Mode
TN11LTX: HFEC, SDFEC

TN12LTX: HFEC, SDFEC
TN15LTX: SDFEC2
Queries the FEC mode of the

current optical interface.
FEC Mode of two
interconnected boards must be
the same.
This parameter is available only
when you set FEC Working
State to Enabled.
AFEC Grade
1, 2, 3
Default: 3
A larger value of this parameter

means a stronger error correction
capability and a longer signal
transmission delay.
NOTE
Only the TN15LTX board supports
this parameter.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1003
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Receive Wavelength
C: 1/1529.16/196.050 to
80/1560.61/192.100
Specifies the receive wavelength

for the board. Observe the
following requirements when
setting this parameter:
Default: /
l When the receive wavelength

is the same as the transmit
wavelength of the board, use
the default value so that the
receive wavelength
automatically keeps the same
differs from the transmit
wavelength of the board, set
this parameter to a value that
is same as the transmit
wavelength of the remote
board; otherwise, services
carried by the wavelength will
be interrupted.
NOTE
For ASON services, this parameter
must be set to the default value.
Receive Band Type
C
Default: /
Specifies the band type of the

received signals for the board.
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
Queries the operating wavelength

at the WDM-side optical
interface of a board.
Band Type
Tunable Wavelength
Range
Displays the tunable wavelength

range supported by the WDMside optical interface on the
board.
Planned Wavelength
No./Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
1/1529.16/196.050 to
80/1560.61/192.100

wavelength and frequency of the
current optical interface on the
Default: /

Wavelength (nm)/Frequency
(THz) (WDM Interface) for
more information.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1004
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Planned Band Type
Sets the band type of the current

working wavelength.
Default: C

PRBS Test Status
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Disabled
The PRBS Test Status parameter

sets the pseudo-random binary
sequence (PRBS) test status of a
board.
diagnosis function and affects
channel services. After the PRBS
test is started, the services on the
corresponding port are
interrupted.
optical interface channels. After
the command of enabling the
PRBS test is issued, an error is
returned in case the optical
interface channels do not support
the PRBS test.
Max. Packet Length
1518 to 9600
Default: 9600
Sets and queries the maximum

packet length supported by a
board and is applicable to the
boards supporting Ethernet
services.
For a 10GE LAN service, when
the port mapping mode is Bit
Transparent Mapping(11.1G)
or Bit Transparent Mapping
(10.7G), data packets will be
transparently transmitted if their
lengths exceed Max. Packet
Length. When the port mapping
mode is MAC Transparent
Mapping(10.7G), data packets
will be discarded if their lengths
exceed Max. Packet Length.
NOTE
parameter.
For the TN15LTX when Port
Mapping is set to Bit Transparent
Mapping(11.1G), Maximum
Packet Length is unavailable on the
U2000.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1005
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
None, B1_SD, OTUk_DEG,

ODUk_PM_DEG
The SD Trigger Condition

parameter sets the relevant alarms
of certain optical interfaces or
channels of a board as SD
switching trigger conditions of
the protection group in which this
OTU board resides.
Default: None
See SD Trigger Condition

information.
NOTE
parameter.
NULL Mapping
Status
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled


special frame test before
deployment. When this
parameter is set to Enabled, the
board sends the test frame where
the payload consists of only 0.
This parameter is used in the
1006
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
l Disabled, GCC1+GCC2
Enabled, Only GCC1
Enabled, Only GCC2
Enabled
Determines whether to process

GCC1 and GCC2 in OTN
overheads.
l Default value for the line

mode: Disabled
l Default value for the relay
mode: Only GCC1
Enabled
l When the parameter is set to

Disabled, the system will
process the GCC1 and GCC2
GCC1+GCC2 Enabled, the
system will not process the
GCC1 or GCC2 byte in the
OTN overhead.
Only GCC1 Enabled, the
GCC1 byte but only the GCC2
byte in the OTN overhead.
Only GCC2 Enabled, the
GCC2 byte but only the GCC1
byte in the OTN overhead.
NOTE
The TN11LTX board supports this
parameter only when Board Mode
is set to Optical Relay mode or
Electrical Relay Mode.
Insert Code Type
PN11, MS_AIS
Default: PN11
Applies to fault detection and

location scenarios when the
service type is STM-64. When
the tributary or line board at the
upstream site is faulty or when the
line board at the downstream site
is faulty, users can specify the
output code type for the tributary
board at the downstream site
using this parameter.
NOTE
this parameter.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1007
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Board Mode
Line Mode, Electrical Relay

Mode, Optical Relay Mode
Specifies the board mode

depending on the service
application scenario.
Default: Line Mode
Line Mode: The board functions

as a line board.
Electrical Relay Mode/Optical
Relay Mode: The board
functions as a regeneration board.
NOTE
When optical-layer and electricallayer ASON are enabled, it does not
matter whether the Board Mode
parameter is set to Optical Relay
Mode or Electrical Relay mode.
The parameter must be set to Optical
Relay Mode for the line board in a
non-ASON system; otherwise, endto-end management of services is not
available.
NOTE
When the board functions as an
OTU, Board Mode must be set to
Line Mode.
Port Working Mode
ODU2 non-convergence
mode (OTU2/Any->ODU2),
ODUflex non-convergence
mode (Any->ODUflex)
Default: ODU2 nonconvergence mode (OTU2/
Any->ODU2)
This parameter is used to set the

working mode of the interface on
the board according to the actual
application scenario and service
mapping trail.
NOTE
this parameter.
13.26.10 LTX Specifications

Board
Optical Module

Module
TN11LTX/TN12LTX

(HFEC)-PIN

10 Gbit/s Single Rate-0.3 kmXFP
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)


(SDFEC)-PIN
1008
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Optical Module

Module
TN15LTX
10GBASE-ZR-80km-SFP+
150000 ps/nm-C BandTunable Wavelength-ePDMQPSK(SDFEC2)-PIN
10GBASE-ER/EW-40km-SFP
+
10GBASE-SR-0.3km-SFP+
10GBASE-LR-10km-SFP+
10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km-SFP
+
+
+

(SDFEC2)-PIN
(SDFEC2)-PIN
150000 ps/nm-C BandTunable Wavelength-ePDMQPSK(SDFEC2,wDCM)-PIN
11.3 Gbit/s Multirate-TX1270/

RX1330nm-10km-SFP+
11.3 Gbit/s Multirate-TX1330/
RX1270nm-10km-SFP+
NOTE
point.
Specifications of optical modules on the client side

NOTE
optical module can be used to access OC-192, STM-64, 10GE LAN, OTU2/OTU2e and 10GE WAN
signals.
The 10 Gbit/s Single-Rate-0.3 km-XFP optical module can be used only to access 10GE LAN signals.
Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
SLM
SLM
SLM
MLM

1009
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Target
transmissio
n distance
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
10 km (6.2 mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
0.3 km (0.2
mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1290 to 1330
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
840 to 860
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-1
-1.3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-6
-4.7
-7.3
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
30
30
30
30
Eye pattern
mask
G.691-compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
APD
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1260 to 1565
1260 to 1605
1270 to 1600
840 to 860
Receiver
sensitivity
(multirate)a
dBm
-11
-14
-24
-7.5

1010
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Receiver
sensitivity
(10GE
LAN)
dBm
-14.4
-15.8
-24
-7.5
Minimum
receiver
overload
(10GE
LAN)
dBm
0.5
-1
-7
-1
Minimum
receiver
overload
(STM-64)a
dBm
-1
-1
-7
-1
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-12
NOTE
10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km-SFP+, 10 Gbit/s Multirate-40 km-SFP+ and 10 Gbit/s Multirate-80 km-SFP+ optical
module can be used to access 10GE WAN, 10GE LAN, STM-64, OC-192, OTU2/ OTU2e, FC1200 and FC800
signals.
Parameter
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Unit
Value
Optical
Module Type
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-SFP+
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-SFP+
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-SFP+
Optical
Gbit/s
interface service
rate
8.5 to 11.1
9.956 to 11.1
8.5 to 11.3
Line code
format
SLM
SLM
SLM
Optical source
type
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ

1011
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-SFP+
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-SFP+
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-SFP+
10
40
80
1260 to 1355
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
Maximum mean dBm

launched power
-1
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-6
-1
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
8.2
Eye pattern
mask
Target
transmission
distance
km

Operating
wavelength
range
nm

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1260 to 1355
1260 to 1605
1260 to 1565
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-14.4
-14(11.1G)
-24
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
0.5
-1
-7
reflectance
dB
-12
-27
-27
-15.8
(10.3125G)
NOTE
10G BASE-SR-0.3 km-SFP+, 10G BASE-LR-10 km-SFP+ and 10G BASE-ER/EW-40 km-SFP+ optical
module can be used to access 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, FC1200, FC800 signals.
10G BASE-ZR-80 km-SFP+ optical module can be used to access 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1012
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
10G BASESR-0.3 kmSFP+
10G BASELR-10 kmSFP+
10G BASEER/EW-40
km-SFP+
10G BASEZR-80 kmSFP+
Optical
interface
service rate
Gbit/s
10.3125
10.3125
10.3125
10.3125
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Target
transmission
distance
0.3 km (0.2
mi.)
10 km (6.2
mi.)
40 km (24.8
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
840 to 860
1260 to 1355
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-1
0.5
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-7.3
-8.2
-4.7
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
3.5
Output
optical
power in
case of laser
shutdown
dBm
-30
-30
-30
-30
Eye pattern
mask
PIN
PIN

Receiver
type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
PIN
PIN

1013
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical
Module
Type
10G BASEER/EW-40
km-SFP+
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
840 to 860
1260 to 1355
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-11.1 (OMA)
-12.6 (OMA)
-14.1 (OMA)
-24
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-1
0.5
-1
-7
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-12
-12
-26
-27
NOTE
The following two modules can be used to access 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, FC1200, FC800 signals.
Table 13-330 Client-side pluggable 10GE optical module specifications (single-fiber

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Value
11.3 Gbit/s
Multirate-TX1270/
RX1330nm-10kmSFP+
11.3 Gbit/s
Multirate-TX1330/
RX1270nm-10kmSFP+
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Target transmission
distance
km
10
10
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating
wavelength range
nm
1260 to 1280
1320 to 1340
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
0.5
0.5
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-8.2
-8.2
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
3.5
3.5

1014
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module
Type
Eye pattern mask
11.3 Gbit/s
Multirate-TX1270/
RX1330nm-10kmSFP+
-
11.3 Gbit/s
Multirate-TX1330/
RX1270nm-10kmSFP+

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength range
nm
1320 to 1340
1260 to 1280
dBm
-14.4
-14.4
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
0.5
0.5
Specifications of optical modules on the DWDM side

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
ePDM-QPSK(HFEC)

Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

power
dBm
-5
GHz
2.5
width
nm
0.35
ps/nm
40000
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1015
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561
dBm
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC)

Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

power
dBm
-5
GHz
2.5
width
nm
0.4
ps/nm
55000
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561
dBm
-16
dBm

1016
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Maximum reflectance
Value
dB
-27
150000 ps/nm)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2)

Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

power
dBm
-5
GHz
2.5
width
nm
0.3
ps/nm
150000
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561
dBm
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

1017
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

55000 ps/nm)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2)

Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

power
dBm
-5
GHz
2.5
width
nm
0.3
ps/nm
55000

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561
dBm
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
40000 ps/nm)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1018
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

power
dBm
-5
GHz
2.5
width
nm
0.3
ps/nm
40000

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561
dBm
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
wDCM)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
wDCM)-PIN
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2,
wDCM)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

1019
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type

wDCM)-PIN

power
dBm
-5
GHz
2.5
width
nm
0.3
ps/nm
150000

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561
dBm
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
l
Dimensions of front panel (H x W x D):

TN11LTX/TN12LTX: 264.6 mm (10.4 in.) x 101.6 mm (4.0 in.) x 220 mm (8.7 in.)
TN15LTX: 264.6 mm (10.4 in.) x 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) x 220 mm (8.7 in.)
Weight:
TN11LTX/TN12LTX: 5.8 kg (12.8 lb.)
TN15LTX: 3 kg (6.6 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board
WDM-Side
Module
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona
(W)
TN11LTX (OTU
mode)
40000 ps/nm-C
Band-Tunable
Wavelength-ePDMQPSK(HFEC)-PIN
248
273
235
247
TN11LTX
(regeneration mode)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1020
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
WDM-Side
Module
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona
(W)
TN11LTX (OTU
mode)
55000 ps/nm-C
Band-Tunable
Wavelength-ePDMQPSK(SDFEC)-PIN
270
300
250
275
40000 ps/nm-C
Band-Tunable
Wavelength-ePDMQPSK(HFEC)-PIN
248
273
235
247
55000 ps/nm-C
Band-Tunable
Wavelength-ePDMQPSK(SDFEC)-PIN
270
300
250
275
150000 ps/nm-C
Band-Tunable
Wavelength-ePDMQPSK(SDFEC2)PIN
176
190
160
173
TN11LTX
(regeneration mode)
TN12LTX (OTU
mode)
TN12LTX
(regeneration mode)
TN12LTX (OTU
mode)
TN12LTX
(regeneration mode)
TN15LTX (OTU
mode)
TN15LTX
(regeneration mode)
55000 ps/nm-C
Band-Tunable
40000 ps/nm-C
Band-Tunable
150000 ps/nm-C
Band-Tunable
Wavelength-ePDMQPSK
(SDFEC2,wDCM)PIN
13.27 LWX2
LWX2: arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) dual-wavelength conversion board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1021
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Only one functional version of the LWX2 board is available, that is, TN11.

Huawei office.
Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11L
WX
2
13.27.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LWX2 board implements the conversion between two
channels of optical signals at the rate in the range of 16 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and WDM signals
that comply with ITU-T Recommendations.
For the position of the LWX2 board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-141.
Figure 13-141 Position of the LWX2 board in the WDM system
LWX2
MUX/
DMUX
MUX/
DMUX
MUX/
DMUX
MUX/
DMUX
Transparent transmission
16Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s
LWX2
16Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s

The LWX2 is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and provide ESC.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1022
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-337 Functions and features of the LWX2 board

Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
LWX2 converts signals as follows:

l 2 x (16 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s signals)<->2 x (16 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s
signals)
Client-side
service type

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
WDM
specification
Tunable
wavelength
function
Supports the tunable wavelength optical module. In the case of configuring

four-wavelength tunable optical module, configure every four continuous
wavelengths (first group started with the 1st wavelength) in the C band
with 100 GHz channel spacing as one group. In this way, the optical signal
output on the WDM side are tunable within the four wavelengths of every
group.
ESC function
Supported
PRBS test
function
Not supported
LPT function
Not supported
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
Monitors items such as the bias current and temperature of the laser as well
as the optical power.
ALS function
Supports the ALS function on the client and WDM sides.
Test frame
Not supported
Latency
measurement
Not supported

1023
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Optical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Electrical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Protection
scheme
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported

1024
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
INTERFACES (FC-PI)
(FC-SW-3)
PROTOCOL (FC-SB-2)
ETSI TR 101 891 Professional Interfaces: Guidelines
for the implementation and usage of the DVB
ANSI X3.139 Information Systems - Fiber
Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) - Token Ring
Media Access Control (MAC)
Physical Layer Protocol (PHY)
Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) Physical Layer
Medium Dependent (PDM)
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1025
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The LWX2 board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, service
Figure 13-142 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LWX2 board.
Figure 13-142 Functional modules and signal flow of the LWX2 board
Client side
RX1
WDM side
O/E
OUT1
E/O
RX2
OUT2
TX1
E/O
TX2
Client-side
optical
module
IN1
O/E
WDM-side
optical
module
IN2
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
The client side of the LWX2 board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate
NOTE
For the types of the signals that the client side accesses, refer to 13.27.3 Functions and Features.
In the signal flow of the LWX2 board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LWX2 to the WDM side
of the LWX2, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives two channels of the optical signals from client
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1026
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

After the O/E conversion, the two channels of electrical signals are sent to the service
processing module. The module performs operations such as the regeneration of Any
signals and the performance monitoring of SDH and GE signals. Then, the module sends
the signals to the WDM-side optical module.
After performing E/O conversion, the WDM-side optical module sends out two channels
of the ITU-T G.694.1-compliant at DWDM standard wavelengths or the ITU-T G.694.2compliant at CWDM standard wavelengths Any optical signals through the OUT1-OTU2
optical interfaces.
l
Receive direction
wavelengths Any optical signals from the WDM side through the IN1-IN2 optical
After O/E conversion, the Any electrical signals are sent to the signal processing module.
The module performs operations such as the regeneration of Any signals and the
performance monitoring of SDH and GE signals. Then, the module outputs two channels
of Any signals.
optical interfaces.
Module Function
l


WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of Any optical signals.
Any optical signals.

Regenerates Any signals in two directions.
Monitors the performance of SDH and GE signals in two directions.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1027
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l
Power supply module

13.27.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LWX2 board.

Figure 13-143 shows the front panel of the LWX2 board.
Figure 13-143 Front panel of the LWX2 board
LWX2
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
OUT1
IN1
OUT2
IN2
LWX2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1028
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
The WDM-side optical modules must be inserted in the IN1/OUT1 and IN2/OUT2 interfaces in an
ascending order of signal frequencies supported by these WDM-side optical modules.
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 13-338 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LWX2 board
Interface
Type
Function
IN1-IN2
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT1-OUT2
LC

multiplexer board.
TX1-TX2
LC
RX1-RX2
LC
Laser Hazard Level

13.27.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LWX2 board.
Table 13-339 shows the valid slots for the LWX2 board.
Table 13-339 Valid slots for the LWX2 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack
IU1-IU18

1029
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
13.27.7 Characteristic Code for the LWX2

The characteristic code for the LWX2 board contains eight digits, respectively indicating the
Table 13-340 Characteristic code for the LWX2 board
Code
Description
Description
First four digits

optical signal

WDM side.
Last four digits

optical signal

the WDM side.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11LWX2 board is 92109220.
l
"9210" indicates the frequency of the first channel of optical signals on the WDM side is
192.10 THz.
"9220" indicates the frequency of the second channel of optical signals on the WDM side
is 192.20 THz.


Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1030
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-341 Mapping between the physical ports on the LWX2 board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN1/OUT1
IN2/OUT2
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
NOTE

For parameters of LWX2, refer to Table 13-342
Table 13-342 LWX2 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

channel of a board.
moment.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1031
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Service Type
None, Any, DVB-ASI,

ESCON, FC-100,
FC-200, FDDI, FE,
FICON, FICON
Express, GE, OC-3,
OC-12, OC-48, STM-1,
STM-4, STM-16

Default: Any
Client Service
Bearer Rate (Mbit/s)
16 to 2500
Default: 2500

board.
be set only when the type of the clientside services is set to Any.
Off, On
Laser Status
Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Disabled, Enabled
Default:
l WDM side: Disabled

status of a board.
more information.
l Client side: Enabled
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Current Bearer Rate

(M)
This parameter provides an option to

query the rate of services accessed at the
optical interface on the client side for the
OTUs at any rate.
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Band Type

1032
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Tunable
Wavelength Range

Planned Wavelength
No./Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.100

l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.170
to
18/1611.00/188.780

Default: /
Planned Band Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

wavelength.
SD Trigger
Condition
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

resides.
13.27.10 LWX2 Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1033
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed
Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side Fixed
Optical Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable
Optical
Module
TN
11L
WX
2
N/A
2.125 Gbit/s
N/A
I-16-2 km-eSFP
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP
L-16.2-80 km-eSFP
(CWDM)-40 km-eSFP
(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
(DWDM)-120 km-eSFP

Channels-Tunable)
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
NOTE
point.

NOTE
The I-16-2 km-eSFP, S-16.1-15 km-eSFP, and L-16.2-80 km-eSFP optical module can be used to access
STM-16, FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4, ESCON, STM-1, and DVB-ASI signals.
optical module.
The 2.125 Gbit/s Multirate-0.5 km-eSFP optical module is used to access FC200, GE, FC100 and FE signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1034
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-343 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
0.5 km (0.3
mi.)
2 km (1.2 mi.)
15 km (9.3
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
830 to 860
1266 to 1360
1260 to 1360
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-2.5
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9.5
-10
-5
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
8.2
8.2
Maximum
-20 dB
spectral
width
nm
N/A
N/A
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
N/A
N/A
30
30
Eye pattern
mask
IEEE802.3zcompliant
G.957-compliant

Receiver
type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
PIN
PIN

PIN
APD
1035
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1580
1270 to 1580
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-17
-18
-18
-28
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
N/A
-27
-27
-27
NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (CWDM)-80 km-eSFP optical module can be used to access STM-16, FC200, FC100,
GE, STM-4, ESCON, STM-1, DVB-ASI, FE signals.

wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
range
nm
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm

power
dBm

1036
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
1.0
1.0
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
PIN
APD
range
nm
1270 to 1620
1270 to 1620
dBm
-19
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27

wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
Target transmission
distance
120 km (74.6 mi.)

Center frequency
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
THz
192.10 to 196.00

1037
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
GHz
12.5

power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
ps/nm
2400
Eye pattern mask

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
APD
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

1038
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Line code format
Value
12800 ps/
nm-C BandFixed
Wavelength
-NRZ-PINa
12800 ps/
nm-C BandFixed
Wavelength
-NRZ-APDa
6500 ps/nmC BandFixed

Wavelength
-NRZ-PIN

Wavelength
-NRZ-APD

Wavelength
-NRZ-APD
(Four
ChannelsTunable)
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ

Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
-1
-1
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-5
-5
-2
-2
-2
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
10
10
8.2
8.2
8.2
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
Center frequency
deviation
GHz
10
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.5
Minimum side
mode
suppression ratio
dB
35
35
30
30
35
Dispersion
tolerance
ps/nm
12800
12800
6500
3200
6400
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant
PIN
APD
APD

Receiver type
PIN
Operating
nm
wavelength range
1200 to 1650
Receiver
sensitivity
-18
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
dBm
APD
1300 to 1575
-28
-18

-26
-28
1039
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
12800 ps/
nm-C BandFixed
Wavelength
-NRZ-PINa
12800 ps/
nm-C BandFixed
Wavelength
-NRZ-APDa

Wavelength
-NRZ-PIN

Wavelength
-NRZ-APD

Wavelength
-NRZ-APD
(Four
ChannelsTunable)
Minimum
receiver overload
dBm
-9
-10
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27
-27
a: The 12800ps/nm-PIN and 12800ps/nm-APD modules do not support pilot tone modulation mode.

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type

Line code format
Value
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
NRZ

power
dBm

power
dBm
2.5
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
nm
1271 to 1611
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
<=6.5

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
ps/nm
1600
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1040
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Receiver type
APD
nm
1200 to 1650
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
NOTE
l When SDH or OTN services are provisioned on the WDM side, the line code on the WDM side must
be NRZ.
l When SDH or OTN services are provisioned on the WDM side, the eye pattern on the WDM side
complies with the template defined in ITU-T G.957.
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
LWX2
38.5
42.4
13.28 LWXD
LWXD: arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board (double transmit)

Only one functional version of the LWXD board is available, that is, TN11.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1041
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Huawei office.
Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11L
WX
D
13.28.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LWXD board implements the conversion between the
optical signal at the rate between 16 Mbit/s and 2.5 Gbit/s and WDM signals that comply with
ITU-T Recommendations, and dually feeds and selectively receives signals on the WDM side.
For the position of the LWXD board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-144.
Figure 13-144 Position of the LWXD board in the WDM system
LWXD
MUX/
DMUX
MUX/
DMUX
MUX/
DMUX
MUX/
DMUX
16Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s
LWXD
16Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s

The LWXD board is used to achieve wavelength tunable and to provide ESC.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1042
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-348 Functions and features of the LWXD board

Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
LWXD converts signals as follows:

l 2 x (16 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s signals)<->2 x (16 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s
signals)
l Implements the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM
side.
Client-side
service type

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
WDM
specification
Tunable
wavelength
function
Supports the tunable wavelength optical module. Equipped with this

module, the board can tune the optical signal output on the WDM side
within the range of the 40 wavelengths in C-band with the channel spacing
of 100 GHz.
ESC function
Supported
PRBS test
function
Not supported
LPT function
Not supported
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
ALS function
Test frame
Not supported
Latency
measurement
Not supported

1043
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Optical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Electrical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Protection
scheme

DCP/QCP board).
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported

1044
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
INTERFACES (FC-PI)
(FC-SW-3)
PROTOCOL (FC-SB-2)
Media Access Control (MAC)
Physical Layer Protocol (PHY)
Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) Physical Layer
Medium Dependent (PDM)
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1045
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The LWXD board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, service
Figure 13-145 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LWXD board.
Figure 13-145 Functional modules and signal flow of the LWXD board
WDM side
Client side
RX
O/E
TX
E/O
Splitter
E/O
IN1
IN2
O/E
Client-side
optical
module
OUT1
OUT2
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
The client side of the LWXD board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate
NOTE
For the types of the signals that the client side accesses, refer to 13.28.3 Functions and Features.
In the signal flow of the LWXD board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LWXD to the WDM side
of the LWXD, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1046
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the service processing module. The
module performs operations such as the regeneration of Any signals and the performance
monitoring of SDH and GE signals. Then, the module sends the signals to the WDM-side
optical module.
After performing the E/O conversion, the WDM-side optical module sends out the ITU-T
G.694.1-compliant at DWDM standard wavelengths or the ITU-T G.694.2-compliant at
CWDM standard wavelengths Any optical signals. An optical splitter converts the OTU1
optical signals into two channels of identical optical signals, and then the two channels
signals are output through the OUT1-OUT2 optical interfaces.
l
Receive direction
wavelengths Any optical signals from the WDM side through the IN1-IN2 optical
The module performs operations such as received signal selection, the regeneration of Any
signals and the performance monitoring of SDH and GE signals. Then, the module outputs
one channel of Any signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the electrical signals, and then
outputs one channel of client-side optical signals through the TX optical interface.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of Any optical signals.


Monitors the performance of SDH and GE signals in two directions.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1047
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l
Power supply module

13.28.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LWXD board.

Figure 13-146 shows the front panel of the LWXD board.
Figure 13-146 Front panel of the LWXD board
LWXD
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
OUT1
IN1
OUT2
IN2
LWXD
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1048
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 13-349 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LWXD board
Interface
Type
Function
IN1-IN2
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT1-OUT2
LC

multiplexer board.
TX
LC
RX
LC
Laser Hazard Level

13.28.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LWXD board.
Table 13-350 shows the valid slots for the LWXD board.
Table 13-350 Valid slots for the LWXD board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11

1049
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.28.7 Characteristic Code for the LWXD

The characteristic code for the LWXD board contains eight digits, respectively indicating the
Table 13-351 Characteristic code for the LWXD board
Code
Description
Description
First four digits

optical signal

WDM side.
Last four digits

optical signal

the WDM side.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11LWXD is 92109210.

l


Table 13-352 Mapping between the physical ports on the LWXD board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN1/OUT1
IN2/OUT2
TX/RX
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1050
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


For parameters of LWXD, refer to Table 13-353
Table 13-353 LWXD parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

channel of a board.
When this parameter is set to Unused
for a port, service alarms reported for
this port will be masked and the function
for automatically disabling serviceaffecting settings is invalid for the port.
moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Service Type
None, Any, DVB-ASI,

ESCON, FC-100,
FC-200, FDDI, FE,
FICON, FICON Express,
GE, OC-3, OC-12,
OC-48, STM-1, STM-4,
STM-16

Default: Any
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1051
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Client Service
Bearer Rate (Mbit/s)
16 to 2500

a board.
Default: 2500

the rate of the actually accessed
services.
Off, On
Laser Status
Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Disabled, Enabled
Default:
l WDM side: Disabled

more information.

Current Bearer Rate
(M)
This parameter provides an option to

query the rate of services accessed at the
optical interface on the client side for the
OTUs at any rate.
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Band Type
Tunable
Wavelength Range

Planned Wavelength
No./Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)
l C: 1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.100

board.
l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.170
to
18/1611.00/188.780
Default: /
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

information.

1052
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Planned Band Type
C, CWDM

working wavelength.
Default: C

SD Trigger
Condition
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

board resides.
13.28.10 LWXD Specifications

Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed
Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side Fixed
Optical Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable
Optical
Module
TN
11L
WX
D
N/A
2.125 Gbit/s
N/A
I-16-2 km-eSFP
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP
L-16.2-80 km-eSFP
(CWDM)-40 km-eSFP
(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
(DWDM)-120 km-eSFP

Channels-Tunable)
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1053
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
point.

NOTE
The I-16-2 km-eSFP, S-16.1-15 km-eSFP, and L-16.2-80 km-eSFP module can be used to access STM-16,
FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4, ESCON, STM-1, and DVB-ASI signals.
Only the I-16-2 km-eSFP module supports FE services, and it can only connect to a 100BASE-LX10-eSFP
optical module.
The 2.125 Gbit/s Multirate-0.5 km-eSFP module is used to access FC200, GE, FC100 and FE signals.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
0.5 km (0.3
mi.)
2 km (1.2 mi.)
15 km (9.3
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
830 to 860
1266 to 1360
1260 to 1360
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-2.5
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9.5
-10
-5
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
8.2
8.2

1054
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Maximum
-20 dB
spectral
width
nm
N/A
N/A
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
N/A
N/A
30
30
Eye pattern
mask
IEEE802.3zcompliant
G.957-compliant

Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
PIN
APD
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1580
1270 to 1580
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-17
-18
-18
-28
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
N/A
-27
-27
-27
NOTE
The 1.25 Gbit/s Multirate (CWDM)-40 km-eSFP can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, ESCON, STM-1,
FE, DVB-ASI signals.
The 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (CWDM)-80 km-eSFP can be used to access STM-16, FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4,
ESCON, STM-1, DVB-ASI, FE signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1055
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)

range
nm
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
1.0
1.0
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
APD
range
nm
1270 to 1620
1270 to 1620
dBm
-19
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27

1056
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
Target transmission
distance
120 km (74.6 mi.)

Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
GHz
12.5

power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
ps/nm
2400
Eye pattern mask

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
APD
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

1057
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Line code format
Value
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZPINa
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZAPDa
6500 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZPIN
3200 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZAPD
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthNRZAPD
6400 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gth-NRZAPD
(Four
Channels
-Tunable)
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ

Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
-4
-4
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-8
-8
-5
-5
-5
-5
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
10
10
8.2
8.2
10
8.2
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
Center frequency
deviation
GHz
10
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.2
0.5
Minimum side
mode suppression
ratio
dB
35
35
30
30
35
35
Dispersion
tolerance
ps/nm
12800
12800
6500
3200
12800
6400
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant
PIN
APD
APD
APD

Receiver type
PIN
Operating
wavelength range
nm
1200 to 1650
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-18
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
APD
1300 to
1575
-28
-18
-26

-28
-28
1058
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Value
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZPINa
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZAPDa
6500 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZPIN
3200 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZAPD
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthNRZAPD
6400 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gth-NRZAPD
(Four
Channels
-Tunable)
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-9
-10
-9
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27
-27
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
NRZ
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

power
dBm

power
dBm
0.5
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
nm
1271 to 1611
nm
6.5

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
ps/nm
1600
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

1059
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
1600 ps/nm-CWDM

Receiver type
APD
nm
1200 to 1650
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
NOTE
be NRZ.
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
LWXD
35.8
39.4
13.29 LWXS
LWXS: arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board (single transmit)

The available functional versions of the LWXS board are TN11 and TN12.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1060
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Huawei office.
Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11L
WX
S
TN
12L
WX
S

l
Functions:
The TN11LWXS board does not support access ETR/CLO services, whereas the
TN12LWXS board supports, see 13.29.3 Functions and Features.
The LWXS boards of different versions cannot replace each other.
13.29.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LWXS board implements the conversion between the
optical signals at the rate of 16 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T
Recommendations.
For the position of the LWXS board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-147.
Figure 13-147 Position of the LWXS board rate in the WDM system
LWXS
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
16 Mbit/s
2.5 Gbit/s
LWXS
16 Mbit/s
2.5 Gbit/s
1061
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The LWXS board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and to provide ESC.
Table 13-359 Functions and features of the LWXS board
Function
and Feature
Description
Basic
function
LWXS converts signals as follows:
Client-side
service type
l 1 x (16 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s signals)<->1 x (16 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s signals)

ETR: SAN service at a rate of 16 Mbit/s
CLO: SAN service at a rate of 16 Mbit/s
NOTE
Only TN12LWXS supports ETR and CLO services.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
WDM
specification
Tunable
wavelength
function
ESC
function
Supported
PRBS test
function
Not supported
LPT function
Not supported

1062
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
ALS
function
Test frame
Not supported
Latency
measuremen
t
Not supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Not supported
Protection
scheme
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported

1063
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
(FC-PI)
(FC-SB-2)
Control (MAC)
Protocol (PHY)
Dependent (PDM)
IBM GDPS (Geographically Dispersed Parallel Sysplex)
Protocol
NOTE
Only TN12LWXS supports IBM GDPS (Geographically
Dispersed Parallel Sysplex) Protocol.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1064
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)

The LWXS board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, service
Figure 13-148 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LWXS board.
Figure 13-148 Functional modules and signal flow of the LWXS board
Client side
WDM side
RX
O/E
TX
E/O
Client-side
optical
module
E/O
OUT
O/E
IN
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the LWXS board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LWXS to the WDM side
of the LWXS, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1065
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Transmit direction
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the service processing module. The
module performs operations such as the regeneration of Any signals and the performance
monitoring of SDH/SONET and GE signals. Then, the module sends the signals to the
WDM-side optical module.
After performing E/O conversion, the WDM-side optical module sends out Any optical
signals at DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 or CWDM wavelengths
Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives one channel of Any optical signals at DWDM
ITU-T G.694.2 through the IN optical interface. Then, the module performs O/E
conversion.
The module performs operations such as the regeneration of Any signals and the
performance monitoring of SDH/SONET and GE signals. Then, the module outputs one
channel of Any electrical signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the electrical signals, and then
outputs one channel of client-side optical signals through the TX optical interface.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of Any optical signals.


Monitors the performance of SDH/SONET and GE signals in two directions.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1066
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l
Power supply module

13.29.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LWXS board.

Figure 13-149 shows the front panel of the LWXS board.
Figure 13-149 Front panel of the LWXS board
LWXS
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
OUT
IN
LWXS
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1067
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 13-360 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LWXS board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT
LC

multiplexer board.
TX
LC
RX
LC
Laser Hazard Level

13.29.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LWXS board.
Table 13-361 shows the valid slots for the TN11LWXS board.
Table 13-361 Valid slots for theTN11LWXS board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
IU1-IU16

1068
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-362 shows the valid slots for the TN12LWXS board.
Table 13-362 Valid slots for theTN12LWXS board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
13.29.7 Characteristic Code for the LWXS

Code for OTUs.


Table 13-363 Mapping between the physical ports on the LWXS board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN/OUT
TX/RX
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1069
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


For parameters of the LWXS, refer to Table 13-364
Table 13-364 LWXS parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

a board.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Service Type
None, Any, DVB-ASI,

ESCON, FC-100,
FC-200, FDDI, FE,
FICON, FICON
Express, GE, OC-3,
OC-12, OC-48,
STM-1, STM-4,
STM-16, ETR, CLO

NOTE
Only TN12LWXS supports ETR, and CLO
services.
Default: Any
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1070
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Client Service
Bearer Rate (Mbit/
s)
16 to 2500

board.
Default: 2500

be set only when the type of the client-side
The set value should be consistent with the
rate of the actually accessed services.
Off, On
Laser Status
Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Disabled, Enabled
Default:
l WDM side:
Disabled

status of a board.
more information.

Current Bearer
Rate(Mbit/s)
This parameter provides an option to query

the rate of services accessed at the optical
interface on the client side for the OTUs at
any rate.
OFC Enabled
Disabled, Enabled
The open fiber control (OFC) function

controls the transmit power of the laser
when the fiber is disconnected. When the
OFC function is enabled, the laser sends
short pulse, rather than remains in the
enabled state, to check whether the fiber is
connected. In this way, the output optical
power of the laser is cut, which prevents eye
injury.
Default: Disabled
NOTE
l Set the LPT and ALS functions to Disabled
after the OFC function is enabled.
l The OFC function cannot coexist with
protection.
l This parameter is valid only when the
Service Type parameter is set to ISC 1G or
ISC 2G.
l Only the TN12LWXS supports this
parameter.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1071
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Band Type
Tunable
Wavelength Range

Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.10
0

l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.17
0 to
18/1611.00/188.78
0

Default: /
Planned Band
Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

wavelength.
SD Trigger
Condition
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

resides.
13.29.10 LWXS Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1072
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed
Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side Fixed
Optical Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable
Optical
Module
TN
11L
WX
S
N/A
2.125 Gbit/s
N/A
TN
12L
WX
S
I-16-2 km-eSFP
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP
L-16.2-80 km-eSFP
(CWDM)-40 km-eSFP
(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
(DWDM)-120 km-eSFP

Channels-Tunable)
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
NOTE
point.

NOTE
The I-16-2 km-eSFP, S-16.1-15 km-eSFP, and L-16.2-80 km-eSFP optical module can be used to access ETR,
CLO, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, and DVB-ASI signals.
Only the S-16.1-15 km optical module supports FE services, and it can only connect to a 100BASE-LX10 optical
module.
The 2.125 Gbit/s Multirate-0.5 km-eSFP optical module is used to access FC200, GE, FC100 and FE signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1073
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
0.5 km (0.3
mi.)
2 km (1.2 mi.)
15 km (9.3
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
830 to 860
1266 to 1360
1260 to 1360
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-2.5
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9.5
-10
-5
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
8.2
8.2
Maximum
-20 dB
spectral
width
nm
N/A
N/A
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
N/A
N/A
30
30
Eye pattern
mask
IEEE802.3zcompliant
G.957-compliant

Receiver
type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
PIN
PIN

PIN
APD
1074
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1580
1270 to 1580
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-17
-18
-18
-28
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
N/A
-27
-27
-27
NOTE
The 1.25 Gbit/s Multirate (CWDM)-40 km-eSFP optical module can be used to access ETR, CLO, GE, FC100,
STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, FE, or DVB-ASI signals.
The 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (CWDM)-80 km-eSFP optical module can be used to access ETR, CLO, STM-16,
OC-48, FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, or FE signals.

wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
range
nm
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm

power
dBm

1075
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
1.0
1.0
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
PIN
APD
range
nm
1270 to 1620
1270 to 1620
dBm
-19
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27

wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
Target transmission
distance
120 km (74.6 mi.)

Center frequency
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
THz
192.10 to 196.00

1076
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
GHz
12.5

power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
ps/nm
2400
Eye pattern mask

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
APD
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

1077
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Line code
format
Value
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Waveleng
th-NRZPINa
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Waveleng
th-NRZAPDa
6500 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZPIN
3200 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Waveleng
th-NRZAPD
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gth-NRZAPD
6400 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-NRZAPD
(Four
ChannelsTunable)
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ

Maximum
mean launched
power
dBm
-1
-1
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-5
-5
-2
-2
-2
-2
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
10
10
8.2
8.2
10
8.2
Center
frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
Center
frequency
deviation
GHz
10
Maximum -20
dB spectral
width
nm
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.2
0.5
Minimum side
mode
suppression
ratio
dB
35
35
30
30
35
35
Dispersion
tolerance
ps/nm
12800
12800
6500
3200
12800
6400
Eye pattern
mask
G.959.1-compliant

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1078
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Waveleng
th-NRZPINa
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Waveleng
th-NRZAPDa
6500 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Wavelen
gth-NRZPIN
3200 ps/
nm-C
BandFixed
Waveleng
th-NRZAPD
12800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gth-NRZAPD
6400 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-NRZAPD
(Four
ChannelsTunable)
APD
PIN
APD
APD
APD
Receiver type
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1200 to 1650
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-18
-28
-18
-26
-28
-28
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-9
-10
-9
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27
-27
-27
1300 to
1575

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type

Line code format
Value
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
NRZ
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

power
dBm

power
dBm
2.5
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
nm
1271 to 1611

1079
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
ps/nm
1600
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
APD
nm
1200 to 1650
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
NOTE
be NRZ.
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
LWXS
33.9
37.3
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1080
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.30 TMX
TMX: 4-channel STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 asynchronous mux OTU2 wavelength conversion
board.

The available functional versions of the TMX board are TN11 and TN12.

Huawei office.
Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11T
MX
TN
12T
MX

l
Function:
TN11TMX supports AFEC, and the TN12TMX supports AFEC-2. Boards that use
different FEC modes cannot interoperate with each other. For details, see 13.30.3
Specification:
The TN11TMX board supports fixed optical module and tunable optical module on the
WDM side. The TN12TMX board supports fixed optical module, tunable optical
module, XFP module and gray optical module on the WDM side. For specifications of
each version, see 13.30.10 TMX Specifications.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1081
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11TMX
TN12TMX
The TN12TMX can be created as 11TMX on the NMS. The

upgrade. After substitution, the TN12TMX functions as the
TN11TMX.
NOTE
NOTE
When a TN11TMX board receives OTU1 services on the client side
and FEC is enabled, the TN12TMX board cannot substitute for the
TN11TMX board.
TN12TMX
None
13.30.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the TMX board multiplexes four channels of STM-16/
OC-48/OTU1 service signals into one channel of OTU2 signals, and implements conversion
between these service signals and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations.
For the position of the TMX board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-150.
Figure 13-150 Position of the TMX board in the WDM system
TMX
TMX
1
STM-16
OC-48
OTU1
4ODU1
1ODU2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1OTU2
1OTU2
1ODU2
4ODU1
STM-16
OC-48
OTU1
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X

The TMX board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1082
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-370 Functions and features of the TMX board

Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
TMX converts signals as follows:

Client-side
service type
OTN function

to the ITU-T G.709.
WDM
specification
Tunable
wavelength
function
ESC function
Supported
PRBS test
function
LPT function
Not supported
FEC encoding
TN11TMX:


the WDM side.
TN12TMX:
l Does not support FEC on the client side, when the client side service
type is OTU1.
the WDM side.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1083
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring

power of the laser.
l The WDM-side signals from one TN11TMX board can be
Regeneration
board
l The WDM-side signals from one TN12TMX board can be

regenerated by another TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2/
TN55NO2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2 board.
ALS function
Test frame
Not supported
Latency
measurement
Not supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Supported
Electrical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Protection
scheme

DCP/QCP board).
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783

1084
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The TMX board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-151 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TMX board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1085
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-151 Functional modules and signal flow of the TMX board
Client side
WDM side
RX1
RX2
RX3
RX4
O/E
TX1
TX2
TX3
TX4
E/O
SDH/SONET
encapsulation and
mapping module
Client-side
optical
module
Client-side OTN
processing module
OTN
processing
module
E/O
OUT
O/E
IN
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the TMX board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TMX to the WDM side
of the TMX, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives four channels of the optical signals from client
After the O/E conversion, the four channels of electrical signals are sent to the signal
processing module. OTU1 signals are sent to the client-side OTN processing module for
performance monitoring. Other types of signals are sent to the SDH/SONET encapsulation
and mapping modules for encapsulation and mapping. In the end, operations such as the
OTN framing and FEC encoding processing are performed. Then, the module outputs one
channel of OTU2 electrical signals.
Receive direction
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1086
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

module performs operations such as OTU2 framing, decoding of FEC, demapping, and
decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs four channels of STM-16/OC-48/
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of STM-16/OC-48/OTU1
electrical signals, and then outputs client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX4 optical
interfaces.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of four channels of STM-16/OC-48/
electrical signals to STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 optical signals.


The module consists of the SDH/SONET encapsulation and mapping module, client-side
OTN processing module, and OTN processing module.
Encapsulates multiples channel of SDH/SONET signals and maps the signals into the
OTU2 payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the SDH/

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1087
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power supply module

13.30.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TMX board.

Figure 13-152 shows the front panel of the TMX board.
Figure 13-152 Front panel of the TMX board
TMX
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
OUT
IN
TMX
Indicators
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1088
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 13-371 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TMX board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT
LC

multiplexer board.
TX1-TX4
LC
RX1-RX4
LC
Laser Hazard Level

13.30.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TMX board.
Table 13-372 shows the valid slots for the TN11TMX board.
Table 13-372 Valid slots for TN11TMX board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
Table 13-373 shows the valid slots for the TN12TMX board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1089
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-373 Valid slots for TN12TMX board

Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
13.30.7 Characteristic Code for the TMX

Code for OTUs.


Table 13-374 Mapping between the physical ports on the TMX board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN/OUT
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1090
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


For parameters of the TMX, refer to Table 13-375.
Table 13-375 TMX parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

channel of a board.
moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Service Type
None, OTU-1, OC-48,

STM-16

Default: OTU-1
Laser Status
Off, On
Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

more information.

1091
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

Default: 0s
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Turn-On
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s
FEC Working State
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

NOTE
Only the TN12TMX supports this parameter.

the related lasers.
NOTE
Only the TN12TMX supports this parameter.

FEC Mode
FEC, AFEC
Default: FEC

Enabled.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Band Type

1092
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
l C: 1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.100

l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.170
to
18/1611.00/188.780

Default: /
Planned Band Type
C, CWDM
Default: C
NOTE

wavelength.
NOTE
SD Trigger
Condition
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

board resides.
NOTE
Only TN11TMX supports this parameter.
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

to Disabled.
NOTE
Only TN12TMX supports this parameter.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1093
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled

Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

NOTE
Only TN12TMX supports the parameter.
13.30.10 TMX Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1094
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed
Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side Fixed
Optical Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable
Optical Module
TN
11T
MX
N/A
I-16-2 km-eSFP
N/A
L-16.2-80 km-eSFP
800 ps/nm-C Band

(odd & even
wavelengths)-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZPIN

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP

(DWDM)-120 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP
L-16.1-40 km-eSFP

TN
12T
MX
N/A
I-16-2 km-eSFP
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP
L-16.1-40 km-eSFP
L-16.2-80 km-eSFP
(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP


(DWDM)-120 kmeSFP
800 ps/nm-C Band

(Odd & Even
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80 kmXFP
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1095
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
NOTE
point.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
SLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
2 km (1.2 mi.) 15 km (9.3

mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1266 to 1360
1260 to 1360
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-10
-5
-2
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
Maximum
-20 dB
spectral
width
nm
N/A

1096
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
30
30
30
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
N/A
Eye pattern
mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
APD
APD
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1270 to 1580
1270 to 1580
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-18
-18
-27
-28
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27

wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
80 km (49.7 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
nm
1471 to 1611
dBm
dBm

1097
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type

(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
dB
8.2
nm
6.5
Maximum -20 dB spectral width
nm
1.0
Minimum side mode suppression

ratio
dB
30
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
APD
nm
1270 to 1620
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
Target transmission
distance
120 km (74.6 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
GHz
12.5

power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2

1098
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
ps/nm
2400
Eye pattern mask


Receiver type
APD
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
800 ps/nm-C Band
(odd & even
wavelengths)-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZPIN
NRZ
NRZ
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

power
dBm

power
dBm
-3
-3
dB
10
10

1099
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type
800 ps/nm-C Band

(odd & even
wavelengths)-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZPIN
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.05
192.10 to 196.05
GHz
10

width
nm
0.3
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
35
ps/nm
800
800

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
nm
1200 to 1650

(FEC on)
dBm
-16
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Line code
format
Value
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthNRZPIN
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavele
ngthNRZAPD
4800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthODBAPD
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-(D)RZPIN
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-NRZPIN
NRZ
NRZ
ODB
(D)RZ
NRZ

Maximum
mean launched
power
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
dBm

1100
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthNRZPIN
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavele
ngthNRZAPD
4800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthODBAPD
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-(D)RZPIN
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-NRZPIN
Minimum
mean launched
power
dBm
-3
-3
-3
-3
-3
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
10
10
N/Aa
10
10
Center
frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.05
Center
frequency
deviation
GHz
Maximum -20
dB spectral
width
nm
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
Minimum side
mode
suppression
ratio
dB
35
35
35
35
35
Dispersion
tolerance
ps/
nm
1200
1200
4800
800
800
APD
APD
PIN
PIN
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1200 to 1650
Receiver
sensitivity,
EOL (FEC on)
dBm
-16
-26
-26
-16
-16
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-9
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27
-27

1101
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthNRZPIN
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavele
ngthNRZAPD
4800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthODBAPD
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-(D)RZPIN
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-NRZPIN

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ

power
dBm

power
dBm
-3
dB
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz
10
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800

Receiver type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

PIN
1102
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ

power
dBm

power
dBm
-1
dB
10
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

1103
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80 kmXFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source
type
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
10 km (6.2 mi.)
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1290 to 1330
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
Maximum
mean launched
power
dBm
-1
Minimum
mean launched
power
dBm
-6
-1
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
8.2
Minimum side
mode
suppression
ratio
dB
30
30
30

1104
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Eye pattern
mask
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80 kmXFP
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
APD
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1290 to 1565
1260 to 1605
1270 to 1600
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-11
-14
-24
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-1
-1
-7
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight:
TN11TMX: 1.4 kg (3.1 lb.)
TN12TMX: 1.1 kg (2.4 lb.)
Power Consumption
Boar
d
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona
(W)
TN1
1TM
X

40.3
44.3
42.1
46.4

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1105
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
TN1
2TM
X
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona
(W)

44.5
51.2

Wavelength-ODB-APD
48.4
55.7

31.4
36.1

32.4
37.1

41
45.5

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
39
43.7

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1106
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14 OTN Tributary Board
14
OTN Tributary Board
About This Chapter

14.1 Overview
Huawei OTN product series support the use of separate tributary and line boards. Tributary and
line boards work with cross-connect boards. A tributary board plus a line board together performs
the functions of an OTU board. Different from an OTU board, the tributary and line boards
achieve more flexible and fine-grained grooming of electrical services and offers a higher
bandwidth utilization by working with a cross-connect board.
14.2 TBE
TBE: 10 Gigabit Ethernet tributary board
14.3 TDG
TDG: 2 x GE tributary service processing board
14.4 TDX
TDX: 2 x 10G tributary service processing board
14.5 TEM28
TEM28: 24xGE+4x10GE Ethernet tributary unit
14.6 THA
THA: 16 Any-rate Ports Service Processing Board
14.7 TOA
TOA: 8 Any-rate Ports Service Processing Board
14.8 TOG
TOG: 8 x GE tributary service processing board
14.9 TOM
TOM: 8 x multi-rate ports service processing board
14.10 TOX
TOX: 8 x 10 Gbit/s tributary service processing board
14.11 TQM
TQM: 4 x multi-rate tributary service processing board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1107
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.12 TQS
TQS: 4 x STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 tributary service processing board
14.13 TQX
TQX: 4 x 10 Gbit/s tributary service processing board
14.14 TSC
TSC: 100G tributary service processing board
14.15 TSXL
TSXL: 40 Gbit/s tributary service processing board
14.16 TTX
TTX: 10 x 10G tributary service processing board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1108
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.1 Overview
Huawei OTN product series support the use of separate tributary and line boards. Tributary and
line boards work with cross-connect boards. A tributary board plus a line board together performs
the functions of an OTU board. Different from an OTU board, the tributary and line boards
achieve more flexible and fine-grained grooming of electrical services and offers a higher
bandwidth utilization by working with a cross-connect board.
Positions of OTN Tributary in a WDM System

A OTN tributary board receives client-side services, performs O-E conversion, maps the services
into ODUk containers, and lastly sends the ODUk electrical signals to cross-connect board for
centralized cross-connection.
Figure 14-1 shows the positions of OTN tributary boards in a WDM system.
Figure 14-1 Positions of OTN tributary boards in a WDM system
Client-side
services
ODUk
WDM-side
services
ODUk
OTN Tributary
board
Line
Board
OTN Tributary
board
Line
Board
SC1
WDM-side ODF
Line
Board
FIU
OTN Tributary
board
OA
Line
Board
OM
OA
OD
OTN Tributary
board
Types of OTN Tributary Boards

The differences between different types of OTN tributary boards lie in the type and number of
client-side signals, and the type and number of electrical signals sent to the cross-connect board.
Table 14-1 provides the main functions of the OTN tributary boards. The THA, TOA, and TOM
tributary boards can apply to multiple scenarios. For details on these scenarios, see 14.6 THA,
14.7 TOA, and 14.9 TOM. The TEM28 tributary board supports Layer 2 processing of Ethernet
services.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1109
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-1 Main functions of OTN tributary boards

Board
Client-Side Service
Backplane-Side Signal
Pluggable Optical
Module
Type
Max.
Number
Type
Max. Number
TN11TBE
FE, GE, 10GE

LAN, 10GE
WAN
See 14.2.3
Applicati
on.
GE
16
TN11TDG
GE
GE
ODU1
TN11TDX
10GE LAN,
10GE WAN,
STM-64, OC-192
ODU1
TN12TDX
10GE LAN,
10GE WAN,
STM-64, OC-192
ODU2, ODU2e
TN52TDX
10GE LAN,
10GE WAN,
STM-64,
OC-192, OTU2,
OTU2e
ODU2, ODU2e
TN53TDX
10GE LAN,
10GE WAN,
STM-64,
OC-192, OTU2,
OTU2e, FC800,
FC1200
ODU2, ODU2e
FC800
ODUflex
FE, FDDI, GE,

STM-1, STM-4,
OC-3, OC-12,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI,
ESCON, OTU1
See 14.6.3
Applicati
on
Overview
.
ODU0
See 14.6.3
Application
Overview.
TN54THA
FE, GE, OTU1,

STM-1, OC-3,
STM-4, OC-12,
STM-16, OC-48,
FC100, FC200,
FICON, FICON
Express, DVBASI, ESCON,
FDDI
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
ODU1

1110
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
TN54TOA
TN52TOG
Client-Side Service
Type
Max.
Number
Type
Max. Number
FE, FDDI, GE,

STM-1, STM-4,
OC-3, OC-12,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI,
ESCON, SDI,
OTU1
See 14.7.3
Applicati
on
Overview
.
ODU0
See 14.7.3
Application
Overview.
ODU0
ODU1
FE, FDDI,
STM-1, OC-3,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, STM-4,
OC-12, GE,
FC100, FICON,
STM-16, FC200,
FICON Express,
HD-SDI, HDSDIRBR, OTU1
ODU1
3G-SDI, 3GSDIRBR, FC400,

FICON4G
ODUflex
GE
Pluggable Optical
Module
TN11TOM
FC100, FICON,
GE, STM-4,
OC-12, DVBASI, ESCON,
FDDI, FE,
STM-1, OC-3,
FC200, FICON
Express,
STM-16, OC-48,
OTU1
See
Applicati
on
Scenario
Overview
of
TN11TO
M.
ODU1
See Application
Scenario
Overview of
TN11TOM.
TN52TOM
FE, FDDI, DVBASI, SDI,

ESCON, GE,
FC100, FICON,
OTU1
See
Applicati
on
Scenario
Overview
of
TN52TO
M.
ODU0
See Application
Scenario
Overview of
TN52TOM.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1111
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Client-Side Service
Type
Type
Max.
Number
FE, FDDI,
STM-1, OC-3,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, STM-4,
OC-12, GE,
FC100, FICON,
STM-16, OC-48,
FC200, FICON
Express, HDSDI, OTU1
Max. Number
Pluggable Optical
Module
ODU1
TN55TOX
STM-64,
OC-192, 10GE
LAN, 10GE
WAN, OTU2,
OTU2e
ODU2, ODU2e
TN56TOX
STM-64,
OC-192, 10GE
LAN, 10GE
WAN, OTU2,
OTU2e, FC800,
FC1200
ODU2, ODU2e,
ODUflex
TN11TQM
STM-4, STM-1,
OC-12, OC-3,
FE, ESCON,
DVB-ASI,
ESCON
ODU1
GE, FC100,
FICON
FC200, FICON
Express,
STM-16, OC-48
STM-4, STM-1,
OC-12, OC-3,
FE, ESCON,
DVB-ASI,
ESCON, FDDI
ODU1
GE, FC100,
FICON
TN12TQM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1112
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Client-Side Service
Type
Max.
Number
Type
Max. Number
FC200, FICON
Express,
STM-16, OC-48,
OTU1
TN11TQS
STM-16, OC-48,
OTU1
ODU1
TN11TQX
STM-64,
OC-192, 10GE
LAN, 10GE
WAN
ODU2
TN52TQX
STM-64,
OC-192, 10GE
LAN, 10GE
WAN, OTU2,
OTU2e
ODU2, ODU2e
TN53TQX
STM-64,
OC-192, 10GE
LAN, 10GE
WAN, OTU2,
OTU2e, FC800,
FC1200
ODU2, ODU2e
TN55TQX
STM-64,
OC-192, 10GE
LAN, 10GE
WAN, OTU2,
OTU2e, FC800,
FC1200
ODU2, ODU2e
FC800
ODUflex
TN54TSC
100GE, OTU4
ODU4
TN11TSX
L
STM-256,
OC-768
ODU2
TN53TSX
L
STM-256,
OC-768, OTU3
ODU3
TN54TSX
L
40GE
ODU3
TN54TTX
10GE LAN,
10GE WAN,
STM-64, OC-192
10
ODU2, ODU2e
10
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

Pluggable Optical
Module
1113
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
TN55TTX
TN54TEM
28
Client-Side Service
Type
Max.
Number
Type
Max. Number
10GE LAN,
10GE WAN,
STM-64,
OC-192, OTU2,
OTU2e, FC800,
FC1200
10
ODU2, ODU2e
10
FC800
10
ODUflex
FE, GE
24
10GE LAN,
10GE WAN
16 x ODU0, 8 x ODU1, 2 x ODU2, 8 x

ODUflex. The total bandwidth is 20G
bit/s.
Pluggable Optical
Module
14.2 TBE
TBE: 10 Gigabit Ethernet tributary board

The available functional version of the TBE board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Bo
ard
Ini
tial
Ve
rsi
on
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Univers
al
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11
TB
E
V1
00
R0
03
Variants
The TN11TBE board has only one variant: TN11TBE01.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1114
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Hardware Update

that the TBE board supports
client 1+1 protection only when
the EPL service is configured,
and the RX/TX port of the board
does not support client 1+1
protection.

Hardware Update

Updated description of the
TBE board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1115
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.2.3 Application
As a type of tributary board, the TBE board converges eight channels of GE services and a
maximum of 16 channels of cross-connect GE services into one channel of 10GE services and
deconverges one channel of 10GE services into multiple GE services, converges multiple flatrate GE services into one full-rate GE service, and implements transparent transmission of GEGE services.
Application Scenario 1: Converging/Deconverging 8xGE Services and a Maximum

of 16 Cross-Connect GE Services to/from One 10GE Service
For the position of the TBE board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-2.
Figure 14-2 Position of the TBE board in the WDM system
TBE
TBE
1
1
Local
Client
Side: GE
Local
Client
Side: GE
8
10GE
10GE
L4G
GE 4
4 L4G
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
L4G 4
4
GE
L4G 4
L2
L2
Application Scenario 2: Transparent Transmission of GE-GE Services

For the position of the TBE board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-3.
Figure 14-3 Position of the TBE board in the WDM system
TBE
TBE
1
L4G
GE 4
4 L4G
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
L4G 4
4
L4G 4
L2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
GE
8
L2

1116
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The TBE board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer and ALS.
Table 14-2 Functions and features of the TBE board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
l Converges eight channels of GE services and a maximum of 16

channels of cross-connect GE services into one channel of 10GE
services and deconverges one channel of 10GE services into multiple
GE services.
l Converges multiple flat-rate GE services into one full-rate GE
service.
l Implements transparent transmission of GE-GE services.
The reverse process is similar.
Client-side
service type

NOTE
The TBE board supports both FE/GE electrical signal and FE/GE optical signal.
For FE/GE electrical signal transmission, it is recommended that the board be
equipped with at most two GE electrical modules to facilitate fiber routing.
Cross-connect
capabilities
OptiX OSN 6800:

l Supports backplane cross-connections of 16 GE services from/to the
active/standby cross-connect board when the TBE board is installed
in slot IU1/IU4/IU11/IU14.
l Supports backplane cross-connections of 8 GE services from/to the
active/standby cross-connect board when the TBE board is installed
in any of slots IU2/IU3, IU5-IU8, IU12/IU13, and IU15/IU16. Each
of the VCTRUNK1-VCTRUNK8 and VCTRUNK9-VCTRUNK16
ports on the board supports a maximum of 4 GE services.
OptiX OSN 3800:
l Supports backplane cross-connections of 16 GE services from/to
another service board when the TBE board and the other service board
are installed in non-paired slots.
l Supports backplane cross-connections of 8 GE services from/to
another service board when the TBE board and the other service board
are installed in paired slots. Each of the VCTRUNK1-VCTRUNK8
and VCTRUNK9-VCTRUNK16 ports on the board supports a
maximum of 4 GE services.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1117
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Alarms and
performance
events monitoring
ALS function
l Supports the monitoring of the alarms and performance events of the

FE, GE, 10GE WAN and 10GE LAN.
NOTE
provisioned.
QinQ
supported
QoS (Quality of
Service)
Supports CAR (Committed Access Rate) and CoS (Class of Service).
ETH OAM
Supports IEEE802.1ag and IEEE802.3ah-compliant ETH OAM

protocol.
LAG (Link
Aggregation
Group)
l Supports the aggregation group protocol to aggregate services from

IP port to Trunk port.
l Supports manual and static link aggregation.
l Supports payload equalization and non-payload equalization
VLAN broadcast
Supports VLAN-based service group broadcast.
CVLAN group
port
Supports a group of CVLAN to be used as one VLAN.
Layer 2 switching
Supports the MAC address learning and aging.

Supports one VB.
Flow control
Supports IEEE802.3X-compliant Ethernet flow control protocol and

flow control termination.
EPL (Ethernet
Private Line)
Provides point-to-point EPL dedicated line.
EVPL (Ethernet
Virtual Private
Line)
Provides point-to-multipoint EVPL dedicated line and supports VLANbased switching.
Port working
mode
10GE optical interface: 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN

GE optical interface: 1000MFULL, auto-negotiation
GE electric interface: auto-negotiation
FE optical interface: 100MFULL
FE electric interface: 10MHALF, 10MFULL, 100MHALF, 100MFULL,
auto-negotiation
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1118
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Protection
schemes
Supports VLAN SNCP.

Supports DBPS protection.
Supports LAG protection.
Supports DLAG protection.
Supports ERPS protection.
Supports client 1+1 protection.
NOTE
RX/TX ports do not support client 1+1 protection.
Test frame
Supported
PRBS test
function
Not supported
LPT function
Supported
NOTE
The LPT function cannot be configured for EVPL services but only for
bidirectional EPL services (port <-> VCTRUNK). When the LPT function is
enabled, Source C-VLAN and Sink C-VLAN of an EPL service must be left
empty.
Electrical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Loopback
10GE optical
interface
MAC
PHY
GE optical
interface
MAC
PHY
GE electric
interface
MAC
PHY
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Not
supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Not
supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Not
supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
1119
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
FE optical
interface
MAC
PHY
FE electric
interface
MAC
PHY
Protocols or
standards
compliance

Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Not
supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Not
supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Not
supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
IEEE 802.1q VLAN

All L2 protocols including xSTP,
LACP, EthOAM, DHCP, PPP, etc.
MPLS protocols
All L3 protocols including ARP,
IGMP, OSPF, IGRP etc.

monitoring)

IEEE 802.3ad LACP
IEEE 802.1q VLAN
IEEE 802.1ag OAM
IEEE 802.3ah OAM
IEEE IGMP
STP, RSTP, MSTP
R-APS

The TBE board consists of the client-side GE optical module, client-side 10GE optical module,
L2 switching module, cross-connect module, control and communication module, and power
supply module.
Functional Modules and Signal Flow

Figure 14-4 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TBE board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1120
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-4 Functional modules and signal flow of the TBE board
GE
16
Client side
RX1
RX2
O/E
8
RX8
TX1
TX2
16
E/O
TX8
Client-side
GE optical
module
RX
O/E
TX
E/O
L2
switching
module
Cross-connect
module
16
Client-side
10GE optical
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
NOTE
electrical signals.
Suggest change RX1/TX1, RX2/TX2 optical interfaces to electrical interfaces only.
Convergence of Multiple GE Services into 10GE Services

l
Positive process:
The client-side GE optical module receives eight channels of GE optical signals from
client equipment through the RX1-RX8 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the eight channels of GE electrical signals are sent to the L2
switching module. The eight channels of GE electrical signals are converged with a
maximum of sixteen channels of GE electrical signals groomed from the cross-connect
module into one channel of 10GE electrical signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1121
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The 10GE electrical signals are sent to the client-side 10GE optical module. After
performing the E/O conversion, the module sends out 10GE optical signals through the
TX optical interface.
l
Negative process:
The client-side 10GE optical module receives 10GE optical signals from client
After O/E conversion, 10GE electrical signals are sent to the L2 switching module. This
module deconverges the one channel of 10GE electrical signals into multiple channels
of GE electrical signals.
A maximum of eight channels of GE electrical signals are sent to the client-side GE
optical module. After performing the E/O conversion, the module sends out GE optical
signals through the TX1-TX8 optical interfaces.
A maximum of 16 channels of GE electrical signals are sent to other boards by the crossconnect module through the backplane.
Convergence or Transparent Transmission of GE-to-GE Services

l
Positive process:
The client-side GE optical module receives eight channels of GE optical signals from
client equipment through the RX1-RX8 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the eight channels of GE electrical signals are sent to the L2
switching module. Based on the service requirement, the L2 switching module either
transparently transmits the received GE signals or converges the received multiple
channels of flat-rate GE signals into one channel of GE signals.
The GE signals are sent to other boards by the cross-connect module through the
backplane.
Negative process:
The cross-connect module receives the GE electrical signals groomed from other boards
GE electrical signals are sent to the L2 switching module. The L2 switching module
either transparently transmits the received GE signals or deconverges the received GE
signals into multiple channels of flat-rate GE signals.
The client-side GE optical module performs the E/O conversion of GE electrical signals,
and then outputs the optical signals through the TX optical interface.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of GE/10GE optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from the internal electrical signals
to GE/10GE optical signals.
L2 switching module
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1122
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


l
Implements cross-connecting 16 GE signals to the other boards through the backplane.
The grooming service signals are GE signals.
OptiX OSN 6800: Supports cross-connecting 16 channels of GE signals to the central
working/protection cross-connect board.
OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of 16 channels of GE signals from one board
of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other three boards belonging to the
mesh group.

Power supply module

14.2.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TBE board.

Figure 14-5 shows the front panel of the TBE board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1123
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-5 Front panel of the TBE board
TBE
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TX5
RX5
TX6
RX6
TX7
RX7
TX8
RX8
TX
RX
TBE
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1124
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-3 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TBE board
Interface
Type
Function
TX1-TX8
LC

TX
LC
Transmits the 10 GE service signal to the client-side

equipment.
RX1-RX8
LC

RX
LC
Receives the 10 GE service signal from the client-side

equipment.
NOTE
It is recommended to change RX1/TX1 and RX2/TX2 optical interfaces to electrical interfaces only.
Laser Hazard Level

14.2.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TBE board.
Table 14-4 shows the valid slots for the TBE board.
Table 14-4 Valid slots for the TBE board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
IU2-IU5

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1125
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 14-5 Mapping between the physical ports on the TBE board and the port numbers
Physical Port
TX/RX
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4
TX5/RX5
TX6/RX6
TX7/RX7
10
TX8/RX8
11
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 14-6 describes the application model of the TBE board. Table 14-6 describes the meaning
of each port.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1126
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-6 Port diagram of the TBE board

Backplane
8 x GE 8 x GE
VCTRUNK1
PORT3
PORT4
101(AP1/AP1)-1
108(AP8/AP8)-1
VCTRUNK8
PORT11
Client side
L2 switching
model
Cross-connect
model
Cross-connection that must be configured on the NMS to receive ODUk signals from other
boards
NOTE
l When the TBE board is installed in any of slots IU2/IU3, IU5-IU8, IU12/IU13, and IU15/IU16 in an OptiX
OSN 6800 subrack, it supports backplane cross-connections of up to 8 GE services from/to the active/standby
cross-connect board. Each of the VCTRUNK1-VCTRUNK8 and VCTRUNK9-VCTRUNK16 ports on the
board supports a maximum of 4 GE services.
l When the TBE and another service board are installed in paired slots in an OptiX OSN 3800 subrack, it
supports backplane cross-connections of 8 GE services from/to the other three boards. Each of the
VCTRUNK1-VCTRUNK8 and VCTRUNK9-VCTRUNK16 ports on the board supports a maximum of 4
GE services.
Table 14-6 Description of NM port of the TBE board

Port Name
Description
PORT3
The port corresponds to the client side optical interface RX/

TX.
PORT4-PORT11
These ports correspond to the client-side optical interfaces

RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8.
VCTRUNK1VCTRUNK16
AP1-AP16

If the TBE board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
the PORT and VCTRUNK ports. The deconvergence of the 10GE services that are accessed
from the client-side PORT3 port is implemented through the L2 switching module.
1127
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Between the VCTRUNK ports and the AP ports of the cross-connect module are one-toone port connections, which do not need to be set on the U2000.
During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the crossconnection between the AP port of the TBE board and the AP port of other boards, as shown
by
in Figure 14-7. (The GE services accessed from the client side of the TBE board are
cross-connected to the client side of other boards for protection and the inter-board service
deconvergence.)
During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the crossconnection between the AP port of the TBE board and the LP port of other boards, as shown
by in Figure 14-7. (The GE services accessed from the client side of the TBE board are
cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards for protection and inter-board service
convergence.)
Figure 14-7 Cross-connection diagram of the TBE board

Client side
Client side
WDM side
Other board
101(AP1/AP1)-1
201(LP/LP)-1
102(AP2/AP2)-1
201(LP/LP)-2
103(AP3/AP3)-1
201(LP/LP)-3
104(AP4/AP4)-1
201(LP/LP)-4
101(AP1/AP1)-1
102(AP2/AP2)-1
103(AP3/AP3)-1
116(AP16/AP16)-1
TBE
The client side of the TBE board are cross-connected to the

client side of other boards
The client side of the TBE board are cross-connected to the

WDM side of other boards

TN11TQM / TN12TQM

For parameters of the TBE, refer to Table 14-7.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1128
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-7 TBE parameters

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Laser Status
Off, On
Default: Off

status of a board.
more information.
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Disabled, Enabled
LPT Enabled
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled
Default: Disabled

14.2.11 TBE Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1129
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Client-Side Fixed Optical

Module
Client-Side Pluggable Optical

Module
TN11TB
E
N/A
100 BASE-FX-10 km-eSFP

100 BASE-FX-80 km-eSFP
2.125 Gbit/s Multirate-0.5 km-eSFP
1000 BASE-LX-10 km-eSFP
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km-eSFP
1.25 Gbit/s Multirate (CWDM)-40 kmeSFP
10 Gbit/s Single Rate-0.3 km-XFP
NOTE
point.

Table 14-8 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (FE services)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Value
100 BASE-FX-10
km-eSFP
100 BASE-FX-80
km-eSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
10 km (6.2 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
-3
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-11.5
-2

1130
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Value
100 BASE-FX-10
km-eSFP
100 BASE-FX-80
km-eSFP
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
Center frequency
nm
1310
1550
Eye pattern mask
IEEE802.3zcompliant
IEEE802.3zcompliant

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
(EOL)
dBm
-19
-22
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
0.5 km (0.3
mi.)
10 km (6.2
mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-2.5
-3

1131
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9.5
-9
-5
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask

Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-17
-20
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3
NOTE
Std 802.3.
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)

1132
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP

range
nm
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
1.0
1.0
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
APD
range
nm
1270 to 1620
1270 to 1620
dBm
-19
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27

1133
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
SLM
SLM
SLM
MLM
Target
transmissio
n distance
10 km (6.2 mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
0.3 km (0.2
mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1290 to 1330
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
840 to 860
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-1
-1.3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-6
-4.7
-7.3
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
30
30
30
30
Eye pattern
mask
G.691-compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
APD
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1260 to 1565
1260 to 1605
1270 to 1600
840 to 860

1134
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Receiver
sensitivity
(multirate)a
dBm
-11
-14
-24
-7.5
Receiver
sensitivity
(10GE
LAN)
dBm
-14.4
-15.8
-24
-7.5
Minimum
receiver
overload
(10GE
LAN)
dBm
0.5
-1
-7
-1
Minimum
receiver
overload
(STM-64)a
dBm
-1
-1
-7
-1
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-12
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11TBE
40.7
44.8
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1135
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.3 TDG
TDG: 2 x GE tributary service processing board

Only one functional version of the TDG board is available, that is, TN11.

Huawei office.
Bo
ard
Ini
tial
Ve
rsi
on
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Univers
al
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11
TD
G
V1
00
R0
01
Variants
The TN11TDG board has only one variant: TN11TDG01.
14.3.2 Application
As a type of tributary board, the TDG board implements conversion between two channels of
GE optical signals and two channels of GE electrical signals or one channel of ODU1 electrical
signals through cross-connection.
For the position of the TDG board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-8.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1136
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-8 Position of the TDG board in the WDM system

1xODU1
1xODU1
TDG
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
N
S
2
1xODU1
N
S
2
1xODU1
GE
TDG
GE/ODU1
GE
GE/ODU1

OptiX OSN 3800: From/To slot of the mesh group

The TDG board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer.
Table 14-12 Functions and features of the TDG board
Function
and Feature
Description
Basic
function
Converts between two channels of GE optical signals and two channels of GE

electrical signals or one channel of ODU1 electrical signals through the crossconnect board or with the board in the paired slot.
Client-side
service type
Crossconnect
capabilities
l OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the cross-connection of an ODU1 signal and

two GE signals between the TDG and the cross-connect board or the board
in the paired slot through the backplane.
l OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of one ODU1 signal and two
GE signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards)
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring

power of the laser.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1137
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
ALS
function
PRBS test
function
Not supported
LPT function
Supported
Test frame
Supported
Latency
measuremen
t
Not supported
Not supported
Protection
scheme
l Supports SW SNCP.
l Supports ODUk SNCP.
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
IEEE 802.3z

1138
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The TDG board consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, control
and communication module, and power supply module.

Figure 14-9 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TDG board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1139
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-9 Functional modules and signal flow of the TDG board
2 X GE/ 1 X ODU1
Client side
RX1
O/E
RX2
TX1
TX2
E/O
GE
Encapsulation
and mapping
module
Client-side
optical
module
OTN
processing
module
Crossconnect
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
The client side of the TDG board accesses GE optical signals.

In the signal flow of the TDG board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TDG to the backplane,
l
Transmit direction
and mapping processing, and OTN framing. Then, the module sends out two channels of
GE signals or one channel of ODU1 signals to the backplane.
Receive direction
The signal processing module receives the electrical signals sent from the backplane. Then,
If the signals are GE signals, they are sent to the client-side optical module.
If the signals are ODU1 signals, the module performs operations such as ODU1 framing,
demapping and decapsulation processing. Then, the module sends out two channels of
GE signals to the client-side optical module.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1140
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The client-side optical module performs the E/O conversion of GE electrical signals, and
then outputs two channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX2 optical
interfaces.
Module Function
l

Client-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from two channels of the internal

Implements the grooming of electrical signals between the TDG and the board in
the paired slot or the cross-connect board through the backplane. The grooming
service signals are GE and ODU1 signals.
Grooms the electrical signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four
boards) to the other three boards belonging to the mesh group through the backplane.
The grooming service signals are GE and ODU1 signals.
Encapsulates multiple channels of GE signals and maps the signals into the ODU1
performance.
Frames ODU1 signals and processes overheads in ODU1 signals.

Power supply module

14.3.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TDG board.

Figure 14-10 shows the front panel of the TDG board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1141
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-10 Front panel of the TDG board
TDG
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TDG
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1142
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-13 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TDG board
Interface
Type
Function
TX1-TX2
LC
RX1-RX2
LC
Laser Hazard Level

14.3.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TDG board.
Table 14-14 shows the valid slots for the TDG board.
Table 14-14 Valid slots for the TDG board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8 and IU11-IU16.
IU2-IU5


Table 14-15 Mapping between the physical ports on the TDG board and the port numbers
Physical Port
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1143
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Logical Ports
Figure 14-11 describes the application model of the TDG board. Table 14-16 describes the
Figure 14-11 Port diagram of the TDG board
Other line/
OTU board
Other line/
PID board
Backplane
Client Side
2 x GE
201
(LP/LP)-1
3
(RX1/TX1)-1
201
(LP/LP)-2
4
(RX2/TX2)-1
ODU1
201
(LP/LP)-1
Crossconnect
module

NMS to receive ODUk signals from other boards
Multiplexin
g module
Table 14-16 Description of NM port of the TDG board

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX2/TX2
LP
Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1and

2.

If the TDG board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1144
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the GE crossconnection between the RX/TX and LP ports to implement the cross-connect grooming of
GE services. The following three cross-connections can be created.
Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and LP ports of the TDG board
(Create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board), as shown
and
in Figure 14-12.
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the TDG board and the LP port
of other boards (The GE services accessed from the client side of the TDG board are
cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards for protection and the inter-board
3
in Figure 14-12.
of the TDG board (The GE services accessed from the client side of other boards are
cross-connected to the client side of the TDG board for protection and the inter-board
4
in Figure 14-12.
NOTE
Figure 14-12 Cross-connection diagram of the TDG board

Client side
Other board
3(RX1/TX1)-1
201(LP/LP)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
201(LP/LP)-2
Client side
WDM side
4
3(RX1/TX1)-1
201(LP/LP)-1
3
4(RX2/TX2)-1
2
1
201(LP/LP)-2
TDG
The straight-through of the TDGboard
The internal cross-connection of the TDG board
The client side of the TDG board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other boards
TDG board
3
4

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the ODU1
cross-connection between the LP port and ODU1LP port of other boards (or IN/OUT port
1145
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

of the TN11NS2 board) to implement the cross-connect grooming of ODU1 services, as

shown in Figure 14-13.
Figure 14-13 Cross-connection diagram of the TDG board
WDM side
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1
Line/PID board
in compatible
mode
Line/PID board
in standard
mode
201(LP/LP)-1
TDG
201(LP/LP)-2
Client side
The client side of the TDG board are crossconnected to the WDM side of other boards

For parameters of TDG, refer to Table 14-17.
Table 14-17 TDG parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1146
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused

channel of a board.
Default: Used

moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Laser Status
Off, On
Default: Off

more information.
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Enabled, Disabled
LPT Enabled
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled
Default: Disabled
Max. Packet Length
1518 to 9600
Default: 9600

Ethernet services.
GFP-F. After the parameter is
specified, data packets whose lengths
exceed Max. Packet Length are
discarded.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1147
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Ethernet Working
Mode
Auto-Negotiation,
1000M Full-Duplex
Sets and queries the working mode of

the Ethernet.

determine the optimal working modes
of the connected ports. This mode is
easy to maintain.
Service Type parameter is set to
Ethernet service.
consistent on the active and standby
ports.
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

board resides.
14.3.10 TDG Specifications

Board

Module

Module
TN11TD
G
N/A

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1148
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
point.
Specifications of Optical Module at the Client Side

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
0.5 km (0.3
mi.)
10 km (6.2
mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-2.5
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9.5
-9
-5
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask
PIN
PIN

Receiver
type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
PIN
PIN

1149
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-17
-20
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
range
nm
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
1.0
1.0
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30

1150
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Eye pattern mask
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
PIN
APD
range
nm
1270 to 1620
1270 to 1620
dBm
-19
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11TDG
30
33
14.4 TDX
TDX: 2 x 10G tributary service processing board

The available functional versions of the TDX board are TN11, TN12, TN52, and TN53.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1151
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Huawei office.
Bo
ard
Ini
tial
Ve
rsi
ona
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Univers
al
Platfor
m
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11
TD
X
V1
00
R0
03
TN
12
TD
X
V1
00
R0
04
TN
52
TD
X
880
0:
V1
00
R0
02
C0
0
680
0:
V1
00
R0
04
C0
4
TN
53
TD
X
V1
00
R0
06
C0
1
the device initial version supported by the replaced board takes effect. For example, when you use TN53TDX to
replace TN52TDX in 8800, TN53TDX can be supported by V100R002C00.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1152
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Variants
Each of the TN11TDX, TN12TDX, TN52TDX, and TN53TDX boards has only one variant
identified by the suffix 01 in the board name, for example, TN11TDX01.

Function:
Boar
d
CrossConnet
Granularity
IEEE 1588v2
Physical
Clock
Client-side Services
OTU2/
OTU2e
FC800/
FC1200
TN11
TDX
ODU1
TN12
TDX
ODU2/
ODU2e
TN52
TDX
ODU2/
ODU2e
TN53
TDX
ODU2/
ODU2e/
ODUflex
Specification:
l
The specifications vary according to versions. For details, see 14.4.10 TDX
Specifications.
Table 14-20 Substitution rules of the TDX board
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11TDX
None
TN12TDX
TN53TDX
The TN53TDX can be created as 12TDX on the NMS. The

upgrade. After substitution, the TN53TDX functions as the
TN12TDX.
NOTE
The TN53TDX board can substitute for the TN12TDX board only after
the software upgrade to Optix OSN 8800/6800/3800 V100R006C01
SPC300 or later.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1153
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN52TDX
TN53TDX
The TN53TDX can be created as 52TDX on the NMS. The

upgrade. After substitution, the TN53TDX functions as the
TN52TDX.
TN53TDX
None


Hardware Update
Added the support for latency

measurement on the TN53TDX
board.
Function enhancement: E2E ODUk latency measurement

is provided to facilitate querying latency data without using
a tester.
Added the support for the board

model in standard mode.
Function enhancement: Compared with the board model in

compatible mode, the board model in standard mode has
fewer trail levels and is easy to operate, reducing the
maintenance costs.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
Added dynamic presentation of

logical ports on the board.
Deleted the support for the

colored 800 ps/nm-C Band
(odd/even)-Fixed
module on the client side.

1154
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
Changed the FC800 service

module of the TDX board from
10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 kmXFP to 800-SM-LC-L-10 kmXFP.
Added the TN53TDX board.
The TN53TDX board, a 2 x 10G tributary service

processing board, is added to support the ODUflex, IEEE
1588v2, and physical-layer clock functions.
14.4.3 Application
As a type of tributary board, the TDX board implements conversion between two channels of
10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/FC1200 optical signals and
eight channels of ODU1 virtual concatenation electrical signals or two ODU2/ODU2e/
ODUflex electrical signals using cross-connections.
For the position of the TDX board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-14 and Figure 14-15.
Figure 14-14 Position of the TN11TDX board in the WDM system
8xODU1
RX1
8xODU1
TDX
TDX
TX1
N
D
2
TX2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
8ODU1
8ODU1
10GE LAN
10GE WAN
STM-64
RX2
OC-192
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
N
D
2
TX1
RX110GE LAN
10GE WAN
STM-64
TX2
OC-192
RX2
Figure 14-15 Position of the TN12TDX/TN52TDX/TN53TDX board in the WDM system

2xODU2/ODU2e/
ODUflex
TDX
N
D
2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
N
D
2

2xODU2/ODU2e/
ODUflex
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
TDX
2xODU2/ODU2e/
ODUflex
10GE LAN RX1

10GE WAN
STM-64 TX1
OC-192
OTU2
RX2
OTU2e
FC800 TX2
FC1200
2xODU2/ODU2e/
ODUflex
TX1 10GE LAN

RX1 10GE WAN
TX2
RX2
STM-64
OC-192
OTU2
OTU2e
FC800
FC1200
1155
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-21 Client-side service mapping path supported by the board

Board
Client-Side Service
Backplane-Side Service
TN11TD
X
10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/

OC-192
ODU1
TN12TD
X

OC-192
ODU2
10GE LAN
ODU2e

OC-192/OTU2
ODU2
10GE LAN/OTU2e
ODU2e

OC-192/OTU2/FC800
ODU2
10GE LAN/OTU2e/FC1200
ODU2e
FC800
ODUflex
TN52TD
X
TN53TD
X

The TDX board is mainly used to achieve cross-connections at the electrical layer.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1156
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-22 Functions and features of the TDX board

Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
TDX converts signals as follows:

l TN11TDX: 2x10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192<>8xODU1 virtual concatenation electrical signals
l TN12TDX:
2x10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192<->2xODU2
2x10GE LAN<->2xODU2e
l TN52TDX:
2x10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2<->2xODU2
2x10GE LAN/OTU2e<->2xODU2e
l TN53TDX:
2x10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/FC800<>2xODU2
2x10GE LAN/OTU2e/FC1200<->2xODU2e
2xFC800<->2xODUflex
Client-side
service type

NOTE
The processing of the 10GE WAN service and the STM-64 service is the same.
Therefore, For TN11TDX/TN12TDX/TN52TDX board, when the 10GE WAN
service is transmitted, you can configure it as the STM-64 service on the U2000.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1157
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Cross-connect
capabilities
OptiX OSN 8800:

l TN52TDX: Supports the cross-connection of two channels of ODU2/
ODU2e signals between the TDX board and the cross-connect board
using the backplane.
l TN53TDX: Supports the cross-connection of two channels of ODU2/
ODU2e/ODUflex signals between the TDX board and the crossconnect board using the backplane.
OptiX OSN 6800:
l TN11TDX: Supports the cross-connection of eight channels of
ODU1 signals between the TDX board and the cross-connect board
or the board in the paired slot using the backplane.
l TN12TDX/TN52TDX/TN53TDX: Supports the cross-connection of
two channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals between the TDX board and
the cross-connect board using the backplane.
OptiX OSN 3800:
l TN11TDX: Supports the grooming of eight channels of ODU1
signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards)
OTN function

to the ITU-T G.709. The mapping process is compliant with ITU-T
G.709 and G.Sup43.
l Supports PM functions for ODU2.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
ESC function
Supported by the TN52TDX/TN53TDX when the client-side service

type is OTU2 or OTU2e.
PRBS test
function
LPT function
type is 10GE LAN.
FEC coding

client side, only when the service type is OTU2/OTU2e.
NOTE
type is STM-64/OC-192, OTU2 or OTU2e.

1158
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Alarms and
performance
events monitoring

line failures.
l Monitors parameters such as the bias current, temperature, and
optical power of the laser.
LAN).
NOTE
TN11TDX only supports Poisson mode.
TN12TDX/TN52TDX/TN53TDX only supports Bursty mode.
ALS function
Supports the ALS function on the client side when client services are
non-OTN services.
Test frame
Supports the test frame function when the client-side service type is
10GE LAN and the Port mapping is MAC Transparent Mapping
(10.7 G).
Latency
measurement
The TN53TDX board supports latency measurement. The bidirectional

latency at the ODUk layer between two tributary boards supporting the
latency measurement function can be measured, and the latency data is
displayed on the U2000.
NOTE
IEEE 1588v2
The TN53TDX board supports the TC, TC+OC, BC, and OC modes
when the client-side service type is 10GE LAN and the Port mapping
is MAC Transparent Mapping (10.7 G).
Physical clock
TN53TDX:
l When the board receives 10GE LAN services and the port mapping
is Bit Transparent Mapping (11.1 G) on its client side, the board
can support synchronous Ethernet transparent transmission instead
of synchronous Ethernet processing.
l When the board receives 10GE LAN services and the port mapping
is MAC Transparent Mapping (10.7 G). on its client side, the board
can support synchronous Ethernet processing instead of synchronous
Ethernet transparent transmission.
TN52TDX:
When the board receives 10GE LAN services and the port mapping is
Bit Transparent Mapping (11.1 G) on its client side, the board can
support synchronous Ethernet transparent transmission instead of
synchronous Ethernet processing.
Electrical-layer
ASON
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Supported by the TN52TDX/TN53TDX.

1159
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Protection
scheme

l Supports tributary SNCP protection (TN12TDX/TN52TDX/
TN53TDX).
NOTE
When the cross-connect granularity is ODUflex, the board does not support
tributary SNCP protection.
NOTE
When the board receives OTN services, SDH/SONET services, and 10GE WAN
services the board supports tributary SNCP protection.
Ethernet service
mapping mode
l TN11TDX: doesn't support this parameter
Port MTU
l TN12TDX/TN52TDX/TN53TDX: Bit Transparent Mapping

(11.1G), MAC transparent mapping (10.7G)
NOTE
when Port Mapping is set to Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G), Maximum
Packet Length is unavailable on the U2000.
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
IEEE 802.3ae
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783

1160
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The TDX board consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, 1588v2
module, control and communication module, and power supply module.

Figure 14-16 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TDX board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1161
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-16 Functional modules and signal flow of the TDX board
n X ODUk
Client side
RX1
RX2
SDH/SONET
encapsulation and
mapping module
O/E
10GE-LAN
encapsulation and
mapping module
TX1
TX2
FC
encapsulation and
mapping module
E/O
Client-side
optical
module
OTN
processing
module
Cross-connect
module
1588v2
module
Client-side OTN
processing module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
NOTE
Only the TN53TDX board supports FC encapsulation and mapping module.

Only the TN52TDX/TN53TDX board supports the client-side OTN processing module.
Only the TN53TDX board supports the IEEE 1588v2 module.
In Figure 14-16, n x ODUk indicates the service cross-connections from the TDX board to the backplane. "n"
represents the maximum number of cross-connections and "k" represents the service granularity.
Table 14-23 shows the service cross-connections from the TDX board to the backplane.
Table 14-23 Service cross-connections from the TDX board to the backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
Service Cross-connection
TN11T
DX
A maximum of 8xODU1

1162
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
TN12T
DX/
TN52T
DX
A maximum of 2xODU2/ODU2e
TN53T
DX
A maximum of 2xODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex
In the signal flow of the TDX board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TDX to the backplane,
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives two channels of the optical signals from client
processing, and OTN framing. Then, the module sends out ODUk signals to the backplane
for grooming.
Receive direction
The signal processing module receives ODUk signals sent from the backplane. The module
performs operations such as ODUk framing, demapping and decapsulation processing.
Then, the module sends out two channels of 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/
OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/FC1200 signals to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs the E/O conversion of 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/
STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/FC1200 electrical signals, and then outputs two
channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX2 ports.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of two channels of 10GE LAN/10GE
Client-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from two channels of the internal
electrical signals to 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/
FC1200 optical signals.

encapsulation and mapping module, FC encapsulation and mapping module, client-side
OTN processing module, OTN processing module and cross-connect module.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1163
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Encapsulates multiple channels of SDH/SONET signals and maps the signals into the
ODUk payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors SDH/
SONET performance.
Encapsulates multiple channels of 10GE LAN signals and maps the signals into the
ODUk payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors 10GE
LAN performance.
Encapsulates multiple channels of FC signals and maps the signals into the ODU1/
ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex payload area. The module also performs the reverse process
and has the FC performance monitoring function.
NOTE
FC800 services can be mapped into ODU2/ODUflex payload area and FC1200 services can be mapped
into ODU2e payload area.

Frames signals and processes overheads in ODUk signals.
Grooms electrical signals between the TDX and the cross-connect board through the
backplane.
l
1588v2 module
According to the IEEE 1588v2 protocol, the module transmits the clock information of the
clock board to the next NE or extracts the clock information from the service board and
then transmits the clock information to the clock board.

Power supply module

14.4.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TDX board.

Figure 14-17 and Figure 14-18 show the front panel of the TDX board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1164
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-17 Front panel of the TN11TDX board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1165
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-18 Front panel of the TN12TDX/TN52TDX/TN53TDX board
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1166
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-24 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TDX board
Interface
Type
Function
TX1-TX2
LC
RX1-RX2
LC
Laser Hazard Level

14.4.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TDX board.
Table 14-25 shows the valid slots for the TN11TDX board.
Table 14-25 Valid slots for the TN11TDX board
Product
Valid slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
IU2-IU5
Table 14-26 shows the valid slots for the TN12TDX board.
Table 14-26 Valid slots for the TN12TDX board
Product
Valid slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
Table 14-27 shows the valid slots for the TN52TDX/TN53TDX board.
Table 14-27 Valid slots for the TN52TDX/TN53TDX board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16

1167
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Table 14-28 Mapping between the physical ports on the TDX board and the port numbers
Physical Port
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections. For example, ClientLP/
151(imp1/imp1)-1 is a logical port of the board.
The TDX board can work in standard or compatible mode. For details about the standard and
compatible modes, see 12.2.3 Standard Mode and Compatible Mode.
Table 14-29 Port diagram and port description
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
Mode
Port Diagram
Port
Description
Board Name Displayed on the

NMS
TN11T
DX
Compat
ible
mode
Figure 14-19
Table 14-30
TDX
TN12T
DX
Compat
ible
mode
Figure 14-20
Table 14-30
12TDX
TN52T
DX
Compat
ible
mode
Figure 14-20
Table 14-30
52TDX

1168
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Mode
Port Diagram
Port
Description
Board Name Displayed on the

NMS
TN53T
DX
Compat
ible
mode
Figure 14-21
Table 14-30
53TDX
Standar
d mode
Figure 14-22
Table 14-30
53TDX(STND)
Figure 14-19 Port diagram of the TN11TDX(compatible mode)

Other line/PID board
Backplane
8 x ODU1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
151(imp1/imp1)-1
151(imp1/imp1)-2
151(imp1/imp1)-3
151(imp1/imp1)-4
152(imp2/imp2)-1
152(imp2/imp2)-2
152(imp2/imp2)-3
152(imp2/imp2)-4
Figure 14-20 Port diagram of the TN12TDX/TN52TDX(compatible mode)

Backplane
2 x ODU2/ODU2e
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1169
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-21 Port diagram of the TN53TDX (compatible mode)

Other line/
PID board
Backplane
2 x ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
Figure 14-22 Port diagram of the TN53TDX (standard mode)

Backplane
2x ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1

NOTE
The TN53TDX board supports
mapping of FC800 into ODUflex on
the client side. When configuring
cross-connections for the board,
ODUflex Timeslot is 7.
Table 14-30 Description of NMS port of the TDX board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX2/TX2
imp1-imp2
Inverse multiplexing ports. The optical channels are numbered

1, 2, 3 and 4.
1170
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Port Name
Description
ClientLP1-ClientLP2
Internal logical ports. The optical paths are numbered 1.

For parameters of the TDX, refer to Table 14-31.
Table 14-31 TDX parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Interface Name.
supported.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used
The Channel Use Status parameter

sets the occupancy status of the
current channel of a board.
When this parameter is set to
Unused for a port, service alarms
reported for this port will be masked
and the function for automatically
disabling service-affecting settings
is invalid for the port.
This parameter is set to Used by
default. Set this parameter to
Unused when the current channel is
not used for the moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1171
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Service Type
l TN11TDX: 10GE
LAN, OC-192, STM-64
Specifies the type of the client

service to be received by the board.
Default: 10GE LAN

l TN12TDX: None,
10GE LAN, OC-192,
STM-64
Default: None
l TN52TDX: None,
10GE LAN, OC-192,
OTU-2, OTU-2E,
STM-64
Default: None
l TN53TDX: None,
10GE LAN, 10GE
WAN, OC-192,
OTU-2, OTU-2E,
STM-64, CBR_10G,
FC800, FC1200
Default: None
Client Service Bearer
Rate (Mbit/s)
9953.28 to 10312.50
Default: /
Sets the rate of the accessed service

at the optical interface on the client
side of a board.
The bearer rate of client-side
services can be set only when the
type of the client-side services is set
to CBR_10G.
The set value should be consistent
with the rate of the actually accessed
services.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1172
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Port Mapping
l TN11TDX: doesn't
support this parameter
Specifies the service mapping mode

on a port.
l TN12TDX/TN52TDX:
Bit Transparent
Mapping(11.1G), MAC
transparent mapping
(10.7G)
See Port Mapping (WDM

l TN53TDX: Bit
Transparent Mapping
(11.1G), MAC
transparent mapping
(10.7G)
Default: Bit Transparent
Mapping(11.1G)
NOTE
For the TN12TDX: only the
ClientLP1 port supports
MAC transparent mapping
(10.7G).
Laser Status
Off, On
Default: Off

Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

automatically shut down the laser
after the signals received by a board
are lost.

1173
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
ALS Auxiliary
Condition
FW_Defect,
BW_Client_R_LOS,
BW_WDM_Defect,
FW_ODUk_CSF

triggering ALS.
Default: FW_Defect

receiver of the upstream board or
the WDM-side receiver of the
local board, the laser on the
client-side transmitter of the
local board must be shut down.
For this situation, set this
receiver of the local board, the
BW_Client_R_LOS.
l If a fault occurs on the WDMside receiver of the local board,
transmitter of the upstream board
BW_WDM_Defect.
l If an OPUk_CSF alarm is
detected on the client-side port of
the local board, the laser on the
client-side transmitter of the
local board must be shut down.
For this situation, set this
NOTE
Only the TN52TDX/TN53TDX
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
0s, 100ms, 200ms, 300ms,

400ms, 500ms, 600ms,
700ms, 800ms, 900ms, 1s,
1100ms, 1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms, 1600ms,
1700ms, 1800ms, 1900ms,
2s
Default: 0s

With ALS enabled, the hold-off time
is a time period from the point when
the system detects service
interruption to the point when ALS
automatically shuts down the related
lasers.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1174
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Turn-On
0s, 100ms, 200ms, 300ms,

400ms, 500ms, 600ms,
700ms, 800ms, 900ms, 1s,
1100ms, 1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms, 1600ms,
1700ms, 1800ms, 1900ms,
2s

Default: 0s
NOTE
Enabled, Disabled

link pass-through (LPT) function.
LPT Enabled
Default: Disabled
Condition of Laser
Shutdown by LPT
REMOTE_FAULT, None
Default:
REMOTE_FAULT
With ALS enabled, the hold-off time

is a time period from the point when
the system detects service recovery
to the point when ALS automatically
enables the related lasers.

shutdown condition.
NOTE
l Only the TN53TDX supports this
parameter.
l This parameter takes effect only
when LPT Enabled is set to
Enabled.
l For the TN53TDX boards, when
routers support REMOTE_FAULT
as a switching condition and the
TDX boards are cascaded on the
client side, perform the following
operations:
l If the bit transparent
transmission mode is
Enabled and Condition of
Laser Shutdown by LPT to
None, no matter whether a
protection scheme is configured
or not.
l If the MAC transparent
transmission mode and clientside 1+1 protection are
Enabled and Condition of
Laser Shutdown by LPT to
None. The non-protection
scenario of MAC transparent
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1175
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Service Mode
Client Mode, OTN Mode
Specifies the service mode for a

board.
When the board is enabled to receive

an OTN service on the client side, set
this parameter to OTN Mode. For
any other client service types, set this
parameter to Client Mode.
NOTE
Only TN52TDX/TN53TDX supports
this parameter.
PAUSE Frame Flow

Control
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

switch of the flow control.
NOTE
Only TN11TDX supports this
parameter.
Max. Packet Length
1518 to 9600
Default: 9600
Sets and queries the maximum

packet length supported by a board
and is applicable to the boards
supporting Ethernet services.
For a 10GE LAN service, when the
port mapping mode is Bit
Transparent Mapping(11.1G) or
Bit Transparent Mapping(10.7G),
data packets will be transparently
transmitted if their lengths exceed
Max. Packet Length. When the port
mapping mode is MAC
Transparent Mapping(10.7G),
data packets will be discarded if their
lengths exceed Max. Packet
Length.
NOTE
For the TN52TDX and
TN53TDXboard, when Port Mapping
is set to Bit Transparent Mapping
(11.1G), Maximum Packet Length is
unavailable on the U2000.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1176
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled
Determines whether to process

GCC1 and GCC2 in OTN
overheads. If the processing is not
required, set this parameter to
Enabled; otherwise, set it to
Disabled.
Default: Disabled
NOTE
client side accesses OTN services.
Only TN52TDX/TN53TDX supports
this parameter.
FEC Working State
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled
Determines whether to enable or

disable the forward error correction
(FEC) function for an optical
interface. Disabling the FEC
function affects the transmission
distance.
The FEC Working State parameter
at the transmit end must be
consistent with that at the receive
end. Otherwise, this parameter is
invalid.
NOTE
This parameter can be set only when
Service Type is set to OTU2 or
OTU-2E.
FEC Mode
FEC
Default: FEC
The FEC Mode parameter sets the

FEC mode of the current optical
interface.
This parameter is available only
when you set FEC Working State
to Enabled.
NOTE
This parameter can be set only when
OTU-2E.
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None
The SD Trigger Condition

parameter sets the relevant alarms of
certain optical interfaces or channels
of a board as SD switching trigger
conditions of the protection group in
which this OTU board resides.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1177
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
PRBS Test Status
Disabled, Enabled
The PRBS Test Status parameter

sets the pseudo-random binary
sequence (PRBS) test status of a
board.
Default: Disabled

diagnosis function and affects
channel services. After the PRBS
test is started, the services on the
command of enabling the PRBS test
is issued, an error is returned in case
the optical interface channels do not
support the PRBS test.
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

special frame test before
deployment. When this parameter is
set to Enabled, the board sends the
test frame where the payload
consists of only 0. This parameter is
used in the deployment
commissioning.
NOTE
TN53TDX.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1178
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Insert Code Type
l When Service Type is

STM-64:
Applies to fault detection and

location scenarios when the service
type is STM-64. When the tributary
or line board at the upstream site is
faulty or when the line board at the
downstream site is faulty, users can
specify the output code type for the
tributary board at the downstream
site using this parameter.
PN11, MS_AIS
Default: PN11
l When Service Type is
10GE LAN and port
mapping mode is MAC
transparent mapping
(10.7G):
Quick insert,
Delayed insert
Default: Quick
insert
When the service type is 10GE

LAN, the value Quick insert applies
to a scenario in which no protection
is configured on the WDM
equipment while protection is
configured for the router that
connects to the WDM equipment. In
this scenario, quick protection
switching can be achieved on the
router. The value Delayed insert
applies to a scenario in which
protection is configured for the
WDM equipment and the router
connected to the WDM equipment.
In this scenario, the WDM
equipment preferentially performs
protection switching in case of a
fault. If the fault is rectified, the
router does not perform protection
switching. If the fault persists, then
the router performs protection
switching.
NOTE
TN53TDX.
Port Working Mode
ODU2 non-convergence
mode (OTU2/Any>ODU2->OTU2),
ODUflex non-convergence
mode (Any->ODUflex),
NONE Mode(Not for port)
Default: ODU2 nonconvergence mode (OTU2/
Any->ODU2->OTU2)

actual application scenario and
service mapping path.
NOTE
TN53TDX.
14.4.10 TDX Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1179
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Client-Side Fixed
Optical Module

Module
TN11TDX/
TN12TDX/
TN52TDX
N/A

TN53TDX
N/A

800-SM-LC-L-10 km-XFP
NOTE
point.
NOTE
optical module can be used to access OC-192, STM-64, 10GE WAN, FC1200, and OTU2/OTU2e signals.
The 10 Gbit/s Single-Rate-0.3 km-XFP optical module can be used to access 10GE LAN and FC1200 signals.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
SLM
SLM
SLM
MLM
Target
transmissio
n distance
10 km (6.2 mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
0.3 km (0.2
mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1180
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1290 to 1330
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
840 to 860
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-1
-1.3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-6
-4.7
-7.3
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
30
30
30
30
Eye pattern
mask
G.691-compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
APD
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1260 to 1565
1260 to 1605
1270 to 1600
840 to 860
Receiver
sensitivity
(multirate)a
dBm
-11
-14
-24
-7.5
Receiver
sensitivity
(10GE
LAN)
dBm
-14.4
-15.8
-24
-7.5

1181
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Minimum
receiver
overload
(10GE
LAN)
dBm
0.5
-1
-7
-1
Minimum
receiver
overload
(STM-64)a
dBm
-1
-1
-7
-1
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-12
NOTE
The 800-SM-LC-L-10 km-XFP optical module can be used to access FC800 signals.

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Optical interface service rate
Gbit/s
8.5
Optical source type
SLM
Line code format
NRZ
10 km (6.2 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
nm
1290 to 1330

power
dBm
-1

power
dBm
-6
dB

1182
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type

Eye pattern mask
Value

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1260 to 1355
dBm
-14.4
dBm
0.5
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight:
TN11TDX: 1.3 kg (2.8 lb.)
TN12TDX: 1.4 kg (3.1 lb.)
TN52TDX: 1.4 kg (3.1 lb.)
TN53TDX: 1.5 kg (3.3 lb)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11TDX
78.0
80.0
TN12TDX
37.4
40.7
TN52TDX
57.3
63.0
TN53TDX
25.0
27.5
14.5 TEM28
TEM28: 24xGE+4x10GE Ethernet tributary unit
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1183
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The available functional version of the TEM28 board is TN54.

Huawei office.
Bo
ard
Ini
tial
Ve
rsi
on
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Univers
al
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
54
TE
M2
8
V1
00
R0
06
C0
3
Variants
The TN54TEM28 board has only one variant: TN54TEM28. The TN54TEM28 board variant
is the board itself.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update

that the TEM28 board supports
client 1+1 protection only when
the EPL service is configured.
number of virtual bridges
(VBs) supported by the board.
Added the support for the ERPS

function on the TEM28 board.

1184
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
Added the TN54TEM28 board.
The EoO feature is supported, and the TN54TEM28 board,

serving as a 24 x GE + 4 x 10GE tributary board, is added.
14.5.3 Application
The TEM28 board is a tributary board. It implements conversion between 24 channels of GE
optical signals, GE electrical signals, or FE electrical signals, with four channels of 10GE
LAN/10GE WAN optical signals and ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, or ODUflex electrical signals with
bandwidth not greater than 20 Gbit/s.
For the position of the TEM28 board in the WDM system, seeFigure 14-23.
Figure 14-23 Position of the TN54TEM28 board in the WDM system
2xOTU2
RX1
TEM28
RX5
TX5
GE/FE
RX28
TX28
L2
TEM28
N
D
2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
N
D
2
16ODU0/8ODUflex/
8ODU1/2ODU2
RX4
TX4
16ODU0/8ODUflex
/8ODU1/2ODU2
10 GE LAN/
10GE WAN
TX1
2xOTU2
RX1
TX1
RX4
10 GE LAN/
10GE WAN
TX4
L2
RX5
TX5
GE/FE
RX28
TX28
NOTE
The RX1/TX1 - RX4/TX4 optical ports are 10GE optical ports and are capable of processing 10GE
LAN/10GE WAN services. The other ports on the board are GE optical ports or GE/FE electrical ports,
that are capable of processing GE and FE services.

The TEM28 board supports electrical cross-connections, L2 layer switching and the QinQ
function.
Table 14-34 and Table 14-35 list the functions and features of the TEM28 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1185
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-34 OTN Functions and features of the TEM28 board

Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
l Coverts 24 channels of GE optical signals, GE electrical signals, or FE

electrical signals, and four channels of 10GE LAN/10GE WAN optical
signals to ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, or ODUflex electrical signals with
bandwidth not greater than 20 Gbit/s.
l The reverse process is similar.
Client-side
service type

NOTE
The TEM28 board transmits FE or GE electrical signals, GE optical signals, or 10GE
optical signals on the client side.
When the TEM28 board transmits GE or FE electrical signals, to facilitate fiber
routing, you are advised to install electrical modules at the RX27/TX27 and RX28/
TX28 ports.
Cross-connect
capabilities
Supports the cross-connection of a maximum of 16 channels of ODU0

signals, or 8 channels of ODUflex signals, or 8 channels of ODU1 signals,
or 2 channels of ODU2 signals between the TEM28 board and a crossconnect board by using the backplane.
OTN function

to the ITU-T G.709. The mapping process is compliant with ITU-T G.
709 and ITU-T G.7041.
l Supports PM function for ODU0.
l Supports PM function for ODUflex.
LPT function
Supported
NOTE
The LPT function cannot be configured for EVPL services but only for bidirectional
EPL services (port <-> VCTRUNK). When the LPT function is enabled, Source CVLAN andSink C-VLAN of an EPL service must be left empty.
FE/GE electrical ports of the TEM28 board do not support the LPT function.
FEC encoding
Not supported.
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring

line failures.
power of the laser.
l Provides remote monitoring (RMON) of the Ethernet service.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1186
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
ALS function

NOTE
provisioned.
PRBS
Not supported
Physical clock
Supports synchronous Ethernet.

NOTE
FE/GE electrical ports of the TEM28 board do not support the physical clock
function.
services.
Test frame
Supported
Electrical-layer
ASON
Supported
Protection
scheme

NOTE
Loopback
10GE optical
interface
MAC
PHY
GE optical
interface
MAC
PHY
GE electrical
port
MAC
PHY
FE electrical
port
MAC
PHY
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Not supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Not supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Not supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Not supported
Inloop
Supported

1187
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Outloop
Protocols or
standards
compliance

IEEE 802.3

monitoring)
ITU-T G.703
Supported
IEEE 802.3z
ITU-T G.652
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.873.1
G.709 ITU-T
ITU-T G.655(1996)
ITU-T G.671
ITU-T G.7041
IEEE 802.3
IEEE 802.3z
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.692
Table 14-35 Data features of the TEM28 board

Function
and Feature
Description
Interface
characteristi
cs
Port working
mode
10GE optical port: 10G FULL LAN, 10G FULL WAN

(SONET)
GE optical port: 1000M FUL, auto-negotiation
GE electrical port: auto-negotiation
FE electrical port: auto-negotiation
Multicast
Layer 2
switching
MFL
VLAN
multicast
Supported
IGMP
snooping V2
Supported
l Supports IEEE802.1Q, IEEE802.1ad, and IEEE 802.1D.

l Supports one VB.
l Supports MAC address learning and aging.
l Supports STP/RSTP.
l Supports 128k MAC addresses.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1188
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Ethernet
service
EPL
EVPL(VLAN)
EVPL(QinQ)
EPLAN(IEEE 802.1D)
EVPLAN(IEEE 802.1Q)
NOTE
Protection
schemes
ERPS
Supported
LAG
l Supports the IEEE 802.3ad-compliant LAG protocol

running at IP ports.
Maintenance
features
QoS
DLAG
Supported
MC-LAG
Supported
ETH-OAM
Supports ETH OAM protocols defined by IEEE 802.3ah and

IEEE 802.1ag.
RMON
Supported
l Supports committed access rate (CAR) and class of service (CoS).

l Supports IEEE802.1p.
l Supports DSCP.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Flow control

Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.1q VLAN

All Layer 2 protocols such as xSTP, LACP, EthOAM, DHCP,
and PPP etc.
MPLS protocols

1189
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performanc
e
monitoring)
ITU-T Recommendation G.8032/Y.1344

IEEE 802.3ad LACP
IEEE 802.1q VLAN
IEEE 802.1ag OAM
IEEE 802.3ah OAM
RFC 4541 IGMP Snooping
IEEE 802.1ad
IEEE 802.1d
IEEE 802.1s
IEEE 802.1w
IEEE 802.3z
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3ab
IEEE 802.3ae
ITU-T G.8261/Y.1361
ITU-T G.8262

The TEM28 board consists of the client-side optical module, L2 switching module, OTN

Figure 14-24 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TEM28 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1190
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-24 Functional modules and signal flow of the TEM28 board
Client side
RX1
RX2
Backplane(service
cross-connection)
16ODU0/8ODU1/
2ODU2/8ODUflex
O/E
RX28
TX1
TX2
E/O
TX28
Client-side
optical
module
OTN processing
module
L2 switching
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
Backplane
DC power supply
SCC (controlled by SCC)
NOTE
When used to receive GE or FE electrical signals, the board must use a client-side electrical module to perform
power level conversion, and then sends the signals to L2 switching for processing.
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the TEM28 board. The
transmit direction is the direction from the client side of the TEM28 to the backplane, and the
receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
performs operations, such as convergence. After convergence, the module outputs a
maximum of 16 channels of electrical signals to the OTN processing module.
The OTN processing module performs operations such as encapsulation and mapping
processing, and OTN framing. After processing, and then outputs a maximum of 16
channels of ODU0 signals or eight channels of ODU1 signals or eight channels of ODUflex
signals or two channels of ODU2 signals to the backplane.
Receive direction
The OTN processing module receives a maximum of 16 channels of ODU0 signals or eight
channels of ODU1 signals or eight channels of ODUflex signals or two channels of ODU2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1191
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

signals sent from the cross-connection board through the backplane. The module performs
operations such as ODU2/ODU2e/ODU1/ODU0/ODUflex framing, demapping and
decapsulation processing. Then, the module sends the electrical signal to the L2 switching
module.
The L2 switching module deconverges the electrical signals and sends 28 channels of the
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the 28 channels of electrical
signals, and then outputs 28 channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX28
optical interfaces.
NOTE
The RX1/TX1 to RX4/TX4 optical ports are 10GE optical ports that can process 10GE LAN/10GE
WAN services. The other optical ports on the board are GE optical ports, GE electrical ports and FE
electrical ports, that can process GE and FE services.
NOTE
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of 28 channels of FE/GE/10GE LAN/
10GE WAN optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from 28 channels of the internal
electrical signals to FE/GE/10GE LAN/10GE WAN optical signals.
L2 switching module

Frames ODUk signals, processes overheads in ODUk signals.

Power supply module

14.5.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TEM28 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1192
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Figure 14-25 shows the front panel of the TEM28 board.
Figure 14-25 Front panel of the TEM28 board
TEM28
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
5~28: GE
1~4: 10GE
TX RX TX
RX TX RX
RX TX
TX RX
21
22
23
24
25
10
26
11
27
12
28
3
4
13
20 1
2
TEM28
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1193
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-36 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TEM28 board
Interface
Type
Function
RX1-RX28a
LC
TX1-TX28a
LC
a: The RX1/TX1 to RX4/TX4 optical ports are 10GE optical interfaces. The other optical
interfaces on the board are GE optical interfaces, GE electrical interfaces and FE electrical
interfaces.
Laser Hazard Level

14.5.7 Valid Slots

Two slots house one TEM28 board.
Table 14-37 shows the valid slots for the TEM28 board.
Table 14-37 Valid slots for the TN54TEM28 board
Product
Valid slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack

IU45-IU51, IU53-IU59, IU61-IU67
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17
The online signal bus on the TEM28 board connects to the backplane along the left slot in the
subrack. The slot number of the TEM28 board displayed on the NM is the number of the left
one of the two slots.
For example, if you install the board in slots IU1 and IU2, the slot number of the TEM28 board

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1194
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 14-38 Mapping between the physical ports on the TEM28 board and the port numbers
Physical Port
TX1/RX1 to TX28/RX28
3 to 30
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 14-26 shows the application model of the TEM28 board. Table 14-39 describes the
Figure 14-26 Port diagram of the TEM28 board
Other line/
PID board
Other line/
PID board
Backplane
8xODU0
3(RX1/TX1)-1
101(AP1/AP1)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
PORT6 TRUNK8 108(AP8/AP8)-1
7(RX5/TX5)-1
PORT7
30(RX28/TX28)-1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
PORT3 TRUNK1
TRUNK9 109(AP9/AP9)-1
TRUNK16 116(AP16/AP16)-1
PORT30
8xODU0/8xODU1/
2xODU2/8xODUflex
201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1)-1
208(ClientLP8/
ClientLP8)-1
209(ClientLP9/
ClientLP9)-1
216(ClientLP16/
ClientLP16)-1
L2 swiching module


1195
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-39 Descriptions of the ports on the TEM28 board

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1RX28/TX28
Client-side ports. The RX1/TX1 to RX4/TX4 ports are used as 10GE

optical ports to process 10GE LAN/10GE WAN services. The remaining
ports are used as GE optical ports, GE electrical ports, or FE electrical
ports to process GE or FE services.
PORT3PORT30
Respectively corresponds to the client-side optical interfaces: RX1/TX1

- RX28/TX28.
VCTRUNK1VCTRUNK16

One VCTRUNK port can be connected to multiple PORT ports.
VCTRUNK1 to VCTRUNK8 : The maximum bandwidth for the
TRUNK1-TRUNK8 ports is 10 Gbit/s, with each port allocated a
maximum of 1.25 Gbit/s bandwidth.
VCTRUNK9 to VCTRUNK16: The maximum bandwidth for the
TRUNK9-TRUNK16 ports is 20 Gbit/s, with each port allocated a
maximum of 10 Gbit/s bandwidth.
VCTRUNK1 to VCTRUNK16: The total bandwidth for these ports is 20
Gbit/s.
AP1-AP16
ClientLP1ClientLP16

Ports 201(ClienLP1/ClienLP1)-1 to 208(ClienLP8/ClienLP8)-1 support
a maximum of eight ODU0 cross-connections with the maximum
bandwidth of 10 Gbit/s.
Ports 209(ClienLP9/ClienLP9)-1 to 216(ClienLP16/ClienLP16)-1
support a maximum of eight ODU0, eight ODU1, two ODU2, or eight
ODUflex cross-connections with the maximum bandwidth of 20 Gbit/s.
The TEM28 board supports simultaneous transmission of ODU0, ODU1,
ODU2, and ODUflex signals with the maximum bandwidth of 20 Gbit/s.
When creating ODUflex cross-connections, specify the number of
ODUflex timeslots based on the service rate. The number of ODUflex
timeslots ranges from 1 to 8 and the rate of each timeslot is 1.25 Gbit/s.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1196
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Laser Status
Off, On
Default: Off

status of a board.
information.
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Disabled, Enabled
ALS Auxiliary
Condition
FW_Defect,
BW_Client_R_LOS
,
BW_WDM_Defect,
FW_ODUk_CSF
Default: Enabled
Default: FW_Defect

board are lost.
ALS.
FW_OPUk_CSF.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1197
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms,
500ms, 600ms,
700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

disabling lasers.
Default: 0s
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Turn-On
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms,
500ms, 600ms,
700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

enabling lasers.
Default: 0s
LPT Enabled
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled
Parameters for Ethernet Interfaces

Table 14-41 TAG Attributes (Internal Port/External Port)
Field
Value
Description
Port
Internal ports are

VCTRUNK1 to
VCTRUNK16.
PORT30.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1198
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
TAG

port.
Default: Tag Aware
Tag Aware: The port

(Tag).
VLAN IDs (Tag).
for UNI ports.
NOTE
Default VLAN ID
1 to 4095
Default: 1
The Default VLAN ID

NOTE
Access or Hybrid.
VLAN Priority
0 to 7
Default: 0
The VLAN Priority

ID of a port.
NOTE
Access or Hybrid.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1199
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Entry Detection
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled
The Entry Detection


Field
Value
Description
Port
Internal ports are

VCTRUNK1 to
VCTRUNK16.
PORT30.
Port Attributes
UNI, C-Aware, S-Aware

Default: UNI
A UNI port supports Tag

Aware, Access, and Hybrid.
An S-Aware port determines
that the packets do not carry
C-VLAN tags and processes
only the packets that have SVLAN tags.
A C-Aware port determines
that the packets do not carry
S-VLAN tags and processes
only the packets that have CVLAN tags.

Field
Value
Description
Port

PORT30.
Enabled/Disabled
Enabled, Disabled
When the parameter value is set

to Enabled for a port, the port
is enabled and services are
provisioned. When the
Disabled for a port, the services
on the port are not processed.
Therefore, you must enable a
port when you configure
services on the port.
Default: Disabled
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1200
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Working Mode
PORT3 to PORT6:
Indicates the working modes of

an Ethernet port. Autonegotiation can automatically
determine the optimal working
modes of the connected ports.
This mode is easy to maintain
and is recommended.
l 10G FULL_Duplex
LAN, 10G
FULL_Duplex LAN,
10G FULL_Duplex
LAN (SONET)
l Default: 10G
FULL_Duplex LAN
PORT7 to PORT30:
l 1000M
FULL_Duplex, AutoNegotiation
NOTE
ensure that working modes of the
connected ports are consistent;
otherwise, services are
unavailable.
l Default: AutoNegotiation
1518 to 9600
Default: 1522
Specifies the maximum frame

length supported by an Ethernet
port.
Unit: Byte.

MAC LoopBack
The MAC Loopback

port. With this parameter, users
can test whether equipment runs
normally by creating a looped
path at the MAC layer and then
sending and receiving signals
over the path.
PHY LoopBack

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

The PHY Loopback parameter

specifies the PHY loopback
state at an Ethernet port. With
this parameter, users can test
whether equipment runs
normally by creating a looped
path at the PHY layer and then
sending and receiving signals
over the path.
1201
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Field
Value
Description
Port

PORT30.
Control Mode

Receive Only

Default: Disable

details.
Control Mode
Disabled, Enable
Dissymmetric Flow Control,
Enable Symmetric Flow
Control, Enable Symmetric/
Dissymmetric Flow Control
Default: Disable

Click E.1 Autonegotiation
Flow Control Mode to view
the details.

Field
Value
Description
Port

PORT30.
Broadcast Packet
Suppression
Enabled, Disabled

broadcast packet
suppression.
Default: Disabled
Click E.3 Enabling

Broadcast Packet
details.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1202
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Broadcast Packet

10%
If broadcast packet
suppressed when the
bandwidth.
Default: 30%

view the details.
Loop Detection
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Disabled

Enabled for an external port,
a loopback on the port can be
When Loop Port
are looped back.
Loop Port Shutdown
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

self-looped port.
Enabled for an external port,
the system will block the port
if the port is self-looped.
NOTE
Enabled.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1203
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Threshold of Port
PORT3 to PORT6:

traffic.
l 010000
l Default: 10000
PORT7 to PORT30:
l 01000
l Default: 1000
0 to 30
Default: 0
Flow Monitor
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled
Flow Monitor Interval

(min)
1 to 30
Default: 15

Indicates whether to monitor
zero traffic.
Click E.4 Flow Monitor
(Ethernet Interface
Attributes) to view the
details.
Indicates the interval for
monitoring zero traffic.
Table 14-46 Encapsulation/Mapping (Internal Port)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Port
Internal ports are

VCTRUNK1 to
VCTRUNK16.

1204
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Encapsulation/Mapping
GFP-F, GFP-T
Indicates the mapping

protocol for encapsulation of
VCTRUNK port data.
Default: GFP-F
NOTE
GFP-F: indicates that the upperlayer PDUs of Ethernet MAC
frames and the GFP PDUs are
mapped in one-to-one manner.
GFP-T: indicates that 8B/10B
payloads are mapped to GFP in
transparent mapping mode to
achieve low-delay
transmission.
When services are encapsulated
into ODU0, GFP-T and GFP-F
are supported. When services
are encapsulated into ODU1,
ODU2, and ODUflex, only
GFP-F is supported. The
mapping protocols for GE
services on the transmit end and
receive end must be the same.
Scrambling Mode[X43+1]
Scramble
Default: Scrambling Mode

[X43+1]
ExtensionHeader Option
No
Default: No
Check Field Length
FCS32, No
Default: FCS32
FCS Calculated Bit

Sequence
Big endian
Default: Big endian
Indicates whether to
scramble the payload area of
the encapsulation protocol.
Displays the extension
header option.
Indicates the length of the
CRC field of the mapping
protocol.
Indicates the sequence of
storing the bits in the CRC
field in the FCS frame of the
mapping protocol.
Table 14-47 Advanced attributes (Internal Port)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Port
Internal ports are

VCTRUNK1 to
VCTRUNK16.

1205
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Loop Detection
Disabled, Enabled

Default: Disabled

Enabled for port, a loopback
on the port can be
When Loop Port
are looped back.
Loop Port Shutdown
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

self-looped port.
NOTE
Enabled.
Flow Monitor
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled
Flow Monitor Interval

(min)
1 to 30
Default: 15
Indicates whether to monitor

zero traffic.
Click E.4 Flow Monitor
(Ethernet Interface
Attributes) to view the
details.
Indicates the interval for
monitoring zero traffic.
14.5.10 TEM28 Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1206
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Client-Side Fixed
Optical Module
TN54TE
M28
N/A
1000 BASE-SX-0.5 km-eSFP (I-850-LC)

1000 BASE-LX-10 km-eSFP (I-1310-LC)
10G BASE-SR-0.3 km-SFP+
10G BASE-LR-10 km-SFP+
10G BASE-ZR-80 km-SFP+
NOTE
point.

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Value
1000 BASE-SX-0.5
km-eSFP (I-850LC)
1000 BASE-LX-10
km-eSFP (I-1310LC)
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
MLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
0.5 km (0.3 mi.)
10 km (6.2 mi.)

Operating
wavelength range
nm
830 to 860
1270 to 1355
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
-2.5
-3
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-9.5
-9.5
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
Eye pattern mask

Receiver type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
PIN

PIN
1207
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module
Type
1000 BASE-SX-0.5
km-eSFP (I-850LC)
1000 BASE-LX-10
km-eSFP (I-1310LC)
Operating
wavelength range
nm
770 to 860
1260 to 1620
dBm
-17
-20
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
NOTE
The electrical interface specifications comply with IEEE Std 802.3 when receiving 1000 BASE-T services.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
10G BASELR-10 km-SFP

+
10G BASEZR-80 km-SFP

+
Optical
interface service
rate
Gbit/s
10.3125
10.3125
10.3125
Optical source
type
MLM
SLM
SLM
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Target
transmission
distance
0.3 km (0.2 mi.)
10 km (6.2 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
840 to 860
1260 to 1355
1530 to 1565
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
-1
0.5
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-7.3
-8.2
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
3.5

1208
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical
Module Type

+
10G BASEZR-80 km-SFP

+
-30
-30
Output optical
power in case of
laser shutdown
dBm
-30
Eye pattern
mask
IEEE802.3zcompliant

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
840 to 860
1260 to 1355
1530 to 1565
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-11.1 (OMA)
-12.6 (OMA)
-24
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-1
0.5
-7
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-12
-12
-27
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN54TEM28
105
113
14.6 THA
THA: 16 Any-rate Ports Service Processing Board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1209
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The available functional version of the THA board is TN54.

Huawei office.
Bo
ard
Ini
tial
Ve
rsi
on
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Univers
al
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
54
TH
A
V1
00
R0
06
C0
0
Variants
The TN54THA board has only one variant: TN54THA01.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
Added the 2.67 Gbit/s

Multirate-TX1310/RX1490
nm-15 km-eSFP and 2.67
RX1310 nm-15 km-eSFP
single-fiber bidirectional
optical modules.


1210
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
Added the multi-mode

2.125Gbit/s Multirate-0.5kmeSFP optical module.

Hardware Update

measurement.

a tester.


maintenance costs.

Hardware Update

1000BASE-BX10-D,
1000BASE-BX-U, and
1000BASE-BX-D on boards.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
Added service package

configuration methods.
Added the support for IEEE
1588v2.



1211
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


As a type of tributary board, The maximum access capacity of the THA at the client side is 40
Gbit/s.
Table 14-50 provides the application scenarios for the THA board.
Table 14-50 Application scenarios for the THA board
Scenario
Maximum Input Capacity

(Client Side)
Mapping
Path
Maximum
Output
Capacity
(Backplane
Side)
Port
Working
Mode
Scenario
1
l 16 x FE/FDDI/GE/STM-1/
STM-4/OC-3/OC-12/
FC100/FICON/DVB-ASI/
ESCON
Anya>ODU0
16 x ODU0
ODU0 nonconvergence
mode (Any>ODU0)
l Supports encapsulation of
GE services in GE(TTTGMP) or GE(GFP-T).
Scenario
2
16 x STM16/OC-48/FC200/
FICON Express/OTU1
Anya>ODU1
16 x ODU1
ODU1 nonconvergence
mode (Any>ODU1)
Scenario
3
l 16 x FE/FDDI/STM-1/
OC-3/DVB-ASI/ESCON/
STM-4/OC-12/GE/FC100/
FICON/STM-16/FC200/
FICON Express
n x Anya>ODU1
(2 to 16) x
ODU1
ODU1
convergence
mode (n X
Any>ODU1)
l Supports encapsulation of
GE services in GE(GFP-T).
NOTE
Each of the RX1/TX1RX8/TX8
and RX9/TX9RX16/TX16 port
groups supports mutual
conversion between a maximum
of 8 channels of optical signals at
any rate in the range of 125 Mbit/
s to 2.2 Gbit/s and one to eight
channels of ODU1 electrical
signals. Each port in each group
either converges multiple clientside services into one channel of
ODU1 electrical signals or maps
one client-side service into one
channel of ODU1 electrical
signals
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1212
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Scenario

(Client Side)
Mapping
Path
Maximum
Output
Capacity
(Backplane
Side)
Port
Working
Mode
Scenario
4
16 x OTU1
OTU1>ODU1>ODU0
32x ODU0
ODU1_ODU
0 mode
(OTU1>ODU1>ODU0)
a: "Any" in the table indicates the client-side service supported in the corresponding

The THA board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer, and to provide
OTN interfaces and ESC.
Table 14-51 Functions and features of the THA board
Function
and Feature
Description
Basic
function
THA converts signals as follows:

l 16 x (125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s) <-> 16 x ODU0.
l 16 x (1.49 Gbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s) <-> 16 x ODU1.
l 16 x (125Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s)<->2 to 16 x ODU1.
l 16 x OTU1<->32 x ODU0.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1213
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Client-side
service type

NOTE
The THA board supports access of DVB-ASI electrical signals. When the board is used
to accept these electrical signals, a digital video O/E converter must be used for O/E or
E/O conversion and the optical module of the converter must agree with the board optical
module specifications. The digital video O/E converter is a third-party device.
Customers can purchase a digital video O/E converter by themselves.
Crossconnect
capabilities
Cross-connects a maximum of 32 channels of ODU0 signals or 16 channels

of ODU1 signals through the backplane bus and cross-connect board.
OTN
function
l The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.7041 and ITU-T G.709. The
board supports the frame format and overhead processing by referring to
the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports the PM function for ODU0.
l Supports PM non-intrusive monitoring for ODU0.
l Supports the SM, TCM and PM functions for OTU1.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
ESC
function
Supported
PRBS test
function
LPT function
This function is supported only when the THA board receives FE or GE

services on its client side.
NOTE
is STM-1/OC-3, STM-4/OC-12, STM-16/OC-48, or OTU1

1214
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
FEC coding
Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the client side that complies with
ITU-T G.709, only when the service type is OTU1.
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring

power of the laser.
ALS
function
Test frame
Supported
NOTE
The board supports the Test frame function only when the Service Type is GE(GFPT).
Latency
measuremen
t

ODUk layer between two tributary boards supporting the latency
the U2000.
NOTE
IEEE
1588v2
Supports the TC, TC+OC, BC, and OC modes when the client service is GE
multiplexed using the GFP-T procedure (the service type is displayed as GE
(GFP-T) on the U2000).
NOTE
The TX8/RX8 and TX16/RX16 optical ports cannot process IEEE 1588v2 clock signals.
Physical
clock
When receiving GE(GFP-T) services on the client side, the board can support
synchronous Ethernet processing instead of synchronous Ethernet transparent
transmission.
When receiving GE(TTT-GMP) services on the client side, the board can
Supported.
Protection
scheme

l Supports tributary SNCP protection.
NOTE
When the board receives OTN services, SDH/SONET services the board supports
ODU0 tributary SNCP protection is supported only in ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1>ODU1->ODU0).
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1215
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Ethernet
service
mapping
mode
Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(TTT-GMP) or GE(GFP-T).
Ethernet port
working
mode
Auto-Negotiation
Loopback
Channel
Loopback
1000M Full-Duplex
Client side
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Inloop
Outloop
Supported
NOTE
The ODU0 channel loopback is supported only
when port working mode is ODU1_ODU0 mode
(OTU1->ODU1->ODU0).
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported

1216
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL PHYSICAL INTERFACES (FCPI)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL SWITCH FABRIC-3 (FC-SW-3)
Interface (ASI)
Interface (FDDI) - Token Ring Media Access Control (MAC)
(PHY)
Interface (FDDI) Physical Layer Medium Dependent (PDM)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1217
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performanc
e
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1


Table 14-52 Mapping between the physical ports on the THA board and the port numbers
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Physical Port
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4
TX5/RX5
TX6/RX6
TX7/RX7
9
1218
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Physical Port
TX8/RX8
10
TX9/RX9
11
TX10/RX10
12
TX11/RX11
13
TX12/RX12
14
TX13/RX13
15
TX14/RX14
16
TX15/RX15
17
TX16/RX16
18
NOTE
14.6.6 THA scenario 1: ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any>ODU0)

Application
The THA board performs conversion between 16 channels of optical signals at a rate in the range
of 125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s and 16 channels of ODU0 electrical signals, see Figure 14-27.
Figure 14-27 Position of the THA in a WDM system (Scenario 1)
16xODU0 2xOTU2
8ODU0
N
D
2
16
16
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
N
D
2
16
16
TX1
RX1
8ODU0
16Any
16ODU0
RX16
16Any
RX1
FE/FDDI/GE/STM-1/
STM-4/OC-3/OC-12/
FC100/FICON/DVBASI/ESCON
TX16
THA
THA
16ODU0
TX1
2xOTU2 16xODU0
FE/FDDI/GE/STM-1/
STM-4/OC-3/OC-12/
FC100/FICON/DVBASI/ESCON
TX16
RX16
NOTE
When the TN54THA board in ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0) and the TN52TOM board in
ODU0 non-cascading mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1]) are interconnected, transmitting FE, FDDI, FC100,
FICON, DVB-ASI, and ESCON services is not supported.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1219
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Logical Ports
The THA board can work in standard or compatible mode. For details about the standard and
Mode
Port Diagram
Port Description
Board
Name
Displayed
on the
NMS
Compatible
mode
Figure 14-28
Table 14-54
THA
Standard
mode
Figure 14-29
Table 14-55
THA
(STND)
Figure 14-28 Port diagram of the THA board (ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0))
(compatible mode)
Backplane
16xODU0
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
18(RX16/TX16)-1
NOTE
When creating electrical cross-connections between the ClientLP port of the THA board and other boards's
ODU0LP ports, the source optical channel must be set to 1.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1220
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Cross-connect
module

Service processing
module
Table 14-54 Description of NM port of the THA board (ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any>ODU0))
Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1 to RX16/TX16

interfaces.
ClientLP1 to ClientLP16
Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered

1 to 2.
(standard mode)
Backplane
16xODU0
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
18(RX16/TX16)-1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Automatic cross-connection, which does not need

to be configured on the NMS.

NMS.

1221
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1RX16/TX16

interfaces.
Configuration of Cross-connection
l
On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any>ODU0).
Set the service type. Ensure that the service type is the same as the actual service type.
NOTE
If all the 16 clientside ports are used to receive and transmit GE(TTT-GMP) services, users can configure
the 16*GE for 16*ODU0 service package for the board on the NMS. This simultaneously sets the Port
Working Mode to ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0) and the Service Type to GE(TTTGMP) for the 16 ports.
When the THA board works in compatible mode:

ClientLP ports. For details, see
in Figure 14-30.
NOTE
Electrical cross-connections must be configured. Otherwise, the ALS, LPT, and protection functions
may become abnormal.
On the U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the local ClientLP port and
other boards's ODU0LP ports. For details, see
l
in Figure 14-30.
When the THA board works in standard mode:

On the U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the local RX/TX port and
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

in Figure 14-31.
1222
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-30 Cross-connection diagram of the THA board (ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0))
(compatible mode)
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:1
Line/PID board
in standard
mode
Other board
Line/PID board
in compatible
mode
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
THA
16(TX14/RX14)-1
17(TX15/RX15)-1
18(TX16/RX16)-1
The internal cross-connection of the board, which needs to be configured on the NMS
The client side of the THA board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards,
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1223
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-31 Cross-connection diagram of the THA board (ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0)) (standard
mode)
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:1
Line/PID board
in standard
mode
Line/PID board
in compatible
mode
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
THA
17(TX15/RX15)-1
18(TX16/RX16)-1
NOTE
When the THA board connects to a TOM board that uses optical channel 2 on the ClientLP port, a client-side
optical port on the THA board must be cross-connected to optical channel 2 on the ClientLP port of the THA
board. In other cases, configure cross-connections from optical channel 1 on the ClientLP port of the TOM board
to the client-side ports on the THA board.
When creating electrical cross-connections between the ClientLP port of the THA board and other boards's
14.6.7 THA scenario 2: ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any>ODU1)

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1224
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Application
The THA board performs conversion between 16 channels of optical signals at a rate in the range
of 1.49 Gbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s and 16 channels of ODU1 electrical signals, see Figure 14-32.
16xODU1 4xOTU2
TX1
THA
8ODU0
16
16
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
N
Q
2
16
TX1
RX1
16
16Any
N
Q
2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
16ODU1
8ODU0
16Any
RX16
16ODU1
TX16
THA
1
RX1
STM-16/
OC-48/FC200/FICON
Express/OTU1
4xOTU2 16xODU1
TX16
STM-16/
OC-48/FC200/FICON
Express/OTU1
RX16
Logical Ports
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Mode
Port Diagram
Port Description
Board
Name
Displayed
on the
NMS
Compatible
mode
Figure 14-33
Table 14-57
THA
Standard
mode
Figure 14-34
Table 14-58
THA
(STND)

1225
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

(compatible mode)
Backplane
16xODU1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
16(RX14/TX14)-1
17(RX15/TX15)-1
18(RX16/TX16)-1
Cross-connect
module

Service processing
module
Automatic cross-connection, which does

not need to be configured on the NMS.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1RX16/TX16

interfaces.
ClientLP1ClientLP16

1.

1226
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

(standard mode)

Backplane
16xODU1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
18(RX16/TX16)-1
Cross-connect
module

on the NMS.
Service processing
module

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1RX16/TX16

interfaces.
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1227
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


NOTE
If all the 16 client-side ports are used to receive and transmit STM-16 services, users can configure the
16 * STM-16/OC-48>ODU1 service package for the board. This simultaneously sets the Port Working
Mode to ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU1) and Service Type to STM-16 for the 16 ports.

in Figure 14-35.

in Figure 14-36.
Figure 14-35 Cross-connection diagram of the THA board (ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU1))
(compatible mode)
WDM side
Line/PID board in
standard mode
Line/PID board in
compatible mode
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
THA
16(TX14/RX14)-1
17(TX15/RX15)-1
18(TX16/RX16)-1
The straight-through of the board, which does not need to be configured on the NMS
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1228
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-36 Cross-connection diagram of the THA board (ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU1)) (standard
mode)
WDM side
Line/PID
board in
standard
mode
Line/PID
board in
compatible
mode
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
THA
17(TX15/RX15)-1
18(TX16/RX16)-1
14.6.8 THA scenario 3: ODU1 convergence mode (n X Any->ODU1)

Application
Each of the RX1/TX1RX8/TX8 and RX9/TX9RX16/TX16 port groups supports mutual
conversion between a maximum of 8 channels of optical signals at any rate in the range of 125
Mbit/s to 2.2 Gbit/s and one to eight channels of ODU1 electrical signals, as shown in Figure
14-37.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1229
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


4xOTU2 (2~16)xODU1
(2~16)xODU1 4xOTU2
N
Q
2
8Any
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
8Any
N
Q
2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
(1~8)ODU1 (1~8)ODU1
RX1
FE/FDDI/GE /FC100/
FC200/DVBASI/ESCON/STM1/STM-4/STM-16/OC3/OC-12/FICON/FICON TX16
Express
RX16
THA
THA
(1~8)ODU1 (1~8)ODU1
8Any
8Any
TX1
TX1
RX1
FE/FDDI/GE /FC100/
FC200/DVBASI/ESCON/STM1/STM-4/STM-16/OCTX16 3/OC-12/FICON/FICON
Express
RX16
NOTE
The client signals received by the RX1/TX1RX8/TX8 ports cannot be encapsulated together with the client
signals received by the RX9/TX9RX16/TX16 ports.
Logical Ports
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Mode
Port Diagram
Port Description
Board
Name
Displayed
on the
NMS
Compatible
mode
Figure 14-38
Table 14-60
54THA
Standard
mode
Figure 14-39
Table 14-61
54THA
(STND)

1230
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-38 Port diagram of the THA board (ODU1 convergence mode (n * Any->ODU1))
(compatible mode)
Backplane
2-16xODU1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
17(RX15/TX15)-1
18(RX16/TX16)-1
Cross-connect
module
Multiplexing module

on the NMS
Table 14-60 Description of NM port of the THA board (ODU1 convergence mode (n * Any>ODU1))
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1RX16/TX16

interfaces.
ClientLP1ClientLP16

1 to 16.

1231
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-39 Port diagram of the THA board (ODU1 convergence mode (n * Any->ODU1))
(standard mode)
Backplane
2~16xODU1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
216(ConvGroup16/
ConvGroup16)-1
17(RX15/TX15)-1
18(RX16/TX16)-1
216(ConvGroup16/
ConvGroup16)-1
216(ConvGroup16/
ConvGroup16)-8
Cross-connect
module
Multiplexing module

on the NMS
Table 14-61 Description of NM port of the THA board (ODU1 convergence mode (n * Any>ODU1))
Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1RX16/TX16

interfaces.
ConvGroup1ConvGroup8
Internal logical port. The paths are numbered 1 to 8.
l
On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODU1 convergence mode (n * Any>ODU1).

On the U2000, create cross-connections between the local RX/TX port and ClientLP
port. For details, see
in Figure 14-40.
Create cross-connections between the local ClientLP port and other boards' ODU1LP
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
in Figure 14-40.

1232
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


On the U2000, create cross-connections between the local RX/TX port and ConvGroup
in Figure 14-41.
Create cross-connections between the local ConvGroup port and other boards' ODU1LP
in Figure 14-41.
NOTE
When the rate of services received on the client side is greater than 1.25 Gbit/s, these services must be configured
on the first optical channel of each ClientLP.
When STM-16 services are received on the client side, these services must be provisioned on the first optical
channel of each ClientLP port, and the client-side ports must map to intra-board logical ports. For example,
services from 3(RX1/TX1)-1 must be cross-connected to 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1, services from 4(TX2/
RX2)-1 must be cross-connected to 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1, and so on.
The first eight client-side ports on the THA board can be configured with cross-connections only to the first
eight LP ports; the last eight client-side ports on the THA board can be configured with cross-connections only
to the last eight LP ports.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1233
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-40 Cross-connection diagram of the THA board (ODU1 convergence mode (n * Any->ODU1))
(compatible mode)
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 Line/PID board in
standard mode
Line/PID board in
compatible mode
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
2
17(TX15/RX15)-1
18(TX16/RX16)-1
THA
Multiplexing module
The virtual path of the board, which does not need to be configured on the NMS
The client side of the THA board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards, which
needs to be configured on the NMS
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1234
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-41 Cross-connection diagram of the THA board (ODU1 convergence mode (n * Any->ODU1)) (standard
mode)
WDM side
Line/PID board in
standard mode
Line/PID board in
compatible mode
Client side
201(ConvGroup1/Conv
Group1)-1
201(ConvGroup1/Conv
Group1)-1
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
201(ConvGroup1/Conv
Group1)-8
6(TX4/RX4)-1
202(ConvGroup2/Conv
Group2)-1
202(ConvGroup2/Conv
Group2)-8
216(ConvGroup16/Conv
Group16)-1
2
202(ConvGroup2/Conv
Group2)-1
THA
Group16)-1
18(TX16/RX16)-1
Group16)-8
Multiplexing module
The client side of the THA board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards, which
14.6.9 THA scenario 4: ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1>ODU0)

Application
The THA board performs conversion between 16 OTU1 optical signals and 32 ODU0 electrical
signals, see Figure 14-42.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1235
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


32xODU0 4xOTU2
THA
RX1
8ODU0
32
RX1
N
Q
2
32
16OTU1
32
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
16ODU1
N
Q
2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
32ODU0
8ODU0
32ODU0
TX16
16ODU1
16OTU1
RX16
TX1
THA
TX1
OTU1
4xOTU2 32xODU0
32
OTU1
TX16
RX16
Logical Ports
Mode
Port Diagram
Port Description
Board Name
Displayed on the
NMS
Compatible
mode
Figure 14-43
Table 14-63
54THA
Standard
mode
Figure 14-44
Table 14-64
54THA(STND)
Figure 14-43 Port diagram of the THA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0))
(compatible mode)
Backplane
32xODU0
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
17(RX15/TX15)-1
18(RX16/TX16)-1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1236
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Cross-connect
module

Multiplexing module

on the NMS.
Service processing
module
Table 14-63 Description of NM port of the THA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1>ODU0))
Port Name
Description

interfaces.
ClientLP1 to ClientLP16

1.
ODU0LP1 to ODU0LP16

1 to 2.
Figure 14-44 Port diagram of the THA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0))
(standard mode)
Backplane
32xODU0
3(RX1/TX1)-1
3(RX1/TX1)-2
4(RX2/TX2)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-2
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
17(RX15/TX15)-1
18(RX16/TX16)-1
17(RX15/TX15)-1
17(RX15/TX15)-2
18(RX16/TX16)-1
18(RX16/TX16)-2
Cross-connect
module
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

on the NMS.

1237
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Multiplexing module
Table 14-64 Description of NM port of the THA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1>ODU0))
Port Name
Description

interfaces. The paths are numbered 1 to 2.
l
On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1>ODU0).

On the U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the local ODU0LP port and
other boards' ODU0LP ports. For details, see
in Figure 14-45.

On the U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the local RX/TX-1, RX/
TX-2 port and other boards' ODU0LP ports. For details, see
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

in Figure 14-46.
1238
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-45 Cross-connection diagram of the THA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0))
(compatible mode)
WDM side
Line/PID board in
standard mode
Line/PID board in
compatible mode
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
17(TX15/RX15)-1
18(TX16/RX16)-1
THA
Multiplexing module
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1239
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-46 Cross-connection diagram of the THA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0))
(standard mode)
WDM side
Line/PID board
in standard
mode
Line/PID board
in compatible
mode
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
3(TX1/RX1)-2
4(TX2/RX2)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-2
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
17(TX15/RX15)-1
17(TX15/RX15)-1
17(TX15/RX15)-2
18(TX16/RX16)-1
18(TX16/RX16)-2
18(TX16/RX16)-1
THA
Multiplexing module

The THA board consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, control
and communication module, 1588v2 module, and power supply module.

Figure 14-47 shows the block diagram of the functions of the THA board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1240
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-47 Functional modules and signal flow of the THA board
RX1
RX2
O/E
Service
encapsulation
and mapping
module
RX8
TX1
TX2
16X ODU0/8X ODU1
16X ODU0/8X ODU1
Client side
E/O
OTN
processing
module
Crossconnect
module
TX8

RX9
RX10
O/E
1588v2
module
Service
encapsulation
and mapping
module
RX16
TX9
TX10
E/O
TX16
Client-side
optical
module
OTN
processing
module
Crossconnect
module
Control
Memory
Communication
CPU

Power supply
module
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Required
voltage
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
In the signal flow of the THA board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the THA to the backplane
of the THA, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives 16 channels of optical signals from client equipment
through the RX1-RX16 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the 16 channels of electrical signals are sent to the signal processing
and mapping processing, and OTN framing. Then, the module sends out a maximum of 32
channels of ODU0 signals or 16 channels of ODU1 signals to the backplane.
Receive direction
The signal processing module receives the electrical signals sent from the backplane. The
module performs operations such as ODU0 or ODU1 framing, demapping and
decapsulation processing. Then, the module sends out 16 channels of Any signals to the
client-side optical module.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1241
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The client-side optical module performs the E/O conversion of Any electrical signals, and
then outputs 16 channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX16 optical
interfaces.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of the standard optical signals.
to standard optical signals.

module, OTN processing module.
Implements the grooming of electrical signals between the THA and the cross-connect
board through the backplane. The grooming service signals are ODU1 or ODU0 signals.
Encapsulates multiple channels of Any signals and maps the signals into the ODU0/
ODU1 payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the Any
Processes overheads in OTN signals, and performs FEC encoding and decoding.
1588v2 module
to the IEEE 1588v2 protocol, or extract the clock signal from the service signals that
come from a service board according to the IEEE 1588v2 protocol and then send the
clock signal to the STG board.

Power supply module

14.6.11 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the THA board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1242
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Figure 14-48 shows the front panel of the THA board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1243
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-48 Front panel of the THA board

SM SFP WORK WITH
G.657A2 FIBER ONLY
G.657A2
THA
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
RX 1
2 TX
TX 15
16 RX
SM SFP WORK WITH

G.657A2 FIBER ONLY
G.657A2
RX 1
TX 15
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2 TX
16 RX
1244
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 14-65 lists the type and function of each optical interface.
Table 14-65 Types and functions of the interfaces on the THA board
Interface
Type
Function
RX1-RX16
LC
Receives optical signals.
TX1-TX16
LC
Transmits optical signals.
Laser Hazard Level

14.6.12 Valid Slots

One slot houses one THA board.
Table 14-66 shows the valid slots for the THA board.
NOTE
To facilitate maintenance of optical modules and fibers, do not install a THA board in a slot at the edge of
the subrack or next to the slot housing the THA/SLH41/EGSH/TN55EG16 board.
Table 14-66 Valid slots for the THA board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid slots
IU2-IU8, IU11-IU17, IU20-IU33, IU36IU42, IU45-IU51, IU54-IU67

1245
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Valid slots
IU2-IU8, IU11-IU17

Table 14-67 describes the parameters of the THA board.
Table 14-67 THA parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

channel of a board.
moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Channel Loopback
Outloop
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

NOTE
This parameter can be set only when Port
Working Mode is set to ODU1_ODU0
mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0)

1246
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Service Type
None, Any, DVB-ASI,

ESCON, FC-100,
FC-200, FDDI, FE,
FICON, FICON
Express, GE(TTTGMP), GE(GFP-T),
OC-3, OC-12, OC-48,
OTU-1, STM-1,
STM-4, STM-16

Default: None
NOTE
formats. When Service Type is GE(TTTGMP), the encapsulation format is TTTGMP; when Service Type is GE(GFP-T),
the encapsulation format is GFP-T. The
value GE(TTT-GMP) is recommended.
format.
NOTE

Rate (Mbit/s)
l Channel 1 at each of
ports 201
(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1) to 216
(ClientLP16/
ClientLP16): 125 to
2200
l Channels 2 to 8 at
each of ports 201
(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1) to 216
(ClientLP16/
ClientLP16): 125 to
1250

a board.
services.
Default: /
Off, On
Laser Status
Default: Off

more information.
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled


1247
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
ALS Auxiliary
Condition
FW_Defect,
BW_Client_R_LOS,
BW_WDM_Defect,
FW_OPUk_CSF

triggering ALS.
Default: FW_Defect

BW_Client_R_LOS.
to BW_WDM_Defect.
l If an OPUk_CSF alarm is detected
on the client-side port of the local
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

With ALS enabled, the hold-off time is
a time period from the point when the
system detects service interruption to
the point when ALS automatically shuts
Default: 0s
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Turn-On
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

the related lasers.
Default: 0s
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1248
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
LPT Enabled
Enabled, Disabled

Default: Disabled
Service Mode
Client Mode, OTN

Mode
FEC Working State
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

Client Mode.
Ethernet Working
Mode
Auto-Negotiation,
1000M Full-Duplex

the Ethernet.

the connected ports. This mode is easy
to maintain.
ports.
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

to Disabled.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1249
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG

board resides.
Default: None

PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

commissioning.
NOTE
This parameter can be set only when Service
Type is set to OTU-1.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1250
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Insert Code Type
Idle Code, None Idle

Code
To broadcast FE/GE services, set the

parameter to Idle Code, as shown in the
following figure. In other scenarios, set
the parameter to None Idle Code. In the
following figure, unidirectional GE/FE
broadcast services are broadcasted from
site A to sites B and C. When the
tributary board at site A receives FE and
GE services and the GE services adopt
TTT-GMP or GFP-T encapsulation, set
Insert Code Type to Idle Code to keep
the port of the peer switch in Up state.
Default: None Idle

Code
Site B
GE/FE
Switch
Tributary
board
Line
board
Site A
GE/FE
Site C
GE/FE
Switch
Port Working Mode

(Any->ODU0), ODU1
non-convergence mode
(Any->ODU1), ODU1
convergence mode
(n*Any->ODU1),
ODU1_ODU0 mode
(OTU1->ODU1>ODU0), NONE Mode
(Not for port)
Line
board
Tributary
board
Tributary
Idle code Switch
board
Line
board

mapping path.

(Any->ODU0)
14.6.14 THA Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1251
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Client-Side Fixed
Optical Module
TN54TH
A
N/A
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP
1000 BASE-BX-U-eSFP
1000 BASE-BX-D-eSFP
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate-TX1310/RX1490 nm-15 kmeSFP
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate-TX1490/RX1310 nm-15 kmeSFP
1000 BASE-LX-10 km-eSFP (I-1310-LC)
NOTE
point.

NOTE
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP optical module can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100, FICON,
FICON Express, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, FDDI and FE signals.

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
S-16.1
-15 km-eSFP
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
15 km (9.3 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
nm
1260 to 1360

power
dBm

power
dBm
-5

1252
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type
S-16.1
-15 km-eSFP
dB
8.2

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1compliant

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1270 to 1580
dBm
-18
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
NOTE

transmissions)
Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
1000 BASEBX10-UeSFP
1000 BASEBX10-DeSFP
1000 BASEBX-U-eSFP
1000 BASEBX-D-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source
type
SLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
km
10
10
40
40
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1253
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
1000 BASEBX10-UeSFP
1000 BASEBX10-DeSFP
1000 BASEBX-U-eSFP
1000 BASEBX-D-eSFP
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
Maximum
mean launched
power
dBm
-3
-3
Minimum
mean launched
power
dBm
-9
-9
-2
-2
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-19.5
-19.5
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3
-3
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-12
-12
-12
-12
NOTE
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate-TX1310/RX1490 nm-15 km-eSFP and 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate-TX1490/RX1310 nm-15 kmeSFP optical module can be used to access OTU1, STM1, OC4, STM4, OC12, STM16, OC48, FC200,
FC100, GE, ESCON, DVB-ASI, FE, FDDI, FICON, and FICON Express signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1254
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-70 Client-side pluggable 2.5G optical module specifications (single-fiber bidirectional
transmissions)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate-TX1310/
RX1490 nm-15 kmeSFP
2.67 Gbit/s MultirateTX1490/RX1310

nm-15 km-eSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
km
15
15

range
nm
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-5
-5
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
8.2

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
range
nm
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
dBm
-18
-18
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
NOTE
1000 BASE-LX-10 km module can be used to access GE, FC100, FICON, FDDI, STM-4, OC-48, ESCON,
STM-1, FE and DVB-ASI signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1255
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type
1000 BASE-LX-10 kmeSFP (I-1310-LC)
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
10 km (6.2 mi.)

nm
1270 to 1355

power
dBm
-3

power
dBm
-9.5
dB
Eye pattern mask

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1260 to 1620
dBm
-20
dBm
-3
NOTE
2.125 Gbit/s Multirate-0.5 km-eSFP module can be used to access GE, FC100, FC200, FE signals.
Table 14-72 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (2.125 Gbit/s services)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s Multirate-0.5 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
MLM
0.5 km (0.3 mi.)

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
nm

770 to 860
1256
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s Multirate-0.5 kmeSFP

power
dBm
-2.5

power
dBm
-9.5
dB
Eye pattern mask

Receiver type
PIN
nm
770 to 860
dBm
-17
dBm
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN54THA
35
40
14.7 TOA
TOA: 8 Any-rate Ports Service Processing Board

The available functional version of the TOA board is TN54.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1257
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Huawei office.
Bo
ard
Ini
tial
Ve
rsi
on
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Univers
al
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
54
TO
A
V1
00
R0
06
C0
0
Variants
The TN54TOA board has only one variant: TN54TOA01.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update

measurement on the TOA
board.

a tester.


maintenance costs.
Deleted the support for FE

electrical ports on the TOA
board.

1258
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
Added the support for the HDSDIRBR service on the TOA

board.
Function enhancement: A new client-side service type is

supported.

1000BASE-BX10-D,
1000BASE-BX-U, and
1000BASE-BX-D on the TOA
board.


Hardware Update
Added the support for mapping

FC400 and 3G-SDI services to
ODUflex services.
Added service package
configuration methods.

Added the support for IEEE

1588v2.

As a type of tributary board, The maximum access capacity of the TOA at the client side is 20
Gbit/s.
Table 14-73 provides the application scenarios for the TOA board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1259
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-73 Application scenarios for the TOA board

Applicat
ion
Scenario
Maximum
Input Capacity
(Client Side)
Mapping Path
Maximum
Output
Capacity
(Backplane
Side)
Port Working
Mode
Scenario
1
l 8 x FE/FDDI/
GE/STM-1/
STM-4/OC-3/
OC-12/
FC100/
FICON/DVBASI/ESCON/
SDI
Anya<->ODU0
8 x ODU0
ODU0 nonconvergence
mode (Any>ODU0)
l Supports
encapsulation
of GE services
in GE(TTTGMP) or GE
(GFP-T).
Scenario
2
8 x HD-SDI/
STM16/OC-48/
FC200/FICON
Express/OTU1
Anya<->ODU1
8 x ODU1
ODU1 nonconvergence
mode (Any>ODU1)
Scenario
3
l 8 x FE/FDDI/
STM-1/OC-3/
DVB-ASI/
SDI/ESCON/
STM-4/
OC-12/GE/
FC100/
FICON/
STM-16/GE/
FC100/
FC200/
FICON
Express/HDSDI/HDSDIRBR
Anya<->ODU1
(1 to 8) x ODU1
ODU1
convergence
mode (n*Any>ODU1)
l Supports
encapsulation
of GE services
in GE(GFPT).
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1260
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Applicat
ion
Scenario
Maximum
Input Capacity
(Client Side)
Mapping Path
Maximum
Output
Capacity
(Backplane
Side)
Port Working
Mode
Scenario
4
8 x OTU1
OTU1<>ODU1<>ODU0
16 x ODU0
ODU1_ODU0
mode (OTU1>ODU1>ODU0)
Scenario
5
5 x 3G-SDI/3GSDIRBR
3G-SDI/3GSDIRBR<>ODUflex
5 x ODUflex
4 x FC400/
FICON4G
FC400/
FICON4G<>ODUflex
4 x ODUflex
ODUflex nonconvergence
mode (Any>ODUflex)
a:"Any" in the table indicates the client-side service supported in the corresponding

The TOA board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer, and to provide
Table 14-74 Functions and features of the TOA board
Function
and
Feature
Description
Basic
function
TOA converts signals as follows:

l 8 x (125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s signals) <-> 8 x ODU0.
l 8 x (1.49 Gbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s signals) <-> 8 x ODU1.
l 8 x (125 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s signals) <-> 1 to 8 x ODU1.
l 8 x OTU1 <-> 16 x ODU0.
l 5 x 3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR <-> 5 x ODUflex.
l 4 x FC400/FICON4G <-> 4 x ODUflex.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1261
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
Client-side
service type

HD-SDI: Bit-serial digital interface for high-definition television systems at a
rate of 1.49 Gbit/s
HD-SDIRBR: Bit-serial digital interface for high-definition television systems
at a rate of 1.49/1.001 Gbit/s
3G-SDI: Video service at a rate of 2.97 Gbit/s
3G-SDIRBR: Video service at a rate of 2.97/1.001 Gbit/s
NOTE
The TOA board supports GE optical signals and electrical signals. For GE electrical signal
transmission, it is recommended that the board be equipped with at most two GE electrical
modules to facilitate fiber routing.
The TOA board supports access of SDI, HD-SDI, HD-SDIRBR, 3G-SDI, 3G-SDIRBR,
and DVB-ASI electrical signals. When the board is used to accept these electrical signals,
a digital video O/E converter must be used for O/E or E/O conversion and the optical
module of the converter must agree with the board optical module specifications. The
digital video O/E converter is a third-party device. Customers can purchase a digital video
O/E converter by themselves.
NOTE
The FICON4G service and the FC400 service are processed identically. For the
FICON4G service, you can configure it as the FC400 service on the U2000.
Crossconnect
capabilities
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Cross-connects a maximum of 16 channels of ODU0 signals or 8 channels of

ODU1 signals through the backplane bus and cross-connect board.
Cross-connects a maximum of five channels of ODUflex signals by using buses
on the backplane and the cross-connect board.

1262
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
OTN
function
l The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.7041 and ITU-T G.709. The
board supports the frame format and overhead processing by referring to
the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports PM non-intrusive monitoring for ODU0.
l Supports TCM and PM non-intrusive monitoring for ODU1.
l Supports PM function for ODUflex.
l Supports PM non-intrusive monitoring for ODUflex.
l Supports the SM, TCM and PM functions for OTU1.
ESC
function
Supported
PRBS test
function
LPT
function
This function is supported only when the TOA board receives FE or GE

services on its client side.
FEC coding
Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the client side that complies with
ITU-T G.709, only when the service type is OTU1.
Alarms and
performanc
e events
monitoring
NOTE
is STM-1/OC3, STM-4/OC-12, STM-16/OC-48, or OTU1.

power of the laser.
ALS
function
Supports the ALS function on the client side when client services are non-OTN
services.
Test frame
Supported
NOTE
The board supports the Test frame function only when the Service Type is GE(GFPT).
Latency
measureme
nt

ODUk layer between two tributary boards supporting the latency measurement
function can be measured, and the latency data is displayed on the U2000.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1263
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
IEEE
1588v2
Supports the TC, TC+OC, BC, and OC modes when the client service is GE
multiplexed using the GFP-T procedure (the service type is displayed as GE
(GFP-T) on the U2000).
Supports the BC and OC modes when the client-side service type is OTU1.
NOTE
When receiving GE (GFP-T) services, the TX8/RX8 optical port cannot process IEEE
1588v2 clock signals.
When receiving OTU1 services, the board only supports frequency synchronization using
the receiving and transmitting timestamps in Sync messages of the IEEE 1588v2 protocol.
It does not support frequency synchronization using the physical clock.
Physical
clock
When receiving GE(GFP-T) services on the client side, the board can support
synchronous Ethernet processing instead of synchronous Ethernet transparent
transmission.
support synchronous Ethernet transparent transmission instead of synchronous
In ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0), when the client-side
service type is OTU1, synchronous Ethernet processing is supported but
synchronous Ethernet transparent transmission is not supported.
Electricallayer
ASON
Supported
Protection
scheme

NOTE
When the cross-connect granularity is ODUflex, the board does not support tributary
SNCP protection.
ODU0 tributary SNCP protection is supported only in ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1>ODU1->ODU0).
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Ethernet
service
mapping
mode
Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(TTT-GMP) or GE(GFP-T).
Ethernet
port
working
mode
GE(TTT-GMP):
Loopback
Channel
Loopback
Auto-Negotiation
1000M Full-Duplex
Inloop
Supported

1264
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
Client side
Outloop
NOTE
The ODU0 channel loopback is supported only
when port working mode is ODU1_ODU0 mode
(OTU1->ODU1->ODU0).
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL PHYSICAL INTERFACES (FCPI)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL FRAMING AND SIGNALING-2
(FC-FS-2)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL - PHYSICAL AND SIGNALING
INTERFACE (FC-PH)
SMPTE 292M Bit-Serial Digital Interface for High-Definition
Television Systems
Interface (ASI)
SMPTE 259M 10-Bit 4:2:2 Component and 4fsc Composite
Digital Signals - Serial Digital Interface
Interface (FDDI) - Token Ring Media Access Control (MAC)
Interface (FDDI) - Token Ring Physical Layer Protocol (PHY)
Interface (FDDI) Physical Layer Medium Dependent (PDM)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1265
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performanc
e
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

This section describes the physical ports displayed on the NMS.
Table 14-75 Mapping between the physical ports on the TOA board and the port numbers
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Physical Port
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4
TX5/RX5
TX6/RX6
TX7/RX7
TX8/RX8
10

1266
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
14.7.6 TOA scenario 1: ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any>ODU0)

Application
The TOA board performs conversion between eight channels of optical signals at a rate in the
range of 125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s and eight channels of ODU0 electrical signals, see Figure
14-49.
Figure 14-49 Position of the TOA in a WDM system (Scenario 1)
8xODU0 1xOTU2
TX1
TOA
1
8ODU0
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
N
S
2
8
TX1
RX1
8Any
N
S
2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
8ODU0
8ODU0
8Any
8ODU0
RX8
TOA
1
RX1
FE/FDDI/GE/STM-1/
STM-4/OC-3/OC-12/
FC100/FICON/DVBASI/ESCON/SDI TX8
1xOTU2 8xODU0
FE/FDDI/GE/STM-1/
STM-4/OC-3/OC-12/
FC100/FICON/DVBTX8 ASI/ESCON/SDI
RX8
NOTE
When the TN54TOA board in ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0) and the TN52TOM board in
FICON, DVB-ASI, ESCON, and SDI services is not supported.
Logical Ports
The TOA board can work in the standard or compatible mode. For information about the standard
and compatible modes, see 12.2.3 Standard Mode and Compatible Mode.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Mode
Port Diagram
Port Description
Board Name
Displayed
on the NMS
Compatible
mode
Figure 14-50
Table 14-77
54TOA

1267
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Mode
Port Diagram
Port Description
Board Name
Displayed
on the NMS
Standard
mode
Figure 14-51
Table 14-78
54TOA
(STND)
Figure 14-50 Port diagram of the TOA board (ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0))
(compatible mode)
Backplane
8xODU0
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
the NMS.
Table 14-77 Description of NM port of the TOA board (ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any>ODU0))
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1RX8/TX8

interfaces.
ClientLP1ClientLP8

1268
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

(standard mode)
Backplane
8xODU0
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1

NMS.
Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1RX8/TX8

interfaces.
l
NOTE
If all the eight clientside ports are used to receive and transmit GE(TTT-GMP) services, users can
configure the 8 * GE->8 * ODU0 service package for the board on the NMS. This simultaneously sets
the Port Working Mode to ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0) and the Service Type to GE
(TTT-GMP) for the eight ports.
When the TOA board works in compatible mode:

ClientLP ports. For details, see
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
in Figure 14-52.

1269
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


NOTE
Electrical cross-connections must be configured. Otherwise, the ALS, LPT, and protection functions
may become abnormal.
l
in Figure 14-52.
When the TOA board works in standard mode:

On the U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the RX/TX port and other
boards's ODU0LP ports. For details, see
in Figure 14-53.
Figure 14-52 Cross-connection diagram of the TOA board (ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0))
(compatible mode)
WDM side
Line/PID board in
standard mode
Line/PID board in
compatible mode
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
TOA
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
The client side of the TOA board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards,
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1270
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-53 Cross-connection diagram of the TOA board (ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0)) (standard
mode)
WDM side
Line/PID
board in
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4-ODU0:1 standard
mode
Line/PID
board in
compatible
mode
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
TOA
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
NOTE
When the TOA board connects to a TOM board that uses channel 2 on the ClientLP port, a client-side optical
port on the TOA board must be cross-connected to channel 2 on the ClientLP port of the TOA board. In other
cases, configure cross-connections from channel 1 on the ClientLP port of the TOM board to the client-side
ports on the TOA board.
When creating electrical cross-connections between the ClientLP port of the TOA board and other boards's
14.7.7 TOA scenario 2: ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any>ODU1)

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1271
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Application
range of 1.49 Gbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s and eight channels of ODU1 electrical signals, see Figure
14-54.
8xODU1 2xOTU2
TX1
TOA
8ODU0
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
N
D
2
8
TX1
RX1
8Any
N
D
2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
8ODU1
8ODU0
8Any
RX8
8ODU1
TX8
TOA
1
RX1
HD-SDI/STM16/
OC-48/FC200/FICON
Express/OTU1
2xOTU2 8xODU1
TX8
HD-SDI/STM16/
OC-48/FC200/FICON
Express/OTU1
RX8
Logical Ports
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Mode
Port Diagram
Port Description
Board Name
Displayed
on the NMS
Compatible
mode
Figure 14-55
Table 14-80
TOA
Standard
mode
Figure 14-56
Table 14-81
TOA(STND)

1272
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

(compatible mode)
Backplane
8xODU1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
8(RX6/TX6)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
Cross-connect
module

Service processing
module

on the NMS.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1RX8/TX8

interfaces.
ClientLP1ClientLP8

1273
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

(standard mode)
Backplane
8xODU1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
8(RX6/TX6)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
Cross-connect
module

on the NMS.
Service processing
module
Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1RX8/TX8

interfaces.
l
NOTE
If all the eight client-side ports are used to receive and transmit STM-16 services, users can configure the
8 * STM-16/OC-48->8 * ODU1 service package for the board. This simultaneously sets the Port
Working Mode to ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU1) and Service Type to STM-16 for the
eight ports.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

in Figure 14-57.
1274
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


in Figure 14-58.
Figure 14-57 Cross-connection diagram of the TOA board (ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU1))
(compatible mode)
WDM side
Line/PID board in
standard mode
Line/PID board in
compatible mode
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
TOA
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1275
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-58 Cross-connection diagram of the TOA board (ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU1)) (standard
mode)
WDM side
Line/PID
board in
standard
mode
Line/PID
board in
compatible
mode
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
TOA
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
14.7.8 TOA scenario 3: ODU1 convergence mode (n * Any->ODU1)

Application
range of 125 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and one to eight channels of ODU1 electrical signals, as shown
in Figure 14-59.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1276
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


(1~8)xODU1 2xOTU2
TX1
TOA
TOA
RX1
8ODU0
RX8
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
N
D
2
TX1
FE/FDDI/STM-1/OC3/STM-16/
DVB-ASI/SDI/ESCON/
STM-4/OC12/GE/FC100/
FICON/FC200/
TX8
FICON Express/SDI/
RX8 HD-SDI/HD-SDIRBR
RX1
8Any
N
D
2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
(1~8)ODU1
8ODU0
8Any
TX8
(1~8)ODU1
FE/FDDI/STM-1/OC3/STM-16/
DVB-ASI/SDI/ESCON/
STM-4/OC12/GE/FC100/
FICON/FC200/
FICON Express/SDI/
HD-SDI/HD-SDIRBR
2xOTU2 (1~8)xODU1
Logical Ports
Mode
Port Diagram
Port Description
Board Name
Displayed
on the NMS
Compatible
mode
Figure 14-60
Table 14-83
54TOA
Standard
mode
Figure 14-61
Table 14-84
54TOA
(STND)
Figure 14-60 Port diagram of the TOA board (ODU1 convergence mode (n*Any->ODU1))
(compatible mode)
Backplane
1-8xODU1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
7(RX5/TX5)-1
8(RX6/TX6)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1277
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Cross-connect
module
Multiplexing module

on the NMS.
Table 14-83 Description of NM port of the TOA board

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1RX8/TX8

interfaces.
ClientLP1ClientLP8
Figure 14-61 Port diagram of the TOA board (ODU1 convergence mode (n*Any->ODU1))
(standard mode)
Backplane
1~8xODU1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
7(RX5/TX5)-1
8(RX6/TX6)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Cross-connect
module
Multiplexing module

on the NMS.

1278
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-84 Description of NM port of the TOA board

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1RX8/TX8

interfaces.
ConvGroup1ConvGroup8
l
On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODU1 convergence mode (n*Any>ODU1).

On the U2000, create cross-connections between the local RX/TX port and ClientLP
in Figure 14-62.
Create cross-connections between the local ClientLP port and other boards' ODU1LP
2

l
in Figure 14-62.

On the U2000, create cross-connections between the local RX/TX port and ConvGroup
in Figure 14-62.
Create cross-connections between the local ConvGroup port and other boards' ODU1LP
in Figure 14-62.
NOTE
When the rate of services received on the client side is greater than 1.25 Gbit/s, these services must be configured
on the first optical channel of each ClientLP.
When STM-16 services are received on the client side, these services must be provisioned on the first optical
channel of each ClientLP port, and the client-side ports must map to intra-board logical ports. For example,
services from 3(RX1/TX1)-1 must be cross-connected to 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1, services from 4(TX2/
RX2)-1 must be cross-connected to 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1, and so on.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1279
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-62 Cross-connection diagram of the TOA board (ODU1 convergence mode (n*Any->ODU1))
(compatible mode)
WDM side
Line/PID
board in
standard
mode
Line/PID
board in
compatibl
e mode
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
2
TOA
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
Multiplexing module
The client side of the TOA board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards, which
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1280
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-63 Cross-connection diagram of the TOA board (ODU1 convergence mode (n*Any->ODU1)) (standard
mode)
WDM side
Line/PID board in
standard mode
Line/PID board in
compatible mode
Client side
201(ConvGroup1/Conv
Group1)-1
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
201(ConvGroup1/Conv
Group1)-8
202(ConvGroup2/Conv
Group2)-1
201(ConvGroup1/Conv
Group1)-1
2
202(ConvGroup2/Conv
Group2)-1
TOA
202(ConvGroup2/Conv
Group2)-8
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
208(ConvGroup8/Conv
Group8)-1
208(ConvGroup8/Conv
Group8)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
208(ConvGroup8/Conv
Group8)-8
Multiplexing module
14.7.9 TOA scenario 4: ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1>ODU0)

Application
The TOA board performs conversion between eight OTU1 optical signals and 16 ODU0
electrical signals, see Figure 14-64.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1281
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


16xODU0 2xOTU2
TOA
RX1
TOA
1
TX1
8ODU0
16
N
D
2
16
RX1
TX1
16
8OTU1
16
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
8ODU1
N
D
2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
16ODU0
8ODU0
16ODU0
TX8
8ODU1
RX8
8OTU1
OTU1
2xOTU2 16xODU0
OTU1
RX8
TX8
Logical Ports
Mode
Port Diagram
Port Description
Board Name
Displayed
on the NMS
Compatible
mode
Figure 14-65
Table 14-86
54TOA
Standard
mode
Figure 14-66
Table 14-87
54TOA
(STND)
Figure 14-65 Port diagram of the TOA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0))
(compatible mode)
Backplane
16xODU0
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1282
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Cross-connect
module

Multiplexing module

on the NMS.
Service processing
module
Table 14-86 Description of NM port of the TOA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1>ODU0))
Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1RX8/TX8

interfaces.
ClientLP1ClientLP8
ODU0LP1ODU0LP8
Figure 14-66 Port diagram of the TOA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0))
(standard mode)

Backplane
16xODU0
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
3(RX1/TX1)-1
3(RX1/TX1)-2
4(RX2/TX2)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-2
9(RX7/TX7)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-2
10(RX8/TX8)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-2

1283
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Cross-connect
module
Multiplexing module
Cross-connection that
must be configured on
the NMS.
Table 14-87 Description of NM port of the TOA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1>ODU0))
Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1RX8/TX8

interfaces. The paths are numbered 1 to 2.
l
On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1>ODU0).

U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the local ODU0LP port and other
boards' ODU0LP ports. For details, see
in Figure 14-67.

U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the local RX/TX-1, RX/TX-2 port
and other boards' ODU0LP ports. For details, see
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

in Figure 14-68.
1284
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-67 Cross-connection diagram of the TOA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0))
(compatible mode)
WDM side
Line/PID board
in standard
mode
Line/PID board
in compatible
mode
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
9(TX9/RX9)-1
10(TX10/RX10)-1
TOA
Multiplexing module
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1285
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-68 Cross-connection diagram of the TOA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0))
(standard mode)
WDM side
Line/PID
board in
standard
mode
Line/PID
board in
compatible
mode
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
3(TX1/RX1)-2
4(TX2/RX2)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-2
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
TOA
9(TX7/RX7)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-2
10(TX8/RX8)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-2
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
Multiplexing module
14.7.10 TOA scenario 5: ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any>ODUflex)

Application
The TOA board performs conversion between five 3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR optical signals and five
ODUflex electrical signals, see Figure 14-69.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1286
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-69 Position of the TOA in a WDM system (3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR<->ODUflex)

5xODUflex 4xOTU2
TOA
TX1
RX8
1
N
Q
2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
N
Q
2
5
TX1
5x3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR
TX8
5xODUflex
TOA
5xODUflex
3G-SDI
3G-SDIRBR
5x3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR
RX1
4xOTU2 5xODUflex
RX1
3G-SDI
3G-SDIRBR
TX8
RX8
NOTE
Each 3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR service uses three timeslots of an ODUflex, requiring the total bandwidth of 3.75
Gbit/s.
The TOA board performs conversion between four FC400/FICON4G optical signals and four
ODUflex electrical signals, see Figure 14-70.
Figure 14-70 Position of the TOA in a WDM system (FC400<->ODUflex)
4xODUflex 4xOTU2
TX1
1
N
Q
2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
N
Q
2
4
4xFC400/FICON4G
RX8
4xODUflex
TX8
TOA
4xODUflex
4xFC400/ 4
FICON4G
TOA
4xFC400/FICON4G
RX1
4xOTU2 4xODUflex
TX1
RX1
4
4xFC400/
FICON4G
TX8
RX8
NOTE
Each FC400/FICON4G service uses four timeslots of an ODUflex, requiring the total bandwidth of 5 Gbit/s.
Logical Ports
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1287
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Mode
Port Diagram
Port Description
Board Name
Displayed
on the NMS
Compatible
mode
Figure 14-71
Table 14-89
54TOA
Standard
mode
Figure 14-72
Table 14-90
54TOA
(STND)
Figure 14-71 Port diagram of the TOA board (ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any>ODUflex)) (compatible mode)
Other line board
Backplane
5xODUflex
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
8(RX6/TX6)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
Cross-connect
module

Service processing
module

on the NMS.
Table 14-89 Description of NM port of the TOA board (ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any>ODUflex))
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1RX8/TX8

interfaces.

1288
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Port Name
Description
ClientLP1ClientLP8
Figure 14-72 Port diagram of the TOA board (ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any>ODUflex)) (standard mode)
Other line board

Backplane
5xODUflex
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
Cross-connect
module

on the NMS.
Service processing
module
Table 14-90 Description of NM port of the TOA board (ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any>ODUflex))
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1RX8/TX8

interfaces.

1289
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l
On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any>ODUflex).

other boards' ODUflex ports. For details, see
in Figure 14-73.

other boards' ODUflex ports. For details, see
in Figure 14-74.
NOTE
When configuring a cross-connection, ODUflex Timeslot is 3 if the client service type is 3G-SDI/3GSDIRBR, and ODUflex Timeslot is 4 if the client service type is FC400/FICON4G.
Figure 14-73 ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any->ODUflex) (compatible mode)

WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:1
Line board
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
TOA
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1290
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-74 ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any->ODUflex) (standard mode)

WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:1
Line board
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
TOA
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
The client side of the TOA board are cross-connected to the WDM
side of other boards, which needs to be configured on the NMS

The TOA board consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, control

Figure 14-75 shows the block diagram of the functions of the TOA board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1291
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-75 Functional modules and signal flow of the TOA board
Backplane (service crossconnection)
16xODU0/8xODU1/5xODUflex
Client side
RX1
RX2
O/E
Service
encapsulation
and mapping
module
RX8
TX1
TX2
TX8
E/O
Client-side
optical
module
OTN
processing
module
Crossconnect
module
1588 v2
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
SCC
NOTE
When used to receive GE electrical signals, the board must use a client-side electrical module to perform
power level conversion, and then sends the signals to the service encapsulation and mapping module for
processing.
In the signal flow of the TOA board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TOA to the backplane
of the TOA, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives 8 channels of optical signals from client equipment
through the RX1-RX8 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the 8 channels of electrical signals are sent to the signal processing
and mapping processing, and OTN framing. Then, the module sends out a maximum of 16
channels of ODU0 signals, or 8 channels of ODU1 or 5 channels of ODUflex signals to
the backplane.
Receive direction
The signal processing module receives the electrical signals sent from the backplane. The
module performs operations such as ODU0, or ODU1, or ODUflex framing, demapping
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1292
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

and decapsulation processing. Then, the module sends out 8 channels of Any signals to the
client-side optical module.
interfaces.
Module Function
l

to standard optical signals.

module, OTN processing module.
Implements the grooming of electrical signals between the TOA and the cross-connect
board through the backplane. The grooming service signals are ODU1, or ODU0, or
ODUflex signals.
Encapsulates multiple channels of Any signals and maps the signals into the ODU0/
ODU1/ODUflex payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has
the Any performance monitoring function.
Processes overheads in OTN signals, and performs FEC encoding and decoding.
1588v2 module
to the STG board

Power supply module

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1293
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.7.12 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TOA board.

Figure 14-76 shows the front panel of the TOA board.
Figure 14-76 Front panel of the TOA board
Indicators
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1294
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 14-91 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TOA board
Interface
Type
Function
TX1-TX8
LC
Transmits the service signal.
RX1-RX8
LC
Receives the service signal.
Laser Hazard Level

14.7.13 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TOA board.
Table 14-92 shows the valid slots for the TOA board.
Table 14-92 Valid slots for the TOA board
Product
Valid slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18

This topic describes the board parameters that can be set or queried by using the NMS.
Table 14-93 describes the parameters of the TOA board.
Table 14-93 TOA parameters
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Parameter
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.

1295
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Value
Description
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

channel of a board.
moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Channel Loopback
Outloop
Service Type
None, Any, DVB-ASI,

SDI, ESCON, FC-100,
FC-200, FC-400,
FDDI, FE, FICON,
FICON Express, GE
(TTT-GMP), GE(GFPT), HD-SDI, HDSDIRBR, OC-3,
OC-12, OC-48, OTU-1,
STM-1, STM-4,
STM-16, 3G-SDI, 3GSDIRBR
Default: None

NOTE
This parameter can be set only when Port
Working Mode is set to ODU1_ODU0
mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0)

NOTE
formats. When Service Type is GE(TTTGMP), the encapsulation format is TTTGMP; when Service Type is GE(GFP-T),
the encapsulation format is GFP-T. The
value GE(TTT-GMP) is recommended.
format.
NOTE
The FICON4G service and the FC400
service are processed identically. For the
FICON4G service, you can configure it as
the FC400 service on the U2000.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1296
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Value
Description

Rate (Mbit/s)
l Channel 1 at each of
ports 201
(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1) to 208
(ClientLP8/
ClientLP8): 125 to
2200

a board.
l Channels 2 to 8 at
each of ports 201
(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1) to 208
(ClientLP8/
ClientLP8): 125 to
1250

Default: /
Off, On
Laser Status
Default: Off

more information.
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled


1297
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Value
Description
ALS Auxiliary
Condition
FW_Defect,
BW_Client_R_LOS,
BW_WDM_Defect,
FW_ODUk_CSF

triggering ALS.
Default: FW_Defect

BW_Client_R_LOS.
to BW_WDM_Defect.
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

Default: 0s
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Turn-On
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

the related lasers.
Default: 0s
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1298
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Value
Description
LPT Enabled
Enabled, Disabled

Default: Disabled
Service Mode
Client Mode, OTN

Mode
FEC Working State
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

Client Mode.
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Band Type
Planned Wavelength
Frequency (THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.100

board.
l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.170
to
18/1611.00/188.780

information.
Default: /
Planned Band Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

wavelength.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1299
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Value
Description
Ethernet Working
Mode
Auto-Negotiation,
1000M Full-Duplex

the Ethernet.

to maintain.
ports.
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

to Disabled.
NOTE
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

board resides.
PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1300
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Value
Description
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled

commissioning.
Default: Disabled
NOTE
Type is set to OTU-1.
Insert Code Type
Idle Code, None Idle

Code
Default: None Idle
Code
To broadcast FE/GE services, set the

parameter to Idle Code, as shown in the
following figure. In other scenarios, set
the parameter to None Idle Code. In the
following figure, unidirectional GE/FE
broadcast services are broadcasted from
site A to sites B and C. When the
tributary board at site A receives FE and
GE services and the GE services adopt
TTT-GMP or GFP-T encapsulation, set
Insert Code Type to Idle Code to keep
the port of the peer switch in Up state.
Site B
GE/FE
Switch
Tributary
board
Line
board
Site A
GE/FE
GE/FE
Switch
Port Working Mode

(Any->ODU0), ODU1
(Any->ODU1), ODU1
convergence mode
(n*Any->ODU1),
ODU1_ODU0 mode
(OTU1->ODU1>ODU0), ODUflex
(Any->ODUflex),
NONE Mode(Not for
port)
Line
board
Site C
Tributary
board
Tributary
Idle code Switch
board
Line
board

mapping path.

(Any->ODU0)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1301
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.7.15 TOA Specifications

Board
Client-Side Fixed
Optical Module
TN54TO
A
N/A
I-16-2 km-eSFP
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP
L-16.1-40 km-eSFP
L-16.2-80 km-eSFP
1000 BASE-BX-U-eSFP
1000 BASE-BX-D-eSFP
1.25 Gbit/s Multirate (CWDM)-40 km-eSFP
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (DWDM)-120 km-eSFP
0.1 Gbit/s to 3 Gbit/s Multirate 10 km-Video eSFP
4.25 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km-eSFP
NOTE
point.

NOTE
to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100, FICON, FICON Express, FDDI, GE, STM-4, OC-12,
optical module.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1302
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
SLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
2 km (1.2 mi.) 15 km (9.3

mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1266 to 1360
1260 to 1360
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-10
-5
-2
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
Maximum
-20 dB
spectral
width
nm
N/A
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
N/A
30
30
30
Eye pattern
mask
G.957-compliant
APD
APD
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver
type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
PIN
PIN

1303
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1270 to 1580
1270 to 1580
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-18
-18
-27
-28
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27
NOTE

transmissions)
Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
1000 BASEBX10-UeSFP
1000 BASEBX10-DeSFP
1000 BASEBX-U-eSFP
1000 BASEBX-D-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source
type
SLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
km
10
10
40
40
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
Maximum
mean launched
power
dBm
-3
-3

1304
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
1000 BASEBX10-UeSFP
1000 BASEBX10-DeSFP
1000 BASEBX-U-eSFP
1000 BASEBX-D-eSFP
Minimum
mean launched
power
dBm
-9
-9
-2
-2
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-19.5
-19.5
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3
-3
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-12
-12
-12
-12
NOTE
2.125 Gbit/s Multirate-0.5 km-eSFP optical module can be used to access FC200, GE, FC100, FDDI, FICON,
FICON Express, and FE signals.
1000 BASE-LX-10 km-eSFP, 1000 BASE-LX-40 km-eSFP and 1000 BASE-ZX-80 km-eSFP optical module
can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, FDDI, FICON, FE and DVB-ASI
signals.
NOTE
802.3.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1305
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
0.5 km (0.3
mi.)
10 km (6.2
mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-2.5
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9.5
-9
-5
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-17
-20
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3

1306
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
1.25 Gbit/s Multirate (CWDM)-40 km-eSFP optical module can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, OC-12,
ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, FDDI, FICON, FE, DVB-ASI signals.
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (CWDM)-80 km-eSFP optical module can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48,
FC200, FC100, FDDI, FICON, FICON Express, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, and
FE signals.
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)

range
nm
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
1.0
1.0
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
PIN

APD
1307
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
range
nm
1270 to 1620
1270 to 1620
dBm
-19
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27
NOTE
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (DWDM)-120 km-eSFP optical module can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48,
FC200, FC100, FDDI, FICON, FICON Express, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, and
FE signals.
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
Target transmission
distance
120 km (74.6 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
GHz
12.5

power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30

1308
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
ps/nm
2400
Eye pattern mask


Receiver type
APD
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
NOTE
SDI module can be used to access DVB-ASI, SDI, HD-SDI, HD-SDIRBR, 3G-SDI, and 3G-SDIRBR signals.

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
eSFP
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
10 km (6.2 mi.)
Service rate
Gbit/s
0.1 to 3
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
nm
1290 to 1330

power
dBm

power
dBm
-7
dB

1309
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type

eSFP

width
nm
3.0

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1260 to 1620
dBm
-22
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
NOTE
4.25 Gbit/s Multirate-0.3 km-eSFP and 4.25 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km-eSFP optical module can be used to access
FC400, and FICON4G signals.

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
4.25 Gbit/s
4.25 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
MLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
0.3 km (0.2 mi.)
10 km (6.2 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Transmitter parameter
specifications at point S
nm
830 to 860
1270 to 1355
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
-1.1
-1
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-9
-8.4
Eye pattern mask
Compliant with Fiber Channel-physical interface

(FC-PI-2) parameter template

1310
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
4.25 Gbit/s
4.25 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmeSFP

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
range
nm
770 to 860
1260 to 1600
dBm
-15
-18
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-12
-12
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN54TOA
23
25
14.8 TOG
TOG: 8 x GE tributary service processing board

The available functional version of the TOG board is TN52.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1311
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Ini
tial
Ve
rsi
on
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Univers
al
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
52
TO
G
880
0:
V1
00
R0
02
C0
2
680
0/3
800
:
V1
00
R0
04
C0
4
Variants
The TN52TOG board has only one variant: TN52TOG01.
14.8.2 Application
As a type of tributary board, the TOG board implements conversion between 8 channels of GE
optical signals or GE electrical signals and 4 channels of ODU1 electrical signals or 8 channels
of ODU0 electrical signals through cross-connection.
For the position of the TOG board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-77 and Figure 14-78.
Figure 14-77 Position of the TOG board in the WDM system (OptiX OSN 8800)
8xODU0
RX1
TOG
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
N
S
2
8
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X

TX1
1
N
S
2
RX1
8xODU0
TX8
8xODU0
RX8
TOG
1
TX1
GE
8xODU0
GE
RX1
TX1
1312
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-78 Position of the TOG board in the WDM system (OptiX OSN 6800/3800)
4xODU1
4xODU1
TOG
TOG
RX1
1
TX1
TX8
N
S
2
8
TX1
RX1
8xODU0
4xODU1
N
S
2
4xODU1
RX8
8xODU0
GE
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
GE
TX8
RX8

The TOG board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer.
NOTE
Only the OptiX OSN 8800 supports ODU0.
Table 14-101 Functions and features of the TOG board

Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
TOG converts signals as follows:

l 8 x GE<->8 x ODU0
l 8 x GE<->4 x ODU1
Client-side
service type

NOTE
The TOG board supports GE optical signals and electrical signals. For GE electrical
signal transmission, it is recommended that the board be equipped with at most two
GE electrical modules to facilitate fiber routing.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1313
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Cross-connect
capabilities
OptiX OSN 8800: Supports the cross-connection of eight channels of

ODU0 signals between the TOG board and the cross-connect board
OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the cross-connection of four channels of
ODU1 signals between the TOG board and the cross-connect board
OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of four ODU1 signals from one
OTN function
l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing defined in

the ITU-T G.709. The mapping process is compliant with ITU-T G.
709.
l Supports PM functions for ODU1/ODU0.
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring

power of the laser.
NOTE
The TOG board supports remote monitoring (RMON) only at the receive end .
ALS function
PRBS test
function
Not supported.
LPT function
Supported
Test frame
Not supported.
Latency
measurement
Not supported
IEEE 1588v2
Supports the TC, TC+OC, BC, and OC modes when the client service is
GE multiplexed using the GFP-T procedure (the service type is displayed
as GE(GFP-T) on the U2000).
NOTE
The TOG board supports only two channels IEEE 1588v2 signals.
Physical clock
When receiving GE(GFP-T) services on the client side, the board can
support synchronous Ethernet processing instead of synchronous
Ethernet transparent transmission.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1314
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Electrical-layer
ASON
Supported
Protection
scheme
Ethernet service
mapping mode
Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(GFP-T) or GE(TTT-GMP).
Ethernet port
working mode
1000M Full-Duplex
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3z
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1315
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The TOG board consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, 1588v2

Figure 14-79 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TOG board.
Figure 14-79 Functional modules and signal flow of the TOG board
n X ODUk
Client side
RX1
RX2
O/E
8
RX8
TX1
TX2
E/O
TX8
Client-side
optical
module
GE Service
OTN
encapsulation processing
and mapping
module
module
Crossconnect
module
1588v2
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply from

a backplane
( Backplane controlled by SCC )

SCC
NOTE
When used to receive GE electrical signals, the board must use a client-side electrical module to perform power
level conversion, and then sends the signals to the service encapsulation and mapping module for processing.
In Figure 14-79, n x ODUk indicates the service cross-connections from the TOG board to the backplane. "n"
Table 14-102 shows the service cross-connections from the TOG board to the backplane.
Table 14-102 Service cross-connections from the TOG board to the backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
TN52T
OG
A maximum of 8xODU0/4xODU1

1316
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the TOG board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TOG to the backplane,
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives 8 channels of the optical signals from client
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the corresponding encapsulation and
mapping modules. The module performs operations such as encapsulation and mapping
processing, and OTN framing. Then, the module sends out ODUk signals to the backplane
for grooming.
Receive direction
The signal processing module receives ODUk electrical signals sent from the crossconnection board through the backplane. The module performs operations such as ODUk
framing, demapping and decapsulation processing. Then, the module sends out 8 channels
of GE signals to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs the E/O conversion of GE electrical signals, and
interfaces.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of 8 channels of GE optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from 8 channels of the internal

The module consists of a GE service encapsulation and mapping module, an OTN
processing module and a cross-connect module.
GE service encapsulation and mapping module
It encapsulates multiple GE signals and maps the GE signals to the ODUk payload area
and performs the reverse of the preceding process. It supports the function of GE
performance monitoring.
Frames ODUk signals and processes overheads in ODUk signals.
Implements the grooming of electrical signals between the TOG and the cross-connect
board through the backplane.
1588v2 module
The 1588v2 module sends the clock signal of the STG board to the next NE according to
the IEEE 1588v2 protocol, or extract the clock signal from the service signals that come
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1317
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

to the STG board.
NOTE
Two channels IEEE 1588v2 signals are supported by the TOG.

Power supply module

14.8.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TOG board.

Figure 14-80 shows the TOG front panel.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1318
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-80 Front panel of the TOG board
TOG
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TX5
RX5
TX6
RX6
TX7
RX7
TX8
RX8
TOG
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1319
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-103 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TOG board
Interface
Type
Function
TX1-TX8
LC
RX1-RX8
LC
Laser Hazard Level

14.8.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TOG board.
Table 14-104 shows the valid slots for the TOG board.
Table 14-104 Valid slots for TOG board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
IU2-IU5


Table 14-105 Mapping between the physical ports on the TOG board and the port numbers
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Physical Port
TX1/RX1
3
1320
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Physical Port
TX2/RX2
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4
TX5/RX5
TX6/RX6
TX7/RX7
TX8/RX8
10
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 14-81 and Figure 14-82 show the application model of the TOG board.Table 14-106
describes the meaning of each port.
Figure 14-81 Port diagram of the TOG board (OptiX OSN 8800)
Other line/
PID board
Backplane
8xODU0
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
Client Side
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1321
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-82 Port diagram of the TOG board (OptiX OSN 6800)
Other line/
PID board
Backplane
4xODU1
201(ClientLP1
/ClientLP1)-1
202(ClientLP2/Cl
ientLP2)-1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
161(ODU0LP1/
ODU0LP1)-1
207(ClientLP7/C
lientLP7)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
164(ODU0LP4/
ODU0LP4)-1
208(ClientLP8/C
lientLP8)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
Client Side
Crossconnect
module

on the NMS.
Service
processi
ng
module
Multiplexing module
Table 14-106 Description of NM port of the TOG board

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8
ClientLP1-ClientLP8
ODU0LP1-ODU0LP4

If the TOG board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
level cross-connections between the ClientLP port and the ODU0LP port of the other
boards, as shown in Figure 14-83.
1322
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

level cross-connections between the ClientLP port and the ODU1LP port of the other
boards, as shown in Figure 14-84.
Figure 14-83 Cross-connection diagram of the TOG (ODU0 level)

WDM side
Line/PID board in
compatible mode
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:1
Line/PID board in
standard mode
Client side
TOG
The client side of the TOG board are cross-connected to the WDM
side of other boards
Figure 14-84 Cross-connection diagram of the TOG (ODU1 level)

WDM side
Line/PID board in
compatible mode
IN/OUT-OCH:1--ODU2:1-ODU1:1
Line board in
compatible mode
Client side
TOG
The client side of the TOG board are cross-connected to the WDM

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1323
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

For parameters of the TOG, refer to Table 14-107.

Table 14-107 TOG parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical
Interface/
Channel
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
supported.
Channel Use
Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

board.
for the port.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

Service Type
GE(GFP-T), GE(TTTGMP)

Default: GE(GFP-T)
NOTE
When Service Type is GE(TTT-GMP), the
encapsulation format is TTT-GMP; when Service
Type is GE(GFP-T), the encapsulation format is
GFP-T. The value GE(TTT-GMP) is
recommended.
Laser Status
Off, On
Default: Off

status of a board.
information.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1324
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Disabled, Enabled

board are lost.
ALS Auxiliary
Condition
FW_Defect,
BW_Client_R_LOS,
BW_WDM_Defect,
FW_ODUk_CSF
Default: Enabled
Default: FW_Defect

ALS.
FW_OPUk_CSF.
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

disabling lasers.
Default: 0s
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1325
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Turn-On
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

enabling lasers.
Default: 0s
LPT Enabled
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled
Ethernet
Working Mode
1000M Full-Duplex

Ethernet.
maintain.
SD Trigger
Condition
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

14.8.10 TOG Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1326
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Client-Side Fixed
Optical Module
TN52TO
G
N/A

NOTE
point.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
0.5 km (0.3
mi.)
10 km (6.2
mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-2.5
-3

1327
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9.5
-9
-5
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask

Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-17
-20
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3
NOTE
Std 802.3.

wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM

1328
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Target transmission
distance
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)

range
nm
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
1.0
1.0
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
PIN
APD
range
nm
1270 to 1620
1270 to 1620
dBm
-19
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight: 0.85 kg (1.87 lb.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1329
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN52TOG
41.8
46.0
14.9 TOM
TOM: 8 x multi-rate ports service processing board

The available functional versions of the TOM board are TN11 and TN52.

Huawei office.
Bo
ard
Ini
tial
Ve
rsi
on
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Univers
al
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11
TO
M
V1
00
R0
04
C0
1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1330
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Ini
tial
Ve
rsi
on
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Univers
al
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
52
TO
M
680
0/3
800
:
V1
00
R0
04
C0
4
880
0:
V1
00
R0
02
C0
0
Variants
The TN11TOM/TN52TOM board has only one variant: TN11TOM01/TN52TOM01.

Function:
Board
Cross-Connet
Granularity
Application Scenario
TN11TOM
ODU1
TN52TOM
ODU0/ODU1
The TN52TOM and TN11TOM support different

application scenario. For details, see 14.9.3
Specification:
l
14.9.27 TOM Specifications.
The TOM boards of different versions cannot replace each other.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1331
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Hardware Update
The TN52TOM board added

2.67 Gbit/s MultirateTX1310/RX1490 nm-15 kmeSFP and 2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate-TX1490/RX1310
nm-15 km-eSFP.


Hardware Update

1000BASE-BX10-U,
1000BASE-BX10-D,
1000BASE-BX-U, and
1000BASE-BX-D.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update

service package configuration
methods.
Function enhancement: Applying the same service type to

multiple ports improves the service configuration
efficiency.

TN11TOM board.


1332
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Concept: Tributary Mode and Tributary-Line Mode
A TOM board can be used as a tributary board or a tributary-line board. In different application
scenarios, eight pairs of optical interfaces of the TOM can be used as client-side interfaces or
WDM-side interfaces.
Figure 14-85 shows the signal flow of the tributary TOM board and Figure 14-86 shows the
signal flow of the tributary-line TOM board.
Figure 14-85 Signal flow of the tributary TOM board
Client-side crossconnection
AnyLP crossconnection
Output
(ODU0/ODU1 electrical
signals)
Input
(Client services)
Encapsulation and mapping
Figure 14-86 Signal flow of the tributary-line TOM board

Client-side crossconnection
AnyLP crossconnection
WDM-side crossconnection
Output
(OTU1 optical
signals)
Input
(Client services)
Encapsulation and mapping
NOTE
AnyLP cross-connections are supported only in application scenarios 8, 9, and 12 of TN52TOM.
Concept: Cascading Mode and Non-cascading Mode

TOM boards can work either in cascading or non-cascading mode. In cascading mode, the total
client service rate for each TOM board must be less than or equal to 2.5 Gbit/s. In non-cascading
mode, the total client service rate for each TOM board must be less than or equal to 10 Gbit/s.
When working in cascading mode, each TOM board can map a maximum of eight client services
into one ODU0/ODU1 signal. When working in non-cascading mode, it can map a maximum
of four client services into one ODU0/ODU1 signal.
l
The cascading mode is recommended if more than four client services have to be mapped
into one ODU1 or ODU0 signal.
The non-cascading mode is recommended if four or less client services have to be mapped
into one ODU1 or ODU0 signal.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1333
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Application Scenario Overview of TN52TOM

The TN52TOM board can be used in different application scenarios. The total service access
rate of the eight pairs of client-side optical ports cannot exceed 10 Gbit/s.
NOTE
The OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack supports TN52TOM scenario 2, TN52TOM scenario 4,
TN52TOM scenario 6, and TN52TOM scenario 10.
Table 14-110 TN52TOM board in cascading mode

App
licat
ion
Sce
nari
o
Tribu
tary or
Tribu
taryLine
Board
Maximum Input
Capacity (Client Side)
Mapping
Path
Maxi
mum
Outp
ut
Capa
city
Port
Working
Mode a
Port
Working
Mode b
Remarks
TN5
2TO
M
scen
ario
1
Tribut
ary
board
l 8 x FE/FDDI/DVBASI/SDI/ESCON
Anyc>ODU0
2x
ODU0
ODU0
mode (Any>ODU0[>ODU1])
Supported
only by the
OptiX OSN
8800.
NOTE
The board can receive the
services in each preceding
row at the same time but
the total rate of the services
must be less than or equal
to 2.5 Gbit/s.
Anyc>ODU0>ODU1
1x
ODU1
ODU0
tributary
TN5
2TO
M
scen
ario
2
Tribut
aryline
board
Anyc>ODU0>ODU1>OTU1
1x
OTU1
ODU0
tributaryline mode
(Any>ODU0>ODU1>OTU1)
The board
uses only
one
transmitter
and one
receiver on
the WDM
side.
l 2 x GE/FC100/
FICON
l 2 x GE/FC100/
FICON
NOTE
to 2.5 Gbit/s.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
ODU0
tributaryline mode

Supported
only by the
OptiX OSN
6800 and
3800.
Only the
RX7/TX7
and RX8/
TX8 optical
ports can be
used as
WDM-side
optical
ports.
1334
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

App
licat
ion
Sce
nari
o
Tribu
tary or
Tribu
taryLine
Board
Maximum Input
Mapping
Path
Maxi
mum
Outp
ut
Capa
city
Port
Working
Mode a
Port
Working
Mode b
The board
uses two
transmitters
and one
receiver on
the WDM
side.
l 2 x GE/FC100/
FICON
NOTE
to 2.5 Gbit/s.
TN5
2TO
M
scen
ario
3
Tribut
ary
board
OC-3/DVB-ASI/
SDI/ESCON
l 4 x STM-4/OC-12
l 2 x GE/FC100/
FICON
Remarks
Only the
RX7/TX7
and RX8/
TX8 optical
ports can be
used as
WDM-side
optical
ports.
Anyc>ODU1
1x
ODU1
ODU1
mode
(OTU1/
Any>ODU1)
ODU1
tributary
mode (Any>ODU1)
l 1 x STM-16/OC-48/
FC200/FICON
Express/HD-SDI
NOTE
to 2.5 Gbit/s.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1335
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

App
licat
ion
Sce
nari
o
Tribu
tary or
Tribu
taryLine
Board
Maximum Input
Mapping
Path
Maxi
mum
Outp
ut
Capa
city
Port
Working
Mode a
Port
Working
Mode b
Remarks
TN5
2TO
M
scen
ario
4
Tribut
aryline
board
OC-3/DVB-ASI/
SDI/ESCON
Anyc>ODU1>OTU1
1x
OTU1
ODU1
tributaryline mode
(Any>ODU1>OTU1)
ODU1
tributaryline mode
(Any>ODU1>OTU1)
The board
uses only
one
transmitter
and one
receiver on
the WDM
side.
l 4 x STM-4/OC-12
l 2 x GE/FC100/
FICON
l 1 x STM-16/OC-48/
FC200/FICON
Express/HD-SDI
NOTE
to 2.5 Gbit/s.
OC-3/DVB-ASI/
SDI/ESCON
l 4 x STM-4/OC-12
l 2 x GE/FC100/
FICON
l 1 x STM-16/OC-48/
FC200/FICON
Express/HD-SDI
NOTE
to 2.5 Gbit/s.
Only the
RX7/TX7
and RX8/
TX8 optical
ports can be
used as
WDM-side
optical
ports.
The board
uses two
transmitters
and one
receiver on
the WDM
side.
Only the
RX7/TX7
and RX8/
TX8 optical
ports can be
used as
WDM-side
optical
ports.
a: This parameter must be set on the NMS and the parameter values apply to V100R006C00 and later versions.
b: This parameter must be set on the NMS and the parameter values apply to versions earlier than V100R006C00.
c: "Any" in the table indicates the client-side service supported in the corresponding application scenario.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1336
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-111 TN52TOM board in non-cascading mode

App
licat
ion
Sce
nari
o
Tribut
ary or
Tribut
aryLine
Board
Maximum Input
Mapping
Path
Maxi
mum
Outp
ut
Capa
city
Port
Working
Mode a
Port
Working
Mode b
Remarks
TN5
2TO
M
scen
ario
5
Tributa
ry
board
l 8 x FE/FDDI/DVBASI/SDI/ESCON/
GE/FC100/FICON
Anyc>ODU0
8x
ODU0
ODU0
Supported
only by the
OptiX OSN
8800.
Anyc>ODU0>ODU1
4x
ODU1
ODU0
tributary
TN5
2TO
M
scen
ario
6
Tributa
ry-line
board
Anyc>ODU0>ODU1>OTU1
2x
OTU1
ODU0
tributaryline mode
The board
uses only
one
transmitter
and one
receiver on
the WDM
side.
NOTE
services in the preceding
to 10 Gbit/s.
l 4 x GE/FC100/
FICON
NOTE
to 5 Gbit/s.
ODU0
tributaryline mode
l 4 x FE/FDDI/DVBASI/SDI/ESCON/
GE/FC100/FICON
NOTE
to 5 Gbit/s.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

Supported
only by the
OptiX OSN
6800 and
3800.
All RX/TX
optical
ports can be
used as
WDM-side
optical
ports.
The board
uses two
transmitters
and one
receiver on
the WDM
side.
All RX/TX
optical
ports can be
used as
WDM-side
optical
ports.
1337
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

App
licat
ion
Sce
nari
o
Tribut
ary or
Tribut
aryLine
Board
Maximum Input
Mapping
Path
Maxi
mum
Outp
ut
Capa
city
Port
Working
Mode a
Port
Working
Mode b
Remarks
TN5
2TO
M
scen
ario
7
Tributa
ry
board
l 8 x FC100/FICON/
GE/STM-4/OC-12/
DVB-ASI/ESCON/
FDDI/FE/SDI/
STM-1/OC-3
OTU1/Anyc>ODU1
4x
ODU1
ODU1
mode
(OTU1/
Any>ODU1)
ODU1
tributary
mode
(OTU1/
Any>ODU1)
l 4 x FC200/FICON
Express/HD-SDI/
OTU1/STM-16/
OC-48
NOTE
to 10 Gbit/s.
TN5
2TO
M
scen
ario
8
Tributa
ry
board
l 4 x OTU1
OTU1>ODU1>Any>ODU0>ODU1
4x
ODU1
ODU1_AN
Y_ODU0_
ODU1 reencapsulati
on mode
(OTU1>ODU1>Any>ODU0>ODU1)
ODU1
tributary
mode
(OTU1>ODU1>Any>ODU0>ODU1)
Supported
only by the
OptiX OSN
6800 and
3800.
TN5
2TO
M
scen
ario
9
Tributa
ry-line
board
l 2 x OTU1
OTU1>ODU1>Any>ODU0>ODU1>OTU1
2x
OTU1
ODU1_AN
Y_ODU0_
ODU1 reencapsulati
on
tributaryline mode
(OTU1>ODU1>Any>ODU0>ODU1>OTU1)
ODU1
tributaryline mode
(OTU1>ODU1>Any>ODU0>ODU1>OTU1)
The board
uses two
transmitters
and one
receiver on
the WDM
side.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

All RX/TX
optical
ports can be
used as
WDM-side
optical
ports.
1338
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

App
licat
ion
Sce
nari
o
Tribut
ary or
Tribut
aryLine
Board
Maximum Input
Mapping
Path
Maxi
mum
Outp
ut
Capa
city
Port
Working
Mode a
Port
Working
Mode b
Remarks
TN5
2TO
M
scen
ario
10
Tributa
ry-line
board
4 x OTU1
OTU1>ODU1>OTU1
4x
OTU1
Anyc>ODU1>OTU1
4x
OTU1
ODU1
tributaryline mode
(OTU1/
Any>ODU1>OTU1)
The board
performs
electrical
regeneratio
n for OTU1
signals.
l 4 x FC100/FICON/
GE/STM-4/OC-12/
DVB-ASI/ESCON/
FDDI/FE/SDI/
STM-1/OC-3/
FC200/FICON
Express/HD-SDI/
STM-16/OC-48
ODU1
tributaryline mode
(OTU1/
Any>ODU1>OTU1)
NOTE
to 10 Gbit/s.
l 4 x FC100/FICON/
GE/STM-4/OC-12/
DVB-ASI/ESCON/
FDDI/FE/SDI/
STM-1/OC-3
All RX/TX
optical
ports can be
used as
WDM-side
optical
ports.
OTU1/Anyc>ODU1>OTU1
2x
OTU1
l 2 x FC200/FICON
Express/HD-SDI/
STM-16/OC-48/
OTU1
NOTE
to 5 Gbit/s.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
The board
uses only
one
transmitter
and one
receiver on
the WDM
side.

The board
uses two
transmitters
and one
receiver on
the WDM
side.
All RX/TX
optical
ports can be
used as
WDM-side
optical
ports.
1339
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

App
licat
ion
Sce
nari
o
Tribut
ary or
Tribut
aryLine
Board
Maximum Input
Mapping
Path
Maxi
mum
Outp
ut
Capa
city
Port
Working
Mode a
Port
Working
Mode b
Remarks
TN5
2TO
M
scen
ario
11
Tributa
ry
board
l 4 x OTU1
OTU1>ODU1>ODU0
8x
ODU0
ODU1_OD
U0 mode
(OTU1>ODU1>ODU0)
ODU1
tributary
mode
(OTU1>ODU1>ODU0)
Supported
only by the
OptiX OSN
8800.
TN5
2TO
M
scen
ario
12
Tributa
ry
board
l 4 x OTU1
OTU1>ODU1>Any>ODU0
8x
ODU0
ODU1_AN
Y_ODU0
reencapsulati
on mode
(OTU1>ODU1>Any>ODU0)
ODU1
tributary
mode
(OTU1>ODU1>Any>ODU0)
Supported
only by the
OptiX OSN
8800.
a: This parameter must be set on the NMS and the parameter values apply to V100R006C00 and later versions.
b: This parameter must be set on the NMS and the parameter values apply to versions earlier than V100R006C00.
c: "Any" in the table indicates the client-side service supported in the corresponding application scenario.
Application Scenario Overview of TN11TOM

The TN11TOM can be used in different application scenarios. The total service access rate of
the eight pairs of client-side optical ports cannot exceed 10 Gbit/s.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1340
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-112 TN11TOM board in cascading mode

Appl
icatio
n
Scen
ario
Tributa
ry or
Tributa
ry-Line
Board

(Client Side)
Mapping
Path
Maxim
um
Outpu
t
Capaci
ty
Port
Working
Mode (Must
Be Set on
the NMS)
Remarks
TN11
TOM
Scena
rio 1
Tributar
y board
OC-3/DVB-ASI/ESCON
OTU1/Anya>ODU1
1x
ODU1
N/A
OTU1/Anya>ODU1>OTU1
1x
OTU1
N/A
The board
uses only one
transmitter
and one
receiver on the
WDM side.
l 4 x STM-4/OC-12
l 2 x GE/FC100/FICON
l 1 x STM-16/OC-48/
FC200/FICON Express/
OTU1
NOTE
services in each preceding row
at the same time but the total
rate of the services must be less
than or equal to 2.5 Gbit/s.
TN11
TOM
scena
rio 2
Tributar
y-line
board
OC-3/DVB-ASI/ESCON
l 4 x STM-4/OC-12
l 1 x STM-16/OC-48/
OTU1
NOTE
OC-3/DVB-ASI/ESCON
l 4 x STM-4/OC-12
l 1 x STM-16/OC-48/
OTU1
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

Only the RX7/

TX7 and RX8/
TX8 optical
ports can be
used as
WDM-side
optical ports.
The board
uses two
transmitters
and one
receiver on the
WDM side.
Only the RX7/
TX7 and RX8/
TX8 optical
ports can be
used as
WDM-side
optical ports.
1341
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Appl
icatio
n
Scen
ario
Tributa
ry or
Tributa
ry-Line
Board

(Client Side)
Mapping
Path
Maxim
um
Outpu
t
Capaci
ty
Port
Working
Mode (Must
Be Set on
the NMS)
Remarks
Table 14-113 TN11TOM board in non-cascading mode

Appl
icatio
n
Scen
ario
Tributa
ry or
Tributa
ry-Line
Board
Maximum Input
Mapping
Path
Maxi
mum
Outpu
t
Capaci
ty
Port
Working
Mode (Must
Be Set on the
NMS)
Remarks
TN11
TOM
scena
rio 3
Tributar
y board
l 8 x FC100/FICON/GE/
STM-4/OC-12/DVBASI/ESCON/FDDI/FE/
STM-1/OC-3
OTU1/Anya>ODU1
4x
ODU1
N/A
l 4 x FC200/FICON
Express/OTU1/STM-16/
OC-48
NOTE
than or equal to 10 Gbit/s.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1342
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Appl
icatio
n
Scen
ario
Tributa
ry or
Tributa
ry-Line
Board
Maximum Input
Mapping
Path
Maxi
mum
Outpu
t
Capaci
ty
Port
Working
Mode (Must
Be Set on the
NMS)
Remarks
TN11
TOM
scena
rio 4
Tributar
y-line
board
l 4 x FC200/FICON
Express/STM-16/OC-48/
FC100/FICON/GE/
STM-4/OC-12/DVBASI/ESCON/FDDI/FE/
STM-1/OC-3
Anya->ODU1>OTU1
4x
OTU1
N/A
All RX/TX
optical ports
can be used as
WDM-side
optical ports.
When the
board is used
to implement
dual feed and
selective
receiving on
the WDM
side, the board
can output a
maximum of
two OTU2
signals and
the overall
maximum
client signal
rate must not
exceed 5 Gbit/
s.
NOTE
than or equal to 10 Gbit/s.
TN11
TOM
scena
rio 5
l 4 x OTU1
Tributar
y-line
board
OTU1>ODU1>OTU1
4x
OTU1
N/A
The board
performs
electrical
regeneration
for OTU1
signals.
14.9.4 Function and Feature

The TOM board achieves cross-connection at the electrical layer, and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
NOTE
ODU0 is only supported by the TN52TOM in the OptiX OSN 8800.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1343
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-114 Functions and features of the TOM board

Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
l Performs conversion between client services at rates within the

range of 100 Mbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s and ODU0 or ODU1 signals
when functioning as a tributary board.
l Performs conversion between client services at rates within the
range of 100 Mbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s and OTU1 signals when
functioning as a tributary-line board.
l Supports convergence of multiple services into one ODU0 or
ODU1 signal.
The TOM board supports multiple application scenarios. For details,
see 14.9.3 Application Overview.
Client-side service
type

GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 1.25 Gbit/s. Supports GE optical
signals and GE electrical signals.
HD-SDI: Bit-serial digital interface for high-definition television
systems at a rate of 1.49 Gbit/s
NOTE
When the TOM board transmits GE electrical signals, it is recommended that
the board be equipped with at most two GE electrical modules to facilitate fiber
routing. you are advised to install electrical modules at the RX1/TX1 and RX2/
TX2 ports.
The TOM board supports access of SDI, HD-SDI, and DVB-ASI electrical
signals. When the board is used to accept these electrical signals, a digital video
O/E converter must be used for O/E or E/O conversion and the optical module
of the converter must agree with the board optical module specifications. The
digital video O/E converter is a third-party device. Customers can purchase a
digital video O/E converter by themselves.
Only the TN52TOM board supports access of SDI, HD-SDI signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1344
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Cross-connect
capabilities
OptiX OSN 8800:

l TN52TOM
Supports the cross-connection of four ODU1 signals or eight
ODU0 signals through the cross-connect bus on the backplane
and the cross-connect board.
OptiX OSN 6800:
l TN11TOM
Supports the cross-connection of four ODU1 signals between
the TOM and the cross-connect board. Supports the crossconnection of four ODU1 signals to the paired slots through the
backplane.
Supports the cross-connection of a maximum of eight channels
of GE signals between the TOM and the cross-connect board.
of GE signals to the paired slots through the backplane.
Supports the transmission of maximum of eight signals at the
rate between 100 Mbit/s and 2.5 Gbit/s to the paired slots
l TN52TOM
Supports the cross-connection of four ODU1 signals between
the TOM and the cross-connect board.
Supports the cross-connection of six channels of GE signals to
the paired slots through the backplane.
Supports the transmission of six signals at the rate between 100
Mbit/s and 2.5 Gbit/s to the paired slots through the backplane.
OptiX OSN 3800:
l TN11TOM
Supports the cross-connection of four channels of ODU1
signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four
of GE signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of
four boards) to the other three boards belonging to the mesh
group.
Supports the cross-connection of a maximum of eight signals
at the rate between 100 Mbit/s and 2.5 Gbit/s from one board
of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other three
l TN52TOM
Supports the cross-connection of four channels of ODU1
signals between one board of the mesh group (consisting of four
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1345
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
boards) and any two boards in the non-paired slots of the fourslot mesh group, that is, supports the ODU1 cross-connection
between slots IU2 and IU4, slots IU2 and IU5, slots IU3 and
IU4, and slots IU3 and IU5.
Supports the cross-connection of six channels of GE signals
between one board of the mesh group (consisting of four
boards) and the paired slot of the four-slot mesh group, that is,
supports the GE cross-connection between slots IU2 and IU3
and slots IU4 and IU5.
Supports the cross-connection of six signals at the rate between
100 Mbit/s and 2.5 Gbit/s, except ODU1 signals, between one
board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) and the
paired slot of the four-slot mesh group, that is, supports the
cross-connection of six signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/s
and 2.5 Gbit/s, except ODU1 signals, between slots IU2 and
IU3 and slots IU4 and IU5.
l The mapping process is compliant with ITU-T G.7041 and ITU-T
G.709. Supports the frame format and overhead processing by
referring to the ITU-T G.709.
OTN function
l Supports the SM and TCM functions at the OTU1 and ODU1

layers on the WDM side.
l Supports the PM and TCM non-intrusive monitoring functions at
the ODU1 layer.
l Supports the PM functions at the ODU1 layers.
l TN52TOM supports the PM function at the ODU0 layer.
WDM specification

Supports ITU-T G.694.2-compliant CWDM specifications.
ESC function
Supported.
FEC coding
Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the client side that

complies with ITU-T G.709, only when the service type is OTU1.
Alarm and
performance event
monitoring
l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Poisson mode or Bursty mode) to help

locate line failures.
l Monitors parameters such as the bias current, temperature, and
optical power of the laser.
NOTE
Only the TN11TOM supports Poisson mode.
ALS function
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1346
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
PRBS test function
Supports the PRBS function on the client side and WDM side.
NOTE
The PRBS function on the client side is supported only when the client-side
service type is STM-1/OC-3, STM-4/OC-12, or STM-16/OC-48.
LPT function
type is FE or GE.
Test frame
The board supports the test frame function only when the client-side
Latency
measurement
Not supported
IEEE 1588v2
Not supported
Physical clock
Not supported
Optical-layer ASON
Not supported
Electrical-layer
ASON
Supported by the TN52TOM.
Protection scheme
OptiX OSN 3800/OptiX OSN 6800:

l Supports SW SNCP.
DCP/QCP board).
OptiX OSN 8800:
l Supports SW SNCP.
DCP/QCP board).
NOTE
When the board receives OTN services, SDH/SONET services the board
supports tributary SNCP protection.
For the TN52TOM board, ODU0 tributary SNCP protection is supported only
in ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0).
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1347
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Ethernet service
mapping mode
Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(GFP-F) (displayed as

GE on the NMS) and GE(GFP-T) modes.
Ethernet port
working mode
l Auto-Negotiation
Port MTU
The value ranges from 1518 to 9600, in bytes. That is, the maximum
size of the supported Jumbo frame is 9600 bytes.
Loopback
WDM side
l 1000M Full-Duplex
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
NOTE
When being used as tributary & line
board, the TOM board only
supports the loopback between
ClientLP1-ClientLP4.
Client side
Channel
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported

1348
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols
or
standards
for
transparent
transmissio
n (nonperformanc
e
monitoring
)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
INTERFACES (FC-PI)
(FC-SB-2)
Control (MAC)
Protocol (PHY)
Dependent (PDM)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1349
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Protocols
or
standards
for service
processing
(performan
ce
monitoring
)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2

Table 14-115 Mapping between the physical ports on the TOM board and the port numbers
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Physical Port
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4
TX5/RX5
TX6/RX6
TX7/RX7
TX8/RX8
10

1350
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
14.9.6 TN52TOM Scenario 1: Any->ODU0[->ODU1] (Cascading)

Application
Implements conversion between eight signals at a rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/
s and two ODU0 signals or one ODU1 signal.
Figure 14-87 shows the position of a TOM board in a WDM system when it is used on an OptiX
OSN 8800. Figure 14-88 shows the position of the TOM board in a WDM system when it is
used on an OptiX OSN 6800/3800.
Figure 14-87 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 1: Any->ODU0) (OptiX
OSN 8800)
2xODU0 1xOTU2
1xOTU2 2xODU0
TOM
TOM
RX1
1
N
S
2
2
TX1
RX1
8Any
TX8
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
2ODU0
N
S
2
2ODU0
8Any
TX1
FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
RX8
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
TX8
FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
RX8
Figure 14-88 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 1: Any->ODU0->ODU1)

(OptiX OSN 6800/3800)
1xODU1 1xOTU2
RX1
TOM
TX1
N
S
2
ODU1
8Any
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
2ODU0
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1ODU1
1ODU1
2ODU0
8Any
N
S
2
TX8
Any
RX1
TOM
TX1
FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI RX8
1xOTU2 1xODU1
FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
RX8 ESCON, FDDI
TX8
ODU1
Any
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A

OptiX OSN 6800: From/To paired slot
OptiX OSN 3800: From/To paired slot of the mesh group
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1351
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800: N/A
OptiX OSN 3800: From/To non-paired slots of the mesh group
NOTE
On the client side, eight pairs of optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 2.5 Gbit/s.
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections. For example, ClientLP
is a logical port of the board.
Figure 14-89 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 1: in cascading mode)
OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 3800: Any->ODU0->ODU1
52TOM
52NS2
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
1(IN/OUT)
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6)
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8)
: Client-side services
: WDM-side services
: Service cross-connection, which needs to be configured on the NMS
: Virtual channel, which does not need to be configured on the NMS
OptiX OSN 8800: Any->ODU0

52TOM
52NS2
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6)
1(IN/OUT)
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services
NOTE
When the number of a route of the ClientLP1 port is the same as that of a route of the ClientLP2 port, the
two routes cannot be configured with cross-connections at the same time. That is, when the cross-connection
from RX/TX to 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 is configured, the cross-connection from RX/TX to 202
(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 is not supported at the same time.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1352
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-116 Description of NM port of the TOM board (Cascading mode)

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8
ClientLP1/ClientLP2
Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1 to 8.
ODU0LP1
On the U2000, set the Board working Mode to Cascading.
During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000. Set the mode of the
ClientLP port to ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1]). Create the cross-connection between
the internal RX/TX and ClientLP ports of the TOM board. Then, create the following crossconnections:
l
Create the ODU0 cross-connection between the ClientLP port of the TOM board and
ODU0LP port of the other boards to achieve grooming of ODU0 services in OptiX OSN
8800, as shown
in Figure 14-90.
Create the ODU1 cross-connection between the ODU0LP port of the TOM board and
6800/3800, as shown
in Figure 14-90.
NOTE
When creating the internal cross-connection of ODU0 signal, only the first route can be selected. For
Example: 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1.
Two channels with the same type of services at the ClientLP1 and ClientLP2 ports respectively must not
be used at the same time. For example, if the 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 service type is configured, the
202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 service type must not be configured.
Figure 14-90 Cross-connection diagram of the TN52TOM board (scenario 1)

OptiX OSN 8800
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1353
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:2 Line/PID
board in
standard
mode
Other board
Line/PID
board in
compatible
mode
Cross-connect
module
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
TOM
OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 3800
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1354
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


WDM side
Line
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 board in
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:3 standard
mode
Cross-connect
module
Line/PID
board in
compatible
mode
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
161(ODU0LP1
/ODU0LP1)-1
2
3
161(ODU0LP1
/ODU0LP1)-2
TOM
The client side of the TOM board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards,
14.9.7 TN52TOM Scenario 2: Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1

(Cascading)
Application
Implements conversion between six signals at a rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s
and one OTU1 signal, and the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM side, or
implements conversion between seven Any signals and one OTU1 signal.
For the position of the TOM in a WDM system, see Figure 14-91.
Figure 14-91 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 2: Any->ODU0->ODU1>OTU1)
The single transmitting and single receiving on the WDM side:
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1355
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


1xOTU1
1xOTU1
RX1
TX1
TOM
TOM
RX1
TX1
TX8
7Any
MUX/
DMUX
2ODU0
RX8
MUX/
RX8 DMUX
1OTU1
TX8
1ODU1
1OTU1
1ODU1
2ODU0
7Any
FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
RX7
FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
TX7ESCON, FDDI
RX7
TX7
Any
Any
The dual-fed selectively receiving on the WDM side:

1xOTU1
1xOTU1
RX1
TOM
TX7
TX1
RX7
6Any
RX8
2ODU0
MUX/
DMUX
1OTU1
TX6
MUX/
DMUX
TX8
RX8
TX1
TX7
1ODU1
1OTU1
1ODU1
2ODU0
6Any
FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
RX6
MUX/
DMUX
RX1
TOM
RX7
MUX/
DMUX
FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
RX6
TX8
Any
TX6
Any
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A

NOTE
On the client side, six or seven pairs of optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 2.5
Gbit/s.
In cascading mode, only RX7/TX7 or RX8/TX8 can be used as the WDM-side optical interfaces.
Logical Ports
Figure 14-92 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 2: ODU0 tributary-line mode (Any>ODU0->ODU1->OTU1) in cascading mode)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1356
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


52TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
9(RX7/TX7)
6(RX4/TX4)
10(RX8/TX8)
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6)
: WDM-side services

52TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6)
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services
NOTE
When the number of a route of the ClientLP1 port is the same as that of a route of the ClientLP2 port, the
two routes cannot be configured with cross-connections at the same time. That is, when the cross-connection
from RX/TX to 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 is configured, the cross-connection from RX/TX to 202
(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 is not supported at the same time.

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8a
ClientLP1/ClientLP2
ODU1LP1
Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1.
ODU0LP1
a: In different application scenarios, RX7/TX7 or RX8/TX8 of the TOM can be used as clientside interfaces or WDM-side interfaces.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1357
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

ClientLP port to ODU0 Tributary-Line mode (Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1). Then, create
the following cross-connections:
l
Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and ClientLP ports of the TOM
board, as shown
in Figure 14-93.
Create OTU1 cross-connection between the internal ODU1LP1 and 9(RX7/TX7) or 10

(RX8/TX8) of the TOM board, as shown
in Figure 14-93.
NOTE
If only seven FE services are received from client equipment, specify the service package as Tributary line
7*FE->ODU0. This service package automatically completes the following settings:
l
Board Working mode is set to Cascading.
Port Working Mode is set to ODU0 tributary-line (Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1) for the ClientLP1
port.
Service Type is to FE for channels 1-4 on the ClientLP1 port and channels 5-7 on the ClientLP2 port.
Port Type is set to Line Side Color Optical Port for the RX8/TX8 port.
Bidirectional Any-level cross-connections are created between the RX1/TX1-RX7/TX7 ports and
channels 1-4 on the ClientLP1 port and channels 5-7 on the ClientLP2 port.
Bidirectional OTU1-level cross-connections are created between the RX8/TX8 port and channel 1 on the
ODU1LP1 port.

Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
161(ODU0LP1
/ODU0LP1)-1
WDM side
51(ODU1LP1/
ODU1LP1)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
161(ODU0LP1
/ODU0LP1)-2
TOM
Cross-connect module Cross-connect module

Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
161(ODU0LP1
/ODU0LP1)-1
51(ODU1LP1/
ODU1LP1)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
WDM side
3
161(ODU0LP1
/ODU0LP1)-2
TOM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1358
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.9.8 TN52TOM Scenario 3: Any->ODU1 (Cascading)

Application
Implements conversion between eight signals at a rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s
and one ODU1 signal.
Figure 14-94 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 3: Any->ODU1)
1xODU1 1xOTU2
RX1
TOM
TX1
TOM
TX1
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
RX1
N
S
2
ODU1
8Any
Any
N
S
2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1ODU1
1ODU1
8Any
FE, STM-1, STM-4,

STM-16, OC-3, OC12, OC-48, FC100,
GE, FC200, FICON,
FICON Express,
HD-SDI, DVB-ASI, RX8
SDI, ESCON, FDDI
TX8
1xOTU2 1xODU1
TX8
RX8
ODU1
FE, STM-1, STM-4,

STM-16, OC-3, OC12, OC-48, FC100,
GE, FC200, FICON,
FICON Express,
HD-SDI, DVB-ASI,
SDI, ESCON, FDDI
Any
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A

OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800: N/A
NOTE
Logical Ports
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1359
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-95 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 3: ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1)
in cascading mode)
52TOM
52NS2
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
1(IN/OUT)
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6)
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8
ClientLP1
ClientLP port to ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1). Then, create the following crossconnections:
l
Set the type of the client service. For a client service with the data rate exceeding 1.25 Gbit/
s, configure the service on channel 1 of the ClientLP port.
in Figure 14-96.
board, as shown
ODU1LP port of the other boards to implement the cross-connect grooming of ODU1
services, as shown
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
in Figure 14-96.

1360
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


WDM side
Line board
in standard
mode
Cross-connect
module
Line/PID
board in
compatible
mode
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
TOM
14.9.9 TN52TOM Scenario 4: Any->ODU1->OTU1 (Cascading)

Application
Implements conversion between six signals at a rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and
one OTU1 signal, and the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM side, or
implements conversion between seven Any signals at any rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 2.5
Gbit/s and one OTU1.
Figure 14-97 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 4: Any->ODU1->OTU1)
1xOTU1
1xOTU1
RX1
RX1
MUX/
DMUX
TX8
TX7
RX7
Any
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
7Any
RX8
MUX/
DMUX
1OTU1
TX8
RX8
1ODU1
1OTU1
1ODU1
7Any
TX1
FE, GE, STM-1,
STM-4, STM-16,
OC-3, OC-12, OC48, FC100, FC200,
FICON, FICON
Express, HD-SDI, RX7
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
TX7
TX1
TOM
TOM

FE, GE, STM-1,

STM-4, STM-16,
OC-3, OC-12, OC48, FC100, FC200,
FICON, FICON
Express, HD-SDI,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
Any
1361
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


1xOTU1
1xOTU1
RX1
RX1
TOM
TX7
RX7
TX8
MUX/
RX8 DMUX
MUX/
DMUX
TX7
RX8
6Any
MUX/
DMUX
1OTU1
MUX/
RX7 DMUX
1ODU1
1OTU1
1ODU1
6Any
FE, GE, STM-1, TX1

STM-4, STM-16,
OC-3, OC-12, OC48, FC100, FC200,
FICON, FICON
Express, HD-SDI, RX6
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI TX6
TOM
TX8
Any
TX1 FE, GE, STM-1,

STM-4, STM-16,
OC-3, OC-12, OC48, FC100, FC200,
FICON, FICON
RX6 Express, HD-SDI,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
TX6
Any
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A

NOTE
On the client side, six or seven pairs of optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 2.5
Gbit/s.
In this scenario, mapping of ODU0 services is not supported. This is different than the TN52TOM scenario
2.
Logical Ports
Figure 14-98 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 4: ODU1 tributary-line mode (Any>ODU1->OTU1) in cascading mode)
52TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
9(RX7/TX7)
6(RX4/TX4)
7(RX5/TX5)
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)
10(RX8/TX8)
8(RX6/TX6)
: WDM-side services

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1362
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


52TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)
10(RX8/TX8)
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6)
9(RX7/TX7)
: WDM-side services
NOTE

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8a
ClientLP1
ODU1LP1
a: RX7/TX7 or RX8/TX8 of the TOM can be used as client-side interfaces or WDM-side

interfaces.
ClientLP port to ODU1 tributary-line mode (Any->ODU1->OTU1).
l
in Figure 14-99.
board, as shown
Create the cross-connection between the internal ODU1LP1 and RX7/TX7 or RX8/TX8
of the TOM board, as shown
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
in Figure 14-99.

1363
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
If only seven STM-1 services are received from client equipment, specify the service package as Tributary line
7*STM-1/OC3->ODU1. This service package automatically completes the following settings:
l
Board Working mode is set to Cascading.
Port Working Mode is set to ODU1 tributary-line (Any->ODU1->OTU1) for the ClientLP1 port.
Service Type is set to STM-1 for channels 1-7 on the ClientLP1 port.
Port Type is set to Line Side Color Optical Port for the RX8/TX8 port.
Bidirectional Any-level cross-connections are created between the RX1/TX1-RX7/TX7 ports and
channels 1-7 on the ClientLP1 port.
ODU1LP1 port.

Client side
WDM side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
2
TOM

Client side
WDM side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
3
10(TX8/RX8)-1
TOM
14.9.10 TN52TOM Scenario 5: Any->ODU0[->ODU1] (NonCascading)

Application
Implements conversion between eight signals at a rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/
s and eight ODU0 signals or four ODU1 signals.
Figure 14-100 shows the position of a TOM board in a WDM system when it is used on an
OptiX OSN 8800. Figure 14-101 shows the position of the TOM board in a WDM system when
it is used on an OptiX OSN 6800/3800.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1364
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-100 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 5: Any->ODU0) (OptiX
OSN 8800)
8xODU0 1xOTU2
RX1
1xOTU2 8xODU0
TX1
RX1
N
S
2
8
8Any
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
8ODU0
N
S
2
8
TX8
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
8ODU0
8Any
FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
RX8
TX1
TOM
TOM
FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
TX8 ESCON, FDDI
RX8
NOTE
On the client side, eight pairs of optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 10 Gbit/s.
When the TN54TOA board in ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0) and the TN52TOM board in
FICON, DVB-ASI, ESCON, and SDI services is not supported.
When the TN54THA board in ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0) and the TN52TOM board in
FICON, DVB-ASI, and ESCON services is not supported.
Figure 14-101 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 5: Any->ODU0->ODU1)

(OptiX OSN 6800/3800)
4xODU1 1xOTU2
RX1
TOM
TX1
RX1
N
S
2
4
8Any
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
8ODU0
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
4ODU1
4ODU1
8ODU0
N
S
2
TX8
Any
TX1
TOM
1
8Any
FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
RX8
1xOTU2 4xODU1
ODU1
FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
TX8 ESCON, FDDI
RX8
ODU1
Any

OptiX OSN 6800: N/A
NOTE
On the client side, eight pairs of optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 10 Gbit/s.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1365
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Logical Ports
Figure 14-102 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 5: ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[>ODU1]) in non-cascading mode)
OptiX OSN 8800: Any->ODU0
52TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
52NS2
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
7(RX5/TX5)
1(IN/OUT
)
8(RX6/TX6)
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services
OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 3800: Any->ODU0->ODU1

52TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
52NS2
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
7(RX5/TX5)
1(IN/OUT)
8(RX6/TX6)
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services
NOTE
When the number of a route of the ClientLP1, ClientLP3, ClientLP5, or ClientLP7 port is the same as that
of a route of the ClientLP2, ClientLP4, ClientLP6, or ClientLP8 port, the two routes cannot be configured
with cross-connections at the same time. That is, when the cross-connection from RX/TX to 201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1)-1 is configured, the cross-connection from RX/TX to 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 is not
supported at the same time; when the cross-connection from RX/TX to 203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 is
configured, the cross-connection from RX/TX to 204(ClientLP4/ClientLP4)-1 is not supported at the same
time. For other port groups, that is, ClientLP5&ClientLP6 and ClientLP7&ClientLP8, the same rule
applies.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1366
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-120 Description of NM port of the TOM board (Non-cascading mode)

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8
l ClientLP1
l ClientLP2
l ClientLP5
l ClientLP6
l ClientLP3
l ClientLP4
l ClientLP7
l ClientLP8
ODU0LP1-ODU0LP4
On the U2000, set the Board working Mode to Non-cascading.
ClientLP port to ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1]).
l
in Figure 14-103.
board. Then, create the following cross-connections, as shown
8800, as shown
in Figure 14-103.
Create the ODU1 cross-connection between the ODU0LP port of the TOM board and
6800/3800, as shown
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
in Figure 14-103.

1367
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
The total rate of services that are input at each group of ClientLP ports, such as 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1
to 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP)-4, cannot be higher than 1.25 Gbit/s.
Only one GE service can be input at each group of ClientLP ports.
The client-side eight pairs of optical ports can access services at a maximum rate of 10 Gbit/s.
If a channel of the ClientLP1 port and a channel of the ClientLP2 port are identified by the same number,
these two channels cannot be used at the same time. For example, if the 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1
channel is configured with a service type, you cannot configure a service type for the 202(ClientLP2/
ClientLP2)-1 channel. Service configurations at the ClentLP3 and ClientLP4, ClientLP5 and ClientLP6,
and ClientLP7 and ClientLP8 ports must also comply with this restriction.
If only eight GE (GFP-T) services are received from client equipment, specify the service package as
Tributary 8*GE->8*ODU0. This service package automatically completes the following settings:
l
Board Working mode is set to Non-cascading.
Port Working Mode is set to ODU0 Mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1]) for the ClientLP1 port.
Service Type is set to GE(GFP-T) for channel 1 on the ClientLP1-ClientLP8 ports.
Bidirectional GE-level cross-connections are created between the RX1/TX1 port and channel 1 on
the ClientLP1 port, the RX3/TX3 port and channel 1 on the ClientLP3 port, the RX5/TX5 port and
channel 1 on the ClientLP5 port, and the RX7/TX7 port and channel 1on the ClientLP7 port.
Bidirectional GE-level cross-connections are created between the RX2/TX2 port and channel 2 on
the ClientLP2 port, the RX4/TX4 port and channel 2 on the ClientLP4 port, the RX6/TX6 port and
channel 2 on the ClientLP6 port, and the RX8/TX8 port and channel 2 on the ClientLP8 port.

OptiX OSN 8800
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1368
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


WDM side
Other board
Cross-connect
module
Line/PID
board in
standard
mode
Line/PID
board in
compatible
mode
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
TOM
OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 3800
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1369
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


WDM side
Line/PID
board in
standard
mode
Cross-connect
module
Line/PID
board in
compatible
mode
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
TOM
161(ODU0LP1
/ODU0LP1)-1
162(ODU0LP2
/ODU0LP2)-1
163(ODU0LP3
/ODU0LP3)-1
164(ODU0LP4
/ODU0LP4)-1
14.9.11 TN52TOM Scenario 6: Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1(NonCascading)

Application
Implements conversion between six signals at a rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s
and two OTU1 signals, or implements conversion between four signals and two OTU1 signals
and the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM side.
For the position of the TOM in a WDM system, see Figure 14-104 or Figure 14-105.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1370
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-104 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 6: A)

2xOTU1
RX1
TOM
TX1
TX7
RX7
RX7
TX7
RX8
6Any
RX8
4ODU0
MUX/
DMUX
RX1
2OTU1
TX8
MUX/
DMUX
TX1
TOM
2ODU1
2OTU1
2ODU1
4ODU0
RX6
6Any
FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
2xOTU1
TX8
TX6
FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
RX6
TX6
Any
Any
The conversion between six Any signals and two OTU1 signals.
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A

Figure 14-105 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 6: B)
2xOTU1
RX1
TOM
TX1
TX5
RX5
RX5
TX5
TX7
4Any
RX7
RX7
4ODU0
TX6
MUX/
DMUX
TX1
RX6
TX7
MUX/
TX8 DMUX
RX8
TX4
MUX/
DMUX
2OTU1
MUX/
TX6 DMUX
RX6
RX1
TOM
2ODU1
2OTU1
2ODU1
4ODU0
4Any
FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
RX4
2xOTU1
FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
RX4
RX8
TX4
TX8
Any
Any
Implements conversion between four Any signals and two OTU1 signals and the dual fed and
selective receiving function on the WDM side.
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
NOTE
On the client side, four pairs of optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 5 Gbit/s.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1371
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Logical Ports
Logical Ports
Figure 14-106 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 6: ODU0 tributary-line mode (Any>ODU0->ODU1->OTU1) in non-cascading mode)
52TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
7(RX5/TX5)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
8(RX6/TX6)
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services

52TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6)
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services
NOTE
When the number of a route of the ClientLP1, ClientLP3 port is the same as that of a route of the ClientLP2,
ClientLP4 port, the two routes cannot be configured with cross-connections at the same time. That is, when
the cross-connection from RX/TX to 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 is configured, the cross-connection from
RX/TX to 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 is not supported at the same time; when the cross-connection from
RX/TX to 203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 is configured, the cross-connection from RX/TX to 204(ClientLP4/
ClientLP4)-1 is not supported at the same time. For other port groups, that is, ClientLP5&ClientLP6 and
ClientLP7&ClientLP8, the same rule applies.
The client-side optical interfaces and WDM-side optical interfaces can be chosen as required.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8a

1372
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Port Name
Description
l ClientLP1
l ClientLP2
l ClientLP3
l ClientLP4
ODU0LP1-ODU0LP2
a: Eight pairs of optical interfaces of the TOM can be used as client-side interfaces or WDMside interfaces.
ClientLP port to ODU0 Tributary-Line Mode (Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1). Then, create
the following cross-connections:
l
board, as shown
in Figure 14-107.
Create the cross-connection between the internal ODU1LP1 and RX/TX of the TOM board,
as shown
in Figure 14-107.
NOTE
In this scenario, all the eight pairs of the optical interfaces on the TOM board can function as either the
client-side or the WDM-side interfaces. If six Any services are input, two OTU1 services are output. If
four Any services are input, two OTU1 services are output for dual transmitting and selective receiving.

Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
161(ODU0LP1/
ODU0LP1)-1
51(ODU1LP1/
ODU1LP1)-1
2
161(ODU0LP1/
ODU0LP1)-2
WDM side
52(ODU1LP2/
ODU1LP2)-1
162(ODU0LP1/
ODU0LP1)-1
TOM
162(ODU0LP1/
ODU0LP1)-2
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1

Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
161(ODU0LP1/
ODU0LP1)-1
162(ODU0LP1/
ODU0LP1)-2
9(TX7/RX7)-1
2
161(ODU0LP1/
ODU0LP1)-2
162(ODU0LP1/
ODU0LP1)-1
WDM side
51(ODU1LP1/
ODU1LP1)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
52(ODU1LP2/
ODU1LP2)-1
TOM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1373
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.9.12 TN52TOM Scenario 7: OTU1/Any->ODU1 (Non-Cascading)

Application
and four ODU1 signals, or implements conversion between four OTU1 signals and four ODU1
signals.
For the position of the TOM in a WDM system, see Figure 14-108 or Figure 14-109.
The conversion between eight signals and four ODU1 signals.
Figure 14-108 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 7: A)
4xODU1
RX1
4xODU1
TOM
TX1
TOM
TX1
RX1
1
MUX/
DMUX
MUX/
DMUX
NS2
8Any
NS2
4ODU1
RX8
4ODU1
8Any
FE, GE, STM-1,

STM-4, STM-16,
OC-3, OC-12, OC48, FC100, FC200,
FICON, FICON
Express, HD-SDI,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
1xOTU2
1xOTU2
TX8
4
RX8
TX8
Any
ODU1
ODU1
FE, GE, STM-1,

STM-4, STM-16,
OC-3, OC-12, OC48, FC100, FC200,
FICON, FICON
Express, HD-SDI,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
Any
The conversion between four OTU1 signals and four ODU1 signals.
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800: N/A
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1374
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-109 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 7: B)

4xODU1
RX1
RX1
TOM
1
1
MUX/
DMUX
MUX/
DMUX
TX8
NS2
4OTU1
NS2
TX1
4ODU1
4OTU1
4ODU1
RX8
4xODU1
TOM
TX1
OTU1 4
1xOTU2
1xOTU2
OTU1
RX8
TX8
ODU1
ODU1
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A

OptiX OSN 6800: N/A
NOTE
In this scenario, mapping of Any services is not supported. This is different than TN52TOM scenario 8.
Logical Ports
Figure 14-110 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 7: ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any>ODU1) in non-cascading mode)
OptiX OSN 8800/OptiX OSN 6800:
A
52NS2
A
52TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
7(RX5/TX5)
1(IN/OUT)
8(RX6/TX6)
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services
: Working service direction
: Virtual channel
OptiX OSN 3800:
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1375
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


52TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
7(RX5/TX5)
52NS2
1(IN/OUT)
8(RX6/TX6)
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services
NOTE
Particularly, in the OptiX OSN 3800, inter-board ODU1 cross-connections between the 52TOM and 52NS2
boards, if required, should be configured in such a manner that the ClientLP3-1 port on the 52TOM board
is cross-connected to the ODU1LP1-3 port on the 52NS2 board, the ClientLP5-1 port on the 52TOM board
is cross-connected to the ODU1LP1-2 port on the 52NS2 board.

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8
l ClientLP1
l ClientLP5
l ClientLP3
l ClientLP7
ClientLP port to ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1).
l
in Figure 14-111.
board, as shown
Create the ODU1 cross-connection between the ClientLP port on the TOM board and the
ODU1LP port on the other boards to implement grooming of ODU1 services, defined as
in Figure 14-111.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1376
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
When the internal cross-connection of ODU1 signal is configured, only the first route can be selected. For
example: 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1. Only ClientLP1/ClientLP3/ClientLP5/ClientLP7 can be used.
Each ClientLP logical port can access a maximum of 2.5 Gbit/s signals.
If only four STM-16 services are received from client equipment, specify the service package as Tributary
4*STM-16/OC48->4*ODU1. This service package automatically completes the following settings:
l
Board Working mode is set to Non-Cascading.
Port Working Mode is set to ODU1 Mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1) for the ClientLP1, ClientLP3,
ClientLP5 and ClientLP7 ports.
Service Type is set to STM-16 for channel 1 on the ClientLP1-ClientLP8 ports.
Bidirectional Any-level cross-connections are created between the RX1/TX1 port and channel 1 on
the ClientLP1 port, the RX2/TX2 port and channel 1 on the ClientLP3 port, the RX3TX3 port and
channel 1 on the ClientLP5 port, and the RX4/TX4 port and channel 1 on the ClientLP7 port.

WDM side
Cross-connect
module
Line/PID
board in
standard
mode
Line/PID
board in
compatible
mode
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
TOM
14.9.13 TN52TOM Scenario 8: OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0>ODU1 (Non-Cascading)

Application
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1377
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Implements conversion between four OTU1 signals and four ODU1 signals through Any reencapsulation.
Figure 14-112 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 8: OTU1->ODU1->Any>ODU0->ODU1)
4xODU1 1xOTU2
8Any
OTU1
RX8
TX8
ODU1
ODU1
4OTU1
Any
32Any
TX8
N
S
2
4ODU1
TX1
64Any
8ODU0
N
S
2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
4ODU1
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
4ODU1
64Any
8Any
8ODU0
8Any
32Any
RX8
4OTU1
4ODU1
OTU1
RX1
TOM
TOM
TX1
8Any
RX1
1xOTU2 4xODU1
Any

OptiX OSN 6800: N/A
NOTE
When the Any service is mapped into the ODU0 service, the TOM board supports de-encapsulation and
then re-encapsulation of only 10 Any services.
Logical Ports
Figure 14-113 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 8: ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 reencapsulation mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0->ODU1) in non-cascading mode)
52TOM
52NS2
237(AnyLP5/AnyLP5)-1
3(RX1/TX1)
201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
203(ClientLP3/
ClientLP3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)
1(IN/OUT)
7(RX5/TX5)
205(ClientLP5/
ClientLP5)-1
8(RX6/TX6)
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8)
207(ClientLP7/
ClientLP7)-1
: WDM-side services
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1378
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
Any four of the client-side optical interfaces can be used for service transmission.

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8
l ClientLP1
Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1
l ClientLP3
l ClientLP5
l ClientLP7
AnyLP1-AnyLP12
ODU0LP1-ODU0LP4
ClientLP port to ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation mode (OTU1->ODU1>Any->ODU0->ODU1).
l
in Figure 14-114.
board, as shown
Create the internal cross-connections of the Any service on the TN52TOM board, as shown
3
in Figure 14-114.
create the ODU1 cross-connection between the ODU0LP port of the TOM board and
services, as shown
in Figure 14-114.
NOTE
You can also set the service package to Tributary 4*OTU1->ODU1 (re-encapsulated into ODU0) on the
U2000. This service package automatically completes the following settings:
l
Port Working Mode is set to ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation tributary-line mode

(OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1) for the ClientLP1, ClientLP3, ClientLP5 and
ClientLP7 ports.
Service Type is set to OTU1 for the ClientLP1, ClientLP3, ClientLP5, and ClientLP7 ports.
ClientLP1 port, the RX2/TX2 port and channel 1 on the ClientLP3 port, the RX3TX3 port and channel 1
on the ClientLP5 port, and the RX4/TX4 port and channel 1 on the ClientLP7 port.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1379
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


WDM side
Cross-connect
module
Line/PID
board in
standard
mode
Line/PID
board in
compatible
mode
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
201(ClientLP1
/ClientLP1)-1
203(ClientLP3
/ClientLP3)-1
203(ClientLP7
/ClientLP7)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
Cross-connect
module
TOM
Cross-connect
module
162(ODU0LP2
/ODU0LP2)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
161(ODU0LP1
/ODU0LP1)-1
205(ClientLP5
/ClientLP5)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
Cross-connect
module
163(ODU0LP3
/ODU0LP3)-1
164(ODU0LP4
/ODU0LP4)-1
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
14.9.14 TN52TOM Scenario 9: OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0>ODU1->OTU1 (Non-Cascading)

Application
Implements conversion between two OTU1 signals and two OTU1 signals through Any reencapsulation, and the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM side.
Figure 14-115 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 9)
2xOTU1
TOM
RX1
TX1
2OTU1

16Any
RX5
TX5
MUX/
DMUX RX6
TX6
TX1
2ODU1
TX5
RX5
MUX/
TX6 DMUX
RX6
RX1
TOM
32Any
4ODU0
RX3
TX3
MUX/
DMUX RX4
TX4
2OTU1
TX3
RX3
MUX/
TX4 DMUX
RX4
2ODU1
2OTU1
2ODU1
4ODU0
32Any
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
16Any
TX2
2OTU1
RX2
2ODU1
OTU1
2xOTU1
OTU1
RX2
TX2
1380
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 14-116 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 9: ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 reencapsulation tributary-line mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1) in noncascading mode)
52TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1)-1
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
203(ClientLP3/
ClientLP3)-1
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services
NOTE
The client-side optical interfaces and WDM-side optical interfaces can be chosen according to the system
plan.
Any two of the client-side optical interfaces can be used for service transmission.

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8a
l ClientLP1
l ClientLP3
AnyLP1-AnyLP8
ODU0LP1-ODU0LP2
ODU1LP1-ODU1LP2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1381
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

ClientLP port to ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation tributary-line mode (OTU1>ODU1->Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1).
l
board, as shown
in Figure 14-117.
3
Create the internal cross-connections of the Any service on the TOM board, as shown
in Figure 14-117.
as shown
in Figure 14-117.
NOTE
In this scenario, all the eight pairs of optical interfaces on the TOM board can function as either the clientside or the WDM-side interfaces.

Client side
WDM side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
201(ClientLP1
/ClientLP1)-1
2
203(ClientLP3
/ClientLP3)-1
3
205(ClientLP5
/ClientLP5)-1
207(ClientLP7
/ClientLP7)-1
161(ODU0LP1
/ODU0LP1)-1
51(ODU1LP1
/ODU1LP1)-1
162(ODU0LP2
/ODU0LP2)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
4
52(ODU1LP2
/ODU1LP2)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
TOM
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
14.9.15 TN52TOM scenario 10: OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1 (noncascading)

Application
Implements the electrical regeneration of four OTU1 optical signals, or implements conversion
between four signals and two OTU1 signals and the dual fed and selective receiving function
on the WDM side.
A: OTU1->ODU1->OTU1.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1382
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Implements the electrical regeneration of four OTU1 optical signals.
4xOTU1
4xOTU1
TOM
TX5
4OTU1
4ODU1
4OTU1
RX1
D
RX2
M
U RX3
X RX4
TX1
RX5
4OTU1
4ODU1
4OTU1
M TX2
U
X TX3
TX4
TX6 M
U
TX7 X
TX8
D
RX6 M
RX7 U
X
RX8
B: Any->ODU1->OTU1.
Implements conversion between four signals and two OTU1 signals and the dual fed and
selective receiving function on the WDM side.
4xOTU1
RX1
TOM
TX5
RX5
RX5
TX5
RX8
RX8
4Any
MUX/
DMUX
4ODU1
TX8
MUX/
DMUX
RX1
TOM
4OTU1
4OTU1
4ODU1
4Any
FC100, FICON, FE, TX1

GE, STM-1, OC-3
, STM-4, OC-12,
DVB-ASI, ESCON,
FDDI, FC200,
FICON Express, RX4
SDI, HD-SDI, STM16, OC-48
TX4
4xOTU1
TX8
Any
TX1 FC100, FICON, FE,

GE, STM-1, OC-3
, STM-4, OC-12,
DVB-ASI, ESCON,
FDDI, FC200,
RX4 FICON Express,
SDI, HD-SDI, STM16, OC-48
TX4
Any
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1383
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


2xOTU1
RX1
RX5
MUX/
DMUX
MUX/
DMUX
RX6
TX6
TX7
2OTU1
RX6
RX7
RX7
MUX/
TX8 DMUX
RX8
RX1
TOM
TX5
MUX/
DMUX
TX7
2ODU1
2OTU1
2ODU1
2 x FC200/FICON Express/
HD-SDI/STM-16/OC-48/
RX4
OTU1
TX4
RX5
TX6
4Any
4 x FC100/FICON/GE/STM-4/ TX1
OC-12/DVB-ASI/ESCON/
FDDI/FE/SDI/STM-1/OC-3
TX5
TOM
4Any
2xOTU1
RX8
TX1 4 x FC100/FICON/GE/STM-4/
OC-12/DVB-ASI/ESCON/
FDDI/FE/SDI/STM-1/OC-3
RX4
2 x FC200/FICON Express/
HD-SDI/STM-16/OC-48/
OTU1
TX4
TX8
Any
Any
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A

NOTE
plan.
Logical Ports
Figure 14-119 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 10: ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/
Any->ODU1->OTU1) in non-cascading mode)
OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1 mode. The single transmitting and single receiving on the WDM
side
TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)
7(RX5/TX5)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
52(ODU1LP2/ODU1LP2)
8(RX6/TX6)
53(ODU1LP3/ODU1LP3)
9(RX7/TX7)
54(ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4)
10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services
OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1 mode. The dual-fed selectively receiving on the WDM side.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1384
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
201(ClientLP1
/ClientLP1)-1
51(ODU1LP1
/ODU1LP1)-1
203(ClientLP3
/ClientLP3)-1
52(ODU1LP2
/ODU1LP2)-1
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services
NOTE
plan.
When the data rate of the client-side service exceeds 1.25 Gbit/s, the service must be provisioned on channel
1 of a ClientLP port.
When channel 1 on the ClientLP port is provisioned with an OTU1, STM-16, or OC-48 service, the other
channels on the ClientLP port cannot be provisioned with any other services.

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8a
l ClientLP1
l ClientLP5
l ClientLP3
l ClientLP7
ODU1LP1-ODU1LP4
ClientLP port to ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1).
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
1385
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

board, as shown
in Figure 14-120.
in Figure 14-120.
as shown
NOTE
If only four OTU1 services are received from client equipment, you can also specify the service package as
4*OTU1 REG to automatically complete the following settings:
l
Port Working Mode is set to ODU1 tributary-line (OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1) for the ClientLP1,
ClientLP3, ClientLP5, and ClientLP7 ports.
Service Type is set to OTU1 for the ClientLP1, ClientLP3, ClientLP5, and ClientLP7 ports.
Port Type is set to Line Side Color Optical Port for the RX5/TX5-RX8/TX8 ports.
ClientLP1 port, the RX2/TX2 port and channel 1 on the ClientLP3 port, the RX3TX3 port and channel 1
on the ClientLP5 port, and the RX4/TX4 port and channel 1 on the ClientLP7 port.
ODU1LP1 port, the RX6/TX6 port and channel 1 on the ODU1LP2 port, the RX7/TX7 port and channel
1 on the ODU1LP3 port, and the RX8/TX8 port and channel 1 on the ODU1LP4 port.

OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1 mode. Single transmitting and single receiving
WDM side
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)
52(ODU1LP2/ODU1LP2)
8(TX6/RX6)-1
53(ODU1LP3/ODU1LP3)
9(TX7/RX7)-1
54(ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4)
10(TX8/RX8)-1
TOM
OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1 mode. The dual-fed selectively receiving on the WDM side.

Client side
WDM side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
2
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
TOM
14.9.16 TN52TOM scenario 11: OTU1->ODU1->ODU0 (noncascading)

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1386
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Application
Implements conversion between four OTU1 signals and eight ODU0 signals.
8xODU0 1xOTU2
RX1
TX8
TX1
N
S
2
8
4OTU1
4ODU1
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
8ODU0
4ODU1
N
S
2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
8Any
8ODU0
8Any
RX8
4OTU1
RX1
TOM
TOM
TX1
OTU1
1xOTU2 8xODU0
OTU1
RX8
TX8
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 14-122 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 11: ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1>ODU1->ODU0) in non-cascading mode)
52NS2
52TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
1(IN/OUT)
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6)
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services
NOTE
The client-side optical interfaces can be chosen according to the system plan.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1387
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8
l ClientLP1
l ClientLP3
l ClientLP5
l ClientLP7
ODU0LP1-ODU0LP4
ClientLP port to ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0).
l
in Figure 14-123.
board, as shown
services, as shown
in Figure 14-123.

WDM side
Line/PID
board in
compatible
mode
Cross-connect
module
Line/PID
board in
standard
mode
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
TOM
1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1388
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.9.17 TN52TOM Scenario 12: OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0 (NonCascading)

Application
Implements conversion between four OTU1 signals and eight ODU0 signals through Any reencapsulation.
8xODU0 1xOTU2
RX1
TOM
TX1
4OTU1
32Any
N
S
2
4ODU1
64Any
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
8ODU0
64Any
N
S
2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
8Any
8ODU0
8Any
32Any
TX8
4OTU1
RX8
4ODU1
RX1
TOM
TX1
OTU1
1xOTU2 8xODU0
4 OTU1
RX8
TX8
NOTE
Any service is FE, GE, FC100, FICON, DVB-ASI, SDI, ESCON, or FDDI.
Logical Ports
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1389
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-125 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 12: ODU1_ANY_ODU0 reencapsulation mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0) in non-cascading mode)
52NS2
52TOM
201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1)-1
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
203(ClientLP3/
ClientLP3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)
1(IN/OUT)
7(RX5/TX5)
205(ClientLP5/
ClientLP5)-1
8(RX6/TX6)
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8)
207(ClientLP7/
ClientLP7)-1
: WDM-side services
NOTE
The client-side optical interfaces can be chosen according to the system plan.

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8a
l ClientLP1
l ClientLP3
l ClientLP5
l ClientLP7
AnyLP1-AnyLP12
On the U2000, set the Board working Mode to non-cascading mode.
ClientLP port to ODU1_ANY_ODU0 re-encapsulation mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any>ODU0).
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
in Figure 14-126.
board, as shown
1390
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Create the internal cross-connections of the Any service on the TOM board, as shown
in Figure 14-126.
Create the ODU0 cross-connection between the AnyLP port of the TOM board and
services, as shown
in Figure 14-126.

WDM side
Line/PID
board in
compatible
mode
Cross-connect
module
Line/PID
board in
standard
mode
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
3
7(TX5/RX5)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
TOM
2
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
14.9.18 TN11TOM Scenario 1: Any->ODU1 (Cascading)

Application
and one ODU1 signal.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1391
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


1xODU1 1xOTU2
RX1
TOM
TX8
Any
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
N
S
2
ODU1
ODU1
8Any
N
S
2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1ODU1
1ODU1
RX8
RX1
TOM
TX1
8Any
FE, GE, FDDI,

STM-1, OC-3,
DVB-ASI,
STM-16, OC48, ESCON,
STM-4, OC-12,
FC100, FICON,
FC200, FICON
Express, OTU1
1xOTU2 1xODU1
TX1 FE, GE, FDDI,

STM-1, OC-3,
DVB-ASI,
STM-16, OC48, ESCON,
RX8 STM-4, OC-12,
FC100, FICON,
TX8 FC200, FICON
Express, OTU1
Any

OptiX OSN 3800: From/To the mesh group slots
OptiX OSN 6800: N/A
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 14-128 Port diagram of the TN11TOM (scenario 1: ODU1 tributary mode (Any->ODU1)
in cascading mode)
11TOM
52NS2
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
1(IN/OUT)
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6)
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1392
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8
ClientLP1
On the U2000, set the Board working Mode to Cascading mode.
Set the type of the client service. For a client service with the data rate exceeding 1.25 Gbit/s,
configure the service on channel 1 of the ClientLP port.
During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the Any crossconnection between the RX/TX and ClientLP ports. The cross-connect grooming of ODU1
and
service is implemented through the cross-connect module in cascading mode, as shown
in Figure 14-129
WDM side
Line board
in standard
mode
Cross-connect
module
Line/PID
board in
compatible
mode
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
TOM
14.9.19 TN11TOM Scenario 2: Any->ODU1->OTU1 (Cascading)

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1393
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Application
Implements conversion between six signals at a rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and
one OTU1 signal, and the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM side, or
implements conversion between seven signals at a rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s
and one OTU1 signal.
Figure 14-130 Position of the TN11TOM in a WDM system
1xOTU1
RX1
1xOTU1
TOM
MUX/
DMUX
TX8
7Any
MUX/
DMUX
1OTU1
RX8
TX8
RX8
1ODU1
1OTU1
1ODU1
7Any
FE, GE, FDDI, STM- TX1

1, OC-3, STM-4, OC12, STM-16, OC48,ESCON,
FC100, FICON,
FC200, FICON
RX7
Express, DVB-ASI,
OTU1
TX7
RX1
TOM
TX1 FE, GE, FDDI, STM1, OC-3, STM-4, OC12, STM-16, OC48,ESCON,
FC100, FICON,
FC200, FICON
RX7
Express, DVB-ASI,
OTU1
TX7
Any
Any

1xOTU1
RX1
TOM
RX1
TOM
TX7
MUX/
DMUX
MUX/
RX8 DMUX
MUX/
DMUX
6Any
RX8
TX8
TX1
TX7
1OTU1
MUX/
RX7 DMUX
RX7
1ODU1
1OTU1
1ODU1
6Any
FE, GE, FDDI, STM- TX1

1, OC-3, STM-4, OC12, STM-16, OC48,ESCON,
FC100, FICON,
FC200, FICON
RX6
Express, DVB-ASI,
OTU1
TX6
1xOTU1
TX8
FE, GE, FDDI, STM1, OC-3, STM-4, OC12, STM-16, OC48,ESCON,

FC100, FICON,
FC200, FICON
RX6
Express, DVB-ASI,
OTU1
TX6
Any
Any

NOTE
In cascade mode, only RX7/TX7 or RX8/TX8 can be used as the WDM-side optical interfaces.
Logical Ports
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1394
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-131 Port diagram of the TN11TOM (scenario 2: ODU1 tributary-line mode (Any>ODU1->OTU1) in cascading mode)
Converts between six Any signals and one OTU1 signal and the dual fed and selective receiving
function on the WDM side.
11TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
9(RX7/TX7)
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)
6(RX4/TX4)
7(RX5/TX5)
10(RX8/TX8)
8(RX6/TX6)
: WDM-side services
Converts between seven Any signals and one OTU1 signal.

11TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6)
9(RX7/TX7)
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)
10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services
NOTE
In cascading mode, the TOM implements the electrical regeneration of one channel of OTU1 signal. Only
RX7/TX7 and RX8/TX8 can be used as WDM-side optical interfaces.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1395
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8a
ClientLP1
ODU1LP1
a: RX7/TX7 or RX8/TX8 of the TOM can be used as client-side interfaces or WDM-side

interfaces.
On the U2000, set the Board working Mode to Non-cascading mode.
Creating electrical cross-connections for the TOM board on the U2000 is a process of
establishing cross-connections inside the board. For details, see Figure 14-132.
Client side
WDM side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
2
TOM

Client side
WDM side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
3
10(TX8/RX8)-1
TOM
14.9.20 TN11TOM Scenario 3: Any->ODU1 (Non-Cascading)

Application
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1396
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

and four ODU1 signals.
4xODU1
RX1
4xODU1
TOM
1
MUX/
DMUX
8Any
MUX/
DMUX
4ODU1
4ODU1
NS2
4
Any
TX1
TOM
1
8Any
FC100, FICON, FE, TX1

GE, STM-1, OC-3,
STM-4, OC-12,
STM-16, OC-48
, FC200, FICON
Express, DVB-ASI, RX8
ESCON, FDDI,
OTU1
TX8
1xOTU2
1xOTU2
ODU1
Any
NS2
4
ODU1
RX1 FC100, FICON, FE,

GE, STM-1, OC-3,
STM-4, OC-12,
STM-16, OC-48
, FC200, FICON
TX8 Express, DVB-ASI,
ESCON, FDDI,
OTU1
RX8

OptiX OSN 6800: N/A
Logical Ports
Figure 14-134 Port diagram of the TN11TOM (scenario 3: ODU1 tributary mode (Any->ODU1)
in non-cascading mode)
11TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
7(RX5/TX5)
52NS2
1(IN/OUT)
8(RX6/TX6)
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services
NOTE
In this case, the 201 (ClientLP1/ ClientLP1) and 203 (ClientLP3/ ClientLP3) ports can access a maximum
of four services, and the 202 (ClientLP2/ ClientLP2) and 204 (ClientLP4/ ClientLP4) ports can access a
maximum of two services.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1397
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8
l ClientLP1
l ClientLP3
l ClientLP2
l ClientLP4
On the U2000, set the Board working Mode to Non-cascading mode.
During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the Any crossconnection between the RX/TX and ClientLP ports. The cross-connect grooming of ODU1
service is implemented through the cross-connect module in non-cascading mode, as shown
and
in Figure 14-135.

WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 Line board
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:3 in standard
mode
Cross-connect
module
Line/PID
board in
compatible
mode
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
TOM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1398
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.9.21 TN11TOM Scenario 4: Any->ODU1->OTU1(NonCascading)

Application
Implements conversion between four optical signals at a rate from 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and
four ITU-T Recommendation-compliant WDM signals.
4xOTU1
4xOTU1
RX1
TOM
TX1
RX5
RX5
TX5
RX8
4Any
RX8
MUX/
DMUX
4ODU1
TX8
MUX/
DMUX
RX1
TOM
4OTU1
4OTU1
4ODU1
4Any
FC100, FICON, FE,

GE, STM-1, OC-3
, STM-4, OC-12,
DVB-ASI, ESCON,
FDDI, FC200, FICON
Express, STM-16, RX4
OC-48
TX4
TX5
TX8
TX1 FC100, FICON, FE,

GE, STM-1, OC-3
, STM-4, OC-12,
DVB-ASI, ESCON,
FDDI, FC200,
RX4 FICON Express,
STM-16, OC-48
TX4
Any
Any

NOTE
The client-side optical interfaces and WDM-side optical interfaces can be chosen as described in the system
plan.
Logical Ports
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1399
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-137 Port diagram of the TN11TOM (scenario 4: ODU1 tributary-line mode (Any>ODU1->OTU1) in non-cascading mode)
11TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)
7(RX5/TX5)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
52(ODU1LP2/ODU1LP2)
8(RX6/TX6)
53(ODU1LP3/ODU1LP3)
9(RX7/TX7)
54(ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4)
10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8a
l ClientLP1
l ClientLP3
l ClientLP2
l ClientLP4
ODU1LP1-ODU1LP4
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1400
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Client side
WDM side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
Cross-connect
module
7(TX5/RX5)-1
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)
52(ODU1LP2/ODU1LP2)
8(TX6/RX6)-1
53(ODU1LP3/ODU1LP3)
9(TX7/RX7)-1
54(ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4)
10(TX8/RX8)-1
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
TOM
14.9.22 TN11TOM Scenario 5: OTU1->ODU1->OTU1 (electrical

regeneration board)
Application
Implements the electrical regeneration of four OTU1 optical signals.
4xOTU1
RX1
4OTU1
4ODU1
RX4
TX1
TOM
4OTU1
DMUX
4xOTU1
4xOTU1
RX1
4OTU1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
4ODU1
TX4
4OTU1
MUX
TX4
4xOTU1
TOM
TX1
MUX
DMUX
RX4

1401
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
In non-cascading mode, the TOM implements the electrical regeneration of four channels of OTU1 signal.
Any four of RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8 can be configured as WDM-side optical interfaces.
Logical Ports
Figure 14-140 Port diagram of the TN11TOM (scenario 5: ODU1 tributary-line mode (electrical
regeneration board))
11TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)
7(RX5/TX5)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
52(ODU1LP2/ODU1LP2)
8(RX6/TX6)
53(ODU1LP3/ODU1LP3)
9(RX7/TX7)
54(ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4)
10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services
NOTE
In non-cascading mode, the TOM implements the electrical regeneration of four channels of OTU1 signal.
Any four of RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8 can be configured as WDM-side optical interfaces.

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8a
ClientLP1ClientLP4
ODU1LP1-ODU1LP4
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1402
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Client side
WDM side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
Cross-connect
module
7(TX5/RX5)-1
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)
52(ODU1LP2/ODU1LP2)
8(TX6/RX6)-1
53(ODU1LP3/ODU1LP3)
9(TX7/RX7)-1
54(ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4)
10(TX8/RX8)-1
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
TOM

The TOM board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Functional Modules and Signal Flow (When Used as a Tributary Board)

Figure 14-142 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TOM board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1403
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-142 Functional modules and signal flow of the TOM board (when used as a tributary
board)
100 Mbit/s - 2.5 Gbit/s Any
services/ n x ODUk

Client
side
RX 1
RX 2
O/E
8
RX 8
TX 1
TX 2
E/O
TX 8
Client-side
optical
module
Service
encapsulation
and mapping
module
OTN
processing
module
Crossconnect
module
Control
Memory
Communication
CPU

Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC )
NOTE
In Figure 14-142, n x ODUk indicates the service cross-connections from the TOM board to
the backplane. "n" represents the maximum number of cross-connections and "k" represents the
service granularity.
Table 14-133 shows the service cross-connections from the TOM board to the backplane.
Table 14-133 Functional modules and signal flow of the TOM
Boar
d
Board
Working
Mode
Port Working Mode
Application
Scenario
TN5
2TO
M
cascading
ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[>ODU1])
TN52TOM
scenario 1
A maximum of 2 x ODU0/1 x
ODU1/6 x (100Mbit/s to 1.25Gbit/
s) Any services
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1404
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boar
d
Board
Working
Mode
Port Working Mode
Application
Scenario
ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any>ODU1)
TN52TOM
scenario 3
(100Mbit/s to 2.5Gbit/s) Any
services
ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[>ODU1])
TN52TOM
scenario 5
ODU1/6 x (100Mbit/s to 1.25Gbit/
s) Any services
ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any>ODU1)
TN52TOM
scenario 7
services
ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1
re-encapsulation mode
(OTU1->ODU1->Any>ODU0->ODU1)
TN52TOM
scenario 8
services
ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1>ODU1->ODU0)
TN52TOM
scenario 11
A maximum of 8 x ODU0
ODU1_ANY_ODU0 reencapsulation mode (OTU1>ODU1->Any->ODU0)
TN52TOM
scenario 12
A maximum of 8 x ODU0
cascading
N/A
TN11TOM
Scenario 1
services
noncascading
N/A
TN11TOM
scenario 3
services
noncascading
TN1
1TO
M
NOTE
The TN52TOM board supports cross-connections of Any services only when it is used in the OptiX OSN 8800
or OptiX OSN 6800.
The TN52TOM board supports ODU0 cross-connections only when it is used in the OptiX OSN 8800.
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the TOM board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TOM to the backplane
of the TOM, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives eight channels of optical signals from client
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1405
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

encapsulation and mapping processing, and OTN framing. Then, the module sends out
ODUk signals or Any signals to the backplane.
l
Receive direction
The signal processing module receives the electrical signals sent from the backplane.
For Any signals, the module sends the signals to the client-side optical module.
For ODUk signals, the module performs operations such as ODUk framing, demapping
and decapsulation processing. Then, the module sends out client-side electrical signals
to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of client-side electrical signals,
and then outputs eight channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX8 optical
interfaces.
Functional Modules and Signal Flow (When Used as a Tributary-Line Board)

Figure 14-143 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TOM board.
Figure 14-143 Functional modules and signal flow of the TOM board (when used as a tributaryline board)
Client side
RX1
RX2
WDM side
Service
encapsulation
and mapping
module
O/E
RX6
TX1
TX2
TX6
E/O
Client-side
optical
module
Service
regeneration
module
OTN
Crossprocessing connect
module
module
E/O
TX7
TX8
O/E
RX7
WDM-side
optical
module
RX8
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
NOTE
In cascading mode, only the RX7/TX7 and RX8/TX8 ports on the board can be used as WDM-side ports. Figure
14-143 shows an example in which the RX7/TX7 and RX8/TX8 ports are used as the WDM-side ports to
implement dual-fed and selective receiving. When a service is to be transmitted and received singly, one of the
RX/TX7 and RX8/TX8 ports can be used as a WDM-side and the other port can be used as a client-side port.
In non-cascading mode, any four of the RX/TX ports can be used as WDM-side ports.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1406
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the TOM board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TOM to the WDM side
of the TOM, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives optical signals from client equipment through the
RX interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the signal processing module. The
module performs operations such as encapsulation and mapping processing, OTN framing,
and encoding of FEC. Then, the module outputs OTU1 signals.
conversion, the module sends out the OTU1 optical signals at DWDM standard
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 or at CWDM standard wavelengths that
comply with ITU-T G.694.2. The optical signals are split into two channels of identical
optical signals, and then are output through the TX optical interfaces.
Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives the OTU1 optical signals at DWDM standard
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 or at CWDM standard wavelengths that
comply with ITU-T G.694.2 through the RX optical interfaces. Then, the module performs
O/E conversion.
FEC, demapping, and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs the client
signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the client-side electrical signals,
and then outputs the client-side optical signals through the TX optical interfaces.
Module Function
l

standard optical signals.

WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of standard optical signals.
standard optical signals.
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1407
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

module, OTN processing module, service processing module, and service regeneration
module.
Implements the cross-connection and pass-through between the client-side signals and
the WDM-side signals of the board.
Regenerates Any signals and monitors SDH and Any signals in two directions.
Service regeneration module
Implements the FEC decoding/encoding and overhead processing of OTU1 signals.
Monitors the performance of WDM-side services.
l

Power supply module

14.9.24 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TOM board.

Figure 14-144 shows the front panel of the TOM board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1408
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-144 Front panel of the TOM board
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1409
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-134 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TOM board
Interface
Type
Function
TX1-TX8
LC
Transmits the service signal.
RX1-RX8
LC
Receives the service signal.
Laser Hazard Level

14.9.25 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TOM board.
Table 14-135 shows the valid slots for the TN11TOM board.
Table 14-136 shows the valid slots for the TN52TOM board.
Table 14-135 Valid slots for the TN11TOM board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
IU2-IU5
Table 14-136 Valid slots for the TN52TOM board

Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18
IU3-IU16
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
IU2-IU5

For parameters of TOM, refer to Table 14-137.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1410
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-137 TOM parameters

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

channel of a board.
moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Channel Loopback
Outloop
Service Type
None, Any, DVB-ASI,

SDI, ESCON, FC-100,
FC-200, FDDI, FE,
FICON, FICON
Express, GE, GE(GFPT), HD-SDI, OC-3,
0C-12, OC-48, OTU-1,
STM-1, STM-4,
STM-16
Default: None
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

NOTE
Only the TN52TOM supports this
parameter.

NOTE
format.

1411
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description

Rate (Mbit/s)
125 to 2200

a board.
Default: /

Laser Status
Off, On
Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

more information.

1412
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
ALS Auxiliary
Condition
FW_Defect,
BW_Client_R_LOS,
BW_WDM_Defect,
FW_ODUk_CSF

triggering ALS.
Default: FW_Defect

BW_Client_R_LOS.
to BW_WDM_Defect.
NOTE
parameter.
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

NOTE
parameter.

1413
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Turn-On
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

Default: 0s
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Enabled, Disabled
LPT Enabled
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled
Default: Disabled
Service Mode
Client Mode, OTN

Mode
FEC Working State
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

the related lasers.
NOTE
parameter.

Client Mode.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Band Type
Tunable Wavelength
Range


1414
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Planned Wavelength
Frequency (THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.10
0

board.
l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.17
0 to
18/1611.00/188.78
0

information.
Default: /
Planned Band Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

wavelength.
Max. Packet Length
1518 to 9600
Default: 9600

Ethernet services.
Ethernet Working
Mode
Auto-Negotiation,
1000M Full-Duplex

Ethernet.

to maintain.
Ethernet service.
ports.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1415
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled

to Disabled.
Default: Disabled
NOTE
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

board resides.
PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
NULL Mapping
Status
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

commissioning.

1416
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Board Mode
Cascading Mode, Noncascading Mode

Default: Noncascading Mode
Cascading Mode: In this mode, only the

RX7/TX7 and RX8/TX8 port pairs on
the board can be used as WDM side
optical port pairs. The board can
multiplex up to six Any-rate signals into
one OTU1 signal.
Non-cascading Mode: In this mode, the
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8 port pairs on the
board can be used as WDM-side optical
port pairs. The board can multiplex up to
four Any-rate signals into two OTU1
signals.
NOTE
parameter.
Board Working mode
Port Working Mode
Cascading, NonCascading

Default: NonCascading
NOTE
parameter.
In Non-Cascading
mode, nine working
modes are supported.a

mapping path.
In Cascading mode,
five working modes are
supported.b
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
NOTE
parameter.

1417
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
a: Working modes supported in Non-Cascading mode are as follows:

l ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1])
l ODU0 Tributary-Line Mode (Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1)
l ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1)
l ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0)
l ODU1_ANY_ODU0 re-encapsulation mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0)
l ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0>ODU1)
l ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation tributary-line mode (OTU1->ODU1>Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1)
l ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1)
l NONE Mode (Not for Port)
b: Working modes supported in Cascading mode are as follows:
l ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1])
l ODU0 Tributary-Line Mode (Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1)
l ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1)
l ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1)
l NONE Mode (Not for Port)
14.9.27 TOM Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1418
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed
Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side
Fixed
Optical
Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
TN
11T
OM
N/A
I-16-2 km-eSFP
N/A

(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP
L-16.1-40 km-eSFP
L-16.2-80 km-eSFP

(DWDM)-120 kmeSFP
2.125 Gbit/s
I-16-2 km-eSFP
L-16.1-40 km-eSFP
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP
L-16.2-80 km-eSFP

(CWDM)-40 km-eSFP
(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
(DWDM)-120 km-eSFP
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1419
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed
Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side
Fixed
Optical
Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
TN
52T
OM
N/A
I-16-2 km-eSFP
N/A

(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP
L-16.1-40 km-eSFP
L-16.2-80 km-eSFP

(DWDM)-120 kmeSFP
1000 BASE-BX10-UeSFP
I-16-2 km-eSFP
1000 BASE-BX10-DeSFP
L-16.1-40 km-eSFP
1000 BASE-BX-UeSFP
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP
L-16.2-80 km-eSFP
1000 BASE-BX-DeSFP
2.67 Gbit/s MultirateTX1310/RX1490 nm-15
km-eSFP
2.67 Gbit/s MultirateTX1490/RX1310 nm-15
km-eSFP
2.125 Gbit/s
(CWDM)-40 km-eSFP
(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
(DWDM)-120 km-eSFP
eSFP
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1420
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
point.

NOTE
I-16-2 km-eSFP module, S-16.1-15 km-eSFP module, L-16.1-40 km-eSFP module and L-16.2-80 km-eSFP
module can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100, FICON, FICON Express, FDDI, GE,
STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, and DVB-ASI signals.
optical module.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
SLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
2 km (1.2 mi.) 15 km (9.3

mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1266 to 1360
1260 to 1360
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-10
-5
-2
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2

1421
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Maximum
-20 dB
spectral
width
nm
N/A
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
N/A
30
30
30
Eye pattern
mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
APD
APD
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1270 to 1580
1270 to 1580
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-18
-18
-27
-28
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1422
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


transmissions)
Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
1000 BASEBX10-UeSFP
1000 BASEBX10-DeSFP
1000 BASEBX-U-eSFP
1000 BASEBX-D-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source
type
SLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
km
10
10
40
40

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
Maximum
mean launched
power
dBm
-3
-3
Minimum
mean launched
power
dBm
-9
-9
-2
-2
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-19.5
-19.5
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3
-3
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-12
-12
-12
-12

1423
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate-TX1310/RX1490 nm-15 km-eSFP and 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate-TX1490/RX1310 nm-15 kmeSFP optical module can be used to access OTU1, STM1, OC4, STM4, OC12, STM16, OC48, FC200,
FC100, GE, ESCON, DVB-ASI, FE, FDDI, FICON, and FICON Express signals.
Table 14-140 Client-side pluggable 2.5G optical module specifications (single-fiber

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate-TX1310/
RX1490 nm-15 kmeSFP
2.67 Gbit/s MultirateTX1490/RX1310

nm-15 km-eSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
km
15
15

range
nm
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-5
-5
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
8.2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
PIN
range
nm
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
dBm
-18
-18
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm

1424
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
2.125 Gbit/s Multi-rate-eSFP module can be used to access FC200, GE, FC100, and FE signals.
1000 BASE-LX-10 km-eSFP module, 1000 BASE-LX-40 km-eSFP module and 1000 BASE-ZX-80 km-eSFP
802.3.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
0.5 km (0.3
mi.)
10 km (6.2
mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-2.5
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9.5
-9
-5
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask
PIN
PIN

Receiver
type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
PIN
PIN

1425
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-17
-20
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3
NOTE
1.25 Gbit/s Multirate (CWDM)-40 km-eSFP can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1,
OC-3, FDDI, FICON, FE, DVB-ASI signals.
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (CWDM)-80 km-eSFP can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100,
FDDI, FICON, FICON Express, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, and FE signals.

wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
range
nm
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2

1426
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
1.0
1.0
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
PIN
APD
range
nm
1270 to 1620
1270 to 1620
dBm
-19
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27
NOTE
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (DWDM)-120 km-eSFP can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100,
FDDI, FICON, FICON Express, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, and FE signals.

wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
Target transmission
distance
120 km (74.6 mi.)

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1427
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
GHz
12.5

power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
ps/nm
2400
Eye pattern mask


Receiver type
APD
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
NOTE
0.1 Gbit/s to 3 Gbit/s Multirate 10 km-Video eSFP module can be used to access DVB-ASI, SDI, and HD-SDI
signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1428
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
eSFP
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
10 km (6.2 mi.)
Service rate
Gbit/s
0.1 to 3

nm
1290 to 1330

power
dBm

power
dBm
-7
dB

width
nm
3.0

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1260 to 1620
dBm
-22
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Value
(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
Line code format
NRZ
80 km (49.7 mi.)

1429
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP

power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2
nm
1471 to 1611
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1 - compliant

Receiver type
APD
nm
1270 to 1620
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(DWDM)-120 km-eSFP
Line code format
NRZ
120 km (74.6 mi.)

power
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
dBm

1430
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type

(DWDM)-120 km-eSFP

power
dBm
dB
8.2
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
nm
12.5

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
ps/nm
2400
Eye pattern mask


Receiver type
APD
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
Table 14-147 WDM-side pluggable optical specifications (SDH services)

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
SLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
2 km (1.2 mi.) 15 km (9.3

mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)

1431
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1266 to 1360
1260 to 1360
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-10
-5
-2
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
Maximum
-20 dB
spectral
width
nm
N/A
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
N/A
30
30
30
Eye pattern
mask
G.957-compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
APD
APD
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1270 to 1580
1270 to 1580
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-18
-18
-27
-28
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
-9

1432
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Maximum
reflectance
dB
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
-27
-27
-27
-27
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight:
TN11TOM: 1.4 kg (3.1 lb.)
TN52TOM: 1.5 kg (3.3 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11TOM
55
60
TN52TOM
81
89.1
14.10 TOX
TOX: 8 x 10 Gbit/s tributary service processing board

The available functional versions of the TOX board are TN55 and TN56.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1433
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Initi
al
Ver
sion
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Univers
al
Platfor
m
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
55
TO
X
V10
0R7
C00
TN
56
TO
X
V10
0R9
C00
SPC
100
the device initial version supported by the replaced board takes effect. For example, when you use TN56TOX to
replace TN55TOX, TN56TOX can be supported by V100R007C00.
NOTE
When the TOX board is used in an enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack, the TNK2USXH and TNK2UXCT
cross-connect boards must be configured.
When it is used in an enhanced or general OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, the TN52UXCH or TN52UXCM
cross-connect board must be configured.
When it is used in an OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack, the TN16UXCM cross-connect board must be configured.
Variants
The TN55TOX/TN56TOX board has only one variant: TN55TOX01/TN56TOX01.

Function:
Board
Client-side
Services
Client-side Optical Module
FC800/FC1200
Single-Fiber
Bidirectional
Optical Module
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80 kmSFP+
TN55TOX
TN56TOX
Specification:
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1434
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The boards have different weights and power consumption specifications. For details, see
14.10.10 TOX Specifications.
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN55TOX
TN56TOX
The TN56TOX can be created as 55TOX on the NMS. The

upgrade. After substitution, the TN56TOX functions as the
TN55TOX.
TN56TOX
None


Hardware Update
The TN56TOX board added the

+.

Hardware Update
Added the TN56TOX board.
Compared with the TN55TOX board, the TN56TOX board

newly supports:
l FC800 and FC1200 services on the client side
l Single-fiber bidirectional transmission
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
Added the TN55TOX board.
The TN55TOX board is added to process 8 x 10G tributary

services.

1435
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.10.3 Application
As a type of tributary board, the TOX board converts between eight 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/
STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/FC1200 optical signals and eight ODU2/ODU2e/
ODUflex electrical signals through cross-connection.
For the position of the TOX board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-145.
Figure 14-145 Position of the TOX board in the WDM system
8xODU2/ODU2e/
ODUflex
8xODU2/ODU2e/
ODUflex
TOX
RX1 TOX
1
1
N
O
2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
N
O
2
8xODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex
10GE LAN
TX1
10GE WAN
STM-64
OC-192
OTU2
OTU2e
FC800 RX8
FC1200 TX8
TX1
10GE LAN
10GE WAN
STM-64
OC-192
OTU2
OTU2e
TX8
FC800
RX8 FC1200
RX1

Board
Client-Side Service
TN55TO
X/
TN56TO
X
STM-64/OC-192/10GE WAN/OTU2
ODU2
OTU2e
ODU2e
10GE LAN
ODU2/ODU2e
TN56TO
X
FC1200
ODU2e
FC800
ODU2/ODUflex

The TOX board enables cross-connections at the electrical layer.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1436
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-149 Functions and features of the TOX board

Function
and Feature
Description
Basic
function
TOX converts signals as follows:

l 8 x 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/FC800<->8 x
ODU2
l 8 x 10GE LAN/OTU2e/FC1200<->8 x ODU2e
l 8 x FC800<->8 x ODUflex
Client-side
service type

NOTE
Only the TN56TOX supports FC800 and FC1200 services.
Crossconnect
capabilities
Supports the cross-connection of eight ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex signals

between the TOX and the cross-connect board through the backplane.
OTN
function
l Supports mapping each channel of 10G signals into the ODU2/ODU2e

signals at the ODU2/ODU2e interface of the backplane.
NOTE
The cross-connection of ODUflex signals is supported only by the TN56TOX board.
l Supports overhead processing by referring to the ITU-T G.709. The

mapping process is compliant with ITU-T G.709 and G.Sup43.
l Supports SM and TCM function when the TOX receives OTN services.
ESC
function
Supported by the TOX when the client-side service type is OTU2 or OTU2e.
FEC coding

side, only when the service type is OTU2/OTU2e.
Alarm and
performance
event
monitoring

power of the laser.
LAN).
ALS
function
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1437
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
PRBS
function
LPT function
is 10GE LAN.
Test frame
Supports the test frame function when the client-side service type is 10GE
LAN and the Port mapping is MAC Transparent Mapping (10.7 G).
Latency
measuremen
t

the U2000.
NOTE
is STM-64, OC-192, OTU2 or OTU2e.
NOTE
IEEE
1588v2
The TOX board supports the TC, TC+OC, BC, and OC modes when the clientside service type is 10GE LAN and the Port Mapping is MAC Transparent
Mapping (10.7 G).
NOTE
l TN55TOX: Only the RX1/TX1 and RX2/TX2 optical port can process IEEE 1588v2
clock signals.
l TN56TOX: All the optical ports can process IEEE 1588v2 clock signals.
Physical
clock
l When the TOX board receives 10GE LAN services and the port mapping
is Bit Transparent Mapping (11.1 G) on its client side, the board can
l When the TOX board receives 10GE LAN services and the port mapping
is MAC Transparent Mapping (10.7 G) on its client side, the board can
support synchronous Ethernet processing instead of synchronous Ethernet
transparent transmission.
Supported
Ethernet
service
mapping
mode
Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G), MAC Transparent Mapping(10.7G)
Port MTU
NOTE
when Port Mapping is set to Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G), Maximum Packet
Length is unavailable on the U2000.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1438
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protection
scheme

NOTE
SNCP protection.
NOTE
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(non-performance
monitoring)
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
IEEE 802.3ae
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
(FC-PI)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1439
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards for
service processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The TOX board consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, control

Figure 14-146 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TOX.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1440
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-146 Functional modules and signal flow of the TOX

8 X ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex
RX1
...
Client side
RX8
TX8
O/E
10GE-LAN
encapsulation and
mapping module
FC
encapsulation and
mapping module
...
TX1
SDH/SONET
encapsulation and
mapping module
OTN
processing
module
Crossconnect
module
1588v2
module
E/O
Client-side OTN
processing module
Client-side
optical
module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication
Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
NOTE
l Only the TN56TOX board supports FC encapsulation and mapping module.

l The cross-connection of ODUflex signals is supported only by the TN56TOX board.
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the TOX board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TOX to the backplane,
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives eight channels of the optical signals from client
processing, and OTN framing. After processing, the module sends out eight channels of
ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex signals to the backplane for grooming.
Receive direction
The signal processing module receives ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex electrical signals sent
from the cross-connection board through the backplane. The module performs operations
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1441
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

such as ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex framing, demapping and decapsulation processing. Then,

the module sends out eight channels of 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/
OTU2e/FC800/FC1200 signals to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/
STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/FC1200 electrical signals, and then outputs eight
channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX8 optical interfaces.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of eight channels of 10GE LAN/10GE

OTN processing module, and OTN processing module.
Encapsulates multiple channels of SDH/SONET/10GE WAN signals and maps the
signals into the ODU2 payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and
has the SDH/SONET performance monitoring function.
ODU2/ODU2e payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the
10GE LAN performance monitoring function.
ODU2e/ODUflex payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has
the FC performance monitoring function.
NOTE

Frames ODU2/ODU2e signals and processes overheads in ODU2/ODU2e signals.
Grooms electrical signals between the TOX and the cross-connect board through the
backplane.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1442
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

1588v2 module

Power supply module

14.10.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TOX board.

Figure 14-147 shows the front panel of the TOX board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1443
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-147 Front panel of the TOX board
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1444
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-150 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TOX board
Interface
Type
Function
TX1-TX8
LC
RX1-RX8
LC
Laser Hazard Level

14.10.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TOX board.
Table 14-151 shows the valid slots for the TOX board.
Table 14-151 Valid slots for the TOX board
Product
Valid Slots
Enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack
General OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18


Table 14-152 Mapping between the physical ports on the TOX board and the port numbers
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Physical Port
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
4
1445
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Physical Port
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4
TX5/RX5
TX6/RX6
TX7/RX7
TX8/RX8
10
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 14-148 shows the port diagrams of the TOX board. Table 14-153 describes the meaning
of each port.
Figure 14-148 Port diagram of the TOX

Backplane
8 x ODU2/ODU2e/
ODUflex
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
7(RX5/TX5)-1
8(RX6/TX6)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
NOTE
The cross-connection of ODUflex signals is supported only by the TN56TOX board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1446
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Table 14-153 Description of NMS port of the TOX board

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8

For parameters of the TOX, refer to Table 14-154.
Table 14-154 TOX parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

channel of a board.
moment.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1447
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

l TN55TOX: None,
10GE LAN, 10GE
WAN, OC-192,
OTU-2, OTU-2E,
STM-64
Service Type

Default: None
l TN56TOX: None,
10GE LAN, 10GE
WAN, OC-192,
OTU-2, OTU-2E,
STM-64, FC-800,
FC-1200
Default: None
Port Mapping
Laser Status
Bit Transparent
Mapping(11.1G),
MAC Transparent
Mapping(10.7G)
Specifies the service mapping mode on

a port.
Default: Bit
Transparent Mapping
(11.1G)
NOTE
The TOX board supports the TC, TC+OC,
BC, and OC modes when the client-side
service type is 10GE LAN and the Port
Mapping is MAC Transparent Mapping
(10.7 G).
Off, On

Default: Off
See Port Mapping (WDM Interface)


more information.
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled


1448
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
ALS Auxiliary
Condition
FW_Defect,
BW_Client_R_LOS,
BW_WDM_Defect,
FW_ODUk_CSF

triggering ALS.
Default: FW_Defect

BW_Client_R_LOS.
to BW_WDM_Defect.
to FW_OPUk_CSF.
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

Default: 0s
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Turn-On
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

the related lasers.
Default: 0s
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1449
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Max. Packet Length
1518 to 9600

Ethernet services.
Default: 9600
For a 10GE LAN service, when the port

mapping mode is Bit Transparent
Mapping(11.1G) or Bit Transparent
Mapping(10.7G), data packets will be
transparently transmitted if their lengths
exceed Max. Packet Length. When the
port mapping mode is MAC
Transparent Mapping(10.7G), data
packets will be discarded if their lengths
NOTE
when Port Mapping is set to Bit
Transparent Mapping(11.1G), Maximum
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

to Disabled.
NOTE
FEC Working State
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

NOTE
Type is set to OTU2 or OTU-2E.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1450
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
FEC Mode
FEC

Default: FEC

Enabled.
NOTE
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

board resides.
LPT Enabled
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled
Condition of Laser
Shutdown by LPT
REMOTE_FAULT,
None
Default:
REMOTE_FAULT

shutdown condition.
NOTE
l For the TN55TOX/TN56TOX boards,
when routers support
condition and the TOX boards are
cascaded on the client side, perform the
following operations:
mode and client-side 1+1 protection
are configured, set LPT Enabled to
Shutdown by LPT to None. The
non-protection scenario of MAC
transparent transmission is not
supported.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1451
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
PRBS Test Status
Disabled, Enabled

Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
NULL Mapping
Status
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled


1452
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Insert Code Type
l When Service
Type is STM-64:
Applies to fault detection and location

scenarios when the service type is
STM-64. When the tributary or line
board at the upstream site is faulty or
when the line board at the downstream
site is faulty, users can specify the output
code type for the tributary board at the
downstream site using this parameter.
PN11, MS_AIS
Default: PN11
l When Service
Type is 10GE
LAN and port
mapping mode is
MAC transparent
mapping (10.7G):
Quick insert,
Delayed insert
Default: Quick
insert
Port Working Mode

(OTU2/Any->ODU2),
(Any->ODUflex),
None(not for ports)
When the service type is 10GE LAN, the

value Quick insert applies to a scenario
in which no protection is configured on
the WDM equipment while protection is
configured for the router that connects to
the WDM equipment. In this scenario,
quick protection switching can be
achieved on the router. The value
Delayed insert applies to a scenario in
which protection is configured for the
connected to the WDM equipment. In
this scenario, the WDM equipment
preferentially performs protection
switching in case of a fault. If the fault is
rectified, the router does not perform
protection switching. If the fault persists,
then the router performs protection
switching.
mapping path.
NOTE
TN56TOX.

(OTU2/Any->ODU2)
14.10.10 TOX Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1453
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Client-Side Fixed
Optical Module
TN55TO
X
N/A
10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km-SFP+

10G BASE-ER/EW-40 km-SFP+
TN56TO
X
N/A

10GBASE-ER/EW-40km-SFP+
11.3 Gbit/s Multirate-TX1270/RX1330nm-10kmSFP+
NOTE
A margin of the lower threshold of input optical power compared with the receiver sensitivity of the board
and a margin of the upper threshold of output optical power compared with the overload point of the board
are reserved on the U2000 as a precaution.
NOTE
10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km-SFP+ and 10 Gbit/s Multirate-40 km-SFP+ optical module, 10 Gbit/s Multirate-80
km-SFP+ optical module can be used to access OC-192, STM-64, 10GE WAN, 10GE LAN, OTU2, and
OTU2e, FC800, and FC1200 signals.

Parameter
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Unit
Value
Optical
Module Type
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-SFP+
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-SFP+
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-SFP+
Optical
Gbit/s
interface service
rate
8.5 to 11.1
9.956 to 11.1
8.5 to 11.3

1454
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-SFP+
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-SFP+
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-SFP+
Line code
format
SLM
SLM
SLM
Optical source
type
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Target
transmission
distance
km
10
40
80
1260 to 1355
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
Maximum mean dBm

launched power
-1
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-6
-1
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
8.2
Eye pattern
mask

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1260 to 1355
1260 to 1605
1260 to 1565
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-14.4
-14(11.1G)
-24
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
0.5
-1
-7
reflectance
dB
-12
-27
-27
-15.8
(10.3125G)

1455
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
l 10G BASE-SR-0.3 km-SFP+, 10G BASE-LR-10 km-SFP+, 10G BASE-ER/EW-40 km-SFP+ optical
module can be used to access 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN,FC800 and FC1200 signals.
l 10G BASE-ZR-80 km-SFP+ optical module can be used to access 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN signals.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
10G BASEER/EW-40
km-SFP+
Optical
interface
service rate
Gbit/s
10.3125
10.3125
10.3125
10.3125
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Target
transmission
distance
0.3 km (0.2
mi.)
10 km (6.2
mi.)
40 km (24.8
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
840 to 860
1260 to 1355
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-1
0.5
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-7.3
-8.2
-4.7
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
3.5
Output
optical
power in
case of laser
shutdown
dBm
-30
-30
-30
-30

1456
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical
Module
Type
Eye pattern
mask

-
10G BASEER/EW-40
km-SFP+

Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
840 to 860
1260 to 1355
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-11.1 (OMA)
-12.6 (OMA)
-14.1 (OMA)
-24
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-1
0.5
-1
-7
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-12
-12
-26
-27
NOTE
11.3 Gbit/s Multirate-TX1270/RX1330nm-10km-SFP+ and 11.3 Gbit/s Multirate-TX1330/RX1270nm-10kmSFP+ optical module can be used to access 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, FC800 and FC1200 signals.

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Value
11.3 Gbit/s
Multirate-TX1270/
RX1330nm-10kmSFP+
11.3 Gbit/s
Multirate-TX1330/
RX1270nm-10kmSFP+
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Target transmission
distance
km
10
10
1260 to 1280
1320 to 1340

Operating
wavelength range
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
nm

1457
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module
Type
11.3 Gbit/s
Multirate-TX1270/
RX1330nm-10kmSFP+
11.3 Gbit/s
Multirate-TX1330/
RX1270nm-10kmSFP+
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
0.5
0.5
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-8.2
-8.2
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
3.5
3.5
Eye pattern mask

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength range
nm
1320 to 1340
1260 to 1280
dBm
-14.4
-14.4
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
0.5
0.5
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight:
TN55TOX: 1.42 kg (3.13 lb.)
TN56TOX: 1.1 kg (2.43 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN55TOX
75.3
80.6
TN56TOX
46
51
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1458
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.11 TQM
TQM: 4 x multi-rate tributary service processing board

The available functional versions of the TQM board are TN11 and TN12.

Huawei office.
Bo
ard
Ini
tial
Ve
rsi
ona
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Univers
al
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11
TQ
M
V1
00
R0
01
TN
12
TQ
M
V1
00
R0
04
C0
1
a: In OptiX OSN 6800 V100R003C02 or a later version, TN12TQM can be used to replace TN11TQM. When
you use TN12TQM to replace TN11TQM, TN12TQM can be supported by V100R003C02.
Variants
The TN11TQM/TN12TQM board has only one variant: TN11TQM01/TN12TQM01.

l
Function:
Only the TN12TQM supports the OTU1/FDDI services, PRBS function, Test frame
and Tributary SNCP protection. For details, see 14.11.4 Functions and Features.
Specification:
The specifications vary according to versions. For details, see 14.11.11 TQM
Specifications.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1459
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11TQM
TN12TQM
In Optix OSN 6800 V100R003C02 or later, the TN12TQM can

be created as TQM on the NMS. The former can substitute for
the latter, without any software upgrade. After substitution, the
TN12TQM functions as the TN11TQM.
TN12TQM
None


Hardware Update

TN12TQM board.
14.11.3 Application
As a type of tributary board, the TQM board converts between four optical signals at the rate
between 100 Mbit/s and 2.5 Gbit/s and four client-side electrical signals or one ODU1 electrical
signal through cross-connection.
For the position of the TQM board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-149.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1460
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-149 Position of the TQM board in the WDM system

1xODU1
1xODU1
TQM
TQM
N
S
2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1
N
S
2
100Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s
100Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s
1ODU1
1ODU1
100Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
4
100Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s
OptiX OSN 6800: from paired slot or cross-connect board

OptiX OSN 3800: from mesh group slot
NOTE
The client-side four pairs of optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 2.5 Gbit/s.
For the client services at a rate of greater than 1.25 Gbit/s (OC-48, STM-16, FC200, FICON Express, and
OTU1), the client-side interfaces can access up to only one channel.

The TQM board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer.
Table 14-158 Functions and features of the TQM board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function
and
Feature
Description
Basic
function
TQM converts signals as follows: 4 x (100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s)<-> 1 x ODU1.

1461
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
Client-side
service type

NOTE
Only the TN12TQM supports OTU1 and FDDI services.
The TQM supports both GE electrical signal and GE optical signal. For GE electrical
signal transmission, it is recommended that the board be equipped with at most two GE
electrical modules to facilitate fiber routing.
Crossconnect
capabilities
OptiX OSN 6800:

l Supports the cross-connection of four signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/
s and 2.5 Gbit/s between the boards in paired slots.
l Supports the cross-connection of one ODU1 signal or two GE signals
between the TQM and the cross-connect board or the board in the paired
slot.
OptiX OSN 3800:
2.5 Gbit/s or one ODU1 signals from one board of the mesh group
(consisting of four boards) to the other three boards belonging to the mesh
group.
OTN
function

the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports TCM function for ODU1.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1462
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
failures.
power of the laser.
NOTE
Only the TN12TQM supports Bursty mode.
ALS
function
PRBS test
function
TN11TQM: not supported.

TN12TQM: supports the PRBS function on the client side.
NOTE
is STM-1/OC-3, STM-4/OC-12, or STM-16/OC-48.
FEC coding

NOTE
LPT
function
is FE or GE.
Test frame
TN11TQM: not supported

TN12TQM: The board supports test frame function only when the client-side
Latency
measuremen
t
Not supported
Not supported
Protection
scheme
l Supports SW SNCP.
l Supports the Tributary SNCP protection (TN12TQM).
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1463
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
Ethernet
service
mapping
mode
Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(GFP-F) (displayed as GE on the

NMS) and GE(GFP-T) modes.
Ethernet port
working
mode

GE(GFP-F):
l Auto-Negotiation
l 1000M Full-Duplex
Port MTU
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported

1464
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
(FC-PI)
(FC-SB-2)
NOTE
Only the TN12TQM supports the following standards and
protocols.

Control (MAC)
Protocol (PHY)
Dependent (PDM)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1465
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The TQM board consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, control

Figure 14-150 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TQM.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1466
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-150 Functional modules and signal flow of the TQM

4 X 100 Mbit/s -2.5 Gbit/s / 1X ODU1
Client side
RX1
RX2
RX3
RX4
O/E
TX1
TX2
TX3
TX4
E/O
Service
OTN
encapsulation and Processing Cross-connect
module
mapping module
module
Client-side
optical
module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication
Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
NOTE
The client side of the TQM board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate
ranging from 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s) and GE electrical signals.
NOTE
electrical signals.
It is recommended to change RX1/TX1, RX2/TX2 optical interfaces to electrical interfaces only.
In the signal flow of the TQM board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TQM to the backplane,
l
Transmit direction
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1467
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

and mapping processing, and OTN framing. Then, the module sends out four channels of
Any signals or one channel of ODU1 signals to the backplane.
l
Receive direction
The signal processing module receives the electrical signals sent from the backplane. Then,
If the signals are Any signals, they are sent to the client-side optical module.
If the signals are ODU1 signals, the module performs operations such as ODU1 framing,
demapping and decapsulation processing. Then, the module sends out four channels of
Any signals to the client-side optical module.
then outputs four channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX4 optical
interfaces.
Module Function
l

Client-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from four channels of the internal

OptiX OSN 6800: Implements the grooming of electrical signals between the TQM
and the board in the paired slot or the cross-connect board through the backplane.
The grooming service signals are Any and ODU1 signals.
OptiX OSN 3800: Grooms the electrical signals from one board of the mesh group
through the backplane. The grooming service signals are Any and ODU1 signals.
Encapsulates multiple channels of Any signals and maps the signals into the ODU1

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1468
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power supply module

14.11.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TQM board.

Figure 14-151 shows the front panel of the TQM board.
Figure 14-151 Front panel of the TQM board
TQM
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TQM
Indicators
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1469
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 14-159 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TQM board
Interface
Type
Function
TX1-TX4
LC

RX1-RX4
LC

Laser Hazard Level

14.11.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TQM board.
Table 14-160 shows the valid slots for the TQM board.
Table 14-160 Valid slots for the TQM board
Product
Valid Slots
IU2-IU5

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1470
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 14-161 Mapping between the physical ports on the TQM board and the port numbers
Physical Port
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 14-152 shows the application model of the TQM board. Table 14-162 describes the
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1471
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-152 Port diagram of the TQM board

Other OTU board
Other line board
Backplane
ODU1
4 x GE/Any/OTU1
201
201
201
201
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
201
Client Side
Crossconnect
module

NMS to receive GE/Any/OTU1/ODU1 signals from
other boards
Service
processing
module
NOTE
TN11TQM: The optical paths of internal logical port are 201 (LP/LP)-1 to 201 (LP/LP)-4.
TN12TQM: The optical paths of internal logical port are 201 (ClientLP/ClientLP)-1 to 201 (ClientLP/
ClientLP)-4.
Table 14-162 Description of NM port of the TQM board

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX4/TX4

interfaces.
ClientLP

Configuration Principle
l
the transmit end.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1472
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

For each TQM board, the number of timeslots occupied by all services should not exceed
16.
configured only in channel 1 of the TQM board.
Service Type
Number of Timeslots
GE
FE
OTU1
16
STM-1
STM-4
STM-16
16
OC-3
OC-12
OC-48
16
FC100
FC200
12
FICON
FICON Express
12
DVB-ASI
ESCON
FDDI

If the TQM board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
can be created.

1473
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and ClientLP ports of the TQM
board (create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board), as shown
by
and
in Figure 14-153.
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the TQM board and the
services accessed from the client side of the TQM board are cross-connected to the
port of the TQM board, as shown by 4 in Figure 14-153. (The GE/Any/OTU1 services
accessed from the client side of other boards are cross-connected to the client side of
the TQM board for protection and inter-board service convergence.)
NOTE
Only the first optical path of ClientLP port supports OTU1 services.
Figure 14-153 Cross-connection diagram of the TQM board

Client side
Client side
Other board
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
4
2
1
WDM side
TQM
The client side of the TQM board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other boards
The client side of other boards are cross-connected to the client side of the
TQM board
3
4

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
cross-connection between the ClientLP port of the board and ODU1LP port of other boards
(or IN/OUT port of the TN11NS2 board) to implement the cross-connect grooming of
ODU1 services, as shown in Figure 14-154.
1474
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-154 Cross-connection diagram of the TQM board

WDM side
Line/PID board in
compatible mode
IN/OUT-OCh:1--ODU2:1-ODU1:1
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2
Line board in
standard mode
Client side
TQM
The client side of the TQM board are cross-connected to the WDM
receive timeslots.

For parameters of the TQM, refer to Table 14-163.
Table 14-163 TQM parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1475
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused

channel of a board.
Default: Used

moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Service Type
None, Any, DVB-ASI,

ESCON, FC-100,
FC-200, FDDI, FE,
FICON, FICON
Express, GE, GE(GFPT), OC-3, OC-12,
OC-48, STM-1,
STM-4, STM-16,
OTU-1
Default: None

NOTE
Only the TN12TQM supports Any, FDDI,
and OTU-1 services.
NOTE
format.

Rate (Mbit/s)
100 to 2200
Default: 0

a board.
services.
NOTE
Only TN12TQM supports this parameter.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1476
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Laser Status
Off, On

Default: Off

more information.
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Enabled, Disabled
LPT Enabled
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled
Default: Disabled
Service Mode
Client Mode, OTN

Mode
Max. Packet Length
1518 to 9600
Default: 9600

Client Mode.
Ethernet services.
data packets whose lengths exceed
Max. Packet Length are discarded.
Ethernet Working
Mode
Auto-Negotiation,
1000M Full-Duplex

the Ethernet.

to maintain.
Ethernet service.
ports.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1477
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled

to Disabled.
Default: Disabled
NOTE
Only available for TN12TQM.
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

board resides.
PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
NOTE
Only available for the TN12TQM.
14.11.11 TQM Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1478
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board

Module
TN11TQ
M
N/A
I-16-2 km-eSFP
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP
L-16.1-40 km-eSFP
L-16.2-80 km-eSFP
TN12TQ
M
N/A
I-16-2 km-eSFP
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP
L-16.1-40 km-eSFP
L-16.2-80 km-eSFP
NOTE
point.

NOTE
optical module.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1479
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
SLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
2 km (1.2 mi.) 15 km (9.3

mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1266 to 1360
1260 to 1360
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-10
-5
-2
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
Maximum
-20 dB
spectral
width
nm
N/A
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
N/A
30
30
30
Eye pattern
mask
G.957-compliant
APD
APD
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver
type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
PIN
PIN

1480
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1270 to 1580
1270 to 1580
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-18
-18
-27
-28
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27
NOTE
signals.
NOTE
Std 802.3.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
0.5 km (0.3
mi.)
10 km (6.2
mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1481
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-2.5
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9.5
-9
-5
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask

Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-17
-20
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3
NOTE
OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, FE, or DVB-ASI signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1482
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)

range
nm
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
1.0
1.0
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
APD
range
nm
1270 to 1620
1270 to 1620
dBm
-19
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27

1483
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE

wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
Target transmission
distance
120 km (74.6 mi.)

Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
GHz
12.5

power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
ps/nm
2400
Eye pattern mask

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
APD
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

1484
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l
(8.7 in.)
Weight
l
TN11TQM: 1.2 kg (2.64 lb.)
TN12TQM: 1.1 kg (2.43 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11TQM
50.3
57.6
TN12TQM
25
27.5
The maximum power consumption is the power consumed by the board when it works
14.12 TQS
TQS: 4 x STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 tributary service processing board

Only one functional version of the TQS board is available, that is, TN11.

Huawei office.
Bo
ard
Ini
tial
Ve
rsi
on
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Univers
al
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11
TQ
S
V1
00
R0
01
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1485
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Variants
The TN11TQS board has only one variant: TN11TQS01.
14.12.2 Application
As a type of tributary board, the TQS board implements conversion between four STM-16/
OC-48/OTU1 optical signals and four ODU1 electrical signals.
For the position of the TQS board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-155.
Figure 14-155 Position of the TQS board in the WDM system
4xODU1
4xODU1
TQS
TQS
1
N
S
2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1
N
S
2
4ODU1
4ODU1
STM-16/
OC-48/OTU1
STM-16/
OC-48/OTU1

The TQS board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer, and to provide
Table 14-168 Functions and features of the TQS board
Function
and Feature
Description
Basic
function
TQS converts signals as follows:
Client-side
service type
Crossconnect
capabilities
OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the cross-connection of four ODU1 signals

between the TQS and the cross-connect board or the board in the paired slot.
OTN
function

the ITU-T G.709. The mapping process is compliant with ITU-T G.709.
4 x (STM-16/OC-48/OTU1)<->4 x ODU1
OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of four ODU1 signals from one
board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other three boards
belonging to the mesh group.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1486
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
ESC
function
Supported
FEC
encoding

NOTE
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring

power of the laser.
ALS
function
PRBS test
function
Not supported
LPT function
Not supported
Test frame
Not supported
Latency
measuremen
t
Not supported
Not supported
Protection
scheme

NOTE
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported

1487
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(non-performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.707
Protocols or
standards for
service processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The TQS board consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, control and
communication module, and power supply module.

Figure 14-156 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TQS.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1488
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-156 Functional modules and signal flow of the TQS

ODU1
Client side
RX1
RX2
RX3
RX4
TX1
TX2
TX3
TX4
O/E
E/O
SDH/SONET
encapsulation and
mapping module
Client-side OTN
procssing module
Client-side
Optical
module
OTN
Processing
module
Cross-connect
module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication
Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
The client side of the TQS board can access the following optical signals:
l
STM-16 optical signals
OC-48 optical signals
OTU1 optical signals
In the signal flow of the TQS board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TQS to the backplane,
l
Transmit direction
module performs operations such as OTU1 framing and FEC decoding with OTU1 signals,
and performs operations such as encapsulation and mapping processing, and OTN framing
with STM-16/OC-48 signals. Then, the module sends out four channels of ODU1 signals
to the backplane for grooming.
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receive direction
1489
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The signal processing module receives ODU1 electrical signals sent from the backplane.
The module performs operations such as ODU1 framing, framing of OTU1 signals,
encoding of FEC, demapping, and decapsulation processing. Then, the module sends out
four channels of STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 signals to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs the E/O conversion of STM-16/OC-48/OTU1
electrical signals, and then outputs four channels of client-side optical signals through the
TX1-TX4 optical interfaces.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of four channels of STM-16/OC-48/
Client-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from four channels of the internal
electrical signals to STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 optical signals.

The module consists of the cross-connect module, SDH/SONET encapsulation and
mapping module, client-side OTN processing module, and OTN processing module.
OptiX OSN 6800: Implements the grooming of electrical signals between the TQS
and the board in the paired slot or the cross-connect board through the backplane.
Grooms the electrical signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four
boards) to the other three boards belonging to the mesh group through the
backplane. The grooming service signals are ODU1 signals.
OptiX OSN 3800: Grooms the electrical signals from one board of the mesh group
through the backplane. The grooming service signals are ODU1 signals.
ODU1 payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the SDH/
Frames ODU1/OTU1 signals, processes overheads in ODU1/OTU1 signals, and
performs FEC encoding and decoding of the OTU1 signals.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1490
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


l
Power supply module

14.12.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TQS board.

Figure 14-157 shows the front panel of the TQS board.
Figure 14-157 Front panel of the TQS board
TQS
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TQS
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1491
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 14-169 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TQS board
Interface
Type
Function
TX1-TX4
LC
RX1-RX4
LC
Laser Hazard Level

14.12.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TQS board.
Table 14-170 shows the valid slots for the TQS board.
Table 14-170 Valid slots for the TQS board
Product
Valid Slots
IU2-IU5

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1492
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 14-171 Mapping between the physical ports on the TQS board and the port numbers
Physical Port
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 14-158 shows the application model of the TQS board. Table 14-172 describes the
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1493
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-158 Port diagram of the TQS board
Other line/
PID board
Backplane
4 x ODU1
201
(LP1/LP1)-1
202
(LP2/LP2)-1
203
(LP3/LP3)-1
204
(LP4/LP4)-1
3
(RX1/TX1)-1
4
(RX2/TX2)-1
5
(RX3/TX3)-1
6
(RX4/TX4)-1
Client Side
Crossconnect
module

Service
processing
module
Table 14-172 Description of NM port of the TQS board

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX4/TX4
LP1-LP4
Internal logical ports. All optical paths are numbered 1.

For parameters of TQS, refer to Table 14-173.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1494
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-173 TQS parameters

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

channel of a board.
moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Service Type
None, OC-48, OTU-1,

STM-16

Default: OTU-1
Laser Status
Off, On
Default: Off

more information.
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled


1495
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
FEC Working State
Enabled, Disabled

Default: Enabled

OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

to Disabled.
NOTE
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

board resides.
14.12.9 TQS Specifications

Board

Module
TN11TQ
S
N/A
I-16-2 km-eSFP
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP
L-16.1-40 km-eSFP
L-16.2-80 km-eSFP
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1496
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
point.

NOTE
This module is used to access STM-16 and OTU1 signals.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
SLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
2 km (1.2 mi.) 15 km (9.3

mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1266 to 1360
1260 to 1360
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-10
-5
-2
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
Maximum
-20 dB
spectral
width
nm
N/A

1497
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
I-16-2 kmeSFP
S-16.1-15
km-eSFP
L-16.1-40
km-eSFP
L-16.2-80
km-eSFP
30
30
30
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
N/A
Eye pattern
mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
APD
APD
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1270 to 1580
1270 to 1580
1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-18
-18
-27
-28
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27
NOTE
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (CWDM)-80 km-eSFP optical module can be used to access STM-16, OC-48, OTU1
signals.

wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
80 km (49.7 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1498
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type

(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
nm
1471 to 1611
dBm
dBm
dB
8.2
nm
6.5
nm
1.0

ratio
dB
30
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
APD
nm
1270 to 1620
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
Target transmission
distance
120 km (74.6 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
GHz
12.5

1499
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value

power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
ps/nm
2400
Eye pattern mask


Receiver type
APD
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight: 1.2 kg (2.6 lb)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11TQS
43
47.3
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1500
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.13 TQX
TQX: 4 x 10 Gbit/s tributary service processing board

The available functional versions of the TQX board are TN11, TN52, TN53, and TN55.

Huawei office.
Bo
ard
Ini
tial
Ve
rsi
ona
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Univers
al
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11
TQ
X
V1
00
R0
04
C0
1
TN
52
TQ
X
880
0:
V1
00
R0
02
C0
0
680
0:
V1
00
R0
04
C0
4
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1501
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ard
Ini
tial
Ve
rsi
ona
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Univers
al
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
53
TQ
X
V1
00
R0
06
C0
0
TN
55
TQ
X
V1
00
R0
06
C0
1
the device initial version supported by the replaced board takes effect. For example, when you use TN55TQX to
replace TN53TQX, TN55TQX can be supported by V100R006C00.
Variants
Each of the TN11TQX, TN52TQX, TN53TQX, and TN55TQX boards has only one variant
identified by the suffix 01 in the board name, for example, TN11TQX01.

Function:
Board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
CrossConnet
Granularit
y
IEEE
1588v2
Physical
Clock
Client-side Services
OTU2/
OTU2e
FC800/
FC1200
TN11TQX
ODU2/
ODU2e
TN52TQX
ODU2/
ODU2e
TN53TQX
ODU2/
ODU2e
TN55TQX
ODU2/
ODU2e/
ODUflex

1502
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Specification:
l
The specifications vary with the version of the board that you use. For details, see 14.13.10
TQX Specifications.
Table 14-177 Substitution rules of the TQX board
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11TQX
TN55TQX
The TN55TQX can be created as TQX on the NMS. The former

substitution, the TN55TQX functions as the TN11TQX.
NOTE
The TN55TQX board can substitute for the TN11TQX board only after
SPC300 or later.
TN52TQX
TN55TQX
The TN55TQX can be created as 52TQX on the NMS. The

upgrade. After substitution, the TN55TQX functions as the
TN52TQX.
TN53TQX
TN55TQX
The TN55TQX can be created as 53TQX on the NMS. The

upgrade. After substitution, the TN55TQX functions as the
TN53TQX.
TN55TQX
None

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
The TN55TQX board added the

support for optical modules 10
RX1270nm-10km-XFP and 10
RX1330nm-10km-XFP.


1503
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update

measurement on the TN53TQX
and TN55TQX (in standard
mode) boards.

a tester.
Added the board model in

standard mode for the
TN55TQX board.

maintenance costs.

Hardware Update
Deleted the support for the

colored 800 ps/nm-C Band
(odd/even)-Fixed
module on the client side.

Hardware Update
Added the TN55TQX board.
The TN55TQX board, a 4 x 10G tributary service

processing board, is added to support the ODUflex, IEEE
1588v2, and physical-layer clock functions.
Changed the FC800 service

module of the TQX board from
10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 kmXFP to 800-SM-LC-L-10 kmXFP.

14.13.3 Application
As a type of tributary board, the TQX board converts between four FC800/FC1200/10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e optical signals and four ODU2/ODU2e/
ODUflex electrical signals through cross-connection.
For the position of the TQX board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-159.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1504
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-159 Position of the TQX board in the WDM system

4xODU2/ODU2e/
ODUflex
4xODU2/ODU2e/
ODUflex
TQX TX1
1
1
N
Q
2
M
1 U
X
/
D
M
4 U
X
M
U 1
X
N
/
Q
D
2
M
U
4
X
4xODU2/ODU2e/
ODUflex
4xODU2/ODU2e/
ODUflex
RX1 TQX
10GE LAN
10GE WANTX1
STM-64
OC-192
OTU2
OTU2e RX4
FC800
FC1200 TX4
10GE LAN
RX110GE WAN
STM-64
OC-192
OTU2
TX4 OTU2e
FC800
RX4 FC1200

Board
Client-Side Service
TN11TQ
X

OC-192
ODU2
10GE LAN
ODU2e

OC-192/OTU2
ODU2
10GE LAN/OTU2e
ODU2e

OC-192/OTU2/FC800
ODU2
ODU2e

OC-192/OTU2/FC800
ODU2
ODU2e
FC800
ODUflex
TN52TQ
X
TN53TQ
X
TN55TQ
X

The TQX board enables cross-connections at the electrical layer.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1505
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-179 Functions and features of the TQX board

Function
and Feature
Description
Basic
function
TQX converts signals as follows:

l 4xFC800/10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2<->4xODU2
l 4xFC1200/10GE LAN/OTU2e<->4xODU2e.
l 4xFC800<->4xODUflex
Client-side
service type

NOTE
Only the TN53TQX/TN55TQX supports FC800 and FC1200 services.
Only the TN52TQX/TN53TQX/TN55TQX supports OTU2 and OTU2e services.
The processing of the 10GE WAN service and the STM-64 service is the same.
Therefore, For the TN11TQX/ TN52TQX, when the 10GE WAN service is transmitted,
you can configure it as the STM-64 service on the U2000.
Crossconnect
capabilities
Supports the cross-connection of four ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex signals

between the TQX and the cross-connect board through the backplane.
OTN
function
l Supports overhead processing by referring to the ITU-T G.709. The

mapping process is compliant with ITU-T G.709 and G.Sup43.
NOTE
The cross-connection of ODUflex signals is supported only by the TN55TQX board.

l Supports SM and TCM function when the TN52TQX, TN53TQX and
TN55TQX receives OTN services.
ESC
function
Supported by the TN52TQX/TN53TQX/TN55TQX when the client-side

service type is OTU2 or OTU2e.
FEC coding

side, only when the service type is OTU2/OTU2e.
Alarm and
performance
event
monitoring

power of the laser.
LAN).
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1506
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
ALS
function
PRBS test
function
LPT function
is 10GE LAN.
Test frame
Supports the test frame function when the client-side service type is 10GE
LAN and the Port mapping is MAC Transparent Mapping (10.7 G).
Latency
measuremen
t
The TN53TQX/TN55TQX (standard mode) board supports latency

measurement. The bidirectional latency at the ODUk layer between two
tributary boards supporting the latency measurement function can be
measured, and the latency data is displayed on the U2000.
NOTE
is STM-64/OC-192, OTU2 or OTU2e.
NOTE
IEEE
1588v2
The TN55TQX board supports the TC, TC+OC, BC, and OC modes when
the client-side service type is 10GE LAN and the Port Mapping is MAC
Transparent Mapping (10.7 G).
Physical
clock
TN55TQX:
l When the board receives 10GE LAN services and the port mapping is Bit
l When the board receives 10GE LAN services and the port mapping is
MAC Transparent Mapping (10.7 G) on its client side, the board can
support synchronous Ethernet processing instead of synchronous Ethernet
transparent transmission.
TN52TQX/TN53TQX: When the board receives 10GE LAN services and the
port mapping is Bit Transparent Mapping (11.1 G) on its client side, the
board can support synchronous Ethernet transparent transmission instead of
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Supported by the TN52TQX/TN53TQX/TN55TQX

1507
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protection
scheme

NOTE
SNCP protection.
NOTE
Ethernet
service
mapping
mode
l TN11TQX/TN12TQX/TN53TQX: Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G),

MAC Transparent Mapping(10.7G)
Port MTU
l TN55TQX: Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G), MAC Transparent

Mapping(10.7G)
NOTE
when Port Mapping is set to Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G), Maximum Packet
Length is unavailable on the U2000.
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(non-performance
monitoring)
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
IEEE 802.3ae
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783

1508
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards for
service processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The TQX board consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, 1588v2

Figure 14-160 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TQX.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1509
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-160 Functional modules and signal flow of the TQX

n X ODUk
Client side
RX1
RX2
RX3
RX4
TX1
TX2
TX3
TX4
SDH/SONET
encapsulation and
mapping module
O/E
10GE-LAN
encapsulation and
mapping module
FC
encapsulation and
mapping module
OTN
processing
module
Crossconnect
module
1588v2
module
E/O
Client-side OTN
processing module
Client-side
optical
module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication
Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
NOTE
Only the TN53TQX/TN55TQX board supports FC encapsulation and mapping module.

Only the TN52TQX/TN53TQX/TN55TQX board supports client-side OTN processing module.
Only the TN55TQX board supports the IEEE 1588v2 module.
In Figure 14-160, n x ODUk indicates the service cross-connections from the TQX board to the backplane. "n"
Table 14-180 shows the service cross-connections from the TQX board to the backplane.
Table 14-180 Service cross-connections from the TQX board to the backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
TN11TQX/
TN52TQX/
TN53TQX
A maximum of 4xODU2/ODU2e
TN55TQX
A maximum of 4xODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex

1510
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the TQX board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TQX to the backplane,
l
Transmit direction
processing, and OTN framing. After processing, the module sends out four channels of
ODU2/ODU2e signals to the backplane for grooming.
Receive direction
The signal processing module receives ODU2/ODU2e electrical signals sent from the
cross-connection board through the backplane. The module performs operations such as
ODU2/ODU2e framing, demapping and decapsulation processing. Then, the module sends
out four channels of 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/
FC1200 signals to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/
STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/FC1200 electrical signals, and then outputs four
channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX4 optical interfaces.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of four channels of 10GE LAN/10GE

OTN processing module, OTN processing module, and cross-connect module.
ODU2 payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the SDH/
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1511
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE

Frames ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex signals and processes overheads in ODU2/ODU2e/
ODUflex signals.
Grooms electrical signals between the TQX and the cross-connect board through the
backplane.
l
1588v2 module

Power supply module

14.13.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TQX board.

Figure 14-161 shows the front panel of the TQX board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1512
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-161 Front panel of the TQX board
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1513
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-181 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TQX board
Interface
Type
Function
TX1-TX4
LC
RX1-RX4
LC
Laser Hazard Level

14.13.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TQX board.
For the OptiX OSN 6800:
l
If the TN12XCS board is used, the TQX board supports a service capacity of 40 Gbit/s
when it is installed in slot 1, 4, 11, or 14; only optical ports RX1/TX1 and RX2/TX2 of the
TQX board are available and therefore the board supports a service capacity of 20 Gbit/s
when it is installed in any of the other slots.
If the TN11XCS board is used, only optical ports RX1/TX1 and RX2/TX2 of the TQX
board are available and therefore the board supports a service capacity of 20 Gbit/s
regardless of which slot the board is installed.
For the OptiX OSN 8800: The TQX board supports a maximum service capacity of 40 Gbit/s
in any slot.
Table 14-182 shows the valid slots for the TN11TQX board.
Table 14-182 Valid slots for the TN11TQX board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
Table 14-183 shows the valid slots for the TN52TQX/TN55TQX board.
Table 14-183 Valid slots for the TN52TQX/TN55TQX board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16

1514
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-184 shows the valid slots for the TN53TQX board.
Table 14-184 Valid slots for the TN53TQX board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18


Table 14-185 Mapping between the physical ports on the TQX board and the port numbers
Physical Port
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4
NOTE
Logical Ports
The TQX board can work in standard or compatible mode. For details about the standard and
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1515
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Mode
Port Diagram
Port
Descriptio
n
Board Name Displayed

on the NMS
TN11T
QX
Compat
ible
mode
Figure 14-162
Table
14-187
TQX
TN52T
QX
Compat
ible
mode
Figure 14-162
Table
14-187
52TQX
TN53T
QX
Compat
ible
mode
Figure 14-162
Table
14-187
53TQX
TN55T
QX
Compat
ible
mode
Figure 14-162
Table
14-187
55TQX
Standar
d mode
Figure 14-163
Table
14-187
55TQX(STND)
Figure 14-162 Port diagram of the TN11TQX/TN52TQX/TN53TQX/TN55TQX (compatible

mode)
Backplane
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
NOTE
Only the TN55TQX board supports ODUflex.


Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1516
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-163 Port diagram of the TN55TQX (standard mode)

Backplane
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1

NOTE
The TN55TQX board supports mapping of FC800 into ODUflex on the client side. When configuring crossconnections for the board, ODUflex Timeslot is 7.
Table 14-187 Description of NMS port of the TQX board

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX4/TX4
ClientLP1-ClientLP4

For parameters of the TQX, refer to Table 14-188.
Table 14-188 TQX parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1517
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused

channel of a board.
Default: Used

moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Service Type
l TN11TQX: None,
10GE LAN,
OC-192, STM-64

Default: None
l TN52TQX: None,
10GE LAN,
OC-192, OTU-2,
OTU-2E, STM-64
Default: None
l TN53TQX/
TN55TQX: None,
10GE LAN, 10GE
WAN, OC-192,
OTU-2, OTU-2E,
STM-64,
CBR_10G, FC800,
FC1200
Default: None
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1518
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description

Rate (Mbit/s)
9953.28 to 10312.50

board.
Default: /

client-side services is set to CBR_10G.
Port Mapping
TN11TQX/TN52TQX/
TN53TQX:

port.
l Bit Transparent
Mapping(11.1G),
MAC Transparent
Mapping(10.7G)

l Default: Bit
Transparent
Mapping(11.1G)
TN55TQX:
l Bit Transparent
Mapping(11.1G),
MAC Transparent
Mapping(10.7G)
l Default: Bit
Transparent
Mapping(11.1G)
NOTE
For the TN11TQX: only
the ClientLP1 and
ClientLP3 ports support
MAC transparent
mapping (10.7G).
Laser Status
Off, On
Default: Off

more information.
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled


1519
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Service Mode
Client Mode, OTN

Mode

Client Mode.
NOTE
Only the TN52TQX/TN53TQX/TN55TQX
ALS Auxiliary
Condition
FW_Defect,
BW_Client_R_LOS,
BW_WDM_Defect,
FW_ODUk_CSF
Default: FW_Defect

triggering ALS.
BW_Client_R_LOS.
to BW_WDM_Defect.
to FW_OPUk_CSF.
NOTE
Only the TN52TQX/TN53TQXTN55TQX
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1520
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

Default: 0s
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Turn-On
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s
Max. Packet Length
1518 to 9600
Default: 9600

NOTE

the related lasers.
NOTE

Ethernet services.
NOTE
For the TN52TQX/TN53TQX/TN55TQX,
when Port Mapping is set to Bit
Transparent Mapping(11.1G), Maximum
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1521
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled

to Disabled.
Default: Disabled
NOTE
Only the TN52TQX/TN53TQX/TN55TQX
FEC Working State
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

NOTE
FEC
FEC Mode
Default: FEC

Enabled.
NOTE
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

board resides.
LPT Enabled
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)


1522
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Condition of Laser
Shutdown by LPT
REMOTE_FAULT,
None

condition.
Default:
REMOTE_FAULT
NOTE
l Only the TN52TQX/TN55TQX supports
this parameter.
l For the TN52TQX/TN55TQX boards,
when routers support
condition and the TQX boards are
supported.
PRBS Test Status
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1523
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled

Default: Disabled
NOTE
TN53TQX/TN55TQX.
Insert Code Type
l When Service
Type is STM-64:
PN11, MS_AIS
Default: PN11
l When Service
Type is 10GE
LAN and port
mapping mode is
MAC transparent
mapping (10.7G):
Quick insert,
Delayed insert
Default: Quick
insert

When the service type is 10GE LAN, the
value Quick insert applies to a scenario
in which no protection is configured on
the WDM equipment while protection is
configured for the router that connects to
the WDM equipment. In this scenario,
quick protection switching can be
achieved on the router. The value
Delayed insert applies to a scenario in
which protection is configured for the
connected to the WDM equipment. In
this scenario, the WDM equipment
preferentially performs protection
switching in case of a fault. If the fault is
rectified, the router does not perform
protection switching. If the fault persists,
then the router performs protection
switching.
NOTE
TN55TQX.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1524
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Port Working Mode

(OTU2/Any->ODU2>OTU2), ODUflex
(Any->ODUflex),
NONE Mode(Not for
port)

mapping path.
NOTE
TN55TQX

(OTU2/Any->ODU2>OTU2)
14.13.10 TQX Specifications

Board
Client-Side Fixed
Optical Module
TN11TQX/
TN52TQX
N/A

TN53TQX
N/A

TN55TQX
N/A

10 Gbit/s Multirate-TX1330/RX1270nm-10kmXFP
10 Gbit/s Multirate-TX1270/RX1330nm-10kmXFP
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1525
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
point.
NOTE
optical module can be used to access OC-192, STM-64, 10GE WAN, 10GE LAN, FC1200, and OTU2/OTU2e
signals.
The 10 Gbit/s Single-Rate-0.3 km-XFP optical module can be used to access 10GE LAN and FC1200 signals.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
SLM
SLM
SLM
MLM
Target
transmissio
n distance
10 km (6.2 mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
0.3 km (0.2
mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1290 to 1330
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
840 to 860
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-1
-1.3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-6
-4.7
-7.3
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2

1526
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
30
30
30
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
30
Eye pattern
mask
G.691-compliant

Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
APD
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1260 to 1565
1260 to 1605
1270 to 1600
840 to 860
Receiver
sensitivity
(multirate)a
dBm
-11
-14
-24
-7.5
Receiver
sensitivity
(10GE
LAN)
dBm
-14.4
-15.8
-24
-7.5
Minimum
receiver
overload
(10GE
LAN)
dBm
0.5
-1
-7
-1
Minimum
receiver
overload
(STM-64)a
dBm
-1
-1
-7
-1
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-12
NOTE
The 800-SM-LC-L-10 km-XFP module can be used to access FC800 signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1527
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Optical interface service rate
Gbit/s
8.5
Optical source type
SLM
Line code format
NRZ
10 km (6.2 mi.)

nm
1290 to 1330

power
dBm
-1

power
dBm
-6
dB
Eye pattern mask

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1260 to 1355
dBm
-14.4
dBm
0.5
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
NOTE
The 10 Gbit/s Multirate-TX1330/RX1270nm-10km-XFP and 10 Gbit/s Multirate-TX1270/RX1330nm-10kmXFP optical module can be used to access 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, STM-64, OC-192, OTU2, OTU2e, and
FC1200 signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1528
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-191 Client-side pluggable 10G optical module specifications (single-fiber

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
RX1270nm-10kmXFP
RX1330nm-10kmXFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
km
10
10

range
nm
1320 to 1340
1260 to 1280
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-5
-5
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
3.5
3.5

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
range
nm
1260 to 1280
1320 to 1340
dBm
-14
-14
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
0.5
0.5
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight:
TN11TQX: 1.5 kg (3.3 lb.)
TN52TQX: 1.6 kg (3.5 lb.)
TN53TQX: 1.6 kg (3.5 lb.)
TN55TQX: 1.6 kg (3.5 lb.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1529
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11TQX
65.0
71.2
TN52TQX
91.5
100
TN53TQX
45
50
TN55TQX
45
50
14.14 TSC
TSC: 100G tributary service processing board

The available functional version of the TSC board is TN54.

Huawei office.
Board
Initial
Version
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhan
ced
8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
TN54TS
C
V100R00
7C02
NOTE
l For an enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack, the TSC board must work with TNK2USXH+TNK2UXCT
boards.
l For an enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, the TSC board must work with the TN52UXCH or
TN52UXCM board.
l For an OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack, the TSC board must work with the TN16UXCM board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1530
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Variants
The TN54TSC board has only one variant: TN54TSC. The TN54TSC board variant is the board
itself.


Hardware Update
Added the TN54TSC board.
The TN54TSC board, a 100G tributary service processing

board, is added.
14.14.3 Application
As a type of tributary board, the TSC board converts between one channel of 100GE/OTU4
optical signals and one channel of ODU4 electrical signals through cross-connection.
For the position of the TSC board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-164.
Figure 14-164 Position of the TSC board in the WDM system
1xODU4 1xOTU4
1xOTU4 1xODU4
8ODU0
100GE/OTU4 TX
1ODU4
RX
TSC
N
S
4
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
N
S
4
1ODU4
TSC
TX
RX 100GE/OTU4

The TSC board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1531
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-192 Functions and features of the TSC board

Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
TSC converts signals as follows:

1 x 100GE/OTU4<->1 x ODU4
Client-side
service type
100GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 103.125 Gbit/s
Cross-connect
capabilities
Supports the cross-connection of one channel of ODU4 signals between

the TSC and the cross-connect board.
OTN function

to the ITU-T G.709.

l ODU4 layer:
PM function.
functions.
ESC function
Supported when the client side service type is OTU4.
PRBS function
Supports the PRBS function on the client side, only when the client side
service type is OTU4.
LPT function
Not supported
FEC coding
Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the client side that complies
with ITU-T G.709, only when the service type is OTU4.
Alarm and
performance
event monitoring
l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Bursty mode) for the OTN service to help
locate line failures.
power of the laser.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
ALS function
Test frame
Latency
measurement
Not supported
IEEE 1588v2
Not supported

1532
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Physical clock
When receiving 100GE/OTU4 services on the client side, the board

supports synchronous Ethernet transparent transmission instead of
synchronous Ethernet processing
Electrical-layer
ASON
Supported
Protection
scheme

NOTE
Supports the tributary SNCP protection, only when the client side service type is
OTU4.
Loopback
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Client side
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Channel
Loopback
Not supported
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3ba
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1533
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The TSC consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, control and
Figure 14-165 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TSC.
Figure 14-165 Functional modules and signal flow of the TSC
1 x ODU4
Client side
RX
TX
O/E
E/O
Client-side
optical
module
100GE Service
encapsulation and
mapping module
Client-side OTN
processing module
OTN
Processing
module
Cross-connect
module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the TSC board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TSC to the backplane,
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives one channel of 100GE/OTU4 service signals
through the RX interface, and performs the O/E conversion.
module performs operations such as encapsulation and mapping processing, OTN framing,
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1534
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

and encoding of FEC. Then, the module sends out one channel of ODU4 electrical signals
to the backplane for grooming.
l
Receive direction
The signal processing module receives one channel of ODU4 electrical signals from the
cross-connection board through the backplane. The module performs operations such as
ODU4 framing, demapping and decapsulation processing. Then, the module sends out one
channel of 100GE/OTU4 signals to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs the E/O conversion of one channel of 100GE/
OTU4 signals, and then outputs one channel of client-side optical signal through the TX
optical interface.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of one channel of 100GE/OTU4 optical
signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion of one channel of 100GE/OTU4
optical signals.

The module consists of a 100GE service encapsulation and mapping module, client-side
Encapsulates one channel of 100GE signals, maps the signals into the payload of an
ODU4 frame, and performs the reverse process. The service encapsulation and mapping

Power supply module

14.14.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TSC board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1535
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Figure 14-166 shows the front panel of the TSC board.
Figure 14-166 Front panel of the TSC board
NOTE
Indicators
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1536
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 14-193 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TSC board
Interface
Type
Function
RX
LC
Receive service signals from client

equipment.
TX
LC
Transmit service signals to client

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

14.14.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TSC board.
Table 14-194 shows the valid slots for the TSC board.
Table 14-194 Valid slots for TSC board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18


Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1537
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-195 Mapping between the physical ports on the TSC board and the port numbers
Physical Port
TX/RX
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 14-167 shows the port diagrams of the TSC board. Table 14-196 describes the meaning
of each port.
Figure 14-167 Port diagram of the TSC
Other line board
Backplane
1 x ODU4
3(RX1/TX1)-1

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1538
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-196 Description of NMS port of the TSC board

Port Name
Description
RX/TX

interfaces.

For parameters of TSC, refer to Table 14-197.
Table 14-197 TSC parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

board.
for the port.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

Laser Status
Off, On
Default: Off

status of a board.
information.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1539
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Disabled, Enabled

board are lost.
Service Type
100GE, OTU4
Default: Enabled
Default: 100GE
ALS Auxiliary
Condition
FW_Defect,
BW_Client_R_LOS
,
BW_WDM_Defect,
FW_OPUk_CSF
Default: FW_Defect

ALS.
FW_OPUk_CSF.
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms,
500ms, 600ms,
700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

disabling lasers.
Default: 0s
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1540
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Turn-On
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms,
500ms, 600ms,
700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

enabling lasers.
Default: 0s
FEC Working State
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

invalid.
NOTE
FEC Mode
FEC
Default: FEC

must be the same.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1541
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
l Disabled, GCC1
+GCC2 Enabled,
Only GCC1
Enabled, Only
GCC2 Enabled

l Default:
Disabled

OTN overhead.


OTN overhead.
OTN overhead.
NOTE
PRBS Test Status
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Disabled

status of a board.
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

14.14.10 TSC Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1542
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Client-Side Fixed
Optical Module
TN54TS
C
N/A
100G BASE-LR4-10 km-CFP

100G BASE-1010G-10 km-CFP
(100G BASE-425G)/(OTU4-428G)-10 km-CFP
NOTE
point.

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
10 km (6.2 mi.)

Gbit/s
25.78125
ppm
-100 to 100
Minimum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1294.53
1299.02
1303.54
1308.09
Maximum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1296.59
1301.09
1305.63
1310.19

(Min)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
dBm

1.7
1543
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value

(Max)
dBm
10.5

(Min)
dBm
-1.3

(Max)
dBm
4.5

Lane (Min)
dBm
-4.3

Lane (Max)
dBm
4.5

(Min)
dB

Ratio (Min)
dB
30

Receiver type
PIN
Gbit/s
25.78125
ppm
-100 to 100
Minimum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1294.53
1299.02
1303.54
1308.09
Maximum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1296.59
1301.09
1305.63
1310.19
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

Lane (Min)
dBm
-10.6

Lane (Max)
dBm
4.5

(OMA) per Lane
dBm
4.5

1544
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value

per Lane
dBm
-8.6
Maximum reflectance
dB
-26
NOTE
reference for equipment commissioning. For details, see Commissioning Optical Power of Tributary
Board in the Commissioning.
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
100G BASE-1010G-10
km-CFP
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
10 km (6.2 mi.)

Gbit/s
10.3125
ppm
-100 to 100
Minimum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1521
1529
1537
1545
1553
1561
1569
1577
1585
1593
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1545
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type

Maximum Lane Center
Wavelength
Value
100G BASE-1010G-10
km-CFP
nm
1525
1533
1541
1549
1557
1565
1573
1581
1589
1597

(Min)
dBm
4.2

(Max)
dBm
13.5

Lane (Min)
dBm
-5.8

Lane (Max)
dBm
3.5

(Min)
dBm
-2.8

(Typ)
dBm
-0.8

(Max)
dBm
3.5

(Min)
dB
2.5

Ratio (Min)
dB
30
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
Gbit/s
10.3125

1546
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
100G BASE-1010G-10
km-CFP
ppm
-100 to 100
Minimum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1521
1529
1537
1545
1553
1561
1569
1577
1585
1593
Maximum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1525
1533
1541
1549
1557
1565
1573
1581
1589
1597
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

(Min)
dBm
-10.8

(Max)
dBm
3.5

(OMA) per Lane
dBm
3.5

per Lane
dBm
-8.8

1547
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type

Maximum reflectance
Value
100G BASE-1010G-10
km-CFP
dB
-26
NOTE

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(100G BASE-425G)/
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
10 km (6.2 mi.)

Gbit/s
100GE: 25.78125
OTU4: 27.952493
ppm
100GE: -100 to 100

OTU4: -20 to 20
Minimum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1294.53
1299.02
1303.54
1308.09
Maximum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1296.59
1301.09
1305.63
1310.19

(Min)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
dBm

100GE: 1.7
OTU4: 3.5
1548
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(100G BASE-425G)/

(Max)
dBm
100GE: 10.5

Lane (Min)
dBm

Lane (Max)
dBm

(Min)
dBm

(Max)
dBm
Eye pattern mask
OTU4: 8.9
100GE: -4.3
OTU4: -2.5
100GE: 4.5
OTU4: 2.9

(Min)
dB

Ratio (Min)
dB
100GE: 4
OTU4: 7
30

Receiver type
PIN
Gbit/s
100GE: 25.78125
OTU4: 27.952493
ppm
100GE: -100 to 100

OTU4: -20 to 20
Minimum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1294.53
1299.02
1303.54
1308.09
Maximum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1296.59
1301.09
1305.63
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1549
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(100G BASE-425G)/
1310.19

(Min)
dBm
100GE: -10.6

(Max)
dBm

(OMA) per Lane
dBm

per Lane
dBm
Receiver equivalent
dBm

per Lane
dBm
2.9 (Only for OTU4)
Maximum reflectance
dB
-26
OTU4: -8.8
100GE: 4.5
OTU4: 2.9
NOTE
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN54TSC
65.0
80.0
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1550
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.15 TSXL
TSXL: 40 Gbit/s tributary service processing board

The available functional versions of the TSXL board are TN11, TN53, and TN54.

Huawei office.
Bo
ard
Init
ial
Ver
sio
n
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Univers
al
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11
TS
XL
V10
0R0
04C
01
TN
53
TS
XL
V10
0R0
05
TN
54
TS
XL
V10
0R0
06C
03
Variants
The TN11TSXL, TN53TSXL, and TN54TSXL board has only one variant: TN11TSXL01,
TN53TSXL01, and TN54TSXL01.

l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function:
Board
Cross-Connet Granularity
TN11TSXL
ODU2
STM-256/OC-768
TN53TSXL
ODU3
STM-256/OC-768/OTU3

1551
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Cross-Connet Granularity
TN54TSXL
ODU3
40GE
For details, see 14.15.3 Application and 14.15.4 Functions and Features.
l
Appearance:
The TN11TSXL, TN53TSXL, and TN54TSXL use different front panels with different
dimensions. For details, see 14.15.6 Front Panel and 14.15.10 TSXL Specifications.
Specification:
TSXL Specifications.
The TSXL boards of different versions cannot replace each other.


Hardware Update
Added the TN54TSXL board.
The TN54TSXL board, a 40G tributary board, is added to

map 40GE services to ODU3 services.
14.15.3 Application
As a type of tributary board, the TN11TSXL board converts between one channel of STM-256/
OC-768 optical signals and four channels of ODU2 electrical signals through cross-connection.
The TN53TSXL board converts between one channel of STM-256/OC-768/OTU3 optical
signals and one channel of ODU3 electrical signals through cross-connection. The TN54TSXL
board converts between one channel of 40GE optical signals and one channel of ODU3 electrical
signals through cross-connection.
For the position of the TSXL board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-168, Figure 14-169 and
Figure 14-170.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1552
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-168 Position of the TN11TSXL board in the WDM system

4xODU2
4xODU2
TSXL
1
RX
M
1 U
X
/
D
M
4 U
X
M
U 1
X
N
/
Q
D
2
M
U
4
X
TX
4xODU2
N
Q
2
4xODU2
STM-256
OC-768 TX
TSXL
STM-256
RX OC-768

1xODU3
1xODU3
TSXL
TSXL
RX
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
TX
N
S
3
1xODU3
N
S
3
1xODU3
STM-256
OC-768
TX
OTU3
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
STM-256
OC-768
RX OTU3
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Line Rate parameter of the TN54NS3/TN55NS3 /TN56NS3 board must
be set to Standard Mode.

1xODU3
1xODU3
TSXL
TSXL
RX
TX
N
S
3
1xODU3
TX
1xODU3
40GE
N
S
3
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
RX
40GE
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Line Rate parameter of the TN54NS3/TN55NS3/TN56NS3 board must
be set to Standard Mode.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1553
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The TSXL board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer.
Table 14-201 Functions and features of the TSXL board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
TSXL converts signals as follows:

l TN11TSXL:
1 x (STM-256/OC-768)<-> 4 x ODU2
Implements the transparent transmission of 40 Gbit/s services in
a 10 Gbit/s WDM network.
l TN53TSXL:
1 x (STM-256/OC-768/OTU3) <-> 1 x ODU3
l TN54TSXL:
1 x 40GE<->1 x ODU3
Client-side
service type
l STM-256/OC-768: SDH/SONET service at a rate of 39.81 Gbit/s

l OTU3: OTN service at a rate of 43.02 Gbit/s
l 40GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 41.25 Gbit/s
Cross-connect
capabilities
Supports the cross-connection of four channels of ODU2 signals between

the TN11TSXL and the cross-connect board.
Supports the cross-connection of one channel of ODU3 signals between
the TN53TSXL/TN54TSXL and the cross-connect board.
OTN function

to the ITU-T G.709. The mapping process is compliant with ITU-T
G.709.
l Supports PM, TCM functions for ODU3.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
FEC coding

client side only when the service on the client side is OTU3.
PRBS test
function
TN11TSXL/TN54TSXL: Not supported
LPT function
Not supported
TN53TSXL: Supports the PRBS function on the client side.

1554
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Alarm and
performance
event monitoring

line failures.
power of the laser.
NOTE
Only TN54TSXL provides remote monitoring (RMON) of the Ethernet service.
Only the TN11TSXL/TN53TSXL supports Poisson Mode.
Only the TN11TSXL/TN53TSXL board supports laser temperature monitoring.
Only the TN11TSXL/TN53TSXL board supports B1 bytes monitoring.
ALS function
Test frame
Supported by the TN54TSXL
Latency
measurement
Not Supported
IEEE 1588v2
Not Supported
Physical clock
The TN54TSXL supports synchronous Ethernet transparent transmission

instead of synchronous Ethernet processing
Electrical-layer
ASON
Supported by the TN53TSXL/TN54TSXL.
Protection
scheme

NOTE
The TN54TSXL board does not support tributary SNCP.
NOTE
Loopback
WDM side
Client side
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported

1555
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.707
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The TSXL consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, control and

Figure 14-171 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN11TSXL.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1556
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-171 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN11TSXL

Backplane(service
cross-connection)
4XODU2
Client side
O/E
RX
TX
E/O
SDH/SONET
encapsulation and
mapping module
Client-side
optical
module
OTN
processing
module
Cross-connect
module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
1557
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


ODU3
Client side
O/E
RX
TX
E/O
Client-side
optical
module
SDH/SONET
encapsulation and
mapping module
Client-side OTN
processing module
OTN
Processing
module
Cross-connect
module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
1558
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


ODU3
Client side
O/E
RX
TX
E/O
40GE
encapsulation and
mapping module
Client-side
optical
module
OTN
processing
module
Cross-connect
module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the TSXL board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TSXL to the backplane,
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives one 40 Gbit/s service signal through the RX
interface, and performs the O/E conversion.
module performs operations such as OTN framing. Then, the module sends out four
channels of ODU2 electrical signals or one channel of ODU3 electrical signals to the
backplane for grooming.
Receive direction
The signal processing module receives four channels of ODU2 electrical signals or one
channel of ODU3 electrical signals sent from the cross-connection board through the
backplane. The module performs operations such as ODUk virtual concatenation. Then,
the module sends out one channel of 40 Gbit/s service signal to the client-side optical
module.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1559
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The client-side optical module performs the E/O conversion of one 40 Gbit/s service signal,
and then outputs one channel of client-side optical signal through the TX optical interface.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of one channel of STM-256/OC-768/
OTU3/40GE optical signal.
Client-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion of one channel of STM-256/
OC-768/OTU3/40GE optical signal.

The module consists of the SDH/SONET encapsulation and mapping module, Client-side
OTN processing module, 40GE encapsulation and mapping module and OTN processing
module.
ODUk payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the SDH/
40GE encapsulation and mapping module
Encapsulates one channel of 40GE signals and maps the signals into the ODU3 payload
area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors 40GE performance.
Frames ODU2, ODU3 signals.
Grooms electrical signals between the TSXL and the cross-connect board through the
backplane.

Power supply module

14.15.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TSXL board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1560
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Figure 14-174 shows the front panel of the TN11TSXL board.
Figure 14-174 Front panel of the TN11TSXL board
TSXL
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX
RX
TSXL
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1561
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

TSXL
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX
RX
TSXL
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1562
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


G.657A2 FIBER ONLY
G.657A2
TSXL
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
G.657A2
FIBER
ONLY
G.657A2
TX
RX
TSXL
NOTE
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1563
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-202 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TSXL board
Interface
Type
Function
RX
LC
TX
LC
Laser Hazard Level

14.15.7 Valid Slots

Two slots house one TN11TSXL board. One slot houses one TN53TSXL/TN54TSXL.
Table 14-203 shows the valid slots for the TN11TSXL board.
Table 14-203 Valid slots for the TN11TSXL board
Product
Valid Slots
IU2-IU8, IU12-IU16
NOTE
The rear connector of the TN11TSXL board is mounted to the backplane along the right slot in the subrack.
Therefore, the slot number of the TN11TSXL board displayed on the NM is the number of the right one of the
two slots.
For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the TN11TSXL board, the slot number of the TN11TSXL board
Table 14-204 shows the valid slots for the TN53TSXL/TN54TSXL board.
Table 14-204 Valid slots for the TN53TSXL/TN54TSXL board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18

1564
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Table 14-205 Mapping between the physical ports on the TSXL board and the port numbers
Physical Port
RX/TX
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 14-177 shows the application model of the TN11TSXL board.
Table 14-206 describes the meaning of each port.
Figure 14-177 Port diagram of the TN11TSXL board
Other line/
PID board
Backplane
4 x ODU2
151
(imp/imp)-1
151
(imp/imp)-2
151
(imp/imp)-3
151
(imp/imp)-4
3
(RX1/TX1)-1
Client Side
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1565
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Other line board
Backplane
ODU3
201
3
(RX1/TX1)-1
Client Side
Cross-connection that must be configured on the NMS to receive

ODUk signals from other boards

Other line board
Backplane
ODU3
3(RX1/TX1)-1
Client Side
Cross-connection that must be configured on the NMS to receive

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1566
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-206 Description of NM port of the TSXL board

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1
Corresponding to the client-side optical

interfaces.
imp (inverse multiplexing port)
The optical channels are numbered 1, 2, 3 and 4.
ClientLP1

numbered 1.

For parameters of TSXL, refer to Table 14-207.
Table 14-207 TSXL parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

channel of a board.
moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1567
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Service Type
None, OC-768,
STM-256, OTU-3

Default: STM-256
NOTE
Only the TN53TSXL supports OTU-3
services.
Only the TN11TSXL/TN53TSXL supports
this parameter.
Laser Status
Off, On
Default: Off

more information.
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Enabled, Disabled
ALS Auxiliary
Condition
FW_Defect,
BW_Client_R_LOS,
BW_WDM_Defect,
FW_OPUk_CSF
Default: Enabled
Default: FW_Defect

triggering ALS.
BW_Client_R_LOS.
to BW_WDM_Defect.
NOTE
this parameter.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1568
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

Default: 0s
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Turn-On
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s
FEC Working State
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

NOTE
this parameter.

the related lasers.
NOTE
this parameter.

NOTE
Only the TN53TSXL supports this
parameter.
Type is set to OTU3.
FEC Mode
FEC
Default: FEC

Enabled.
NOTE
parameter.
Type is set to OTU3.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1569
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
SD Trigger Condition None, B1_SD,

OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None
Description
board resides.
NOTE
this parameter.
PRBS Test Status
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
NOTE
parameter.
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

commissioning.
NOTE
parameter.
14.15.10 TSXL Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1570
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board

Module

Module
TN11TS
XL/
TN53TS
XL
N/A
TN54TS
XL
N/A
40G BASE-LR4-10km-CFP
NOTE
point.

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
2 km (1.2 mi.)
nm
1530 to 1565
dBm
dBm
dB
8.2
ps/nm
40
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1290 to 1570
dBm
-6
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1571
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
40G BASE-LR4-10kmCFP
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
10 km (6.2 mi.)

Signaling speed per Lane
Gbit/s
10.3125
Signaling speed accuracy
ppm
-100 to 100
Minimum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1264.5
1284.5
1304.5
1324.5
Maximum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1277.5
1297.5
1317.5
1337.5
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

(Max)
dBm
8.3

(Min)
dBm
-1

(Min)
dBm
-4

(Max)
dBm
3.5

Lane (Min)
dBm
-7

Lane (Max)
dBm
2.3

(Min)
dB
3.5

1572
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
40G BASE-LR4-10kmCFP

Receiver type
PIN
Gbit/s
10.3125
ppm
-100 to 100
Minimum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1264.5
1284.5
1304.5
1324.5
Maximum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1277.5
1297.5
1317.5
1337.5

Lane (Min)
dBm
-13.7

Lane (Max)
dBm
2.3

(OMA) per Lane
dBm
3.5

per Lane
dBm
-11.5
Maximum reflectance
dB
-26
NOTE
TN11TSXL:
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
(8.7 in.)
1573
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

TN53TSXL/TN54TSXL:
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11TSXL
90.2
96
TN53TSXL
75
83
TN54TSXL
58
64
14.16 TTX
TTX: 10 x 10G tributary service processing board

The available functional versions of the TTX board are TN54 and TN55.

Huawei office.
Board
Init
ial
Ver
sio
na
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
TN54TTX
V10
0R0
07C
02
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1574
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Init
ial
Ver
sio
na
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
TN55TTX
V10
0R0
09C
00S
PC1
00
the device initial version supported by the replaced board takes effect. For example, when you use TN55TTX to
replace TN54TTX, TN55TTX can be supported by V100R007C02.
NOTE
l For an enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack, the TTX board must work with TNK2USXH
+TNK2UXCT boards.
l For an enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, the TTX board must work with the TN52UXCH or
TN52UXCM board.
l For an OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack, the TTX board must work with the TN16UXCM board.
Variants
The TN54TTX/TN55TTX board has only one variant: TN54TTX01/TN55TTX01.

Function:
Board
Clientside
Services
OTU2/
OTU2e/
FC800/
FC1200
10GE
LAN,
MAC
Transpar
ent
Mapping
(10.7 G)
Client-side Optical
Module
SingleFiber
Bidirecti
onal
Optical
Module
10 Gbit/s
Multirat
e-80 kmSFP+
ODUflex
CrossConnet
Granular
ity
IEEE
1588v2
TN54TTX
TN55TTX

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1575
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Specification:
l
TTX Specifications.
Table 14-210 Substitution rules of the TTX board
Original Board
Substitute Board
Substitution Rules
TN54TTX
TN55TTX
The TN55TTX can be

created as 54TTX on the
NMS. The former can
substitute for the latter,
without any software
upgrade. After substitution,
the TN55TTX functions as
the TN54TTX.
TN55TTX
None

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
The TN55TTX board added the

+.

1576
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
Added the TN55TTX board.
Compared with the TN54TTX board, the TN55TTX board

newly supports:
l OTU2, OTU2e, FC800, and FC1200 services on the
client side.
l MAC transparent mapping (10.7G) of 10GE LAN
services.
l Test frame and IEEE 1588v2.
l Single-fiber bidirectional transmission.

Hardware Update
Added the TN54TTX board.
The TN54TTX board is added to process 10 x 10G tributary

services.
14.16.3 Application
As a type of tributary board, the TTX board converts between ten channels of 10GE LAN/10GE
WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/FC1200 optical signals and ten channels of
ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex electrical signals through cross-connection.
For the position of the TTX board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-180.
Figure 14-180 Position of the TTX board in the WDM system
TTX
TTX
N
S
4
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
N
S
4
10xDU2/ODU2e/ODUflex
10xDU2/ODU2e/ODUflex
10GE LAN RX1

10GE WAN TX1
STM-64
OC-192
OTU2
OTU2e
RX10
FC800
TX10
FC1200
TX1
10GE LAN
10GE
WAN
RX1
STM-64
OC-192
OTU2
TX10
OTU2e
FC800
RX10
FC1200
NOTE
l Only the TN55TTX supports FC800, FC1200, OTU2 and OTU2e services.
l The cross-connection of ODUflex signals is supported only by the TN55TTX board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1577
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Client-Side Service
TN54TT
X
10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192
ODU2
10GE LAN
ODU2e
TN55TT
X
10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2
ODU2
OTU2e/FC1200
ODU2e
10GE LAN
ODU2/ODU2e
FC800
ODU2/ODUflex

The TTX board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer.
Table 14-212 Functions and features of the TTX board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
TTX converts signals as follows:

l TN54TTX:
10 x 10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192<->10 x ODU2
10 x 10GE LAN<->10 x ODU2e
l TN55TTX:
10 x 10GE WAN/10GE LAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/FC800<>10 x ODU2
10 x FC1200/10GE LAN/OTU2e<->10 x ODU2e
10 x FC800<->10 x ODUflex
NOTE
l Only the TN55TTX supports FC800, FC1200, OTU2 and OTU2e services.
l The cross-connection of ODUflex signals is supported only by the TN55TTX
board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1578
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Client-side
service type

NOTE
Only the TN55TTX supports FC800, FC1200, OTU2 and OTU2e services.
Supports the cross-connection of ten channels of ODU2/ODU2e/

ODUflex signals between the TTX board and the cross-connect board
Cross-connect
capabilities
NOTE
The cross-connection of ODUflex signals is supported only by the TN55TTX board.

to the ITU-T G.709. The mapping process is compliant with ITU-T G.
709.
OTN function
l ODU2/ODUflex layer: supports the PM and TCM function, and PM

and TCM non-intrusive monitoring functions.
ESC function
Supported when the client-side service type is OTU2 or OTU2e.

NOTE
A maximum of eight ports support the ESC function.
PRBS function

NOTE
type is STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e.
The PRBS function can be configured only on one port at a time for TN54TTX. The
TN55TTX board has no limitation.
LPT function
is 10GE LAN.
FEC coding
l TN54TTX: Not supported.

l TN55TTX: Supports ITU-T G.709-compliant forward error correction
(FEC) on the client side, only when the service type is OTU2/OTU2e.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1579
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Alarm and
performance
event
monitoring

power of the laser.
LAN).
ALS function
Test frame
l TN54TTX: Not supported.

l TN55TTX: Supports the test frame function when the client-side
service type is 10GE LAN and the Port mapping is MAC Transparent
Mapping (10.7 G).
Latency
measurement

measurement function can be measured, and the latency data is displayed
on the U2000.
NOTE
The latency measurement function can be configured only on one port at a time.
l TN54TTX: Not supported
IEEE 1588v2
l TN55TTX: The TN55TTX board supports the TC, TC+OC, BC, and
OC modes when the client-side service type is 10GE LAN and the Port
Mapping is MAC Transparent Mapping (10.7 G).
Physical clock
TN54TTX: When the board receives 10GE LAN services and the port
mapping is Bit Transparent Mapping (11.1 G) on its client side, the board
can support synchronous Ethernet transparent transmission instead of
TN55TTX: When the board receives 10GE LAN services and the port
mapping is Bit Transparent Mapping (11.1 G) on its client side, the board
can support synchronous Ethernet transparent transmission instead of
synchronous Ethernet processing. When the board receives 10GE LAN
services and the port mapping is MAC Transparent Mapping (10.7 G) on
its client side, the board can support synchronous Ethernet processing
instead of synchronous Ethernet transparent transmission.
Electrical-layer
ASON
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Supported

1580
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Protection
scheme

l Supports tributary ODUk SNCP protection
NOTE
Ethernet service
mapping mode
l TN54TTX: Bit Transparent Mapping (11.1G)
Port MTU
l TN55TTX: Bit Transparent Mapping (11.1G), MAC Transparent

Mapping (10.7 G)
NOTE
l Only the TN55TTX supports port MTU.
l when Port Mapping is set to Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G), Maximum
Loopback
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Client side
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Channel
Loopback
Not supported
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3ae
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
INTERFACES (FC-PI)
(FC-SW-3)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1581
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The TTX consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, control and
Figure 14-181 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TTX.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1582
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-181 Functional modules and signal flow of the TTX

Client side
RX1
SDH/SONET
encapsulation and
mapping module
O/E
10GE LAN
encapsulation and
mapping module
RX10
TX1
10 x ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex
FC
encapsulation and
mapping module
E/O
TX10
OTN
Processing
module
Cross-connect
module
1588v2
module
Client-side OTN
processing module
Client-side
optical
module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
NOTE
l Only the TN55TTX board supports FC encapsulation and mapping module, client-side OTN processing
module and the IEEE 1588v2 module.
l The cross-connection of ODUflex signals is supported only by the TN55TTX board.
Signal Flow
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the TTX board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TTX to the backplane,
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives ten channels of the optical signals through the RX1RX10 interface, and performs the O/E conversion.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1583
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

processing, and OTN framing. Then, the module sends out ten channels of ODU2/
ODU2e/ODUflex signals to the backplane for grooming.
l
Receive direction
The signal processing module receives ten channels of ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex electrical
signals from the cross-connection board through the backplane. The module performs
operations such as ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex framing, demapping and decapsulation
processing. Then, the module sends out ten channels of 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/
OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/FC1200 signals to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs the E/O conversion of ten channels of 10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/FC1200 electrical signals, and then
outputs ten channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX10 ports.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of ten channels of 10GE LAN/10GE
Client-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion of ten channels of 10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/FC1200 optical signals.

OTN processing module, OTN processing module, and cross-connect module.
Encapsulates multiple channels of SDH/SONET/10GE LAN signals and maps the
signals into the ODU2/ODU2e payload area. The module also performs the reverse
process and has the SDH/SONET performance monitoring function.
NOTE

Frames ODU2/ODU2e signals and processes overheads in ODU2/ODU2e signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1584
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Grooms electrical signals between the TTX and the cross-connect board through the
backplane.
l
1588v2 module

Power supply module

14.16.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TTX board.

Figure 14-182 shows the front panel of the TTX board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1585
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-182 Front panel of the TTX board
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1586
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-213 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TTX board
Interface
Type
Function
TX1-TX10
LC
RX1-RX10
LC
Laser Hazard Level

14.16.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TTX board.
Table 14-214 shows the valid slots for the TTX board.
Table 14-214 Valid slots for TTX board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18


Table 14-215 Mapping between the physical ports on the TTX board and the port numbers
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Physical Port
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4
6
1587
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Physical Port
TX5/RX5
TX6/RX6
TX7/RX7
TX8/RX8
10
TX9/RX9
11
TX10/RX10
12
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 14-183 shows the port diagrams of the TTX board. Table 14-216 describes the meaning
of each port.
Figure 14-183 Port diagram of the TTX
Backplane
10 x ODU2/ODU2e/
ODUflex
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
7(RX5/TX5)-1
8(RX6/TX6)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
11(RX9/TX9)-1
12(RX10/TX10)-1
NOTE
The cross-connection of ODUflex signals is supported only by the TN55TTX board.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)


1588
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 14-216 Description of NMS port of the TTX board

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX10/TX10

interfaces.

For parameters of the TTX, refer to Table 14-217.
Table 14-217 TTX parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

channel of a board.
moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1589
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Service Type
l TN54TTX: None,
10GE LAN, 10GE
WAN, OC-192,
STM-64

l TN55TTX: None,
10GE LAN, 10GE
WAN, OC-192,
STM-64, OTU2,
OTU2e, FC800,
FC1200
Default: None
Port Mapping
l TN54TTX: Bit
Transparent
Mapping(11.1G)
l TN55TTX: Bit
Transparent
Mapping(11.1G),
MAC Transparent
Mapping(10.7G)

a port.
NOTE
Only the TN55TTX ports support MAC
transparent mapping (10.7G).
Default: Bit
Transparent Mapping
(11.1G)
Laser Status
Off, On
Default: Off

more information.
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Enabled, Disabled
Service Mode
Client Mode, OTN

Mode
Default: Enabled

Client Mode.
NOTE
Only the TN54TTX supports this parameter.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1590
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
ALS Auxiliary
Condition
FW_Defect,
BW_Client_R_LOS,
BW_WDM_Defect,
FW_ODUk_CSF

triggering ALS.
Default: FW_Defect

BW_Client_R_LOS.
to BW_WDM_Defect.
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

system detects service interruption to
the point when ALS automatically shuts
Default: 0s
Hold-off Time of
Automatic Laser
Turn-On
0s, 100ms, 200ms,

300ms, 400ms, 500ms,
600ms, 700ms, 800ms,
900ms, 1s, 1100ms,
1200ms, 1300ms,
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s

the related lasers.
Default: 0s
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1591
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
FEC Working State
Disabled, Enabled

Default: Enabled

NOTE
l Only the TN55TTX supports this
parameter.
l This parameter can be set only when
OTU-2E.
FEC Mode
FEC
Default: FEC

Enabled.
NOTE
l Only the TN55TTX supports this
parameter.
l This parameter can be set only when
OTU-2E.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1592
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Max. Packet Length
1518 to 9600

Ethernet services.
Default: 9600

NOTE
For the TN55TTX, when Port Mapping is
set to Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G),
Maximum Packet Length is unavailable on
the U2000.
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

to Disabled.
NOTE
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

board resides.
LPT Enabled
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)


1593
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Condition of Laser
Shutdown by LPT
REMOTE_FAULT,
None

shutdown condition.
Default:
REMOTE_FAULT
NOTE
l When routers support
condition and the TTX boards are
Enabled to Enabled to Enabled
and Condition of Laser Shutdown
by LPT to None, no matter whether
a protection scheme is configured or
not.
supported.
NOTE
The TN54TTX board supports only the bit
transparent transmission mode.
PRBS Test Status
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1594
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled

commissioning.
Default: Disabled
NOTE
Insert Code Type
l When Service
Type is STM-64:
PN11, MS_AIS
Default: PN11
l When Service
Type is 10GE
LAN and port
mapping mode is
MAC transparent
mapping (10.7G):
Quick insert,
Delayed insert
Default: Quick
insert

When the service type is 10GE LAN,
the value Quick insert applies to a
scenario in which no protection is
configured on the WDM equipment
while protection is configured for the
router that connects to the WDM
equipment. In this scenario, quick
protection switching can be achieved on
the router. The value Delayed insert
applies to a scenario in which protection
is configured for the WDM equipment
and the router connected to the WDM
equipment. In this scenario, the WDM
equipment preferentially performs
protection switching in case of a fault. If
the fault is rectified, the router does not
perform protection switching. If the
fault persists, then the router performs
protection switching.
NOTE
Only the TN55TTX supports MAC
transparent mapping (10.7G).
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1595
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Port Working Mode

(OTU2/Any->ODU2),
(Any->ODUflex),
None(not for ports)

mapping path.
NOTE

(OTU2/Any->ODU2)
14.16.10 TTX Specifications

Board
Client-Side Fixed
Optical Module
TN54TT
X
N/A

TN55TT
X
N/A

NOTE
point.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1596
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km-SFP+, 10 Gbit/s Multirate-40 km-SFP+ and 10 Gbit/s Multirate-80 km-SFP+ optical
module can be used to access OC-192, STM-64, 10GE WAN, or 10GE LAN, OTU2, OTU2e, FC800 and
FC1200signals.

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical
Module Type
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-SFP+
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-SFP+
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-SFP+
Optical
Gbit/s
interface service
rate
8.5 to 11.1
9.956 to 11.1
8.5 to 11.3
Line code
format
SLM
SLM
SLM
Optical source
type
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Target
transmission
distance
km
10
40
80
1260 to 1355
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
Maximum mean dBm

launched power
-1
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-6
-1
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
8.2
Eye pattern
mask

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1260 to 1355
1260 to 1605
1260 to 1565

1597
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical
Module Type
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-SFP+
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-SFP+
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-SFP+
-14.4
-14(11.1G)
-24
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
0.5
-1
-7
reflectance
dB
-12
-27
-27
-15.8
(10.3125G)
NOTE
l 10G BASE-SR-0.3 km-SFP+, 10G BASE-LR-10 km-SFP+, 10G BASE-ER/EW-40 km-SFP+ optical
module can be used to access 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, FC800 and FC1200 signals.
l 10G BASE-ZR-80 km-SFP+ optical module can be used to access 10GE LAN and10GE WAN signals.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
10G BASEER/EW-40
km-SFP+
Optical
interface
service rate
Gbit/s
10.3125
10.3125
10.3125
10.3125
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Target
transmission
distance
0.3 km (0.2
mi.)
10 km (6.2
mi.)
40 km (24.8
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
1260 to 1355
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565

Operating
wavelength
range
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
nm
840 to 860

1598
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
10G BASEER/EW-40
km-SFP+
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-1
0.5
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-7.3
-8.2
-4.7
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
3.5
Output
optical
power in
case of laser
shutdown
dBm
-30
-30
-30
-30
Eye pattern
mask

Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
840 to 860
1260 to 1355
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-11.1 (OMA)
-12.6 (OMA)
-14.1 (OMA)
-24
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-1
0.5
-1
-7
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-12
-12
-26
-27
11.3 Gbit/s Multirate-TX1270/RX1330nm-10km-SFP+ and 11.3 Gbit/s Multirate-TX1330/

RX1270nm-10km-SFP+ optical module can be used to access 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, FC800
and FC1200 signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1599
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Value
11.3 Gbit/s
Multirate-TX1270/
RX1330nm-10kmSFP+
11.3 Gbit/s
Multirate-TX1330/
RX1270nm-10kmSFP+
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Target transmission
distance
km
10
10

Operating
wavelength range
nm
1260 to 1280
1320 to 1340
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
0.5
0.5
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-8.2
-8.2
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
3.5
3.5
Eye pattern mask

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength range
nm
1320 to 1340
1260 to 1280
dBm
-14.4
-14.4
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
0.5
0.5
l
(8.7 in.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1600
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN54TTX
63.0
68.0
TN55TTX
48.0
53.0
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1601
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
15
OTN Line Board
About This Chapter

15.1 Overview
A tributary board receives client-side services, performs O-E conversion, maps the services into
ODUk containers, and lastly sends the ODUk electrical signals to cross-connect board for
centralized cross-connection. A line board multiplexes and maps ODUk electrical signals crossconnected from cross-connect board and performs conversion between OTUk optical signals
and standard wavelengths.
15.2 ND2
ND2: 2 x 10G line service processing board
15.3 NO2
NO2: 8 x 10G Line Service Processing Board
15.4 NQ2
NQ2: 4 x 10G Line Service Processing Board
15.5 NS2
NS2: 10G Line Service Processing Board
15.6 NS3
NS3: 40G line service processing board
15.7 NS4
15.8 NS4M
NS4M: 100G line service processing board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1602
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
15.1 Overview
A tributary board receives client-side services, performs O-E conversion, maps the services into
ODUk containers, and lastly sends the ODUk electrical signals to cross-connect board for
centralized cross-connection. A line board multiplexes and maps ODUk electrical signals crossconnected from cross-connect board and performs conversion between OTUk optical signals
and standard wavelengths.
Positions of Line Boards in a WDM System

A line board multiplexes and maps ODUk electrical signals cross-connected from cross-connect
board and performs conversion between OTUk optical signals and standard wavelengths.
Figure 15-1 shows the positions of line boards in a WDM system.
Figure 15-1 Positions of line boards in a WDM system
Client-side
services
ODUk
WDM-side
services
ODUk
Line
Board
FIU
SC1
Tributary
board
Line
Board
OA
Line
Board
OD
Tributary
board
WDM-side ODF
Tributary
board
OA
Line
Board
OM
Tributary
board
Line Boards
The differences between different types of line boards lie in the rate and number of line-side
signals and the type and number of electrical signals from the cross-connect board. Table
15-1 provides the main functions of line boards.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1603
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Table 15-1 Main functions of line boards

Board
TN11ND2
TN12ND2
TN52ND2
TN53ND2
TN55NO2
TN51NQ2
TN52NQ2
TN54NQ2
TN53NQ2
WDM-Side Signal
Type
Max.
Number
Type
Max.
Number
ODU1
OTU2
ODU2, ODU2e
OTU2,
OTU2e
ODU1
OTU2
ODU2, ODU2e
OTU2,
OTU2e
ODU0
16
OTU2
ODU1
OTU2
ODU2, ODU2e
OTU2,
OTU2e
ODUflex
OTU2
ODU0
16
OTU2
ODU1
OTU2
ODU2, ODU2e
OTU2,
OTU2e
ODUflex
OTU2
ODU0
64
OTU2
ODU1
32
OTU2
ODU2, ODU2e
OTU2,
OTU2e
ODU1
16
OTU2
ODU2, ODU2e
OTU2,
OTU2e
ODU0
32
OTU2
ODU1
16
OTU2
ODU2, ODU2e
OTU2,
OTU2e
ODU0
32
OTU2
ODU1
16
OTU2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pluggabl
e Optical
Module
DWDM
CWDM

WDM Specifications
1604
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
15 OTN Line Board
WDM-Side Signal
Type
Max.
Number
Type
ODU2, ODU2e
OTU2,
OTU2e
ODUflex
OTU2
TN11NS2
ODU1
OTU2
TN12NS2
ODU1
OTU2
ODU2, ODU2e
OTU2,
OTU2e
ODU0
OTU2
ODU1
OTU2
ODU2, ODU2e
OTU2,
OTU2e
ODUflex
OTU2
ODU0
OTU2
ODU1
OTU2
ODU2, ODU2e
OTU2,
OTU2e
ODUflex
OTU2
ODU2
OTU3,
OTU3e
ODU2e
OTU3e
ODU0
32
ODU1
16
OTU3,
OTU3e
ODU2
ODU2e
OTU3e
ODU0
32
ODU1
16
OTU3,
OTU3e
ODU2
ODU2e
OTU3e
ODU3
OTU3,
OTU3e
TN52NS2
TN53NS2
TN11NS3
TN52NS3
TN54NS3
TN55NS3
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pluggabl
e Optical
Module
DWDM
CWDM
Max.
Number

WDM Specifications
1605
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
TN56NS3
TN54NS4
TN56NS4
TN57NS4
TN58NS4
TN54NS4
M
15 OTN Line Board
WDM-Side Signal
Pluggabl
e Optical
Module
Type
Max.
Number
Type
Max.
Number
ODU0
32
ODUflex
32
OTU3,
OTU3e
ODU1
16
ODU2
ODU2e
OTU3e
ODU3
OTU3
VC-4
256
OTU3,
OTU3e
ODU0
80
ODUflex
80
ODU1
40
ODU2, ODU2e
10
ODU3
ODU4
ODU0
80
ODUflex
80
ODU1
40
ODU2, ODU2e
10
ODU3
ODU4
WDM Specifications
DWDM
CWDM
OTU4
OTU4
15.2 ND2
ND2: 2 x 10G line service processing board

The available functional versions of the ND2 board are TN11, TN12, TN52, and TN53.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1606
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Initial
Version
General
8800
T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800
T32
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univers
al
Platfor
m
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11
ND
2
V100R0
04
TN
12
ND
2
8800:V1
00R007
C00
TN
52
ND
2
V100R0
02C00
TN
53
ND
2
V100R0
06C01
6800:V1
00R004
C03
the device initial version supported by the replaced board takes effect. For example, when you use TN53ND2 to
replace TN52ND2 in 8800, TN53ND2 can be supported by V100R002C00.
NOTE
The TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board for the OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack only supports
relay mode.
Variants
The difference between the ND2 board variants lies in the WDM-side optical module.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1607
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Table 15-2 Available variants of the TN11ND2 board

Variant
01M01
800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even Wavelength)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
T01
T02

Variant
T01
T02
The WDM-side optical modules are pluggable. For details, see 15.2.11 ND2 Specifications.

Variant
WDM-Side Fixed
Optical Module
ODUflex
Direct Mapping of
ODU0 to ODU2
IEEE 1588v2
Physic
alLayer
Clock
T01
T02
T04

Variant
Description
01
The WDM-side optical modules are pluggable. For details, see 15.2.11 ND2 Specifications.

Function:
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1608
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
15 OTN Line Board
CrossConnet
Granulari
ty
FEC
Encodin
g
IEEE 1588v2
Physical
Clock
TN11N
D2
ODU1 and
ODU2
FEC/
AFEC
TN12N
D2
ODU1 and
ODU2
FEC/
AFEC-2
TN52N
D2T01
TN52N
D2T02
ODU0,
ODU1 and
ODU2
FEC/
AFEC-2
TN52N
D2T04
ODU0,
ODU1,
ODU2 and
ODUflex
TN53N
D2
ODU0,
ODU1,
ODU2 and
ODUflex
Relay
Mode
WDM-Side Pluggable
Optical Module
Fixed
Wave
lengt
h
Tuna
bleWavel
ength
Gray
Light
FEC/
AFEC-2
FEC/
AFEC-2

Specification:
l
15.2.11 ND2 Specifications.
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11ND2
TN12ND2/
TN52ND2
The TN12ND2/TN52ND2 can be created as ND2 on the NMS. The former

can substitute for the latter, without any software upgrade. After substitution,
the TN12ND2/TN52ND2 functions as the TN11ND2.
NOTE
The TN52ND2T04 board can substitute for the TN11ND2T02.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1609
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN12ND2
TN52ND2/
TN53ND2
The TN52ND2/TN53ND2 can be created as 12ND2 on the NMS. The former

the TN52ND2/TN53ND2 functions as the TN12ND2.
NOTE
The TN53ND2 does not support OTU2e services at rate 11.3 Gbit/s on the WDM side
and it cannot substitute for the TN12ND2 at rate 11.3 Gbit/s.
The TN52ND2T04 board can substitute for the TN12ND2T02 board.
TN52ND2
TN53ND2
The TN53ND2 can be created as 52ND2 or 52ND2(STND) on the NMS. The

former can substitute for the latter, without any software upgrade. After
substitution, the TN53ND2 functions as the TN52ND2.
NOTE
The TN53ND2 does not support OTU2e services at rate 11.3 Gbit/s on the WDM side
and it cannot substitute for the TN52ND2 at rate 11.3 Gbit/s.
TN53ND2
None

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update


Added the TN52ND2T04

board.
The TN52ND2T04 board is added to replace the TN12ND2

or TN52ND2 board.

1610
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

Hardware Update

the TN12ND2 board does not
support the 800 ps/nm-C BandTunable Wavelength-NRZPIN-XFP module.
Added the TN53ND2 board.
Compared with the ND2 board of the old version, the new
TN53ND2 board supports the ODUflex, IEEE 1588v2, and
physical-layer clock functions.

15.2.3 Application
As a type of line board, the ND2 board converts 16 ODU0, eight ODU1, four ODUflex, or two
ODU2 into two ITU-T G.694.1 OTU2 signals or converts two ODU2e signals into two ITU-T
G.694.1 OTU2e signals. The board supports hybrid transmission of the ODU0 service, ODU1
service, ODUflex service and the ODU2/ODU2e service.
Application scenario 1 of the TN11ND2/TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2:

conversion between eight channels of ODU1 signals and two channels of OTU2
signals
Figure 15-2 Position of the ND2 board in the WDM system (application scenario 1)
8xODU1
8xODU1
1
TOM
ND2
OUT2

4ODU1
IN2
1ODU2
IN2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1OTU2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
1OTU2
1ODU2
4ODU1
TOM
OUT2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
4ODU1
OUT1
1ODU2
IN1
ND2
IN1
OUT1
1OTU2
1OTU2
1ODU2
4ODU1
TOM
8
TOM
4
1611
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board
must be set to Line Mode.
Application scenario 2 of the TN11ND2/TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2:

conversion between two channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals and two channels of
OTU2/OTU2e signals
2xODU2/ODU2e
2xODU2/ODU2e
IN1
OUT1
ND2
ND2
IN2
OUT2
TDX
1ODU2/ODU2e
IN2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1OTU2/ODU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
1ODU2/ODU2e
OUT2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1ODU2/ODU2e
IN1
1OTU2/OTU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
1ODU2/ODU2e
TDX
OUT1
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board must be
set to Line Mode.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1612
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Application scenario 3 of the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2: regeneration of

OTU2/OTU2e optical signals
1OTU2/OTU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
IN1
DMUX
OUT1
MUX
ND2
1OTU2/OTU2e
OUT2
1OTU2/OTU2e
MUX
IN2
DMUX
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board
must be set to Electrical Relay Mode or Optical Relay Mode. When optical-layer and electrical-layer
ASON are enabled, it does not matter whether the Board Mode parameter is set to Optical Relay Mode
or Electrical Relay mode. The parameter must be set to Optical Relay Mode for the line board in a nonASON system; otherwise, end-to-end management of services is not available.
Only the TN12ND2/TN52ND2 board equipped with an "800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-(D)RZPIN" optical module supports regeneration of 11.3 Gbit/s OTU2e.
Application scenario 4 of the TN52ND2/TN53ND2: conversion between 16

channels of ODU0 signals and two channels of OTU2 signals (only for OptiX OSN
8800)
16xODU0
16xODU0
8
ND2
OUT2

8xODU0
IN2
4xODU1
IN2
TOM
8
ND2
1ODU2
OUT2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1OTU2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
1OTU2
4xODU1
TOM
1ODU2
8xODU0
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
8xODU0
IN1
4xODU1
IN1
OUT1
1ODU2
OUT1
1OTU2
1OTU2
1ODU2
4xODU1
8xODU0
TOM
TOM
8
1613
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board must be set to
Line Mode.
For the TN52ND2T04/TN53ND2 board:
l When the board works in standard mode and ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is set to Assign
consecutive, the board supports the ODU0>ODU1>ODU2 service mapping path.
random, the board supports the ODU0>ODU2 service mapping path.
l When the board works in compatible mode, the board does not support the configuration of the timeslot
allocation mode, and it only supports the ODU0>ODU1>ODU2 service mapping path.
Application scenario 5 of the TN52ND2/TN53ND2: conversion between four

channels of ODUflex signals and two channels of OTU2 signals (only for OptiX
OSN 8800)
4xODUflex
1ODU2
1
TQX
ND2
1ODU2
2xODUflex
IN2
M
U OUT1
X
/
D
IN2
M
U OUT2
X
1OTU2
1OTU2
1ODU2
2xODUflex
OUT2
IN1
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
2xODUflex
ND2
4
IN1
1OTU2
TQX
OUT1
1OTU2
1ODU2
2xODUflex
4xODUflex
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN53ND2 board must be set to Line Mode.
The total bandwidth of two channels of ODUflex signals corresponding to one channel of OTU2 signals cannot
exceed 10 Gbit/s.
TN52ND2T04/TN53ND2 supports ODUflex only when it works in standard mode.
Application scenario 6: hybrid transmission scenario

2xOTU2/OTU2e
TOM
ODU1
ODU1
ODU1
ODUflex
ODUflex
OUT1
IN1
ODUflex
ND2
ODU2/
ODU2e
ODU2/
ODU2e
OUT2
IN2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
M OUT1
U
X
/
D
M
U
IN2
X
OUT2
ODU0
ODU0
ODU1
ODU1
ODUflex
ODUflex
ODU2/
ODU2e
ODU2/
ODU2e
ODU0
ODU1
ODUflex
TOM
TOM
TOA
ND2
1OTU2/OTU2e
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
ODU2/
ODU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
TDX/
ND2
IN1
1ODU2
1OTU2
ODU0
1OTU2
TOA
ODU0
1ODU2
TOM
ODU0
ODU2/
ODU2e

TDX/
ND2
1614
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
NOTE
The same IN/OUT port can transmit a mixture of ODU0, ODU1, and ODUflex signals, the total bandwidth
cannot exceed 10 Gbit/s.
The same board can transmit a mixture of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2/ODU2e and ODUflex signals.
Different IN/OUT ports can work in different service modes. For the TN11ND2 board, changing the service
mode for one IN/OUT port will cause the board to reset, which in return leads to service interruption. Therefore,
before changing the service mode for one IN/OUT port, delete all service cross-connections for the other IN/
OUT port.
Only TN52ND2/TN53ND2 supports ODU0. TN52ND2T04/TN53ND2 supports ODUflex only when it works
in standard mode.
The line boards at the two add/drop sites must have the same ODU timeslot allocation mode.
When a TN53ND2 board is connected to a board that does not support ODU timeslot allocation,
set ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode to Assign consecutive for the TN53ND2 board. For
example, when a TN53ND2 board is connected to a TN52NQ2 board, which does not support
ODU timeslot allocation, set ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode to Assign consecutive for
the TN53ND2 board.
Only the TN53ND2/52ND2T04/TN53NQ2/TN53NS2/TN52NS2T04/TN52NS2T05/
TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/TN52NS201M02/TN54HUNQ2 board supports the ODU
Timeslot Configuration Mode parameter.

The ND2 board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer, and to provide
For detailed functions and features, refer to Table 15-6 and Table 15-7.
NOTE
Only the OptiX OSN 8800 supports ODU0/ODUflex.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1615
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Table 15-6 Functions and features of the ND2 board (Line Mode)
Functio
n and
feature
Description
Basic
function
The ND2 board converts signals as follows:

l TN11ND2/TN12ND2:
8 x ODU1/2 x ODU2<->2 x OTU2
2 x ODU2e<->2 x OTU2e
l TN52ND2T01/TN52ND2T02:
16 x ODU0/8 x ODU1/2 x ODU2<->2 x OTU2
l TN52ND2T04/TN53ND2:
16 x ODU0/8 x ODU1/2 x ODU2/4 x ODUflex<->2 x OTU2
Supports hybrid transmission of the ODU0 signals, ODU1 signals , ODUflex signals and the ODU2/
ODU2e signals.
Crossconnect
capabilit
ies
Supports cross-connections with cross-connect boards.

l TN11ND2/TN12ND2: 8 x ODU1/2 x ODU2/2 x ODU2e
l TN52ND2T01/TN52ND2T02: 16 x ODU0/8 x ODU1/2 x ODU2/2 x ODU2e
l TN52ND2T04/TN53ND2: 16 x ODU0/8 x ODU1/4 x ODUflex/2 x ODU2/2 x ODU2e
OTN
function
l Supports the OTU2/OTU2e interface on the WDM side.

l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by referring to the ITU-T G.709.
l ODUk (k=0, 1, 2) layer: supports the PM and TCM function, and PM and TCM non-intrusive
l ODUflex layer: supports the PM function and PM non-intrusive monitoring functions.
NOTE
Only the TN52ND2T04/TN53ND2 supports TCM and TCM non-intrusive monitoring for ODU0.
WDM
specific
ation
Tunable
wavelen
gth
function
ESC
function
Supported

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1616
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Functio
n and
feature
Description
PRBS
function

NOTE
If the TN52ND2T04/TN53ND2 board interconnects with another line board, PRBS must be enabled for the
TN52ND2T04/TN53ND2 board and the connected line board. In addition, the PRBS function can take effect on the
boards only when the following condition is met:
The TN52ND2T04/TN53ND2 board works in standard mode and ODU0, ODU1, or ODUflex cross-connections are
configured for the TN52ND2T04/TN53ND2 board, or the TN52ND2T04/TN53ND2 board works in compatible
mode but no cross-connection is configured for it.
LPT
function
Not supported
FEC
coding
TN11ND2:
l Supports ITU-T G.709-compliant forward error correction (FEC) on the WDM side.
l Supports ITU-T G.975.1-compliant advanced forward error correction (AFEC) on the WDM side.
TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2:
NOTE
Alarm
and
perform
ance
event
monitori
ng
Regener
ation
board
l The WDM-side signals from one TN11ND2 board can be regenerated by another TN11LSXR
board.
ALS
function
Not supported
Test
frame
Not supported
IEEE
1588v2
The TN12ND2/TN52ND2T01/TN52ND2T02/TN53ND2 board supports the BC and OC modes; it

does not support the TC or TC+OC mode.
l Monitors parameters such as the bias current, temperature, and optical power of the laser.
l The WDM-side signals from one TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board can be regenerated by

another TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2/TN55NO2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1617
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Functio
n and
feature
Description
Physical
clock
The TN12ND2 board supports this feature only when ODU1 signals are cross-connected from the
backplane.
The TN52ND2T01/TN52ND2T02 board supports this feature only when ODU0 or ODU1 signals are
cross-connected from the backplane.
The TN53ND2 board supports this feature only when ODU0, ODU1, ODUflex signals are crossconnected from the backplane.
Opticallayer
ASON
Supported
Electric
al-layer
ASON
Supported by the TN11ND2/TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2
Protecti
on
scheme

l Supports intra-board 1+1 protection (when working with the OLP/DCP/QCP board).
l Supports ODUk SPRing protection.
NOTE
When the cross-connect granularity is ODUflex, the board does not support tributary SNCP protection and ODUk
SPRing protection.
Loopbac
k
Board
WDM Side
ODU0
Channel
Loopback
ODU1 Channel
Loopback
ODUflex Channel
Loopback
TN11ND2
Supported
Not
supported
Supported
Not supported
TN12ND2
Supported
Not
supported
Supported
Not supported
TN52ND2T01
Supported
Supported
Supported
Not supported
Supported
only when
ODU2/
ODU2e
signals are
received
from the
backplane.
Supported
Supported only when

ODU1 signals are
received from the
backplane.
Supported
TN52ND2T02
TN52ND2T04
TN53ND2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1618
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Functio
n and
feature
Description
Protocol
s or
standard
s
complia
nce
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
15 OTN Line Board
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
IEEE 802.3ae
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) Transport Systems:
Common Generic
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL PHYSICAL INTERFACES (FC-PI)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL FRAMING AND SIGNALING-2 (FC-FS-2)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL - PHYSICAL AND SIGNALING INTERFACE (FCPH)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL SINGLE-BYTE COMMAND CODE SETS-2
MAPPING PROTOCOL (FC-SB-2)
SMPTE 292M Bit-Serial Digital Interface for High-Definition Television Systems
ETSI TR 101 891 Professional Interfaces: Guidelines for the implementation and
usage of the DVB Asynchronous Serial Interface (ASI)
SMPTE 259M 10-Bit 4:2:2 Component and 4fsc Composite Digital Signals - Serial
Digital Interface
NCITS SBCON Single-Byte Command Code Sets CONnection architecture
(SBCON)
ANSI X3.139 Information Systems - Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) Token Ring Media Access Control (MAC)
ANSI X3.148 Information Systems - Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) Token Ring Physical Layer Protocol (PHY)
ANSI X3.166 Information Systems - Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI)
Physical Layer Medium Dependent (PDM)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1619
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Functio
n and
feature
15 OTN Line Board
Description
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1
NOTE
The relay mode is supported only by the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2.
Table 15-7 Functions and features of the ND2 board (Relay Mode)
Function and feature
Description
Basic function
The board is used in an electrical REG station in the system to implement electrical
regeneration of optical signals.
Regenerating rate

OTU2e: OTN service at a rate of 11.1 Gbit/s or 11.3Gbit/s
NOTE
Only the TN12ND2/TN52ND2 board equipped with "800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-(D)
RZ-PIN" optical module supports regeneration of 11.3 Gbit/s OTU2e.
OTN function

l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by referring to the ITU-T
G.709.
l ODU2 layer: supports the PM and TCM function, and PM and TCM non-intrusive
WDM specification
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1620
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Description
Tunable wavelength
function

ESC function
Supported
PRBS test function
Not supported
FEC coding
TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2:
NOTE
Alarm and performance

event monitoring

l Monitors parameters such as the bias current, temperature, and optical power of the
laser.
ALS function
Not supported
Test frame
Not supported
IEEE 1588v2
Not supported
Physical clock
Not supported
Optical-layer ASON
Supported
Electrical-layer ASON
Not supported
Protection scheme
Not supported
Loopback
Not supported
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
monitoring)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1621
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Description
Protocols or
standards for service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The ND2 board consists of the WDM-side optical module, signal processing module, control
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1622
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Functional Modules and Signal Flow (Line Mode)

Figure 15-8 Functional modules and signal flow (Line Mode)
n X ODUk
WDM side
Crossconnect
module
1588v2
module
E/O
OTN
processing
module
O/E
OUT1
OUT2
IN1
IN2
WDM-side
optical
module
Signal processing
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
NOTE
Only the TN12ND2/TN52ND2T01/TN52ND2T02/TN53ND2 board supports the IEEE 1588v2 module.
In Figure 15-8. n x ODUk indicates the service cross-connections from the ND2 board to the
backplane. "n" represents the maximum number of cross-connections and "k" represents the
service granularity.
Table 15-8 Service cross-connections from the ND2 board to the backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
TN11N
D2/
TN12N
D2
A maximum of 8xODU1/2xODU2/2xODU2e
TN52N
D2T01/
TN52N
D2T02
A maximum of 16xODU0/8xODU1/2xODU2/2xODU2e

1623
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Board
TN52N
D2T04/
TN53N
D2
A maximum of 16xODU0/8xODU1/4xODUflex/2xODU2/2xODU2e
The signal processing module of the ND2 board can access the following optical signals:
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the ND2 board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the backplane of the ND2 to the WDM side
of the ND2. The receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The cross-connect module can receive ODUk signals from the cross-connection board
through the backplane. The OTN processing module performs operations such as OTN
framing, and FEC encoding. After processing, the signal processing module outputs two
channels of OTU2/OTU2e signals.
The OTU2/OTU2e signals are transmitted to the WDM-side optical module. After
performing E/O conversion, the module sends out OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at DWDM
standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT1-OUT2 optical
interfaces.
Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives two channels of the OTU2/OTU2e optical signals
at DWDM standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN1-IN2
optical interfaces. The module performs O/E conversion.
The OTN processing module module performs operations such as OTU2 framing and FEC
decoding. Then, the cross-connect module sends out ODUk signals to the backplane for
service cross-connection.
The TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board processes clock signals in two directions.

l
Functional Modules and Signal Flow (Relay Mode)

Figure 15-9 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the ND2 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1624
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-9 Functional modules and signal flow of the ND2 (Relay Mode)
WDM
side
WDM
side
IN1
O/E
OUT2
E/O
OTN
processing
module
WDM-side
optical
module
E/O
OUT1
O/E
IN2
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
NOTE
The relay mode is only supported by the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board.
The ND2 board regenerates two channels of optical signals. The signals at the receive and
transmit ends of the board are OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at DWDM standard wavelengths
that comply with ITU-T G.694.1.
The optical receiving module receives the optical signals to be regenerated through the IN1-IN2
optical interfaces and performs O/E conversion.
The signal processing module performs decoding, overhead processing, and signal encoding.
After encoding, the signals are sent to the optical transmitting module. After performing E/O
conversion, the module transmits OTU2/OTU2e signals at DWDM standard wavelengths that
The optical signals are output through the OUT1-OUT2 optical interfaces.
Module Function
l

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1625
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

l

The module consists of an OTN processing modulea and cross-connect module.
Grooms electrical signals between the ND2 and the cross-connect board through the
backplane.
1588v2 module
to the STG board.
NOTE
The IEEE 1588v2 function is not supported if the working mode of the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/
TN53ND2 board is Optical Relay Mode or Electrical Relay Mode.

Power supply module

15.2.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the ND2 board.

Figure 15-10 and Figure 15-11 show the front panel of the ND2 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1626
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-10 Front panel of the TN11ND2/TN12ND2T01/TN12ND2T02/TN52ND2 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1627
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-11 Front panel of the TN12ND2B/TN53ND2 board
NOTE
You are advised to insert the WDM-side optical modules in the IN1/OUT1 and IN2/OUT2 interfaces in
ascending order of signal frequencies supported by these WDM-side optical modules.
Indicators
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1628
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Interfaces
Table 15-9 Types and functions of the interfaces on the ND2 board
Interface
Type
Function
IN1-IN2
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT1-OUT2
LC

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

15.2.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one ND2 board.
Table 15-10 shows the valid slots for the TN11ND2 board.
Table 15-10 Valid slots for the TN11ND2 board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
Table 15-11 shows the valid slots for the TN12ND2 board.
Table 15-11 Valid slots for the TN12ND2 board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
IU3-IU16
Table 15-12 shows the valid slots for the TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1629
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Table 15-12 Valid slots for the TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board

Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18
IU3-IU16
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
15.2.8 Characteristic Code for the ND2

Code of a Line Unit.


Table 15-13 Mapping between the physical ports on the ND2 board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN1/OUT1
IN2/OUT2
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections. For example, ODUkLP
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1630
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
The ND2 board can work in standard or compatible mode. For details about the standard and
Board
Mode
Port Diagram
Port
Descripti
on
Board Name
Displayed on the
NMS
TN53N
D2
Standard mode
Figure 15-12
Table
15-15
53ND2
Compatible
mode
Figure 15-13
Table
15-16
53ND2(COMP)
Standard mode
Figure 15-12
Table
15-15
52ND2(STND)
Compatible
mode
Figure 15-13
Table
15-16
52ND2
TN12N
D2
Compatible
mode
Figure 15-14
Table
15-16
12ND2
TN11N
D2
Compatible
mode
Figure 15-14
Table
15-16
ND2
TN52N
D2a
a: The TN52ND2T01/TN52ND2T02 board can work only in compatible mode.
NOTE
For the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2: ODUk cross-connections through the backplane are only supported
when Board Mode is set to Line Mode.
For the TN52ND2/TN53ND2: The OptiX OSN 6800 only supports signal grooming at the ODU1 and ODU2
levels from the backplane.
The cross-connection granularities supported by the board in a subrack is consistent with the cross-connection
granularities supported by the cross-connect board in the subrack. For details on the cross-connect board, see
25 Cross-Connect Board and System and Communication Board.
NOTE
When the ND2 board works in compatible mode, or when the board works in standard mode and ODU Timeslot
Configuration Mode is Assign consecutive, observe the following points:
l If any of the ODU2 channels has been configured with a service, the corresponding ODU1 and ODU0
channels cannot be configured with other services. On the opposite, if the ODU1 and ODU0 channels have
been configured with services, the corresponding ODU2 channel cannot be configured with other services.
l If any of the ODU1 channels has been configured with a service, the corresponding ODU0 channels cannot
be configured with other services. On the opposite, if the ODU0 channels have been configured with services,
the corresponding ODU1 channel cannot be configured with other services.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1631
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-12 TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board model (standard mode)

Baclplane
IN(1-2)/OUT(1-2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1~2)
ODUflex:1
ODU2:1
OCh:1
ODU2:1
OCh:1
ODUflex:2
4XODUflex
ODUflex:1
ODUflex:2
IN(1-2)/OUT(1-2)-OCh:1
2 xODU2/
2xODU 2e
ODU2:1
OCh :1
ODU2:1
OCh :1
IN(1-2)/OUT(1-2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)
ODU1:1
8xODU1
ODU 2: 1
OCh :1
ODU 2: 1
OCh :1
ODU1:4
ODU1:1
ODU1:4
1(N1/OUT1)
IN(1-2)/OUT(1-2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2)
2(N2/OUT2)
ODU0:1
ODU0:2
ODU 0:1
ODU 0:2
16 xODU0
ODU 0:1
ODU 0:2
ODU0:1
ODU 1:1
ODU 2:1
OCh :1
ODU 1:4
ODU 1:1
ODU 2:1
OCh :1
ODU1:4
ODU 0:2
IN(1-2)/OUT(1-2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:(1-8)
ODU0:1
16 xODU0
ODU0: 8
ODU0:1
ODU2:1
OCh :1
ODU2:1
OCh:1
ODU0: 8
ODU1 mapping path
Multiplexing module
ODU2 mapping path
ODU0 mapping path

(ODU0->ODU1->ODU2)

configured on the NMS to
receive ODUk signals from
other boards
ODU0 mapping path

(ODU0->ODU2)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1632
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
NOTE
When ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign random, the service rate can be ODU0, ODU1, ODU2,
or ODUflex and the mapping paths are ODU0->ODU2, ODU1->ODU2, and ODUflex->ODU2.
When ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign consecutive, the service rate can be ODU0, ODU1, or
ODU2 and the mapping paths are ODU0->ODU1->ODU2 and ODU1->ODU2.
Figure 15-13 Port diagram for the TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board (compatible mode)
Other tributary/
line/PID board
Other tributary/
line/PID board
Other tributary/
line/PID board
Backplane
16 x ODU0
2 x ODU2/ODU2e
8 x ODU1
161
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1
161
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-2
51
71
164
(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-1
164
(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-2
51
165
(ODU0LP5/ODU0LP5)-1
165
(ODU0LP5/ODU0LP5)-2
52
72
168
(ODU0LP8/ODU0LP8)-1
168
(ODU0LP8/ODU0LP8)-2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
1
(IN1/OUT1)-1
2
(IN2/OUT2)-1
52
Cross-connect
module
ODU1 mapping path
Multiplexing
module
ODU2 mapping path
Service
processing
module

to be configured on the NMS. For example, if ODU0
signals are required, users only need to configure
cross-connections from other boards to the
ODU0LP port on the board using the NMS. The
board's internal structure enables transmission of
the multiplexed signal to the ODU2LP port. Users
do not need to configure a cross-connection for
transmitting the multiplexed signal.
ODU0 mapping
path


1633
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-14 Port diagram for the TN11ND2/TN12ND2 board (compatible mode)
Backplane
2 x ODU2/ODU2e
8 x ODU1
51
(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1
ODU2
71
(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1
1
(IN1/OUT1)-1
ODU2
72
(ODU2LP2/ODU2LP2)-1
2
(IN2/OUT2)-1
51
(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-4
52
(ODU1LP2/ODU1LP2)-1
52
(ODU1LP2/ODU1LP2)-4
ODU1 mapping path
Multiplexing module
ODU2 mapping path
Service processing
module

to be configured on the NMS. For example, if
ODU1 signals are required, users only need to
configure a cross-connection from another board to
the ODU1LP port on the board using the NMS. The
board's internal structure enables transmission of
the multiplexed signal to the ODU2LP port. Users
do not need to configure a cross-connection for
must be configured on
the NMS to receive
ODUk signals from
other boards
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1634
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Table 15-15 Descriptions of the ports on the TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board (standard mode)
Port Name
Description
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:
(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2)

backplane (ODU0->ODU1->ODU2)
(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2)
(1-8)

backplane (ODU0->ODU2)
(1-8)
(1-4)

backplane
(1-4)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCh:1

backplane
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1ODUflex:(1-2)
Mapping path for ODUflex signals received from

the backplane
1(IN1/OUT1)
2(IN2/OUT2)
Table 15-16 Descriptions of the ports on the ND2 board (compatible mode)
Port Name
Description
ODU0LP1ODU0LP8

channels 1 and 2.

established between these ports and the
ODU1LP ports.
ODU1LP1ODU1LP2

3, and 4.

ODU2LP ports.
ODU2LP1ODU2LP2

channel 1.

IN/OUT ports.
1(IN1/
OUT1)
2(IN2/
OUT2)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1635
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

For parameters of the ND2, refer to Table 15-17.
Table 15-17 ND2 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

channel of a board.
moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Channel Loopback
Outloop
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1636
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
Service Mode
l TN11ND2: ODU1,
ODU2
Default: ODU1
l TN12ND2:
Automatic, ODU1,
ODU2
Default: Automatic
l TN52ND2/
TN53ND2:
Automatic, ODU0,
ODU1, ODU2
Default: Automatic

Board Mode is set to Line Mode.
l Automatic indicates that channel
resources can be managed flexibly.
For example, when the parameter is
set to Automatic for an ODU2
channel, the ODU0/ODU1 channels
corresponding to the ODU2 channel
can be provisioned with ODU0/
ODU1 signals if there is no ODU2
signal from the backplane, but they
cannot be provisioned with any
ODU0/ODU1 signal if there is an
ODU2 signal from the backplane.
l ODU0 indicates that the channel
must be provisioned with an ODU0
signal. (This is the similar case for the
ODU1, and ODU2 values.) If the
parameter is set to ODU2 for a
ODU0/ODU1 signal.
NOTE
The parameter is supported by the
TN52ND2/TN53ND2 only in the
compatible mode.
Laser Status
Off, On
Default: On

more information.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1637
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
Enable Auto-Sensing
Disabled, Enabled

the board.
Default: Enabled
l When it is set to Enabled, the board

supports FEC Mode, AFEC Grade
and Line Rate of the received signals
in auto-sensing mode, and thus no
manual setting is required.
l When it is set to Disabled, FEC
Mode, AFEC Grade and Line
Rate of the board must be set
manually and the values of the
previous two parameters must be the
same as that of the received signals.
Otherwise, the services are
unavailable.
NOTE
This parameter is only valid when the Board
Mode is set to Electrical Relay Mode or
Optical Relay Mode.
TN12ND2 /TN52ND2/TN53ND2.
FEC Working State
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

FEC Mode
FEC, AFEC
Default: FEC

Enabled.
AFEC Grade
1, 2, 3
Default: 3

stronger error correction capability and
a longer signal transmission delay.
NOTE
Only the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2
support this parameter.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1638
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
Band Type
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Tunable Wavelength
Range

NOTE
The parameter is supported only by the
TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2.
Planned Wavelength
Frequency (THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.10
0
l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.17
0 to
18/1611.00/188.78
0

board.
information.
NOTE
CBAND is the only band now supported.
Default: /
Planned Band Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

wavelength.
NOTE
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled
Enable Line Rate
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled
Default: Enabled

to Disabled.
Determines whether to automatically
switch between the Standard Mode and
Speedup Mode for the line rate upon a
rerouting event in ASON scenarios.
NOTE
TN52ND2/TN53ND2 in the standard mode.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1639
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
Line Rate
Standard Mode,
Speedup Mode,
Speedup Mode 11.3G

Default: Standard
Mode
NOTE
Only the TN12ND2/
TN52ND2 board
supports regeneration of
Speedup Mode 11.3G.
PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
ODUflex Tolerance
(ppm)
0 to 100
Default: Disabled
Default: 100

commissioning.
between the actual client-side service
rate and the specified rate when the
client-side service type is ODUflex.
NOTE
When the tributary board that connects to the
ND2 board receives 3G-SDI services from
client equipment, set this parameter to 10. If
the tributary board receives other services,
set it to 100.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1640
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
ODU Timeslot
Configuration Mode

consecutive

mode of the board.
Default: Assign
random
Assign random indicates that crosslayer mapping of services is performed.

The service mappings are ODU0>ODU2, ODU1->ODU2, and ODUflex>ODU2.
client and server trails, which are
easy to manage.
l Cross-layer mapping enables
flexible bandwidth usage. For
example, when seven 1.25G
timeslots of an ODU2 channel are
occupied by ODUflex services, the
remaining 1.25G bandwidth can be
configured for ODU0 services,
implementing ODU0->ODU2 crosslayer mapping.
Configuration Mode values of two line
NOTE
For the TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board in an
OptiX OSN 6800 NE, this parameter must be
set to Assign consecutive.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1641
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
Board Mode
Line Mode, Electrical

Relay Mode, Optical
Relay Mode

Default:
l 8800 universal
platform subrack:
Electrical Relay
Mode
l Other subracks:
Line Mode
Line Mode: The board functions as a

line board.
Electrical Relay Mode/Optical Relay
Mode: The board functions as a
regeneration board.
NOTE
ASON are enabled, it does not matter
whether the Board Mode parameter is set to
Optical Relay Mode or Electrical Relay
mode. The parameter must be set to Optical
Relay Mode for the line board in a nonASON system; otherwise, end-to-end
management of services is not available.
NOTE
TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2.
15.2.11 ND2 Specifications

Board

Module
TN11ND
2

Wavelength)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZPIN
N/A

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
TN12ND
2

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN

TN52ND
2

N/A

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1642
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Board

Module
TN53ND
2
N/A

NOTE
NOTE
point.

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZPIN
NRZ
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

power
dBm

power
dBm
-3
dB
10
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz
10

width
nm
0.3

1643
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type

Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZPIN
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1200 to 1650

(FEC on)
dBm
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
Wavelength-NRZPIN
NRZ
(D)RZ
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

power
dBm

power
dBm
-3
-3
dB
10
10
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz

width
nm
0.3
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
35

1644
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
ps/nm
Value
Wavelength-NRZPIN
800
800

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
range
nm
1200 to 1650

(FEC on)
dBm
-16
-16
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

power
dBm

power
dBm
-3
dB
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz
10
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

1645
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

power
dBm

power
dBm
-1
dB
10
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz

width
nm
0.3

1646
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80 kmXFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source
type
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
10 km (6.2 mi.)
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1290 to 1330
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
Maximum
mean launched
power
dBm
-1

1647
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80 kmXFP
Minimum
mean launched
power
dBm
-6
-1
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
8.2
Minimum side
mode
suppression
ratio
dB
30
30
30
Eye pattern
mask
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
APD
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1290 to 1565
1260 to 1605
1270 to 1600
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-11
-14
-24
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-1
-1
-7
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight:
TN11ND2/TN12ND2: 1.6 kg (3.5 lb. )
TN52ND2: 1.4 kg (3.1 lb.)
TN53ND2: 1.2 kg (2.7 lb.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1648
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Power Consumption
Boar
d
Typical Power
Consumption
(W)
Maximum
Power
Consumptiona
(W)
TN1
1ND
2

61.1
68.4
62.7
70.2
68.4
76.6
57.2
64
62
69

46
52
70.5
77.5
TN52ND2T01:
67.8
TN52ND2T01:
74.6
TN52ND2T04: 35
TN52ND2T04: 37
25
28
27
30
TN1
2ND
2

TN5
2ND
2
TN5
3ND
2

800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable WavelengthNRZ-PIN-XFP
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1649
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
15.3 NO2
NO2: 8 x 10G Line Service Processing Board

The available functional version of the NO2 board is TN55.

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Initial
Version
General
8800
T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800
T32
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univers
al
Platfor
m
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
55
NO
2
V100R0
07C00
NOTE
In the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack, enhanced or general OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, and OptiX
OSN 8800 T16 subrack, the board can work either in line mode or relay mode.
When the board works in line mode, the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack must use the TNK2USXH
+TNK2UXCT boards and the enhanced or general OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack must use the TN52UXCH/
TN52UXCM board and the OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack must use the TN16UXCM board.
In the general OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack and OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack, the board can
work only in relay mode.
Variants
The TN55NO2 board has only one variant: TN55NO201.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1650
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

Hardware Update
Allowed the TN55NO2 board

to work in line mode inside the
general OptiX OSN 8800 T32
subrack.

Hardware Update


Added the support for using the

TN55NO2 board as a line board
in the OptiX OSN 8800 T16
subrack.

Hardware Update
Added the TN55NO2 board.
The TN55NO2 board is added to process 8 x 10G services.
15.3.3 Application
As a type of line board, the NO2 board converts 64 ODU0, 32 ODU1, or eight ODU2 into eight
ITU-T G.694.1 OTU2 signals or converts eight ODU2e signals into eight ITU-T G.694.1 OTU2e
signals. The board supports hybrid transmission of the ODU0 service, ODU1 service and the
ODU2/ODU2e service.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1651
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Application scenario 1 of the NO2: conversion between 64 channels of ODU0 and

eight channels of OTU2 signals
Figure 15-15 Position of the NO2 board in the WDM system (application scenario 1)
64xODU0
64xODU0
TOA
8
NO2
8xODU0
OUT8
4xODU1
IN8
1OTU2
IN8
1ODU2
OUT8
8xODU0
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
4xODU1
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1OTU2
OUT1
1
1ODU2
IN1
NO2
1OTU2
1ODU2
4xODU1
8xODU0
TOA
8
1OTU2
IN1
1ODU2
4xODU1
8xODU0
TOA
OUT1
1
TOA
NOTE
This application scenario is supported only when the 55NO2 board is added on the NMS.
Application scenario 2 of the NO2: conversion between 32 channels of ODU1 and

eight channels of OTU2 signals
32xODU1
IN8
4ODU1

1
1ODU2
NO2
1
TOA
OUT8
4ODU1
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1OTU2
IN8
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1ODU2
OUT1
1OTU2
IN1
OUT8
1OTU2
1ODU2
4ODU1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
IN1
8 NO2
TOA
8
OUT1
1OTU2
1ODU2
4ODU1
TOA
8
32xODU1
1
TOA
1652
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
NOTE
Application scenario 3 of the NO2: conversion between eight channels of ODU2/

ODU2e signals and eight channels of OTU2/OTU2e signals
8xODU2/ODU2e
8xODU2/ODU2e
IN1
OUT1
8 NO2
NO2
OUT8
IN8
IN8
OUT8
1
TQX
1ODU2/ODU2e
TQX
1OTU2/OTU2e
1ODU2/ODU2e
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1OTU2/ODU2e
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1ODU2/ODU2e
TQX
IN1
1OTU2/OTU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
1ODU2/ODU2e
OUT1
TQX
8
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1653
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Application scenario 4 of the NO2: implements the electrical regeneration of OTU2/

OTU2e optical signals
M OUT2
U
X
1OTU2/OTU2e 1OTU2/OTU2e
IN1
D
M
U
X
OUT1 M
U
X
IN2
D
M
U
X
NO2
M OUT8
U
X
IN7
D
M
U
X
OUT7 M
U
X
IN8 M
U
X
NOTE
This application scenario is supported only when the 55NO2(REG) board is added on the NMS.
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter must be set to Electrical Relay Mode or Optical Relay
Mode. When optical-layer and electrical-layer ASON are enabled, it does not matter whether the Board
Mode parameter is set to Optical Relay Mode or Electrical Relay mode. The parameter must be set to Optical
Relay Mode for the line board in a non-ASON system; otherwise, end-to-end management of services is not
available.
The IN and OUT ports for the same regenerated signal must be configured as follows; otherwise, the ESC
communication is not available.
l
"IN1->OUT1" and "IN2->OUT2"
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1654
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Application scenario 5 of the NO2: hybrid transmission scenario

8xOTU2/OTU2e
ODU1
ODU1
OUT1
IN1
NO2
ODU0
ODU1
ODU0
ODU0
ODU1
ODU1
ODU2/
ODU2e
ODU2/
ODU2e
TOM
TOA
NO2
IN8
OUT8
ODU2/ODU2e
OUT8
IN8
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1OTU2/OTU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
ODU2/
ODU2e
ODU2/ODU2e
TQX/ ODU2/
NQ2 ODU2e
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
IN1
OUT1
1ODU2
1OTU2
ODU1
ODU0
1OTU2
TOA
ODU0
1ODU2
TOM
ODU0
TQX/
NQ2
NOTE
The same IN/OUT port can transmit a mixture of ODU0 and ODU1 signals, the total bandwidth cannot exceed
10 Gbit/s.
The same board can transmit a mixture of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2/ODU2e signals.

The NO2 board carries out cross-connection at the electrical layer, and provides the OTN
interfaces and ESC.
Table 15-23 Functions and features of the NO2 board (Line Mode)
Functi
on and
feature
Description
Basic
function
NO2 converts signals as follows:

l 64xODU0/32xODU1/8xODU2<->8xOTU2
l 8xODU2e<->8xOTU2e
Supports hybrid transmission of the services mentioned above.
Crossconnect
capabili
ties
Supports the cross-connection of 64 channels of ODU0 signals or 32 channels of

ODU1 signals or eight channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals between the NO2 board
OTN
function

ITU-T G.709.
l ODUk (k=1, 2) layer: supports the PM and TCM function, and PM and TCM
l ODU0 layer: supports the PM function, and PM non-intrusive monitoring
functions.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1655
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Functi
on and
feature
Description
WDM
specific
ation
ESC
function
Supported
PRBS
function
LPT
function
Not supported
FEC
coding
l Supports ITU-T G.709-compliant forward error correction (FEC) on the WDM

side.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Alarms
and
perform
ance
events
monitor
ing
Regener
ation
board
The WDM-side signals from one NO2 board can be regenerated by another
ALS
function
Not supported
Test
frame
Not supported
IEEE
1588v2
Not supported
Physical
clock
Not supported
Opticallayer
ASON
Supported
Electric
al-layer
ASON
Supported
of the laser.

1656
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Functi
on and
feature
Description
Protecti
on
scheme

l Supports intra-board 1+1 protection (when working with the OLP/DCP/QCP
board).
Loopba
ck
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
WDM Side Loopback
ODU0 Channel
Loopback
ODU1 Channel
Loopback
Supported
Supported
Supported

1657
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Functi
on and
feature
Description
Protocol
s or
standard
s
complia
nce
Protocol
s or
standard
s for
transpar
ent
transmis
sion
(nonperform
ance
monitor
ing)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
IEEE 802.3ae
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) Transport
Systems: Common Generic
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL FRAMING AND SIGNALING-2 (FCFS-2)
INTERFACE (FC-PH)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL SINGLE-BYTE COMMAND CODE
SETS-2 MAPPING PROTOCOL (FC-SB-2)
Television Systems
implementation and usage of the DVB Asynchronous Serial Interface
(ASI)
SMPTE 259M 10-Bit 4:2:2 Component and 4fsc Composite Digital
Signals - Serial Digital Interface
NCITS SBCON Single-Byte Command Code Sets CONnection
architecture (SBCON)
ANSI X3.139 Information Systems - Fiber Distributed Data Interface
(FDDI) - Token Ring Media Access Control (MAC)
(FDDI) - Token Ring Physical Layer Protocol (PHY)
(FDDI) Physical Layer Medium Dependent (PDM)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1658
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Functi
on and
feature
15 OTN Line Board
Description
Protocol
s or
standard
s for
service
processi
ng
(perfor
mance
monitor
ing)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1
Table 15-24 Functions and features of the NO2 board (Relay Mode)
Function
and feature
Description
Basic
function

Regeneratin
g rate
WDM
specification
OTN
function

the ITU-T G.709.
Tunable
wavelength
function
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)


1659
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Function
and feature
Description
ESC
function
Supported
PRBS
function
Not supported
FEC coding

WDM side.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
ALS
function
Not supported
Test frame
Not supported
PTP clock
(1588 V2)
Not supported
Physical
clock
Not supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Supported
Not supported
Protection
scheme
Not supported
Loopback
Not supported
Protocols or
standards
compliance


power of the laser.

1660
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and feature
15 OTN Line Board
Description
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The NO2 board consists of the WDM-side optical module, OTN processing module, control and

Figure 15-20 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the NO2 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1661
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-20 Functional modules and signal flow of the NO2 (Line Mode)
64XODU0/32XODU1/
8XODU2/8XODU2e
WDM side
E/O
OUT7
OUT8
OTN
processing
module
Cross-connect
module
OUT1
OUT2
O/E
WDM-side
Optical
module
IN1
IN2
IN7
IN8
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the NO2 board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the backplane of the NO2 to the WDM side
of the NO2. The receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The signal processing module can receive ODUk signals from the cross-connection board
through the backplane. The module performs operations such as OTN framing, and FEC
encoding. After processing, the module outputs eight channels of OTU2/OTU2e signals.
interfaces.
Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives eight channels of the OTU2/OTU2e optical signals
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1662
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
The module performs operations such as OTU2 framing and FEC decoding. Then, the
module sends out ODUk signals to the backplane for service cross-connection.

Figure 15-21 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the NO2 board.
Figure 15-21 Functional modules and signal flow of the NO2 (Relay Mode)
WDM side
WDM side
IN1
O/E
E/O
OUT1
OUT2
E/O
O/E
IN2
IN7
O/E
E/O
OUT7
OUT8
E/O
O/E
IN8
OTN
processing
module
WDM-side
Optical
module
WDM-side
Optical
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
The NO2 board regenerates eight channels of optical signals. The wavelengths at the receive
and transmit ends of the board are OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at DWDM standard wavelengths
The signals are sent to the optical transmitting module after they are decoded. After performing
E/O conversion, the module transmits OTU2/OTU2e signals at DWDM standard wavelengths
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1663
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Module Function
l


Grooms electrical signals between the NO2 and the cross-connect board through the
backplane.

Power supply module

15.3.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the NO2 board.

Figure 15-22 shows the front panel of the NO2 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1664
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-22 Front panel of the NO2 board
NOTE
You are advised to insert the WDM-side optical modules in the IN1/OUT1 to IN8/OUT8 interfaces in
descending order of signal frequencies supported by these WDM-side optical modules.
Indicators
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1665
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Interfaces
Table 15-25 Types and functions of the interfaces on the NO2 board
Interface
Type
Function
IN1-IN8
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT1-OUT8
LC

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

15.3.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one NO2 board.
Table 15-26 shows the valid slots for the NO2 board.
Table 15-26 Valid slots for the NO2 board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18
OptiX OSN 8800

universal platform
subrack
IU2-IU16
15.3.8 Characteristic Code for the NO2

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1666
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board


Table 15-27 Mapping between the physical ports on the NO2 board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN1/OUT1
IN2/OUT2
IN3/OUT3
IN4/OUT4
IN5/OUT5
IN6/OUT6
IN7/OUT7
IN8/OUT8
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections. For example, IN1/OUT1OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1 is a logical port of the board.
Figure 15-23 shows the port diagrams of the TN55NO2 board. Table 15-28 lists the port
descriptions
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1667
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
NOTE
ODUk cross-connections through the backplane are supported only when the 55NO2 board is selected on the
NMS.
Figure 15-23 Port diagram of the NO2

Backplane
IN(1~8)/OUT(1~8)-OCh:1
8xODU2/
8xODU2e
ODU2:1
OCh :1
ODU2:1
OCh :1
IN(1~8)/OUT(1~8)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1~4)
ODU1:1
ODU 2: 1
OCh :1
ODU 2: 1
OCh :1
ODU1:4
32xODU1
ODU1:1
1(N1/OUT1)
ODU1:4
8(IN8/OUT8)
IN(1~8)/OUT(1~8)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1~4)-ODU0:(1~2)
ODU0:1
ODU0:2
ODU0:1
ODU 0:2
64xODU0
ODU0:1
ODU 0:2
ODU0:1
ODU1:1
ODU 2:1
OCh :1
ODU 1:4
ODU 1:1
ODU 2:1
OCh :1
ODU1:4
ODU 0:2
Cross-connect
module
ODU1 mapping path
Multiplexing
module
ODU2 mapping path
Service processing
module

ODU0 mapping
path
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1668
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Table 15-28 Description of ports on the NO2

Port Name
Description
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2)
Indicates the mapping path

for the ODU0 signals that are
received through the
backplane.
......
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)

backplane.
......
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1

backplane.
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCh:1
......
7(IN7/OUT7)-OCh:1
8(IN8/OUT8)-OCh:1
1(IN1/OUT1)
Indicates the WDM-side port.
2(IN2/OUT2)
......
7(IN7/OUT7)
8(IN8/OUT8)

For parameters of the NO2, refer to Table 15-29.
Table 15-29 NO2 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1669
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused

channel of a board.
Default: Used

moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Channel Loopback
Outloop
Laser Status
Off, On
Default: On

more information.
Enable Auto-Sensing
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

the board.
supports FEC Mode, AFEC
Grade and Line Rate of the received
signals in auto-sensing mode, and
thus no manual setting is required.
unavailable.
NOTE
This parameter is only valid when the board
work in relay mode.
For ASON services, this parameter must be
set to Enabled.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1670
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
FEC Working State
Enabled, Disabled

Default: Enabled

FEC Mode
FEC, AFEC
Default: FEC

Enabled.
AFEC Grade
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
1, 2, 3
Default: 3
A larger value of this parameter means

a stronger error correction capability and
Band Type
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Tunable Wavelength
Range

Planned Wavelength
Frequency (THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.100

board.
l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.170
to
18/1611.00/188.780

information.
Default: /
NOTE

1671
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
Planned Band Type
C, CWDM

wavelength.
Default: C

NOTE
Line Rate
Standard Mode,
Speedup Mode

Default: Standard
Mode
Enable Line Rate
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: Disabled
Default: None

to Disabled.
board resides.
PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1672
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled

commissioning.
Board Mode

Optical Relay Mode

Default: Electrical
Relay Mode
NOTE
If the TN55NO2 board needs to work in
relay mode, select the board as 55NO2
(REG) when creating it on the NMS. The
parameter is available only in this scenario.
Default: Disabled
15.3.11 NO2 Specifications

Board
WDM-Side Fixed
Optical Module
TN55NO
2
N/A
800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even Wavelengths)-Fixed

800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-NRZ-PINXFP
NOTE
point.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1673
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ

power
dBm

power
dBm
-3
dB
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz
10
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

1674
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type
Line code format

-
NRZ

power
dBm

power
dBm
-1
dB
10
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Value
km-XFP
km-XFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM

1675
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Target transmission
distance
Value
km-XFP
km-XFP
10 km (6.2 mi.)
40 km (24.9 mi.)

Operating
wavelength range
nm
1290 to 1330
1530 to 1565
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
-1
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-6
-1
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength range
nm
1290 to 1565
1260 to 1605
dBm
-11
-14
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-1
-1
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight: 1.66 kg (3.66 lb.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1676
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Power Consumption
Boar
d
Typical Power
Consumption
(W)
Maximum
Power
Consumptiona
(W)
TN55
NO2

83.6
87

15.4 NQ2
NQ2: 4 x 10G Line Service Processing Board

The available functional versions of the NQ2 board are TN51, TN52, TN53, and TN54.

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Initial
Version
TN
51
NQ
2
V100R0
04C02
General
8800
T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800
T32
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univers
al
Platfor
m
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1677
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Initial
Version
TN
52
NQ
2
8800:
V100R0
02C00
TN
53
NQ
2
TN
54
NQ
2
15 OTN Line Board
General
8800
T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800
T32
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univers
al
Platfor
m
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
V100R0
06C01
V100R0
02C02
6800:
V100R0
04C03
the device initial version supported by the replaced board takes effect. For example, when you use TN53NQ2 to
replace TN54NQ2, TN53NQ2 can be supported by V100R002C02.
NOTE
The TN53NQ2 board for the OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack only supports relay mode.
Variants
Each NQ2 board version except the TN54NQ2 board has only one variant identified by 01 (for
example, TN51NQ201). The TN54NQ2 board variant is the board itself.

l
Function:
Board
Cross-Connet
Granularity
FEC Encoding
IEEE 1588v2
Physical
Clock
Relay Mode
TN51NQ2
ODU1 and
ODU2
FEC
TN52NQ2
ODU0, ODU1
and ODU2
FEC/AFEC-2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1678
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Board
Cross-Connet
Granularity
FEC Encoding
IEEE 1588v2
Physical
Clock
Relay Mode
TN53NQ2
ODU0, ODU1,
ODU2 and
ODUflex
FEC/AFEC-2
TN54NQ2
ODU0, ODU1
and ODU2
FEC/AFEC-2
Specification:
15.4.11 NQ2 Specifications.
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN51NQ2
TN52NQ2/
TN53NQ2
The TN52NQ2 /TN53NQ2 board can be created as 51NQ2 on the NMS to

function as a TN51NQ2 board. In this scenario, the TN52NQ2 /TN53NQ2
only provides the functions of the TN51NQ2 board, and the board software
does not need to be upgraded.
NOTE
When both the receive and transmit boards employ FEC, the substitution applies; when
both the receive and transmit boards employ AFEC, the substitution does not apply.
TN52NQ2
TN53NQ2/
TN54NQ2
The TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2 can be created as 52NQ2 on the NMS. The former

the TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2 functions as the TN52NQ2.
NOTE
Only OptiX OSN 8800 supports the TN54NQ2.
TN54NQ2
TN53NQ2
The TN53NQ2 board can be created as 54NQ2 on the NMS to function as a

TN54NQ2 board. In this scenario, the TN53NQ2 board only provides the
functions of the TN54NQ2 board, and the board software does not need to
be upgraded.
TN53NQ2
None

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1679
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

Hardware Update



Hardware Update
Added the TN53NQ2 board.
Compared with the NQ2 board of the old version, the new
TN53NQ2 board supports the ODUflex, IEEE 1588v2, and

15.4.3 Application
As a type of line board, the NQ2 board converts 32 ODU0, 16 ODU1, eight ODUflex, or four
ODU2 into four ITU-T G.694.1 OTU2 signals or converts four ODU2e signals into four ITUT G.694.1 OTU2e signals. The board supports hybrid transmission of the ODU0 service, ODU1
service, ODUflex service and the ODU2/ODU2e service.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1680
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Application scenario 1 of the TN51NQ2/TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2:

conversion between 16 channels of ODU1 and four channels of OTU2 signals
Figure 15-24 Position of the NQ2 board in the WDM system (application scenario 1)
16xODU1
16xODU1
4ODU1
IN4
4ODU1
NQ2
OUT4
1
TOM
1OTU2
IN4
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1ODU2
1OTU2
1ODU2
TOM
OUT4
4ODU1
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1OTU2
OUT1
1
1ODU2
IN1
4 NQ2
IN1
1OTU2
1ODU2
4ODU1
TOM
OUT1
1
TOM
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2 board must be set to
Line Mode.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1681
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Application scenario 2 of the TN51NQ2/TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2:

conversion between four channels of ODU2/ODU2e and four channels of OTU2/
OTU2e signals
4xODU2/ODU2e
IN1
OUT1
NQ2
OUT4
IN4
IN4
OUT4
1ODU2/ODU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
1ODU2/ODU2e
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1OTU2/ODU2e
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1ODU2/ODU2e
IN1
4 NQ2
TQX
OUT1
1OTU2/OTU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
1ODU2/ODU2e
4xODU2/ODU2e
TQX
NOTE
Line Mode.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1682
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Application scenario 3 of the TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2: conversion between

32 channels of ODU0 signals and four channels of OTU2 signals (Only for OptiX
OSN 8800)
32xODU0
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
TOM
8
NQ2
8xODU0
OUT4
4xODU1
IN4
1OTU2
IN4
1ODU2
OUT4
8xODU0
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
4xODU1
OUT1
1
1OTU2
IN1
NQ2
1OTU2
4xODU1
1ODU2
8xODU0
TOM
8
IN1
1ODU2
OUT1
1OTU2
4xODU1
1ODU2
8xODU0
TOM
8
32xODU0
1
TOM
NOTE
Line Mode.
For the TN53NQ2 board:
consecutive, the board supports the ODU0->ODU1->ODU2 service mapping path.
random, the board supports the ODU0->ODU2 service mapping path.
allocation mode, and it only supports the ODU0->ODU1->ODU2 service mapping path.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1683
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Application scenario 4 of the TN53NQ2 board: conversion between eight channels

of ODUflex signals and four channels of OTU2 signals (Only for OptiX OSN 8800)
OUT1
IN1
IN1
OUT1
4
IN4
OUT4
1
TQX
NQ2
2xODUflex
1OTU2
1ODU2
TQX
IN4
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1ODU2
NQ2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
OUT4 X
1OTU2
2xODUflex
1OTU2
1ODU2
2xODUflex
TQX
8xODUflex
2xODUflex
4xOTU2
1OTU2
4xOTU2
1ODU2
8xODUflex
TQX
4
NOTE
The total bandwidth of two channels of ODUflex signals corresponding to one channel of OTU2 signals
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN53NQ2 board must be set to Line
Mode.
TN53NQ2 supports ODUflex only when it works in standard mode.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1684
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Application scenario 5 of the TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2: implements the electrical

regeneration of OTU2/OTU2e optical signals
M
U
X
OUT2
IN1
D
M
U
X
OUT1 M
U
X
IN2
D
M
U
X
NQ2
M
U
X
OUT4
IN3
D
M
U
X
OUT3 M
U
X
IN4
D
M
U
X
NOTE
Electrical Relay Mode or Optical Relay Mode. When optical-layer and electrical-layer ASON are
enabled, it does not matter whether the Board Mode parameter is set to Optical Relay Mode or Electrical
Relay mode. The parameter must be set to Optical Relay Mode for the line board in a non-ASON system;
otherwise, end-to-end management of services is not available.
The IN and OUT ports for the same regenerated signal must be configured as follows; otherwise, the ESC
communication is not available.
l

4xOTU2/OTU2e
TOM
ODU1
ODUflex
ODUflex
ODU0
ODU1
ODUflex
OUT1
IN1
NQ2
ODU0
ODU1
ODUflex
ODU0
ODU0
ODU1
ODU1
ODUflex
ODUflex
ODU2/
ODU2e
ODU2/
ODU2e
TOM
TOA
TDX
NQ2
IN4
OUT4
ODU2/ODU2e
OUT4
IN4
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1OTU2/OTU2e
ODU2/
ODU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
ODU2/
ODU2e
ODU2/ODU2e
TQX/
NQ2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
IN1
OUT1
1ODU2
1OTU2
ODU1
1OTU2
TDX
ODU0
1ODU2
TOA
ODU0

TQX/
NQ2
1685
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
NOTE
The same IN/OUT port can transmit a mixture of ODU0, ODU1, and ODUflex signals, the total bandwidth
The same board can transmit a mixture of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2/ODU2e and ODUflex signals.
Only TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2 supports ODU0.
TN53NQ2 supports ODUflex only when it works in standard mode.
When a TN53NQ2 board is connected to a board that does not support ODU timeslot allocation,
set ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode to Assign consecutive for the TN53NQ2 board. For
example, when a TN53NQ2 board is connected to a TN52NQ2 board, which does not support
the TN53NQ2 board.

The NQ2 board carries out cross-connection at the electrical layer, and provides the OTN
interfaces and ESC.
NOTE
Table 15-33 Functions and features of the NQ2 board (Line Mode)
Functi
on and
featur
e
Description
Basic
functio
n
NQ2 converts signals as follows:

l TN51NQ2:
16xODU1/4xODU2<->4xOTU2
4xODU2e<->4xOTU2e
l TN52NQ2/TN54NQ2:
32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2<->4xOTU2
4xODU2e<->4xOTU2e
l TN53NQ2:
32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2/8xODUflex<->4xOTU2
4xODU2e<->4xOTU2e
Supports hybrid transmission of the services mentioned above.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1686
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Functi
on and
featur
e
Description
Crossconnect
capabil
ities

l TN51NQ2: 16xODU1/4xODU2/4xODU2e
l TN53NQ2: 32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2/4xODU2e/8xODUflex
l TN52NQ2/TN54NQ2: 32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2/4xODU2e
OTN
functio
n

l ODUk (k=0, 1, 2) layer: supports the PM and TCM function, and PM and TCM non-intrusive
l ODUflex layer: supports the PM function and PM non-intrusive monitoring functions.
NOTE
l Only the TN53NQ2 boards support TCM function and TCM non-intrusive monitoring for ODU0 signals.
l Only the TN53NQ2 boards support PM function and PM non-intrusive monitoring for ODUflex signals.
WDM
specific
ation
ESC
functio
n
Supported
PRBS
test
functio
n

NOTE
If the TN53NQ2 board interconnects with another line board, PRBS must be enabled for the TN53NQ2 board and the
connected line board. In addition, the PRBS function can take effect on the boards only when the following condition
is met:
The TN53NQ2 board works in standard mode and ODU0, ODU1, or ODUflex cross-connections are configured for
the TN53NQ2 board, or the TN53NQ2 board works in compatible mode but no cross-connection is configured for it.
LPT
functio
n
Not supported
FEC
coding
TN51NQ2:
TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2:
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1687
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Functi
on and
featur
e
Description
Alarms
and
perfor
mance
events
monito
ring
Regene
ration
board
l The WDM-side signals from one TN51NQ2 board can be regenerated by another TN12ND2/
TN52ND2/TN53ND2/TN55NO2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2/TN11LSXR board.
ALS
functio
n
Not supported
Test
frame
Not supported
IEEE
1588v2
The TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2 board supports BC and OC mode, do not support TC and TC+OC mode.
Physica
l clock
Supported only when the TN53NQ2 board receives ODU0/ODU1/ODUflex signals cross-connected
from the backplane
l The WDM-side signals from one TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2 board can be regenerated by

another TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2/TN55NO2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2 board.
Supported only when the TN54NQ2 board receives ODU0/ODU1 signals cross-connected from the
backplane
Optical
-layer
ASON
Supported
Electric
al-layer
ASON
Supported by the TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2
Protecti
on
scheme

l Supports intra-board 1+1 protection (when working with the OLP/DCP/QCP board).
NOTE
The ODU0 SPRing protection is not supported by the TN54NQ2.
NOTE
When the cross-connect granularity is ODUflex, the board does not support tributary SNCP protection and ODUk
SPRing protection.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1688
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Functi
on and
featur
e
Description
Loopba
ck
Board
WDM Side
ODU0 Channel
Loopback
ODU1 Channel
Loopback
ODUflex Channel
Loopback
TN51N
Q2
When
ODU2/
ODU2e
signals are
received
from the
backplane,
inloop and
outloop are
supported.
When ODU1
signals are
received
from the
backplane,
only outloop
are
supported.
Not supported
Supported
Not supported
TN52N
Q2
Supported
Supported
Supported
Not supported
TN53N
Q2
Supported
only when
ODU2/
ODU2e
signals are
received
from the
backplane.
Supported
Supported only when

ODU1 signals are
received from the
backplane.
Supported
TN54N
Q2
Supported
Supported
Supported
Not supported
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1689
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Functi
on and
featur
e
Description
Protoco
ls or
standar
ds
compli
ance
for transparent
monitoring)
15 OTN Line Board
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
IEEE 802.3ae
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL FRAMING AND SIGNALING-2 (FC-FS-2)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL - PHYSICAL AND SIGNALING INTERFACE
(FC-PH)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL SINGLE-BYTE COMMAND CODE SETS-2
MAPPING PROTOCOL (FC-SB-2)
SMPTE 292M Bit-Serial Digital Interface for High-Definition Television
Systems
ETSI TR 101 891 Professional Interfaces: Guidelines for the implementation
and usage of the DVB Asynchronous Serial Interface (ASI)
SMPTE 259M 10-Bit 4:2:2 Component and 4fsc Composite Digital Signals
- Serial Digital Interface
NCITS SBCON Single-Byte Command Code Sets CONnection architecture
(SBCON)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1690
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Functi
on and
featur
e
15 OTN Line Board
Description
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1
NOTE
The relay mode is supported only by the TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2.
Table 15-34 Functions and features of the NQ2 board (Relay Mode)
Function and
feature
Description
Basic function
The board is used in an electrical REG station in the system to implement electrical regeneration
of optical signals.
Regenerating
rate
WDM
specification
OTN function
l ODU2 layer: supports the PM and TCM function, and PM and TCM non-intrusive
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1691
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Function and
feature
Description
Tunable
wavelength
function
ESC function
Supported
PRBS function
Not supported
FEC coding
TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2:

NOTE
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
ALS function
Not supported
Test frame
Not supported
PTP clock (1588

V2)
Not supported
Physical clock
Not supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Supported
Electrical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Protection
scheme
Not supported
Loopback
Not supported
Protocols or
standards
compliance

monitoring)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1692
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
feature
15 OTN Line Board
Description
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The NQ2 board consists of the WDM-side optical module, signal processing module, 1588v2

Figure 15-30 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the NQ2 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1693
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-30 Functional modules and signal flow of the NQ2 (Line Mode)
n X ODUk
WDM side
Crossconnect
module
1588v2
module
OTN
processing
module
E/O
OUT1
OUT2
OUT3
OUT4
O/E
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
WDM-side
optical
module
Signal processing
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Required
voltage
Backplane
NOTE
Only the TN53NQ2 /TN54NQ2 board supports the IEEE 1588v2 module.
In Figure 15-30, n x ODUk indicates the service cross-connections from the NQ2 board to the backplane. "n"
Table 15-35 shows the service cross-connections from the NQ2 board to the backplane.
Table 15-35 Service cross-connections from the NQ2 board to the backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
TN51N
Q2
TN52N
Q2/
TN54N
Q2

1694
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Board
TN53N
Q2
A maximum of 32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2/8xODUflex/4xODU2e
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the NQ2 board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the backplane of the NQ2 to the WDM side
of the NQ2. The receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The cross-connect module can receive ODUk signals from the cross-connection board
through the backplane. The OTN processing module performs operations such as OTN
framing, and FEC encoding. After processing, the signal processing module outputs 4
channels of OTU2/OTU2e signals.
interfaces.
Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives four channels of the OTU2/OTU2e optical signals
The OTN processing module module performs operations such as OTU2 framing and FEC
decoding. Then, the cross-connect module sends out ODUk signals to the backplane for
The board processes clock signals in two directions.

l

Figure 15-31 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the NQ2 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1695
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-31 Functional modules and signal flow of the NQ2 (Relay Mode)
WDM side
IN1
IN3
OUT2
OUT4
WDM side
O/E
E/O
OTN
processing
module
E/O
O/E
WDM-side
optical
module
OUT1
OUT3
IN2
IN4
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
NOTE
The relay mode is only supported by the TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2.
The NQ2 board regenerates four channels of optical signals. The wavelengths at the receive and
transmit ends of the board are OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at DWDM standard wavelengths
The signals are sent to the optical transmitting module after they are decoded. After performing
E/O conversion, the module transmits OTU2/OTU2e signals at DWDM standard wavelengths
Module Function
l

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1696
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

l

The module consists of an OTN processing modulea and cross-connect module .
Grooms electrical signals between the NQ2 and the cross-connect board through the
backplane.
1588v2 module
to the STG board.

Power supply module

15.4.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the NQ2 board.

Figure 15-32 shows the front panel of the NQ2 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1697
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-32 Front panel of the NQ2 board
NOTE
You are advised to insert the WDM-side optical modules in the IN1/OUT1 to IN4/OUT4 interfaces in ascending
order of signal frequencies supported by these WDM-side optical modules.
Indicators
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1698
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Interfaces
Table 15-36 Types and functions of the interfaces on the NQ2 board
Interface
Type
Function
IN1-IN4
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT1-OUT4
LC

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

15.4.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one NQ2 board.
NOTE
The NQ2 board has the following restrictions on the line mode:
For the OptiX OSN 6800:
l
If the TN12XCS board is used, the NQ2 board supports a service capacity of 40 Gbit/s when it is installed
in slot 1, 4, 11, or 14; only optical ports IN1/OUT1 and IN2/OUT2 of the NQ2 board are available and
therefore the board supports a service capacity of 20 Gbit/s when it is installed in any of the other slots.
If the TN11XCS board is used, only optical ports IN1/OUT1 and IN2/OUT2 of the NQ2 board are available
and therefore the board supports a service capacity of 20 Gbit/s regardless of which slot the board is
installed.
For the OptiX OSN 8800: The NQ2 board supports a maximum service capacity of 40 Gbit/s in any slot.
Table 15-37 shows the valid slots for the TN51NQ2 board.
Table 15-37 Valid slots for the TN51NQ2 board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1699
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18
OptiX OSN 8800

universal platform
subrack
IU3-IU16
IU1-IU8, U11-IU16
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18

1700
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
15.4.8 Characteristic Code for the NQ2



Table 15-41 Mapping between the physical ports on the NQ2 board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN1/OUT1
IN2/OUT2
IN3/OUT3
IN4/OUT4
NOTE
Logical Ports
The NQ2 board can work in standard or compatible mode. For details about the standard and
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1701
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

Board
Mode
Port Diagram
Port
Descriptio
n

on the NMS
TN54N
Q2
Compati
ble mode
Figure 15-33
Table 15-44
54NQ2
TN53N
Q2
Compati
ble mode
Figure 15-33
Table 15-44
53NQ2(COMP)
Standard
mode
Figure 15-34
Table 15-43
53NQ2
TN52N
Q2
Compati
ble mode
Figure 15-33
Table 15-44
52NQ2
TN51N
Q2
Compati
ble mode
Figure 15-35
Table 15-44
51NQ2
NOTE
For the TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2: ODUk cross-connections through the backplane are supported only when Board
Mode is set to Line Mode.
For the TN52NQ2: The OptiX OSN 6800 supports grooming of signals only at the ODU1 and ODU2 levels
from the backplane.
The cross-connection granularities supported by the board in a subrack is consistent with the cross-connection
granularities supported by the cross-connect board in the subrack. For details on the cross-connect board, see
25 Cross-Connect Board and System and Communication Board.
NOTE
When the NQ2 board works in compatible mode, or when the board works in standard mode and Assign
consecutive, observe the following points:
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1702
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-33 Port diagram of the TN53NQ2/TN52NQ2/TN54NQ2 (compatible mode)

Other tributary/
line/PID board
Other tributary/
line/PID board
Other tributary/
line/PID board
Backplane
32 x ODU0
161
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1
161
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-2
51
164
(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-1
164
(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-2
51
173
(ODU0LP13/ODU0LP13)-1
173
54
176
176
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
4 x ODU2/ODU2e
16x ODU1
ODU2
71
(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)
-1
1
(IN1/OUT1)-1
ODU2
74
(ODU2LP4/ODU2LP4)
-1
4
(IN4/OUT4)-1
54
Cross-connect
module
ODU1 mapping path
Multiplexing
module
ODU2 mapping path
Service processing
module

need to be configured on the NMS. For example,
if ODU0 signals are required, users only need to
configure cross-connections from other boards
to the ODU0LP port on the board using the NMS.
The board's internal structure enables
transmission of the multiplexed signal to the
ODU2LP port. Users do not need to configure a
cross-connection for transmitting the
multiplexed signal.
ODU0 mapping
path


1703
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-34 Port diagram of the TN53NQ2 (standard mode)

Backplane
IN(1-4)/OUT(1-4)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1-2)
ODUflex:1
ODU2:1
OCh:1
ODU2:1
OCh:1
ODUflex:2
8xODUflex
ODUflex:1
ODUflex:2
IN(1-4)/OUT(1-4)-OCh:1
4xODU2/
4xODU2e
ODU2:1
OCh :1
ODU2:1
OCh :1
IN(1-4)/OUT(1-4)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)
ODU1:1
ODU 2: 1
OCh :1
ODU 2: 1
OCh :1
ODU1:4
16xODU1
ODU1:1
ODU1:4
1(N1/OUT1)
IN(1-2)/OUT(1-2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2)
4(IN4/OUT4)
ODU0:1
ODU1:1
ODU0:2
ODU 2:1
ODU0:1
ODU 0:2
32xODU0
OCh :1
ODU 1:4
ODU0:1
ODU 1:1
ODU 0:2
ODU 2:1
ODU0:1
OCh :1
ODU1:4
ODU 0:2
IN(1-4)/OUT(1-4)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:(1-8)
ODU0:1
ODU2:1
OCh :1
ODU2:1
OCh:1
ODU0: 8
32xODU0
ODU0:1
ODU0: 8
Cross-connect
module
ODU1 mapping path
Multiplexing module
ODU2 mapping path
Service processing
module
ODU0 mapping path

(ODU0->ODU1>ODU2)

other boards
ODU0 mapping path

(ODU0->ODU2)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1704
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
NOTE
Figure 15-35 Port diagram of the TN51NQ2

Other tributary/
line/PID board
Other tributary/
line/PID board
Backplane
4 x ODU2/ODU2e
16 x ODU1
51
(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1
ODU2
71
(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1
ODU2
74
(ODU2LP4/ODU2LP4)-1
1
(IN1/OUT1)-1
51
(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-4
54
(ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4)-1
4
(IN4/OUT4)-1
54
(ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4)-4
Cross-connect
module
ODU2 mapping path
Multiplexing
module

need to be configured on the NMS. For example,
if ODU1 signals are required, users only need to
configure a cross-connection from another board
to the ODU1LP port on the board using the NMS.
ODU2LP port. Users do not need to configure a
cross-connection for transmitting the
multiplexed signal.
Service processing
module

ODU1 mapping
path
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1705
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Table 15-43 Description of ports on the TN53NQ2 (standard mode)

Port Name
Description
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)ODU0:(1-2)
Indicates the mapping path for the

ODU0 signals that are received through
the backplane. (ODU0->ODU1>ODU2)

the backplane. (ODU0->ODU2)

the backplane.
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCh:1
3(IN3/OUT3)-OCh:1

the backplane.
4(IN4/OUT4)-OCh:1
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1-2)

ODUflex signals that are received
1(IN1/OUT1)
2(IN2/OUT2)
3(IN3/OUT3)
4(IN4/OUT4)
Table 15-44 Description of NM port of the NQ2 board (compatible mode)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Port Name
Description
ODU0LP1ODU0LP16
Internal logical port. The optical

paths are numbered 1, 2.
Automatic cross-connections between

the ports and the ODU1LP port

1706
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Port Name
Description
ODU1LP1ODU1LP4

paths are numbered 1, 2, 3 and 4.

the ports and the ODU2LP port
ODU2LP1ODU2LP4
Internal logical ports. The optical

paths are numbered 1.

the ports and the IN/OUT port
IN1/OUT1IN4/OUT4
Corresponding to the WDM-side

optical interfaces.

For parameters of the NQ2, refer to Table 15-45.
Table 15-45 NQ2 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

channel of a board.
moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1707
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
Channel Loopback
Outloop
Service Mode
l TN51NQ2: ODU1,
ODU2
Default: ODU1
l TN52NQ2/
TN54NQ2:
Automatic, ODU0,
ODU1, ODU2
Default: Automatic
l TN53NQ2:
Automatic, ODU0,
ODU1, ODU2
Default: Automatic

signal. (This is the similar case for
the ODU1, and ODU2 values.) If the
ODU0/ODU1 signal.
NOTE
TN53NQ2 only in the compatible mode.
Laser Status
Off, On
Default: On

more information.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1708
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
Enable Auto-Sensing
Disabled, Enabled

the board.
Default: Enabled

supports FEC Mode, AFEC
Grade and Line Rate of the received
signals in auto-sensing mode, and
thus no manual setting is required.
unavailable.
NOTE
Optical Relay Mode.
This parameter is only supported by the
TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2.
set to Enabled.
FEC Working State
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

FEC Mode
FEC, AFEC
Default: FEC

Enabled.
NOTE
Only TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2
supports AFEC.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1709
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
AFEC Grade
1, 2, 3

Default: 3
NOTE
Only the TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2
Band Type
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Tunable Wavelength
Range

Planned Wavelength
Frequency (THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.100

board.
l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.170
to
18/1611.00/188.780

information.
Default: /
NOTE
C, CWDM

wavelength.
Planned Band Type
Default: C

NOTE
Enable Line Rate
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

NOTE
This parameter is supported by the
TN52NQ2/TN54NQ2/TN53NQ2 only in
standard mode.
Line Rate
Standard Mode,
Speedup Mode

Default: Standard
Mode
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1710
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled

to Disabled.
Default: Disabled
NOTE
This parameter is supported only by
TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2.
PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
ODUflex Tolerance
(ppm)
0 to 100
Default: Disabled
Default: 100

commissioning.
NOTE
NQ2 board receives 3G-SDI services from
set it to 100.
TN53NQ2 in the standard mode.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1711
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
ODU Timeslot
Configuration Mode

consecutive

mode of the board.
Default: Assign random

The service mappings are ODU0>ODU2, ODU1->ODU2, and
ODUflex->ODU2.
easy to manage.
NOTE
TN53NQ2 in the standard mode. For the
TN53NQ2 board in an OptiX OSN 6800 NE,
this parameter must be set to Assign
consecutive.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1712
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
Board Mode

Relay Mode, Optical
Relay Mode

Default:
l 8800 universal
platform subrack:
Electrical Relay
Mode
l Other subracks:
Line Mode

line board.
regeneration board.
NOTE
NOTE
TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2.
15.4.11 NQ2 Specifications

Board
WDM-Side Fixed
Optical Module
TN51NQ2
N/A
800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even Wavelengths)Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-XFP

800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-NRZPIN-XFP
TN52NQ2/
TN53NQ2/
TN54NQ2
N/A

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1713
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
NOTE
point.

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ

power
dBm

power
dBm
-3
dB
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz
10
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

1714
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ

power
dBm

power
dBm
-1
dB
10
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

1715
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80 kmXFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source
type
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
10 km (6.2 mi.)
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1290 to 1330
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
Maximum
mean launched
power
dBm
-1
Minimum
mean launched
power
dBm
-6
-1
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
8.2
Minimum side
mode
suppression
ratio
dB
30
30
30
Eye pattern
mask
G.959.1-compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
PIN
APD
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1290 to 1565
1260 to 1605
1270 to 1600
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-11
-14
-24

1716
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80 kmXFP
-1
-1
-7
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight:
TN51NQ2: 1.6 kg (3.5 lb.)
TN52NQ2: 2.0 kg (4.4 lb.)
TN53NQ2: 1.6 kg (3.5 lb.)
TN54NQ2: 1.6 kg (3.5 lb.)
Power Consumption
Boar
d
Typical Power
Consumption
(W)
Maximum
Power
Consumptiona
(W)
TN51
NQ2

88
95
88
97

TN52
NQ2

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1717
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Boar
d
Typical Power
Consumption
(W)
Maximum
Power
Consumptiona
(W)
TN53
NQ2

45
50

TN53
NQ2
49
54
TN54
NQ2

53
58.3

15.5 NS2
NS2: 10G Line Service Processing Board

The available functional versions of the NS2 board are TN11, TN12, TN52, and TN53.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1718
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Initial
Version
TN
11
NS
2
15 OTN Line Board
General
8800
T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800
T32
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
8800
T16
Subrack
8800
Univers
al
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
V100R0
01
TN
12
NS
2
V100R0
04C01
TN
52
NS
2
TN52NS
2T02/
TN52NS
2T03:
V100R0
02C00
T02/T03:
N
01M01/0
1M02/
T04/T05/
T06: Y
TN52NS
2T04/
TN52NS
2T05/
TN52NS
2T06/
TN52NS
201M01/
TN52NS
201M02:
V100R0
07C02
TN
53
NS
2
V100R0
06C01
When the TN52NS2T04, TN52NS2T05, TN52NS2T06, TN52NS201M01, or TN52NS201M02 board is used in

the OptiX OSN 3800 chassis, the TN23SCC board must be used.
the device initial version supported by the replaced board takes effect. For example, when you use TN53NS2 to
replace TN52NS2T02 in 8800, TN53NS2 can be supported by V100R002C00.
Variants
The difference between the NS2 board variants lies in the WDM-side optical module.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1719
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Table 15-49 Available variants of the TN11NS2 board

Variant
01M02
800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even Wavelength)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-PIN (01M02 for even
01M03
01M04
T02
T03
T04
T05

Variant
FEC Encoding
01M02

Wavelength)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
(01M02 for even wavelengths and 01M03 for
odd wavelengths)
FEC/AFEC
01M03
T02
T03
T04
4800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable WavelengthODB-APD
T05
800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-(D)

RZ-PIN
800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-(D)

RZ-PIN
The WDM-side optical modules are

pluggable. For details, see 15.5.11 NS2
Specifications.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
FEC/AFEC-2

1720
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

Variant
ODUflex
Direct Mapping of
ODU0 to ODU2
01M01

Wavelength)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZPIN (01M01 for even wavelengths and
01M02 for odd wavelengths)
T02

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
T03

T04

T05

T06

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
01M02

Variant
Description
01
The WDM-side optical modules are pluggable. For details, see 15.5.11 NS2 Specifications.

Function:
Boar
d
CrossConnect
Granularit
y
FEC
Encoding
IEEE
1588v2
Physical
Clock

FixedWavelengt
h
TunableWavelengt
h
Gray Light
TN11
NS2
ODU1
FEC/AFEC
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1721
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Boar
d
CrossConnect
Granularit
y
FEC
Encoding
IEEE
1588v2
Physical
Clock

FixedWavelengt
h
TunableWavelengt
h
Gray Light
TN12
NS20
1M02
ODU1,
ODU2 and
ODU2e
FEC/AFEC
TN12
NS2A
ODU1,
ODU2 and
ODU2e
FEC/
AFEC-2
TN12
NS2B
ODU1,
ODU2 and
ODU2e
FEC/
AFEC-2
TN52
NS2T
02
ODU0,
ODU1,
ODU2 and
ODU2e
FEC/
AFEC-2
TN12
NS20
1M03
TN12
NS2T
02
TN12
NS2T
03
TN12
NS2T
04
TN12
NS2T
05
TN52
NS2T
03
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1722
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Boar
d
CrossConnect
Granularit
y
FEC
Encoding
IEEE
1588v2
Physical
Clock

FixedWavelengt
h
TunableWavelengt
h
Gray Light
TN52
NS2T
04
ODU0,
ODU1,
ODUflex,
ODU2 and
ODU2e
FEC/
AFEC-2
ODU0,
ODU1,
ODUflex,
ODU2 and
ODU2e
FEC/
AFEC-2
TN52
NS2T
05
TN52
NS2T
06
TN52
NS20
1M01
TN52
NS20
1M02
TN53
NS2
NOTE
l OptiX OSN 6800: The TN11NS2 supports cross-connection of paired slots while the TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2 does
not.
l OptiX OSN 3800: The TN11NS2 supports the cross-connection of ODU1 signals between any slots of the four-slot mesh
group. The TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2 supports the cross-connection of ODU1 signals between any two boards in the
non-paired slots of the four-slot mesh group.
l When TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/TN52NS201M02 is created as 52NS2(STND) on the U2000, FEC/
AFEC-2 is supported. When TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/TN52NS201M02 is created as 12NS2 on the
U2000, FEC/AFEC is supported.
l In a version earlier than V100R007C02, TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/TN52NS201M02 can be created only
as 12NS2 on the U2000.

Specification:
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
The specifications vary according to the version of the board that you use. For details, see
15.5.11 NS2 Specifications.

1723
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
NOTE
The TN52NS2T04, TN52NS2T05, TN52NS2T06, TN52NS201M01, and TN52NS201M02 boards become

available in V100R007C02. Only the TN52NS2T04 board can be used to substitute for the TN52NS2T03 board.
In case of substitution, the board created on the U2000 is 52NS2 and the board has only the functions of
TN52NS2T03 after the substitution. Other types of boards cannot substitute for the TN52NS2T02 or
TN52NS2T03 board.
Table 15-53 Substitution rules of the NS2 board

Original
Board
Substit
ute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11NS2
None
TN12NS2
TN52NS
2
On an OptiX OSN 6800 NE of V100R004C02 or a later version, the TN52NS2 board

can substitute for the TN12NS2 board without requiring any software upgrades. After
physically replacing the TN12NS2 board with the TN52NS2 board, the user must create
the TN52NS2 board as 12NS2 on the U2000 to complete the substitution.
NOTE
The TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/TN52NS201M02 board can substitute for the
TN12NS2 board only when the latter uses FEC/AFEC and has the same line codes as the former.
TN53NS
2
On an OptiX OSN 6800 NE of V100R004C02 or a later version, the TN53NS2 board

can substitute for the TN12NS2 board without requiring any software upgrades. After
physically replacing the TN12NS2 board with the TN53NS2 board, the user must create
the TN53NS2 board as 12NS2 on the U2000 to complete the substitution.
NOTE
The substitution can take place only when the TN12NS2 board uses FEC/AFEC-2.
TN52NS2
TN53NS
2
On an OptiX OSN 6800 NE of V100R004C02 or a later version or on an OptiX OSN

8800 NE, the TN53NS2 board can substitute for the TN52NS2 board without requiring
any software upgrades. After physically replacing the TN52NS2 board with the
TN53NS2 board, the user must create the TN53NS2 board as 52NS2 or 52NS2
(STND) on the U2000 to complete the substitution.
TN53NS2
None

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1724
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

Hardware Update
Added the TN52NS2T04,

TN52NS2T05, TN52NS2T06,
TN52NS201M01, and
TN52NS201M02 boards.
The TN52NS2 board is added to replace the TN12NS2

board. The TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/
TN52NS201M01/TN52NS201M02 board can substitute
for the TN12NS2 board only when the latter uses FEC/
AFEC.

Hardware Update
Added the TN53NS2 board.
Compared with the NS2 board of the old version, the new
TN53NS2 board supports the ODUflex, IEEE 1588v2, and

15.5.3 Application
As a type of line board, the NS2 board converts 8 ODU0, 4 ODU1, 2 ODUflex, or one ODU2
into one ITU-T G.694.1 OTU2 signal or converts one ODU2e signal into one ITU-T G.694.1
OTU2e signal. The board supports hybrid transmission of the ODU0 service, ODUflex
service and ODU1 service.
Application scenario 1 of the TN11NS2/TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2: conversion

between four channels of ODU1 and one channel of OTU2 signals
Figure 15-36 Position of the NS2 board in the WDM system (application scenario 1)
4xODU1
IN
OUT
NS2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

4xODU1
IN
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1ODU2
OUT
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1OTU2
4xODU1
TOM
1OTU2
1ODU2
4xODU1
1
TOM
NS2
1725
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Application scenario 2 of the TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2: conversion between

one channel of ODU2/ODU2e and one channel of OTU2/OTU2e signals
2xODU2/ODU2e
2xODU2/ODU2e
IN
OUT
NS2
TDX
NS2
IN
OUT
NS2
TDX
1ODU2/ODU2e
IN
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1OTU2/OTU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
1ODU2/ODU2e
OUT
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1ODU2/ODU2e
IN
1OTU2/OTU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
1ODU2/ODU2e
OUT
NS2
Application scenario 3 of the TN52NS2/TN53NS2: conversion between eight

channels of ODU0 and one channel of OTU2 signals (Only for OptiX OSN 8800)
8xODU0
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

8xODU0
NS2
4xODU1
M
U
X IN
/ OUT
D
M
U
X
1ODU2
M
U
OUT X
/
IN
D
M
U
X
1OTU2
4xODU1
8xODU0
TOM
1OTU2
1ODU2
8xODU0
1
TOM
NS2
1726
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
NOTE
For the TN52NS2T04/TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/TN52NS201M02/TN53NS2 board:

consecutive, the board supports the ODU0->ODU1->ODU2 service mapping path.
random, the board supports the ODU0->ODU2 service mapping path.
allocation mode, and it only supports the ODU0->ODU1->ODU2 service mapping path.
Application scenario 4 of the TN52NS2/TN53NS2: conversion between two

channels of ODUflex and one channel of OTU2 signals (Only for OptiX OSN 8800)
2xODUflex
M
U
X
/ IN
D OUT
M
U
X
IN
1ODU2
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
OUT
2xODUflex
NS2
2xODUflex
1xOTU2
1OTU2
1OTU2
1ODU2
2xODUflex
TDX
1xOTU2
TDX
NS2
NOTE
The total bandwidth of two channels of ODUflex signals corresponding to one channel of OTU2 signals cannot
exceed 10 Gbit/s.
TN52NS2T04/TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/TN52NS201M02/TN53NS2 supports ODUflex
only when it works in standard mode.

1xOTU2
ODU0
TOM
ND2/
TOA
ODU1
ODUflex
ODU1
ODUflex
ODU1
NS2
OUT
IN
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
ODU0
IN
OUT
1ODU2
1OTU2
ODUflex
ODU0
1OTU2
1ODU2
TOA
ODU0
ODUflex
ODU1
ODU0
ODU0
ODUflex
ODUflex
TOA
ODU1
ODU1
ND2/
TOA
TOM
NS2
NOTE
The IN/OUT port can transmit a mixture of ODU0, ODU1, and ODUflex signals, the total bandwidth cannot
exceed 10 Gbit/s.
TN52NS2T04/TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/TN52NS201M02/TN53NS2 supports ODUflex
only when it works in standard mode.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1727
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
When a TN53NS2 board is connected to a board that does not support ODU timeslot allocation,
set ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode to Assign consecutive for the TN53NS2 board. For
example, when a TN53NS2 board is connected to a TN52NQ2 board, which does not support
the TN53NS2 board.

The NS2 board is used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer, and to provide OTN
interfaces and ESC.
NOTE

Only the OptiX OSN 8800 and OptiX OSN 6800 support ODU2/ODU2e.
Table 15-54 Functions and features of the NS2 board

Funct
ion
and
featur
e
Description
Basic
functi
on
NS2 converts signals as follows:

l TN11NS2:
4xODU1<->1xOTU2
l TN12NS2:
1xODU2e<->1xOTU2e
l TN52NS2T02/TN52NS2T03:
8xODU0/4xODU1/1xODU2<->1xOTU2
1xODU2e<->1xOTU2e
l TN52NS2T04/TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/
TN52NS201M02:
1xODU2e<->1xOTU2e
l TN53NS2:
1xODU2e<->1xOTU2e
Supports mixed transmission of ODU0, ODU1 and ODUflex signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1728
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Funct
ion
and
featur
e
Description
Crossconne
ct
capabi
lities
OptiX OSN 8800:

l TN52NS2T02/TN52NS2T03: Supports the cross-connection of eight channels
of ODU0 signals, four channels of ODU1 signals or one channel of ODU2/
ODU2e signals between the NS2 board and the cross-connect board.
l TN52NS2T04/TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/
TN52NS201M02/TN53NS2: Supports the cross-connection of eight channels of
ODU0 signals, four channels of ODU1 signals or two channels of ODUflex
signals or one channel of ODU2/ODU2e signals between the NS2 board and the
cross-connect board.
OptiX OSN 6800:
l TN11NS2: Supports the cross-connection of four channels of ODU1 signals
between the NS2 board and the cross-connect board or the board in the paired
slot.
l TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2: Supports the cross-connection of four channels
of ODU1 signals or one channel of ODU2/ODU2e signals between the NS2
board and the cross-connect board.
OptiX OSN 3800:
l TN11NS2: Supports the grooming of four channels of ODU1 signals from one
board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other three boards
belonging to the mesh group.
l TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2: Supports grooming of four channels of ODU1
signals to any two boards in the non-paired slots of the four-slot mesh group,
that is, supports an ODU1 cross-connection between slots IU2 and IU4, slots
IU2 and IU5, slots IU3 and IU4, and slots IU3 and IU5.
OTN
functi
on

l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by referring to the ITUT G.709.
l ODUk (k=0, 1, 2) layer: supports the PM and TCM function, and PM and TCM
l ODUflex layer: supports the PM and PM non-intrusive monitoring functions.
NOTE
l Only the TN52NS2T04/TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/
TN52NS201M02/TN53NS2 supports TCM and TCM non-intrusive monitoring for ODU0.
l Only the TN52NS2T04/TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/
TN52NS201M02/TN53NS2 supports PM and PM non-intrusive monitoring for ODUflex.
WDM
specifi
cation
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1729
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Funct
ion
and
featur
e
Description
Tunab
le
wavel
ength
functi
on
ESC
functi
on
Supported
PRBS
test
functi
on

NOTE
If the TN52NS2T04/TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/TN52NS201M02/
TN53NS2 board interconnects with another line board, PRBS must be enabled for the board
and the connected line board. In addition, the PRBS function can take effect on the boards only
when the following condition is met:
The TN52NS2T04/TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/TN52NS201M02/
TN53NS2 board works in standard mode and ODU0, ODU1, or ODUflex cross-connections
are configured for the board, or the board works in compatible mode but no cross-connection
is configured for it.
LPT
functi
on
Not supported
FEC
coding
TN11NS2/TN12NS201M02/TN12NS201M03/TN12NS2T02/TN12NS2T03/
TN12NS2T04/TN12NS2T05:
side.
l Supports ITU-T G.975.1-compliant advanced forward error correction (AFEC)
on the WDM side.
TN12NS2A/TN12NS2B/TN52NS2/TN53NS2:
side.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1730
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
15 OTN Line Board
Funct
ion
and
featur
e
Description
Alarm
s and
perfor
mance
events
monit
oring
Regen
eratio
n
board
l The WDM-side signals from one TN11NS2/TN12NS201M02/

TN12NS201M03/TN12NS2T02/TN12NS2T03/TN12NS2T04/TN12NS2T05
board can be regenerated by another TN11LSXR board.
ALS
functi
on
Not supported
Test
frame
Not supported
IEEE
1588v
2
The TN53NS2 board supports BC and OC mode, do not support TC and TC+OC
mode.
Physic
al
clock
Supported only when the TN53NS2 board receives ODU0/ODU1/ODUflex signals

cross-connected from the backplane
Optica
l-layer
ASON
Supported
Electri
callayer
ASON
Supported by the TN52NS2/TN53NS2.
l Monitors parameters such as the bias current, temperature, and optical power of
the laser.
l The WDM-side signals from one TN12NS2A/TN12NS2B/TN52NS2/

TN53NS2 board can be regenerated by another TN12ND2/TN52ND2/
TN53ND2/TN55NO2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2 board.

1731
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Funct
ion
and
featur
e
Description
Protec
tion
schem
e

l Supports intra-board 1+1 protection (when working with the OLP/DCP/QCP
board).
NOTE
When the cross-connect granularity is ODUflex, the board does not support tributary SNCP
protection and ODUk SPRing protection.
Loopb
ack
Board
WDM
Side
ODU0 Channel
Loopback
ODU1 Channel
Loopback
ODUflex
Channel
Loopback
TN11N
S2
Supported
Not supported
Supported
Not supported
TN12N
S2
Supported
Not supported
Supported
Not supported
TN52N
S2T02
Supported
Supported
Supported
Not supported
Supported
only when
the signals
is ODU2/
ODU2e
from the
backplane.
Supported
Supported only
when ODU1
signals are
received from the
backplane.
Supported
TN52N
S2T03
TN52N
S2T04
TN52N
S2T05
TN52N
S2T06
TN52N
S201M
01
TN52N
S201M
02
TN53N
S2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1732
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Funct
ion
and
featur
e
Description
Protoc
ols or
standa
rds
compl
iance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
IEEE 802.3ae
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
(FC-PI)
(MAC)
(PHY)
(PDM)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1733
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Funct
ion
and
featur
e
15 OTN Line Board
Description
Protocols or
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The NS2 board consists of the WDM-side optical module, signal processing module, 1588v2

Figure 15-41 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the NS2 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1734
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-41 Functional modules and signal flow of the NS2 board
n X ODUk
WDM side
E/O
1588v2
module
Cross-connect
module
OUT
OTN
processing
O/E
module
IN
WDM-side
optical
module
Signal processing
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
NOTE
Only the TN53NS2 board supports the IEEE 1588v2 module.

In Figure 15-41, n x ODUk indicates the service cross-connections from the NS2 board to the backplane. "n"
Table 15-55 shows the service cross-connections from the NS2 board to the backplane.
Table 15-55 Service cross-connections from the NS2 board to the backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
TN11N
S2
A maximum of 4xODU1
TN12N
S2

1735
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Board
TN52N
S2T02/
TN52N
S2T03
TN52N
S2T04/
TN52N
S2T05/
TN52N
S2T06/
TN52N
S201M0
1/
TN52N
S201M0
2/
TN53N
S2
A maximum of 8xODU0/4xODU1/1xODU2/2xODUflex/1xODU2e
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the NS2 board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the backplane to the WDM side of the NS2,
l
Transmit direction
The cross-connect module receives ODUk signals sent from the backplane. The OTN
processing module performs operations such as OTN framing, and FEC encoding. Then,
the module outputs one channel of OTU2 signals. The OTU2 signals are sent to the WDMside optical module. After performing E/O conversion, the signal processing module sends
out the OTU2 optical signals at DWDM standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.
694.1 through the OUT optical interface.
Receive direction
standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 from the WDM side through the
IN optical interface. Then, the module performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the OTU2 signals are sent to the signal processing module. The OTN
processing module performs operations such as OTU2 framing, FEC decoding. Then, the
cross-connect module sends out ODUk signals to the backplane for service crossconnection.
Module Function
l

WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of OTU2 or OTU2e optical signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1736
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
WDM-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from the internal electrical signals
to OTU2 or OTU2e optical signals.
l

The module consists of an OTN processing module and a cross-connect module.
Frames OTU2 or OTU2e signals, processes overheads in OTU2 or OTU2e signals, and
Grooms electrical signals between the NS2 and the other board through the backplane.
1588v2 module
to the STG board.

Power supply module

15.5.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the NS2 board.

Figure 15-42 and Figure 15-43 show the front panel of the NS2 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1737
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-42 Front panel of the TN11NS2/TN12NS201M02/TN12NS201M03/TN12NS2T02/

TN12NS2T03/TN12NS2T04/TN12NS2T05/TN12NS2A/TN52NS2 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1738
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-43 Front panel of the TN12NS2B/TN53NS2
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1739
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Table 15-56 Types and functions of the interfaces on the NS2 board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT
LC

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

15.5.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one NS2 board.
Table 15-57 shows the valid slots for the TN11NS2/TN12NS2 board.
Table 15-57 Valid slots for the TN11NS2/TN12NS2 board
Product
Valid slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
IU2-IU5
Table 15-58 shows the valid slots for the TN52NS2 board.
Table 15-58 Valid slots for the TN52NS2 board
Product
Valid slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subracka
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
IU2-IU5
a: Only the TN52NS201M01/TN52NS201M02/TN52NS2T04/TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06

supports the OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1740
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Product
Valid slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
IU2-IU5
15.5.8 Characteristic Code for the NS2



Table 15-60 lists the mapping between the logical ports on the board and the port numbers
Table 15-60 Mapping between the physical ports on the NS2 board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN/OUT
NOTE
Logical Ports
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1741
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
The NS2 board can work in standard or compatible mode. For details about the standard and
Board
Mode
Port Diagram
Port
Descriptio
n

on the NMS
TN53N
S2
Standard
mode
Figure 15-44
Table 15-62
53NS2
Compati
ble mode
Figure 15-45
Table 15-63
53NS2(COMP)
Standard
mode
Figure 15-44
Table 15-62
52NS2(STND)
Compati
ble mode
Figure 15-45
Table 15-63
52NS2
TN12N
S2
Compati
ble mode
Figure 15-46
Table 15-63
12NS2
TN11N
S2
Compati
ble mode
Figure 15-47
Table 15-63
NS2
TN52N
S2
TN52NS2T02/TN52NS2T03 board can work only in compatible mode.

TN52NS2T04 board can work in compatible mode or standard mode.
TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/TN52NS201M02 board can work only in
standard mode.
NOTE
When used in OptiX OSN 6800, the TN52NS2/TN53NS2 board can only cross-connect ODU1 and ODU2
signals from the backplane.
When used in OptiX OSN 3800, the TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2 board can only cross-connect ODU1
signals from the backplane.
The cross-connect granularity supported by the board is determined by that supported by the cross-connect board
in the same subrack. For information about cross-connect boards, see 25 Cross-Connect Board and System
and Communication Board.
NOTE
When the NS2 board works in compatible mode, or when the board works in standard mode and ODU Timeslot
Configuration Mode is Assign consecutive, observe the following points:
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1742
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-44 Port diagram of the TN52NS2/TN53NS2 (standard mode)

ODUflex:1
2XODUflex
ODU2:1
ODUflex:2
IN/OUT-OCh:1
OCh:1
OCh :1
1 xODU2/
1xODU 2e
ODU1:1
4 xODU1
ODU2:1
OCh : 1
IN/OUT
ODU1:4
ODU0:1
ODU0:2
8 xODU0
ODU1:1
ODU2:1
ODU 0:1
ODU 0:2
OCh :1
ODU 1:4
ODU0:1
8 xODU0
ODU2:1
OCh :1
ODU0: 8
Backplane
ODU1 mapping path
Multiplexing module
ODU2 mapping path
Service processing
module
ODU0 mapping path

(ODU0->ODU1>ODU2)

on the NMS to receive ODUk signals
from other boards
ODU0 mapping path

(ODU0->ODU2)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1743
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
NOTE
Figure 15-45 Port diagram of the TN52NS2/TN53NS2 board (compatible mode)

Other tributary/
line/PID board
Other tributary/
line/PID board
8 x ODU0
Other tributary/
line/PID board
1 x ODU2/ODU2e
4 x ODU1
161
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1
161
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-2
Backplane
51
71
(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1
164
(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-1
164
(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
51
1
(IN1/OUT1)-1
ODU2
Cross-connect
module
ODU1 mapping path
Multiplexing
module
ODU2 mapping path
Service
processing
module

not need to be configured on the NMS. For
example, if ODU0 signals are required,
users only need to configure crossconnections from other boards to the
ODU0LP port on the board using the NMS.
ODU2LP port. Users do not need to
configure a cross-connection for
ODU0 mapping
path

other boards

1744
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-46 Port diagram of the TN12NS2 board

Other tributary/
line/PID board
Other tributary/
line/PID board
1 x ODU2/ODU2e
4 x ODU1
Backplane
51
(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1
71
(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1
51
(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-4
1
(IN1/OUT1)-1
ODU2
Cross-connect
module
ODU2 mapping path
Multiplexing
module

only need to configure cross-connections from
other boards to the ODU0LP port on the board
using the NMS. The board's internal structure
enables transmission of the multiplexed signal
to the ODU2LP port. Users do not need to
configure a cross-connection for transmitting
the multiplexed signal.
Service processing
module

boards
ODU1 mapping
path
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1745
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

Other tributary/
line/PID board
Backplane
4 x ODU1
1(IN/OUT)-1
1
(IN1/OUT1)-1
1(IN/OUT)-4
Cross-connect
module
ODU1 mapping path
Multiplexing
module

boards
Service processing
module
Table 15-62 Description of NM port of the TN52NS2/TN53NS2 board (standard mode)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Port Name
Definition
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2)
Mapping path for ODU0 signals

received from the backplane
(ODU0->ODU1->ODU2)
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:(1-8)

(ODU0->ODU2)

IN/OUT-OCh:1
Mapping path for ODU2/ODU2e

signals received from the backplane
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1-2)
Mapping path for ODUflex signals

IN/OUT

1746
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Table 15-63 Description of NM port of the TN11NS2/TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2 board

(compatible mode)
Port Name
Description
ODU0LP1ODU0LP4

channels 1 and 2.

the ODU1LP port.
ODU1LP1

3, and 4.

the ODU2LP port
ODU2LP1

channel 1.

the IN/OUT port
IN/OUTa

3, and 4.
IN/OUT
a: The port is available only on the TN11NS2 board.

For parameters of NS2, refer to Table 15-64.
Table 15-64 NS2 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1747
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused

channel of a board.
Default: Used

moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Channel Loopback
OutloopS
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1748
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
Service Mode
l TN11NS2: N/A
l TN12NS2: ODU1,
ODU2

Default: ODU1

l TN52NS2:
Automatic, ODU0,
ODU1, ODU2
Default: Automatic
l TN53NS2:
Automatic, ODU0,
ODU1, ODU2
Default: Automatic

the ODU1, and ODU2 values.) If the
ODU0/ODU1 signal.
NOTE
TN52NS2/TN53NS2 only in the compatible
mode.
Off, On
Laser Status
Default: On

more information.
FEC Working State
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1749
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
FEC Mode
FEC, AFEC

Default: FEC

Enabled.
AFEC Grade
1, 2, 3
Default: 3

NOTE
Only the TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2
Band Type
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Tunable Wavelength
Range

NOTE
TN52NS2/TN53NS2.
Planned Wavelength
Frequency (THz)
Planned Band Type
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.100

board.
l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.170
to
18/1611.00/188.780

information.
Default: /
NOTE
C, CWDM

wavelength.
Default: C

NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1750
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled

to Disabled.
Default: Disabled
NOTE
The parameter is only supported by the
TN12NS2 /TN52NS2/TN53NS2.
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

board resides.
NOTE
TN11NS2 board.
Enable Line Rate
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

NOTE
TN52NS2/TN53NS2 in the standard mode.
Line Rate
PRBS Test Status
Standard Mode,
Speedup Mode
Default: Standard
Mode
NOTE
TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2.
Enabled, Disabled

Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1751
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled

commissioning.
Default: Disabled
NOTE
TN12NS2/TN52NS2 /TN53NS2.
ODUflex Tolerance
(ppm)
0 to 100
Default: 100

NOTE
NS2 board receives 3G-SDI services from
set it to 100.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1752
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
ODU Timeslot
Configuration Mode

consecutive

mode of the board.

The service mappings are ODU0>ODU2, ODU1->ODU2, and
ODUflex->ODU2.
easy to manage.
NOTE
For the TN52NS2/TN53NS2 board in an
OptiX OSN 6800 NE, this parameter must
be set to Assign consecutive.
15.5.11 NS2 Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1753
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Board

Module
TN11NS
2

N/A

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-ODB-APD
TN12NS
2



Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-ODB-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
TN52NS
2

N/A

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
TN53NS
2
N/A

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1754
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
NOTE
NOTE
point.

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
800 ps/nm-C Band
(odd & even
wavelengths)-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZPIN
NRZ
NRZ

power
dBm

power
dBm
-3
-3
dB
10
10
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.05
192.10 to 196.05
GHz
10

width
nm
0.3
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
35
ps/nm
800
800
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1200 to 1650

(FEC on)
dBm
-16
-16
dBm

PIN
1755
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type
Maximum reflectance
dB
800 ps/nm-C Band

(odd & even
wavelengths)-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZPIN
-27
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Line code
format
Value
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthNRZPIN
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavele
ngthNRZAPD
4800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthODBAPD
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-(D)RZPIN
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-NRZPIN
NRZ
NRZ
ODB
(D)RZ
NRZ
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Maximum
mean launched
power
dBm
Minimum
mean launched
power
dBm
-3
-3
-3
-3
-3
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
10
10
N/Aa
10
10
Center
frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.05
Center
frequency
deviation
GHz
Maximum -20
dB spectral
width
nm
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3

1756
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthNRZPIN
1200 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavele
ngthNRZAPD
4800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Wavelen
gthODBAPD
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-(D)RZPIN
800 ps/
nm-C
BandTunable
Waveleng
th-NRZPIN
Minimum side
mode
suppression
ratio
dB
35
35
35
35
35
Dispersion
tolerance
ps/
nm
1200
1200
4800
800
800
APD
APD
PIN
PIN

Receiver type
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1200 to 1650
Receiver
sensitivity,
EOL (FEC on)
dBm
-16
-26
-26
-16
-16
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-9
-9
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Value

NRZ
1757
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value

power
dBm

power
dBm
-3
dB
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz
10
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Value

NRZ
1758
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type

power
dBm

power
dBm
-1
dB
10
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Value
km-XFP
km-XFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
10 km (6.2 mi.)
40 km (24.9 mi.)

1759
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Value
km-XFP
km-XFP

Operating
wavelength range
nm
1290 to 1330
1530 to 1565
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
-1
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-6
-1
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength range
nm
1290 to 1565
1260 to 1605
dBm
-11
-14
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-1
-1
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight:
TN11NS2/TN12NS2: 1.2 kg (2.64 lb)
TN52NS2: 1.3 kg (2.86 lb.)
TN53NS2: 1 kg (2.2 lb.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1760
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption
(W)
Maximum
Power
Consumptiona
(W)
TN11NS
2

38.0
41.8
39.0
42.9

41.0
45.1

Wavelength-ODB-APD
44.0
48.4

38.8
43.40

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
39.40
44.10

39.70
44.46

Wavelength-ODB-APD
42.50
47.60

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
30.32
34

25.35
28.39

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
TN52NS2T02:
TN52NS2T02:
51.3
56.4
TN52NS2T06: 28 TN52NS2T06: 31

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
TN12NS
2

Wavelength-NRZ-APD
TN52NS
2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1761
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
15 OTN Line Board
Typical Power
Consumption
(W)
Maximum
Power
Consumptiona
(W)

TN52NS2T03:
TN52NS2T03:
49.1
54.0
TN52NS2T04: 26 TN52NS2T04: 28
TN52NS2T05: 28 TN52NS2T05: 31
TN53NS
2

28
31

20
24
21
25

15.6 NS3

The available functional versions of the NS3 board are TN11, TN52, TN54, TN55, and TN56.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1762
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Initial
Version
TN
11
NS
3
15 OTN Line Board
General
8800
T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800
T32
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univers
al
Platfor
m
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
V100R0
04C02
TN
52
NS
3
8800:
V100R0
02C00
TN
54
NS
3
V100R0
05C00
TN
55
NS
3
V100R0
06C03
TN
56
NS
3
V100R0
08C00
6800:
V100R0
04C03
the device initial version supported by the replaced board takes effect. For example, when you use TN56NS3 to
replace TN55NS3, TN56NS3 can be supported by V100R006C03.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1763
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
NOTE
The TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board for the OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack only
supports relay mode. TN56NS3 board for the OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack only supports relay
mode.
When the TN56NS3 board is used to receive SDH services, the SDH service license for universal line
boards is required.
When the TN56NS3 board is installed in a general OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack, the XCT+SXH or XCT+SXM
cross-connect boards must be used. When the TN56NS3 board is installed in an enhanced OptiX OSN 8800
T64 subrack, the XCT+SXH, XCT+SXM, or UXCT+USXH cross-connect boards must be used. When the
TN56NS3 board is installed in an OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack to receive SDH services, the TN16UXCM
cross-connect board must be used.
When SDH services are provisioned, the TN56NS3 board can be used only in an independent subrack, but not
in a master or slave subrack. When OTN services are provisioned, the TN56NS3 board can be used in an
independent subrack, a master subrack, or a slave subrack.
Variants
The difference between the NS3 board variants lies in the WDM-side optical module.
Variant
T01
T03

Variant
T01
T03
T04

Variant
T01
T03
05
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1764
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

Variant
T01

Variant
T01

l
Function:
Board
CrossConnect
Granula
rity
FEC
Encodin
g
IEEE
1588v2
Physical
clock
Relay
Mode
Coheren
t System
WDMside
Gray
Optical
Module
SDH
Service
TN11NS
3
ODU2
and
ODU2e
FEC/
AFEC
TN52NS
3
ODU0,
ODU1,
ODU2
and
ODU2e
FEC/
AFEC
TN54NS
3
ODU0,
ODU1,
ODU2,
ODU2e
and
ODU3
FEC/
AFEC-2
TN55NS
3
ODU0,
ODU1,
ODU2,
ODU2e
and
ODU3
HFEC
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1765
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Board
CrossConnect
Granula
rity
FEC
Encodin
g
IEEE
1588v2
Physical
clock
Relay
Mode
Coheren
t System
WDMside
Gray
Optical
Module
SDH
Service
TN56NS
3
ODU0,
ODU1,
ODU2,
ODU2e,
ODU3,
ODUflex,
VC-4
HFEC
The TN54NS3 and TN52NS3 boards can be interconnected only when the WDM-side service is OTU3 (FEC).

l
Appearance:
The TN11NS3 board and the TN52NS3 board use the same front panel. The TN54NS3
board, the TN55NS3 and the TN56NS3 board use a different front panel from the
preceding boards. For details, see 15.6.6 Front Panel and 15.6.10 NS3
Specifications.
Specification:
The specifications vary according to the version of the board that you use. For details,
see 15.6.10 NS3 Specifications.
Table 15-75 Substitution rules of the NS3 board
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11NS3
TN52NS3
The TN52NS3 can be created as NS3 on the NMS. The former can substitute
for the latter, without any software upgrade. After substitution, the TN52NS3
functions as the TN11NS3.
TN52NS3
None
TN54NS3
None
TN55NS3
TN56NS3
The TN56NS3 can be created as 55NS3 on the NMS. The former can
TN56NS3 functions as the TN55NS3.
NOTE
For an OptiX OSN 8800 T64/T32/T16/universal platform subrack / OptiX OSN 6800
subrack, the TN55NS3 board can be replaced with the TN56NS3 board.
TN56NS3
None
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1766
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board


Hardware Update
The TN56NS3 board, a 1 x 40G coherent line board, is

added to support hybrid transmission of SDH and OTN
services.

Hardware Update


Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update


maintenance costs.

1767
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

Hardware Update
The 40G coherent line board is required.
15.6.3 Application
As a type of line board, the NS3 board converts 32 ODU0, 32 ODUflex, 16 ODU1, four ODU2,
or one ODU3 into one ITU-T G.694.1 OTU3 signal or converts four ODU2e into one ITU-T G.
694.1 OTU3e signal or converts 256 VC-4 signals into one OTU3 signal. The TN52NS3/
TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board supports hybrid transmission of the ODU0 service, ODU1 service,
and the ODU2/ODU2e service. The TN56NS3 board supports hybrid transmission of the ODU0
service, ODU1 service, ODU2/ODU2e service, ODUflex service and the VC-4 service. The
TN55NS3/TN56NS3 board uses coherent receive technology. Therefore, the board is intended
for coherent systems.
For the TN54NS3 board:
l
When the board is equipped with 40 Gbit/s-multirate-2km optical modules, it does not
support OTU3e on the WDM side or ODU2e on the backplane side.
When the board is equipped with 800ps/nm-C band-tunable-ODB-PIN or 800ps/nm-C

band-tunable-DQPSK-PIN optical modules, the preceding restriction does not apply.
Application scenario 1 of the TN11NS3/TN52NS3/TN54NS3/TN55NS3/TN56NS3

board: conversion between four channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals and one
channel of OTU3/OTU3e signals
4xODU2/ODU2e
M
U IN
X
/ OUT
D
M
U
X
NS3
4ODU2/ODU2e
IN
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1ODU3/ODU3e
OUT
1OTU3/OTU3e
TQX
1OTU3/OTU3e
1ODU3/ODU3e
4ODU2/ODU2e
4xODU2/ODU2e
1
TQX
NS3
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN54NS3/TN55NS3/TN56NS3 board must
be set to Line Mode.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1768
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Application scenario 2 of the TN52NS3/TN54NS3/TN55NS3/TN56NS3 board:

conversion between 16 channels of ODU1 signals and one channel of OTU3 signals
16xODU1
16xODU1
TOM
8
16xODU1
1OTU3
1OTU3
1ODU3
4xODU2
16xODU1
M
U IN
X
/ OUT
D
M
U
X
4xODU2
TOM
M
OUT U
X
IN /
D
M
U
X
1ODU3
TOM
8
4
1
1
TOM
NS3
NS3
NOTE
l In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN54NS3/TN55NS3/TN56NS3 board
l For the TN52NS3 board, the service mapping path is ODU1->ODU2->ODU3.
l For the TN54NS3/TN55NS3/TN56NS3 board, the service mapping path is ODU1->ODU3.

conversion between 32 channels of ODU0 signals and one channel of OTU3 signals
32xODU0
32xODU0
TOM
8
TOM
32xODU0
4xODU2
16xODU1
1ODU3
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1OTU3
1OTU3
1ODU3
4xODU2
16xODU1
32xODU0
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
8
4
TOM
8
1
TOM
NS3

NS3
1769
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
NOTE
l The TN52NS3/TN54NS3/TN55NS3/TN56NS3 board supports this application scenario only when

used in the OptiX OSN 8800.
l In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN54NS3/TN55NS3/TN56NS3 board
l For the TN52NS3 board, the service mapping path is ODU0->ODU1->ODU2->ODU3.
l For the TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board, the service mapping path is ODU0->ODU1->ODU3.
l For the board TN56NS3 board:
When the TN56NS3 board ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is set to Assign random, the service
mapping path is ODU0->ODU3.
When the TN56NS3 board ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is set to Assign consecutive, the
service mapping path is ODU0->ODU1->ODU3.
Application scenario 4 of the TN54NS3/TN55NS3/TN56NS3 board: conversion

between one channel of ODU3 signals and one channel of OTU3 signals
1xODU3
M
U
X IN
/
D OUT
M
U
X
NS3
1ODU3
M
U
OUT X
/
IN D
M
U
X
1OTU3
1OTU3
1ODU3
T
S
X
L
1xODU3
T
S
X
L
NS3
NOTE
be set to Line Mode . With the TSXL board, the Line Rate parameter of the TN54NS3/TN55NS3/
TN56NS3 board must be set to Standard Mode.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1770
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Application scenario 5 of the TN54NS3/TN55NS3/TN56NS3 board: implement the

electrical regeneration of one channel of OTU3/OTU3e signal
1OTU3/OTU3e
IN
1OTU3/OTU3e
DMUX
OUT
MUX
NS3
1OTU3/OTU3e
OUT
1OTU3/OTU3e
MUX
IN
DMUX
NS3
NOTE
The TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board for the OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack
only supports relay mode.
The TN56NS3 board for the OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack only supports relay mode.
NOTE
be set to Electrical Relay Mode or Optical Relay Mode. When optical-layer and electrical-layer ASON
are enabled, it does not matter whether the Board Mode parameter is set to Optical Relay Mode or
Electrical Relay mode. The parameter must be set to Optical Relay Mode for the line board in a nonASON system; otherwise, end-to-end management of services is not available.
Application scenario 6 of the TN56NS3 board: conversion between ODUflex and

OTU3 signals
Figure 15-53 Application scenario 6 of the TN56NS3 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1771
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Application scenario 7 of the TN56NS3 board: conversion between VC-4 and OTU3
signals
Figure 15-54 Application scenario 7 of the TN56NS3
NOTE
VC-4 signals can map into ODU1 or ODU2 signals.

When the board is installed in an OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack, the board supports a maximum of 128 VC-4
services. This limit does not apply when the board is installed in an OptiX OSN 8800 T32/T16 subrack.
When SDH services are provisioned, the board does not support the Assign consecutive mode, but only the
Assign random mode. In this case, ensure that the OTN board connected to the TN56NS3 board also adopts
the Assign random mode.

hybrid transmission
Figure 15-55 Application scenario 8 of the NS3 board
1xOTU3/OTU3e
TOM
SLQ16
ODU1
ODU1
ODU1
ODU2/
ODU2/
ODU2e
ODU2e
ODU2/
ODU2e
ODUflex
ODUflex
ODUflex
VC-4
VC-4
VC-4
OUT
IN
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
IN
OUT
NS3
1ODU3/ODU3e
1OTU3/OTU3e
TQX
ODU0
1OTU3/OTU3e
ND2
ODU0
1ODU3/ODU3e
TOA
ODU0
ODU0
ODU0
ODU0
ODU1
ODU1
ODU1
ODU2/
ODU2e
ODU2/
ODU2/
ODU2e
ODU2e
ODUflex
ODUflex
ODUflex
VC-4
VC-4
VC-4
TOM
TOA
ND2
TQX
SLQ16
NS3
NOTE
The IN/OUT port supports a mix of ODU0/ODU1/ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex/VC-4 signals with the total
bandwidth not exceeding 40 Gbit/s. Only the TN56NS3 board supports hybrid transmission of ODUflex and
VC-4 signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1772
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Two TN56NS3 boards cannot interconnect with each other if they are provisioned with different
ODU timeslot configuration modes. The line boards at the two add/drop sites must have the
same ODU timeslot allocation mode. When a TN56NS3 board is connected to a board that does
not support ODU timeslot allocation, set ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode to Assign
consecutive for the TN56NS3 board. For example, when a TN56NS3 board is connected to a
TN55NS3 board, which does not support ODU timeslot allocation, set ODU Timeslot
Configuration Mode to Assign consecutive for the TN56NS3 board.
Only the TN56NS3/TN54HUNS3 board supports the ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode
parameter.

The NS3 board achieves cross-connection at the electrical layer, and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC. The TN56NS3 board supports hybrid transmission of OTN and SDH services.
The NS3 board can work in either line mode or relay mode. Table 15-76 describes the functions
and features of the board working in line board, and Table 15-77 describes the functions and
features of the board working in relay board.
NOTE
l Only the OptiX OSN 8800 supports ODU0/ODU3.

l The relay mode is only supported by the TN54NS3/TN55NS3/TN56NS3.
l For the TN54NS3 board:
l When the board is equipped with 40 Gbit/s-multirate-2km optical modules, it does not support
OTU3e on the WDM side and ODU2e on the backplane side.
l When the board is equipped with 800ps/nm-C band-tunable-ODB-PIN or 800ps/nm-C bandtunable-DQPSK-PIN optical modules, the preceding restriction does not apply.
l Only the TN56NS3 board supports SDH functions and features, including SDH overhead, physical
clock (OCS), Electrical-layer ASON (SDH), SDH protection, and VC-4 channel loopback.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1773
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Table 15-76 Functions and features of the NS3 board (Line Mode)
Function and
feature
Description
Basic function

l TN11NS3:
4xODU2<->1xOTU3/OTU3e
4xODU2e<->1xOTU3e
l TN52NS3:
32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2<->1xOTU3/OTU3e
4xODU2e<->1xOTU3e
l TN54NS3/TN55NS3:
32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2<->1xOTU3/OTU3e
4xODU2e<->1xOTU3e
1xODU3<->1xOTU3
l TN56NS3:
32xODU0/32xODUflex/16xODU1/4xODU2<->1xOTU3/
OTU3e
4xODU2e<->1xOTU3e
1xODU3<->1xOTU3
16xSTM-16/4xSTM-64<->1xOTU3/OTU3e
The TN52NS3/TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board supports hybrid transmission
of ODU0/ODU1/ODU2/ODU2e signals. The TN56NS3 board supports
hybrid transmission of ODU0/ODU1/ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex/VC-4
signals. When the mixed signals contain an ODU2e signal, they must be
mapped into an OTU3e signal.
The TN11NS3/TN52NS3/TN54NS3 board supports dispersion
compensation for signals received on the WDM side.
Cross-connect
capabilities

OptiX OSN 8800:
l TN52NS3: 32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2/4xODU2e
l TN54NS3/TN55NS3: 32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2/4xODU2e/
1xODU3
TN56NS3: 32xODU0/32xODUflex/
16xODU1/4xODU2/4xODU2e/1xODU3/256xVC-4
NOTE
When the TN56NS3 board is installed in an OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack,
the board supports a maximum of 128 VC-4 services. This limit does not apply
when the board is installed in an OptiX OSN 8800 T32/T16 subrack.
OptiX OSN 6800:

l TN11NS3: 4xODU2/4xODU2e
l TN52NS3: 32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2/4xODU2e
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1774
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Function and
feature
Description
OTN function

to the ITU-T G.709.
l ODUk (k=0, 1, 2, 3, flex) layer: supports the PM and TCM function,
NOTE
Only the TN56NS3 board supports TCM and TCM non-intrusive monitoring of
the ODU0 and ODUflex layer.
SDH service
processing
Supports the VC-12 services, VC-3 services, VC-4 services, VC-4-4c

concatenation services, VC-4-16c concatenation services, and VC-4-64c
concatenation services.
SDH overhead
processing
Only the TN56NS3 board supports the following functions:

l Processes the section overheads of STM-16/STM-64 signals.
l Supports the transparent transmission and termination of path
overheads.
l Supports the setting and query of the J0, J1, and C2 bytes.
NOTE
The TN56NS3 board supports D4D12 overhead processing. It does not support
D1D3 overhead processing.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
WDM
specification
Tunable
wavelength
function
ESC function
Supported
PRBS test
function
TN52NS3/TN54NS3/TN55NS3/TN56NS3 supports the PRBS function

on the WDM side.
LPT function
Not supported


1775
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Function and
feature
Description
FEC coding
TN11NS3/TN52NS3:
the WDM side.
TN54NS3:
the WDM side.
TN55NS3/TN56NS3:
l Supports HFEC.
NOTE
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring

line failures.
power of the laser.
l Supports CD and PMD performance monitoring.
NOTE
Only the TN54NS3 supports Poisson mode.
Only the TN55NS3/TN56NS3 board supports CD and PMD performance
monitoring.
Only the TN56NS3 board supports B1/B2 byte monitoring.
Regeneration
board
l The WDM-side signals of the TN11NS3/TN52NS3 board can be

regenerated by a TN12LSXLR board.
l The WDM-side signals of the TN54NS3 board can be regenerated
using another TN54NS3 board.
l The WDM-side signals of the TN55NS3/TN56NS3 board can be
regenerated using another TN55NS3/TN56NS3 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
ALS function
Not supported
Test frame
Not supported
IEEE 1588v2
The TN54NS3 board supports BC and OC mode, do not support TC and

TC+OC mode.

1776
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Function and
feature
Description
Physical clock
(OTN)
The TN54NS3 board supports this feature only when ODU0, ODU1 or
ODU2/ODU2e signals are cross-connected from the backplane.
The TN56NS3 board supports this feature only when ODU0, ODU1,
ODU2/ODU2e or ODUflex signals are cross-connected from the
backplane.
Physical clock
(OCS)
Supported only by the TN56NS3 board.
Optical-layer
ASON
Supported
Electrical-layer
ASON (OTN)
Supported by the TN52NS3, TN54NS3, TN55NS3, and TN56NS3.
Electrical-layer
ASON (SDH)
Supported only by the TN56NS3 board.
Protection
scheme
OTN protection
NOTE
When being installed in a T16 subrack, the board does not support SDH ASON.

DCP/QCP board).
SDH protection
l SNCP
l SNCTP
l LMSP
l MSP ring
NOTE
Only TN52NS3 supports OWSP protection.
When the grooming granularity is ODUflex, ODUk SPRing and tributary SNCP
protection types are not supported.
Loopback
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Boa
rd
WD
M
side
ODU0/ODU1/ODU2
Channel Loopback
ODUflex
Channel
Loopback
VC-4
Channel
Loopback
TN1
1NS
3
Supp
orted
ODU0/ODU1: NA
N/A
N/A
TN5
2NS
3
Supp
orted
Supported
N/A
N/A
ODU2: Supported

1777
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Function and
feature
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Description
TN5
4NS
3
Supp
orted
Supported
N/A
N/A
TN5
5NS
3
Supp
orted
Supported
N/A
N/A
TN5
6NS
3
Supp
orted
Supported
Supported
Supported

1778
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Function and
feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
IEEE 802.3ae
IEEE 802.3ba
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
ITU-T G.774.7
(FC-PI)
(FC-SB-2)
the implementation and usage of the DVB
SMPTE 297-2006 Serial Digital Fiber Transmission
System for SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 344M, SMPTE 292
and SMPTE 424M Signals
Control (MAC)
Protocol (PHY)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1779
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Function and
feature
Description
Dependent (PDM)
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.783
ITU-T G.774.1
ITU-T G.774.2
ITU-T G.774.3
ITU-T G.774.4
ITU-T G.774.5
ITU-T G.774.6
ITU-T G.774.9
ITU-T G.774.10
ITU-T G.825
ITU-T G.829
NOTE
TN11NS3/TN52NS3/TN54NS305 board cannot be used as a regeneration board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1780
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Table 15-77 Functions and features of the NS3 board (Relay Mode)
Function
and feature
Description
Basic
function

Regeneratin
g rate
OTN
function

the ITU-T G.709.
WDM
specification
Tunable
wavelength
function
ESC
function
Supported
PRBS test
function
Not supported
FEC coding
TN54NS3:


WDM side.
TN55NS3/TN56NS3:
l Supports HFEC.
NOTE
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
failures.
power of the laser.
NOTE
Only the TN54NS3 supports Poisson mode.
ALS
function
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Not supported

1781
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Function
and feature
Description
Test frame
Not supported
IEEE
1588v2
Not supported
Physical
clock
Not supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Supported
Not supported
Protection
scheme
Not supported
Loopback
Not supported
Protocols or
standards
compliance


monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The NS3 board consists of the WDM-side optical module, signal processing module, 1588v2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1782
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

Figure 15-56 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the board.
Figure 15-56 Functional modules and signal flow of the NS3 board (Line Mode)
VC-4
VC cross-connect
module
1588v2
module
Backplane (service
corss-connection)
n x ODUk
SDH processing
module
WDM side
ODUk crossconnect module
E/O
O/E
OUT
IN
WDM-side
Optical module
Control
Memory
Communication
CPU
Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
NOTE
Only the TN54NS3 board supports the IEEE 1588v2 module.

Only the TN56NS3 support the VC cross_connect module and the SDH processing module.
In Figure 15-56, n x ODUk indicates the service cross-connections from the NS3 board to the backplane. "n"
Table 15-78 shows the service cross-connections from the NS3 board to the backplane.
Table 15-78 Service cross-connections from the NS3 board to the backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
TN11N
S3
A maximum of 4xODU2/4xODU2e

1783
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Board
TN52N
S3
TN54N
S3/
TN55N
S3
A maximum of 32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2/4xODU2e/1xODU3
TN56N
S3
A maximum of 32xODU0/32xODUflex/16xODU1/4xODU2/4xODU2e/
1xODU3/256xVC-4
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the backplane of the NS3 to the WDM side
of the NS3, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
Transmit direction:
1.
VC-4 and ODUk signals can be cross-connected through the backplane.

l When VC-4 services are groomed through the backplane:
a.
The VC cross-connect module receives VC-4 signals from the cross-connect board
through the backplane and sends the signals to the SDH processing module.
b.
The SDH processing module frames the VC-4 services into appropriate STM-N
signals, processes the signal overheads, and then sends the STM-N signals to the
OTN processing module.
l When ODUk services are groomed through the backplane:

The ODUk cross-connect module receives the ODUk signals from the cross-connect
board through the backplane and sends the signals to the OTN processing module.
2.
The OTN processing module maps the STM-N signals to the payload of appropriate ODUk
signals, performs operations such as OTN framing and FEC encoding, and then produces
and sends four OTU3 electrical signals to the WDM-side optical module.and then produces
and sends one OTU3 electrical signal to the WDM-side optical module.
3.
When the WDM-side optical module receives the OTU3 electrical signal, it performs E/O
conversion and sends out one OTU3/OTU3e optical signal over an ITU-T G.694.1compliant wavelength through the OUT port.
Receive direction:
1.
The WDM-side optical module receives one OTU3/OTU3e optical signal over an ITU-T
G.694.1-compliant wavelength from the IN port. Then, the module performs O/E
conversion, produces an OTU3/OTU3e electrical signal, and sends the signal to the OTN
processing module.
2.
When the OTN processing module receives the OTU3/OTU3e electrical signal, it performs
operations, such as FEC decoding, demapping, and demultiplexing, and produces ODUk
signals.
The OTN processing module performs the subsequent operations based on the pre-defined
configuration. If the ODUk cross-connection has been defined, the module directs the
ODUk signals to the cross-connect module. If the VC cross-connection has been defined,
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1784
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
the module demaps the ODUk signals into STM-N signals and sends the STM-N signals
to the SDH processing module.
3.
The board processes services in different ways based on service grooming granularities.
l For ODUk services:
The ODUk cross-connect module sends the ODUk electrical signal(s) to the backplane
for grooming.
l For VC-4 services:
a.
The SDH processing module converts the STM-N signal(s) into VC signal(s) and
sends the signal(s) to the VC cross-connect module.
b.
The VC cross-connect module sends the VC-4 electrical signal(s) to the backplane
for grooming.
The board processes clock signals in two directions.

l

Figure 15-57 show the functional modules and signal flow of the NS3 board.
Figure 15-57 Functional modules and signal flow of the NS3 board (Relay Mode)
WDM side
WDM side
O/E
OTN
processing
module
IN
WDM-side
optical
module
E/O
OUT
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
NOTE
The relay mode is supported only by the TN54NS3/TN55NS3/TN56NS3.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1785
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
The NS3 board implements the regeneration of one channel of optical signals. The wavelengths
at the receive and transmit ends of the board are the ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM
wavelengths that carry OTU3/OTU3e optical signals.
The optical receiving module receives the optical signals to be regenerated through the IN optical
conversion, the module sends out the OTU3/OTU3e signals at DWDM standard wavelengths
The optical signals are output through the OUT optical interface.
Module Function
l

Signal processing module of the TN11NS3/TN52NS3/TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board

The module consists of a cross-connect module and an OTN processing module.
Grooms electrical signals between the NS3 and the cross-connect board through the
backplane.
Signal processing module of the TN56NS3 board

The module consists of a VC cross-connect module, ODUk cross-connect module, SDH
processing module, and OTN processing module.
VC cross-connect module
Performs backplane cross-connections of VC signals.
ODUk cross-connect module
Performs backplane cross-connections of ODUk signals.
SDH processing module
Frames the VC-4 services into appropriate STM-N signals, processes the signal
overheads,
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1786
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Frames the OTU3/OTU3e signals, processes the overhead of the OTU3/OTU3e signals,
and performs FEC encoding and decoding.
l
1588v2 module
to the STG board.

Power supply module

15.6.6 Front Panel


Figure 15-58, Figure 15-59, Figure 15-60 and Figure 15-61 show the front panel of the NS3
board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1787
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-58 Front panel of the TN11NS3/TN52NS3 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1788
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-59 Front panel of the TN54NS3 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1789
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1790
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1791
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT
LC

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

15.6.7 Valid Slots

Two slots house one TN11NS3 board, TN52NS3 board or TN55NS3 board, and one slot houses
one TN54NS3 board or TN56NS3 board.
Product
Valid Slots
IU2-IU8, IU12-IU16
NOTE
The online signal bus on the TN11NS3 board connects to the backplane along the right slot in the subrack. The
slot number of the TN11NS3 board displayed on the NM is the number of the right one of the two slots.
For example, if you install the board in slots IU1 and IU2, the slot number of the TN11NS3 board displayed on
the NM is IU2.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack

IU46-IU52, IU54-IU60, IU62-IU68
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU2-IU8, IU12-IU18

1792
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Product
Valid Slots
IU2-IU8, IU12-IU16
NOTE
The online signal bus on the TN52NS3 board is mounted to the backplane along the right slot in the subrack.
Therefore, the slot number of the TN52NS3 board displayed on the NM is the number of the right one of the
two slots.
For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the TN52NS3 board, the slot number of the TN52NS3 board displayed
on the NM is IU2.
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18
OptiX OSN 8800

universal platform
subrack
IU3-IU16
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
When the TN54NS3 boards serve as regeneration boards, follow the principles below to install
l
OptiX OSN 8800 T64: The TN54NS3 boards for transmitting and receiving the same
and IU68.
or IU35 and IU36.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1793
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
wavelength must be installed in IU1 and IU2, IU3 and IU4, IU5 and IU6, IU7 and IU8,
OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack: The TN54NS3 boards for transmitting and
receiving the same wavelength must be installed in IU3 and IU4, IU5 and IU6, IU7 and
OptiX OSN 6800: The TN54NS3 boards for transmitting and receiving the same
IU11 and IU12, IU13 and IU14, or IU15 and IU16.
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack

IU46-IU52, IU54-IU60, IU62-IU68
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU2-IU8, IU12-IU18
OptiX OSN 8800

universal platform
subrack
IU4-IU16
IU2-IU8, IU12-IU16
l
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack: The TN55NS3 boards for transmitting and receiving the
same wavelength must be installed in slots IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU12 and IU14,
IU62 and IU64, IU66 and IU68.
IU17 and IU19, IU21 and IU23, IU25 and IU27, IU30 and IU32, IU34 and IU36.
same wavelength must be installed in IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU12 and IU14, IU16
and IU18.
IU16.
OptiX OSN 6800 subrack: The TN55NS3 boards for transmitting and receiving the same
wavelength must be installed in IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU14 and IU16.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1794
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
NOTE
two slots.
For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the TN55NS3 board, the slot number of the TN55NS3 board displayed
on the NM is IU2.
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18
OptiX OSN 8800

universal platform
subrack
IU3-IU16
l
and IU68.
or IU35 and IU36.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1795
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board


Interface on the Panel
Interface on the NMS
IN/OUT
NOTE
Logical Ports
The NS3 board can work in standard or compatible mode. For details about the standard and
Board
Mode
Port Diagram
Port
Descripti
on
Board Name
Displayed on the
NMS
TN56N
S3
Standard mode
Figure 15-62
Table
15-87
56NS3
TN55N
S3
Standard mode
Figure 15-63
Table
15-87
55NS3
TN54N
S3
Standard mode
Figure 15-63
Table
15-87
54NS3(STND)
Compatible
mode
Figure 15-64
Table
15-88
54NS3
Compatible
mode
Figure 15-65
Table
15-88
52NS3
TN52N
S3
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1796
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Board
Mode
Port Diagram
Port
Descripti
on
Board Name
Displayed on the
NMS
TN11N
S3
Compatible
mode
Figure 15-66
Table
15-88
NS3
For TN52NS3: The OptiX OSN 6800 supports grooming of signals at the ODU1 and ODU2
levels only from the backplane.
The cross-connection granularities supported by the board in a subrack is consistent with
the cross-connection granularities supported by the cross-connect board in the subrack. For
details on the cross-connect board, see 25 Cross-Connect Board and System and
Communication Board.
For TN54NS3/TN55NS3/TN56NS3:
ODUk cross-connections through the backplane are supported only when Board
Mode is set to Line Mode.
When used with a TN53TSXL/TN54TSXL board, Line Rate must be set to Standard
Mode for the board.
For TN56NS3:
When ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is set to Assign random, the TN56NS3
board supports ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, ODU3, and ODUflex service grooming and the
corresponding mapping paths are ODU0>ODU3, ODU1>ODU3, ODU2->ODU3,
and ODUflex->ODU3.
When ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is set to Assign consecutive, the TN56NS3
board supports ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, and ODU3 service grooming and the
corresponding mapping paths are ODU0>ODU1>ODU3, ODU1>ODU3, and
ODU2->ODU3.
When SDH services are provisioned, ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode cannot be
set to Assign consecutive.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1797
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

Backplane
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU3:1
1xODU3
4xODU2/
4xSTM-64
ODU3:1
1xODU3
V_SDH-1: STM-64<->ODU2
OCh:1
ODU2:1
ODU3:1
OCh:1
ODU2:4
4xODU2
Other tributary/line/PID/TDM board
16xODU1/
16xSTM-16
STM-16<->ODU1
16 x V_SDH-m<->ODU1
ODU1:1
ODU3:1
OCh:1
ODU1:16
16xODU1
1(IN/OUT)
32xODU0
ODU0:1
32xODU0
ODU3:1
OCh:1
ODU0:32
32xODU0
32xODU0
ODU0:1
ODU0:2
ODU1:1
ODU0:1
ODU0:2
ODU1:16
ODU3:1
OCh:1
32xODUflex
ODUflex:1
32xODUflex
ODUflex: 32
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
ODU3:1
OCh:1
Cross-connect
module
ODU3 mapping path
ODUk
multiplexing
module
ODU2 mapping path
Service processing
module
ODU1 mapping path
SDH framer and

mapper

>OTU3)

1798
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

ODUk framer and
mapper

>ODU3>OTU3)
Cross-connection
that must be
configured on the
NMS for service
grooming between
other boards. The
grooming
granularity varies
according to the
boards connected
to the TN56NS3
board.
NOTE
In the figure, m can be any integer within the range of 1-16.

NOTE
The board supports 16 virtual SDH ports, numbered from V_SDH_1 to V_SDH_16. These virtual SDH ports can be divided into four
groups: V_SDH_1 to V_SDH_4, V_SDH_5 to V_SDH_8, V_SDH_9 to V_SDH_12, and V_SDH_13 to V_SDH_16. In each group, if
one port is provisioned with an STM-16 service, the remaining ports cannot be provisioned with STM-64 services.
When configuring virtual SDH ports, observe the following requirements:
l
Only the following four virtual SDH ports can be provisioned with STM-64 services: V_SDH_1, V_SDH_5, V_SDH_9, and
V_SDH_13.
When configuring STM-16 services for the virtual ports, use the ports in the same group. Do not use the ports in another group
unless no ports are left in the current group. For example, to configure an STM-16 service on three of the virtual SDH ports, use
V_SDH_1, V_SDH_2, and V_SDH_3; to configure an STM-16 on seven of the virtual SDH ports, use V_SDH_1, V_SDH_2,
V_SDH_3, V_SDH_4, V_SDH_5, V_SDH_6, and V_SDH_7.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1799
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-63 Port diagram of the TN55NS3/TN54NS3 board (standard mode)

Backplane
IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU3:1
ODU3:1
1XODU3
OCh:1
IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU3:1-ODU2:(1~4)
ODU2:1
4 xODU2/
4xODU2e
ODU 3 : 1
OCh :1
ODU2:4
IN1/OUT1
ODU1:1
ODU 3 :1
OCh :1
16xODU1
ODU1:16
IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU3:1-ODU1:(1~16)-ODU0:(1~2)
ODU0:1
ODU0:2
ODU 1:1
ODU 3 :1
32xODU0
ODU0:1
OCh :1
ODU1:16
ODU 0:2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
ODU1 mapping path
Multiplexing module
ODU2 mapping path
ODU3 mapping path
ODU0 mapping path

configured on the NMS to receive

1800
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-64 Port diagram of the TN54NS3 board (compatible mode)

Other
Other
tributary/line/ tributary/line/
PID board
PID board
Other
tributary/line/
PID board
Other
tributary/line/
PID board
Backplane
4xODU2/
ODU2e
16 x ODU1
32 x ODU0
161(ODU0LP1/
ODU0LP1)-1
161(ODU0LP1/
ODU0LP1)-2
71(ODU2LP1/O
ODU1 DU2LP1)-1001
164(ODU0LP4/
ODU0LP4)-1
164(ODU0LP4/
ODU0LP4)-2
71(ODU2LP1/O
ODU1 DU2LP1)-1004
173(ODU0LP13/
ODU0LP13)-1
173(ODU0LP13/
ODU0LP13)-2
71(ODU2LP1/O
ODU1 DU2LP1)-1013
176(ODU0LP16/
ODU0LP16)-1
176(ODU0LP16/
ODU0LP16)-2
ODU3
ODU3
81(ODU3LP1/
ODU3LP1)-1
1(IN1/OUT1)-1
71(ODU2LP1/O
ODU1 DU2LP1)-1016
ODU2 mapping path
Multiplexing module
ODU3 mapping path
Service processing
module
Automatic cross-connection, which does not need to

be configured on the NMS. For example, if ODU0
cross-connections from other boards to the ODU0LP
port on the board using the NMS. The board's internal
structure enables transmission of the multiplexed
signal to the ODU3LP port. Users do not need to
configure a cross-connection for transmitting the
multiplexed signal.
ODU0 mapping path

ODU1 mapping path
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1801
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
NOTE
The ODU1 and ODU2 ports in each of the following combinations cannot be used to configure cross-connections at the same time
because they share the same ODU2 timeslot:
l
71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1001 to 71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1004 ODU1 ports and 71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1 ODU2 port
71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1013 to 71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1016 ODU ports and 71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-4 ODU2 port

Other
tributary/line/
PID board
Other
tributary/line/
PID board
Other
tributary/line/
PID board
Backplane
32 x ODU0
16 x ODU1
161
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1
161
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-2
4 x ODU2/ODU2e
51
ODU2
164
(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-1
164
(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-2
173
173
51
1
(IN1/OUT1)-1
54
ODU2
176
176
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
71
(ODU2LP1/
ODU2LP1)-1
71
(ODU2LP1/
ODU2LP1)-4
54
ODU1(ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4)-4
ODU1 mapping path
Multiplexing module
ODU2 mapping path
ODU0 mapping path
must be configured on the
NMS to receive ODUk
signals from other boards

only need to configure a cross-connection
from another board to the ODU1LP port on
the board using the NMS. The board's internal
structure enables transmission of the
multiplexed signal to the ODU2LP port.
Users do not need to configure a crossconnection for transmitting the multiplexed
signal.

1802
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

Backplane
4 x ODU2/ODU2e
1(IN1/OUT1)-1
ODU2 mapping path
Multiplexing module

receive ODUk signals from other
boards
Table 15-87 Description of NM port on the NS3 board (standard mode)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Port Name
Description
IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU3:1-ODU1:(1 to 16)ODU0:(1 to 2)

received from the backplane(ODU0>ODU1->ODU3)
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU3:1-ODU0:(1 to 32)

received from the backplane(ODU0>ODU3)
IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU3:1-ODU1:(1 to 16)

IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU3:1-ODU2:(1 to 4)


IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU3:1-ODUflex:(1 to 32)

51(V_SDH-1) to 66(V_SDH-16)
Virtual ports that perform mutual

conversion of STM-16/STM-64
services and ODUk signals (at most 16)
IN1/OUT1

1803
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Table 15-88 Description of NM port of the NS3 board (compatible mode)

Port Name
Description
ODU0LP1ODU0LP16

paths are numbered 1-2.
Automatic cross-connections
between the ports and the ODU1LP
port
ODU1LP1ODU1LP4

port
ODU2LP1

port
NOTE
This port is used for crossconnections at the ODU1 level.

TN11NS3/TN52NS3: Automatic
cross-connections between the ports
and the IN/OUT port
TN54NS3: Automatic crossconnections between the ports and the
ODU3LP port
ODU3LP1

path is numbered 1.
between the ports and the IN/OUT
port
IN/OUT
Corresponding to the WDM-side

optical interfaces.

For parameters of the NS3, refer to Table 15-89 and Table 15-90.
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1804
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused

channel of a board.
Default: Used

moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Channel Loopback
Outloop
Laser Status
Off, On
Default: On

more information.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1805
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
Service Mode
l TN11NS3: not
supported

l TN52NS3:
Automatic, ODU0,
ODU1, ODU2
Default: Automatic

l TN54NS3:
Automatic, ODU0,
ODU1, ODU2,
ODU3, Mix
Default: Automatic
l TN55NS3/
TN56NS3: not
supported

the ODU1, ODU2, and ODU3
values.) If the parameter is set to
ODU2 for a channel, the ODU0/
ODU1 channels corresponding to the
ODU2 channel cannot be
provisioned with any ODU0/ODU1
signal.
l Mix indicates that the channel
supports a mix of ODUk signals.
NOTE
The parameter is supported by the TN54NS3
only in the compatible mode.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1806
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
Enable Auto-Sensing
Disabled, Enabled

the board.
Default: Enabled

Enabled, the board can auto adapt to
the rate of received signals, which
set the line rate for the board.
to manually set the line rate for the
board based on the rate of the actual
signal rate. If the specified line rate
mismatches the actual signal rate,
services will be unavailable.
NOTE
Optical Relay Mode.
TN54NS3/TN55NS3/TN56NS3.
FEC Working State
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

FEC Mode
TN11NS3/TN52NS3/
TN54NS3:

l FEC, AFEC

l Default: AFEC
TN55NS3/TN56NS3:
l HFEC

Enabled.
l Default: HFEC
AFEC Grade
1, 2, 3
Default: 3

NOTE
Only the TN52NS3/TN54NS3 supports this
parameter.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1807
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
Receive Wavelength
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.100

requirements when setting this
parameter:
l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.170
to
18/1611.00/188.780

same as the transmit wavelength of
the board, use the default value so
that the receive wavelength
automatically keeps the same as the
transmit wavelength.
Default: /

board, set this parameter to a value
that is same as the transmit
wavelength of the remote board;
NOTE
set to the default value.
Receive Band Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

NOTE
Band Type
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Tunable Wavelength
Range

NOTE
Only TN52NS3/TN54NS3/TN55NS3/
TN56NS3 supports this parameter.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1808
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
Planned Wavelength
No./Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.100

board.
l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.170
to
18/1611.00/188.780

information.
Default: /
NOTE
C, CWDM

wavelength.
Planned Band Type
Default: C

NOTE
Enable Line Rate
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

NOTE
TN54NS3 in the standard mode.
Line Rate
Standard Mode,
Speedup Mode
Default:
l ODU2 channel:
Standard Mode
l ODU3 channel:
Speedup Mode

l For ODU2LP channel:
This parameter needs to be set to
Speedup Mode when ODU2e signals
are cross-connected. This parameter
needs to be set to Standard Mode
when ODU2 signals are crossconnected.
This parameter needs to be set to
Speedup Mode when ODU2e signals
are cross-connected. This parameter
could be set to Standard Mode or
Speedup Mode when ODU2/ODU3
signals are cross-connected.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1809
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
l TN54NS3:

to Disabled.
Enabled,
Disabled
Default:
Disabled
l TN55NS3/
TN56NS3:
NOTE
Only TN54NS3/TN55NS3/TN56NS3
Disabled, GCC1
+GCC2 Enabled,
Only GCC1
Enabled, Only
GCC2 Enabled
Default value for
the line mode:
Disabled
Default value for
the relay mode:
Only GCC1
Enabled
PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
NOTE
Only TN52NS3/TN54NS3/TN55NS3/
TN56NS3 support this parameter.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1810
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled

commissioning.
Default: Disabled
NOTE
Only TN54NS3/TN55NS3 /TN56NS3
Board Mode

Relay Mode, Optical
Relay Mode
Default:
l 8800 T64/T32/T16
subrack: Line Mode
l 8800 universal
platform subrack/
6800 subrack:
Optical Relay Mode

line board.
regeneration board.
NOTE
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1811
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
ODU Timeslot
Configuration Mode

consecutive

mode of the board.

The service mappings are ODU0
>ODU3, ODU1>ODU3, ODU2
>ODU3, and ODUflex->ODU3.
easy to manage.
example, when 28 1.25G timeslots of
an ODU3 channel are occupied by
ODUflex services, the remaining 5G
bandwidth can be configured for four
ODU0 services, implementing
ODU0->ODU3 cross-layer
mapping.
rates, for example, ODU0>ODU1
>ODU3, ODU1>ODU3, and ODU2
>ODU3.
NOTE
TN56NS3. When SDH services are
provisioned, ODU Timeslot Configuration
Mode cannot be set to Assign consecutive.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1812
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
ODUflex Tolerance
(ppm)
0 to 100

Default: 100
NOTE
NS4 board receives 3GSDI services from
set it to 100.
NOTE
Only TN56NS3 support this parameter.
Table 15-90 Parameters for SDH Interfaces

Field
Value
Description
Port
Displays the current virtual SDH port, for

example, 51(SDH-51).
Optical Interface
Name
Specifies the name of an optical interface.
Laser Switch
Off, On

status of a board.
Default: On
Laser
Transmission
Distance (m)
The Laser Transmission Distance (m)

parameter indicates the valid distance over
which the laser sends a signal. A line board uses
pluggable optical module and the transmission
distance is determined by the type of the
Optical
(Electrical)
Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop
Specifies the loopback state of an SDH

interface. In general, this parameter is set to
Non-Loopback.
VC4 Path
Displays all available VC4 paths.
VC4 Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop
Specifies the VC4 loopback state on the line

board. In general, this parameter is set to NonLoopback.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1813
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Board

Module
TN11NS
3

Wavelength-ODB-PIN
N/A

TN52NS
3

Wavelength-ODB-PIN
N/A

TN54NS
3

Wavelength-ODB-PIN
N/A

TN55NS
3

N/A
TN56NS
3

N/A
NOTE
point.

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Line code format
Value
ODB
DQPSK

Operating frequency
range
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
THz
192.10 to 196.05

192.10 to 196.05
1814
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Value
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-5
-5
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
N/A
Center frequency
deviation
GHz
2.5
2.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
0.6
N/A
Maximum -3 dB
spectral width
nm
N/A
0.3
ps/nm
-500 to 500
-500 to 500

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength range
nm
1529 to 1561
1529 to 1561
EOL (FEC on)
dBm
-16
-16
Minimum receiver
overload (FEC on)
dBm
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Line code format
Value
ODB
DQPSK
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1815
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Value
Operating frequency
range
THz
192.10 to 196.05
192.10 to 196.05
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-5
-5
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
N/A
Center frequency
deviation
GHz
2.5
2.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
0.6
N/A
Maximum -3 dB
spectral width
nm
N/A
0.3
ps/nm
-800 to 800
-800 to 800
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength range
nm
1529 to 1561
1529 to 1561
EOL (FEC on)
dBm
-16
-16
Minimum receiver
overload (FEC on)
dBm
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27

1816
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
nm)
Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type
Line code format

-
ePDM-BPSK

Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

power
dBm
-5
GHz
2.5
width
nm
0.35
ps/nm
60000

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561
dBm
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
Table 15-94 WDM-side fixed optical module specifications (gray light)

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
2 km (1.2 mi.)
nm
1530 to 1565

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1817
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
dBm
dBm
dB
8.2
ps/nm
40
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1290 to 1570
dBm
-6
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
TN11NS3:
l
(8.7 in.)
TN52NS3:
l
(8.7 in.)
TN54NS3:
l
(8.7 in.)
TN55NS3:
l
(8.7 in.)
TN56NS3:
l
(8.7 in.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1818
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Power Consumption
Board
WDM-Side Optical
Module
Typical Power
Consumption
(W)
Maximum
Power
Consumptiona
(W)
TN11NS3

92
101.2

Wavelength-ODB-PIN
67
75

118
130

Wavelength-ODB-PIN
110
118

118
130

73
80

Wavelength-ODB-PIN
60
65
62
69
TN55NS3
60000ps/nm-C BandTunable Wavelength-ePDMBPSK-PIN
135
150
TN56NS3
60000ps/nm-C BandTunable Wavelength-ePDMBPSK-PIN
99
103
TN52NS3
TN54NS3
15.7 NS4

The available functional versions of the NS4 board are TN54, TN56, TN57 and TN58.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1819
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Initial
Version
General
8800
T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800
T32
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univers
al
Platfor
m
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
54
NS
4
V100R0
07C00
TN
56
NS
4
V100R0
08C00
TN
57
NS
4
V100R0
08C10
TN
58
NS
4
T65:
V100R0
09C10SP
C200
Other:
V100R0
09C10SP
C100
the device initial version supported by the replaced board takes effect. For example, when you use TN56NS4T11
to replace TN54NS4T11, TN56NS4T11 can be supported by V100R007C00.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1820
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
NOTE
l TN54NS4/TN57NS4/TN58NS4:
l In the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack, enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, and OptiX
OSN 8800 T16 subrack, the board can work either in line mode or relay mode. When the board works
in line mode, the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack must use the TNK2USXH+TNK2UXCT
boards and the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack must use the TN52UXCH/TN52UXCM board
and the OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack must use the TN16UXCM board.
l In the general OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack, OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack and general
OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, the board can work only in relay mode.
l TN56NS4:
l In the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack, enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, general OptiX
OSN 8800 T32, and OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack, the board can work either in line mode or relay
mode. When the board works in line mode, the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack must use the
TNK2USXH+TNK2UXCT boards and the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack and general OptiX
OSN 8800 T32 must use the TN52UXCH/TN52UXCM board and the OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack
must use the TN16UXCM board.
The board can work in line mode on a general OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack only when the 100G line
board license for general OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subracks is configured.
l In the general OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack and OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack, the board
can work only in relay mode.
Variants
Varia
nt
FEC Encoding
T01
40000 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-ePDM-QPSK(HFEC)-PIN
HFEC
T11
55000 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC)-PIN
SDFEC

Vari
ant
FEC Encoding
T11
SDFEC

Vari
ant
FEC Encoding
T01
HFEC
T31
150000 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2,

wDCM-Enhanced)-PIN
SDFEC2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1821
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Vari
ant
FEC Encoding
T51
SDFEC2
T52
SDFEC2
T53
SDFEC2
T61

wDCM)-PIN
SDFEC2

Vari
ant
FEC Encoding
T51
SDFEC2
T52
SDFEC2
T53
SDFEC2
T61

wDCM)-PIN
SDFEC2
T65
12000 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2,wDCMMetro)-PIN
SDFEC2
NOTE
The T65 variant of the TN58NS4 board applies to metro networks, and its WDM-side module requires the use of the same
wavelength at the transmit and receive ends and does not support wavelength change by configuring regeneration boards or singlefiber bidirectional transmission.

l
Function:
Board
FEC Encoding
TN54NS4
HFEC/SDFEC
TN56NS4
SDFEC
TN57NS4
HFEC/SDFEC2
TN58NS4
SDFEC2

l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Front panel and valid slots:

1822
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
TN58NS4 is a single-slot board, and other NS4 boards are dual-slot boards. The front panel
and valid slots vary according to the version of the board that you use. For details, see
15.7.6 Front Panel and 15.7.7 Valid Slots.
l
Specification:
The specifications vary according to the version of the board that you use. For details, see
15.7.10 NS4 Specifications.
Origin
al
Board
Substit
ute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN54N
S4
TN56NS
4/
TN57NS
4
The TN56NS4/TN57NS4 can be created as 54NS4 or 54NS4(REG)

on the NMS. The former can substitute for the latter, without any
software upgrade. After substitution, the TN56NS4 functions as the
TN54NS4.
NOTE
TN56NS4: When both the receive and transmit boards employ SDFEC, the
substitution applies.
TN57NS4: When both the receive and transmit boards employ HFEC, the
substitution applies.
TN56N
S4
None
TN57N
S4
TN58NS
4
The TN58NS4 can be created as 57NS4 on the NMS. The former can
substitute for the latter, without any software upgrade. After
substitution, the TN58NS4 functions as the TN57NS4. The TN58NS4
board occupies one physical slot and two logical slots while the
TN57NS4 board occupies two physical slots. After the substitution, the
remaining one physical slot cannot be used to house any other board.
NOTE
When both the transmit and receive boards use SDFEC2 encoding and are of
the same type, they can substitute for each other.
TN58N
S4
None

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1823
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

Hardware Update
Added the TN58NS4T65

board.
The T65 type is newly added for the networks in which

DCMs are used. The TN58NS4T65 board applies only to
metro networks.

Hardware Update
Compared with the other NS4 board, only the TN58NS4

board is single-slot 1 x 100G coherent line board and the
TN58NS4 board has lower power consumption.

Hardware Update
Added the TN57NS4T61

board.
TN57NS4T61: The board supports SDFEC2 and ePDMQPSK.

Hardware Update
The 1 x 100G coherent line board is required. The board

supports SDFEC2.
The board supports SDFEC2 to further improve the net
coding gain of FEC and system transmission capabilities.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
The 1 x 100G coherent line board is required. The board

supports SDFEC.

1824
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

Hardware Update


Allowed the TN54NS4 board to

work as a line board inside the

Hardware Update
The 100G coherent line board is added. The board supports

HFEC and SDFEC to further improve the net coding gain
of FEC and system transmission capabilities.
15.7.3 Application
As a type of line board, the NS4 board converts 80xODU0, 40xODU1, 10xODU2, 10xODU2e,
2xODU3, 1xODU4, or 80xODUflex into one ITU-T G.694.1 OTU4 signal. The board supports
hybrid transmission of the ODU0 service, ODU1 service, ODU2/ODU2e service, ODU3 service
and the ODUflex service. The NS4 board uses coherent receive technology. Therefore, the board
is intended for coherent systems.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1825
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Application scenario 1 of the NS4 board: conversion between 80 channels of ODU0

signals and one channel of OTU4 signals
80xODU0
80xODU0
NS4
NS4
1
TOA
TOA
8
10
1
TOA
TOA
8
80xODU0
M
U
X IN
/
D OUT
M
U
X
1ODU4
M
U
OUT
X
/
IN D
M
U
X
1OTU4
1OTU4
1ODU4
80xODU0
10
NOTE
TN54NS4: This application scenario is supported only when the 54NS4 board is added on the NMS.
TN56NS4/TN57NS4/TN58NS4: In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the board must
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1826
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Application scenario 2 of the NS4 board: conversion between 80 channels of

ODUflex signals and one channel of OTU4 signals
80xODUflex
80xODUflex
NS4
NS4
1
TEM28
TEM28
10
1
TEM28
TEM28
80xODUflex
M
U
X IN
/
D OUT
M
U
X
1ODU4
IN
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1OTU4
1OTU4
OUT
1ODU4
80xODUflex
10
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1827
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

40xODU1
40xODU1
NS4
NS4
1
TOA
TOA
8
1
TOA
TOA
8
40xODU1
M
U
IN
X
/
D OUT
M
U
X
1ODU4
M
U
OUT
X
/
IN D
M
U
X
1OTU4
1OTU4
1ODU4
40xODU1
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1828
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Application scenario 4 of the NS4 board: conversion between ten channels of

ODU2/ODU2e signals and one channel of OTU4 signals
10xODU2/ODU2e
10xODU2/ODU2e
NS4
NS4
1
1
TQX
TQX
4
10xODU2/ODU2e
M
U
X IN
/
D OUT
M
U
X
1ODU4
M
U
OUT X
/
IN D
M
U
X
1OTU4
1OTU4
TQX
1ODU4
10xODU2/ODU2e
1
TQX
TDX
TDX
NOTE
Application scenario 5 of the NS4 board: conversion between two channels of

ODU3 signals and one channel of OTU4 signals
2xODU3
2xODU3
NS4
NS4
TSXL
2xODU3

TSXL
1ODU4
M
U
X IN
/
D OUT
M
U
X
1OTU4
1OTU4
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
1ODU4
2xODU3
TSXL
M
U
OUT X
/
IN D
M
U
X
TSXL
1829
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
NOTE
Application scenario 6 of the NS4 board: conversion between one channel of ODU4
1xODU4
1xODU4
NS4
NS4
1ODU4
M
U
X IN
/
OUT
D
M
U
X
1OTU4
1OTU4
1ODU4
TSC
M
U
OUT X
/
IN D
M
U
X
TSC
NOTE
Application scenario 7 of the NS4 board: implement the electrical regeneration of

one channel of OTU4 signal
NS4
1OTU4
IN
1OTU4
DMUX
OUT
MUX
NS4
1OTU4
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
OUT
1OTU4
MUX
IN
DMUX

1830
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
NOTE
TN54NS4: This application scenario is supported only when the 54NS4(REG) board is added on the NMS.
TN54NS4/TN56NS4/TN57NS4/TN58NS4: In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter must
be set to Electrical Relay Mode or Optical Relay Mode. When optical-layer and electrical-layer ASON
are enabled, it does not matter whether the Board Mode parameter is set to Optical Relay Mode or
Electrical Relay mode. The parameter must be set to Optical Relay Mode for the line board in a nonASON system; otherwise, end-to-end management of services is not available.

1xOTU4
TOM
ODU0
ODU1
ODU1
TQX
TSXL
ODU3
ODU1
ODU2/
ODU2e ODU2e
ODUflex ODUflex
ODU2/
ODU3
ODU3
M
U
OUT X
/
IN
D
M
U
X
M
U
X IN
/
OUT
D
M
U
X
ODU0 ODU0
ODU0
ODU1 ODU1
ODU1
ODU2/ ODU2/
ODU2e
ODU2e
ODUflex
ODUflex
ODU2/
ODU2e
ODUflex
ODU3 ODU3
ODU3
1ODU4
1OTU4
ND2/ ODU2/
TDX ODU2e
ODUflex
ODU0
1OTU4
1ODU4
TOA
ODU0
NS4
TOM
TOA
ND2/
TDX
TQX
TSXL
NS4
NOTE
The IN/OUT port can transmit a mixture of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2/ODU2e, ODUflex, and ODU3 signals, the
total bandwidth cannot exceed 100 Gbit/s.

and ESC.
Function and
feature
Description
Basic function

80xODU0/80xODUflex/40xODU1/10xODU2/10xODU2e/
Supports mixed transmission of ODU0, ODU1, ODUflex, ODU2, ODU2e,
and ODU3 signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1831
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Function and
feature
Description
Cross-connect
capabilities
Supports the cross-connection of 80 channels of ODU0/ODUflex signals

or 40 channels of ODU1 signals or ten channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals
or two channels of ODU3 signals or one channel of ODU4 signals between
the NS4 and the cross-connect board.
OTN function
l Supports the OTU4 interface on the WDM side.

to the ITU-T G.709.
l ODUk (k=0, 1, 2, 3, 4, flex) layer: supports the PM and TCM function,
NOTE
Only the TN56NS4/TN57NS4/TN58NS4 board supports TCM and TCM nonintrusive monitoring of the ODUflex layer.
WDM
specification
Tunable
wavelength
function
ESC function
Supported
PRBS function
LPT function
Not supported
FEC coding
TN54NS4: Supports HFEC and SDFEC on the WDM side.

TN56NS4: Supports SDFEC on the WDM side.
TN57NS4: Supports HFEC and SDFEC2 on the WDM side.
TN58NS4: Supports SDFEC2 on the WDM side.
NOTE
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
Regeneration
board
The WDM-side signals from an NS4 board can be regenerated by another

NS4 board or an LTX board of the same type. For example,

power of the laser.
l The type of the TN54NS4T01 board is T01, and the TN54NS4T01

board can be regenerated by other NS4 and LTX boards of the T01 type,
such as TN54NS4T01, TN57NS4T01, TN11LTXT01, and
TN12LTXT01.
ALS function
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Not supported

1832
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Function and
feature
Description
Latency
measurement
l TN54NS4: not supported.

l TN56NS4/TN57NS4: supports the PM Latency measurement.
l TN58NS4: supports the PM and TCM Latency measurement.
Test frame
Not supported
IEEE 1588v2
Not supported
Physical clock
Not supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Supported
Electrical-layer
ASON
Supported
Protection
scheme

DCP/QCP board).
NOTE
SNCP protection and ODUk SPRing protection.
Loopback
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
WDM side
Loopback
ODU0
Channel
Loopbac
k
ODU1
Channel
Loopbac
k
ODU2
Channel
Loopba
ck
ODU3
Channel
Loopbac
k
ODUfle
x
Channel
Loopba
ck
Supported
Supporte
d
Support
ed
Support
ed
Support
ed
Support
ed

1833
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Function and
feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
IEEE 802.3ae
IEEE 802.3ba
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
INTERFACES (FC-PI)
(FC-SB-2)
Control (MAC)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1834
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Function and
feature
Description
Protocol (PHY)
Dependent (PDM)
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1
Function
and feature
Description
Basic
function

Regeneratin
g rate
OTN
function

the ITU-T G.709.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1835
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Function
and feature
Description
WDM
specification
Tunable
wavelength
function
ESC
function
Supported
PRBS
function
Not supported
FEC coding
TN54NS4: Supports HFEC and SDFEC on the WDM side.

TN56NS4: Supports SDFEC on the WDM side.
TN57NS4: Supports HFEC and SDFEC2 on the WDM side.
TN58NS4: Supports SDFEC2 on the WDM side.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
ALS
function
Not supported
Test frame
Not supported
IEEE
1588v2
Not supported
Physical
clock
Not supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Supported
Not supported
Protection
scheme
Not supported
Protocols or
standards
compliance


power of the laser.

1836
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and feature
15 OTN Line Board
Description
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The NS4 board consists of the WDM-side optical module, OTN processing module, control and

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1837
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-75 Functional modules and signal flow of the NS4 board (Line Mode)
80xODU0/80xODUflex/40xODU1/
10xODU2/10xODU2e/2xODU3/1xODU4
WDM side
Cross-connect
module
OTNOTN
processing
processing
module
module
E/O
OUT
O/E
IN
WDM-side
Optical
module
Signal processing
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
l
Transmit direction
The OTN processing module receives ODUk electrical signals sent from the crossconnection board through the backplane. The module performs operations such as OTN
framing and FEC encoding. Then, the module outputs one channel of OTU4 signals.
conversion, the module sends out the OTU4 optical signals at DWDM standard
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT optical interface.
Receive direction
standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN optical interface.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1838
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
module performs operations such as OTU4 framing and FEC decoding. Then, the module
sends out ODUk electrical signals to the backplane for service cross-connection.

Figure 15-76 Functional modules and signal flow of the NS4 board (Relay Mode)
WDM side
WDM side
O/E
IN
E/O
WDM-side
Optical
module
OUT
WDM-side
Optical
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
The NS4 board implements the regeneration of one channel of optical signals. The wavelengths
at the receive and transmit ends of the board are the ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM
wavelengths that carry OTU4 optical signals.
conversion, the module sends out the OTU4 signals at DWDM standard wavelengths that comply
with ITU-T G.694.1.
Module Function
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1839
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board

l

The module consists of an OTN processing module and cross-connect module.
backplane.

Power supply module

15.7.6 Front Panel


Figure 15-77 and Figure 15-78, Figure 15-79 show the front panel of the NS4 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1840
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-77 Front panel of the TN54NS4(HFEC) board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1841
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-78 Front panel of the TN54NS4(SDFEC)/TN56NS4/TN57NS4 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1842
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
NOTE
Indicators
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1843
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Interfaces
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT
LC

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

15.7.7 Valid Slots

Two slots house one TN54NS4/TN56NS4/TN57NS4 board. One slot houses one TN58NS4
board.
Table 15-102 shows the valid slots for the TN58NS4 board, Table 15-103 shows the valid slots
for the other NS4 boards.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18

1844
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800

universal platform
subrack
IU3-IU16
Table 15-103 Valid slots for the TN54NS4/TN56NS4/TN57NS4 board

Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack

IU46-IU52, IU54-IU60, IU62-IU68
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU2-IU8, IU12-IU18
OptiX OSN 8800

universal platform
subrack
IU4-IU16
When NS4 boards are used as regeneration boards and ESC communication is required, the
transmit-end and receive-end NS4 boards for the same wavelength must be configured in paired
slots. This restriction does not apply to other scenarios.
l
TN54NS4/TN56NS4/TN57NS4:
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack: The NS4 boards for transmitting and receiving the same
wavelength must be installed in slots IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU12 and IU14, IU16
and IU18, IU20 and IU22, IU24 and IU26, IU28 and IU30, IU32 and IU34, IU36 and
wavelength must be installed in slots IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU13 and IU15, IU17
and IU19, IU21 and IU23, IU25 and IU27, IU30 and IU32, or IU34 and IU36.
wavelength must be installed in IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU12 and IU14, or IU16
and IU18.
OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack: The NS4 boards for transmitting and
receiving the same wavelength must be installed in IU6 and IU8, IU10 and IU12, or
IU14 and IU16.
TN58NS4:
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack: The TN58NS4 boards for transmitting and receiving
the same wavelength must be installed in slots IU1 and IU2, IU3 and IU4, IU5 and IU6,
IU7 and IU8, IU11 and IU12, IU13 and IU14, IU15 and IU16, IU17 and IU18, IU19
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1845
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
IU64, IU65 and IU66, or IU67 and IU68.
the same wavelength must be installed in slots IU1 and IU2, IU3 and IU4, IU5 and IU6,
IU32, IU33 and IU34, or IU35 and IU36.
the same wavelength must be installed in IU1 and IU2, IU3 and IU4, IU5 and IU6, IU7
OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack: The TN58NS4 boards for transmitting
and receiving the same wavelength must be installed in IU3 and IU4, IU5 and IU6, IU7


IN/OUT
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections. For example, IN1/OUT1OCh:1 is a logical port of the board.
Figure 15-80 shows the logical Ports of the NS4 board. Table 15-105 describes the meaning of
each port.
NOTE
TN54NS4: ODUk cross-connections through the backplane are supported only when the 54NS4 board is selected
on the NMS.
TN56NS4/TN57NS4/TN58NS4: ODUk cross-connections through the backplane are supported only when the
Board Mode parameter of the board must be set to Line Mode.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1846
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-80 Port diagram of the NS4 board

Backplane
IN/OUT-OCh:1
1xODU4
OCh:1
ODU4
ODU3:1
2xODU3
ODU4:1
OCh:1
ODU3:2
ODU2:1
ODU4:1
10xODU2/
10xODU2e
OCh:1
ODU2:10
1(IN/OUT)
ODU1:1
ODU4:1
40xODU1
OCh:1
ODU1:40
ODU0:1
ODU4:1
80xODU0
OCh:1
ODU0:80
ODUflex:1
ODU4:1
80xODUflex
OCh:1
ODUflex:80
ODU1 mapping path
ODU0 mapping path
ODU4 mapping path
ODU3 mapping path

configured on the NMS to receive ODUk
ODU2 mapping path
Table 15-105 Descriptions of the ports on the NS4 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Port Name
Description
1(IN/OUT)

1847
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Port Name
Description
IN/OUT-OCh:1







For parameters of the NS4, refer to Table 15-106.
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused

channel of a board.
Default: Used

moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1848
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
Channel Loopback
Outloop
Laser Status
Off, On
Default: On

more information.
FEC Working State
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

function for an optical interface. After
the FEC function is disabled, services
become abnormal.
NOTE
HFEC, SDFEC,
SDFEC2
FEC Mode
Queries the FEC mode of the current

optical interface.
Receive Wavelength
1/1529.16/196.050 to
80/1560.61/192.100
Default: /

parameter:
same as the transmit wavelength of
the board, use the default value so
that the receive wavelength
automatically keeps the same as the
transmit wavelength.
board, set this parameter to a value
that is same as the transmit
wavelength of the remote board;
NOTE
set to the default value.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1849
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
Receive Band Type
C
Default: C

Band Type
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Tunable Wavelength
Range

Planned Wavelength
No./Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)
1/1529.16/196.050 to
80/1560.61/192.100

board.
Default: /

information.
Planned Band Type
C
Default: C

wavelength.
PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1850
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
l Disabled, GCC1
+GCC2 Enabled,
Only GCC1
Enabled, Only
GCC2 Enabled

and GCC2 in OTN overheads.
l Default value for the

line mode: Disabled
l Default value for the
relay mode: Only
GCC1 Enabled

Disabled, the system will process the
GCC1 and GCC2 bytes in the OTN
overhead.
+GCC2 Enabled, the system will
not process the GCC1 or GCC2 byte
in the OTN overhead.
l When the parameter is set to Only
GCC1 Enabled, the system will not
process the GCC1 byte but only the
GCC2 byte in the OTN overhead.
Standard Mode,
Speedup Mode
Line Rate
Default: Standard
Mode
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
ODUflex Tolerance
(ppm)
0 to 100
Default: Disabled
Default: 100
Set this parameter to Standard Mode

Set this parameter to Speedup Mode
when ODU2e signals are crossconnected.
NOTE
set it to 100.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1851
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
Board Mode
TN54NS4:


Optical Relay Mode
Default: Electrical
Relay Mode
TN56NS4/TN57NS4/
TN58NS4:
Relay Mode, Optical
Relay Mode
Default:
l 8800 T64 general
subrack / 8800 T64
enhanced subrack/
8800 T32 enhanced
subrack/ 8800 T32
general subrack/
8800 T16: Line
Mode
l 8800 universal
platform subrack:
Electrical Relay
Mode

line board.
regeneration board.
NOTE
NOTE
If the TN54NS4 board needs to work in relay
mode, select the board as 54NS4(REG) when
creating it on the NMS. The parameter is
available only in this scenario.
In the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 general subrack,
the TN56NS4 board supports only the relay
mode, and the parameter value must be set to
Mode.
In the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 general
subrack / 8800 T32 general subrack, the
TN57NS4/TN58NS4 board supports only
the relay mode, and the parameter value must
be set to Optical Relay Mode or Electrical
Relay Mode.

Board
TN54NS4

TN56NS4
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1852
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Board
TN57NS4

wDCM-Enhanced)-PIN
wDCM)-PIN
TN58NS4

wDCM)-PIN
12000 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2,wDCMMetro)-PIN
NOTE
point.

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
ePDM-QPSK(HFEC)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

power
dBm
-5

1853
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
GHz
2.5
width
nm
0.35
ps/nm
40000

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561
dBm
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

power
dBm
-5
GHz
2.5
width
nm
0.4
ps/nm
55000

1854
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561
dBm
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
wDCM-Enhanced)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
wDCM-Enhanced)-PIN
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2,
wDCM-Enhanced)

Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

power
dBm
-5
GHz
2.5
width
nm
0.48
ps/nm
150000
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561

1855
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
wDCM-Enhanced)-PIN
dBm
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
150000 ps/nm)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2)

Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

power
dBm
-5
GHz
2.5
width
nm
0.3
ps/nm
150000
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561
dBm
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

1856
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
55000 ps/nm)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2)

Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

power
dBm
-5
GHz
2.5
width
nm
0.3
ps/nm
55000

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561
dBm
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
40000 ps/nm)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1857
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

power
dBm
-5
GHz
2.5
width
nm
0.3
ps/nm
40000

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561
dBm
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
wDCM)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
wDCM)-PIN
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2,
wDCM)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

1858
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
wDCM)-PIN

power
dBm
-5
GHz
2.5
width
nm
0.3
ps/nm
150000

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561
dBm
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
wDCM-Metro)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
wDCM-Metro)-PIN
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC2,
wDCM-Metro)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

power
dBm
-5
GHz
2.5

1859
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type

wDCM-Metro)-PIN
width
nm
0.3
ps/nm
12000

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561
dBm
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
NOTE
The WDM-side module requires the use of the same wavelength at the transmit and receive ends and does
not support wavelength change by configuring regeneration boards or single-fiber bidirectional
transmission.
l
Dimensions of front panel (H x W x D):

TN54NS4/TN56NS4/TN57NS4: 264.6 mm (10.4 in.) x 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) x 220 mm (8.7
in.)
TN58NS4: 264.6 mm (10.4 in.) x 25.4 mm (1.0 in.) x 220 mm (8.7 in.)
Weight:
TN54NS4: 2.5 kg (5.5 lb.)
TN56NS4: 2.5 kg (5.5 lb.)
TN57NS4: 2.6 kg (5.7 lb.)
TN58NS4: 1.62 kg (3.57 lb.)
Power Consumption
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
WDM-Side Module
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN54NS4 (line
application)
168
182

1860
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Board
WDM-Side Module
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
55000 ps/nm-C BandTunable WavelengthePDM-QPSK

(SDFEC)-PIN
180
200
155
167

(SDFEC)-PIN
167
185
TN56NS4 (line
application)

(SDFEC)-PIN
160
170
TN56NS4
(regeneration
application)

(SDFEC)-PIN
160
170
TN57NS4 (line
application)
163.0
177.9

(SDFEC2, wDCMEnhanced)-PIN
171.7
188.9

(SDFEC2)-PIN
171.7
188.9

(SDFEC2)-PIN
171.7
188.9

(SDFEC)-PIN
171.7
188.9
TN54NS4
(regeneration
application)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1861
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
TN57NS4
(regeneration
application)
TN58NS4
15 OTN Line Board
WDM-Side Module
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)

(SDFEC2, wDCM)PIN
171.7
188.9
155.0
167.0

171.7
188.9

(SDFEC2)-PIN
171.7
188.9

(SDFEC2)-PIN
171.7
188.9

(SDFEC2)-PIN
171.7
188.9

(SDFEC2, wDCM)PIN
171.7
188.9

(SDFEC2)-PIN
94
101

(SDFEC2)-PIN
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1862
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Board
WDM-Side Module
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)

(SDFEC2)-PIN
(SDFEC2, wDCM)PIN
(SDFEC2,wDCMMetro)-PIN
15.8 NS4M
NS4M: 100G line service processing board

The available functional versions of the NS4M board is TN54.

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Initial
Version
General
8800
T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800
T32
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univers
al
Platfor
m
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
54
NS
4M
V100R0
08C10
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1863
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
NOTE
l When the NS4M board works in the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack, the TNK2USXH
+TNK2UXCT boards must be configured.
l When the NS4M board works in the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack and general OptiX OSN 8800
T32 subrack, the TN52UXCH/TN52UXCM board must be configured.
l When the NS4M board works in the OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack, the TN16UXCM board must be
configured.
Variants
The TN54NS4M board has ten variants.
NOTE
l The wavelengths of optical ports "IN1/OUT1", "IN2/OUT2", "IN3/OUT3", and "IN4/OUT4" are
consecutive with a 100 GHz spacing.
l Optical ports "IN1/OUT1", "IN2/OUT2", "IN3/OUT3", and "IN4/OUT4" are in descending order of
frequency.
l Each board (with a unique variant) supports only odd wavelengths or even wavelengths, which can be
specified on the U2000. The following table lists information about the wavelengths supported by
different boards.
Va
ria
nt

to IN4/OUT4

to IN4/OUT4
Wavelength
Number
Central
Frequency
(THz)
Center
Wavelength
(nm)
Wavelength
Number
Central
Frequency
(THz)
Center
Wavelength
(nm)
01
73
192.45
1557.77
74
192.40
1558.17
75
192.35
1558.58
76
192.30
1558.98
77
192.25
1559.39
78
192.20
1559.79
79
192.15
1560.20
80
192.10
1560.61
65
192.85
1554.54
66
192.80
1554.94
67
192.75
1555.34
68
192.70
1555.75
69
192.65
1556.15
70
192.60
1556.55
71
192.55
1556.96
72
192.50
1557.36
57
193.25
1551.32
58
193.20
1551.72
59
193.15
1552.12
60
193.10
1552.52
61
193.05
1552.93
62
193.00
1553.33
63
192.95
1553.73
64
192.90
1554.13
49
193.65
1548.11
50
193.60
1548.51
51
193.55
1548.91
52
193.50
1549.32
02
03
04
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1864
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Va
ria
nt
05
06
07
08
09
10
15 OTN Line Board

to IN4/OUT4

to IN4/OUT4
Wavelength
Number
Central
Frequency
(THz)
Center
Wavelength
(nm)
Wavelength
Number
Central
Frequency
(THz)
Center
Wavelength
(nm)
53
193.45
1549.72
54
193.40
1550.12
55
193.35
1550.52
56
193.30
1550.92
41
194.05
1544.92
42
194.00
1545.32
43
193.95
1545.72
44
193.90
1546.12
45
193.85
1546.52
46
193.80
1546.92
47
193.75
1547.32
48
193.70
1547.72
33
194.45
1541.75
34
194.40
1542.14
35
194.35
1542.54
36
194.30
1542.94
37
194.25
1543.33
38
194.20
1543.73
39
194.15
1544.13
40
194.10
1544.53
25
194.85
1538.58
26
194.80
1538.98
27
194.75
1539.37
28
194.70
1539.77
29
194.65
1540.16
30
194.60
1540.56
31
194.55
1540.95
32
194.50
1541.35
17
195.25
1535.43
18
195.20
1535.82
19
195.15
1536.22
20
195.10
1536.61
21
195.05
1537.00
22
195.00
1537.40
23
194.95
1537.79
24
194.90
1538.19
195.65
1532.29
10
195.60
1532.68
11
195.55
1533.07
12
195.50
1533.47
13
195.45
1533.86
14
195.40
1534.25
15
195.35
1534.64
16
195.30
1535.04
196.05
1537.00
196.00
1529.55
195.95
1537.79
195.90
1530.33
195.85
1538.58
195.80
1531.12
195.75
1539.37
195.70
1531.90
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1865
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board


Hardware Update
Added the 05, 06, 07, 08, 09,

and 10 types of TN54NS4M
boards.
The new TN54NS4M boards provide enhanced functions

and can support 80 wavelengths.

Hardware Update
Added the TN54NS4M board.
The board is generally used for short-distance transmission

of mass data in data centers.
15.8.3 Application
As a type of line board, the NS4M board converts 80 ODU0, 40 ODU1, ten ODU2, ten ODU2e,
two ODU3, one ODU4, or 80 ODUflex into one ITU-T G.694.1 OTU4 signal. The board
supports hybrid transmission of the ODU0 service, ODU1 service, ODU2/ODU2e service,
ODU3 service and the ODUflex service. The NS4M board uses four wavelengths to transmit
one channel of OTU4 signals in the short-haul IDC interconnection scenario.
NOTE
In any direction of signal transmitting and receiving, four optical signals must pass through the same trail, and
the accumulated difference in the fiber lengths of the four optical signals must be less than 2 m. Detailed
requirements are as follows:
l Four IN ports must use pigtails of the same length and be connected to the same board.
l Four OUT ports must use pigtails of the same length and be connected to the same board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1866
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Application scenario 1 of the NS4M board: 80 channels of ODU0 signals from the
backplane
Figure 15-81 Position of the NS4M board in the WDM system (application scenario 1)
80xODU0
80xODU0
NS4M
1
NS4M
1
1
OUT1
IN1
IN1
OUT1
TOA
TOA
8
IN4
80xODU0
IN4
TOA
8
1ODU4
OUT4
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1OTU4
1OTU4
1ODU4
80xODU0
10
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
10
OUT4
1
TOA
Application scenario 2 of the NS4M board: 80 channels of ODUflex signals from

the backplane
80xODUflex
80xODUflex
NS4M
1
NS4M
1
1
OUT1
IN1
IN1
OUT1
TEM28
IN4
10
OUT4

80xODUflex
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
8
1ODU4
IN4
TEM28
OUT4
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
TEM28
1OTU4
1OTU4
1ODU4
80xODUflex
10
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1
TEM28
1867
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Application scenario 3 of the NS4M board: 40 channels of ODU1 signals from the
backplane
40xODU1
40xODU1
NS4M
1
NS4M
1
1
OUT1
IN1
IN1
OUT1
TOA
TOA
8
IN4
OUT4

40xODU1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1ODU4
IN4
TOA
8
OUT4
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1OTU4
1OTU4
1ODU4
40xODU1
1
TOA
1868
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Application scenario 4 of the NS4M board: ten channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals

from the backplane
10xODU2/ODU2e
10xODU2/ODU2e
NS4M
1
TQX
4
IN1
OUT1
IN4
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
10xODU2/ODU2e
OUT4
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1ODU4
IN1
1
TQX
1OTU4
OUT1
1OTU4
TQX
1ODU4
10xODU2/ODU2e
NS4M
1
TQX
IN4
OUT4
TDX
TDX
Application scenario 5 of the NS4M board: two channels of ODU3 signals from the
backplane
2xODU3
2xODU3
NS4M
NS4M
OUT1
TSXL
IN4
OUT4

TSXL
2xODU3
OUT1
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X IN4
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
OUT4 X
1ODU4
IN1
1OTU4
1OTU4
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
1ODU4
2xODU3
TSXL
IN1
TSXL
1869
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Application scenario 6 of the NS4M board: one channel of ODU4 signals from the
backplane
1xODU4
1xODU4
NS4M
NS4M
OUT1
IN1
IN4
1ODU4
1OTU4
1ODU4
TSC
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
OUT4 X
1OTU4
OUT1
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X IN4
IN1
TSC
OUT4

1xOTU4
NS4M
TOM
TSXL
ODU1
ODU1
ODU1
ODU2/
ODU2e
ODU2/
ODU2e
ODU2/
ODU2e
ODUflex
ODUflex
ODUflex
ODU3
ODU3
NS4M
IN1
OUT1
ODU0
IN1
OUT4
ODU3
IN4
OUT1
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
IN4
OUT4
1ODU4
1OTU4
428Gbit/s
OTN
1OTU4
TQX
ODU0
1OTU4
428Gbit/s
OTN
1OTU4
1ODU4
TOA
ND2/
TDX
ODU0
ODU0
ODU0
ODU0
ODU1
ODU1
ODU1
ODU2/
ODU2e
ODU2/
ODU2e
ODUflex ODUflex
ODU3
ODU3
TOM
TOA
ODU2/ ND2/
ODU2e TDX
ODUflex
ODU3
TQX
TSXL
NOTE
l The board can transmit a mixture of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2/ODU2e, ODUflex, and ODU3 signals, the total
bandwidth cannot exceed 100 Gbit/s.

The NS4M board achieves cross-connection at the electrical layer, and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1870
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Table 15-115 Functions and features of the NS4M board

Function and
feature
Description
Basic function
The NS4M board converts signals into one channel of OTU4 signals
(shown in the following sequence) and then four channels of ITU-T G.
694.1-compliant wavelength signals.
and ODU3 signals.
Cross-connect
capabilities

the NS4M and the cross-connect board.
OTN function

to the ITU-T G.709.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
WDM
specification
Tunable
wavelength
function
Not supported
ESC function
Supported
PRBS function
LPT function
Not supported
FEC coding
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
ALS function
Not supported
Latency
measurement
Supported
Test frame
Not supported

power of the laser.

1871
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Function and
feature
Description
Optical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Electrical-layer
ASON
Supported
Protection
scheme

NOTE
SNCP protection.
Loopback
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
WDM side
Loopback
ODU0
Channel
Loopbac
k
ODU1
Channel
Loopbac
k
ODU2
Channel
Loopba
ck
ODU3
Channel
Loopbac
k
ODUfle
x
Channel
Loopba
ck
Supported
Supporte
d
Support
ed
Support
ed
Support
ed
Support
ed

1872
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Function and
feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
IEEE 802.3ae
IEEE 802.3ba
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
INTERFACES (FC-PI)
(FC-SB-2)
Control (MAC)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1873
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Function and
feature
Description
Protocol (PHY)
Dependent (PDM)
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The NS4M board consists of the WDM-side optical module, OTN processing module, control

Figure 15-88 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the NS4M board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1874
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-88 Functional modules and signal flow of the NS4M board
WDM side
OUT1
E/O
Cross-connect
module
OTNOTN
processing
processing
module
module
O/E
WDM-side
Optical
module
Signal processing
module
OUT4
IN1
IN4
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the NS4M board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the backplane of the NS4M to the WDM side
of the NS4M, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
conversion, the module sends out four OTN optical signals at DWDM standard wavelengths
that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT1-OUT4 optical interfaces.
Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives four channels of OTN optical signals at DWDM
interfaces. The module then performs O/E conversion to convert the received signals into
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1875
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Module Function
l

WDM-side receiver: performs O/E conversion to convert four channels of received
OTN optical signals into four channels of OTN electrical signals and converts the OTN
electrical signals into one channel of OTU4 electrical signals.
WDM-side transmitter: converts one channel of OTU4 electrical signals into four
channels of OTN electrical signals and performs E/O conversion to convert the OTN
electrical signals into four channels of OTN optical signals.

Grooms electrical signals between the NS4M and the cross-connect board through the
backplane.

Power supply module

15.8.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the NS4M board.

Figure 15-89 shows the front panel of the NS4M board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1876
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-89 Front panel of the NS4M board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1877
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 15-116 Types and functions of the interfaces on the NS4M board
Interface
Type
Function
IN1-IN4
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT1-OUT4
LC

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

15.8.7 Valid Slots

Two slots house one NS4M board.
Table 15-117 shows the valid slots for the NS4M board.
Table 15-117 Valid slots for the NS4M board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack

IU46-IU52, IU54-IU60, IU62-IU68
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU2-IU8, IU12-IU18

1878
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
NOTE
The online signal bus on the NS4M board is mounted to the backplane along the right slot in the subrack.
Therefore, the slot number of the NS4M board displayed on the NM is the number of the right one of the two
slots. For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the NS4M board, the slot number of the NS4M board displayed
on the NM is IU2.


Table 15-118 Mapping between the physical ports on the NS4M board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1
IN2/OUT2
IN3/OUT3
IN4/OUT4
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections. For example, IN1/OUT1OCh:1 is a logical port of the board.
Figure 15-90 shows the logical Ports of the NS4M board. Table 15-119 describes the meaning
of each port.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1879
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Figure 15-90 Port diagram of the NS4M board

Backplane
IN/OUT-OCh:1
1xODU4
OCh:1
ODU4
ODU3:1
2xODU3
ODU4:1
OCh:1
ODU3:2
ODU2:1
ODU4:1
10xODU2/
10xODU2e
OCh:1
ODU2:10
1(IN1/OUT1)
ODU1:1
ODU4:1
40xODU1
OCh:1
4(IN4/OUT4)
ODU1:40
ODU0:1
ODU4:1
80xODU0
OCh:1
ODU0:80
ODUflex:1
ODU4:1
80xODUflex
OCh:1
ODUflex:80
ODU1 mapping path
ODU0 mapping path
ODU4 mapping path
ODU3 mapping path

ODU2 mapping path
Table 15-119 Descriptions of the ports on the NS4M board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Port Name
Description
(1 to 4)(IN/OUT)

1880
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Port Name
Description
1(IN/OUT)-OCh:1

1(IN/OUT)-OCh:1-ODU4:1-ODU3:(1 to 2)




1(IN/OUT)-OCh:1-ODU4:1-ODUflex:(1 to 80)


For parameters of the NS4M, refer to Table 15-120.
Table 15-120 NS4M parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

channel of a board.
moment.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1881
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Channel Loopback
Outloop
Laser Status
Off, On
Default: On

more information.
FEC Working State
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

FEC Mode
HFEC

optical interface.
Band Type
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Wavelength Parity
Odd, Even
Specifies the desired parity of the

working band of the board.
Default: Even
Planned Wavelength
No./Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)
1/1529.16/196.050 to
80/1560.61/192.100
Default: /

board.
information.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1882
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
Planned Band Type

wavelength.
Default: C

PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
l Disabled, GCC1
+GCC2 Enabled,
Only GCC1
Enabled, Only
GCC2 Enabled
l Default value:
Disabled

overhead.
Line Rate
Standard Mode,
Speedup Mode
Default: Standard
Mode
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)


1883
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Field
Value
Description
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled

ODUflex Tolerance
(ppm)
0 to 100
Default: Disabled
Default: 100

NOTE
set it to 100.
15.8.10 NS4M Specifications

Board

Module
TN54NS
4M
350ps/nm-C Band-4 Wavelengths NRZPIN
N/A
NOTE
point.

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type

Line code format
Value
350ps/nm-C Band-4
Wavelengths NRZ-PIN
NRZ, HFEC

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1884
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
350ps/nm-C Band-4
Wavelengths NRZ-PIN
Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

power
dBm
-2
GHz
10

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
350

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561

enabled)
dBm
-14

(FEC enabled)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
The specifications of optical ports "IN1/OUT1" to "IN4/OUT4" are the same. This table lists
the specifications of only one optical port.
The wavelengths of optical ports "IN1/OUT1", "IN2/OUT2", "IN3/OUT3", and "IN4/OUT4"
are consecutive with a 100 GHz spacing. Each board (with a unique variant) supports only
odd wavelengths or even wavelengths, which can be specified on the U2000.
l
(8.7 in.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1885
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15 OTN Line Board
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN54NS4M
97.0
106.7
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1886
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

16
16 General Service Processing Board
General Service Processing Board
About This Chapter

16.1 GS4
GS4 : 100G General Service Processing Board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1887
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

16.1 GS4
GS4 : 100G General Service Processing Board

The available functional versions of the GS4 board is TN54.

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Initial
Version
General
8800
T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800
T32
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univers
al
Platfor
m
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
54
GS
4
V100R0
09C00SP
C100
NOTE
l The enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack must use the TNK2USXH+TNK2UXCT boards.
l The enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack must use the TN52UXCH/TN52UXCM board.
l The OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack must use the TN16UXCM board.
Variants
The TN54GS4 board has only one variant: TN54GS401.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1888
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
Added the TN54GS4 board.
The TN54GS4 board is a 100 Gbit/s general service processing board

that performs conversions between 80 x ODU0, 80 x ODUflex, 40 x
ODU1, 10 x ODU2, 10 x ODU2e, 2 x ODU3, or 1 x ODU4 and one
OTU4 gray optical signal. In addition, it supports hybrid transmission
of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2/ODU2e, ODU3, and ODUflex signals.
16.1.3 Application
The GS4 board is a general service processing board (for gray optical signals) that converts the
80xODU0, 40xODU1, 10xODU2, 10xODU2e, 2xODU3, 1xODU4, or 80xODUflex into one
OTU4 signal. The board supports hybrid transmission of the ODU0 service, ODU1 service,
ODU2/ODU2e service, ODU3 service and the ODUflex service.
Application scenario 1 of the GS4 board: pass-through of Line-side services at the

local site
Transparently transmits line-side services by working with another GS4 board, see Figure
16-1. When receiving a west WDM-side service, this GS4 board performs O/E conversion,
demapping, and demultiplexing to convert the service into an ODUk signal. Then this GS4 board
sends the ODUk signal to the cross-connect board for grooming. When the other GS4 board
receives the ODUk signal from the cross-connect board, it converts the ODUk signal into an
OTU4 gray optical signal by performing mapping, multiplexing, and E/O conversion, and sends
the OTU4 gray optical signal to the east. The reverse process is similar.
Figure 16-1 Position of the GS4 board in the system (application scenario 1)
Third-party OTU board
Colorless
light side
Colored
light side
ODUk(k=0,1,2,2e,3,4,flex)
OTU4
GS4
GS4
(k=0,1,2,2e,3,4,flex)
(k=0,1,2,2e,3,4,flex)
Third-party
WDM device
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
RX
OD
OM
TX
East WDM-side
ODUk
OTU4
OTU4
West WDM-side
ODUk
TX
OM
OD
RX
OTU4
Third-party
WDM device

1889
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Scenario
Type
Max. Number
Hybrid
transmissi
on
Hybrid transmission of ODU0,

ODU1, ODU2/ODU2e, ODU3, and
ODUflex signals is supported.
The maximum bandwidth is 100 Gbit/

s.
Nonhybrid
transmissi
on
ODU0
80
ODUflex
80
ODU1
40
ODU2/ODU2e
10
ODU3
ODU4
Application scenario 2 of the GS4 board: adding/dropping of client-side services

on the Line side
Allows for local add/drop of client services on the line side by working with an OTN tributary
board, see Figure 16-2. Specifically, the GS4 board receives OTU4 gray optical signals from
the line side, demultiplexes the OTU4 gray optical signals into ODUk signals by performing O/
E conversion, and then sends the ODUk signals to the cross-connect board for grooming. When
receiving the ODUk signals from the cross-connect board, the OTN tributary board demaps/
demultiplexes the ODUk signals that are to be locally dropped, performs E/O conversion, and
then drops the signals. The reverse process is similar.
Figure 16-2 Position of the GS4 board in the system (application scenario 2)
Third-party OTU board
Colorless
light side
Colored
light side
ODUk(k=0,1,2,2e,3,4,flex)
Client
Tributary
board
OTU4
GS4
OD/OM
Tributary
board
OTU4
ODUk
(k=0,1,2,2e,3,4,flex)
TX
RX
Third-party
WDM device
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1890
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Scenario
Type
Max. Number
Hybrid
transmissi
on
Hybrid transmission of ODU0,

ODU1, ODU2/ODU2e, ODU3, and
ODUflex signals is supported.
The maximum bandwidth is 100 Gbit/

s.
Nonhybrid
transmissi
on
ODU0
80
ODUflex
80
ODU1
40
ODU2/ODU2e
10
ODU3
ODU4

The GS4 board achieves cross-connection at the electrical layer, and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
Table 16-1 Functions and features of the GS4 board
Function
and feature
Description
Basic
function
GS4 converts signals as follows:

and ODU3 signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Line-side
service type
Crossconnect
capabilities
Supports the cross-connection of 80 channels of ODU0/ODUflex signals or

40 channels of ODU1 signals or ten channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals or
two channels of ODU3 signals or one channel of ODU4 signals between the
GS4 and the cross-connect board.

1891
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and feature
Description
OTN
function
l Supports the OTU4 interface on the line side.

the ITU-T G.709.
l ODUk (k=0, 1, 2/2e, 3, 4, flex) layer: supports the PM and TCM function,
ESC function
Supported
PRBS
function
Supports the PRBS function on the line side.
LPT function
Not supported
FEC coding
FEC
NOTE
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
ALS function
Not supported
Latency
measurement
Supported
Test frame
Not supported
IEEE 1588v2
Not supported
Physical
clock
Not supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Supported
Protection
scheme

power of the laser.

QCP board).
NOTE
SNCP protection.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1892
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function
and feature
Description
Loopback
Line-side
Loopback
ODU0
Channe
l
Loopba
ck
ODU1
Channel
Loopback
ODU2
Channel
Loopback
ODU3
Channel
Loopback
ODUf
lex
Chann
el
Loopb
ack
Supported
Suppor
ted
Supported
Supported
Supporte
d
Suppo
rted

1893
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
IEEE 802.3ae
IEEE 802.3ba
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
(FC-PI)
System for SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 344M, SMPTE 292 and
SMPTE 424M Signals
(MAC)
(PHY)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1894
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and feature
Description
(PDM)
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1

The GS4 board consists of the line-side optical module, OTN processing module, control and

Figure 16-3 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the GS4 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1895
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 16-3 Functional modules and signal flow of the GS4 board
Line side
E/O
TX
OTNOTN
processing
processing
module
module
O/E
RX
Line-side
Optical
module
Cross-connect
module
Signal processing
module
Control
Communication
CPU
Memory

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the GS4 board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the backplane of the GS4 to the line-side of
the GS4, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The OTU4 signals are sent to the line-side optical module. After performing E/O
conversion, the module sends out the OTU4 gray optical signals through the TX optical
interface.
Receive direction
The line-side optical module receives one channel of OTU4 gray optical signals through
the RX optical interface. Then, the module performs O/E conversion.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1896
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module Function
l
Line-side optical module

The module consists of a line-side receiver and a line-side transmitter.
Line-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of OTU4 gray optical signals.
Line-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from the internal electrical signals to
OTU4 gray optical signals.
Reports the performance of the line-side optical interface.
Reports the working state of the line-side laser.

Grooms electrical signals between the GS4 and the cross-connect board through the
backplane.

Power supply module

16.1.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the GS4 board.

Figure 16-4 shows the front panel of the GS4 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1897
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 16-4 Front panel of the GS4 board
NOTE
Indicators
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1898
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 16-2 Types and functions of the interfaces on the GS4 board
Interface
Type
Function
RX
LC
Receives OTU4 gray optical signals from the thirdparty OTU board.
TX
LC
Sends OTU4 gray optical signals to the third-party

OTU board.
Laser Hazard Level

16.1.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one GS4 board.
Table 16-3 shows the valid slots for the GS4 board.
Table 16-3 Valid slots for the GS4 board
Product
Valid Slots
Enhanced OptiX OSN

8800 T64 subrack
Enhanced OptiX OSN

8800 T32 subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18


Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1899
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 16-4 Mapping between the physical ports on the GS4 board and the port numbers
RX/TX
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections. For example, RX/TXOCh:1-ODU4:1 is a logical port of the board.
Figure 16-5 shows the logical Ports of the GS4 board. Table 16-5 describes the meaning of
each port.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1900
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 16-5 Port diagram of the GS4 board

Backplane
RX/TX-OCh:1
1xODU4
OCh:1
ODU4
RX/TX-OCh:1-ODU4:1-ODU3:(1-2)
ODU3:1
2xODU3
ODU4:1
OCh:1
ODU3:2
Other tributary/GS4 Board
ODU2:1
ODU4:1
10xODU2/
10xODU2e
OCh:1
ODU2:10
1(RX/TX)
ODU1:1
ODU4:1
40xODU1
OCh:1
ODU1:40
ODU0:1
ODU4:1
80xODU0
OCh:1
ODU0:80
RX/TX-OCh:1-ODU4:1-ODUflex:(1-80)
ODUflex:1
ODU4:1
80xODUflex
OCh:1
ODUflex:80
ODU1 mapping path
ODU0 mapping path
ODU4 mapping path
ODU3 mapping path

ODU2 mapping path
Table 16-5 Descriptions of the ports on the GS4 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Port Name
Description
1(RX1/TX1)
Line-side optical ports

1901
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Port Name
Description
1(RX1/TX1)-OCh:1

1(RX1/TX1)-OCh:1-ODU4:1-ODU3:(1 to 2)




1(RX1/TX1)-OCh:1-ODU4:1-ODUflex:(1 to 80)


For parameters of the GS4, refer to Table 16-6.
Table 16-6 GS4 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

channel of a board.
moment.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1902
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Channel Loopback
Outloop
Laser Status
Off, On
Default: OFF

more information.
FEC Working State
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

function for an optical interface. After
the FEC function is disabled, services
become abnormal.
FEC Mode
FEC

optical interface.
Enabled.
PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1903
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
l Disabled, GCC1
+GCC2 Enabled,
Only GCC1
Enabled, Only
GCC2 Enabled

l Default value:
Disabled

overhead.
Standard Mode,
Speedup Mode
Line Rate
Default: Standard
Mode
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
ODUflex Tolerance
(ppm)
0 to 100
Default: Disabled
Default: 100

NOTE
GS4 board receives 3GSDI services from
set it to 100.
16.1.10 GS4 Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1904
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Line-Side Fixed Optical Module
Line-Side Pluggable Optical

Module
TN54GS
4
N/A
(100G BASE-425G)/
(OTU4-428G)-10 km-CFPa
a: The GS4 board receives and transmits only OTU4 services.
NOTE
point.
Line-Side Pluggable Optical Module

NOTE
The GS4 board receives and transmits only OTU4 services.
Table 16-7 Line-side pluggable optical module specifications (100GE/OTU4 services)

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(100G BASE-425G)/
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
10 km (6.2 mi.)

Gbit/s
100GE: 25.78125
OTU4: 27.952493
ppm
100GE: -100 to 100

OTU4: -20 to 20
Minimum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1294.53
1299.02
1303.54
1308.09
Maximum Lane Center

Wavelength
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
nm

1296.59
1301.09
1905
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(100G BASE-425G)/
1305.63
1310.19

(Min)
dBm
100GE: 1.7

(Max)
dBm

Lane (Min)
dBm

Lane (Max)
dBm

(Min)
dBm

(Max)
dBm
Eye pattern mask
OTU4: 3.5
100GE: 10.5
OTU4: 8.9
100GE: -4.3
OTU4: -2.5
100GE: 4.5
OTU4: 2.9

(Min)
dB

Ratio (Min)
dB
100GE: 4
OTU4: 7
30

Receiver type
PIN
Gbit/s
100GE: 25.78125
OTU4: 27.952493
ppm
100GE: -100 to 100

OTU4: -20 to 20
Minimum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1294.53
1299.02
1303.54
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1906
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(100G BASE-425G)/
1308.09
Maximum Lane Center

Wavelength
nm
1296.59
1301.09
1305.63
1310.19

(Min)
dBm
100GE: -10.6

(Max)
dBm

(OMA) per Lane
dBm

per Lane
dBm
Receiver equivalent
dBm

per Lane
dBm
2.9 (Only for OTU4)
Maximum reflectance
dB
-26
OTU4: -8.8
100GE: 4.5
OTU4: 2.9
NOTE
reference for equipment commissioning. The method of commissioning the optical power for a GS4 board is
similar to that of commissioning the optical power for a tributary board. For details, see Commissioning Optical
Power of Tributary Board in the Commissioning.
l
(8.7 in.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1907
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Board
Line-Side Pluggable
Optical Module
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN54GS4
(100G BASE-425G)/
(OTU4-428G)-10
km-CFP
55
60
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1908
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

17 Universal Line Board
17
Universal Line Board
About This Chapter

17.1 Overview
A universal line board supports hybrid transmission of OTN, SDH, and packet services.
Compared to a common line board, a universal line board additionally supports SDH and packet
services. In other words, a universal line board grooms a wider range of electrical signals and
offers higher bandwidth utilization.
17.2 HUNQ2
HUNQ2: 4 x 10G Universal Line Service Processing Board
17.3 HUNS3
HUNS3: 40G Universal Line Service Processing Board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1909
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

17.1 Overview
A universal line board supports hybrid transmission of OTN, SDH, and packet services.
Compared to a common line board, a universal line board additionally supports SDH and packet
services. In other words, a universal line board grooms a wider range of electrical signals and
offers higher bandwidth utilization.
Positions of Universal Line Boards in a WDM System

A universal line board receives and processes ODUk signals, packets, or VC-4 signals from the
cross-connect board. When receiving packets or VC-4 signals, the board maps the them into
ODUk signals, performs multiplexing and E/O conversion, and sends out an OTUk optical signal
carried over an ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM wavelength. When receiving ODUk signals,
the board directly performs multiplexing and E/O conversion.
Figure 17-1 illustrates the position of a universal line board in a WDM system.
Figure 17-1 Position of a universal line board in a WDM system
Client-side
services
ODUk/VC-4/Packets
Tributary
board
WDM-side
services
Universal
line board
SC1
Universal
line board
Packet
service board
OD
TDM board
OA
Tributary
board
WDM-side ODF
Universal
line board
FIU
Packet
service board
OA
OM
TDM board
Universal
line board
Main Functions
The main difference between universal line boards lies in the number of line-side signals and
their rates as well as the type and number of signals from the cross-connect board. Table 17-1
provides the main functions of universal line boards.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1910
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 17-1 Main functions of universal line boards

Board
TN54HU
NS3
TN54HU
NQ2
TN56NS
3a
WDM-Side
Signal
Type
Max.
Number
Type
Max.
Num
ber
ODU0
32
ODUflex
32
OTU3,
OTU3e
ODU1
16
ODU2
ODU2e
OTU3e
ODU3
OTU3
Packets
40Gbit/s
VC-4
256
OTU3,
OTU3e
ODU0
32
ODUflex
32
ODU1
16
ODU2
ODU2e
OTU2e
Packets
40 Gbit/s
OTU2
VC-4
256
ODU0
32
ODUflex
32
ODU1
16
ODU2
ODU2e
OTU3e
ODU3
OTU3
VC-4
256
OTU3,
OTU3e
Pluggab
le
Optical
Module
Layer 2 Function
Not
supporte
d
l Supports E-Line and E-LAN

services based on MPLS,
QinQ, and physical ports.
l Supports ETH-OAM and
MPLS-TP OAM.
OTU2
OTU3,
OTU3e
l Supports Tunnel APS, PW

APS, LAG, MC-LAG, and
MSTP.
l Supports QoS.
Supporte
d
Not
supporte
d
Not supported
a: The TN56NS3 board supports hybrid transmission of OTN and SDH services. To maintain consistency in board
classification between the TN56NS3 board and NS3 boards of other versions, the TN56NS3 board is still classified
as an OTN line board in the product documentation. For details, see 15.6 NS3.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1911
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

17.2 HUNQ2
HUNQ2: 4 x 10G Universal Line Service Processing Board

The available functional versions of the HUNQ2 board is TN54.

Huawei office.
Boa
rd
Initial
Version
General
8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
General
8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univers
al
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassis
TN5
4HU
NQ2
V100R0
08C00
NOTE
This board cannot be applied to the subrack that works in master/slave subrack mode.
Depending on the services provisioned, there are different requirements, as described in the
following table.
Service
SDH/packet
service license
for universal
line boards
Cross-Connect Board
OTN
Unneeded
l T32 general/enhanced subrack:

TN52UXCH/TN52UXCM/TN52XCM/
TN52XCH
l T16 subrack: TN16XCH/TN16UXCM
Packet
Needed

TN52UXCH/TN52UXCM
l T16 subrack: TN16UXCM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1912
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Service
SDH/packet
service license
for universal
line boards
Cross-Connect Board
SDH
Unneeded

TN52XCH
Note: For a general or enhanced OSN 8800 T32 subrack, the SCC board must be TN52SCC.
Variants
The TN54HUNQ2 board has only one variant: TN54HUNQ2. The TN54HUNQ2 board variant
is the board itself.


Hardware Update
The physical-layer clock

synchronization and IEEE
1588v2 functions are newly
supported by the TN54HUNQ2
board.
Functions are enhanced.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
For the TN54HUNQ2 board,

added the function of
configuring C-VLAN and SVLAN on the same port.

1913
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
Added the support for SDH

ASON and OTN electricallayer ASON on the
TN54HUNQ2 board.

Hardware Update

Gbit/s single rate-0.3 kmXFP gray light optical module
on the TN54HUNQ2 board.

Hardware Update
Added the TN54HUNQ2

board.
The 4 x 10G universal line board is added to support hybrid

transmission of OTN, SDH, and packet services.
17.2.3 Application
The HUNQ2 board is a hybrid line board and supports a mixture of OTN, SDH, and packet
services. It can also receive and transmit only one or two of the three services. The HUNQ2
board processes and converts the received service signals into four OTU2/OTU2e signals, which
are carried over four ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM wavelengths.
The HUNQ2 board supports the following service conversions: 32 x ODU0/16 x ODU1/32 x
ODUflex/4 x ODU2<->4 x OTU2, 4 x ODU2e<->4 x OTU2e, 16 x STM-16/4 x STM64<->4
x OTU2, and packets<->4 x OTU2. It supports hybrid transmission of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2,
ODU2e, ODUflex, VC4, and packet services with the total bandwidth not exceeding 40 Gbit/s.
Figure 17-2 illustrates the application of HUNQ2 board in a WDM system.
Figure 17-2 Application of the HUNQ2 board in a WDM system
4xOTU2/4xOTU2e
Packets ODUk
VC
STM-n ODUk
4
IN4
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
OUT1
IN4
OUT4
Packets ODUk
HUNQ2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
ODUk
ODU
ODUk Packets
PKT
ODUk STM-n
VC

OTN
Tributary
Board
Packet
Service
Board
ODUk
ODU2
M
U
X
/
D
M
OUT4 U
X
OTU2
OTU2
STM-n ODUk
ODU2
ODUk
TDM
Board
IN1
IN1
ODU2
PKT
OUT1
OTU2
ODUk
OTU2
Packet
Service
Board
ODU
ODU2
OTN
Tributary
Board
ODUk STM-n
TDM
Board
ODUk Packets
HUNQ2
1914
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 17-2 Service mapping paths

Inp
ut
sign
al
Mapping Path
Notea
Pack
ets
GE/FE port (the service rate is no greater

than 1.25 Gbit/s)->GFP-T->ODU0>ODU2->OTU2
When the packet and SDH services are

provisioned, ODU Timeslot
Configuration Mode of the HUNQ2
board must be set to Assign random.
GE/FE port (the service rate is no greater

than 1.25 Gbit/s)->GFP-F->ODU0>ODU2->OTU2
10GE port (the service rate is no greater
than 2.5 Gbit/s)->GFP-F->ODU1>ODU2->OTU2
than 10 Gbit/s)->GFP-F->ODU2>OTU2
10GE port (the service rate ranges from
1.25 Gbit/s to 10 Gbit/s)->GFP-F>ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2
SDH
STM-16->ODU1->ODU2->OTU2
STM-64->ODU2->OTU2
OTN
ODU0->ODU2->OTU2
ODU1->ODU2->OTU2
ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode

must be set to Assign random.
ODU2->OTU2
ODU2e->OTU2e
ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2
ODU0->ODU1->ODU2->OTU2
ODU1->ODU2->OTU2
ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode

must be set to Assign consecutive.
ODU2->OTU2
ODU2e->OTU2e
a. The ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode parameter settings of the line boards at two sites
where services are added or dropped must be the same. When the HUNQ2 board interconnects
with a board that does not support the ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode parameter, set
ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode to Assign consecutive for the HUNQ2 board.

The HUNQ2 board supports functions and features such as Layer 2 switching, QinQ, OTN
interfaces, and SDH overhead processing.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1915
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The HUNQ2 supports hybrid transmission of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, ODU2e, ODUflex, VC4,
and packet services. According to the difference of input signal, the board has different functions
as shown in the following table.
Table 17-3 Basic function of the HUNQ2 board
Input
signal
Basic function
More information
OTN
32 x ODU0/32 x ODUflex/16 x
ODU1/4 x ODU2<->4 x OTU2, 4 x
ODU2e<->4 x OTU2e
Table 17-4
SDH
16 x STM-16/4 x STM-64<->16 x
ODU1/4 x ODU2<->4 x OTU2
Table 17-5
Packets
A maximum of 40 Gbit/s packets<>32 x ODU0/32 x ODUflex/16 x

ODU1/4 x ODU2<->4 x OTU2
Table 17-6
Table 17-4 OTN functions and features of the HUNQ2 board

Function
and
feature
Description
OTN
functions
l Supports OTU2/OTU2e on the WDM side.

l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing defined in ITU-T
G.709.
l ODUk (k=0, 1, 2, flex) layer: supports the PM and TCM function, and PM
and TCM non-intrusive monitoring functions.
Protection
schemes

QCP board).
NOTE
When the grooming granularity is ODUflex, SPRing protection is not supported.
ODUk SNCP and ODUk SPRing protection are not supported when SDH or packet services
are cross-connected from the backplane.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
WDM
specificati
on
Tunable
wavelengt
h function


1916
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
feature
Description
PRBS test
function
FEC
coding

WDM side.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Alarms
and
performan
ce events
monitorin
g
Regenerat
ion board
TN12ND2, TN52ND2, TN53ND2, TN55NO2, TN53NQ2, TN54NQ2
ALS
function
Not supported
Test frame
Supported
Loopback
Supports ODU0/ODU1/ODUflex loopbacks and WDM-side port loopbacks.
Physical
clock
Supports clock synchronization of WDM-side OTU2 ports.
IEEE
1588v2
ESC
Supported
Opticallayer
ASON
Supported
Electricallayer
ASON
Supported
of the laser.
NOTE
Physical-layer clock synchronization is not supported when the mapping path is ODU2
>OTU2/ODU2e>OTU2e.

1917
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 17-5 SDH functions and features of the HUNQ2 board

Function
and
feature
Description
Overhead
processing

l Supports the transparent transmission and termination of path overheads.
Protection
schemes
l SNCP
l SNCTP
l LMSP
l MSP ring
l The transoceanic MSP ring.
Alarms
and
performan
ce events
monitorin
g
Service
processing

Loopback
Supports VC4 loopbacks.
SDH
clock
IEEE
1588v2
Outband
DCN
Not supported
SDH
ASON
Supported
NOTE
SDH clock synchronization is not supported when the mapping path is STM-64>ODU2
>OTU2.
NOTE
Table 17-6 Ethernet service functions of the HUNQ2 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function and
feature
Description
QoS
Diffserv
Supported, compliant with RFC 2474 and

RFC 2475

1918
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
feature
Protection schemes
Description
Traffic classification
Complex traffic classification. The ACL

rules are customized based on packet
information.
Traffic policing
Committed access rate (CAR), two rate

three color marker (trTCM) compliant
with RFC 2698
Congestion
management
Class of service (CoS), supporting SP/

WFQ scheduling algorithms
Congestion avoidance
WRED, tail dropping
Traffic shaping
Port-based traffic shaping, queue-based

traffic shaping
l MPLS-TP tunnel APS, either 1+1 or 1:1 protection compliant with

ITU-T G.8131(draft), RFC 6372
l MPLS-TP PW APS, either 1+1 or 1:1 protection compliant with
ITU-T G.8131(draft), RFC 6372
l LAG, either intra-board or inter-board LAG compliant with IEEE
802.1ax
l MC-LAG, compliant with IEEE 802.1ax
l MSTP, compatible with STP/RSTP and compliant with IEEE
802.1q
l LPT, either point-to-point LPT or point-to-multipoint LPT
compliant with Huawei proprietary protocols
IGMP Snooping
Supported
Maintenance
Ethernet service OAM
Supported, compliant with IEEE 802.1ag,

ITU-T Y.1731/G.8013 and ITU-T Y.1730
Ethernet port OAM
Not supported
MPLS-TP OAM
Supported, compliant with ITU-T G.

8113.1
RMON
Supported
Port mirroring
Supported
Loopback
Not supported
Physical clock

NOTE
Physical clock synchronization is not supported when the mapping path is
PKT>ODU2>OTU2.
IEEE 1588v2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1919
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
feature
Description
Inband DCN
Supported
Ethernet data frame

format
IEEE 802.3, Ethernet II, IEEE 802.1Q, IEEE 802.1p
MFL
9600 bytes
Flow control at ports
Not supported
Service type
E-Line (VPWS), E-LAN (VPLS)
Service bearing
medium
Port, QinQ link, PW
E-Line
PW-based service
models
Port<->PW
CVLAN<->PW
SVLAN<->PW
CVLAN + CVLAN Pri<->PW
SVLAN + SVLAN Pri<->PW
QinQ link-based service

models
Port<->QinQ
Port-based service
models
Port<->Port
CVLAN<->QinQ
CVLAN<->Port
SVLAN<->Port
UNI-UNI service
models
Port<->Port
CVLAN<->CVLAN, VLAN translation
supported
SVLAN<->SVLAN, VLAN translation
supported
E-LAN
Bridge type
IEEE 802.1d, IEEE 802.1q, IEEE 802.1ad
Bridge learning mode
SVL, IVL
NOTE
IVL is supported only when the bridge type is
IEEE 802.1ad.
VSI tag type
C-Aware, S-Aware, T-Aware
NOTE
In addition to the preceding features, the HUNQ2 board supports performance monitoring and service processing
compliant with related standards and protocols defined by IEEE, ITU-T, IETF, and MEF.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1920
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The HUNQ2 board consists of the fabric interface circuit, traffic manager, packet processor,
signal processing module, WDM-side optical module, control and communication module, and

Figure 17-3 shows the functional block diagram of the HUNQ2 board.
Figure 17-3 Functional block diagram of the HUNQ2 board
Backplane
Fabric
interfa
ce
circuit
40Gbit/s Packet
VC
crossconnect
module
256xVC-4
32xODU0/16xODU1/
8xODUflex/
4xODU2/4xODU2e
Packet
proces
sor
SDH
process
ing
module
E/O
OUT1
OUT2
OUT3
OUT4
O/E
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
OTN
process
ing
module
ODUk
crossconnect
module
WDMside
optical
module
SCC
DC power
from the
backplane
Traffic
manag
er
Fuse
Power supply
module
Required
voltage
The transmit and receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the HUNQ2 board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the backplane to the WDM side of the HUNQ2
board, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The following describes the signal flow in the transmit direction along with the module functions.
1.
Packet services, VC-4 signals, or ODUk signals are transmitted from the backplane.
l The packet services are received by the fabric interface circuit and are converted into
data packets. Then, the data packets are routed to the traffic manager for packet shaping
and queue scheduling. Lastly, protection and necessary data processing are performed
for the packets by the packet processor and forwarded to the OTN processing module.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1921
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l The VC-4 signals are received by the VC cross-connect module and sent to the SDH
processing module for STM-N framing and OTN overhead processing. The generated
STM-N signals are sent to the OTN processing module.
l The ODUk signals are received by the ODUk cross-connect module and directly sent
to the OTN processing module.
2.
When receiving the data packets or STM-N signals, the OTN processing module maps them
to the payload of the ODUk signals, multiplexes the ODUk signals into OTU2/OTU2e
electrical signals, processes the signal overheads, and performs FEC/AFEC encoding/
decoding. When receiving ODUk signals, the OTN processing module directly multiplexes
them into OTU2/OTU2e electrical signals, processes the signal overheads, and performs
FEC/AFEC encoding/decoding. Then, the module sends the OTU2/OTU2e electrical
signals to the WDM-side optical module.
3.
When the WDM-side optical module receives the OTU2/OTU2e electrical signals, it
performs E/O conversion sends out four OTU2/OTU2e optical signals over four ITU-T G.
694.1-compliant wavelengths through the OUT1-OUT4 ports.
The control and communication module controls the operation of functional modules and
collects information about alarms, performance events, working states, and voltages from the
functional modules.
17.2.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the HUNQ2 board.

Figure 17-4 shows the front panel of the HUNQ2 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1922
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 17-4 Front panel of the HUNQ2 board
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 17-7 describes each interface on the HUNQ2 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1923
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 17-7 Interfaces on the HUNQ2 board

Interface
Type
Function
IN1-IN4
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT1-OUT4
LC

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

17.2.7 Valid Slots

Two slots house one HUNQ2 board.
Table 17-8 lists the valid slots for the HUNQ2 board.
Table 17-8 Valid slots for the HUNQ2 board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17
NOTE
The rear connectors of the HUNQ2 board are designed to connect to the backplane through the left slot of the
two slots that hold the board. Therefore, the slot ID of the board displayed on the U2000 is the ID of the left
slot.
For example, when the HUNQ2 board is installed in slots IU1 and IU2, the slot ID of the HUNQ2 board displayed
on the U2000 is IU1.


Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1924
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 17-9 Mapping between the physical ports on the HUNQ2 board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN1/OUT1
IN2/OUT2
IN3/OUT3
IN4/OUT4
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They can also be used as source or sinks of cross-connections.
The following provides the service mapping paths, port diagram of the HUNQ2 board.
Figure 17-5 Port diagram of the TN54HUNQ2 board (Assign random)
Backplane
Packet/
4xSTM-64/
4xODU2/
4xODU2e
IN(1~4)/OUT(1~4)-OCh:1-ODU2:1
Packets<->ODU2
4 x V_ETH-n <-> 4 x ODU2
ODU2:1
OCh:1
ODU2:1
OCh:1
4xODU2/ODU2e
Other tributary/line/PID/packet service/universal line/TDM board
Packet/
16xSTM-16/
16xODU1/
Packets<->ODU1
16 x V_ETH-n <-> 16 x ODU1
STM-16<->ODU1
16 x V_SDH-m<->16 x ODU1
16xODU1
IN(1~4)/OUT(1~4)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1~4)
ODU1:1
ODU1:4
ODU2:1
OCh:1
ODU2:1
OCh:1
ODU1:1
ODU1:4
1(IN1/OUT1)
IN(1~4)/OUT(1~4)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:(1~8)
Packet/
32xODU0
4(IN4/OUT4)
ODU0:1
Packets<->ODU0
32 x V_ETH-n <-> 32 x ODU0
ODU0:8
ODU0:1
32xODU0
ODU0:8
Packets<->ODUflex
32 x V_ETH-n <-> 32 x
ODUflex
ODUflex:1
ODU2:1
OCh:1
ODU2:1
OCh:1
IN(1~4)/OUT(1~4)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1~8)
Packet/
32xODUflex
32xODUflex
ODUflex:8
ODUflex:1
ODU2:1
OCh:1
ODU2:1
OCh:1
ODUflex:8
NOTE
In the figure, n can be any integer within the range of 1-32, and m can be any integer within the range of 1-16.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1925
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
The board supports 16 virtual SDH ports, numbered from V_SDH_1 to V_SDH_16. These virtual SDH ports
can be divided into four groups: V_SDH_1 to V_SDH_4, V_SDH_5 to V_SDH_8, V_SDH_9 to V_SDH_12,
and V_SDH_13 to V_SDH_16. In each group, if one port is provisioned with an STM-16 service, the remaining
ports cannot be provisioned with STM-64 services.
l
Only the following four virtual SDH ports can be provisioned with STM-64 services: V_SDH_1,
V_SDH_5, V_SDH_9, and V_SDH_13.
When configuring STM-16 services for the virtual ports, use the ports in the same group. Do not use the
ports in another group unless no ports are left in the current group. For example, to configure an STM-16
service on three of the virtual SDH ports, use V_SDH_1, V_SDH_2, and V_SDH_3; to configure an
STM-16 on seven of the virtual SDH ports, use V_SDH_1, V_SDH_2, V_SDH_3, V_SDH_4, V_SDH_5,
V_SDH_6, and V_SDH_7.
Cross-connect
module
ODUk mapping path
Packet framer
and mapper
There are three types of crossconnections between this board and

other boards. The grooming
granularity varies according to the
boards connected to the
TN54HUNQ2 board.
l ODUk grooming: performed
when the The TN54HUNQ2
board is connected to an OTN
tributary/line board or PID
board that supports the same
ODUk level as the
TN54HUNQ2 board.
l VC grooming: performed when
the TN54HUNQ2 is connected
to a TDM board that supports
VC-12/VC-3/VC-4 services.
l Packet grooming: performed
when the TN54HUNQ2 board
is connected to a packet board
or universal line board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
SDH framer
and mapper
ODUk multiplexing module
ODUk framer
and mapper

1926
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 17-6 Port diagram of the TN54HUNQ2 board (Assign consecutive)

Backplane
IN(1~4)/OUT(1~4)-OCh:1
4xODU2/
4xODU2e
ODU2:1
OCh :1
ODU2:1
OCh :1
IN(1~4)/OUT(1~4)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1~4)
ODU1:1
ODU 2: 1
OCh :1
ODU 2: 1
OCh :1
ODU1:4
16xODU1
ODU1:1
ODU1:4
1(N1/OUT1)
IN(1~2)/OUT(1~2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1~4)-ODU0:(1~2)
4(IN4/OUT4)
ODU0:1
ODU0:2
ODU 0:1
ODU 0:2
32xODU0
ODU 0:1
ODU 0:2
ODU0:1
ODU 1:1
ODU 2:1
OCh :1
ODU 1:4
ODU 1:1
ODU 2:1
OCh :1
ODU1:4
ODU 0:2
Cross-connect
module

receive ODUk signals from other
boards
ODUk
multiplexing
module
ODUk mapping path
Service
processing
module
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1927
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 17-10 Description of NM port on the HUNQ2 board

Port Name
Description
Mapping path for ODUflex signals received from

the backplane
(1-8)

backplane (ODU0->ODU2->OTU2)
(1-8)
(1-8)
(1-8)
(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2)

backplane (ODU0->ODU1->ODU2->OTU2)
(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2)
(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2)
(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2)
(1-4)

backplane
(1-4)
(1-4)
(1-4)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1

backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1928
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Port Name
Description
1(IN1/OUT1)
2(IN2/OUT2)
3(IN3/OUT3)
4(IN4/OUT4)
40001(V_ETH-1) to 40032(V_ETH-32)
Virtual ports that perform mutual conversion of

packets and ODUk signals (at most 32)
51(V_SDH-1) to 66(V_SDH-16)
Virtual ports that perform mutual conversion of

STM-16/STM-64 services and ODUk signals (at
most 16)


Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel
Optical Interface
Name
Channel Use
Status
Used, Unused

supported.
Default: Used

board.
for the port.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1929
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Channel
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop
Laser Status
Off, On
Default: On

status of a board.
information.
FEC Working
State
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

invalid.
FEC Mode
FEC, AFEC
Default: FEC

be the same.
AFEC Grade
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
1, 2, 3
Default: 3

stronger error correction capability and a longer
signal transmission delay.
Band Type
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
Tunable
Wavelength
Range

on the board.

1930
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.0
50 to
80/1560.61/192.
100

l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.
170 to
18/1611.00/188.
780

more information.
Default: /
Planned Band
Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

wavelength.
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled
Line Rate
Standard Mode,
Speedup Mode
Default: Disabled
Default: Standard
Mode
PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

Set this parameter to Standard Mode when
ODU2 signals are cross-connected.
Set this parameter to Speedup Mode when
ODU2e signals are cross-connected.
status of a board.
NULL Mapping
Status
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

commissioning.

1931
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
ODU Timeslot
Configuration
Mode
Assign random,
Assign consecutive
Specifies the ODUk timeslot allocation mode

of the board.
Default: Assign
random

mapping of services is performed. The service
mappings are ODU0->ODU2, ODU1->ODU2,
and ODUflex->ODU2.
l Cross-layer mapping reduces the number of
mapping layers and simplifies the
relationship between client and server trails,
which are easy to manage.
bandwidth usage. For example, when seven
1.25G timeslots of an ODU2 channel are
implementing ODU0->ODU2 cross-layer
mapping.
Assign consecutive indicates that layer-bylayer mapping of services is performed from
lower rates to higher rates, for example, ODU0>ODU1->ODU2 and ODU1->ODU2.
The Assign random mode is recommended.
The ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode
values of two line boards must be the same
when they are interconnected on the WDM
side.
NOTE
When packet or SDH services are provisioned, ODU
Timeslot Configuration Mode cannot be set to
Assign consecutive.
ODUflex
Tolerance (ppm)
0 to 100
Default: /
Specifies the tolerance of deviation between the

actual client-side service rate and the specified
rate when the client-side service type is
ODUflex.
NOTE
HUNQ2 board receives 3G-SDI services from client
equipment, set this parameter to 10, receives packets
services from client equipment, set this parameter to
20. If the tributary board receives other services, set
it to 100.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1932
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 17-12 Basic Attributes of HUNQ2 Board
Field
Value
Description
Port
Displays the virtual Ethernet port, for

example, 40001(V_ETH-1).
Name
Specifies the self-defined port name.
Enable Port
This parameter is unavailable for the HUNQ2

board.
Port Mode
Layer 2, Layer 3
Specifies the working mode of the Ethernet

port.
Default: Layer 2
l This parameter is set to Layer 2 when the

Ethernet port carries port-based or QinQlink-based Ethernet services.
port carries tunnel services.
Encapsulation Type
802.1Q, QinQ, Null

Default: 802.1Q
Selects the means of processing the accessed

packets.
l This parameter is set to Null when the port
needs to transparently transmit packets.
l This parameter is set to 802.1Q when the
port needs to identify 802.1Q standard
packets.
l This parameter is set to QinQ when the
port needs to identify QinQ standard
packets.
NOTE
The Encapsulation Type is always 802.1Q when
you set Port Mode to Layer 3.
If the port needs to identify both C-VLAN and SVLAN packets, Encapsulation Type must be set
to 802.1Q.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Working Mode

board.
Max Frame Length

(bytes)
Displays the maximum frame length, which

is always 9600 bytes. This parameter is not
configurable.
Logical Port
Attribute

board.
Physical Port
Attribute

board.

1933
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
ARP Aging Time

(min.)
1 to 1440
Indicates the ARP aging time of the port.
Default: 720
After the ARP aging time expires, the

equipment automatically updates dynamic
ARP entries to prevent incorrect address
resolution.
NOTE
This parameter is valid only when Port Mode is
set to Layer 3.
Running Status

board.
Optical Module
Status

board.
Laser Interface
Status

board.
Laser Transmission
Distance

board.
Traffic Policing
Status
Enabled, Disabled
Enables or disables traffic monitoring on the

port.
Default: Disabled
When you need to monitor the traffic on a

port, enable the traffic monitoring function to
monitor the traffic on a port in the period
specified by Traffic Policing Period.
Traffic Policing
Period (min.)
1 to 30
Specifies the traffic monitoring period.
Default: 15
Table 17-13 Flow Control of HUNQ2 Board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Port

NonAutonegotiation
Flow Control Mode

board.
Auto-Negotiation
Flow Control Mode

board.

1934
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 17-14 Layer 2 Attributes of HUNQ2 Board

Field
Value
Description
Port

Tag
Tag Aware, Access,

Hybrid
Indicates the data packet processing mode.

For details, see Table 17-15.
This parameter is unavailable when you set
Encapsulation Type in Basic Attributes to
QinQ or Null.
QinQ Type Domain
Indicates the customized QinQ type domain.

NOTE
The C-VLAN port supports two QinQ type
domains, 8100 and the customized QinQ type
domain. The S-VLAN port supports only one
QinQ type domain. The default value of the QinQ
type domain is 88a8. You can also change the
value by setting QinQ Type Domain.
Default VLAN ID
VLAN Priority
1 to 4094
Indicates the VLAN ID of packets.
Default: 1
NOTE
Packets with their VLAN IDs being set to 0 are
usually considered untagged packets. The VLAN
ID of 4095 is reserved.
0 to 7
Specifies the class of service (CoS) when

TAG is set to Access or Hybrid.
Default: 0
0 indicates the lowest priority and 7 the

highest. When the network is busy, data
packets of higher VLAN priority are
processed first and those of lower VLAN
priority may be discarded.
SVLANs
The specified SVLAN value must be

recognizable to the C-VLAN port.
SVLANs can be set to one or more values, or
a value range. When the value of an S-VLAN
service is the same as the values of
SVLANs or is in the value range of
SVLANs, the S-VLAN service can pass
through this port.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1935
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 17-15 Processing modes of data packets

Tag
Processing Mode
Remarks
Data Packets with

VLAN IDs
Data Packets
Without VLAN
IDs
Tag Aware
Transparently
transmitting the data
packets
Dropping the data

packets
Parameters Default
VLAN ID and
VLAN Priority are
not used.
Access
Dropping the data

packets
Adding the VLAN

IDs that are set
Hybrid
Transparently
packets
Adding the VLAN

IDs that are set
Table 17-16 Layer 3 Attributes of HUNQ2 Board

Field
Value
Description
Port

Enable Tunnel
Enabled, Disabled
After this parameter is set to Enabled for a

port, the port can identify and process MPLS
labels.
NOTE
The parameter value Disabled is invalid.
Therefore, this parameter can be set only to
Enabled.
Specify IP Address
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Manually,
Unspecified
When a port carries tunnel services, or when

Port Mode is set to Layer 3, set this
parameter to Manually. For other scenarios,
set this parameter to Unspecified.

1936
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
IP Address
Specifies the port IP address.

This parameter is valid only when Specify IP
Address is set to Manually.
NOTE
When setting the IP address for a port, ensure that
the IP address is in a different network segment
from the IP address of other service ports and the
NE IP address, preventing service interruption
from occurring or the NE from being unreachable
by the NMS.
For example, the IP address and subnet mask of an
NE are 129.9.0.22 and 255.255.0.0, respectively.
This means that the NE IP address is in the 129.9
network segment. The IP address and subnet mask
of a service-present port on the NE are 10.0.1.1
and 255.255.255.0, respectively. This means the
port IP address is in the 10.0.1 network segment.
In this situation, you cannot assign IP addresses in
the 129.9 and 10.0.1 network segments to other
ports on the NE. In other words, you cannot set the
IP addresses to 129.9.x.x or 10.0.1.x for other ports
on the NE.
IP Mask
Specifies the port subnet mask.

Table 17-17 Advanced Attributes of HUNQ2 Board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Port
External ports are PORT1 to PORT16.
Port Physical
Parameters
Displays physical parameters of the port.
MAC Loopback
This parameter is unavailable for the board.
PHY Loopback
MAC Address
Displays the MAC address of the port.
Transmission Rate
(kbit/s)
Displays the rate for transmitting data

packets.
Receiving Rate (kbit/

s)
Displays the rate for receiving data packets.
Loopback Check
Loopback Port Block

1937
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Egress PIR
Bandwidth (kbit/s)
Broadcast Packet
Suppression
Enabled, Disabled
Indicates whether to enable broadcast packet

suppression.
Default: Disabled
After suppression of broadcast packets is

enabled, the traffic of broadcast packets will
be limited according to the specified
threshold. If the traffic of the broadcast
packets exceeds the specified threshold, the
excess broadcast packets will be discarded.
Broadcast Packet
Suppression
Threshold (%)
0% to 100%, with a
step of 10%
Default: 30%
If Broadcast Packet Suppression is set to

Enabled, broadcast packets are suppressed
when the bandwidth occupied by broadcast
packets exceeds specified times (suppression
threshold) the total bandwidth.
If the traffic of the broadcast packets exceeds
the specified threshold, the excess broadcast
packets will be discarded.
Network Cable Mode

board.
Optical Module Type

board.
Synchronous Clock
Enabled

board.
Parameters for SDH Interfaces

Field
Value
Description
Port

Optical Interface
Name
Laser Switch
Off, On

status of a board.
Default: On
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1938
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Laser
Transmission
Distance (m)

Optical
(Electrical)
Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

Non-Loopback.
VC4 Path
VC4 Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

17.2.10 HUNQ2 Specifications

Specifications include optical module specifications, mechanical specifications, and power
consumption.
The following table shows the optical module types that the HUNQ2 board supports.
Board

Module
TN54HU
NQ2
N/A

10 Gbit/s Single-Rate-0.3 km-XFP
NOTE
point.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1939
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Optical Module Specifications

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ

power
dBm

power
dBm
-3
dB
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz
10
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

1940
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ

power
dBm

power
dBm
-1
dB
10
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

1941
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
SLM
SLM
SLM
MLM
Target
transmissio
n distance
10 km (6.2 mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
0.3 km (0.2
mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1290 to 1330
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
840 to 860
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-1
-1.3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-6
-1
-7.3
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
30
30
30
30
Eye pattern
mask
G.959.1-compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
APD
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1290 to 1565
1260 to 1605
1270 to 1600
840 to 860

1942
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-11
-14
-24
-7.5
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-1
-1
-7
-1
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption
(W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona
(W)
TN54H
UNQ2

118.8
130.5

10 Gbit/s Single-Rate-0.3 km-XFP
17.3 HUNS3
HUNS3: 40G Universal Line Service Processing Board

The available functional version of the HUNS3 board is TN54.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1943
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Huawei office.
Boa
rd
Initial
Version
General
8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
General
8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univers
al
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassis
TN5
4HU
NS3
V100R0
08C00
NOTE
Depending on the services provisioned, there are different requirements, as described in the
following table.
Service
SDH/packet
service license
for universal
line boards
Cross-Connect Board
OTN
Unneeded

TN52XCH
l T16 subrack: TN16XCH/TN16UXCM
Packet
Unneeded

TN52UXCH/TN52UXCM
SDH
Unneeded

TN52XCH
Note: For a general or enhanced OSN 8800 T32 subrack, the SCC board must be TN52SCC.
Variants
The TN54HUNS3 board has only one variant: TN54HUNS3T01.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1944
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Hardware Update
The physical-layer clock

synchronization and IEEE
1588v2 functions are newly
supported by the TN54HUNS3
board.

Hardware Update
For the TN54HUNS3 board,

added the function of

Hardware Update
Added the TN54HUNS3 board.
The 1 x 10G universal line board is added to support hybrid

transmission of OTN, SDH, and packet services.
17.3.3 Application
The HUNS3 board supports a mixture of OTN, SDH, and packet services. It can also receive
and transmit only one or two of the three services. The board processes and converts the received
service signals into one OTU3/OTU3e signal, which is carried over an ITU-T G.694.1-compliant
DWDM wavelength.The board employs coherent detection technology and thus is intended for
coherent systems.
The HUNS3 board is a hybrid line board and supports the following service conversions: 32 x
ODU0/32 x ODUflex/16 x ODU1/4 x ODU2<->1 x OTU3/OTU3e, 1 x ODU3<->1 x OTU3, 4
x ODU2e<->1 x OTU3e, 16 x STM-16/4 x STM-64<->1 x OTU3/OTU3e, and packets<->1 x
OTU3/OTU3e.
The board supports hybrid transmission of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2/ODU2e, ODUflex, STM-16,
STM-64, and packet services with the total bandwidth not exceeding 40 Gbit/s.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1945
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 17-7 illustrates the application of HUNS3 board in a WDM system.

Figure 17-7 Application of the HUNS3 board in a WDM system
Table 17-22 Service mapping paths

Input signal
Mapping Path
Notea
Packets
GE/FE port (the service rate is no

greater than 1.25 Gbit/s)->GFP-F>ODU0->ODU3/ODU3e->OTU3/
OTU3e
When the packet and SDH

services are provisioned,
ODU Timeslot
Configuration Mode of the
HUNS3 board must be set to
Assign random.
GE/FE port (the service rate is no

greater than 1.25 Gbit/s)->GFP-T>ODU0->ODU3/ODU3e->OTU3/
OTU3e
than 2.5 Gbit/s)->GFP-F->ODU1>ODU3/ODU3e->OTU3/OTU3e
than 10 Gbit/s)->GFP-F->ODU2>ODU3/ODU3e->OTU3/OTU3e
n x 10GE/GE/FE port (the service rate
is no greater than 40 Gbit/s)->GFP-F>ODU3->OTU3
10GE port (the service rate ranges from
1.25 Gbit/s to 10 Gbit/s)->GFP-F>ODUflex->ODU3/ODU3e->OTU3/
OTU3e
SDH
STM-16->ODU1->ODU3/ODU3e>OTU3/OTU3e
STM-64->ODU2->ODU3/ODU3e>OTU3/OTU3e
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1946
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Input signal
Mapping Path
Notea
OTN
ODU0->ODU3/ODU3e->OTU3/
OTU3e
ODU Timeslot
Configuration Mode must
be set to Assign random
OTU3e
OTU3e
ODU2e->ODU3e>OTU3e
ODU3->OTU3
ODUflex->ODU3/ODU3e->OTU3/
OTU3e
ODU0->ODU1->ODU3/ODU3e>OTU3/OTU3e
OTU3e
ODU Timeslot
Configuration Mode must
be set to Assign consecutive
OTU3e
ODU2e->ODU3e>OTU3e
ODU3->OTU3
a. The ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode parameter settings of the line boards at two sites
where services are added or dropped must be the same. When the HUNS3 board interconnects
with a board that does not support the ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode parameter, set
ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode to Assign consecutive for the HUNS3 board.

The HUNS3 board supports functions and features such as Layer 2 switching, QinQ, OTN
interfaces, and SDH overhead processing.
The HUNS3 supports hybrid transmission of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, ODU2e, ODUflex, VC4,
and packet services. According to the difference of input signal, the board have different
functions as shown in the following table.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1947
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 17-23 Basic function of the HUNS3 board

Input
signal
Basic function
More information
OTN
32 x ODU0/32 x ODUflex/16 x
ODU1/4 x ODU2<->1 x OTU3/
OTU3e, 4 x ODU2e<->1 x OTU3e, 1
x ODU3<->1 x OTU3
Table 17-24
NOTE
When the mixed signals contains an
ODU2e signal, the mixed signals must be
mapped into an OTU3e signal.
SDH
16 x STM-16/4 x STM-64<->16 x
OTU3e
Table 17-25
Packets
A maximum of 40 Gbit/s packets<>32 x ODU0/32 x ODUflex/16 x

OTU3e, or packets<->1 x ODU3<->1
x OTU3
Table 17-26
Table 17-24 OTN functions and features of the HUNS3 board

Function
and
feature
Description
OTN
functions
l Supports OTU3/OTU3e on the WDM side.

l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing defined in ITUT G.709.
l OTU3 layer: supports SM overhead processing.
l ODU3 layer: supports PM and TCM overhead processing, and nonintrusive monitoring of PM and TCM overheads.
l ODUflex layer: supports PM and TCM overhead processing, and nonintrusive monitoring of PM and TCM overheads.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1948
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
feature
Description
Protection
schemes

QCP board).
NOTE
When the grooming granularity is ODUflex, SPRing protection is not supported.
ODUk SNCP and ODUk SPRing protection are not supported when SDH or packet
services are cross-connected from the backplane.
WDM
specificatio
n
Tunable
wavelength
function

PRBS test
function
FEC coding

NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Alarms and
performanc
e events
monitoring
Regenerati
on board
The WDM-side signals from the HUNS3 board can be regenerated by

TN55NS3 or TN56NS3 board.
ALS
function
Not supported
Test frame
Supported
Loopback
Supports ODU0/ODU1/ODU2/ODUflex loopbacks and WDM-side port

loopbacks.
Physical
clock
IEEE
1588v2
ESC
Supported

power of the laser.
NOTE
Physical-layer clock synchronization is not supported when the mapping path is ODU3>OTU3.

1949
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
feature
Description
Opticallayer
ASON
Supported
Electricallayer
ASON
Not supported
Table 17-25 SDH functions and features of the HUNS3 board

Function
and
feature
Description
Overhead
processing

l Supports the transparent transmission and termination of path overheads.
Protection
schemes
l SNCP
l SNCTP
l LMSP
l MSP ring
l The transoceanic MSP ring.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Alarms and
performanc
e events
monitoring
Service
processing

Loopback
Supports VC4 loopbacks.
SDH clock
IEEE
1588v2
Outband
DCN
Not supported
SDH
ASON
Not supported

1950
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 17-26 Ethernet service functions of the HUNS3 board

Function and
feature
Description
QoS
Diffserv
Supported, compliant with RFC 2474 and RFC 2475
Traffic
classification
Complex traffic classification. The ACL rules are

customized based on packet information.
Traffic policing
Committed access rate (CAR), two rate three color

marker (trTCM) compliant with RFC 2698
Congestion
management
Class of service (CoS), supporting SP/WFQ scheduling

algorithms
Congestion
avoidance
WRED, tail dropping
Traffic shaping
Port-based traffic shaping, queue-based traffic shaping
Protection
schemes
l MPLS-TP tunnel APS, either 1+1 or 1:1 protection compliant with ITUT G.8131(draft), RFC 6372
l MPLS-TP PW APS, either 1+1 or 1:1 protection compliant with ITUT G.8131(draft), RFC 6372
l LAG, either intra-board or inter-board LAG compliant with IEEE
802.1ax
l MC-LAG, compliant with IEEE 802.1ax
l MSTP, compatible with STP/RSTP and compliant with IEEE 802.1q
l LPT, either point-to-point LPT or point-to-multipoint LPT compliant
with Huawei proprietary protocols
IGMP
Snooping
Supported
Maintenance
Ethernet service
OAM
Supported, compliant with IEEE 802.1ag, ITU-T Y.

1731/G.8013 and ITU-T Y.1730
Ethernet port
OAM
Not supported
MPLS-TP
OAM
Supported, compliant with ITU-T G.8113.1
RMON
Supported
Port mirroring
Supported
Loopback
Not supported
Physical clock

NOTE
Physical clock synchronization is not supported when the mapping path is PKT
>ODU3>OTU3.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1951
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
feature
Description
IEEE 1588v2
Inband DCN
Supported
Ethernet data
frame format
IEEE 802.3, Ethernet II, IEEE 802.1q, IEEE 802.1p
MFL
9600 bytes
Flow control at
ports
Not supported
Service type
Service bearing
medium
Port, QinQ link, PW
E-Line
PW-based
service models
Port<->PW
CVLAN<->PW
SVLAN<->PW
QinQ linkbased service

models
Port<->QinQ
Port-based
service models
Port<->Port
CVLAN<->QinQ
CVLAN<->Port
SVLAN<->Port
UNI-UNI
service models
Port<->Port
CVLAN<->CVLAN, VLAN translation supported
SVLAN<->SVLAN, VLAN translation supported
E-LAN
Bridge type
Bridge learning
mode
SVL, IVL
VSI tag type
NOTE
IVL is supported only when the bridge type is IEEE 802.1ad.
NOTE
In addition to the preceding features, the HUNS3 board supports performance monitoring and service processing
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1952
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The HUNS3 board consists of fabric interface circuit, traffic manager, packet processor, signal
processing module, WDM-side optical module, control and communication module, and power
supply module.
Functional Block Diagram and Signal Flow

Figure 17-8 shows the functional block diagram of the HUNS3 board.
Figure 17-8 Functional block diagram of the HUNS3 board
Backplane
40Gbit/s Packet
256xVC-4
32xODU0/32xODUflex/
16xODU1/
4xODU2/4xODU2e/
1xODU3
Fabric
interfa
ce
circuit
VC
crossconnect
module
Traffic
manag
er
Packet
proces
sor
SDH
process
ing
module
E/O
OUT
O/E
IN
OTN
processi
ng
module
ODUk
crossconnect
module
WDMside
optical
module
SCC
DC power
from the
backplane
Fuse
Power supply
module
Required
voltage
The transmit and receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the HUNS3 board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the backplane to the WDM side of the HUNS3
board, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The following describes the signal flow in the transmit direction along with the module functions.
1.
Packet services, VC-4 signals, or ODUk signals are transmitted from the backplane.
l The packet services are received by the fabric interface circuit and are converted into
data packets. Then, the data packets are routed to the traffic manager for packet shaping
and queue scheduling. Lastly, protection and necessary data processing are performed
for the packets by the packet processor and forwarded to the OTN processing module.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1953
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l The VC-4 signals are received by the VC cross-connect module and sent to the SDH
processing module for STM-N framing and OTN overhead processing. The generated
STM-N signals are sent to the OTN processing module.
l The ODUk signals are received by the ODUk cross-connect module and directly sent
to the OTN processing module.
2.
When receiving the data packets or STM-N signals, the OTN processing module maps them
to the payload of the ODUk signals, multiplexes the ODUk signals into one OTU3 electrical
signal, processes the signal overheads, and performs FEC encoding/decoding. When
receiving ODUk signals, the OTN processing module directly multiplexes them into one
OTU3 electrical signal, processes the signal overheads, and performs FEC encoding/
decoding. Then, the module sends the OTU3 electrical signals to the WDM-side optical
module.
3.
When the WDM-side optical module receives the OTU3 electrical signal, it performs E/O
conversion and sends out one OTU3/OTU3e optical signal over an ITU-T G.694.1compliant wavelength through the OUT port.
The control and communication module controls the operation of functional modules and
collects information about alarms, performance events, working states, and voltages from the
functional modules.
17.3.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the HUNS3 board.

Figure 17-9 shows the front panel of the HUNS3 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1954
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 17-9 Front panel of the HUNS3 board
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 17-27 describes each interface on the HUNS3 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1955
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 17-27 Interfaces on the HUNS3 board

Interface
Connector
Function
IN
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT
LC

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

17.3.7 Valid Slots

Two slots house one HUNS3 board.
Table 17-28 lists the valid slots for the HUNS3 board.
Table 17-28 Valid slots for the HUNS3 board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17
NOTE
The rear connectors of the HUNS3 board are designed to connect to the backplane through the left slot of the
two slots that hold the board. Therefore, the slot ID of the board displayed on the U2000 is the ID of the left
slot.
For example, when the HUNS3 board is installed in slots IU1 and IU2, the slot ID of the HUNS3 board displayed
on the U2000 is IU1.


Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1956
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 17-29 Mapping between the physical ports on the HUNS3 board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN/OUT
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They can also be used as source or sinks of cross-connections.
The following provides the service mapping paths, port diagram, and port descriptions of the
HUNS3 board.
Figure 17-10 Port diagram of the TN54HUNS3 board (Assign random)
Backplane
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU3:1
Packet/
1xODU3
Packets<->ODU3
ODU3:1
OCh:1
Other tributary/line/PID/packet service/universal line/TDM board
1xODU3
Packet/
4xODU2/
4xSTM-64
Packets<->ODU2
ODU2:1
ODU3:1
OCh:1
ODU2:4
4xODU2
Packet/
16xODU1/
16xSTM-16
1(IN/OUT)
Packets<->ODU1
16 x V_ETH-n<-> 16 x ODU1
ODU1:1
STM-16<->ODU1
16 x V_SDH-m<->16 x ODU1
ODU3:1
OCh:1
ODU1:16
16xODU1
Packet/
32xODU0
Packets<->ODU0
32 x V_ETH-n<-> 32 x ODU0
ODU 0:1
ODU3:1
OCh:1
ODU0:32
32xODU0
Packet/
32xODUflex
Packets<->ODUflex
32 x V_ETH-n<-> 32 x ODUflex
32xODUflex
ODUflex:1
ODUflex: 32
ODU3:1
OCh:1
NOTE
In the figure, n can be any integer within the range of 1-32, and m can be any integer within the range of 1-16.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1957
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
The board supports 16 virtual SDH ports, numbered from V_SDH_1 to V_SDH_16. These virtual SDH ports
can be divided into four groups: V_SDH_1 to V_SDH_4, V_SDH_5 to V_SDH_8, V_SDH_9 to V_SDH_12,
and V_SDH_13 to V_SDH_16. In each group, if one port is provisioned with an STM-16 service, the remaining
ports cannot be provisioned with STM-64 services.
l
Only the following four virtual SDH ports can be provisioned with STM-64 services: V_SDH_1,
V_SDH_5, V_SDH_9, and V_SDH_13.
When configuring STM-16 services for the virtual ports, use the ports in the same group. Do not use the
ports in another group unless no ports are left in the current group. For example, to configure an STM-16
service on three of the virtual SDH ports, use V_SDH_1, V_SDH_2, and V_SDH_3; to configure an
STM-16 on seven of the virtual SDH ports, use V_SDH_1, V_SDH_2, V_SDH_3, V_SDH_4, V_SDH_5,
V_SDH_6, and V_SDH_7.
Cross-connect
module
There are three types of crossconnections between this board and

other boards. The grooming
granularity varies according to the
boards connected to the
TN54HUNS3 board.
l ODUk grooming: performed
when the The TN54HUNS3
board is connected to an OTN
tributary/line board or PID board
that supports the same ODUk
level as the TN54HUNS3 board.
l VC grooming: performed when
the TN54HUNS3 is connected
to a TDM board that supports
VC-12/VC-3/VC-4 services.
l Packet grooming: performed
when the TN54HUNS3 board is
connected to a packet board or
universal line board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Packet framer and

mapper
ODUk mapping path
SDH framer and

mapper
ODUk multiplexing module
ODUk framer and

mapper

1958
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 17-11 Port diagram of the TN54HUNS3 board (Assign consecutive)

Backplane
1XODU3
ODU3:1
OCh:1
ODU2:1
4 xODU2/
4xODU2e
ODU 3 : 1
OCh :1
ODU2:4
IN1/OUT1
ODU1:1
ODU 3 :1
OCh :1
16xODU1
ODU1:16
IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU3:1-ODU1:(1~16)-ODU0:(1~2)
ODU0:1
ODU0:2
ODU 1:1
ODU 3 :1
32 xODU0
ODU0:1
OCh :1
ODU1:16
ODU 0:2
Cross-connect
module
ODUk mapping path
ODUk multiplexing
module

Service processing
module
Table 17-30 Description of NM port on the HUNS3 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Port Name
Description
1(IN/OUT)-OCh:1-ODU3:1-ODUflex:(1-32)

1(IN/OUT)-OCh:1-ODU3:1-ODU0:(1-32)

received from the backplane (ODU0
>ODU3>OTU3)

1959
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Port Name
Description
1(IN/OUT)-OCh:1-ODU3:1-ODU1:(1-16)ODU0:(1-32)

received from the backplane (ODU0
>ODU1>ODU3>OTU3)


1(IN/OUT)-OCh:1

1(IN/OUT)
40001(V_ETH-1) to 40032(V_ETH-32)

conversion of packets and ODUk
signals (at most 32)
51(V_SDH-1) to 66(V_SDH-16)

conversion of STM-16/STM-64
services and ODUk signals (at most 16)


Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel
Optical Interface
Name

supported.

1960
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Channel Use
Status
Used, Unused

board.
Default: Used

for the port.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

Channel
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop
Laser Status
Off, On
Default: On

status of a board.
information.
FEC Working
State
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

invalid.
FEC Mode
HFEC
Default: HFEC

be the same.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Band Type
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

1961
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Tunable
Wavelength
Range

on the board.
Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.0
50 to
80/1560.61/192.
100

l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.
170 to
18/1611.00/188.
780

more information.
Default: /
Planned Band
Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

wavelength.
l C:
1/1529.16/196.0
50 to
80/1560.61/192.
100
Receive
Wavelength
l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.
170 to
18/1611.00/188.
780
Default: /
Specifies the receive wavelength for the board.

Observe the following requirements when
setting this parameter:
l When the receive wavelength is the same as
the transmit wavelength of the board, use
the default value so that the receive
wavelength automatically keeps the same as
the transmit wavelength.
NOTE
For ASON services, this parameter must be set to the
default value.
Receive Band
Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

for the board.
NOTE
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled


1962
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Line Rate
Standard Mode,
Speedup Mode
Default:
l ODU2 channel:
Standard Mode
l ODU3 channel:
Speedup Mode

This parameter needs to be set to Speedup
Mode when ODU2e signals are crossconnected. This parameter needs to be set to
Standard Mode when ODU2 signals are
cross-connected.
This parameter needs to be set to Speedup
Mode when ODU2e signals are crossconnected. This parameter could be set to
Standard Mode or Speedup Mode when
ODU2/ODU3 signals are cross-connected.
NOTE
When the HUNS3 board is used to receive and
transmit packet services, Line Rate of the ODUk
channels mapped by ETH virtual ports must be set
to Standard Mode.
PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

status of a board.
NULL Mapping
Status
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

commissioning.

1963
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
ODU Timeslot
Configuration
Mode
Assign random,
Assign consecutive
Specifies the ODUk timeslot allocation mode

of the board.
Default: Assign
random

mapping of services is performed. The service
mappings are ODU0>ODU3, ODU1
>ODU3, ODU2>ODU3, and ODUflex>ODU3.
l Cross-layer mapping reduces the number of
mapping layers and simplifies the
relationship between client and server trails,
which are easy to manage.
bandwidth usage. For example, when 28
1.25G timeslots of an ODU3 channel are
remaining 5G bandwidth can be configured
for four ODU0 services, implementing
ODU0->ODU3 cross-layer mapping.
Assign consecutive indicates that layer-bylayer mapping of services is performed from
lower rates to higher rates, for example,
ODU0>ODU1>ODU3, ODU1>ODU3,
and ODU2>ODU3.
The Assign random mode is recommended.
The ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode
values of two line boards must be the same
when they are interconnected on the WDM
side.
NOTE
When packet or SDH services are provisioned, ODU
Timeslot Configuration Mode cannot be set to
Assign consecutive.

Table 17-32 Basic Attributes of HUNS3 Board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Port

Name
Specifies the self-defined port name.
Enable Port
This parameter is unavailable for the HUNS3

board.

1964
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Port Mode
Layer 2, Layer 3

port.
Default: Layer 2

Encapsulation Type
802.1Q, QinQ, Null

Default: 802.1Q

packets.
packets.
packets.
NOTE
to 802.1Q.
Working Mode

board.
Max Frame Length

(bytes)
Displays the maximum frame length, which

is always 9600 bytes. This parameter is not
configurable.
Logical Port
Attribute

board.
Physical Port
Attribute

board.
ARP Aging Time

(min.)
1 to 1440
Default: 720

resolution.
NOTE
set to Layer 3.
Running Status
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

board.

1965
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Optical Module
Status

board.
Laser Interface
Status

board.
Laser Transmission
Distance

board.
Traffic Policing
Status
Enabled, Disabled

port.
Default: Disabled

Traffic Policing
Period (min.)
1 to 30
Default: 15
Table 17-33 Flow Control of HUNS3 Board

Field
Value
Description
Port

NonAutonegotiation
Flow Control Mode

board.
Auto-Negotiation
Flow Control Mode

board.
Table 17-34 Layer 2 Attributes of HUNS3 Board

Field
Value
Description
Port

Tag
Tag Aware, Access,

Hybrid

QinQ or Null.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1966
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
QinQ Type Domain

NOTE
QinQ type domain. The default value of the QinQ
type domain is 88a8. You can also change the
value by setting QinQ Type Domain.
Default VLAN ID
VLAN Priority
1 to 4094
Default: 1
NOTE
0 to 7

Default: 0

SVLANs

through this port.

Tag
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Processing Mode
Remarks
Data Packets with

VLAN IDs
Data Packets
Without VLAN
IDs
Tag Aware
Transparently
packets
Dropping the data

packets
Parameters Default
VLAN ID and
VLAN Priority are
not used.
Access
Dropping the data

packets
Adding the VLAN

IDs that are set

1967
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Tag
Processing Mode
Hybrid
Remarks
Data Packets with

VLAN IDs
Data Packets
Without VLAN
IDs
Transparently
packets
Adding the VLAN

IDs that are set
Table 17-36 Layer 3 Attributes of HUNS3 Board

Field
Value
Description
Port

Enable Tunnel
Enabled, Disabled

labels.
NOTE
Enabled.
Specify IP Address
Manually,
Unspecified

IP Address

NOTE
by the NMS.
on the NE.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1968
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
IP Mask

Table 17-37 Advanced Attributes of HUNS3 Board

Field
Value
Description
Port
Port Physical
Parameters
MAC Loopback

board.
PHY Loopback

board.
MAC Address
Transmission Rate
(kbit/s)

packets.

s)
Loopback Check

board.
Loopback Port Block

board.
Egress PIR
Bandwidth (kbit/s)

board.
Broadcast Packet
Suppression
Enabled, Disabled

suppression.
Default: Disabled

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1969
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Broadcast Packet
Suppression
Threshold (%)
0% to 100%, with a
step of 10%

Default: 30%

Network Cable Mode

board.
Optical Module Type

board.
Synchronous Clock
Enabled

board.
Parameters for SDH Interfaces

Field
Value
Description
Port

Optical Interface
Name
Laser Switch
Off, On

status of a board.
Default: On
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Laser
Transmission
Distance (m)

Optical
(Electrical)
Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

Non-Loopback.
VC4 Path

1970
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
VC4 Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

17.3.10 HUNS3 Specifications

Specifications include optical module specifications, mechanical specifications, and power
consumption.
The following table shows the optical module type that the HUNS3 board supports.
Board

Module
TN54HU
NS3

N/A
NOTE
point.
Optical Module Specifications

nm)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
ePDM-BPSK
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Center frequency
THz
192.1 to 196.05

power
dBm

power
dBm
-5

1971
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type
GHz
2.5
width
nm
0.35
ps/nm
60000

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561
dBm
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
WDM-Side Optical
Module
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN54HUNS3
60000ps/nm-C BandTunable WavelengthePDM-BPSK-PIN
172.1
182.5
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1972
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

18 Packet Service Unit
18
Packet Service Unit
About This Chapter

18.1 Overview
Packet service boards process received data packets based on MPLS switching and provide
flexible LSP transmission pipes. They provide carrier-class protection for services using MPLSTP APS, support MPLS-TP OAM and ETH-OAM, and manage bandwidth using the QoS
function.
18.2 EG16
EG16: 16-port gigabit ethernet switch board
18.3 EX2
EX2: 2 x 10GE ethernet packet switch board
18.4 EX8
18.5 PND2
PND2: 2 x 10G bit/s packet line board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1973
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

18.1 Overview
Packet service boards process received data packets based on MPLS switching and provide
flexible LSP transmission pipes. They provide carrier-class protection for services using MPLSTP APS, support MPLS-TP OAM and ETH-OAM, and manage bandwidth using the QoS
function.
Positions of Packet Service Boards in a WDM System

The packet service board receives and processes the ethernet services at Layer 2. The processed
services are transmitted as packets to centralized cross-connect boards for grooming. Then a
universal line board or packet service board can be used to direct packet services to the WDM
network for transmission.
Figure 18-1 shows the positions of packet service boards in a WDM system.
Figure 18-1 Positions of packet service boards in a WDM system
Client- side
services
Packet board
Packets
OTU2/OTU3
OA
OM
OA
OD
Packet board
PND2/
Universal
line board
FI U
SC 1
W D M-si de O D F
Cli ent-side e qui p ment
PND2/
Universal
line board
Main Functions
Table 18-1 lists the main functions of packet service boards.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1974
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 18-1 Main functions of packet service boards

Board
EG16
Client-Side Service/
WDM-Side Signal
Type
Max.
Numbe
r of
Service
s
Type
Maximum
Bandwidt
h
l Client-side
service: GE/
FE
16
Packets
20 Gbit/s
l Client-side
service:
10GE LAN
Packets
20 Gbit/s
l Client-side
service:
10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/
GE/FE
l WDM-side
signal: N/A
l Supports MPLS-TP Tunnel APS,

MPLS-TP PW APS, LAG, MCLAG, and MSTP.
l Supports QoS.
l WDM-side
signal: N/A
EX8
l Supports E-Line and E-LAN

services based on MPLS, QinQ, and
physical ports.
l Supports ETH-OAM and MPLS-TP
OAM.
l WDM-side
signal: N/A
EX2
Layer 2 Function
l 8x
10G
E
LAN
Packets
40 Gbit/s
Packets
20 Gbit/s
l 4x
10G
E
WA
N
l 4x
GE/
FE
PND2
l Client-side
service: N/A
l WDM-side
signal:
OTU2
18.2 EG16
EG16: 16-port gigabit ethernet switch board

The available functional versions of the EG16 board are TN54 and TN55.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1975
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N5
4E
G1
6
T
N5
5E
G1
6
NOTE
When the EG16 board is used in an OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, the TN52UXCH or TN52UXCM crossconnect boards and the TN52SCC system control board must be used. When the EG16 board is used in an OptiX
OSN 8800 T16 subrack, the TN16UXCM board must be used.
Variants
The TN54EG16 and TN55EG16 boards each have only one variant, that is, TN54EG16 and
TN55EG16 respectively.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1976
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
For the TN55EG16 board,

added the IEEE 1588v2
function and the function of

Hardware Update
Added the TN55EG16 board.
Compared with the TN54EG16 board, the updates are as

follows:
l The TN55EG16 board occupies one slot.
l The TN55EG16 board does not support the IEEE
1588v2 function.
Added the IEEE 1588v2

function for the TN54EG16
board.

Hardware Update

TN54EG16 board in the
subrack.

Hardware Update
Added the TN54EG16 board.
The OptiX OSN 8800 supports the MS-OTN feature to

receive and process 16 FE/GE signals of packet services on
the client side.
18.2.3 Application
As a packet service board, the EG16 board receives and transmits a maximum of 16 GE/FE
services, processes packet services, and transmits packets to the cross-connect board for
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1977
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

centralized cross-connections. On the WDM side, a universal line board or packet service board
can be used to direct packet services to the WDM network for transmission.
For the position of the EG16 board in the WDM system, see Figure 18-2.
Figure 18-2 Position of the EG16 board in the WDM system
Packets
2xOTU2
2xOTU2
Packets
RX1
TX1
TX1
RX1
16xGE/FE
TX16
RX16
IN1
EG16
OUT1
PND2
IN2
RX1
TX1
2x
10 GE LAN RX2
OUT2
EX2
OUT1
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
EG16
IN1
16xGE/FE
RX16
TX16
PND2
OUT2
TX1
IN2
RX1
TX2
EX2
TX2
2x
10 GE LAN
RX2
NOTE
A TN54EG16 board receives a maximum of sixteen GE/FE optical services or two GE/FE electrical services
on its client side.
A TN55EG16 board receives a maximum of sixteen GE/FE optical services or two GE/FE electrical services
on its client side. Electrical modules of the board must be seated in ports of even numbers, such as RX2/TX2,
RX4/TX4, and so on.
The PND2 board or universal line board can be used on the WDM side.

The EG16 board supports functions and features such as Layer 2 switching, QinQ, and
Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS).
Table 18-2 describes the service functions of the EG16 board, Table 18-3 describes the features
supported by the EG16 board.
Table 18-2 Service function of the EG16 board
Function
Description
Basic function
Receives and transmits a maximum of 16 GE/FE optical services

or a maximum of 2 GE or FE electrical services, processes the GE/
FE packet services.
NOTE
Electrical modules of the TN55EG16 board must be seated in ports of even
numbers, such as RX2/TX2, RX4/TX4, and so on.
Supported service
FE: Ethernet service at a rate of 125 Mbit/s. Supports FE optical

signals and FE electrical signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1978
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
Description
Working mode
l GE optical port: 1000M Full-Duplex, Auto-Negotiation

l GE electrical port: 10M Full-Duplex, 100M Full-Duplex,
1000M Full-Duplex, AutoNegotiation
l FE optical port: 100M Full-Duplex, Auto-Negotiation
Flow control at ports
Supported
Comply with IEEE802.3x (Only supports response request).
Ethernet data frame

format
MFL
The MFL value ranges from 1518 to 9600, in bytes. The length of
a permitted packet must be no less than 64 bytes and no greater
than the specified MFL.
Service type
Service bearing medium
Port, QinQ link, PW
E-Line
Port<->PW
PW-based
service
models
CVLAN<->PW
SVLAN<->PW
QinQ linkbased
service
models
Port<->QinQ
Port-based
service
models
Port<->Port
CVLAN<->QinQ
CVLAN<->Port
SVLAN<->Port
UNI-UNI
service
models
Port<->Port
E-LAN
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Bridge
type
l TN54EG16: IEEE 802.1d, IEEE 802.1q

l TN55EG16: IEEE 802.1d, IEEE 802.1q, IEEE 802.1ad

1979
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
Description
Bridge
learning
mode
l TN54EG16
S-Aware, C-Aware, T-Aware: SVL
l TN55EG16
S-Aware: IVL, SVL
C-Aware, T-Aware: SVL
VSI tag
type
Table 18-3 Features supported by the EG16 board

Feature
Description
Protectio
n scheme
Tunnel APS
Supports the 1+1 and 1:1 protection modes defined in ITU-T G.

8131(draft), RFC 6372.
PW APS

8131(draft), RFC 6372.
LAG
Supported.
Comply with IEEE 802.1ax.
MC-LAG
Supported.
MSTP
Supported.
Comply with IEEE 802.1q.
LPT
Supports point-to-point LPT or point-to-multipoint LPT

compliant with Huawei proprietary protocols
Diffserv
Supported, compliant with RFC 2474 and RFC 2475.
Traffic
classification
Complex traffic classification. The ACL rules are customized

based on packet information.
Traffic
policing
Committed access rate (CAR), two rate three color marker

(trTCM) compliant with RFC 4115.
Congestion
management
Class of service (CoS), supporting SP/WRR scheduling

algorithms.
Congestion
avoidance
WRED, tail dropping.
Traffic
shaping
Port-based traffic shaping, queue-based traffic shaping.
QoS
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1980
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Description
IGMP
Snoopin
g V2
Supported
Mainten
ance
Ethernet
service OAM
(CFM)
Supported, compliant with IEEE 802.1ag, ITU-T Y.1731/G.

8013 and ITU-T Y.1730
Ethernet port
OAM (EFM)
Supported, compliant with IEEE 802.3ah
MPLS-TP
OAM
RMON
Supported
Port
mirroring
Supported
Loopback
GE/FE optical interface
PHY Inloop
MAC Inloop
GE/FE electric interface
PHY Outloop
MAC Inloop
Synchro
nization
Inband
DCN
Physical
clock
When GE services are received at optical interfaces, synchronous

Ethernet processing is supported and synchronous Ethernet
transparent transmission is not supported.
IEEE 1588v2
When GE services are received at optical interfaces, the TC, TC

+OC, BC, and OC modes are supported.
Supported
NOTE
In addition to the preceding features, the board supports performance monitoring and service processing

The EG16 board consists of the client-side optical module, packet processor, traffic manager,
fabric interface circuit, control and communication module, and power supply module.
Figure 18-3 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the EG16 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1981
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 18-3 Functional modules and signal flow of the EG16 board
RX1
Backplane(service
cross-connection)
Packets
Client side
O/E
RX16
TX1
E/O
TX16
Client-side
optical
module
Packet
processor
Traffic
manager
Fabric
interface
circuit
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
NOTE
When used to receive GE or FE electrical signals, the board must use a client-side electrical module to perform
power level conversion, and then sends the signals to the packet processor for processing.
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the EG16 board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the EG16 to the backplane,
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Transmit direction
1.
The client-side optical module receives 16 channels of optical signals from client
2.
After receiving the electrical signals, the packet processor decodes the signals,
performs serial/parallel conversion, searches for routes and matches addresses for data
services, implements L2 functions such as protection, OAM, and QoS for the data
services, and sends the data services to the traffic manager.
3.
The traffic manager performs traffic shaping and queue scheduling for the received
service packets and then sends the packets to the fabric interface circuit.
4.
The fabric interface circuit converts the service packets into fabric packets and sends
them to the cross-connect board through the backplane.
1982
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Receive direction
1.
The fabric interface circuit converts the packets coming from the cross-connect board
into service packets and sends the packets to the traffic manager.
2.
service packets and then sends the packets to the packet processor.
3.
The packet processor implements L2 functions such as protection, OAM, and QoS for
the data services, performs parallel/serial conversion, and generates GE/FE electrical
signals.
4.
The client-side optical module performs the E/O conversion of GE/FE electrical
signals, and then outputs two channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1TX16 ports.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: performs O/E conversion of GE/FE optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: performs E/O conversion of GE/FE optical signals.
Packet processor
Performs routing, MAC addressing, and label switching for data packets, and fulfills Layer
2 functions for data services, such as protection, OAM, and QoS.
Traffic manager
Performs traffic shaping, queue scheduling, and congestion management functions to
monitor and process service streams.
Fabric interface circuit

Converts the received packets into those that can be processed by the fabric network and
exchanges packets with the cross-connect board.

Power supply module

18.2.6 Front Panel

There are four indicators, optical interfaces.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1983
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Figure 18-4 shows the front panel of the TN54EG16.
Figure 18-4 Front panel of the TN54EG16
EG16
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX9
TX1
RX9
RX1
TX10
TX2
RX10 TX11
RX2
TX3
RX11 TX12
RX3
TX4
RX12 TX13
RX4
TX5
RX13 TX14
RX5
TX6
RX14 TX15
RX6
TX7
RX15 TX16
RX7
TX8
RX16
RX8
EG16
Figure 18-5 shows the front panel of the TN55EG16.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1984
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 18-5 Front panel of the TN55EG16

SM SFP WORK WITH
G.657A2 FIBER ONLY
G.657A2
EG16
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
RX 1
2 TX
TX 15
16 RX
SM SFP WORK WITH

G.657A2 FIBER ONLY
G.657A2
RX 1
TX 15
2 TX
16 RX
EG16
Indicators
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1985
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 18-4 Types and functions of the EG16 interfaces
Interface
Type
Function
RX1-RX16
LC
TX1-TX16
LC
Laser Hazard Level

18.2.7 Valid Slots

Two slots house one TN54EG16 board. One slot houses one TN55EG16 board.
Table 18-5 shows the valid slots for the TN54EG16 board.
Table 18-5 Valid slots for the TN54EG16 board
Product
Valid slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17
The online signal bus on the EG16 board connects to the backplane along the left slot in the
subrack. The slot number of the EG16 board displayed on the NM is the number of the left one
of the two slots.
For example, if you install the board in slots IU1 and IU2, the slot number of the EG16 board
Table 18-6 shows the valid slots for the TN55EG16 board.
NOTE
To facilitate maintenance of optical modules and fibers, do not install a TN55EG16 board in a slot at the
edge of the subrack or next to the slot housing the SLH41\EGSH\THA\TN55EG16 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1986
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 18-6 Valid slots for the TN55EG16 board

Product
Valid slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU2-IU7, IU12-IU17


Table 18-7 Mapping between the physical ports on the EG16 board and the port numbers
Physical Port
RX1/TX1RX16/TX16
116
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as source or sinks of cross-connections.
Figure 18-6 shows the application model of the EG16 board. Table 18-8 describes the meaning
of each port.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1987
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 18-6 Port diagram of the EG16 board
Other packet board
Backplane
Packets
1(RX1/TX1)
2(RX2/TX2)
16(RX16/TX16)
PORT1
PORT2
PORT16
L2 swiching module
Table 18-8 Descriptions of the ports on the EG16 board

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX16/TX16
Client-side ports.
PORT1-PORT16


This section lists the board parameters that can be set or queried using the NMS.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1988
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 18-9 Basic Attributes of EG16 Board
Field
Value
Description
Port
Name
Enters the self-defined port name.
Enable Port
Enabled, Disabled
When the port is enabled, it indicates that the

user uses the port and the port has services.
When the port is disabled, it indicates that the
port does not process services.
Default: Enabled
When no service is configured, it is

recommended to disable the involved ports.
Port Mode
Layer 2, Layer 3
Default: Layer 2

port.
Encapsulation Type
802.1Q, QinQ, Null

Default: 802.1Q

packets.
packets.
packets.
NOTE
For TN55EG16, if the port needs to identify both
C-VLAN and S-VLAN packets, Encapsulation
Type must be set to 802.1Q.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1989
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Working Mode
l GE optical port:
1000M FullDuplex, AutoNegotiation
Set the Working Mode parameter to set the

working mode of the Ethernet port on the
board.
l GE electrical port:
10M Full-Duplex,
100M FullDuplex, 1000M
Full-Duplex,
AutoNegotiation
l FE optical port:
100M FullDuplex, AutoNegotiation

maintain and is recommended.
NOTE
Ensure that the working modes of the
interconnected ports are the same, Otherwise, the
services are not available.
Max Frame Length
(bytes)
1518 to 9600
Logical Port
Attribute
Optical Port,
Electrical Port
Default: 1522
Default: Optical Port
This parameter specifies the maximum

length of a frame traversing a port. When the
length of a frame exceeds the specified
maximum frame length, the frame will be
discarded or the service will be interrupted.
Displays the attributes of a logical port,
which is set based on the attributes of the
corresponding physical port.
Physical Port
Attribute
No interface, Singlemode optical port,

Multi-mode optical
port, Electrical port
Displays the physical port attribute.
ARP Aging Time

(min.)
1 to 1440
Default: 720

resolution.
NOTE
set to Layer 3.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Running Status
This parameter is unavailable for the EG16

board.
Optical Module
Status
In-Position, Not-inPosition
Displays the optical module status.
Laser Interface
Status
On, Off
Specifies the on/off status of the laser.

1990
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Laser Transmission
Distance
Displays the laser transmission distance.
Traffic Policing
Status
Enabled, Disabled

port.
Default: Disabled

Traffic Policing
Period (min.)
1 to 30
Default: 15
Table 18-10 Flow Control of EG16 Board

Field
Value
Description
Port
NonAutonegotiation
Flow Control Mode
Disabled, Enable
Symmetric Flow
Control, Send Only,
Receive Only
Specifies the flow control mode adopted

when an Ethernet port does not work in autonegotiation mode.
Default: Disabled
l Enable Symmetric Flow Control: The

port can both transmit and receive the
PAUSE frame.
l Send Only: The port can only send the
PAUSE frame.
l Receive Only: The port can only receive
the PAUSE frame.
When the buffer usage of the receiver
exceeds the threshold, the pause frame
enables the transmitter to temporarily stop
sending services.
NOTE
In general, flow control is implemented using the
QoS function and port-based flow control is
seldom used. It is recommended that the default
value Disabled be used.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1991
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Auto-Negotiation
Flow Control Mode
Disabled, Enable
Dissymmetric Flow
Control, Enable
Symmetric Flow
Control, Enable
Symmetric/
Dissymmetric Flow
Control

when an Ethernet port works in autonegotiation mode.
Default: Disabled
l Enable Dissymmetric Flow Control:

The port sends the PAUSE frame only,
and cannot receive the PAUSE frame.
port sends and receives the PAUSE
frame.
l Enable Symmetric/Dissymmetric Flow
Control: Enables either symmetric or
dissymmetric flow control, which is
determined in the autonegotiation
process.
sending services.
NOTE
Table 18-11 Layer 2 Attributes of EG16 Board

Field
Value
Description
Port
QinQ Type Domain
0x0600 to 0xFFFE
Default: 0x8100

QinQ type domain. The default value of the
QinQ type domain is 88a8. You can also
change the value by setting QinQ Type
Domain.
NOTE
Only the TN55EG16 supports this parameter.
Tag
Tag Aware, Access,

Hybrid

QinQ or Null.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1992
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Default VLAN ID
1 to 4094
Default: 1
NOTE
0 to 7

VLAN Priority
Default: 0

SVLANs
1 to 4094

through this port.
NOTE
Only the TN55EG16 supports this parameter.

Tag
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Processing Mode
Remarks
Data Packets with

VLAN IDs
Data Packets
Without VLAN
IDs
Tag Aware
Transparently
packets
Dropping the data

packets
Parameters Default
VLAN ID and
VLAN Priority are
not used.
Access
Dropping the data

packets
Adding the VLAN

IDs that are set
Hybrid
Transparently
packets
Adding the VLAN

IDs that are set

1993
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 18-13 Layer 3 Attributes of EG16 Board

Field
Value
Description
Port
Enable Tunnel
Enabled, Disabled

labels.
NOTE
Enabled.
Specify IP Address
Manually,
Unspecified

IP Address

NOTE
by the NMS.
on the NE.
IP Mask

Table 18-14 Advanced Attributes of EG16 Board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Port

1994
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Port Physical
Parameters
MAC Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop
The MAC Loopback parameter specifies the

MAC loopback state at an Ethernet port.
PHY Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop
The PHY Loopback parameter specifies the

PHY loopback state at an Ethernet port.
MAC Address
Transmission Rate
(kbit/s)

packets.

s)
Loopback Check
Enabled, Disabled
Enables or disables the loopback check

function. When enabled, the function checks
whether the loopback check packet
transmitted from a port is received by the port
itself, therefore determining whether there is
a loop on the network. This parameter is
usually used for fault location.
Default: Disabled
After this parameter is set to Enabled, the

board automatically checks for loops on the
link and reports an alarm if there is any.
Loopback Port Block
Enabled, Disabled
Specifies whether to block a port.
Default: Disabled
When Loopback Check and Loopback

Port Block are both set to Enabled, the board
automatically checks for loops on the link. If
a loop is found at a port, the port is
automatically blocked to clear the loop.
Egress PIR
Bandwidth (kbit/s)

board.
Broadcast Packet
Suppression
Enabled, Disabled

suppression.
Default: Disabled

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1995
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Broadcast Packet
Suppression
Threshold (%)
0% to 100%, with a
step of 10%

Default: 30%

Network Cable Mode

board.
Optical Module Type
Unknown, TwoFiber Bidirectional
Displays whether an optical module is

inserted and the module type of an inserted
optical module.
l Unknown: No optical module is inserted
to the port.
l Two-Fiber Bidirectional: A two-fiber
bidirectional optical module is inserted to
the port.
Synchronous Clock
Enabled
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled
Determines whether to enable clock

synchronization. Set this parameter to
Enabled if clock synchronization is required.
service clocks are synchronized with NE
clocks. When this parameter is set to
Disabled, service clocks will not be
synchronized with NE clocks.
18.2.10 EG16 Specifications

Board

Module

Module
TN54EG
16
N/A

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1996
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board

Module

Module
TN55EG
16
N/A

1000 BASE-BX-U-eSFP
1000 BASE-BX-D-eSFP
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP
NOTE

NOTE
Each optical module listed in the Table 18-15 has two types, one of which is for high-density boards. A highdensity board provides 16 ports in one slot, such as TN55EG16. When choosing optical modules, pay attention
to their BOM codes.
2.125 Gbit/s Multi-rate-eSFP module, 1000 BASE-LX-10 km-eSFP module, 1000 BASE-LX-40 km-eSFP
module and 1000 BASE-ZX-80 km-eSFP module can be used to access GE and FE signals.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
0.5 km (0.3
mi.)
10 km (6.2
mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1997
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.
5 km-eSFP
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-2.5
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9.5
-9
-5
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask

Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-17
-20
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3
NOTE
Std 802.3.
NOTE
1.25 Gbit/s Multirate (CWDM)-40 km-eSFP and 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (CWDM)-80 km-eSFP optical modules
can be used to access GE and FE signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1998
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-40 kmeSFP

(CWDM)-80 kmeSFP
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Target transmission
distance
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)

range
nm
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2
Central wavelength
deviation
nm
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
1.0
1.0
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
G.957-compliant
G.959.1-compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
APD
range
nm
1270 to 1620
1270 to 1620
dBm
-19
-28
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
-27

1999
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE

transmissions)
Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
1000 BASEBX10-UeSFP
1000 BASEBX10-DeSFP
1000 BASEBX-U-eSFP
1000 BASEBX-D-eSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source
type
SLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Target
transmission
distance
km
10
10
40
40

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
Maximum
mean launched
power
dBm
-3
-3
Minimum
mean launched
power
dBm
-9
-9
-2
-2
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-19.5
-19.5
-23
-23

2000
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value
1000 BASEBX10-UeSFP
1000 BASEBX10-DeSFP
1000 BASEBX-U-eSFP
1000 BASEBX-D-eSFP
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3
-3
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-12
-12
-12
-12
NOTE
S-16.1-15 km-eSFP optical module can be used to access GE and FE signals.

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
S-16.1
-15 km-eSFP
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
15 km (9.3 mi.)

nm
1260 to 1360

power
dBm

power
dBm
-5
dB
8.2

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1270 to 1580

2001
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
S-16.1
-15 km-eSFP
dBm
-18
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
TN54EG16:
l
(8.7 in.)
TN55EG16:
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN54EG16
93
101
TN55EG16
78
85
18.3 EX2

The available functional version of the EX2 board is TN54.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2002
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N5
4E
X2
NOTE
When the EX2 board is used in an OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, the TN52UXCH or TN52UXCM crossconnect boards and the TN52SCC system control board must be used. When the EX2 board is used in an OptiX
Variants
The TN54EX2 board has only one variant: TN54EX2. The TN54EX2 board variant is the board
itself.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
Added the IEEE 1588v2

function for the TN54EX2
board.

2003
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update

TN54EX2 board in the general

Hardware Update
Added the TN54EX2 board.
The OptiX OSN 8800 newly supports the MS-OTN feature

to receive and process two 10GE signals of packet services
on the client side.
18.3.3 Application
As a packet service board, the EX2 board receives and transmits a maximum of two 10GE LAN
services, processes packet services, and transmits packets to the cross-connect board for
centralized cross-connections.
For the position of the EX2 board in a WDM system, see Figure 18-7.
Figure 18-7 Position of the EX2 board in a WDM system
Packets
2xOTU2
2xOTU2
Packets
RX1
TX1
TX1
RX1
16xGE/FE
TX16
RX16
IN1
EG16
OUT1
PND2
RX1
IN2
TX1
OUT2
2x
10 GE LAN RX2
EX2
OUT1
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
EG16
IN1
16xGE/FE
RX16
TX16
PND2
OUT2
TX1
IN2
RX1
TX2
EX2
TX2
2x
10 GE LAN
RX2

The EX2 board supports functions and features such as Layer 2 switching, QinQ, and
Table 18-19 describes the service functions of the EX2 board, Table 18-20 describes the features
supported by the EX2 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2004
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 18-19 Service function of the EX2 board

Function
Description
Basic function
Receives and transmits two 10GE LAN services, processes the

10GE LAN packet services.
Supported service
Working mode
Supports the full-duplex mode for ports.
Port flow control
Supports non-auto-negotiation for service rates.

Comply with IEEE802.3x.
Ethernet data frame

format
MFL
Service type
Port, QinQ link, PW
E-Line
Port<->PW
PW-based
service
models
CVLAN<->PW
SVLAN<->PW
QinQ linkbased
service
models
Port<->QinQ
Port-based
service
models
Port<->Port
CVLAN<->QinQ
CVLAN<->Port
SVLAN<->Port
UNI-UNI
service
models
Port<->Port
E-LAN
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Bridge
type
IEEE 802.1d, IEEE 802.1q
Bridge
learning
mode
SVL

2005
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
Description
VSI tag
type
Table 18-20 Features supported by the EX2 board

Feature
Description
QoS
Diffserv
Traffic
classification

Traffic
policing

Congestion
management

algorithms.
Congestion
avoidance
Traffic
shaping
IGMP
Snoopin
g
Supported
Mainten
ance
Ethernet
OAM

8013 and ITU-T Y.1730
Ethernet port
OAM
MPLS-TP
OAM
RMON
Supported
Port
mirroring
Supported
Loopback
client-side optical ports
MAC Outloop
MAC Inloop
PHY Outloop
PHY Inloop
Synchro
nization
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Physical
clock
Supports synchronous Ethernet processing instead of

synchronous Ethernet transparent transmission.

2006
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Description
IEEE 1588v2
Inband
DCN
Supports the TC, TC+OC, BC, and OC modes.
Supported
NOTE

The EX2 board consists of the client-side optical module, packet processor, traffic manager,
Figure 18-8 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the EX2 board.
Figure 18-8 Functional modules and signal flow of the EX2 board
RX1
O/E
RX2
TX1
TX2
Backplane(service
cross-connection)
Packets
Client side
Packet
processor
E/O
Traffic
manager
Fabric
interface
circuit
Client-side
optical
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
2007
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the EX2 board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the EX2 to the backplane,
l
Transmit direction
1.
The client-side optical module receives two channels of optical signals from client
2.
3.
4.
Receive direction
1.
2.
3.
the data services, performs parallel/serial conversion, and generates 10GE LAN
electrical signals.
4.
The client-side optical module performs the E/O conversion of 10GE LAN electrical
signals, and then outputs two channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1TX2 ports.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: performs O/E conversion of 10GE LAN optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: performs E/O conversion of 10GE LAN optical signals.
Packet processor
Traffic manager
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2008
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l

Power supply module

18.3.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the EX2 board.

Figure 18-9 shows the front panel of the EX2 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2009
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 18-9 Front panel of the EX2 board

EX2
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
L/A1
L/A2
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
EX2
Indicators
Six indicators are present on the front panel:
l
Data port connection/data transceive indicator (L/A1) - dual-colored (green, yellow)
Data port connection/data transceive indicator (L/A2) - dual-colored (green, yellow)
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2010
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 18-21 Types and functions of the interfaces on the EX2 board
Interface
Type
Function
RX1-RX2
LC
TX1-TX2
LC
Laser Hazard Level

18.3.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one EX2 board.
Table 18-22 shows the valid slots for the EX2 board.
Table 18-22 Valid slots for EX2 board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18


Table 18-23 Mapping between the physical ports on the EX2 board and the port numbers
Physical Port
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2011
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Logical Ports
Figure 18-10 shows the application model of the EX2 board. Table 18-24 describes the meaning
of each port.
Figure 18-10 Port diagram of the EX2 board
Other packet board
Backplane
Packets
1(RX1/TX1)
PORT1
2(RX2/TX2)
PORT2
L2 swiching module
Table 18-24 Descriptions of the ports on the EX2 board

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1 to RX2/TX2
Client-side ports.
PORT1 to PORT2


Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2012
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 18-25 Basic Attributes of EX2 Board
Field
Value
Description
Port
Internal ports are PORT1 to PORT2.
Name
Enable Port
Enabled, Disabled

Default: Enabled

Port Mode
Layer 2, Layer 3
Default: Layer 2

port.
l Layer 2: The port can access the user-side
equipment, carry Ethernet services that
are based on the ports and use the port
exclusively or QinQ Link.
l Layer 3: The port can carry tunnels.
Encapsulation Type
802.1Q, QinQ, Null

Default: 802.1Q

packets.
l Null: The port transparently transmits the
accessed packets.
l 802.1Q: The port identifies the 802.1Q
standard packets.
l QinQ: The port identifies the QinQ
standard packets.
NOTE
Working Mode
10G Full-Duplex
LAN
Default: 10G FullDuplex LAN

board.
NOTE
l When setting this parameter, ensure that the
working modes of the interconnected ports are
the same. Otherwise, the services are not
available.
Max Frame Length

(bytes)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
1518 to 9600
Default: 1522


2013
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Logical Port
Attribute
Optical Port,
Electrical Port
Specifies the logical port attribute.
NOTE
The EX2 board does not support electrical ports.
Optical Port.
Physical Port
Attribute

Multi-mode optical
ARP Aging Time

(min.)
1 to 1440
Default: 720
NOTE
set to Layer 3.
Running Status
This parameter is unavailable for the EX2

board.
Optical Module
Status
Laser Interface
Status
On, Off
Laser Transmission
Distance
Traffic Policing
Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

port.
Traffic Policing
Period (min.)
1 to 30
Default: 15
Table 18-26 Flow Control of EX2 Board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Port

2014
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
NonAutonegotiation
Flow Control Mode
Disabled, Enable
Symmetric Flow
Control, Send Only,
Receive Only

Default: Disabled

port can both transmit and receive
PAUSE frames.
l Send Only: The port can only send
PAUSE frames.
PAUSE frames.
sending services.
NOTE
Auto-Negotiation
Flow Control Mode

board.
Table 18-27 Layer2 Attributes of EX2 Board

Field
Value
Description
Port
Tag
Tag Aware, Access,

Hybrid

QinQ or Null.
Default VLAN ID
1 to 4094
Default: 1
The Default VLAN ID parameter specifies a

default VLAN ID for a port that transmits
untagged packets.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2015
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
VLAN Priority
0 to 7
The VLAN Priority parameter specifies the

priority of the default VLAN ID of a port.
When the network is busy, data packets of
higher VLAN priority are processed first and
those of lower VLAN priority may be
discarded. 0 indicates the lowest priority and
7 the highest.
Default: 0

Tag
Processing Mode
Remarks
Data Packets with

VLAN IDs
Data Packets
Without VLAN
IDs
Tag Aware
Transparently
packets
Dropping the data

packets
Parameters Default
VLAN ID and
VLAN Priority are
not used.
Access
Dropping the data

packets
Adding the VLAN

IDs that are set
Hybrid
Transparently
packets
Adding the VLAN

IDs that are set
Table 18-29 Layer 3 Attributes of EX2 Board

Field
Vaule
Description
Port
Enable Tunnel
Enabled, Disabled

labels.
NOTE
Enabled.
Specify IP Address
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Manually,
Unspecified


2016
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Vaule
Description
IP Address

NOTE
by the NMS.
on the NE.
IP Mask

Table 18-30 Advanced Attributes of EX2 Board

Field
Value
Description
Port
Port Physical
Parameters
MAC Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

PHY Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
MAC Address
Transmission Rate
(kbit/s)

packets.

2017
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description

s)
Loopback Check
Enabled, Disabled

Default: Disabled

Loopback Port Block
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

Egress PIR
Bandwidth (kbit/s)

board.
Broadcast Packet
Suppression
Enabled, Disabled

suppression.
Default: Disabled

Broadcast Packet
Suppression
Threshold (%)
0% to 100%, with a
step of 10%
Default: 30%

Network Cable Mode
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

board.

2018
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Optical Module Type
known, Two-Fiber
Bidirectional

optical module.
to the port.
the port.
Synchronous Clock
Enabled
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

18.3.10 EX2 Specifications

Board
Client-Side
Fixed Optical
Module
TN54EX
2
N/A

NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2019
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Value

+
10G BASEER/EW-40
km-SFP+
Optical
interface service
rate
Gbit/s
10.3125
10.3125
10.3125
Optical source
type
MLM
SLM
SLM
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Target
transmission
distance
0.3 km (0.2 mi.)
10 km (6.2 mi.)
40 km (24.9 mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
840 to 860
1260 to 1355
1530 to 1565
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
-1
0.5
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-7.3
-8.2
-4.7
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
3.5
Eye pattern
mask
IEEE802.3zcompliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
840 to 860
1260 to 1355
1530 to 1565
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-11.1 (OMA)
-12.6 (OMA)
-14.1 (OMA)
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-1
0.5
-1

2020
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical
Module Type
Maximum
reflectance
dB

+
10G BASEER/EW-40
km-SFP+
-12
-12
-26
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN54EX2
84
91
18.4 EX8

The available functional version of the EX8 board is TN54.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2021
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N5
4E
X8
NOTE
When the EX8 board is used in an OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, the TN52UXCH or TN52UXCM crossconnect boards and the TN52SCC system control board must be used. When the EX8 board is used in an OptiX
Variants
The TN54EX8 board has only one variant: TN54EX8. The TN54EX8 board variant is the board
itself.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
For the TN54EX8 board, added

the IEEE 1588v2 function and
the function of configuring CVLAN and S-VLAN on the
same port.

2022
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
Added the TN54EX8 board.
It receives and transmits a maximum of 8 x 10GE LAN,

10GE WAN, GE, and FE services, processes their packets,
and provides a maximum of 40 Gbit/s bandwidth on the
backplane side.
The TN54EX8 board occupies one slot.
18.4.3 Application
The EX8 board is a packet service board. It receives and transmits 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN,
GE, and FE services, processes their packets, and transmits the packets to the cross-connect
board for centralized cross-connections.
For the position of the EX8 board in a WDM system, see Figure 18-11.
Figure 18-11 Position of the EX8 board in a WDM system
Packets
4xOTU2
4xOTU2
Packets
RX1
TX1
TX1
RX1
EG16
16xGE/FE
IN1
OUT1
TX16
OUT1
RX16
HUNQ
2
RX1
10 GE LAN/10
GE WAN
TX1
OUT4
RX4
TX4
RX5
IN4
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
RX16
TX16
IN1
OUT4
HUNQ
2
TX1
RX1
IN4
EX8
TX5
10 GE LAN/GE/
FE
16xGE/FE
EG16
10 GE LAN/
10 GE WAN
TX4
RX4
EX8
TX5
RX5
RX8
TX8
TX8
RX8
10 GE LAN/GE/
FE
NOTE
10GE WAN signals can be only transmitted and received through ports RX1/TX1 to RX4/TX4
Optical or electrical GE/FE signals can be only transmitted and received through ports RX5/TX5 to RX8/TX8,
which must be configured as GE ports or FE ports at the same time.
Each board receives and transmits one or two channels of electrical signals.
The PND2 board or universal line board can be used on the WDM side.

The EX8 board supports functions and features such as Layer 2 switching, QinQ, and
Table 18-32 describes the service functions of the EX8 board, Table 18-33 describes the features
supported by the EX8 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2023
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 18-32 Service function of the EX8 board

Function
Description
Basic function
Receives and transmits the following services and processes their

packets:
l 8 x 10GE LAN
l 4 x 10GE WAN
l 4 x optical or electrical GE/FE signals
Backplane bandwidth
40 Gbit/s
Supported service

FE: Ethernet service at a rate of 125 Mbit/s. Supports FE optical
signals and FE electrical signals.
NOTE
10GE WAN signals can be only transmitted and received through ports
RX1/TX1 to RX4/TX4
Optical or electrical GE/FE signals can be only transmitted and received
through ports RX5/TX5 to RX8/TX8, which must be configured as GE
ports or FE ports at the same time.
Each board receives and transmits one or two channels of electrical signals.
Working mode
l GE optical port: 1000M Full-Duplex, Auto-Negotiation

l GE electrical port: 10M Full-Duplex, 100M Full-Duplex,
1000M Full-Duplex, AutoNegotiation
l FE optical port:100M Full-Duplex
l 10GE WAN optical port:10G Full-Duplex WAN
l 10GE LAN optical port:10G Full-Duplex LAN
Port flow control
Supported
Comply with IEEE802.3x (Only supports response request).
Ethernet data frame

format
MFL
Service type
Port, QinQ link, PW
E-Line
Port<->PW
PW-based
service
models
CVLAN<->PW
SVLAN<->PW
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2024
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
Description
QinQ linkbased
service
models
Port<->QinQ
Port-based
service
models
Port<->Port
CVLAN<->QinQ
CVLAN<->Port
SVLAN<->Port
UNI-UNI
service
models
Port<->Port
E-LAN
Bridge
type
Bridge
learning
mode
SVL, IVL
VSI tag
type
NOTE
IVL is supported only when the bridge type is IEEE 802.1ad.
Table 18-33 Features supported by the EX8 board

Feature
Description
Protectio
n scheme
Tunnel APS

8131(draft), RFC 6372.
PW APS

8131(draft), RFC 6372.
LAG
Supported.
MC-LAG
Supported.
MSTP
Supported.
Comply with IEEE 802.1q.
LPT
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Supports point-to-point LPT or point-to-multipoint LPT

compliant with Huawei proprietary protocols.

2025
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Description
QoS
Diffserv
Traffic
classification

Traffic
policing

Congestion
management

algorithms.
Congestion
avoidance
Traffic
shaping
IGMP
Snoopin
g V2
Supported
Mainten
ance
Ethernet
service OAM
(CFM)

8013 and ITU-T Y.1730
Ethernet port
OAM (EFM)
MPLS-TP
OAM
RMON
Supported
Port
mirroring
Supported
Loopback
GE/FE/10GE optical
ports
GE electrical ports
MAC Outloop
MAC Inloop
PHY Outloop
PHY Inloop
Synchro
nization
Physical
clock
Supports synchronous Ethernet processing instead of

synchronous Ethernet transparent transmission.
NOTE
FE/GE electrical ports of the board do not support the physical clock
function.
IEEE 1588v2
Supports the TC, TC+OC, BC, and OC modes.

NOTE
FE/GE electrical ports of the board do not support the IEEE 1588v2.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2026
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Description
Inband
DCN
Supported
NOTE

The EX8 board consists of the client-side optical module, packet processor, traffic manager,
Figure 18-12 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the EX8 board.
Figure 18-12 Functional modules and signal flow of the EX8 board
RX1
O/E
RX8
TX1
TX8
Backplane(service
cross-connection)
Packets
Client side
Packet
processor
E/O
Traffic
manager
Fabric
interface
circuit
Client-side
optical
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
2027
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the EX8 board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the EX8 to the backplane,
l
Transmit direction
1.
The client-side optical module receives eight channels of optical signals from client
2.
3.
4.
Receive direction
1.
2.
3.
the data services, performs parallel/serial conversion, and generates client electrical
signals.
4.
The client-side optical module performs the E/O conversion of client electrical signals,
and then outputs eight channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX8
ports.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: performs O/E conversion of 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/GE/FE
optical signal.
Client-side transmitter: performs E/O conversion of 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/GE/FE
optical signals.
Packet processor
Traffic manager
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2028
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l

Power supply module

18.4.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the EX8 board.

Figure 18-13 shows the front panel of the EX8 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2029
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 18-13 Front panel of the EX8 board
EX8
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TX5
RX5
TX6
RX6
TX7
RX7
TX8
RX8
EX8
Indicators
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2030
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 18-34 Types and functions of the interfaces on the EX8 board
Interface
Type
Function
RX1-RX8
LC
TX1-TX8
LC
Laser Hazard Level

18.4.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one EX8 board.
Table 18-35 shows the valid slots for the EX8 board.
Table 18-35 Valid slots for EX8 board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18


Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2031
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 18-36 Mapping between the physical ports on the EX8 board and the port numbers
Physical Port
TX1/RX1 - TX8/RX8
1-8
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 18-14 shows the application model of the EX8 board. Table 18-37 describes the meaning
of each port.
Figure 18-14 Port diagram of the EX8 board
Other packet board
Backplane
Packets
1(RX1/TX1)
8(RX8/TX8)
PORT1
PORT8
L2 swiching module
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2032
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 18-37 Descriptions of the ports on the EX8 board

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1 to RX8/TX8
Client-side ports.
PORT1 to PORT8



Table 18-38 Basic Attributes of EX8 Board
Field
Value
Description
Port
Name
Enable Port
Enabled, Disabled

Default: Enabled

Port Mode
Layer 2, Layer 3
Default: Layer 2

port.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2033
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Encapsulation Type
802.1Q, QinQ, Null

packets.
Default: 802.1Q

accessed packets.
standard packets.
standard packets.
NOTE
to 802.1Q.
Working Mode
Port1 to Port4: 10G

Full-Duplex LAN,
10G Full-Duplex
WAN
Port5 to Port8: 10G
Full-Duplex LAN,
1000M Full-Duplex,
1000M Half-Duplex,
100M Full-Duplex,
100M Half-Duplex,
10M Full-Duplex,
10M Half-Duplex,
Auto-Negotiation

board.
NOTE
When setting this parameter, ensure that the
working modes of the interconnected ports are the
same. Otherwise, the services are not available.
Default: 10G FullDuplex LAN

Max Frame Length
(bytes)
1518 to 9600
Logical Port
Attribute
Optical Port,
Electrical Port
Default: 1522

Specifies the logical port attribute.

Physical Port
Attribute
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

Multi-mode optical

2034
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
ARP Aging Time

(min.)
1 to 1440
Default: 720
NOTE
set to Layer 3.
Running Status
Up, Down
Displays the port status.
Optical Module
Status
Laser Interface
Status
On, Off
Laser Transmission
Distance
Traffic Policing
Status
Enabled, Disabled

port.
Default: Disabled

Traffic Policing
Period (min.)
1 to 30
Default: 15
Table 18-39 Flow Control of EX8 Board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Port

2035
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
NonAutonegotiation
Flow Control Mode
Disabled, Enable
Symmetric Flow
Control, Send Only,
Receive Only

Default: Disabled

port can both transmit and receive
PAUSE frames.
l Send Only: The port can only send
PAUSE frames.
PAUSE frames.
sending services.
NOTE
Auto-Negotiation
Flow Control Mode

board.
Table 18-40 Layer2 Attributes of EX8 Board

Field
Value
Description
Port
QinQ Type Domain
0x0600 to 0xFFFE
Default: 0x8100

QinQ type domain. The default value of the
QinQ type domain is 88a8. You can also
change the value by setting QinQ Type
Domain.
Tag Aware, Access,

Hybrid

Tag

QinQ or Null.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2036
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Default VLAN ID
1 to 4094

untagged packets.
Default: 1
NOTE
VLAN Priority
0 to 7
Default: 0
SVLANs

7 the highest.
through this port.

Tag
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Processing Mode
Remarks
Data Packets with

VLAN IDs
Data Packets
Without VLAN
IDs
Tag Aware
Transparently
packets
Dropping the data

packets
Parameters Default
VLAN ID and
VLAN Priority are
not used.
Access
Dropping the data

packets
Adding the VLAN

IDs that are set
Hybrid
Transparently
packets
Adding the VLAN

IDs that are set

2037
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 18-42 Layer 3 Attributes of EX8 Board

Field
Vaule
Description
Port
Enable Tunnel
Enabled, Disabled

labels.
NOTE
Enabled.
Specify IP Address
Manually,
Unspecified

IP Address

NOTE
by the NMS.
on the NE.
IP Mask

Table 18-43 Advanced Attributes of EX8 Board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Port
Port Physical
Parameters

2038
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
MAC Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

PHY Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

MAC Address
Transmission Rate
(kbit/s)

packets.

s)
Loopback Check
Enabled, Disabled

Default: Disabled

Loopback Port Block
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

Egress PIR
Bandwidth (kbit/s)

board.
Broadcast Packet
Suppression
Enabled, Disabled

suppression.
Default: Disabled

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2039
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Broadcast Packet
Suppression
Threshold (%)
0% to 100%, with a
step of 10%

Default: 30%

Network Cable Mode

board.
Optical Module Type
known, Two-Fiber
Bidirectional

optical module.
to the port.
the port.
Synchronous Clock
Enabled
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

18.4.10 EX8 Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2040
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Client-Side
Fixed Optical
Module
TN54EX
8
N/A
11.3 Gbit/s Multirate-TX1270/RX1330nm-10km-SFP+
11.3 Gbit/s Multirate-TX1330/RX1270nm-10km-SFP+
1000BASE BX10-D-10km eSFP
1000BASE BX10-U-10km eSFP
1000BASE BX40-D-10km eSFP
1000BASE BX40-U-10km eSFP
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (eSFP DWDM)
2.125Gbit/s Multirate -0.5km
1000BASE-LX-10km-eSFP
1000BASE-LX-40km-eSFP
1000BASE-ZX-80km-eSFP
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate(eSFP CWDM)-80km
2.67Gbit/s Multirate(eSFP CWDM)-40km
S-1.1-15km-eSFP
L-1.1-40km-eSFP
L-1.2-80km-eSFP
I-1.1-2km-eSFP
100BASE-BX10-D
100BASE-BX10-U
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2041
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
10G BASESR-0.3kmSFP+
10GBASELR-10kmSFP+
10GBASEER/
EW-40kmSFP+
10GBASEZR-80kmSFP+
Optical
source type
MLM
SLM
SLM
SLM
Optical
interface
service rate
Gbit/s
10.3125
10.3125
10.3125
10.3125
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Target
transmission
distance
km
0.3
10
40
80

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
840 to 860
1260 to 1355
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-1
0.5
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-7.3
-8.2
-4.7
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
3.5
Output
optical
power in
case of laser
shutdown
dBm
-30
-30
-30
-30
Eye pattern
mask

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2042
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical
Module
Type
10G BASESR-0.3kmSFP+
10GBASELR-10kmSFP+
10GBASEER/
EW-40kmSFP+
10GBASEZR-80kmSFP+
Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
840 to 860
1260 to 1355
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-11.1(OMA)
-12.6(OMA)
-14.1(OMA)
-24
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-1
0.5
-1
-7
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-12
-12
-26
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Value
11.3 Gbit/s
Multirate-TX1270/
RX1330nm-10kmSFP+
11.3 Gbit/s
Multirate-TX1330/
RX1270nm-10kmSFP+
Optical source type
SLM
SLM
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Target transmission
distance
km
10
10
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating
wavelength range
nm
1260 to 1280
1320 to 1340
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
0.5
0.5
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-8.2
-8.2

2043
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module
Type
11.3 Gbit/s
Multirate-TX1270/
RX1330nm-10kmSFP+
11.3 Gbit/s
Multirate-TX1330/
RX1270nm-10kmSFP+
3.5
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
3.5
Eye pattern mask

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength range
nm
1320 to 1340
1260 to 1280
dBm
-14.4
-14.4
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
0.5
0.5

transmissions)
Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
1000BASE
BX10D-10kmeSFP
1000BASE
BX10U-10kmeSFP
1000BASE
BX40D-10kmeSFP
1000BASE
BX40U-10kmeSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Target
transmission
distance
km
10
10
40
40
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-3
-3

2044
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
1000BASE
BX10D-10kmeSFP
1000BASE
BX10U-10kmeSFP
1000BASE
BX40D-10kmeSFP
1000BASE
BX40U-10kmeSFP
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9
-9
-2
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask

Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1500
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-19.5
-19.5
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3
-3
Table 18-47 Client-side pluggable GE optical module specifications (DWDM)

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(eSFP DWDM)
Line code format
NRZ
km
120
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

power
dBm

power
dBm

2045
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type

(eSFP DWDM)
dB
8.2
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz
12.5

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant (a 5%
margin is required for the eye
pattern of STM-16 services
and equivalent OTU1
services)
ps/nm
2400

Receiver type
APD

(FEC on)
dBm
-28

(FEC on)
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
Table 18-48 Client-side pluggable GE optical module specifications

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
2.125Gbit/s
Multirate
-0.5km
1000BASELX-10kmeSFP
1000BASELX-40kmeSFP
1000BASEZX-80kmeSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Target
transmission
distance
km
0.5
10
40
80
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2046
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical
Module
Type
2.125Gbit/s
Multirate
-0.5km
1000BASELX-10kmeSFP
1000BASELX-40kmeSFP
1000BASEZX-80kmeSFP
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-2.5
-3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-9.5
-9
-5
-2
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
Eye pattern
mask

Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
770 to 860
1270 to 1355
1270 to 1355
1500 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-17
-20
-23
-23
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-3
-3
-3
Table 18-49 Client-side pluggable GE optical module specifications (CWDM)

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Line code format
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Value
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate(eSFP
CWDM)-80km
2.67Gbit/s
Multirate(eSFP
CWDM)-40km
NRZ
NRZ

2047
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Target transmission
distance
km
Value
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate(eSFP
CWDM)-80km
2.67Gbit/s
Multirate(eSFP
CWDM)-40km
80
40

Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
8.2
Operating frequency
range
THz
1471 to 1611
1471 to 1611
Center frequency
deviation
GHz
6.5
6.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1compliant
IEEE802.3z
compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
APD
PIN
Operating
wavelength range
nm
1270 to 1620
1200 to 1650
dBm
-28
-19
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-9
-3
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27

2048
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
S-1.1-15km
-eSFP
L-1.1-40km
-eSFP
L-1.2-80km
-eSFP
I-1.1-2kmeSFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
MLM
MLM
SLM
MLM
Target
transmission
distance
km
15
40
80

Operating
frequency
range
nm
1261 to 1360
1263 to 1360
1480 to 1580
1260 to 1360
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-8
-14
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-15
-5
-5
-19
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
10
10.5
10
Maximum
-20 dB
spectral
width
nm
NA
NA
NA
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
NA
30
30
NA
Eye pattern
mask
G.959.1compliant
PIN
PIN

Receiver
type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
PIN
PIN

2049
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical
Module
Type
S-1.1-15km
-eSFP
L-1.1-40km
-eSFP
L-1.2-80km
-eSFP
I-1.1-2kmeSFP
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1260 to 1580
1260 to 1580
1260 to 1580
1260 to 1580
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-28
-34
-34
-30
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-8
-10
-10
-14
Table 18-51 Client-side pluggable FE optical module specifications

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Value
100BASE-BX10-D
100BASE-BX10-U
Line code format
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source type
MLM
MLM
Target transmission
distance
km
15
15

Operating frequency
range
nm
1480 to 1580
1260 to 1360
Maximum mean
launched power
dBm
-8
-8
Minimum mean
launched power
dBm
-15
-15
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
8.5
8.5
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
NA
NA
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
NA
NA
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2050
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module
Type
100BASE-BX10-D
100BASE-BX10-U
Receiver type
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength range
nm
1260 to 1360
1480 to 1580
dBm
-32
-32
Minimum receiver
overload
dBm
-8
-8
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN54EX8
98
107
18.5 PND2
PND2: 2 x 10G bit/s packet line board

The available functional version of the PND2 board is TN54.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2051
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N5
4P
N
D2
NOTE
When the PND2 board is used in an OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, the TN52UXCH or TN52UXCM crossconnect board and TN52SCC system control board must be used. When the PND2 board is used in an OptiX
Variants
The TN54PND2 board has only one variant: TN54PND2. The TN54PND2 board variant is the
board itself.


Hardware Update

TN54PND2 board in the
subrack.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
Added the TN54PND2 board.
The OptiX OSN 8800 supports the MS-OTN feature. The

TN54PND2 board, a 2 x 10G packet line board, is added to
convert 20 Gbit/s packets into 2 x OTU2 optical signals.

2052
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

18.5.3 Application
The PND2 board is a packet service board. It converts packets with total bandwidth of 20 Gbit/
s from the cross-connect board into two 10GE LAN electrical signals. Then the board converts
the two 10GE LAN electrical signals into two standard OTU2 optical signals compliant with
WDM system requirements.
For the position of the PND2 board in a WDM system, see Figure 18-15.
Figure 18-15 Position of the PND2 board in a WDM system
Packets
16xGE/FE
2xOTU2
2xOTU2
Packets
TX1
RX1
RX1
TX1
TX16
RX16
IN1
EG16
OUT1
PND2
RX1
IN2
TX1
OUT2
2x
10 GE LAN RX2
EX2
OUT1
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
EG16
IN1
16xGE/FE
RX16
TX16
PND2
OUT2
TX1
IN2
RX1
TX2
EX2
TX2
2x
10 GE LAN
RX2

The PND2 board supports functions and features such as Layer 2 switching, QinQ, and
Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS), OTN interfaces.
Table 18-52 describes the OTN functions and features of the PND2 board, Table 18-53 describes
the ethernet service functions and specifications.
Table 18-52 OTN functions and features of the PND2 board
Functio
n
Description
Basic
function
Converts packets with total bandwidth of 20 Gbit/s from the cross-connect board
into two 10GE LAN electrical signals. Then the board converts the two 10GE
LAN electrical signals into two standard OTU2 optical signals compliant with
WDM system requirements.
OTN
function
l Supports ODU2 mapping into OTU2.

ITU-T G.709.
l Supports SM and PM functions for OTU2 and ODU2.
WDM
specificat
ion
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2053
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Functio
n
Description
Tunable
waveleng
th
function
ESC
Supported
PRBS
function
FEC
encoding

WDM side.


Alarm
and
performa
nce event
monitori
ng
Loopbac
k
Supported on the WDM side
Physical
clock
Supported
IEEE
1588v2
Not supported
Opticallayer
ASON
Supported
Electrical
-layer
ASON
Not supported
of the laser.
Table 18-53 Ethernet service functions of the PND2 board

Function
QoS
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Description
Diffserv
Traffic
classificati
on


2054
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
Description
Traffic
policing

Congestio
n
manageme
nt

algorithms.
Congestio
n
avoidance
Traffic
shaping
IGMP Snooping
Supported
Maintenan
ce
Ethernet
OAM
Supported, compliant with IEEE 802.1ag, ITU-T Y.1731/G.8013

and ITU-T Y.1730
Ethernet
port OAM
MPLS-TP
OAM
RMON
Supported
Port
mirroring
Supported
Synchronous Ethernet
Not supported
IEEE 1588v2
Not supported
Inband DCN
Not supported
Ethernet data frame

format
MFL
Service type
Port, QinQ link, PW
E-Line
Port<->PW
PW-based
service
models
CVLAN<->PW
SVLAN<->PW
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2055
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
Description
QinQ linkbased
service
models
Port<->QinQ
Port-based
service
models
Port<->Port
CVLAN<->QinQ
CVLAN<->Port
SVLAN<->Port
UNI-UNI
service
models
Port<->Port
E-LAN
Bridge
type
IEEE 802.1d, IEEE 802.1q
Bridge
learning
mode
SVL
VSI tag
type
NOTE

The PND2 board consists of the WDM-side optical module, packet processor, traffic manager,
fabric interface circuit, OTN module, control and communication module, and power supply
module.
Figure 18-16 show the functional modules and signal flow of the PND2 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2056
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 18-16 Functional modules and signal flow of the PND2 board
Packets
Backplane(service
cross-connection)
WDM-side
O/E
Fabric
interface
circuit
Traffic
manager
Packet
process
or
IN1
IN2
OTN
module
E/O
OUT1
OUT2
WDM-side
optical
module
Control
Memory
Communication
CPU
Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the PND2 board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the backplane to the WDM side of the PND2,
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Transmit direction
1.
2.
3.
the data services, performs parallel/serial conversion, and generates 10GE LAN
electrical signals.
4.
After processing the two 10GE LAN electrical signals, the OTN processing module
outputs two OTU2 electrical signals.
2057
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

5.
l
After performing the E/O conversion, the client-side optical module outputs two
OTU2 optical signals through the OUT1 and OUT2 ports.
Receive direction
1.
The WDM-side optical module receives the two OTU2 optical signals from the IN1
and IN2 ports, performs O/E conversion, and outputs two OTU2 electrical signals.
2.
After processing the two OTU2 electrical signals, the OTN processing module outputs
two 10GE LAN electrical signals.
3.
After receiving the two 10GE LAN electrical signals, the packet processor performs
decoding, serial/parallel conversion, and address matching for the data services,
implements L2 functions such as protection, OAM, and QoS for the data services, and
then sends the matched data services to the traffic manager.
4.
5.
Module Function
l


The OTN processing module frames OTU2 signals, processes overheads in OTU2 signals,
and performs the FEC encoding and decoding.
Packet processor
Traffic manager


Power supply module

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2058
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

18.5.6 Front Panel

There are four indicators, optical interfaces.

Figure 18-17 shows the front panel of the PND2.
Figure 18-17 Front panel of the PND2
PND2
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
OUT1
IN1
OUT2
IN2
PND2
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2059
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 18-54 Types and functions of the PND2 interfaces

Interface
Type
Function
IN1-IN2
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT1-OUT2
LC

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

18.5.7 Valid Slots

Two slots house one PND2 board.
Table 18-55 shows the valid slots for the PND2 board.
Table 18-55 Valid slots for the PND2 board
Product
Valid slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17
The online signal bus on the PND2 board connects to the backplane along the left slot in the
subrack. The slot number of the PND2 board displayed on the NM is the number of the left one
of the two slots.
For example, if you install the board in slots IU1 and IU2, the slot number of the PND2 board


Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2060
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 18-56 Mapping between the physical ports on the PND2 board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN1/OUT1
IN2/OUT2
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 18-18 shows the application model of the PND2 board. Table 18-57 describes the
Figure 18-18 Port diagram of the PND2 board
Other packet board
Backplane
Packets
Ethernet
PORT1 services
OTU2
1(IN1/OUT1)
Ethernet
PORT2 services
OTU2
2(IN2/OUT2)
NOTE
Port PORT1 is always bound to port IN1 or OUT1, and port PORT2 is always bound to port IN2 or OUT2.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2061
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


L2 swiching module
Table 18-57 Descriptions of the ports on the PND2 board

Port Name
Description
IN1/OUT1 to IN2/OUT2
PORT1 to PORT2
Internal logical ports of the L2 swiching module.


Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

board.
for the port.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2062
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

Laser Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default:

status of a board.
l WDM side:
Enabled

information.
l Client side:
Disabled
FEC Working State
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

invalid.
FEC Mode
FEC, AFEC
Default: FEC

must be the same.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Actual Band Type
Tunable
Wavelength Range

on the board.

2063
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.0
50 to
80/1560.61/192.
100

l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.
170 to
18/1611.00/188.
780

Default: /
Planned Band Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

wavelength.
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled


Table 18-59 Basic Attributes of PND2 Board
Field
Value
Description
Port
Name
Enable Port
This parameter is unavailable for the PND2

board.
Port Mode
Layer 2, Layer 3

port.
Default: Layer 2

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2064
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Encapsulation Type
802.1Q, QinQ, Null

packets.
Default: 802.1Q

accessed packets.
standard packets.
standard packets.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Working Mode

board.
Max Frame Length

(bytes)
1518 to 9600

Logical Port
Attribute

board.
Physical Port
Attribute

board.
ARP Aging Time

(min)
1 to 1440
Default: 720
NOTE
set to Layer 3.
Running Status

board.
Optical Module
Status

board.
Laser Interface
Status

board.
Laser Transmission
Distance

board.
Traffic Policing
Status

board.
Traffic Policing
Period (min)

board.
Default: 1522

2065
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 18-60 Flow Control of PND2 Board

Field
Value
Description
Port
NonAutonegotiation
Flow Control Mode

board.
Auto-Negotiation
Flow Control Mode

board.
Table 18-61 Layer2 Attributes of PND2 Board

Field
Value
Description
Port
Tag
Tag Aware, Access,

Hybrid

QinQ or Null.
Default VLAN ID
1 to 4094
Default: 1

untagged packets.
NOTE
VLAN Priority
0 to 7
Default: 0
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

7 the highest.

2066
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Tag
Processing Mode
Remarks
Data Packets with

VLAN IDs
Data Packets
Without VLAN
IDs
Tag Aware
Transparently
packets
Dropping the data

packets
Parameters Default
VLAN ID and
VLAN Priority are
not used.
Access
Dropping the data

packets
Adding the VLAN

IDs that are set
Hybrid
Transparently
packets
Adding the VLAN

IDs that are set
Table 18-63 Layer 3 Attributes of PND2 Board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Vaule
Description
Port
Enable Tunnel
Enabled, Disabled

labels.
Specify IP Address
Manually,
Unspecified


2067
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Vaule
Description
IP Address

NOTE
by the NMS.
on the NE.
IP Mask

Table 18-64 Advanced Attributes of PND2 Board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Port
Port Physical
Parameters

board.
MAC Loopback

board.
PHY Loopback

board.
MAC Address
Transmission Rate
(kbit/s)

packets.

s)

2068
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Loopback Check
Enabled, Disabled

Default: Disabled

Loopback Port Block
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

Egress PIR
Bandwidth (kbit/s)

board.
Broadcast Packet
Suppression
Enabled, Disabled

suppression.
Default: Disabled

Broadcast Packet
Suppression
Threshold (%)
0% to 100%, with a
step of 10%
Default: 30%

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Network Cable Mode

board.
Optical Module Type

board.

2069
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Synchronous Clock
Enabled
Enabled, Disabled
Determines whether to enable lock

synchronization. Set the parameter to
Default: Disabled

clocks. When the parameter is set to
18.5.10 PND2 Specifications

Board
WDM-Side Fixed
Optical Module
TN54PN
D2
N/A

NOTE

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2070
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value

power
dBm

power
dBm
-3
dB
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz
10
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2071
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type

power
dBm

power
dBm
-1
dB
10
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1250 to 1600

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80 kmXFP
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical source
type
SLM
SLM
SLM

2072
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Target
transmission
distance
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 kmXFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80 kmXFP
10 km (6.2 mi.)
40 km (24.9 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)

Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1290 to 1330
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
Maximum
mean launched
power
dBm
-1
Minimum
mean launched
power
dBm
-6
-1
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
8.2
Minimum side
mode
suppression
ratio
dB
30
30
30
Eye pattern
mask
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
PIN
PIN
APD
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1290 to 1565
1260 to 1605
1270 to 1600
Receiver
sensitivity
dBm
-11
-14
-24
Minimum
receiver
overload
dBm
-1
-1
-7
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
(8.7 in.)
2073
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Board

(W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN54PND2
100
108
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2074
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
19
PID Board
About This Chapter

19.1 Overview
PID boards integrate the functions of traditional optical transponder boards and multiplexer/
demultiplexer boards. OTN processing and output of multiplexed optical signals are
implemented on one PID board, featuring large capacity, high integration, high reliability, and
flexible access of various services. PID boards are classified into the following types according
to the cross-connect capabilities: 10G PID boards and 100G PID boards.
19.2 BMD4
BMD4: PID Interleaver Board (C-band), 200/100 GHz
19.3 BMD8
BMD8: PID Interleaver Board (C_Band), 200/50 GHz
19.4 ELQX
ELQX: 4 x Electrical OTU2 with 4 x 10G Tributary Board
19.5 PTQX
PTQX: 12 x OTU2 PID board with 4 x 10G tributary
19.6 ENQ2
ENQ2: 4 x 10G Line Service Processing Board
19.7 NPO2
NPO2: 12 x OTU2 PID Board
19.8 NPO2E
NPO2E: 10G PID line service processing board, 20channel extended
19.9 NPS4
NPS4: 1x100G PID Line Service Processing Board
19.10 NPS4E
NPS4E: 1x100G PID Line Service Processing Board, Extended
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2075
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
19.1 Overview
PID boards integrate the functions of traditional optical transponder boards and multiplexer/
demultiplexer boards. OTN processing and output of multiplexed optical signals are
implemented on one PID board, featuring large capacity, high integration, high reliability, and
flexible access of various services. PID boards are classified into the following types according
to the cross-connect capabilities: 10G PID boards and 100G PID boards.
Positions of PID Boards in a WDM System

Figure 19-1 shows the positions of PID boards in a WDM system.
PID
Board
PID
Board
Tributary/line
Client-side
services
Tributary/line
Figure 19-1 Positions of PID boards in a WDM system
Client-side
services
The PID group supports 200G service capacity.
Main Functions of PID Boards

l
Table 19-1 lists the main functions of 10G PID boards.
Table 19-1 Main functions of 10G PID boards

Board
Signal Input
Signal Output
TN55NPO2Ea
64 x ODU0, 32 x ODU1, or 8 x ODU2/ODU2e

electrical signals from other tributary, line, or PID
boards
20 x multiplexed OTU2/OTU2e optical

signals
4 x ODU2/ODU2e electrical signals from the

ENQ2 board
8 x OTU2/OTU2e optical signals from the NPO2
board
TN54NPO2/
TN55NPO2a

boards
12 x multiplexed OTU2/OTU2e optical

signals
4 x ODU2/ODU2e electrical signals from the

ENQ2 board
TN54ENQ2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

boards
4 x OTU2/OTU2e electrical signals to

the NPO2E or NPO2 board

2076
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
19 PID Board
Signal Input
Signal Output
a: The access capability listed in the table is for the TN55NPO2E/TN55NPO2 board equipped with the TN54PQ2
subboard. The TN54PQ2 subboard helps the TN55NPO2E/TN55NPO2 board to provide an extra capability of
conversion between 32 x ODU0/16 x ODU1/4 x ODU2 and 4 x OTU2, and conversion between 4 x ODU2e and
4 x OTU2e. Without the TN54PQ2 subboard, the TN55NPO2E/TN55NPO2 board can process only 32 x ODU0,
16 x ODU1, or 4 x ODU2/ODU2e electrical signals.
NOTE
The TN55NPO2E/TN55NPO2 board supports a maximum of 80 km DCM-free transmission while the TN54NPO2 board must
be equipped with the DCM.
Table 19-2 lists the main functions of 100G PID boards.
Table 19-2 Main functions of 100G PID boards

Board
Signal Input
Signal Output
TN54NPS4Ea
80 x ODU0/80 x ODUflex/40 x ODU1/10 x

ODU2/10 x ODU2e/2 x ODU3/1 x ODU4
1 x OTU4 optical signal
TN54NPS4
+TN54NPS4Ea
160 x ODU0/160 x ODUflex/80 x ODU1/20 x

ODU2/20 x ODU2e/4 x ODU3/2 x ODU4. The
NPS4 implement 100G service access and the
NPS4E implement 100G service access.
One multiplexed optical signal which

include two multiplexed OTU4 optical
signals.
a:
l SSMF fiber
Fiber length 20 km: TN13OBU1P3 is optional at the receive end and no OA board is required at the
transmit end.
20 km < Fiber length 40 km: TN14OBU2P3 must be configured at the receive end and no OA board is
required at the transmit end.
40 km < Fiber length 60 km: TN13OBU1P3 must be configured at the receive end and TN13OBU2P3
must be configured at the transmit end.
60 km < Fiber length 80 km: TN14OBU2P3 must be configured at the receive end and TN13OBU2P3
l LEAF fiber
Fiber length 65km: TN13OBU1P3 is optional at the receive end and no OA board is required at the
transmit end.
65 km < Fiber length 80km: TN14OBU2P3 must be configured at the receive end and no OA board is
required at the transmit end.
19.2 BMD4
BMD4: PID Interleaver Board (C-band), 200/100 GHz
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2077
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

The available functional version of the BMD4 board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1B
M
D4
19.2.2 Application
The BMD4 is an optical multiplexer and demultiplexer unit. It multiplexes and demultiplexes
signals.
Figure 19-2 shows the position of the BMD4 in a WDM system.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2078
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-2 Position of the BMD4 in a WDM system

4
ELQX 4
ELQX 4
PTQX
OA
BMD4
OA
ELQX 4
ELQX 4
ELQX
ELQX
OA
BMD4
PTQX 4
OA
PTQX
PTQX 4
ELQX
ELQX

The BMD4 provides functions and features such as multiplexing, demultiplexing, and in-service
spectrum detection.
Table 19-3 provides the details about the functions and features of the BMD4.
Table 19-3 Functions and features of the BMD4
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function or
Feature
Description
Basic function
In a 40-channel system, the BMD4 board multiplexes and

demultiplexes the optical signals.
Demultiplexes one channel of input 40-wavelength multiplexed
signals with a spacing of 100 GHz to four channels of signals with a
spacing of 200 GHz, that is, two channels of 12-wavelength
multiplexed signals and two channels of 8-wavelength multiplexed
signals. The reverse process is similar.

2079
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Function or
Feature
Description
In-service detection
and monitoring of the
spectrum
Provides an in-service monitoring interface. A small number of

optical signals can be output to the spectrum analyzer or spectrum
analyzer unit through the interface to monitor the spectrum and optical
performance of the multichannel signals without interrupting the
services.
Optical-layer ASON
Not supported

The BMD4 board consists of the optical module, the control and communication module, and
the power supply module.
Figure 19-3 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the BMD4.
Figure 19-3 Functional modules and signal flow of the BMD4
Optical module
T01
T02
T03
T04
IN
Interleaver
R01
R02
R03
R04
Splitter
Coupler
OUT
MON
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
2080
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Signal Flow
The multiplexed signals with a spacing of 100 GHz are accessed through the IN optical interface
and transmitted to the interleaver. Then, the interleaver splits the multiplexed signals into four
channels of multiplexed signals with a spacing of 200 GHz, that is, two channels of 12wavelength multiplexed signals and two channels of 8-wavelength multiplexed signals. Finally,
the four channels of multiplexed signals are output through the T01-T04 optical interfaces.
The four channels of multiplexed signals are received through the R01-R04 optical interfaces
and are transmitted to the coupler. Then, the coupler couples the four channels of multiplexed
signals into one channel of multiplexed signals with a spacing of 100 GHz. Finally, the signals
are output through the OUT optical interface.
Module Function
l
Optical module
Demultiplexes one channel of input 40-wavelength multiplexed signals with a spacing
of 100 GHz into four channels of multiplexed signals with a spacing of 200 GHz, that
is, two channels of 12-wavelength multiplexed signals and two channels of 8wavelength multiplexed signals, and uses the coupler to couple the signals with a
spacing of 200 GHz into one channel of 40-wavelength multiplexed signals with a
spacing of 100 GHz.
The splitter splits some optical signals from the main optical path and provides them to
the MON interface for detection.

Controls board operations.
Controls the operations on each module of the board according to the instructions from
the CPU.
Collects information about alarms, performance events, working status, and voltage
detection of each functional module of the board.
Communicates with the SCC board.
Power supply module

Converts the DC power supplied by the backplane into the power required by each module
on the board.
19.2.5 Front Panel

There is one indicator and laser level label on the front panel of the BMD4.

Figure 19-4 shows the front panel of the BMD4.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2081
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-4 Front panel of the BMD4
CAUTION
OUT
IN
T01
R01
T02
R02
T03
R03
T04
R04
BMD4
CAUTION
MON
HAZARDLEVEL1MINVISIBLE
LASERRADIATION
DONOTVIEWDIRECTLYWITH
NON-ATTENUATINGOPTICALINSTRUMENTS
BMD4
STAT

LASER RADIATION
DO NOT VIEWDIRECTLY WITH
NON-ATTENUATING OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
Indicators
One indicator is present on the front panel:
l
Board hardware status indicator (STAT) - green
For details about this indicator, see A.4 Board Indicators.
Interfaces
Table 19-4 Types and functions of the interfaces on the BMD4
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC
Accesses the optical signals at 100 GHz channel

spacing (C_EVEN multiplexed signals).
OUT
LC
Outputs the optical signals at 100 GHz channel spacing

(C_EVEN multiplexed signals).
MON
LC
Connects to the input port on the MCA4 or the MCA8

board, for in-service monitoring of the signals routed
to the OUT port.
The ratio of the MON port power to the OUT port
power is 10:90, that is, the optical power at the MON
interface is 10 dB lower than the optical power at the
OUT interface, calculation formula: Pout(dBm) - Pmon
(dBm) = 10 x lg(90/10) = 10 dB.
T01/R01
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
LC
Transmits/Receives 12 wavelengths (193.80 THz to

196.00 THz) of optical signals with a 200 GHz channel
spacing.

2082
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Interface
Type
Function
T02/R02
LC
Transmits/Receives 12 wavelengths (193.70 THz to

spacing.
T03/R03
LC
Transmits/Receives eight wavelengths (192.20 THz to

spacing.
T04/R04
LC
Transmits/Receives eight wavelengths (192.10 THz to

spacing.
Laser Hazard Level

The laser hazard level of the board is HAZARD LEVEL 1M, indicating that the maximum power
launched by the board ranges from 10 dBm (10 mW) to 21.3 dBm (136 mW).
19.2.6 Valid Slots

The BMD4 occupies one slot.
Table 19-5 shows the valid slots for the BMD4 board.
Table 19-5 Valid slots for the BMD4 board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU17
OptiX OSN 8800

universal platform
subrack
IU1-IU16
19.2.7 Characteristic Code of the BMD4

The characteristic code of the BMD4 consists of one character, indicating the band adopted by
the board.
Table 19-6 provides the details about the characteristic code of the BMD4.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2083
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Table 19-6 Characteristic code of the BMD4

Code
Indication
Description
The first character
Band
Indicates the multiplexing

scheme adopted by the board.
The value C represents the C
band. The value L represents
the L band.
For example, if the characteristic code of the BMD4 is C, it indicates that the optical signals are
in the C band.
19.2.8 Optical Interfaces on the BMD4

This topic describes the interface information on the U2000, each optical interface on the BMD4
accesses certain fixed wavelengths.
Display of Optical Interfaces

The serial numbers of the optical interfaces on the front panel of the board displayed on the NM
are listed in Table 19-7.
Table 19-7 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the BMD4 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN/OUT
R01/T01
R02/T02
R03/T03
R04/T04
MON
Mapping Between Optical Interfaces, Frequencies, and Wavelengths

Table 19-8 lists the optical interfaces on the BMD4 and the relationships between the frequencies
and wavelengths.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2084
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Table 19-8 Mapping between optical interfaces, frequencies, and wavelengths

Interface
Number of
Wavelengths
Frequency (THz)
Wavelength (nm)
T01/R01
12
193.8
1546.917
194.0
1545.322
194.2
1543.730
194.4
1542.142
194.6
1540.557
194.8
1538.976
195.0
1537.397
195.2
1535.822
195.4
1534.250
195.6
1532.681
195.8
1531.116
196.0
1529.553
193.7
1547.715
193.9
1546.119
194.1
1544.526
194.3
1542.936
194.5
1541.349
194.7
1539.766
194.9
1538.186
195.1
1536.609
195.3
1535.036
195.5
1533.465
195.7
1531.898
195.9
1530.334
192.2
1559.794
192.4
1558.173
192.6
1556.555
192.8
1554.940
193.0
1553.329
193.2
1551.721
193.4
1550.116
193.6
1548.515
T02/R02
T03/R03
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
12

2085
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Interface
Number of
Wavelengths
Frequency (THz)
Wavelength (nm)
T04/R04
192.1
1560.606
192.3
1558.983
192.5
1557.363
192.7
1555.747
192.9
1554.134
193.1
1552.524
193.3
1550.918
193.5
1549.315

For BMD4 parameters, refer to Table 19-9.
Table 19-9 BMD4 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface Name

Interface Name.
supported.
Actual Band
Displays the actual working band of

the board.
Configure Band
Specifies the type of the working

band of the board.
Default: C
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Actual Working Band

Parity
Queries the parity of the actual

Configure Working
Band Parity
All, Odd, Even

Default: All

2086
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
19.2.10 BMD4 Specifications

The specifications include the optical specifications, dimensions, weight, and power
consumption.
Optical Specifications
Table 19-10 Optical specifications of the BMD4
Item
Unit
Value
nm
1529 - 1561
T0x/R0x channel spacinga
GHz
200
IN/OUT channel spacing
GHz
100
Insertion loss
dB
<= 5
dB
<= 6
dB
>= 25
IN-T01
IN-T02
IN-T03
IN-T04
R01-OUT
R02-OUT
R03-OUT
R04-OUT
IN->T01/T03@T02/T04
Isolationb
IN->T02/T04@T01/T03
IN->T01@T03
>= 13
IN->T03@T01
IN->T02@T04
IN->T04@T02
R01->OUT@R03
R03->OUT@R01
R02->OUT@R04
R04->OUT@R02
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Optical return loss
dB
>= 40
Directivity
dB
>= 45
PMD
ps
<= 0.5
Polarization dependent loss
dB
<= 0.5
Input optical power range
dBm
<= 23

2087
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Item
Unit
Value
a: T0x represents T01 to T04 ports. R0x represents R01 to R04 ports.
b: In the case of T01/T03@T02/T04, this parameter refers to the isolation between any one
of T01/T03 ports and any one of T02/T04 ports. It is the same case for other isolation item.
T01/T02 ports are intended for blue band signals. T03/T04 ports are intended for red band
signals.
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11BMD4
0.2
0.3
19.3 BMD8
BMD8: PID Interleaver Board (C_Band), 200/50 GHz

Only one functional version of the BMD8 board is available, that is, TN11.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2088
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1B
M
D8
19.3.2 Application
The BMD8 is an optical multiplexer and demultiplexer unit. It multiplexes and demultiplexes
signals.
Figure 19-5 shows the position of the BMD8 in a WDM system.
Figure 19-5 Position of the BMD8 in a WDM system
4
ELQX 4
ELQX 4
PTQX
OA
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
ELQX 4
ELQX 4
ELQX
ELQX
OA
BMD8
BMD8
OA
PTQX 4
OA
PTQX

PTQX 4
ELQX
ELQX
2089
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

The BMD8 provides functions and features such as multiplexing, demultiplexing, and in-service
spectrum detection.
Table 19-11 provides the details about the functions and features of the BMD8.
Table 19-11 Functions and features of the BMD8
Function or
Feature
Description
Basic function
In an 80-channel system, the BMD8 board multiplexes and

demultiplexes optical signals.
Demultiplexes one channel of input 80-wavelength multiplexed
signals with a spacing of 50 GHz into four channels of oddwavelength signals and four channels of even-wavelength
multiplexed signals with a spacing of 200 GHz, that is, four channels
of 12-wavelength multiplexed signals and four channels of 8wavelength multiplexed signals. The reverse process is similar.
Detection and
monitoring of the
online spectrum
Provides an in-service monitoring interface. A small number of

optical signals can be output to the spectrum analyzer or spectrum
analyzer unit through the interface to monitor the spectrum and optical
performance of the multichannel signals without interrupting the
services.
Optical-layer ASON
Not supported

The BMD8 board consists of the optical module, the control and communication module, and
the power supply module.
Figure 19-6 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the BMD8.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2090
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-6 Functional modules and signal flow of the BMD8

Optical module
T01
T02
T03
T04
T05
T06
T07
T08
Interleaver
R01
R02
R03
R04
R05
R06
R07
R08
IN
Splitter
OUT
MON
Coupler
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
The multiplexed signals with a spacing of 50 GHz are accessed through the IN optical interface
and transmitted to the interleaver. Then, the interleaver splits the multiplexed signals into eight
channels of multiplexed signals with a spacing of 200 GHz, that is, four channels of 12wavelength multiplexed signals and four channels of 8-wavelength multiplexed signals. Finally,
the eight channels of multiplexed signals are output through the T01 to T08 optical interfaces.
The eight channels of multiplexed signals are received through the R01 to R08 optical interfaces
and are transmitted to the coupler. Then, the coupler couples the eight channels of multiplexed
signals into one channel of multiplexed signals with a spacing of 50 GHz. that is, four channels
of 12-wavelength multiplexed signals and four channels of 8-wavelength multiplexed signals.
Finally, the signals are output through the OUT optical interface.
Module Function
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Optical module
2091
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Demultiplexes one channel of input 80-wavelength multiplexed signals with a spacing

of 50 GHz into eight channels of multiplexed signals with a spacing of 200 GHz and
uses the coupler to couple the signals into one channel of 80-wavelength multiplexed
signals with a spacing of 50 GHz.
l

the CPU.
Power supply module

on the board.
19.3.5 Front Panel

There is one indicator and laser level label on the front panel of the BMD8.

Figure 19-7 shows the front panel of the BMD8.
Figure 19-7 Front panel of the BMD8
CAUTION
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
OUT
IN
MON
T05
R05
T06
R06
T07
R07
T08
R08
T01
R01
T02
R02
T03
R03
T04
R04
BMD8
BMD8
STAT

LASER RADIATION
Indicators
l

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2092
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Interfaces
Table 19-12 Types and functions of the interfaces on the BMD8
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC
Accesses the optical signals at 50 GHz channel spacing

(C_ODD and C_EVEN multiplexed signals).
OUT
LC

MON
LC
Connects to the input port on the MCA4 or the MCA8 board,

for in-service monitoring of the signals routed to the OUT port.
The ratio of the MON port power to the OUT port power is
10:90, that is, the optical power at the MON interface is 10 dB
lower than the optical power at the OUT interface, calculation
formula: Pout(dBm) - Pmon(dBm) = 10 x lg(90/10) = 10 dB.
T01/R01
LC
Transmits/Receives 12 wavelengths (193.85 THz to 196.05

THz) of optical signals with a 200 GHz channel spacing.
T02/R02
LC

T03/R03
LC

T04/R04
LC

T05/R05
LC
Transmits/Receives eight wavelengths (192.25 THz to 193.65

T06/R06
LC

T07/R07
LC

T08/R08
LC

Laser Hazard Level

19.3.6 Valid Slots

The BMD8 occupies two slots.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2093
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Table 19-13 shows the valid slots for the BMD8 board.
Table 19-13 Valid slots for the BMD8 board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU16
OptiX OSN 8800

universal platform
subrack
IU1-IU15
The back connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along the left slot on the subrack.
Therefore, the slot number of the BMD8 displayed on the NM is the number of the left one of
the two occupied slots. For example, if the BMD8 occupies IU1 and IU2, the slot number of the
BMD8 displayed on the NM is IU1.
19.3.7 Characteristic Code of the BMD8

The characteristic code of the BMD8 consists of one character, indicating the band adopted by
the board.
Table 19-14 provides the details about the characteristic code of the BMD8.
Table 19-14 Characteristic code of the BMD8
Code
Indication
Description
The first character
Band

scheme adopted by the board.
The value C represents the C
band.
For example, if the characteristic code of the BMD8 is C, it indicates that the optical signals are
in the C band.
19.3.8 Optical Interfaces on the BMD8

This topic describes the interface information on the U2000, each optical interface on the BMD8
accesses certain fixed wavelengths.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2094
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Table 19-15 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the BMD8 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN/OUT
R01/T01
R02/T02
R03/T03
R04/T04
R05/T05
R06/T06
R07/T07
R08/T08
MON
10
Mapping Between Optical Interfaces, Frequencies, and Wavelengths

Table 19-16 lists the optical interfaces on the BMD8 and the relationships between the
frequencies and wavelengths.
Table 19-16 Mapping between optical interfaces, frequencies, and wavelengths
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Number of
Wavelengths
Frequency (THz)
Wavelength (nm)
T01/R01
12
193.85
1546.52
194.05
1544.92
194.25
1543.33
194.45
1541.75
194.65
1540.16
194.85
1538.58
195.05
1537.00
195.25
1535.43
195.45
1533.86
195.65
1532.29
195.85
1530.72
196.05
1529.16

2095
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Number of
Wavelengths
Frequency (THz)
Wavelength (nm)
T02/R02
12
193.8
1546.917
194.0
1545.322
194.2
1543.730
194.4
1542.142
194.6
1540.557
194.8
1538.976
195.0
1537.397
195.2
1535.822
195.4
1534.250
195.6
1532.681
195.8
1531.116
196.0
1529.553
193.75
1547.32
193.95
1545.72
194.15
1544.13
194.35
1542.54
194.55
1540.95
194.75
1539.37
194.95
1537.79
195.15
1536.22
195.35
1534.64
195.55
1533.07
195.75
1531.51
195.95
1529.94
193.7
1547.715
193.9
1546.119
194.1
1544.526
194.3
1542.936
194.5
1541.349
194.7
1539.766
194.9
1538.186
195.1
1536.609
195.3
1535.036
195.5
1533.465
195.7
1531.898
195.9
1530.334
T03/R03
T04/R04
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
19 PID Board
12
12

2096
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Interface
Number of
Wavelengths
Frequency (THz)
Wavelength (nm)
T05/R05
192.25
1559.39
192.45
1557.77
192.65
1556.15
192.85
1554.54
193.05
1552.93
193.25
1551.32
193.45
1549.72
193.65
1548.11
192.2
1559.794
192.4
1558.173
192.6
1556.555
192.8
1554.940
193.0
1553.329
193.2
1551.721
193.4
1550.116
193.6
1548.515
192.15
1560.20
192.35
1558.58
192.55
1556.96
192.75
1555.34
192.95
1553.73
193.15
1552.12
193.35
1550.52
193.55
1548.91
192.1
1560.606
192.3
1558.983
192.5
1557.363
192.7
1555.747
192.9
1554.134
193.1
1552.524
193.3
1550.918
193.5
1549.315
T06/R06
T07/R07
T08/R08

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2097
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
For BMD8 parameters, refer to Table 19-17.

Table 19-17 BMD8 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.

Interface Name.
supported.
Actual Band
Displays the actual working band of

the board.
Configure Band

band of the board.
Default: C
Actual Working Band
Parity

Configure Working
Band Parity
All, Odd, Even

Default: All
19.3.10 BMD8 Specifications

consumption.
Table 19-18 Optical specifications of the BMD8
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Item
Unit
Value
nm
1529 - 1561
T0x/R0x channel spacinga
GHz
200
IN/OUT channel spacing
GHz
50

2098
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Item
Insertion loss
IN-T01
Unit
Value
dB
<= 8
dB
<= 9.5
dB
>= 25
IN-T02
IN-T03
IN-T04
IN-T05
IN-T06
IN-T07
IN-T08
R01-OUT
R02-OUT
R03-OUT
R04-OUT
R05-OUT
R06-OUT
R07-OUT
R08-OUT
Isolationb
IN->T01/T05 @T02/T06/
T03/T07/T04/T08
IN->T02/T06 @T01/T05/
T03/T07/T04/T08
IN->T03/T07 @T01/T05/
T02/T06/T04/T08
IN->T04/T08 @T01/T05/
T02/T06/T03/T07
IN->T01@T05
>= 13
IN->T05@T01
IN->T02@T06
IN->T06@T02
IN->T03@T07
IN->T07@T03
IN->T04@T08
IN->T08@T04
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2099
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Item
Unit
Value
Optical return loss
dB
>= 40
Directivity
dB
>= 45
PMD
ps
<= 0.5
dB
<= 0.5
dBm
<= 23
R01->OUT@R05
R05->OUT@R01
R02->OUT@R06
R06->OUT@R02
R03->OUT@R07
R07->OUT@R03
R04->OUT@R08
R08->OUT@R04
a: T0x represents T01 to T08 ports. R0x represents R01 to R08 ports.
b: In the case of T01/T05@T02/T06/T03/T07/T04/T08, this parameter refers to the isolation
between any one of T01/T05 ports and any one of T02/T06/T03/T07/T04/T08 ports. It is the
same case for other isolation item. T01 to T04 ports are intended for blue band signals; the
T05 to T08 ports are intended for red band signals.
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11BMD8
0.2
0.3
19.4 ELQX
ELQX: 4 x Electrical OTU2 with 4 x 10G Tributary Board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2100
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

The available functional version of the ELQX board is TN12.

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
2E
L
Q
X
19.4.2 Application
The ELQX board converts four 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, STM-64, OC-192, OTU2 or OTU2e
signals into four OTU2/OTU2e electrical signals or converts four ODU2/ODU2e signals or 16
ODU1 signals from the backplane into four OTU2/OTU2e signals. The reverse process is
similar.
Figure 19-8 shows the position of the ELQX in a WDM system.
Figure 19-8 Position of the ELQX in a WDM system
4
10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/
STM-64/
OC-192/ 4
OTU2/
OTU2e
ELQX 4
ELQX 4
OA
PTQX
OA
BMD4
BMD4
OA
PTQX 4
ELQX
ELQX
OA
10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/
STM-64/
4 OC-192/
OTU2/
OTU2e
4

The ELQX supports functions and features such as OTN interfaces, ESC, and ALS.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2101
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Table 19-19 provides the details about the functions and features of the ELQX.
Table 19-19 Functions and features of the ELQX
Function or
Feature
Description
Basic function
ELQX converts signals as follows:

l 4 x 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e<->4 x
OTU2/OTU2e
l 16 x ODU1/4 x ODU2/ODU2e<->4 x OTU2/OTU2e
l Supports hybrid transmission of the ODU1 and ODU2/ODU2e services.
Client-side
service type

OTN function
l The encapsulation and mapping comply with ITU-T G.7041, ITU-T G.

709, and GDPS.
l Supports SM, PM and TCM function for ODU2.
l Supports SM and PM functions for OTU2 .
WDM
specification
ESC function
Supported.
PRBS test
function
LPT function
is 10GE LAN.
FEC coding

WDM side.
NOTE

NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2102
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Function or
Feature
Description
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring

power of the laser.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
ALS function
Optical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Not supported
Protection
scheme
l Supports client-side 1+1 protection.
Ethernet
service
mapping mode
l Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G)
Ethernet port
working mode
l 10GE LAN FULL_Duplex
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
l Supports the ODUk SNCP.
l MAC Transparent Mapping(10.7G)

l 10GE WAN FULL_Duplex

IEEE 802.3ae
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783

2103
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function or
Feature
19 PID Board
Description
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The ELQX board consists of the client-side optical module, the signal processing module, the
control and communication module, and the power supply module.
Figure 19-9 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the ELQX in the OptiX OSN 6800.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2104
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Signal Flow
Figure 19-9 Functional modules and signal flow of the ELQX in the OptiX OSN 6800
Client side
RX1
RX2
RX3
4ODU2/4ODU2e
/16ODU1
SDH/SONET
encapsulation and
mapping module
O/E
RX4
TX1
TX2
TX3
TX4
Backplane
(service cross-connection)
4OTU2/4OTU2e
OTN
processing
module
10GE-LAN
encapsulation and
mapping module
E/O
Client-side
optical
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
The client side of the ELQX board can access the following optical signals:
l
10GE LAN optical signals
10GE WAN optical signals
In the signal flow of the ELQX board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the ELQX to the WDM side
of the PTQX, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives four optical signals from client equipment through
the RX1-RX4 interfaces, and converts the optical signals into electrical signals. The clientside optical module can also receive four ODU2/ODU2e signals or 16 ODU1 signals from
the backplane.
The electrical signals converted from the client optical signals or the ODU1/ODU2/ODU2e
signals from the backplane are transmitted to the signal processing module. The signals of
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2105
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
different types are transmitted to different encapsulation and mapping modules. Then, the
encapsulation and mapping modules perform encapsulation, mapping, and OTN framing
for the signals. Finally, four OTU2/OTU2e signals are transmitted to the PTQX board
l
Receive direction
The signal processing module receives four OTU2/OTU2e electrical signals from the
PTQX board through the backplane, performs OTU2/OTU2e framing, demapping, and
decapsulation for the signals, and finally outputs four ODU2/ODU2e signals, 16 ODU1
signals, or four 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, STM-64, OC-192, OTU2 or OTU2e electrical
signals.
The four ODU2/ODU2e signals or 16 ODU1 signals are cross-connected to other boards
through the backplane, or the four 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, STM-64, OC-192, OTU2 or
OTU2e electrical signals are transmitted to the client-side optical module. The optical
signals are converted into electrical signals, and then are output through the TX1-TX4
optical interfaces.
NOTE
The ELQX board can receive service signals from the client side or from other boards through the backplane.
One ODU2LP port can only receive one channel of signals either from the client side or from the backplane.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: converts four channels of 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, STM-64,
OC-192, OTU2 or OTU2e optical signals into electrical signals.
Client-side transmitter: converts four channels of internal electrical signals into 10GE
LAN, 10GE WAN, STM-64, OC-192, OTU2 or OTU2e optical signals.
Reports the working status of the client-side laser.

mapping module, 10GE LAN encapsulation and mapping module, and OTN processing
module.
NOTE
The signal processing module on the ELQX board has fixed cross-connections to the PTQX board.

OTU2 payload area. This module also performs the reverse process and has the SDH/
OTU2/OTU2e payload area. This module also performs the reverse process and has the
Frames OTU2 signals and processes overheads in OTU2 signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2106
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

the CPU.
detection of each functional module on the board.
Power supply module

Converts the DC power supplied from the backplane into the power required by each
19.4.5 Front Panel

There are four indicators on the front panel of the ELQX.

Figure 19-10 shows the front panel of the ELQX.
Figure 19-10 Front panel of the ELQX
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
ELQX
RX1
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
ELQX
TX1
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 19-20 Types and functions of the ELQX interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Type
Function
TX1 - TX4
LC

equipment.

2107
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Interface
Type
Function
RX1 - RX4
LC

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

19.4.6 Valid Slots

The ELQX occupies one slot.
Table 19-21 shows the valid slots for the ELQX board.
Table 19-21 Valid slots for the ELQX board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1, IU4, IU5, IU8, IU11, IU14


Table 19-22 Mapping between the physical ports on the ELQX board and the port numbers
Physical Port
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4
NOTE
The number of an interface displayed on the U2000 indicates a pair of physical optical interfaces, of which
one is used to transmit signals and the other is used to receive signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2108
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Logical Ports
Figure 19-11, Figure 19-12 and Figure 19-13 describes the NM ports of the ELQX board.
Table 19-23 lists the indication of each port.
Figure 19-11 Diagram of ports on the ELQX (cross-connections of client-side services)
Client side
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
Service
Processing
Module
Service
Processing
Module
Service
Processing
Module
Figure 19-12 Diagram of ports on the ELQX (backplane-side ODU1-level cross-connections)

Backplane
Crossconnect
module
Service
processing
module
Service
processing
module
Figure 19-13 Diagram of ports on the ELQX (backplane-side ODU2-level cross-connections)

Backplane
Cross-connect
module
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Service
processing
module

2109
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Table 19-23 Description of NM ports of the ELQX

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX4/TX4

interfaces
ClientLP1-ClientLP4
ODU1LP1-ODU1LP4
Internal logical ports. The optical paths are numbered 1,

2, 3, 4.
ODU2LP1-ODU2LP4

This section describes how to configure cross-connections on boards using the NMS. After the
required cross-connections are configured, services can be added to or dropped from the WDM
side, or can be passed through on the WDM side at the local site.
If the ELQX board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
l
cross-connection between the ClientLP port and the ODU2LP port on the ELQX board, as
in Figure 19-14.
shown by
If the ODU1 signals of other boards are cross-connected to the ELQX board, you need to
create cross-connections from the ClientLP ports on other boards to the ODU1LP port on
the ELQX board on the U2000, as shown in Figure 19-15.
If the ODU2 signals of other boards are cross-connected to the ELQX board, you need to
create cross-connections from the ClientLP ports on other boards to the ODU2LP port on
the ELQX board on the U2000, as shown by
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
in Figure 19-14.
The ODU2LP ports on the ELQX board and the OCHLP ports on the PTQX board are of
one-to-one cross-connections. Therefore, the cross-connections do not need to be created
on the U2000. For details, see Figure 19-16.

2110
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-14 Diagram of cross-connections of the ELQX (ODU2 level)

Client side
Cross-connection module
Other board
Client side
Cross-connection module
ELQX board

The client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of
the PTQX board
1
2
NOTE
The previous cross-connections cannot be configured between the ELQX boards.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2111
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-15 Diagram of cross-connections of the ELQX (ODU1 level)

Client side
1
Other board
Client side
ELQX board
The client side of other boards are cross-connected to the PTQX board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2112
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-16 Diagram of cross-connections between the PTQX and ELQX

Client side
ELQX board
WDM side
141(OCHLP9/OCHLP9)-1
2
PTQX baord
Client side
ELQX board
Fixed cross-connection between the first ELQX board and the

PTQX board in a PID group
1
2
Fixed cross-connection between the second ELQX board and the


For parameters of the ELQX, refer toTable 19-24.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2113
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Table 19-24 ELQX parameters

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

channel of a board.
moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Channel Loopback
Outloop
Service Type
10GE LAN, 10GE

WAN, OTU-2, OTU
2E, STM-64, OC-192

Default: 10GE LAN

Port Mapping
Bit Transparent
Mapping(11.1G), MAC
Transparent Mapping
(10.7G), Bit
Transparent Mapping
(10.7G)

a port.
Default: Bit
Transparent Mapping
(11.1G)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2114
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Field
Value
Description
Laser Status
Off, On

Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Enabled, Disabled
Default:
LPT Enabled
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled
Service Mode
Automatic, ODU1,
ODU2
Default: Automatic

more information.
channel, the ODU1 channels
can be provisioned with ODU1
signals if there is no ODU2 signal
from the backplane, but they cannot
be provisioned with any ODU1
signal if there is an ODU2 signal
from the backplane.
ODU2 value.) If the parameter is set
to ODU2 for a channel, the ODU1
channels corresponding to the ODU2
channel cannot be provisioned with
any ODU1 signal.
FEC Working State
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2115
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Field
Value
Description
FEC Mode
FEC, AFEC

Default: AFEC

Enabled.
AFEC when you set Service Type to
10GE LAN and Port Mapping to Bit
Actual Band Type
Actual Wavelength
No./Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)

Planned Wavelength
No./Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.100

board.
l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.170
to
18/1611.00/188.780

information.
Default: /
Planned Band Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

wavelength.
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

to Disabled.
NOTE
Line Rate
Standard Mode,
Speedup Mode

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2116
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Field
Value
Description
None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG

board resides.
Default: None

PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

commissioning.
19.4.10 ELQX Specifications

consumption.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2117
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Board
Client-Side Fixed
Optical Module
TN12EL
QX
N/A

NOTE
point.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
SLM
SLM
SLM
MLM
Target
transmissio
n distance
10 km (6.2 mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
0.3 km (0.2
mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1290 to 1330
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
840 to 860
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-1
-1.3

2118
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
19 PID Board
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-6
-4.7
-7.3
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
30
30
30
30
Eye pattern
mask
G.691-compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
APD
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1260 to 1565
1260 to 1605
1270 to 1600
840 to 860
Receiver
sensitivity
(multirate)a
dBm
-11
-14
-24
-7.5
Receiver
sensitivity
(10GE
LAN)
dBm
-14.4
-15.8
-24
-7.5
Minimum
receiver
overload
(10GE
LAN)
dBm
0.5
-1
-7
-1
Minimum
receiver
overload
(STM-64)a
dBm
-1
-1
-7
-1

2119
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
19 PID Board
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Maximum
reflectance
dB
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
-27
-27
-27
-12
fixed wavelength)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ

power
dBm

power
dBm
-3
dB
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz
10

width
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1200 to 1650

2120
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type


(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board

(W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN12ELQX
86.2
99.1
19.5 PTQX
PTQX: 12 x OTU2 PID board with 4 x 10G tributary

The available functional version of the PTQX board is TN12.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2121
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
2P
T
Q
X
Type
One PID can use only certain wavelengths, as listed in Table 19-27. Table 19-28 lists the
wavelength numbers and the relations between the wavelengths and frequencies.
Table 19-27 Wavelength allocation table of a PID (ELQX+PTQX)
Serial
No.
Wavelength No.
of the ELQX (on
the Left)
Wavelength No.
of the PTQX
Wavelength No.
of the ELQX (on
the Right)
PTQX Type
33, 37, 41, 45
1, 5, 9, 13
17, 21, 25, 29
TN12PTQX01
34, 38, 42, 46
2, 6, 10, 14
18, 22, 26, 30
TN12PTQX02
35, 39, 43, 47
3, 7, 11, 15
19, 23, 27, 31
TN12PTQX03
36, 40, 44, 48
4, 8, 12, 16
20, 24, 28, 32
TN12PTQX04
49, 53, 57, 61
65, 69, 73, 77
TN12PTQX05
50, 54, 58, 62
66, 70, 74, 78
TN12PTQX06
51, 55, 59, 63
67, 71, 75, 79
TN12PTQX07
52, 56, 60, 64
68, 72, 76, 80
TN12PTQX08
NOTE
For the wavelength groups indicated by serial numbers 5-8, only one PTQX board and one ELQX board
are required and the ELQX board should be housed on the right of the PTQX board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2122
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Table 19-28 Frequencies and wavelengths of a C-band 80-channel (50 GHz-spaced) system
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Wavelengt
h No.
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Wavelengt
h No.
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
196.05
1529.16
41
194.05
1544.92
196.00
1529.55
42
194.00
1545.32
195.95
1529.94
43
193.95
1545.72
195.90
1530.33
44
193.90
1546.12
195.85
1530.72
45
193.85
1546.52
195.80
1531.12
46
193.80
1546.92
195.75
1531.51
47
193.75
1547.32
195.70
1531.90
48
193.70
1547.72
195.65
1532.29
49
193.65
1548.11
10
195.60
1532.68
50
193.60
1548.51
11
195.55
1533.07
51
193.55
1548.91
12
195.50
1533.47
52
193.50
1549.32
13
195.45
1533.86
53
193.45
1549.72
14
195.40
1534.25
54
193.40
1550.12
15
195.35
1534.64
55
193.35
1550.52
16
195.30
1535.04
56
193.30
1550.92
17
195.25
1535.43
57
193.25
1551.32
18
195.20
1535.82
58
193.20
1551.72
19
195.15
1536.22
59
193.15
1552.12
20
195.10
1536.61
60
193.10
1552.52
21
195.05
1537.00
61
193.05
1552.93
22
195.00
1537.40
62
193.00
1553.33
23
194.95
1537.79
63
192.95
1553.73
24
194.90
1538.19
64
192.90
1554.13
25
194.85
1538.58
65
192.85
1554.54
26
194.80
1538.98
66
192.80
1554.94
27
194.75
1539.37
67
192.75
1555.34
28
194.70
1539.77
68
192.70
1555.75

2123
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Wavelengt
h No.
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Wavelengt
h No.
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
29
194.65
1540.16
69
192.65
1556.15
30
194.60
1540.56
70
192.60
1556.55
31
194.55
1540.95
71
192.55
1556.96
32
194.50
1541.35
72
192.50
1557.36
33
194.45
1541.75
73
192.45
1557.77
34
194.40
1542.14
74
192.40
1558.17
35
194.35
1542.54
75
192.35
1558.58
36
194.30
1542.94
76
192.30
1558.98
37
194.25
1543.33
77
192.25
1559.39
38
194.20
1543.73
78
192.20
1559.79
39
194.15
1544.13
79
192.15
1560.20
40
194.10
1544.53
80
192.10
1560.61
19.5.2 Application
The PTQX is an PID unit. The PTQX board can map four 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/
OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e signals into four OTU2(e) signals, or map four ODU2(e) signals or 16
ODU1 signals from another board into four OTU2(e) signals. The PTQX also receives eight
OTU2(e) signals from the ELQX board and integrates the 12 OTU2(e) signals into one channel
of optical signals for output. The reverse process is similar.
For the position of the PTQX in a WDM system, see Figure 19-17.
Figure 19-17 Position of the PTQX in a WDM system
4
10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/
STM-64/
OC-192/ 4
OTU2/
OTU2e
ELQX 4
ELQX 4
OA
PTQX
OA
BMD4
BMD4
OA
PTQX 4
ELQX
ELQX
OA
10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/
STM-64/
4 OC-192/
OTU2/
OTU2e
4

The PTQX provides functions and features such as OTN interfaces, ESC, and ALS.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2124
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Table 19-29 provides the details about the functions and features of the PTQX.
Table 19-29 Functions and features of the PTQX
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
PTQX converts signals as follows:

l 4 x 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2<->4 x OTU2
l 4 x 10GE LAN/OTU2e<->4 x OTU2e
l 16 x ODU1/4 x ODU2<->4 x OTU2
l 4 x ODU2e<->4 x OTU2e
l Supports hybrid transmission of the ODU1 and ODU2/ODU2e services.
Client-side
service type

OTN function
l The encapsulation and mapping comply with ITU-T G.7041, ITU-T G.

709, and GDPS.
l Supports PM and TCM function for ODU2.
l Supports SM functions for OTU2 .
WDM
specification
ESC function
Supported
PRBS test

NOTE
LPT function
is 10GE LAN.
FEC coding

WDM side.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2125
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Function and
Feature
Description
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring

power of the laser.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
ALS function
Optical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Electrical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Protection
scheme
l Supports client-side 1+1 protection.
Ethernet
service
mapping mode
Ethernet port
working mode
l 10GE LAN FULL_Duplex
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(non-performance
monitoring)
l MAC Transparent Mapping(10.7G)

l 10GE WAN FULL_Duplex

IEEE 802.3ae
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783

2126
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Function and
Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The PTQX board consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, PID
Figure 19-18 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the PTQX in the OptiX OSN
6800.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2127
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-18 Functional modules and signal flow of the PTQX in the OptiX OSN 6800
Client side
RX1
RX2
RX3
4xODU2/4xODU2e
/16xODU1
SDH/SONET
encapsulation and
mapping module
O/E
RX4
TX1
TX2
TX3
TX4
E/O
Client-side
optical
module
Backplane
8OTU2/8OTU2e
10GE-LAN
encapsulation and
mapping module
4
OTN
processing
module
OUT
PID
Module
IN
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
The client side of the PTQX board can access the following optical signals:
l
10GE LAN optical signals
10GE WAN optical signals
In the signal flow of the PTQX board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the PTQX to the WDM side
of the PTQX, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
equipment through the RX1-RX4 interfaces, and converts the optical signals into electrical
signals. The PTQX can also receive four ODU2/ODU2e signals or 16 ODU1 signals from
the backbone.
The electrical signals converted from client optical signals or 16 x ODU1 or 4 x ODU2/
ODU2e signals are transmitted to the signal processing module. Different types of signals
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2128
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
are sent to the corresponding encapsulation and mapping modules. The module performs
operations such as encapsulation, mapping, OTN framing, and FEC encoding. Then, the
module sends out four channels of OTU2(e) signals to the PID module.
The four OTU2(e) signals and the eight OTU2(e) signals cross-connected through the
backplane from the ELQX board are integrated into one channel of optical signals, which
are finally output through the OUT optical interface.
l
Receive direction
The PID module receives one optical signal from the WDM side through the IN optical
interfaces. Then, the module converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and
demultiplexes the signal into 12 OTU2(e) signals.
Eight of the 12 OTU2(e) signals are cross-connected through the backplane to the ELQX
board, and the remaining four OTU2(e) signals are transmitted to the signal processing
module. Then, the signal processing module performs OTU2(e) framing, FEC decoding,
demapping, and decapsulation for the signals. Finally, the signal processing module outputs
four channels of electrical signals.
The four channels of electrical signals are cross-connected to other boards through the
backplane or transmitted to the client-side optical modules. Then, the four channels of
electrical signals are converted into four channels of optical signals that are output through
the TX1-TX4 optical interfaces.
NOTE
The PTQX board can receive service signals from the client side or from other boards through the backplane.
One ODU2LP port can only receive one channel of signals either from the client side or from the backplane.
Module Function
l

Client-side receiver: converts four channels of 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, STM-64,
OC-192, OTU2 or OTU2e optical signals into electrical signals.
Client-side transmitter: converts four channels of internal electrical signals into 10GE
LAN, 10GE WAN, STM-64, OC-192, OTU2 or OTU2e optical signals.
Reports the working status of the client-side laser.
PID module
WDM-side receiver: demultiplexes the WDM-side multiplexed optical signals into 12
channels of optical signals, and then converts the optical signals to electrical signals.
WDM-side transmitter: converts the internal electrical signals into OTU2 optical
signals, and integrates 12 channels of signals into one channel of multiplexed signals.
Reports the working status of the WDM-side laser.

mapping module, 10GE LAN encapsulation and mapping module, and OTN processing
module.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2129
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

Encapsulates SDH/SONET signals and maps the signals into the OTU2 payload area.
This module also performs the reverse process and monitors SDH/SONET performance.
OTU2/OTU2e payload area. This module also performs the reverse process and
monitors 10GE LAN performance.
Frames OTU2 signals, processes overheads in OTU2 signals, and performs FEC coding
and decoding.
l

the CPU.
Power supply module

on the board.
19.5.5 Front Panel

There are four indicators and laser level label on the front panel of the PTQX.

Figure 19-19 shows the front panel of the PTQX.
Figure 19-19 Front panel of the PTQX
CAUTION
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
OUT
TX4
RX4
IN
PTQX
PTQX
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV

LASER RADIATION
Indicators
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2130
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Interfaces
Table 19-30 Types and functions of the PTQX interfaces
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC
Receives the line signal.
OUT
LC
Transmits the line signal.
TX1-TX4
LC
Transmits the service signal to the client-side

equipment.
RX1-RX4
LC
Receives the service signal from the client-side

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

19.5.6 Valid Slots

The PTQX occupies two slots.
Table 19-31 shows the valid slots for the PTQX board.
Table 19-31 Valid slots for the PTQX board
Product
Valid Slots
IU3, IU7, IU13
NOTE
The back connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along the right slot on the subrack. Therefore, the
slot number of the PTQX board displayed on the NM is the number of the right one of the two occupied slots.
For example, if the PTQX occupies slots IU2 and IU3, the slot number of the PTQX displayed on the NM is
IU3.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2131
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
19.5.7 Characteristic Code of the PTQX

The characteristic code for the PTQX consists of six digits, respectively indicating the frequency
values of the first channel and the last channel of optical signals on the WDM side.
Table 19-32 Characteristic code for the PTQX
Code
Description
Description
The first three digits
The frequency of optical

signal
The last three digits of the

WDM side.
The last three digits

signal

frequency value of the last
WDM side.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN12PTQX is 605385.

l
"605385" indicates the frequency of the first channel of optical signals on the WDM side
is 196.05 THz, and the frequency of the last channel of optical signals on the WDM side
is 193.85 THz.


Table 19-33 Mapping between the physical ports on the PTQX board and the port numbers
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Physical Port
IN/OUT
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4

2132
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 19-20, Figure 19-21, and Figure 19-22 show the NM ports on the PTQX board. Table
19-34 lists the indication of each port.
Figure 19-20 Diagram of ports on the PTQX (cross-connections of client-side services)
Client side
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
Service
processing
module
WDM side
Service
processing
module
1(IN/OUT)
Cross-connect
module
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

Service
processing
module
2133
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-21 Diagram of ports on the PTQX (backplane-side ODU1-level cross-connections)

Backplane
WDM side
1(IN/OUT)
Cross-connect
module
Cross-connect
module
Service
processing
module
Figure 19-22 Diagram of ports on the PTQX (backplane-side ODU2-level cross-connections)

Backplane
WDM side
Cross-connect
module
1(IN/OUT)
Cross-connect
module
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

Service
processing
module
2134
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Table 19-34 Description of ports on the PTQX

Port Name
Description
RX1/TX1-RX4/TX4

interfaces.
ClientLP1-ClientLP4
ODU1LP1-ODU1LP4

2, 3 and 4.
ODU2LP1-ODU2LP4
OCHLP1-OCHLP12
IN/OUT
This port corresponds to the WDM-side optical interface.

If the PTQX board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
l
During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the crossconnection between the ClientLP port and the ODU2LP port on the PTQX board, as shown
in Figure 19-23.
by
If the ODU1 signals of other boards are cross-connected to the PTQX board, create crossconnections from the ClientLP ports on other boards to the ODU1LP port on the PTQX
board on the U2000, as shown in Figure 19-24.
If the ODU2 signals of other boards are cross-connected to the PTQX board, create crossconnections from the ClientLP ports on other boards to the ODU2LP port on the PTQX
board on the U2000, as shown by
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
in Figure 19-23.
The ODU2LP ports on the ELQX and the OCHLP ports on the PTQX board are of one-toone cross-connections. Therefore, the cross-connections do not need to be created on the
U2000. For details, see Figure 19-25.

2135
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-23 Diagram of cross-connections of the PTQX (ODU2 level)

Client side
Other board
except ELQX
Client side
WDM side
PTQX board

the PTQX board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

1
2
2136
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-24 Diagram of cross-connections of the PTQX (ODU1 level)

Client side
Other board
except ELQX
WDM side
Cross-connect
module
PTQX board
the PTQX board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2137
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-25 Diagram of cross-connections between the PTQX and ELQX

Client side
Cross-connect
module
ELQX board
WDM side
1
2
Cross-connect
module
PTQX board
Client side
Cross-connect
module
ELQX board
Fixed cross-connection between the first ELQX board and the

Fixed cross-connection between the second ELQX board and the


For parameters of the PTQX, refer toTable 19-35.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2138
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Table 19-35 PTQX parameters

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

channel of a board.
moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Channel Loopback
Outloop
Service Type
10GE LAN, OC-192,

OTU-2, OTU-2E,
STM-64

Default: 10GE LAN

Port Mapping
Bit Transparent
Mapping(11.1G), MAC
Transparent Mapping
(10.7G), Bit
Transparent Mapping
(10.7G)

a port.
Default: Bit
Transparent Mapping
(11.1G)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2139
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Field
Value
Description
Laser Status
Off, On

Default:
l WDM side: On
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser
Shutdown
Enabled, Disabled
Default:
LPT Enabled
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled
Service Mode
Automatic, ODU1,
ODU2
Default: Automatic

more information.
channel, the ODU1 channels
can be provisioned with ODU1
signals if there is no ODU2 signal
from the backplane, but they cannot
be provisioned with any ODU1
signal if there is an ODU2 signal
from the backplane.
ODU2 value.) If the parameter is set
to ODU2 for a channel, the ODU1
channels corresponding to the ODU2
channel cannot be provisioned with
any ODU1 signal.
FEC Working State
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2140
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Field
Value
Description
FEC Mode
FEC, AFEC

Default: AFEC

Enabled.
AFEC when you set Service Type to
10GE LAN and Port Mapping to Bit
Actual Band Type
Actual Wavelength
No./Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)

Tunable Wavelength
Range

Planned Wavelength
No./Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.100

board.
l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.170
to
18/1611.00/188.780

information.
Default: /
Planned Band Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

wavelength.
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

to Disabled.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2141
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Field
Value
Description
Line Rate
Standard Mode,
Speedup Mode


None, B1_SD,
OTUk_DEG,
ODUk_PM_DEG
Default: None

board resides.
PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

commissioning.
19.5.11 PTQX Specifications

consumption.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2142
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Bo
ard
Client-Side
Fixed Optical
Module
Client-Side
Pluggable Optical
Module
WDM-Side Fixed
Optical Module
WDM-Side
Pluggable
Optical
Module
TN
12P
TQ
X
N/A
km-XFP
200 ps/nm-PIDNRZ-PIN
N/A
km-XFP
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s Single
Rate-0.3 km-XFP
& Even Wavelengths)Fixed WavelengthNRZ-PIN-XFP
NOTE
point.

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Line code
format
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ
Optical
source type
SLM
SLM
SLM
MLM
Target
transmissio
n distance
10 km (6.2 mi.)
40 km (24.9
mi.)
80 km (49.7
mi.)
0.3 km (0.2
mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2143
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
19 PID Board
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1290 to 1330
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
840 to 860
Maximum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-1
-1.3
Minimum
mean
launched
power
dBm
-6
-4.7
-7.3
Minimum
extinction
ratio
dB
8.2
Minimum
side mode
suppression
ratio
dB
30
30
30
30
Eye pattern
mask
G.691-compliant
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver
type
PIN
PIN
APD
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1260 to 1565
1260 to 1605
1270 to 1600
840 to 860
Receiver
sensitivity
(multirate)a
dBm
-11
-14
-24
-7.5
Receiver
sensitivity
(10GE
LAN)
dBm
-14.4
-15.8
-24
-7.5

2144
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Parameter
19 PID Board
Unit
Optical
Module
Type
Value
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80
km-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Minimum
receiver
overload
(10GE
LAN)
dBm
0.5
-1
-7
-1
Minimum
receiver
overload
(STM-64)a
dBm
-1
-1
-7
-1
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
-12
fixed wavelength)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
NRZ
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

power
dBm

power
dBm
-3
dB
THz
192.10 to 196.05
GHz
10

width
nm
0.3

2145
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type

Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
800

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1200 to 1650

(FEC on)
dBm
-16

(FEC on)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

Table 19-38 PID optical module specifications
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type

Line code format
Value
200 ps/nm-PID-NRZ-PIN
NRZ
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.05

power (single wavelength)
dBm
+1

dBm
-7
dB
6.5
GHz
nm
0.8
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30

2146
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type

Value
ps/nm
200

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1200 to 1650

enabled) EOL (single
wavelength)
dBm
-10.5

(single wavelength)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight: 3 kg (7 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN12PTQX
93.6
107.6
19.6 ENQ2
ENQ2: 4 x 10G Line Service Processing Board

The available functional version of the ENQ2 board is TN54.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2147
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N5
4E
N
Q2
19.6.2 Application
The ENQ2 board converts 32 channels of ODU0 signals or 16 channels of ODU1 signals or four
channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals from the backplane into four OTU2/OTU2e signals. The
reverse process is similar.
Application Scenario 1: 200G system Built with the ENQ2 Board

Figure 19-26 200G system built with the ENQ2 board
Client-side
service
Clientside
service
Clientside
service
Tributary
board
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
Tributary 8xODU2e
board
32xODU0/
16xODU1/
4xODU2/
4xODU2e
TN54
ENQ2
4xOTU2/
OTU2e
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
8xODU2e
Tributary
board
OBU
1P1
TN55
NPO2E
TN55
NPO2E
4xOTU2/
OTU2e
TN54
ENQ2
Client-side
service
32xODU0/
16xODU1/
4xODU2/
4xODU2e
OBU
1P1
Tributary
board
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
8xODU2e
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
TN55
NPO2
8xOTU2/
OTU2e
8xOTU2/
OTU2e

TN55
NPO2
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
8xODU2e
Tributary
board
Clientside
service
Tributary
board
Clientside
service
2148
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Application Scenario 2: 120G system Built with the ENQ2 Board

Figure 19-27 120G system built with the ENQ2 board (TN55NPO2)
Clientside
service
Tributary
board
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
8xODU2e
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
8xODU2e
OBU
1P1
TN55
NPO2
Clientside
service
Tributary
board
32xODU0/
16xODU1/
4xODU2/
4xODU2e
TN54
ENQ2
Tributary
board
Clientside
service
TN55
NPO2
OBU
1P1
4xOTU2/
OTU2e
4xOTU2/
OTU2e
TN54
ENQ2
32xODU0/
16xODU1/
4xODU2/
4xODU2e
Tributary
board
Clientside
service
Figure 19-28 120G system built with the ENQ2 board (TN54NPO2)
Clientside
service
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
8xODU2e Tributary
board
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
Tributary 8xODU2e
board
OA
OA
TN54
NPO2
Clientside
service
Tributary
board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
TN54
NPO2
OA
32xODU0/
16xODU1/
4xODU2/
4xODU2e
TN54
ENQ2
4xOTU2/
OTU2e
Clientside
service
OA
4xOTU2/
OTU2e

TN54
ENQ2
32xODU0/
16xODU1/
4xODU2/
4xODU2e Tributary
board
Clientside
service
2149
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
NOTE
In the preceding application scenarios, the TN55NPO2/TN55NPO2E board is configured with the TN54PQ2
board.
If the TN55NPO2/TN55NPO2E board is not configured with the TN54PQ2 board, the TN55NPO2/
TN55NPO2E board only can process a maximum of 4 x 10 Gbit/s services.
The TN55NPO2ES02 and TN55NPO2ES04 boards apply to transmissions over a distance shorter than or equal
to 40 km. The TN55NPO2EL02 and TN55NPO2EL04 boards apply to transmissions over a distance longer than
40 km but shorter than or equal to 80 km. The TN55NPO2L06 board must work with the TN55NPO2EL02
board, or the TN55NPO2L08 board must work with the TN55NPO2EL04 board. The TN55NPO2S06 board
must work with the TN55NPO2ES02 board, or the TN55NPO2S08 board must work with the TN55NPO2ES04
board.
When the TN55NPO2 board is used in a WDM system, whether OA boards are required or not depends on the
fiber distance. If the fiber distance is shorter than 40 km, do not configure an OA board at either the transmit
end or the receive end, or configure the TN12OBU1P1 board at the receive end; if the fiber distance ranges from
40 km to 80 km, do not configure an OA board at the transmit end but configure the TN12OBU1P1 board at the
receive end.

The ENQ2 supports functions and features such as OTN interfaces and ESC.
Table 19-39 provides the details about the functions and features of the ENQ2.
Table 19-39 Functions and features of the ENQ2
Function or
Feature
Description
Basic function
ENQ2 converts signals as follows: 32 x ODU0/16 x ODU1/4 x ODU2/

ODU2e<->4 x OTU2/OTU2e
Supports hybrid transmission of the ODU0, ODU1, and ODU2/ODU2e
services.
Cross-connect
capabilities
Supports the cross-connection of 32 channels of ODU0 or 16 channels of

ODU1 or four channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals between the ENQ2 board
OTN function

to the ITU-T G.709.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
WDM
specification
ESC function
supported
PRBS test
LPT function
Not supported
2150
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Function or
Feature
Description
FEC coding

WDM side.
NOTE
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
Optical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Supported only when the board works in standard mode.
Protection
scheme
Loopback
WDM side

power of the laser.
Inloop
Outloop
Channel
Loopback
Inloop
Outloop
Client side
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

Supported
NOTE
The TN54ENQ2 board supports
WDM-side loopbacks only when
working in compatible mode.
Supported
NOTE
The TN54ENQ2 board supports
ODU2 channel loopback only
when working in standard mode.
2151
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Function or
Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
IEEE 802.3ae
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
INTERFACES (FC-PI)
PROTOCOL (FC-SB-2)
Control (MAC)
Protocol (PHY)
Dependent (PDM)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2152
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function or
Feature
19 PID Board
Description
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The ENQ2 board consists of the signal processing module, the control and communication
module, and the power supply module.
Figure 19-29 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the ENQ2.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2153
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Signal Flow
Figure 19-29 Functional modules and signal flow of the ENQ2
32XODU0/16XODU1/
4XODU2/4XODU2e
Backplane
4XOTU2/
4XOTU2e
Cross-connect
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
In the signal flow of the ENQ2 board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the WDM side of the ENQ2 to the WDM side
of the NPO2/NPO2E, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The ODU0/ODU1/ODU2/ODU2e signals from the backplane are transmitted to the signal
processing module. Then, the encapsulation and mapping modules perform encapsulation,
mapping, and OTN framing for the signals. Finally, four channels of OTU2/OTU2e signals
are transmitted to the NPO2/NPO2E board through the backplane.
Receive direction
The signal processing module receives four channels of OTU2/OTU2e electrical signals
from the NPO2/NPO2E board through the backplane, performs OTU2/OTU2e framing,
demapping, and decapsulation for the signals, and finally outputs 32 channels of ODU0
signals or 16 channels of ODU1 signals or four channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals.
The signals are cross-connected to other boards through the backplane.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2154
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Module Function
l

The module consists of the cross-connect module and OTN processing module.
NOTE
The signal processing module on the ENQ2 board has fixed cross-connections to the NPO2/
NPO2E board.
Implements the grooming of electrical signals between the NPO2/NPO2E and the crossconnect board through the backplane. The grooming service signals are ODU0/ODU1/
ODU2 signals
Frames OTU2 signals and processes overheads in OTU2 signals.
l

the CPU.
detection of each functional module on the board.
Power supply module

Converts the DC power supplied from the backplane into the power required by each
19.6.5 Front Panel

There are four indicators on the front panel of the ENQ2.

Figure 19-30 shows the front panel of the ENQ2.
ENQ2
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
ENQ2
Figure 19-30 Front panel of the ENQ2
Indicators
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2155
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
19.6.6 Valid Slots

The ENQ2 occupies one slot.
The ENQ2 board must work with the NPO2 or NPO2E board to form a PID group. In the same
PID group, the ENQ2 board must be located on the left of the NPO2 or NPO2E board. For
example, when the ENQ2 board is located in slot IU1, the NPO2 or NPO2E board must be
located in slots IU2-IU3. (On the U2000, the NPO2 or NPO2E board slot is displayed as IU3.)
Table 19-40 lists the valid slots for the ENQ2 and NPO2/NPO2E boards in a PID group.
Table 19-40 Valid slots for the boards in a PID group
PID
Group
8800 T64 Subrack
8800 T32 Subrack
8800 T16 Subrack
ENQ2
NPO2/
NPO2E
ENQ2
NPO2/
NPO2E
ENQ2
NPO2/
NPO2E
IU1
IU3
IU1
IU3
IU1
IU3
IU5
IU7
IU5
IU7
IU5
IU7
IU11
IU13
IU12
IU14
IU11
IU13
IU15
IU17
IU16
IU18
IU15
IU17
IU19
IU21
IU20
IU22
N/A
IU23
IU25
IU24
IU26
N/A
IU27
IU29
IU29
IU31
N/A
IU31
IU33
IU33
IU35
N/A
IU35
IU37
N/A
N/A
10
IU39
IU41
N/A
N/A
11
IU45
IU47
N/A
N/A
12
IU49
IU51
N/A
N/A
13
IU53
IU55
N/A
N/A
14
IU57
IU59
N/A
N/A
15
IU61
IU63
N/A
N/A
16
IU65
IU67
N/A
N/A

This section describes the logical ports of the board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2156
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Logical Ports
The TN54ENQ2 board can work in standard or compatible mode.
NOTE
For information about the standard and compatible modes, see 12.2.3 Standard Mode and Compatible
Mode.
Figure 19-31 shows the port diagrams of the TN54ENQ2 board in compatible mode. Table
19-41 lists the descriptions of the ports on the board.
Figure 19-32 shows the port diagrams of the TN54ENQ2 board in standard mode. Table
19-42 Lists the descriptions of the ports on the board.
NOTE
A TN54ENQ2 board can work in only one mode at a time.
Figure 19-31 port diagrams for the TN54ENQ2 (compatible mode)

Other tributary board/
line board/PID board


Backplane
32 x ODU0
161
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1
161
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-2
16 x ODU1
4 x ODU2/ODU2e
51
71
(ODU2LP1/
ODU2 ODU2LP1)-1
164
(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-1
164
(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-2
51
173
173
54
176
176
54
74
(ODU2LP4/
ODU2 ODU2LP4)-1
NOTE
There are cross-connections between ports 141 (OCHLP9/OCHLP9)-1 to 144 (OCHLP12/OCHLP12)-1 on the
NPO2 board and ports 71 (ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1 to 74 (ODU2LP4/ODU2LP4)-1 on the ENQ2 board. You
do not need to configure these cross-connections on the U2000.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2157
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Cross-connect
module
ODU1 mapping path
Multiplexing
module
ODU2 mapping path
Service
processing
module
Automatic cross-connection, which does not need to

be configured on the NMS. For example, if ODU0
cross-connections from other boards to the ODU0LP
port on the board using the NMS. The board's
internal structure enables transmission of the
multiplexed signal to the ODU2LP port. Users do not
need to configure a cross-connection for transmitting
the multiplexed signal.
ODU0 mapping
path

Table 19-41 Description of ports on the TN54ENQ2 (compatible mode)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Port Name
Description
ODU0LP1-ODU0LP16

and 2.
ODU1LP1-ODU1LP4

2, 3 and 4.
ODU2LP1-ODU2LP4

2158
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-32 port diagrams for the TN54ENQ2 (standard mode)

Backplane
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:(9-12)
ODU2:1
4xODU2/
4XODU2e
ODU2:1
Other tributary board/line board/PID board
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:(9-12)-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)
ODU1:1
ODU2:1
ODU1:4
16xODU1
ODU1:1
ODU2:1
ODU1:4
NPO2/
NPO2E
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:(9-12)-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2)
ODU0:1
ODU1:1
ODU0:2
ODU0:1
ODU2:1
ODU1:4
ODU0:2
32xODU0
ODU0:1
ODU0:2
ODU0:1
ODU1:1
ODU2:1
ODU1:4
ODU0:2
NOTE
Service cross-connections of the TN54ENQ2(standard mode) board are configured on the TN55NPO2 or
TN55NPO2E board (either in standard mode) using the NMS.
If an ODUk channel has been used, cross-connections cannot be configured on any other channels that
correspond to the ODUk channel, regardless of the rate level. For example, if channel 1(IN/OUT)-OCH:9ODU2:1-ODU1:1 has been used, cross-connections cannot be configured on channel 1(IN/OUT)-OCH:9ODU2:1 or 1(IN/OUT)-OCH:9-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:1.
Cross-connect
module
ODU1 mapping path
Multiplexing
module
ODU2 mapping path
Service
processing
module

ODU0 mapping
path
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2159
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Table 19-42 Description of ports on the TN54ENQ2 (standard mode)

Port Name
Description
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:(912)-ODU2:1-ODU1:
(14)-ODU0:(12)
Indicates the mapping path for the ODU0

signals that are received through the backplane.
(14)

signals that are received through the backplane.
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:(912)
Indicates the mapping path for the ODU2/

ODU2e signals that are received through the
backplane.
1(IN/OUT)

l
The
side.
cross-connection is used to locally add services to or drop services from the WDM
The
cross-connection is used to locally pass through services on the WDM side.
The ENQ2 board can work in standard or compatible mode. For details about the standard and
When the ENQ2 board works in standard mode, service cross-connections are configured on
the TN55NPO2 or TN55NPO2E board using the NMS. The ODUk services processed by the
ENQ2 board are mapped onto OCH9-OCH12 optical channels on the TN55NPO2 or
TN55NPO2E board in standard mode. For details, see Configuration of Cross-connection
(NPO2) and Configuration of Cross-connection (NPO2E).
ODU0 Cross-Connections
Figure 19-33 shows the created ODU0 cross-connections.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2160
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-33 Diagram of cross-connections of the ENQ2 (ODU0 level)

Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
Tributary board
(compatible mode)
Tributary board
(standard mode)
WDM side
ENQ2
board
2
WDM side
Line/PID board
(compatible mode)
Line/PID board
(standard mode)
The client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM

side of the ENQ2
The WDM side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM
side of the ENQ2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2161
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
Tributary board
(compatible mode)
Tributary board
(standard mode)
WDM side
ENQ2 board
2
WDM side
Line/PID board
(compatible mode)
Line/PID board
(standard mode)
ENQ2
The WDM side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the ENQ2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2162
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
Tributary board
(compatible mode)
Tributary board
(standard mode)
WDM side
ENQ2
board
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1
Line/PID board
(compatible mode)
Line/PID board
(standard mode)

side of the ENQ2
side of the ENQ2
Cross-Connections Between the NPO2/NPO2E and ENQ2

Figure 19-36 shows the cross-connections between the TN55NPO2 and TN54ENQ2.
Figure 19-37 shows the cross-connections between the TN54NPO2 and TN54ENQ2.
Figure 19-38 shows the cross-connections between the TN55NPO2E and TN54ENQ2.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2163
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-36 Diagram of cross-connections between the TN55NPO2 and TN54ENQ2

WDM side
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:9
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:10
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:11
standard mode
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:12
ENQ2
board
compatible mode
WDM side
compatible mode
TN55NPO2
board
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:12
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:11
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:10
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:9
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:8
standard mode
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:1
The cross-connections between the TN55NPO2 and

ENQ2, which does not need to be configured on the NMS
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2164
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-37 Diagram of cross-connections between the TN54NPO2 and TN54ENQ2

WDM side
ENQ2 board
compatible
mode
WDM side
TN54NPO2
board
compatible
mode

Figure 19-38 Diagram of cross-connections between the TN55NPO2E and TN54ENQ2

WDM side
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:9
ENQ2 board
1(IN/OUT)--OCH:10
(standard
mode)
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:11
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:12
WDM side
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:12
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:9
NPO2E board
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:8
(standard
mode)
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:1
The cross-connections between the NPO2E and ENQ2,

which does not need to be configured on the NMS
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2165
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

Table 19-43 ENQ2 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Channel Loopback
Outloop
Service Mode
Automatic, ODU0,
ODU1, ODU2
Default: Automatic

ODU0/ODU1 signal.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2166
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Field
Value
Description
FEC Working State
Enabled, Disabled

Default: Enabled

FEC Mode
FEC, AFEC
Default: FEC

Enabled.
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled
Line Rate
Standard Mode,
Speedup Mode
Default: Disabled

to Disabled.

PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2167
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Field
Value
Description
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled

commissioning.
Default: Disabled
19.6.10 ENQ2 Specifications

The specifications include the dimensions, weight, and power consumption.
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board

(W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN54ENQ2
40
44
19.7 NPO2
NPO2: 12 x OTU2 PID Board

The available functional versions of the NPO2 board are TN54 and TN55.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2168
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N5
4N
P
O2
T
N5
5N
P
O2

l
Function:
The TN54NPO2 board must work with a dispersion compensation module. The
TN55NPO2S board supports 40 km applications without working with a dispersion
compensation module. The TN55NPO2L board supports 80 km applications without
working with a dispersion compensation module.
Appearance:
For the front panels of the TN54NPO2 and TN55NPO2, see 19.7.6 Front Panel.
Specification:
For the specification of each version, see 19.7.12 NPO2 Specifications.
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN54NPO2
TN55NPO2
The TN55NPO2 can be created as 54NPO2 on the NMS. The

upgrade. After substitution, the TN55NPO2 functions as the
TN54NPO2.
NOTE
When you substitute a TN55NPO2 for a TN54NPO2, configure a
TN54PQ2, otherwise, the latter four wavelengths cannot be processed.
TN55NPO2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
None

2169
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Type
Table 19-44 lists the wavelength numbers and the types of NPO2.
Table 19-44 Wavelength assignment table of NPO2
Type of NPO2
Wavelength No. of NPO2
TN54NPO201/TN55NPO2S01
1, 5, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25, 29
TN54NPO202/TN55NPO2S02/
TN55NPO2L02/TN55NPO2S0A
2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30
TN54NPO203/TN55NPO2S03
3, 7, 11, 15, 19, 23, 27, 31
TN55NPO2L04/TN55NPO2S0B
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32
TN54NPO205
49, 53, 57, 61, 65, 69, 73, 77
TN55NPO2L06
50, 54, 58, 62, 66, 70, 74, 78
TN54NPO207
51, 55, 59, 63, 67, 71, 75, 79
TN55NPO2L08
52, 56, 60, 64, 68, 72, 76, 80
A PID group that consists of the TN54NPO2, TN55NPO2E, TN54ENQ2, and TN55NPO2
boards, as shown in Table 19-45, Table 19-46, Table 19-47. Table 19-48 lists the wavelength
numbers and the relations between the wavelengths and frequencies.
Table 19-45 Combinations of wavelengths for the PID group (NPO2E+ENQ2+NPO2) (200G
system)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Wavelengt
h
Combinati
on No.
Wavelength No. for

TN55NPO2E
Wavelength No.
for TN54ENQ2
Wavelength No. for

TN55NPO2
TN55NPO2ES02/
TN55NPO2EL02: 2, 6, 10,
14, 18, 22, 26, 30
34, 38, 42, 46
TN55NPO2S06/
TN55NPO2L06: 50, 54,
58, 62, 66, 70, 74, 78
TN55NPO2ES04/
TN55NPO2EL04: 4, 8, 12,
16, 20, 24, 28, 32
36, 40, 44, 48
TN55NPO2S08/
TN55NPO2L08: 52, 56,
60, 64, 68, 72, 76, 80

2170
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Table 19-46 Wavelength allocation table of a PID (NPO2+ENQ2) (120G system)

Wavelength
Combination
No.
Wavelength No. of TN54NPO2/

TN55NPO2
Wavelength No. of
TN54ENQ2
TN54NPO201/TN55NPO2S01: 1, 5, 9, 13,
17, 21, 25, 29
33, 37, 41, 45
TN55NPO2L02/TN55NPO2S0A: 2, 6, 10,
14, 18, 22, 26, 30
34, 38, 42, 46
TN54NPO203/TN55NPO2S03: 3, 7, 11, 15,

19, 23, 27, 31
35, 39, 43, 47
TN55NPO2L04/TN55NPO2S0B: 4, 8, 12,
16, 20, 24, 28, 32
36, 40, 44, 48
Table 19-47 Wavelength allocation table of a PID (NPO2) (80G system)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Wavelength
Combination
No.
Wavelength No. of TN54NPO2/TN55NPO2
TN54NPO201/TN55NPO2S01: 1, 5, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25, 29
TN54NPO202/TN55NPO2S02/TN55NPO2L02/TN55NPO2S0A: 2, 6,
10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30
TN54NPO203/TN55NPO2S03: 3, 7, 11, 15, 19, 23, 27, 31
TN54NPO204/TN55NPO2S04/TN55NPO2L04/TN55NPO2S0B: 4, 8,
12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32
TN54NPO205: 49, 53, 57, 61, 65, 69, 73, 77
TN54NPO206/TN55NPO2S06/TN55NPO2L06: 50, 54, 58, 62, 66, 70, 74,

78
TN54NPO207: 51, 55, 59, 63, 67, 71, 75, 79
TN54NPO208/TN55NPO2S08/TN55NPO2L08: 52, 56, 60, 64, 68, 72, 76,

80

2171
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
NOTE
The ENQ2 board must be installed in the left slot next to the slot holding the NPO2 board.
Unlike the TN54NPO2, the TN55NPO2S supports DCM-free transmission over short distance and the
TN55NPO2L supports DCM-free transmission over long distance.
The TN55NPO2 can process four wavelengths. After being equipped with the TN54PQ2 service processing
board, it can process four more wavelengths. For example, the TN55NPO2S01 can process only the 1st,
5th, 9th, and 13th wavelengths. However, when it is equipped with the TN54PQ2 service processing board,
it can also process the 17th, 21st, 25th, and 29th wavelengths. For the position where the TN54PQ2 should
be installed on the TN55NPO2, see 19.7.6 Front Panel.
Each type of PID boards must work with specific wavelengths. Therefore, select the required PID boards
according to the network planning principles.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Wavelengt
h No.
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Wavelengt
h No.
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
196.05
1529.16
41
194.05
1544.92
196.00
1529.55
42
194.00
1545.32
195.95
1529.94
43
193.95
1545.72
195.90
1530.33
44
193.90
1546.12
195.85
1530.72
45
193.85
1546.52
195.80
1531.12
46
193.80
1546.92
195.75
1531.51
47
193.75
1547.32
195.70
1531.90
48
193.70
1547.72
195.65
1532.29
49
193.65
1548.11
10
195.60
1532.68
50
193.60
1548.51
11
195.55
1533.07
51
193.55
1548.91
12
195.50
1533.47
52
193.50
1549.32
13
195.45
1533.86
53
193.45
1549.72
14
195.40
1534.25
54
193.40
1550.12
15
195.35
1534.64
55
193.35
1550.52
16
195.30
1535.04
56
193.30
1550.92
17
195.25
1535.43
57
193.25
1551.32
18
195.20
1535.82
58
193.20
1551.72
19
195.15
1536.22
59
193.15
1552.12
20
195.10
1536.61
60
193.10
1552.52
21
195.05
1537.00
61
193.05
1552.93

2172
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Wavelengt
h No.
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Wavelengt
h No.
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
22
195.00
1537.40
62
193.00
1553.33
23
194.95
1537.79
63
192.95
1553.73
24
194.90
1538.19
64
192.90
1554.13
25
194.85
1538.58
65
192.85
1554.54
26
194.80
1538.98
66
192.80
1554.94
27
194.75
1539.37
67
192.75
1555.34
28
194.70
1539.77
68
192.70
1555.75
29
194.65
1540.16
69
192.65
1556.15
30
194.60
1540.56
70
192.60
1556.55
31
194.55
1540.95
71
192.55
1556.96
32
194.50
1541.35
72
192.50
1557.36
33
194.45
1541.75
73
192.45
1557.77
34
194.40
1542.14
74
192.40
1558.17
35
194.35
1542.54
75
192.35
1558.58
36
194.30
1542.94
76
192.30
1558.98
37
194.25
1543.33
77
192.25
1559.39
38
194.20
1543.73
78
192.20
1559.79
39
194.15
1544.13
79
192.15
1560.20
40
194.10
1544.53
80
192.10
1560.61

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
Added the support for

electrical-layer ASON.

2173
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

Hardware Update
Added the TN55NPO2S0A and

TN55NPO2S0B boards.
Two short-reach transmission PID boards are added.
19.7.3 Application
The NPO2 board is a PID unit. The NPO2 board converts 64 channels of ODU0 signals, 32
channels of ODU1 signals, or 8 channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals into 8 channels of standard
WDM wavelength OTU2/OTU2e signals. In addition, the NPO2 board supports hybrid
transmission of ODU0, ODU1, and ODU2/ODU2e signals. The NPO2 board receives four
OTU2/OTU2e signals from the ENQ2 board through the backplane. Then the NPO2 board
multiplexes the four OTU2/OTU2e signals with its own eight OTU2/OTU2e signals into one
optical signal for output. The reverse process is similar.
Application Scenario 1: 200G system Built with the NPO2 Board

Figure 19-39 200G system built with the NPO2 board
Client-side
service
Clientside
service
Clientside
service
Tributary
board
Tributary
board
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
Tributary 8xODU2e
board
32xODU0/
16xODU1/
4xODU2/
4xODU2e
TO
TN54
ENQ2
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
8xODU2e
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
8xODU2e
4xOTU2/
OTU2e
TN55
NPO2
IN
TO2
OUT RO2
RI
TN55
NPO2E
TN55
NPO2E
RI
8xOTU2/
OTU2e
OBU
1P1
OBU
1P1
Tributary
board
4xOTU2/
OTU2e
TO
8xOTU2/
OTU2e
TO2 IN
RO2 OUT

TN54
ENQ2
TN55
NPO2
Client-side
service
32xODU0/
16xODU1/
4xODU2/
4xODU2e
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
8xODU2e
Tributary
board
Clientside
service
Tributary
board
Clientside
service
2174
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

Figure 19-40 120G system built with the TN55NPO2 board
Clientside
service
Tributary
board
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
8xODU2e
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
8xODU2e
OUT
IN
OBU
1P1
TN55
NPO2
Clientside
service
Tributary
board
32xODU0/
16xODU1/
4xODU2/
4xODU2e
TN55
NPO2
IN
TN54
ENQ2
Clientside
service
Tributary
board
OUT
OBU
1P1
4xOTU2/
OTU2e
4xOTU2/
OTU2e
TN54
ENQ2
32xODU0/
16xODU1/
4xODU2/
4xODU2e
Tributary
board
Clientside
service
Clientside
service
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
8xODU2e Tributary
board
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
Tributary 8xODU2e
board
OUT
OA
TN54
NPO2
Clientside
service
IN
OA
32xODU0/
16xODU1/
4xODU2/
4xODU2e
TN54
ENQ2
Tributary
board
OA
OA
IN
OUT
Clientside
service
TN54
NPO2
4xOTU2/
OTU2e
4xOTU2/
OTU2e
TN54
ENQ2
32xODU0/
16xODU1/
4xODU2/
4xODU2e Tributary
board
Clientside
service

Clientside
service
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
8xODU2e
Tributary
board
OUT
TN55
NPO2
IN
OBU
1P1
OBU
1P1

IN
OUT
TN55
NPO2
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
8xODU2e
Tributary
board
Clientside
service
2175
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Client-side
service
Tributary
board
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
8xODU2e
OUT
TN54
NPO2
IN
IN
OA
OA
OA
OA
OUT
TN54
NPO2
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
8xODU2e
Tributary
board
Client-side
service
NOTE
In the preceding application scenarios, the TN55NPO2/TN55NPO2E board is configured with the TN54PQ2
board.
If the TN55NPO2/TN55NPO2E board is not configured with the TN54PQ2 board, the TN55NPO2/
TN55NPO2E board can process a maximum of 4 x 10 Gbit/s services.
board.
When the TN55NPO2 board is used in a WDM system, whether OA boards are required or not depends on the
fiber distance. If the fiber distance is shorter than 40 km, do not configure an OA board at either the transmit
receive end.

The NPO2 provides functions and features such as OTN interfaces and ESC.
Table 19-49 provides the details about the functions and features of the NPO2.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2176
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Table 19-49 Functions and features of the NPO2

Functi
on
and
Featur
e
Description
Basic
functio
n
l 64 x ODU0/32 x ODU1/8 x ODU2<->8 x OTU2

l Accesses four channels of OTU2/OTU2e signals from the ENQ2 board, and
converts the signals into the standard DWDM wavelengths compliant with ITUT G.694.1. The reverse process is similar.
l Integrates twelve channels of OTU2/OTU2e signals into one channel of optical
signals.
l Unlike the TN54NPO2, the TN55NPO2S supports DCM-free transmission over
short distance and the TN55NPO2L supports DCM-free transmission over long
distance.
Crossconnec
t
capabil
ities
Supports the cross-connection of 64 channels of ODU0 or 32 channels of ODU1 or

eight channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals between the NPO2 board and the crossconnect board.
OTN
functio
n
l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing as defined in the ITUT G.709.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
WDM
specifi
cation
ESC
functio
n
Supported
PRBS
test
functio
n
LPT
functio
n
Not supported

2177
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Functi
on
and
Featur
e
Description
FEC
coding

side.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Alarms
and
perfor
mance
events
monito
ring
IEEE
1588v
2
Supports one channel of IEEE 1588v2 signals.
Physic
al
clock
The TN55NPO2 board supports this feature only when ODU0 or ODU1 signals are
cross-connected from the backplane.
Optical
-layer
ASON
Not supported
Electri
callayer
ASON
Supported only by the TN55NPO2 board working in standard mode.
Protect
ion
schem
e
Loopb
ack
Board
WDM Side
ODU0 Channel
Loopback
ODU1 Channel
Loopback
ODU2 Channel
Loopback
TN54N
PO2
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
l Monitors parameters such as the bias current, temperature, and optical power of
the laser.
NOTE
For the TN54NPO2 and TN55NPO2 boards (in compatible mode), the IEEE 1588v2 signal
can be transmitted through any of the eight optical ports on the board. For the TN55NPO2
board (in standard mode), the IEEE 1588v2 signal must be transmitted through optical port 1.

2178
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Functi
on
and
Featur
e
19 PID Board
Description
TN55N
PO2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Supports
WDM-side
loopbacks
only when
working in
compatible
mode.
Supported

Supported
Supports ODU2
channel
loopback only
when working
in standard
mode.
2179
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Functi
on
and
Featur
e
Description
Protoc
ols or
standar
ds
compli
ance
Protocol
s or
standard
s for
transpar
ent
transmis
sion
(nonperform
ance
monitori
ng)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
IEEE 802.3ae
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
INTERFACE (FC-PH)
Television Systems
(ASI)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2180
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Functi
on
and
Featur
e
19 PID Board
Description
Protocol
s or
standard
s for
service
processi
ng
(perform
ance
monitori
ng)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The NPO2 board consists of the signal processing module, PID module, control and
communication module, 1588 module, and power supply module.
Figure 19-44 and Figure 19-45 show the functional modules and signal flow of the NPO2.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2181
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-44 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN54NPO2

64XODU0/32XODU1/
8XODU2/8XODU2e
Backplane
4XOTU2/
4XOTU2e
8
Cross-connect
module
1588
OTN
processing
module
OUT
PID
Module
IN
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
2182
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-45 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN55NPO2

64XODU0/32XODU1
/8XODU2/8XODU2e
Cross-connect
module
1588
Backplane
4XOTU2/4XOTU2e
PQ2 service
processing
sub-board
8
OTN
processing
module
OUT
PID
Module
IN
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the NPO2 board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the backplane of the NPO2 to the WDM side
of the NPO2, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The signal processing module receives 64 channels of ODU0 or 32 channels of ODU1 or
eight channels of ODU2/ODU2e electrical signals sent from the cross-connection board
through the backplane. The module performs operations such as OTN framing, and
encoding of FEC. Then the module outputs eight channels of OTU2/OTU2e signals to the
PID module.
The eight channels of OTU2/OTU2e signals and the four channels of OTU2/OTU2e signals
sent from the ENQ2 board are integrated into one channel of optical signals, which are
finally output through the OUT optical interface.
Receive direction
demultiplexes the signal into twelve channels of OTU2/OTU2e signals.
Four of the twelve channels OTU2/OTU2e signals are sent to the ENQ2 board, and the
remaining eight channels of OTU2/OTU2e signals are transmitted to the signal processing
module. Then, the signal processing module performs OTU2/OTU2e framing, and FEC
decoding for the signals. Finally, the signal processing module outputs 64 channels of
ODU0 or 32 channels of ODU1 or eight channels of ODU2/ODU2e electrical signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2183
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
The electrical signals are cross-connected to other boards through the backplane.
Module Function
l
PID module
WDM-side receiver: demultiplexes the WDM-side multiplexed optical signals into
twelve channels of optical signals, and then converts the optical signals to electrical
signals.
signals, and integrates twelve channels of signals into one channel of multiplexed
signals.

Implements the grooming of electrical signals between the NPO2 and the cross-connect
board through the backplane. The grooming service signals are ODU0/ODU1/ODU2/
ODU2e signals
and decoding.
PQ2 service processing board
Processes 4 x 10 Gbit/s signals that are carried by the last four wavelengths provided
on the TN55NPO2 board.
NOTE
After installing a PQ2 service processing sub-board onto the TN55NPO2 board that works in standard
mode, create the logical PQ2 sub-board on the U2000.
1588 module
The 1588 module sends the clock signal of the STG board to the next NE according to the
IEEE 1588v2 protocol, or extract the clock signal from the service signals that come from
a service board according to the IEEE 1588v2 protocol and then send the clock signal to
the STG board.

the CPU.
Power supply module

on the board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2184
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
19.7.6 Front Panel

There are four indicators, optical interfaces, laser level label, and PQ2 sub-board on the front
panel of the NPO2.

Figure 19-46 shows the front panel of the TN54NPO2.
Figure 19-47 shows the front panel of the TN55NPO2.
Figure 19-46 Front panel of the TN54NPO2
CAUTION
NPO2
IN
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
OUT
NPO2
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV

LASER RADIATION
NPO2
IN
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
CLASS 1M LASER
PRODUCT
OUT
NPO2
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
Figure 19-47 Front panel of the TN55NPO2
PQ2 not installed
CAUTION
LASER RADIATION
NPO2
PQ2
STAT
IN
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
CLASS 1M LASER
PRODUCT
OUT
NPO2
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
PQ2 installed
NOTE
The TN55NPO2 can process four wavelengths. After being equipped with the TN54PQ2 service processing
board, it can process four more wavelengths. For example, the TN55NPO2S01 can process only the 1st, 5th,
9th, and 13th wavelengths. However, when it is equipped with the TN54PQ2 service processing board, it can
also process the 17th, 21st, 25th, and 29th wavelengths. For details, see 19.7.1 Version Description.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2185
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Indicators
There are four indicators on the NPO2 panel.
l
There is one indicator on the TN54PQ2 panel.

l
For details about indicators on the board, see A.4 Board Indicators.
Interfaces
Table 19-50 Types and functions of the NPO2 interfaces
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC
OUT
LC
Laser Hazard Level

19.7.7 Valid Slots

The NPO2 occupies two slots.
The NPO2 board itself supports backplane cross-connections of 80 Gbit/s ODUk signals.
However, the NPO2 board supports backplane cross-connections of 120 Gbit/s ODUk signals
when it works with an ENQ2 board to form a PID group. In a PID group, the ENQ2 board must
be located on the left of the NPO2 board. For example, when the ENQ2 board is located in slot
IU1, the NPO2 board must be located in slots IU2-IU3. (On the U2000, the NPO2 board slot is
displayed as IU3.)
Table 19-51 lists the valid slots for the NPO2 board when it works alone. For the valid slots for
the NPO2 board when it works with an ENQ2 board in a PID group, see ENQ2 Valid Slots.
Table 19-51 Valid slots for the NPO2 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
IU3, IU7, IU13, IU17, IU21, IU25, IU29, IU33, IU37, IU41,
IU47, IU51, IU55, IU59, IU63, IU67

2186
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
IU3, IU7, IU14, IU18, IU22, IU26, IU31, IU35
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU3, IU7, IU13, IU17
NOTE
slot number of the NPO2 board displayed on the NM is the number of the right one of the two occupied slots.
For example, if the NPO2 occupies slots IU2 and IU3, the slot number of the NPO2 displayed on the NM is
IU3.
19.7.8 Characteristic Code of the NPO2

The characteristic code for the NPO2 consists of six digits, respectively indicating the frequency
values of the first channel and the last channel of optical signals on the WDM side.
Table 19-52 Characteristic code for the NPO2
Code
Description
Description

signal

WDM side.

signal

WDM side.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN54NPO2 is 605385.

l
is 193.85 THz.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2187
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

Table 19-53 Serial numbers of the interfaces on the NPO2 displayed on the NMS
Physical Port
IN/OUT
NOTE
Logical Ports
The TN55NPO2 board can work in standard or compatible mode, and the TN54NPO2 board
can work only in compatible mode.
NOTE
Mode.
Figure 19-48 shows the board model of the TN55NPO2/TN54NPO2 board in compatible
mode. Table 19-54 lists the descriptions of the ports on the board.
Figure 19-49 shows the board model of the T55NPO2 board in standard mode. Table
19-55 Lists the descriptions of the ports on the board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2188
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-48 Diagram of ports on the TN55NPO2/TN54NPO2 (compatible mode)

Other tributary board/line
board/PID board

board/PID board

board/PID board
Backplane
64 x ODU0
161
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1
161
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-2
164
(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-1
164
(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-2
8 x ODU2/ODU2e
32 x ODU1
51
71
(ODU2LP1/
ODU2 ODU2LP1)-1
133(OCHLP1
/OCHLP1)-1
51
IN/OUT
189
189
192
192
58
78
(ODU2LP8/
ODU2 ODU2LP8)-1
58
140(OCHLP8
/OCHLP8)-1
141(OCHLP9
/OCHLP9)-1
144(OCHLP12
/OCHLP12)-1
ODU1 mapping path
Multiplexing module
ODU2 mapping path
Automatic cross-connection, which does not need to be

configured on the NMS. For example, if ODU0 signals are
required, users only need to configure cross-connections from
other boards to the ODU0LP port on the board using the NMS.
The board's internal structure enables transmission of the
multiplexed signal to the ODU2LP port. Users do not need to
configure a cross-connection for transmitting the multiplexed
signal.
ODU0 mapping path
Cross-connection that must be configured on the NMS to

receive ODUk signals from other boards
NOTE
There are cross-connections between ports 141 (OCHLP9/OCHLP9)-1 to 144 (OCHLP12/OCHLP12)-1 on the
NPO2 board and ports 71 (ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1 to 74 (ODU2LP4/ODU2LP4)-1 on the ENQ2 board. You
do not need to configure these cross-connections on the U2000.
Table 19-54 Description of ports on the TN55NPO2/TN54NPO2 (compatible mode)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Port Name
Description
ODU0LP1-ODU0LP32

and 2.

2189
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Port Name
Description
ODU1LP1-ODU1LP8

2, 3 and 4.
ODU2LP1-ODU2LP8
OCHLP1-OCHLP12
IN/OUT
This port corresponds to the WDM-side optical interface.
Figure 19-49 Diagram of ports on the TN55NPO2 (standard mode)
12xODU2/
12XODU2e
ODU2:1
OCH:1
ODU2:1
OCH:12
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:(1-12)-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)
ODU1:1
ODU2:1
OCH:1
ODU2:1
OCH:12
ODU1:4
48xODU1
ODU1:1
IN/OUT
ODU1:4
ODU0:1
ODU1:1
ODU0:2
ODU0:1
96xODU0
ODU2:1
OCH:1
ODU2:1
OCH:12
ODU1:4
ODU0:2
ODU0:1
ODU0:2
ODU0:1
ODU1:1
ODU1:4
ODU0:2
NOTE
The OCH:9 to OCH:12 optical channels only receive the signals coming from the TN54ENQ2 board.
The TN55NPO2 board's OCH5 to OCH8 optical channels are available only when the board works with the
TN54PQ2 service processing board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2190
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Cross-connect
module
ODU1 mapping path
Multiplexing
module
ODU2 mapping path
Service
processing
module

boards
ODU0
mapping path
Table 19-55 Description of ports on the TN55NPO2 (standard mode)

Port Name
Description
(14)-ODU0:(12)

signals that are received through the
backplane.
(14)

backplane.
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:(112)

backplane.
1(IN/OUT)

l
The
side.
The
The TN55NPO2 board can work in standard or compatible mode, the TN54NPO2 board can
work only in compatible mode. For details about the standard and compatible modes, see 12.2.3
Standard Mode and Compatible Mode.
Figure 19-50 and Figure 19-51 show the created ODU0 cross-connections.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2191
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-50 Diagram of cross-connections of the TN55NPO2 (ODU0 level)

Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
Tributary board
(standard mode)
Tributary board
203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 (compatinble mode)

1
WDM side
compatible mode
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:1
TN55NPO2 board
standard mode
2
WDM side
Line/PID board
(compatible mode)
Line/PID board
(standard mode)
side of the TN55NPO2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2192
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
Tributary board
(standard mode)
Tributary board

1
WDM side
TN54NPO2 board
(compatible mode)
2
WDM side
Line/PID board
(compatible mode)
Line/PID board
(standard mode)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2193
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
Tributary board
(standard mode)
Tributary board

1
WDM side
TN55NPO2
board
compatible mode
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1
standard mode
WDM side
Line/PID board
(compatible mode)
Line/PID board
(standard mode)

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2194
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
Tributary board
(standard mode)
Tributary board

WDM side
TN54NPO2
board
(compatible mode)
WDM side
Line/PID board
(compatible mode)
Line/PID board
(standard mode)

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2195
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
Tributary board
(standard mode)
Tributary board

WDM side
compatible mode
TN55NPO2
board
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:1-ODU2:1
standard mode
2
WDM side
Line/PID board
(compatible mode)
Line/PID board
(standard mode)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2196
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
Tributary board
(standard mode)
Tributary board

WDM side
TN54NPO2
board
(compatible mode)
WDM side
Line/PID board
(compatible mode)
Line/PID board
(standard mode)
Cross-Connections Between the NPO2 and ENQ2

Figure 19-56 and Figure 19-57 show the created cross-connections between the NPO2 and
ENQ2.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2197
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-56 Diagram of cross-connections between the TN55NPO2 and ENQ2

WDM side
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:9
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:10
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:11
standard mode
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:12
ENQ2
board
compatible mode
WDM side
compatible mode
TN55NPO2
board
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:12
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:11
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:10
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:9
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:8
standard mode
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:1

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2198
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-57 Diagram of cross-connections between the TN54NPO2 and ENQ2

WDM side
ENQ2 board
compatible
mode
WDM side
TN54NPO2
board
compatible
mode

Example of Service Cross-Connections

Figure 19-58 shows an example of service cross-connections on the NPO2 board. One board
can transmit a hybrid of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2 and ODU2e signals.
Figure 19-58 Example of service cross-connections on the NPO2 board
ODU0
TOM
TOM
ODU0
ODU1
ODU1
NS2
IN/OUT
NPO2
ODU1
ODU2/
TDX/ ODU2e
ND2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2199
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

For parameters of the NPO2, refer to Table 19-56.
Table 19-56 NPO2 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

channel of a board.
moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Channel Loopback
Outloop

NOTE
TN55NPO2 only in the compatible mode.
Outloop
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2200
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Field
Value
Description
Service Mode
Automatic, ODU0,
ODU1, ODU2
Default: Automatic

ODU0/ODU1 signal.
NOTE
TN54NPO2/TN55NPO2 (compatible
mode).
Off, On
Laser Status
Default: On

more information.
FEC Working State
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2201
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Field
Value
Description
FEC Mode
FEC, AFEC

Default: FEC

Enabled.
Band Type
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Tunable Wavelength
Range

Planned Wavelength
Frequency (THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.10
0

board.
l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.17
0 to
18/1611.00/188.78
0

information.
NOTE
Only C band is supported.
Default: /
Planned Band Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

wavelength.
NOTE
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Enabled, Disabled
Line Rate
Standard Mode,
Speedup Mode
Default: Disabled

to Disabled.
Default: Standard
Mode
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2202
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Field
Value
Description
PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled

Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

commissioning.
19.7.12 NPO2 Specifications

consumption.
Board
WDM-Side Pluggable
Optical Module
TN54NP
O2
N/A
TN55NP
O2
800 ps/nm-PID-NRZ-PIN (40 km)
N/A
NOTE
point.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2203
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Line code
format
Value
800 ps/nm-PIDNRZ-PIN (40 km)
NRZ
NRZ
NRZ

Center
frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.05
192.10 to 196.05
192.10 to 196.05
Maximum
mean launched
power (single
wavelength)
dBm
+2
+2
+2
Minimum
mean launched
power (single
wavelength)
dBm
-4
-6.5
-6.5
Minimum
extinction ratio
dB
6.5
Center
frequency
deviation
GHz
Maximum -20
dB spectral
width
nm
0.8
0.8
0.8
Minimum side
mode
suppression
ratio
dB
30
30
30
Dispersion
tolerance
ps/nm
800
1500
200
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1200 to 1650
1200 to 1650
1200 to 1650

2204
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Parameter
Unit
Optical
Module Type
Receiver
sensitivity
(FEC enabled)
EOL (single
wavelength)
dBm
Value
TN55NPO2S01 to
TN55NPO2S04:
-13.5
-12
-12
TN55NPO2S06,
TN55NPO2S08:
-15
TN55NPO2S0A,
TN55NPO2S0B:
-15
Minimum
receiver
overload
(single
wavelength)
dBm
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27
-27
TN54NPO2:
l
(8.7 in.)
TN55NPO2:
l
(8.7 in.)
TN54PQ2:
l
Dimensions of front panel (H x W x D): 57 mm (2.24 in.) x 24.5 mm (0.96 in.) x 68 mm

(2.69 in.)
Power Consumption
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN54NPO2
134
147

2205
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN55NPO2
143
157.3
TN54PQ2
1.1
1.2
19.8 NPO2E
NPO2E: 10G PID line service processing board, 20channel extended

The available functional version of the NPO2E board is TN55.

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N5
5N
P
O2
E
Type
The TN55NPO2E board has four types: TN55NPO2ES02, TN55NPO2ES04, TN55NPO2EL02,
and TN55NPO2EL04, which process different wavelengths.
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
The TN55NPO2ES02/TN55NPO2EL02 board processes wavelengths 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22,

26, and 30.
2206
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
The TN55NPO2ES04/TN55NPO2EL04 board processes wavelengths 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24,

28, and 32.
A PID group that consists of the TN55NPO2E, TN54ENQ2, and TN55NPO2 boards, as shown
in Table 19-58, Table 19-59 and Table 19-60.
Table 19-61 lists the mappings between wavelength numbers, wavelengths, and frequencies.
Table 19-58 Combinations of wavelengths for the PID group (NPO2E+ENQ2+NPO2)(200G
system)
Wavelengt
h
Combinati
on No.
Wavelength No. for

TN55NPO2E
Wavelength No.
for TN54ENQ2
Wavelength No. for

TN55NPO2
TN55NPO2ES02/
TN55NPO2EL02: 2, 6, 10,
14, 18, 22, 26, 30
34, 38, 42, 46
TN55NPO2S06/
TN55NPO2L06: 50, 54,
58, 62, 66, 70, 74, 78
TN55NPO2ES04/
TN55NPO2EL04: 4, 8, 12,
16, 20, 24, 28, 32
36, 40, 44, 48
TN55NPO2S08/
TN55NPO2L08: 52, 56,
60, 64, 68, 72, 76, 80
Table 19-59 Combinations of wavelengths for the PID group (NPO2E+ENQ2)(120G system)
Waveleng
th
Combinat
ion No.
Wavelength No. for TN55NPO2E
Wavelength No. for

TN54ENQ2
TN55NPO2ES02/TN55NPO2EL02: 2, 6,
10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30
34, 38, 42, 46
TN55NPO2ES04/TN55NPO2EL04: 4, 8,
12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32
36, 40, 44, 48
Table 19-60 Combinations of wavelengths for the PID group (NPO2E+ENQ2)(80G system)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Wavelengt
h
Combinati
on No.
Wavelength No. for TN55NPO2E
TN55NPO2ES02/TN55NPO2EL02: 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30
TN55NPO2ES04/TN55NPO2EL04: 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32

2207
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
NOTE
The TN55NPO2E can process four wavelengths. After being equipped with the TN54PQ2 service processing
board, it can process four more wavelengths. For example, the TN55NPO2EL04 can process only the 4th, 8th,
also process the 20th, 24th, 28th, and 32th wavelengths. For the position where the TN54PQ2 should be installed
on the TN55NPO2E, see 19.8.6 Front Panel.
The TN54ENQ2 board must be installed in the left slot next to the slot holding the TN55NPO2E board.
The TN55NPO2E board supports DCM-free transmission over long distance.
Each type of PID boards must work with specific wavelengths. Therefore, select the required PID boards
according to the network planning principles.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Wavelengt
h No.
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Wavelengt
h No.
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
196.05
1529.16
41
194.05
1544.92
196.00
1529.55
42
194.00
1545.32
195.95
1529.94
43
193.95
1545.72
195.90
1530.33
44
193.90
1546.12
195.85
1530.72
45
193.85
1546.52
195.80
1531.12
46
193.80
1546.92
195.75
1531.51
47
193.75
1547.32
195.70
1531.90
48
193.70
1547.72
195.65
1532.29
49
193.65
1548.11
10
195.60
1532.68
50
193.60
1548.51
11
195.55
1533.07
51
193.55
1548.91
12
195.50
1533.47
52
193.50
1549.32
13
195.45
1533.86
53
193.45
1549.72
14
195.40
1534.25
54
193.40
1550.12
15
195.35
1534.64
55
193.35
1550.52
16
195.30
1535.04
56
193.30
1550.92
17
195.25
1535.43
57
193.25
1551.32
18
195.20
1535.82
58
193.20
1551.72
19
195.15
1536.22
59
193.15
1552.12
20
195.10
1536.61
60
193.10
1552.52
21
195.05
1537.00
61
193.05
1552.93

2208
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Wavelengt
h No.
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Wavelengt
h No.
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
22
195.00
1537.40
62
193.00
1553.33
23
194.95
1537.79
63
192.95
1553.73
24
194.90
1538.19
64
192.90
1554.13
25
194.85
1538.58
65
192.85
1554.54
26
194.80
1538.98
66
192.80
1554.94
27
194.75
1539.37
67
192.75
1555.34
28
194.70
1539.77
68
192.70
1555.75
29
194.65
1540.16
69
192.65
1556.15
30
194.60
1540.56
70
192.60
1556.55
31
194.55
1540.95
71
192.55
1556.96
32
194.50
1541.35
72
192.50
1557.36
33
194.45
1541.75
73
192.45
1557.77
34
194.40
1542.14
74
192.40
1558.17
35
194.35
1542.54
75
192.35
1558.58
36
194.30
1542.94
76
192.30
1558.98
37
194.25
1543.33
77
192.25
1559.39
38
194.20
1543.73
78
192.20
1559.79
39
194.15
1544.13
79
192.15
1560.20
40
194.10
1544.53
80
192.10
1560.61

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
Added the support for

electrical-layer ASON.


2209
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

Hardware Update
Added the TN55NPO2ES02

and TN55NPO2ES04 boards.
Two short-reach transmission PID boards are added.
Added the TN55NPO2E board.
The 200G PID feature is supported.The TN55NPO2E

board is added to output 20 x OTU2/OTU2e optical signals.
19.8.3 Application
As a PID board, the NPO2E board performs conversion between 64 x ODU0, 32 x ODU1, or 8
x ODU2 signals that are cross-connected through the backplane and 8 x OTU2 optical signals
over standard wavelengths for a WDM system, between 8 x ODU2e signals and 8 x OTU2e
optical signals over standard wavelengths for a WDM system. In addition, the NPO2E board
receives four OTU2/OTU2e signals from the ENQ2 board through the backplane. Then the
NPO2E board multiplexes the four OTU2/OTU2e signals with its own eight OTU2/OTU2e
signals into one optical signal for output. Inside the NPO2E board, there is a red/blue band filter,
which converges 12 x OTU2/OTU2e signals output by the local NPO2E board and 8 x OTU2/
OTU2e signals output by another NPO2 board into one channel of optical signals for output. It
also performs the reverse conversion. In addition, the NPO2E board supports hybrid transmission
of ODU0, ODU1, and ODU2/ODU2e signals.
Application Scenario 1: 200G system Built with the TN55NPO2E Board

Figure 19-59 200G system built with the TN55NPO2E board
Client-side
service
Clientside
service
Clientside
service
Tributary
board
Tributary
board
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
Tributary 8xODU2e
board
32xODU0/
16xODU1/
4xODU2/
4xODU2e
TO
TN54
ENQ2
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
8xODU2e
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
8xODU2e
TN55
NPO2
4xOTU2/
OTU2e
TN55
NPO2E
OBU
1P1
RI
TN55
NPO2E
RI
OBU
1P1
Tributary
board
4xOTU2/
OTU2e
TO
8xOTU2/
OTU2e
IN TO2
8xOTU2/
OTU2e
TO2 IN
OUT RO2
RO2 OUT

TN54
ENQ2
TN55
NPO2
Client-side
service
32xODU0/
16xODU1/
4xODU2/
4xODU2e
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
8xODU2e
Tributary
board
Clientside
service
Tributary
board
Clientside
service
2210
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

Clientside
service
Tributary
board
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
8xODU2e
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
8xODU2e
TO
OBU
1P1
RI
TN55
NPO2E
Clientside
service
Tributary
board
32xODU0/
16xODU1/
4xODU2/
4xODU2e
Clientside
service
TN55
NPO2E
RI
TN54
ENQ2
Tributary
board
4xOTU2/
OTU2e
OBU
1P1
TO
4xOTU2/
OTU2e
TN54
ENQ2
32xODU0/
16xODU1/
4xODU2/
4xODU2e
Clientside
service
Tributary
board

Client-side
service
Tributary
board
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
8xODU2e
TO
TN55
NPO2E
RI
OBU
1P1
OBU
1P1
RI
TO
TN55
NPO2E
64xODU0/
32xODU1/
8xODU2/
8xODU2e
Tributary
board
Client-side
service
NOTE
In the preceding application scenarios, the TN55NPO2E/TN55NPO2 board is configured with the TN54PQ2
board.
If the TN55NPO2E/TN55NPO2 board is not configured with the TN54PQ2 board, the TN55NPO2E/
TN55NPO2 board can process a maximum of 4 x10 Gbit/s services.
board.
When the TN55NPO2E board is used in a WDM system, whether OA boards are required or not depends on
the fiber distance. If the fiber distance is shorter than 40 km, do not configure an OA board at either the transmit
receive end.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2211
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

The NPO2E provides functions and features such as OTN interfaces and ESC.
Table 19-62 provides the details about the functions and features of the NPO2E.
Table 19-62 Functions and features of the NPO2E
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
l 64 x ODU0/32 x ODU1/8 x ODU2<->8 x OTU2

l Accesses four channels of OTU2/OTU2e signals from the ENQ2 board,
and converts the signals into the standard DWDM wavelengths
compliant with ITU-T G.694.1. The reverse process is similar.
l Integrates twelve channels of OTU2/OTU2e signals into one channel of
optical signals.
l Converges 12 x OTU2/OTU2e signals output by the local NPO2E board
and 8 x OTU2/OTU2e signals output by another NPO2 board into one
channel of optical signals for output.
Cross-connect
capabilities
Supports the cross-connection of 64 channels of ODU0 or 32 channels of

ODU1 or eight channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals between the NPO2E
board and the cross-connect board.
OTN function
l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing as defined in

the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports the PM and TCM function for ODU1.
l Supports the PM and TCM function for ODU2.
l Supports the TCM non-intrusive monitoring for ODU1.
WDM
specification
ESC function
Supported
PRBS test
function
LPT function
Not supported
FEC coding

WDM side.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2212
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Function and
Feature
Description
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
IEEE 1588v2
The NPO2E board supports one channel of IEEE 1588v2 signals.

power of the laser.
NOTE
The IEEE 1588v2 signal must be transmitted through optical port 1.
Physical clock
The NPO2E board supports this feature only when ODU0 or ODU1 signals
are cross-connected from the backplane.
Optical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Electrical-layer
ASON
Supported
Protection
scheme
Loopback
Channel
Loopback
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Client side
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2213
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Function and
Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
IEEE 802.3ae
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
INTERFACES (FC-PI)
(FC-SB-2)
Control (MAC)
Protocol (PHY)
Dependent (PDM)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2214
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Function and
Feature
Description
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The NPO2E board consists of the signal processing module, PID optical module, control and
communication module, IEEE 1588v2 module, red/blue band filter, and power supply module.
Figure 19-62 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the NPO2E.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2215
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-62 Functional modules and signal flow of the NPO2E

Backplane
4XOTU2/
4XOTU2e
64XODU0/32XODU1/8X
ODU2/8XODU2e
8
Crossconnection
module
1588
PQ2 service
processing
sub-board
OUT
PID
Module
IN
OTN
Processing
module
T01
R01
Red/blue
band filter
Signal processing
module
TO
RI
T02
R02
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Required voltage
Power supply
module
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the NPO2E board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the backplane of the NPO2E to the WDM side
of the NPO2E, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The signal processing module receives 64 channels of ODU0 or 32 channels of ODU1 or
eight channels of ODU2/ODU2e electrical signals sent from the cross-connection board
through the backplane. The module performs operations such as OTN framing, and
encoding of FEC/AFEC. Then the module outputs eight channels of OTU2/OTU2e signals
to the PID module.
The eight channels of OTU2/OTU2e signals and the four channels of OTU2/OTU2e signals
sent from the ENQ2 board are integrated into one channel of optical signals, which are
finally output through the OUT optical interface.
The red/blue band filter converges 12 x OTU2/OTU2e optical signals output through the
OUT port on the PID optical module and 8 x OTU2/OTU2e optical signals output through
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2216
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
the OUT port on another NPO2 board into one channel of optical signals and outputs the
signals through the TO port to the WDM side.
l
Receive direction
The red/blue band filter receives one channel of multiplexed signals through the RI port
and demultiplexes the signals into two channels of optical signals. It outputs 12 x OTU2/
OTU2e optical signals through the TO1 port to the IN port on the PID optical module and
outputs 8 x OTU2/OTU2e optical signals through the TO2 port to the IN port on another
NPO2 board.
demultiplexes the signal into twelve channels of OTU2/OTU2e signals.
Four of the twelve channels OTU2/OTU2e signals are sent to the ENQ2 board, and the
remaining eight channels of OTU2/OTU2e signals are transmitted to the signal processing
module. Then, the signal processing module performs OTU2/OTU2e framing, and FEC/
AFEC decoding for the signals. Finally, the signal processing module outputs 64 channels
of ODU0 or 32 channels of ODU1 or eight channels of ODU2/ODU2e electrical signals.
The electrical signals are cross-connected to other boards through the backplane.
NOTE
The NPO2E board can directly output a multiplexed signal through its OUT port to the WDM side and receive
a multiplexed signal through its IN port from the WDM side.
Module Function
l
Red/blue band filter

In the transmit direction, it multiplexes one channel of multiplexed optical signals (12
wavelengths are multiplexed) that are output by the NPO2E board and one channel of
multiplexed optical signals (8 wavelengths are multiplexed) that are output by another
NPO2 board.
In the receive direction, it demultiplexes one channel of multiplexed optical signals (20
wavelengths are multiplexed) from the WDM side and outputs one channel of
multiplexed optical signals (12 wavelengths are multiplexed) to the NPO2E board and
one channel of multiplexed optical signals (8 wavelengths are multiplexed) to another
NPO2 board.
PID module
WDM-side receiver: demultiplexes the WDM-side multiplexed optical signals into
twelve channels of optical signals, and then converts the optical signals to electrical
signals.
signals, and integrates twelve channels of signals into one channel of multiplexed
signals.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2217
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Implements the grooming of electrical signals between the NPO2E and the crossconnect board through the backplane. The grooming service signals are ODU0/ODU1/
ODU2/ODU2e signals
Frames OTU2 signals, processes overheads in OTU2 signals, and performs FEC/AFEC
coding and decoding.
PQ2 service processing board
Processes 4 x 10 Gbit/s signals that are carried by the last four wavelengths provided
on the TN55NPO2E board.
NOTE
After installing a PQ2 service processing sub-board onto the TN55NPO2E board that works in standard
mode, create the logical PQ2 sub-board on the U2000.
1588 module
the STG board.

the CPU.
Power supply module

on the board.
19.8.6 Front Panel

There are four indicators, optical interfaces, laser level label, and PQ2 sub-board on the front
panel of the NPO2E.

Figure 19-63 shows the front panel of the TN55NPO2E.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2218
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
IN
TO
RI
T01 R01
NPO2E
T02 R02
OUT
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
NPO2E
Figure 19-63 Front panel of the TN55NPO2E
PQ2 not installed
CAUTION
LASER RADIATION
RI
PQ2
T01 R01
NPO2E
TO
STAT
IN
T02 R02
OUT
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
NPO2E
PQ2 installed
NOTE
The TN55NPO2E can process four wavelengths. After being equipped with the TN54PQ2 service processing
board, it can process four more wavelengths. For example, the TN55NPO2EL04 can process only the 4th, 8th,
also process the 20th, 24th, 28th, and 32th wavelengths. For details, see 19.8.1 Version Description.
Indicators
There are four indicators on the TN55NPO2E panel.
l
There is one indicator on the TN54PQ2 panel.

l
Interfaces
Table 19-63 Types and functions of the TN55NPO2E interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC
Receives 12 channels optical signals that are output by

the red/blue band filter or line-side multiplexed optical
signals.
OUT
LC
Transmits multiplexed optical signals to the line side

or the red/blue band filter.
R01
LC
Receives one channel of multiplexed optical signals

from the OUT port (12 wavelengths are multiplexed).

2219
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Interface
Type
Function
T01
LC
Transmits one channel of multiplexed optical signals

to the IN port (12 wavelengths are multiplexed).
R02
LC
Receives optical signals that are output by the OUT port

on the NPO2 board.
T02
LC
Sends one channel of multiplexed optical signals to the

IN port on the NPO2 board (eight wavelengths are
multiplexed).
RI
LC
Receives multiplexed optical signals from the line side.
TO
LC
Transmits multiplexed optical signals to the line side.
Laser Hazard Level

19.8.7 Valid Slots

The NPO2E occupies two slots.
The NPO2E board itself supports backplane cross-connections of 80 Gbit/s ODUk signals.
However, the NPO2E board supports backplane cross-connections of 120 Gbit/s ODUk signals
when it works with an ENQ2 board to form a PID group. In a PID group, the ENQ2 board must
be located on the left of the NPO2E board. For example, when the ENQ2 board is located in slot
IU1, the NPO2E board must be located in slots IU2-IU3. (On the U2000, the NPO2E board slot
is displayed as IU3.)
Table 19-64 lists the valid slots for the NPO2E board when it works alone. For the valid slots
for the NPO2E board when it works with an ENQ2 board in a PID group, see ENQ2 Valid
Slots.
Table 19-64 Valid slots for the NPO2E board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
IU3, IU7, IU13, IU17, IU21, IU25, IU29, IU33, IU37, IU41,
IU47, IU51, IU55, IU59, IU63, IU67
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
IU3, IU7, IU14, IU18, IU22, IU26, IU31, IU35
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU3, IU7, IU13, IU17

2220
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
NOTE
slot number of the NPO2E board displayed on the NM is the number of the right one of the two occupied slots.
For example, if the NPO2E occupies slots IU2 and IU3, the slot number of the NPO2E displayed on the NM is
IU3.
19.8.8 Characteristic Code of the NPO2E

The characteristic code for the NPO2E consists of six digits, respectively indicating the
frequency values of the first channel and the last channel of optical signals on the WDM side.
Table 19-65 Characteristic code for the NPO2E
Code
Description
Description

signal

WDM side.

signal

WDM side.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN55NPO2E is 600380.

l
is 193.80 THz.


Table 19-66 Mapping between the physical ports on the NPO2E board and the port numbers
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Physical Port
IN/OUT
RI/TO
2
2221
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Physical Port
RO1/TO1
RO2/TO2
NOTE
Logical Ports
The NPO2E board can work only in standard mode. Figure 19-64 shows the port diagram.
NOTE
Mode.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2222
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-64 Diagram of ports on the NPO2E
12xODU2/
12XODU2e
ODU2:1
OCH:1
ODU2:1
OCH:12
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:(1-12)-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)
ODU1:1
ODU2:1
OCH:1
ODU2:1
OCH:12
ODU1:4
48xODU1
ODU1:1
IN/OUT
ODU1:4
ODU0:1
ODU1:1
ODU0:2
ODU0:1
96xODU0
ODU2:1
OCH:1
ODU2:1
OCH:12
ODU1:4
ODU0:2
ODU0:1
ODU0:2
ODU0:1
ODU1:1
ODU1:4
ODU0:2
ODU1 mapping path
Multiplexing module
ODU2 mapping path
Cross-connection that must be configured on the NMS to

receive ODUk signals from other boards
ODU0 mapping path
NOTE
The OCH:9 to OCH:12 optical channels only receive the signals coming from the TN54ENQ2 board.
The NPO2E board's OCH:5 to OCH:8 optical channels are available only when the board works with the
TN54PQ2 service processing board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2223
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Table 19-67 Description of ports on the NPO2E

Port Name
Description
(14)-ODU0:(12)

backplane.
(14)

backplane.
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:(112)

ODU2E signals that are received through the
backplane.
1(IN/OUT)

l
The
side.
The
NOTE
The NPO2E board can work only in standard mode. For information about the standard and compatible modes,
see 12.2.3 Standard Mode and Compatible Mode.
In the cross-connection diagram, "ClientLP" and "ODUkLP" are internal logical ports on the board in compatible
mode, and "1(IN/OUT)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2)" is the signal mapping path of the board in
standard mode.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2224
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-65 Diagram of cross-connections of the NPO2E (ODU0 level)

Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
Tributary board
(compatible mode)
Tributary board
(standard mode)
WDM side
NPO2E board
2
WDM side
Line/PID board
(compatible mode)
Line/PID board
(standard mode)
side of the NPO2E
side of the NPO2E
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2225
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
Tributary board
(compatible mode)
Tributary board
(standard mode)
WDM side
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:1--ODU2:1-ODU1:2
NPO2E board
WDM side
Line/PID board
(compatible mode)
Line/PID board
(standard mode)

side of the NPO2E
side of the NPO2E
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2226
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

Client side
Tributary board
(compatible mode)
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
Tributary board
(standard mode)
WDM side
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:1
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:2
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:7
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:8
NPO2E board
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:9
2
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:12
WDM side
Line/PID board
(compatible mode)
Line/PID board
(standard mode)
side of the NPO2E
side of the NPO2E
Cross-Connections Between the NPO2E and ENQ2

Figure 19-68 shows the created cross-connections between the NPO2E and ENQ2.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2227
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-68 Diagram of cross-connections between the NPO2E and ENQ2

WDM side
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:9
ENQ2 board
1(IN/OUT)--OCH:10
(standard
mode)
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:11
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:12
WDM side
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:12
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:9
NPO2E board
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:8
(standard
mode)
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:1
The cross-connections between the NPO2E and ENQ2,

which does not need to be configured on the NMS
Example of Service Cross-Connections

Figure 19-69 shows an example of service cross-connections on the NPO2E board. One board
can transmit a hybrid of ODU0, ODU1, and ODU2/ODU2e signals.
Figure 19-69 Example of service cross-connections on the NPO2E board
ODU0
TOM
TOM
ODU0
ODU1
TN55
NS2
ODU1 NPO2E
ODU1
IN/OUT
ODU2/
TDX/ ODU2e
ND2

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2228
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
For parameters of the NPO2E, refer to Table 19-68.

Table 19-68 NPO2E parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

channel of a board.
moment.
Channel Loopback
Outloop
Laser Status
Off, On
Default: On

more information.
FEC Working State
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2229
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Field
Value
Description
FEC Mode
FEC, AFEC

Default: FEC

Enabled.
AFEC Grade
1, 2, 3
Default: 3

stronger error correction capability and
Band Type
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Tunable Wavelength
Range

Planned Wavelength
Frequency (THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.10
0

board.
l CWDM:
11/1471.00/208.17
0 to
18/1611.00/188.78
0

information.
NOTE
Default: /
Planned Band Type
C, CWDM
Default: C

wavelength.
NOTE
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

to Disabled.

2230
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Field
Value
Description
Line Rate
Standard Mode,
Speedup Mode

Default: Standard
Mode
PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled

commissioning.
19.8.12 NPO2E Specifications

consumption.
Board
WDM-Side Pluggable
Optical Module
TN55NP
O2E
N/A
NOTE
point.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2231
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Specifications of Optical Modules on the DWDM Side

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module
Type
Line code format
Value
800 ps/nm-PID-NRZPIN (40 km)
1500 ps/nm-PID-NRZPIN (80 km)
NRZ
NRZ

Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.05
192.10 to 196.05
Maximum mean
launched power
(single wavelength)
dBm
+2
+2
Minimum mean
launched power
(single wavelength)
dBm
-4
-6.5
Minimum extinction
ratio
dB
Center frequency
deviation
GHz
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width
nm
0.8
0.8
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
30
ps/nm
800
1500
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
PIN
Operating
wavelength range
nm
1200 to 1650
1200 to 1650
(FEC enabled) EOL
(single wavelength)
dBm
-15
-12
Minimum receiver
overload (single
wavelength)
dBm
Maximum
reflectance
dB
-27
-27

2232
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Table 19-70 Specifications of the red and blue band filters on the TN55NPO2E board
Item
Unit
Value
Working wavelength in the C

band
nm
1528 to 1561
Working wavelength in the blue

band (T01/R01)
THz
196.0 to 193.8
Working wavelength in the red

band (T02/R02)
THz
193.6 to 191.4
Demultiplexing loss (RI->T01,

RI->T02)
dB
<= 1
Multiplexing loss (R01>T0,

R02->T0)
dB
<= 1
Isolation between red and blue

bands
dB
>= 13
TN55NPO2E:
l
(8.7 in.)
TN54PQ2:
l
Dimensions of front panel (H x W x D): 57 mm (2.24 in.) x 24.5 mm (0.96 in.) x 68 mm

(2.69 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN55NPO2E
143
157.3
TN54PQ2
1.1
1.2
19.9 NPS4
NPS4: 1x100G PID Line Service Processing Board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2233
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

The available functional version of the NPS4 board is TN54.

Huawei office.
B
o
ar
d
Initial
Versi
on
Gener
al
8800
T64
Subra
ck
Enhan
ced
8800
T64
Subra
ck
Gener
al
8800
T32
Subra
ck
Enhan
ced
8800
T32
Subra
ck
8800
T16
Subra
ck
8800
Unive
rsal
Platfo
rm
Subra
ck
6800
Subra
ck
3800
Chass
is
T
N
54
N
P
S
4
V100R
009C1
0
NOTE
l When the NPS4 board works in the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack, the TNK2USXH+TNK2UXCT
boards must be configured.
l When the NPS4 board works in the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, the TN52UXCH/
TN52UXCM board must be configured.
l When the NPS4 board works in the OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack, the TN16UXCM board must be
configured.
Type
The TN54NPS4 board has only one type: TN54NPS402.
Each NPS4 board transmits one OTU4 signal using four wavelengths. The following table lists
the wavelengths used by the boards.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Wavelength No.
Wavelength (nm)
Frequency (THz)
58
1551.72
193.20
60
1552.52
193.10
62
1553.33
193.00
64
1554.13
192.90

2234
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board


Hardware Update
Added the TN54NPS4 board.
l The TN54NPS4 board is a 100G PID board that

occupies only one slot.
l It must work with the NPS4E board in a 200G system.
19.9.3 Application
The NPS4 board is a PID board that performs the following 100G conversions: 80 x ODU0/80
x ODUflex/40 x ODU1/10 x ODU2/10 x ODU2e/2 x ODU3/1 x ODU4<->1 x OTU4. The OTU4
signal is an optical signal carried over an ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM wavelength. The
NPS4 board supports hybrid transmission of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, ODU2e, ODUflex, and
ODU3 signals.
As shown inFigure 19-70, the NPS4 and NPS4E boards can be used together to implement 200G
service access,
l
The NPS4E and NPS4 boards implement the O/E and E/O conversions of 100G signals
separately. That is, the NPS4E board outputs one multiplexed OTU4 optical signal over
four wavelengths, and the NPS4 board outputs one multiplexed OTU4 optical signal over
four wavelengths.
The NPS4E board receives one OTU4 optical signal from the NPS4 board and converts its
own OTU4 optical signal and the received OTU4 optical signal into one multiplexed optical
signal. The multiplexed optical signal contains two OTU4 optical signals over eight
wavelengths.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2235
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-70 NPS4 used for a 200G system

80xODU0/40xODU1/
10xODU2/10xODU2e/
2xODU3/1xODU4/
80xODUflex
200G
OUT
N
P
S
4
E
Tributary/line
IN
8x?
OBU
IN
OBU
N
P
S
4
E
8x?
OUT
R01
T01
R01
T01
4x?
4x?
4x?
4x?
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
N
P
S
4
80xODU0/40xODU1/
10xODU2/10xODU2e/
2xODU3/1xODU4/
80xODUflex
Tributary/line
80xODU0/40xODU1/
10xODU2/10xODU2e/
2xODU3/1xODU4/
80xODUflex
N
P
S
4
80xODU0/40xODU1/
10xODU2/10xODU2e/
2xODU3/1xODU4/
80xODUflex
NOTE
l SSMF fiber
l Fiber length 20 km: TN13OBU1P3 is optional at the receive end and no OA board is required at the
transmit end.
l 20 km < Fiber length 40 km: TN14OBU2P3 must be configured at the receive end and no OA board
is required at the transmit end.
l 40 km < Fiber length 60 km: TN13OBU1P3 must be configured at the receive end and TN13OBU2P3
l LEAF fiber
l Fiber length 65km: TN13OBU1P3 is optional at the receive end and no OA board is required at the
transmit end.
l 65 km < Fiber length 80km: TN14OBU2P3 must be configured at the receive end and no OA board

The NPS4 provides functions and features such as OTN interfaces and ESC.
Table 19-71 provides the details about the functions and features of the NPS4.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2236
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Table 19-71 Functions and features of the NPS4

Functi
on and
Feature
Description
Basic
function
l 80xODU0/80xODUflex/40xODU1/10xODU2/10xODU2e/
l Supports mixed transmission of ODU0, ODU1, ODUflex, ODU2, ODU2e, and
ODU3 signals.
l Outputs one multiplexed OTU4 optical signal over four wavelengths to the
NPS4E board. The NPS4E board then converts the received multiplexed OTU4
optical signal and its own multiplexed OTU4 optical signal over four
wavelengths into one multiplexed optical signal.
Crossconnect
capabili
ties
Supports the cross-connection of 80 channels of ODU0/ODUflex signals or 40

channels of ODU1 signals or ten channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals or two
channels of ODU3 signals or one channel of ODU4 signals between the NPS4 and
the cross-connect board.
OTN
function
l ODUk (k=0, 1, 2, 3, 4, flex) layer: supports the PM and TCM function, and
PM and TCM non-intrusive monitoring functions.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
WDM
specific
ation
ESC
function
Supported
PRBS
test
function
LPT
function
Not supported
FEC
coding
Alarms
and
perform
ance
events
monitor
ing
NOTE
l Monitors the laser bias current, laser operating temperature, and singlewavelength optical power.

2237
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
19 PID Board
Functi
on and
Feature
Description
IEEE
1588v2
Supports the BC and OC modes, but not the TC and TC+OC modes.
Physical
clock
Supported
Opticallayer
ASON
Not supported
Electric
al-layer
ASON
Supported
Protecti
on
scheme
Loopba
ck
WDM
side
Loopbac
k
ODU0
Channel
Loopbac
k
ODU1
Channel
Loopbac
k
ODU2
Channel
Loopbac
k
ODU3
Channel
Loopbac
k
ODUflex Channel
Loopback
Supporte
d
Supporte
d
Supporte
d
Supporte
d
Supporte
d
Supported

2238
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Functi
on and
Feature
Description
Protocol
s or
standard
s
complia
nce
Protocols
or
standards
for
transpare
nt
transmiss
ion (nonperforma
nce
monitori
ng)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
IEEE 802.3ae
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
INTERFACE (FC-PH)
Television Systems
(ASI)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2239
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Functi
on and
Feature
19 PID Board
Description
Protocols
or
standards
for
service
processin
g
(perform
ance
monitori
ng)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The NPS4 board consists of the signal processing module, PID optical module, control and
communication module, IEEE 1588v2 module and power supply module.
Figure 19-71 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the NPS4.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2240
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-71 Functional modules and signal flow of the NPS4

80XODU0/80XODUflex/
40XODU1/10XODU2/
10XODU2e/2XODU3/
1XODU4
1588
Cross-connect
module
PID
module
OTN
processing
module
OUT(4x? )
IN(4x? )
Signal processing
module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Required voltage
Power supply
module
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the NPS4 board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the backplane of the NPS4 to the WDM side
of the NPS4, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
The signal processing module receives ODUk electrical signals sent from the crossconnection board through the backplane. The module performs operations such as OTN
framing, and encoding of FEC. Then the module outputs one channel of OTU4 signals to
the PID module. The PID module integrates the OTU4 signals into one optical signal and
uses the "OUT" port to output one multiplexed OTU4 optical signal over four wavelengths
to the WDM side.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2241
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Receive directions
The PID module uses the "IN" port to receive one multiplexed OTU4 optical signal over
four wavelengths from the WDM side and performs O/E conversion to generate one OTU4
electrical signal. The OTU4 signal is transmitted to the signal processing module. Then,
the signal processing module performs OTU4 framing, and FEC decoding for the signals.
Finally, the signal processing module outputs ODUk electrical signals. The electrical
signals are cross-connected to other boards through the backplane.
Module Function
l
PID module
WDM-side receiver: demultiplexes one multiplexed optical signal on the WDM side
into optical signals over four wavelengths and performs O/E conversion.
WDM-side transmitter: performs E/O conversion on internal OTU4 signals and
multiplexes optical signals over four wavelengths into one multiplexed OTU4 optical
signal.

Implements the grooming of electrical signals between the NPS4 and the cross-connect
ODU2e/ODU3/ODU4/ODUflex signals.
and decoding.
1588 module
the STG board.

the CPU.
Power supply module

on the board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2242
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
19.9.6 Front Panel

There are four indicators, optical interfaces, laser level label on the front panel of the NPS4.

Figure 19-72 shows the front panel of the TN54NPS4.
Figure 19-72 Front panel of the TN54NPS4
Indicators
There are four indicators on the TN54NPS4 panel.
l
Interfaces
Table 19-72 Types and functions of the TN54NPS4 interfaces
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC

from the NPS4E board(4 wavelengths are
multiplexed).
OUT
LC

to the NPS4 board(4 wavelengths are multiplexed).
Laser Hazard Level

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2243
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
19.9.7 Valid Slots

The NPS4 occupies one slot.
NOTE
l The NPS4 must work with the NPS4E board in a 200G system.
l When the TN13OBU1P3/TN14OBU2P3 board is required at the receive end of the NPS4E board, you are
advised to insert the TN13OBU1P3/TN14OBU2P3 board in the adjacent slot on the left of the NPS4E board.
l When the NPS4E and NPS4 boards are used in a 200G system, you are advised to insert the NPS4 board in
the adjacent slot on the right of the NPS4E board.
Table 19-73 lists the valid slots for the NPS4 board used in the 200G system.
Table 19-73 Valid slots for the NPS4 board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN Enhanced

8800 T64 subrack
IU1 to IU8, IU11 to IU42, IU45 to IU68
OptiX OSN Enhanced

8800 T32 subrack
OptiX OSN
Enhanced8800 T16
subrack
IU1 to IU8, IU11 to IU18


Table 19-74 Mapping between the physical ports on the NPS4 board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN/OUT
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2244
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Logical Ports
Figure 19-73 shows the logical Ports of the NPS4 board. Table 19-75 describes the meaning of
each port.
Figure 19-73 Diagram of ports on the NPS4
Backplane
1(IN1/OUT1)-Och:(1-4)
1xODU4
OCh:1
ODU4
ODU3:1
2xODU3
ODU4:1
OCh:1
ODU3:2
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU4:1-ODU2:(1-10)
ODU2:1
ODU4:1
10xODU2/
10xODU2e
OCh:1
ODU2:10
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU4:1-ODU1:(1-40)
Tributary/line
ODU1:1
ODU4:1
40xODU1
OCh:1
1(IN1/OUT1)
ODU1:40
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU4:1-ODU0:(1-80)
ODU0:1
ODU4:1
80xODU0
OCh:1
ODU0:80
ODUflex:1
ODU4:1
80xODUflex
OCh:1
ODUflex:80
ODU1 mapping path
ODU0 mapping path
ODU4 mapping path
ODU3 mapping path

ODU2 mapping path
Table 19-75 Description of ports on the NPS4
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Port Name
Description
1(IN1/OUT1)

2245
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Port Name
Description
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:(14)

backplane.
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU4:1-ODU3:(1
2)

backplane.
10)

backplane.
40)

backplane.
80)

backplane.
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU4:1-ODUflex:
(180)
Indicates the mapping path for the ODUflex

backplane.

For parameters of the NPS4, refer to Table 19-76.
Table 19-76 NPS4 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2246
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Field
Value
Description
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused

channel of a board.
Default: Used

moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Channel Loopback
Outloop
Laser Status
Off, On
Default: On

more information.
FEC Working State
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

FEC Mode
FEC
Default: FEC

optical interface.
Enabled.
Band Type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2247
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Field
Value
Description
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Planned Wavelength
Frequency (THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.10
0

board.
Default: /
Planned Band Type
C
Default: C

information.
wavelength.
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
l Disabled, GCC1
+GCC2 Enabled,
Only GCC1
Enabled, Only
GCC2 Enabled
l Default: Disabled

overhead.
Line Rate
Standard Mode,
Speedup Mode
Default: Standard
Mode
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)


2248
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Field
Value
Description
PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled

Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
ODUflex Tolerance
(ppm)
0 to 100
Default: Disabled
Default: 100

commissioning.
NOTE
set it to 100.
19.9.10 NPS4 Specifications

consumption.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
WDM-Side Pluggable
Optical Module
TN54NP
S4
1400ps/nm-PID-NRZ-PIN
N/A

2249
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
NOTE
point.

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type

Line code format
Value
NRZ

Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.05

dBm

dBm
-3
dB
GHz
10
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
1400
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561

wavelength)
dBm
-12

(single wavelength)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27

2250
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN54NPS4
81
89
19.10 NPS4E
NPS4E: 1x100G PID Line Service Processing Board, Extended

The available functional version of the NPS4E board is TN54.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N5
4N
PS
4E

2251
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
NOTE
l When the NPS4E board works in the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack, the TNK2USXH
+TNK2UXCT boards must be configured.
l When the NPS4E board works in the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, the TN52UXCH/
TN52UXCM board must be configured.
l When the NPS4E board works in the OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack, the TN16UXCM board must be
configured.
Type
The TN54NPS4E board has only one type: TN54NPS4E01.
Each NPS4E board transmits one OTU4 signal using four wavelengths. The following table lists
the wavelengths used by the boards.
Wavelength No.
Wavelength (nm)
Frequency (THz)
50
1548.51
193.60
52
1549.32
193.50
54
1550.12
193.40
56
1550.92
193.30


Hardware Update
Added the TN54NPS4E board.
l The TN54NPS4E board is a 100G PID board that

occupies only one slot.
l It can be independently used in a 100G system or work
with the NPS4 board in a 200G system.
19.10.3 Application
The NPS4E board is a PID board that performs the following 100G conversions: 80 x ODU0/80
x ODUflex/40 x ODU1/10 x ODU2/10 x ODU2e/2 x ODU3/1 x ODU4<->1 x OTU4. The OTU4
signal is an optical signal carried over an ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM wavelength. The
NPS4E board supports hybrid transmission of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, ODU2e, ODUflex, and
ODU3 signals. It also supports multiplexing and demultiplexing of two optical signals. That is,
the NPS4E board converts its own multiplexed OTU4 optical signal over four wavelengths and
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2252
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
one multiplexed OTU4 optical signal received from the NPS4 board into one multiplexed optical
signal.
Application Scenario 1: NPS4E Used for a 100G System

The NPS4E board can be independently used in a 100G system to implement 100G service
access, as shown in Figure 19-74.
Figure 19-74 NPS4E used for a 100G system
100G
N
P
S
4
E
Tributary/line
80xODU0/40xODU1/
10xODU2/10xODU2e/
2xODU3/1xODU4/
80xODUflex
OUT 4x
OBU
IN
OBU
IN
4x
OUT
N
P
S
4
E
Tributary/line
80xODU0/40xODU1/
10xODU2/10xODU2e/
2xODU3/1xODU4/
80xODUflex
NOTE
When an NPS4E board applies to a 100G system, the T01 and R01 ports cannot be directly connected.
NOTE
l SSMF fiber
transmit end.
l LEAF fiber
transmit end.
Application Scenario 2: NPS4E+NPS4 Used for a 200G System

The NPS4E and NPS4 boards can be used together to implement 200G service access, as shown
in Figure 19-75.
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
The NPS4E and NPS4 boards implement the O/E and E/O conversions of 100G signals
separately. That is, the NPS4E board outputs one multiplexed OTU4 optical signal over
2253
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
four wavelengths, and the NPS4 board outputs one multiplexed OTU4 optical signal over
four wavelengths.
l
The NPS4E board receives one OTU4 optical signal from the NPS4 board and converts its
own OTU4 optical signal and the received OTU4 optical signal into one multiplexed optical
signal. The multiplexed optical signal contains two OTU4 optical signals over eight
wavelengths.
Figure 19-75 NPS4E+NPS4 used for a 200G system

80xODU0/40xODU1/
10xODU2/10xODU2e/
2xODU3/1xODU4/
80xODUflex
200G
OUT
N
P
S
4
E
Tributary/line
IN
8x?
OBU
IN
OBU
N
P
S
4
E
8x?
OUT
R01
T01
R01
T01
4x?
4x?
4x?
4x?
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
N
P
S
4
80xODU0/40xODU1/
10xODU2/10xODU2e/
2xODU3/1xODU4/
80xODUflex
Tributary/line
80xODU0/40xODU1/
10xODU2/10xODU2e/
2xODU3/1xODU4/
80xODUflex
N
P
S
4
80xODU0/40xODU1/
10xODU2/10xODU2e/
2xODU3/1xODU4/
80xODUflex
NOTE
l SSMF fiber
transmit end.
l LEAF fiber
transmit end.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2254
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

The NPS4E provides functions and features such as OTN interfaces and ESC.
Table 19-78 provides the details about the functions and features of the NPS4E.
Table 19-78 Functions and features of the NPS4E
Functi
on and
Feature
Description
Basic
function
l 80xODU0/80xODUflex/40xODU1/10xODU2/10xODU2e/
l Supports mixed transmission of ODU0, ODU1, ODUflex, ODU2, ODU2e, and
ODU3 signals.
l Multiplexes and demultiplexes two optical signals. That is, the NPS4E board
receives one multiplexed OTU4 optical signal over four wavelengths from the
NPS4 board and converts its own multiplexed OTU4 optical signal over four
wavelengths and the received multiplexed OTU4 optical signal into one
multiplexed optical signal.
Crossconnect
capabili
ties
Supports the cross-connection of 80 channels of ODU0/ODUflex signals or 40

channels of ODU1 signals or ten channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals or two
channels of ODU3 signals or one channel of ODU4 signals between the NPS4E
OTN
function
l ODUk (k=0, 1, 2, 3, 4, flex) layer: supports the PM and TCM function, and
PM and TCM non-intrusive monitoring functions.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
WDM
specific
ation
ESC
function
Supported
PRBS
test
function
LPT
function
Not supported
FEC
coding

NOTE

2255
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
19 PID Board
Functi
on and
Feature
Description
Alarms
and
perform
ance
events
monitor
ing
IEEE
1588v2
Supports the BC and OC modes, but not the TC and TC+OC modes.
Physical
clock
Supported
Opticallayer
ASON
Not supported
Electric
al-layer
ASON
Supported
Protecti
on
scheme
Loopba
ck
WDM
side
Loopbac
k
ODU0
Channel
Loopbac
k
ODU1
Channel
Loopbac
k
ODU2
Channel
Loopbac
k
ODU3
Channel
Loopbac
k
ODUflex Channel
Loopback
Supporte
d
Supporte
d
Supporte
d
Supporte
d
Supporte
d
Supported
l Monitors the laser bias current, laser operating temperature, and singlewavelength optical power.

2256
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Functi
on and
Feature
Description
Protocol
s or
standard
s
complia
nce
Protocols
or
standards
for
transpare
nt
transmiss
ion (nonperforma
nce
monitori
ng)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
IEEE 802.3ae
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
INTERFACE (FC-PH)
Television Systems
(ASI)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2257
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Functi
on and
Feature
19 PID Board
Description
Protocols
or
standards
for
service
processin
g
(perform
ance
monitori
ng)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The NPS4E board consists of the signal processing module, PID optical module, control and
communication module, IEEE 1588v2 module and power supply module.
Figure 19-76 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the NPS4E.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2258
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-76 Functional modules and signal flow of the NPS4E

80XODU0/80XODUflex/
40XODU1/10XODU2/
10XODU2e/2XODU3/
1XODU4
1588
OUT(4x?)
IN(4x?)
PID
module
OTN
Cross-connect processing
module
module
T01(4x?)
R01(4x?)
Signal processing
module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Required voltage
Power supply
module
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the NPS4E board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the backplane of the NPS4E to the WDM side
of the NPS4E, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l
Transmit direction
In a 100G system:
framing, and encoding of FEC. Then the module outputs one channel of OTU4 signals
to the PID module. The PID module integrates the OTU4 signals into one optical signal
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2259
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
and uses the "OUT" port to output one multiplexed OTU4 optical signal over four
wavelengths to the WDM side.
In a 200G system:
framing, and encoding of FEC. Then the module outputs one channel of OTU4 signals
to the PID module. The PID module converts one OTU4 electrical signal output by the
NPS4E board into one multiplexed OTU4 optical signal over four wavelengths and uses
the "R01" port to receive the multiplexed OTU4 optical signal over four wavelengths
from the NPS4 board. The PID module then integrates the two OTU4 signals into one
multiplexed optical signal and uses the "OUT" port to output it to the WDM side.
l
Receive directions
In a 100G system:
The PID module uses the "IN" port to receive one multiplexed OTU4 optical signal over
four wavelengths from the WDM side and performs O/E conversion to generate one
OTU4 electrical signal. The OTU4 signal is transmitted to the signal processing module.
Then, the signal processing module performs OTU4 framing, and FEC decoding for the
signals. Finally, the signal processing module outputs ODUk electrical signals. The
electrical signals are cross-connected to other boards through the backplane.
In a 200G system:
The PID module uses the "IN" port to receive one multiplexed optical signal from the
WDM side and demultiplexes it into two multiplexed OTU4 optical signals. Each of
the two OTU4 optical signals has four wavelengths. The PID module uses the "T01"
port to output one multiplexed OTU4 optical signal to the NPS4 board and performs O/
E conversion on the other multiplexed OTU4 optical signal to generate one OTU4
electrical signal. The OTU4 signal is transmitted to the signal processing module. Then,
the signal processing module performs OTU4 framing, and FEC decoding for the
signals. Finally, the signal processing module outputs ODUk electrical signals. The
electrical signals are cross-connected to other boards through the backplane.
Module Function
l
PID module
WDM-side receiver: demultiplexes one multiplexed optical signal from the WDM side
into two multiplexed OTU4 optical signals. Each of the two OTU4 optical signals has
four wavelengths. It also performs O/E conversion on one multiplexed OTU4 optical
signal.
WDM-side transmitter: performs E/O conversion on one OTU4 electrical signal and
integrates two multiplexed OTU4 optical signals (each of them has four wavelengths)
into one multiplexed optical signal.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2260
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Implements the grooming of electrical signals between the NPS4E and the cross-connect
ODU2e/ODU3/ODU4/ODUflex signals.
and decoding.
l
1588 module
the STG board.

the CPU.
Power supply module

on the board.
19.10.6 Front Panel

There are four indicators, optical interfaces and laser level label on the front panel of the NPS4E.

Figure 19-77 shows the front panel of the TN54NPS4E.
Figure 19-77 Front panel of the TN54NPS4E
Indicators
There are four indicators on the TN54NPS4E panel.
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2261
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Interfaces
Table 19-79 Types and functions of the TN54NPS4E interfaces
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC
Receives one channel optical signals that are output by

the line-side multiplexed optical signals.
OUT
LC
Transmits multiplexed optical signals to the line side.
R01
LC

from the NPS4 board(4 wavelengths are multiplexed).
T01
LC

to the NPS4 board(4 wavelengths are multiplexed).
NOTE
When an NPS4E board applies to a 100G system, the T01 and R01 ports cannot be directly connected.
Laser Hazard Level

19.10.7 Valid Slots

The NPS4E occupies one slot.
NOTE
l When an OA board is also required, ensure that the NPS4E board and OA board are configured on the same
NE.
l When the TN13OBU1P3/TN14OBU2P3 board is required at the receive end of the NPS4E board, you are
advised to insert the TN13OBU1P3/TN14OBU2P3 board in the adjacent slot on the left of the NPS4E board.
l When the NPS4E and NPS4 boards are used in a 200G system, you are advised to insert the NPS4 board in
the adjacent slot on the right of the NPS4E board.
Table 19-80 lists the valid slots for the NPS4E board used in the 100G system that has no OA
board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2262
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Table 19-80 Valid slots for the NPS4E board

Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN Enhanced

8800 T64 subrack
OptiX OSN Enhanced

8800 T32 subrack
OptiX OSN
Enhanced8800 T16
subrack
IU1 to IU8, IU11 to IU18


Table 19-81 Mapping between the physical ports on the NPS4E board and the port numbers
Physical Port
IN/OUT
T01/R01
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 19-78 shows the logical Ports of the NPS4E board. Table 19-82 describes the meaning
of each port.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2263
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Figure 19-78 Diagram of ports on the NPS4E

backplane
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:(1-4)
1xODU4
OCh:1
ODU4
ODU3:1
2xODU3
ODU4:1
OCh:1
ODU3:2
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU4:1-ODU2:(1-10)
ODU2:1
ODU4:1
Tributary/line
10xODU2/
10xODU2e
OCh:1
ODU2:10
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU4:1-ODU1:(1-40)
ODU1:1
ODU4:1
40xODU1
OCh:1
1(IN1/OUT1)
ODU1:40
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU4:1-ODU0:(1-80)
ODU0:1
ODU4:1
80xODU0
OCh:1
ODU0:80
ODUflex:1
ODU4:1
80xODUflex
OCh:1
ODUflex:80
1xOTU4
R01/T01
ODU1 mapping path
ODU0 mapping path
ODU4 mapping path
ODU3 mapping path

ODU2 mapping path
Table 19-82 Description of ports on the NPS4E
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Port Name
Description
1(IN1/OUT1)
2(T01/R01)
Indicates the port used for connecting to an

NPS4 board.
2264
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Port Name
Description
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:(14)

backplane.
2)

backplane.
10)

backplane.
40)

backplane.
80)

backplane.
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU4:1-ODUflex:
(180)
Indicates the mapping path for the ODUflex

backplane.

For parameters of the NPS4E, refer to Table 19-83.
Table 19-83 NPS4 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2265
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Field
Value
Description
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused

channel of a board.
Default: Used

moment.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Outloop

Channel Loopback
Outloop
Laser Status
Off, On
Default: On

more information.
FEC Working State
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled

FEC Mode
FEC
Default: FEC

optical interface.
Enabled.
Band Type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2266
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Field
Value
Description
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Planned Wavelength
Frequency (THz)
l C:
1/1529.16/196.050
to
80/1560.61/192.10
0

board.
Default: /
Planned Band Type
C
Default: C

information.
wavelength.
OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
l Disabled, GCC1
+GCC2 Enabled,
Only GCC1
Enabled, Only
GCC2 Enabled
l Default: Disabled

overhead.
Line Rate
Standard Mode,
Speedup Mode
Default: Standard
Mode
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)


2267
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Field
Value
Description
PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled

Default: Disabled

are interrupted.
the PRBS test.
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled
ODUflex Tolerance
(ppm)
0 to 100
Default: Disabled
Default: 100

commissioning.
NOTE
set it to 100.
PID Adjust State
Init, Working, Failed,

Finshed, Disabled
Queries the PID adjust state.
Default: Init
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2268
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Field
Value
Description
PID Adjust Enable
Enable, Disable
When PID Adjust Enable is set to

Enable, if the value of Optical
Interface Attenuation Ratio (dB) for
the TN13OBU1P3/TN14OBU2P3
board is manually changed, PID
automatic commissioning may be
triggered, and the system automatically
adjusts the value of Optical Interface
Attenuation Ratio (dB) so that the
optical power reaches the optimal value.
Default: Enable
When PID Adjust Enable is set to

Disable, PID automatic commissioning
will not be triggered after the value of
Optical Interface Attenuation Ratio
(dB) for the TN13OBU1P3/
TN14OBU2P3 board is manually
changed.
PID Adjust Enable is set to Enable by
default. Do not manually change the
value of Optical Interface Attenuation
Ratio (dB) for the TN13OBU1P3/
TN14OBU2P3 board.
19.10.10 NPS4E Specifications

consumption.
Board
TN54NPS4E
NOTE
point.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2269
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board

Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type

Line code format
Value
NRZ

Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.05

dBm

dBm
-3
dB
GHz
10
nm
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
35
ps/nm
1400
IL(R01>OUT)
dB
1.5

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1561

wavelength)
dBm
-12

(single wavelength)
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
IL(IN->T01)
dB
1.5
l
(8.7 in.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2270
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19 PID Board
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN54NPS4E
81
89
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2271
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
20
Submarine Board
About This Chapter

20.1 Overview
Submarine cable boards meet the requirements for applications in submarine cable systems.
20.2 NS4
20.3 OBU1
OBU1: Optical Booster Unit
20.4 WSD9
WSD9: 9-port flexible wavelength selective demultiplexing board
20.5 WSM9
WSM9: 9-port wavelength selective multiplexing board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2272
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
20.1 Overview
Submarine cable boards meet the requirements for applications in submarine cable systems.
Main Functions
For detailed functions, refer to Table 20-1
Table 20-1 Main functions of the Submarine cable boards
Board
Function
TN96NS4
Converts signals as follows:80 x ODU0/80 x ODUflex/40 x ODU1/10 x

ODU2/10 x ODU2e/2 x ODU3/1 x ODU4<->1 x OTU4.
TN96OBU1
Amplifies the input optical signals in C band. The total wavelengths range from
1529 nm to 1561 nm.
TN96WSD9
Dynamically drops any wavelengths to any ports. The board can route any
wavelength combination to any port of DM1 to DM9.
TN96WSM9
Adds any wavelengths from any directions through any port of AM1 to AM9 and
outputs the wavelengths through the OUT port.
20.2 NS4

The available functional version of the NS4 board is TN96.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2273
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
B
oa
rd
Initial
Version
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subra
ck
3800
Chass
is
T
N
96
N
S4
V100R0
09C10
NOTE
l In the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack, enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, and OptiX OSN
8800 T16 subrack, the board can work either in line mode or relay mode.When the board works in line mode,
the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack must use the USXH+UXCT boards and the enhanced OptiX
OSN 8800 T32 subrack must use the UXCH/UXCM board and the OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack must use
the TN16UXCM board.
l In the general OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack ,general OptiX OSN 8800 T32,and OptiX OSN 8800 universal
platform subrack, the board can work only in relay mode.
l When you add a TN96NS4 board on the NMS, select 96NS4(EXT) to differentiate this TN96NS4 board
from the TN96NS4 boards of other products.
Variants
Varia
nt
FEC Encoding
T31
150000ps/nm-Extend C Band-Tunable Wavelength-PDM-QPSK(SDFEC2,

wDCM-Enhanced)-PIN
SDFEC2

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2274
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board

Hardware Update
The TN96NS4 board is a 100 Gbit/s coherent line board

that applies mainly to submarine cable systems and
performs conversions between 80 x ODU0, 80 x ODUflex,
40 x ODU1, 10 x ODU2, 10 x ODU2e, 2 x ODU3, or 1 x
ODU4 signal and 1 x OTU4 signal over an ITU-Tcompliant WDM wavelength.
20.2.3 Application
The NS4 board uses coherent receive technology. Therefore, the board is intended for coherent
systems.The TN96NS4 board uses the single-carrier module on the WDM side,and only provides
the IN/OUT ports.
As a type of line board, the NS4 board converts 80xODU0, 40xODU1, 10xODU2, 10xODU2e,
2xODU3, 1xODU4, or 80xODUflex into one ITU-T G.694.1 OTU4 signal. The board supports
hybrid transmission of the ODU0 service, ODU1 service, ODU2/ODU2e service, ODU3 service
and the ODUflex service.

Figure 20-1 Position of the NS4 board in the submarine system (application scenario 1)
80xODU0
80xODU0
NS4
NS4
1
TOA
TOA
8
10
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
1
TOA
TOA
8
80xODU0
M
U
X IN
/
D OUT
M
U
X
1ODU4
M
U
OUT
X
/
IN D
M
U
X
1OTU4
1OTU4
1ODU4
80xODU0
10

2275
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the board must be set to Line Mode.
TN96NS4:This application scenario is supported when the 96NS4(EXT) board is added on the NMS.
Application scenario 2 of the NS4 board: conversion between 80 channels of

ODUflex signals and one channel of OTU4 signals
80xODUflex
80xODUflex
NS4
NS4
1
TEM28
TEM28
10
1
TEM28
TEM28
80xODUflex
M
U
X IN
/
D OUT
M
U
X
1ODU4
IN
M
U
X
/
D
M
U
X
1OTU4
1OTU4
OUT
1ODU4
80xODUflex
10
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2276
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board

40xODU1
40xODU1
NS4
NS4
1
TOA
TOA
8
1
TOA
TOA
8
40xODU1
M
U
IN
X
/
D OUT
M
U
X
1ODU4
M
U
OUT
X
/
IN D
M
U
X
1OTU4
1OTU4
1ODU4
40xODU1
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2277
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Application scenario 4 of the NS4 board: conversion between ten channels of

ODU2/ODU2e signals and one channel of OTU4 signals
10xODU2/ODU2e
10xODU2/ODU2e
NS4
NS4
1
1
TQX
TQX
4
10xODU2/ODU2e
M
U
X IN
/
D OUT
M
U
X
1ODU4
M
U
OUT X
/
IN D
M
U
X
1OTU4
1OTU4
TQX
1ODU4
10xODU2/ODU2e
1
TQX
TDX
TDX
NOTE
Application scenario 5 of the NS4 board: conversion between two channels of

ODU3 signals and one channel of OTU4 signals
2xODU3
2xODU3
NS4
NS4
TSXL
2xODU3

TSXL
1ODU4
M
U
X IN
/
D OUT
M
U
X
1OTU4
1OTU4
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
1ODU4
2xODU3
TSXL
M
U
OUT X
/
IN D
M
U
X
TSXL
2278
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
NOTE
Application scenario 6 of the NS4 board: conversion between one channel of ODU4
1xODU4
1xODU4
NS4
NS4
1ODU4
M
U
X IN
/
OUT
D
M
U
X
1OTU4
1OTU4
1ODU4
TSC
M
U
OUT X
/
D
IN
M
U
X
TSC
NOTE
Application scenario 7 of the NS4 board: implement the electrical regeneration of

one channel of OTU4 signal
NS4
1OTU4
1OTU4
DMUX
IN
OUT
MUX
NS4
1OTU4
1OTU4
MUX
OUT
IN
DMUX
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter must be set to Electrical Relay Mode or Optical
Relay Mode. When electrical-layer ASON are enabled, it does not matter whether the Board Mode
parameter is set to Optical Relay Mode or Electrical Relay mode. The parameter must be set to Optical
Relay Mode for the line board in a non-ASON system; otherwise, end-to-end management of ASON
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2279
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board

1xOTU4
TOM
ODU0
ODU1
ODU1
TQX
TSXL
ODUflex
ODU3
ODU1
ODU2/ ODU2/
ODU2e ODU2e
ODUflex ODUflex
ODU3
ODU3
M
U
OUT X
/
IN
D
M
U
X
M
U
X IN
/
OUT
D
M
U
X
ODU0 ODU0
ODU0
ODU1 ODU1
ODU1
ODU2/ ODU2/
ODU2e
ODU2e
ODUflex ODUflex
ODU2e
ODUflex
ODU3 ODU3
ODU3
1ODU4
1OTU4
ND2/ ODU2/
TDX ODU2e
ODU0
1OTU4
1ODU4
TOA
ODU0
NS4
ODU2/
TOM
TOA
ND2/
TDX
TQX
TSXL
NS4
NOTE
The NS4 board can transmit a mixture of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2/ODU2e, ODUflex, and ODU3 signals, the total
bandwidth cannot exceed 100 Gbit/s.

and ESC.
Function and
feature
Description
Basic function

and ODU3 signals.
Cross-connect
capabilities

the NS4 and the cross-connect board.
OTN function

to the ITU-T G.709.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2280
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Function and
feature
Description
WDM
specification
Tunable
wavelength
function
The WDM side optical signals can be carried over wavelengths in the
extended C band.
ESC function
Supported
PRBS function
LPT function
Not supported
FEC coding
Supports SDFEC2 on the WDM side.
TN96NS4:Supports 50 GHz and 37.5 GHz channel spacing designs. A total

of 96 wavelengths can be configured for 50 GHz channel spacing and 128
wavelengths for 37.5 GHz channel spacing.
NOTE
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
Regeneration
board
l The WDM-side signals of the TN96NS4T31 board can be regenerated

by another TN96NS4T31 board.
ALS function
Not supported
Latency
measurement
Supported
Test frame
Not supported
IEEE 1588v2
Not supported
Physical clock
Not supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Electrical-layer
ASON
Supported
Protection
scheme

power of the laser.
l Supports intra-board 1+1 protection (when working with the QCP or

OLP or DCP board).
NOTE
SNCP protection.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2281
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
20 Submarine Board
Function and
feature
Description
Loopback
WDM side
Loopback
ODU0
Channel
Loopbac
k
ODU1
Channel
Loopbac
k
ODU2
Channel
Loopba
ck
ODU3
Channel
Loopbac
k
ODUfle
x
Channel
Loopba
ck
Supported
Supporte
d
Support
ed
Support
ed
Support
ed
Support
ed

2282
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Function and
feature
Description
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
transmission
(nonperformance
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3z
IEEE 802.3ae
IEEE 802.3ba
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
INTERFACES (FC-PI)
(FC-SB-2)
Control (MAC)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2283
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Function and
feature
Description
Protocol (PHY)
Dependent (PDM)
Protocols or
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1
Function
and feature
Description
Basic
function

Regeneratin
g rate
OTN
function

the ITU-T G.709.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2284
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Function
and feature
Description
WDM
specification
Tunable
wavelength
function
The WDM side optical signals can be carried over wavelengths in the
extended C band.
ESC
function
Supported
PRBS
function
Not supported
FEC coding
Supports SDFEC2 on the WDM side.
TN96NS4:Supports 50 GHz and 37.5 GHz channel spacing designs. A total

of 96 wavelengths can be configured for 50 GHz channel spacing and 128
wavelengths for 37.5 GHz channel spacing.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Alarms and
performance
events
monitoring
ALS
function
Not supported
Test frame
Not supported
IEEE
1588v2
Not supported
Physical
clock
Not supported
Optical-layer
ASON
Not supported
Supported
Protection
scheme
Not supported
Protocols or
standards
compliance


power of the laser.

2285
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and feature
20 Submarine Board
Description
monitoring)
ITU-T G.805
ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The NS4 board consists of the WDM-side optical module, OTN processing module, control and

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2286
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Figure 20-9 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN96NS4 board (Line Mode)
WDM side
Cross-connect
module
OTNOTN
processing
processing
module
module
E/O
OUT
O/E
IN
WDM-side
Optical
module
Signal processing
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
l
Transmit direction
The OTN processing module receives ODUk electrical signals sent from the crossconnection board through the backplane.The module performs operations such as OTN
For the TN96NS4 board,The OTU4 signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module. After
performing E/O conversion, the module sends out the OTU4 optical signals at DWDM
standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT optical interface.
Receive direction
For the TN96NS4 board,The WDM-side optical module receives one channel of OTU4
optical signals at DWDM standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through
the IN optical interface. Then, the module performs O/E conversion.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2287
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board

Figure 20-10 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN96NS4 board (Relay Mode)
WDM side
WDM side
O/E
IN
E/O
WDM-side
Optical
module
OUT
WDM-side
Optical
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
The TN96NS4 board implements the regeneration of one channel of optical signals. The
wavelengths at the receive and transmit ends of the board are the ITU-T G.694.1-compliant
DWDM wavelengths that carry OTU4 optical signals.
conversion, the module sends out the OTU4 signals at DWDM standard wavelengths that comply
with ITU-T G.694.1.
Module Function
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2288
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board

WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion optical signals.
optical signals.
l

The module consists of an OTN processing module, and cross-connect module.
backplane.

Power supply module

20.2.6 Front Panel


Figure 20-11 shows the front panel of the NS4 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2289
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2290
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC

multiplexer board.
OUT
LC

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

20.2.7 Valid Slots

Two slots house one NS4.
Table 20-6 shows the valid slots for the NS4 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack

IU46-IU52, IU54-IU60, IU62-IU68
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU2-IU8, IU12-IU18

2291
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800

universal platform
subrack
IU2-IU16
NOTE
two slots. For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the TN96NS4 board, the slot number of the TN96NS4 board
When the NS4 boards serve as regeneration boards, follow the principles below to install them
in the case of ESC communication; otherwise, install them in any valid slots.
l
same wavelength must be installed in slots IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8,IU13 and IU15, IU17
same wavelength must be installed in IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU12 and IU14, or IU16
and IU18.
receiving the same wavelength must be installed in IU6 and IU8, IU10 and IU12, or IU14
and IU16.


Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
IN/OUT

2292
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections. For example, IN1/OUT1OCh:1-ODU4:1 is a logical port of the board.
Figure 20-12 shows the logical Ports of the NS4 board. Table 20-8 describes the meaning of
each port.
NOTE
TN96NS4: ODUk cross-connections through the backplane are supported only when the Board Mode parameter
of the board must be set to Line Mode.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2293
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Figure 20-12 Port diagram of the NS4 board

Backplane
IN/OUT-OCh:1
1xODU4
OCh:1
ODU4
ODU3:1
2xODU3
ODU4:1
OCh:1
ODU3:2
ODU2:1
ODU4:1
10xODU2/
10xODU2e
OCh:1
ODU2:10
1(IN/OUT)
ODU1:1
ODU4:1
40xODU1
OCh:1
ODU1:40
ODU0:1
ODU4:1
80xODU0
OCh:1
ODU0:80
ODUflex:1
ODU4:1
80xODUflex
OCh:1
ODUflex:80
ODU1 mapping path
ODU0 mapping path
ODU4 mapping path
ODU3 mapping path

ODU2 mapping path
Table 20-8 Descriptions of the ports on the NS4 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Port Name
Description
1(IN/OUT)

2294
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Port Name
Description
IN/OUT-OCh:1







For parameters of the NS4, refer to Table 20-9.
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused
Default: Used

board.
for the port.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2295
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Field
Value
Description
Q Threshold
3.12 to 16.95
Default: 6.62
Specifies the Q threshold of the current

optical port of a board. When the Q value at
the receive end exceeds this threshold, the
board reports a Q_VALUE_EXC alarm.
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

Optical Interface
Loopback
Channel Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop
Laser Status
Off, On
Default: On

status of a board.
information.
FEC Mode
SDFEC2
Default: SDFEC2

interface.
must be the same.
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)


2296
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Field
Value
Description
Planned Wavelength
Frequency (THz)
l Standard
50GHz:C/
1/196.050THz
to C/
96/191.300TH
z

l 37.5GHz:C/
196.05625TH
z +-18.75GHz
to C/
191.29375TH
z +-18.75GHz
l 12.5GHz:C/
196.06875TH
z +-6.25GHz
to C/
191.28125TH
z +-6.25GHz
l 12.5GHz * n
(User
Define):C/
196.06875TH
z +-6.25GHz
to C/
191.28125TH
z +-6.25GHz
Default: /
NOTE
You can click the
button to the right
of the text box to
set the channel
spacing and
wavelength.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2297
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Field
Value
Description
Receive Wavelength
No./Wavelength(nm)/
Frequency(THz)
l Standard
50GHz:C/
1/196.050THz
to C/
96/191.300TH
z

l 37.5GHz:C/
196.05625TH
z +-18.75GHz
to C/
191.29375TH
z +-18.75GHz
l 12.5GHz:C/
196.06875TH
z +-6.25GHz
to C/
191.28125TH
z +-6.25GHz

use the value Same as transmit
wavelength so that the receive
l 12.5GHz * n
(User
Define):C/
196.06875TH
z +-6.25GHz
to C/
191.28125TH
z +-6.25GHz
l Same as
transmit
wavelength
Default: Same as
transmit
wavelength
NOTE
You can click the
button to the right
of the text box to
set the channel
spacing and
wavelength.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2298
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Field
Value
Description
PRBS Test Status
Enabled, Disabled

status of a board.
Default: Disabled

OTN Overhead
Transparent
Transmission
l Disabled,
GCC1+GCC2
Enabled, Only
GCC1
Enabled, Only
GCC2
Enabled
l Default value
for the line
mode:
Disabled
l Default value
for the relay
mode: Only
GCC1
Enabled

OTN overhead.
OTN overhead.
OTN overhead.
Standard Mode,
Speedup Mode
Set this parameter to Standard Mode when

ODU2 signals are cross-connected.
Default: Standard
Mode
Set this parameter to Speedup Mode when

ODU2e signals are cross-connected.
NULL Mapping
Status
Enabled, Disabled

ODUflex Tolerance
(ppm)
0 to 100
Line Rate
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

Default: Disabled
Default: 100
Specifies the tolerance of deviation between

the actual client-side service rate and the
specified rate when the client-side service
type is ODUflex.

2299
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Field
Value
Description
Board Mode
Line
Mode,Electrical
Relay Mode,
Optical Relay
Mode

Default:
l 8800 T64
enhanced
subrack /8800
T64 general
subrack /8800
T32 enhanced
subrack/ 8800
T32 general
subrack/ 8800
T16: Line
Mode
l 8800 universal
platform
subrack :
Electrical
Relay Mode
Line Mode: The board functions as a line

board.
Mode: The board functions as a regeneration
board.
NOTE
When electrical-layer ASON are enabled, it does
not matter whether the Board Mode parameter is
set to Optical Relay Mode or Electrical Relay
mode. The parameter must be set to Optical Relay
Mode for the line board in a non-ASON system;
otherwise, end-to-end management of services is
not available.
NOTE
In the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 general subrack, 8800
universal platform subrack and OptiX OSN 8800
T32 general subrack , the TN96NS4 board supports
only the relay mode, and the parameter value must
be set to Optical Relay Mode or Electrical Relay
Mode.

Board
TN96NS4
150000ps/nm-Extend C Band-Tunable Wavelength-PDM-QPSK

(SDFEC2, wDCM-Enhanced)-PIN
NOTE
point.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2300
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board

wDCM-Enhanced)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Line code format
Value
Extend C Band-Tunable
Wavelength-PDM-QPSK
PDM-QPSK (SDFEC2,
wDCM-Enhanced)

Center frequency
THz
191.29375 to 196.05625
(Flex grid)
191.30 to 196.05 (Fixed grid)

power
dBm

power
dBm
-5
GHz
1.5 (Flex grid)

2.5 (Fixed grid)
width
nm
0.48

Receiver type
PIN
nm
1529 to 1568
dBm
-16
dBm
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
l
Dimensions of front panel:(W x D x H):50.8 mm (2.0 in.) x 220 mm (8.7 in.) x 264.6 mm
(10.4 in.)
Weight:
TN96NS4: 3.1 kg (6.8lb.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2301
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Power Consumption
Board
WDM-Side Module
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN96NS4
150000ps/nm-Extend C
Band-Tunable
Wavelength-PDMQPSK(SDFEC2,
wDCM-Enhanced)PIN
172
189
20.3 OBU1
OBU1: Optical Booster Unit

The available functional version of the OBU1 board is TN96.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
B
oa
rd
In
iti
al
V
er
si
o
n
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
General Enhanc
8800 T32 ed 8800
Subrack T32
Subrack
880
0
T16
Sub
rack
8800
Univers
al
Platfor
m
Subrack
6800
Sub
rack
3800
Chas
sis
T
N
96
O
B
U
1
V
10
0
R
00
9
C
10

2302
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Type
Table 20-11 lists the types of the OBU1 board.
Table 20-11 Type description of the OBU1 board
Unit
Type
Description
Gain Range
TN96OBU1
03
Amplifies the input optical signals in C band

with the wavelength range of 1529.16 nm to
1560.61 nm.
23


Hardware Update
Added the TN96OBU103

boards.
The TN96OBU103 board provides C-band optical

amplifiers and mainly applies to submarine cable systems.
It supports the gain locking, power locking, and APC
modes.
20.3.3 Application
As a type of optical amplifier unit, the OBU1 amplifies optical signals.
For the application of the OBU1 in the submarine system, see Figure 20-13.
Figure 20-13 Application of the OBU1 in the submarine system
Receive
End
Transmit
End
OTU
OTU
OTU
WSM9
OTU
OBU1
TD20
OTU
TO
OBU1
IN
TE
OTU
RO
ITL
OUT
RE
RPT
IN
OBU1
WSM9
OUT
OA
OA
WSD9
Dummy Light
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
WSM9
OTU
WSM9
OBU1
OBU1
WSD9
OTU
OBU1
WSD9
OTU
OTU
OTU
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
OBU1

2303
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
NOTE
In this application scenario,the functional version of the FIU board must be TN96OBU103.
In this application scenario,the functional version of the ITL board must be TN11ITL04.

The OBU1 board is mainly used for online optical performance monitoring, gain lock, and
transient control.
Table 20-12 Functions and features of the OBU1 board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Amplifies the input optical signals in C band. The total wavelengths

range from 1529 nm to 1561 nm.
Typical gain
The typical gain of the OBU103 is 23 dB.

NOTE
20.3.10 OBU1 Specifications only provides the value of nominal gain. Actual
gain includes the noise, and the value is bigger than that of nominal gain.
Online optical
performance
monitoring
Provides an in-service monitoring port (MON). This port connects to

an optical spectrum analyzer or spectrum analyzer unit to monitor the
spectrum and optical performance of the multiplexed signal without
affecting traffic.
Gain lock function
The EDFA inside the board has the gain lock function. Adding or
dropping one or more channels or optical signal fluctuation does not
affect the signal gain of other channels.
Working mode
l The gain locking mode applies to the scenario where all

wavelengths of the added and dropped services are compensated.
In this scenario, an OBU1 board is connected to the multiplexer
and demultiplexer boards, and the gain of the OBU1 board is
adjustable.
l The power locking mode applies to the dummy light scenario
where the OBU1 board is used as the light source and optical
power locking must be specified. The optical power can be
gradually increased, and the OBU1 board has light output if no
light input is present.
l The APC mode applies to the submarine line side. When being
connected to the submarine cable system, the OBU1 board
supports gradual increase of the optical power and has no light
output if no light input is present.
NOTE
After being powered on, a TN96OBU1 board works in APC mode and has no
light output by default. In this case, you must set the locked optical power.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2304
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Function and
Feature
Description
Transient control
function
The EDFA inside the board has the transient control function. When
channels are added or dropped, the board can suppress the fluctuation
of the optical power in the path so as to implement the smooth
upgrading and expansion.
Alarms and
performance events
monitoring
l Detects and reports the optical power.
Optical-layer ASON
Not supported
l Monitors the temperature of the pump laser.

l Detects the pump driving current, back facet current, pump
cooling current, temperature of the pump laser and the ambient
temperature of the board.

The OBU1 board consists of the EDFA optical module, driving and detection module, control
Figure 20-14 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN96OBU1 board.
Figure 20-14 Functional modules and signal flow of the OBU1 board
Splitter
IN
OUT
EDFA optical
module
Detection for
Driving PIN
pump current
current
and temperature
Driving and detection
module
VO
VOA
VI
MON
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Required
voltage
( Backplane
Controlled by SCC )
SCC

2305
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Signal Flow
One channel of multiplexed optical signal received through the IN interface is input to the EDFA
optical module. The EDFA optical module amplifies the optical power of the signal and locks
the gain of the signal. Then, the amplified multiplexed signal is output through the OUT interface.
The VI interface receives the multiplexed signals sent from the upstream station. After the optical
power adjustment by VOA, the signals are transmitted through the VO interface. Then the IN
interface receives the adjusted multiplexed signals too.
Module Function
l
VOA
Adjusts optical power of optical signals according to system requirements.
EDFA optical module

Multiplexed signal light and pump light enter the erbium-doped fiber for amplification.
The erbium-doped fiber that is excited by the pump laser can amplify the optical signal
to implement the optical power amplification function.
The splitter splits some optical signals from the main optical path for optical power
detection.
Driving and detection module

Detects in real time the optical power of service signals.
Detects in real time the drive current, back facet current, cooling current and operating
temperature of the pump laser inside the EDFA.
Drives the pump laser inside the EDFA optical module.
Reports alarms and performance events to the control and communication module.

Power supply module

20.3.6 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces, and laser hazard level label on the front panel of the OBU1
board.

Figure 20-15 shows the front panel of the OBU1 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2306
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Figure 20-15 Front panel of the OBU1 board

OBU
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
CAUTION
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION

LASER RADIATION
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
OBU
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 20-13 Types and functions of the interfaces on the OBU1 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC
Receives the multiplexed signal to be amplified.
OUT
LC
Transmits the amplified signal.

2307
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Interface
Type
Function
MON
LC
Accomplishes in-service monitoring of optical

spectrum.
power is 1:99. In other words, the MON port power is
20 dB less than the actual signal power calculated as
follows: Pout (dBm) - Pmon (dBm) = 10 x lg(99/1) =
20 dB.
VI
LC
Receives the multiplexed signal from the WDM side.
VO
LC
Transmits the adjusted multiplexed signal to the IN

interface.
Laser Hazard Level

20.3.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one OBU1 board.
Table 20-14 shows the valid slots for the TN96OBU1 board.
Table 20-14 Valid slots for the TN96OBU1 board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
OptiX OSN OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform

subrack
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
20.3.8 Optical Interfaces

This topic describes the interface information on the U2000.

are listed in Table 20-15 .
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2308
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Table 20-15 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the TN96OBU1 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN
OUT
MON
VI
VO

For parameters of the OBU1, refer to Table 20-16.
Table 20-16 OBU1 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/Channel

optical interface.
Sets and queries the

Optical Interface Name.
An Optical Interface
Name contains a
maximum of 64
characters. Any characters
are supported.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2309
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface Attenuation

Ratio (dB)
Value of Min. Attenuation

Rate (dB) to Value of Max.
Attenuation Rate (dB)
This parameter provides an

option to set the optical
power attenuation of a
board channel so that the
input signals power of the
board is within the preset
range.
Default: Value of Max.

The attenuation
adjustment amplitude
should not be very large.
It should be controlled
within 2 dB compared
with the original
attenuation every time the
attenuation is adjusted in a
new project.
During the expansion of a
project or during
maintenance, however, the
attenuation adjustment
amplitude should be
controlled within 0.5 dB
compared with the original
attenuation when the
attenuation is adjusted.
To obtain the value range
of this parameter, query
the value of the Min.
and Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB) parameters.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2310
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Field
Value
Description
Attenuation difference (dB)
-3 to 3, with a step of 0.1
Sets the relative optical

power attenuation of a
board channel. When
using this parameter with
Attenuation (dB), you can
adjust optical power
attenuation of a board
channel more accurately.
Default: none
If Optical Interface
Attenuation Ratio (dB) is
set to 9 dB and
Attenuation Difference
(dB) is set to 1.5 dB, then
the attenuation of the
optical interface is 10.5
dB.
Max. Attenuation Rate (dB)
Displays the maximum

attenuation allowed by a
board optical interface.
Min. Attenuation Rate (dB)
Displays the minimum

Channel Number Mode
C80 Mode, C40 Mode,

CWDM Mode
Sets the number of

wavelengths supported by
the board.
Default: /
Actual Band
Displays the actual

Configure Band
Specifies the type of the

Default: C
Input Power Loss Threshold
(dBm)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

The Input Power Loss

Threshold (dBm)
parameter queries the
threshold value of the input
optical power, which can
trigger a board to generate
an optical power loss
(MUT_LOS) alarm. When
the actual input optical
power is lower than this
threshold value, the board
reports the MUT_LOS
alarm.
2311
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Field
Value
Description
Laser Status
Off, On
The Laser Status

parameter sets the laser
status of a board.
Default: On

Interface) for more
information.
Gain (dB)
The Gain (dB) parameter

queries the gain of an
optical amplifier board,
namely, the difference of
the output power (dBm) to
the input power (dBm).
This parameter is different
from the Nominal Gain
parameter. The Nominal
Gain parameter indicates
the gain of the signal
optical power, excluding
the noise power. The
Gain parameter, however,
is only related to the power
and includes the noise
power. Therefore, if the
noise power occupies a
large ratio and the input
optical power is low, the
gain queried exceeds the
nominal gain of the board.
Nominal Gain (dB)
Value of Nominal Gain

Lower Threshold (dB) to
Value of Nominal Gain
Upper Threshold (dB)
Default: 23dB
Specifies the expected gain

of the signal optical power.
You can obtain the value
range of this parameter by
querying the
corresponding Nominal
Gain Lower Threshold
(dB) and Nominal Gain
Upper Threshold (dB)
parameters.
See Nominal Gain (dB)
(WDM Interface) for
more information.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2312
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
20 Submarine Board
Field
Value
Description
Nominal Gain Upper

Threshold (dB)
The Nominal Gain Upper

Threshold (dB) parameter
provides an option to query
the maximum nominal
gain of the optical
amplifier unit (OAU). This
parameter value cannot be
set and depends on the
optical module type. The
value can be queried.
Nominal Gain Lower

Threshold (dB)
The Nominal Gain Lower

the minimum nominal gain
of the optical amplifier
unit. This parameter value
cannot be set and depends
on the optical module type.
The value can be queried.
Actual Working Band Parity
Queries the parity of the

actual working band of the
board.
Configure Working Band

Parity
All
Specifies the desired parity

of the working band of the
board.
Default: All

2313
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Field
Value
Description
Rated Optical Power (dBm)
-30 to 30
The Rated Optical Power

(dBm) parameter provides
an option to set and query
the per-channel rated
optical power. It is a
reference value for
automatic adjustment of
the optical power. When
the optical amplifier unit
and ROADM unit are used
in a network, this
parameter is available for
the optical amplifier unit.
Default: The default value is

determined when the system
is provisioned with 80
wavelengths and varies
according to boards.
The value can be set or

queried.
The rated input and output
optical power should be
configured according to
the actual configurable
input and output range of
the optical amplifier unit
and should be the same as
the input and output values
measured when the optical
amplifier unit runs
normally.
NOTE
IN port: The rated optical
power is same as Nominal
single wavelength input
optical power, OUT port:
The rated optical power is
same as Nominal singlewavelength output optical
power.
The default rated optical
power is measured in an 80wavelength system. It needs
to be changed accordingly
for a 40-wavelength system.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2314
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Field
Value
Description
Enable OAMS Power

Monitoring
Disable, Enable
Enables or disables the

OAMS function.
Default: Disable
When the OAMS function

is enabled, the U2000 will
issue a command to the
OptiX BWS 1600G to start
the OAMS function if the
difference between the
actual power and
Standard Value of
OAMS Power
Monitoring (dBm)
exceeds OAMS Power
Abnormality Threshold
(dB).
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Standard Value of OAMS

Power Monitoring (dBm)
-60.0 to 50.0
OAMS Power Abnormity

Threshold (dB)
0.5 to 10.0
Default: /
Default:3.0

Specifies the reference

power for the OAMS
function to determine
whether the line power is
normal. This parameter
must be set based on the
actual line power.
Specifies the threshold for
the OAMS function to
detect a line power
abnormality. If the
difference between the
actual line power and
Standard Value of
OAMS Power
Monitoring exceeds the
specified abnormality
threshold, the U2000 will
issue a command to the
OptiX BWS 1600G to start
the OAMS function. If the
difference is less than the
not issue a command to
start the OAMS function.
2315
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Field
Value
Description
Working Mode
l Gain locking, Power

locking,APC
Specifies the working

mode of an optical
amplifier.
l Default: APC
For more information on

the working mode, see
20.3.4 Functions and
Features.
Power Value
-7 to 20
This parameter specifies

the output optical power of
the EDFA module when
Working Mode is set to
Power Locking or APC
for the OUT port.
Default: 0
-60.0 to 60.0
When the incident optical

power of the transmission
fiber is less than the
nominal output power of
the transmitting OA board,
set Launch Power for the
transmitting OA board to
ensure desired ALC
adjustment effects.
Default: /
20.3.10 OBU1 Specifications

Table 20-17 Optical interface parameter specifications of the OBU103 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Parameters
Unit
Specifications
nm
1529-1561
Nominal input power range
dBm
-32 to -3
Noise figure (NF)
dB
6.0
Nominal gain
dB
23
Gain flatness
dB
2.0
Input reflectance
dB
<-40
Output reflectance
dB
<-40

2316
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Parameters
Unit
Specifications
Maximum reflectance tolerance at input
dB
-27
Maximum reflectance tolerance at output
dB
-27
Maximum total output optical power
dBm
20
Multi-channel gain slope
dB/dB
2.0
Polarization dependent gain (PDG)
dB
0.5
VI-VO
Inherent insertion
loss
dB
1.5
Dynamic
attenuation range
dB
20
dB
Adjustment accuracy
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight:1.1 kg (2.4 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN96OBU103
9.0
11.0
20.4 WSD9
WSD9: 9-port flexible wavelength selective demultiplexing board

The available functional version of the WSD9 board is TN96.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2317
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Bo
ar
d
Init
ial
Ver
sio
n
Gener
al 8800
T64
Subra
ck
Enhan
ced
8800
T64
Subrac
k
Gener
al 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhan
ced
8800
T32
Subra
ck
8800
T16
Subra
ck
8800
Universal
Platform
Subrack
680
0
Sub
rack
3800
Chas
sis
T
N9
6
W
SD
9
V10
0R0
09C
10


Hardware Update
The TN96WSD9 board is

added.
The TN96WSD9 board is a 9-port tunable-wavelength

selective demultiplexer board and applies mainly to
submarine cable systems. It supports C-band and extended
band wavelengths and flexible grid wavelength signals.
20.4.3 Application
As a type of reconfigurable optical add and drop multiplexing unit, the WSD9 board is used with
the WSM9 board to implement wavelength grooming at the nodes in the DWDM network.
For the position of the WSD9 board in the submarine system, see Figure 20-16.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2318
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Figure 20-16 Position of the WSD9 board in the submarine system

Transmit
End
Receive
End
OTU
OTU
OTU
WSM9
OTU
OBU1
TD20
OTU
TO
OBU1
IN
TE
OTU
RO
ITL
RPT
IN
OUT
OBU1
WSM9
OUT
RE
OA
OA
WSD9
Dummy Light
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
WSM9
OTU
OTU
WSM9
OBU1
OBU1
OBU1
WSD9
OTU
OBU1
WSD9
OTU
OTU
OTU
To implement flexible grid wavelength application, cascade WSM9 boards at the transmit end
to add wavelengths and use OBU103 boards to compensate for the optical power; use WSD9
and TD20 boards at the receive end to drop wavelengths.

The WSD9 board is used to dynamically groom wavelengths, resizable channel bandwidths,
monitor online optical performance, and monitor alarms and performance events.
Table 20-18 Functions and features of the WSD9 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Dynamically drops any wavelengths to any ports. The board can route
any wavelength combination to any port of DM1 to DM9.
Spectrum
application
Supports flexible grid wavelength signals. The signals have

continuous n x slice GHz spectrums (one slice is equal to 12.5 GHz,
and n = 3 to 32) to meet the bandwidth requirements of high-rate
services. Gridless flexibly allocates bandwidth to improve the
bandwidth utilization efficiency.
Online optical
performance
monitoring

affecting traffic.
Alarm and
performance event
monitoring
Detects the optical power and reports the alarms and performance

2319
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Function and
Feature
Description
Optical power
detection
Detects the main optical channel power of the IN port.
Optical-layer ASON
Not supported

The WSD9 board consists of the optical module, temperature and optical power detection
Figure 20-17 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the WSD9 board.
Figure 20-17 Functional modules and signal flow of the WSD9 board
Gridless spectrum: n* Slice(n=3,4,5,,32) 1 Slice=12.5GHz
DM1 DM2
DM9
Splitter
IN
WSS optical module
MON
Optical module
Temperature
detection
PIN
Temperature and optical power detection module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Required
voltage
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
The WSD9 board demultiplexes the multiplexed main optical channel signals received by the
IN port into multiplexed or single-wavelength signals, and drops them through ports DM1 to
DM9.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2320
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Module Function
l
Optical module
The WSS module inside the optical module extracts any single wavelengths or
wavelength combinations from the multiplexed wavelength, and directs them out the
predefined ports of the DM1-DM9 ports.
The WSS module supports wavelength-level power adjustments.
Splitters provide a small amount of the IN port power to the MON port for in-service

Monitors in real time the WSS optical module operating temperature.
Detects in real time the input optical power of service signals.

Power supply module

20.4.6 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces, and a laser hazard level label on the front panel of the WSD9
board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2321
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2322
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Figure 20-18 Front panel of the TN96WSD9 board
WSD9
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
CAUTION
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
MON

LASER RADIATION
IN
DM1
DM2
DM3
DM4
DM5
DM6 DM7
DM8 DM9
WSD9
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2323
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 20-19 Types and functions of the interfaces on the WSM9 board
Interface
Type
Function
DM1 to DM9
LC
Transmits the single-wavelength or multi-channel

signal separated from the main path. If the signal is a
multi-channel signal, it is sent to the optical
demultiplexer unit or the optical add and drop
multiplexing unit. If the signal is a single-wavelength
signal, it is directly sent to the optical transponder unit.
IN
LC
Receives the main path signal.
MON
LC
Connects to an optical performance monitoring device,

such as an optical spectrum analyzer, spectrum
analyzer unit, or optical power meter, for in-service
monitoring of the signals routed to the IN port.
The ratio of the MON port power to the IN port power
is 3:97. In other words, the MON port power is 15 dB
less than the actual signal power calculated as follows:
Pin (dBm) - Pmon (dBm) = 10 x lg (97/3) = 15 dB.
Laser Hazard Level

The laser safety class of the optical interface is HAZARD LEVEL 1, indicating that the
maximum output optical power of each optical interface is lower than 10 dBm (10 mW).
20.4.7 Valid Slots

Two slots house one TN96WSD9 board.
Table 20-20 show the valid slots for the WSM9 boards.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2324
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Table 20-20 Valid slots for the TN96WSD9 board

Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU7,IU11-IU17,IU19-IU25,IU27IU33,IU35-IU41,IU45-IU51,IU53IU59,IU61-IU67
IU1-IU7,IU12-IU18,IU20-IU26,IU29-IU35
IU1-IU7,IU11-IU17
IU1-IU15
IU1-IU16
NOTE
The rear connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along the left slot in the subrack. Therefore,
the slot number of the TN96WSD9 board displayed on the NM is the number of the left one of the two
slots. For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the TN96WSD9, the slot number of the WSD9 board


Table 20-21 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the WSD9 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN
DM1-DM9
2-10
MON
11

For parameters of the WSD9 board, refer to Table 20-22.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2325
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Table 20-22 WSD9 parameters

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

optical interface.

Interface Name.
supported.
Actual Band
Displays the actual working band

of the board.
Actual Working Band

Parity

Configure Band

band of the board.
Default: C
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Configure Working
Band Parity
All
Input Power Loss

Threshold (dBm)

Threshold (dBm) parameter
queries the threshold value of the
input optical power, which can
trigger a board to generate an
optical power loss (MUT_LOS)
alarm. When the actual input
optical power is lower than this
threshold value, the board reports
the MUT_LOS alarm.
Center Frequency
Queries the center frequency of

the current channel of the board.
Default: All


2326
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Field
Value
Description
Gridless Optical
Interface Attenuation
Ratio (dB)
Value of Gridless Min.

Attenuation Rate (dB) to
Value of Gridless Max.
Attenuation Rate (dB),
Blocking, /
Specifies the attenuation for the

optical interface. This parameter
ensures that the launch power of
the transmit end complies with
the system power requirements.
Default: /
Before the commissioning, the

attenuation ratio of each channel
must be preset.
l When no optical crossconnections are present, the
parameter value is displayed
as /.
l When NE-level optical crossconnections are present or
when the end-to-end
configuration function is used
to configure optical crossconnections and OPA Mode
is set to Manual, the
as Blocking after an OCh trail
is created. If you set the
parameter at this time, the
specified value is then
displayed.
The attenuation adjustment
amplitude should not be very
large.
It should be controlled within 2
dB compared with the original
attenuation is adjusted in a new
project.
During the expansion of a project
or during maintenance, however,
the attenuation adjustment
amplitude should be controlled
within 0.5 dB compared with
the original attenuation when the
To obtain the value range of this
parameter, query the value of the
Min. Attenuation Rate (dB) and
parameters.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2327
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Field
Value
Description
Gridless Attenuation
difference (dB)
Sets the relative optical power

attenuation of a board channel.
When using this parameter with
Attenuation (dB), you can adjust
optical power attenuation of a
board channel more accurately.
Default: none
Attenuation Ratio (dB) is set to
9 dB and Attenuation
Difference (dB) is set to 1.5 dB,
then the attenuation of the optical
interface is 10.5 dB.
Gridless Max.

attenuation allowed by a board
optical interface.
Gridless Min.

optical interface.
20.4.10 WSD9 Specifications

Table 20-23 Optical interface parameter specifications of the WSD9
Parameters
Unit
Specifications
Slice width
GHz
12.5
Total slice number (m)
386
Centre frequency of
every slice
THz
191.25625+(m-1)*0.0125; m=1 to 386
Slice number per slot (n)
3 to 32
Slot width
GHz
n*12.5; n=3 to 32
IN-DMxa
dB
8b
Maximum channel
insertion loss difference
dB
1.5
-1dB spectral width
GHz
>2*(6.25n-12.5); n=3 to 32
Insertion
loss
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2328
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Parameters
Unit
Specifications
Port isolation
dB
>25
Extinction ratio
dB
35
Reconfiguration time
Directivity
dB
35
Maximum reflectance
dB
30
Ploarization dependence
loss
dB
Attenuation range of
each of adding
wavelengths
dB
0 to 15
Attenuation precision of
each of adding
wavelengths
dB
1 (0dB-10dB)
1.5 (>10dB)
a: DMx represents the DM1-DM9 interface.

b: This value is obtained when the attenuation of the VOA is set to 0 dB.
l
Dimensions (Height Width Depth): 264.6 mm 50.8 mm 220 mm (10.4 in. 2.0 in.
8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN96WSD9
25.0
27.5
20.5 WSM9
WSM9: 9-port wavelength selective multiplexing board

The available functional version of the WSM9 board is TN96.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2329
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Initial
Versio
n
Gener
al 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhan
ced
8800
T32
Subrac
k
880
0
T16
Sub
rack
8800
Unive
rsal
Platfo
rm
Subra
ck
6800
Sub
rack
3800
Chas
sis
T
N9
6
W
S
M
9
V100R
009C1
0


Hardware Update
The TN96WSM9 board is

added.
The TN96WSM9 board is a 9-port tunable-wavelength

selective multiplexer board and applies mainly to
submarine cable systems.It supports C-band and extended
band wavelengths and flexible grid wavelength signals.
20.5.3 Application
As a type of reconfigurable optical add and drop multiplexing unit, the WSM9 board is used
with the WSD9 board to implement wavelength grooming at the nodes in the DWDM network.
For the position of the WSM9 board in the submarine system, see Figure 20-19.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2330
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Figure 20-19 Position of the WSM9 board in the submarine system

Transmit
End
Receive
End
OTU
OTU
OTU
WSM9
OTU
OBU1
TD20
OTU
TO
OBU1
IN
TE
OTU
RO
ITL
RPT
IN
OUT
OBU1
WSM9
OUT
RE
OA
OA
WSD9
Dummy Light
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
WSM9
OTU
OTU
WSM9
OBU1
OBU1
OBU1
WSD9
OTU
OBU1
WSD9
OTU
OTU
OTU
To implement flexible grid wavelength application, cascade WSM9 boards at the transmit end to add wavelengths
and use OBU103 boards to compensate for the optical power; use WSD9 and TD20 boards at the receive end to drop
wavelengths.

The WSM9 board is mainly used to dynamically groom wavelengths, resizable channel
bandwidths,monitor online optical performance, and monitor alarms and performance events.
Table 20-24 Functions and features of the WSM9 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function and Feature
Description
Basic function
Adds any wavelengths from any directions through any port of

AM1 to AM9 and outputs the wavelengths through the OUT port.
Spectrum application
Supports flexible grid wavelength signals. The signals have

continuous n x slice GHz spectrums (one slice is equal to 12.5
GHz, and n = 3 to 32) to meet the bandwidth requirements of
high-rate services.Gridless flexibly allocates bandwidth to
improve the bandwidth utilization efficiency.
Online optical
performance monitoring
Provides an in-service monitoring port (MON). This port

connects to an optical spectrum analyzer or spectrum analyzer
unit to monitor the spectrum and optical performance of the
multiplexed signal without affecting traffic.
Alarm and performance

event monitoring
Optical power detection
Detects the main optical channel power of the OUT port.

2331
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Function and Feature
Description
Optical-layer ASON
Not supported

The WSM9 board consists of four parts: the optical module, temperature and optical power
detection module, control and communication module, and power supply module.
Figure 20-20 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the WSM9 board.
Figure 20-20 Functional modules and signal flow of the WSM9 board
Channels for Flexible Grid: n* Slice(n=3,4) 1 Slice=12.5GHz
f=192.11875
AM1 AM2
n=3
AM9
Channel 1
f=192.1625
n=4
Channel 2
f=192.2125
f=192.2625
n=4
n=4
Channel 3
Channel 4
Splitter
OUT
WSS optical module
MON
Optical module
Temperatur
e detection
PIN
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
The WSM9 board multiplexes the multiplexed or single-wavelength signals input from ports
AM1 to AM9 and output the signals through the OUT port.
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
If multiple wavelengths are to be added, the signals are first sent to the multiplexer unit for
processing and then input to the WSM9 board through the AMn optical interface.
2332
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
If single wavelength is to be added, the signal can be directly input to the WSM9 board
from the optical transponder unit through the AMn interface.
Module Function
l
Optical module
Receives any wavelengths (either single wavelengths or wavelength combinations)
through the any of AM1-AM9 ports.
Splitters provide a small amount of the OUT port power to the MON port for in-service

Detects in real time the output optical power of service signals.

Power supply module

20.5.6 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces, and a laser hazard level label on the front panel of the WSM9
board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2333
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2334
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Figure 20-21 Front panel of the TN96WSM9 board
WSM9
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
CAUTION
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
MON OUT

LASER RADIATION
AM1 AM2
AM3
AM4
AM5
AM6 AM7
AM8 AM9
WSM9
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2335
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Interface
Type
Function
AM1 to AM9
LC
Receive the single-wavelength or multi-wavelength

signals that are to be multiplexed into the main path.
OUT
LC
Transmits the main path signal.
MON
LC

monitoring of the signals routed to the OUT port.
follows: Pout (dBm) - Pmon (dBm) = 10 x lg (97/3) =
15 dB.
Laser Hazard Level

20.5.7 Valid Slots

Two slots house one TN96WSM9 board.
Table 20-26 show the valid slots for the WSM9 boards.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2336
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Table 20-26 Valid slots for the TN96WSM9 board

Product
Valid Slots
IU1IU7,IU11IU17,IU19IU25,IU27
IU33,IU35IU41,IU45IU51,IU53
IU59,IU61IU67
IU1IU7,IU12IU18,IU20IU26,IU29
IU35
IU1IU7,IU11IU17
IU1IU15
IU1IU16
NOTE
the slot number of the TN96WSM9 board displayed on the NM is the number of the left one of the two
slots. For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the TN96WSM9, the slot number of the WSM9 board


Table 20-27 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the WSM9 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
OUT
AM1-AM9
2-10
MON
11

For WSM9 parameters, refer to Table 20-28.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2337
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Table 20-28 WSM9 parameters

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

optical interface.

Interface Name.
supported.
Actual Band
Displays the actual working band

of the board.
Actual Working Band

Parity

Configure Band

band of the board.
Default: C
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Configure Working
Band Parity
All
Center Frequency
Default: All


Queries the center frequency of
the current channel of the board.
2338
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Field
Value
Description
Gridless Optical
Ratio (dB)
Value of Gridless Min.

Attenuation Rate (dB) to
Value of Gridless Max.
Attenuation Rate (dB),
Blocking, /

ensures that the launch power of
the transmit end complies with
Default: /
Before the commissioning, the

attenuation ratio of each channel
must be preset.
l When no optical crossconnections are present, the
as /.
l When NE-level optical crossconnections are present or
when the end-to-end
configuration function is used
to configure optical crossconnections and OPA Mode
is set to Manual, the
as Blocking after an OCh trail
is created. If you set the
parameter at this time, the
specified value is then
displayed.
large.
It should be controlled within 2
dB compared with the original
project.
During the expansion of a project
or during maintenance, however,
the attenuation adjustment
amplitude should be controlled
within 0.5 dB compared with
the original attenuation when the
parameters.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2339
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Field
Value
Description
difference (dB)
Sets the relative optical power

attenuation of a board channel.
When using this parameter with
Attenuation (dB), you can adjust
optical power attenuation of a
board channel more accurately.
Default: none
Attenuation Ratio (dB) is set to
9 dB and Attenuation
Difference (dB) is set to 1.5 dB,
then the attenuation of the optical
interface is 10.5 dB.
Gridless Max.

optical interface.
Gridless Min.

optical interface.
20.5.10 WSM9 Specifications

Table 20-29 Optical interface parameter specifications of the WSM9
Parameters
Unit
Specifications
Slice width
GHz
12.5
386
Centre frequency of
every slice
THz
191.25625+(m-1)*0.0125; m=1 to 386
3 to 32
Slot width
GHz
n*12.5; n=3 to 32
dB
8b
Maximum channel
dB
1.5
-1dB spectral width
GHz
>2*(6.25n-12.5); n=3 to 32
Insertion
loss
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
AMxaOUT

2340
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20 Submarine Board
Parameters
Unit
Specifications
Port isolation
dB
>25
Extinction ratio
dB
35
Directivity
dB
35
Maximum reflectance
dB
30
Ploarization dependence
loss
dB
each of adding
wavelengths
dB
0 to 15
each of adding
wavelengths
dB
1 (0dB-10dB)
1.5 (>10dB)
a: AMx represents the AM1-AM9 interface.

l
Dimensions (Height Width Depth): 264.6 mm 50.8 mm 220 mm (10.4 in. 2.0 in.
8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN96WSM9
25.0
27.5
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2341
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

21
21 Optical Multiplexer and Demultiplexing Board
Optical Multiplexer and Demultiplexing

Board
About This Chapter

21.1 Overview
Optical multiplexer/demultiplexer boards multiplex/demultiplex optical signals over different
wavelengths.
21.2 M40
M40: 40-channel multiplexing board
21.3 M40V
M40V: 40-channel multiplexing board with VOA
21.4 D40
D40: 40-channel demultiplexing board
21.5 D40V
D40V: 40-channel demultiplexing board with VOA
21.6 DFIU
DFIU: bidirectional fiber interface board
21.7 FIU
FIU: fiber interface board
21.8 ITL
ITL: interleaver board
21.9 SFIU
SFIU: fiber interface unit for sync timing
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2342
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

21.1 Overview
Optical multiplexer/demultiplexer boards multiplex/demultiplex optical signals over different
wavelengths.
Positions of Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer Boards in a WDM System

Optical multiplexer boards multiplex multiple optical signals into one ITU-T G.694-compliant
optical signal. Optical demultiplexer boards demultiplex one multiplexed optical signal into
individual ITU-T G.694-compliant optical signals.
Figure 21-1 shows the positions of optical multiplexer/demultiplexer boards in a WDM system.
Figure 21-1 Positions of optical multiplexer/demultiplexer boards in a WDM system
WDM-side
services
Client-side
services
OTU
OTU
OM
(C-ODD)
OTU
OTU
OTU
OA
OTU
ITL
OSC
FIU/
SFIU
OTU
OTU
OD
(C-ODD)
WDM-side ODF
OM
(C-EVEN)
OA
OTU
OTU
OTU
OD
(C-EVEN)
OTU
Main Functions
Table 21-1 lists the main functions of optical multiplexer/demultiplexer boards.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2343
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 21-1 Main functions of optical multiplexer/demultiplexer boards

Board
Function
TN11M40
Multiplexes a maximum of 40 C-band wavelength signals into one multiwavelength signal.
TN12M40
TN11M40V
Multiplexes a maximum of 40 C-band wavelength signals into one multiwavelength signal and adjusts the optical power for each wavelength.
TN12M40V
TN11D40
Demultiplexes one C-band multi-wavelength signal into a maximum of 40

wavelength signals.
TN12D40
TN11D40V
Demultiplexes one C-band multi-wavelength signal into a maximum of 40

wavelength signals and adjusts the optical power for each wavelength.
TN11ITL
Multiplexes and demultiplexes C-band optical signals with 100 GHz channel
spacing and C-band optical signals with 50 GHz channel spacing.
TN12ITL
TN11FIU
Multiplexes the main channel signal and the OSC signal onto a single
communications channel in one optical direction, and performs the reverse
process.
TN12FIU
TN13FIU
TN14FIU
TN15FIU
TN16FIU
TN21FIU
TN21DFIU
communications channel in two optical directions, and performs the reverse
process.
TN11SFIU
communications channel in one optical direction, and performs the reverse
process.
This board applies to IEEE 1588v2 scenarios.
21.2 M40
M40: 40-channel multiplexing board

The available functional versions of the M40 board are TN11 and TN12.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2344
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1
M
40
T
N1
2
M
40
Type
Unit
Type
Description
TN11M4
0/
TN12M4
0
01
Multiplexes 40 C_EVEN channels into one main path.
02
Multiplexes 40 C_ODD channels into one main path.

Appearance:
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
The TN11M40 board uses a front panel different from that of the TN12M40 board. The
TN11M40 board occupies three slots. The TN12M40 board occupies two slots. For details,
see 21.2.6 Front Panel.

2345
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11M40
TN12M40
The TN12M40 board can be created as M40 on the NMS. The

former can substitute for the latter without any software
upgrade. After the substitution, the TN12M40 board functions
as the TN11M40 board. The TN12M40 board occupies two
physical slots and three logical slots while the TN11M40 board
occupies three physical slots. After the substitution, the
remaining one physical slot cannot be used to house any other
board.
NOTE
The TN12M40 board can substitute for the TN11M40 board only after
the software upgrade to Optix OSN 8800/6800 V100R006C01 SPC300
or later. When the TN11M40 board resides on the Optix OSN 6800,
the software version of the Optix OSN 6800 must be V100R003C02 or
later. When the TN11M40 board resides on the Optix OSN 8800, there
is no requirement for the software version of the Optix OSN 8800.
TN12M40
None

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
Added the following

description: A TN12M40 board
can substitute for a TN11M40
board only when the software
version of the TN12M40 board
is upgraded to OptiX OSN
8800/6800 V100R006C01
SPC300 or higher and the NE
software version of the NE
where the TN11M40 board
resides is OptiX OSN 6800
V100R003C02 or higher. The
NE software version restriction
does not apply when the
TN11M40 board is installed on
an OptiX OSN 8800.

2346
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
Added the TN12M40 board.
Compared with the TN11M40 board that occupies three

slots, the TN12M40 board occupies two slots.
21.2.3 Application
As a type of optical multiplexing unit, the M40 board multiplexes a maximum of 40 channels
of signals into one channel of signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations.
For the position of the M40 board in the WDM system, see Figure 21-2.
Figure 21-2 Position of the M40 board in the WDM system
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
1
M40
OA
OA
D40
40
40
1
D40
OA
OA
M40
40
40
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU

The M40 board is mainly used to multiplex signals, monitor performance of optical signals, and
monitor alarms and performance events.
Table 21-2 Functions and features of the M40 board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Multiplexes a maximum of 40 channels of signals into one channel

of multiplexed signals.
l M4001: multiplexes 40 C_EVEN wavelength signals into one
multi-wavelength signal.
l M4002: multiplexes 40 C_ODD wavelength signals into one
Online optical
performance
monitoring
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

affecting traffic.
2347
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Alarms and
performance events
monitoring
Optical-layer ASON
Supported

The M40 board consists of the optical module, detection and temperature control module, control
Figure 21-3 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the M40 board.
Figure 21-3 Functional modules and signal flow of the M40 board
M01
M02
Multiplexer
Optical module
Splitter
OUT
M40
MON
Temperature Temperature
control
detection
PIN
Detection and temperature control module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(Controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
Each of the M01-M40 optical interfaces receives one channel of single-wavelength optical
signals, and sends the signals to the multiplexer. The multiplexer multiplexes the 40 channels
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2348
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

of single-wavelength optical signals into one channel of multiplexed optical signals, and then
outputs them through the OUT optical interface.
Module Function
l
Optical module
Multiplexes the 40 channels of single-wavelength optical signals into one channel of
multiplexed optical signals.

Monitors and controls in real time the multiplexer operating temperature.

Power supply module

21.2.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the M40 board.

Figure 21-4 and Figure 21-5 show the front panel of the M40 board.
Figure 21-4 Front panel of the TN11M40 board
196.00
195.90
195.80
195.70
195.60
195.50
195.40
195.30
195.20
195.10
M11
M12
M13
M14
M15
M16
M17
M18
M19
M20
195.00
194.90
194.80
194.70
194.60
194.50
194.40
194.30
194.20
194.10
M21
M22
M23
M24
M25
M26
M27
M28
M29
M30
194.00
193.90
193.80
193.70
193.60
193.50
193.40
193.30
193.20
193.10
M31
M32
M33
M34
M35
M36
M37
M38
M39
M40
193.00
192.90
192.80
192.70
192.60
192.50
192.40
192.30
192.20
192.10
M32
M33
M34
M35 M36
M37
M38
M39 M40
M15 M16
M17 M18
M19
M20
M21 M22
M23 M24
M25 M26
M01 M02
M03
M05 M06
M27 M28
M29 M30
M13 M14
MON OUT
M31
M07 M08
M09 M10
M11 M12
M40
M 11
M12
M13
M14
M15
M16
M17
M18
M19
M20
196.00
195.90
195.80
195.70
195.60
195.50
195.40
195.30
195.20
195.10
M04
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
M01
M02
M 03
M 04
M 05
M 06
M 07
M 08
M09
M10
M40
195.00
194.90
194.80
194.70
194.60
194.50
194.40
194.30
194.20
194.10
M21
M22
M23
M24
M25
M26
M27
M28
M29
M30
194.00
193.90
193.80
193.70
193.60
193.50
193.40
193.30
193.20
193.10
M31
M32
M33
M34
M35
M36
M37
M38
M39
M40
193.00
192.90
192.80
192.70
192.60
192.50
192.40
192.30
192.20
192.10
M01
M02
M03
M04
M05
M06
M07
M08
M09
M10
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2349
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 21-5 Front panel of the TN12M40 board

M13
M01
M02
M03
M04
M05
M06
M07
M08
M09
M10
M11
M12
MON
194.80
193.40
OUT
OUT
194.70
193.30
196.00
194.60
193.20
195.90
194.50
193.10
195.80
194.40
193.00
195.70
194.30
192.90
195.60
194.20
192.80
195.50
194.10
192.70
195.40
194.00
192.60
195.30
193.90
192.50
195.20
193.80
192.40
195.10
193.70
192.30
195.00
193.60
192.20
194.90
193.50
192.10
M27
M28
M29
M30
M31
M32
M33
M34
M35
M36
M37
M38
M39
M40
M40
M38
M37
M36
M35
M33
M34
M31
M32
M29
M30
M39
M40
M26
M11
M12
M09
M10
M08
M07
M05
M06
M03
M04
M13
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
M01
M02
M40
MON 194.80 193.40

OUT 194.70 193.30
196.00 194.60 193.20
195.90 194.50 193.10
195.80 194.40 193.00
195.70 194.30 192.90
195.60 194.20 192.80
195.50 194.10 192.70
195.40 194.00 192.60
195.30 193.90 192.50
195.20 193.80 192.40
195.10 193.70 192.30
195.00 193.60 192.20
194.90 193.50 192.10
M27
M28
M26
NOTE
A table indicating the mapping relationship between interfaces and frequencies is located on the front panel.
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2350
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 21-3 Types and functions of the interfaces on the M40 board
Interface
Type
Function
M01-M40
LC
Receives the signals to be multiplexed, when connected

to the "OUT" interface of the OTUs.
OUT
LC
Transmits multiplexed signals, when connected to an

optical amplifying board or ITL.
MON
LC

follows: Pout (dBm) Pmon (dBm) = 10 x lg(90/10) =
10 dB.
Table 21-4 and Table 21-5 show the mapping between the interfaces, frequency and
wavelengths of the M40 board.
Table 21-4 Mapping between the optical interfaces, frequencies, and wavelengths of the M4001
board (C_EVEN)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
M01
196.00
1529.55
M21
194.00
1545.32
M02
195.90
1530.33
M22
193.90
1546.12
M03
195.80
1531.12
M23
193.80
1546.92
M04
195.70
1531.90
M24
193.70
1547.72
M05
195.60
1532.68
M25
193.60
1548.51
M06
195.50
1533.47
M26
193.50
1549.32
M07
195.40
1534.25
M27
193.40
1550.12
M08
195.30
1535.04
M28
193.30
1550.92
M09
195.20
1535.82
M29
193.20
1551.72
M10
195.10
1536.61
M30
193.10
1552.52
M11
195.00
1537.40
M31
193.00
1553.33
M12
194.90
1538.19
M32
192.90
1554.13
M13
194.80
1538.98
M33
192.80
1554.94

2351
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
M14
194.70
1539.77
M34
192.70
1555.75
M15
194.60
1540.56
M35
192.60
1556.55
M16
194.50
1541.35
M36
192.50
1557.36
M17
194.40
1542.14
M37
192.40
1558.17
M18
194.30
1542.94
M38
192.30
1558.98
M19
194.20
1543.73
M39
192.20
1559.79
M20
194.10
1544.53
M40
192.10
1560.61
Table 21-5 Mapping between the optical interfaces, frequencies, and wavelengths of the M4002
board (C_ODD)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
M01
196.05
1529.16
M21
194.05
1544.92
M02
195.95
1529.94
M22
193.95
1545.72
M03
195.85
1530.72
M23
193.85
1546.52
M04
195.75
1531.51
M24
193.75
1547.32
M05
195.65
1532.29
M25
193.65
1548.11
M06
195.55
1533.07
M26
193.55
1548.91
M07
195.45
1533.86
M27
193.45
1549.72
M08
195.35
1534.64
M28
193.35
1550.52
M09
195.25
1535.43
M29
193.25
1551.32
M10
195.15
1536.22
M30
193.15
1552.12
M11
195.05
1537.00
M31
193.05
1552.93
M12
194.95
1537.79
M32
192.95
1553.73
M13
194.85
1538.58
M33
192.85
1554.54
M14
194.75
1539.37
M34
192.75
1555.34
M15
194.65
1540.16
M35
192.65
1556.15
M16
194.55
1540.95
M36
192.55
1556.96
M17
194.45
1541.75
M37
192.45
1557.77

2352
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
M18
194.35
1542.54
M38
192.35
1558.58
M19
194.25
1543.33
M39
192.25
1559.39
M20
194.15
1544.13
M40
192.15
1560.20
Laser Hazard Level

21.2.7 Valid Slots

Three slots house one TN11M40 board and two slots house one TN12M40 board.
Table 21-6 shows the valid slots for the TN11M40 board and Table 21-7 shows the valid slots
for the TN12M40 board.
Table 21-6 Valid slots for the TN11M40 board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU6, IU11-IU16, IU19-IU24, IU27-IU32, IU35IU40, IU45-IU50, IU53-IU58, IU61-IU66
IU1-IU6, IU11-IU16
OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform

subrack
IU1-IU14
IU1-IU15
The rear connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along the left slot in the subrack.
Therefore, the slot number of the TN11M40 board displayed on the NM is the number of the
leftmost one of the three slots.
For example, if slots IU1, IU2, and IU3 house the TN11M40 board, the slot number of the
TN11M40 board displayed on the NM is IU1.
Table 21-7 Valid slots for the TN12M40 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots

2353
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17

subrack
IU1-IU15
IU1-IU16
Therefore, the slot number of the TN12M40 board displayed on the NM is the number of the
For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the TN12M40 board, the slot number of the TN12M40
board displayed on the NM is IU1.
21.2.8 Characteristic Code for the M40

The characteristic code for the M40 board contains two characters. One indicates the band and
the other indicates whether the wavelengths that carry the optical signals processed by the board
are odd or even.
Table 21-8 Characteristic code for the M40 board
Code
Meaning
Description
First character
Band
Indicates the band of the

optical signals processed by
the board. The value C
represents C band; the value
L represents L band.
Second character
Odd/even wavelengths
Indicates whether the

wavelengths that carry
signals are odd or even
wavelengths. The value E
represents even wavelengths;
the value O represents odd
wavelengths.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11M40 board is CE, indicating C band and even
wavelengths.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2354
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 21-9 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the M40 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
OUT
M01-M40
2-41
MON
42

For M40 parameters, refer to Table 21-10.
Table 21-10 M40 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
supported.
Actual Band
Displays the actual working band of the board.
Actual Working
Band Parity
Queries the parity of the actual working band

of the board.
Configure Band
Specifies the type of the working band of the

board.
Default: C
Configure
Working Band
Parity
All, Odd, Even

Default: All
Specifies the desired parity of the working

band of the board.
21.2.11 M40 Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2355
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 21-11 lists the optical specifications of the M40 board.
Table 21-11 Optical specifications of the M40 board
Item
Unit
Value
Adjacent channel spacing
GHz
100
Insertion loss
dB
<= 6.5
Reflectance
dB
< -40
nm
1529-1561
Adjacent channel isolation
dB
> 22
Non-adjacent channel isolation
dB
> 25
Polarization dependence loss
dB
<= 0.5
Temperature characteristics
nm/C
<= 0.002
Maximum channel insertion loss difference
dB
<= 3
l

TN11M40 (H x W x D): 264.6 mm (10.4 in.) x 76.2 mm (3.0 in.) x 220 mm (8.7 in.)
TN12M40 (H x W x D): 264.6 mm (10.4 in.) x 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) x 220 mm (8.7 in.)
Weight:
TN11M40: 2.2 kg ( 4.8 lb.)
TN12M40: 2.0 kg ( 4.4 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11M40
10.0
13.0
TN12M40
10.0
13.0
21.3 M40V
M40V: 40-channel multiplexing board with VOA
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2356
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The available functional versions of the M40V board are TN11 and TN12.

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1
M
40
V
T
N1
2
M
40
V
Type
Unit
Type
Description
TN11M4
0V/
TN12M4
0V
01
Multiplexes 40 C_EVEN channels into one main path.
02
Multiplexes 40 C_ODD channels into one main path.

Appearance:
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2357
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The TN11M40V board uses a front panel different from that of the TN12M40V board. The
TN11M40V board occupies three slots. The TN12M40V board occupies two slots. For
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11M40V
TN12M40
V
The TN12M40V can be created as M40V on the NMS. The

upgrade. After the substitution, the TN12M40V board
functions as the TN11M40V board. The TN12M40V board
occupies two physical slots and three logical slots while the
TN11M40V board occupies three physical slots. After the
substitution, the remaining one physical slot cannot be used to
house any other board.
NOTE
The TN12M40V board can substitute for the TN11M40V board only
after the software upgrade to Optix OSN 8800/6800/3800
V100R006C01 SPC300 or later. When the TN11M40V board resides
on the Optix OSN 6800, the software version of the Optix OSN 6800
must be V100R003C02 or later. When the TN11M40V board resides
on the Optix OSN 8800, there is no requirement for the software version
of the Optix OSN 8800.
TN12M40V
None


Hardware Update
Added the TN12M40V board.
Compared with the TN11M40V board that occupies three

slots, the TN12M40V board occupies two slots.
21.3.3 Application
As a type of optical multiplexing unit, the M40V board multiplexes a maximum of 40 channels
of signals into one channel of signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations, and adjusts
the input optical power of each channel.
For the position of the M40V board in the WDM system, see Figure 21-6.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2358
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 21-6 Position of the M40V board in the WDM system

OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
1
M40V
OA
OA
D40
40
40
1
D40
OA
OA
M40V
40
40
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU

The M40V board is mainly used to multiplex signals, monitor performance of optical signals,
monitor alarms and performance events, and adjust optical power.
Table 21-12 Functions and features of the M40V board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Multiplexes a maximum of 40 signals into one multiplexed signal and

adjusts the input optical power of each channel.
l M40V01: multiplexes 40 C_EVEN wavelength signals into one
l M40V02: multiplexes 40 C_ODD wavelength signals into one
Online optical
performance
monitoring

affecting traffic.
Alarms and
performance events
monitoring
Optical power
adjustment
Adjusts the optical power of each signal before multiplexing.
Optical-layer ASON
Supported

The M40V board consists of the optical module, detection and temperature control module,
control and communication module, and power supply module.
Figure 21-7 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the M40V board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2359
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 21-7 Functional modules and signal flow of the M40V board
M01
M02
Optical module
Multiplexer
VOA
Splitter
VOA
OUT
VOA
M40
MON
VOA Temperature
control
control
Temperature
detection
PIN
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(Controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
Each of the M01-M40 optical interfaces receives one channel of single-wavelength optical
signals, and sends the signals to the multiplexer after the optical power adjustment by VOA. The
multiplexer multiplexes the 40 channels of single-wavelength optical signals into one channel
of multiplexed optical signals, and then outputs them through the OUT optical interface.
Module Function
l
Optical module
Adjusts the optical power of the single-wavelength optical signals before multiplexing.
Multiplexes the 40 channels of single-wavelength optical signals into one channel of
multiplexed optical signals.

l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2360
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


l
Power supply module

21.3.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the M40V board.

Figure 21-8 and Figure 21-9 show the front panel of the M40V board.
Figure 21-8 Front panel of the TN11M40V board
196.00
195.90
195.80
195.70
195.60
195.50
195.40
195.30
195.20
195.10
M11
M12
M13
M14
M15
M16
M17
M18
M19
M20
195.00
194.90
194.80
194.70
194.60
194.50
194.40
194.30
194.20
194.10
M27
M28
M21
M22
M23
M24
M25
M26
M27
M28
M29
M30
194.00
193.90
193.80
193.70
193.60
193.50
193.40
193.30
193.20
193.10
M31
M32
M33
M34
M35
M36
M37
M38
M39
M40
193.00
192.90
192.80
192.70
192.60
192.50
192.40
192.30
192.20
192.10
M31 M32
M33 M34
M35 M36
M37 M38
M39 M40
M15 M16
M17 M18
M19 M20
M21 M22
M23 M24
M25 M26
M01
M03 M04
M05 M06
M07 M08
M09 M10
M11 M12
M29
M30
MON OUT
M02
M40V
196.00
195.90
195.80
195.70
195.60
195.50
195.40
195.30
195.20
195.10
M 11
M12
M13
M14
M15
M16
M17
M18
M19
M20
195.00
194.90
194.80
194.70
194.60
194.50
194.40
194.30
194.20
194.10
M13 M14
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
M01
M02
M 03
M 04
M 05
M 06
M 07
M 08
M09
M10
M40V
M21
M22
M23
M24
M25
M26
M27
M28
M29
M30
194.00
193.90
193.80
193.70
193.60
193.50
193.40
193.30
193.20
193.10
M31
M32
M33
M34
M35
M36
M37
M38
M39
M40
193.00
192.90
192.80
192.70
192.60
192.50
192.40
192.30
192.20
192.10
M01
M02
M03
M04
M05
M06
M07
M08
M09
M10
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2361
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 21-9 Front panel of the TN12M40V board

M13
M01
M02
M03
M04
M05
M06
M07
M08
M09
M10
M11
M12
MON
194.80
193.40
OUT
OUT
194.70
193.30
196.00
194.60
193.20
195.90
194.50
193.10
195.80
194.40
193.00
195.70
194.30
192.90
195.60
194.20
192.80
195.50
194.10
192.70
195.40
194.00
192.60
195.30
193.90
192.50
195.20
193.80
192.40
195.10
193.70
192.30
195.00
193.60
192.20
194.90
193.50
192.10
M27
M28
M29
M30
M31
M32
M33
M34
M35
M36
M37
M38
M39
M40
M39
M40
M11
M12
M40V
M26
M35
M38
M36
M33
M34
M31
M32
M29
M30
M37
M09
M10
M08
M07
M05
M06
M03
M04
M13
MON 194.80 193.40

OUT 194.70 193.30
196.00 194.60 193.20
195.90 194.50 193.10
195.80 194.40 193.00
195.70 194.30 192.90
195.60 194.20 192.80
195.50 194.10 192.70
195.40 194.00 192.60
195.30 193.90 192.50
195.20 193.80 192.40
195.10 193.70 192.30
195.00 193.60 192.20
194.90 193.50 192.10
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
M01
M02
M40V
M27
M28
M26
NOTE
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 21-13 Types and functions of the interfaces on the M40V board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Type
Function
M01-M40
LC
Receives the signals to be multiplexed, when connected

to the "OUT" interface of the OTUs.

2362
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Type
Function
OUT
LC
Transmits the multiplexed signals, when connected to

an optical amplifier or ITL.
MON
LC

follows: Pout (dBm) Pmon (dBm) = 10 x lg(90/10) =
10 dB.
Table 21-14 and Table 21-15 show the mapping between the interfaces, frequency, and
wavelengths of the M40V board.
Table 21-14 Mapping between the optical interfaces, frequencies, and wavelengths of the M40V
board (even)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
M01
196.00
1529.55
M21
194.00
1545.32
M02
195.90
1530.33
M22
193.90
1546.12
M03
195.80
1531.12
M23
193.80
1546.92
M04
195.70
1531.90
M24
193.70
1547.72
M05
195.60
1532.68
M25
193.60
1548.51
M06
195.50
1533.47
M26
193.50
1549.32
M07
195.40
1534.25
M27
193.40
1550.12
M08
195.30
1535.04
M28
193.30
1550.92
M09
195.20
1535.82
M29
193.20
1551.72
M10
195.10
1536.61
M30
193.10
1552.52
M11
195.00
1537.40
M31
193.00
1553.33
M12
194.90
1538.19
M32
192.90
1554.13
M13
194.80
1538.98
M33
192.80
1554.94
M14
194.70
1539.77
M34
192.70
1555.75
M15
194.60
1540.56
M35
192.60
1556.55

2363
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
M16
194.50
1541.35
M36
192.50
1557.36
M17
194.40
1542.14
M37
192.40
1558.17
M18
194.30
1542.94
M38
192.30
1558.98
M19
194.20
1543.73
M39
192.20
1559.79
M20
194.10
1544.53
M40
192.10
1560.61
Table 21-15 Mapping between the optical interfaces, frequencies, and wavelengths of the M40V
board (odd)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
M01
196.05
1529.16
M21
194.05
1544.92
M02
195.95
1529.94
M22
193.95
1545.72
M03
195.85
1530.72
M23
193.85
1546.52
M04
195.75
1531.51
M24
193.75
1547.32
M05
195.65
1532.29
M25
193.65
1548.11
M06
195.55
1533.07
M26
193.55
1548.91
M07
195.45
1533.86
M27
193.45
1549.72
M08
195.35
1534.64
M28
193.35
1550.52
M09
195.25
1535.43
M29
193.25
1551.32
M10
195.15
1536.22
M30
193.15
1552.12
M11
195.05
1537.00
M31
193.05
1552.93
M12
194.95
1537.79
M32
192.95
1553.73
M13
194.85
1538.58
M33
192.85
1554.54
M14
194.75
1539.37
M34
192.75
1555.34
M15
194.65
1540.16
M35
192.65
1556.15
M16
194.55
1540.95
M36
192.55
1556.96
M17
194.45
1541.75
M37
192.45
1557.77
M18
194.35
1542.54
M38
192.35
1558.58
M19
194.25
1543.33
M39
192.25
1559.39

2364
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
M20
194.15
1544.13
M40
192.15
1560.20
Laser Hazard Level

21.3.7 Valid Slots

Three slots house one TN11M40V board and two slots house one TN12M40V board.
Table 21-16 shows the valid slots for the TN11M40V board and Table 21-17 shows the valid
slots for the TN12M40V board.
Table 21-16 Valid slots for the TN11M40V board
Product
Valid Slots

IU61-IU66
IU1-IU6, IU11-IU16
IU1-IU14
IU1-IU15
Therefore, the slot number of the TN11M40V board displayed on the NM is the number of the
For example, if slots IU1, IU2, and IU3 house the TN11M40V board, the slot number of the
TN11M40V board displayed on the NM is IU1.
Table 21-17 Valid slots for the TN12M40V board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots

2365
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17

subrack
IU1-IU15
IU1-IU16
Therefore, the slot number of the TN12M40V board displayed on the NM is the number of the
For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the TN12M40V board, the slot number of the
TN12M40V board displayed on the NM is IU1.
21.3.8 Characteristic Code for the M40V

The characteristic code for the M40V board contains two characters. One indicates the band and
are odd or even.
Table 21-18 Characteristic code for the M40V board
Code
Meaning
Description
First character
Band

Second character

wavelengths.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11M40V board is CE, indicating C band and
even wavelengths.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2366
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 21-19 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the M40V board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
OUT
M01-M40
2-41
MON
42

For M40V parameters, refer to Table 21-20.
Table 21-20 M40V parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
supported.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2367
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface
Attenuation Ratio
(dB)
Value of Min.
Attenuation Rate
(dB) to Value of
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)
Specifies the attenuation for the optical

interface. This parameter ensures that the
launch power of the transmit end complies
with the system power requirements.
Default: Value of
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)
Before the commissioning, the attenuation

ratio of each channel must be preset.
The attenuation adjustment amplitude should
not be very large.
It should be controlled within 2 dB compared
with the original attenuation every time the
attenuation is adjusted in a new project.
During the expansion of a project or during
maintenance, however, the attenuation
adjustment amplitude should be controlled
within 0.5 dB compared with the original
attenuation when the attenuation is adjusted.
To obtain the value range of this parameter,
query the value of the Min. Attenuation Rate
(dB) and Max. Attenuation Rate (dB)
parameters.
Attenuation
difference (dB)
-3 to 3, with a step of
0.1
Default: none
Sets the relative optical power attenuation of

a board channel. When using this parameter
with Attenuation (dB), you can adjust optical
power attenuation of a board channel more
accurately.
If Optical Interface Attenuation Ratio
(dB) is set to 9 dB and Attenuation
Difference (dB) is set to 1.5 dB, then the
attenuation of the optical interface is 10.5 dB.
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)
Displays the maximum attenuation allowed by

a board optical interface.
Min. Attenuation
Rate (dB)
Displays the minimum attenuation allowed by

Actual Band
Actual Working
Band Parity

of the board.
Configure Band

board.
Default: C
Configure
Working Band
Parity
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
All, Odd, Even

Default: All

band of the board.

2368
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

21.3.11 M40V Specifications

Table 21-21 lists the optical specifications of the M40V board.
Table 21-21 Optical specifications of the M40V board
Item
Unit
Value
GHz
100
Insertion loss
dB
<= 8a
Reflectance
dB
< -40
nm
1529-1561
dB
> 22
dB
> 25
Attenuation range
dB
0-15
Loss accuracy
dB
<= 1 (0 to 10 dB)
<= 1.5 (>10 dB)
dB
<= 0.5
dB
<= 3a
NOTE
a: This value can be reached when the attenuation of the VOA is set to 0 dB. It includes the inherent
insertion loss of the MUX board and VOA unit.
l

TN11M40V (H x W x D): 264.6 mm (10.4 in.) x 76.2 mm (3.0 in.) x 220 mm (8.7 in.)
TN12M40V (H x W x D): 264.6 mm (10.4 in.) x 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) x 220 mm (8.7 in.)
Weight:
TN11M40V: 2.3 kg (5.1 lb.)
TN12M40V: 2.3 kg (5.1 lb.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2369
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11M40V
20.0
25.0
TN12M40V
16.0
26.0
21.4 D40
D40: 40-channel demultiplexing board

The available functional versions of the D40 board are TN11 and TN12.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1D
40
T
N1
2D
40

2370
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Type
Unit
Type
Description
TN11D40/
TN12D40
01
Demultiplexes one main path into 40 C_EVEN channels.
02
Demultiplexes one main path into 40 C_ODD channels.

Appearance:
l
The TN11D40 board uses a front panel different from that of the TN12D40 board. The
TN11D40 board occupies three slots. The TN12D40 board occupies two slots. For details,
see 21.4.6 Front Panel.
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11D40
TN12D40
The TN12D40 can be created as D40 on the NMS. The former

the substitution, the TN12D40 board functions as the TN11D40
board. The TN12D40 board occupies two physical slots and
three logical slots while the TN11D40 board occupies three
physical slots. After the substitution, the remaining one
physical slot cannot be used to house any other board.
NOTE
The TN12D40 board can substitute for the TN11D40 board only after
SPC300 or later. When the TN11D40 board resides on the Optix OSN
6800, the software version of the Optix OSN 6800 must be
V100R003C02 or later. When the TN11D40 board resides on the Optix
OSN 8800, there is no requirement for the software version of the Optix
OSN 8800.
TN12D40
None

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2371
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
Added the TN12D40 board.
Compared with the TN11D40 board that occupies three

slots, the TN12D40 board occupies only two slots.
21.4.3 Application
The D40 is a type of optical demultiplexing unit. The D40 implements the demultiplexing of
one optical signal into a maximum of 40 ITU-T Recommendation-compliant WDM signals.
For the position of the D40 in the WDM system, see Figure 21-10.
Figure 21-10 Position of the D40 in the WDM system
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
1
M40
OA
OA
D40
40
40
1
D40
OA
OA
M40
40
40
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU

The main functions and features supported by the D40 are demultiplexing, online optical
performance monitoring, alarms and performance events monitoring.
Table 21-22 Functions and features of the D40
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Demultiplexes main path signal to a maximum of 40 channels of

service.
l D4001: demultiplexes one multi-wavelength signal into 40
C_EVEN wavelength signals.
l D4002: demultiplexes one multi-wavelength signal into 40
C_ODD wavelength signals.
Online optical
performance
monitoring
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

affecting traffic.
2372
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Alarms and
performance events
monitoring
Optical-layer ASON
Supported

The D40 board consists of the optical module, detection and temperature control module, control
Figure 21-11 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the D40.
Figure 21-11 Functional modules and signal flow of the D40
Optical module
Demultiplexer
Splitter
IN
D01
D02
D40
MON
Temperature
detection
PIN
Temperature
control
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
The IN optical interface receives one channel of multiplexed optical signals and sends the signals
to the demultiplexer. The demultiplexer demultiplexes the one channel of multiplexed optical
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2373
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

signals into 40 channels of single-wavelength optical signals, and then outputs them through the
D01-D40 optical interfaces.
Module Function
l
Optical module
Demultiplexes the one channel of multiplexed optical signals into 40 channels of singlewavelength optical signals.

Monitors and controls in real time the demultiplexer operating temperature.

Power supply module

21.4.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the D40 front panel.

Figure 21-12 and Figure 21-13 show the front panel of the D40 board.
Figure 21-12 TN11D40 front panel
196.00
195.90
195.80
195.70
195.60
195.50
195.40
195.30
195.20
195.10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
195.00
194.90
194.80
194.70
194.60
194.50
194.40
194.30
194.20
194.10
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
194.00
193.90
193.80
193.70
193.60
193.50
193.40
193.30
193.20
193.10
D31
D32
D33
D34
D35
D36
D37
D38
D39
D40
193.00
192.90
192.80
192.70
192.60
192.50
192.40
192.30
192.20
192.10
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
D32
D33
D34
D35
D36
D37
D38
D39
D40
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
MON
IN
D01
D02
D03
D04
D05
D06
D07
D08
D09
D10
D11
D12
D40
D 11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
196.00
195.90
195.80
195.70
195.60
195.50
195.40
195.30
195.20
195.10
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
D 01
D 02
D 03
D 04
D 05
D 06
D 07
D 08
D09
D10
D40
195.00
194.90
194.80
194.70
194.60
194.50
194.40
194.30
194.20
194.10
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
194.00
193.90
193.80
193.70
193.60
193.50
193.40
193.30
193.20
193.10
D31
D32
D33
D34
D35
D36
D37
D38
D39
D40
193.00
192.90
192.80
192.70
192.60
192.50
192.40
192.30
192.20
192.10
D01
D02
D03
D04
D05
D06
D07
D08
D09
D10
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2374
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 21-13 Front panel of the TN12D40 board

D13
D01
D02
D03
D04
D05
D06
D07
D08
D09
D10
D11
D12
MON
194.80
193.40
IN
194.70
193.30
196.00
194.60
193.20
195.90
194.50
193.10
195.80
194.40
193.00
195.70
194.30
192.90
195.60
194.20
192.80
195.50
194.10
192.70
195.40
194.00
192.60
195.30
193.90
192.50
195.20
193.80
192.40
195.10
193.70
192.30
195.00
193.60
192.20
194.90
193.50
192.10
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
D32
D33
D34
D35
D36
D37
D38
D39
D40
D40
D37
D38
D35
D36
D33
D34
D31
D32
D29
D30
D39
D40
D26
D11
D12
D09
D10
D07
D08
D05
D06
D03
D04
D13
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
D01
D02
D40
MON 194.80 193.40

IN 194.70 193.30
196.00 194.60 193.20
195.90 194.50 193.10
195.80 194.40 193.00
195.70 194.30 192.90
195.60 194.20 192.80
195.50 194.10 192.70
195.40 194.00 192.60
195.30 193.90 192.50
195.20 193.80 192.40
195.10 193.70 192.30
195.00 193.60 192.20
194.90 193.50 192.10
D27
D28
D26
NOTE
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2375
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 21-23 Types and functions of the D40 interfaces

Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC
Connects to an optical amplifier or ITL board to receive

a multi-wavelength signal.
D01-D40
LC
Transmit demultiplexed signals to the connected IN

ports on associated OTUs.
MON
LC

monitoring of the signals received by the IN port.
Pin (dBm) - Pmon (dBm) = 10 x lg(90/10) = 10 dB.
Table 21-24 and Table 21-25 show the mapping between the interfaces, frequency and
wavelengths of the D40 board.
Table 21-24 Mapping between the optical interfaces, frequencies and wavelengths of the D4001
board (C_EVEN)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
D01
196.00
1529.55
D21
194.00
1545.32
D02
195.90
1530.33
D22
193.90
1546.12
D03
195.80
1531.12
D23
193.80
1546.92
D04
195.70
1531.90
D24
193.70
1547.72
D05
195.60
1532.68
D25
193.60
1548.51
D06
195.50
1533.47
D26
193.50
1549.32
D07
195.40
1534.25
D27
193.40
1550.12
D08
195.30
1535.04
D28
193.30
1550.92
D09
195.20
1535.82
D29
193.20
1551.72
D10
195.10
1536.61
D30
193.10
1552.52
D11
195.00
1537.40
D31
193.00
1553.33
D12
194.90
1538.19
D32
192.90
1554.13
D13
194.80
1538.98
D33
192.80
1554.94

2376
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
D14
194.70
1539.77
D34
192.70
1555.75
D15
194.60
1540.56
D35
192.60
1556.55
D16
194.50
1541.35
D36
192.50
1557.36
D17
194.40
1542.14
D37
192.40
1558.17
D18
194.30
1542.94
D38
192.30
1558.98
D19
194.20
1543.73
D39
192.20
1559.79
D20
194.10
1544.53
D40
192.10
1560.61
Table 21-25 Mapping between the optical interfaces, frequencies and wavelengths of the D4002
board (C_ODD)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
D01
196.05
1529.16
D21
194.05
1544.92
D02
195.95
1529.94
D22
193.95
1545.72
D03
195.85
1530.72
D23
193.85
1546.52
D04
195.75
1531.51
D24
193.75
1547.32
D05
195.65
1532.29
D25
193.65
1548.11
D06
195.55
1533.07
D26
193.55
1548.91
D07
195.45
1533.86
D27
193.45
1549.72
D08
195.35
1534.64
D28
193.35
1550.52
D09
195.25
1535.43
D29
193.25
1551.32
D10
195.15
1536.22
D30
193.15
1552.12
D11
195.05
1537.00
D31
193.05
1552.93
D12
194.95
1537.79
D32
192.95
1553.73
D13
194.85
1538.58
D33
192.85
1554.54
D14
194.75
1539.37
D34
192.75
1555.34
D15
194.65
1540.16
D35
192.65
1556.15
D16
194.55
1540.95
D36
192.55
1556.96
D17
194.45
1541.75
D37
192.45
1557.77

2377
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
D18
194.35
1542.54
D38
192.35
1558.58
D19
194.25
1543.33
D39
192.25
1559.39
D20
194.15
1544.13
D40
192.15
1560.20
Laser Hazard Level

21.4.7 Valid Slots

Three slots house one TN11D40 board and two slots house one TN12D40 board.
Table 21-26 shows the valid slots for the TN11D40 board and Table 21-27 shows the valid slots
for the TN12D40 board.
Table 21-26 Valid slots for the TN11D40 board
Product
Valid Slots

IU61-IU66
IU1-IU6, IU11-IU16
IU1-IU14
IU1-IU15
Therefore, the slot number of the TN11D40 board displayed on the NM is the number of the
leftmost one of the three occupied slots.
For example, if the TN11D40 occupies slots IU1, IU2 and IU3, the slot number of the TN11D40
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2378
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 21-27 Valid slots for the TN12D40 board

Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17

subrack
IU1-IU15
IU1-IU16
Therefore, the slot number of the TN12D40 board displayed on the NM is the number of the
For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the TN12D40 board, the slot number of the TN12D40
21.4.8 Characteristic Code for the D40

The characteristic code for the D40 consists of two characters. One indicates the band. The other
indicates whether the wavelengths that carry the optical signals processed by the board are odd
or even wavelengths.
Table 21-28 Characteristic code for the D40
Code
Meaning
Description
The first character
Band

The second character

wavelengths.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11D40 is CE, indicating C band and even
wavelengths.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2379
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Table 21-29 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the D40 displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN
D01-D40
2-41
MON
42

For D40 parameters, refer to Table 21-30.
Table 21-30 D40 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
supported.
Input Power Loss

Threshold (dBm)
The Input Power Loss Threshold (dBm)

parameter queries the threshold value of the
input optical power, which can trigger a board
to generate an optical power loss (MUT_LOS)
alarm. When the actual input optical power is
lower than this threshold value, the board
reports the MUT_LOS alarm.
Configure Band
C
Default: C

board.
Actual Band
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2380
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Actual Working
Band Parity

of the board.
Configure
Working Band
Parity
All, Odd, Even

Default: All

band of the board.
Enable OAMS
Power Monitoring
Disable, Enable
Enables or disables the OAMS function.
Default: Disable
When the OAMS function is enabled, the

U2000 will issue a command to the OptiX
BWS 1600G to start the OAMS function if the
difference between the actual power and
Standard Value of OAMS Power
Monitoring (dBm) exceeds OAMS Power
Abnormality Threshold (dB).
Standard Value of
OAMS Power
Monitoring (dBm)
-60.0 to 50.0
Specifies the reference power for the OAMS

function to determine whether the line power
is normal. This parameter must be set based on
the actual line power.
OAMS Power
Abnormity
Threshold (dB)
0.5 to 10.0
Default: /
Default:3
Specifies the threshold for the OAMS function

to detect a line power abnormality. If the
difference between the actual line power and
Monitoring exceeds the specified
abnormality threshold, the U2000 will issue a
command to the OptiX BWS 1600G to start
the OAMS function. If the difference is less
than the threshold, the U2000 will not issue a
command to start the OAMS function.
21.4.11 D40 Specifications

Specifications include optical specifications, dimensions, weight and power consumption.
Table 21-31 lists the optical specifications of the D40.
Table 21-31 Optical specifications of the D40
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Item
Unit
Value
GHz
100
Insertion loss
dB
<= 6.5

2381
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
Reflectance
dB
< -40
nm
1529-1561
dB
> 25
dB
> 25
dB
<= 0.5
Temperature characteristics
nm/C
< 0.002
dB
<= 3
-1 dB bandwidth
nm
>= 0.2
-20 dB bandwidth
nm
< 1.4
l

TN11D40 (H x W x D): 264.6 mm (10.4 in.) x 76.2 mm (3.0 in.) x 220 mm (10.4 in.)
TN12D40 (H x W x D): 264.6 mm (10.4 in.) x 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) x 220 mm (10.4 in.)
Weight:
TN11D40: 2.2 kg ( 4.8 lb.)
TN12D40: 2.0 kg ( 4.4 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11D40
10.0
13.0
TN12D40
10.0
13.0
21.5 D40V
D40V: 40-channel demultiplexing board with VOA

The available functional version of the D40V board is TN11.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2382
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1D
40
V
Type
Unit
Type
Description
TN11D40V
01
Demultiplexes one main path into 40 C_EVEN channels.
02
Demultiplexes one main path into 40 C_ODD channels.
21.5.2 Application
As a type of optical demultiplexing unit, the D40V demultiplexes one channel of signals into a
maximum of 40 channels of signals that comply with the related ITU-T Recommendations and
adjusts the output optical power of each channel.
For the position of the D40V board in the WDM system, see Figure 21-14.
Figure 21-14 Position of the D40V board in the WDM system
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
1
M40
OA
OA
D40V
40
40
1
D40V
OA
OA
M40
40
40

OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
2383
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The D40V board is mainly used to demultiplex signals, to monitor performance of optical
signals, to monitor alarms and performance events, and to adjust optical power.
Table 21-32 Functions and features of the D40V board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Demultiplexes one channel of signals into a maximum of 40 channels

of signals and adjusts the input optical power of each channel.
l D40V01: demultiplexes one multi-wavelength signal into 40
C_EVEN wavelength signals.
l D40V02: demultiplexes one multi-wavelength signal into 40
C_ODD wavelength signals.
Online optical
performance
monitoring

affecting traffic.
Alarms and
performance events
monitoring
Optical power
adjustment
Adjusts the optical power of each channel of signals after

demultiplexing.
Optical-layer ASON
Not supported

The D40V board consists of the optical module, detection and temperature control module,
Figure 21-15 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the D40V board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2384
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 21-15 Functional modules and signal flow of the D40V board
Splitter
Optical module
Demultiplexer
VOA
VOA
IN
VOA
D01
D02
D40
MON
Temperature
detection
PIN
Temperature VOA
control
control
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
The IN optical interface receives one channel of multiplexed optical signals and sends the signals
to the demultiplexer. The demultiplexer demultiplexes the one channel of multiplexed optical
signals into 40 channels of single-wavelength optical signals, and then outputs them through the
D01-D40 optical interfaces after the optical power adjustment by VOA.
Module Function
l
Optical module
Demultiplexes the one channel of multiplexed optical signals into 40 channels of singlewavelength optical signals.
Adjusts the optical power of the single-wavelength optical signals after demultiplexing.

Monitors and controls in real time the demultiplexer operating temperature.
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2385
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


l
Power supply module

21.5.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on front panel of the D40V board.

Figure 21-16 shows front panel of the D40V board.
Figure 21-16 Front panel of the D40V board
196.00
195.90
195.80
195.70
195.60
195.50
195.40
195.30
195.20
195.10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
195.00
194.90
194.80
194.70
194.60
194.50
194.40
194.30
194.20
194.10
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
194.00
193.90
193.80
193.70
193.60
193.50
193.40
193.30
193.20
193.10
D31
D32
D33
D34
D35
D36
D37
D38
D39
D40
193.00
192.90
192.80
192.70
192.60
192.50
192.40
192.30
192.20
192.10
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
D32
D33
D34
D35
D36
D37
D38
D39
D40
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
MON
IN
D01
D02
D03
D04
D05
D06
D07
D08
D09
D10
D11
D12
D40V
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
D 01
D 02
D 03
D 04
D 05
D 06
D 07
D 08
D09
D10
196.00
195.90
195.80
195.70
195.60
195.50
195.40
195.30
195.20
195.10
D 11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
D40V
195.00
194.90
194.80
194.70
194.60
194.50
194.40
194.30
194.20
194.10
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
194.00
193.90
193.80
193.70
193.60
193.50
193.40
193.30
193.20
193.10
D31
D32
D33
D34
D35
D36
D37
D38
D39
D40
193.00
192.90
192.80
192.70
192.60
192.50
192.40
192.30
192.20
192.10
D01
D02
D03
D04
D05
D06
D07
D08
D09
D10
NOTE
Indicators
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2386
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 21-33 Types and functions of the interfaces on the D40V board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC
Receives signals to be demultiplexed when connected

to an optical amplifier or ITL.
D01-D40
LC
Transmits demultiplexed signals when connected to the

"IN" interface of the OTUs.
MON
LC

Pin (dBm) - Pmon (dBm) = 10 x lg(90/10) = 10 dB.
Table 21-34 and Table 21-35 show the mapping between the optical interfaces, frequencies and
wavelengths of the D40V board.
Table 21-34 Mapping between the optical interfaces, frequencies and wavelengths of the
TN11D40V01 board (C_EVEN)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
D01
196.00
1529.55
D21
194.00
1545.32
D02
195.90
1530.33
D22
193.90
1546.12
D03
195.80
1531.12
D23
193.80
1546.92
D04
195.70
1531.90
D24
193.70
1547.72
D05
195.60
1532.68
D25
193.60
1548.51
D06
195.50
1533.47
D26
193.50
1549.32
D07
195.40
1534.25
D27
193.40
1550.12
D08
195.30
1535.04
D28
193.30
1550.92
D09
195.20
1535.82
D29
193.20
1551.72

2387
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
D10
195.10
1536.61
D30
193.10
1552.52
D11
195.00
1537.40
D31
193.00
1553.33
D12
194.90
1538.19
D32
192.90
1554.13
D13
194.80
1538.98
D33
192.80
1554.94
D14
194.70
1539.77
D34
192.70
1555.75
D15
194.60
1540.56
D35
192.60
1556.55
D16
194.50
1541.35
D36
192.50
1557.36
D17
194.40
1542.14
D37
192.40
1558.17
D18
194.30
1542.94
D38
192.30
1558.98
D19
194.20
1543.73
D39
192.20
1559.79
D20
194.10
1544.53
D40
192.10
1560.61
Table 21-35 Mapping between the optical interfaces, frequencies and wavelengths of the
TN11D40V02 board (C_ODD)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
D01
196.05
1529.16
D21
194.05
1544.92
D02
195.95
1529.94
D22
193.95
1545.72
D03
195.85
1530.72
D23
193.85
1546.52
D04
195.75
1531.51
D24
193.75
1547.32
D05
195.65
1532.29
D25
193.65
1548.11
D06
195.55
1533.07
D26
193.55
1548.91
D07
195.45
1533.86
D27
193.45
1549.72
D08
195.35
1534.64
D28
193.35
1550.52
D09
195.25
1535.43
D29
193.25
1551.32
D10
195.15
1536.22
D30
193.15
1552.12
D11
195.05
1537.00
D31
193.05
1552.93
D12
194.95
1537.79
D32
192.95
1553.73
D13
194.85
1538.58
D33
192.85
1554.54

2388
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
D14
194.75
1539.37
D34
192.75
1555.34
D15
194.65
1540.16
D35
192.65
1556.15
D16
194.55
1540.95
D36
192.55
1556.96
D17
194.45
1541.75
D37
192.45
1557.77
D18
194.35
1542.54
D38
192.35
1558.58
D19
194.25
1543.33
D39
192.25
1559.39
D20
194.15
1544.13
D40
192.15
1560.20
Laser Hazard Level

21.5.6 Valid Slots

Three slots house one D40V board.
Table 21-36 shows the valid slots for the D40V board.
Table 21-36 Valid slots for the D40V board
Product
Valid Slots

IU61-IU66
IU1-IU15
Therefore, the slot number of the D40V board displayed on the NM is the number of the leftmost
one of the three slots.
For example, if slots IU1, IU2, and IU3 house the D40V board, the slot number of the D40 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2389
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

21.5.7 Characteristic Code for the D40V

The characteristic code for the D40V board contains two characters. One indicates the band and
are odd or even.
Table 21-37 Characteristic code for the D40V board
Code
Meaning
Description
First character
Band

Second character

wavelengths.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11D40V board is CE, indicating C band and even
wavelengths.


Table 21-38 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the D40V board displayed on the NM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface on the NM
IN
D01-D40
2-41
MON
42

2390
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


For D40V parameters, refer to Table 21-39.
Table 21-39 D40V parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Input Power Loss

Threshold (dBm)

to generate an optical power loss
(MUT_LOS) alarm. When the actual input
optical power is lower than this threshold
value, the board reports the MUT_LOS alarm.
Optical Interface
Attenuation Ratio
(dB)
Value of Min.
Attenuation Rate
(dB) to Value of
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)

Default: Value of
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)

not be very large.
It should be controlled within 2 dB
compared with the original attenuation every
time the attenuation is adjusted in a new
project.
parameters.
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Displays the maximum attenuation allowed

by a board optical interface.

2391
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Min. Attenuation
Rate (dB)

Actual Band
Displays the actual working band of the

board.
Actual Working
Band Parity

of the board.
Configure Band

board.
Default: C
Configure Working
Band Parity
All, Odd, Even

Default: All

band of the board.
21.5.10 D40V Specifications

Table 21-40 lists the optical specifications of the D40V board.
Table 21-40 Optical specifications of the D40V board
Item
Unit
Value
GHz
100
Insertion loss
dB
<= 8a
Reflectance
dB
< -40
nm
1529-1561
dB
> 25
dB
> 30
Attenuation range
dB
0-15
Loss accuracy
dB
<= 1 (0 to 10 dB)
<= 1.5 (>10 dB)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
dB
<= 0.5
dB
<= 3a

2392
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
NOTE
a: This value can be reached when the attenuation of the VOA is set to 0 dB. It includes the inherent
insertion loss of the DMUX board and VOA unit.
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11D40V
20
25
21.6 DFIU
DFIU: bidirectional fiber interface board

The available functional version of the DFIU board is TN21.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2393
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N2
1D
FI
U


Hardware Update
Added the support for opticallayer ASON on the DFIU.
Function enhancement: When being used at an OLA site,

the OptiX OSN 3800 supports optical-layer ASON.

Hardware Update
Changed the default value of

Channel Number Mode to "/".
Specifications change: The default value of the parameter

is changed based on the application scenario.
21.6.3 Application
As a type of optical multiplexing and demultiplexing unit, The DFIU board multiplexes and
demultiplexes signals in two directions transmitted along the main path and optical supervisory
channel.
For the position of the DFIU board in the WDM system, see Figure 21-17.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2394
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 21-17 Position of the DFIU board in the WDM system
OA
DFIU
SC2
DFIU
OA
NOTE
The DFIU board is able to process signals in two directions. In the figure, the two DFIU boards actually
refer to one physical board.

The DFIU board is mainly used to multiplex and demultiplex signals.
Table 21-41 Functions and features of the DFIU board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Multiplexes and demultiplexes signals in two directions transmitted

along the main path and optical supervisory channel.
Optical-layer ASON
Supported

The DFIU board consists of the optical module, control and communication module, and power
supply module.
Figure 21-18 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the DFIU board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2395
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 21-18 Functional modules and signal flow of the DFIU board
Optical module
ERC
ERM
Multiplexer
EOUT
ETC
ETM
Demultiplexer
EIN
WRC
WRM
Multiplexer
WOUT
WTC
WTM
Demultiplexer
WN
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
Backplane
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Signal Flow
l
The multiplexer multiplexes the main path optical signals received through the WRC
optical interface and the supervisory channel signals received through the WRM optical
interface into one channel of optical signals. The multiplexed signals are then output
through the WOUT optical interface.
The WIN optical interface receives line optical signals, which are then sent to the
demultiplexer. The demultiplexer demultiplexes the line optical signals into the main path
optical signals and supervisory channel signals, and then outputs them through the WTC
and WTM optical interfaces
The multiplexer multiplexes the main path optical signals received through the ERC optical
interface and the supervisory channel signals received through the ERM optical interface
into one channel of optical signals. The multiplexed signals are then output through the
EOUT optical interface.
The EIN optical interface receives line optical signals, which are then sent to the
optical signals and supervisory channel signals, and then outputs them through the ETC
and ETM optical interfaces
Module Function
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Optical module
2396
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Performs the multiplexing and demultiplexing of main path signals and supervisory channel
signals.
l

Power supply module

21.6.6 Front Panel

There are interfaces on the front panel of the DFIU board.

Figure 21-19 shows the front panel of the DFIU board.
Figure 21-19 Front panel of the DFIU board
Interfaces
Table 21-42 Types and functions of the interfaces on the DFIU board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Type
Function
WIN
LC
Receives the west line signal.
WOUT
LC
Transmits the west line signal.
WTC
LC
Transmits the west main path signal.
WRC
LC
Receives the west main path signal.
WTM
LC
Transmits the west optical supervisory channel signal.
WRM
LC
Receives the west optical supervisory channel signal.
EIN
LC
Receives the east line signal.

2397
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Type
Function
EOUT
LC
Transmits the east line signal.
ETC
LC
Transmits the east main path signal.
ERC
LC
Receives the east main path signal.
ETM
LC
Transmits the east optical supervisory channel signal.
ERM
LC
Receives the east optical supervisory channel signal.
Laser Hazard Level

21.6.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one DFIU board.
Table 21-43 shows the valid slots for the DFIU board.
Table 21-43 Valid slots for DFIU board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1, IU8, IU11
21.6.8 Characteristic Code for the DFIU

The characteristic code for the DFIU board contains one character, indicating the band adopted
by the board.
Table 21-44 Characteristic code for the DFIU board
Code
Meaning
Description
First character
Band

solution adopted by the
board. The value C represents
C band; the value L
represents L band.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN21DFIU board is C, indicating that the optical
signals are in C band.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2398
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Table 21-45 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the DFIU board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
WIN/WOUT
WRM/WTM
WRC/WTC
EIN/EOUT
ERM/ETM
ERC/ETC
NOTE

For DFIU parameters, refer to Table 21-46.
Table 21-46 DFIU parameters
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Optical
Interface/
Channel
Optical Interface
Name
Actual Band
Actual Working
Band Parity
Queries the parity of the actual working band of the

board.


2399
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Configure Band
Specifies the type of the working band of the board.
Default: C
Configure
Working Band
Parity
All, ecldmin40
Default: All
Specifies the desired parity of the working band of

the board.
In an 80-wavelength system, when G.653 optical
fibers are used and there is no requirement for more
than 40 wavelengths, you can use 40 wavelengths
in the range of 192.100 THz to 193.050 THz and
195.100 THz to 196.050 THz to increase the
transmission distance. Set this parameter to
ecldmin40.
NOTICE
Before using 40 wavelengths in the range of 192.100 THz
to 193.100 THz and 195.000 THz to 196.000 THz,
services need to be planned on these wavelengths. In the
ASON network prevents current paths, original paths,
and revertive paths from staying on idle wavelengths (in
the range of 193.100 THz to 195.000 THz).
Channel Number
Mode
C80 Mode, C40

Mode, CWDM
Mode
Sets the number of wavelengths supported by the

board.
Default:/
PMD Coefficient
(ps/SQRT(km))
0 to 1
Default: 0.05
Specifies the polarization mode dispersion (PMD)

coefficient of a fiber. This parameter must be set
according to the fiber type being in use. Usually,
the nominal fiber PMD coefficient is recommended
for this parameter.
This parameter is available only for ASON
systems.
Chromatic
Dispersion
Coefficient(ps/
(nm*km))
-15 to 30
Default: 0
Specifies the chromatic dispersion (CD) coefficient

of a fiber. This parameter must be set according to
the fiber type being in use. Usually, the nominal
fiber CD coefficient is recommended for this
parameter.
systems.
21.6.11 DFIU Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2400
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 21-47 Optical specifications of the DFIU board
Interface
Item
Unit
Value
range
nm
1529-1561
range of optical
supervisory channel
nm
1500-1520
Optical return loss
dB
> 40
EIN-ETM
Insertion loss
dB
<= 1.5
Insertion loss
dB
<= 1
Isolation
dB
> 40
Isolation
dB
> 12
Polarization dependent
loss
dB
< 0.2
ERM-EOUT
WIN-WTM
WRM-WOUT
EIN-ETC
ERC-EOUT
WIN-WTC
WRC-WOUT
EIN-ETM
WIN-WTM
EIN-ETC
WIN-WTC
-
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN21DFIU
0.2
0.3
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2401
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

21.7 FIU
FIU: fiber interface board

The available functional versions of the FIU board are TN11, TN12, TN13, TN14, TN15 TN16,
and TN21.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1F
IU
T
N1
2F
IU
T
N1
3F
IU
Ya
T
N1
4F
IU
T
N1
5F
IU

2402
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
6F
IU
T
N2
1F
IU
a: OptiX OSN 3800 only supports the TN13FIU01/TN13FIU03.
Type
Board
Type
Description
TN13FIU
01
This board supports optical power detection but does not support
input of large optical power.
02
This board supports input of large optical power but not optical
power detection. It is used together with the HBA board.
03
This board supports optical power detection but does not support
input of large optical power.Compared with the TN13FIU01 and
TN13FIU02 board, This board has a larger specification of the
Operating wavelength range of optical supervisory channel and
Isolation.

l
Function:
The TN13FIU02 board supports high power input and works with the HBA board. The
TN14FIU/TN16FIU board works with the RAU1/RAU2 board. The other versions of
the FIU board do not support high power input. For details, see 21.7.3 Application.
The TN11FIU, TN12FIU and TN15FIU boards support reporting of input optical
power, but the TN13FIU, TN14FIU, TN16FIU, and TN21FIU boards do not. The
TN14FIU/TN16FIU supports the OUT optical interface power detection. The other
versions of the FIU board do not support high power input. For details, see 21.7.5
Working Principle and Signal Flow.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2403
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Only the TN12FIU/TN13FIU/TN14FIU/TN15FIU/TN16FIU board supports opticallayer ASON, the TN11FIU/TN21FIU does not support.
l
Appearance:
The TN11FIU, TN12FIU , TN14FIU, TN15FIU, TN16FIU, and TN13FIU01/
TN13FIU03 versions use the same front panel. The TN13FIU02 version uses a different
front panel from the preceding versions. The TN21 version uses a different front panel
from the preceding versions and is applicable to case-shaped equipment. For details,
see 21.7.6 Front Panel and 21.7.11 FIU Specifications.
Specification:
21.7.11 FIU Specifications.
Original
Board
Substitute Board
Substitution Rules
TN11FIU
TN12FIU/TN13FIU
/TN15FIU
Using the TN12FIU/TN15FIU board to replace

the TN11FIU board:
l TN12FIU/TN15FIUcan be created as FIU on
the NMS( TN11FIU is displayed as FIU on the
NMS. ). For the substitution, upgrade the NE
software to OptiX OSN 6800 V100R004C01
or a later version. After substitution, the
TN12FIU/TN15FIU functions as the
TN11FIU.
Using the TN13FIU board to replace the
TN11FIU board:
l Upgrade the NE software to OptiX OSN 6800
V100R004C01 or a later version.
l The TN13FIU can be created as 13FIU on the
NMS.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2404
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original
Board
Substitute Board
Substitution Rules
TN12FIU
TN13FIU
/TN15FIU

TN12FIU board:
l When the ASON function is not required,
upgrade the NE software to OptiX OSN 6800
V100R004C01 or a later version, or upgrade
the NE software to OptiX OSN 8800
l When the ASON function is required, upgrade
V100R004C03 or a later version, or upgrade
l After the substitution, the TN13FIU board is
functionally different from the TN12FIU
board.
TN12FIU board:
The TN15FIU can be created as 12FIU on the
NMS. The former can substitute for the latter,
without any software upgrade. After substitution,
the TN15FIU functions as the TN12FIU.
NOTE
When a system control board is installed in slot IU2 of
the 8800 Universal Platform Subrack subrack, the
TN15FIU board cannot be installed in slot IU1.
Therefore, if a TN12FIU board is installed in slot IU1
and a system control board is installed in slot IU2 of the
8800 Universal Platform Subrack subrack, the
TN15FIU board cannot substitute for the TN12FIU
board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
TN13FIU
None
TN14FIU
TN16FIU
The TN16FIU can be created as 14FIU on the

the TN16FIU functions as the TN14FIU.
TN15FIU
None
TN16FIU
None
TN21FIU
None

2405
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Hardware Update
Added the TN13FIU03 board.
Function enhancement.

Hardware Update
Added the TN16FIU board.

Hardware Update
The TN15FIU board is added to support input optical

power detection and optical-layer ASON, and it can be used
to replace the TN11FIU or TN12FIU board.

Hardware Update

The default value of the parameter is changed based on the

actual situation.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
The TN14FIU board is added to work with the RAU1 and

RAU2 boards, and the OUT port on the TN14FIU board
supports optical power detection.

2406
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Hardware Update
Changed the description of the

MON/OUT port power split
ratio for the TN13FIU02 board
into the following sentence:
The MON port is a 0.1/99.9 tap
of the total composite signal at
the OUT port (30 dB lower than
the actual signal power,
calculation formula: Pout
(dBm) - Pmon (dBm) = 10 x lg
(99.9/0.1) = 30 dB).
21.7.3 Application
As an optical multiplexing and demultiplexing unit, the FIU board multiplexes and
demultiplexes signals transmitted along the main optical path and optical supervisory channel.
For the position of the FIU board in the WDM system, see Figure 21-20, Figure 21-21, and
Figure 21-22.
Figure 21-20 Position of the TN11FIU/TN12FIU/TN13FIU01/TN13FIU03/TN21FIU/
TN14FIU/TN15FIU/TN16FIU board in the WDM system (normal optical power)
OTU
OTU
MUX
OA
SC1
OTU
OTU
DMUX
OA
FIU
FIU
OTU
OTU
SC1
OA
OA
DMUX
MUX
OTU
OTU
Figure 21-21 Position of the TN13FIU02 board in the WDM system (high optical power)
OTU
OTU
MUX
HBA
DMUX
FIU
FIU
OA
OTU
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
DMUX
OTU
OTU
SC1
OTU
OA
SC1
HBA
MUX
OTU
OTU

2407
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 21-22 Position of the TN14FIU/TN16FIU board (used together with RAU1/RAU2) in
the WDM system
OTU
OTU
M
U
X
OBU1
RC
LINE
OUT
RAU1/
RAU2
F
I IN
TM
U
SYS
TC
SYS
IN
IN
OTU
D
M
U
X
OUT
OTU
TM
TC
OTU
OTU
IN
RM
SC1
D
M
U
X
OUT
RAU1/ LINE
RAU2
OUT
F RM SC1
I
U
RC
OBU1
M
U
X
OTU
OTU

The FIU board multiplexes and demultiplexes signals, and monitors performance of optical
signals.
Table 21-48 Functions and features of the FIU
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Multiplexes and demultiplexes signals transmitted along the main

path and optical supervisory channel.
Online optical
performance
monitoring

affecting traffic.
Optical-layer ASON
Supported by the TN12FIU/TN13FIU/TN14FIU/TN15FIU/

TN16FIU.

The FIU board consists of the optical module, optical power detection module, control and
Figure 21-23 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN11FIU board, TN12FIU
board, TN14FIU, TN15FIU and TN16FIU board.TN14FIU and TN16FIU board.
Figure 21-24 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN13FIU board and the
TN21FIU board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2408
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 21-23 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN11FIU board, TN12FIU
board,TN14FIU, TN15FIU and TN16FIU board
Optical module
RC
RM
Splitter
Multiplexer
OUT
MON
TC
TM
Demultiplexer
IN
PIN
Optical power detection module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
2409
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 21-24 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN13FIU board and the TN21FIU
board
Optical module
RC
RM
Splitter
Multiplexer
OUT
MON
TC
TM
Demultiplexer
IN
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
l
The multiplexer multiplexes the main path optical signals received through the RC optical
interface and the supervisory channel signals received through the RM optical interface
into one channel of optical signals, and then outputs the multiplexed signals through the
OUT optical interface.
The IN optical interface receives line optical signals, which are then sent to the
optical signals and supervisory channel signals, and then outputs them through the TC and
TM optical interfaces
Module Function
l
Optical module
Multiplexes and demultiplexes the main path signals and supervisory channel signals.
The splitter splits some optical signals from the line optical signals and sends the signals
to the MON interface for detection.

NOTE
Only the TN11FIU, TN12FIU, and TN15FIU support the input optical power detection.
The TN14FIU/TN16FIU support the OUT optical interface power detection.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2410
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Power supply module

21.7.6 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces, and a laser hazard level label on the front panel of the FIU board.

Figure 21-25 shows the front panel of the TN11FIU/TN12FIU/TN14FIU/TN15FIU/
TN16FIU board.
Figure 21-26 and Figure 21-27 show the front panel of the TN13FIU board.
Figure 21-28 shows the front panel of the TN21FIU board.
Figure 21-25 Front panel of the TN11FIU/TN12FIU/TN14FIU/TN15FIU/TN16FIU board
CAUTION
MON
OUT
IN
TC
RC
TM
RM
FIU
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
FIU

LASER RADIATION
Figure 21-26 Front panel of the TN13FIU01/TN13FIU03 board
CAUTION
MON
OUT
IN
TC
RC
TM

RM
FIU
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
FIU
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
STAT

LASER RADIATION
2411
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 21-27 Front panel of the TN13FIU02 board
CAUTION
MON
TM
RM
IN
TC
RC
OUT
FIU
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
FIU
STAT

LASER RADIATION
Figure 21-28 Front panel of the TN21FIU board
Indicators
The TN11FIU/TN12FIU/TN14FIU/TN15FIU/TN16FIU board has four indicators on the front
panel.
l
The TN13FIU board has one indicator on the front panel.

l
The TN21FIU board has no indicator on the front panel.

Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2412
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 21-49 Types and functions of the interfaces on the FIU board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC
OUT
LCa
TC
LC
RC
LCa
TM
LC
Transmits the 1510 nm optical supervisory

channel signal.
RM
LC
Receives the 1510 nm optical supervisory

channel signal.
MON
LC
Connects to MCA4, MCA8, WMU or OPM8,

for in-service monitoring of the signals routed
to the OUT port.
l TN11FIU/TN12FIU/TN13FIU01/
TN13FIU03/TN14FIU/TN15FIU/
TN16FIU/TN21FIU: the ratio of the MON
port power to the OUT port power is 1:99.
In other words, the MON port power is 20
dB less than the actual signal power
calculated as follows: Pout (dBm) - Pmon
(dBm) = 10 x lg (99/1) = 20 dB.
l TN13FIU02: the ratio of the MON port
power to the OUT port power is 0.1:99.9. In
other words, the MON port power is 30 dB
less than the actual signal power calculated
as follows: Pout (dBm) - Pmon (dBm) = 10
x lg (99.9/0.1) = 30 dB.
a: the interface type of the "RC" and "OUT" of the TN13FIU02 are "LSH/APC".
Laser Hazard Level

The laser hazard level of the board is HAZARD LEVEL 1M, indicating that the maximum output
optical power of each optical interface ranges from 10 dBm (10 mW) to 21.3 dBm (136 mW).
NOTE
TN13FIU02: After the IPA function is enabled, the laser hazard level of the board is HAZARD LEVEL
1M, which indicates that the maximum power output by the optical port on the board ranges 10 dBm (10
mW) to 21.3 dBm (136 mW).
21.7.7 Valid Slots

One slots house one FIU board.
Table 21-50 shows the valid slots for the TN11FIU board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2413
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 21-50 Valid slots for the TN11FIU board

Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU17
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
Table 21-53 shows the valid slots for the TN14FIU/TN16FIU board.
Table 21-53 Valid slots for the TN14FIU/TN16FIU board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots

2414
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
NOTE
When a system control board is installed in slot IU2 of the OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack subrack,
the TN15FIU board cannot be installed in slot IU1.
Product
Valid Slots
IU1, IU8, IU11
21.7.8 Characteristic Code for the FIU

The characteristic code for the FIU board consists of one character. The character indicates the
band adopted by the board.
Detailed information about the characteristic code is given in Table 21-56.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2415
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 21-56 Characteristic code for the FIU board

Code
Meaning
Description
First character
Band

C band; the value L
represents L band.
For example, the characteristic code for the board is C, indicating that the optical signals are in
C band.


Table 21-57 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the FIU board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN/OUT
RM/TM
RC/TC
MON
NOTE

For FIU parameters, refer to Table 21-58.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2416
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 21-58 FIU parameters

Field
Value
Description
Optical
Interface/
Channel
Optical Interface
Name
Input Power Loss

Threshold (dBm)

parameter queries the threshold value of the input
optical power, which can trigger a board to
generate an optical power loss (MUT_LOS) alarm.
When the actual input optical power is lower than
this threshold value, the board reports the
MUT_LOS alarm.
NOTE
This parameter is supported only by TN11FIU /
TN12FIU/TN13FIU .
Actual Band
Actual Working
Band Parity

board.
Configure Band
Default: C
Configure
Working Band
Parity
All, ecldmin40
Default: All

the board.
ecldmin40.
NOTICE
Channel Number
Mode
C80 Mode, C40

Mode, CWDM
Mode

board.
Default: /
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2417
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
PMD Coefficient
(ps/SQRT(km))
0 to 1

the nominal fiber PMD coefficient is
recommended for this parameter.
Default: 0.05

systems.
Chromatic
Dispersion
Coefficient(ps/
(nm*km))
-214748364.8 to
214748364.7
Default: 0
Specifies the chromatic dispersion (CD)

the nominal fiber CD coefficient is recommended
for this parameter.
systems.
Fiber Type
G652 Fiber, G653

Fiber, LEAF
Fiber, TWRS
Fiber, TWC Fiber,
TWPLUS Fiber,
SMFLS Fiber,
G654B Fiber,
G656 Fiber,
G654A Fiber,
TERA_LIGHT
Fiber
Specifies the fiber type of the board.
Default: /
Fiber Length(m)
0 to 4294967295
Default: /
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Specifies the length of a fiber. This value can be

used by the Optical Doctor (OD) function to assess
the impact of stimulated Raman scattering (SRS)
and wavelength dependent loss (WDL). The
parameter value must truly reflect the actual fiber
length and can be accurate to within the kilometer
range.

2418
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Source DCM 1
DCM_A_G652 to
DCM_F_G652,
DCM_S_G652,
DCM_T_G652,
DCM_A_G655 to
DCM_F_G655,
DCM_S_G653,
DCM_T_G653,
DCM_M_G653,
DCM_A_G653,
FBG_D_G652 to
FBG_J_G652,
FBG_L_G652,
FBG_F_G655,
FBG_H_G655,
FBG_J_G655,
FBG_L_G655,
DCM_A_TWRS
to
DCM_F_TWRS,
Unconfigured
Participates in route computation in the ASON

domain.
Source DCM 2
Source DCM 3
Source DCM 4
When one DCM is inadequate to compensate for

fiber dispersion, multiple DCMs are needed to
provide expected compensation effect. Each FIU
board supports a maximum of four dispersion
compensation modules (DCM modules). Set this
parameter according to the DCM module on the
OA board interconnected with the target FIU
board.
DCM and FBG in the parameter values indicate the
type of DCM. Letters A to T indicate the
compensation distance. G652, G653, G655, and
TWRS represent the fiber types.
For the detailed DCM description, see DCM
Frame and DCM Module.
Default:
Unconfigured
Sink DCM 1
Sink DCM 2
Sink DCM 3
Sink DCM 4
DCM_A_G652 to
DCM_F_G652,
DCM_S_G652,
DCM_T_G652,
DCM_A_G655 to
DCM_F_G655,
DCM_S_G653,
DCM_T_G653,
DCM_M_G653,
DCM_A_G653,
FBG_D_G652 to
FBG_J_G652,
FBG_L_G652,
FBG_F_G655,
FBG_H_G655,
FBG_J_G655,
FBG_L_G655,
DCM_A_TWRS
to
DCM_F_TWRS,
Unconfigured

domain.
provide expected compensation effect. Each FIU
OA board interconnected with the target FIU
board.
Default:
Unconfigured
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2419
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Launch Power
(dBm)
-60.0 to 60.0
This parameter is reserved for future use. Users do

not need to set it.
21.7.11 FIU Specifications

Table 21-59 Optical specifications of the FIU board
Interface
Item
Unit
Value
range
nm
1529-1561
range of optical
supervisory channel
nm
TN11FIU/TN12FIU/TN13FIU01/
TN13FIU02/TN15FIU/TN21FIU:
1500-1520
TN13FIU03/TN14FIU/TN16FIU:
1480-1520
Optical return loss
dB
> 40
IN-TM
Insertion loss
dB
1.5
Insertion loss
dB
Isolation
dB
TN13FIU02/TN14FIU//TN15FIU/
TN21FIU: >40
RM-OUT
IN-TC
RC-OUT
IN-TM
TN13FIU03/TN16FIU: 55
IN-TC
Isolation
dB
TN13FIU02/TN14FIU/TN15FIU/
TN21FIU: >12
TN13FIU03/TN16FIU: 40
loss
dB
< 0.2
TN11FIU/TN12FIU/TN13FIU/TN14FIU/TN15FIU:
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2420
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

(8.7 in.)
TN16FIU:
l
(8.7 in.)
TN21FIU:
l
Dimensions of front panel (H x W x D): 118.9 mm (4.7 in.) x 25.4 mm (1.0 in.) x 220.0
mm (8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11FIU/TN12FIU/
TN14FIU
4.2
4.6
TN15FIU
6.0
6.6
TN13FIU/TN21FIU
0.2
0.3
TN16FIU
6.0
6.5
21.8 ITL
ITL: interleaver board

The available functional versions of the ITL board are TN11 and TN12.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2421
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11I
TL
TN
12I
TL
Type
U
n
i
t
T
y
p
e
M
ult
ipl
ex
De
mu
ltip
lex
10
G
Sy
ste
m
40
G
Co
her
ent
Sys
te
m
40G
Inc
ohe
rent
Syst
em
100G Coherent System

HFEC
SDFEC
SDFEC2
wDCMEnhanced,
SDFEC2
wDCM,
SDFEC2
T
N
1
1
I
T
L
0 cou
1 ple
r
inte
rlea
ver
0 int
4 erl
eav
er
inte
rlea
ver
0 cou
6 ple
r
inte
rlea
ver
T 0 cou
N 1 ple
1
r
2
I
T
L
inte
rlea
ver

l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function:
2422
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The optical module on the TN11ITL04 board consists of two interleavers which are
used to multiplex/demultiplex optical signals. The optical module on the ITL board of
other versions consists of an interleaver and a coupler. The interleaver is used to
demultiplex optical signals, and the coupler is used to multiplex optical signals. For
details, see 21.8.5 Working Principle and Signal Flow.
The TN12ITL board supports the VOA mode, but the ITL board of other versions does
not. For details, see 21.7.10 Parameters Can Be Set or Queried by NMS.
l
Appearance:
The TN11 and TN12 versions use different front panels. For details, see 21.8.6 Front
Panel.
Specification:
The specifications vary according to versions. For details, see 21.8.11 ITL
Specifications.
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11ITL
TN12ITL
Upgrade the NE software to OptiX OSN 6800 V100R004C01

or a later version or update the NE software to OptiX OSN 8800
V100R002C00 or later version.
When used in a 10 Gbit/s system, the TN12ITL board can
replace the TN11ITL board.
TN12ITL
TN11ITL
The TN11ITL board can replace the TN12ITL board only in

one application scenario: multiplexing/demultiplexing
between the signals at a channel spacing of 100 GHz and the
signals at a channel spacing of 50 GHz.
When used in a 10 Gbit/s system, in ITL mode, the TN11ITL
board can replace the TN12ITL board.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
Added the TN11ITL06 board.
The board is designed for 10G, 40G coherent, 100G

coherent (SDFEC), and 100G coherent (SDFEC2) systems.

2423
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

21.8.3 Application
As a type of optical multiplexing and demultiplexing unit, the ITL board implements
multiplexing/demultiplexing between the optical signals at a channel spacing of 100 GHz and
the signals at a channel spacing of 50 GHz.
For the position of the ITL board in the WDM system, see Figure 21-29.
Figure 21-29 Position of the ITL board in the WDM system
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
C_ODD
C_ODD
M40
40
1
C_EVEN
C_EVEN
WMU
40
ITL
1
D40
40
1
D40
40
1
OA
OA
M40
D40
40
1
ITL
C_ODD
WMU
OA
C_ODD
M40
OA
C_EVEN
D40
40
C_EVEN
40
1
M40
40
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
NOTE
The WMU board must be used when the TN54NS4M board or the 10G OTU with fixed wavelengths is
used in the system. In other cases, the WMU board is optional.

The ITL board is mainly used to multiplex and demultiplex signals, and to detect online optical
spectrum.
Table 21-60 Functions and features of the ITL board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Multiplexes/demultiplexes optical signals between C_ODD signals

and C_EVEN signals.
Detection and
monitoring of the
online spectrum

affecting traffic.
Optical-layer ASON
Supported by TN11ITL.

2424
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The ITL board consists of the optical module, control and communication module, and power
supply module.
Figure 21-30 and Figure 21-31 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the ITL board.
Figure 21-30 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN11ITL01/TN11ITL06/TN12ITL
board
Optical module
TO
TE
Interleaver
RO
RE
IN
Splitter
Coupler
OUT
MON
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
2425
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 21-31 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN11ITL04 board
Signal Flow
TN11ITL01/TN11ITL06:
l
The multiplexed optical signals received through the IN optical interface are sent to the
interleaver that splits the signals into two channels of optical signals in equal spacing. Then,
the two channels of optical signals are output through the TO and TE optical interfaces
respectively.
The coupler multiplexes the two channels of optical signals input from the RO and RE
optical interfaces into one channel of optical signals. The one channel of optical signals is
output through the OUT optical interface.
TN11ITL04:
l
interleaver that splits the signals into two channels of optical signals in equal spacing. Then,
the two channels of optical signals are output through the TO and TE optical interfaces
respectively.
The interleaver multiplexes the two channels of optical signals input from the RO and RE
TN12ITL:
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
interleaver. Then according to the requirement, get the signals all passed through the TE
interface or split the signals into two channels of optical signals in equal spacing. Then, the
2426
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

two channels of optical signals are output through the TO and TE optical interfaces
respectively.
l
The coupler multiplexes the two channels of optical signals input from the RO and RE
Module Function
l
Optical module
Performs the transformation between C band optical signals in 100 GHz spacing and C
band optical signals in 50 GHz spacing.

Power supply module

21.8.6 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces, and laser hazard level label on the front panel of the ITL board.

Figure 21-32 and Figure 21-33 show the front panel of the ITL board.
Figure 21-32 Front panel of the TN11ITL board
CAUTION
MON
OUT
IN
TO
RO
TE

RE
ITL
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
ITL
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
STAT

LASER RADIATION
2427
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 21-33 Front panel of the TN12ITL board
CAUTION
OUT
IN
TO
RO
TE
RE
ITL
CAUTION
MON
LASERRADIATION
ITL
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV

LASER RADIATION
Indicators
There is one indicator on the front panel of TN11ITL board.
l
There are four indicators on the front panel of TN12ITL board.

l
Interfaces
Table 21-61 Types and functions of the interfaces on the ITL board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC
Accesses the optical signals at 50 GHz channel spacing

OUT
LC

TE
LC

(C_EVEN multiplexed signals).
RE
LC

spacing (C_EVEN multiplexed signals).
TO
LC

(C_ODD multiplexed signals).

2428
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Type
Function
RO
LC

spacing (C_ODD multiplexed signals).
MON
LC
Connects to MCA4, MCA8, WMU or OPM8, for inservice monitoring of the signals routed to the OUT
port.
10 dB.
Laser Hazard Level

21.8.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one ITL board.
Table 21-62 shows the valid slots for the ITL board.
Table 21-62 Valid slots for the ITL board
Product
Valid Slots
TN11ITL: IU1-IU8, IU11-IU27, IU29-IU36

TN12ITL: IU1-IU8, IU12-IU27, IU29-IU36
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
21.8.8 Characteristic Code for the ITL

The characteristic code for the ITL board contains one character, indicating the band adopted
by the board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2429
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 21-63 Characteristic code for the ITL board

Code
Meaning
Description
First character
Band

C band.
For example, the characteristic code for the ITL board is C, indicating that the optical signals
are in C band.


Table 21-64 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the ITL board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN/OUT
RE/TE
RO/TO
MON
NOTE

For ITL parameters, refer to Table 21-65.
Table 21-65 ITL parameters
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

2430
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface
Name
Actual Band
Actual Working
Band Parity
Queries the parity of the actual working band of

the board.
Configure Band

board.

supported.
Default: C
Configure
Working Band
Parity
All, Odd, Even

Default: All
Specifies the desired parity of the working band

of the board.
Board Mode
ITL Mode, VOA

Mode

Default: ITL Mode
ITL Mode: Split the multiplexed optical signals

received through the IN optical interface into two
channels of signals in equal spacing. Then, the
two channels of optical signals are output through
the TO and TE optical interfaces respectively.
VOA Mode: The multiplexed optical signals
received through the IN optical interface all
passed through the TE interface.
NOTE
VOA Mode can be configured only when the services
are less than 40 channels.
Only for TN12ITL.
21.8.11 ITL Specifications

Table 21-66 Optical specifications of the TN11ITL01/TN11ITL06
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Item
Unit
Value
Input channel spacinga
GHz
100
Output channel spacinga
GHz
50

2431
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
dB
< 4.5
dB
< 2.5
dB
<1
Isolation
dB
> 25
Maximum reflectance
dB
-40
Directivity
dB
> 45
PMD
ps
< 0.5
dB
< 0.5
dBm
<= 26
Insertion loss
RE-OUT
RO-OUT
IN-TE
IN-TO
IN-TE
IN-TO
a: The input and output ends are defined based on the multiplexing process of the interleaver.
Table 21-67 Optical specifications of the TN11ITL04

Item
Unit
Value
GHz
100
GHz
50
dB
<3
dB
<3
dB
<1
Isolation
dB
> 25
Maximum reflectance
dB
-40
Directivity
dB
> 45
PMD
ps
< 0.5
dB
< 0.5
dBm
<= 26
Insertion loss
RE-OUT
RO-OUT
IN-TE
IN-TO
IN-TE
IN-TO
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2432
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
Table 21-68 Optical specifications of the TN12ITL

Item
Unit
Value
GHz
100
GHz
50
dB
< 4.5
dB
< 3.5
dB
<1
Isolation
dB
> 22
Maximum reflectance
dB
-40
Directivity
dB
> 45
PMD
ps
< 0.5
dB
< 0.5
dBm
<= 23
Insertion loss
RE-OUT
RO-OUT
IN-TE
IN-TO
IN-TE
IN-TO
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
Typical power
consumption (W)
Maximum power
consumptiona (W)
TN11ITL
0.2
0.3
TN12ITL
10.0
11.5

2433
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Typical power
consumption (W)
Maximum power
consumptiona (W)
21.9 SFIU
SFIU: fiber interface unit for sync timing

Only one functional version of the SFIU board is available, that is, TN11.

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1S
FI
U

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update


actual situation.

2434
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
Changed the slots for installing

the SFIU boards on the OptiX
OSN 3800 to IU2, IU3, IU4,
IU5, and IU11.
21.9.3 Application
As a type of optical multiplexing and demultiplexing unit, the SFIU board multiplexes and
demultiplexes signals transmitted along the main optical path and optical supervisory channel
(OSC).
For the position of the SFIU board in the WDM system, see Figure 21-34.
Figure 21-34 Position of the SFIU board in the WDM system
SYS1
OA
LINE1
SYS1
SYS1
LINE1
LINE1
SYS1
OA
TM1 OSC2
SCC
LINE1
ST2
RM1 OSC1
OA
S
F
I
U
SYS2
S
F
I
U
LINE2
LINE2
OSC2 RM2
OA
TM1
OSC2
RM1
OSC1
ST2
OSC1 TM2
SCC
SYS2
NE1
OA
SYS2
S
F
I
U
S
F
I
U
LINE2
LINE2
OSC2
RM2
OSC1
TM2
ST2
SYS2
NE2
SCC
OA
NE3
NOTE
Of all the OSC boards, only the ST2 board can work with the SFIU board.
A Raman board cannot be configured between two NEs that are interconnected through SFIU boards.
The OSC2 optical port supports the 1511 nm wavelength, and the OSC1 optical port supports the 1491 nm
wavelength.
The SFIU board cannot be used together with the DAS1 board.

The SFIU board is mainly used to multiplex and demultiplex signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2435
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 21-69 Functions and features of the SFIU

Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Multiplexes and demultiplexes signals transmitted along the main

With this function, neither commissioning nor delay compensation is
required for IEEE 1588V2 clocks.
Optical-layer ASON
Not supported

The SFIU board consists of an optical module, control and communication module, and power
supply module.
Figure 21-35 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the SFIU board.
Figure 21-35 Functional modules and signal flow of the SFIU board
SYS1
LINE1
OSC1
Optical module
OSC2
LINE2
SYS2
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Signal Flow
Each port on the SFIU board supports bidirectional transmission. It can receive or transmit a
signal depending on the position of the SFIU board. As shown in Figure 21-36, the LINE1,
LINE2, SYS1, and SYS2 ports can transmit or receive the main channel signal. In addition, the
LINE1 port receives and transmits the OSC signal at the same time, and the OSC1 and OSC2
ports can receive or transmit the OSC signal.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2436
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 21-36 Position of the SFIU board in a WDM system

A
OA
SYS1
LINE1
TM1 OSC2
RM1 OSC1
SYS2
S
F
I
U
SYS1
S
F
I
U
LINE2
SYS1
LINE1
LINE1
SYS1
LINE2
OSC2 RM2
OA
TM1
OSC2
RM1
OSC1
ST2
OSC1 TM2
SYS2
OA
S
F
I
U
SYS2
NE2
NE1
LINE1
OA
ST2
OA
S
F
I
U
LINE2
LINE2
OSC2
RM2
OSC1
TM2
ST2
SYS2
OA
NE3
Signal flow when the SFIU board is located at point A:

The main channel signal is received through the SYS1 port and the OSC signal through
the OSC2 port. Then the two signals are multiplexed into one signal, which is directed
out through the LINE1 port.
The OSC signal is received through the LINE1 port and is directed out through the
OSC1 port.
The main channel signal is received through the LINE2 port and is directed out through
the SYS2 port.
Signal flow when the SFIU board is located at point B:

The line signal received through the LINE1 port is demultiplexed into a main channel
signal and an OSC signal. Then the main channel signal is sent out through the SYS1
port and the OSC signal is sent out through the OSC2 port.
The OSC signal is received through the OSC1 port and is directed out through the LINE1
port.
The main channel signal is received through the SYS2 port and is directed out through
the LINE2 port.
The OSC2 port supports the 1511 nm wavelength and the OSC1 port supports the 1491 nm
wavelength.
Module Functions
l
Optical module
Multiplexes the OSC signal and main channel signal into a multiplexed signal, and vice
versa.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2437
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


l
Power supply module

21.9.6 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces, and laser hazard level label on the front panel of the SFIU board.

Figure 21-37 shows the front panel of the TN11SFIU board.
Figure 21-37 Front panel of the TN11SFIU board
CAUTION
SFIU
CAUTION
LINE1 LINE2 SYS1 SYS2 OSC1 OSC2
LASERRADIATION
SFIU
STAT

LASER RADIATION
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 21-70 Types and functions of the interfaces on the SFIU board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Type
Function
LINE1
LC
The LINE1 optical interface is located on the

line side. It sends and receives OSC signals in
addition to transmitting main optical path
signals.

2438
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Type
Function
LINE2
LC
The LINE2 optical interface is located on the

line side. It transmits the signals of the main
optical path.
SYS1
LC
The SYS1 optical interface transmits the

signals in the main optical path.
SYS2
LC
The SYS2 optical interface transmits the

signals in the main optical path.
OSC1
LC
The OSC1 optical interface transmits the OSC

signals.
OSC2
LC
The OSC2 optical interface transmits the OSC

signals.
Laser Hazard Level

21.9.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one SFIU board.
Table 21-71 shows the valid slots for the SFIU board.
Table 21-71 Valid slots for the SFIU board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
21.9.8 Characteristic Code for the SFIU

The characteristic code for the SFIU board consists of one character, indicating the band adopted
by the board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2439
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 21-72 Characteristic code for the SFIU board

Code
Meaning
Description
First character
Band

C band; the value L
represents L band.
For example, the characteristic code for the board is C, indicating that the optical signals are in
C band.


Table 21-73 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the SFIU board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
LINE1/LINE2
OSC1/OSC2
SYS1/SYS2
NOTE

For SFIU parameters, refer to Table 21-74.
Table 21-74 SFIU parameters
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Optical
Interface/
Channel

2440
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface
Name
Actual Band
Actual Working
Band Parity

board.
Configure Band

Default: C
Configure
Working Band
Parity
All, ecldmin40
Default: All

the board.
ecldmin40.
NOTICE
Input Power Loss

Threshold (dBm)

parameter queries the threshold value of the input
optical power, which can trigger a board to
generate an optical power loss (MUT_LOS) alarm.
When the actual input optical power is lower than
this threshold value, the board reports the
MUT_LOS alarm.
Fiber Type
G652 Fiber, G653

Fiber, LEAF
Fiber, TWRS
Fiber, TWC Fiber,
TWPLUS Fiber,
SMFLS Fiber,
G654B Fiber,
G656 Fiber,
G654A Fiber,
TERA_LIGHT
Fiber
Default: /
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2441
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Channel Number
Mode
C80 Mode, C40

Mode, CWDM
Mode

board.
Default: /
PMD Coefficient
(ps/SQRT(km))
0 to 1
Default: 0.05

the nominal fiber PMD coefficient is
systems.
Chromatic
Dispersion
Coefficient(ps/
(nm*km))
-15 to 30
Default: 0

the nominal fiber CD coefficient is recommended
for this parameter.
systems.
Fiber Length(m)
0 to 4294967295
Default: /
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Specifies the length of a fiber. This value can be

used by the Optical Doctor (OD) function to assess
the impact of stimulated Raman scattering (SRS)
and wavelength dependent loss (WDL). The
parameter value must truly reflect the actual fiber
length and can be accurate to within the kilometer
range.

2442
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Source DCM 1
DCM_A_G652 to
DCM_F_G652,
DCM_S_G652,
DCM_T_G652,
DCM_A_G655 to
DCM_F_G655,
DCM_S_G653,
DCM_T_G653,
DCM_M_G653,
DCM_A_G653,
FBG_D_G652 to
FBG_J_G652,
FBG_L_G652,
FBG_F_G655,
FBG_H_G655,
FBG_J_G655,
FBG_L_G655,
DCM_A_TWRS
to
DCM_F_TWRS,
Unconfigured

domain.
Source DCM 2
Source DCM 3
Source DCM 4

provide expected compensation effect. Each SFIU
OA board interconnected with the target SFIU
board.
Default:
Unconfigured
Sink DCM 1
Sink DCM 2
Sink DCM 3
Sink DCM 4
DCM_A_G652 to
DCM_F_G652,
DCM_S_G652,
DCM_T_G652,
DCM_A_G655 to
DCM_F_G655,
DCM_S_G653,
DCM_T_G653,
DCM_M_G653,
DCM_A_G653,
FBG_D_G652 to
FBG_J_G652,
FBG_L_G652,
FBG_F_G655,
FBG_H_G655,
FBG_J_G655,
FBG_L_G655,
DCM_A_TWRS
to
DCM_F_TWRS,
Unconfigured

domain.
provide expected compensation effect. Each SFIU
OA board interconnected with the target SFIU
board.
Default:
Unconfigured
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2443
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Launch Power
(dBm)
-60.0 to 60.0
This parameter is reserved for future use. Users do

not need to set it.
21.9.11 SFIU Specifications

Table 21-75 Optical specifications of the SFIU board
Interface
Item
Uni
t
Value
Operating wavelength range (C band)
nm
1528-1561
Operating wavelength range of optical

supervisory channel
nm
1480 to 1520
LINE1SYS1
Insertion loss
dB
<= 1.0
Insertion loss
dB
<= 1.5
LINE1OSC1 @c
Isolation
dB
>= 65
LINE1OSC2 @c
Isolation
dB
>= 40
OSC1SYS1
Directivity
dB
>= 45
Directivity
dB
>= 55
Optical return loss
dB
> 40
LINE2SYS2
LINE1OSC1
LINE1OSC2
SYS1OSC1
OSC1OSC2
OSC2OSC1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2444
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Item
Polarization
dependent loss
Uni
t
Value
C band
dB
< 0.1
OSC channel
dB
< 0.15
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11SFIU
0.2
0.3
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2445
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

22 Fixed Optical Add and Drop Multiplexing Board
22
Fixed Optical Add and Drop

Multiplexing Board
About This Chapter

22.1 Overview
Fixed optical add/drop multiplexer (FOADM) boards drop individual ITU-T G.694-compliant
optical signals from a multiplexed signal and send these optical signals to associated OTU
boards. In addition, FOADM boards also add and multiplex individual ITU-T G.694-compliant
optical signals into one multiplexed signal.
22.2 CMR1
CMR1: CWDM 1-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit
22.3 CMR2
22.4 CMR4
22.5 DMR1
DMR1: CWDM 1-channel bidirectional optical add/drop multiplexing board
22.6 MR2
MR2: 2-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit
22.7 MR4
22.8 MR8
22.9 MR8V
MR8V: 8-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit with VOA
22.10 SBM2
SBM2: 2-channel CWDM single-fiber bi-directional add/drop board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2446
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

22.1 Overview
Fixed optical add/drop multiplexer (FOADM) boards drop individual ITU-T G.694-compliant
optical signals from a multiplexed signal and send these optical signals to associated OTU
boards. In addition, FOADM boards also add and multiplex individual ITU-T G.694-compliant
optical signals into one multiplexed signal.
Positions of FOADM Boards in a WDM System

Figure 22-1 shows the positions of FOADM boards in a WDM system.
Figure 22-1 Positions of FOADM boards in a WDM system
SC2
West
line-side
ODF
F
I
U
OA
OA
FOADM
FOADM
OA
F
I
U
OA
O
T
U
O
T
U
West client-side
West signal
O
T
U
East
line-side
ODF
O
T
U
East client-side
East signal
Pass-through signal
Main Functions
The function differences between different FOADM boards lie in the WDM specifications and
number of add/drop signals. Table 22-1 lists the functions of FOADM boards. The DMR1 and
SBM2 boards support applications different from other FOADM boards. For details, see 22.5
DMR1 and 22.10 SBM2.
Table 22-1 Main functions of FOADM boards
Board
WDM Specifications
Function
TN21CMR1
CWDM
Adds/Drops and multiplexes one wavelength to/

from a multiplexed signal.
TN11CMR2
CWDM
Adds/Drops and multiplexes two signals to/from

a multiplexed signal.
TN21CMR2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2447
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
WDM Specifications
Function
TN11CMR4
CWDM
Adds/Drops and multiplexes four signals to/from

CWDM
Adds/Drops and multiplexes one channel of 1310

nm wavelength in east direction and one in west
direction.
DWDM
Adds/Drops and multiplexes two signals to/from

DWDM
Adds/Drops and multiplexes four signals to/from

TN11MR8
DWDM
Adds/Drops and multiplexes eight signals to/

from a multiplexed signal.
TN11MR8V
DWDM
Adds/Drops and multiplexes eight signals to/

from a multiplexed signal. Adjusts the
multiplexed input optical power of WDM-side
signal and the input optical power of cascade
ports for pass-through wavelengths.
CWDM
Adds/Drops two wavelengths to/from one

multiplexed signal and multiplexes the other two
wavelengths into another multiplexed signal. The
optical signals that are added or dropped, and the
optical signals that are multiplexed must be
carried over different wavelengths. The SBM2
unit is applied to single-fiber bidirectional
system.
TN21CMR4
TN11DMR1
TN21DMR1
TN11MR2
TN21MR2
TN11MR4
TN21MR4
TN12MR8V
TN11SBM2
22.2 CMR1

The available functional version of the CMR1 board is TN21.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2448
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N2
1C
M
R1
22.2.2 Application
As a type of optical add and drop multiplexing unit, the CMR1 board adds/drops and multiplexes
one channel of signals.
For the position of the CMR1 in the CWDM system, see Figure 22-2.
Figure 22-2 Position of the CMR1 in the CWDM system
Client side
Client side
OTU
D
OTU
A
IN
OUT
MO
MI
CMR1
CMR1
MI
OUT
MO
IN

The CMR1 is mainly used to add/drop and multiplex signals, to query wavelengths, and to
provide a cascading interface.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2449
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 22-2 Functions and features of the CMR1

Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Adds/Drops and multiplexes one channel of signals to/from the

multiplexed signals.
WDM specification
Supports the CWDM specification.
Cascade interface
Provides the interface to cascade another optical add and drop

multiplexing board to achieve expansion.
Wavelength query
Queries the wavelengths for the added or dropped signals.
Optical-layer ASON
Not supported

The CMR1 board consists of the OADM optical module, control and communication module,
and power supply module.
Figure 22-3 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the CMR1 board.
Figure 22-3 Functional modules and signal flow of the CMR1 board
MO
IN
MI
Drop optical
module
Add optical
module
OUT
OADM optical module

Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
2450
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Signal Flow
The IN interface receives the multiplexed signals sent from the upstream station. The drop optical
module separates one wavelength from the signals and this wavelength is transmitted to the OTU
board or integrated client-side equipment through the D interface. The remaining wavelengths
are transmitted to other OADM equipment through the MO interface.
The MI interface receives the signals transmitted by the main path. The signals are multiplexed
with one wavelength added through the A interface by the add optical module. Then, the
multiplexed signals are transmitted through the OUT interface.
Module Function
l
OADM optical module

Adds/drops and multiplexes one channel of signals.
Provides an intermediate cascade interface for cascading to other OADM boards, so
that the system can add/drop more wavelengths at the local station.

Power supply module

22.2.5 Front Panel

There are interfaces on the front panel of the CMR1 board.

Figure 22-4 shows the front panel of the CMR1 board.
Figure 22-4 Front panel of the CMR1 board
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2451
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 22-3 Types and functions of the interfaces on the CMR1 board
Interface
Type
Function
LC
Receives the signals sent from the OTU or the

integrated client-side equipment.
LC
Transmits the signals to the OTU or the integrated

client-side equipment.
IN
LC
Receives the multiplexed signals.
OUT
LC
Transmits the multiplexed signals.
MI
LC
Cascading input interface, connected to the output

interface of another OADM board.
MO
LC
Cascading output interface, connected to the input

Laser Hazard Level

22.2.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses on CMR1 board.
Table 22-4 shows the valid slots for the CMR1 board.
Table 22-4 Valid slots for CMR1 board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1, IU8, and IU11
22.2.7 Characteristic Code for the CMR1

The characteristic code for the CMR1 board contains four digits, indicating the wavelength that
carries the signals processed by the board.
Table 22-5 lists details on the characteristic code for the CMR1.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2452
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 22-5 Characteristic code for the CMR1

Code
Meaning
Description
First four digits
Wavelength that carries

optical signals
Indicates the wavelength that

carries the optical signals
processed by the board.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN21CMR1 is 1471, indicating that the wavelength
that carries the signals is 1471 nm.


Table 22-6 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the CMR1 displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
A/D
MI/MO
IN/OUT
NOTE

For CMR1 parameters, refer to Table 22-7.
Table 22-7 CMR1 parameters
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.

2453
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description

Interface Name.
An Optical Interface Name contains
a maximum of 64 characters. Any
Actual Wavelength No./

Add-Drop Wavelength
( nm ) / Frequency
( THz )
Queries the operating wavelength at

the WDM-side optical interface of a
board.
Actual Band Type
Configure Wavelength
No./Add-Drop
Wavelength ( nm ) /
Frequency ( THz )
11/1471.00/208.170 to
18/1611.00/188.780

current optical interface on the WDM
side of a board.
Configure Band Type
CWDM
Default:/

working wavelength.
Default: CWDM
22.2.10 CMR1 Specifications

Table 22-8 lists the optical specifications of the CMR1 board.
Table 22-8 Optical specifications of the CMR1 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Correspondi
ng interfaces
Item
Unit
Value
nm
1260-1360
IN-D
Drop channel insertion loss
dB
<= 1
Isolation
dB
> 40
A-OUT
Add channel insertion loss
dB
<= 1
IN-MO
MI-OUT
Insertion loss
dB
<= 0.8
Isolation
dB
>= 25
Reflectance
dB
-40

2454
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Rules for Adding/Dropping Wavelength

The CMR1 adds/drops and multiplexes one channel of signals to/from the multiplexed signals.
There are no rules for adding/dropping signals.
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN21CMR1
0.2
0.3
22.3 CMR2

The available functional versions of the CMR2 board are TN11 and TN21.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1C
M
R2

2455
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N2
1C
M
R2

l
Appearance:
The TN11 and TN21 versions use different front panels with different dimensions. See
22.3.5 Front Panel and 22.3.10 CMR2 Specifications.
Specification:
The mechanical specifications vary according to versions. For details, see 22.3.10
CMR2 Specifications.
The CMR2 boards of different versions cannot replace each other.
22.3.2 Application
two channels of signals.
For the position of the CMR2 board in the CWDM system, see Figure 22-5.
Figure 22-5 Position of the CMR2 board in the CWDM system
Client side
OTU
D1
Client side
OTU
A1 D2
IN
OTU
A2
D1
MO
MI
MI
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
A1 D2
A2
OUT
CMR2
CMR2
OUT
OTU
MO
IN

2456
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The CMR2 board is mainly used to add/drop and multiplex two channels of signals, to query
wavelengths, and to provide a cascading interface.
Table 22-9 Functions and features of the CMR2 board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Adds/Drops and multiplexes two channels of signals to/from the

WDM specification
Cascading interface

Wavelength query
Optical-layer ASON
Not supported

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2457
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

D1
IN
D2
MO
MI
Drop optical
module
A1
A2
Add optical
module
OUT
OADM optical
module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
module separates two wavelengths from the signals and these two wavelengths are transmitted
to the OTU boards or integrated client-side equipment through the D1 and D2 interfaces. The
remaining wavelengths are transmitted to other OADM equipment through the MO interface.
with two wavelengths added through the A1 and A2 interfaces by the add optical module. Then,
the multiplexed signals are transmitted through the OUT interface.
Module Function
l
OADM optical module

Performs the add/drop multiplexing of two wavelengths.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2458
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l
Power supply module

22.3.5 Front Panel

There are one indicator and eight interfaces on the front panel of the CMR2 board.

Figure 22-7 shows the front panel of the TN11CMR2 board.
Figure 22-8 shows the front panel of the TN21CMR2 board.
Figure 22-7 Front panel of the TN11CMR2 board
CAUTION
IN
MO
MI
D1
A1
D2
A2
CMR2
CAUTION
OUT
LASERRADIATION
CMR2
STAT

LASER RADIATION
CMR2
IN
D1
D2 MO
MI A2
A1 OUT
Indicators
There is one indicator on the front panel of the TN11CMR2 board. There is no indicator on the
front panel of the TN21CMR2 board.
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2459
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Interface
Type
Function
A1-A2
LC

D1-D2
LC

IN
LC
OUT
LC
MI
LC

MO
LC

Laser Hazard Level

22.3.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one CMR2 board.
Table 22-11 shows the valid slots for the TN11CMR2 board.
Table 22-11 Slots for the TN11CMR2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, and IU11

2460
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Product
Slots
IU1, IU8, and IU11

The characteristic code for the CMR2 board contains eight digits, indicating the two wavelengths
that carry the signals processed by the board.
Table 22-13 Characteristic code for the CMR2 board
Code
Meaning
Description
First four digits
First wavelength that carries

optical signals
Indicates the first wavelength

that carries the optical signals
Last four digits
Second wavelength that

carries optical signals
Indicates the second

wavelength that carries the
the board.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11CMR2 is 14711571.

l
"1471" indicates that the first wavelength is 1471 nm.
"1571" indicates that the second wavelength is 1571 nm.


Table 22-14 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the CMR2 board displayed on the NM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface on the NM
A1/D1
A2/D2
MI/MO
3
2461
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface on the NM
IN/OUT
NOTE

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.

Interface Name.
supported.

Add-Drop Wavelength
( nm ) / Frequency
( THz )

board.
Actual Band Type
No./Add-Drop
Wavelength ( nm ) /
Frequency ( THz )
11/1471.00/208.170 to
18/1611.00/188.780

Configure Band Type
CWDM
Default: /
Default: CWDM

working wavelength.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2462
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Correspondin
g interfaces
Item
Unit
Value
range
nm
1271-1611
nm
20
IN-D1
0.5 dB spectral width
nm
>= 6.5
Drop channel insertion

loss
dB
<= 1.5
Adjacent channel
isolation
dB
> 25
Non-adjacent channel
isolation
dB
> 35
nm
>= 6.5
Add channel insertion

loss
dB
<= 1.5
Insertion loss
dB
<= 1.0
Isolation
dB
>= 13
Maximum reflectance
dB
-40
IN-D2
A1-OUT
A2-OUT
IN-MO
MI-OUT
-
NOTE
The equipment can transmit the 1271 nm wavelength by connecting the CMR2 board to corresponding
third-party equipment, though the equipment does not provide the 1271 nm OTU board and line board.

The CMR2 adds/drops and multiplexes two random channels of signals to/from the multiplexed
signals. There are no rules for adding/dropping signals.
The mechanical specifications of TN11CMR2 are as follows.
l
(8.7 in.)
The mechanical specifications of TN21CMR2 are as follows.

l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
(8.7 in.)
2463
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11CMR2/TN21CMR2
0.2
0.3
22.4 CMR4

The available functional versions of the CMR4 board are TN11 and TN21.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1C
M
R4
T
N2
1C
M
R4

2464
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


l
Appearance:
The TN11 and TN21 versions have different front panels that have different dimensions.
See 22.4.5 Front Panel and 22.4.10 CMR4 Specifications.
Specification:
The mechanical specifications vary according to the version of the board that you use.
For details, see 22.4.10 CMR4 Specifications.
The CMR4 boards of different versions cannot replace each other.
22.4.2 Application
four channels of signals.
For the position of the CMR4 board in the CWDM system, see Figure 22-9.
Figure 22-9 Position of the CMR4 board in the CWDM system
Client side
OTU
OTU
A1 D4
D1
Client side
IN
OTU
A4
D1
MO
MI
OTU
A1 D4
A4
OUT
CMR4
CMR4
MI
MO
OUT
IN

The CMR4 board adds/drops and multiplexes signals, queries wavelengths, and provides a
Table 22-17 Functions and features of the CMR4 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Adds/Drops and multiplexes four channels of signals to/from the

2465
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
WDM specification
Cascading interface

Wavelength query
Optical-layer ASON
Not supported

D1
IN
D4
MO
MI
A1
Drop optical
module
A4
Add optical
module
OUT
OADM optical module

Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
module separates four wavelengths from the signals and these four wavelengths are transmitted
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2466
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

to the OTU boards or integrated client-side equipment through the D1 to D4 interfaces. The
with four wavelengths added through the A1 to A4 interfaces by the add optical module. Then,
Module Function
l
OADM optical module

Performs the add/drop multiplexing of four wavelengths.

Power supply module

22.4.5 Front Panel

There are one indicator and 12 interfaces on the front panel of CMR4 board.

Figure 22-11 show the front panel of the TN11CMR4 board.
Figure 22-12 show the front panel of the TN21CMR4 board.
CAUTION
OUT
IN
MO
MI
D1
A1
D2
A2
D3

A3
D4
A4
CMR4
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
CMR4
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
STAT

LASER RADIATION
2467
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

CMR4
IN D1 D2 D3 D4 MO MI A4 A3 A2 A1 OUT
Indicators
There is one indicator on the front panel of the TN11CMR4 board. There is no indicator on the
front panel of the TN21CMR4 board.
l
Interfaces
Interface
Type
Function
A1-A4
LC

D1-D4
LC

IN
LC
OUT
LC
MI
LC

MO
LC

Laser Hazard Level

22.4.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one CMR4 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2468
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, and IU11

Product
Slots
IU1, IU8, and IU11

The characteristic code for the CMR4 board contains eight digits, indicating the four
wavelengths that carry the signals processed by the board.
Table 22-21 Characteristic code for the CMR4 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Code
Meaning
Description
First and second digits
First wavelength that carries

optical signals
Indicates the middle two

digits of the first wavelength
Third and fourth digits
Second wavelength that


digits of the second
the board.
Fifth and sixth digits
Third wavelength that carries

optical signals

digits of the third wavelength

2469
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Code
Meaning
Description
Seventh and eighth digits
Fourth wavelength that


digits of the fourth
the board.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11CMR4 board is 47495961.
l
"47" indicates that the first wavelength is 1471 nm.
"49" indicates that the second wavelength is 1491 nm.
"59" indicates that the third wavelength is 1591 nm.
"61" indicates that the fourth wavelength is 1611 nm.


Table 22-22 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the CMR4 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
A1/D1
A2/D2
A3/D3
A4/D4
MI/MO
IN/OUT
NOTE

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2470
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.

Interface Name.
supported.

Add-Drop Wavelength
( nm ) / Frequency
( THz )

board.
Actual Band Type
No./Add-Drop
Wavelength ( nm ) /
Frequency ( THz )
11/1471.00/208.170 to
18/1611.00/188.780

Configure Band Type
CWDM
Default: /

working wavelength.
Default: CWDM

Correspondin
g interfaces
Item
Unit
Value
range
nm
1271-1611 (1371 nm excluded)
nm
20
IN-D1
nm
>= 6.5

loss
dB
<= 2
IN-D2
IN-D3
IN-D4
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2471
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Correspondin
g interfaces
A1-OUT
A2-OUT
A3-OUT
Item
Unit
Value
Adjacent channel
isolation
dB
> 25
isolation
dB
> 35
nm
>= 6.5

loss
dB
<= 2
Insertion loss
dB
<= 1.5
Isolation
dB
>= 13
Maximum reflectance
dB
-40
A4-OUT
IN-MO
MI-OUT
-
NOTE
The equipment can transmit the 1291 nm wavelength by connecting the CMR4 board to corresponding
third-party equipment, though the equipment does not provide the 1291 nm OTU board and line board.
Rules for Adding/Dropping Wavelengths

The CMR4 board adds/drops and multiplexes four channels of signals to/from the multiplexed
signals. There are four wavelength groups.
Table 22-25 Rules for adding/dropping wavelengths on the CMR4 board
Group
Wavelength (nm)
A1/D1
A2/D2
A3/D3
A4/D4
1291
1311
1331
1351
1391
1411
1431
1451
1471
1491
1591
1611
1511
1531
1551
1571
The mechanical specifications of TN11CMR4 board are as follows:
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
(8.7 in.)
2472
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The mechanical specifications of TN21CMR4 board are as follows:

l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11CMR4/TN21CMR4
0.2
0.3
22.5 DMR1
DMR1: CWDM 1-channel bidirectional optical add/drop multiplexing board

The available functional versions of the DMR1 board are TN11 and TN21.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1D
M
R1

2473
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N2
1D
M
R1

l
Appearance:
The TN11DMR1 and TN21DMR1 versions use different front panels with different
dimensions. See 22.5.5 Front Panel and 22.5.10 DMR1 Specifications.
Specification:
The mechanical specifications vary according to versions. For details, see 22.5.10
DMR1 Specifications.
The DMR1 boards of different versions cannot replace each other.
22.5.2 Application
The DMR1 board is used to add/drop and multiplex a 1310 nm wavelength in the east and west
directions.
For the position of the DMR1 board in the CWDM system, see Figure 22-13.
Figure 22-13 Position of the DMR1 board in the CWDM system
1310nm
OTU
OTU
WD
WIN
D
M
R
1
WOUT
WMO
EA
O
A
D
M
O
A
D
M
EMI
D
M
R
EMO
1
WMI
WA
1310nm
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
1310nm
EOUT
EIN
ED
1310nm

2474
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
The DMR1 board is able to process signals in two directions. In the figure, the two DMR1 boards are
actually one physical board.
In the figure, the OADM boards are actually the CMR2 or CMR4 boards.
The OADM board in the figure supports wavelengths ranging from 1471 nm to 1611 nm.

The DMR1 board is mainly used to add/drop and multiplex signals, to concatenate ports, and to
query wavelengths.
Table 22-26 provides the detailed features and functions of the DMR1 board.
Table 22-26 Functions and features of the DMR1 board
Functions and
Features
Description
Basic functions
Adds/drops and multiplexes a 1310 nm wavelength in the east and

west directions.
WDM specification
Port concatenation

Wavelength query
Optical-layer ASON
Not supported

The DMR1 board consists of the OADM optical module, control and communication module,
Figure 22-14 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the DMR1 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2475
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 22-14 Functional modules and signal flow of the DMR1 board
WD ED
WMO EMO EMI WMI
EA WA
WIN
EIN
Drop optical
module
Add optical
module
EOUT
WOUT
OADM optical module

Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
WIN receives signals from the west main path. The Drop optical module extracts 1310 nm signals
from the received signals. The extracted signals are dropped through WD. The remaining signals
are connected to other OADM equipment through WMO. EIN receives signals from the east
main path. The Drop optical module extracts 1310 nm signals from the received signals. The
extracted signals are dropped through ED. The remaining signals are connected to other OADM
equipment through EMO.
Local 1310 nm signals are added through EA, and other signals are added through EMI. After
being multiplexed by the Add optical module, the signals are sent to east main path by EOUT.
Similarly, Local 1310 nm signals are added through WA, and other signals are added through
WMI. After being multiplexed by the Add optical module, the signals are sent to west main path
by WOUT.
Module Function
l
OADM optical module

Performs the add/drop multiplexing of 1310nm signals and other signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2476
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Power supply module

22.5.5 Front Panel

There are interfaces on the front panel of the board.

Figure 22-15 shows the front panel of the TN11DMR1 board.
Figure 22-16 shows the front panel of the TN21DMR1 board.
Figure 22-15 Front panel of the TN11DMR1 board
CAUTION
WOUT WIN EOUT EIN WMO WMI EMO EMI
WD WA
ED EA
DMR1
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
DMR1
STAT

LASER RADIATION
DMR1
Figure 22-16 Front panel of the TN21DMR1 board
WIN WD WMO WMI WA WOUT EIN ED EMO EMI
EA EOUT
Indicators
There is one indicator on the front panel of the TN11DMR1 board. There is no indicator on the
front panel of the TN21DMR1 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2477
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 22-27 Types and functions of the interfaces on the DMR1 board
Interface
Type
Function
EA/WA
LC
Receives the 1310 nm optical signals that west and east

client-side equipment transmits.
ED/WD
LC
Transmits 1310 nm optical signals to west and east

EIN/WIN
LC
Receives the multiplexed signals on west and east main

paths.
EOUT/WOUT
LC
Transmits multiplexed signals to west and east main

paths.
EMI/WMI
LC
Serves as concatenation input optical interface. It

connects to the output interfaces on other boards.
EMO/WMO
LC
Serves as concatenation output optical interface. It

connects to the input interfaces on other boards.
Laser Hazard Level

22.5.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one DMR1 board.
Table 22-28 shows the valid slots for the TN11DMR1 board.
Table 22-29 shows the valid slots for the TN21DMR1 board.
Table 22-28 Slots for the TN11DMR1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Slots
IU1-IU17

2478
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Slots
IU2-IU5, and IU11
Table 22-29 Slots for the TN21DMR1

Product
Slots
IU1, IU8, and IU11
22.5.7 Characteristic Code for the DMR1

The characteristics code for the DMR1 board contains four digits, identifying the frequency of
the optical signals processed by the board.
Table 22-30 provides the details on the characteristics code.
Table 22-30 Characteristic code for the DMR1 board
Barcode
Meaning
Description
First to fourth digits
Optical signal frequency
Frequency of the optical

signals processed by the
board
For example, the characteristics code of the TN11DMR1 board is 9210. The code indicates that
the frequency of the optical signals is 192.1 THz.

Interface Display
Table 22-31 lists the number on the NM indicating each optical interface on the board.
Table 22-31 Number on the NM indicating each optical interface on the DMR1 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface on Front Panel
Number on the NM
WA/WD
EA/ED
WMI/WMO
WIN/WOUT
4
2479
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface on Front Panel
Number on the NM
EMI/EMO
EIN/EOUT
NOTE

For parameters of the DMR1, refer to Table 22-32.
Table 22-32 DMR1 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.

Name.

Add-Drop Wavelength
( nm ) / Frequency
( THz )

Actual Band Type
No./Add-Drop
Wavelength ( nm ) /
Frequency ( THz )

board.
Configure Band Type
C+L

wavelength.
Default: C+L
22.5.10 DMR1 Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2480
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 22-33 Optical specifications of the DMR1 board
Correspondin
g interfaces
Item
Unit
Value
EA/ED/WA/
WD
range
nm
1260-1360
EIN-ED
WIN-WD

loss
dB
<= 1
Isolation
dB
>= 40

loss
dB
<= 1
Isolation
dB
>= 40
Insertion loss
dB
<= 0.8
Isolation
dB
>= 25
Insertion loss
dB
<= 0.8
Isolation
dB
>= 15
Maximum reflectance
dB
-40
EA-EOUT
WA-WOUT
EIN-EMO
WIN-WMO
EMI-EOUT
WMI-WOUT
-

The DMR1 board adds/drops and multiplexes a 1310 nm wavelength in the east and west
directions from the multiplexed signals.
Mechanical specifications of the TN11DMR1 board:
l
(8.7 in.)
Mechanical specifications of the TN21DMR1 board:

l
(8.7 in.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2481
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11DMR1/TN21DMR1
0.2
0.3
22.6 MR2

The available functional versions of the MR2 board are TN11 and TN21.

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1
M
R2
T
N2
1
M
R2

l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Appearance:
2482
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The TN11MR2 and TN21MR2 versions use different front panels with different
dimensions. See 22.6.5 Front Panel and 22.6.10 MR2 Specifications.
l
Specification:
The mechanical specifications vary according to versions. For details, see 22.6.10 MR2
Specifications.
The MR2 boards of different versions cannot replace each other.
22.6.2 Application
As a type of optical add and drop multiplexing unit, the MR2 board adds/drops and multiplexes
two channels of signals.
For the position of the MR2 board in the DWDM system, see Figure 22-17.
Figure 22-17 Position of the MR2 board in the DWDM system
Client side
OTU
D1
OA
Client side
OTU
A1 D2
IN
OTU
A2
D1
MO
MI
A1 D2
A2
OUT
OA
MR2
MR2
OA
OTU
MI
OA
MO
OUT
IN

The MR2 board is mainly used to add/drop and multiplex signals, to query wavelengths, and to
Table 22-34 Functions and features of the MR2 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Adds/drops and multiplexes two random channels of signals to/from

the multiplexed signals.
WDM specification

2483
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Cascading interface

Wavelength query
Optical-layer ASON
Supported by the TN11MR2.

The MR2 board consists of the OADM optical module, control and communication module, and
Figure 22-18 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the MR2 board.
Figure 22-18 Functional modules and signal flow of the MR2 board
D1
IN
D2
MO
MI
Drop optical
module
A1
A2
Add optical
module
OUT
OADM optical
module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
module separates two wavelengths from the signals and these two wavelengths are transmitted
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2484
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

to the OTU boards or integrated client-side equipment through the D1 and D2 interfaces. The
with two wavelengths added through the A1 and A2 interfaces by the add optical module. Then,
Module Function
l
OADM optical module

Adds/drops and multiplexes two channels of signals.
Provides an intermediate cascading interface for cascading to other OADM boards, so

Power supply module

22.6.5 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces and laser hazard level label on the front panel of the MR2 board.

Figure 22-19 shows the front panel of the TN11MR2 board.
Figure 22-19 Front panel of the TN11MR2 board
CAUTION
OUT
IN
MO
MI
D1
A1
D2

A2
MR2
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
MR2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
STAT

LASER RADIATION
2485
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

MR2
IN
D1
D2 MO
MI A2
A1 OUT
Indicators
There is one indicator on the front panel of the TN11MR2 board. There is no indicator on the
front panel of the TN21MR2 board.
l
Interfaces
Table 22-35 Types and functions of the interfaces on the MR2 board
Interface
Type
Function
A1-A2
LC

D1-D2
LC

IN
LC
OUT
LC
MO
LC

MI
LC

Laser Hazard Level

22.6.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one MR2 board.
Table 22-36 and Table 22-37 shows the valid slots for the MR2 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2486
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 22-36 Valid slots for the TN11MR2 board

Product
Slot
IU1-IU18

subrack
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, and IU11

Product
Slot
IU1, IU8, and IU11
22.6.7 Characteristic Code for the MR2

The characteristic code for the MR2 board contains eight digits that indicate the frequencies of
the two signals processed by the board.
Table 22-38 Characteristic code for the MR2 board
Code
Meaning
Description
First four digits
Frequency of the first optical Indicates the last four digits

signal
of the frequency that carries
the first optical signal.
Last four digits
Frequency of the second

optical signal
Indicates the last four digits

the second optical signal.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11MR2 board is 93609370.
l
"9360" indicates that the frequency of the first optical signal is 193.60 THz.
"9370" indicates that the frequency of the second optical signal is 193.70 THz.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2487
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 22-39 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the MR2 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
A1/D1
A2/D2
MI/MO
IN/OUT
NOTE

For MR2 parameters, refer to Table 22-40.
Table 22-40 MR2 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.

Interface Name.
supported.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

Add-Drop Wavelength
( nm ) / Frequency
( THz )

board.
Actual Band Type
No./Add-Drop
Wavelength ( nm ) /
Frequency ( THz )
1/1529.16/196.050 to
80/1560.61/192.100

Default: /

2488
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Configure Band Type

working wavelength.
Default: C
22.6.10 MR2 Specifications

Table 22-41 lists the optical specifications of the MR2 board.
Table 22-41 Optical specifications of the MR2 board
Correspondin
g interfaces
Item
Unit
Value
range
nm
1529-1561
GHz
100
IN-D1
-1dB spectral width
nm
>= 0.2

loss
dB
<= 1.5
Adjacent channel
isolation
dB
> 25
isolation
dB
> 35
-1dB spectral width
nm
>= 0.2

loss
dB
<= 1.5
Insertion loss
dB
<= 1.0
Isolation
dB
> 13
Polarization dependence
loss
dB
< 0.2
Maximum reflectance
dB
-40
IN-D2
A1-OUT
A2-OUT
IN-MO
MI-OUT
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2489
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The MR2 adds/drops and multiplexes random two channels of signals to/from the multiplexed
signals. There are no rules for adding/dropping wavelengths.
The mechanical specifications of TN11MR2 are as follows:
l
(8.7 in.)
The mechanical specifications of TN21MR2 are as follows:

l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11MR2/TN21MR2
0.2
0.3
22.7 MR4

The available functional versions of the MR4 board are TN11 and TN21.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2490
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1
M
R4
T
N2
1
M
R4

l
Appearance:
The TN11MR4 and TN21MR4 versions use different front panels with different
dimensions. See 22.7.5 Front Panel and 22.7.10 MR4 Specifications.
Specification:
The mechanical specifications vary according to versions. For details, see 22.7.10 MR4
Specifications.
The MR4 boards of different versions cannot replace each other.
22.7.2 Application
As a type of optical add/drop multiplexing unit, the MR4 board adds/drops and multiplexes four
channels of signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2491
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Client side
OTU
D1
OA
OTU
A1 D4
IN
Client side
A4
D1
MO
MI
OTU
A1 D4
A4
OUT
OA
MR4
MR4
OA
OTU
MI
MO
OUT
IN
OA

Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Adds/drops and multiplexes four consecutive channels of signals to/

from the multiplexed signals.
WDM specification
Cascading interface

Wavelength query
Optical-layer ASON
Not supported

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2492
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

D1
IN
D4
MO
MI
A1
Drop optical
module
A4
Add optical
module
OUT
OADM optical module

Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
module separates four wavelengths from the signals and these four wavelengths are transmitted
with four wavelengths added through the A1 to A4 interfaces by the add optical module. Then,
Module Function
l
OADM optical module

Adds/drops and multiplexes four channels of signals.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2493
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


l
Power supply module

22.7.5 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces and a laser hazard level label on the front panel of the MR4 board.

Figure 22-24 shows the front panel of the TN21MR4 board respectively.
CAUTION
OUT
IN
MO
MI
D1
A1
D2
A2
D3
A3
D4
A4
MR4
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
MR4
STAT

LASER RADIATION
MR4
IN D1 D2 D3 D4 MO MI A4 A3 A2 A1 OUT
Indicators
There is one indicator on the front panel of the TN11MR4 board. There is no indicator on the
front panel of the TN21MR4 board.
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2494
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Interface
Type
Function
A1-A4
LC

D1-D4
LC

IN
LC
OUT
LC
MI
LC

MO
LC

Laser Hazard Level

22.7.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one MR4 board.
Table 22-44 and Table 22-45 shows the valid slots for the MR4 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Slot
IU1-IU18

subrack
IU1-IU16
IU1-U17
IU2-IU5

2495
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Product
Slot
IU1, IU8, and IU11

The characteristic code for the MR4 board contains eight digits. Each digit indicates the
frequencies of the first and the fourth signals processed by the board.
Code
Meaning
Description
First four digits
Frequency of first optical

signal

the first optical signal
Last four digits
Frequency of forth optical

signal

the fourth optical signal
For example, the characteristic code for the MR4 board is 92109240.
l
"9240" indicates that the frequency of the fourth optical signal is 192.40 THz.
Since the four channels of optical signals processed by the MR4 board are in sequence, it can
be inferred that:
l
The frequency of the second channel of optical signals is 192.20 THz.
The frequency of the third channel of optical signals is 192.30 THz.
For the mapping between the characteristic codes of the MR4 boards and signal frequencies, see
Table 22-50 in 22.7.10 MR4 Specifications.


Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2496
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface on the NM
A1/D1
A2/D2
A3/D3
A4/D4
MI/MO
IN/OUT
NOTE

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.

Interface Name.
supported.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

Add-Drop Wavelength
( nm ) / Frequency
( THz )

board.
Actual Band Type
No./Add-Drop
Wavelength ( nm ) /
Frequency ( THz )
1/1529.16/196.050 to
80/1560.61/192.100

Default: /

2497
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Configure Band Type

working wavelength.
Default: C

Interface
Item
Unit
Value
range
nm
1529-1561
GHz
100
IN-D1
-1dB spectral width
nm
>= 0.2

loss
dB
<= 2.2
Adjacent channel
isolation
dB
> 25
isolation
dB
> 35
-1dB spectral width
nm
>= 0.2

loss
dB
<= 2.2
Insertion loss
dB
<= 1.5
Isolation
dB
> 13
Maximum reflectance
dB
-40
IN-D2
IN-D3
IN-D4
A1-OUT
A2-OUT
A3-OUT
A4-OUT
IN-MO
MI-OUT
-
Rules for Adding/Dropping Wavelengths

The MR4 board adds/drops and multiplexes four consecutive channels of signals to/from the
multiplexed signals. There are ten groups of wavelengths.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2498
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 22-50 Rules for adding/dropping wavelengths of the MR4 board

Gr
ou
p
Ch
ar
act
eri
sti
c
Co
de
A1/D1
A2/D2
Wav
elen
gth
No.
Wavel
ength
(nm)
Freq
uenc
y
(THz
)
W
av
ele
ng
th
No
.
Wave
lengt
h
(nm)
Freq
uenc
y
(TH
z)
Wa
vel
eng
th
No.
Wave
lengt
h
(nm)
Frequ
ency
(THz)
Wa
vel
en
gth
No
.
Wavel
ength
(nm)
Freque
ncy
(THz)
92
10
92
40
80
1560.6
1
192.1
0
78
1559.
79
192.
20
76
1558.
98
192.3
0
74
1558.17
192.40
92
50
92
80
72
1557.3
6
192.5
0
70
1556.
55
192.
60
68
1555.
75
192.7
0
66
1554.94
192.80
92
90
93
20
64
1554.1
3
192.9
0
62
1553.
33
193.
00
60
1552.
52
193.1
0
58
1551.72
193.20
93
30
93
60
56
1550.9
2
193.3
0
54
1550.
12
193.
40
52
1549.
32
193.5
0
50
1548.51
193.60
93
70
94
00
48
1547.7
2
193.7
0
46
1546.
92
193.
80
44
1546.
12
193.9
0
42
1545.32
194.00
94
10
94
40
40
1544.5
3
194.1
0
38
1543.
73
194.
20
36
1542.
94
194.3
0
34
1542.14
194.40
94
50
94
80
32
1541.3
5
194.5
0
30
1540.
56
194.
60
28
1539.
77
194.7
0
26
1538.98
194.80
94
90
95
20
24
1538.1
9
194.9
0
22
1537.
40
195.
00
20
1536.
61
195.1
0
18
1535.82
195.20
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
A3/D3
A4/D4

2499
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Gr
ou
p
Ch
ar
act
eri
sti
c
Co
de
A1/D1
A2/D2
A3/D3
A4/D4
Wav
elen
gth
No.
Wavel
ength
(nm)
Freq
uenc
y
(THz
)
W
av
ele
ng
th
No
.
Wave
lengt
h
(nm)
Freq
uenc
y
(TH
z)
Wa
vel
eng
th
No.
Wave
lengt
h
(nm)
Frequ
ency
(THz)
Wa
vel
en
gth
No
.
Wavel
ength
(nm)
Freque
ncy
(THz)
95
30
95
60
16
1535.0
4
195.3
0
14
1534.
25
195.
40
12
1533.
47
195.5
0
10
1532.68
195.60
10
95
70
96
00
1531.9
0
195.7
0
1531.
12
195.
80
1530.
33
195.9
0
1529.55
196.00
Mechanical specifications of TN11MR4 board are as follows:
l
(8.7 in.)
Mechanical specifications of TN21MR4 board are as follows:

l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11MR4/TN21MR4
0.2
0.3
22.8 MR8
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2500
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The available functional version of the MR8 board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1
M
R8
22.8.2 Application
As a type of optical add and drop multiplexing unit, the MR8 board adds/drops and multiplex
eight channels of signals.
Client side
OTU
D1
OA
OTU
A1 D8
IN
Client side
OTU
A8
D1
MO
MI
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
OTU
A1 D8
A8
OUT
OA
MR8
MR8
OA
MI
MO
OUT

IN
OA
2501
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Adds/drops and multiplexes eight channels of signals to/from the

WDM specification
Cascading interface

Wavelength query
Optical-layer ASON
Not supported

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2502
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

D1
IN
D8
MO
MI
A1
Drop optical
module
A8
Add optical
module
OUT
OADM optical module

Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
module separates eight wavelengths from the signals and these eight wavelengths are transmitted
with eight wavelengths added through the A1 to A8 interfaces by the add optical module. Then,
Module Function
l
OADM optical module

Adds/drops and multiplexes eight channels of wavelengths.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2503
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l
Power supply module

22.8.5 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces and laser hazard level label on the front panel of the MR8 board.

Figure 22-27 shows the front panel of the MR8 board.
Figure 22-27 Front panel of the MR8 board
CAUTION
CAUTION
D4
A4
IN
OUT
D5
A5
D6
A6
D7
A7
D8
A8
MO
MI
D1
A1
D2
A2
D3
A3
MR8
LASERRADIATION
STAT
MR8

LASER RADIATION
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2504
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Type
Function
A1-A8
LC

D1-D8
LC

IN
LC
OUT
LC
MI
LC

MO
LC

Laser Hazard Level

22.8.6 Valid Slots

Two slots house one MR8 board.
Table 22-53 shows the valid slots for the MR8 board.
Table 22-53 Valid slots for the MR8 board
Product
Slot

subrack
IU1-IU15
IU1-IU16
NOTE
The rear connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along the left slot in the subrack, so the slot
number of the MR8 board displayed on the NM is the number of the leftmost one of the two slots.
For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the MR8 board, the slot number of the MR8 board displayed on
the NM is IU1.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2505
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The characteristic code for the MR8 board contains eight digits that indicate the frequencies of
the first and the eighth signals processed by the board.
Code
Meaning
Description
First four digits

signal
Last four digits
Frequency of the eighth

optical signal

the eighth optical signal
For example, the characteristic code for the MR8 board is 92109280.
l
"9280" indicates that the frequency of the eighth optical signal is 192.80 THz.
Since the eight channels of optical signals processed by the MR8 board are consecutive, it can
be inferred that:
l
The frequency of the second optical signal is 192.20 THz.
The frequency of the third optical signal is 192.30 THz.
The frequency of the seventh signal is 192.70 THz.
For the mapping between the characteristic codes of the MR8 boards and signal frequencies, see
Table 22-58 in 22.8.10 MR8 Specifications.


Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface on the NM
A1/D1
1
2506
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface on the NM
A2/D2
A3/D3
A4/D4
A5/D5
A6/D6
A7/D7
A8/D8
MI/MO
IN/OUT
10
NOTE

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.

Interface Name.
supported.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

Add-Drop Wavelength
( nm ) / Frequency
( THz )

board.
Actual Band Type

2507
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
No./Add-Drop
Wavelength ( nm ) /
Frequency ( THz )
1/1529.16/196.050 to
80/1560.61/192.100

Configure Band Type
Default: /

working wavelength.
Default: C

Interface
Item
Unit
Value
range
nm
1529-1561
GHz
100
IN-D1
-1dB spectral width
nm
>= 0.2

loss
dB
<= 4
Adjacent channel
isolation
dB
> 25
isolation
dB
> 35
-1dB spectral width
nm
>= 0.2

loss
dB
<= 4
Insertion loss
dB
<= 3.5
IN-D2
IN-D3
IN-D4
IN-D5
IN-D6
IN-D7
IN-D8
A1-OUT
A2-OUT
A3-OUT
A4-OUT
A5-OUT
A6-OUT
A7-OUT
A8-OUT
IN-MRO
MRI-OUT
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2508
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Item
Unit
Value
Isolation
dB
> 13
Maximum reflectance
dB
-40

The MR8 adds/drops and multiplexes eight channels of signals to/from the multiplexed signals.
There are five groups of wavelengths.
Table 22-58 Rules for adding/dropping wavelength of the MR8
Group
Characteristic Code
92109280
92909360
93709440
94509520
95309600
A1/D1
Waveleng
th No.
80
64
48
32
16
Waveleng
th (nm)
1560.61
1554.13
1547.72
1541.35
1535.04
Frequenc
y (THz)
192.10
192.90
193.70
194.50
195.30
Waveleng
th No.
78
62
46
30
14
Waveleng
th (nm)
1559.79
1553.33
1546.92
1540.56
1534.25
Frequenc
y (THz)
192.20
193.00
193.80
194.60
195.40
Waveleng
th No.
76
60
44
28
12
Waveleng
th (nm)
1558.98
1552.52
1546.12
1539.77
1533.47
Frequenc
y (THz)
192.30
193.10
193.90
194.70
195.50
Waveleng
th No.
74
58
42
26
10
Waveleng
th (nm)
1558.17
1551.72
1545.32
1538.98
1532.68
Frequenc
y (THz)
192.40
193.20
194.00
194.80
195.60
A2/D2
A3/D3
A4/D4
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2509
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Group
Characteristic Code
92109280
92909360
93709440
94509520
95309600
A5/D5
Waveleng
th No.
72
56
40
24
Waveleng
th (nm)
1557.36
1550.92
1544.53
1538.19
1531.90
Frequenc
y (THz)
192.50
193.30
194.10
194.90
195.70
Waveleng
th No.
70
54
38
22
Waveleng
th (nm)
1556.55
1550.12
1543.73
1537.40
1531.12
Frequenc
y (THz)
192.60
193.40
194.20
195.00
195.80
Waveleng
th No.
68
52
36
20
Waveleng
th (nm)
1555.75
1549.32
1542.94
1536.61
1530.33
Frequenc
y (THz)
192.70
193.50
194.30
195.10
195.90
Waveleng
th No.
66
50
34
18
Waveleng
th (nm)
1554.94
1548.51
1542.14
1535.82
1529.55
Frequenc
y (THz)
192.80
193.60
194.40
195.20
196.00
A6/D6
A7/D7
A8/D8
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11MR8
0.2
0.3

2510
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
22.9 MR8V
MR8V: 8-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit with VOA

The available functional versions of the MR8V board are TN11 and TN12.

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1
M
R8
V
T
N1
2
M
R8
V

The mechanical specifications vary according to the version of the board that you use. For details,
see 22.9.11 MR8V Specifications.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2511
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11MR8
V
TN12MR8
V
The TN12MR8V can be created as 11MR8V on the NMS. The

upgrade. After substitution, the TN12MR8V functions as the
TN11MR8V.
TN12MR8
V
None


Hardware Update
Added the TN12MR8V board.
The TN12MR8V board has lower power consumption than

the TN11MR8V board.
22.9.3 Application
The MR8V adds/drops and multiplexes eight channels of signals, and adjusts the multiplexed
input optical power of WDM-side signal and the input optical power of each adding channel.
For the position of the MR8V board in the DWDM system, see Figure 22-28.
Figure 22-28 Position of the MR8V board in the DWDM system
Client side
OTU
D1
OA
Client side
OTU
A1 D8
IN
OTU
A8
D1
MO
MI
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
OTU
A1 D8
A8
OUT
OA
MR8V
MR8V
OA
MI
OA
MO
OUT

IN
2512
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The MR8V board is mainly used to add/drop signals, to query wavelengths, and to provide a
Table 22-59 Functions and features of the MR8V board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Adds/drops and multiplexes eight channels of signals to/from the

multiplexed signals and adjusts the multiplexed input optical power
of WDM-side signal and the input optical power of each adding
channel.
WDM specification
Cascading interface

Wavelength query
Optical-layer ASON
Supported

The MR8V board consists of the OADM optical module, control and communication module,
Figure 22-29 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the MR8V board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2513
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 22-29 Functional modules and signal flow of the MR8V board
D1
D8
MO
MI
A1
A2
A8
VOA
VOA
VOA
IN
VO
VI
V
O
A
Drop optical
module
Add optical
module
OUT
OADM
optical module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
module separates eight wavelengths from the signals and these eight wavelengths are transmitted
The VI interface receives the multiplexed signals. After the optical power adjustment by VOA,
the signals are transmitted through the VO interface. Then the IN or MI interface receives the
adjusted multiplexed signals.
The IN or MI interface receives the signals transmitted by the main path. The signals are
multiplexed with eight wavelengths added through the A1 to A8 interfaces by the add optical
module. Then, the multiplexed signals are transmitted through the OUT interface.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2514
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
l The OTM station receives the multiplexed signals through the IN interface and transmits the
multiplexed signals through the VO interface.
l The OADM station receives the multiplexed signals through the MI interface and transmits the
multiplexed signals through the VO interface.
By default, the VO interface is connected to the IN interface on the VOA. The connection on the VOA can
be changed manually.
Module Function
l
OADM optical module

Adds/drops and multiplexes eight channels of signals.
Adjusts the input optical power of eight channels. Adjusts the input optical power of
pass-through wavelengths.

Power supply module

22.9.6 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces and laser hazard level label on the front panel of the MR8V
board.

Figure 22-30 shows the front panel of the MR8V board.
Figure 22-30 Front panel of the MR8V board
CAUTION
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
CAUTION
D4
A4
D5
A5
D6
A6
D7
A7
D8
A8
OUT
IN
MO
MI
D1
A1
D2
A2
D3
A3

VO
VI
MR8V
LASERRADIATION
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
MR8V

LASER RADIATION
2515
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 22-60 Types and functions of the interfaces on the MR8V board
Interface
Type
Function
A1-A8
LC

D1-D8
LC

IN
LC
Receives the multiplexed signal from the WDM side

when the IN interface is not connected to the VO
interface on the same MR8V board.
Receives the adjusted multiplexed signal from the VO
interface when the IN interface is connected to the VO
interface on the same MR8V board by a fiber.
OUT
LC
MI
LC

MO
LC

VI
LC
VO
LC

interface.
Laser Hazard Level

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2516
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

22.9.7 Valid Slots

Two slots house one MR8V board.
Table 22-61 shows the valid slots for the MR8V board.
Table 22-61 Valid slots for the MR8V board
Product
Slot
IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17

subrack
IU1-IU15
IU1-IU16
NOTE
The rear connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along the left slot in the subrack, so the slot
number of the MR8V board displayed on the NM is the number of the leftmost one of the two slots.
For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the MR8 board, the slot number of the MR8V board displayed on
the NM is IU1.
22.9.8 Characteristic Code for the MR8V

The characteristic code for the MR8V board contains of eight digits that indicate the frequencies
of the first and the eighth signals processed by the board.
Table 22-62 Characteristic code for the MR8V board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Code
Meaning
First four digits

signal
Last four digits
Frequency of the eighth

optical signal

the eighth optical signal
"V"
Adjustment of the input

optical power of each
channel
Indicates that the board

adjusts the input optical
power of each channel.

Description
2517
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

For example, the characteristic code for the TN11MR8V board is 92109280V.
l
"9280" indicates that the frequency of the eighth optical signal is 192.80 THz.
"V" indicates that adjusts the input optical power of each channel.
Since the eight channels of optical signals processed by the MR8V board are consecutive, it can
be inferred that:
l
The frequency of the second optical signal is 192.20 THz.
The frequency of the third optical signal is 192.30 THz.
The frequency of the seventh signal is 192.70 THz.


Table 22-63 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the MR8V board displayed on the NM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface on the NM
A1/D1
A2/D2
A3/D3
A4/D4
A5/D5
A6/D6
A7/D7
A8/D8
MI/MO
IN/OUT
10
VI
11
VO
12

2518
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE

For MR8V parameters, refer to Table 22-64.
Table 22-64 MR8V parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.

Interface Name.
supported.

Add-Drop Wavelength
( nm ) / Frequency
( THz )

board.
Actual Band Type
No./Add-Drop
Wavelength ( nm ) /
Frequency ( THz )
1/1529.16/196.050 to
80/1560.61/192.100

Configure Band Type
Default: /
Default: C
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

working wavelength.

2519
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface
Attenuation Ratio (dB)
Min. Attenuation Rate

(dB) to Max.

ensures that the launch power of the
transmit end complies with the
system power requirements.
Default:Max.

amplitude should not be very large.
project.
During the expansion of a project or
during maintenance, however, the
attenuation adjustment amplitude
should be controlled within 0.5 dB
attenuation when the attenuation is
adjusted.
parameters.
Max. Attenuation Rate
(dB)
Displays the maximum attenuation

allowed by a board optical interface.

(dB)
Displays the minimum attenuation

22.9.11 MR8V Specifications

Table 22-65 lists the optical specifications of the MR8V board.
Table 22-65 Optical specifications of the MR8V board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Correspondin
g interfaces
Item
Unit
Value
range
nm
1529-1561

2520
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Correspondin
g interfaces
Item
Unit
Value
GHz
100
IN-D1
-1 dB spectral width
nm
>= 0.2

loss
dB
<= 4
Adjacent channel
isolation
dB
> 25
isolation
dB
> 35
nm
>= 0.2

loss
dB
<= 6
Attenuation range
dB
0-20
Adjustment accuracy
dB
1 (attenuation <= 10 dB)
IN-D2
IN-D3
IN-D4
IN-D5
IN-D6
IN-D7
IN-D8
A1-OUT
A2-OUT
A3-OUT
A4-OUT
A5-OUT
A6-OUT
A7-OUT
1.5 (attenuation <= 15 dB)
A8-OUT
1.8 (attenuation >15 dB)
VI-VO
IN-MRO
MRI-OUT
-
Insertion loss
dB
<= 3.5
Isolation
dB
> 13
Maximum reflectance
dB
-40

The MR8V adds/drops and multiplexes eight channels of signals to/from the multiplexed signals.
There are five groups of wavelengths.
Table 22-66 Rules for adding/dropping wavelength of the MR8V
Group
A1/D1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Waveleng
th No.
80
64
48
32
16
Waveleng
th (nm)
1560.61
1554.13
1547.72
1541.35
1535.04
Frequenc
y (THz)
192.10
192.90
193.70
194.50
195.30

2521
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Group
A2/D2
A3/D3
A4/D4
A5/D5
A6/D6
A7/D7
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Waveleng
th No.
78
62
46
30
14
Waveleng
th (nm)
1559.79
1553.33
1546.92
1540.56
1534.25
Frequenc
y (THz)
192.20
193.00
193.80
194.60
195.40
Waveleng
th No.
76
60
44
28
12
Waveleng
th (nm)
1558.98
1552.52
1546.12
1539.77
1533.47
Frequenc
y (THz)
192.30
193.10
193.90
194.70
195.50
Waveleng
th No.
74
58
42
26
10
Waveleng
th (nm)
1558.17
1551.72
1545.32
1538.98
1532.68
Frequenc
y (THz)
192.40
193.20
194.00
194.80
195.60
Waveleng
th No.
72
56
40
24
Waveleng
th (nm)
1557.36
1550.92
1544.53
1538.19
1531.90
Frequenc
y (THz)
192.50
193.30
194.10
194.90
195.70
Waveleng
th No.
70
54
38
22
Waveleng
th (nm)
1556.55
1550.12
1543.73
1537.40
1531.12
Frequenc
y (THz)
192.60
193.40
194.20
195.00
195.80
Waveleng
th No.
68
52
36
20
Waveleng
th (nm)
1555.75
1549.32
1542.94
1536.61
1530.33
Frequenc
y (THz)
192.70
193.50
194.30
195.10
195.90

2522
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Group
A8/D8
Waveleng
th No.
66
50
34
18
Waveleng
th (nm)
1554.94
1548.51
1542.14
1535.82
1529.55
Frequenc
y (THz)
192.80
193.60
194.40
195.20
196.00
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11MR8V
7.7
8.6
TN12MR8V
6.0
6.6
22.10 SBM2
SBM2: 2-channel CWDM single-fiber bi-directional add/drop board

The available functional versions of the SBM2 board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2523
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1S
B
M
2
22.10.2 Application
The SBM2 board adds/drops two channels of signals to/from the multiplexed signals.
For the position of the SBM2 board in the CWDM system, see Figure 22-31.
Figure 22-31 Position of the SBM2 board in the CWDM system
Client side
OTU
D1
Client side
OTU
A1 D2
LINE
A2
OTU
D1
OTU
A1 D2
EXT EXT
SBM2
A2
LINE
SBM2

The SBM2 board is mainly used to add/drop and multiplex signals, and to provide a cascading
interface.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2524
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 22-67 Functions and features of the SBM2 board

Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Adds/drops two channels of signals to/from the multiplexed signals.

The added and dropped optical signals must be of different
wavelengths.
WDM specification
Supports only the single-fiber dual fed CWDM system.
Cascading interface
Provides a cascading optical interface to cascade other single-fiber

bi-directional OADM boards.
Optical-layer ASON
Not supported

The SBM2 board consists of the OADM optical module, control and communication module,
Figure 22-32 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the SBM2 board.
Figure 22-32 Functional modules and signal flow of the SBM2 board
D1
LINE
D2
A1
Drop optical
module
A2
Add optical
module
EXT
OADM optical module

Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
2525
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Signal Flow
The board receives the multiplexed signals through the LINE interface. After the optical module
processes the multiplexed signals, the board separates the multiplexed signals into two
wavelengths of optical signals and outputs them through the D1 and D2 optical interfaces to the
OTU boards or integrated client-side equipment. The board also receives two wavelengths of
optical signals through the A1 and A2 interfaces, couples them to the multiplexed signals and
outputs the coupled signals through the LINE interface.
The EXT interface is used as a cascade interface. It transmits the multiplexed signals to other
single-fiber bi-directional OADM boards to add/drop the remaining channels of the multiplexed
signals.
Module Function
l
OADM optical module

Adds/drops and multiplexes two channels of signals.

Power supply module

22.10.5 Front Panel

There are interfaces on the front panel of the SBM2 board.

Figure 22-33 shows the front panel of the SBM2 board.
Figure 22-33 Front panel of the SBM2 board
CAUTION
EXT
LINE
D1
A1
D2

A2
SBM2
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
SBM2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
STAT

LASER RADIATION
2526
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 22-68 Types and functions of the interfaces on the SBM2 board
Interface
Type
Function
A1/A2
LC

D1/D2
LC

LINE
LC
Receives and transmits multiplexed signals.
EXT
LC
Cascading interface, transmits the multiplexed signals

to other single-fiber bi-directional OADM boards to
add/drop the remaining channels of the multiplexed
signals.
Laser Hazard Level

22.10.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one SBM2 board.
Table 22-69 shows the valid slots for the SBM2 board.
Table 22-69 Valid slots for the SBM2 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots

subrack
IU1-IU16

2527
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11


Table 22-70 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the SBM2 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
A1
D1
A2
D2
LINE
EXT

For SBM2 parameters, refer to Table 22-71.
Table 22-71 SBM2 parameters
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.

2528
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description

Interface Name.
supported.

Wavelength ( nm ) /
Frequency ( THz )
Queries the operating wavelength

at the WDM-side optical interface
of a board.
Actual Band Type
No./Wavelength ( nm ) /
Frequency ( THz )
11/1471.00/208.170 to
18/1611.00/188.780

Configure Band Type
CWDM
Default: /

working wavelength.
Default: CWDM
22.10.9 SBM2 Specifications

Table 22-72 lists the optical specifications of the SBM2 board.
Table 22-72 Optical specifications of the SBM2 board
Interface
Item
Unit
Value
range
nm
1271 to 1611
LINE-D1
Drop channel insertion loss
dB
<= 3
Isolation
dB
>= 30
Add channel insertion loss
dB
<= 3
Isolation
dB
>=30
Optical return loss
dB
> 40
Pass-through loss
dB
<= 1.5
LINE-D2
A1-LINE
A2-LINE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
CWDM

2529
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11SBM2
0.2
0.3
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2530
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

23
23 Reconfigurable Optical Add and Drop Multiplexing Board
Reconfigurable Optical Add and Drop

Multiplexing Board
About This Chapter

23.1 Overview
Reconfigurable optical add/drop multiplexer (ROADM) boards add/drop any single or multiwavelength signals to/from a multiplexed signal, and route the signals to any port in any order,
achieving flexible wavelength grooming in multiple directions. These boards apply to DWDM
systems.
23.2 RDU9
RDU9: 9-port ROADM splitting board (C_Band)
23.3 RMU9
RMU9: 9-port ROADM multiplexing board
23.4 ROAM
ROAM: reconfigurable optical adding module board
23.5 TD20
TD20: 20-ports Tunable DeMultiplexing Board
23.6 TM20
TM20: 20-ports Tunable Multiplexing Board
23.7 WSD9
WSD9: 9-port wavelength selective switching demultiplexing board
23.8 WSM9
WSM9: 9-port wavelength selective switching multiplexing board
23.9 WSMD2
WSMD2: 2-Port Wavelength selective multiplexing and Demultiplexing board
23.10 WSMD4
23.11 WSMD9
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2531
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

WSMD9: 9-Port wavelength selective multiplexing and demultiplexing board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2532
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

23.1 Overview
Reconfigurable optical add/drop multiplexer (ROADM) boards add/drop any single or multiwavelength signals to/from a multiplexed signal, and route the signals to any port in any order,
achieving flexible wavelength grooming in multiple directions. These boards apply to DWDM
systems.
Positions of ROADM Boards in a WDM System

Figure 23-1 shows the position of RAODM boards in a WDM system by using the WSMD4
board as an example.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2533
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 23-1 Positions of ROADM boards in a WDM system

Client services
Client services
Tributary
Units
Tributary
Units
Tributary
Units
Tributary
Units
Line units
Line units
Line units
Line units
OD
C-ODD
OD
C-EVEN
OM
C-ODD
OM
C-EVEN
Client services
OD
C-ODD
West
F
I
U
OA
OA
OA
OA
OA
OA
OA
WSMD4
(north)
WSMD4
(south)
WSMD4
(west)
WSMD4
(east)
OA
OA
OA
OD
C-EVEN
OA
OA
F
I
U
South
F
I
U
East
OA
OA
OA
ITL
ITL
OM
C-EVEN
OM
C-EVEN
ITL
OA
North
OD
C-EVEN
OM
C-ODD
ITL
F
I
U
Client services
OM
C-ODD
OD
C-ODD
OM
C-EVEN
OD
C-EVEN
OM
C-ODD
OD
C-ODD
Line units
Line units
Line units
Line units
Tributary
Units
Tributary
Units
Tributary
Units
Tributary
Units
Client services
Client services
Client services
West signal
North signal
East signal
Client services
South signal
Pass-through signal
Main Functions
Table 23-1 lists the main functions of ROADM boards.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2534
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 23-1 Main functions of ROADM boards

Board
Function
Number of
Wavelengths
TN11RDU9
Broadcasts service signals to nine directions.
80
TN11RMU9
Adds eight optical signals. Each add port on the board can connect to
a tunable wavelength OTU board to flexibly receive eight optical
signals.
80
TN11ROAM
Flexibly adds/drops, passes, and blocks 40 services to achieve dynamic

grooming of wavelengths on a WDM ring.
40
TN12TD20
Broadcasts 20 coherent service signals in one multiplexed signal to 20

directions.
80
TN11TM20
80
TN13TM20
Adds 20 coherent optical signals carried over different wavelengths and

multiplexes the signals into one multi-wavelength signal.
TN11WSD9
Demultiplexes wavelengths and routes any wavelength to any port.
l TN11WSD9/
TN12WSD9/
TN17WSD9: 40
TN12RDU9
TN12WSD9
TN13WSD9
l TN13WSD9 and
TN16WSD9: 80
TN16WSD9
TN17WSD9
TN11WSM9
Multiplexes wavelengths and routes any wavelength to any port.
TN12WSM9
TN13WSM9
l TN11WSM9/
TN12WSM9/
TN17WSM9: 40
l TN13WSM9 and
TN16WSM9: 80
TN16WSM9
TN17WSM9
TN11WSMD2
Broadcasts the main channel signal to two directions and adds any
wavelengths.
40
TN11WSMD4
Broadcasts the main channel signal to four directions and adds any
wavelengths.
l TN11WSMD4/
TN17WSMD4:
40
TN12WSMD4
TN13WSMD4
l TN12WSMD4
and
TN13WSMD9:
80
TN17WSMD4
TN11WSMD9
TN12WSMD9
Broadcasts the main channel signal to nine directions and adds any
wavelengths.
TN15WSMD9
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

TN11WSMD9 and
TN12WSMD9: 80
TN15WSMD9: 80 or
Flexible Grid
wavelength signals
2535
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

23.2 RDU9
RDU9: 9-port ROADM splitting board (C_Band)

The available functional versions of the RDU9 board are TN11 and TN12.

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1R
D
U9
T
N1
2R
D
U9

The mechanical specifications vary according to the version of the board that you use. For details,
see 23.2.10 RDU9 Specifications.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2536
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11RDU9
TN12RDU
9
The TN12RDU9 can be created as 11RDU9 on the NMS. The

upgrade. After substitution, the TN12RDU9 functions as the
TN11RDU9.
NOTE
When a system control board is installed in slot IU2 of the 8800
Universal Platform Subrack subrack, the TN12RDU9 board cannot be
installed in slot IU1. Therefore, if a TN11RDU9 board is installed in
slot IU1 and a system control board is installed in slot IU2 of the 8800
Universal Platform Subrack subrack, the TN12RDU9 board cannot
substitute for the TN11RDU9 board.
TN12RDU9
None


Hardware Update
Added the TN12RDU9 board.
The TN12RDU9 board has lower power consumption than

the TN11RDU9 board.

Hardware Update

that the RDU9 board can be
directly connected to a coherent
OTU or line board for local
dropping of services.
23.2.3 Application
As a type of reconfigurable optical add and drop multiplexing unit, the RDU9 board is used with
the WSM9 board to implement the wavelength grooming at the nodes in the DWDM network.
For the position of the RDU9 board in the DWDM system, see Figure 23-2.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2537
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 23-2 Position of the RDU9 board in the DWDM system

Client-side
O
T
U
O O
T T
U U
O
T
U
DM8
DM1
OA
OA
RDU9
IN
OUT
EXPO
EXPI
WSM9
AM8
AM1
O
T
U
O
T
U
MUX
8
AM1
AM8
WSM9
EXPI
EXPO
RDU9
OUT
IN
DMUX
O
T
U
Client-side
OA
OA
DM1
DM8
MUX
O
T
U
O O
T T
U U
DMUX
DMUX
DCM
Client-side
O
T
U
DCM
DMUX
O O
T T
U U
O
T
U
Client-side
NOTE
An OTU is a transceiver that process signals propagated over the same wavelength at the same time.
When coherent OTU or line boards are used, the D40 boards can be removed. The RDU9 boards can be directly
connected to the coherent OTU or line boards because the coherent OTU or line board supports wavelength
selection.

The RDU9 board is used to dynamically groom wavelengths, monitor online optical
performance, and monitor alarms and performance events.
Table 23-2 Functions and features of the RDU9 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Broadcasts the signals received from the main optical path in nine
directions at the same time.
WDM specification
Supports the DWDM specification.

2538
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Online optical
performance
monitoring

affecting traffic.
Alarm and
performance event
monitoring
Optical-layer ASON
Supported

The RDU9 board consists of the optical module, control and communication module, and power
supply module.
Figure 23-3 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the RDU9.
Figure 23-3 Functional modules and signal flow of the RDU9 board
DM1
DM2
DM3
DM4
DM5
DM6
DM7
DM8
Optical demultiplexer module

ROA
MONI
Splitter 3
TOA
IN
Optical module
Splitter 1
MONO
EXPO
Splitter 2
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication
Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
DC power from the

backplane
Backplane
Signal Flow
The RDU board receives a multi-wavelength signal through the IN port. Splitter 1 splits the
signal into two identical signals. One signal is for pass-through and the other signal is for
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2539
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

dropping. Splitter 2 directs the pass-through signal to the EXPO port for further transmission
while providing a sample of the signal to the MONO port for in-service performance monitoring.
The drop signal is sent to the TOA port, which is either directly connected to the ROA port or
indirectly connected with an OA board in between. Then the drop signal is sent to splitter 3,
which routes the signal to the optical demultiplexer module while providing a sample of the
signal to the MONI port for in-service performance monitoring. Lastly, the optical demultiplexer
module splits the drop signal into eight identical signals and drops them through the DM1-DM8
ports.
Module Function
l
Optical module
Broadcasts signals in nine directions.
Splitters 2 and 3 provide a small amount of the EXPO and ROA port power to the MONI
and MONO ports for in-service performance monitoring.

Power supply module

23.2.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the RDU9 board

Figure 23-4 shows the front panel of the RDU9 board.
Figure 23-4 Front panel of the RDU9 board
CAUTION
MONO MONI
EXPO
IN
TOA
ROA
DM1
DM2
DM3

DM4
DM5 DM6
DM7
DM8
RDU9
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
RDU9
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV

LASER RADIATION
2540
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 23-3 Types and functions of the interfaces on the RDU9 board
Interface
Type
Function
DM1-DM8
LC
Transmits the multiplexed signals to be output at the

local station to the optical demultiplexing unit or the
optical add/drop multiplexing unit.
IN
LC
EXPO
LC
MONI
LC

monitoring of the signals received by the ROA port.
The ratio of the MONI port power to the ROA port
power is 3:97. In other words, the MONI port power is
follows: Proa (dBm) - Pmoni (dBm) = 10 x lg(97/3) =
15 dB.
MONO
LC

monitoring of the signals routed to the EXPO port.
The ratio of the MONO port power to the EXPO port
power is 3:97. In other words, the MONO port power
is 15 dB less than the actual signal power calculated as
follows: Pexpo (dBm) - Pmono (dBm) = 10 x lg(97/3)
= 15 dB.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
TOA
LC
Used as the cascade output interface.
ROA
LC
Used as the cascade input interface.

2541
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
When cascading is not adopted, the TOA and ROA interfaces should be directly connected by a fiber
jumper.
Laser Hazard Level

23.2.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one RDU9 board.
Table 23-4 shows the valid slots for the RDU9 board.
Table 23-4 Valid slots for the RDU9 board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
NOTE
the TN12RDU9 board cannot be installed in slot IU1.


Table 23-5 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the RDU9 board displayed on the NM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface on the NM
IN
EXPO
DM1-DM8
3-10
2542
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface on the NM
TOA/ROA
11
MONI
12
MONO
13

For RDU9 parameters, refer to Table 23-6.
Table 23-6 RDU9 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel
Optical Interface
Name
Configure Band

supported.
Default: C

board.
Actual Band
Input Power Loss

Threshold (dBm)

Actual Working
Band Parity

of the board.
Configure Working
Band Parity
All, Odd, Even

of the board.
Default: All
23.2.10 RDU9 Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2543
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 23-7 Optical specifications of the RDU9 board
Item
Unit
Value
nm
1529-1561
Insertion loss
IN-Drop (DM1-DM8)
dB
<= 12.5
ROA-Drop (DM1-DM8)
dB
<= 11.5
IN-EXPO
dB
<= 12.5
IN-TOA
dB
<= 1
Consistency of the insertion loss of each

channel
dB
<= 1.2
Reflectance
dB
< -40
dB
<= 0.5
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11RDU9
7.7
8.6
TN12RDU9
6.2
6.8
23.3 RMU9
RMU9: 9-port ROADM multiplexing board

The available functional version of the RMU9 board is TN11.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2544
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1R
M
U9
Type
Table 23-8 lists the types of the RMU9 board.
Table 23-8 Type description of the RMU9 board
Board
Type
Description
TN11RMU
9
01
Processes the odd and even wavelengths in the C band.
02
Processes the odd and even wavelengths in the C band and

supports the port blocking function.
23.3.2 Application
As a type of reconfigurable optical add and drop multiplexing unit, the RMU9 board is used
The RMU9 board can add eight single-wavelength signal or multi-channel signals to the main
path. Being multiplexed by the optical multiplexer unit or optical add and drop multiplexing
unit, the multiplexed channels enter the RMU9 board through the channel-adding port. As for
the single channels, they are directly sent to the RMU9 board through the channel-adding port
by the optical transponder units.
For the position of the RMU9 board in the DWDM system, see Figure 23-5.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2545
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 23-5 Position of the RMU9 board in the DWDM system

Client-side
O O
T T
U U
Client-side
O O
T T
U U
O O O
T T T
U U U
DMUX
O
T
U
MUX
DCM
DM1
IN
WSD9
OA
OA
DM8
AM1
EXPO EXPI
WSD9
EXPI
AM8
AM1
MUX
O
T
U
O O
T T
U U
OUT
RMU9
RMU9
OUT
AM8
EXPO
IN
DM8
OA
OA
DM1
DCM
DMUX
O
T
U
Client-side
O O
T T
U U
O O
T T
U U
Client-side
NOTE

The RMU9 board is mainly used to dynamically groom wavelengths, monitor online optical
Table 23-9 Functions and features of the RMU9 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Adds eight single-wavelength signals or multi-wavelength signals to

the main path. When working with an OTU board supporting tunable
wavelengths, the RMU9 board can receive any wavelength through
any of the AM1-AM8 optical ports.
WDM specification

2546
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Online optical
performance
monitoring

affecting traffic.
Alarm and
performance event
monitoring
Port blocking
Blocks all input wavelengths at one of the AM1 to AM8 optical

interfaces.
NOTE
Only the TN11RMU902 board supports this function.
Optical-layer ASON
Supported

The RMU9 board consists of the optical module, optical power detection module, control and
Figure 23-6 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the RMU9 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2547
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 23-6 Functional modules and signal flow of the RMU9 board
AM1
AM2
AM3
AM4
AM5
AM6
AM7
AM8
VOA
VOA
VOA
VOA
VOA
VOA
VOA
VOA
Optical multiplexer module

TOA
MONO
ROA
OUT
EXPI
MONI
Optical module
PIN
optical power detection module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
The wavelengths to be added are input through the AM1-AM8 optical interfaces.
NOTE
l The channel corresponding to each interface (AM1-AM8) must use a unique wavelength. Otherwise,
the services in the two channels that use the same wavelength are interrupted.
l The wavelength used by the channel corresponding to each interface (AM1-AM8) cannot be the same
as the wavelength of the optical signals input through the EXPI optical interface. Otherwise, the services
in the two channels that use the same wavelength are interrupted.
After being multiplexed by the optical multiplexer module, the optical signals input through the
AMn optical interface are output through the TOA optical interface.
The optical signals output through the TOA optical interface can be cascaded with an optical
amplifier board. If no cascading is required, the optical signals are directly input to the ROA
optical interface.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2548
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

After the main optical path input through the EXPI optical interface is multiplexed with the
optical wavelength signals added on the board through the ROA optical interface, the
multiplexed signals are output through the OUT optical interface.
A small number of optical signals that are input through the EXPI interface are separated from
the main path and then output through the MONI interface. They are used for optical performance
detection.
A small number of optical signals are separated from those that are output through the TOA
interface and then sent to the MONO interface. These signals are used for optical performance
detection.
Module Function
l
Optical module
Multiplexes eight wavelengths added on the board.
Eight VOAs achieve the in-service adjustment of input optical power.
the MONI/MONO interface for detection.

Detects in real time the optical power of TOA and EXPI interface.

Power supply module

23.3.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the RMU9 board.

Figure 23-7 shows the front panel of the RMU9 board.
Figure 23-7 Front panel of the RMU9 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
OUT
EXPI
TOA
ROA
AM1
AM2
AM3
AM4
AM5
AM6
AM7
AM8
RMU9
MONI
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
RMU9
MONO

2549
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 23-10 Types and functions of the interfaces on the RMU9 board
Interface
Type
Function
AM1-AM8
LC
Receives a single-wavelength signal that must be

multiplexed into the main optical path from an OTU or
line board, or receives a multi-wavelength signal that
must be multiplexed into the main optical path from an
optical multiplexer board.
OUT
LC
EXPI
LC
MONI
LC

monitoring of the signals received by the EXPI port.
The ratio of the MONI port power to the EXPI port
follows: Pexpi (dBm) - Pmoni (dBm) = 10 x lg (97/3)
= 15 dB.
MONO
LC

monitoring of the signals routed to the TOA port.
The ratio of the MONO port power to the TOA port
follows: Ptoa (dBm) - Pmono (dBm) = 10 x lg(97/3) =
15 dB.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
TOA
LC
Used as the cascade output interface.
ROA
LC
Used as the cascade input interface.

2550
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
When cascading is not adopted, the TOA and ROA interfaces should be directly connected by a fiber
jumper.
Laser Hazard Level

23.3.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one RMU9 board.
Table 23-11 shows the valid slots for the RMU9 board.
Table 23-11 Valid slots for the RMU9 board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17


Table 23-12 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the RMU9 board displayed on the NM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface on the NM
EXPI
OUT
AM1-AM8
3-10
TOA/ROA
11
MONI
12
MONO
13
2551
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


For RMU9 parameters, refer to Table 23-13.
Table 23-13 RMU9 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Optical Interface
Attenuation Ratio
(dB)
Value of Min.
Attenuation Rate
(dB) to Value of
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)
Default: Value of
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)

The attenuation adjustment amplitude
compared with the original attenuation
every time the attenuation is adjusted in a
new project.
query the value of the Min. Attenuation
Rate (dB) and Max. Attenuation Rate
(dB) parameters.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)

Min. Attenuation
Rate (dB)
Displays the minimum attenuation allowed


2552
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Configure Band

board.
Default: C
Actual Band

board.
Input Power Loss

Threshold (dBm)

input optical power, which can trigger a
board to generate an optical power loss
value, the board reports the MUT_LOS
alarm.
Block Port
Disabled, Enabled
Before wavelengths are added to the AM

interface of the RMU9, set this parameter to
Enabled. After configurations of
wavelengths and services on the OTU are
complete, set this parameter to Disabled.
Default: Disabled
Before the OTU where wavelengths are

added is replaced, set this parameter to
Enabled. After the OTU is replaced, and
wavelengths and services are configured,
set this parameter to Disabled.
Actual Working
Band Parity
Queries the parity of the actual working

band of the board.
Configure Working
Band Parity
All, Odd, Even

band of the board.
Default: All
23.3.9 RMU9 Specifications

Table 23-14 lists the optical specifications of the RMU9 board.
Table 23-14 Optical specifications of the RMU9 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Item
Unit
Value
nm
1529-1561
Insertion loss
dB
<= 8.5
EXPI-OUT

2553
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
AMxa-TOA
dB
<= 12.5b
ROA-OUT
dB
<= 1.5
Reflectance
dB
< -40
Attenuation range
dB
0-15
Attenuation precision
dB
< 1 (0 to 10 dB)
< 1.5 (> 10 dB)
VOA attenuation under channel blocking

functionc
dB
> 42
dB
<= 0.5
NOTE
c: Only the TN11RMU902 supports the channel blocking function.
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11RMU901
7.7
8.6
TN11RMU902
8.2
9.0
23.4 ROAM
ROAM: reconfigurable optical adding module board

The available functional version of the ROAM board is TN11.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2554
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1R
O
A
M
Type
Table 23-15 lists the types of the ROAM board.
Table 23-15 Type description of the ROAM board
Board
Type
Description
TN11ROAM
01
Processes the even

wavelengths in C band.
02
Processes the odd

wavelengths in C band.
23.4.2 Application
As a type of reconfigurable optical add and drop multiplexing unit, the ROAM board is used
with the optical demultiplexer unit or the optical add and drop multiplexing unit to implement
wavelength grooming at the nodes in the DWDM network.
For the position of the ROAM board in the DWDM system, see Figure 23-8.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2555
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 23-8 Position of the ROAM board in the DWDM system

IN
EXPO EXPI
OUT
OA
ROAM
ROAM
OA
OUT
EXPI
M01
DM
O O
T T
U U
M40
EXPO
O O
T T
U U
M40
40
O
T
U
OA
IN
M01
40
DMUX
OA
O
T
U
Client-side
DM
DMUX
O O O
T T T
U U U
O
T
U
Client-side
NOTE

The ROAM board is mainly used to dynamically groom wavelengths, achieve built-in power
equilibrium, and monitor alarms and performance events.
Table 23-16 Functions and features of the ROAM board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Implements dynamic adding/dropping, pass-through, and blocking of

a maximum of 40 wavelengths with the demultiplexing board as well
as dynamic grooming of wavelengths for services on the ring network.
WDM specification
Power equilibrium
Implements the wavelength-level equilibrium and control of optical

power to flatten the spectrum for the working signals.
Alarms and
performance events
monitoring
Optical-layer ASON
Not supported

2556
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The ROAM board consists of the planar lightwave circuit (PLC) optical module, control and
Figure 23-9 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the ROAM.
Figure 23-9 Functions and features of the ROAM board
OUT
M01
M02
M40
VOA
VOA
VOA
EXPI
Optical multiplexer module

Splitter
IN
EXPO
DM
PLC optical module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
The main path signals are received through the IN interface. The splitter divides the main path
signals into two channels of the same signals. One signal is output to the optical demultiplexer
unit through the DM interface and demultiplexed into single wavelengths dropped at the local
station. The other signal passes through and is output through the EXPO interface.
The signals to be added at the local station are received through the corresponding M01-M40
interfaces. These signals are multiplexed with the signal input through the EXPI interface and
then output through the OUT interface.
Module Function
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
PLC optical module

2557
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Multiplexes forty wavelengths added on the board.

The PLC optical module contains the VOA modules that implement the power
adjustment at the wavelength level.
The PLC optical module blocks and terminates the signals dropped at the local station
and adjusts the optical power of other signals.
l

Power supply module

23.4.5 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces and laser hazard level label on the front panel of the ROAM
board.

Figure 23-10 shows the front panel of the ROAM board.
Figure 23-10 Front panel of the ROAM board
CAUTION
M37 M38
M39 M40
M24
M25
M26
M27 M28
M29 M30
M13
M14
M15
M16
M17 M18
M19 M20
M03
M04
M05
M06
M07 M08
M09 M10
M32
EXPI
M21
M22
M23
M11
M12
M01
M02
IN
M21
M22
M23
M24
M25
M26
M27
M28
M29
M30
M36
M31
OUT
195.00
194.90
194.80
194.70
194.60
194.50
194.40
194.30
194.20
194.10
M35
M33 M34
DM
EXPO
M11
M12
M13
M14
M15
M16
M17
M18
M19
M20
194.00
193.90
193.80
193.70
193.60
193.50
193.40
193.30
193.20
193.10
M31
M32
M33
M34
M35
M36
M37
M38
M39
M40
193.00
192.90
192.80
192.70
192.60
192.50
192.40
192.30
192.20
192.10
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
NON-ATTENUATINGOPTICAL
INSTRUMENTS
M01 196.00 M11195.00 M21 194.00 M31 193.00

M02 195.90 M12 194.90 M22 193.90 M32 192.90
M03 195.80 M13 194.80 M23 193.80 M33 192.80
M04 195.70 M14 194.70 M24 193.70 M34 192.70
M05 195.60 M15 194.60 M25 193.60 M35 192.60
M06 195.50 M16 194.50 M26 193.50 M36 192.50
M07 195.40 M17194.40 M27 193.40 M37 192.40
M08 195.30 M18194.30 M28 193.30 M38 192.30
M09 195.20 M19 194.20 M29 193.20 M39 192.20
M10 195.10 M20 194.10 M30 193.10 M40 192.10
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
ROAM

LASER RADIATION
196.00
195.90
195.80
195.70
195.60
195.50
195.40
195.30
195.20
195.10
ROAM
M01
M02
M03
M04
M05
M06
M07
M08
M09
M10
Indicators
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2558
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 23-17 Types and functions of the interfaces on the ROAM board
Interface
Type
Function
M01-M40
LC
Receives a single-wavelength signal that must be

multiplexed into the main optical path from an OTU or
line board.
DM
LC
Drops channels to the local station.
OUT
LC
IN
LC
EXPO
LC
Used as the cascade interface to transmit the passthrough signal.
EXPI
LC
Used as the cascade interface to receive the passthrough signal.
There are 40 output interfaces on the front panel of the ROAM board. Table 23-18 and Table
23-19 show the mapping between the interfaces, frequency and wavelengths of the ROAM
board.
Table 23-18 Mapping between the optical interfaces, frequencies and wavelengths of the ROAM
board (even)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
M01
196.00
1529.55
M21
194.00
1545.32
M02
195.90
1530.33
M22
193.90
1546.12
M03
195.80
1531.12
M23
193.80
1546.92
M04
195.70
1531.90
M24
193.70
1547.72
M05
195.60
1532.68
M25
193.60
1548.51
M06
195.50
1533.47
M26
193.50
1549.32

2559
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
M07
195.40
1534.25
M27
193.40
1550.12
M08
195.30
1535.04
M28
193.30
1550.92
M09
195.20
1535.82
M29
193.20
1551.72
M10
195.10
1536.61
M30
193.10
1552.52
M11
195.00
1537.40
M31
193.00
1553.33
M12
194.90
1538.19
M32
192.90
1554.13
M13
194.80
1538.98
M33
192.80
1554.94
M14
194.70
1539.77
M34
192.70
1555.75
M15
194.60
1540.56
M35
192.60
1556.55
M16
194.50
1541.35
M36
192.50
1557.36
M17
194.40
1542.14
M37
192.40
1558.17
M18
194.30
1542.94
M38
192.30
1558.98
M19
194.20
1543.73
M39
192.20
1559.79
M20
194.10
1544.53
M40
192.10
1560.61
Table 23-19 Mapping between the optical interfaces, frequencies and wavelengths of the ROAM
board (odd)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
M01
196.05
1529.16
M21
194.05
1544.92
M02
195.95
1529.94
M22
193.95
1545.72
M03
195.85
1530.72
M23
193.85
1546.52
M04
195.75
1531.51
M24
193.75
1547.32
M05
195.65
1532.29
M25
193.65
1548.11
M06
195.55
1533.07
M26
193.55
1548.91
M07
195.45
1533.86
M27
193.45
1549.72
M08
195.35
1534.64
M28
193.35
1550.52
M09
195.25
1535.43
M29
193.25
1551.32
M10
195.15
1536.22
M30
193.15
1552.12

2560
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
Interface
Frequency
(THz)
Wavelengt
h (nm)
M11
195.05
1537.00
M31
193.05
1552.93
M12
194.95
1537.79
M32
192.95
1553.73
M13
194.85
1538.58
M33
192.85
1554.54
M14
194.75
1539.37
M34
192.75
1555.34
M15
194.65
1540.16
M35
192.65
1556.15
M16
194.55
1540.95
M36
192.55
1556.96
M17
194.45
1541.75
M37
192.45
1557.77
M18
194.35
1542.54
M38
192.35
1558.58
M19
194.25
1543.33
M39
192.25
1559.39
M20
194.15
1544.13
M40
192.15
1560.20
Laser Hazard Level

23.4.6 Valid Slots

Three slots house one ROAM board.
Table 23-20 shows the valid slots for the ROAM board.
Table 23-20 Valid slots for the ROAM board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots

IU61-IU66
IU1-IU15

2561
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
the slot number of the ROAM board displayed on the NM is the number of the leftmost one of the three
slots.
For example, if slots IU1, IU2, and IU3 house the ROAM board, the slot number of the ROAM board


Table 23-21 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the ROAM board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN
EXPO
EXPI
OUT
DM
A01-A40
6-45
NOTE
The A01A40 interfaces correspond to the M01
M40 interfaces on the physical front panel.

For ROAM parameters, refer to Table 23-22.
Table 23-22 ROAM parameters
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.

2562
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Configure Band
C
Default: C
Specifies the type of the working band of

the board.
Actual Band

board.
Input Power Loss

Threshold (dBm)

input optical power, which can trigger a
board to generate an optical power loss
alarm.
Actual Working
Band Parity

band of the board.
Configure Working
Band Parity
All, Odd, Even

band of the board.
Default: Even
Wavelength Target
-32 to 8
Output Power (dBm) Default: /
It is used to set the single wavelength target

output optical power after add wavelengths
are multiplexed.
23.4.9 ROAM Specifications

Table 23-23 lists the optical specifications of the ROAM board.
Table 23-23 Optical specifications of the ROAM board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Item
Unit
Value
GHz
100
Insertion loss
Mxa-OUT
dB
<= 9b
IN-DM
dB
<= 7

2563
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
EXPI-OUT
dB
<= 14b
IN-EXPO
dB
<= 3
nm
1529 - 1561
dB
> 22
dB
> 25
Attenuation range
dB
0 to 20
Attenuation precision
dB
< 1 (0 to 10 dB)
< 1.5 (> 10 dB)
Module switch time
ms
<= 50
Extinction ratio
dB
>= 30
-0.5 dB bandwidth of adding wavelength
nm
> 0.3
-0.5 dB bandwidth of pass-through

wavelength
nm
> 0.2
NOTE
a: Mx represents the M01-M40 interface.
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11ROAM
66
72.6
23.5 TD20
TD20: 20-ports Tunable DeMultiplexing Board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2564
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The available functional version of the TD20 board is TN12.

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
2T
D2
0


Hardware Update
Added the TN12TD20 board.
The TN12TD20 board applies to a ROADM site to

broadcast a multi-wavelength signal that contains 20
coherent wavelength signals to 20 coherent line boards.
Because coherent line boards support automatic
wavelength selection, the coherent line boards
automatically select the required signal from the multiwavelength signal, offering colorless applications.
23.5.3 Application
The TD20 board is a demultiplexer board and applies to ROADM sites. It is used to broadcast
a multi-wavelength signal that contains 20 coherent optical signals over different wavelengths.
The TD20 board must work with coherent OTU or line boards. It is intended for colorless
applications because coherent OTU or line board supports wavelength selection.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2565
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

For the position of the TD20 board in the DWDM system, see Figure 23-11.
Figure 23-11 Position of the TD20 board in the DWDM system
W
NE1
NE3
OA
OA
NE2
OUT
NE4
OA
IN
OUT
WSMD4
AM1
W
S
OA
S
OA
NE1
OA
IN
WSMD4
DM1
DM1
AM1
IN W
S DM1
M
D AM1
OUT 4
AM1
DM1
W
OUT
S
OA
M
D
4
OA
IN
E
DM1 DM2 DM3 DM4 AM1 AM2 AM3 AM4
NE5
WSMD4
IN
NE7
OA
OA
IN
OUT
WSM9
NE6
WSD9
AM1
AM4
DM1
OUT
OUT
IN
TM20
AM1
AM20
O
T
U
AM1
O
T
U
O
T
U
Directionless
OUT
TM20
TD20
AM20
DM1 DM20
O
T
U
O
T
U
Colorless
DM4
IN
TD20
DM1
O O
T T
U U
DM20
O
T
U
: Current path
: Other path (S direction)
: Other path (N direction)
: Other path (E direction)
OTU
: Coherent OTU

The TD20 board performs the colorless drop function. It drops a maximum of 20 optical signals
that are carried over different wavelengths, compensates for broadcast loss, and supports online
monitoring of optical power, alarms, and performance.
Table 23-24 lists the functions and features of the TD20 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2566
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 23-24 Functions and features of the TD20 board

Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Demultiplexes a multi-wavelength signal into 20 coherent optical

signals that are carried over different wavelengths and broadcasts the
signals. The board is intended for colorless applications.
WDM specification
Compensation for
broadcast loss
Uses a built-in EDFA module to compensate for broadcast loss.

l The EDFA module works in gain-locking mode.
Adding or dropping one or more channels of signals does not
affect the gain of signals on other channels.
The optical signal power jitter on some channels does not affect
the signal gain of other channels.
l The EDFA module has the transient control function. When
channels are added or dropped, the system can be upgraded or
expanded without interrupting services by using this function to
suppress channel optical power jitter.
Online optical
performance
monitoring

affecting traffic.
Alarms and
performance events
monitoring
l Monitors and reports optical power of the built-in EDFA module.
Optical-layer ASON
Supported


The TD20 board consists of the optical module, control and communication module, and power
supply module.
Figure 23-12 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TD20.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2567
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 23-12 Functional modules and signal flow of the TD20
IN
DM01
DM02
EDFA optical module

Optical
Splitter
demultiplexer
VOA
VO AIN AOUT
DMIN
module
MON
DM20
Optical module
Detection for
PIN
pump current
and temperature
Driving
current
Control
Memory
Communication
CPU
Power supply
module
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Required
voltage
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal flow
1.
The board receives the coherent multi-wavelength signal to be dropped through its IN port
and sends the signal to the VOA for power adjustment.
2.
After the power adjustment by the VOA, the signal is sent to the EDFA module for power
amplification.
3.
The power splitter splits the amplified optical power into two and sends the less optical
power to the MON port for performance monitoring.
4.
The optical demultiplexer module equally splits the amplified multi-wavelength optical
signal into 20 light beams, each containing 20 single-wavelength signals, and transmits the
light beams through the DM01-DM20 ports.
Module function
l
Optical module
The VOA adjusts the signal power to ensure that the signal power meets the system
requirement.
The EDFA module amplifies the optical power to compensate for the broadcast loss.
The power splitter splits the amplified optical power into two and sends the less optical
power to the MON port for performance monitoring.
The optical demultiplexer module equally splits the coherent multi-wavelength signal
into 20 light beams, each containing 20 single-wavelength signals, and broadcasts the
light beams to 20 directions.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2568
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Power supply module

23.5.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TD20 board.

Figure 23-13 shows the front panel of the TD20 board.
Figure 23-13 Front panel of the TD20 board
IN
DM17 DM18 DM19 DM20
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
MON
TD20
TD20
DM01 DM02 DM03 DM04 DM05 DM06 DM07 DM08 DM09 DM10 DM11 DM12 DM13 DM14 DM15 DM16
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2569
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 23-25 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TD20 board
Interface
Type
Function
DM01DM20
LC
Equally splits the multi-wavelength signal into 20 light

beams, each with 20 single-wavelength signals, and
broadcasts the light beams to the IN ports on coherent
OTU or line boards.
IN
LC
Receives a coherent multi-wavelength signal and sends

the signal to the DMx port on a WSD9 board.
MON
LC

monitoring of the signals from the EDFA output.
The ratio of the MON port power to the EDFA output
20 dB less than the actual EDFA-amplified signal
power calculated as follows: Paout (dBm) - Pmon
(dBm) = 10 x lg(99/1) = 20 dB.
Laser Hazard Level

23.5.7 Valid Slots

Two slots house one TD20 board.
Table 23-26 shows the valid slots for the TD20 board.
Table 23-26 Valid slots for the TD20 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17

subrack
IU1-IU15
IU1-IU16

2570
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Therefore, the slot number of the TD20 board displayed on the NM is the number of the leftmost
one of the two slots.
For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the TD20 board, the slot number of the TD20 board


Table 23-27 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the TD20 displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN
AINa
AOUTa
VOa
DMINa
DM01 to DM20
6 to 25
MON
26
a: Virtual port

For TD20 Parameters, refer to Table 23-28.
Table 23-28 TD20 parameters
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.

2571
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface
Value of Min.
Attenuation Rate
(dB) to Value of
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)
This parameter provides an option to set the

optical power attenuation of a board
channel so that the input signals power of
the board is within the preset range.
Default: Value of
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)

new project.
adjusted.
(dB) parameters.
Attenuation difference
(dB)
-3 to 3, with a step
of 0.1
Default: none
Sets the relative optical power attenuation

of a board channel. When using this
parameter with Attenuation (dB), you can
adjust optical power attenuation of a board
attenuation of the optical interface is 10.5
dB.

(dB)


(dB)

Configure Band

the board.
Default: C
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Actual Band

board.
Actual Working Band

Parity

band of the board.
Configure Working
Band Parity
All

band of the board.
Default: All

2572
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Input Power Loss

Threshold (dBm)
The Input Power Loss Threshold

(dBm) parameter queries the threshold
value of the input optical power, which can
trigger a board to generate an optical power
loss (MUT_LOS) alarm. When the actual
input optical power is lower than this
threshold value, the board reports the
MUT_LOS alarm.
Gain (dB)
The Gain (dB) parameter queries the gain

of an optical amplifier board, namely, the
difference of the output power (dBm) to the
input power (dBm).
This parameter is different from the
Nominal Gain parameter. The Nominal
Gain parameter indicates the gain of the
signal optical power, excluding the noise
power. The Gain parameter, however, is
only related to the power and includes the
noise power. Therefore, if the noise power
occupies a large ratio and the input optical
power is low, the gain queried exceeds the
Nominal Gain (dB)
Value of Nominal
Gain Lower
Threshold (dB) to
Value of Nominal
Gain Upper
Threshold (dB)
Default: The
specific value is
related to the
module.
Specifies the expected gain of the signal

optical power.
You can obtain the value range of this
parameter by querying the corresponding
Nominal Gain Lower Threshold (dB) and
Nominal Gain Upper Threshold (dB)
parameters.
See Nominal Gain (dB) (WDM
23.5.10 TD20 Specifications

Table 23-29 Optical specifications of the TD20 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Item
Unit
Value
nm
1529 to 1561

2573
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
Total input power range of IN port
dBm
-17.5 to 17
Input power range per channel of IN port
dBm
-17.5 to 4
Inherent insertion loss of internal VOA
dB
<= 1.5
Dynamic attenuation range of internal VOA
dB
20
Adjustment accuracy of internal VOA
dB
Nominal input power range of internal OA
dBm
-19 to -3
Input power range per channel of internal OA
dBm
-19 to -16
Nominal gain of internal OA
dB
23
Noise figure (NF) of internal OA
dB
<= 6.0
Maximum total output optical power of

internal OA
dBm
20
Total output power range of DMxa ports
dBm
-13 to 9
Single output power range of DMxa ports
dBm
-13 to -4

(IN-DMxa)
dB
Maximum reflectance tolerance at input
dB
<-40
Maximum reflectance tolerance at output
dB
<-40
dB
<= 0.5
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board

(W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN12TD20
13.0
15.0
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2574
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

23.6 TM20
TM20: 20-ports Tunable Multiplexing Board

The available functional version of the TM20 board are TN11 and TN13.

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1T
M
20
T
N1
3T
M
20

Specification:The specifications vary according to the version of board that you use. For details,
see 23.6.10 TM20 Specifications.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2575
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11TM20
TN13TM20
The TN13TM20 can be created as TM20 on the NMS. The

upgrade. After substitution, the TN13TM20 functions as the
TN11TM20.
TN13TM20
None


Hardware Update
Added the TN13TM20 board.
The manufacturing process is optimized, and the functions

remain the same.

Hardware Update
Added the TN11TM20 board.
The TN11TM20 board applies to a ROADM site to add 20

coherent optical signals carried over different wavelengths
and multiplex the signals into one multi-wavelength signal,
achieving the colorless adding function.
23.6.3 Application
The TM20 board is a multiplexer board and is intended for colorless applications. It applies to
ROADM sites and is used to add 20 coherent optical signals over different wavelengths and
multiplex these signals into one multi-wavelength signal.
For the position of the TM20 board in the DWDM system, see Figure 23-14.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2576
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 23-14 Position of the TM20 board in the DWDM system

W
NE1
NE3
OA
OA
NE2
OUT
NE4
OA
IN
OUT
DM1
AM1
WSMD4
AM1
W
S
OA
S
OA
NE1
OA
IN
WSMD4
DM1
IN W
S DM1
M
D AM1
OUT 4
AM1
DM1
W
OUT
S
OA
M
D
4
OA
IN
E
DM1 DM2 DM3 DM4 AM1 AM2 AM3 AM4
NE5
WSMD4
IN
NE7
OA
OA
IN
OUT
WSM9
NE6
WSD9
AM1
AM4
DM1
OUT
OUT
IN
TM20
AM1
TM20
AM20
O
T
U
AM1
O
T
U
O
T
U
Directionless
OUT
DM4
TD20
TD20
AM20 DM1
O
T
U
DM20
O
T
U
Colorless
IN
DM1
O O
T T
U U
DM20
O
T
U
: Current path
: Other path (S direction)
: Other path (N direction)
: Other path (E direction)
OTU
: Coherent OTU
NOTE
Optical cross-connections must be created for the TM20 board on the U2000 and wavelengths must be specified
during the cross-connection creation.

The TM20 board performs the colorless add function. It adds a maximum of 20 coherent optical
signals and supports online monitoring of optical power, alarms, and performance.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2577
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 23-30 Functions and features of the TM20 board

Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
l Adds a maximum of 20 coherent optical signals carried over

different wavelengths and multiplexes the signals into one multiwavelength signal. The board is intended for colorless
applications.
l Supports manual configuration of add wavelengths.
WDM specification
Online optical
performance
monitoring

affecting traffic.
Alarm and
performance event
monitoring
Detects optical power and reports alarms and performance events of

the board.
Optical-layer ASON
Supported

The TM20 board consists of the multiplexer, splitter, detection and temperature control module,
Figure 23-15 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TM20 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2578
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 23-15 Functional modules and signal flow of the TM20 board
Multiplexer
AM01
AM02
Splitter
OUT
AM20
MON
Optical module
Temperature
control
Temperature
detection
PIN
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(Controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
1.
Each of the AM01AM20 optical ports receives one single-wavelength coherent optical
signal and sends the signal to the interconnected multiplexer.
2.
The multiplexer multiplexes the 20 single-wavelength optical signals into one multiwavelength optical signal, and then transmits the signal through its OUT optical port.
3.
The power splitter splits the multi-wavelength signal power into two and sends the less
signal power to the MON port for performance monitoring.
NOTE
The AM01AM20 optical ports support tunable wavelengths but they must use different wavelengths.
Module Function
l
Multiplexer
Multiplexes the 20 single-wavelength coherent optical signals into one multi-wavelength
optical signal.
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Splitter
2579
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Uses the power splitter to split the optical power on the main optical path into two and
sends the less optical power to the MON port for performance monitoring.
l


Power supply module

23.6.6 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces and laser hazard level label on the front panel of the TM20 board.

Figure 23-16 shows the front panel of the TM20 board.
Figure 23-16 Front panel of the TM20 board
CAUTION
LASER RADIATION
CAUTION
MON OUT AM17 AM18 AM19 AM20
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TM20
TM20
LASERRADIATION
AM01 AM02 AM03 AM04 AM05 AM06 AM07 AM08 AM09 AM10 AM11 AM12 AM13 AM14 AM15 AM16
Indicators
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2580
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 23-31lists the type and function of each interface.
Table 23-31 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TM20 board
Interface
Type
Function
AM01 to AM20
LC
Receives one single-wavelength coherent light signal

from an OTU or line board.
OUT
LC
Transmits a multi-wavelength signal to the AMx

optical port on a WSM9 board.
MON
LC

15 dB.
Laser Hazard Level

23.6.7 Valid Slots

Three slots house one TM20 board.
Table 23-32 shows the valid slots for the TM20 board.
Table 23-32 Valid slots for the TM20 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU6, IU11-IU16

2581
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Valid Slots

subrack
IU1-IU14
IU1-IU15
Therefore, the slot number of the TM20 board displayed on the NM is the number of the left
most one of three slots.
For example, if slots IU1, IU2, and IU3 house the TM20 board, the slot number of the TM20


Table 23-33 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the TM20 displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
OUT
AM01 to AM20
2 to 21
MON
22

For TM20 parameters, refer to Table 23-34.
Table 23-34 TM20 parameters
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel
Actual Band
Actual Working
Band Parity

of the board.

2582
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Configure Band

board.
Default: C
Configure
Working Band
Parity
All
Default: All

band of the board.
23.6.10 TM20 Specifications

Table 23-35 Optical specifications of the TM20 board
Item
Unit
Value
Optical channels
80
GHz
50
nm
1529 to 1561
Insertion loss-AMxa-OUT
dB
<= 8
Maximum channel insertion loss

difference
dB
1.5
nm
> 0.16
Port isolation
dB
>= 20
Extinction ratio
dB
>= 30
<= 3
Maximum reflectance
dB
-40
dB
<= 1
a: AMx represents the AM01 to AM20 interface.
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight
TN11TM20:3.51 kg(7.74 lb.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2583
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

TN13TM20:3.50kg(7.72 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board

(W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11TM20
30.0
45.0
TN13TM20
30.0
33.0
23.7 WSD9
WSD9: 9-port wavelength selective switching demultiplexing board

The available functional versions of the WSD9 board are TN11, TN12, TN13, TN16 and TN17.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1
W
S
D9
T
N1
2
W
S
D9

2584
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
3
W
S
D9
T
N1
6
W
S
D9
T
N1
7
W
S
D9

l
Appearance:
The TN13WSD9 board uses a front panel different from that of the WSD9 board of
other versions. The TN13WSD9 board occupies three slots. The TN11WSD9/
TN12WSD9/TN16WSD9/TN17WSD9 boards occupy two slots. For details, see 23.7.6
Front Panel and 23.7.10 WSD9 Specifications.
Specification:
The wavelength of the TN13WSD9/TN16WSD9 board is separated at 50 GHz channel
spacing. The wavelength of the TN11WSD9/TN12WSD9/TN17WSD9 board is
separated at 100 GHz channel spacing. For details, see 23.7.10 WSD9 Specifications.
The mechanical specifications and power consumption vary according to the version of
the board that you use. For details, see 23.7.10 WSD9 Specifications.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2585
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11WSD
9
TN12WSD
9
Upgrade the NE software to OptiX OSN 6800 V100R003 or a

later version. TN12WSD9 boards can functionally substitute
for TN11WSD9 boards. That is, when a TN12WSD9 board is
used to replace a TN11WSD9 board, the logical board of the
TN12WSD9 board must be created as 12WSD9 on the NMS.
TN12WSD
9
TN17WSD
9
The TN17WSD9 can be created as 12WSD9 on the NMS. The

upgrade. After substitution, the TN17WSD9 functions as the
TN12WSD9.
TN13WSD
9
TN16WSD
9
The TN16WSD9 can be created as 13WSD9 on the NMS. The

upgrade. After substitution, the TN16WSD9 functions as the
TN13WSD9. The TN16WSD9 board occupies two physical
slots and three logical slots while the TN13WSD9 board
board.
TN16WSD
9
None
TN17WSD
9
None

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update

added.

2586
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update

added.
23.7.3 Application
As a type of reconfigurable optical add and drop multiplexing unit, the WSD9 board is used with
the WSM9 or RMU9 board to implement wavelength grooming at the nodes in the DWDM
network.
The single-wavelength or multi-channel signals to be dropped at the local station are output
through the interfaces of the WSD9 board based on the configuration.
l
If the dropped signal is a multi-channel signal, it is sent to the optical demultiplexer unit
for demultiplexing. Then, the demultiplexed signals enter corresponding OTUs and are sent
to the client-side equipment at the local station.
If the dropped signal is a single-wavelength signal, it is sent directly to the OTU at the local
station.
For the position of the WSD9 board in the DWDM system, see Figure 23-17.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2587
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 23-17 Position of the WSD9 board in the DWDM system

Client-side
O O
T T
U U
O O
T T
U U
O O O
T T T
U U U
DMUX
DCM
MUX
8
DM1
OA
OUT
OA
AM1
DM8
WSD9
IN
EXPO
AM8
AM1
O
T
U
O O
T T
U U
OUT
IN
WSD9
DM8
OA
OA
DM1
8
MUX
AM8
WSM9
EXPI
EXPI EXPO
WSM9
O
T
U
DCM
DMUX
O O
T T
U U
O
T
U
O O
T T
U U
Client-side
NOTE

The WSD9 board is used to dynamically groom wavelengths, monitor online optical
Table 23-36 Functions and features of the WSD9 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Configures any wavelengths to any interfaces. A node on the ring or

chain network can output any wavelength combination to any
interface to achieve the dynamic allocation of wavelengths.
2588
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
WDM specification
Online optical
performance
monitoring

affecting traffic.
Alarm and
performance event
monitoring
Optical power
adjustment
Provides the function to adjust the optical power of each channel.
Optical-layer ASON
Supported

The WSD9 board consists of the optical module, temperature and optical power detection
Figure 23-18 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the WSD9 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2589
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 23-18 Functional modules and signal flow of the WSD9 board
DM1 DM2
DM8
Splitter 1
IN
Splitter 2
EXPO
WSS module
MONI
MONO
Optical module
Temperature
detection
PIN
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power from the

backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
The main path signal is received through the IN interface. The single-wavelength or multichannel signals to be dropped at the local station are output through the DM1-DM8 interfaces
based on the configuration. Other channels pass through the station and are output through the
EXPO interface.
Module Function
l
Optical module
The WSS module inside the optical module extracts any single wavelengths or
wavelength combinations from the multiplexed wavelength, and directs them out the
predefined ports of the DM1-DM8 ports. The optical module then sends the remaining
wavelengths to the EXPO port.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2590
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Splitters 1 and 2 provide a small amount of the IN and EXPO port power to the MONI
l


Power supply module

23.7.6 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces, and a laser hazard level label on the front panel of the WSD9
board.

Figure 23-19, Figure 23-20, and Figure 23-21 show the front panel of the WSD9 board.
Figure 23-19 Front panel of the TN11WSD9/TN12WSD9/TN17WSD9 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2591
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2592
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 23-37 Types and functions of the interfaces on the WSD9 board
Interface
Type
Function
DM1-DM8
LC
Transmits the single-wavelength or multi-channel

signal separated from the main path. If the signal is a
multi-channel signal, it is sent to the optical
demultiplexer unit or the optical add and drop
multiplexing unit. If the signal is a single-wavelength
signal, it is directly sent to the optical transponder unit.
EXPO
LC
IN
LC
MONI
LC

The ratio of the MONI port power to the IN port power
is 3:97. In other words, the MONI port power is 15 dB
less than the actual signal power calculated as
follows:Pin (dBm) - Pmoni (dBm) = 10 x lg (97/3) =
15 dB.
MONO
LC

monitoring of the signals routed to the EXPO port.
The ratio of the MONO port power to the EXPO port
follows: Pexpo (dBm) - Pmono (dBm) = 10 x lg (97/3)
= 15 dB.
Laser Hazard Level

23.7.7 Valid Slots

Two slots house one TN11WSD9/TN12WSD9/TN16WSM9/TN17WSD9 board. Three slots
house one TN13WSD9 board.
Table 23-38, Table 23-39 and Table 23-40 show the valid slots for the WSD9 boards.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2593
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU16
Table 23-39 Valid slots for the TN12WSD9/TN16WSD9/TN17WSD9 board

Product
Valid Slots

IU61-IU67
IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17
IU1-IU15
IU1-IU16
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots

IU61-IU66
IU1-IU6, IU11-IU16,
IU1-IU14
IU1-IU15

2594
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800:The rear connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along the left slot in the
subrack. Therefore, the slot number of the TN12WSD9/TN16WSD9/TN17WSD9 board displayed on the
NM is the number of the left one of the two slots, and the slot number of the TN13WSD9 board displayed
on the NM is the number of the left one of the three slots. For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the
TN12WSD9/TN16WSD9/TN17WSD9 board, the slot number of the WSD9 board displayed on the NM
is IU1. If slots IU1, IU2 and IU3 house the TN13WSD9 board, the slot number of the WSD9 board displayed
on the NM is IU1.
OptiX OSN 6800: The rear connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along the left slot in the
subrack. Hence, the slot number of the TN11WSD9/TN12WSD9/TN16WSD9/TN17WSD9 board
displayed on the NM is the number of the left one of the two slots, and the slot number of the TN13WSD9
board displayed on the NM is the number of the left one of the three slots. For example, if slots IU1 and
IU2 house the TN12WSD9/TN16WSD9/TN17WSD9 board, the slot number of the WSD9 board displayed
on the NM is IU1. If slots IU1, IU2 and IU3 house the TN13WSD9 board, the slot number of the WSD9


Table 23-41 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the WSD9 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN
EXPO
DM1-DM8
3-10
MONI
11
MONO
12

For parameters of the WSD9 board, refer to Table 23-42.
Table 23-42 WSD9 parameters
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

2595
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface
Name
Optical Interface
Attenuation Ratio
(dB)
Value of Min.
Attenuation Rate
(dB) to Value of
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB),
Blocking, /

supported.
launch power of the transmit end complies with
Before the commissioning, the attenuation ratio
of each channel must be preset.
l When no optical cross-connections are
present, the parameter value is displayed
as /.
l When NE-level optical cross-connections
are present or when the end-to-end
configuration function is used to configure
optical cross-connections and OPA Mode
is set to Manual, the parameter value is
displayed as Blocking after an OCh trail is
created. If you set the parameter at this time,
the specified value is then displayed.
not be very large.
It should be controlled within 2 dB compared
with the original attenuation every time the
attenuation is adjusted in a new project.
parameters.
Attenuation
difference (dB)
of 0.1
Default: none
Sets the relative optical power attenuation of a

board channel. When using this parameter with
Attenuation (dB), you can adjust optical
accurately.
If Optical Interface Attenuation Ratio (dB)
is set to 9 dB and Attenuation Difference
(dB) is set to 1.5 dB, then the attenuation of the
optical interface is 10.5 dB.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2596
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)
Displays the maximum attenuation allowed by

Min. Attenuation
Rate (dB)

Configure Band
C
Default: C

board.
Actual Band
Input Power Loss

Threshold (dBm)

Actual Working
Band Parity

of the board.
Configure Working
Band Parity
All, Odd, Even

of the board.
Default:
l TN11WSD9/
TN12WSD9/
TN17WSD9:
Even
l TN13WSD9/
TN16WSD9:
All
23.7.10 WSD9 Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2597
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 23-43 Optical specifications of the WSD9 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Item
Uni
t
Value
Type
TN11WSD9/
TN12WSD9/
TN17WSD9
TN13WSD9
TN16WSD9
Optical channels
40
80
80
Adjacent channel
spacing
GHz
100
50
50
Insertion
loss
dB
<= 8b
<= 8b
<= 8b
Maximum channel
dB
1.5
1.5
1.5
range
nm
1529-1561
1529-1561
1529-1561
-1dB spectral width
nm
> 0.32
> 0.16
> 0.20
Port isolation
dB
> 25
> 25
> 25
Adjacent channel
isolation
dB
> 25
> 25
> 25
isolation
dB
> 30
> 30
> 30
Extinction ratio
dB
>= 35
>= 35
>= 35
<= 3
<= 3
<= 3
Maximum reflectance
dB
-40
-40
-40
Directivity
dB
35
35
35
loss
dB
<= 1
<= 1
<= 1
each of dropping
wavelengths
dB
0-15
0-15
0-15
each of dropping
wavelengths
dB
<= 1 (0 to 10 dB)
<= 1 (0 to 10 dB)
<= 1 (0 to 10 dB)
<= 1.5 (>10 dB)
<= 1.5 (>10 dB)
<= 1.5 (>10 dB)
IN-DMxa
IN-EXPO

2598
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Uni
t
Value
Type
TN11WSD9/
TN12WSD9/
TN17WSD9
TN13WSD9
TN16WSD9
NOTE
l
TN11WSD9 (H x W x D): 264.6 mm (10.4 in.) x 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) x 220 mm (8.7 in.)
TN12WSD9/TN16WSD9/TN17WSD9 (H x W x D): 264.6 mm (10.4 in.) x 50.8 mm (2.0

in.) x 220 mm (8.7 in.)
TN13WSD9 (H x W x D): 264.6 mm (10.4 in.) x 76.2 mm (3.0 in.) x 220 mm (8.7 in.)
Weight:
l
TN11WSD9: 2.2 kg (4.9 lb.)
TN12WSD9: 2.7 kg (5.94 lb.)
TN13WSD9/TN16WSD9: 2.9 kg (6.38 lb.)
TN17WSD9: 3.2 kg (7.05 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11WSD9
17.0
18.7
TN12WSD9
25.4
28.5
TN13WSD9
25.4
28.5
TN16WSD9
25.0
27.5
TN17WSD9
25.0
27.5
23.8 WSM9
WSM9: 9-port wavelength selective switching multiplexing board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2599
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The available functional versions of the WSM9 board are TN11, TN12, TN13, TN16 and TN17.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1
W
S
M
9
T
N1
2
W
S
M
9
T
N1
3
W
S
M
9
T
N1
6
W
S
M
9

2600
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
7
W
S
M
9

l
Appearance:
The TN13WSM9 board uses a front panel different from that of the WSM9 board of
other versions. The TN13WSM9 board occupies three slots. The TN11WSM9/
TN12WSM9/TN16WSM9/TN17WSM9 board occupy two slots. For details, see 23.8.6
Front Panel and 23.8.10 WSM9 Specifications.
The laser safety class of TN13WSM9/TN16WSM9 board is different from that of the
WSM9 board of other versions. The laser safety class of TN13WSM9/TN16WSM9
board is HAZARD LEVEL 1M. The laser safety class of TN11WSM9/TN12WSM9/
TN17WSM9 board is HAZARD LEVEL 1. For details, see 23.8.6 Front Panel.
Specification:
The wavelength of the TN13WSM9/TN16WSM9 board is separated at 50 GHz channel
spacing. The wavelength of the TN11WSM9/TN12WSM9/TN17WSM9 board is
separated at 100 GHz channel spacing. The mechanical specifications and power
consumption vary according to versions. For details, see 23.8.10 WSM9
Specifications.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11WSM
9
TN12WSM
9
Upgrade the NE software to OptiX OSN 6800 V100R003 or a

later version. TN12WSM9 boards can functionally substitute
for TN11WSM9 boards. That is, when a TN12WSM9 board is
used to replace a TN11WSM9 board, the logical board of the
TN12WSM9 board must be created as 12WSM9 on the NMS.

2601
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN12WSM
9
TN17WSM
9
The TN17WSM9 can be created as 12WSM9 on the NMS. The

upgrade. After substitution, the TN17WSM9 functions as the
TN12WSM9.
TN13WSM
9
TN16WSM
9
The TN16WSM9 can be created as 13WSM9 on the NMS. The

upgrade. After substitution, the TN16WSM9 functions as the
TN13WSM9. The TN16WSM9 board occupies two physical
slots and three logical slots while the TN13WSM9 board
board.
TN16WSM
9
None
TN17WSM
9
None


Hardware Update

added.

remain the same.

Hardware Update

added.

remain the same.
23.8.3 Application
As a type of reconfigurable optical add and drop multiplexing unit, the WSM9 board is used
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2602
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

For the position of the WSM9 board in the DWDM system, see Figure 23-22.
Figure 23-22 Position of the WSM9 board in the DWDM system
Client-side
O O
T T
U U
Client-side
O O
T T
U U
O O O
T T T
U U U
DMUX
DCM
DM1
OA
OUT
MUX
DM 8
WSD9
IN
OA
EXPO
EXPI
EXPI
EXPO
AM1
8
MUX
O
T
U
O O
T T
U U
AM1
AM 8
WSM9
OUT
IN
WSD9
WSM9
AM8
O
T
U
DM8
OA
OA
DM1
DCM
DMUX
O
T
U
Client-side
O O
T T
U U
O O
T T
U U
Client-side
NOTE

The WSM9 board is mainly used to dynamically groom wavelengths, monitor online optical
Table 23-44 Functions and features of the WSM9 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Configures any wavelengths to any interfaces. A node on the ring or

chain network can receive any wavelengths at the local station through
any interfaces to achieve the dynamic wavelength allocation.
2603
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
WDM specification
Online optical
performance
monitoring

affecting traffic.
Alarm and
performance event
monitoring
Optical power
adjustment
Provides the function to adjust the optical power of each channel.
Optical-layer ASON
Supported by the TN12WSM9/TN13WSM9/TN16WSM9/

TN17WSM9.

The WSM9 board consists of four parts: the optical module, temperature and optical power
detection module, control and communication module, and power supply module.
Figure 23-23 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the WSM9 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2604
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 23-23 Functional modules and signal flow of the WSM9 board
AM1 AM2
AM8
Splitter 2
Splitter 1
EXPI
OUT
WSS module
MONI
MONO
Optical module
Temperature
detection
PIN
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power from the

backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
The board receives the multiplexed optical signals of the main optical path through the EXPI
optical interface. The single-wavelength or multiplexed optical signals to be added are input
through the AM1-AM8 optical interfaces.
l
If multiple wavelengths are to be added, the signals are first sent to the multiplexer unit for
processing and then input to the WSM9 board through the AMn optical interface.
If single wavelength is to be added, the signal can be directly input to the WSM9 board
from the optical transponder unit through the AMn interface.
optical wavelength signals added through the AMn optical interface, the multiplexed signals are
Module Function
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Optical module
2605
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Receives any wavelengths (either single wavelengths or wavelength combinations)

through the EXPI port and any of AM1-AM8 ports.
Splitters 1 and 2 provide a small amount of the EXPI and OUT port power to the MONI
l


Power supply module

23.8.6 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces, and a laser hazard level label on the front panel of the WSM9
board.

Figure 23-24, Figure 23-25, and Figure 23-26 show the front panel of the WSM9 board.
Figure 23-24 Front panel of the TN11WSM9/TN12WSM9/TN17WSM9 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2606
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2607
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Type
Function
AM1-AM8
LC
Receive the single-wavelength or multi-wavelength

signals that are to be multiplexed into the main path.
OUT
LC
EXPI
LC
MONI
LC

monitoring of the signals received by the EXPI port.
The ratio of the MONI port power to the EXPI port
follows: Pexpi (dBm) - Pmoni (dBm) = 10 x lg (97/3)
= 15 dB.
MONO
LC

The ratio of the MONO port power to the OUT port
follows: Pout (dBm) - Pmono (dBm) = 10 x lg (97/3)
= 15 dB.
Laser Hazard Level

TN11WSM9/TN12WSM9/TN17WSM9:
TN13WSM9/TN16WSM9:
The laser safety class of the optical interface is HAZARD LEVEL 1M, indicating that the
maximum output optical power of each optical interface ranges from 10 dBm (10 mW) to 21.3
dBm (136 mW).
23.8.7 Valid Slots

Two slots house one TN11WSM9/TN12WSM9/TN16WSM9 board. Three slots house one
TN13WSM9 board.
Table 23-46, Table 23-47 and Table 23-48 show the valid slots for the WSM9 boards.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2608
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU16
Table 23-47 Valid slots for the TN12WSM9/TN16WSM9/TN17WSM9 board

Product
Valid Slots

IU61-IU67
IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17
IU1-IU15
IU1-IU16
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots

IU61-IU66
IU1-IU6, IU11-IU16
IU1-IU14
IU1-IU15

2609
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
subrack. Therefore, the slot number of the TN12WSM9/TN16WSM9/TN17WSM9 board displayed on the
NM is the number of the left one of the two slots, and the slot number of the TN13WSM9 board displayed
on the NM is the number of the left one of the three slots. For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the
TN12WSM9/TN16WSM9/TN17WSM9 board, the slot number of the WSM9 board displayed on the NM
is IU1. If slots IU1, IU2 and IU3 house the TN13WSM9 board, the slot number of the WSM9 board
subrack. Hence, the slot number of the TN11WSM9/TN12WSM9/TN16WSM9/TN17WSM9 board
displayed on the NM is the number of the left one of the two slots, and the slot number of the TN13WSM9
board displayed on the NM is the number of the left one of the three slots. For example, if slots IU1 and
IU2 house the TN12WSM9/TN16WSM9/TN17WSM9 board, the slot number of the WSM9 board
displayed on the NM is IU1. If slots IU1, IU2 and IU3 house the TN13WSM9 board, the slot number of
the WSM9 board displayed on the NM is IU1.


Table 23-49 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the WSM9 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
EXPI
OUT
AM1-AM8
3-10
MONI
11
MONO
12

For WSM9 parameters, refer to Table 23-50.
Table 23-50 WSM9 parameters
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.

2610
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description

Name.
are supported.
Optical Interface
Value of Min.
Attenuation Rate
(dB) to Value of
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB),
Blocking, /

present, the parameter value is
displayed as /.
l When NE-level optical crossconnections are present or when the
end-to-end configuration function is
used to configure optical crossconnections and OPA Mode is set to
Manual, the parameter value is
displayed as Blocking after an OCh
trail is created. If you set the parameter
at this time, the specified value is then
displayed.
new project.
adjusted.
(dB) parameters.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2611
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
(dB)
of 0.1

Default: none

dB.
(dB)


(dB)

Configure Band

the board.
Default: C
Actual Band

board.
Actual Working Band

Parity

band of the board.
Configure Working
Band Parity
All, Odd, Even

band of the board.
Default:
l TN11WSM9/
TN12WSM9/
TN17WSM9:
Even
l TN13WSM9/
TN16WSM9:
All
23.8.10 WSM9 Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2612
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 23-51 Optical specifications of the WSM9 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Item
Uni
t
Value
Type
TN11WSM9/
TN12WSM9/
TN17WSM9
TN13WSM9
TN16WSM9
Optical channels
40
80
80
Adjacent channel
spacing
GH
z
100
50
50
Insertio
n loss
dB
<= 8b
<= 8b
<= 8b
Maximum channel
dB
1.5
1.5
1.5
range
nm
1529-1561
1529-1561
1529-1561
nm
> 0.32
> 0.16
> 0.20
Port isolation
dB
> 25
> 25
> 25
Adjacent channel
isolation
dB
> 25
> 25
> 25
isolation
dB
> 30
> 30
> 30
Extinction ratio
dB
>= 35
>= 35
>= 35
<= 3
<= 3
<= 3
Directivity
dB
35
35
35
Maximum reflectance
dB
-40
-40
-40
loss
dB
<= 1
<= 1
<= 1
each of adding
wavelengths
dB
0-15
0-15
0-15
each of adding
wavelengths
dB
<= 1 (0 to 10 dB)
<= 1 (0 to 10 dB)
<= 1 (0 to 10 dB)
<= 1.5 (>10 dB)
<= 1.5 (>10 dB)
<= 1.5 (>10 dB)
AMxa-OUT
EXPI-OUT

2613
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Uni
t
Value
Type
TN11WSM9/
TN12WSM9/
TN17WSM9
TN13WSM9
TN16WSM9
NOTE
l
TN11WSM9 (H x W x D): 264.6 mm (10.4 in.) x 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) x 220 mm (8.7 in.)
TN12WSM9/TN16WSM9/TN17WSM9 (H x W x D): 264.6 mm (10.4 in.) x 50.8 mm (2.0

in.) x 220 mm (8.7 in.)
TN13WSM9 (H x W x D): 264.6 mm (10.4 in.) x 76.2 mm (3.0 in.) x 220 mm (8.7 in.)
Weight:
l
TN11WSM9: 2.2 kg (4.84 lb.)
TN12WSM9: 2.7 kg (5.94 lb.)
TN13WSM9/TN16WSM9: 2.9 kg (6.38 lb.)
TN17WSM9: 3.2 kg (7.05 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11WSM9
17.0
18.7
TN12WSM9
25.4
28.5
TN13WSM9
25.4
28.5
TN16WSM9
25.0
27.5
TN17WSM9
25.0
27.5
23.9 WSMD2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2614
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The available functional version of the WSMD2 board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1
W
S
M
D2
23.9.2 Application
As a type of reconfigurable optical add and drop multiplexing unit, the WSMD2 board is used
with the optical multiplexer and demultiplexer unit and the optical add and drop multiplexing
unit to implement wavelength grooming at the nodes in the DWDM network.
For the position of the WSMD2 board in the DWDM system, see Figure 23-27.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2615
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 23-27 Position of the WSMD2 board in the DWDM system

O
T
U
O
T
U
Clientside
O
T
U
DMUX
O
T
U
MUX
DCM
DM
AM
IN
OA
OUT
OA
WSMD2
WSMD2
OA
OUT
EXPO EXPI
EXPI
EXPO
IN
AM
OA
DM
DCM
MUX
O
T
U
DMUX
O
T
U
Clientside
O
T
U
O
T
U

The WSMD2 board is mainly used to broadcast services, dynamically groom wavelengths,
monitor online optical performance monitoring, and monitor alarms and performance events.
Table 23-52 Functions and features of the WSMD2 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Provides service broadcasting function, and supports the function of

configurable multiplexing any wavelengths. Any node on a ring or
chain network can broadcast the signals received from the main
optical path as two channels of the same signals, and can input any
wavelengths added locally to the AM port. The WSMD2 board
processes signals carried over C-band even wavelengths only.
WDM specification
Online optical
performance
monitoring

affecting traffic.

2616
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Alarm and
performance event
monitoring
Optical power
adjustment
Provides the function to adjust the optical power of any add

wavelengths at the local station.
Optical-layer ASON
Not supported

The WSMD2 board consists of the optical module, temperature and optical power detection
Figure 23-28 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the WSMD2.
Figure 23-28 Functional modules and signal flow of the WSMD2
DM
AM
EXPO
EXPI
Splitter
Splitter
IN
OUT
WSS optical
module
Optical module
Coupler
MONI
MONO
Temperature
detection
PIN
PIN
Temperature and optical power deteciton module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
2617
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Signal flow
The optical signals of the main path are accessed through the IN interface. The signals are
broadcast into two same optical signals through the coupler. Then, the board drops one channel
of optical signals at the local station through the DM optical interface. The other channel of
optical signals is output through the EXPO optical interface to other directions.
Optical signals (single-wavelength or multiplexed signals) added at the local station are input
to WSMD2 board through the AM optical interface. If multiple wavelengths are to be added,
the signals are first sent to the multiplexer unit for processing and then input to the WSMD2
board through the AM optical interface; if single wavelength is to be added, the signals can be
directly input to the WSMD2 board from the optical transponder unit through the AM interface.
Optical signals cross-connected from other directions are input to the WSMD2 board through
the EXPI optical interfaces. Then, they are multiplexed with the wavelengths added at the local
station. The multiplexed signals are finally output through the OUT optical interface.
Module function
l
Optical module
The WSS optical module can access any combination of wavelengths through the
following optical interface: EXPI and AM.
The WSS optical module implements the power adjustment at the wavelength level.
The Coupler optical module selects any combination of wavelengths and outputs it
through DM. It implements the broadcasting from wavelength signals to two ports.
The splitter splits some optical signals from the main optical path and sends them to
MONI/MONO for detection.

Detects in real time the input and output optical power of service signals.

Power supply module

23.9.5 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces and laser hazard level label on the front panel of the WSMD2
board.

Figure 23-29 shows the front panel of the WSMD2 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2618
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 23-29 Front panel of the WSMD2 board
CAUTION
LASER RADIATION
CAUTION
IN
EXPO
EXPI
DM
AM
WSMD2
OUT
LASERRADIATION
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
WSMD2
MONO MONI
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 23-53 Types and functions of the interfaces on the WSMD2 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC
OUT
LC
DM
LC

local station or other stations to the optical
demultiplexing unit or the optical add/drop
multiplexing unit.
AM
LC
Receives the single-wavelength signal or multiplexed

signal from the local station or other stations. Then, the
accessed signal is multiplexed into the main path.

2619
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Type
Function
EXPO
LC
Functions as a cascade output optical interface.

Multiple WSMD2 boards can be cascaded through
their EXPO optical interfaces.
EXPI
LC
Functions as a cascade input optical interface. Multiple

WSMD2 boards can be cascaded through their EXPI
optical interfaces.
MONI
LC

Pin (dBm) - Pmoni (dBm) = 10 x lg(97/3) = 15 dB.
MONO
LC

follows: Pout (dBm) - Pmono (dBm) = 10 x lg (97/3)
= 15 dB.
Laser Hazard Level

23.9.6 Valid Slots

Two slots house one WSMD2 board.
Table 23-54 shows the valid slots for the WSMD2 board.
Table 23-54 Valid slots for the WSMD2 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots

IU61-IU67
IU1-IU7, IU12-IU18, IU20-IU26, and IU29IU35

2620
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU15
IU1-IU16
NOTE
the slot number of the WSMD2 board displayed on the NM is the number of the leftmost one of the two
slots.
For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the WSMD2 board, the slot number of the WSMD2 board displayed
on the NM is IU1.


Table 23-55 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the WSMD2 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN
DM
AM
OUT
EXPO
EXPI
MONO
MONI

For WSMD2 parameters, refer to Table 23-56.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2621
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 23-56 WSMD2 parameters

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Optical Interface
Attenuation Ratio
(dB)
Value of Min.
Attenuation Rate
(dB) to Value of
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB),
Blocking, /

displayed as /.
displayed.
new project.
adjusted.
(dB) parameters.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2622
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Attenuation
difference (dB)
0.1

Default: none

dB.
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)


(dB)

Configure Band

the board.
Default: C
Actual Band

board.
Input Power Loss

Threshold (dBm)

MUT_LOS alarm.
Actual Working Band

Parity

band of the board.
Configure Working
Band Parity
All, Odd, Even

band of the board.
Default: Even
23.9.9 WSMD2 Specifications

Table 23-57 lists the optical specifications of the WSMD2 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2623
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 23-57 Optical specifications of the TN11WSMD2 board

Item
Unit
Value
Optical channels
40
GHz
100
nm
1529-1561
nm
> 0.32
dB
<= 8a
Insertion loss
AM-OUT
EXPI-OUT
IN-DM
<= 4.5a
IN-EXPO
dB
1.5
Port isolation
dB
> 25
Extinction ratio
dB
>= 35
<= 3
Maximum reflectance
dB
-40
Directivity
dB
35
dB
<= 1
Attenuation range of each of adding

wavelength
dB
0-15
Attenuation precision of each of adding

wavelength
dB
<= 1 (0 dB to 10 dB)
<= 1.5 (> 10 dB)
a: This value is obtained when the attenuation of the VOA is set to 0 dB.
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11WSMD2
17.0
18.7

2624
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
23.10 WSMD4

The available functional versions of the WSMD4 board are TN11, TN12, TN13 and TN17.

Huawei office.
Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11
WS
MD
4
TN
12
WS
MD
4
TN
13
WS
MD
4
TN
17
WS
MD
4
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2625
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Type
Table 23-58 lists the version description of the WSMD4 board.
Table 23-58 Version description of the WSMD4 board
Board
Type
Description
TN11WSMD4
01
Processes the even wavelengths in C band.
02
Processes the odd wavelengths in C band.
TN12WSMD4
01
Processes the even wavelengths and odd wavelengths

in C band.
TN13WSMD4
01
Processes the even wavelengths and odd wavelengths

in C band.
TN17WSMD4
01
Processes the even wavelengths in C band.

l
Function:
The TN11WSMD4/TN17WSMD4 processes 40 wavelengths in C band. The
TN12WSMD4/TN13WSMD4 processes 80 wavelengths in C band. For details, see
Table 23-58.
Specification:
see 23.10.10 WSMD4 Specifications.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Original
Board
Substitute Board
Substitution Rules
TN11WS
MD4
TN17WSMD4
The TN17WSMD4 can be created as 11WSMD4 on the

NMS. The former can substitute for the latter, without
any software upgrade. After substitution, the
TN17WSMD4 functions as the TN11WSMD4.
TN12WS
MD4
TN13WSMD4

TN13WS
MD4
None

2626
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original
Board
Substitute Board
Substitution Rules
TN17WS
MD4
None


Hardware Update
The TN17WSMD4 board is

added.

Hardware Update

added.

Hardware Update

that the WSMD4 board can be
directly connected to a coherent
OTU or line board for local
dropping of services.
23.10.3 Application
with the optical multiplexer and demultiplexer unit and optical add and drop multiplexing unit
to implement wavelength grooming at the nodes in the DWDM network.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2627
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

West client
side
IN
West
ODF
F
I
U
TC
IN
OUT
RC
South
ODF
TC
OUT
F
I
U
DM1
DM2
DM3
DM4
AM1
AM2
AM3
AM 4
AM1
DM1
AM2
AM3
DM2
WSMD4
OUT
IN
East client
side
AM4
AM3
DM3
DM2
DM1
OUT
South client
side
East
ODF
IN
RC
OUT
OUT
WSMD 4
AM4
AM3
AM2
AM1
OUT
TC
AM2
AM1
WSMD4
F
I
U
IN
DM3
DM4
DM4
RC
RC
WSMD 4
AM4
IN
OUT
DM4
DM3
DM2
DM1
IN
TC
F
I
U
North
ODF
IN
North client
side
NOTE
When coherent OTU or line boards are used, the M40 and D40 boards can be removed. The WSMD4 boards can be directly connected
to the coherent OTU or line boards because the coherent OTU or line board supports wavelength selection.

The WSMD4 board is mainly used to broadcast services, dynamically groom wavelengths,
monitor online optical performance monitoring, and monitor alarms and performance events.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Provides service broadcasting function, and supports the function of

configurable multiplexing any wavelengths. Any node on a ring or
chain network can broadcast the signals received from the main
optical path as four channels of the same signals, and can input any
wavelengths added locally to any port.
WDM specification

2628
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Online optical
performance
monitoring

affecting traffic.
Alarm and
performance event
monitoring
Optical power
adjustment
Provides the function to adjust the optical power of any add

wavelengths at the local station.
Optical-layer ASON
Supported by the TN11WSMD401, TN12WSMD4, TN13WSMD4

and TN17WSMD4.

The WSMD4 board consists of the RDU optical module, WSS optical module, temperature and
optical power detection module, control and communication module, and power supply module.
Figure 23-31 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the WSMD4 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2629
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 23-31 Functional modules and signal flow of the WSMD4 board
D D D D
M M M M
1 2 3 4
Splitter
IN
A A A A
M M M M
1 2 3 4
Optical
demultiplexer
module
Splitter
OUT
RDU optical
WSS optical
module
module
Optical module
MONI
MONO
Temperature
detection
PIN
PIN
Temperature and optical power deteciton module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication
Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal flow
The optical signals on the main path are accessed through the IN interface. It is broadcast into
four same optical signals through the RDU optical module. The four channels of optical signals
are output through the DM1-DM4 optical interfaces separately. According to the network
planning, the WSMD4 board drops one channel locally and outputs the other three channels to
other directions.
The optical signals (single-wavelength or multiplexed signals) added at the local station are input
to the WSMD4 board through one of the AM1-AM4 optical interfaces. Assume that the optical
signals are input through the AM1 optical interface. If multiple wavelengths are to be added, the
signals are first sent to the multiplexer unit for processing and then input to the WSMD4 board
through the AM1 optical interface; if single wavelength is to be added, the signals can be directly
input to the WSMD4 board from the optical transponder unit through the AM1 interface. Optical
signals cross-connected from other directions are input to the WSMD4 board through the AM2AM4 optical interfaces. Then, they are multiplexed with the added wavelengths at the local
station. The multiplexed signals are output through the OUT optical interface.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2630
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module function
l
Optical module
The WSS optical module can access any combination of wavelengths through any of
the following optical interfaces: AM1, AM2, AM3 and AM4.
The RDU optical module locally drops optical signals and broadcasts wavelength
signals to its four ports.


Power supply module

23.10.6 Front Panel

board.

Figure 23-32 shows the front panel of the TN11WSMD4/TN12WSMD4/TN17WSMD4 board.
Figure 23-33 shows the front panel of the TN13WSMD4 board.
Figure 23-32 Front panel of the TN11WSMD4/TN12WSMD4/TN17WSMD4 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2631
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 23-33 Front panel of the TN13WSMD4 board
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Type
Function
AM1-AM4
LC

DM1-DM4
LC

multiplexing unit.
OUT
LC
IN
LC

2632
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Type
Function
MONI
LC

MONO
LC

follows: Pout (dBm) - Pmono (dBm) = 10 x lg(97/3) =
15 dB.
Laser Hazard Level

23.10.7 Valid Slots

Table 23-61 shows the valid slots for the TN11WSMD4 board.
Table 23-61 Valid slots for the TN11WSMD4 board
Product
Valid Slots

IU61-IU67
IU1-IU15
IU1-IU16
Table 23-62 shows the valid slots for the TN12WSMD4/TN13WSMD4/TN17WSMD4board.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2633
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 23-62 Valid slots for the TN12WSMD4/TN13WSMD4/TN17WSMD4 board

Product
Valid Slots

IU61-IU67
IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17
IU1-IU15
IU1-IU16
NOTE
the slot number of the WSMD4 board displayed on the NM is the number of the left one of the two slots.
on the NM is IU1.


are listed in Table 23-63 and Table 23-64.
Table 23-63 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the TN11WSMD4/TN12WSMD4 board
displayed on the NM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface on the NM
IN
DM1
AM1
OUT
DM2-DM4
5 to 7
AM2-AM4
8 to 10
MONO
11
MONI
12

2634
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN/OUT
DM1
AM1
DM2-DM4
5 to 7
AM2-AM4
8 to 10
MONO
11
MONI
12

For WSMD4 parameters, refer to Table 23-65.
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2635
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface
Attenuation Ratio
(dB)
Value of Min.
Attenuation Rate
(dB) to Value of
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB),
Blocking, /

displayed as /.
displayed.
new project.
adjusted.
(dB) parameters.
Attenuation
difference (dB)
0.1
Default: none

dB.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2636
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)


(dB)

Configure Band

the board.
Default: C
Actual Band

board.
Input Power Loss

Threshold (dBm)

MUT_LOS alarm.
Actual Working Band

Parity

band of the board.
Configure Working
Band Parity
All, Odd, Even

band of the board.
Default:
l TN11WSMD4:
Even
l TN12WSMD4/
TN13WSMD4:
All
l TN17WSMD4:
Even

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2637
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 23-66 Optical specifications of the WSMD4 board
Item
Uni
t
Value
TN11WSMD4/
TN17WSMD4
TN12WSMD4
TN13WSMD4
Optical channels
40
80
80
Adjacent channel
spacing
GH
z
100
50
50
range
nm
1529-1561
1529-1561
1529-1561
-1dB spectral width
nm
> 0.32
> 0.16
> 0.20
Insertion
loss
dB
<= 8b
<= 8b
<= 8b
<= 8
<= 8
<= 8
AMxaOUT
IN-DMxa
Maximum channel
dB
1.5
1.5
1.5
Port isolation
dB
> 25
> 25
> 25
Extinction ratio
dB
>= 35
>= 35
>= 35
<= 3
<= 3
<= 3
Maximum reflectance
dB
-40
-40
-40
Directivity
dB
35
35
35
loss
dB
<= 1
<= 1
<= 1
each of adding
wavelength
dB
0-15
0-15
0-15
each of adding
wavelength
dB
<= 1 (0 to 10 dB)
<= 1 (0 to 10 dB)
<= 1 (0 to 10 dB)
<= 1.5 (> 10 dB)
<= 1.5 (> 10 dB)
<= 1.5 (> 10 dB)
Dimension
a: AMx represents the AM1-AM4 interface. DMx represents the DM1-DM4 interface.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2638
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11WSMD4
17
18.7
TN12WSMD4
12
15
TN13WSMD4
25
27.5
TN17WSMD4
17
18.7
23.11 WSMD9
WSMD9: 9-Port wavelength selective multiplexing and demultiplexing board

The available functional versions of the WSMD9 board are TN11, TN12 and TN15.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2639
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1
W
S
M
D9
T
N1
2
W
S
M
D9
T
N1
5
W
S
M
D9

l
Function:
The TN15WSMD9 board supports flexible grid applications, but the TN11WSMD9/
TN12WSMD9 board does not. For details, see 23.11.4 Functions and Features.
Specification:
For the specifications of all versions, see 23.11.10 WSMD9 Specifications.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Original
Board
Substitute Board
Substitution Rules
TN11WS
MD9
TN12WSMD9


2640
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original
Board
Substitute Board
Substitution Rules
TN12WS
MD9
None
TN15WS
MD9
None


Hardware Update

added.
The Flexible Grid feature is supported.

added.
The board model is optimized so that bi-directional trail

management can be implemented on the NMS.
The board model is optimized so that bi-directional trail

management can be implemented on the NMS.

Hardware Update

that the TN11WSMD9 board
can be directly connected to a
coherent OTU or line board for
local dropping of services.
23.11.3 Application
with the optical multiplexer and demultiplexer unit and optical add and drop multiplexing unit
to implement wavelength grooming at the nodes in the DWDM network.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2641
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Client side
Client side
O
T
U
MUX
DMUX
DCM
O
T
U
O
T
U
O
T
U
DM1
IN
LIN
SIN
EXPI
WSMD9
SIN
WSMD9
EXPO
DAS1
IN
SOUT
AM1
DCM
MUX
O
T
U
O
T
U
Client side
LOUT
OUT
EXPI
OUT
LOUT
AM1
EXPO
SOUT
DAS1
DCM
LIN
DM1
DMUX
O
T
U
DCM
O
T
U
Client side
NOTE
Optical interfaces AM1AM8, DM1DM8, EXPI, and EXPO on the WSMD9 board also can be used to
cross-connect boards in other dimensions.
When coherent OTU or line boards are used, the M40 and D40 boards can be removed. The WSMD9
boards can be directly connected to the coherent OTU or line boards because the coherent OTU or line
board supports wavelength selection. (Applicable only to 50GHz signal interval)

The WSMD9 board supports service broadcast, dynamic wavelength grooming, resizable
channel bandwidths, and in-service monitoring of performance parameters, performance events,
and alarms.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2642
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Implements optical-layer service grooming for multiple wavelengths.

Wavelength adding: adds any wavelengths from any directions through
ports AM1 to AM8 and the EXPI port and outputs the wavelengths through
the OUT port.
Wavelength dropping: broadcasts the main optical channel signals received
through the IN port to ports DM1 to DM8 and the EXPO port.
WDM
specification
Spectrum
application
l TN11WSMD9/TN12WSMD9
Supports signals with a 50 GHz channel spacing.
l TN15WSMD9
Supports signals with a 50 GHz channel spacing.
Supports flexible grid wavelength signals.
The signals have continuous n x slice GHz spectrums (one slice is
equal to 12.5 GHz, and n is an integer ranging from 3 to 32) to meet
the bandwidth requirements of high-rate services. When multi-rate
services are transmitted together, Gridless flexibly allocates
bandwidth to improve the bandwidth utilization efficiency. This
function requires the WSS Flexible Grid Tunable Function license.
Online optical
performance
monitoring
Provides an in-service monitoring port (MON). This port connects to an

optical spectrum analyzer or spectrum analyzer unit to monitor the spectrum
and optical performance of the multiplexed signal without affecting traffic.
Alarm and
performance
event
monitoring
Detects the optical power and reports the alarms and performance events for
the board.
Optical power
adjustment
Provides the function to adjust the optical power of any add wavelengths at
the local station.
Optical-layer
ASON
Supported

The WSMD9 board consists of the RDU optical module, WSS optical module, optical power
detection module, temperature and optical power detection module, control and communication
Figure 23-35 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the WSMD9 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2643
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 23-35 Functional modules and signal flow of the WSMD9 board
Fixed spectrum: 50GHz
DDDDDDDD
MMMMMMMM
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 EXPO EXPI
A A A A A A A A
MMMMMMMM
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Optical demultiplexer
module
Splitter
IN
MONI
Or
Gridless spectrum: n* Slice(n=3,4,5,,32) 1 Slice=12.5GHz
Splitter
OUT
Splitter
WSS optical
module
RDU optical
module
MONO
Optical module
PIN
PIN
Temperature
detection
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication
Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
NOTE
The TN15WSMD9 board supports Flexible Grid applications, but the TN11WSMD9/TN12WSMD9 board
does not.
Signal flow
The multiplexed signals that need to be dropped are input to the board through the IN interface.
It is broadcast into nine same optical signals through the RDU optical module. The nine channels
of optical signals are output through the DM1-DM8 and EXPO optical interfaces separately.
One channel of the signals is dropped locally through the multiplexer board and the other eight
channels of signals are scheduled to other eight directions.
A few signals are extracted from the main path optical signals that are from the IN interface and
are then output through the MONI interface for performance detection.
The board receives the multiplexed optical signals of the main optical path through the EXPI
optical interface. The single-wavelength or multiplexed optical signals to be added are input
through the AM1-AM8 optical interfaces.
l
If multiple wavelengths are to be added together, the wavelengths are first sent to the
multiplexer board for multiplexing. Then the multiplexed wavelength is sent to the WSMD9
board through one of the AM1-AM8 ports.
If single wavelengths are to be added separately, the wavelengths are directly sent to the
WSMD9 board from associated OTUs through the AM1-AM8 ports.
optical wavelength signals added through the AMn optical interface, the multiplexed signals are
Module function
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Optical module
2644
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The RDU optical module broadcasts signals in nine directions. The nine channels of
optical signals are output through the DM1-DM8 and EXPO optical interfaces
separately.
The WSS optical module can access any combination of wavelengths through any of
the following optical interfaces: AM1 - AM8 and EXPI.
l


Power supply module

23.11.6 Front Panel

board.

Figure 23-36 shows the front panel of the TN11WSMD9 board.
Figure 23-37 shows the front panel of the TN12WSMD9/TN15WSMD9 board.
Figure 23-36 Front panel of the TN11WSMD9 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2645
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 23-37 Front panel of the TN12WSMD9/TN15WSMD9 board
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Type
Function
AM1-AM8
LC

DM1-DM8
LC

multiplexing unit.
OUT
LC
IN
LC

2646
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Type
Function
MONI
LC

MONO
LC

15 dB.
EXPO
LC
EXPI
LC
Laser Hazard Level

23.11.7 Valid Slots

Table 23-69 shows the valid slots for the WSMD9 board.
Table 23-69 Valid slots for the WSMD9 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots

IU61-IU67
IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17
IU1-IU15

2647
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU16
NOTE
the slot number of the WSMD9 board displayed on the NM is the number of the left one of the two slots.
on the NM is IU1.


Table 23-70 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the TN11WSMD9 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN
EXPO
EXPI
OUT
DM1-DM8
5-12
AM1-AM8
13-20
MONO
21
MONI
22

displayed on the NM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface on the NM
IN/OUT
EXPO
EXPI
DM1-DM8
5-12
2648
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface on the NM
AM1-AM8
13-20
MONO
21
MONI
22

For WSMD9 Parameters, refer to Table 23-72.
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.

Name.
are supported.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2649
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface
Value of Min.
Attenuation Rate
(dB) to Value of
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB),
Blocking, /

displayed as /.
displayed.
new project.
adjusted.
(dB) parameters.
NOTE
Only the TN11WSMD9/TN12WSMD9 board
supports Optical Interface Attenuation Ratio
(dB).
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2650
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
(dB)
of 0.1

Default: none

dB.
NOTE
supports Attenuation difference (dB).

(dB)

NOTE
supports Max. Attenuation Rate (dB).

(dB)

NOTE
supports Min. Attenuation Rate (dB).
Configure Band
C
Default: C
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

the board.
Actual Band

board.
Actual Working Band

Parity

band of the board.
Configure Working
Band Parity
All, Odd, Even

band of the board.
Input Power Loss

Threshold (dBm)
Default: All

MUT_LOS alarm.

2651
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Gridless Optical
Ratio (dB)
Value of Gridless
Min. Attenuation
Rate (dB) to Value
of Gridless Max.
Attenuation Rate
(dB), Blocking, /

displayed as /.
displayed.
new project.
adjusted.
query the value of the Gridless Min.
Attenuation Rate (dB) and Gridless
Max. Attenuation Rate (dB) parameters.
NOTE
Only TN15WSMD9 supports Gridless Optical
Interface Attenuation Ratio (dB).
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2652
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Difference (dB)
of 0.1

Default: none
If Gridless Optical Interface

Attenuation Ratio (dB) is set to 9 dB and
Gridless Attenuation Difference (dB) is
set to 1.5 dB, then the attenuation of the
NOTE
Only TN15WSMD9 supports Gridless
Attenuation Difference (dB).
Gridless Max.

NOTE
Only TN15WSMD9 supports Gridless Max.
Attenuation Rate (dB).
Gridless Min.

NOTE
Only TN15WSMD9 supports Gridless Min.
Attenuation Rate (dB).

Item
Unit
Value
Optical channels
80
GHz
50
Insertion loss
dB
<= 8b
AMxa/EXPI-OUT
<= 12
IN-DMxa/EXPO
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
dB
1.5
nm
1529-1561
-1dB spectral width
nm
> 0.16

2653
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
Port isolation
dB
> 25
Extinction ratio
dB
>= 35
<= 3
Maximum reflectance
dB
-40
Directivity
dB
35
dB
<= 1

wavelength
dB
0 to 15

wavelength
dB
<= 1 (0 to 10 dB)
Dimension
<= 1.5 (> 10 dB)

9

Item
Unit
Value
Optical channels
80
GHz
50
Insertion loss
dB
<= 8b
AMxa/EXPI-OUT
<= 12
IN-DMxa/EXPO
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
dB
1.5
nm
1529-1561
-1dB spectral width
nm
> 0.2
Port isolation
dB
> 30
Extinction ratio
dB
>= 35
<= 3
Maximum reflectance
dB
-40
Directivity
dB
35
dB
<= 1

2654
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value

wavelength
dB
0 to 15

wavelength
dB
<= 1 (0 to 10 dB)
Dimension
<= 1.5 (> 10 dB)

9

Item
Unit
Value
Slice width
GHz
12.5
322
Centre frequency of every slice
THz
192.05625+(m-1)*0.0125; m=1 to
322
3 to 32
Slot width
GHz
n*12.5; n=3 to 32
dB
<= 8b
Insertion loss
AMxa/EXPI-OUT
<= 12
IN-DMxa/EXPO
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
dB
1.5
-1dB spectral width
GHz
> 2*(6.25n-12.5); n=3 to 32
Port isolation
dB
> 25
Extinction ratio
dB
>= 35
second
<= 3
Maximum reflectance
dB
-40
Directivity
dB
35
dB
<= 1

wavelength
dB
0 to 15

wavelength
dB
<= 1 (0dB to 10dB)

<= 1.5 (> 10dB)
2655
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
Dimension
nwo
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight
TN11WSMD9: 3.1 kg (6.8 lb.)
TN12WSMD9: 3.2 kg (7.05 lb.)
TN15WSMD9: 3.2 kg (7.05 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11WSMD9
25
30
TN12WSMD9
25
27.5
TN15WSMD9
25
27.5
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2656
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

24 Optical Amplifier Board
24
Optical Amplifier Board
About This Chapter

24.1 Overview
The optical amplifier board amplifies the power of the multiplexed optical signals to extend the
24.2 BPA
BPA: optical booster and pre-amplifier board
24.3 CRPC
CRPC: case-shape raman pump amplifier unit for C band
24.4 DAS1
DAS1: double optical amplifier unit with supervisory channel
24.5 HBA
HBA: high-power booster amplifier board
24.6 OAU1
OAU1: optical amplifier unit
24.7 OBU1
OBU1: optical booster unit
24.8 OBU2
24.9 RAU1
RAU1: backward raman and erbium doped fiber hybrid optical amplifier unit
24.10 RAU2
RAU2: backward raman and erbium doped Fiber hybrid optical amplifier Unit
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2657
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

24.1 Overview
The optical amplifier board amplifies the power of the multiplexed optical signals to extend the
Positions of Optical Amplifier Boards in a WDM System

Optical amplifier boards are used to compensate for power loss caused by long haul transmission
in fiber communication systems. They are classified into erbium-doped fiber amplifier (EDFA)
boards and Raman boards. Figure 24-1 shows the positions of optical amplifier boards at an
OTM site in a WDM system.
Figure 24-1 Positions of EDFA and Raman boards in a WDM system
OTU
EDFA
OM
OTU
FIU
SC1
Raman
OD
EDFA
OTU
OTU
The RAU board integrates the functions of both EDFA and Raman boards. Figure 24-2 shows
the positions of RAU boards in a WDM system.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2658
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 24-2 Positions of RAU boards in a WDM system
OTU
EDFA
OM
OTU
FIU
SC1
EDFA
OD
Raman
OTU
OTU
RAU
In Figure 24-1 and Figure 24-2:

l
EDFA: HBA/OAU1/OBU1/OBU2
Raman: CRPC01, CRPC03, RAU1, or RAU2. The WDM system in Figure 24-1 is a
backward Raman system where the CRPC01 board is used.
RAU: RAU1/RAU2
NOTE
Different from the DAS1 board shown in Figure 24-1, the DAS1 board is mainly used at ROADM sites in a
WDM system. For the typical application scenario of the DAS1 board, see 24.4.3 Application.
Main Functions
Table 24-1 lists the main functions of optical amplifier boards. For the detailed specifications
of each board, see the relevant specification pages.
Table 24-1 Main functions of optical amplifier Boards
Board
Function
Gain
N4BPA
One-input booster amplifier and one-input pre-amplifier

board. It is used in an OCS system to increase the transmit
power of a line board to a value within the range of +13 dBm
to +15 dBm, extending the transmission distance to more than
120 km. (when the G.652 optical fiber with a loss of 0.275
dB/km is used.)
See 24.2.9 BPA Specifications.
TN11CR
PC
Case-shape Raman pump amplifier board for C band. It

generates multi-channel pump light of high power and must
be used with EDFA boards.
See 24.3.11 CRPC Specifications.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2659
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Function
Gain
TN11D
AS1
Double optical amplifier board with supervisory channel. It

amplifies optical signals using an EDFA optical module,
multiplexes and demultiplexes the optical supervisory
channel (OSC) signal and the main optical path signal, and
processes one OSC signal.
See 24.4.10 DAS1 Specifications.
The board is equipped with VOAs to adjust the power of input

optical signals.
TN11HB
A
High-power booster amplifier board. It amplifies optical

signals in the C band using an EDFA optical module. The
board provides a high gain and is generally configured at the
transmit end of a long-span system.
See 24.5.11 HBA Specifications.
TN11O
AU1
Optical amplifier board. It amplifies optical signals in the C

band using an EDFA optical module. The board is equipped
with VOAs to adjust the power of input optical signals.
See 24.6.11 OAU1 Specifications.
TN12O
AU1
TN13O
AU1
TN11OB
U1
TN12OB
U1
The OAU1 board provides two amplifiers for power

amplification and a DCM module can be installed in between
for dispersion compensation.
See 24.7.11 OBU1 Specifications.

See 24.8.11 OBU2 Specifications.
Raman and EDFA hybrid optical amplifier board. It is used

at the receive end to generate multi-channel pump light of
high power.
See 24.9.10 RAU1 Specifications.
Raman and EDFA hybrid optical amplifier board. It is used

at the receive end to generate multi-channel pump light of
high power.
See 24.10.10 RAU2 Specifications.
TN13OB
U1
TN11OB
U2
TN12OB
U2
TN13OB
U2
TN14OB
U2
TN11RA
U1
TN12RA
U1
TN11RA
U2
TN12RA
U2
The board is equipped with VOAs to adjust the power of input

optical signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2660
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

24.2 BPA
BPA: optical booster and pre-amplifier board

Only one functional version of the BPA board is available, that is, N4.

This manual describes all boards supported by the product. However, the availability of the
boards is subject to the PCNs. For the availability of the boards, contact the product manager of
your Huawei local office.
Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
N4
BP
A
24.2.2 Application
The BPA is an optical booster and pre-amplifier board and it can functions as either a BA (used
as the transmit end) or PA (used at the receive end). When the OptiX OSN 8800 equipment
serves as an OCS system, a BPA board is configured at the transmit and receive ends of the
system.
Figure 24-3 shows the position of the BA and PA in an optical transmission system.
Figure 24-3 Position of the BA and PA in an optical transmission system
Tx
Tx
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
BA
Rx
PA
Rx

2661
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


During the long-haul transmission of optical signals, the attenuation of the signals is high.
Therefore, the BA and PA are required to ensure that the optical receiver can receive normal
optical signals.
Table 24-2 Functions and features of the BPA board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic functions
Increases the launched optical power of the line board to 13 - 15

dBm. As a result, when the G.652 optical fiber with a loss of 0.275
dB/km is used, the transmission distance can be 120 km or above.
Pre-amplification
function
Provides the PA module to pre-amplify the received optical signals.

Increases the power of the small-volume optical signals by 22 - 33
dB so that the sensitivity of the receiver increases to -37 dBm.
EDFA
l Supports the automatic control of the laser temperature and

optical power of the EDFA module.
l Supports the automatic monitoring of the input and output
optical power of the EDFA module and query of the optical
power of the EDFA module.
l Supports the protection function of the EDFA module. When
no optical signals are received, the laser is automatically turned
off. When optical signals are received, the laser is automatically
turned on.
Performance events
and alarms monitoring
Supports the reporting of the performance parameters of the laser.

Reports various alarms and performance events, which facilitates
the management and maintenance of the equipment.
Software upgrade
Supports the software upgrade without interrupting services.

The BPA board consists of the optical part, driving and detecting part, and data processing and
communication part.
Figure 24-4 shows the function modules and signal flow of the BPA board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2662
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 24-4 Function modules and signal flow of the BPA board
Optical input
Optical output
Optical input
Optical output
Optical
part
EDFA optical module
Pump current
check
Drive
module
Module
temperature
control
Input/output
power
check
Pump
Drive
current
module
check
Module
temperature
control
Input/output
power
check
Driving
and
detecting
part
A/D or D/A conversion
SCC
Communication
module
Control
module
Data processing and

communication part
Optical Part
The BPA board has one EDFA optical module. The EDFA optical module magnifies the optical
power.
Driving and Detecting Part

The driving and detecting part provides the EDFA optical module with the driving current. It
also checks the working status of each part in the EDFA optical module. In addition, it predicts
and handles possible faults.
The driving and detecting part performs the following functions: checking the pump current,
driving the optical module, controlling the temperature of the optical module, and checking the
input and output optical power.
Data Processing and Communication Part

The data processing and communication part consists of the CPU and peripheral chips. The data
processing and communication part analyzes the test result of the tested circuit. Then, it adjusts
the driving circuit based on the analysis result so that the gain or output optical power of the
EDFA optical module remains in the range of the rated value. It also classifies the abnormal
states represented by the measured values and reports the abnormal states to the NMS.
24.2.5 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces, and a laser safety class label on the front panel of the BPA board.

Figure 24-5 shows the front panel of the BPA board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2663
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 24-5 Front panel of the BPA board

LASER
RADIATION
DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY
WITH OPTICAL
INSTRUMENTS
CLASS 1M LASER
PRODUCT
POUT
PIN
BPA
LASER
RADIATION
INSTRUMENTS
WITH OPTICAL
BIN
CLASS 1M LASER
PRODUCT
DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY
BPA
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
BOUT
Indicators
The following indicators are present on the panel of the board:
l
Board hardware status indicator (STAT) two colors (red and green)
Service activation status indicator (ACT) one color (green)
Board software status indicator (PROG) two colors (red and green)
Service alarm indicator (SRV) three colors (red, green, and yellow)
Interfaces
There are two LC optical interfaces on the front panel of the BPA board. Table 24-3 lists the
type and function of each optical interface.
Table 24-3 Types and functions of the interfaces on the BPA board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Type
Function
BIN
LC
Receives one channel of optical signals for

amplification.
BOUT
LC
Transmits one channel of amplified optical signals.
PIN
LC
Receives one channel of optical signals for preamplification.
POUT
LC
Transmits one channel of pre-amplified optical

signals.

2664
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

24.2.6 Valid Slots

The BPA board occupies one slot and must be installed in the valid slot on the subrack.
Otherwise, the board does not function.
Table 24-4 shows the valid slots for the BPA board.
Table 24-4 Valid slots for the BPA board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
IU1IU8, IU11IU42, and IU45IU68
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU1IU8, IU11IU18
24.2.7 Characteristic Code for the BPA

The number code that follows the board name in the bar code is the characteristic code for the
board. The characteristic code for the BPA board indicates the output optical power of the optical
interfaces.
Table 24-5 provides the relationship between the characteristic code for the BPA board and the
output optical power.
Table 24-5 Relationship between the characteristic code for the BPA board and the output optical
power
Board
Characteristic
Code
Description
N4BPA01
01
The receiver sensitivity of the PA module

is 37 dBm.
The output optical power of the BA
module is 14 dBm.

Display of Optical Interfaces on the NMS

Table 24-6 lists the displayed serial numbers of the optical interfaces of the board on the NMS.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2665
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 24-6 Displayed serial numbers of the optical interfaces of the BPA board on the NMS
Optical interface
Displayed serial number on the NMS
BOUT
BIN
POUT
PIN
24.2.9 BPA Specifications

Specifications include optical specifications, laser safety class, mechanical specifications, and
power consumption.
Table 24-7 lists the optical specifications of the BPA board.
Table 24-7 Optical specifications of the BPA board
Item
Value
Nominal bit rate
2488320 kbit/s or 9953280 kbit/s
Application code
V-16.2, U-16.2, L-64.2, V-64.2, and U-64.2
Line code pattern
NRZ
Input wavelength (nm)
BA: 1530 to 1565

PA: 1550.12
Input optical power

(dBm)
BA: -6 to +3
PA: -28 to -10 (when the BPA board works with the line board at
the rate of 10 Gbit/s)
PA: -38 to -10 (when the BPA board works with the line board at
the rate less than 10 Gbit/s)

(dBm)
13 to 15 (BA)
-16 to 14 (PA)
Sensitivity (dBm)
PA: -37
Noise figure (dB)
BA: < 6.5

PA: < 6
Minimum signal gain

(dB)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
+22

2666
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
When you perform a loopback on the PA module of the BPA board, prevent the damage caused by high
input optical power to the optical module.
Laser Safety Class

The laser safety class of the optical interface is CLASS 1M, indicating that the maximum output
The mechanical specifications of the BPA board are as follows:
l
mm (8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
N4BPA
11
12
24.3 CRPC
CRPC: case-shape raman pump amplifier unit for C band

The available functional version of the CRPC board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2667
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1C
RP
C
Type
Table 24-8 lists the types of the CRPC board.
Table 24-8 Type description of the CRPC board
Board
Type
Description
CRPC
01
Adopts the backward pumping technology.
03
Adopts the forward pumping technology.
24.3.2 Application
As a type of optical amplifier unit, the CRPC board supports transmission over ultra-long
distance and application of the 40G OTU, and can generate multi-channel pump light of high
power. The CRPC board must be used with the EDFA.
NOTICE
Always turn off the pump laser of the CRPC board before removing or inserting the fiber to the
CRPC.
For the position of the CRPC board in the WDM system, see Figure 24-6 and Figure 24-7.
Figure 24-6 Position of the CRPC board in the WDM system (backward pump)
Client
side
Client
side
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
OBU1
OAU1
F
I
U
F
I
U
CRPC
01
CRPC
01
F
I
U
F
I
U

OAU1
OBU1
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
Client
side
Client
side
2668
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 24-7 Position of the CRPC board in the WDM system (forward pump)
Client
side
OTU
M
U
X
OTU
D
M
U
X
OTU
Client
side
OTU
OBU1
OAU1
F
I
U
F
I
U
F
I
U
CRPC
03
CRPC
03
F
I
U
OAU1
OBU1
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
Client
side
Client
side

The main function and feature supported by the CRPC board is online optical performance
monitoring.
Table 24-9 Functions and features of the CRPC board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
l Generates multi-channel pump light of high power, providing

energy for the amplification of signals in the fiber.
l Implements the distributed online amplification of signals over
long distance with wide bandwidth and low noise.
Online optical
performance
monitoring

affecting traffic.
Alarms and
performance events
monitoring
Detects the optical power of the pump laser, temperature control

current, pump current, and back facet current.
Supports return loss detection.
Working mode
Supports the power locking modes.
Optical-layer ASON
Supported
NOTE
The CRPC board does not support the setting of Equalization Based ODfor
Optical Signal-Wavelength Commissioning.

The CRPC board consists of the Raman pump optical module, driving and detection module,
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2669
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The CRPC board is used at the receive end and the transmit end of the system, making use of
the stimulated Raman scattering effect to amplify the optical signals during transmission.
The CRPC board is located before the receiver. The pump light travels in the reverse direction
of the signal light. Figure 24-8 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the CRPC.
The CRPC board is located after the transmit end. The pump light travels in the same direction
of the signal light. Figure 24-9 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the CRPC.
Figure 24-8 Functional modules and signal flow of the CRPC board (backward pump)
LINE
Splitter
Signal
Signal
Pump light
Pump source
Raman pump optical module
Detection for
pump light
power and
current
Pumping
current and
temperature
control
PIN
SYS
MON
Detection for
temperature
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
DC power supply
from PDU
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

SCC
2670
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 24-9 Functional modules and signal flow of the CRPC board (forward pump)
LINE
Splitter
Signal
Signal
Pump light
Pump source
Detection for
pump light
power and
current
Pumping
current and
temperature
control
PIN
SYS
MON
Detection for
temperature
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
DC power supply
from PDU
Signal Flow
l
Backward pump
The pump source of the CRPC board sends the pump light to the WDM side through the
LINE optical interface. On the line, the signals that are amplified through the distributed
amplification are input through the LINE interface. The splitter then splits them into two,
among which the service optical signals are output through the SYS interface. A few
supervisory signals are output to the multi-channel spectrum analyzer unit (MCA4, MCA8)
or test instrument through the MON interface for online optical performance monitoring.
Forward pump
The signal light is input through the SYS interface and output to the optical line through
the LINE interface. A few supervisory signals are output to the multi-channel spectrum
analyzer unit (MCA4, MCA8) or test instrument through the MON interface for online
optical performance monitoring. The pump light that is generated by the CRPC board is
output to the optical line through the LINE interface in the same direction as the signal
light, to implement the distributed amplification of the optical signal.
For OptiX OSN 6800: The Ethernet interface of the CRPC is connected to the ETH1/ETH2
interface of the AUX or the ETH3 interface of the EFI board for communication with the SCC.
For OptiX OSN 8800 T64/OptiX OSN 8800 T32: The Ethernet interface of the CRPC board is
connected to the ETH1/ETH2/ETH3 interface of the EFI2 board for the communication with
the SCC.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2671
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

For OptiX OSN 8800 T16: The Ethernet interface of the CRPC board is connected to the ETH1/
ETH2/ETH3 interface of the EFI board for the communication with the SCC.
For OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack: The Ethernet interface of the CRPC board is
connected to the ETH1/ETH2/ETH3 interface of the EFI board for the communication with the
SCC.
Module Function
l

The laser in the pump source generates the pump light and sends the light to the optical
line for transmission. The Raman pump optical module makes use of the stimulated
Raman scattering effect of the fiber to amplify the optical signals during transmission.
The splitter splits one channel of optical signals from the pump source module into two
channels of signals of different power. One of them is output through the SYS interface
and transmitted in the main optical path. The other channel of signals is output to the
MON interface for spectrum detection and supervising.

temperature of the pump laser inside the pump optical module.
Drives the pump laser inside the pump optical module.

Power supply module

Converts the DC power supplied by the PDU into the power required by each module
on the board.
24.3.5 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces and laser hazard level label on the front panel of the CRPC board.

Figure 24-10 shows the front panel of the CRPC board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2672
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 24-10 Front panel of the CRPC board
CAUTION
LASER RADIATION
DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH
MON
SYS
LINE
CAUTION
HAZARDLEVEL 1MINVISIBLE
LASERRADIATION
NON-ATTENUATINGOPTICAL
INSTRUMENTS
CRPC
ALM
RUN
WARNING: FIBERS MUST

BE CONNECTED BEFORE
POWER UP
RS232-1
RS232-2
LAN
:
WARNING: FIBERS MUST
BE CONNECTED BEFORE
POWER UP
Indicators
Two indicators are present on the front panel:
l
Service alarm indicator (ALM) - red
See Table 24-10 and Table 24-11 for details.

Table 24-10 Red alarm indicator
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Flash State
Description
Off
There is no alarm.
Blinks three times every 1 second
There is a critical alarm.
Blinks twice every 1 second
There is a major alarm.
Blinks once every 1 second
There is a minor alarm.
On
Hardware is faulty, or the self-check fails.

2673
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 24-11 Green running indicator

Flash State
Description
Blinks five times per second
The board is not in service.
Blinks once every 1 second
The board is in service (normal).
On for 2 seconds and off for 2 seconds
The communication with the SCC unit stops, and the

board is in off-line working state.
Interfaces
Table 24-12 Types and functions of the interfaces on the CRPC board
Interface
Type
Function
LINE
LSH/APC
l For backward pump: receives optical signals from

the line, which have been amplified in distributed
manner.
l For forward pump: transmits optical signals to the
line.
SYS
LC
l For backward pump: connects to an FIU board and

transmits amplified optical signals to the FIU board.
l For forward pump: receives optical signals from an
FIU board.
MON
LC
Connects to the MCA4, MCA8 WMU, or OPM8,

monitors the performance of the SYS port online.
The ratio of the MON port power to the SYS port power
Psys (dBm) - Pmon (dBm) = 10 x lg(99/1) = 20 dB.
LAN
RJ45
For OptiX OSN 6800: Connects to the ETH1/ETH2 of

the AUX board or the ETH3 of the EFI board for the
communications with the SCC board. The connection
must be established using a crossover cable.
OptiX OSN 8800: Connects to the EFI/EFI2 board for
the communications with the SCC board.
l EFI/EFI2: Connects to the ETH1/ETH2/ETH3
interface on the EFI/EFI2 board.
RS232-1/
RS232-2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
RS232 communication interface

2674
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Laser Hazard Level

After the IPA function is enabled, the laser hazard level of the board is HAZARD LEVEL 1M,
which indicates that the maximum power launched by the board rangesfrom10 dBm (10 mW)
to 21.3 dBm (136 mW).
24.3.6 Valid Slots

The CRPC board is a case-shaped Raman amplifier. It is installed outside the cabinet and not
inside the subrack.
For OptiX OSN 6800: Connects to the ETH1/ETH2 of the AUX board or the ETH3 board of
the EFI board for the communications with the SCC board.
OptiX OSN 8800: Connects to the EFI/EFI2 board for the communications with the SCC board.
l
EFI/EFI2: Connects to the ETH1/ETH2/ETH3 interface on the EFI/EFI2 board.
On the NMS, the logical slot of the CRPC board can be managed only by the master subrack.
l
When a OptiX OSN 6800 subrack serves as a master subrack, Each NE supports a maximum
of eight CRPC boards.
When a OptiX OSN 8800 subrack serves as a master subrack, Each NE supports a maximum
of four CRPC boards.
Table 24-13 lists the supported logical slots for the CRPC board.
Table 24-13 Valid slots for the CRPC board
Product
Supported Logical Slots
IU120-IU123
IU120-IU123
IU120-IU123
IU120-IU123
Non-extended slot numbering mode: IU28IU31

Extended slot numbering mode: IU120IU123
24.3.7 Dip Switch and Jumper

There are two groups of jumpers on the CRPC boards. The two groups are identified as J3 and
J4.
Figure 24-11 shows the number of each jumper.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2675
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 24-11 Jumpers on the CRPC board

CRPC
10
10
J3
J4
CPU
J4 J3
Jumpers 9 to 10 in J3 and 1 to 6 in J4 are used for internal identification on the board. To ensure
the normal operation of the board, follow the requirements below to set the jumpers.
For OptiX OSN 6800:
l
Do not connect jumpers 1 to 2 in J3.
Do not connect jumpers 9 to 10 in J3. (Non-extended slot numbering mode)
Connect jumpers 9 to 10 in J3. (Extended slot numbering mode)
Connect jumpers 1 to 2 in J4.
Jumpers 7-8 and 9-10 in J4 are used to set the slot of the CRPC board. The following are
jumper setting regulations in the non-extended slot numbering mode:
When jumpers 7-8 and 9-10 in J4 are not connected, the board slot is IU28.
When jumpers 7-8 in J4 are connected and jumpers 9-10 are not connected, the board
slot is IU29.
When jumpers 7-8 in J4 are not connected and jumpers 9-10 are connected, the board
slot is IU30.
When jumpers 7-8 and 9-10 in J4 are connected, the board slot is IU31.
The following are jumper setting regulations in the extended slot numbering mode:
slot is IU121.
slot is IU122.
For OptiX OSN 8800:

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2676
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Jumpers 7-8 and 9-10 in J4 are used to set the slot of the CRPC board. The following are
jumper setting regulations:
slot is IU121.
slot is IU122.
24.3.8 Characteristic Code for the CRPC

The characteristic code for the CRPC board contains one character and two digits, indicating
the gain of the optical signals processed by the board.
Table 24-14 Characteristic code for the CRPC board
Code
Meaning
Description
First character
Is always G.
Second and third characters
Gain
Indicate the gain value.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11CRPC board is G10, indicating 10 dB gain.


Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2677
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 24-15 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the CRPC board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
LINE
SYS
MON

For CRPC parameters, refer to Table 24-16.
Table 24-16 CRPC parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Board Work Type
C, C + L, L
Default: C
Specifies the working mode of the board.

This parameter determines the signal band
of the board.
Actual Band
Actual Working
Band Parity

band of the board.
Configure Band

the board.
Default: C
Configure Working
Band Parity
All
Laser Status
Off, On
Default: All
Default: Off

band of the board.
status of a board.
more information.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2678
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Fixed Pump Optical

Power (dBm)
Specifies the fixed pump power for the

LINE port.
Changing the value of Fixed Pump
Optical Power (dBm) directly influences
the optical power of each wavelength on the
line.
If the fixed pump optical power value is less
than the minimum value or greater than the
maximum value, the board might work
abnormally.
NOTE
Normally, the fixed pump optical power of the
CRPC board should be larger than 23 dBm. The
value is related to the system specifications.
Minmun Fixed
Pump Optical Power
(dBm)
The Minmun Fixed Pump Optical Power

(dBm) parameter is used to query the
minimum pump optical power that an
optical amplifier board can fix.
Maxmun Fixed
Pump Optical Power
(dBm)
The Maxmun Fixed Pump Optical

Power (dBm) parameter is used to query
the maximum pump optical power that an
The Upper
Threshold of RL to
starting the pump
(dB)
Displays the upper threshold of the return

loss to starting the pump.
The Lower
Threshold of RL to
starting the pump
(dB)
Displays the lower threshold of the return

The Upper
Threshold of RL
alarm (dB)

loss alarm.
The Lower
Threshold of RL
alarm (dB)

loss alarm.
RL Flag
Enable, Disable
Determines whether to enable the return

loss check.
Default: Enable
24.3.11 CRPC Specifications

Specifications include optical specifications, weight and power consumption.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2679
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 24-17 Optical specifications of the CRPC board
Item
Un
it
Value
CRPC01
CRPC03
Pump wavelength range
nm
1400-1500
1400-1500
nm
1529-1561
1529-1561
Maximum pump power
dB
m
28.5
29.5
Channel gain on G.652 fiber
dB
> 10
> 10
Channel gain on G.653 fiber
dB
N/A
> 16
Channel gain on LEAF fiber
dB
> 12
N/A
Channel gain on TWRS fiber
dB
> 13
N/A
Effective noise figure on G.652

fiber
dB
<= 0
N/A
Effective noise figure on G.653

fiber
dB
N/A
N/A
Effective noise figure on LEAF

fiber
dB
<= -1
N/A
Effective noise figure on

TWRS fiber
dB
<= -1.5
N/A
dB
<= 0.5
<= 0.5
Output connector type
LSH/APC, LC/PC
LSH/APC, LC/PC
l
Dimensions of board (H x W x D): 345.0 mm (13.8 in.) x 76.0 mm (3.0 in.) x 218.5 mm
(8.7 in.)
Weight:
CRPC01: 4.0 kg (8.8 1b.)
CRPC03: 4.2 kg (9.2 1b.)
Power Consumption
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11CRPC01
110.0
121.0

2680
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11CRPC03
70.0
77.0
24.4 DAS1
DAS1: double optical amplifier unit with supervisory channel

The available functional version of the DAS1 board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1D
A
S1

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2681
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update


actual situation.
Added the following

description: The board supports
a 2.5 dB extended gain. The
extended gain is only for the
temporary use because it affects
the gain flatness.
The extended gain is designed to address requirements in

special scenarios.
24.4.3 Application
The DAS1 board is used to amplify optical signals, multiplex and demultiplex the optical
supervisory channel and main optical channel, and process optical supervisory signals in one
direction. The DAS1 board can be used at either the transmit end or the receive end.
For the position of the DAS1 board in the WDM system, see Figure 24-12.
Figure 24-12 Position of the DAS1 board in the WDM system
Client side
Client side
O
T
U
O
T
U
O
T
U
MUX
DMUX
DCM
O
T
U
DM1
IN
LIN
SIN
WSMD9
WSMD9
EXPO
SOUT
AM1
DCM
MUX
O
T
U
O
T
U
Client side
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
DAS1
IN
EXPI
OUT
LOUT
OUT
EXPI
SIN
LOUT
AM1
EXPO
SOUT
DAS1
DCM
LIN
DM1
DMUX
O
T
U
DCM
O
T
U
Client side

2682
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
Optical interfaces AM2AM8 and DM2DM8 on the WSMD9 board can be used to cross-connect boards
in other dimensions.
It is recommended that the DAS1 board be used at a ROADM station.
The DAS1 board cannot be used at an OLA station.
The DAS1 board cannot be used together with the SFIU board.

The DAS1 board integrates the functions of an optical amplifier unit, an FIU board (used to
multiplexes the main optical channel and supervisory channel or demultiplexes the supervisory
channel from the main channel signal), and an optical supervisory board. It supports gain
adjustment, in-service monitoring of optical performance, gain locking, and transient state
control.
Table 24-18 Functions and features of the DAS1 board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
l Amplifies the input optical signals in C band. The total

wavelengths range from 1529 nm to 1561 nm.
l Supports the system to transmit services over different fiber spans
without electrical regeneration.
l Multiplexes and demultiplexes signals transmitted along the main
l Processes one channel of optical supervisory signals.
l Supports transparent transmission of one channel of FE electrical
signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Gain adjustment
The DAS1 board continuously adjusts the gain from 20 dB to 31 dB

based on the input optical power.
Online optical
performance
monitoring
Provides the online monitoring interface. A small number of EDFAamplified optical signals is output through this interface to the optical
spectrum analysis board. In this manner, the spectrum and optical
performance of the multiplexed signal are monitored without
interrupting the services.
Gain lock function

2683
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Working mode
Supports the gain locking and power locking modes.

l In the gain locking mode, the gain of the board is tunable and users
can query the actual gain of the board. The gain locking mode is
enabled by default.
l The power locking mode applies to scenarios in which there is
only dummy light to lock the output power of the board.
Transient control
function
Alarms and
performance events
monitoring
OSC signal
regeneration
The DAS1 board transmits signals from section to section. It also has
the 3R function. In each regenerating station that has optical
amplifiers, information can be correctly received and new supervisory
signals are added.
Operating
wavelength for OSC
signals
1511nm
Optical-layer ASON
Supported
eSFP
The RX/TX optical port supports pluggable optical modules.


The DAS1 board consists of the multiplexer, VOA, EDFA module, demultiplexer, OSC optical
module, service processing module, driving and detection module, control and communication
Figure 24-13 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the DAS1 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2684
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 24-13 Functional modules and signal flow of the DAS1 board
RTDC RRDC MONR
LIN
Demultiplexer
RVI
VOA
RPAIN
EDFA module
Splitter
SOUT
TM
RX
TX
O/E
FE signal
processing module
E/O
Supervisory signal
processing module
OSC optical
module
WSC
RM
LOUT
EDFA module
Splitter
Multiplexer
TBA
OUT
MONT
TRDC
TTDC
TPA
IN
PIN
VOA
SIN
PIN
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Required voltage
Power supply
module
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlledby SCC)
Signal Flow
Signal flow in the main optical channel
l
In the transmit direction:

The board receives line optical signals through the LIN optical interfaces and sends the
signals to the demultiplexer module.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2685
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The demultiplexer splits OSC signals from main optical channel signals. The
demultiplexer outputs OSC signals through the TM optical interface and sends the main
optical channel signals to the VOA.
The VOA adjusts optical power of the main optical channel signals and then sends the
signals to the EDFA optical module.
The EDFA optical module amplifies the optical power of the signal and locks the gain
of the signal. Then, the EDFA optical module outputs the signals to a DCM board
through the RTDC optical interface. After the DCM finishes compensating dispersion
for the signals, the EDFA optical module receives the signals through the RRDC optical
interface. Then, the EDFA module outputs the amplified signals through the SOUT
optical interface.
l
In the receive direction:

The board receives multiplexed signals through the SIN optical interface and sends the
signals to the VOA.
The VOA adjusts optical power of the signals and then sends the signals to the EDFA
optical module.
The EDFA optical module amplifies the optical power of the signal and locks the gain
of the signal. Then, the EDFA optical module outputs the signals to a DCM board
through the TTDC optical interface. After the DCM finishes compensating dispersion
for the signals, the EDFA optical module receives the signals through the TRDC optical
interface. The EDFA optical module sends the amplified multiplexed signals to the
multiplexer module.
The multiplexer multiplexes the amplified multiplexed signals and OSC signals input
through the RM optical interface as line optical signals, and outputs the signals through
the LOUT optical interface.
Signal flow in the OSC

l
The board receives OSC signals through the TM optical interface, and sends the OSC
signals to the optical receiver module through the RX optical interface.
The optical receiver module converts the optical signals into electrical signals and sends
the electrical signals to the service processing module.
The service processing module extracts overhead bytes from the electrical signals and sends
the overhead bytes to the SCC board. This module also processes FE electrical signals.
The overhead bytes processed by the SCC board are sent to the optical receiver module
and then are converted into OSC signals by the optical receiver module.
The optical receiver module sends the signals to the RM optical interface on the local board.
After multiplexing the signals, the multiplexer sends the OSC signals to other NEs.
Signal flow in the FE

l
In the transmit direction: The DAS1 board receives a local FE electrical signal through its
WSC port and sends it to the FE signal processing module for encapsulation. Then, the
DAS1 board transmits it together with the optical supervisory signal through its TX port.
The optical receiver module sends the signals to the RM optical interface on the local board.
After multiplexing the signals, the multiplexer sends the OSC signals to other NEs.
In the receive direction: The DAS1 board receives an optical signal from the upstream
board through its LIN port. The demultiplexer splits FE optical signal from main optical
channel signals. The demultiplexer outputs FE signal through the TM optical interface and
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2686
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

sends it to the FE signal processing module for decapsulation through the RX optical
interface. Then, the DAS1 board drops it through its WSC port.
Module Function
l
Multiplexer
Multiplexes main optical channel signals and OSC signals as line optical signals.
Demultiplexer
Demultiplexes line optical signals into main optical channel signals and OSC signals.
VOA
EDFA optical module

detection.

FE signal processing module: Encapsulates and decapsulates FE signals.
Supervisory signal processing module: Encapsulates electrical supervisory signals into
OTU frames, processes overheads, and performs encoding/decoding.
OSC optical module

Performs O/E and E/O conversion for one channel of OSC signals.


Power supply module

24.4.6 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces, and laser hazard level label on the front panel of the DAS1 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2687
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Figure 24-14 shows the front panel of the DAS1 board.
Figure 24-14 Front panel of the DAS1 board
CAUTION
RX
TM
RM
MONT MONR LOUT
LIN
SOUT SIN
TTDC
TRDC
RTDC RRDC
DAS1
TX
WSC
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
DAS1
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV

LASER RADIATION
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 24-19 Types and functions of the interfaces on the DAS1 board
Interface
Type
Function
WSC
RJ45
Transmits/Receives the FE electrical signals.

NOTE
The FE electrical port works in 100M full-duplex mode and
can transmit or receive a packet consisting of a maximum of
1518 bytes.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
TX
LC
Transmits the supervisory signal.
RX
LC
Receives the supervisory signal.
TM
LC
RM
LC

2688
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Type
Function
MONT
LC
MONR
LC
Connected to the MCA4, MCA8, OPM8 or WMU,

monitors the performance of the LOUT and SOUT port
online.
The ratio of the MONT port power to the LOUT port
power is 1:99. In other words, the MONT port power
follows: Plout (dBm) - Pmont (dBm) = 10 x lg(99/1) =
20 dB.
The ratio of the MONR port power to the SOUT port
power is 1:99. In other words, the MONR port power
follows: Psout (dBm) - Pmonr (dBm) = 10 x lg(99/1)
= 20 dB.
LOUT
LC
Transmits the amplified signal (including the

supervisory signal).
LIN
LC
Receives the multiplexed signal to be amplified

(including the supervisory signal).
SOUT
LC
Transmits the amplified signal(not including the

supervisory signal).
SIN
LC
Receives the multiplexed signal to be amplified (not

including the supervisory signal).
TTDC/TRDC
LC
RTDC/RRDC
LC
Connected to the interface of the DCM for dispersion

compensation.
Connect a shielded network cable without protection boot to the WSC interface on the DAS1
board.
Laser Hazard Level

24.4.7 Valid Slots

One slot house one DAS1 board.
Table 24-20 shows the valid slots for the DAS1 board.
Table 24-20 Valid slots for the DAS1 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots

2689
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18
IU3-IU16
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
IU2-IU5


Table 24-21 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the DAS1 board displayed on the NM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface on the NM
LIN/LOUT
RM/TM
RX/TX
RVIa
RPAINa
RRDC
SOUT
RTDC
10
MONR
11
SIN
12
TPAINa
13
TRDC
15
TBAOUTa
16
TTDC
17
MONT
18
2690
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface on the NM
a: Virtual port

For parameters of the DAS1, refer to Table 24-22.
Table 24-22 DAS1 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Optical Interface
Attenuation Ratio
(dB)
Value of Min.
Attenuation Rate
(dB) to Value of
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)
Default: Value of
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)

new project.
adjusted.
(dB) parameters.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2691
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Attenuation
difference (dB)
0.1

Default: none

dB.
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)

Min. Attenuation
Rate (dB)

Actual Band

board.
Configure Band

the board.
Default: C
Actual Working
Band Parity

band of the board.
Configure Working
Band Parity
All, ecldmin40

band of the board.
Default: All
In an 80-wavelength system, when G.653

optical fibers are used and there is no
requirement for more than 40 wavelengths,
you can use 40 wavelengths in the range of
192.100 THz to 193.050 THz and 195.100
THz to 196.050 THz to increase the
ecldmin40.
NOTICE
Before using 40 wavelengths in the range of
192.100 THz to 193.100 THz and 195.000 THz
to 196.000 THz, services need to be planned on
these wavelengths. In the ASON network
prevents current paths, original paths, and
revertive paths from staying on idle
wavelengths (in the range of 193.100 THz to
195.000 THz).
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)


2692
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Band Type
Optical Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Outloop

Input Power Loss
Threshold (dBm)

MUT_LOS alarm.
Laser Status
Off, On

status of a board.
Default: On

more information.
Gain (dB)

input power (dBm).
Nominal Gain (dB)
Value of Nominal
Gain Lower
Threshold (dB) to
Value of Nominal
Gain Upper
Threshold (dB)
Default: The specific
value is related to the
module.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

optical power.
parameters.

2693
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Nominal Gain Upper

Threshold (dB)
The Nominal Gain Upper Threshold

(dB) parameter provides an option to query
the maximum nominal gain of the optical
amplifier unit (OAU). This parameter
value cannot be set and depends on the
optical module type. The value can be
queried.
Nominal Gain Lower

Threshold (dB)
The Nominal Gain Lower Threshold

the minimum nominal gain of the optical
amplifier unit. This parameter value cannot
be set and depends on the optical module
type. The value can be queried.
Channel Number
Mode
C80 Mode, C40

Mode, CWDM Mode
Sets the number of wavelengths supported

by the board.
Default: /
DCM Attenuation
Value
Displays the DCM insertion loss between

the TDC and RDC ports.
DEG Threshold
0 to 10167
Sets signal deterioration thresholds. An

alarm is reported when error codes detected
in DEG Monitoring Time(s) are more
than the value of this parameter.
Default: 190
DEG Monitoring
Time(s)
2 to 10
Degrade Threshold
Before FEC
1E-1, 1E-2, 1E-3,

1E-4, 1E-5, 1E-6,
1E-7, 1E-8, 1E-9,
1E-10, 1E-11, 1E-12,
Default: 7
Sets the signal monitoring time. If the

number of bit errors in the signal exceeds
DEG Threshold during this time, an alarm
is reported.
Sets error codes thresholds for signals
before FEC.
Default: 1E-4
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2694
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Rated Optical Power

(dBm)
-30 to 30
The Rated Optical Power (dBm)

parameter provides an option to set and
query the per-channel rated optical power.
It is a reference value for automatic
adjustment of the optical power. When the
optical amplifier unit and ROADM unit are
used in a network, this parameter is
available for the optical amplifier unit.
Default: The default

value is determined
when the system is
provisioned with 80
wavelengths and
varies according to
boards.
The value can be set or queried.

The rated input and output optical power
should be configured according to the
actual configurable input and output range
of the optical amplifier unit and should be
the same as the input and output values
measured when the optical amplifier unit
runs normally.
NOTE
SIN/LIN port: The rated optical power is same
as Nominal single wavelength input optical
power, SOUT/LOUT port: The rated optical
power is same as Nominal single-wavelength
The default rated optical power is measured in
an 80-wavelength system. It needs to be
changed accordingly for a 40-wavelength
system.
PMD Coefficient(ps/
SQRT(km))
0 to 1
Default: 0.05
Specifies the polarization mode dispersion

(PMD) coefficient of a fiber. This
parameter must be set according to the fiber
type being in use. Usually, the nominal
fiber PMD coefficient is recommended for
this parameter.
systems.
Fiber Type
G652 Fiber, G653

Fiber, LEAF Fiber,
TWRS Fiber, TWC
Fiber, TWPLUS
Fiber, SMFLS Fiber,
G654B Fiber, G656
Fiber, G654A Fiber,
TERA_LIGHT Fiber
Specifies the fiber type. The gain range of

the board varies according to the fiber type.
Default: G652 Fiber
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2695
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Fiber Length(m)
0 to 4294967295
Specifies the length of a fiber. This value

can be used by the Optical Doctor (OD)
function to assess the impact of stimulated
Raman scattering (SRS) and wavelength
dependent loss (WDL). The parameter
value must truly reflect the actual fiber
length and can be accurate to within the
kilometer range.
Default: /
Chromatic
Dispersion
Coefficient(ps/
(nm*km))
-15 to 30
Default: 0

coefficient of a fiber. This parameter must
be set according to the fiber type being in
use. Usually, the nominal fiber CD
coefficient is recommended for this
parameter.
systems.
Source DCM 1
Source DCM 2
Source DCM 3
Source DCM 4
DCM_A_G652 to
DCM_F_G652,
DCM_S_G652,
DCM_T_G652,
DCM_A_G655 to
DCM_F_G655,
DCM_S_G653,
DCM_T_G653,
DCM_M_G653,
DCM_A_G653,
FBG_D_G652 to
FBG_J_G652,
FBG_L_G652,
FBG_F_G655,
FBG_H_G655,
FBG_J_G655,
FBG_L_G655,
DCM_A_TWRS to
DCM_F_TWRS,
Unconfigured
Participates in route computation in the

ASON domain.
When one DCM is inadequate to
compensate for fiber dispersion, multiple
DCMs are needed to provide expected
compensation effect. Each DAS1 board
supports a maximum of four dispersion
compensation modules (DCM modules).
Set this parameter according to the DCM
module on the OA board interconnected
with the target DAS1 board.
DCM and FBG in the parameter values
indicate the type of DCM. Letters A to T
indicate the compensation distance. G652,
G653, G655, and TWRS represent the fiber
types.
For the detailed DCM description, see
DCM Frame and DCM Module.
Default:
Unconfigured
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2696
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Sink DCM 1
DCM_A_G652 to
DCM_F_G652,
DCM_S_G652,
DCM_T_G652,
DCM_A_G655 to
DCM_F_G655,
DCM_S_G653,
DCM_T_G653,
DCM_M_G653,
DCM_A_G653,
FBG_D_G652 to
FBG_J_G652,
FBG_L_G652,
FBG_F_G655,
FBG_H_G655,
FBG_J_G655,
FBG_L_G655,
DCM_A_TWRS to
DCM_F_TWRS,
Unconfigured
Participates in route computation in the

ASON domain.
Sink DCM 2
Sink DCM 3
Sink DCM 4
When one DCM is inadequate to

compensate for fiber dispersion, multiple
DCMs are needed to provide expected
compensation effect. Each DAS1 board
supports a maximum of four dispersion
compensation modules (DCM modules).
Set this parameter according to the DCM
module on the OA board interconnected
with the target DAS1 board.
DCM and FBG in the parameter values
indicate the type of DCM. Letters A to T
indicate the compensation distance. G652,
G653, G655, and TWRS represent the fiber
types.
For the detailed DCM description, see
DCM Frame and DCM Module.
Default:
Unconfigured
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Enable OAMS Power

Monitoring
Disable, Enable
Default: Disable

BWS 1600G to start the OAMS function if
the difference between the actual power
and Standard Value of OAMS Power
Monitoring (dBm) exceeds OAMS
Power Abnormality Threshold (dB).
Standard Value of
OAMS Power
Monitoring (dBm)
-60.0 to 50.0
Specifies the reference power for the

OAMS function to determine whether the
line power is normal. This parameter must
be set based on the actual line power.
OAMS Power
Abnormity
Threshold (dB)
0.5 to 10.0
Default: /
Default:3
Specifies the threshold for the OAMS

function to detect a line power abnormality.
If the difference between the actual line
power and Standard Value of OAMS
Power Monitoring exceeds the specified
abnormality threshold, the U2000 will
issue a command to the OptiX BWS 1600G
to start the OAMS function. If the
difference is less than the threshold, the
U2000 will not issue a command to start the
OAMS function.

2697
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Working Mode
l Gain locking,
Power locking
Specifies the working mode of an optical

amplifier.
l Default: Gain
locking
Power Value
-7 to 23
Default: 0
This parameter specifies the output optical

power when Working Mode is set to
Power Value.
Launch Power (dBm)
-60.0 to 60.0
When the incident optical power of the

transmission fiber is less than the nominal
output power of the transmitting OA board,
set Launch Power for the transmitting OA
board to ensure desired ALC adjustment
effects.
Auto Pass-through
Disable, Enable
Determines whether the OSC overhead

automatically pass through OSC boards.
This parameter applies only to scenarios in
which no system control board is deployed
in subracks.
Default: Disable
When no system control board is deployed

at a site, the OSC overhead will
automatically pass through the OSC boards
at the site and enter the downstream site
after Auto Pass-through is set to
Enabled.
When system control boards are deployed
at a site, the OSC overhead will not
at the site even though Auto Passthrough is set to Enabled.
NOTE
All the OSC overhead bytes except D4-D12 can
When two DAS1 boards are deployed but no
system control board is deployed at a site, the
two DAS1 boards must be installed in paired
slots.
24.4.10 DAS1 Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2698
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 24-23 Optical specifications of the TN11DAS1 board
Item
Specifica
tions of
OA
Uni
t
Value
nm
1529-1561
1529-1561
1529-1561
Nominal gain
dB
20
26
31
dB
m
-32 to 0
-32 to -6
-32 to -11
Input power range

per channel
40
channels
dB
m
-32 to -16
-32 to -22
-32 to -27
80
channels
dB
m
-32 to -19
-32 to -25
-32 to -30
Nominal singlewavelength input

optical power
40
channels
dB
m
-16
-22
-27
80
channels
dB
m
-19
-25
-30

optical power
40
channels
dB
m
80
channels
dB
m
Noise figure (NF)a
dB
<= 8.5
<= 5.5
<= 5.5
Gain response time on adding/

dropping of channels
ms
< 10
< 10
< 10
Channel gain
dB
20 to 31
Gain flatness
dB
<= 2.0
<= 2.0
<= 2.0
dB/
dB
<= 2.0
<= 2.0
<= 2.0
Input reflectance
dB
< -40
< -40
< -40
Output reflectance
dB
< -40
< -40
< -40
Pump leakage at input
dB
m
< -30
< -30
< -30
Maximum reflectance tolerance

at input
dB
-27
-27
-27
Maximum reflectance tolerance

at output
dB
-27
-27
-27
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2699
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Specifica
tions of
demultipl
exer and
multiplex
er
Specifica
tions of
OSC
optical
module
Uni
t
Value
Maximum total output optical

power
dB
m
20
20
20
dB
<= 0.5
<= 0.5
<= 0.5
Input VOA inherent insertion

loss
dB
<= 1.5
Input VOA dynamic attenuation

range
dB
20
Input VOA adjustment accuracy
dB
Operating wavelength range of

optical supervisory channel
nm
1480 to 1520
Optical return loss
dB
> 40
dB
<= 1.5
Insert loss of C-band
dB
<= 1
dB
< 0.2
nm
1504.5 to 1517.5
Signal rate
Mbi
t/s
155.52
Launched optical power
dB
m
0.5 to 5
dB
m
<= -41
Receiver overload
dB
m
-10
Insert loss of optical

supervisory
channel
LIN-TM
RMLOUT
a: The gain can be adjusted continuously. The noise figure varies with the gain. The previous table lists the noise
figure when the noise figure uses the typical value.
NOTE
The board supports a 2.5 dB extended gain. The extended gain is only for the temporary use because it affects the gain flatness.
l
(8.7 in.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2700
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11DAS1
22
28.6
24.5 HBA
HBA: high-power booster amplifier board

The available functional version of the HBA board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1H
B
A

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2701
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update


actual situation.

Hardware Update
Corrected the HBA application

diagram and deleted the HBA
application at the receive-end
site.
24.5.3 Application
As a type of optical amplifier unit, the HBA board provides a high gain and therefore is generally
used in long-hop applications. It is configured at the transmit end.
For the position of the HBA board in the WDM system, see Figure 24-15.
Figure 24-15 Position of the HBA board in the WDM system
Client
side
Client
side
OTU
OTU
MUX
OTU
OTU
HBA
FIU
DMUX
OAU1
DMUX
HBA
MUX
FIU
OAU1
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
Client
side
Client
side
NOTE
Only the TN13FIU02 board can work with the HBA board.

The HBA board is mainly used for online optical performance monitoring, gain lock, and
transient control.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2702
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 24-24 Functions and features of the HBA board

Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
l Only applied on the transmit edge of the OTM station in the system
that covers a long fiber span transmission.
l The HBA can amplify the input optical signals in C band. The total
Typical gain
The typical gain of the HBA is 29 dB.
Online optical
performance
monitoring

affecting traffic.
Gain lock function
Transient control
function
of the optical power in the path to implement smooth upgrade and
expansion.
Alarms and
performance events
monitoring
Optical-layer ASON
Supported


The HBA board consists of the EDFA optical module, driving and detection module, control
Figure 24-16 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the HBA board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2703
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 24-16 Functional modules and signal flow of the HBA board
Splitter
IN
OUT
EDFA optical module

Driving
current
PIN
MON
Detection for
pump current
and temperature
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Required
voltage
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
Module Function
l
EDFA optical module

detection.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2704
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l

Power supply module

24.5.6 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces and laser hazard level label on the front panel of the HBA board.

Figure 24-17 shows the front panel of the HBA board.
Figure 24-17 Front panel of the HBA board
CAUTION
HBA
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
HBA

LASER RADIATION
MON
IN
OUT
Indicators
l

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2705
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 24-25 Types and functions of the interfaces on the HBA board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC
OUT
LSH/APC
MON
LC
Connected to the MCA4, MCA8, WMU or OPM8,

monitors the performance of the OUT port online.
30 dB.
Laser Hazard Level

which indicates that the maximum power launched by the board ranges from 10 dBm (10 mW)
to 21.3 dBm (136 mW).
24.5.7 Valid Slots

Three slots house one HBA board.
Table 24-26 shows the valid slots for the HBA board.
Table 24-26 Valid slots for the HBA board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots

IU62-IU67
IU2-IU7, IU12-IU17
IU2-IU15
IU2-IU16

2706
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
l The rear connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along the middle slot of the three occupied slots
in the subrack. Therefore, the slot number of the HBA board displayed on the NM is the number of the
middle slot.
l For example, if slots IU1, IU2, and IU3 house the HBA board, the slot number of the HBA board displayed
on the NM is IU2.
24.5.8 Characteristic Code for the HBA

The characteristic code for the HBA board contains seven characters and digits, indicating the
band, the gain range and the maximum nominal input optical power of the signals processed by
the board.
Table 24-27 Characteristic code for the HBA board
Code
Meaning
Description
First character
Band

Second character
The second character is

always G.
Third to the fourth digits
Gain
The third to the fourth digits

indicate the gain value.
Fifth character
The fifth character is always

I.
Sixth and seventh digits
Maximum nominal input

optical power
Indicate the maximum

nominal input optical power.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11HBA board is CG29I-8. The code indicates
that the HBA board is used in C band, the gain is 29 dB, and the maximum nominal input optical
power is -8 dBm.


Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2707
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 24-28 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the HBA board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN
OUT
MON

For HBA parameters, refer to Table 24-29.
Table 24-29 HBA parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel
Actual Band
Configure Band

board.
Default: C
Input Power Loss
Threshold (dBm)

Laser Status
Off, On

status of a board.
Default: On

information.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2708
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Gain (dB)
The Gain (dB) parameter queries the gain of

an optical amplifier board, namely, the
input power (dBm).
This parameter is different from the Nominal
Gain parameter. The Nominal Gain
parameter indicates the gain of the signal
optical power, excluding the noise power. The
Gain parameter, however, is only related to
the power and includes the noise power.
Therefore, if the noise power occupies a large
ratio and the input optical power is low, the
gain queried exceeds the nominal gain of the
board.
Nominal Gain (dB)
Value of Nominal
Gain Lower
Threshold (dB) to
Value of Nominal
Gain Upper
Threshold (dB)
Default: 29

optical power.
parameters.
See Nominal Gain (dB) (WDM Interface)
Nominal Gain
Upper Threshold
(dB)
The Nominal Gain Upper Threshold (dB)

parameter provides an option to query the
maximum nominal gain of the optical
amplifier unit (OAU). This parameter value
cannot be set and depends on the optical
module type. The value can be queried.
Nominal Gain
Lower Threshold
(dB)
The Nominal Gain Lower Threshold (dB)

minimum nominal gain of the optical
amplifier unit. This parameter value cannot be
set and depends on the optical module type.
Channel Number
Mode
C80 Mode, C40

Mode, CWDM
Mode
Sets the number of wavelengths supported by

the board.
Default: /
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Actual Working
Band Parity

of the board.
Configure Working
Band Parity
All

band of the board.
Default: All

2709
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Rated Optical
Power (dBm)
-30 to 30
Description
The Rated Optical Power (dBm) parameter

provides
an option to set and query the perDefault: The default
channel
rated
optical power. It is a reference
value is determined
value for automatic adjustment of the optical
when the system is
provisioned with 80 power. When the optical amplifier unit and
ROADM unit are used in a network, this
wavelengths and
varies according to parameter is available for the optical amplifier
unit.
boards.
should be configured according to the actual
configurable input and output range of the
optical amplifier unit and should be the same
as the input and output values measured when
the optical amplifier unit runs normally.
NOTE
IN port: The rated optical power is same as Nominal
single wavelength input optical power, OUT port:
The rated optical power is same as Nominal single
wavelength output optical power.
The default rated optical power is measured in an
80-wavelength system. It needs to be changed
accordingly for a 40-wavelength system.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Enable OAMS
Power Monitoring
Disable, Enable
Default: Disable

Standard Value of
OAMS Power
Monitoring (dBm)
-60.0 to 50.0

is normal. This parameter must be set based on
the actual line power.
OAMS Power
Abnormity
Threshold (dB)
0.5 to 10.0
Default: /
Default: 3
Specifies the threshold for the OAMS function

to detect a line power abnormality. If the
difference between the actual line power and

2710
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Working Mode
l Gain locking,
Power locking

amplifier.
l Default: Gain
locking
Power Value
-7 to 23

power of the EDFA module when Working
Mode is set to Power Locking for the OUT
port.
Default: 0
Launch Power
(dBm)
-60.0 to 60.0

output power of the transmitting OA board, set
Launch Power for the transmitting OA board
to ensure desired ALC adjustment effects.
24.5.11 HBA Specifications

Table 24-30 Optical specifications of the HBA board
Item
Unit
Value
Type
TN11HBA
Channel allocation
nm
1529 - 1561
dBm
-25 to -3
Typical input power of a single

wavelength
dBm
80-channel system: -22

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Noise figure (NF)
dB
<8
Input reflectance
dB
< -45
Output reflectance
dB
< -45
Maximum total output power
dBm
26
Gain response time on adding/dropping of

channels
ms
< 10
Channel gain
dB
291

2711
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
Gain flatness
dB
<= 2.5
dB
< 0.5
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11HBA
47
75
24.6 OAU1
OAU1: optical amplifier unit

The available functional versions of the OAU1 board are TN11, TN12 and TN13.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2712
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

B
oa
rd
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N
11
O
A
U
1
T
N
12
O
A
U
1
T
N
13
O
A
U
1
Type
Table 24-31 lists the types of the OAU1 board.
Table 24-31 Type description of the OAU1 board
Unit
Type
Description
Gain Range
TN11OAU1
01
Amplifies the input optical signals in C band.
20 dB to 31 dB
02
20 dB to 31 dB
03
24 dB to 36 dB
05
23 dB to 34 dB
00
16 dB to 25.5 dB
01
20 dB to 31 dB
TN12OAU1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2713
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Unit
TN13OAU1
Type
Description
Gain Range
02
20 dB to 31 dB
03
24 dB to 36 dB
05
23 dB to 34 dB
01
20 dB to 31 dB
03
24 dB to 36 dB
05
23 dB to 34 dB
06
16 dB to 23 dB
07
19 dB to 27 dB

l
Function:
The TN11OAU1 board does not support adjustment of input optical power, whereas
the TN12OAU1 and TN13OAU1 board supports. For details, see 24.6.5 Working
Principle and Signal Flow.
Appearance:
The TN11, TN12 and TN13 versions have different front panels. For details, see 24.6.6
Front Panel.
Specification:
For the power consumption of each version, see 24.6.11 OAU1 Specifications.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11OAU1
TN12OAU
1
The TN12OAU1 can be created as OAU1 on the NMS. The

former can substitute for the latter at type 01,02,03,05, without
any software upgrade. After substitution, the TN12OAU1
functions as the TN11OAU1.
TN11OAU1
TN13OAU
1
The TN13OAU1 can be created as OAU1 on the NMS. The

former can substitute for the latter at type 01,03,05, without any
software upgrade. After substitution, the TN13OAU1 function
as the TN11OAU1. The TN13OAU1 board occupies one
physical slot and two logical slots while the TN11OAU1 board
occupies two physical slots. After the substitution, the
board.

2714
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN12OAU1
TN13OAU
1
The TN13OAU1 can be created as 12OAU1 on the NMS. The

software upgrade. After substitution, the TN13OAU1 functions
as the TN12OAU1. The TN13OAU1 board occupies one
physical slot and two logical slots while the TN12OAU1 board
occupies two physical slots. After the substitution, the
board.
TN13OAU1
None


Hardware Update
Added the TN13OAU107

board.
The TN13OAU107 board is an EDFA OA board whose

gain ranges from 19 dB to 27 dB and maximum output
optical power is 23 dBm.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update


actual situation.
Added the following

the gain flatness.

special scenarios.

2715
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
Added the TN13OAU106

board.
The TN13OAU106 board is an EDFA OA board with a 16

dB to 23 dB gain range.

Hardware Update
Added the TN13OAU1 board.
Compared with the TN12OAU board that occupies?two

slots, the TN13OAU board occupies?one slot.
24.6.3 Application
As a type of optical amplifier unit, the OAU1 board amplifies optical signals at the transmit end
or receive end.
For the position of the OAU1 board in the WDM system, see Figure 24-18.
Figure 24-18 Position of the OAU1 board in the WDM system
Client
side
Client
side
OTU
MUX
OBU1
DMUX
OAU1
OAU1
DMUX
OTU
OTU
OTU
OBU1
MUX
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
Client
side
Client
side

The OAU1 is mainly used for gain adjustment, online optical performance monitoring, gain
lock, and transient control.
Table 24-32 Functions and features of the OAU1 board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2716
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Gain adjustment
The OAU1 continuously adjusts the gain continuously based on the

input optical power:
l OAU100: 16dB to 25.5dB
l OAU101/OAU102: 20dB to 31dB
l OAU103: 24dB to 36dB
l OAU107: 19dB to 27dB, and supports adjustment of maximum
total output optical power.
NOTE
24.6.11 OAU1 Specifications only provides the value of nominal gain. Actual
Online optical
performance
monitoring

affecting traffic.
Gain lock function
Working mode

enabled by default.
Transient control
function
Alarms and
performance events
monitoring
Optical-layer ASON
Supported

NOTE
The TN11OAU1 board does not support the setting of Equalization Based
ODfor Optical Signal-Wavelength Commissioning.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2717
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The OAU1 board consists of the EDFA optical module, driving and detection module, control
Figure 24-19 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN11OAU1 board. Figure
24-20 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN12OAU1 and TN13OAU1.
Figure 24-19 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN11OAU1
TDC
PAOUT
IN
RDC
MON
BAIN
OUT
EDFA optical module

Driving
current
PIN
Splitter
Detection for
pump current
and temperature
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
2718
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 24-20 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN12OAU1 and TN13OAU1
TDC
PAOUT
IN
RDC
MON
BAIN
OUT
EDFA optical module

Driving
current
VOA
VO
Splitter
Detection for
pump current
and temperature
PIN
VI
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
the gain of the signal. Then the signal is sent to the DCM through the TDC interface for dispersion
compensation and returns to the EDFA optical module through the RDC interface. At last, the
amplified multiplexed signal is output through the OUT interface.
power adjustment by VOA, the signals are transmitted through the VO interface. Then, the IN
interface receives the adjusted multiplexed signals.
Module Function
l
VOA
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
EDFA optical module

2719
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

detection.
l


Power supply module

24.6.6 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces, and laser hazard level label on the front panel of the OAU1
board.

Figure 24-21, Figure 24-22 and Figure 24-23 show the front panel of the OAU1 board.
Figure 24-21 Front panel of the TN11OAU1 board
CAUTION
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
MON
OUT
IN
TDC
RDC

OAU1
OAU1
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV

LASER RADIATION
2720
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

CAUTION
MON
OUT
IN
TDC
RDC
VO
OAU1
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
OAU1
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV

LASER RADIATION
VI
CAUTION
MON
OUT
IN
TDC
RDC
VO
VI
OAU1
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
OAU1
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV

LASER RADIATION
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2721
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 24-33 Types and functions of the interfaces on the OAU1 board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC
OUT
LC
TDC/RDC
LC

compensation.
MON
LC

20 dB.
VIa
LC
Outputs a multi-wavelength signal. A VOA is attached

before the interface for adjusting the optical power of
the multi-wavelength signal.
VOa
LC
Receives a multi-wavelength signal. A VOA is

attached before the interface for adjusting the optical
power of the multi-wavelength signal.
a: Only the TN12OAU1 and TN13OAU1 boards support the interfaces.
Laser Hazard Level

OAU100, OAU101, OAU102, OAU103, OAU106:
OAU105, OAU107:
which indicates that the maximum power output by the optical port on the board ranges 10 dBm
(10 mW) to 21.3 dBm (136 mW).
24.6.7 Valid Slots

Two slots house one TN11OAU1 board or TN12OAU1 board, and one slot houses one
TN13OAU1 board.
Table 24-34 shows the valid slots for the TN11OAU1 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2722
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 24-34 Valid slots for the TN11OAU1 board

Product
Valid Slots

IU62-IU68
IU2-IU17
IU2-IU4, IU11
Product
Valid Slots

IU62-IU68
IU2-IU8, IU12-IU18
IU2-IU16
IU2-IU17
IU2-IU4, IU11
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17

2723
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Valid Slots
IU2-IU5, IU11
NOTE
For OptiX OSN 8800:

l The rear connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along the right slot in the subrack. Therefore,
the slot number of the OAU1 board displayed on the NM is the number of the right one of the two slots.
l For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the OAU1 board, the slot number of the OAU1 board displayed on
the NM is IU2.
For OptiX OSN 6800:
the slot number of the OAU1 board displayed on the NM is the number of the right one of the two slots.
the NM is IU2.
For OptiX OSN 3800:
l The rear connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along the upper slot in the chassis. Therefore,
the slot number of the OAU1 board displayed on the NM is the number of the upper one of the two slots.
the NM is IU2.
24.6.8 Characteristic Code for the OAU1

The characteristic code for the OAU1 board contains eight characters and digits, indicating the
gain range and the maximum nominal input optical power of the signals processed by the board.
Table 24-37 Characteristic code for the OAU1 board
Code
Meaning
Description
First character
Is always G.
Second to fifth digits
Gain range
Indicates the range within

which the gain can be
continuously adjusted.
Sixth character
Is always I.
Seventh and eighth digits

optical power
Indicates the maximum

For example, the characteristic code for the TN11OAU1 board is G2031I0. The code indicates
that the gain can be continuously adjusted from 20 dB to 31 dB and the maximum nominal input
optical power is 0 dBm.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2724
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Table 24-38 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the TN11OAU1 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN
PAOUTa
BAINa
OUT
RDC/TDC
MON
a: Virtual port
Table 24-39 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the TN12OAU1/TN13OAU1 board displayed
on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN
PAOUTa
BAINa
OUT
RDC/TDC
MON
VI
VO
a: Virtual port

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2725
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

For parameters of the OAU1, refer to Table 24-40.

Table 24-40 OAU1 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Optical Interface
Attenuation Ratio
(dB)
Value of Min.
Attenuation Rate
(dB) to Value of
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)
Default: Value of
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)

new project.
adjusted.
(dB) parameters.
NOTE
Only the TN12OAU1/TN13OAU1 supports
this parameter.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2726
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Attenuation
difference (dB)
0.1

Default: none

dB.
NOTE
this parameter.
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)

NOTE
this parameter.
Min. Attenuation
Rate (dB)

NOTE
this parameter.
Actual Band

board.
Configure Band

the board.
Default: C
Input Power Loss
Threshold (dBm)

MUT_LOS alarm.
Laser Status
Off, On

status of a board.
Default: On

more information.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2727
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Gain (dB)

input power (dBm).
Nominal Gain (dB)
Value of Nominal
Gain Lower
Threshold (dB) to
Value of Nominal
Gain Upper
Threshold (dB)
module.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

optical power.
parameters.
Nominal Gain Upper

Threshold (dB)

queried.
Nominal Gain Lower

Threshold (dB)

Actual Working
Band Parity

band of the board.
Configure Working
Band Parity
All

band of the board.
Upper Threshold of
Actual Gain (dB)
Default: All
Displays the upper threshold of the actual

gain of the optical amplifier unit.

2728
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Lower Threshold of
Actual Gain (dB)
Displays the lower threshold of the actual

Channel Number
Mode
C80 Mode, C40

Mode, CWDM Mode

by the board.
Default: /
DCM Attenuation
Value

Rated Optical Power

(dBm)
-30 to 30


value is determined
when the system is
provisioned with 80
wavelengths and
varies according to
boards.

runs normally.
NOTE
IN port: The rated optical power is same as
Nominal single wavelength input optical
power, OUT port: The rated optical power is
same as Nominal single wavelength output
optical power.
system.
Enable OAMS Power

Monitoring
Disable, Enable
Default: Disable

NOTE
this parameter.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2729
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Standard Value of
OAMS Power
Monitoring (dBm)
-60.0 to 50.0

Default: /
NOTE
this parameter.
OAMS Power
Abnormity
Threshold (dB)
0.5 to 10.0
Default:3

OAMS function.
NOTE
this parameter.
Working Mode
Power Value
l Gain locking,
Power locking

amplifier.
l Default: Gain
locking
For more information on the working

mode, see 24.6.4 Functions and
Features.
-7 to 23

power of the EDFA module when
Working Mode is set to Power Locking
for the OUT port.
Default: 0
Launch Power (dBm)
-60.0 to 60.0

effects.
Maximum Output
Optical Power(dBm)
21, 22, 23
Specifies the maximum output optical

power.
Default: 23
NOTE
Only the TN13OAU107 board supports.
Lower Limit For The

Range Of The
Maximum Output
Optical Power(dBm)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Displays the lower limit on the maximum

NOTE

2730
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Upper Limit For The

Range Of The
Maximum Output
Optical Power(dBm)
Displays the upper limit on the maximum

NOTE
24.6.11 OAU1 Specifications

Table 24-41 Optical specifications of the TN12OAU100 board
Item
Unit
Value
nm
1529-1561
1529-1561
1529-1561
Nominal gain
dB
16
22
25.5
dBm
-20 to 2
-26 to -4
-32 to -7.5
Input power range per

channel
40 channels
dBm
-32 to -14
-32 to -20
-32 to -23.5
80 channels
dBm
-32 to -17
-32 to -23
-32 to -26.5

optical power
40 channels
dBm
-14
-20
-23.5
80 channels
dBm
-17
-23
-26.5
Nominal singlewavelength output

optical power
40 channels
dBm
80 channels
dBm
-1
-1
-1
Noise figure (NF)a
dB
<= 8
<= 5.5
<= 5.5

ms
< 10
< 10
< 10
Channel gain
dB
16 to 25.5
Gain flatness
dB
<= 2.0
<= 2.0
<= 2.0
dB/dB
<= 2.0
<= 2.0
<= 2.0
Input reflectance
dB
< -40
< -40
< -40
Output reflectance
dB
< -40
< -40
< -40
dBm
< -30
< -30
< -30
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2731
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
Maximum reflectance tolerance at

input
dB
-27
-27
-27

output
dB
-27
-27
-27
dBm
18
18
18
dB
<= 0.5
<= 0.5
<= 0.5
VI-VO
Inherent
insertion
loss
dB
<= 1.5
Dynamic
attenuation
range
dB
20
dB
Adjustment accuracy
NOTE
Table 24-42 Optical specifications of the TN11OAU101/TN12OAU101/TN13OAU101 board

Item
Unit
Value
nm
1529-1561
1529-1561
1529-1561
Nominal gain
dB
20
26
31
dBm
-32 to 0
-32 to -6
-32 to -11

channel
40 channels
dBm
-32 to -16
-32 to -22
-32 to -27
80 channels
dBm
-32 to -19
-32 to -25
-32 to -30

optical power
40 channels
dBm
-16
-22
-27
80 channels
dBm
-19
-25
-30

optical power
40 channels
dBm
80 channels
dBm
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2732
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
Noise figure (NF)a
dB
<= 8.5
(TN11OAU101,
TN12OAU101)
<= 5.5
<= 5.5
< 10
< 10
<= 7.5
(TN13OAU101)
ms
< 10
Channel gain
dB
20 to 31
Gain flatness
dB
<= 2.0
<= 2.0
<= 2.0
dB/dB
<= 2.0
<= 2.0
<= 2.0
Input reflectance
dB
< -40
< -40
< -40
Output reflectance
dB
< -40
< -40
< -40
dBm
< -30
< -30
< -30

input
dB
-27
-27
-27

output
dB
-27
-27
-27
dBm
20
20
20
dB
<= 0.5
<= 0.5
<= 0.5
Inherent
insertion
loss
dB
<= 1.5
Dynamic
attenuation
range
dB
20
dB
VI-VOb
Adjustment accuracyb
b: The items are supported on the TN12OAU1 and TN13OAU1.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2733
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 24-43 Optical specifications of the TN11OAU102/TN12OAU102 board

Item
Unit
Value
nm
1529-1561
1529-1561
1529-1561
Nominal gain
dB
20
26
31
dBm
-32 to -3
-32 to -9
-32 to -14

channel
40 channels
dBm
-32 to -19
-32 to -25
-32 to -30
80 channels
dBm
-32 to -22
-32 to -28
-32

optical power
40 channels
dBm
-19
-25
-30
80 channels
dBm
-22
-28
-32

optical power
40 channels
dBm
80 channels
dBm
-2
-2
-2
Noise figure (NF)a
dB
<= 7.5
<=5.5
<=5.5

ms
< 10
< 10
< 10
Channel gain
dB
20 to 31
Gain flatness
dB
<= 2
<= 2
<= 2
dB/dB
<= 2
<= 2
<= 2
Input reflectance
dB
< -40
< -40
< -40
Output reflectance
dB
< -40
< -40
< -40
dBm
< -30
< -30
< -30

input
dB
-27
-27
-27

output
dB
-27
-27
-27
dBm
17
17
17
dB
<= 0.5
<= 0.5
<= 0.5
Inherent
insertion
loss
dB
<= 1.5
Dynamic
attenuation
range
dB
20
dB
VI-VOb
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2734
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
b: The items are supported on the TN12OAU1.
NOTE

Item
Unit
Value
nm
1529-1561
1529-1561
1529-1561
Nominal gain
dB
24
29
36
dBm
-32 to -4
-32 to -9
-32 to -16
Input power range

per channel
40
channels
dBm
-32 to -20
-32 to -25
-32
80
channels
dBm
-32 to -23
-32 to -28
-32

optical power
40
channels
dBm
-20
-25
-32
80
channels
dBm
-23
-28
-32

optical power
40
channels
dBm
80
channels
dBm
dB
<= 7.5
(TN11OAU103,
TN12OAU103)
<= 5.5
<= 5.5
< 10
< 10
Noise figure (NF)a
<= 6.5
(TN13OAU103)
ms
< 10
Channel gain
dB
24 to 36
Gain flatness
dB
<= 2
<= 2
<= 2
dB/dB
<= 2
<= 2
<= 2
Input reflectance
dB
< -40
< -40
< -40
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2735
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
Output reflectance
dB
< -40
< -40
< -40
dBm
< -30
< -30
< -30

input
dB
-27
-27
-27

output
dB
-27
-27
-27

power
dBm
20
20
20
dB
<= 0.5
<= 0.5
<= 0.5
Inherent
insertion
loss
dB
<= 1.5
Dynamic
attenuation
range
dB
20
dB
VI-VOb
NOTE

Item
Unit
Value
nm
1529-1561
1529-1561
1529-1561
Nominal gain
dB
23
30
34
dBm
-32 to 0
-32 to -7
-32 to -11
Input power range

per channel
40
channels
dBm
-32 to -16
-32 to -23
-32 to -27
80
channels
dBm
-32 to -19
-32 to -26
-32 to -30
40
channels
dBm
-16
-23
-27
80
channels
dBm
-19
-26
-30

optical power
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2736
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
40
channels
dBm
80
channels
dBm
Noise figure (NF)a
dB
< 8.5
<6
<6

ms
< 10
< 10
< 10
Channel gain
dB
23 to 34
Gain flatness
dB
<= 2
<= 2
<= 2
dB/dB
<= 2
<= 2
<= 2
Input reflectance
dB
< -40
< -40
< -40
Output reflectance
dB
< -40
< -40
<-40
dBm
< -30
< -30
< -30

input
dB
-27
-27
-27

output
dB
-27
-27
-27

power
dBm
23
23
23
dB
<= 0.5
<= 0.5
<= 0.5
Inherent
insertion
loss
dB
<= 1.5
Dynamic
attenuation
range
dB
20
dB

optical power
VI-VOb
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2737
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 24-46 Optical specifications of the TN13OAU106 board

Item
Unit
Value
nm
1529-1561
1529-1561
1529-1561
Nominal gain
dB
16
19
23
dBm
-24 to 4
-24 to 1
-24 to -3
Input power range

per channel
40
channels
dBm
-24 to -12
-24 to -15
-24 to -19
80
channels
dBm
-24 to -15
-24 to -18
-24 to -22

optical power
40
channels
dBm
-12
-15
-19
80
channels
dBm
-15
-18
-22

optical power
40
channels
dBm
80
channels
dBm
Noise figure (NF)a
dB
<= 7
<= 6
<= 5

ms
< 10
< 10
< 10
Channel gain
dB
16 to 23
Gain flatness
dB
<= 2
<= 2
<= 2
dB/dB
<= 2
<= 2
<= 2
Input reflectance
dB
< -40
< -40
< -40
Output reflectance
dB
< -40
< -40
<-40
dBm
< -30
< -30
< -30

input
dB
-27
-27
-27

output
dB
-27
-27
-27

power
dBm
20
20
20
dB
<= 0.5
<= 0.5
<= 0.5
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2738
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
VI-VO
Unit
Value
Inherent
insertion
loss
dB
<= 1.5
Dynamic
attenuation
range
dB
20
dB
Adjustment accuracy
NOTE
Table 24-47 Optical specifications of the TN13OAU107 board (Maximum total output optical power 23dBm)
Item
Unit
Value
nm
1529-1561
1529-1561
1529-1561
Nominal gain
dB
19
22
27
dBm
-25 to 4
-25 to 1
-25 to -4
Input power range

per channel
40
channels
dBm
-25 to -12
-25 to -15
-25 to -20
80
channels
dBm
-25 to -15
-25 to -18
-25 to -23

optical power
40
channels
dBm
-12
-15
-20
80
channels
dBm
-15
-18
-23

optical power
40
channels
dBm
80
channels
dBm
Noise figure (NF)a
dB
<= 7.5
<= 6
<= 5.5

ms
< 10
< 10
< 10
Channel gain
dB
19 to 27
Gain flatness
dB
<= 2
<= 2
<= 2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2739
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
dB/dB
<= 2
<= 2
<= 2
Input reflectance
dB
< -40
< -40
< -40
Output reflectance
dB
< -40
< -40
<-40
dBm
< -30
< -30
< -30

input
dB
-27
-27
-27

output
dB
-27
-27
-27

power
dBm
23
23
23
dB
<= 0.5
<= 0.5
<= 0.5
VI-VO
Inherent
insertion
loss
dB
<= 1.5
Dynamic
attenuation
range
dB
20
dB
Adjustment accuracy
NOTE
Item
Unit
Value
nm
1529-1561
1529-1561
1529-1561
Nominal gain
dB
19
22
27
dBm
-25 to 3
-25 to 0
-25 to -5
Input power range

per channel
40
channels
dBm
-25 to -13
-25 to -16
-25 to -21
80
channels
dBm
-25 to -16
-25 to -19
-25 to -24
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2740
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
40
channels
dBm
-13
-16
-21
80
channels
dBm
-16
-19
-24
40
channels
dBm
80
channels
dBm
Noise figure (NF)a
dB
<= 7.5
<= 6
<= 5.5

ms
< 10
< 10
< 10
Channel gain
dB
19 to 27
Gain flatness
dB
<= 2
<= 2
<= 2
dB/dB
<= 2
<= 2
<= 2
Input reflectance
dB
< -40
< -40
< -40
Output reflectance
dB
< -40
< -40
<-40
dBm
< -30
< -30
< -30

input
dB
-27
-27
-27

output
dB
-27
-27
-27

power
dBm
22
22
22
dB
<= 0.5
<= 0.5
<= 0.5
VI-VO
Inherent
insertion
loss
dB
<= 1.5
Dynamic
attenuation
range
dB
20
dB

optical power

optical power
Adjustment accuracy
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2741
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
nm
1529-1561
1529-1561
1529-1561
Nominal gain
dB
19
22
27
dBm
-25 to 2
-25 to -1
-25 to -6
Input power range

per channel
40
channels
dBm
-25 to -14
-25 to -17
-25 to -22
80
channels
dBm
-25 to -17
-25 to -20
-25

optical power
40
channels
dBm
-14
-17
-22
80
channels
dBm
-17
-20
-25

optical power
40
channels
dBm
80
channels
dBm
Noise figure (NF)a
dB
<= 7.5
<= 6
<= 5.5

ms
< 10
< 10
< 10
Channel gain
dB
19 to 27
Gain flatness
dB
<= 2
<= 2
<= 2
dB/dB
<= 2
<= 2
<= 2
Input reflectance
dB
< -40
< -40
< -40
Output reflectance
dB
< -40
< -40
<-40
dBm
< -30
< -30
< -30

input
dB
-27
-27
-27

output
dB
-27
-27
-27

power
dBm
21
21
21
dB
<= 0.5
<= 0.5
<= 0.5
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2742
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
VI-VO
Unit
Value
Inherent
insertion
loss
dB
<= 1.5
Dynamic
attenuation
range
dB
20
dB
Adjustment accuracy
NOTE
l

TN11OAU1/TN12OAU1 (H x W x D): 264.6 mm (10.4 in.) x 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) x 220
mm (8.7 in.)
TN13OAU1 (H x W x D): 264.6 mm (10.4 in.) x 25.4 mm (1.0 in.) x 220 mm (8.7 in.)
Weight:
TN11OAU1/TN12OAU1: 1.8 kg (4.0 lb.)
TN13OAU1: 1.6 kg (3.5 lb.)
Power Consumption
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11OAU101
18.0
24.0
TN11OAU102
14.0
18.0
TN11OAU103
18.0
24.0
TN11OAU105
22.0
29.0
TN12OAU100
11.0
14.0
TN12OAU101
12.0
15.0
TN12OAU102
10.0
13.0
TN12OAU103
12.0
15.0
TN12OAU105
15.0
21.0
TN13OAU101
12.0
15.0

2743
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN13OAU103
12.0
15.0
TN13OAU105
15.0
21.0
TN13OAU106
12.0
15.0
TN13OAU107
15.0
21.0
24.7 OBU1

The available functional versions of the OBU1 board are TN11, TN12, and TN13.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
B
oa
rd
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N
11
O
B
U
1

2744
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

B
oa
rd
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N
12
O
B
U
1
T
N
13
O
B
U
1
The TN23SCC board is required when the TN13OBU1 board is used in an OptiX OSN 3800
chassis.
The TN12OBU1P1/TN13OBU1P3 can be installed only in an OptiX OSN 8800 or OptiX
OSN 6800 subrack.
Type
Table 24-50 lists the types of the TN11OBU1 board.
Table 24-50 Type description of the TN11OBU1 board
Type
Description
Gain Range
01
201.5 dB
03
231.5 dB
04
171.5 dB
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2745
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Type
Description
Gain Range
01
201.5 dB
03
231.5 dB
04
171.5 dB
P1
The TN12OBU1P1 board is an OA board intended for

TN55NPO2/TN55NPO2E board.

Type
Description
Gain Range
01
201.5 dB
03
231.5 dB
04
171.5 dB
05
231.5 dB
P3

NPS4E board.
181.5 dB

l
Function:
The TN11OBU1 board does not support adjustment of input optical power, whereas the
TN12OBU1/TN13OBU1 board supports. For details, see 24.7.5 Working Principle
and Signal Flow.
Appearance:
The TN11OBU1, TN12OBU1 and TN13OBU1 versions use different front panels. For
Specification:
For the power consumption of each version, see 24.7.11 OBU1 Specifications.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2746
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11OBU1
TN12OBU
1
The TN12OBU1 can be created as OBU1 on the NMS. The

software upgrade. After substitution, the TN12OBU1 functions
as the TN11OBU1.
TN11OBU1
TN13OBU
1

as the TN11OBU1.
TN12OBU1
TN13OBU
1
The TN13OBU1 can be created as 12OBU1 on the NMS. The

former can substitute for the latter at type 01,03,04 without any
as the TN12OBU1.
TN13OBU1
None


Hardware Update
Added the TN13OBU1P3

board.

NPS4E board. The TN13OBU1P3 borad can be configured
at the receive site only.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
Added the TN13OBU101,

TN13OBU103, TN13OBU104
and TN13OBU105 boards.
The manufacturing process is optimized, and the boards do

not support any extended gain.

2747
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update


actual situation.
Added the following

the gain flatness.

special scenarios.
24.7.3 Application
For the position of the OBU101/OBU103/OBU104/OBU105 board in the WDM system, see
Figure 24-24.
Figure 24-24 Position of the OBU101/OBU103/OBU104/OBU105 board in the WDM system
Client
side
Client
side
OTU
MUX
OBU1
OBU1
DMUX
OTU
OTU
DMUX
OBU1
OBU1
MUX
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
Client
side
Client
side
For the position of the OBU1P1 board in the WDM system, see Figure 24-25. The
TN12OBU1P1 board, configured at the receive site, is an OA board intended for PID and is used
together with the TN55NPO2/TN55NPO2E board.
Figure 24-25 Position of the OBU1P1 board in the WDM system
Client side
Tributary
board
NPO2
+
ENQ2
OBU1P1
OBU1P1
NPO2
+
ENQ2
Tributary
board
Client side
For the position of the OBU1P3 board in the WDM system, see Figure 24-26. The
TN13OBU1P3 board, configured at the receive site, is an OA board intended for PID and is used
together with the NSP4E board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2748
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 24-26 Position of the OBU1P3 board in the WDM system
TN13
OBU2P3
Client side
Tributary
board
TN13
OBU1P3
NPS4E
NPS4E
TN13
OBU1P3
Tributary
board
Client side
TN13
OBU2P3
NOTE
In ASON scenarios, the TN11OBU101/TN12OBU101/TN13OBU101/TN11OBU104/TN12OBU104/

TN13OBU104 board cannot be used as an input optical amplifier (at the transmit end of an OMS).

The OBU1 board is mainly used for online optical performance monitoring, gain lock, and
transient control.
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function

l The typical gain of the OBU101 is 20 dB.
Typical gain

l The typical gain of the OBU1P3 is 18 dB.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Online optical
performance
monitoring

affecting traffic.
Gain lock function

2749
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Working mode

enabled by default.
Transient control
function
Alarms and
performance events
monitoring
Optical-layer ASON
All OBU1 boards except TN13OBU1P3: Supported

TN13OBU1P3: Not supported

NOTE
The TN11OBU1 board does not support the setting of Equalization Based
ODfor Optical Signal-Wavelength Commissioning.

Figure 24-27 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN11OBU1 board. Figure
24-28 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN12OBU1/TN13OBU1 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2750
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 24-27 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN11OBU1 board
Splitter
IN
OUT
EDFA optical module
Driving
current
MON
Detection for
pump current
and temperature
PIN
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
Backplane
(Controlled by SCC)
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Figure 24-28 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN12OBU1/TN13OBU1 board
Splitter
IN
OUT
EDFA optical
module
Detection for
Driving PIN
pump current
current
and temperature
module
VO
VOA
VI
MON
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Required
voltage
( Backplane
Controlled by SCC )
SCC

2751
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Signal Flow
NOTE
On a network where PID boards are used, optical signals are input through the TN12OBU1P1/TN13OBU1P3
board's VI port and are transmitted over the fiber connection between its VO and IN ports.
Module Function
l
VOA
EDFA optical module

detection.


Power supply module

24.7.6 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces, and laser hazard level label on the front panel of the OBU1
board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2752
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Figure 24-29 and Figure 24-30 show the front panel of the OBU1 board.
Figure 24-29 Front panel of the TN11OBU1 board
CAUTION
IN
OBU1
CAUTION
OUT
MON
LASERRADIATION
OBU1
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV

LASER RADIATION
Figure 24-30 Front panel of the TN12OBU1/TN13OBU1 board
CAUTION
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI
OBU1
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
OBU1
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV

LASER RADIATION
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2753
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC
OUT
LC
MON
LC

All OBU1 boards except TN13OBU1P3:
20 dB.
TN13OBU1P3:
15 dB.
VIa
LC
VOa
LC

interface.
a: Only the TN12OBU1/TN13OBU1 board supports the interfaces.
Laser Hazard Level

OBU101/OBU103/OBU104/OBU1P1/TN13OBU1P3: The laser hazard level of the board is
HAZARD LEVEL 1M, indicating that the maximum power launched by the board ranges from
10 dBm (10 mW) to 21.3 dBm (136 mW).
OBU105: After the IPA function is enabled, the laser hazard level of the board is HAZARD
LEVEL 1M, which indicates that the maximum power launched by the board ranges from 10
dBm (10 mW) to 21.3 dBm (136 mW).
24.7.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one OBU1 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots

2754
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
Table 24-56 shows the valid slots for the TN12OBU1/TN13OBU1 board.
Table 24-56 Valid slots for the TN12OBU1/TN13OBU1 board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
NOTE
The TN12OBU1P1/TN13OBU1P3 can be installed only in an OptiX OSN 8800 or OptiX OSN 6800 subrack.
24.7.8 Characteristic Code for the OBU1

The characteristic code for the OBU1 board contains six characters and digits, indicating the
gain and the maximum nominal input optical power of the signals processed by the board.
Table 24-57 Characteristic code for the OBU1 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Code
Meaning
Description
First character
The first character is always

G.
Second and third digits
Gain
The second and the third

digits indicate the gain value.
Fourth character
The fourth character is

always I.

2755
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Code
Meaning
Description

optical power
The fifth and the sixth digits

indicate the maximum
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11OBU1 board is G23I-3. This code indicates
that the gain is 23 dB and the maximum nominal input optical power is -3 dBm.


Interface on the NM
IN
OUT
MON
Table 24-59 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the TN12OBU1/TN13OBU1 board displayed
on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN
OUT
MON
VI
VO

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2756
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

optical interface.

Interface Name.
characters. Any characters
are supported.
Optical Interface
Value of Min. Attenuation

Rate (dB) to Value of Max.
Default
l All OBU1 boards except
TN13OBU1P3: Value of
(dB)
l TN13OBU1P3: 32767
The default value is the value
when the TN13OBU1P3 board
is powered on, indicating that
the VOA is blocked.
This parameter provides an

option to set the optical power
attenuation of a board
channel so that the input
signals power of the board is
within the preset range.
large.
It should be controlled within
2 dB compared with the
original attenuation every
time the attenuation is
adjusted in a new project.
During the expansion of a
project or during
maintenance, however, the
attenuation adjustment
amplitude should be
controlled within 0.5 dB
attenuation when the
To obtain the value range of
this parameter, query the
value of the Min.
Attenuation Rate (dB) and
(dB) parameters.
NOTE
Only the TN12OBU101/
TN12OBU103/TN12OBU104/
TN13OBU1 support this
parameter.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2757
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
(dB)
Sets the relative optical

power attenuation of a board
channel. When using this
parameter with Attenuation
(dB), you can adjust optical
power attenuation of a board
Default: none
Attenuation Ratio (dB) is
set to 9 dB and Attenuation
Difference (dB) is set to 1.5
dB, then the attenuation of the
NOTE
TN13OBU1support this
parameter.

(dB)

NOTE
parameter.

(dB)

NOTE
parameter.
Channel Number Mode
C80 Mode, C40 Mode, CWDM

Mode
Default: /
Actual Band
Displays the actual working

band of the board.
Configure Band
Specifies the type of the

Default: C
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Sets the number of

wavelengths supported by the
board.

2758
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Input Power Loss

Threshold (dBm)

Threshold (dBm) parameter
queries the threshold value of
the input optical power,
which can trigger a board to
generate an optical power
loss (MUT_LOS) alarm.
When the actual input optical
power is lower than this
threshold value, the board
Laser Status
Off, On
The Laser Status parameter

sets the laser status of a board.
Default: On

Interface) for more
information.
Gain (dB)
The Gain (dB) parameter

queries the gain of an optical
amplifier board, namely, the
difference of the output
power (dBm) to the input
power (dBm).
This parameter is different
from the Nominal Gain
parameter. The Nominal
Gain parameter indicates the
gain of the signal optical
power, excluding the noise
power. The Gain parameter,
however, is only related to the
power and includes the noise
power. Therefore, if the noise
power occupies a large ratio
and the input optical power is
low, the gain queried exceeds
the nominal gain of the board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2759
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Nominal Gain (dB)
Value of Nominal Gain Lower

Threshold (dB) to Value of
Nominal Gain Upper
Threshold (dB)
Specifies the expected gain of

the signal optical power.
Default:
l OBU101: 20dB
l OBU103: 23dB
l OBU104: 17dB
l OBU105: 23dB
l OBU1P3: 18dB
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
You can obtain the value

range of this parameter by
querying the corresponding
Nominal Gain Lower
Threshold (dB) and Nominal
Gain Upper Threshold (dB)
parameters.
See Nominal Gain (dB)
information.
Nominal Gain Upper

Threshold (dB)
The Nominal Gain Upper

the maximum nominal gain
of the optical amplifier unit
(OAU). This parameter value
cannot be set and depends on
the optical module type. The
Nominal Gain Lower

Threshold (dB)
The Nominal Gain Lower

the minimum nominal gain of
the optical amplifier unit.
This parameter value cannot
be set and depends on the
optical module type. The
Actual Working Band

Parity
Queries the parity of the

actual working band of the
board.
Configure Working
Band Parity
All
Specifies the desired parity of

the working band of the
board.
Default: All

2760
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Rated Optical Power

(dBm)
-30 to 30
The Rated Optical Power

(dBm) parameter provides an
option to set and query the
per-channel rated optical
power. It is a reference value
for automatic adjustment of
the optical power. When the
optical amplifier unit and
ROADM unit are used in a
network, this parameter is
available for the optical
amplifier unit.
Default: The default value is

determined when the system is
provisioned with 80
wavelengths and varies
according to boards.
The value can be set or

queried.
The rated input and output
optical power should be
configured according to the
actual configurable input and
output range of the optical
amplifier unit and should be
the same as the input and
output values measured when
the optical amplifier unit runs
normally.
NOTE
IN port: The rated optical power
is same as Nominal single
wavelength input optical power,
OUT port: The rated optical
power is same as Nominal
single-wavelength output
optical power.
The default rated optical power
is measured in an 80wavelength system. It needs to
be changed accordingly for a
40-wavelength system.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2761
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Enable OAMS Power

Monitoring
Disable, Enable
Enables or disables the

OAMS function.
Default: Disable
When the OAMS function is

enabled, the U2000 will issue
a command to the OptiX
BWS 1600G to start the
OAMS function if the
difference between the actual
power and Standard Value
of OAMS Power
Monitoring (dBm) exceeds
OAMS Power Abnormality
Threshold (dB).
NOTE
parameter.
Standard Value of
OAMS Power
Monitoring (dBm)
-60.0 to 50.0
Default: /
Specifies the reference power

for the OAMS function to
determine whether the line
power is normal. This
parameter must be set based
on the actual line power.
NOTE
parameter.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2762
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
OAMS Power
Abnormity Threshold
(dB)
0.5 to 10.0
Specifies the threshold for the

OAMS function to detect a
line power abnormality. If the
difference between the actual
line power and Standard
Value of OAMS Power
Monitoring exceeds the
specified abnormality
issue a command to the OptiX
BWS 1600G to start the
OAMS function. If the
difference is less than the
threshold, the U2000 will not
issue a command to start the
OAMS function.
Default:3
NOTE
parameter.
Working Mode
Power Value
l Gain locking, Power

locking
Specifies the working mode

of an optical amplifier.
l Default: Gain locking
For more information on the

working mode, see 24.7.4
-7 to 23
This parameter specifies the

output optical power of the
EDFA module when
Working Mode is set to
Power Locking for the OUT
port.
Default: 0
Launch Power (dBm)
-60.0 to 60.0
When the incident optical

power of the transmission
fiber is less than the nominal
output power of the
transmitting OA board, set
Launch Power for the
transmitting OA board to
ensure desired ALC
adjustment effects.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2763
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 24-61 Optical specifications of the OBU101/OBU103/OBU104/OBU105 board
Item
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Uni
t
Value
OBU101
OBU103
OBU104
OBU105
range
nm
1529-1561
1529-1561
1529-1561
1529-1561
Nominal input power

range
dBm
-32 to -4
-32 to -3
-32 to -1
-24 to 0
Input power
range per
channel
40
channels
dBm
-32 to -20
-32 to -19
-32 to -17
-24 to -16
-32 to -23
-32 to -22
-32 to -20
-24 to -19
Nominal
singlewavelength
input optical
power
40
channels
-20
-19
-17
-16
-23
-22
-20
-19
Nominal
singlewavelength
output optical
power
40
channels
-3
-3
80
channels
dBm
80
channels
dBm
80
channels
Noise figure (NF)
dB
5.5
6.0
5.5
7.0
Nominal gain
dB
20
23
17
23
Gain response time on

adding/dropping of
channels
ms
< 10
< 10
< 10
< 10
Channel gain
dB
201.5
231.5
171.5
231.5
Gain flatness
dB
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
Input reflectance
dB
< -40
< -40
< -40
< -40
Output reflectance
dB
< -40
< -40
< -40
< -40
dBm
< -30
< -30
< -30
< -30
Maximum reflectance
tolerance at input
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27
Maximum reflectance
tolerance at output
dB
-27
-27
-27
-27

2764
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Uni
t
Value
OBU101
OBU103
OBU104
OBU105
Maximum total output

optical power
dBm
16
20
16
23
dB/
dB
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
loss
dB
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
Inherent
insertion
loss
dB
1.5
Dynami
c
attenuati
on range
dB
20
dB
VI-VOa
Adjustment accuracya
a: The items are supported on the TN12OBU1/TN13OBU1.

NOTE
The TN11OBU1/TN12OBU1 board supports a 2.5 dB extended gain. The extended gain is only for the
temporary use because it affects the gain flatness.
Table 24-62 Optical specifications of the OBU1P1 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Item
Unit
Value
nm
1529 to 1561
Total input power range at

the VI optical port
dBm
-30 to 7
Input reflectance
dB
< -40
Output reflectance
dB
< -40
dBm
< -30
Maximum reflectance
tolerance at input
dB
-27
Maximum reflectance
tolerance at output
dB
-27

optical power
dBm
dB/dB
2.0

2765
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
dB
0.5
Table 24-63 Optical specifications of the OBU1P3 board

Item
Unit
Value
nm
1529 to 1561
dBm
-32 to -3.5
Noise figure (NF)
dB
6.0
Nominal gain
dB
18

ms
< 10
Channel gain
dB
181.5
Gain flatness
dB
2.0
Input reflectance
dB
< -40
Output reflectance
dB
< -40
dBm
< -30

input
dB
-27

output
dB
-27
dBm
14.5
dB/
dB
2.0
dB
0.5
VI-VO
Inherent
insertion loss
dB
<= 1.5
Dynamic
attenuation
range
dB
20
dB
Adjustment accuracy
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2766
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l
(8.7 in.)
Weight:
TN11OBU1: 1.3 kg (2.9 lb.)
TN12OBU1: 1.1 kg (2.4 lb.)
TN13OBU1: 1.1 kg (2.4 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11OBU101
11.0
13.0
TN11OBU103
13.0
15.0
TN11OBU104
12.0
14.0
TN12OBU101
10.0
11.0
TN12OBU103
11.0
12.0
TN12OBU104
10.0
12.0
TN12OBU1P1
10.0
11.0
TN13OBU101
8.5
10
TN13OBU103
11
TN13OBU104
9.5
TN13OBU105
12.5
15.5
TN13OBU1P3
11
24.8 OBU2

The available functional versions of the OBU2 board are TN11, TN12, TN13 and TN14.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2767
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1O
B
U2
T
N1
2O
B
U2
T
N1
3O
B
U2
T
N1
4O
B
U2
Type
Table 24-64 Type description of the TN11OBU2/TN12OBU2 board
Type
Description
Gain Range
05
231.5
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2768
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Type
Description
Gain Range
P3
The TN13OBU2P3 board is an OA board intended

for NPS4E board.
231.5

Type
Description
Gain Range
P3
The TN14OBU2P3 board is an OA board intended

for NPS4E board.
201.5

l
Function:
The TN11OBU2 board does not support adjustment of input optical power, whereas the
TN12OBU2 board supports. The TN13OBU2P3/TN14OBU2P3 board is an OA board
intended for NPS4E board. For details, see 24.8.5 Working Principle and Signal
Flow.
Appearance:
The TN11, TN12, TN13, TN14 versions use different front panels. For details, see
24.8.6 Front Panel.
Specification:
For the power consumption of each version, see 24.8.11 OBU2 Specifications.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11OBU2
TN12OBU
2

upgrade. After substitution, the TN12OBU2 functions as the
TN11OBU2.
TN12OBU2
None
TN13OBU2
None
TN14OBU2
None

2769
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Hardware Update
Added the TN13OBU2P3/

TN14OBU2P3 board.
The TN13OBU2P3/TN14OBU2P3 board is an OA board

intended for the NPS4E board.

Hardware Update


actual situation.
Added the following

the gain flatness.

special scenarios.
24.8.3 Application
For the position of the TN11OBU2/TN12OBU2 board in the WDM system, see Figure
24-31.The TN11OBU1/TN11OBU2 board can be configured at both transmit site and receive
site.
Figure 24-31 Position of the TN11OBU2/TN12OBU2 board in the WDM system
Client
side
Client
side
OTU
MUX
OTU
OTU
DMUX
OBU2
OBU2
OBU2
OBU2
OTU
DMUX
MUX
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
Client
side
Client
side
For the position of the TN13OBU2/TN14OBU2 board in the WDM system, see Figure 24-32.
The TN13OBU2/TN14OBU2 board must be used together with an NPS4E board. The
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2770
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

TN13OBU2 board is used at the transmit site, and the TN14OBU2 board is used at the receive
site.
Figure 24-32 Position of the TN13OBU2/TN14OBU2 board in the WDM system
TN13
OBU2P3
Client side
Tributary
board
TN14
OBU2P3
NPS4E
NPS4E
TN14
OBU2P3
Tributary
board
Client side
TN13
OBU2P3

The OBU2 is mainly used for online optical performance monitoring, gain lock, and transient
control.
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function

Typical gain
The typical gain of the TN11OBU2/TN12OBU2/TN13OBU2 is 23

dB.
The typical gain of the TN14OBU2 is 20 dB.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Online optical
performance
monitoring

affecting traffic.
Gain lock function

2771
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Working mode

enabled by default.
Transient control
function
Alarms and
performance events
monitoring
Optical-layer ASON
TN11OBU2/TN12OBU2: Supported
TN13OBU2/TN14OBU2: Not supported


Figure 24-33 and Figure 24-34 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the OBU2
board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2772
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 24-33 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN11OBU2 board
Splitter
IN
OUT
EDFA optical
module
Driving
current
MON
Detection for
pump current
and temperature
PIN
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Figure 24-34 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN12OBU2/TN13OBU1P3/

TN14OBU1P3 board
Splitter
IN
OUT
EDFA optical
module
Detection for
Driving PIN
pump current
current
and temperature
module
VO
VOA
VI
MON
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Required
voltage
( Backplane
Controlled by SCC )
SCC

2773
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Signal Flow
NOTE
On a network where PID boards are used, optical signals are input through the TN13OBU2P3/TN14OBU2P3
board's VI port and are transmitted over the fiber connection between its VO and IN ports.
Module Function
l
VOA
EDFA optical module

detection.


Power supply module

24.8.6 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces and laser hazard level label on the front panel of the OBU2 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2774
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Figure 24-35 and Figure 24-36 show the front panel of the OBU2 board.
CAUTION
MON
OUT
OBU2
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
OBU2
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV

LASER RADIATION
IN
CAUTION
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
MON
OUT
IN
VO
VI

OBU2
OBU2
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV

LASER RADIATION
2775
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 24-37 Front panel of the TN13OBU2/TN14OBU2 board
CAUTION
OUT
IN
VO
VI
OBU2
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
MON
OBU2
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV

LASER RADIATION
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC
OUT
LC

2776
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Type
Function
MON
LC

All OBU1 boards except TN14OBU2P3:
20 dB.
TN14OBU2P3:
17 dB.
VOa
LC

interface.
VIa
LC
a: Only the TN12OBU2/TN13OBU2/TN14OBU2 board supports the interfaces.
Laser Hazard Level

which indicates that the maximum power launched by the board ranges from 10 dBm (10 mW)
to 21.3 dBm (136 mW).
24.8.7 Valid Slots

Two slots house one OBU2 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots

IU62-IU68
IU2-IU17
IU2-IU4, IU11

2777
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Valid Slots

IU62-IU68
IU2-IU8, IU12-IU18
IU2-IU16
IU2-IU17
IU2-IU4, IU11
Table 24-71 shows the valid slots for the TN13OBU2/TN14OBU2 board.
Table 24-71 Valid slots for the TN13OBU2/TN14OBU2 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots

IU62-IU68
IU2-IU8, IU12-IU18
IU2-IU16
IU2-IU17

2778
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
For OptiX OSN 8800:

the slot number of the OBU2 board displayed on the NM is the number of the right one of the two slots.
l For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the OBU2 board, the slot number of the OBU2 board displayed on
the NM is IU2.
For OptiX OSN 6800:
the slot number of the OBU2 board displayed on the NM is the number of the right one of the two slots.
l For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the OBU2 board, the slot number of the OBU2 board displayed on
the NM is IU2.
For OptiX OSN 3800:
the slot number of the OBU2 board displayed on the NM is the number of the upper one of the two slots.
l For example, if slots IU2 and IU3 house the OBU2 board, the slot number of the OBU2 displayed on the
NM is IU2.
24.8.8 Characteristic Code for the OBU2

The characteristic code for the OBU2 board contains six characters and digits, indicating the
gain range and the maximum nominal input optical power of the signals processed by the board.
Table 24-72 Characteristic code for the OBU2 board
Code
Meaning
Description
First character

G.
Gain
The second and the third

digits indicate the gain value.
Fourth character
The fourth character is

always I.

optical power
The fifth and the sixth digits

indicate the maximum
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11OBU2 board is G23I00. The code indicates
that the gain is 23 dB and the maximum nominal input optical power is 0 dBm.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2779
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Interface on the NM
IN
OUT
MON
Table 24-74 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the TN12OBU2/TN13OBU2/TN14OBU2 board

displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN
OUT
MON
VI
VO

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2780
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface
Attenuation Ratio
(dB)
Value of Min.
Attenuation Rate
(dB) to Value of
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)

optical power attenuation of a board channel
so that the input signals power of the board is
within the preset range.
Default
l TN11OBU2/
TN12OUB2:
Value of Max.
Attenuation
Rate (dB)
l TN13OBU2:
16.0 dB
l TN14OBU2:
32767
The default value is
the value when the
TN14OBU2 board is
powered on,
indicating that the
VOA is blocked.
Attenuation
difference (dB)
0.1
Default: none

not be very large.
compared with the original attenuation every
time the attenuation is adjusted in a new
project.
parameters.
NOTE
All OBU2 boards except TN11OBU2 support this
parameter.
Sets the relative optical power attenuation of

a board channel. When using this parameter
with Attenuation (dB), you can adjust optical
accurately.
attenuation of the optical interface is 10.5 dB.
NOTE
parameter.
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)

NOTE
parameter.
Min. Attenuation
Rate (dB)

NOTE
parameter.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2781
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Channel Number
Mode
C80 Mode, C40

Mode, CWDM
Mode
Sets the number of wavelengths supported by

the board.
Default: /
Actual Band

board.
Configure Band

board.
Default: C
Input Power Loss
Threshold (dBm)

value, the board reports the MUT_LOS alarm.
Laser Status
Off, On

status of a board.
Default: On

information.
Gain (dB)
The Gain (dB) parameter queries the gain of

an optical amplifier board, namely, the
input power (dBm).
This parameter is different from the Nominal
Gain parameter. The Nominal Gain
parameter indicates the gain of the signal
optical power, excluding the noise power. The
Gain parameter, however, is only related to
the power and includes the noise power.
Therefore, if the noise power occupies a large
ratio and the input optical power is low, the
gain queried exceeds the nominal gain of the
board.
Nominal Gain (dB)
Value of Nominal
Gain Lower
Threshold (dB) to
Value of Nominal
Gain Upper
Threshold (dB)
Default: Nominal
Gain Upper
Threshold (dB)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

optical power.
parameters.
See Nominal Gain (dB) (WDM Interface)

2782
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Nominal Gain
Upper Threshold
(dB)
The Nominal Gain Upper Threshold (dB)

maximum nominal gain of the optical
amplifier unit (OAU). This parameter value
cannot be set and depends on the optical
module type. The value can be queried.
Nominal Gain
Lower Threshold
(dB)
The Nominal Gain Lower Threshold (dB)

minimum nominal gain of the optical
amplifier unit. This parameter value cannot be
set and depends on the optical module type.
Actual Working
Band Parity

of the board.
Configure
Working Band
Parity
All

band of the board.
Rated Optical
Power (dBm)
-30 to 30
Default: All

value is determined
when the system is
provisioned with 80
wavelengths and
varies according to
boards.
The Rated Optical Power (dBm) parameter

provides an option to set and query the perchannel rated optical power. It is a reference
value for automatic adjustment of the optical
power. When the optical amplifier unit and
ROADM unit are used in a network, this
parameter is available for the optical amplifier
unit.
should be configured according to the actual
configurable input and output range of the
optical amplifier unit and should be the same
as the input and output values measured when
the optical amplifier unit runs normally.
NOTE
IN port: The rated optical power is same as
Nominal single wavelength input optical power,
OUT port: The rated optical power is same as
Nominal single-wavelength output optical power.
The default rated optical power is measured in an
80-wavelength system. It needs to be changed
accordingly for a 40-wavelength system.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2783
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Enable OAMS
Power Monitoring
Disable, Enable
Default: Disable

NOTE
parameter.
Standard Value of
OAMS Power
Monitoring (dBm)
-60.0 to 50.0
Default: /

is normal. This parameter must be set based
NOTE
parameter.
OAMS Power
Abnormity
Threshold (dB)
0.5 to 10.0
Default:3

function to detect a line power abnormality. If
the difference between the actual line power
NOTE
parameter.
Working Mode
Power Value
l Gain locking,
Power locking

amplifier.
l Default: Gain
locking
For more information on the working mode,

see 24.8.4 Functions and Features.
-7 to 23

power of the EDFA module when Working
Mode is set to Power Locking for the OUT
port.
Default: 0
Launch Power
(dBm)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
-60.0 to 60.0

effects.

2784
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 24-76 Optical specifications of the TN11OBU2/TN12OBU2 board
Item
Unit
Value
OBU205
nm
1529-1561
dBm
-24 to 0

channel
dBm
-24 to -16
40
Channels
80
Channels
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

optical power
40
Channels

optical power
40
Channels
-24 to -19
dBm
80
Channels
-16
-19
dBm
80
Channels
7
4
Noise figure (NF)
dB
7.0
Nominal gain
dB
23

ms
< 10
Channel gain
dB
231.5
Gain flatness
dB
2.0
Input reflectance
dB
< -40
Output reflectance
dB
< -40
dBm
< -30

input
dB
-27

2785
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
OBU205

output
dB
-27

power
dBm
23
dB/dB
2.0
dB
0.5
Inherent
insertion
loss
dB
1.5
Dynamic
attenuatio
n range
dB
20
dB
VI-VOa
Adjustment accuracya
a: The items are supported on the TN12OBU2.

NOTE
The board supports a 2.5 dB extended gain. The extended gain is only for the temporary use because it
affects the gain flatness.
Table 24-77 Optical specifications of the TN13OBU2/TN14OBU2 board

Item
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Unit
Value
Value
TN13OBU2P3
TN14OBU2P3
range
nm
1529-1561
1529-1561
Nominal input power

range
dBm
-32 to -3
-32 to -3.5
Noise figure (NF)
dB
6.0
6.0
Nominal gain
dB
23
20
Gain response time on

adding/dropping of
channels
ms
< 10
< 10
Channel gain
dB
231.5
201.5
Gain flatness
dB
2.0
2.0
Input reflectance
dB
< -40
< -40

2786
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
Value
TN13OBU2P3
TN14OBU2P3
Output reflectance
dB
< -40
< -40
dBm
< -30
< -30
Maximum reflectance
tolerance at input
dB
-27
-27
Maximum reflectance
tolerance at output
dB
-27
-27

optical power
dBm
20
16.5
Multi-channel gain
slope
dB/dB
2.0
2.0
loss
dB
0.5
0.5
Inhere
nt
inserti
on
loss
dB
6.2
4.8
Dyna
mic
attenu
ation
range
dB
20
20
dB
VI-VOa
Adjustment accuracy
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight:
TN11OBU2: 1.9 kg (4.2 lb.)
TN12OBU2: 1.6 kg (3.5 lb.)
TN13OBU2/TN14OBU2: 1.9 kg (4.2 lb.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2787
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11OBU205
17
24
TN12OBU205
14
19
TN13OBU2P3/
TN14OBU2P3
11
24.9 RAU1
RAU1: backward raman and erbium doped fiber hybrid optical amplifier unit

The available functional versions of the RAU1 board are TN11 and TN12.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1R
A
U1
T
N1
2R
A
U1

2788
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Type
Table 24-78 lists the types of the RAU1 board.
Table 24-78 Type description of the RAU1 board
Unit
Type
Description
RAU1
06
Adopts the backward pumping and optical amplification

technology.

l
Function
The TN12RAU1 board supports a variable optical attenuator (VOA) while the
TN11RAU1 board does not. For details, see 24.9.5 Working Principle and Signal
Flow.
The TN12RAU1 board supports the line fiber quality monitoring function, fiber
connection detect (FCD), quick shutdown of the Raman laser, and safe turn-on of the
Raman laser while the TN11RAU1 board does not. For details, see 24.9.4 Functions
and Features.
Appearance
The front panels of the TN11RAU1 and TN12RAU1 boards are different. On the front
panel of the TN12RAU1 board, there are the FCD button and indicator, interlock switch.
There is no such button, indicator, or switch on the front panel of the TN11RAU1 board.
For details, see 24.9.6 Front Panel.
Specification
For the power consumption specifications of RAU boards, see 24.9.10 RAU1
Specifications.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11RAU1
TN12RAU
1
The TN12RAU1 board can be created as 11RAU1 on the

U2000. The board substitution does not require software
upgrade. After the board substitution, the board only has the
function of the TN11RAU1 board. That is, the board does not
support a VOA, the line fiber quality monitoring function,
FCD, quick shutdown of the Raman laser, or safe turn-on of the
Raman laser, but supports the interlock switch function.
TN12RAU1
None

2789
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Hardware Update
Added the TN12RAU1 board.
Compared with the TN11RAU1 board, the TN12RAU1

board is newly added with a built-in VOA module and with
functions such as the line fiber quality monitoring function,
fiber connection detection, safe laser start detection, Raman
laser fast shutdown, and interlock switch.

Hardware Update


actual situation.

Hardware Update
Added the following fiber types

for the RAU1 board: TWPLUS,
SMFLS, G.656, G.654A,
TERA_LIGHT, and G.654B


Hardware Update
The TN11RAU1 board, serving as a backward Raman and

EDFA hybrid unit, is added.
24.9.3 Application
As a type of optical amplifier unit, the RAU1 board integrates a backward Raman unit, an EDFA
unit, different from an EDFA, the RAU1 board is used to improve system performance. It
amplifies optical signals at the receive end.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2790
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTICE
Always turn off the pump Raman laser of the RAU1 board before removing or inserting the fiber
to the RAU1.
Figure 24-38 shows two applications of the RAU1 board in a WDM system.
Figure 24-38 Application of the RAU1 board in a WDM system
OTU
Client
Side
M
U
X
OTU
OBU1
RC
LINE
OUT
F
RM I
U
SC1
TM
IN
SYS
IN
TC
TC
IN
SYS
IN
OTU
Client
Side
OTU
D
M
U
X
OUT
D
M
U
X
OUT
RAU1
LINE
OTU
Client
Side
TM
F RM SC1
I
U
RC
OUT
RAU1
OTU
OBU1
M
U
X
OTU
OTU
Client
Side
When the RAU1 board is used on the OptiX OSN 3800, the OptiX OSN 3800 must function as
an OLA site, as shown in Figure 24-39. The RAU1 board can be configured in only one direction.
In the other direction, the TN21FIU+OAU combination can be used.
Figure 24-39 Application of the RAU1 board in a WDM system (OptiX OSN 3800 as an OLA
site)
OUT
LINE
RC
OUT
RAU1
IN
SYS
TC
RM
RM2
TM1
TM
SC2
IN
OUT
F TM
I
U
RC
RM1
OUT
TM2 RM
OAU
IN
TC
F
I
U
IN
NOTE
When RAU1 works in gain mode, the FIU board connected to the SYS port and IN port on RAU1 must
be TN14FIU.

The RAU1 is mainly used for gain adjustment, online optical performance monitoring, gain lock,
and transient control.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2791
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 24-79 Functions and features of the RAU1 board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
l Integrates a backward Raman unit and an EDFA unit and amplifies

the input optical signals in C band. The total wavelengths range
from 1529 nm to 1561 nm.
l The TN12RAU1 board supports the interlock switch. The
interlock switch of a LINE port on the panel controls the poweron and power-off of the board and prevents eyes from being
injured by laser when an optical fiber is inserted into or removed
from the LINE port.
l The TN12RAU1 board has a built-in VOA module to adjust
optical power.
Gain adjustment
The RAU1 continuously adjusts the gain continuously based on the

l G.652 fibers: 19dB to 33dB
l LEAF fibers: 19dB to 35dB
l TWRS fibers: 19dB to 35dB
l TW-C fibers: 19dB to 35dB
l TWPLUS fibers: 19dB to 35dB
l SMFLS fibers: 19dB to 35dB
l G.654A fibers: 19dB to 33dB
l TERA_LIGHT fibers: 19dB to 35dB
l G.654B fibers: 19dB to 29dB
NOTE
Users can separately configure the gain adjustment point for the Raman
amplifier and EDFA using the NMS.
Online optical
performance
monitoring
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

affecting traffic.

2792
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Working mode
The Raman amplifier module supports the gain locking, maximum

gain, and power locking modes.
l In gain locking mode. This mode applies to multi-span or singleshort-span systems that use G.652/G.653/LEAF/TWRS/TW-C/
TWPLUS/SMFLS/G.656/G.654A/TERA_LIGHT/G.654B
fibers. In addition, the gain of the Raman unit is tunable and users
can query the actual gain of the Raman unit.
l The maximum gain mode applies to single-UL-span systems that
use G.652/G.653/LEAF/TWRS/TW-C/TWPLUS/SMFLS/G.
656/G.654A/TERA_LIGHT/G.654B fibers. In this mode, the
Raman amplifier module automatically adjusts its pump power to
ensure that its gain reaches the maximum value. In addition, users
can query the actual gain of the Raman amplifier module.
l In the pump power mode, users can set the pump power for the
Raman amplifier module. This mode applies to systems that use
any fibers but the G.652/G.653/LEAF/TWRS/TW-C/TWPLUS/
SMFLS/G.656/G.654A/TERA_LIGHT/G.654B fibers or to
situations in which the pump power of the Raman amplifier
module must be adjusted manually.
The EDFA module supports the gain locking and power locking
modes.
l In the gain locking mode, the gain of the EDFA module is tunable
and users can query the actual gain of the EDFA module. The gain
locking mode is enabled by default.
l The power locking mode is used for the commissioning and fault
location purposes.
Transient control
function
Alarms and
performance events
monitoring

l The EDFA optical module can detect and report optical power.
l The Raman amplifier module of the TN11RAU1 board supports
return loss detection.
Line fiber quality

monitoring function
The line fiber quality monitoring function can be used on the U2000.
Monitoring figures and data are displayed on the U2000. For details,
see the Fiber Doctor System in the Feature Description.
The Fiber Doctor Management System Software Fee License
needs to be purchased for this function.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2793
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
FCD function
The FCD button and indicator are provided. You can press the
FCD button on the front panel to trigger FCD. The detection process
and results can be identified by the FCD indicator blinking frequency
and indicator status. For details, see 24.9.6 Front Panel.
Safe turn-on of the

Raman laser
When the Raman laser is turned on, the OTDR meter function is
automatically enabled to detect fiber connections and therefore ensure
that the laser is properly started, avoiding fiber burning due to
inappropriate fiber connections.
If the Raman laser fails to be turned on, the line fiber quality
monitoring function can be used to further identify fault points.
Quick shutdown of
the Raman laser
The quick shutdown of the Raman laser is supported. When fiber

removal or fiber cut occurs within 500 m around the site where the
board housing the Raman laser is located, the pump light of the Raman
laser can be shut down within 100 ms.
Optical-layer ASON
Supported
NOTE
Only the TN12RAU1 board supports the following functions: line fiber quality monitoring function, FCD,
safe turn-on of the Raman laser, and quick shutdown of the Raman laser.
When the TN12RAU1 board is connected to an ERPC or ROP board, the line fiber quality monitoring,
FCD, safe Raman laser turn-on, and quick Raman laser shutdown functions cannot be normally used. In
this case, you must disable the safe Raman laser turn-on and quick Raman laser shutdown functions on
the NMS. If you have used the line fiber quality monitoring or FCD function, ignore the monitoring or
detection results of the function.

The RAU1 board consists of Raman optical module, EDFA optical module, OTDR drive and
receiving module, VOA module, driving and detection module, control and communication
Figure 24-40 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN11RAU1 board.
Figure 24-41shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN12RAU1 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2794
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 24-40 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN11RAU1
LINE
Signal
Signal
MONO
PAOUT
OUT
Pump light
Splitter
Pump source
Raman optical module
Detection for
Pumping
current and pump light PIN
temperature power and
current
control
TDC RDC
IN
MONS SYS
Splitter
EDFA optical module
Detection
Driving
for
PIN
temperature current
Detection for
pump current
and temperature
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2795
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


MONS SYS
Signal
Signal
LINE
Detection light Reflected

light
Light
source Receiver
TDC RDC
MONO
PAOUT
OUT
Splitter
Pump light
Pump source
IN
Splitter
Detection for
Pumping
current
control
OTDR drive and
receiving module
EDFA optical module
Detection
Driving
for
PIN
temperature current
V
Detection for
O
pump current
A
and temperature
VI
VO
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
DC power supply
from a backplane
Signal Flow
The pump source of the RAU1 board sends the pump light to the WDM side through the LINE
optical interface. On the line, the signals that are amplified through the distributed amplification
are input through the LINE interface. The splitter then splits them into two, among which the
service optical signals are output through the SYS interface. A few supervisory signals are output
to the multi-channel spectrum analyzer unit or test instrument through the MONS interface for
online optical performance monitoring. One service optical signal received through the SYS
interface is input to the EDFA optical module. The EDFA optical module amplifies the optical
power of the signal and locks the gain of the signal. Then the signal is sent to the DCM through
the TDC interface for dispersion compensation and returns to the EDFA optical module through
the RDC interface. At last, the amplified multiplexed signal is output through the OUT interface.
For TN12RAU1 board:
l
The light source emits detection signals to the optical fiber through the LINE optical port
to monitor the line fiber quality. The Rayleigh scattering and Fresnel reflection signals are
sent back to the receiver. After the received optical signals are processed, a fiber quality
curve can be obtained. The fiber quality curve will display any abnormality in the optical
fiber.
When the optical power of signals needs to be adjusted by a VOA, you must input the
multiplexed signals from the OUT port to the VI port and output the signals using the VO
port after optical power adjustment.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2796
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module Function
l

MONS interface for spectrum detection and supervising.
EDFA optical module

The erbium-doped fiber that is excited by the pump light can amplify the optical signal
detection.
the MONO interface for detection.
OTDR drive and receiving module

Provides the OTDR light source modulation current.
Processes electrical signals from the receiver.
VOA

temperature of the pump laser.
Drives the pump laser.

Power supply module

24.9.6 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces, and laser hazard level label on the front panel of the RAU1
board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2797
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Figure 24-42 and Figure 24-43 show the front panel of the RAU1 board.
Figure 24-42 Front panel of the TN11RAU1 board
CAUTION
LAS
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
MONO MONS
OUT
IN
TDC RDC
SYS
LINE
RAU1
RAU1
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV

LASER RADIATION
Button
The FCD button is used to trigger fiber connection detect (FCD). The FCD results are indicated
by the FCD indicator color.
NOTE
When the FCD is normal, the FCD indicator is steady orange. If you press the FCD button again when the
FCD indicator is steady orange, an FCD task may be started again and the detection will be prolonged.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2798
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Indicators
l
Laser emission status indicator (LAS) - green
Fiber connection detection indicator (FCD) - triple-colored (red, orange, green)
Interfaces
Table 24-80 Types and functions of the interfaces on the RAU1 board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC
OUT
LC
TDC/RDC
LC

compensation.
MONO
LC

20 dB.
LINE
LSH/APC
Receives the line optical signal and sends the pump

light.
SYS
LC
Transmits the amplified signal to the FIU.
MONS
LC

The ratio of the MONS port power to the SYS port
power is 1:99. In other words, the MONS port power
follows: Psys (dBm) - Pmons (dBm) = 10 x lg(99/1) =
20 dB.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
VIa
LC
Receives the multiplexed signal.
VOa
LC
Transmits the adjusted multiplexed signal.

2799
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Type
Function
a: Only the TN12RAU1 board supports.
Interlock Switch
Table 24-81 describes the mapping between the interlock switch status and the board status.
Table 24-81 Interlock switch status
Status
Description
If the cover of an interlock switch is open, the board is powered off
and the Raman laser is turned off. In such a case, an optical fiber can
be inserted or removed.
If the cover of an interlock switch is closed, the board is powered on,

and the Raman laser can be turned on through the U2000. In such a
case, insertion or removal of an optical fiber is forbidden.
Laser Hazard Level

RAU1: After the IPA function is enabled, the laser hazard level of the board is HAZARD LEVEL
1M, which indicates that the maximum power output by the optical port on the board ranges 10
dBm (10 mW) to 21.3 dBm (136 mW).
24.9.7 Valid Slots

Two slots house one RAU1.
Table 24-82shows the valid slots for the RAU1.
Table 24-82 Valid slots for the RAU1 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots

IU62-IU68

2800
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Valid Slots
IU2-IU8, IU12-IU18
IU2-IU16
IU2-IU17
IU2-IU4, IU11
NOTE
For OptiX OSN 8800:

the slot number of the RAU1 board displayed on the NM is the number of the right one of the two slots.
l For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the RAU1 board, the slot number of the RAU1 board displayed on
the NM is IU2.
For OptiX OSN 6800:
the NM is IU2.
For OptiX OSN 3800:
the slot number of the RAU1 board displayed on the NM is the number of the upper one of the two slots.
l For example, if slots IU2 and IU3 house the RAU1 board, the slot number of the RAU1 displayed on the
NM is IU2.

Display of Optical Interface

Table 24-83 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the RAU1 board displayed on the NM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface on the NM
IN
PAOUTa
RDC
OUT
4
2801
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface on the NM
TDC
MONO
VIb
VOb
LINE
SYS
10
MONS
11
a: Virtual port.
b: Only the TN12RAU1 board supports.

For parameters of the RAU1, refer to Table 24-84.
Table 24-84 RAU1 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Actual Band

board.
Configure Band

the board.
Default: C
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2802
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface
Attenuation Ratio
(dB)
Value of Min.
Attenuation Rate
(dB) to Value of
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)

Default: Value of
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)

new project.
adjusted.
(dB) parameters.
NOTE
Only the TN12RAU1 board supports this
parameter.
Attenuation
difference (dB)
0.1
Default: none

dB.
NOTE
parameter.
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)

NOTE
parameter.
Min. Attenuation
Rate (dB)

NOTE
parameter.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2803
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Input Power Loss

Threshold (dBm)

MUT_LOS alarm.
Laser Status
Off, On

status of a board.
Default:
l OUT port: On
l LINE port: Off
Fast Pump Laser
Shutdown upon Fiber
Cut
Disabled, Enabled
Auto OTDR
Detection upon Pump
Laser Start
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

more information.
Specifies whether to enable fast shutdown
of pump lasers when fiber cuts are detected.
NOTE
parameter.
Default: Enabled
Specifies whether to enable automatic

OTDR detection when pump lasers are
started.
NOTE
parameter. When the automatic OTDR
detection function is disabled for the pump laser
on the TN12RAU1 board, the board cannot
detect whether the end faces of its fiber
connectors are contaminated. As a result, fiber
burning may occur if the pump laser is turned
on when the end face of a fiber connector on the
board is contaminated.
Gain (dB)

input power (dBm).
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2804
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Nominal Gain (dB)
Value of Nominal
Gain Lower
Threshold (dB) to
Value of Nominal
Gain Upper
Threshold (dB)

optical power.

module.

parameters.
NOTE
When the insertion loss between the TDC and
RDC ports is larger than 9 dB, the actual gain is
displayed as an invalid value.
Nominal Gain Upper

Threshold (dB)

queried.
Nominal Gain Lower

Threshold (dB)

Upper Threshold of
Actual Gain (dB)

NOTE
Lower Threshold of
Actual Gain (dB)

NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Actual Working
Band Parity

band of the board.
Configure Working
Band Parity
All

band of the board.
Default: All

2805
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Rated Optical Power

(dBm)
-30 to 30


value is determined
when the system is
provisioned with 80
wavelengths and
varies according to
boards.

runs normally.
NOTE
For the LINE port, the rated optical power is
same as Nominal single wavelength input
optical power. For the OUT port, the rated
optical power is same as Nominal single
system.
Fixed Pump Optical

Power (dBm)
This parameter is available only when the

Working Mode is set to Pump power for
the LINE port.
the optical power of each wavelength on
the line.
If the fixed pump optical power value is
less than the minimum value or greater than
the maximum value, the board might work
abnormally.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Minimum Fixed
Pump Optical Power
(dBm)

Maximum Fixed
Pump Optical Power
(dBm)


2806
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
The Upper Threshold

of RL to starting the
pump (dB)

The Lower Threshold

pump (dB)

The Upper Threshold

of RL alarm (dB)

loss alarm.
The Lower Threshold

of RL alarm (dB)

loss alarm.
Fiber Type
G652 Fiber, G653

Fiber, LEAF Fiber,
TWRS Fiber, TWC
Fiber, TWPLUS
Fiber, SMFLS Fiber,
G654B Fiber, G656
Fiber, G654A Fiber,
TERA_LIGHT Fiber

Default: G652 Fiber
Fiber Length(m)
0 to 4294967295
Default: /
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
NOTE
When the Raman amplifier module works in
gain locking or maximum gain mode, the fiber
type must be configured for the module. To
configure the fiber type, start the desired NE
Explorer, select the board and choose
Configuration > WDM Interface in the
navigation tree. The actual fiber type must be
the same as the fiber type specified in the Fiber/
Cable Management window.

kilometer range.
Enable OAMS Power

Monitoring
Disable, Enable
Default: Disable

Standard Value of
OAMS Power
Monitoring (dBm)
-60.0 to 50.0

Default: /

2807
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
OAMS Power
Abnormity
Threshold (dB)
0.5 to 10.0

OAMS function.
Working Mode
l OUT port:
Default:3
Gain locking,
Power locking
Default: Gain
locking
l LINE port:
Gain locking,
Maximum
power, Pump
power
Specifies the working mode for an optical

amplifier. For the OUT port, it specifies the
working mode of the EDFA module; for
the LINE port, it specifies the working
mode of the Raman amplifier module.
Features.
Default: Gain
locking
Power Value
-7 to 23
Channel Number
Mode
Default: 0

for the OUT port.
C80 Mode, C40

Mode, CWDM Mode

by the board.
Default: /
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
DCM Attenuation
Value

ASE Calibration
Uncalibrated,
Calibrated
Default: Uncalibrated
Displays whether the system has calibrated

the amplified spontaneous emission (ASE)
noise power of ALC-enabled RAU1
boards. The ALC function can correctly
adjust the optical amplifier gain on the link
only after the ASE noise power of the ALCenabled RAU1 boards are calibrated.

2808
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Launch Power (dBm)
-60.0 to 60.0

effects.
24.9.10 RAU1 Specifications

Table 24-85 Optical specifications of the RAU1 board
Item
RAU1
board
specific
ations
Unit
Value
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1529 to 1561
Gain range
dB
G.652 fibers
19 to 33
LEAF fibers
19 to 35
G.653 fibers
19 to 35
TWRS fibers
19 to 35
TW-C fibers
19 to 35
TWPLUS fibers
19 to 35
SMFLS fibers
19 to 35
G.656 fibers
19 to 35
G.654A fibers
19 to 33
TERA_LIGHT fibers
19 to 35
G.654B fibers
19 to 29
G.652 fibers
< 5.5 (19 dB gain)
Equivalent
noise figurea
dB
< 3.0 (22 dB gain)

< 1.5 (26 dB gain)
< 1.0 (30 dB gain)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2809
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
LEAF fibers
< 5.5 (19 dB gain)

< 3.0 (22 dB gain)
< 1.0 (26 dB gain)
< 0.5 (30 dB gain)
G.653 fibers
< 5.5 (19 dB gain)

< 3.0 (22 dB gain)
< 1.0 (26 dB gain)
< 0.5 (30 dB gain)
TWRS fibers
< 5.5 (19 dB gain)

< 3.0 (22 dB gain)
< 1.0 (26 dB gain)
< 0.5 (30 dB gain)
TW-C fibers
< 5.5 (19 dB gain)

< 3.0 (22 dB gain)
< 1.0 (26 dB gain)
< 0.5 (30 dB gain)
TWPLUS fibers
< 5.5 (19 dB gain)

< 3.0 (22 dB gain)
< 1.0 (26 dB gain)
< 0.5 (30 dB gain)
SMFLS fibers
< 5.5 (19 dB gain)

< 3.0 (22 dB gain)
< 1.0 (26 dB gain)
< 0.5 (30 dB gain)
G.656 fibers
< 5.5 (19 dB gain)

< 3.0 (22 dB gain)
< 1.0 (26 dB gain)
< 0.5 (30 dB gain)
G.654A fibers
< 5.5 (19 dB gain)

< 3.0 (22 dB gain)
< 1.0 (26 dB gain)
< 0.5 (30 dB gain)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2810
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
TERA_LIGHT fibers
< 5.5 (19 dB gain)

< 3.0 (22 dB gain)
< 1.0 (26 dB gain)
< 0.5 (30 dB gain)
G.654B fibers
< 5.5 (19 dB gain)

< 3.0 (22 dB gain)
< 1.0 (26 dB gain)
< 0.5 (30 dB gain)
Gain flatness
(LINE port to
OUT port)
dB
G.652 fibers
< 3.0
LEAF fibers
< 3.0
G.653 fibers
< 3.0
TWRS fibers
< 3.0
TW-C fibers
< 3.0
TWPLUS fibers
< 3.0
SMFLS fibers
< 3.0
G.656 fibers
< 3.0
G.654A fibers
< 3.0
TERA_LIGHT fibers
< 3.0
G.654B fibers
< 3.0
LINE port
input optical
power
dBm
-40 to 1
Max. OUT
port optical
power
dBm
20
Pump
wavelength
for the LINE
port
nm
1400 to 1500
Pump optical
power of the
LINE port
mW
>=700
PDG
dB
<= 0.7
PMD
ps
<= 0.7
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2811
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Raman
module
specific
ations
EDFA
specific
ations
Unit
Value
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1529 to 1561
Input optical
power
dBm
<= 1
Valid gainb
dB
G.652 fibers
5 to 10
LEAF fibers
5 to 12
G.653 fibers
5 to 12
TWRS fibers
5 to 12
TW-C fibers
5 to 12
TWPLUS fibers
5 to 12
SMFLS fibers
5 to 12
G.656 fibers
5 to 12
G.654A fibers
5 to 10
TERA_LIGHT fibers
5 to 12
G.654B fibers
5 to 6
SYS port
reflectance
dB
< -40
LINE port
reflectance
dB
< -40
PDG
dB
<= 0.5
PMD
ps
<= 0.5
Pump
wavelength
nm
1400 to 1500
Max. pump
optical power
mW
>=700
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1529 to 1561
Input optical
power
dBm
-30 to 6
Output
optical power
dBm
-7 to 20
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2812
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
Nominal
singlewavelength
input optical
power
dBm
40 channels: -10
Nominal
singlewavelength
output optical
power
dBm
Nominal gain
dB
14
Channel gain
dB
14 to 23
Gain flatness
dB
< 2.0
Multichannel gain
slope
dB/dB
< 2.0
PDG
dB
<= 0.5
PMD
ps
<= 0.5
Input
reflectance
dB
< -40
Output
reflectance
dB
< -40
VI-VO
Inherent
insertion lossc
dB
<= 1.5
VI-VO
Dynamic
attenuation
rangec
dB
15
VI-VO
Adjustment
accuracyc
dB
80 channels: -13
40 channels: 4
80 channels: 1
a: The gain can be adjusted continuously. The noise figure varies according to the gain. The previous table lists
the noise figure when the noise figure uses the typical value.
b: The gain of the Raman module can be set to the maximum value. The actual gain of the board is a variable and
depends on the fiber type and status.
c: Only the TN12RAU1 board supports.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2813
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l
(8.7 in.)
Weight
TN11RAU1: 2.5 kg (5.5 Ib.)
TN12RAU1: 1.75 kg (3.85 Ib.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11RAU1
55
70
TN12RAU1
35
52
24.10 RAU2
RAU2: backward raman and erbium doped Fiber hybrid optical amplifier Unit

The available functional versions of the RAU2 board are TN11 and TN12.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1R
A
U2

2814
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
2R
A
U2
When the RAU2 board is used in the OptiX OSN 3800 chassis, the TN23SCC board must be
used.
Type
Table 24-86 lists the types of the RAU2 board.
Table 24-86 Type description of the RAU2 board
Unit
Type
Description
RAU2
01
Adopts the backward pumping and optical amplification

technology.

l
Function
The TN12RAU2 board supports the line fiber quality monitoring function, fiber connection
detect (FCD), quick shutdown of the Raman laser, and safe turn-on of the Raman laser
while the TN11RAU2 board does not. For details, see 24.10.4 Functions and Features.
Appearance
The front panels of the TN11RAU2 and TN12RAU2 boards are different. On the front
panel of the TN12RAU2 board, there are the FCD button and indicator, interlock switch.
There is no such button, indicator, or switch on the front panel of the TN11RAU2 board.
For details, see 24.10.6 Front Panel.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2815
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11RAU2
TN12RAU
2
The TN12RAU2 board can be created as 11RAU2 on the

U2000. The board substitution does not require software
upgrade. After the board substitution, the board only has the
function of the TN11RAU2 board. That is, the board does not
support the line fiber quality monitoring function, FCD, quick
shutdown of the Raman laser, or safe turn-on of the Raman
laser, but supports the interlock switch function.
TN12RAU2
None


Hardware Update
Compared with the TN11RAU2 board, the TN12RAU2

board is newly added with functions such as the line fiber
quality monitoring function, fiber connection detection,
safe laser start detection, Raman laser fast shutdown, and
interlock switch.

Hardware Update


actual situation.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
The TN11RAU2 board, serving as a backward Raman and

EDFA hybrid unit, is added.

2816
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

24.10.3 Application
As a type of optical amplifier unit, the RAU2 board integrates a backward Raman unit, an EDFA
unit, and a VOA. Different from an EDFA, the RAU2 board improves system performance, and
amplifies optical signals at the receive end.
NOTICE
Always turn off the pump Raman laser of the RAU2 board before removing or inserting the fiber
to the RAU2.
Figure 24-44 shows two applications of the RAU2 board in a WDM system.
Figure 24-44 Position of the RAU2 board in the WDM system (OTM site)
OTU
M
U
X
OTU
OBU1
LINE
OUT
RC
IN
RM
SC1
TM
F
I
U
SYS
IN
D
M
U
X
OTU
IN
OUT
OTU
TM
IN
SYS
VO
OTU
VI VO
TC
TC
OTU
D
M
U
X
OUT
RAU2
F
I
U
VI
LINE
RM
OUT
RAU2
SC1
RC
OBU1
M
U
X
OTU
OTU
When the RAU2 board is used on the OptiX OSN 3800, the OptiX OSN 3800 must function as
an OLA site, as shown in Figure 24-45. The RAU2 board can be configured in only one direction.
In the other direction, the TN21FIU+OAU combination can be used.
Figure 24-45 Position of the RAU2 board in the WDM system (OptiX OSN 3800 as an OLA
site)
LINE
RC
OUT
RAU2
OUT
IN
VI
SYS
RM
VO
OUT
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
TM
SC2
TC
IN
RM2
TM1
F TM
I
U
RC
RM1
OUT
TM2 RM
OAU
IN

TC
F
I
U
IN
2817
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
When the RAU2 board works in gain mode, the FIU board connected to the SYS and IN ports on the RAU2
board must be TN14FIU.

The RAU2 board is mainly used for gain adjustment, online optical performance monitoring,
gain lock, and transient control.
Table 24-87 Functions and features of the RAU2 board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
l Integrates a backward Raman unit and an EDFA unit and amplifies

the input optical signals in C band. The total wavelengths range
from 1529 nm to 1561 nm.
l The TN12RAU2 board supports the interlock switch. The
interlock switch of a LINE port on the panel controls the poweron and power-off of the board and prevents eyes from being
injured by laser when an optical fiber is inserted into or removed
from the LINE port.
Gain adjustment
The RAU2 continuously adjusts the gain continuously based on the

l LEAF fibers: 32dB to 43dB
l TWRS fibers: 32dB to 43dB
l TW-C fibers: 32dB to 43dB
l TWPLUS fibers: 32dB to 43dB
l SMFLS fibers: 32dB to 43dB
l G.654A fibers: 30dB to 41dB
l TERA_LIGHT fibers: 32dB to 43dB
l G.654B fibers: 27dB to 37dB
NOTE
Users can separately configure the gain adjustment point for the Raman
amplifier and EDFA using the NMS.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2818
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Online optical
performance
monitoring

affecting traffic.
Working mode
The Raman amplifier optical module supports the gain locking,

maximum gain, and power locking modes.
l In gain locking mode. This mode applies to multi-span or singleshort-span systems that use G.652/G.653/LEAF/TWRS/TW-C/
TWPLUS/SMFLS/G.656/G.654A/TERA_LIGHT/G.654B
fibers. In addition, the gain of the Raman unit is tunable and users
can query the actual gain of the Raman unit.
l The maximum gain mode applies to ultra-long-single-span
systems that use G.652/G.653/LEAF/TWRS/TW-C/TWPLUS/
SMFLS/G.656/G.654A/TERA_LIGHT/G.654B fibers. In this
mode, the Raman amplifier module automatically adjusts its pump
power to ensure that its gain reaches the maximum value. In
addition, users can query the actual gain of the Raman amplifier
module.
l In the pump power mode. This mode applies to systems that use
any fibers but the G.652/G.653/LEAF/TWRS/TW-C/TWPLUS/
SMFLS/G.656/G.654A/TERA_LIGHT/G.654B fibers or to
situations in which the pump power of the Raman amplifier
module must be adjusted manually.
The EDFA optical module supports the gain locking and power
locking modes.
l In the gain locking mode, the gain of the EDFA module is tunable
and users can query the actual gain of the EDFA module. The gain
locking mode is enabled by default.
l The power locking mode is used for the commissioning and fault
location purposes.
Transient control
function
Alarms and
performance events
monitoring

l The EDFA optical module can detect and report optical power.
l The Raman amplifier optical module of the TN11RAU2 board
supports return loss detection.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2819
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Line fiber quality

monitoring function
The OTDR function can be used on the U2000. Monitoring figures

and data are displayed on the U2000. For details, see the Fiber Doctor
System in the Feature Description.
FCD function
The FCD button and indicator are provided. You can press the
FCD button on the front panel to trigger FCD. The detection process
and results can be identified by the FCD indicator blinking frequency
and indicator status. For details, see 24.10.6 Front Panel.
Safe turn-on of the

Raman laser
When the Raman laser is turned on, the OTDR meter function is
automatically enabled to detect fiber connections and therefore ensure
that the laser is properly started, avoiding fiber burning due to
inappropriate fiber connections.
If the Raman laser fails to be turned on, the line fiber quality
monitoring function can be used to further identify fault points.
Quick shutdown of
the Raman laser
The quick shutdown of the Raman laser is supported. When fiber

removal or fiber cut occurs within 500 m around the site where the
board housing the Raman laser is located, the pump light of the Raman
laser can be shut down within 100 ms.
Optical-layer ASON
Supported
NOTE
Only the TN12RAU2 board supports the following functions: line fiber quality monitoring function, FCD,
safe turn-on of the Raman laser, and quick shutdown of the Raman laser.
When the TN12RAU2 board is connected to an ERPC or ROP board, the line fiber quality monitoring,
FCD, safe Raman laser turn-on, and quick Raman laser shutdown functions cannot be normally used. In
this case, you must disable the safe Raman laser turn-on and quick Raman laser shutdown functions on
the NMS. If you have used the line fiber quality monitoring or FCD function, ignore the monitoring or
detection results of the function.

The RAU2 board consists of Raman optical module, EDFA optical module, OTDR drive and
receiving module, VOA, driving and detection module, control and communication module, and
Figure 24-46shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN11RAU2 board.
Figure 24-47 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN12RAU2 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2820
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


VI VO
MONS SYS
LINE
Signal
Signal
MONO
PAOUT
VOA
Pump light
Splitter
Pump source
Detection for
Pumping
current
control
TDC RDC
IN
OUT
Splitter
EDFA optical module
Detection
Driving
for
PIN
temperature current
Detection for
pump current
and temperature
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2821
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


MONS SYS
Signal
Signal
LINE
Detection light Reflected

light
Light
Receiver
source
VI VO
Pump light
Pump source
Splitter
IN
OTDR drive and

receiving module
MONO
PAOUT
V
O
A
OUT
Splitter
Detection for
Pumping
current
control
TDC RDC
Detection
for
temperature
EDFA optical module

Driving
PIN
current
Detection for
pump current
and temperature
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
DC power supply
from a backplane
Signal Flow
The pump source of the RAU2 board transmits pump light to the WDM side through the LINE
optical port. In addition, the RAU2 board receives a line optical signal through the LINE optical
port after the optical signal is amplified by distributed amplifiers on the line. Then the splitter
inside the Raman amplifier of the board splits the signal into two: One is the service signal and
is output through the SYS optical port on the board and the other is sent to a multi-channel
spectrum analyzer or test instrument through the MONS optical port for real-time performance
monitoring. The board sends the service signal to the EDFA module through the IN optical port.
The EDFA module performs power amplification and gain locking for the signal. Then the EDFA
module outputs the signal to the DCM module through the TDC optical port for dispersion
compensation and receives the signal again through the RDC optical port. The splitter inside the
EDFA module then splits the signal in two: One is the service signal and is finally output through
the OUT optical port. The other is sent to a multi-channel spectrum analyzer or test instrument
through the MONO optical port for real-time performance monitoring.
Before the multi-channel signal is sent to the IN optical port, it can be first sent to a VOA through
the VI optical port on the VOA for power adjustment. After the power adjustment, the signal is
output through the VO optical port on the VOA and then sent to the IN optical port.
For the TN12RAU2 board, the light source emits detection signals to the optical fiber through
the LINE optical port to monitor the line fiber quality. The Rayleigh scattering and Fresnel
reflection signals are sent back to the receiver. After the received optical signals are processed,
a fiber quality curve can be obtained. The fiber quality curve will display any abnormality in the
optical fiber.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2822
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module Function
l

MONS interface for spectrum detection and supervising.
EDFA optical module

The erbium-doped fiber that is excited by the pump light can amplify the optical signal
detection.
the MONO interface for detection.
OTDR drive and receiving module

Provides the OTDR light source modulation current.
Processes electrical signals from the receiver.
VOA

temperature of the pump laser.
Drives the pump laser.

Power supply module

24.10.6 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces, and laser hazard level label on the front panel of the RAU2
board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2823
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Figure 24-48 and Figure 24-49 show the front panel of the RAU2 board.
CAUTION
LAS
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
MONO MONS
OUT
IN
TDC RDC
VO
VI
SYS
LINE
RAU2
RAU2
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV

LASER RADIATION
Button
The FCD button is used to trigger fiber connection detect (FCD). The FCD results are indicated
by the FCD indicator color.
NOTE
When the FCD is normal, the FCD indicator is steady orange. If you press the FCD button again when the
FCD indicator is steady orange, an FCD task may be started again and the detection will be prolonged.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2824
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Indicators
l
Laser emission status indicator (LAS) - green
Fiber connection detection indicator (FCD) - triple-colored (red, orange, green)
Interfaces
Table 24-88lists the type and function of each interface.
Table 24-88 Types and functions of the interfaces on the RAU2 board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC
OUT
LC
TDC/RDC
LC

compensation.
MONO
LC

20 dB.
LINE
LSH/APC
Receives the line optical signal and sends the pump

light.
SYS
LC
Transmits the amplified signal to the FIU.
MONS
LC

The ratio of the MONS port power to the SYS port
power is 1:99. In other words, the MONS port power
follows: Psys (dBm) - Pmons (dBm) = 10 x lg(99/1) =
20 dB.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
VO
LC
Transmits the adjusted multiplexed signal.
VI
LC
Receives the multiplexed signal.

2825
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interlock Switch
Table 24-89 describes the mapping between the interlock switch status and the board status.
Table 24-89 Interlock switch status
Status
Description
If the cover of an interlock switch is open, the board is powered off
and the Raman laser is turned off. In such a case, an optical fiber can
be inserted or removed.
If the cover of an interlock switch is closed, the board is powered on,

and the Raman laser can be turned on through the U2000. In such a
case, insertion or removal of an optical fiber is forbidden.
Laser Hazard Level

RAU2: After the IPA function is enabled, the laser hazard level of the board is HAZARD LEVEL
1M, which indicates that the maximum power output by the optical port on the board ranges 10
dBm (10 mW) to 21.3 dBm (136 mW).
24.10.7 Valid Slots

Two slots house one RAU2.
Table 24-90shows the valid slots for the RAU2.
Table 24-90 Valid slots for the board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots

IU62-IU68
IU2-IU8, IU12-IU18
IU2-IU16

2826
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Valid Slots
IU2-IU17
IU2-IU4, IU11
NOTE
For OptiX OSN 8800:

the NM is IU2.
For OptiX OSN 6800:
the NM is IU2.
For OptiX OSN 3800:
the slot number of the RAU2 board displayed on the NM is the number of the upper one of the two slots.
l For example, if slots IU2 and IU3 house the RAU2 board, the slot number of the RAU2 displayed on the
NM is IU2.

Display of Optical Interface

Table 24-91 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the RAU2 board displayed on the NM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface on the NM
IN
PAOUTa
RDC
OUT
TDC
MONO
VI
VO
8
2827
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface on the NM
LINE
SYS
10
MONS
11
a: Virtual port.

For parameters of the RAU2, refer to Table 24-92.
Table 24-92 RAU2 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Optical Interface
Attenuation Ratio
(dB)
Value of Min.
Attenuation Rate
(dB) to Value of
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)
Default: Value of
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)

new project.
adjusted.
(dB) parameters.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2828
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Attenuation
difference (dB)
0.1

Default: none

dB.
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)

Min. Attenuation
Rate (dB)

Actual Band

board.
Actual Working
Band Parity

band of the board.
Configure Band

the board.
Default: C
Configure Working
Band Parity
All
Input Power Loss

Threshold (dBm)

MUT_LOS alarm.
Laser Status
Off, On

status of a board.
Default: All
Default:
l OUT port: On
l LINE port: Off
Fast Pump Laser
Shutdown upon Fiber
Cut
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Disabled, Enabled
Default: Enabled

band of the board.

more information.
Specifies whether to enable fast shutdown
of pump lasers when fiber cuts are detected.
NOTE
parameter.

2829
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Auto OTDR
Detection upon Pump
Laser Start
Disabled, Enabled
Specifies whether to enable automatic

OTDR detection when pump lasers are
started.
Default: Enabled
NOTE
parameter. When the automatic OTDR
detection function is disabled for the pump laser
on the TN12RAU2 board, the board cannot
detect whether the end faces of its fiber
connectors are contaminated. As a result, fiber
burning may occur if the pump laser is turned
on when the end face of a fiber connector on the
board is contaminated.
Gain (dB)

input power (dBm).
Nominal Gain (dB)
Value of Nominal
Gain Lower
Threshold (dB) to
Value of Nominal
Gain Upper
Threshold (dB)
module.

optical power.
parameters.
NOTE
RDC ports is larger than 11 dB, the actual gain
is displayed as an invalid value.
Nominal Gain Upper

Threshold (dB)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

queried.

2830
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Nominal Gain Lower

Threshold (dB)

Upper Threshold of
Actual Gain (dB)

NOTE
Lower Threshold of
Actual Gain (dB)

NOTE
Fixed Pump Optical

Power (dBm)
This parameter is available only when the

Working Mode is set to Pump power for
the LINE port.
the optical power of each wavelength on
the line.
If the fixed pump optical power value is
less than the minimum value or greater than
the maximum value, the board might work
abnormally.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Minimum Fixed
Pump Optical Power
(dBm)

Maximum Fixed
Pump Optical Power
(dBm)

The Upper Threshold

pump (dB)

The Lower Threshold

pump (dB)


2831
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
The Upper Threshold

of RL alarm (dB)

loss alarm.
The Lower Threshold

of RL alarm (dB)

loss alarm.
Rated Optical Power

(dBm)
-30 to 30


value is determined
when the system is
provisioned with 80
wavelengths and
varies according to
boards.

runs normally.
NOTE
For the LINE port, the rated optical power is
same as Nominal single wavelength input
optical power. For the OUT port, the rated
optical power is same as Nominal single
system.
Fiber Type
G652 Fiber, G653

Fiber, LEAF Fiber,
TWRS Fiber, TWC
Fiber, TWPLUS
Fiber, SMFLS Fiber,
G654B Fiber, G656
Fiber, , G654A Fiber,
TERA_LIGHT Fiber
Default: G652 Fiber
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

NOTE
When the Raman amplifier module works in
gain locking or maximum gain mode, the fiber
type must be configured for the module. To
configure the fiber type, start the desired NE
Explorer, select the board and choose
Configuration > WDM Interface in the
navigation tree. The actual fiber type must be
the same as the fiber type specified in the Fiber/
Cable Management window.

2832
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Fiber Length(m)
0 to 4294967295

kilometer range.
Default: /
Enable OAMS Power

Monitoring
Disable, Enable
Default: Disable

Standard Value of
OAMS Power
Monitoring (dBm)
-60.0 to 50.0

OAMS Power
Abnormity
Threshold (dB)
0.5 to 10.0
Working Mode
l OUT port:
Default: /
Default:3
Gain locking,
Power locking
Default: Gain
locking
l LINE port:
Gain locking,
Maximum
power, Pump
power

OAMS function.
Specifies the working mode for an optical
amplifier. For the OUT port, it specifies the
working mode of the EDFA module; for
the LINE port, it specifies the working
mode of the Raman amplifier module.
Features.
Default: Gain
locking
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2833
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Power Value
-7 to 23

for the OUT port.
Default: 0
Chromatic
Dispersion
Coefficient(ps/
(nm*km))
-15 to 30
Default: 0

coefficient of a fiber. This parameter must
be set according to the fiber type being in
use. Usually, the nominal fiber CD
coefficient is recommended for this
parameter.
systems.
Channel Number
Mode
C80 Mode, C40

Mode, CWDM Mode

by the board.
Default: /
DCM Attenuation
Value

ASE Calibration
Uncalibrated,
Calibrated
Default: Uncalibrated
Displays whether the system has calibrated

the amplified spontaneous emission (ASE)
noise power of ALC-enabled RAU2
boards. The ALC function can correctly
adjust the optical amplifier gain on the link
only after the ASE noise power of the ALCenabled RAU2 boards are calibrated.
Launch Power (dBm)
-60.0 to 60.0

effects.
24.10.10 RAU2 Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2834
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 24-93 Optical specifications of the RAU2 board
Item
RAU2
board
specific
ations
Unit
Value
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1529 to 1561
Gain range
dB
G.652 fibers
30 to 41
LEAF fibers
32 to 43
G.653 fibers
32 to 43
TWRS fibers
32 to 43
TW-C fibers
32 to 43
TWPLUS fibers
32 to 43
SMFLS fibers
32 to 43
G.656 fibers
32 to 43
G.654A fibers
30 to 41
TERA_LIGHT fibers
32 to 43
G.654B fibers
27 to 37
G.652 fibers
< 1.5 (30 dB gain)
LEAF fibers
< 1.0 (32 dB gain)
G.653 fibers
< 1.0 (32 dB gain)
TWRS fibers
< 1.0 (32 dB gain)
TW-C fibers
< 1.0 (32 dB gain)
TWPLUS fibers
< 1.0 (32 dB gain)
SMFLS fibers
< 1.0 (32 dB gain)
G.656 fibers
< 1.0 (32 dB gain)
G.654A fibers
< 1.5 (30 dB gain)
TERA_LIGHT fibers
< 1.0 (32 dB gain)
G.654B fibers
< 4.0 (27 dB gain)
G.652 fibers
< 3.0
LEAF fibers
< 3.0
G.653 fibers
< 3.0
Equivalent
noise figurea
Gain flatness
(LINE port to
OUT port)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
dB
dB

2835
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Raman
module
specific
ations
Unit
Value
TWRS fibers
< 3.0
TW-C fibers
< 3.0
TWPLUS fibers
< 3.0
SMFLS fibers
< 3.0
G.656 fibers
< 3.0
G.654A fibers
< 3.0
TERA_LIGHT fibers
< 3.0
G.654B fibers
< 3.0
LINE port
input optical
power
dBm
-42 to -2
Max. OUT
port optical
power
dBm
20
Pump
wavelength
for the LINE
port
nm
1400 to 1500
Pump optical
power of the
LINE port
nW
>=700
PDG
dB
<= 0.7
PMD
ps
<= 0.7
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1529 to 1561
Input optical
power
dBm
<= 2
Valid gainb
dB
G.652 fibers
5 to 10
LEAF fibers
5 to 12
G.653 fibers
5 to 12
TWRS fibers
5 to 12
TW-C fibers
5 to 12
TWPLUS fibers
5 to 12
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2836
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
EDFA
specific
ations
Unit
Value
SMFLS fibers
5 to 12
G.656 fibers
5 to 12
G.654A fibers
5 to 10
TERA_LIGHT fibers
5 to 12
G.654B fibers
5 to 6
SYS port
reflectance
dB
< -40
LINE port
reflectance
dB
< -40
PDG
dB
<= 0.5
PMD
ps
<= 0.5
Pump
wavelength
nm
1400 to 1500
Max. pump
optical power
mW
>=700
Operating
wavelength
range
nm
1529 to 1561
Input optical
power
dBm
-32 to 0
Output
optical power
dBm
-1 to 20
Nominal
singlewavelength
input optical
power
dBm
40 channels: -16
Nominal
singlewavelength
output optical
power
dBm
Nominal gain
dB
20
Channel gain
dB
20 to 31
Gain flatness
dB
< 2.0
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
80 channels: -19
40 channels: 4
80 channels: 1

2837
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
Multichannel gain
slope
dB/dB
< 1.0 0.5
VI-VO
Inherent
insertion loss
dB
<= 1.5
VI-VO
Dynamic
attenuation
range
dB
15
VI-VO
Adjustment
accuracy
dB
PDG
dB
<= 0.5
PMD
ps
<= 0.5
Input
reflectance
dB
< -40
Output
reflectance
dB
< -40
a: The gain can be adjusted continuously. The noise figure varies according to the gain. The previous table lists
the noise figure when the noise figure uses the typical value.
b: The gain of the Raman module can be set to the maximum value. The actual gain of the board is a variable and
depends on the fiber type and status.
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight
TN11RAU2: 2.58 kg (5.69 Ib.)
TN12RAU2: 1.75 kg (3.85 Ib.)
Power Consumption
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11RAU2
55
70
TN12RAU2
35
52

2838
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2839
25 Cross-Connect Board and System and Communication

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

25
Cross-Connect Board and System and

Communication Board
About This Chapter

25.1 Overview
A cross-connect board establishes physical channels for electrical signals on service boards
inside a subrack, and grooms electrical signals by working with the service boards. The system
control and communication board is the control center for the equipment. It helps the NM system
to manage the boards of the equipment and enables the equipment to communicate with each
other.
25.2 USXH
USXH: 6.4T Universal Cross Connect Board
25.3 UXCT
UXCT: 6.4T Universal Cross Connect Board
25.4 SXM
SXM: OptiX OSN 8800 T64 centralized cross connect board
25.5 SXH
SXH: OptiX OSN 8800 T64 centralized cross connect board
25.6 XCT
XCT: OptiX OSN 8800 T64 centralized cross connect board
25.7 TN52UXCM
TN52UXCM: 3.2T Universal Cross Connect Board
25.8 XCM
XCM: Cross & connect process board (Support highcross and low-cross)
25.9 UXCH
UXCH: 3.2T Universal Cross Connect Board
25.10 XCH
XCH: OptiX OSN 8800 T32 centralized cross connect board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2840

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

25.11 TN16XCH
TN16XCH: high cross-connection, system control and clock processing board
25.12 TN16UXCM
TN16UXCM: 1.6T Universal Cross Connect, System Control and Clock Processing Board
25.13 XCS
XCS: centralized cross connect board
25.14 SCC
SCC: system control and communication board
25.15 AUX
AUX: system auxiliary interface board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2841
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
25.1 Overview
A cross-connect board establishes physical channels for electrical signals on service boards
inside a subrack, and grooms electrical signals by working with the service boards. The system
control and communication board is the control center for the equipment. It helps the NM system
to manage the boards of the equipment and enables the equipment to communicate with each
other.
Positions of Cross-Connect Boards in a WDM System

Figure 25-1 shows the positions of cross-connect boards in a WDM system.
Figure 25-1 Positions of cross-connect boards in a WDM system
Cross-connect board
Clientside
OTN
Tributary
board
OTN/Universal
line board
ODUk
Clientside
OTN/Universal
line board
Packet
service
board
Packet
service
board
Packet/Universal
line board
Packet
Packet/Universal
line board
OCS
board
Clientside
WDM
side
OCS/Universal
line board
VC-n
OCS/Universal
line board
WDM
side
Line
side
Client service add/dropped from the

WDM/line-side
Pass-through WDM service
Pass-through client service
Mapping Between Cross-Connect Boards and Subrack Types
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Subrack Type
Cross-Connect Board
Cross-Connect Capacity
General 8800
T64 Subrack
TNK4SXH, TNK2SXH,
TNK4SXM, TNK2SXM,
TNK4XCT, and TNK2XCT
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 CrossConnect Capacities

2842
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Subrack Type
Cross-Connect Board
Cross-Connect Capacity
Enhanced 8800
T64 Subrack
TNK2USXH, TNK2UXCT,
TNK4SXH, TNK4SXM, and
TNK4XCT
General 8800
T32 Subrack
TN52UXCH, TN52UXCM,
TN52XCH, and TN52XCM
8800 T16
Subrack
TN16XCHa, and TN16UXCMa
6800 Subrack
TN12XCS and TN11XCS
OptiX OSN 6800 Cross-Connect

Capacities
Enhanced 8800
T32 Subrack
a: The TN16UXCM/TN16XCH has integrated with the functions of a cross-connect board,

system control board, and clock board.
Mapping Between System Control and Communication Board and Subrack Types
Product
Board
Enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 Subrack
TNK2SCC
General OptiX OSN 8800 T64 Subrack
TNK2SCC
TN52SCC
TN51SCC and TN52SCC
OptiX OSN 8800 T16 Subrack
TN16SCC
OptiX OSN 8800 Universal Platform

Subrack
TN52SCC
TN11SCC, TN51SCC and TN52SCC
TN22SCC and TN23SCC.

NOTE
Only the TN23SCC board supports the boards and
features newly added to the OptiX OSN 3800
V100R007C00 version and later versions; the
TN22SCC board does not.
Mapping Between System Auxiliary Interface Board and Subrack Types
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Board
TN52AUX

2843

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Board
TN51AUX/TN52AUX
TN52AUX
TN51AUX/TN52AUX
TN16AUX
TN11AUX/TN12AUX
TN21AUX/TN22AUX
25.2 USXH
USXH: 6.4T Universal Cross Connect Board

The available functional version of the USXH board is TNK2. The USXH board is only used
on the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack.

Huawei office.
Boa
rd
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
K2
US
XH

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2844

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
Added the TNK2USXH board.
The TNK2USXH board applies to the OptiX OSN 8800

T64 enhanced subrack to support up to 1.28 Tbit/s VC-4
cross-connections. The TNK2USXH board can work with
the UXCT board to cross-connect a maximum of 6.4 Tbit/
s ODUk (k = 0/1/2/2e/3/4/flex) signals.
25.2.3 Application
As a type of cross-connect unit, the USXH board cross-connects services. The USXH board
applies to enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subracks.
For the position of the USXH board in the system, see Figure 25-2 and Figure 25-3.
Independent use of the USXH board

Figure 25-2 Position of the USXH board in the OCS system
1
SLO16
STM-16
SLD64
SLD64
USXH
USXH
SLD64
SLD64
STM-16
SLO16
Joint use of the USXH board and the UXCT board

Figure 25-3 Position of the USXH board in the WDM system
G.694.1
G.694.1
NS2
100Mbit/s2.5Gbit/s
TOM
MUX
DMUX 4
NS2
4
UXCT USXH
NS2
Client side
DMUX
WDM side
MUX 4
UXCT USXH
TOM
100Mbit/s2.5Gbit/s
NS2
WDM side
Client side
NOTE
For a subrack with USXH boards but without UXCT boards, the UXCT boards must be installed if ODUk
transmission is required. When adding the UXCT boards, install the physical UXCT boards before creating their
logical boards; otherwise, the existing SDH services on the subrack will be interrupted.

The USXH board is mainly used to cross-connect services at the electrical layer.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2845
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board

Table 25-1 Functions and features of the USXH board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Grooms services.
Cross-connect
function
Supports a maximum of 1.28 Tbit/s VC-4 cross-connect grooming.

Supports a maximum of 6.4 Tbit/s ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, 4 or flex)
cross-connect grooming when the USXH board is jointly used with
the UXCT board.
Supports hybrid transmission of the above-mentioned services with
the maximum cross-connect capacity of 6.4 Tbit/s.
Protection scheme
l Supports cross-connection 1+1 protection.

l provides 1+1 hot backup.
l provides 1+1 warm backup.
Switching mode
Supports manual switching and auto switching.

Supports non-revertive switching.
Electrical-layer
ASON
Supported

The USXH board consists of the cross-connect module, control and communication module,
Figure 25-4 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the USXH board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2846

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 25-4 Functional modules and signal flow of the USXH board
ODU0/ODU1/ODU2/ODU2e/
ODU3/ODU4/ODUflex/VC-4
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Module Function
l
The cross-connect module receives data of each service board through the backplane,
performs electrical grooming of the VC-4/ODUk (k=0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, 4, or flex) service, and
then sends the service to each service board. In this manner, the cross-connect module
implements service cross-connection.

Power supply module

25.2.6 Front Panel

There are indicators on the front panel of the USXH board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2847

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Figure 25-5 shows the front panel of the USXH board.
Figure 25-5 Front panel of the USXH board
USXH
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
USXH
NOTICE
: Indicates that the board surface temperature is high and it may cause bodily injuries.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2848
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Indicators
l
Interfaces
The USXH board does not provide external interfaces.
25.2.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one USXH board.
Table 25-2 shows the valid slots for the USXH board.
Table 25-2 Valid slots for the USXH board
Product
Valid Slots
Enhanced OptiX OSN

8800 T64 subrack
IU10, IU44
25.2.8 USXH Specifications

Specifications include dimensions, weight, and power consumption.
l
Dimensions of front panel: 34.1 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 602.5 mm (H) or 1.4 in. (W) x
8.7 in. (D) x 23.7 in. (H)
Power Consumption
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup
(Room
Temperature)
(W)
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup (High
Temperature)
a (W)
Typical Power
Consumption
at Room
Temperature
(W)
Maximum
Power
Consumption
a (W)
TNK2USXH
+TNK2UXCT
169
186
630-7.4 x (64-n)
693-8.1 x (64-n)

2849

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup
(Room
Temperature)
(W)
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup (High
Temperature)
a (W)
Typical Power
Consumption
at Room
Temperature
(W)
Maximum
Power
Consumption
a (W)
NOTE
When the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack grooms electrical-layer signals through the backplane, the USXH
and UXCT must be configured.
"n" is equal to the total number of tributary, line, and PID boards housed in a subrack.
25.3 UXCT
UXCT: 6.4T Universal Cross Connect Board

The available functional version of the UXCT board is TNK2. The UXCT board is only used
on the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 Subrack.

Huawei office.
Boa
rd
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
K2
UX
CT

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2850
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board

Hardware Update
Added the TN52UXCT board.
The TN52UXCT board applies to the OptiX OSN 8800 T64

enhanced subrack. The TN52UXCT board can work with
the USXH board to cross-connect a maximum of 6.4 Tbit/
s ODUk (k = 0/1/2/2e/3/4/flex) signals.
25.3.3 Application
As a type of cross-connect unit, the UXCT board works with the USXH board to cross-connect
ODUk signals. The UXCT board applies to enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subracks.
For the position of the UXCT board in the WDM system, see Figure 25-6.
Figure 25-6 Position of the UXCT board in the WDM system
G.694.1
G.694.1
NS2
100Mbit/s2.5Gbit/s
TOM
MUX
DMUX 4
NS2
4
UXCT USXH
NS2
Client side
DMUX
MUX 4
WDM side
UXCT USXH
TOM
100Mbit/s2.5Gbit/s
NS2
WDM side
Client side
NOTE
For a subrack with USXH boards but without UXCT boards, the UXCT boards must be installed if ODUk
transmission is required. When adding the UXCT boards, install the physical UXCT boards before creating their
logical boards; otherwise, the existing SDH services on the subrack will be interrupted.

The UXCT board is mainly used to cross-connect services at the electrical layer.
Table 25-3 Functions and features of the UXCT board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Grooms services.
Cross-connect
function
Supports a maximum of 6.4 Tbit/s ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, 4 or flex)

cross-connect grooming when the UXCT board is jointly used with
the USXH board.

2851

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Protection scheme

Switching mode

Electrical-layer
ASON
Supported

The UXCT board consists of the cross-connect module, control and communication module,
Figure 25-7 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the UXCT board.
Figure 25-7 Functional modules and signal flow of the UXCT board
ODU3/ODU4/ODUflex
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
2852
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Module Function
l
performs electrical grooming of the ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, 4 or flex) service, and then
sends the service to each service board. In this manner, the cross-connect module

Power supply module

25.3.6 Front Panel

There are indicators on the front panel of the UXCT board.

Figure 25-8 shows the front panel of the UXCT board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2853
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Figure 25-8 Front panel of the UXCT board
UXCT
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
UXCT
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2854

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTICE
Indicators
l
Interfaces
The UXCT board does not provide external interfaces.
25.3.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one UXCT board.
Table 25-4 shows the valid slots for the UXCT board.
Table 25-4 Valid slots for the UXCT board
Product
Valid Slots
Enhanced OptiX OSN

8800 T64 subrack
IU9, IU43
25.3.8 UXCT Specifications

l
8.7 in. (D) x 23.7 in. (H)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2855
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Power Consumption
Board
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup
(Room
Temperature)
(W)
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup (High
Temperature)
a (W)
Typical Power
Consumption
at Room
Temperature
(W)
Maximum
Power
Consumption
a (W)
TNK2USXH
+TNK2UXCT
169
186
630-7.4 x (64-n)
693-8.1 x (64-n)
NOTE
When the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack grooms electrical-layer signals through the backplane, the USXH
and UXCT must be configured.
25.4 SXM
SXM: OptiX OSN 8800 T64 centralized cross connect board

The available functional versions of the SXM board are TNK2 and TNK4. The SXM board is
only used on the OptiX OSN 8800 T64.

Huawei office.
Boa
rd
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
K2
SX
M
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2856

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Boa
rd
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
K4
SX
M

The specifications vary according to versions. For details, see 25.4.8 SXM Specifications.
Table 25-5 Substitution rules of the SXM board
Original Board
Substitute Board
Substitution Rules
TNK2SXM
TNK4SXM
The TNK4SXM can be created as K2SXM on the NMS. The

upgrade. After substitution, the TNK4SXM functions as the
TNK2SXM.
TNK4SXM
None
None


Hardware Update
Added the TNK4SXM board.
Compared with the TNK2SXM board, the TNK4SXM

board has lower power consumption.
25.4.3 Application
As a type of cross-connect unit, the SXM board cross-connects services. The SXM board applies
to OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subracks.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2857
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
For the position of the SXM board in the system, see Figure 25-9 and Figure 25-10.
Independent use of the SXM board

Figure 25-9 Position of the SXM board in the OCS system
SLO1
6
STM-16
SLQ6
4
SLQ6
4
1
SXM
SLO1
6
SXM
SLQ6
4
SLQ6
4
STM-16
Joint use of the SXM board and the XCT board

Figure 25-10 Position of the SXM board in the WDM system
G.694.
1
G.694.
1
NS2
100Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s
TOM
XCT
MUX
DMUX 4
SXM
NS2
DMUX
MUX 4
WDM side
Client side
NS2
SXM
XCT
TOM
100Mbit/s
2.5Gbit/s
NS2
WDM side
Client side
NOTICE
For a subrack with SXH/SXM boards but without XCT boards, the XCT boards must be installed
if ODUk transmission is required. When adding the XCT boards, install the physical XCT boards
before creating their logical boards; otherwise, the existing SDH services on the subrack will be
interrupted.

The SXM board is mainly used to cross-connect services at the electrical layer.
Table 25-6 Functions and features of the SXM board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Grooms services.
2858
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Function and
Feature
Description
Cross-connect
function

Supports a maximum of 80 Gbit/s lower-order VC-12 and VC-3
cross-connect grooming.
Supports a maximum of 2.56 Tbit/s ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3 or flex)
cross-connect grooming when the SXM board is jointly used with the
XCT board.
Protection scheme

Switching mode

Electrical-layer
ASON
Supported

The SXM board consists of the cross-connect module, control and communication module, and
Figure 25-11 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the SXM board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2859

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 25-11 Functional modules and signal flow of the SXM board
VC-12/VC-3/VC-4/ODU0/ODU1/ODU2/
ODU2e/ODU3/ODUflex
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Module Function
l
performs electrical grooming of the VC-4/VC-3/VC-12/ODUk (k=0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, flex)
service, and then sends the service to each service board. In this manner, the cross-connect
module implements service cross-connection.

Power supply module

25.4.6 Front Panel

There are indicators on the front panel of the SXM board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2860
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board

Figure 25-12 shows the front panel of the SXM board.
Figure 25-12 Front panel of the SXM board
SXM
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
SXM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2861

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTICE
Indicators
l
Interfaces
The SXM board does not provide external interfaces.
25.4.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one SXM board.
Table 25-7 shows the valid slots for the TNK2SXM board.
Table 25-7 Valid slots for the TNK2SXM board
Product
Valid Slots
General OptiX OSN 8800

T64 subrack
IU10, IU44
Table 25-8 shows the valid slots for the TNK4SXM board.
Table 25-8 Valid slots for the TNK4SXM board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots

T64 subrack
IU10, IU44
Enhanced OptiX OSN

8800 T64 subrack
IU10, IU44

2862

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

25.4.8 SXM Specifications

TNK2SXM:
l
8.7 in. (D) x 23.7 in. (H)
TNK4SXM:
l
8.7 in. (D) x 23.7 in. (H)
Weight: 3.00 kg (6.59 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup
(Room
Temperature)
(W)
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup (High
Temperature)
a (W)
Typical Power
Consumption
at Room
Temperature
(W)
Maximum
Power
Consumption
a (W)
TNK2SXM
+TNK2XCT
190
209
530-3.6 x (64-n)
583-3.6 x (64-n)
TNK4SXM
+TNK4XCT
97
107
188-1.2 x (64-n)
207-1.32 x (64n)
TNK2SXM
+TNK4XCT
173
190
378-2.5 x (64-n)
416-2.5 x (64-n)
TNK4SXM
+TNK2XCT
114
125
324-2.5 x (64-n)
356-2.5 x (64-n)
NOTE
When the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack grooms electrical-layer signals through the backplane, the SXM
and XCT must be configured.
25.5 SXH
SXH: OptiX OSN 8800 T64 centralized cross connect board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2863

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The available functional versions of the SXH board are TNK2 and TNK4. The SXH board is

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Gener
al 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Gener
al 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N
K2
S
X
H
T
N
K4
S
X
H

The specifications vary according to versions. For details, see 25.5.8 SXH Specifications.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Original
Board
Substitute Board
Substitution Rules
TNK2SXH
TNK4SXH
The TNK4SXH can be created as K2SXH on the

the TNK4SXH functions as the TNK2SXH.
TNK4SXH
None
None

2864

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


reasons for the updates and the corresponding information updates. Any product versions that
are not listed in the document means that they have no hardware updates.

Hardware Update
Added the TNK4SXH board.
Compared with the TNK2SXH board, the TNK4SXH

25.5.3 Application
As a type of cross-connect unit, the SXH board cross-connects services. The SXH board applies
to OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subracks.
For the position of the SXH board in the system, see Figure 25-13 and Figure 25-14.
Independent use of the SXH board

Figure 25-13 Position of the SXH board in the OCS system
1
SLO16
STM-16
SLQ64
SLQ64
SXH
SLQ64
SLQ64
STM-16
SLO16
SXH
Joint use of the SXH board and the XCT board

Figure 25-14 Position of the SXH board in the WDM system
G.694.1
G.694.1
NS2
100Mbit/s2.5Gbit/s
TOM
XCT
SXH
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
MUX
DMUX 4
NS2
4
4
NS2
Client side
DMUX
WDM side
MUX 4
XCT
TOM
100Mbit/s2.5Gbit/s
NS2
WDM side

SXH
Client side
2865

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTICE
interrupted.

The SXH board is mainly used to cross-connect services at the electrical layer.
Table 25-9 Functions and features of the SXH board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Grooms services.
Cross-connect
function
Protection scheme

cross-connect grooming when the SXH board is jointly used with the
XCT board.

Switching mode

Electrical-layer
ASON
Supported

The SXH board consists of the cross-connect module, control and communication module, and
Figure 25-15 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the SXH board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2866

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 25-15 Functional modules and signal flow of the SXH board
VC-4/ODU0/ODU1/ODU2/
ODU2e/ODU3/ODUflex
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Module Function
l
performs electrical grooming of the VC-4/ODUk (k=0, 1, 2, 2e, 3 or flex) service, and then
sends the service to each service board. In this manner, the cross-connect module

Power supply module

25.5.6 Front Panel

There are indicators on the front panel of the SXH board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2867

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Figure 25-16 shows the front panel of the SXH board.
Figure 25-16 Front panel of the SXH board
SXH
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
SXH
NOTICE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2868

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Indicators
l
Interfaces
The SXH board does not provide external interfaces.
25.5.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one SXH board.
Table 25-10 shows the valid slots for the TNK2SXH board.
Table 25-10 Valid slots for the TNK2SXH board
Product
Valid Slots

T64 subrack
IU10, IU44
Table 25-11 shows the valid slots for the TNK4SXH board.
Table 25-11 Valid slots for the TNK4SXH board
Product
Valid Slots

T64 subrack
IU10, IU44
Enhanced OptiX OSN

8800 T64 subrack
IU10, IU44
25.5.8 SXH Specifications

TNK2SXH:
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2869

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

8.7 in. (D) x 23.7 in. (H)
Weight: 3.74 kg (8.1lb.)
TNK4SXH:
l
8.7 in. (D) x 23.7 in. (H)
Weight: 2.68 kg (5.8Ib.)
Power Consumption
Board
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup
(Room
Temperature)
(W)
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup (High
Temperature)
a (W)
Typical Power
Consumption
at Room
Temperature
(W)
Maximum
Power
Consumption
a (W)
TNK2SXH
+TNK2XCT
130
143
470-3.6 x (64-n)
517-3.6 x (64-n)
TNK4SXH
+TNK4XCT
95
105
169-1.2 x (64-n)
186-1.32 x (64n)
TNK2SXH
+TNK4XCT
113
124
318-2.5 x (64-n)
350-2.5 x (64-n)
TNK4SXH
+TNK2XCT
112
123
321-2.5 x (64-n)
353-2.5 x (64-n)
NOTE
When the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack grooms electrical-layer signals through the backplane, the SXH
and XCT must be configured.
25.6 XCT
XCT: OptiX OSN 8800 T64 centralized cross connect board

The available functional versions of the XCT board are TNK2 and TNK4. The XCT board is
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2870

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Huawei office.
Boa
rd
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
K2
XC
T
TN
K4
XC
T

The specifications vary according to versions. For details, see 25.6.8 XCT Specifications.
Original
Board
Substitute Board
Substitution Rules
TNK2XCT
TNK4XCT
The TNK4XCT can be created as K2XCT on the

the TNK4XCT functions as the TNK2XCT.
TNK4XCT
None
None

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2871
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board

Hardware Update
Added the TNK4XCT board.
Compared with the TNK2XCT board, the TNK4XCT

25.6.3 Application
As a type of cross-connect unit, the XCT board is used with the SXH/SXM board to implement
cross-connect grooming. The XCT board applies to OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subracks.
For the position of the XCT board in the WDM system, see Figure 25-17.
Figure 25-17 Position of the XCT board in the WDM system
G.694.1
G.694.1
NS2
100Mbit/s2.5Gbit/s
TOM
XCT
SXH
/
SXM
MUX
DMUX 4
4
NS2
DMUX
MUX 4
WDM side
Client side
NS2
SXH
XCT
/
SXM
TOM
100Mbit/s2.5Gbit/s
NS2
WDM side
Client side
NOTICE
interrupted.

The XCT board is mainly used to cross-connect services at the electrical layer.
Table 25-12 Functions and features of the XCT board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Grooms services.
Cross-connect
function

cross-connect grooming when the XCT board is jointly used with the
SXM/SXH board.
2872

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Protection scheme

Switching mode

Electrical-layer
ASON
Supported

The XCT board consists of the cross-connect module, control and communication module, and
Figure 25-18 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the XCT board.
Figure 25-18 Functional modules and signal flow of the XCT board
ODU0/ODU1/ODU2/ODU2e/ODU3/ODUflex
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
2873
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Module Function
l
performs electrical grooming of the ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, flex) service, and then sends
the service to each service board. In this manner, the cross-connect module implements

Power supply module

25.6.6 Front Panel

There are indicators on the front panel of the XCT board.

Figure 25-19 shows the front panel of the XCT board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2874
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Figure 25-19 Front panel of the XCT board
XCT
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
XCT
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2875

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTICE
Indicators
l
Interfaces
The XCT board does not provide external interfaces.
25.6.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one XCT board.
Table 25-13 shows the valid slots for the TNK2XCT board.
Table 25-13 Valid slots for the TNK2XCT board
Product
Valid Slots

T64 subrack
IU9, IU43
Table 25-14 shows the valid slots for the TNK4XCT board.
Table 25-14 Valid slots for the TNK4XCT board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots

T64 subrack
IU9, IU43
Enhanced OptiX OSN

8800 T64 subrack
IU9, IU43

2876
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
25.6.8 XCT Specifications

TNK2XCT:
l
Dimensions of front panel: 34.1 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 602.5 mm (H) (1.4 in. (W) x 8.7
in. (D) x 23.7 in. (H))
TNK4XCT:
l
Dimensions of front panel: 34.1 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 602.5 mm (H) (1.4 in. (W) x 8.7
in. (D) x 23.7 in. (H))
Power Consumption
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup
(Room
Temperature)
(W)
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup (High
Temperature)
a (W)
Typical Power
Consumption
at Room
Temperature
(W)
Maximum
Power
Consumption
a (W)
TNK2SXM
+TNK2XCT
190
209
530-3.6 x (64-n)
583-3.6 x (64-n)
TNK2SXH
+TNK2XCT
130
143
470-3.6 x (64-n)
517-3.6 x (64-n)
TNK4SXM
+TNK4XCT
97
107
188-1.2 x (64-n)
207-1.32 x (64n)
TNK4SXH
+TNK4XCT
95
105
169-1.2 x (64-n)
186-1.32 x (64n)
TNK2SXM
+TNK4XCT
173
190
378-2.5 x (64-n)
416-2.5 x (64-n)
TNK4SXM
+TNK2XCT
114
125
324-2.5 x (64-n)
356-2.5 x (64-n)
TNK2SXH
+TNK4XCT
113
124
318-2.5 x (64-n)
350-2.5 x (64-n)
TNK4SXH
+TNK2XCT
112
123
321-2.5 x (64-n)
353-2.5 x (64-n)

2877

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup
(Room
Temperature)
(W)
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup (High
Temperature)
a (W)
Typical Power
Consumption
at Room
Temperature
(W)
Maximum
Power
Consumption
a (W)
NOTE
When the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack grooms electrical-layer signals through the backplane, the
SXM/SXH and XCT must be configured.
25.7 TN52UXCM
TN52UXCM: 3.2T Universal Cross Connect Board

Only one functional version of the TN52UXCM board is available, that is TN52.

Huawei office.
Boa
rd
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
52U
XC
M

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2878

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update

TN52UXCM boards in the
subrack. The use of the two new
boards increases the OTN
subrack from 1.28 Tbit/s to 2.56
Tbit/s and supports grooming
of 640 Gbit/s packet services
and 80 Gbit/s VC-3/VC-12
services.

Hardware Update
Added the TN52UXCM board.
The TN52UXCM board applies to the OptiX OSN 8800

T32 enhanced subrack to cross-connect 3.2 Tbit/s ODUk (k
= 0/1/2/2e/3/4/flex) signals, 1.28 Tbit/s VC4 signals, and
80 Gbit/s VC-3/VC-12 signals and to switch 1.6 Tbit/s
Ethernet packet services.
25.7.3 Application
The TN52UXCM board is a cross-connect board. It implements cross-connections of ODUk
(k=0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, 4, flex)/VC-4/VC-3/VC-12 services and packet switching of Ethernet
services. The TN52UXCM board applies to enhanced and general OptiX OSN 8800 T32
subracks.
For the position of the TN52UXCM in the OCS system, see Figure 25-20.
For the position of the TN52UXCM in the WDM system, see Figure 25-21 and Figure 25-22.
Figure 25-20 Position of the TN52UXCM in the OCS system
1
SLO16
STM-16
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
SLQ64
SLQ64
UXCM
UXCM
SLQ64
SLQ64

STM-16
SLO16
2879
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Figure 25-21 Position of the TN52UXCM in the WDM system (ODUk cross-connect)
G.694.1
G.694.1
4
NS2
100Mbit/s2.5Gbit/s
UXCM
TOM
DMUX 4
NS2
4
4
NS2
Client side
MUX
DMUX
MUX 4
UXCM
TOM
NS2
WDM side
WDM side
100Mbit/s2.5Gbit/s
Client side
Figure 25-22 Position of the TN52UXCM in the WDM system (Packet switch)
G.694.1
G.694.1
MUX
GE
EG16
UXCM
PND2
PND2
DMUX
Client side
DMUX
UXCM
EG16
GE
MUX
WDM side
WDM side
Client side

The main function and feature of the UXCM is the cross-connection at the electrical layer.
Table 25-15 Functions and features of the TN52UXCM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Grooms services.

2880

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Cross-connect
functions
Enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack:

l Cross-connects a maximum of 3.2 Tbit/s ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e,
3, 4 or flex) signals.
l Performs packet switching of a maximum of 1.6 Tbit/s Ethernet
services.
l Cross-connects a maximum of 1.28 Tbit/s VC-4 signals.
l Cross-connects a maximum of 80 Gbit/s VC-3/VC-12 signals.
l Supports hybrid transmission of the above-mentioned services
with the maximum cross-connect capacity of 3.2 Tbit/s.
General OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack:
l Performs packet switching of a maximum of 640 Gbit/s Ethernet
services.
l Cross-connects a maximum of 80 Gbit/s VC-3/VC-12 signals.
Protection scheme

Switching mode
Supports the manual switching and auto switching.

Supports the non-revertive switching.
Electrical-layer
ASON
Supported

The TN52UXCM board consists of the ODUk/VC cross-connect module, packet switch module,
Figure 25-23 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the UXCM.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2881

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 25-23 Functional modules and signal flow of the UXCM

ODU0/ODU1/ODU2/ODU2e
/ODU3/ODU4/ODUflex/VC4/VC-3/VC-12
Packets
ODUk/VC
cross-connect module
Packet switch module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Module Function
l
ODUk/VC cross-connect module

The cross-connect module receives the data from each service board through the backplane
to implement the electrical-layer grooming of ODUk (k= 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, 4 or flex) signals
or VC-4/VC-3/VC-12 signals. Then, the cross-connect module sends the signals to each
service board to complete service cross-connection.

The packet switch module receives packets from the packet processing boards through the
backplane and sends services to the packet processing boards. In this manner, the packet
switch module implements packet switching of Ethernet services.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2882

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power supply module

25.7.6 Front Panel

There are indicators on the TN52UXCM front panel.

Figure 25-24 shows the TN52UXCM front panel.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2883

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 25-24 TN52UXCM front panel
UXCM
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
UXCM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2884

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTICE
Indicators
l
Interfaces
The TN52UXCM does not provide external interfaces.
25.7.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one UXCM board.
Table 25-16 shows the valid slots for the TN52UXCM board.
Table 25-16 Valid slots for the UXCM board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
IU9, IU10
25.7.8 TN52UXCM Specifications

l
Dimensions of the front panel: 27.2 mm (W) x 220 mm x (D) 581.5 mm (H) or 1.1 in. (W)
x 8.7 in. (D) x 22.9 in. (H)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2885

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Board
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup
(Room
Temperature)
(W)
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup (High
Temperature)
a (W)
Typical Power
Consumption
at Room
Temperature
(W)
Maximum
Power
Consumption
a (W)
TN52UXCM
119
131
372 - 7.4 x (32 n) -24 x m
409 - 8.1 x (32 n) -26.4 x m
NOTE
l "n" is equal to the total number of tributary, line, and PID boards housed in a subrack.
l If a subrack is configured with VC-3 or VC-12 cross-connections, "m" is equal to 0.
l If a subrack is not configured with any VC-3 or VC-12 cross-connections, "m" is equal to 1.
25.8 XCM
XCM: Cross & connect process board (Support highcross and low-cross)

Only one functional version of the XCM board is available, that is TN52.

Huawei office.
Boa
rd
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
52X
CM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2886
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
25.8.2 Application
The XCM board is a cross-connect board. It supports 1.28 Tbit/s ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, or
flex)/VC-4/VC-3/VC-12 cross-connections. The XCM board applies to OptiX OSN 8800 T32
subracks
For the position of the XCM in the OCS system, see Figure 25-25.
For the position of the XCM in the WDM system, see Figure 25-26.
Figure 25-25 Position of the XCM in the OCS system
1
SLQ64
SLO16
STM-16
SLQ64
XCM
XCM
SLQ64
STM-16
SLO16
SLQ64
Figure 25-26 Position of the XCM in the WDM system

G.694.1
G.694.1
NS2
100Mbit/s2.5Gbit/s
XCM
TOM
MUX
DMUX 4
NS2
4
4
NS2
Client side
DMUX
WDM side
MUX 4
XCM
TOM
100Mbit/s2.5Gbit/s
NS2
WDM side
Client side

The main function and feature of the XCM is the cross-connection at the electrical layer.
Table 25-17 Functions and features of the XCM
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Grooms services.
Cross-connect
functions
l Implements cross-connection of 1.28 Tbit/s ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e,

3 or flex)/VC-4 signals.
l Implements cross-connection of 80 Gbit/s VC-3/VC-12 signals.
Protection scheme
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Supports cross-connection 1+1 protection and provides 1+1 hot

backup.

2887

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Switching mode

Electrical-layer
ASON
Supported

The XCM board consists of the cross-connect module, control and communication module, and
Figure 25-27 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the XCM.
Figure 25-27 Functional modules and signal flow of the XCM
ODU0/ODU1/ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex/
ODU3/VC-4/VC-3/VC-12
Backplane (for service cross-connection)
Control
Storage
CPU
communication

Voltages for boards
Power module
Fuse
DC power provided by the backplane
SCC
Backplane (for
SCC control)
Module Function
l
The cross-connect module receives the data from each service board through the backplane
to implement the electrical-layer grooming of ODUk (k= 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3 or flex) signals or
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2888
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
VC-4/VC-3/VC-12 signals. Then, the cross-connect module sends the signals to each
service board to complete service cross-connection.
l

Power supply module

25.8.5 Front Panel

There are indicators on the XCM front panel.

Figure 25-28 shows the XCM front panel.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2889

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 25-28 XCM front panel
XCM
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
XCM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2890

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTICE
Indicators
l
Interfaces
The XCM does not provide external interfaces.
25.8.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one XCM board.
Table 25-18 shows the valid slots for the XCM board.
Table 25-18 Valid slots for the XCM board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
IU9, IU10
25.8.7 XCM Board Specifications

l
Dimensions of the front panel: 27.2 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 581.5 mm (H) or 1.1 in. (W)
x 8.7 in. (D) x 22.9 in. (H)
Weight: 3.84 kg (8.45 lb.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2891

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Board
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup
(Room
Temperature)
(W)
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup (High
Temperature)
a (W)
Typical Power
Consumption
at Room
Temperature
(W)
Maximum
Power
Consumption
a (W)
TN52XCM01
125
138
339 - 3.6 x (32 n) -80 x m
368 - 3.6 x (32 n) -80 x m
TN52XCM02
67
73.7
124 - 1.12 x (32

- n) -80 x m
136.4 - 1.12 x
(32 - n) -80 x m
NOTE
l "n" is equal to the total number of tributary, line, and PID boards housed in a subrack.
l If a subrack is configured with VC-3 or VC-12 cross-connections, "m" is equal to 0.
l If a subrack is not configured with any VC-3 or VC-12 cross-connections, "m" is equal to 1.
25.9 UXCH
UXCH: 3.2T Universal Cross Connect Board

The available functional version of the UXCH board is TN52.

Huawei office.
Boa
rd
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
52U
XC
H
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2892

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Hardware Update

TN52UXCH board in the
subrack. The use of the two new
boards increases the OTN
subrack from 1.28 Tbit/s to 2.56
Tbit/s and supports grooming
of 640 Gbit/s packet services.

Hardware Update
Added the TN52UXCH board.
The TN52UXCH board applies to the OptiX OSN 8800 T32

enhanced subrack to cross-connect 3.2 Tbit/s ODUk (k =
0/1/2/2e/3/4/flex) signals and 1.28 Tbit/s VC4 signals and
to switch 1.6 Tbit/s Ethernet packet services.
25.9.3 Application
The UXCH board is a cross-connect board and applies to enhanced and general OptiX OSN
8800 T32 subracks. It can cross-connect ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, 4, or flex) signals and VC-4
signals and performs packet switching of Ethernet services.
For the position of the UXCH board in the WDM system, see Figure 25-29 and Figure 25-30.
For the position of the UXCH in the OCS system, see Figure 25-31.
Figure 25-29 Position of the UXCH board in the WDM system (ODUk cross-connection)
G.694.1
G.694.1
NS2
100Mbit/s2.5Gbit/s
TOM
UXCH
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
MUX
DMUX 4
NS2
4
4
NS2
Client side
DMUX
MUX 4
WDM side

UXCH
TOM
100Mbit/s2.5Gbit/s
NS2
WDM side
Client side
2893
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Figure 25-30 Position of the UXCH board in the WDM system (Packet switch)
G.694.1
G.694.1
MUX
GE
UXCH
EG16
DMUX
PND2
PND2
DMUX
Client side
UXCH
EG16
GE
MUX
WDM side
WDM side
Client side
Figure 25-31 Position of the UXCH in the OCS system

1
SLQ64
SLO16
STM-16
UXCH
UXCH
SLQ64
SLQ64
STM-16
SLO16
SLQ64

The UXCH board is mainly used to cross-connect services at the electrical layer.
Table 25-19 Functions and features of the UXCH board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Implements grooming of services.

2894

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Cross-connect
function
Enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack:

l Performs packet switching of a maximum of 1.6 Tbit/s Ethernet
services.
General OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack:
l Performs packet switching of a maximum of 640 Gbit/s Ethernet
services.
Protection scheme

l Provides 1+1 hot backup.
l Provides 1+1 warm backup.
Switching mode

Electrical-layer
ASON
Supported

The UXCH board consists of the ODUk/VC cross-connect module, packet switch module,
Figure 25-32 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the UXCH board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2895

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 25-32 Functional modules and signal flow of the UXCH board
ODU3/ODU4/ODUflex/VC-4
Packets
ODUk/VC
cross-connect module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Module Function
l

The cross-connect module receives data from each service board through the backplane,
performs electrical grooming of the ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, 4 or flex) service and VC-4
service, and then sends the service to each service board. In this manner, the cross-connect
module implements service cross-connection.

The packet switch module receives packets from the packet processing boards through the
backplane and sends services to the packet processing boards. In this manner, the packet
switch module implements packet switching of Ethernet services.

l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Power supply module

2896
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
25.9.6 Front Panel

There are indicators on the front panel of the UXCH board.

Figure 25-33 shows the front panel of the UXCH board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2897
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Figure 25-33 Front panel of the UXCH board
UXCH
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
UXCH
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2898

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTICE
Indicators
l
Interfaces
The UXCH board does not provide external interfaces.
25.9.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one UXCH board.
Table 25-20 shows the valid slots for the UXCH board.
Table 25-20 Valid slots for the UXCH board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
IU9, IU10
25.9.8 UXCH Specifications

l
x 8.7 in. (D) x 22.9 in. (H)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2899

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Board
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup
(Room
Temperature)
(W)
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup (High
Temperature)
a (W)
Typical Power
Consumption
at Room
Temperature
(W)
Maximum
Power
Consumption
a (W)
TN52UXCH
87
96
340 - 7.4 x (32 n)
374 - 8.1 x (32 n)
NOTE
25.10 XCH
XCH: OptiX OSN 8800 T32 centralized cross connect board

The available functional version of the XCH board is TN52.

Huawei office.
Boa
rd
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
52X
CH
NOTE
The TN52XCH board are available in two variants: TN52XCH01 and TN52XCH02. The two board variants
are interchangeable.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2900
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
25.10.2 Application
The XCH board is a cross-connect board. It supports 1.28 Tbit/s ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, or
flex)/VC-4 cross-connections. The XCH board applies to OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subracks
For the position of the XCH board in the WDM system, see Figure 25-34.
For the position of the XCH board in the OCS system, see Figure 25-35
Figure 25-34 Position of the XCH board in the WDM system
G.694.1
G.694.1
4
NS2
100Mbit/s-
DMUX 4
2.5Gbit/s
NS2
DMUX
MUX 4
XCH
100Mbit/s-
TOM
2.5Gbit/s
NS2
Client side
WDM side
WDM side
Client side
NS2
4
XCH
TOM
MUX
Figure 25-35 Position of the XCH board in the OCS system

1
SLQ64
SLO16
STM-16
XCH
XCH
SLQ64
SLQ64
STM-16
SLO16
SLQ64

The XCH board is mainly used to cross-connect services at the electrical layer.
Table 25-21 Functions and features of the XCH board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Cross-connect
function
Implements non-congestion full cross-connection of 1.28 Tbit/s

ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3 or flex)/VC-4 signals.
Protection scheme
Supports cross-connection 1+1 protection and provides 1+1 hot

backup.
Supports warm backup.

2901

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Switching mode

Electrical-layer
ASON
Supported

The XCH board consists of the cross-connect module, control and communication module, and
Figure 25-36 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the XCH board.
Figure 25-36 Functional modules and signal flow of the XCH board
ODUflex/ODU3/VC-4
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Module Function
l
performs electrical grooming of the ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, or flex)/VC-4 service, and
then sends the service to each service board. In this manner, the cross-connect module
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2902

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Power supply module

25.10.5 Front Panel

There are indicators on the front panel of the XCH board.

Figure 25-37 shows the front panel of the XCH board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2903
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Figure 25-37 Front panel of the XCH board
XCH
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
XCH
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2904

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTICE
Indicators
l
Interfaces
The XCH board does not provide external interfaces.
25.10.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one XCH board.
Table 25-22 shows the valid slots for the XCH board.
Table 25-22 Valid slots for the XCH board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
IU9, IU10
25.10.7 TN52XCH Specifications

l
x 8.7 in. (D) x 22.9 in. (H)
Weight: 3.40 kg (7.49 lb.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2905

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Board
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup
(Room
Temperature)
(W)
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup (High
Temperature)
a (W)
Typical Power
Consumption
at Room
Temperature
(W)
Maximum
Power
Consumption
a (W)
TN52XCH01
65
72
243 - 3.6 x (32 n)
267.3 - 3.6 x (32

- n)
TN52XCH02
43
47.3
101 - 1.12 x (32

- n)
111 - 1.12 x (32

- n)
NOTE
25.11 TN16XCH
TN16XCH: high cross-connection, system control and clock processing board

TThe available functional version of the XCH board is TN16.

Huawei office.
Boa
rd
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
16X
CH
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2906

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Hardware Update
Deleted BIOS state D for the

TN16XCH board.
Function enhancement: Software automatically clears the

database, and no manual operation is required.

Hardware Update
Optimized the database clearing

method of system control
boards to shorten the database
clearing and synchronization
duration.
Function enhancement: The database clearing method of

system control boards is optimized.
25.11.3 Application
The TN16XCH, a cross-connect and system control board, implements communication between
equipment, synchronizes physical clocks and PTP clocks on the entire NE, implements service
cross-connections, and manages each board on the equipment with the U2000. The TN16XCH
board applies to OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subracks.
For the position of the TN16XCH board in the WDM system, see Figure 25-38.
Figure 25-38 Position of the TN16XCH board in the WDM system
External clock
External clock
TN16ATE
TN16ATE
G.694.1
G.694.1
4
4
TQX
TN16
XCH
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
DMUX 4
NQ2
NQ2
4
Client side
MUX
DMUX
WDM side
TN16
4
XCH
TQX
MUX 4
WDM side

Client side
2907
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Principles for configuring main control boards in OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subracks:
Electrical subracks (in which centralized cross-connection grooming is implemented
for services): The TN16XCH/TN16UXCM boards must be configured.
Optical subracks (master): The TN16SCC boards must be configured.
Optical subracks (slave): No main control boards are required.
Principles for configuring main control boards in /OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform
subrack:
Master subracks: Main control boards must be configured.
Slave subracks: Main control boards cannot be configured.
Principles for configuring main control boards in other types of subracks:

Main control boards must be configured in both master and slave subracks.

The TN16XCH board is mainly used to cross-connect services at the electrical layer, system
control function and clock function.
Table 25-23 Functions and features of the TN16XCH board
Function and
Feature
Description
Cross-connect
function
Implements non-congestion full cross-connection of 640 Gbit/s

ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, flex) signals.
System control
function
l Accomplishes the service grooming, configuration management

and alarm output of a subrack.
NOTE
The TN16XCH board
does not support the
system control
function when the
subrack housing the
board is a slave
subrack.
l Supports the backup of the NE data. When the NE data changes,

the real-time database backup function immediately saves the
changed configuration data into the storage medium to ensure that
no configuration data is lost after the NE is reset (cold) or powered
off. This improves the reliability of the NE.
l Supports the function of the CF card to back up database. The NE
date (except NE IP, NE ID, Gateway ID and Node ID) and the
board software are backed up to the CF card, so that the NE needs
not to be re-configured after the replacement of the TN16XCH.
l Supports interconnection and communication between NEs
through IP over DCC, OSI over DCC, or HWECC.
l Implements communication between NEs when used with the
TN16AUX by using DCC bytes.
l Supports subrack cascading. The TN16XCH board processes
subrack overheads and alarms and delivers configurations to slave
subracks. It connects to the U2000 so that the U2000 can manage
the entire NE.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2908
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Function and
Feature
Description
Clock function
l Basic function:
Locks the reference clock source.
Provides the system with ITU-T clock signals that comply with
G.813- and ITU-T G.823 and frame signals.
Synchronizes the time of an NE with the time of the upstream
system.
l Clock source selection function:
Traces the external clock source, service clock source, or local
clock source, to provide the synchronization clock source for itself
and the system.
l Time synchronization function:
Synchronizes the time of an NE with the time of the upstream NE.
Protection scheme
Supports 1+1 protection.

Provides 1+1 hot backup.
Supports warm backup.
Switching mode

Electrical-layer
ASON
Supported

The TN16XCH board consists of the cross-connect module, control and communication module,
Figure 25-39 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN16XCH board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2909

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 25-39 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN16XCH board
Service cross-connection from backplane
(ODU0/ODU1/ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex/ODU3)
Time signals/
Clock signals
Clock processing module
CPU and control module
Monitoring
module
Power supply
module
Overhead
processing
module
Communication
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
Backplane
DC power supply
from a backplane
Other boards
Module Function
l
performs electrical grooming of the ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3 or flex) service, and then sends
the service to each service board. In this manner, the cross-connect module implements
Clock procession module

Provides a synchronous clock signal for the system. The system clock supports three modes:
free-run, holdover, and locked. When the system clock runs in lock mode, the it
synchronizes to the line/external clock, tributary clock, or OSC board clock. This module
also supports IEEE 1588v2 time and frequency synchronization.

Implements the control, monitoring and management of each functional module on the
board.
Overhead processing module

Receives overhead signals from the TN16AUX board and processes the overhead bytes.
Sends the overhead signals to the TN16AUX board.
Monitoring module
Detects whether the boards are in position and reports alarms to the U2000.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2910

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Communication module
Communicates with each board, and reports the data of other boards to the U2000.
Transmits data with other boards through the Ethernet and reports to the U2000.
Transmits urgent data through the RS485.
Power supply module

25.11.6 Front Panel

There are indicators on the front panel of the TN16XCH board.

Figure 25-40 shows the front panel of the TN16XCH board.
Figure 25-40 Front panel of the TN16XCH board
XCH
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
RESET
XCH
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2911

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Indicators
l
Buttons
Table 25-24 Functions of the buttons on the TN16XCH board
Button
Function
RESET
Used to perform a warm reset on the TN16XCH board.
Interfaces
The TN16XCH board does not provide external interfaces.
25.11.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TN16XCH board.
Table 25-25 shows the valid slots for the TN16XCH board.
Table 25-25 Valid slots for the TN16XCH board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU9, IU10
25.11.8 Switch and Jumper

Switches and jumpers that can be set on the TN16XCH board include battery jumpers and BIOS
switches.
The battery on the TN16XCH helps to ensure that the configuration is kept upon a power failure
of the TN16XCH. If the board is in use, place a jumper cap over the battery jumper to make a
short circuit, which allows the battery to supply power normally. If the board is not in use, use
a jumper cap to disconnect the battery jumper.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2912

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The BIOS switches helps clear the system parameter area and database in the flash memory on
the SCC board. Table 25-26 shows the function of the BIOS switches.
Figure 25-41 shows the position of switches and Jumpers on the TN16XCH board.
Table 25-26 Function of the BIOS switch or jumper
BIOS State
Description
Binary value
Clear the system parameter area.
1010
Restores the system parameter area, database, and NE

software from the CF card.
1001
Clear the database in the flash memory.
1011
Figure 25-41 Position of the switches and Jumpers on the TN16XCH board
BIOS Switch
Battery Jumper
Binary Value 1010

0 1 0 1
ON
Battery
Jumper
ON DIP
BIOS DIP
Switch
SW1
1 234
1
J1
DIP
SW1
State A
2
3
1 2 3 4
1
J1
Binary Value 1001

1 0 0 1
ON
DIP
SW1
State B
1 2 3 4
CF
Card
Battery is
used
Battery is
not used
2
3
1
J1
Binary Value 1011

1 1 0 1
ON
DIP
SW1
State C
1 2 3 4
25.11.9 TN16XCH Specifications

l
Dimensions of the front panel: 37.6 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 350.3 mm (H) (1.5 in. (W)
x 8.7 in. (D) x 13.8 in. (H))
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2913

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Board
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup
(Room
Temperature)
(W)
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup (High
Temperature)
a (W)
Typical Power
Consumption
at Room
Temperature
(W)
Maximum
Power
Consumption
a (W)
TN16XCH
40
48
73-1.4 x (16-n)
88.8-1.4 x (16n)
NOTE
25.12 TN16UXCM
TN16UXCM: 1.6T Universal Cross Connect, System Control and Clock Processing Board

The available functional version of the TN16UXCM board is TN16.

Huawei office.
Bo
ard
Enhanced
8800 T64
Subrack
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Univers
al
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
16
UX
CM

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2914

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update

TN16UXCM board.

Allowed centralized grooming

of ODU4 signals on the
TN16UXCM board.
Function enhancement: In the OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack, the cross-connect capacity of each service slot is
increased to 100G, and 100G tributary and line boards can
be used.

Hardware Update
Optimized the database clearing

method of system control
boards to shorten the database
clearing and synchronization
duration.

Added the TN16UXCM board.
The TN16UXCM board applies to the OptiX OSN 8800

T16 subrack to cross-connect 1.6 Tbit/s ODUk (k =
0/1/2/2e/3/4/flex) signals, 20 Gbit/s VC-12/VC-3 signals,
and 640 Gbit/s VC-4 signals and to switch 800 Gbit/s
packet services.
25.12.3 Application
As a cross-connect board, the TN16UXCM board achieves cross-connections of ODUk (k = 0,
1, 2, 2e, 3, 4, and flex) signals and VC4/VC12/VC3 signals, and packet switching of Ethernet
services. It helps the NMS to manage boards, ensures that devices can communicate with each
other, and achieves physical-layer clock synchronization and Precision Time Protocol (PTP)
clock synchronization on the entire NE. The TN16UXCM board applies to OptiX OSN 8800
T16 subracks.
For the position of the TN16UXCM board in the WDM system, see Figure 25-42 and Figure
25-43.
For the position of the TN16UXCM board in the OCS system, see Figure 25-44.
Figure 25-42 Position of the TN16UXCM board in the WDM system (ODUk cross-connect)
External colck
TN16ATE
External colck
TN16ATE
G.694.1
G.694.1
NS2
100Mbit/s2.5Gbit/s
TOM
TN16
UXCM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
MUX
DMUX 4
NS2
4
4
NS2
Client side
DMUX
WDM side
MUX 4
TOM
100Mbit/s2.5Gbit/s
NS2
WDM side

TN16
UXCM
Client side
2915
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Figure 25-43 Position of the TN16UXCM board in the WDM system (Package switch)
External colck
TN16ATE
External colck
TN16ATE
G.694.1
G.694.1
GE
MUX
EG16
TN16
UXCM
DMUX
Client side
TN16
UXCM
PND2
PND2
EX2
10GE LAN
WDM side
GE
EG16
DMUX
10GE LAN
EX2
MUX
Client side
WDM side
Figure 25-44 Position of the TN16UXCM board in the OCS system

1
SLQ64
SLO16
STM-16
TN16
UXCM
TN16
UXCM
SLQ64
SLQ64
STM-16
SLO16
SLQ64
Electrical subracks: The TN16XCH/TN16UXCM boards must be configured.

The TN16UXCM board is mainly used to cross-connect services at the electrical layer, system
control function and clock function.
Table 25-27 Functions and features of the TN16UXCM board
Function and
Feature
Description
Cross-connect
function
l Supports non-blocking full cross-connections of 1.6 Tbit/s ODUk

(k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, 4, or flex).
l Supports cross-connections of 20 Gbit/s VC-12/VC-3 services.
l Supports cross-connections of 640 Gbit/s VC-4 services.
l Supports cross-connections of 800 Gbit/s packet services.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2916

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
System control
function

NOTE
The TN16UXCM
board does not
support the system
control function when
the subrack housing
the board is a slave
subrack.

not to be re-configured after the replacement of the TN16UXCM.
l Supports interconnection and communication between NEs
through IP over DCC, OSI over DCC, or HWECC.
l Implements communication between NEs when used with the
TN16AUX by using DCC bytes.
l Supports subrack cascading. The TN16UXCM board processes
subrack overheads and alarms and delivers configurations to slave
subracks. It connects to the U2000 so that the U2000 can manage
the entire NE.
Clock function
l Basic function:
system.
and the system.
Protection scheme
l Supports 1+1 protection.

l Provides 1+1 hot backup.
l Provides 1+1 warm backup.
Switching mode

Electrical-layer
ASON
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Supported

2917

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


TN16UXCM board consists of the cross-connect module, control and communication module,
Figure 25-45 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN16UXCM board.
Figure 25-45 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN16UXCM board
Time signals/
Clock signals
Service cross-connection from backplane

ODU0/ODU1/ODU2/ODU2e/ODU3/
ODU4/ODUflex/VC-12/VC-3/VC-4
ODUk/VC
Packets
Monitoring
module
Power supply
module
Overhead
processing
module
Communication
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
Backplane
DC power supply
from a backplane
Other boards
Module Function
l

The cross-connect module receives data from each service board through the backplane to
realize the electrical-layer grooming of ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, 4, or flex) signals or VC-4/
VC-3/VC-12 signals. Then, the cross-connect module sends the signals to each service
board to implement service cross-connections.

The packet switch module receives packets from each packet board through the backplane
to realize packet switching of Ethernet services, and then sends the signals to each packet
board.
Clock procession module

Provides a synchronous clock signal for the system. The system clock supports three modes:
free-run, holdover, and locked. When the system clock runs in lock mode, the it
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2918
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
synchronizes to the line/external clock, tributary clock, or OSC board clock. This module
also supports IEEE 1588v2 time and frequency synchronization.
l

board.

Receives overhead signals from the TN16AUX board and processes the overhead bytes.
Sends the overhead signals to the TN16AUX board.
Monitoring module
Power supply module

25.12.6 Front Panel

There are indicators on the front panel of the TN16UXCM board.

Figure 25-46 shows the front panel of the TN16UXCM board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2919
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Figure 25-46 Front panel of the TN16UXCM board
UXCM
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
RESET
UXCM
Indicators
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2920

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Buttons
Table 25-28 Functions of the buttons on the TN16UXCM board
Button
Function
RESET
Used to perform a warm reset on the TN16UXCM board.
Interfaces
The TN16UXCM board does not provide external interfaces.
25.12.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TN16UXCM board.
Table 25-29 shows the valid slots for the TN16UXCM board.
Table 25-29 Valid slots for the TN16UXCM board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T16
IU9, IU10

Switches and jumpers that can be set on the TN16UXCM board include battery jumpers and
BIOS switches.
The battery on the TN16UXCM helps to ensure that the configuration is kept upon a power
failure of the TN16UXCM. If the board is in use, place a jumper cap over the battery jumper to
make a short circuit, which allows the battery to supply power normally. If the board is not in
use, use a jumper cap to disconnect the battery jumper.
The BIOS switch helps clear the system parameter area and database in the flash memory on
the SCC board. Table 25-30 shows the function of the BIOS switch.
Figure 25-47 shows the position of switches and jumpers on the TN16UXCM board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2921

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


BIOS State
Description
Binary value
1010

1001
1011
Figure 25-47 Position of the switches on the TN16UXCM board

BIOS DIP Switch
Battery Jumper
Binary Value 1010

0 1 0 1
ON
J39
DIP
State A
SW1
Battery is
2
used
1
3
1 2 3 4
Binary Value1001
1 0 0 1
SW1
ON
BIOS DIP Switch
DIP
1 2 3 4
Battery
Jumper
ON
J39
1
2CP
U
SW1
State B
1 2 3 4
J39
Battery is
2
not used
1
3
Binary Value1011
1 1 0 1
ON
CF Card
DIP
DIP
SW1
State C
1 2 3 4
25.12.9 TN16UXCM Specifications

l
Dimensions of the front panel: 37.6 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 350.3 mm (H) (1.5 in. (W)
x 8.7 in. (D) x 13.8 in. (H))
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2922
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Power Consumption
Board
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup
(Room
Temperature)
(W)
Power
Consumption
at Warm
Backup (High
Temperature)
a (W)
Typical Power
Consumption
at Room
Temperature
(W)
Maximum
Power
Consumption
a (W)
TN16UXCM
84-1.7 x (16n)-2 x m
92-1.8 x (16n)-2.2 x m
178-7.2 x (16-n)
195-7.9 x (16-n)
NOTE
"n" is equal to the total number of tributary, line, and PID boards housed in a subrack, and it is within 0-16
range.
l "m" represents the subrack lower-order cross-connection flag. It is either 0 or 1.
l If a subrack is configured with VC-3 or VC-12 cross-connections, "m" is 0.
l If a subrack is not configured with any VC-3 or VC-12 cross-connections, "m" is 1.
25.13 XCS
XCS: centralized cross connect board

The available functional versions of the XCS board are TN11 and TN12.

Huawei office.
Boa
rd
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
TN
11X
CS
TN
12X
CS
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2923

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


l
Function:
The cross-connection capacities vary according to versions. For details, see 25.13.4
Specification:
The specifications vary according to versions. For details, see 25.13.8 XCS
Specifications.
Table 25-31 Substitution rules of the XCS board
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11XCS
TN12XCS
Upgrade NE software to OptiX OSN 6800 V100R004C01 or a

later version.
TN12XCS
None


Hardware Update
For the TN11XCS board, the cross-connect

capacity description is modified. For ODU1
and ODU2 signals, the board supports a
maximum cross-connect capacity of 280
Gbit/s. For GE services, the board supports a
maximum cross-connect capability of 140
Gbit/s.
25.13.3 Application
The XCS board is a cross-connect board. The TN11XCS board supports 280 Gbit/s crossconnections of ODU1/ODU2/10GE signals and 140 Gbit/s cross-connections of GE signals. The
TN12XCS board supports 360 Gbit/s cross-connections of ODU1/ODU2/10GE signals and 180
Gbit/s cross-connections of GE signals. The XCS board applies to OptiX OSN 6800 subracks.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2924
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
For the position of the XCS board in the WDM system, see Figure 25-48.
Figure 25-48 Position of the XCS board in the WDM system
OTU
M40
XCS
OTU
OTU
1
OA
XCS
D40
40
40
XCS
OTU
OA
D40
OA
OA
M40
OTU
OTU
XCS
40
40
OTU
OTU

The XCS board cross-connect services at the electrical layer.
Table 25-32 Functions and features of the XCS board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Cross-connect
function
TN11XCS:
l Supports the integrated grooming of ODU1 signals or ODU2/
ODU2e signals or GE services or 10GE services.
l Supports a maximum cross-connect and grooming capacity of 280
Gbit/s for ODU1 signals or ODU2/ODU2e signals or 10GE
services. Supports a maximum cross-connect and grooming
capacity of 140 Gbit/s for GE services.
TN12XCS:
l Supports the integrated grooming of ODU1 signals or ODU2/
ODU2e signals or GE services or 10GE services.
l Supports a maximum cross-connect and grooming capacity of 360
Gbit/s for ODU1 signals or ODU2/ODU2e signals or 10GE
services. Supports a maximum cross-connect and grooming
capacity of 180 Gbit/s for GE services.
Active/standby
backup
Provides the 1+1 hot backup.
Protection scheme
Supports cross-connect board 1+1 protection.
Switching mode

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2925

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Electrical-layer
ASON
Supported by the TN12XCS02.

The XCS board consists of the cross-connect module, control and communication module, and
Figure 25-49 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the XCS board.
Figure 25-49 Functional modules and signal flow of the XCS board
ODU1/ODU2/ODU2e/GE/10GE
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Module Function
l
Receives the data from each service board from the backplane. It performs the grooming
of ODU1 signals or ODU2/ODU2e signals or GE services or 10GE services at the electrical
layer, then sends the signals to each service board and implements the cross-connection.
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2926

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


l
Power supply module

25.13.6 Front Panel

There are indicators on the front panel of the XCS board.

Figure 25-50 shows the front panel of the XCS board.
Figure 25-50 Front panel of the XCS board
XCS
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
XCS
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2927
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Indicators
l
Interfaces
The XCS board does not provide external interfaces.
25.13.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one XCS board.
Table 25-33 shows the valid slots for the XCS board.
Table 25-33 Valid slots for the XCS board
Product
Valid Slots
IU9, IU10
25.13.8 XCS Specifications

l
(8.7 in.)
Weight
l
TN11XCS: 1.0 kg (2.20 lb.)
TN12XCS: 1.2 kg (2.65 lb.)
Power Consumption
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11XCS
20.0
22.0
TN12XCS
25.0
27.5

2928

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
25.14 SCC
SCC: system control and communication board

The available functional versions of the SCC board are TN11, TN16, TN22, TN23, TN51, TN52,
and TNK2.

Huawei office.
Product
Board
TNK2SCC
TNK2SCC
TN52SCC
TN51SCC and TN52SCC
TN16SCC
OptiX OSN 8800 Universal Platform

Subrack
TN52SCC
TN11SCC, TN51SCC and TN52SCC
TN22SCC and TN23SCC.

NOTE
Only the TN23SCC board supports the boards and
features newly added to the OptiX OSN 3800
V100R007C00 version and later versions; the
TN22SCC board does not.

l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function:
2929
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
The TN22SCC and TN23SCC boards do not support data backup in the CF card, IP
over DCC, subrack cascading, and power supply backup. The other versions support
these functions. For details, see 25.14.4 Functions and Features.
Only the TN23SCC board supports the boards and features newly added to the OptiX
OSN 3800 V100R007C00 version and later versions; the TN22SCC board does not.
Table 25-34 lists the boards and features that are not supported by the TN22SCC board.
Table 25-34 Unsupported boards and features
Boards
TN12LSC, TN13LSC, TN11LTX, TN12LTX, TN52NS2T04,

TN52NS2T05, TN52NS2T06, TN52NS201M01, TN52NS201M02,
TN14LSX, TN11LOA02, TN11RAU2, TN12OPM8, TN11LEM24,
TN15LSC, TN12HSC1, TN17LSCM, TN11QCP, TN12RAU1,
TN12RAU2
Featur
es
Optical-layer ASON, OD (Optical Doctor)
Appearance:
The TN11, TN51, and TN52 versions use the same front panel; the TN22SCC and
TN23SCC versions use the same front panel; The TNK2 and TN16 version use a front
panel different from that of other versions. The TN22SCC and TN23SCC versions are
applicable to case-shaped equipment. There are shelf ID LEDs on panels of TN11SCC,
TN51SCC, TN52SCC, and TNK2SCC boards of the TN22 versions only. For details,
see 25.14.6 Front Panel and 25.14.9 SCC Specifications.
Specification:
see 25.14.9 SCC Specifications.
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11SCC
TN51SCC
When the TN11SCC board is installed in a master subrack with

ASON disabled, the TN51SCC board can replace the
TN11SCC board. The replacement requires software upgrade.
When the TN11SCC board is installed in a master subrack with
ASON enabled, the TN51SCC board cannot replace the
TN11SCC board.
When the TN11SCC board is installed in a slave subrack, the
TN51SCC board can replace the TN11SCC board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2930
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original
Board

Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN52SCC
Software upgrade is required after the replacement.
NOTE
It is
recommen
ded that the
TN11SCC
board be
replaced
with the
TN52SCC
board.
TN16SCC
None
TN51SCC
TN52SCC
TN52SCC
None
TNK2SCC
None
TN22SCC
TN23SCC
TN23SCC
None
NOTE
If a subrack/chassis uses two SCC boards (one is active and the other is standby), the versions of the two
SCC boards must be the same.


Hardware Update

SCC boards.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
Supplemented the feature

limitation of the TN22SCC
board.

2931

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Hardware Update
Optimized the database

clearing method of system
control boards to shorten the
database clearing and
synchronization duration.

Added the TN23SCC board.
The new boards and features of the OptiX OSN 3800

V100R007C00 or later are supported.

Hardware Update
Updated and optimized the

diagrams of the DIP switches
and jumpers on the SCC board.
Added the TN16SCC board.
The TN16SCC board, a system control board without the

cross-connect function, is added to meet the requirements
of using the OptiX OSN 8800 T16 as an optical subrack.
25.14.3 Application
The SCC board is a system control and communication unit that works with the network
management system to manage each board and implements inter-equipment communication.
l
Electrical subracks (in which centralized cross-connection grooming is implemented
for services): The TN16XCH/TN16UXCM boards must be configured.
Principles for configuring main control boards in /OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform
subrack:
Master subracks: Main control boards must be configured.
Slave subracks: Main control boards cannot be configured.
Principles for configuring main control boards in other types of subracks:

Main control boards must be configured in both master and slave subracks.

The SCC board is used for DCC communication, subrack cascading, power supply backup and
clock.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2932

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 25-35 shows the detailed functions and features of the TN11SCC/TN51SCC/TN52SCC/
TNK2SCC board.
Table 25-36 shows the detailed functions and features of the TN16SCC.
Table 25-37 shows the detailed functions and features of the TN22SCC/TN23SCC board.
Table 25-35 Functions and features of the TN11SCC/TN51SCC/TN52SCC/TNK2SCC board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function

l Supports the function of the CF card to back up the database. The
NE data (except NE IP, NE ID, Gateway ID, and Node ID) and
the board software are backed up to the CF card. Backing up data
to the CF means that you do not need to reconfigure the NE after
replacing the SCC.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
DCN
communication
Supports interconnection and communication between NEs through

IP over DCC, OSI over DCC, or HWECC.
Active/Standby
backup
Supports active/standby backup: There are two SCCs in the system

that can provide 1+1 hot backup. If the active board fails, the standby
board automatically becomes active.
Clock function
Provides clock source for the system communications.
Subrack cascading
Supports subrack cascading. The SCC accomplishes different

functions based on the mode (master or slave) of the subrack in which
it is installed. The SCC in a slave subrack processes the overhead
bytes, handles alarms and manages the configuration inside the
subrack. The SCC in a master subrack performs the same functions
as the SCC in the slave subrack, and also processes overhead bytes
and handles the alarms of all its slave subracks. The SCC in the master
subrack connects to the network management system (NM). The
configuration commands are issued to the SCC of a slave subrack
through the SCC in the master subrack.
Optical-layer ASON
Supported
Electrical-layer
ASON
Supported

2933
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Table 25-36 Functions and features of the TN16SCC board

Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function

not to be re-configured after the replacement of the SCC.
DCN
communication

IP over DCC, OSI over DCC, or HWECCwhen used with the
TN16AUX.
Active/Standby
backup
Supports active/standby backup: There are two SCCs in the system

that can provide 1+1 hot backup. If the active board fails, the standby
board automatically becomes active.
Clock function
l Basic function:
system.
and the system.
Subrack cascading
Supports subrack cascading.

The SCC accomplishes different functions based on the mode (master
or slave) of the subrack in which it is installed. The SCC in a slave
subrack processes the overhead bytes, handles alarms and manages
the configuration inside the subrack. The SCC in a master subrack
performs the same functions as the SCC in the slave subrack, and also
processes overhead bytes and handles the alarms of all its slave
subracks. The SCC in the master subrack connects to the network
management system (NM). The configuration commands are issued
to the SCC of a slave subrack through the SCC in the master subrack.
Optical-layer ASON
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Supported

2934
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Table 25-37 Functions and features of the TN22SCC/TN23SCC board

Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Accomplishes the service grooming, configuration management and

alarm output of a chassis.
DCN
communication

IP over DCC, OSI over DCC, or HWECC.
Active/standby
backup
Supported: In DC-powered systems, the two SCCs are used to provide

1+1 hot backup. If the active SCC fails, the standby SCC becomes
active automatically.
NOTE
Active/standby backup configuration is not supported in AC-powered systems.
Clock function
Provides clock source for the system communications.
Optical-layer ASON
Not supported
Electrical-layer
ASON
Not supported
NOTE
Only the TN23SCC board supports the boards and features newly added to the OptiX OSN 3800 V100R007C00
version and later versions; the TN22SCC board does not. Table 25-34 lists the boards and features that are not
supported by the TN22SCC board.

The SCC board consists of the overhead processing module, clock module, monitoring module,
communication module, CPU and control module, and power supply module.
Figure 25-51 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the SCC.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2935

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 25-51 Functional modules and signal flow of the SCC board
Clock module
Required
voltage
Power
supply
module
Monitoring
module
Overhead
processing
module
Communication
module
Fuse
Backplane
DC power supply from
a backplane
Other boards
Module Function
l

board.

Sends the overhead signals to the service board.
Monitoring module
Clock module
Provides the clock source for the system.
TN11SCC/TN51SCC/TN52SCC/TNK2SCC/TN22SCC/TN23SCC:
Receives the clock signals from the OSC board at the upstream station, and ensures that
the local clock of the local board is synchronized with the clock signals from the OSC
board at the upstream station.
Sends a local clock to the downstream station through the OSC board.
TN16SCC:
Traces the external clock source, line clock source, tributary clock source, and provides
the board and system with a synchronization clock source.
Provides a synchronization clock signal, which enables the system to satisfy the
requirements of data setup time and holdoff time.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2936
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Power supply module

TN11SCC/TN51SCC/TN52SCC/TNK2SCC: The power supply module for the OptiX
OSN 6800/8800 provides the entire system with 3.3 V integrated power backup to protect
the 3.3 V power supply of any board in the system. In addition, it provides power backup
to the boards of which the total power consumption is less than 60W.
TN16SCC: Converts the DC power supplied by the backplane into the power required by
each module on the board, and provides the system with 10W backup power.
TN22SCC/TN23SCC: The power supply module for the OptiX OSN 3800 converts the
DC power supplied by the backplane into the power required by each module of the board.
25.14.6 Front Panel

There are indicators, buttons, and an LED indicator on the front panel.

Figure 25-52 shows the front panel of the TN11SCC/TN51SCC/TN52SCC board.
Figure 25-53 shows the front panel of the TN16SCC board.
Figure 25-54 shows the front panel of the TN22SCC/TN23SCC board.
Figure 25-55 shows the front panel of the TNK2SCC board.
For the mapping between the values displayed in the shelf ID LED and the actual shelf IDs, see
Figure 25-56.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2937
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Figure 25-52 Front panel of the TN11SCC/TN51SCC/TN52SCC board
SCC
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
PWRA
PWRB
PWRC
ALMC
SubRACK_ID
RESET
LAMP TEST
ALM CUT
SCC
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2938
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Figure 25-53 Front panel of the TN16SCC board

SCC
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
RESET
SCC
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2939

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 25-54 Front panel of the TN22SCC/TN23SCC board
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
PWRA
PWRB
PWRC
ALMC
RESET
LAMP
TEST
ALM
CUT
PWR
CRI
MAJ
MIN
SCC
Figure 25-55 Front panel of the TNK2SCC board
SCC
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
PWRC
ALMC
SubRACK_ID
RESET
LAMP
TEST
ALM
CUT
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2940

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Indicators
There are eight indicators on the front panel.
l
System power supply indicator (PWRA)- dual-colored (red, green)
System power supply indicator (PWRB)- dual-colored (red, green)
Protection power indicator (PWRC)- dual-colored (red, green)
Alarm cut-off indicator (ALMC)- yellow

NOTE
The TN16SCC/TNK2SCC board does not have PWRA and PWRB.

The TN16SCC board does not have ALMC.
There are also four chassis indicators on the front panel of the TN22SCC/TN23SCC board.
l
Chassis power supply indicator (PWR) - green
Minor alarm indicator (MIN) - yellow
Major alarm indicator (MAJ) - orange
Critical alarm indicator (CRI) - red
Buttons
There are three buttons on the front panel. Table 25-38 lists the function of each button.
Table 25-38 Functions of the buttons on the SCC board
Button
Function
RESET
Used to perform a warm reset on the SCC board.
ALM CUT
Used to mute the alarm sound on the subrack. If you press this button
transiently, the sound of the current alarm is muted. If you press and
hold this button for 5s, the audible alarming function is disabled and
the ALMC indicator on the SCC board becomes steady on. (If you
press and hold this button for 5s again, the audible alarming function
is enabled and the ALMC indicator on the SCC board is off.)
LAMP TEST
Used to test all of the indicators.
NOTE
The TN16SCC board does not have ALM CUT and LAMP TEST.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2941

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

LED
There is an LED indicator on the front panel of the TN11SCC/TN51SCC/TN52SCC/TNK2SCC
board. Table 25-39 shows its function.
Table 25-39 Function of the LED indicator on the SCC board
LED indicator
Function
SubRack_ID
The LED on the front panel is used to indicate whether the subrack is
a master or slave subrack when master/slave subrack mode is used.
l "0" indicates the master subrack.
l "EE" indicates that the subrack ID is incorrect or fails to be read.
l The other values indicate slave subracks.
For the values displayed on the LED, see Figure 25-56.
For details on the principle for configuring the master and slave
subracks, see "Master-Slave Subrack" in the Product Description.
Figure 25-56 LED
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Error
Hexadecimal subrack ID displayed in the LED
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Decimal subrack ID

2942

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
The SCC board does not provide external interfaces.
25.14.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one SCC board.
Table 25-40 shows the valid slots for the TN11SCC board.
Table 25-42 shows the valid slots for the TN22SCC/TN23SCC board.
Table 25-45 shows the valid slots for the TNK2SCC board.
Table 25-40 Valid slots for the TN11SCC board
Product
Valid Slots
IU17, IU18

Product
Valid Slots
IU9, IU10
Table 25-42 Valid slots for the TN22SCC/TN23SCC board

Product
Slot
IU8, IU9
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
IU11, IU28
IU17, IU18

2943

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Product
Valid Slots
IU11, IU28
IU17, IU18
Table 25-45 Valid slots for the TNK2SCC board

Product
Valid Slots
IU74, IU85

Switches and jumpers that can be set on the SCC board include battery jumpers and BIOS
switches or jumpers.
The battery on the SCC helps to ensure that the configuration is kept upon a power failure of
the SCC. If the board is in use, place a jumper cap over the battery jumper to make a short circuit,
which allows the battery to supply power normally.
The BIOS jumper or switch helps clear the system parameter area and database in the flash
memory on the SCC board. Table 25-46 shows the function of the BIOS jumper or switch.
BIOS switch or jumper

BIOS State
Description
Binary value
1010

1001
1011
Figure 25-57 shows the position of jumpers on the TN11SCC board.

Figure 25-58 shows the position of swiches and jumpers on the TN16SCC board.
Figure 25-59 shows the position of jumpers on the TN22SCC/TN23SCC board.
Figure 25-60 shows the jumpers on the TN51SCC board.
Figure 25-61 shows jumpers on the TN52SCC board.
Figure 25-62 shows jumpers on the TNK2SCC board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2944

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 25-57 Position of the jumpers on the TN11SCC board

BIOS Jumper
Battery Jumper
Binary Value 1010

1 0 1 0
J6
4
J17
2 4
Battery is
used
State A
1
J11
Binary Value 1001

1 0 0 1
J6
4
J17
2 4
State B
1
CPU
Battery is
not used
J11
Binary Value 1011

1 0 1 1
2
J6
4
J17
2 4
State C
1
CF
Card
J11
J6 J17
24 24
BIOS Jumper Battery Jumper
Figure 25-58 Position of the switches and jumpers on the TN16SCC board
BIOS Switch
Battery Jumper
Binary Value 1010

0 1 0 1
ON
Battery
Jumper
BIOS DIP
Switch
ON DIP
SW1
1 234
2
3
1
J1
DIP
SW1
State A
2
3
1 2 3 4
1
J1
Binary Value 1001

1 0 0 1
ON
DIP
SW1
State B
1 2 3 4
CF
Card
Battery is
used
Battery is
not used
2
3
1
J1
Binary Value 1011

1 1 0 1
ON
DIP
SW1
State C
1 2 3 4
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2945
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Figure 25-59 Position of the jumpers on the TN22SCC/TN23SCC board

BIOS Jumper Battery Jumper
J11
2 4
1
J13
J1
2 4
CPU
Battery Jumper
Binary Value
J11
J13
State B
1
State A
1
1001
J11
J13
Battery is
used
J1
Binary Value 1010
Battery is
not used
J1
BIOS Jumper
Binary Value 1011

J11
2
4
State C
1
1
J13
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2946
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board

BIOS Jumper
2
J1
3 1
Battery Jumper
Sate C
1001
2 J42 10
State B
0101
1 0 0 1
1 0 1 1
9
1
J12
Binary
value
1101
Binary
value
2 J42 10
State A
1 0 1 0
2 J42 10
Binary
value
2 J42 10
BIOS Jumper
Battery Jumper
CF Card
Battery is used
2
J1
J1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Battery is not used

2947

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Type 1
BIOS Jumper
BIOS Jumper
State B
10
10
State A
J11
J11
J1
Binary
10 01
value
1010
Binary
10 10
value
1001
Battery Jumper
1011
Binary
1 0 11
value
10
State C
J11
10
9
J11
J1
BIOS Jumper
3
J1
BIOS Jumper
Binary
10 01
value
2
State A
1010
Binary
10 10
value
1001
Type 2
Battery is
not used
CF Card
Battery
is used
Battery Jumper
State B
10
10
J11
J11
1011
Binary
1 0 11
value
10
State C
J11
10
9
J11
Battery is
not used
J1
CFCCard
Battery
is used
J1
Battery Jumper
J1
Battery Jumper
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2948

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 25-62 Position of the jumpers on the TNK2SCC board

Battery Jumper
BIOS Jumper
J9
J41
10
CF Card
The underlying PCB

Battery Jumper
BIOS Jumper
J9
State A
10
State B
J9
J41
10
9
J9
Battery is
not used
J41
3
Binary Value 1011

1 1 0 1
Battery is
used
Binary Value 1001

1 0 0 1
Binary Value 1010

0 1 0 1
10
State C
1
25.14.9 SCC Specifications

l
TN11SCC: 25.4 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 264.6 mm (H) or 1.0 in. (W) x 8.7 in. (D) x 10.4
in. (H)
TN16SCC: 37.6 mm (W) x 220 mm x (D) 350.3 mm (H) or 2.1 in. (W) x 8.7 in. (D) x 13.8
in. (H)
TN22SCC/TN23SCC: 25.4 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) ox 118.9 mm (H) or 1.0 in. (W) x 8.7
in. (D) x 4.7 in. (H)
in. (H)
in. (H)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2949

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

TNK2SCC: 76.2 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 110.0 mm (H) or 3.0 in. (W) x 8.7 in. (D) x 4.4
in. (H)
Weight:
l
TN11SCC: 1.2 kg (2.6 lb.)
TN16SCC: 1.3 kg (2.8 lb.)
TN22SCC/TN23SCC: 0.5 kg (1.1 lb.)
TN51SCC: 1.2 kg (2.6 lb.)
TN52SCC: 1.0 kg (2.2 lb.)
TNK2SCC: 0.9 kg (2.0 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11SCC
27.0
30.0
TN16SCC
32.0
35.0
TN22SCC
10.0
13.0
TN23SCC
10.0
13.0
TN51SCC
18.0
20.0
TN52SCC
23.0
25.1
TNK2SCC
26.7
29.3
25.15 AUX
AUX: system auxiliary interface board

The available functional versions of the AUX board are TN11, TN12, TN16, TN21, TN22,
TN51, and TN52.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2950

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Board
TN52AUX
TN51AUX/TN52AUX
TN52AUX
TN51AUX/TN52AUX
TN16AUX
TN11AUX/TN12AUX
TN21AUX/TN22AUX
NOTE
When the TN52AUX board in a general OptiX OSN 8800 T64 or general OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack is used,
the logical board must be created as 51AUX on the NMS.
Type
The system provides two types of the TN11AUX. Table 25-47 lists the types of the TN11AUX.
Any of other AUX board versions has only one type.
Table 25-47 Type description of the TN11AUX
Board
Type
Description
TN11AUX
TN11AUX01
The TN11AUX01 board is

available in two types. One type
provides three jumpers and the
other type provides eight jumpers to
setting the subrack ID, which
ranges from 0 to 7.
TN11AUX02
Provides eight jumpers to set

subrack ID, which ranges from 0 to
31.

l
Function:
The TN11AUX/TN12AUX board provides various auxiliary interfaces and
management interfaces. For detail, see 25.15.4 Functions and Features and 25.15.5
Working Principle and Signal Flow. The TN11AUX01 board is available in two types.
One type provides three jumpers and the other type provides eight jumpers for setting
the subrack ID. There are eight jumpers inside the TN11AUX02 board, which are used
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2951
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
to set the subrack ID. The TN12AUX board provides eight DIP switches for setting the
subrack ID.For detail, see 25.15.8 Switch and Jumper.
The TN16AUX does not provide external interfaces. It provides the inter-subrack
management function. For details, see 25.15.4 Functions and Features and 25.15.5
Working Principle and Signal Flow.
The TN21AUX and TN22AUX boards are mainly used to provide backup power
supply, various auxiliary interfaces, and management interfaces. For detail, see 25.15.4
Functions and Features and 25.15.5 Working Principle and Signal Flow. There are
three jumpers inside the TN21AUX board. There are eight jumpers inside the
TN22AUX board. For detail, see 25.15.8 Switch and Jumper.
The TN51AUX/TN52AUX board does not provide external interfaces. For detail, see
25.15.4 Functions and Features and 25.15.5 Working Principle and Signal Flow.
The TN52AUX/TN16AUX board supports 1+1 protection. For details, see 25.15.4
l
Appearance:
Board front panels of some versions are different. For details, see 25.15.6 Front
Panel.
Specification:
The specifications vary according to versions. For details, see 25.15.9 AUX
Specifications.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Original
Board
Substitute Board
Substitution Rules
TN11AUX
TN12AUX
When a TN11AUX board is replaced with a

TN12AUX board, the logical board for the TN12AUX
board can be created as AUX on the NMS. This
substitution does not require a board software upgrade.
After the substitution, the TN12AUX board provides
only the functions of the TN11AUX board.
TN12AUX
None
TN16AUX
None
TN21AUX
TN22AUX
If the SCC is the TN22SCC, upgrade the NE software

to OptiX OSN 3800 V100R004C01 or a later version.
TN22AUX
None
TN51AUX
TN52AUX
When a TN51AUX board in a general OptiX OSN

8800 T64 or OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack is replaced
with a TN52AUX board, the logical board for the
TN52AUX board must be created as TN51AUX on the
NMS. This substitution does not require a board
software upgrade. After the substitution, the
TN52AUX board provides only the functions of the
TN51AUX board.

2952

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original
Board
Substitute Board
Substitution Rules
TN52AUX
None


Hardware Update
Added the TN12AUX board.
Compared with the TN11AUX board, the TN12AUX

board provides DIP switches instead of jumpers to set the
subrack ID.

Hardware Update
Added the TN52AUX board.
1+1 protection is supported.

Hardware Update
Modified description of the

TN11AUX01 jumpers.
The specifications are supplemented.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
Revised the schematic diagram

of the jumper on the TN11AUX
board. In this issue, the original
dotted line is changed to a solid
line and indicates that the cap
must be installed.

2953

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

25.15.3 Application
AUX board is a system control and communication board.

This section describes the functions and features of AUX boards.
For detailed functions and features of the TN11AUX/TN12AUX board, refer to Table 25-48.
Table 25-48 Functions and features of the TN11AUX/TN12AUX board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Provides the system with various auxiliary interfaces and

management interfaces.
Interface
Provides the Ethernet communications interface and management

interface.
Provides the common and the emergent inter-subrack
communications interfaces
Setting of subrack ID
Supported.
For detailed functions and features of the TN16AUX board, refer to Table 25-49.
Table 25-49 Functions and features of the TN16AUX board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Implements communication between boards or subracks and intersburack management. Supports 1+1 protection.
The TN16AUX collects overhead information about other boards and
sends the information to the TN16XCH/TN16SCC/TN16UXCM.
After processing overhead information, the TN16XCH/TN16SCC/
TN16UXCM sends the processed information to the TN16AUX.
Then, the TN16AUX sends the information to the other boards.
NOTE
In an OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack, two TN16AUX boards must be
configured if the IEEE 1588v2 function is required.
In an OptiX OSN 8800 T16 electrical subrack, two TN16AUX boards must be
configured.
Interface
Does not provide external interfaces.
For detailed functions and features of the TN21/TN22AUX board, refer to Table 25-50.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2954

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 25-50 Functions and features of the TN21AUX/TN22AUX board

Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Provides the system with backup power supplies as well as various

auxiliary and management interfaces.
Interface
Provides the Ethernet communications interface and management

interface.
Provides the OAM interface for remote maintenance.
Provides the alarm channel for chassis indicators.
Power supply backup
Provides the entire system with the 3.3 V integrated power supply
backup.
Alarm function
Provides alarms on the failure of 3.3 V integrated backup power

supply, including over-voltage and under-voltage alarms.
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Implements communications between boards or subracks.
Interface
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Implements communications between boards or subracks, and

supports 1+1 protection.
NOTE
The TN52AUX board supports 1+1 protection only when it is used in an
enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 or an enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack.
Interface
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2955

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The AUX board consists of the CPU and control module, communication module, and power
supply module.
Figure 25-63 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN11AUX/TN12AUX/
TN21AUX/TN22AUX/TN51AUX/TN52AUX board.
Figure 25-64 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN16AUX board.
Figure 25-63 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN11AUX/TN12AUX/TN21AUX/
TN22AUX/TN51AUX/TN52AUX board
CPU and control

module
Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
Communication
module
Backplane
DC power supply
from a backplane
Other boards
Figure 25-64 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN16AUX board
Monitoring
module
Power supply
module
Overhead
processing
module
Communication
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
Backplane
DC power supply
from a backplane
Other boards
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2956

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module Function
l

The CPU module implements the control, monitoring and management of the
communication module and detects the power supply at the same time.
TN11AUX/TN12AUX: The control module provides the subrack ID and collects the
alarms and performance events of each functional module as well as the clock information.
TN16AUX: The control module collects the alarms and performance events of each
functional module as well as the clock information.
TN21AUX/TN22AUX: The control module collects the alarms and performance events of
each functional module as well as the clock information.
TN51AUX/TN52AUX: The control module collects the alarms and performance events of
each functional module as well as the clock information.
NOTE
The TN16AUX board is connected to the EFI board through the backplane. The interfaces as follows
are provided on the EFI board.
The TN51AUX/TN52AUX board is connected to the EFI1 and EFI2 boards through the backplane.
The interfaces as follows are provided on the EFI1 and EFI2 boards.
Provides the inter-board communication interface to connect the service boards and the
SCC. Implements the data communication between boards.
Provides the NM interface and the NM cascading interface that connect the AUX and
the NM terminal.
TN11AUX/TN12AUX: Provides the common and the emergent inter-subrack
communication network interfaces. TN21AUX/TN22AUX: Provides the OAM
interface for remote maintenance.
l
Power supply module

TN11AUX/TN12AUX: Converts the DC power supplied by the backplane into the power
required by each module on the board.
TN16AUX/TN51AUX/TN52AUX: Converts the DC power supplied by the backplane into
the power required by each module on the board.
TN21AUX/TN22AUX: Supplies power for the AUX. It also provides the entire OptiX
OSN 3800 system with 3.3 V integrated power backup to protect the 3.3 V power supply
of any board in the system.
Overhead Processing module

Collects overhead information about other boards and sends the information to the
TN16XCH/TN16SCC/TN16UXCM.
Receives the processed overhead information from TN16XCH/TN16SCC/
TN16UXCM and sends the information to the other boards.
Monitoring module
25.15.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the AUX board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2957

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Figure 25-65 shows the front panel of the TN11AUX/TN12AUX board.
Figure 25-66 shows the front panel of the TN16AUX board.
For the mapping between the values displayed in the shelf ID LED and the actual shelf IDs, see
Figure 25-69.
Figure 25-65 Front panel of the TN11AUX/TN12AUX board
NM_ETH1
NM_ETH2
ETH1
ETH2
STAT
PROG
AUX
Figure 25-66 Front panel of the TN16AUX board
AUX
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
ALMC
RESET
SubRACK-ID
LAMP TEST
ALM CUT
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2958
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
STAT
PROG
NM_ETH1
NM_ETH2
EXT
AUX

AUX
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2959
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Indicators
There are two indicators on the front panel of the TN11AUX/TN12AUXTN21AUX/TN22AUX
board.
There are five indicators on the front panel of the TN16AUX board.
There are four indicators on the front panel of the TN51AUX/TN52AUX board.
l
Service active status indicator (ACT) - dual-colored (green, orange)
Alarm cut-off indicator (ALMC)- yellow

NOTE
Only the ACT indicator of TN51AUX board supports the orange color.
Interfaces
Table 25-53 lists the type and function of each interface of the TN11AUX/TN12AUX board.
The TN16AUX/TN51AUX/TN52AUX board does not provide external interfaces.
Table 25-53 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TN11AUX/TN12AUX board
Interface
Type
Function
NM_ETH1
RJ45
l Using a network cable, the port connects the

network interface on the equipment to the U2000
server to enable the management of the U2000 over
the equipment.
NM_ETH1/NM_ETH2 network interface on one
NE to another NE for communication between NEs.
NM_ETH2
RJ45

the equipment.
ETH1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
RJ45
Using a network cable, the port connects the ETH1/

ETH2/ETH3 interface on one subrack to the other
subracks for communication between the master
subrack and slave subracks.

2960

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Type
Function
ETH2
RJ45
Using a network cable, the port connects the ETH1/

ETH2/ETH3 interface on one subrack to the other
subracks for communication between the master
subrack and slave subracks.
Table 25-54 lists the type and function of each interface of the TN21AUX/TN22AUX board.
Table 25-54 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TN21AUX/TN22AUX board
Interface
Type
Function
NM_ETH1
RJ45

the equipment.
NM_ETH2
RJ45

the equipment.
EXT
DB64
Provides the alarm input/output interface, cascading

interface, commissioning network interface and
management serial interface.
Buttons
Buttons are present on only the TN16AUX. For details on the buttons, see Table 25-55.
Table 25-55 Functions of the buttons on the TN16AUX board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Button
Function
RESET
Used to perform a warm reset on the TN16AUX board.
ALM CUT
Used to clear an audible alarm.
LAMP TEST
Used to test all of the indicators.

2961

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

LED
LED indicators are present on only the TN16AUX. For details on the LED indicators, see Table
25-56.
Table 25-56 Function of the LED indicator on the TN16AUX board
LED indicator
Function
SubRack-ID
The LED on the front panel is used to indicate whether the subrack is
a master or slave subrack in the case of master/slave subrack mode.
"0" indicates the master subrack. "EE" indicates that the subrack ID
is incorrect or fails to be read. The other values indicate slave
subracks. For the values displayed on the LED, see Figure 25-69.
Figure 25-69 LED
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Error
Hexadecimal subrack ID displayed in the LED
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Decimal subrack ID

2962

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

25.15.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one AUX board.
Table 25-57 shows the valid slots for the TN11AUX/TN12AUX board.
Table 25-57 Valid slots for the TN11AUX/TN12AUX board
Product
Slot
IU21
Table 25-58 shows the valid slots for the TN16AUX board.
Table 25-58 Valid slots for the TN16AUX board
Product
Slot
IU21, IU22
Table 25-59 shows the valid slots for the TN21AUX/TN22AUX board.
Table 25-59 Valid slots for the TN21AUX/TN22AUX board
Product
Slot
IU10
Product
Slot
General OSN 8800 T32 subrack
IU41
General OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
IU72, IU83
NOTE
The TN51AUX board does not support 1+1 protection. If a TN51AUX board is not inserted into the
previous slots or multiple TN51AUX boards are configured to implement 1+1 protection, the
communication becomes abnormal.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2963

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Product
Slot

subrack
IU41
Enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
IU41, IU43

subrack
IU72, IU83
Enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
IU72, IU73, IU83, IU84
NOTE
The TN52AUX board supports 1+1 protection only in the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64/T32 subrack.
The TN52AUX board does not support 1+1 protection in the General OptiX OSN 8800 T64/T32 subrack.
If a TN52AUX board is not inserted into the previous slots or multiple TN52AUX boards are configured
to implement 1+1 protection, the communication becomes abnormal.

The TN11AUX01 board is available in two types. For one type there are three jumpers and for
the other type there are eight jumpers inside the board. There are eight jumpers inside the
TN11AUX02 board. There are eight DIP switches inside the TN12AUX board.The jumpers and
DIP switches are used to set the subrack ID. There is no jumper inside the TN16AUX/
TN51AUX/TN52AUX board.
Jumper of TN11AUX
The SCC detects the subrack ID and identifies whether the subrack is a primary or a secondary
one. The result is indicated by the LED indicator of the SCC front panel.
The master subrack and each slave subrack are interconnected through the ETH1/ETH2
interfaces on the AUX boards or the ETH3 interfaces on the EFI boards. The subrack IDs are
specified through the jumpers on the AUX boards.
The TN11AUX01 board is available in two types. For one type there are three jumpers and for
the other type there are eight jumpers inside the board.
l
For the TN11AUX01 board that has three jumpers inside, the jumpers can be set in eight
combinations, representing decimal values 0-7. The default setting of the three jumpers is
000. The value 0 indicates the master subrack, and the other values indicate slave subracks.
Figure 25-70 shows the position of the three jumpers. When the two pins on the right of
each jumper are capped, the setting is 1; when the two pins on the left of each jumper are
capped, the setting is 0. As shown in Figure 25-70, the jumper setting represents the decimal
value of 1, which means that the subrack ID is 1.
For the TN11AUX01 board that has eight jumpers inside, the J14, J15, J16, J17, and J18,
jumpers are reserved and the two pins on the left of each reserved jumper must be capped.
The J4, J3, and J2 jumpers can be set in 8 combinations, representing decimal values 0-7.
The default setting of the three jumpers is 000. The value 0 indicates the master subrack
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2964
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
and the other values indicate slave subracks. Figure 25-72 shows the position of the
jumpers. When the two pins on the right of each of the three jumpers are capped, the setting
is 1; when the two pins on the left of each of the three jumpers are capped, the setting is 0.
As shown in Figure 25-72, the jumper setting represents the decimal value of 1, which
means that the subrack ID is 1.
Figure 25-70 Position of the three jumpers on the TN11AUX01 board
Representing Representing Representing
Junper cap
Jumpers
CPU
Figure 25-71 Mapping between jumpers binary values and subrack IDs
Subrack
ID:1-7
Jumpers
1
Jumpers
Subrack
ID
0
2
1
1
Subrack
ID
1
2
Jumpers
Subrack
ID
6
1
7
1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2965

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 25-72 Position of the eight jumpers on the TN11AUX01 board

Representing 0
Representing 0
J3
J4
J2
Representing 0
Representing 0
J17
Representing 1
Representing0
J15
J16
Representing 0
Representing0
Junper cap
J14
J18
J4
J3
J2
J17
J16
J15
J18
J14
Jumpers
CPU
NOTICE
The J14, J15, J16, J17, and J18 jumpers must be set as specified in Figure 25-72 .
Exercise caution when modifying the subrack ID, because the modification may cause service
interruption.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2966
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Subrack
ID:1-7
Subrack
ID
Jumpers
1
J4
J3
Subrack
ID
Jumpers
1
J2
J4
4
J3
J4
J2
2
J3
J4
1
J2
Subrack
ID
Jumpers
J4
J3
J2
J3
J2
6
J4
J3
J2
7
J4
J3
J2
The TN11AUX02 board has eight jumpers, which can be used to implement 32 states that
represent decimal values 0-31. Each jumper represents a binary value: 0 or 1. In the TN11AUX02
board, the J14, J17, and J18 jumpers are reserved. The default value of the five jumpers is 00000.
"0" indicates the master subrack. The other values indicate slave subracks. Figure 25-74 shows
the jumpers on the board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2967

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 25-74 Position of the jumper on the TN11AUX02 board

Representing 0
Representing 0
Representing 1
J3
J4
J2
Representing 0
Representing 0
J17
Representing0
J15
J16
Representing 0
Representing0
Junper cap
J14
J18
J4
J3
J2
J17
J16
J15
J18
J14
Jumpers
CPU
NOTICE
The J14, J17, and J18 jumpers must be set as specified in Figure 25-74.
Exercise caution when modifying the subrack ID, because the modification may cause service
interruption.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2968
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Subrack
ID:1-15
Subrack
ID
Jumpers
1
J4
J3
0
J2
0
J16
J15
J3
0
J2
0
J16
J15
1
J4
1
J4
J2
0
J16
J15
J4
1
J4
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
J4
J3
0
J3
0
J2
1
J16
J15
10
J2
0
J16
J15
J4
J15
J4
J3
0
J2
1
J16
J15
J3
0
J2
1
J4
J16
J15
J4
J3
0
J2
1
J4
J16
J15
11
J3
0
J2
1
J16
J15
J3
0
J2
0
J16
J15
J16
13
J3
0
J4

J3
0
J2
0
J16
J15
J4
J3
0
J2
1
J16
J15
J3
0
J2
1
J16
J15
J4
14
J2
0
Subrack
ID
Jumpers
J3
0
J4
Subrack
ID
Jumpers
J3
0
J2
1
J16
J15
12
15
2969

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Subrack
ID:16-31
Jumpers
0
J4
J2
0
J16
J15
J3
1
J2
0
J16
J15
J4
J3
1
J2
0
J15
J16
J15
J3
1
J16
J4
J3
1
J2
J3
1
J2
1
J16
J15
19
22
J4
25
J4
J3
1
J2
1
J16
J15
J4
J3
1
J2
1
J16
J15
J4
J15
J16
J2
J4
28
31
J4
Jumpers
Subrack
ID
0
J3
1
J15
J4
J4
16
J2
0
J16
0
J3
1
Jumpers
Subrack
ID
17
J4
20
J4
23
J4
J3
1
J2
1
J16
J15
26
J4
J3
1
J2
0
J16
J15
J3
1
J2
0
J16
J15
J3
1
J2
1
J16
J15
J3
1
J2
1
J16
J15
J3
1
J2
1
J4
J3
1
J2
1
J16
J15
J16
J15
29
18
Subrack
ID

incorrect or the subrack ID fails to be
obtained.
21
24
27
30
Err
or
DIP Switches of the TN12AUX Board

The TN12AUX board has two DIP switches. Each DIP switch has eight switches. The value set
by each switch can be 0 or 1 (in binary code). ID1ID4 correspond to pins 14 on SW2 and
ID5ID8 correspond to pins 14 on SW1. ID1ID5 are valid and ID6ID8 are reserved. Keep
the ID6-ID8 settings shown in the following figures. From higher bits to lower bits are ID5
ID1, which can be set to 32 combinations and the default value is 00000. The value 0 indicates
the master subrack, and the other values indicate slave subracks. Figure 25-76 shows the position
of the DIP switches on the TN12AUX board.
l
When the DIP switch is toggled to ON, the value of the corresponding bit is set to 0.
As shown in Figure 25-76, values ID5ID1 correspond to 00001 (in binary code), which
indicates that the subrack ID is 1 in decimal.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2970
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
Figure 25-76 Positions of the DIP switches on the TN12AUX board
DIP
1 2 3 4
ON
(ID 1)
(ID 2)
(ID 3)
(ID 4)
SW2
DIP
1 2 3 4
ON
(ID 5)
(ID 6)
(ID 7)
(ID 8)
SW1
ON DIP
1234
SW2
ON DIP
1234
SW1
Subrack
ID:1-15
SW2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
SW1
Subrack
ID
SW2
SW1
Subrack
ID
SW2
SW1
Subrack
ID
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON(ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
10
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)
(ID8)
11
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
12
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
13
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
14
ON
ON
ON
ON
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
15

2971

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Subrack
ID:16-31
SW2
Subrack
ID
SW1
SW2
SW1
Subrack
ID
SW2
SW1
Subrack
ID
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
16
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON(ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
17
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
18
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
19
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON(ID5)
ON(ID6)
ON(ID7)
ON(ID8)
20
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON(ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
21
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON(ID5)
ON(ID6)
ON(ID7)
ON(ID8)
22
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON(ID5)
ON(ID6)
ON(ID7)
ON(ID8)
23
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
24
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
25
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON(ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
26
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
27
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
28
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON(ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
29
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON(ID5)
ON(ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
30
ON (ID1)
ON (ID2)
ON (ID3)
ON (ID4)
ON (ID5)
ON (ID6)
ON (ID7)
ON (ID8)
31
"EE" indicates that the subrack ID is incorrect or the

subrack ID fails to be obtained.
Err
or
Jumper of TN21/TN22AUX
The TN21AUX has 3 jumpers. Figure 25-78 shows the jumpers.
The TN22AUX has 8 jumpers. Before the board is used, make sure that the setting of the J4
jumper is the same as that shown in Figure 25-79.
Figure 25-78 Position of the jumper on the TN21AUX
CPU
Jumper
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2972

Board
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 25-79 Position of the jumper on the TN22AUX
J4J11J10J21J20J19J23J22
Jumper
Jumper cap
8 (J4)
NOTICE
The J4, J11, J10, J21, J20, J19, J23 and J22 jumpers must be set as specified in J4.
25.15.9 AUX Specifications

l
Dimensions of the front panel:

TN11AUX/TN12AUX: 25.4 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 107.6 mm (H) (1.0 in. (W) x 8.7
in. (D) x 4.2 in. (H))
TN16AUX: 76.2 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 80 mm (H) (3.0 in. (W) x 8.7 in. (D) x 3.1
in. (H))
TN51AUX/TN52AUX: 25.4 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 107.5 mm (H) (1.0 in. (W) x 8.7
in. (D) x 4.2 in. (H))
TN21AUX: 25.4 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 118.9 mm (H) (1.0 in. (W) x 8.7 in. (D) x
4.7 in. (H))
TN22AUX: 25.4 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 118.9 mm (H) (1.0 in. (W) x 8.7 in. (D) x
4.7 in. (H))
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Weight:
2973
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Board
TN11AUX: 0.5 kg (1.1 lb.)

TN12AUX: 0.5 kg (1.01 lb.)
TN16AUX: 0.6 kg (1.32 lb.)
TN51AUX: 0.4 kg (0.88 lb.)
TN52AUX: 0.4 kg (0.88 lb.)
TN21AUX: 0.6 kg (1.32 lb.)
TN22AUX: 0.5 kg (1.1 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11AUX
12.0
17.0
TN12AUX
9.0
13.0
TN16AUX
16.5
19.2
TN21AUX
11.7
13.0
TN22AUX
15.0
17.0
TN51AUX
17.5
19.0
TN52AUX
15.0
20.0
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2974
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

26
26 Optical Supervisory Channel Board
Optical Supervisory Channel Board
About This Chapter

26.1 Overview
OSC boards transmit optical supervisory information between two NEs. OSC boards provide
high reliability of network monitoring because OSC boards transmit an OSC signal using a
wavelength different service wavelengths.
26.2 HSC1
HSC1: high power unidirectional optical supervisory channel board
26.3 SC1
SC1: unidirectional optical supervisory channel board
26.4 SC2
SC2: bi-directional optical supervisory channel board
26.5 ST2
ST2: bidirectional optical supervisory channel and timing transmission unit
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2975
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

26.1 Overview
OSC boards transmit optical supervisory information between two NEs. OSC boards provide
high reliability of network monitoring because OSC boards transmit an OSC signal using a
wavelength different service wavelengths.
Positions of OSC Boards in a WDM System

Figure 26-1 shows the positions of OSC boards in a WDM system.
Figure 26-1 Positions of OSC boards in a WDM system
OA
SCC
OSC
board
OA
S
F
I
U
/
F
I
U
NE 1
S
F
I
U
/
F
I
U
OA
OSC board
SCC
OA
S
F
I
U
/
F
I
U
S
F
I
U
/
F
I
U
OA
OSC
board
SCC
OA
NE 2
NE 3
NOTE
Among all the OSC boards, only the ST2 board can work with the SFIU board.
In the preceding figure, the SCC board on NE1 sends the local NMS monitored data to the OSC
board. Then the OSC board converts the NMS monitored data into an OSC signal and sends the
signal to the SFIU/FIU board. Lastly, the SFIU/FIU board multiplexes the signal with the main
channel signal onto the line for transmission. On NE2, the FIU/SFIU board extracts the OSC
signal from the line and sends it to the OSC board. Then the OSC board restores the monitoring
information from the OSC signal and sends the information to the SCC board for processing.
Main Functions
Board
Dimen
sion
Span
Distance
Center Wavelength
Signal Bandwidth
TN11
HSC1
53 dB
TN11HSC1: 1510 nm
48 dB
TN12HSC1: 1511 nm
TN11HSC1: 4.096 Mbit/s

TN12HSC1: 155.52 Mbit/s
48 dB
1510 nm
4.096 Mbit/s
TN12
HSC1
TN11S
C1
16.896 Mbit/s
TN12S
C1
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2976
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Dimen
sion
Span
Distance
Center Wavelength
Signal Bandwidth
TN11S
C2
48 dB
1510nm
4.096 Mbit/s
16.896 Mbit/s
TN12S
C2
TN11S
T2a
TN12S
T2a
40 dB
1491 nm
155.52 Mbit/s
1511 nm
TN13S
T2a
a: The ST2 board also supports clock signals and FE electrical signals.
26.2 HSC1
HSC1: high power unidirectional optical supervisory channel board

The available functional versions of the HSC1 board are TN11 and TN12.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1H
SC
1

2977
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
2H
SC
1
The TN23SCC board is required when the TN12HSC1 board is used in an OptiX OSN 3800
chassis.

TN11HSC1 and TN12HSC1 have different transmission rates and specifications. For details,
see 26.2.11 HSC1 Specifications.
The HSC1 boards of different versions cannot replace each other.


Hardware Update
Added the TN12HSC1 board.
The OSC signals of the TN12HSC1 board are encapsulated

in OTN format at a rate of 155 Mbit/s.
26.2.3 Application
As a type of optical supervisory channel unit, the HSC1 board processes one channel of
supervisory signals in one direction, transmits and extracts the overhead information about the
system, and processes and sends the overhead information to the SCC.
For the position of the HSC1 board in the WDM system, see Figure 26-2.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2978
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 26-2 Position of the HSC1 board in the WDM system

OAU
OAU
SCC
HSC1
F
I
U
OAU
NE1
F
I
U
HSC1
HSC1
SCC
OAU
F
I
U
OAU
NE2
F
I
U
HSC1
SCC
OAU
NE3
In the WDM network that adopts the optical supervisory channel, the NEs can make use of the
supervisory channel to transmit supervisory and management data. As shown in Figure 26-2,
the user can use the Ethernet to log in to the NE1 to manage the NE1 directly. NE2 and NE3 are
remote equipment. They can be remotely managed through the supervisory channel when there
is no data line connected. In this way, the entire network is under management.
The SCC of NE1 sends the network management (NM) data to the optical supervisory channel
(OSC) unit. The OSC unit converts the data into optical signals and sends the signals to the FIU.
The supervisory signals are multiplexed with the signals transmitted by the main path. Then, all
the signals are transmitted on line. The FIU of NE2 separates the supervisory signals from the
line and sends them to the OSC unit of NE2. The OSC unit converts the optical signals into
supervisory data and sends the data to the SCC for processing.
For an OptiX OSN 6800 and OptiX OSN 8800, only the optical supervisory channel boards on
the main subrack supports the orderwire function.
A subrack supports only one orderwire and on the U2000 the orderwire must be configured in
Settings for the First Orderwire Phone.
NOTE
The transmit and receive stations must use the HSC1 boards of the same version for interconnection because
the TN12HSC1 and TN11HSC1 boards cannot be interconnected.

The HSC1 board is mainly used to process and regenerate optical supervisory signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2979
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 26-1 Functions and features of the HSC1 board

Funct
ion
and
Featu
re
Description
Basic
functi
on
The HSC1 board is used to receive, process, and transmit one optical supervisory
signal.
l When containing 100 Gbit/s wavelength, the system supports transmission over
a span of 48 dB attenuation.
l When containing no 100 Gbit/s wavelength, the system supports transmission
over a span of 53 dB attenuation.
Techn
ical
featur
es
The OSC has no limitation on the distance between two optical line amplifiers. The
failure of an optical line amplifier does not affect the performance of the OSC.
Regen
eratio
n
functi
on
The HSC1 board transmits signals from section to section. It also has the 3R function.
In each regenerating station that has optical amplifiers, information can be correctly
received and new supervisory signals are added.
Opera
ting
wavel
ength
The operating wavelength of the TN11HSC1 board is 1510 nm.
Loop
back
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Optic
allayer
ASO
N
Supported
The HSC1 is independent of the SCC. When the SCC is not in position, the HSC1
can still ensure the pass-through of ECC with the two optical interfaces and monitor
other stations.
The operating wavelength of the TN12HSC1 board is 1511 nm.

The HSC1 board consists of the optical receiving module, optical transmitting module, CMI/
FEC encoding module, CMI/FEC decoding module, overhead processing module, control and
Figure 26-3 and Figure 26-4show the functional modules and signal flow of the HSC1 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2980
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 26-3 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN11HSC1 board
O/E
RM
CMI
decoding
module
Optical
receiving
module
Overhead
processing
module
E/O
CMI
encoding
module
Optical
transmitting
module
TM
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Figure 26-4 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN12HSC1 board
O/E
RM
FEC
decoding
module
Optical
receiving
module
Supervisory signal
processing module
FEC
encoding
module
E/O
Optical
transmitting
module
TM
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
Voltage
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
l
Signal flow of the TN11HSC1 board

The optical receiving module converts the optical supervisory signals from the FIU into
electrical signals. The electrical signals enter the overhead processing module after CMI
decoding. The overhead processing module extracts overhead bytes from the electrical
signals, and sends them to the SCC for processing. After the overhead bytes are processed
by the SCC, this module sends the electrical signals to be encoded in the CMI encoding
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2981
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

module. Finally, the electrical supervisory signals are converted into optical supervisory
signals through the optical transmitting module.
l
Signal flow of the TN12HSC1 board

The optical supervisory signal from the FIU board is converted into an electrical signal by
the O/E module. After FEC decoding, the electrical signal enters the supervisory signal
processing module. The supervisory signal processing module extracts the supervisory
information from the electrical signal and sends the supervisory information to the SCC
board for processing. The overhead bytes processed by the SCC board are sent to the FEC
module for encoding. The E/O module then converts the overhead bytes received from the
FEC encoding module into an OSC signal.
Frame Structure of the OSC Signals of the TN11HSC1 Board

Figure 26-5 shows the timeslots of the E1 frame adopted by the OSC signals. There are 32
timeslots in a frame, numbered 0 to 31.
Figure 26-5 Timeslot assignment diagram of the OSC overhead
0
...
14
15
16
...
31
For the definition and functions of the timeslots in the E1 frame of the OSC, refer to Table
26-2.
Table 26-2 Functions of the timeslots in the E1 frame of the OSC
Timeslot
Number
Name
Function
E1 byte
Provides the path for orderwire phone. Transmission of one

orderwire phone requires three bytes.
F1 byte
Co-directional 64 kbit/s data interface.
3-13, 15
D1-D12
bytes
DCC channel
Used to transmit the OAM data information, such as the
issued commands and the data of the queried alarms and
performance events.
The OSC board extracts relevant bytes and sends them to the
SCC for processing.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
14
ALC
byte
Provides the channel for the transmission of ALC protocol

byte.
17
F2 byte
Reserved for the user (usually, the network provider) for the
temporary orderwire communication with the purpose of
specific maintenance.

2982
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Timeslot
Number
Name
Function
18
F3 byte
19
E2 byte
Provides the path for orderwire phone.

Transmission of one orderwire phone requires three bytes.
21-23
Optical
layer
overhea
d bytes
Used to transmit optical layer overhead information.
Other
Reserve
d
Frame Structure of the OSC Signals of the TN12HSC1 Board

The frame structure of an OSC signal is similar to the OTN frame structure, as shown in Figure
26-6. Each frame has 4 x 4080 bytes.
Figure 26-6 OSC byte assignment diagram
16
810
FAS
RES
SM
11134
135404
405674
6753824
38254080
RES
SP-OH
(1588+DCN)
RES
RES
FEC
RES
FAS: Frame Alignment Signal

SM: Section Monitoring
RES: Reserved
Table 26-3 lists the definitions and functions of the OSC bytes.
Table 26-3 Definitions and functions of the OSC bytes
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Column
Number
Name
Function Description
1 to 6
FAS
Indicates frame alignment information.

2983
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Column
Number
Name
8 to 10
SM
Monitors bit errors occurred in the

transmission between two sites.
135 to 404
SP-OH(1588+DCN)
Extracts corresponding bytes from DCN

overheads and sends the bytes to the SCC board
for processing.
Not supports processing of 1588 packets.
3825 to 4080
FEC
Performs FEC encoding and decoding on OSC

signals.
Other columns
RES
Reserved
Module Function
l

Performs O/E conversion of an optical supervisory signal.

Performs E/O conversion of an electrical supervisory signal.
FEC decoding/encoding module

Performs FEC decoding/encoding.
CMI encoding/decoding module

Performs mutual conversion between the 2 Mbit/s signal.

Extracts overhead bytes from the electrical signals, and sends them to the SCC for
processing. After the overhead bytes are processed by the SCC, this module sends the
electrical signals to be encoded in the CMI encoding module.

OTU frames, and processes overheads.

Power supply module

26.2.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the HSC1 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2984
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Figure 26-7 shows the front panel of the TN11HSC1 board.
Figure 26-8 shows the front panel of the TN12HSC1 board.
Figure 26-7 Front panel of the TN11HSC1 board
HSC1
RM
EOW
HSC1
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TM
Figure 26-8 Front panel of the TN12HSC1 board

HSC1
RM
EOW
HSC1
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TM
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 26-4 Types and functions of the interfaces on the HSC1 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Type
Function
TM
LC
RM
LC
EOW
RJ11
Connects to an orderwire phone set through telephone

wires to implement orderwire communication between
NEs.

2985
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Laser Hazard Level

TN11HSC1 board: the laser hazard level of the board is HAZARD LEVEL 1, indicating that
the maximum power launched by the board is less than 10 dBm (10 mW).
TN12HSC1 board: the laser hazard level of the board is HAZARD LEVEL 1M, indicating that
the maximum power launched by the board ranges from 10 dBm (10 mW) to 21.3 dBm (136
mW).
26.2.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one HSC1 board.
Table 26-5 shows the valid slots for the TN11HSC1 board.
Table 26-6 shows the valid slots for the TN12HSC1 board.
Table 26-5 Valid slots for the TN11HSC1 board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5 and IU11
Table 26-6 Valid slots for the TN12HSC1 board

Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5 and IU11
26.2.8 Characteristic Code for the HSC1

The characteristic code for the HSC1 board contains twelve characters and digits, indicating the
wavelength range and numbers of optical interface.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2986
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 26-7 Characteristic code for the HSC1 board
Code
Meaning
Description
First character

W.
Second to tenth characters
Optical signal wavelength

range
The optical signal

wavelength range is 1500 nm
to 1520 nm processed by the
board.
Eleventh character
The eleventh character is

always P.
Twelfth character
Numbers of optical interface
The number of the optical

interface is one.
For example, the characteristic code for the HSC1 board is W1500/1520P1. This code indicates
that the optical signal wavelength range is 1500 nm to 1520 nm, and the number of the optical
interface is one.


Table 26-8 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the HSC1 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
RM/TM
NOTE

For HSC1 Parameters, refer to Table 26-9.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2987
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 26-9 HSC1 parameters

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
240/1510.00/198.540

Band Type
SMC
Optical Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

NOTE
automatic loopback release function is enabled.
Disable, Enable

in subracks.
Auto Pass-through
Default: Disable

at the site and enter the downstream site after
Auto Pass-through is set to Enabled.
When system control boards are deployed at
a site, the OSC overhead will not
at the site even though Auto Pass-through
is set to Enabled.
NOTE
When two HSC1 boards are deployed but no
system control board is deployed at a site, the two
HSC1 boards must be installed in paired slots.
Laser Status
Off, On
Default: On

status of a board.
more information.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2988
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Enable OAMS
Power Monitoring
Disable, Enable
Default: Disable

the difference between the actual power and
NOTE
Only TN12HSC1 supports this parameter.
Standard Value of
OAMS Power
Monitoring (dBm)
-60.0 to 50.0
Default: /

NOTE
OAMS Power
Abnormity
Threshold (dB)
0.5 to 10.0
Default:3

abnormality threshold, the U2000 will issue
a command to the OptiX BWS 1600G to start
than the threshold, the U2000 will not issue
a command to start the OAMS function.
NOTE
26.2.11 HSC1 Specifications

NOTE
Table 26-10 lists the optical specifications of the TN11HSC1 board.
Table 26-11 lists the optical specifications of the TN12HSC1 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2989
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 26-10 Optical specifications of the TN11HSC1 board

Item
Unit
Value
Signal rate
Mbit/s
4.096
nm
1500 to 1520
Signal coding
CMI
dBm
5 to 10
dBm
<= -48
Receiver overload
dBm
-3
Table 26-11 Optical specifications of the TN12HSC1 board

Item
Unit
Value
Signal rate
Mbit/s
155.52
nm
1501 to 1521
dBm
13 to 14
dBm
<= -42
Receiver overload
dBm
-10
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11HSC1
8.0
8.8
TN12HSC1
13
15
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2990
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

26.3 SC1
SC1: unidirectional optical supervisory channel board

The available functional versions of the SC1 board are TN11, TN12.

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1S
C1
T
N1
2S
C1

None
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11SC1
TN12SC1
The TN12SC1 can be created as SC1 on the NMS. The former

substitution, the TN12SC1 functions as the TN11SC1.
TN12SC1
None

2991
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Hardware Update
Changed the maximum span

supported by the SC1 board to
42 dB.
26.3.3 Application
Because it is a type of optical supervisory channel unit, the SC1 board processes one channel of
supervisory signals in one direction, transmits and extracts the overhead information about the
system, processes and sends the overhead information to the SCC.
For the position of the SC1 board in the WDM system, see Figure 26-9.
Figure 26-9 Position of the SC1 board in the WDM system
OA
SCC
SC1
OA
NE1
OA
F
I
U
F
I
U
SC2
SCC
OA
F
I
U
OA
NE2
F
I
U
SC1
SCC
OA
NE3
In the WDM network that adopts the optical supervisory channel, the NEs can use supervisory
channels to transmit supervisory and management data. As shown in Figure 26-9, the user can
use the Ethernet to log in to the NE1 to manage the NE1 directly. NE2 and NE3 can be remotely
managed through the supervisory channel when there is no data line connected. When configured
as described above, the entire network can be managed.
the signals are transmitted on the line. The FIU of NE2 separates the supervisory signals from
the line and sends them to the OSC unit of NE2. The OSC unit converts the optical signals into
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2992
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The SC1 board processes and regenerates optical supervisory signals.
Table 26-12 Functions and features of the SC1 board
Function
and
Feature
Description
Basic
function
The SC1 board receives, processes, and transmits one optical supervisory signal.
The SC1 supports a maximum of 42 dB span transmission.
Technical
features
The distance between two optical line amplifiers is not limited by the optical
supervisory channel (OSC). The failure of an optical line amplifier does not
affect the performance of the OSC.
The SC1 is independent of the SCC. When the SCC is not in position, the SC1
board can still ensure the pass-through of ECC with the two optical interfaces
and monitor other stations.
Regenerati
on
function
The SC1 board transmits signals from section to section. It also performs the
3R function. In each regenerating station that has optical amplifiers, information
can be received and new supervisory signals are added.
Operating
wavelengt
h
The supervisory channel signal wavelength is 1510 nm.
Loopback
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Opticallayer
ASON
Supported

The SC1 board consists of the optical receiving module, CMI decoding module, overhead
processing module, CMI encoding module, optical transmitting module, control and
Figure 26-10 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the SC1 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2993
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 26-10 Functional modules and signal flow of the SC1 board
CMI
decoding
module
O/E
RM
Overhead
processing
module
CMI
encoding
module
E/O
TM
Optical
transmitting
module
Optical
receiving
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Signal Flow
The optical receiving module converts the optical supervisory signals from the FIU into electrical
signals. The electrical signals enter the overhead processing module after CMI decoding. The
overhead processing module extracts overhead bytes from the electrical signals, and sends them
to the SCC for processing. After the overhead bytes are processed by the SCC, this module sends
the electrical signals to be encoded in the CMI encoding module. Finally, the electrical
supervisory signals are converted into optical supervisory signals through the optical
transmitting module.
Frame Structure of the OSC Signals

0
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
...
14
15
16

...
31
2994
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

26-13.
Timeslot
Number
Name
Function
E1 byte

F1 byte
3-13, 15
D1-D12
bytes
DCC channel
performances.
SCC for processing.
14
ALC
byte

byte.
17
F2 byte
18
F3 byte
19
E2 byte

21-23
Optical
layer
overhea
d bytes
Other
Reserve
d
Module Function
l

Performs O/E conversion of an optical supervisory signal.

Performs E/O conversion of an electrical supervisory signal.

Performs mutual conversion between the 8 Mbit/s CMI-coded signal and the 2 Mbit/s
signal.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2995
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Power supply module

26.3.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the SC1 board.

Figure 26-12 shows the front panel of the SC1 board.
Figure 26-12 Front panel of the SC1 board
SC1
RM
EOW
SC1
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TM
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2996
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 26-14 Types and functions of the interfaces on the SC1 board
Interface
Type
Function
TM
LC
RM
LC
EOW
RJ11

NEs.
Laser Hazard Level

26.3.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one SC1 board.
Table 26-15 shows the valid slots for the TN11SC1 board.
Table 26-15 Valid slots for the TN11SC1 board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11

2997
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

26.3.8 Characteristic Code for the SC1

The characteristic code for the SC1 board contains twelve characters and digits, indicating the
wavelength range and optical interface number.
Table 26-17 Characteristic code for the SC1 board
Code
Meaning
Description
First character

W.
Second to the tenth

characters

range
The optical signal

board.
Eleventh character

always P.
Twelfth character
The number of the optical

interface is one.
For example, the characteristic code for the SC1 board is W1500/1520P1. This code indicates
that the optical signal wavelength range is 1500 nm to 1520 nm, and the number of the optical
interface is one.


Table 26-18 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the SC1 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
RM/TM
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2998
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


For parameters of the SC1, refer to Table 26-19.
Table 26-19 SC1 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
240/1510.00/198.540

Band Type
SMC
Optical Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

NOTE
Off, On

status of a board.
Laser Status
Default: On

more information.
Enable OAMS
Power Monitoring
Disable, Enable
Default: Disable

NOTE
Only the TN12SC1 support this parameter.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

2999
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Standard Value of
OAMS Power
Monitoring (dBm)
-60.0 to 50.0

Default: /
NOTE
OAMS Power
Abnormity
Threshold (dB)
0.5 to 10.0
Default:3

a command to the OptiX BWS 1600G to start
than the threshold, the U2000 will not issue
a command to start the OAMS function.
NOTE
Auto Pass-through
Disable, Enable
Default: Disable

in subracks.
at the site and enter the downstream site after
Auto Pass-through is set to Enabled.
When system control boards are deployed at
a site, the OSC overhead will not
is set to Enabled.
NOTE
When two SC1 boards are deployed but no
SC1 boards must be installed in paired slots.
26.3.11 SC1 Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3000
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 26-20 lists the optical specifications of the SC1 board.
Table 26-20 Optical specifications of the SC1 board
Item
Unit
Value
Signal ratea
Mbit/s
16.896
nm
1500 to 1520
Signal coding
CMI
dBm
-4 to 0
dBm
<= -46
Receiver overload
dBm
-3
4.096
<= -48
a: The SC1 board at the receive end can automatically determines the signal rate of the OSC
channel based on the OSC board configured at the transmit end. By default, the signal rate of
the OSC channel is 16 Mbit/s.
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11SC1/TN12SC1
11.0
14.9
26.4 SC2
SC2: bi-directional optical supervisory channel board

Two functional versions of the SC2 board are available: TN11 and TN12.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3001
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1S
C2
T
N1
2S
C2

None
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11SC2
TN12SC2
The TN12SC2 can be created as SC2 on the NMS. The former

substitution, the TN12SC2 functions as the TN11SC2.
TN12SC2
None

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3002
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update

supported by the SC2 board to
42 dB.
26.4.3 Application
Because it is a type of optical supervisory channel unit, the SC2 board processes two channels
of supervisory signals in opposite directions, transmits and extracts the overhead information
about the system, and processes and sends the overhead information to the SCC.
For the position of the SC2 board in the WDM system, see Figure 26-13.
Figure 26-13 Position of the SC2 board in the WDM system
OA
SCC
SC1
OA
NE1
OA
F
I
U
F
I
U
SC2
SCC
OA
F
I
U
OA
NE2
F
I
U
SC1
SCC
OA
NE3
In the WDM network that adopts the optical supervisory channel, the NEs can use supervisory
channels to transmit supervisory and management data. As shown in Figure 26-13, you can
manage NE1 directly by logging in to it through the Ethernet. NE2 and NE3 are remote
equipment that you can manage through the supervisory channel when there is no data line
connected. By logging in to NE1 and managing NE2 and NE3 through the supervisory channel,
the entire network can be managed.
the signals are transmitted on the line. The FIU of NE2 separates the supervisory signals from
the line and sends them to the OSC unit of NE2. The OSC unit converts the optical signals into
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3003
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The SC2 board processes and regenerates optical supervisory signals.
Table 26-21 Functions and features of the SC2 board
Function
and
Feature
Description
Basic
function
The SC2 board receives, processes, and transmits two optical supervisory
signals. The SC2 board supports a maximum of 42 dB span transmission.
Technical
features
The distance between two optical line amplifiers is not limited by the OSC. The
failure of an optical line amplifier does not affect the performance of the OSC.
The SC2 board is independent of the SCC. When the SCC is not in position, the
SC2 board can still ensure the pass-through of ECC with the two optical
interfaces and monitor other stations.
Regenerati
on
function
The SC2 board transmits signals from section to section. It also provides the 3R
function. In each regenerating station that has optical amplifiers, information
can be received and new supervisory signals are added.
Operating
wavelengt
h
The supervisory channel signal wavelength is 1510 nm.
Loopback
Inloop
Supported
Outloop
Supported
Opticallayer
ASON
Supported

The SC2 board consists of the optical receiving module, optical transmitting module, CMI
encoding module, CMI decoding module, overhead processing module, control and
Figure 26-14 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the SC2 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3004
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 26-14 Functional modules and signal flow of the SC2 board
O/E
RM1
CMI
decoding
module
O/E
RM2
Overhead
processing
module
CMI
encoding
module
Optical
receiving
module
E/O
TM1
E/O
TM2
Optical
transmitting
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Signal Flow
The optical receiving module converts the optical supervisory signals from the FIU into electrical
signals. The electrical signals enter the overhead processing module after CMI decoding. The
overhead processing module extracts overhead bytes from the electrical signals, and sends them
to the SCC for processing. After the overhead bytes are processed by the SCC, this module sends
the electrical signals to be encoded in the CMI encoding module. Finally, the electrical
supervisory signals are converted into optical supervisory signals through the optical
transmitting module.
Frame Structure of the OSC Signals

0
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
...
14
15
16

...
31
3005
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

26-22.
Timeslot
Number
Name
Function
E1 byte

F1 byte
3-13, 15
D1-D12
bytes
DCC channel
performances.
SCC for processing.
14
ALC
byte

byte.
17
F2 byte
18
F3 byte
19
E2 byte

21-23
Optical
layer
overhea
d bytes
Other
Reserve
d
Module Function
l

Performs O/E conversion of two optical supervisory signals.

Performs E/O conversion of two electrical supervisory signals.

Performs mutual conversion between the 8 Mbit/s CMI-coded signal and the 2 Mbit/s
signal.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3006
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Power supply module

26.4.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the SC2 board.

Figure 26-16 shows the front panel of the SC2 board.
Figure 26-16 Front panel of the SC2 board
TM2
RM2
SC2
RM1
EOW
SC2
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TM1
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3007
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 26-23 Types and functions of the interfaces on the SC2 board
Interface
Type
Function
TM1/TM2
LC
Transmits the first/second supervisory signal.
RM1/RM2
LC
Receives the first/second supervisory signal.
EOW
RJ11

wires to realize orderwire communication between
NEs.
Laser Hazard Level

26.4.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one SC2 board.
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11

3008
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

26.4.8 Characteristic Code for the SC2

The characteristic code for the SC2 board contains twelve characters and digits, indicating the
Table 26-26 Characteristic code for the SC2 board
Code
Meaning
Description
First character

W.

range
The optical signal

board.
Eleventh character

always P.
Twelfth character
The numbers of optical

interface are two.
For example, the characteristic code for the SC2 board is W1500/1520P2. This code indicates
that the optical signal wavelength range is 1500 nm to 1520 nm, and the numbers of optical
interface are two.


Table 26-27 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the SC2 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
RM1/TM1
RM2/TM2
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3009
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


For parameters of the SC2, refer to Table 26-28.
Table 26-28 SC2 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
240/1510.00/198.540

Band Type
SMC
Optical Interface
Loopback
Non-Loopback,
Inloop, Outloop

NOTE
Off, On

status of a board.
Laser Status
Default: On

more information.
Enable OAMS
Power Monitoring
Disable, Enable
Default: Disable

NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3010
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Standard Value of
OAMS Power
Monitoring (dBm)
-60.0 to 50.0

Default: /
NOTE
OAMS Power
Abnormity
Threshold (dB)
0.5 to 10.0
Default:3

a command to the OptiX BWS 1600G to
start the OAMS function. If the difference
is less than the threshold, the U2000 will not
issue a command to start the OAMS
function.
NOTE
Auto Pass-through
Disable, Enable
Default: Disable

in subracks.
Enabled.
is set to Enabled.
NOTE
When two SC2 boards are deployed but no
SC2 boards must be installed in paired slots.
26.4.11 SC2 Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3011
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 26-29 lists the optical specifications of the SC2.
Table 26-29 Optical specifications of the SC2 board
Item
Unit
Value
Signal ratea
Mbit/s
16.896
nm
1500 to 1520
Signal coding
CMI
dBm
-4 to 0
dBm
<= -46
Receiver overload
dBm
-3
4.096
<= -48
a: The SC2 board at the receive end can automatically determines the signal rate of the OSC
channel based on the OSC board configured at the transmit end. By default, the signal rate of
the OSC channel is 16 Mbit/s.
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11SC2/TN12SC2
12.5
14.9
26.5 ST2
ST2: bidirectional optical supervisory channel and timing transmission unit

The available functional version of the ST2 board are TN11, TN12, and TN13.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3012
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Huawei office.
B
oa
rd
Initi
al
Vers
ion
Gener
al 8800
T64
Subra
ck
Enhan
ced
8800
T64
Subra
ck
Gener
al 8800
T32
Subra
ck
Enhan
ced
8800
T32
Subra
ck
8800
T16
Subra
ck
8800
Unive
rsal
Platfo
rm
Subra
ck
6800
Subra
ck
3800
Chass
is
T
N
11
S
T2
V10
0R0
05C
00
T
N
12
S
T2
V10
0R0
09C
10SP
C20
0
T
N
13
S
T2
V10
0R0
09C
10SP
C20
0

l
Function
The TN12ST2 board supports line fiber quality monitoring, but the TN11ST2 or
TN13ST2 board does not. For details, see 26.5.4 Functions and Features.
Appearance
The panel appearance of the TN12ST2 board is different from that of the TN11ST2 or
TN13ST2 board. The TN12ST2 board provides the TMI1/TMO1 and TMI2/TMO2
ports, but the TN11ST2 or TN13ST2 board does not. For details, see 26.5.6 Front
Panel.
Specification
For the power consumption specifications of different versions, see 26.5.11 ST2
Specifications.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3013
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11ST2
TN13ST2
The TN13ST2 can be created as 11ST2 on the NMS. The

upgrade. After substitution, the TN13ST2 functions as the
TN11ST2.
TN12ST2
None
TN13ST2
None


Hardware Update
Added the TN12ST2 and

TN13ST2 boards.
Compared with the TN11ST2 board, the TN12ST2 and

TN13ST2 boards are manufactured using an optimized
engineering process, and the TN12ST2 board newly
supports line fiber quality monitoring.

Hardware Update
Added the 80 km optical

supervisory channel (OSC)
module for the ST2 module.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update

supported by the ST2 board to
40.5 dB.

3014
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

26.5.3 Application
Because it is a type of optical supervisory channel unit, the ST2 board processes two channels
of supervisory signals in opposite directions, transmits and extracts the overhead information
about the system, processes and sends the overhead information to the SCC. In addition, the ST2
board can process the IEEE 1588v2 protocol for time synchronization. The ST2 board also
supports transparent transmission of two channels of FE electrical signals.In addition, the
TN12ST2 board supports line fiber quality monitoring.
For the position of the ST2 board in the WDM system, see Figure 26-17 and Figure 26-18.
Figure 26-17 Position of the TN11ST2/TN13ST2 board in the WDM system
OA
SCC
ST2
OA
S
F
I
U
/
F
I
U
OA
S
F
I
U
/
F
I
U
S
F
I
U
/
F
I
U
ST2
scc
OA
NE1
S
F
I
U
/
F
I
U
OA
SCC
ST2
OA
NE3
NE2
Figure 26-18 Position of the TN12ST2 board in the WDM system

Eow signal
OA
OA
EOW
TMI1
TMO1
RM1
FE2
WSC2
OA
NE1
S
F
I
U
/
F
I
U
TM2
TM1
TMI1
TMO1
RM1
TMI2
SCC
TMO2
RM2
S
F
I
U
/
F
I
U
OA
NE2
S
F
I
U
/
F
I
U
WSC1
FE1
TM1
TMI1
TMO1
ST2(OTDR)
SCC
ST2(OTDR)
WSC1
S
F
I
U
/
F
I
U
ST2(OTDR)
TM1
FE1
Eow signal
OA
EOW
RM1
SCC
FE2
WSC2
OA
NE3
NOTE
In this application scenario,the functional version of the FIU board must be 13FIU03 or 16FIU01,and the
functional version of the SFIU board must be 11SFIU01.
Transmits and receives two channels of optical supervisory signals in the west and east
directions.
In the WDM network that adopts the optical supervisory channel, the NEs can use the
supervisory channel to transmit supervisory and management data. You can use the
Ethernet to log in to the NE1 to manage it directly. NE2 and NE3 are remote equipment
that you can manage remotely through the supervisory channel if there is no data line
connected. In the scenario described above, you can manage the entire network.
The SCC of NE1 sends network management (NM) data to the optical supervisory channel
(OSC) unit. The OSC unit converts the data into optical signals and sends the signals to the
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3015
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

SFIU/FIU. The supervisory signals are multiplexed with the signals transmitted by the main
path. Then, all the signals are transmitted on the line. The SFIU/FIU of NE2 separates the
supervisory signals from the line and sends them to the OSC unit of NE2. The OSC unit
converts the optical signals into supervisory data and sends the data to the SCC for
processing.
l
Performs IEEE 1588v2 clock synchronization.

Extracts clock signals and provides the clock signals for clock synchronization on an NE.
The extracted clock signals can also function as a clock source for the clock board on this
NE.
Sends clock signals of an NE to the downstream NE.
Passes through west and east IEEE 1588v2 packets and service clock signals.
Reports the time information to a clock board for time synchronization on an NE where
the clock board is located.
NOTE
When the ST2 board is used in an OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack, the board can transparently
transmit IEEE 1588v2 clock and physical clock signals, but the board cannot process IEEE 1588v2 clock
and physical clock signals.
The TN12ST2 board supports the line fiber quality monitoring function.
Transparently transmit two channels of FE electrical signals of the TN11ST2/TN13ST2

board.
NE1:
In the transmit direction: The TN11ST2/TN13ST2 board receives a local FE electrical
signal through its WSC1 port and sends it to the downstream board through its TM1
port. Or the TN11ST2/TN13ST2 board receives a local FE electrical signal through its
WSC2 port and sends it to the downstream board through its TM2 port.
In the receive direction: The TN11ST2/TN13ST2 board receives an FE optical signal
through its RM1 board and drops it through its WSC1 port. Or the TN11ST2/
TN13ST2 board receives an FE optical signal through its RM2 board and drops it
through its WSC2 port.
NE2: FE optical signals are directly passed at this NE. The The TN11ST2/TN13ST2 board
receives the FE optical signal through its RM1 board and send it to the downstream board
through its TM2 port.
NE3:
In the receive direction: The The TN11ST2/TN13ST2 board receives the FE optical
signal through its RM1 board and drops it through its WSC1 port. Or the TN11ST2/
TN13ST2 board receives the FE optical signal through its RM2 board and drops it
signal through its WSC1 port and sends it to the downstream board through its TM1
port. Or the TN11ST2/TN13ST2 board receives a local FE electrical signal through its
WSC2 port and sends it to the downstream board through its TM2 port.
Transparently transmit two channels of FE electrical signals of the TN12ST2 board.

NE1:
In the transmit direction: The TN12ST2 board receives a local FE electrical signal
through its WSC1 port and sends it to the downstream board through its TMO1 port.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3016
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Or the TN12ST2 board receives a local FE electrical signal through its WSC2 port and
sends it to the downstream board through its TMO2 port.
In the receive direction: The TN12ST2 board receives an FE optical signal through its
RM1 board and drops it through its WSC1 port. Or the TN12ST2 board receives an FE
optical signal through its RM2 board and drops it through its WSC2 port.
NE2: FE optical signals are directly passed at this NE. The TN12ST2 board receives the
FE optical signal through its RM1 board and send it to the downstream board through its
TMO2 port.
NE3:
In the receive direction: The TN12ST2 board receives the FE optical signal through its
RM1 board and drops it through its WSC1 port. Or the TN12ST2 board receives the FE
optical signal through its RM2 board and drops it through its WSC2 port.
through its WSC1 port and sends it to the downstream board through its TMO1 port.
Or the TN12ST2 board receives a local FE electrical signal through its WSC2 port and
sends it to the downstream board through its TMO2 port.
NOTE
For an OptiX OSN 6800 and OptiX OSN 8800, only the optical supervisory channel boards on the main subrack
support the orderwire function.
NOTE
A subrack supports only one orderwire and on the U2000 the orderwire must be configured in Settings for the
First Orderwire Phone.

The ST2 board is mainly used to process and regenerate optical supervisory signals. In addition,
the ST2 board supports the IEEE 1588v2 function. In addition, the TN12ST2 board supports
line fiber quality monitoring.
Table 26-30 Functions and features of the ST2 board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Receives, processes, and transmits two optical supervisory signals.

Supports transparent transmission of two channels of FE electrical
signals.
Supports IEEE 1588v2 function.
Supports physical clock function.
Supports a maximum of 40.5 dB transmission.
NOTE
When the ST2 board is used in an OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack,
the board can transparently transmit IEEE 1588v2 clock and physical clock
signals, but the board cannot process IEEE 1588v2 clock and physical clock
signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3017
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Technical features
The OSC has no limitation on the distance between two optical line
amplifiers. The failure of an optical line amplifier does not affect the
performance of the OSC.
The ST2 board is independent of the SCC. When the SCC is not
properly installed, the ST2 board can still ensure the pass-through of
ECC with the two optical interfaces and monitor other stations.
Regeneration
function
The ST2 board transmits signals from section to section. It also has
the 3R function. In each regenerating station that has optical
amplifiers, information can be correctly received and new supervisory
signals are added.
Operating
wavelength
When the ST2 board works with the SFIU board, the signal
wavelengths of supervisory channel for RM1/TM1 is 1511 nm, and
the signal wavelengths of supervisory channel for RM2/TM2 is 1491
nm.
When the ST2 board works with the FIU board, the supervisory
channel signal wavelength is 1511 nm.
Loopback
Supports outloops.
Optical-layer ASON
Supported
Line fiber quality

monitoring
The line fiber quality monitoring function can be used on the NMS,
and the NMS will display monitoring figures and data. The online and
offline applications of line fiber quality monitoring are supported.For
details, see the Fiber Doctor System in the Feature Description.
eSFP
The board supports pluggable optical modules that use 1511 nm and
1491 nm wavelengths.

The ST2 board consists of the optical receiving module, service processing module, EOW
module, 1588 module, optical transmitting module, control and communication module, and
Figure 26-19 and Figure 26-20 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the ST2 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3018
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 26-19 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN11ST2/TN13ST2 board
EOW
WSC1
WSC2
EOW module
FEC
decoding
module
O/E
RM1
Optical
receiving
module
FEC
decoding
module
O/E
RM2
FE signal
processing module
Supervisory signal
processing module
1588 module
FEC
encoding
module
FEC
encoding
module
E/O
TM1
Optical
transmitting
module
E/O
TM2
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
Voltage
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
SCC

Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
3019
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 26-20 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN12ST2 board
EOW
WSC1
RM1
WSC2
FEC
decoding
module
O/E
Optical
receiving
module
RM2
EOW module
FE signal
processing module
Supervisory signal
processing module
FEC
decoding
module
O/E
1588 module
FEC
encoding
module
FEC
encoding
module
E/O
OTDR
Optical
transmitting
module
E/O
TM1
TM2
OTDR
Coverage
-hole fiber
TMI1
TMO1
TMI2
TMO2
PIN
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication
Power supply
Required
Voltage
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
l
The OSC signal from the FIU/SFIU board is converted into an electrical signal by the O/
E module. After FEC decoding, the electrical signal enters the service processing module.
The service processing module extracts the supervisory information from the electrical
signal and sends the supervisory information to the SCC board for processing. In addition,
the service processing module extracts a clock signal and sends the clock signal to the STG
board for processing. The overhead bytes processed by the SCC board, and the clock signal
and time information processed by the STG board are sent to the FEC module for encoding.
The E/O module then converts the overhead bytes, clock signal, and time information
received from the FEC encoding module into an OSC signal.
Signal flow of line fiber quality monitoring

The signals of line fiber quality monitoring are processed separately in the transmit and
receive directions.
In the transmit direction: The TM1/TM2 port outputs the probe light emitted by the
laser of the optical transmitting module to the TMI1/TMI2 port. The probe light then
passes through the coverage-hole fiber and is transmitted by the TMO1/TMO2 port to
the downstream for monitoring line fiber quality.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3020
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

In the receive direction: The Rayleigh scattering and Fresnel reflection signals of the
downstream are received on the TMO1/TMO2 port of the TN12ST2 board. These
signals pass through the coverage-hole fiber and are transmitted by the TMI1/TMI2 port
to the TM1/TM2 port. Then, the optical transmitting module receives and processes the
signals.
l
FE signal flow of transparent transmission of the TN11ST2/TN13ST2 board

The FE signals are processed separately in the transmit and receive directions.
signal through its WSC1 port and sends it to the FE signal processing module for
encapsulation. Then, the TN11ST2/TN13ST2 board transmits it together with the OSC
signal to the downstream board through its TM1 port. The TN11ST2/TN13ST2 board
receives another local FE electrical signal through its WSC2 port and sends it to the FE
signal processing module for encapsulation. Then, the TN11ST2/TN13ST2 board
transmits it together with the OSC signal to the downstream board through its TM2 port.
In the receive direction: The TN11ST2/TN13ST2 board receives the OSC signal and
an FE optical signal from the upstream board through its RM1 board and sends the FE
optical signal to the FE signal processing module for decapsulation. Then, the
TN11ST2/TN13ST2 board drops it through its WSC1 port. In addition, the TN11ST2/
TN13ST2 board receives the OSC signal and another FE optical signal from the
upstream board through its RM2 board and sends the FE optical signal to the FE signal
processing module for decapsulation. Then, the TN11ST2/TN13ST2 board drops it
FE signal flow of transparent transmission of the TN12ST2 board

The FE signals are processed separately in the transmit and receive directions.
through its WSC1 port and sends it to the FE signal processing module for encapsulation.
Then, the TN12ST2 board transmits it together with the OSC signal to the downstream
board through its TMO1 port. The TN12ST2 board receives another local FE electrical
signal through its WSC2 port and sends it to the FE signal processing module for
encapsulation. Then, the TN12ST2 board transmits it together with the OSC signal to
the downstream board through its TMO2 port.
In the receive direction: The TN12ST2 board receives the OSC signal and an FE optical
signal from the upstream board through its RM1 board and sends the FE optical signal
to the FE signal processing module for decapsulation. Then, the TN12ST2 board drops
it through its WSC1 port. In addition, the TN12ST2 board receives the OSC signal and
another FE optical signal from the upstream board through its RM2 board and sends
the FE optical signal to the FE signal processing module for decapsulation. Then, the
TN12ST2 board drops it through its WSC2 port.
EOW signal flow

An external telephone is connected to the EOW port using a telephone line, and voice
services (orderwire) are received. When the telephone starts dialing (addressing call), the
EOW module converts traffic information into standard code streams and maps them to E1
frames. In the supervisory signal processing module, the information is encapsulated into
OSC signals, and is transparently transmitted to the downlink through the OSC optical port
of an OSC board. The traffic information can also be sent to a system control board, and
the system control board then transmits traffic information to the other OSC board. The
information is encapsulated into services on the OSC optical port of this board and
transmitted to the downlink.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3021
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Frame Structure of an OSC Signal

The frame structure of an OSC signal is similar to the OTN frame structure, as shown in Figure
26-21. Each frame has 4 x 4080 bytes.
Figure 26-21 OSC byte assignment diagram
16
810
FAS
RES
SM
11134
135404
405674
6753824
38254080
RES
SP-OH
(1588+DCN)
GFP-F
(FE_DCN)
GFP-F
(Panel FE)
FEC
RES
FAS: Frame Alignment Signal

SM: Section Monitoring
RES: Reserved
Table 26-31 lists the definitions and functions of the OSC bytes.
Table 26-31 Definitions and functions of the OSC bytes
Column
Number
Name
1 to 6
FAS
Indicates frame alignment information.
8 to 10
SM
Monitors bit errors occurred in the

transmission between two sites.
135 to 404
SP-OH (1588+DCN)
Extracts corresponding bytes from DCN

overheads and sends the bytes to the
SCC board for processing.
Processes 1588 packets.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
405 to 674
GFP-F (FE_DCN)
Enables FE signals to communicate with

the SCC board through the backplane.
675 to 3824
GFP-F (Panel FE)
Indicates the board interface that

receives FE signals.
3825 to
4080
FEC
Performs FEC encoding and decoding

on OSC signals.
Other
columns
RES
Reserved

3022
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module Function
l

Performs O/E conversion of two OSC signals.

Performs E/O conversion of two electrical supervisory signals. The optical transmitting
module of a TN12ST2 board also receives and transmits the signals of line fiber quality
monitoring.
FEC decoding/encoding module

Performs FEC decoding/encoding.

FE signal processing module: Encapsulates and decapsulates FE signals.
OTU frames, and processes overheads.
1588 module
Sends the clock signal of the STG board to the next NE according to the IEEE 1588v2
protocol, or extracts the clock signal from the OSC signals according to the IEEE 1588v2
protocol and then sends the clock signal to the STG board.
EOW module
Converts voice traffic into standard code streams and maps them to E1 frames.

Power supply module

26.5.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the ST2 board.

Figure 26-22 and Figure 26-23 shows the front panel of the ST2 board.
Figure 26-22 Front panel of the TN11ST2/TN13ST2 board
TM2

RM2
ST2
RM1
WSC2
WSC1
EOW
ST2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TM1
3023
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 26-23 Front panel of the TN12ST2 board

TM2
RM2
TMI1 TMO1
TMI2
TMO2
ST2
RM1
WSC2
WSC1
EOW
ST2
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TM1
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 26-32 and Table 26-33 lists the type and function of each interface.
Table 26-32 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TN11ST2/TN13ST2 board
Interface
Type
Function
TM1/TM2
LC
Transmits the first/second supervisory signal.
RM1/RM2
LC
Receives the first/second supervisory signal.
WSC1/WSC2a
RJ45
Transmits/Receives the first/second channel of FE

electrical signals.
NOTE
1518 bytes.
EOW
RJ11

NEs.
a: Connect a shielded network cable without protection boot to the WSC1 or WSC2 interface
on the TN11ST2/TN13ST2 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3024
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 26-33 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TN12ST2 board
Interface
Type
Function
TM1/TM2
LC
Transmits supervisory channel signals and line fiber

quality monitoring signals, and receives the reflection
signals of line fiber quality monitoring signals.
RM1/RM2
LC
TMI1/TMI2
LC
The TMI1/TMI2 port is connected to the coverage-hole

fiber, so that signals from the TM1/TM2 port can pass
through the coverage-hole fiber to minimize the
coverage hole. The TMI1/TMI2 port transmits the
reflection signals of line fiber quality monitoring
signals to the TM1/TM2 port.
TMO1/TMO2
LC
The TMO1/TMO2 port is connected to the coveragehole fiber. It transmits the signals from the coveragehole fiber to the line side for monitoring line fiber
quality and receives the reflection signals of line fiber
quality monitoring signals.
WSC1/WSC2a
RJ45
Transmits/Receives FE electrical signals.

NOTE
1518 bytes.
EOW
RJ11

NEs.
a: Connect a shielded network cable without protection boot to the WSC1 or WSC2 interface
on the TN12ST2 board.
Laser Hazard Level

26.5.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one ST2 board.
Table 26-34 shows the valid slots for the ST2 board.
Table 26-34 Valid slots for the ST2 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots

3025
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18
IU3-IU16
IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
IU2-IU5
NOTE
If the ST2 board uses the clock function, it must be installed in a subrack housing clock boards.
26.5.8 Characteristic Code for the ST2

The characteristic code for the ST2 board contains twelve characters and digits, indicating the
Table 26-35 Characteristic code for the ST2 board
Code
Meaning
Description
First character

W.

range
The optical signal

wavelength range is 1484.5
nm to 1517.5 nm processed
by the board.
Eleventh character

always P.
Twelfth character
TN11ST2/TN13ST:The
numbers of optical interface
are two.
TN12ST2:The numbers of
optical interface are four.
For example, the characteristic code for the ST2 board is W1484.5/1517.5P2. This code indicates
that the optical signal wavelength range is 1484.5 nm to 1517.5 nm, and the numbers of optical
interface are two.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3026
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 26-36 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the TN11ST2/TN13ST2 board displayed on the
NM
Interface on the NM
RM1/TM1
RM2/TM2
NOTE
Table 26-37 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the TN12ST2 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
RM1/TM1
RM2/TM2
TMI1
TMO1
TMI2
TMO2
NOTE
The port number of the RM1/TM1,RM2/TM2 interface displayed on the U2000 indicates a pair of physical
optical ports. One transmits signals and the other receives signals.The port number of the TMI1,TMO1,TMI2,
and TMO2 interface displayed on the U2000 indicates a physical optical ports. transmits signals or receives
signals.

For parameters of the ST2, refer to Table 26-38.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3027
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 26-38 ST2 parameters

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Optical Interface
Loopback
Laser Status
Non-Loopback,
Outloop

NOTE
Off, On

status of a board.
Default: On

more information.
Band Type/
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Band Type
DEG Threshold
0 to 10167
Sets signal deterioration thresholds. An

alarm is reported when error codes detected
in DEG Monitoring Time(s) are more than
the value of this parameter.
Default: 190
DEG Monitoring
Time(s)
2 to 10
Degrade Threshold
Before FEC
1E-1, 1E-2, 1E-3,

1E-4, 1E-5, 1E-6,
1E-7, 1E-8, 1E-9,
1E-10, 1E-11, 1E-12,
Default: 7
Sets the signal monitoring time. If the

number of bit errors in the signal exceeds
DEG Threshold during this time, an alarm
is reported.
Sets error codes thresholds for signals
before FEC.
Default: 1E-4
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3028
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Enable OAMS
Power Monitoring
Disable, Enable
Default: Disable

Standard Value of
OAMS Power
Monitoring (dBm)
-60.0 to 50.0

OAMS Power
Abnormity
Threshold (dB)
0.5 to 10.0
Default: /
Default:3

a command to the OptiX BWS 1600G to
start the OAMS function. If the difference
is less than the threshold, the U2000 will not
issue a command to start the OAMS
function.

3029
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Auto Pass-through
Disable, Enable

in subracks.
Default: Enable

Enabled.
is set to Enabled.
NOTE
When the ST2 board is used in an OptiX OSN
8800 T16 subrack,this parameter only to
scenarios in which no EFI board is deployed in
subracks.
When two ST2 boards are deployed but no
ST2 boards must be installed in paired slots.
26.5.11 ST2 Specifications

Table 26-39 and Table 26-40 lists the optical specifications of the ST2.
Table 26-39 Optical specifications of the TN11ST2/TN13ST2 board
Item
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Unit
Value
150 km OSC
Module
80 km OSC
Module
Signal rate
Mbit/s
155.52
155.52
Target distance
150 km (62 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)

3030
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
nm
Value
150 km OSC
Module
80 km OSC
Module
1504.5 to 1517.5
1504.5 to 1517.5
1484.5 to 1497.5
1484.5 to 1497.5
dBm
0.5 to 5
-4 to 1
dBm
-41
-34
Receiver overload
dBm
-10
-10
Table 26-40 Optical specifications of the TN12ST2 board

Item
Unit
Value
150 km
eOTDR OSC
Module
80 km eOTDR
OSC Module
Signal rate
Mbit/s
155.52
155.52
Target distance
150 km (62 mi.)
80 km (49.7 mi.)
nm
1504.5 to 1517.5
1504.5 to 1517.5
1484.5 to 1497.5
1484.5 to 1497.5
dBm
0.5 to 5
-2 to 3
dBm
-42
-35
Receiver overload
dBm
-10
-10
OTDR Pulse-Width
ns
100, 200, 400, 800, 4000, 10000,

20000
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight
TN11ST2:0.95 kg (2.09 lb.)
TN12ST2:1.1 kg (2.42 lb.)
TN13ST2:1 kg (2.2 lb.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3031
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11ST2
17.5
19.5
TN12ST2
15.0
16.5
TN13ST2
14.4
16.0
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3032
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

27 Optical Protection Board
27
Optical Protection Board
About This Chapter

27.1 Overview
Optical protection boards provide 1+1 protection for services using their dual-fed and selective
receiving function.
27.2 DCP
DCP: 2-channel optical path protection board
27.3 OLP
OLP: optical line protection board
27.4 QCP
QCP: 4-channel optical path protection board
27.5 SCS
SCS: sync optical channel separator board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3033
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

27.1 Overview
Optical protection boards provide 1+1 protection for services using their dual-fed and selective
receiving function.
Positions of Optical Protection Boards in a WDM System

Different optical protection boards support different types of protection. Figure 27-1 shows the
position of DCP boards in a WDM system when it offers client 1+1 protection. For the positions
of the DCP, OLP, QCP, and SCS boards in other protection scenarios, see 27.2 DCP, 27.3
OLP, 27.4 QCP, and 27.5 SCS.
Figure 27-1 Position of DCP boards in a WDM system (client 1+1 protection)
MUX
MUX
FIU
FIU
DMUX
OTU
(W)
OTU
(W)
DMUX
DCP
DCP
OTU
(P)
MUX
MUX
FIU
FIU
DMUX
Working signal
OTU
(P)
DMUX
Protection signal
Main Functions
Table 27-1 lists the main functions of optical protection boards.
Table 27-1 Main functions of optical protection boards
Board
Function
Supported Protection Type
TN11DCP
l Protects two optical signals.
l Intra-board 1+1 protection
TN12DCP
l Client 1+1 protection
TN13DCP
l For each protected signal, selects the

better signal from the working and
protection channels using its optical
switch.
TN11OLP
l Protects one signal.
l Optical line protection
TN12OLP
l Selects the better signal from the

working and protection channels using
its optical switch.
TN13OLP
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
l Optical wavelength shared protection

3034
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Function
Supported Protection Type
TN11QCP
l Protects four optical signals.

protection channels using its optical
switch.
l Protects two signals.
TN11SCS

protection channels based on
instructions sent by the SCC board. The
board receives and couples the signals
from both the working and protection
channels when it does not work with an
SCC board.
27.2 DCP
DCP: 2-channel optical path protection board

The available functional versions of the DCP board are TN11, TN12 and TN13.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1D
CP

3035
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
2D
CP
T
N1
3D
CP
Type
Board
Type
Description
TN11DCP
01
Supports the single-mode optical module.
02
Supports the multi-mode optical module.
01
04
01
TN12DCP
TN13DCP

l
Function:
The TN11DCP supports single-mode and multi-mode optical modules.
The TN12DCP/TN13DCP supports single-mode optical module.
Specification:
The power consumption varies according to versions. For details, see 27.2.11 DCP
Specifications.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3036
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11DCP
TN12DCP/
TN13DCP
In the case of single mode, the TN12DCP board can substitute

for the TN11DCP board. For the substitution, upgrade the NE
software to OptiX OSN 6800 V100R004C01 or a later version,
upgrade the NE software to OptiX OSN 3800 V100R004C01
or a later version, or upgrade the NE software to OptiX OSN
8800 V100R002C00 or a later version.
In the case of single mode, the TN13DCP board can substitute
for the TN11DCP board. The TN13DCP board can be created
as DCP on the NMS to substitute for the TN11DCP board
(TN11DCP is displayed as DCP on the NMS). For the
substitution, upgrade the NE software to OptiX OSN
8800/6800/3800 V100R004C01 or a later version. The
TN13DCP functions as the TN11DCP.
NOTE
Universal Platform Subrack subrack, the TN13DCP board cannot be
installed in slot IU1. Therefore, if a TN11DCP board is installed in slot
IU1 and a system control board is installed in slot IU2 of the 8800
Universal Platform Subrack subrack, the TN13DCP board cannot
substitute for the TN11DCP board.
TN12DCP
TN13DCP
The TN13DCP board can substitute for the TN12DCP board.

The TN13DCP board can be created as 12DCP on the NMS to
substitute for the TN12DCP board. The board substitution does
not require software upgrade.
NOTE
Universal Platform Subrack subrack, the TN13DCP board cannot be
installed in slot IU1. Therefore, if a TN12DCP board is installed in slot
Universal Platform Subrack subrack, the TN13DCP board cannot
substitute for the TN12DCP board.
TN13DCP
None

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3037
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
Added the TN13DCP01 board.
The board is manufactured using an optimized engineering

process, and the board specifications are adjusted.

Hardware Update

that boards support opticallayer ASON only when they are
used to provide client 1+1
protection.
27.2.3 Application
Because it is a type of optical protection unit, the DCP board implements intra-board 1+1
protection , optical wavelength shared protection (OWSP protection) and client-side 1+1
protection.
For the position of the DCP board in the WDM system, see Figure 27-2, Figure 27-3 and Figure
27-4.
Figure 27-2 Position of the DCP board in the WDM system (intra-board 1+1 protection)
TO11
RI1 1
TO21 MUX
OTU
TI1
RO1
RI11
DMUX RI21
FIU
FIU
RI21 DMUX
TI2
RI12
TO22 MUX
RI12
TI1 OTU
MUX TO21
DCP TO12
OTU RO2
RO1
TO11
DMUX RI22
FIU
FIU
RI22 DMUX
TO12
DCP
RO2
TI2
OTU
MUX TO22
NOTE
When used for intra-board 1+1 protection, the DCP board does not support the 2.5 Gbit/s OTU.
For the application scenarios of intra-board 1+1 protection, see Introduction of the intra-board 1+1
protection in the Feature Description.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3038
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 27-3 Position of the DCP board in the WDM system (OWSP protection)
OTU1
1/2
2 x DCP
2/1
OTU1
OTU2
OADM
2/1 (East) 1/2
(East)
2
1
OADM
(West)
2
1
(West)
FIU
FIU
OADM 1/2
(West)
2/1
2 x DCP
2/1
1/2
2
1
OADM
(East)
FIU
FIU
FIU
FIU
1
2
2
1
OADM
(East)
1
2
OTU2
2/1
1/2
2 x DCP
OADM
2/1 (West) 1/2
FIU
FIU
2
1
OADM
(West)
1
2
2/1 OADM 1/2

(East)
2 x DCP
2/1
OTU2
OTU2
OTU1
: Working signal
1/2
OTU1
: Optical signal
: Protection signal
Figure 27-4 Position of the DCP board in the WDM system (client-side 1+1 protection)
Client-side
TO11
RI11
TI1
TO21
RO1
RI21
DCP
TI2
RO2
TO12
RI12
MUX
OTU
(W)
OTU
TO22 (P)
RI22
DMUX
FIU
FIU
DMUX
MUX
DMUX
MUX
FIU
MUX
Client-side
RO1
TI1
OTU
RI21
(W)
TO21
RI12
TO12
OTU
(P) RI22
FIU
DMUX
RI11
TO11
DCP
RO2
TI2
TO22
NOTE
For the application scenarios of client 1+1 protection, see Introduction of the client 1+1 protection in the
Feature Description.

The DCP board provides intra-board 1+1 protection , OWSP protection and client-side 1+1
protection.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3039
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 27-2 Functions and features of the DCP board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
l Provides intra-board 1+1 protection to protect the services of the

OTU, which has no dual-fed and selective receiving function.
Compared with the OLP, the DCP provides protection for two
signals to implement 1+1 protection.
l Provides client-side 1+1 protection, using a working OTU and a
protection OTU to protect the client-side services.
l Provides the OWSP protection, make use of two different channels
to achieve the protection of one channel of service between all
stations.
Protection
mechanism
Dual-fed and selective receiving. (At the transmit end, the protected
signal is dually fed to the working and protection paths. At the receive
end, the working or protection signal is selected if it has the higher
power level.)
Optical-layer ASON
The DCP board supports optical-layer ASON only through client 1

+1 protection.

The DCP board contains the optical module, control and communication module, and power
supply module.
Figure 27-5 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the DCP board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3040
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 27-5 Functional modules and signal flow of the DCP board
TO11
TO12
TO21
TO22
RI11
TI1
TI2
Optical switch
RO1
RI12
Optical switch
RI21
RO2
RI22
Optical
power detecting
module
Optical module
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
One DCP board supports the dual-fed and selective receiving of two channels of optical signals.
The DCP board processes the two channels of optical signals in the same way. This section
describes the service flow of only one channel of optical signals.
l
Transmit direction
The TI1 optical interface receives one channel of optical signals. After passing through the
splitter, the signals are output to the working and the protection fibers (channels) through
the TO11 and TO12 optical interfaces.
Receive direction
The signals in the working and the protection fibers (channels) are input through the RI11
and RI12 optical interfaces, and then are transmitted to the optical switch. The optical switch
selects one from the two channels of signals based on the optical power of the signals. In
this way, the selection of signals from the working and the protection channels is achieved.
The selected optical signals are output through the RO1 optical interface.
The optical power detecting module detects the detection signals that are extracted from
the working and protection signals, and reports the detection results to the control and
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3041
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

communication module. The control and communication module compares the optical
power of the two channels of optical signals, and controls the operation of the optical switch
based on the optical power. In this way, the selection of signals from the working and the
protection channels is achieved.
Module Function
l
Optical module
The optical module consists of two signal dual-fed parts and two signal selection parts.
Signal dual-feeding part
Divides the one channel of optical signals into two channels of the same power, and
outputs them to the working and protection channels.
Signal selective receiving part: receives the optical signals from the working and
protection channels. The optical power detection module detects and reports the optical
power of two optical signals, and then the control and communication module controls
and implements the selective receiving of optical signals from the working and
protection channels.

Power supply module

27.2.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the DCP board.

Figure 27-6 shows the front panel of the DCP board.
Figure 27-6 Front panel of the DCP board
RI12
TO21
RI21
TO22 RI22
RO1
TI1
RO2
TI2
DCP
TO12
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
DCP
TO11 RI11
Indicators
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3042
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 27-3 Types and functions of the interfaces on the DCP board
Interface
Type
Function
TI1
LC
Receives the first channel of WDM-side signals. (intraboard 1+1 protection)

Receives the first channel of client-side signals. (clientside 1+1 protection)
Receives one channel of client-side signals. (OWSP
protection)
TI2
LC
Receives the second channel of WDM-side signals.

(intra-board 1+1 protection)
Receives the second channel of client-side signals.
(client-side 1+1 protection)
Receives the optical signals from the adjacent stations.
(OWSP protection)
RO1
LC
Transmits the first channel of WDM-side signals.

Transmits the first channel of client-side signals.
Transmits one WDM-side optical signal to the OTU
board. (OWSP protection)
RO2
LC
Transmits the second channel of WDM-side signals.

Transmits the second channel of client-side signals.
Transmits one optical signal to the adjacent stations.
(OWSP protection)
TO11
LC
Transmits the first channel of signals to the working

multiplexer unit. (intra-board 1+1 protection)
OTU. (client-side 1+1 protection)
Serves as a dual-fed optical interface, transmitting one
optical signal to the working router. (OWSP protection)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3043
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Type
Function
TO12
LC
Transmits the first channel of signals to the protection

Transmits the first channel of signals to the protection
Dual fed optical interface, transmitting one optical
signal to the protection router. (OWSP protection)
TO21
LC
Transmits the second channel of signals to the working

Connects to the RI12 interface of another DCP board
in the same station by using a fiber. (OWSP protection)
TO22
LC
Transmits the second channel of signals to the

protection multiplexer unit. (intra-board 1+1
protection)
Transmits the second channel of signals to the
protection OTU. (client-side 1+1 protection)
Connects to the RI22 interface on the same DCP board
by using a fiber. (OWSP protection)
RI11/RI12
LC
Receives the first channel of signals from the working

and the protection multiplexer unit. (intra-board 1+1
protection)
and protection OTU. (client-side 1+1 protection)
Serve as selective receive interfaces, connecting to the
working route and protection route, respectively.
(OWSP protection)
RI21/RI22
LC
Receives the second channel of signals from the

working and the protection multiplexer unit. (intraboard 1+1 protection)
working and protection OTU. (client-side 1+1
protection)
Connects to the TO12 and TO22 interfaces on the same
DCP board, respectively, by using a fiber. (OWSP
protection)
Laser Hazard Level

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3044
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

27.2.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one DCP board.
Table 27-4 shows the valid slots for the TN11DCP board.
Table 27-4 Valid slots for the TN11DCP board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU11, IU2-IU5
Table 27-5 shows the valid slots for the TN12DCP/TN13DCP board.
Table 27-5 Valid slots for the TN12DCP/TN13DCP board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IIU1-IU17
IU11, IU2-IU5
NOTE
the TN13DCP board cannot be installed in slot IU1.
27.2.8 Characteristic Code for the DCP

The characteristic code for the DCP board contains one character and two digits, indicating the
maximum protection switching time.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3045
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 27-6 Characteristic code for the DCP board

Code
Meaning
Description
First character

P.
Maximum protection
switching time

protection switching time.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN12DCP board is P50. This code indicates that
the maximum protection switching time is 50ms.


Table 27-7 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the DCP board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
TO11/RI11
TO12/RI12
TO21/RI21
TO22/RI22
TI1/RO1
TI2/RO2
NOTE

For parameters of the DCP, refer to Table 27-8.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3046
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 27-8 DCP parameters

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

Name.
are supported.
Input Power Loss

Threshold (dBm)
-35 to -10
Initial Variance Value

Between Primary and
Secondary Input Power
(dB)
-10 to 10
Variance Threshold
Between Primary and
Secondary Input
Optical Power (dB)
0, 3 to 8
Default: -35
Default: 0

alarm.
Specifies the initial difference between the
input working and protection signal power
levels of a board.
See Initial Variance Value Between
Primary and Secondary Input Power (dB)
Default: 5
Specifies the difference threshold for the

levels. When the difference between the input
working and protection signal powers
reaches a specific value close to this
threshold, a signal fail (SF) condition has
occurred. When the difference exceeds this
threshold, a POWER_DIFF_OVER alarm is
reported and protection switching is
performed to select the signal with higher
power, ensuring desired service
performance.
See Variance Threshold Between Primary
and Secondary Input Power (dB) (WDM
27.2.11 DCP Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3047
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
point.
Table 27-9 Optical specifications of the DCP board
Interfac
e
Item
Unit
TI1TO11
Insertion
loss at
the
transmit
end
Singlemode
Insertion
loss at
the
receive
end
Value
TN11D
CP01
TN11D
CP02
TN12D
CP01/
TN12D
CP04
TN13D
CP01
dB
Multimode
dB
4.5
Singlemode
dB
1.5
1.5
1.5
Multimode
dB
Singlemode
dBm
-35 to 7
-35 to 7
-35 to 20
Multimode
dBm
-35 to 0
Singlemode
nm
1270 to
1350,
1528 to
1567
1270 to
1350,
1528 to
1567
1270 to
1350,
1528 to
1567
Multimode
nm
830 to
870
Switching threshold of optical

power difference
dB
TI1TO12
TI2TO21
TI2TO22
RI11RO1
RI12RO1
RI21RO2
RI22RO2
Range of the input

optical power
Operating
wavelength range
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3048
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfac
e
Item
Unit
Range of the alarm threshold for

the optical power difference
dB
Value
TN11D
CP01
TN11D
CP02
TN12D
CP01/
TN12D
CP04
TN13D
CP01
3 to 8
3 to 8
3 to 8
3 to 8
NOTE
l The OptiX OSN 8800 only supports TN11DCP02, TN12DCP01, TN12DCP04 and TN13DCP01.
l The OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 3800 supports TN11DCP01, TN11DCP02, TN12DCP01,
TN12DCP04 and TN13DCP01.
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11DCP/TN12DCP
6.8
7.5
TN13DCP
7.4
8.1
27.3 OLP
OLP: optical line protection board

The available functional versions of the OLP board are TN11, TN12 and TN13.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3049
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1O
LP
T
N1
2O
LP
T
N1
3O
LP
Type
Table 27-10 Type description of the TN11OLP board
Board
Type
Description
TN11OLP
01
Supports single-mode optical module and is intended for normal

power application; supports client 1+1 protection, intra-board 1+1
protection, and optical line protection (OTS trail protection).
02
Supports multi-mode optical module and is intended for normal

power application; supports client 1+1 protection.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
Type
Description
TN12OLP
01

02


3050
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Type
Description
03
Supports single-mode optical module and is intended for high

protection, and optical line protection (OTS trail protection and
OMS trail protection).
04
Supports single-mode optical module; supports optical line

protection (OTS trail protection).
06
Supports single-mode optical module and is intended for high

protection, and optical line protection (OTS trail protection and
OMS trail protection).
07


Board
Type
Description
TN13OLP
03
Supports single-mode optical module; supports client 1+1

protection, intra-board 1+1 protection, and optical line protection
(OTS trail protection and OMS trail protection).
04

NOTE
The TN12OLP04/TN12OLP07 /TN13OLP04board only supports OTS trail protection, and must be used
together with the SFIU board.

l
Function:
The TN11OLP supports single-mode and multi-mode optical modules. It supports only
normal power application.
The TN12OLP/TN13OLP supports single mode optical modules. It supports not only
normal power application but also high power application.
Specification:
The power consumption varies according to versions. For details, see 27.3.11 OLP
Specifications.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3051
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11OLP
TN12OLP/
TN13OLP
In single mode, the TN12OLP can substitute for the TN11OLP.

For the substitution, upgrade the NE software to OptiX OSN
6800 V100R004C01 or a later version, upgrade the NE
software to OptiX OSN 3800 V100R004C01 or a later version,
or upgrade the NE software to OptiX OSN 8800 V100R002C00
or a later version.
In the case of single mode, the TN13OLP03 board can
substitute for the TN11OLP01 board. The TN13OLP board can
be created as OLP on the NMS to substitute for the TN11OLP
board. The board substitution does not require software
upgrade.
NOTE
Universal Platform Subrack subrack, the TN13OLP board cannot be
installed in slot IU1. Therefore, if a TN11OLP board is installed in slot
Universal Platform Subrack subrack, the TN13OLP board cannot
substitute for the TN11OLP board.
TN12OLP
TN13OLP
The TN13OLP03 board can substitute for the TN12OLP01,

TN12OLP02, TN12OLP03, or TN12OLP06 board.
The TN13OLP04 board can substitute for the TN12OLP04 or
TN12OLP07 board.
The TN13OLP board can be created as 12OLP on the NMS to
substitute for the TN12OLP board. The board substitution does
not require software upgrade.
NOTE
Universal Platform Subrack subrack, the TN13OLP board cannot be
installed in slot IU1. Therefore, if a TN12OLP board is installed in slot
Universal Platform Subrack subrack, the TN13OLP board cannot
substitute for the TN12OLP board.
TN13OLP
None

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3052
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
Added the TN13OLP03 and

TN13OLP04 boards.
The boards are manufactured using an optimized

engineering process, and the board specifications are
adjusted.

Hardware Update
Added the TN12OLP07 board.
The TN12OLP07 boards can work with the SFIU board to

protect optical lines.

Hardware Update
Added the TN12OLP04 board.
The TN12OLP04 board can work with the SFIU board to

protect optical lines.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
Added the following

description: When the input
optical power of optical ports
RI1 and RI2 on the
TN11OLP01/TN12OLP01/
TN12OLP02 board does not
exceed +7 dBm, OTS OLP
protection is supported. The
TN11OLP01/TN12OLP01/
TN12OLP02 board cannot be
used to provide OMS OLP
protection.

that boards support opticallayer ASON only when they are
used to provide client 1+1
protection.

3053
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

27.3.3 Application
Because it is a type of optical protection unit, the OLP board provides the optical line protection,
intra-board 1+1 protection, and client-side 1+1 protection.
For the position of the OLP board in the WDM system, see Figure 27-7, Figure 27-8, Figure
27-9, Figure 27-10, Figure 27-11.
Figure 27-7 Position of the TN11OLP01/TN12OLP01/TN12OLP02/TN12OLP03/
TN12OLP06/TN13OLP03 board in the WDM system (optical line protection, OTS trail
protection)
OTU
MUX
TI
OA
OTU
RI1
RI1
TO1
RO
OA
DMUX
OTU
OTU
FIU
OTU
TO1
DMUX
OTU
RO
OA
OLP
OLP
TO2
RI2
RI2
TO2
FIU
OTU
TI
OA
MUX
OTU
NOTE
The TN11OLP01/TN12OLP01/TN12OLP02 board supports the preceding application only when the input
power for the RI1 and RI2 ports on the board is less than or equal to +7 dBm.
Figure 27-8 Position of the TN12OLP03/TN12OLP06/TN13OLP03 board in the WDM system

(optical line protection, OMS trail protection)
OTU
OTU
TO1
TI
MUX
RI1
OA
OA
FIU
FIU
OA
OTU
OTU
DMUX
RO
RI2
RO
TO1
RI2
OA
DMUX
OTU
OTU
OA
OLP
TO2
RI1
OLP
OA
FIU
FIU
OA
OA
TO2
TI
MUX
OTU
OTU
NOTE
The TN11OLP01/TN12OLP01/TN12OLP02 board does not support the preceding application because in
this application the input power for the RI1 and RI2 ports on the board will easily exceed +7 dBm.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3054
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 27-9 Position of the TN12OLP04/TN12OLP07/TN13OLP04 board in the WDM system

(optical line protection, OTS trail protection)
OTU
MUX
OTU
T01
TI
OA
RO
OLP
SFIU
OTU
DMUX
OTU
RO
OA
RI1
T02
RI2
RI1
T01
RI2
T02
OTU
DMUX
OA
OTU
SFIU
OLP
TI
OA
OTU
MUX
OTU
NOTE
The TN12OLP04/TN12OLP07 /TN13OLP04board only supports OTS trail protection, and must be used
together with the SFIU board.
If the IEEE 1588v2 function is configured on an optical-layer ASON network, only the TN13OLP04 board
can be used to configure 1+1 OTS trail protection.e

TN12OLP06/TN13OLP03 board in the WDM system (intra-board 1+1 protection)
TO1 MUX
RI1
TI
OLP
OTU
TO2
RO
RI2
OA
FIU
MUX
FIU
OA
DMUX
OA
OA
MUX
FIU
OA
RI1
TO1
RO
DMUX RI2
OA
FIU
DMUX
DMUX
OA
OA
MUX
OLP
OTU
TI
TO2
NOTE
When used for intra-board 1+1 protection, the OLP does not support the 2.5 Gbit/s OTU.

TN12OLP03/TN12OLP06/TN13OLP03 board in the WDM system (client 1+1 protection)
Client- side
Client- side
TO1
RI1
TI
OTU
(W)
MUX
OA
FIU
DMUX
OA
DMUX
FIU
OA
OA
MUX
RI1
OTU
(W) TO1
OLP
RO
OLP
TO2
RI2
OTU
(P)
MUX
OA
OA
FIU
DMUX
OA
DMUX
FIU
OA
MUX
RI2
OTU
(P) TO2
RO
TI
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3055
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The OLP board provides optical line protection, intra-board 1+1 protection and client-side 1+1
protection.
Table 27-13 Functions and features of the OLP board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Provides the optical line protection to ensure the normal receiving of

signals when the line fiber fails.
Provides intra-board 1+1 protection to protect the services of the OTU
that has no dual-fed and selective receiving function.
Provides client-side 1+1 protection, making use of a working OTU
and a protection OTU to protect the client-side services.
Protection
mechanism
power level.)
Optical-layer ASON
The OLP board supports optical-layer ASON only through client 1+1
protection.

The OLP board consists of the optical module, control and communication module, and power
supply module.
Figure 27-12 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the OLP board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3056
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 27-12 Functional modules and signal flow of the OLP board
TO1
TO2
TI
Optical switch
RI1
RO
RI2
Optical power
detecting
module
Optical module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
l
Transmit direction
The TI optical interface receives one channel of optical signals. After passing through the
Receive direction
The selected optical signals are output through the RO optical interface.
Module Function
l
Optical module
The optical module consists of a signal dual-fed part and a signal selection part.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3057
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


l

Power supply module

27.3.6 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces and laser hazard level label on the front panel of the OLP board.

Figure 27-13 shows the front panel of the OLP board.
Figure 27-13 Front panel of the OLP board
CAUTION
TO1
RI1
TO2
RI2
RO
TI
OLP
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
OLP
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV

LASER RADIATION
Indicators
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3058
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 27-14 Types and functions of the interfaces on the OLP board
Interface
Type
Function
TI
LC
Receives the line signal from the FIU/SFIU board.

(optical line protection)
Receives one WDM-side signal. (intra-board 1+1
protection)
Receives one client-side signal. (client-side 1+1
protection)
RO
LC
Transmits the line signal to the FIU/SFIU board.

(optical line protection)
Transmits one WDM-side signal. (intra-board 1+1
protection)
Transmits one client-side signal. (client-side 1+1
protection)
TO1/TO2
LC
Transmits the working and the protection signals to the

line side. (optical line protection)
Transmits signals to the working and the protection
Transmits signals to the working and the protection
RI1/RI2
LC
Receives the working or the protection signal from the

line side. (optical line protection)
Receives the signals from the working and the
protection multiplexer unit. (intra-board 1+1
protection)
Receives the signals from the working and protection
Laser Hazard Level

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3059
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

27.3.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one OLP board.
Table 27-15 shows the valid slots for the TN11OLP board.
Table 27-15 Valid slots for the TN11OLP board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU11, IU2-IU5
Table 27-16 shows the valid slots for the TN12OLP/TN13OLP board.
Table 27-16 Valid slots for the TN12OLP/TN13OLP board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IIU1-IU17
IU11, IU2-IU5
NOTE
the TN13OLP board cannot be installed in slot IU1.
27.3.8 Characteristic Code for the OLP

The characteristic code for the OLP board contains one character and two digits, indicating the
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3060
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 27-17 Characteristic code for the OLP board

Code
Meaning
Description
First character

P.
Maximum protection
switching time

For example, the characteristic code for the TN12OLP board is P50. This code indicates that the
maximum protection switching time is 50ms.


Table 27-18 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the OLP board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
TO1/RI1
TO2/RI2
TI/RO
NOTE

For parameters of the OLP, refer to Table 27-19.
Table 27-19 OLP parameters
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

3061
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description

Name.
are supported.
Input Power Loss

Threshold (dBm)
-35 to -10

Between Primary and
(dB)
-10 to 10
Variance Threshold
Between Primary and
Secondary Input
Optical Power (dB)
0, 3 to 8
Default: -35
Default: 0

alarm.
levels of a board.
Default: 5

working and protection signal powers reaches
a specific value close to this threshold, a
signal fail (SF) condition has occurred. When
the difference exceeds this threshold, a
POWER_DIFF_OVER alarm is reported and
protection switching is performed to select
the signal with higher power, ensuring
desired service performance.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3062
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Fiber Type
G652 Fiber,
G653 Fiber,
LEAF Fiber,
TWRS Fiber,
TWC Fiber,
TWPLUS Fiber,
SMFLS Fiber,
G654B Fiber,
G656 Fiber,
G654A Fiber,
TERA_LIGHT
Fiber
Default: /
Fiber Length(m)
Chromatic Dispersion
Coefficient(ps/
(nm*km))
0 to 4294967295
Specifies the length of a fiber.
Default: /
Specifies the length of a fiber. This value can

be used by the Optical Doctor (OD) function
to assess the impact of stimulated Raman
scattering (SRS) and wavelength dependent
loss (WDL). The parameter value must truly
reflect the actual fiber length and can be
accurate to within the kilometer range.
-214748364.8 to
214748364.7

coefficient of a fiber. This parameter must be
set according to the fiber type being in use.
Usually, the nominal fiber CD coefficient is
Default: /

systems.
27.3.11 OLP Specifications

NOTE
point.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3063
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 27-20 Optical specifications of the OLP board
Int
erf
ace
TITO
1
TITO
2
RI1
RO
RI2
RO
Item
Value
TN11
OLP0
1
TN11
OLP
02
TN12
OLP0
1/
TN12
OLP0
2a
TN12
OLP0
3/
TN12
OLP0
6a
TN12
OLP04
/
TN12
OLP07
TN13
OLP03
TN13
OLP04
Ins
erti
on
los
s at
the
tra
ns
mit
end
sin
gle
mo
de
d
B
<=4
<=4
<=4
<=4
<=4
<=4
mul
tim
ode
d
B
<=4.5
Ins
erti
on
los
s at
the
rec
eiv
e
end
sin
gle
mo
de
d
B
<=1.5
<=1.5
<=1.5
<=1.5
<=1.5
<=1.5
mul
tim
ode
d
B
<=2
sin
gle
mo
de
d
B
m
-35 to
7
-35 to
7
-30 to
23
-32 to
23
-35 to
23
-32 to
23
mul
tim
ode
d
B
m
-35 to
0
sin
gle
mo
de
n
m
1270
to
1350,
1528
to
1567
1270
to
1350,
1528
to
1567
1270 to
1350,
1528 to
1567
1528 to
1567
1270 to
1350,
1528 to
1567
1528 to
1567
Range of
the input
optical
power
Operating
waveleng
th range
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
U
ni
t

3064
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Int
erf
ace
Item
U
ni
t
mul
tim
ode
Value
TN11
OLP0
1
TN11
OLP
02
TN12
OLP0
1/
TN12
OLP0
2a
TN12
OLP0
3/
TN12
OLP0
6a
TN12
OLP04
/
TN12
OLP07
TN13
OLP03
TN13
OLP04
n
m
830 to
870
Switching
threshold of
optical power
difference
d
B
Range of the
alarm threshold
for the optical
power difference
d
B
3 to 8
3 to 8
3 to 8
3 to 8
3 to 8
3 to 8
3 to 8
NOTE
l OptiX OSN 8800 supports TN11OLP02, TN12OLP01, TN12OLP02, TN12OLP03, TN12OLP04,
TN12OLP06, TN12OLP07, TN13OLP03 and TN13OLP04.
l OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 3800 supports TN11OLP01, TN11OLP02, TN12OLP01, TN12OLP02,
TN12OLP03, TN12OLP04, TN12OLP06, TN12OLP07, TN13OLP03 and TN13OLP04..
l a: TN12OLP\TN13OLP has no multimode optical module.
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight
l
TN11OLP: 0.9 kg (1.98 lb.)
TN12OLP/TN13OLP: 1.0 kg (2.20 lb.)
Power Consumption
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11OLP
6.0
6.6
TN12OLP
4.0
4.5
TN13OLP03
7.0
7.7
TN13OLP04
6.9
7.6

3065
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
27.4 QCP
QCP: 4-channel optical path protection board

The available functional version of the QCP board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1Q
CP
Type
Board
Type
Description
TN11QCP
01

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3066
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Hardware Update
Added the TN11QCP board.
It is a highly-integrated board. It supports dual-feeding and

selective receiving of four signals, intra-board 1+1
protection, and client 1+1 protection.
27.4.3 Application
Because it is a type of optical protection unit, the QCP board implements intra-board 1+1
protection and client 1+1 protection.
For the position of the QCP board in the WDM system, see Figure 27-14 and Figure 27-15.
Figure 27-14 Position of the QCP board in the WDM system (intra-board 1+1 protection)
TI1
OTU
TO11
RI11
TO21
RI21
TO31
RO1
FIU
QCP
RO3
MUX
RI31 DMUX
RO2
TI3
TO11
TO21
RI21
TI2
OTU
FIU
TO41
TO12
RI12
TO22
RI22
TO32
DMUX RI32
TI2
OTU
QCP
RO3
TI3
OTU
RI42
TO42
FIU
FIU
RI12
TO12
TI4
RI22
TO22
RO4
RI32 DMUX
OTU
RO2
TO31
RI41
MUX
OTU
TI1
RI41
TO41
RI11
OTU
RO1
DMUX RI31
MUX
MUX
RI42
TO32
RO4
TI4
OTU
TO42
NOTE
When being used for configuring intra-board 1+1 protection, the QCP board cannot be connected to an
OTU board with the line rate of 2.5 Gbit/s.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3067
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 27-15 Position of the QCP board in the WDM system (client 1+1 protection)
Client-side
Client-side
TO11
RI11
TI1
RI11
TO11
RO1
TO21
RI21
TO31
TI2
MUX
OTU
(W)
RI31
RO2
DMUX
FIU
MUX
DMUX
TO41
OTU
(W)
FIU
RO1
TI1
RI21
TO21
RI31
TO31
RO2
RI41
TI2
RI41
TO41
TO12
RI12
TI3
RI12
TO12
RO3
RO3
TO22
RI22
TI3
QCP
RI22
TO32
MUX
OTU
(P)
DMUX
FIU
OTU
(P)
FIU
QCP
TO22
RI32
TI4
RI32
TO32
RO4
RO4
TO42
RI42
TI4
RI42
TO42
DMUX
MUX
NOTE

The QCP board provides intra-board 1+1 protection and client 1+1 protection.
Table 27-21 Functions and features of the QCP board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
l Provides intra-board 1+1 protection to protect the services of the

OTU, which has no dual-fed and selective receiving function.
Compared with the DCP and OLP, the QCP provides protection
for four signals to implement 1+1 protection.
l Provides client 1+1 protection to protect four client services using
the working and protection OTU boards.
Protection
mechanism
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
power level.)

3068
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Optical-layer ASON
The QCP board supports optical-layer ASON only through client 1

+1 protection.

The QCP board contains the optical module, control and communication module, and power
supply module.
Figure 27-16 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the QCP board.
Figure 27-16 Functional modules and signal flow of the QCP board
TO11
TO12
TO21
TO22
TO31
TO32
TO41
TO42
RI11
RI12
RI21
RI22
RI31
RI32
RI41
RI42
TI1
TI2
TI3
TI4
RO1
RO2
RO3
RO4
Optical switch
Optical switch
Optical switch
Optical switch
Optical power
detecting
module
Optical module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
3069
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Signal Flow
One QCP board supports the dual-feeding and selective receiving of four signals. It processes
the four signals in the same way. The following describes the service flow of only one signal.
l
Transmit direction
Receive direction
The selected optical signals are output through the RO1 optical interface.
Module Function
l
Optical module
The optical module contains four signal dual-feeding part and signal selective receiving
part.

Power supply module

27.4.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the QCP board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3070
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Figure 27-17 shows the front panel of the QCP board.
Figure 27-17 Front panel of the QCP board
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 27-22 Types and functions of the interfaces on the QCP board
Interface
Type
Function
TI1/TI2/TI3/
TI4
LC
Receives the first, second, third, or fourth WDM-side

optical signal.
RO1/RO2/RO3/
RO4
LC
Transmits the first, second, third, or fourth WDM-side

optical signal.
TO11/TO12
LC
Optical ports for dual-feeding of the first, second, third,

or fourth signal. The optical ports are connected to the
input ports of the working and protection multiplexer
boards when intra-board 1+1 protection is configured.
TO21/TO22
TO31/TO32
TO41/TO42
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Optical ports for dual-feeding of the first, second, third,

or fourth signal. The optical ports are connected to the
input ports of the working and protection OTU boards
when client 1+1 protection is configured.

3071
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Type
Function
RI11/RI12
LC
Optical ports for selective receiving of the first, second,

third, or fourth signal. The optical ports are respectively
connected to the output ports of the working and
protection demultiplexer boards when intra-board 1+1
protection is configured.
RI21/RI22
RI31/RI32
RI41/RI42
Optical ports for selective receiving of the first, second,

third, or fourth signal. The optical ports are connected
to the output ports of the working and protection OTU
boards when client 1+1 protection is configured.
Laser Hazard Level

27.4.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one QCP board.
Table 27-23 shows the valid slots for the TN11QCP board.
Table 27-23 Valid slots for the TN11QCP board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU11, IU2-IU5
NOTE
the TN11QCP board cannot be installed in slot IU1.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3072
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 27-24 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the QCP board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
TO11/RI11
TO12/RI12
TO21/RI21
TO22/RI22
TO31/RI31
TO32/RI32
TO41/RI41
TO42/RI42
TI1/RO1
TI2/RO2
10
TI3/RO3
11
TI4/RO4
12
NOTE

For parameters of the QCP, refer to Table 27-25.
Table 27-25 QCP parameters
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

3073
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description

Name.
are supported.
Input Power Loss

Threshold (dBm)
-35 to -10

Between Primary and
(dB)
-10 to 10
Variance Threshold
Between Primary and
Secondary Input
Optical Power (dB)
0, 3 to 8
Default: -35
Default: 0

to generate an optical power loss (R_LOS)
reports the R_LOS alarm.
levels of a board.
Default: 5

working and protection signal powers
reaches a specific value close to this
threshold, a signal fail (SF) condition has
occurred. When the difference exceeds this
threshold, a POWER_DIFF_OVER alarm is
reported and protection switching is
performed to select the signal with higher
power, ensuring desired service
performance.
27.4.10 QCP Specifications

NOTE
point.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3074
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 27-26 Optical specifications of the QCP board
Interface
Item
Unit
Value
TIx-TOx1/
TOx2(x=1 to 4)
Insertion loss at
the transmit end
Single-mode
dB
<=4
RIx1/RIx2-ROx
(x=1 to 4)
Insertion loss at
the receive end
Single-mode
dB
<=1.5
Range of the input optical power
Single-mode
dBm
-35 to 20
Single-mode
nm
1270 to 1350,
1528 to 1567
Multi-mode
Switching threshold of optical power difference
dB
Range of the alarm threshold for the optical power

difference
dB
3 to 8
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight: 1.2 kg(2.65 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11QCP
6.2
6.8
a:The maximum power consumption is the power consumed by the board when it works
27.5 SCS
SCS: sync optical channel separator board

The available functional version of the SCS board is TN11.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3075
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1S
CS
Type
Board
Type
Description
SCS
01
Supports single-mode optical module.
02
Supports multi-mode optical module.
27.5.2 Application
As a type of optical protection unit, the SCS board provides client-side 1+1 protection and boardlevel protection (extended mode).
For the position of the SCS board in the WDM system, see Figure 27-18 and Figure 27-19.
Figure 27-18 Position of the SCS board in the WDM system (client-side 1+1 protection)
Client-side
TO11
RI11
OTU
TO21 (W)
TI1
RO1
RI21
SCS
TI2
RO2
TO12
RI12
OTU
TO22 (P)
RI22
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
MUX
DMUX
FIU
FIU
DMUX
MUX
MUX
DMUX
FIU

MUX
Client-side
OTU
(W) RI21
RO1
TI1
TO21
RI12
TO12
OTU
(P) RI22
FIU
DMUX
RI11
TO11
SCS
RO2
TI2
TO22
3076
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 27-19 Position of the SCS in the WDM system (board-level protection with extended
mode)
TBE1
R1
S
C
S
TBE2
TBE1
TBE1
L
4
G
O
A
D
M
F
I
U
F
I
U
TBE2
O
A
D
M
L
4
G
TBE2
TBE1
S
C
S
R1
TBE2

The SCS board provides client-side 1+1 protection and board-level protection (extended mode).
Table 27-27 Functions and features of the SCS board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
l Receives signals from the working and the protection OTUs and
implements client-side 1+1 protection.
l Receives signals from the working and the protection TBE and
implements board-level protection (extended mode).
Protection scheme
The channel protection supported by the SCS board does not need
protocol support. Instead, the channel protection executes switching
by detecting SD and SF events of the channel.
Optical-layer ASON
Not supported

The SCS board consists of the optical module, control and communication module, and power
supply module.
Figure 27-20 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the SCS board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3077
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 27-20 Functional modules and signal flow of the SCS board
Optical module
TI1
Splitter
TO11
TO12
TI2
Splitter
TO21
TO22
RO1
Coupler
RI11
RI12
RO2
Coupler
RI21
RI22
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
One SCS board supports the dual-fed and dual receiving of two channels of optical signals. The
SCS board processes the two channels of optical signals in the same way. This section describes
the service flow of only one channel of optical signals.
l
Transmit direction
splitter, the signals are output to the working and the protection channels through the TO11
and TO12 optical interfaces.
Receive direction
The signals in the working and the protection channels are input through the RI1 and RI2
optical interfaces, and then are transmitted to the coupler. The system activates one of the
two channels of optical signals based on the service quality. In this way, the selection of
path optical signals is achieved. The selected optical signals are output through the RO1
optical interface. Normally, the working OTU at the receive end is active, and the protection
OTU is standby. Once a fault occurs in the services, an alarm triggers a protection switching.
The system shuts down the working OTU, and activates the protection OTU.
Module Function
l
Optical module
The optical module consists of the splitters and couplers.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3078
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Splitter
Coupler
Receives the signals in the working and the protection channels. The system selects one
channel of optical signals based on the service quality.
l

Power supply module

27.5.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the SCS board.

Figure 27-21 shows the front panel of the SCS board.
Figure 27-21 Front panel of the SCS board
RI12
TO21
RI21
TO22
RI22
RO1
TI1
RO2
TI2
SCS
TO12
STAT
SCS
TO11 RI11
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 27-28 Types and functions of the interfaces on the SCS board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Type
Function
TI1/TI2
LC
Receives the first/second channel of client-side signals.

3079
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interface
Type
Function
RO1/RO2
LC
Transmits the first/second channel of client-side

signals.
TO11/TO12
LC

and protection OTU.
TO21/TO22
LC

and the protection OTU.
RI11/RI12
LC

and protection OTU.
RI21/RI22
LC

working and protection OTU.
Laser Hazard Level

27.5.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one SCS board.
Table 27-29 shows the valid slots for the TN11SCS board.
Table 27-29 Valid slots for the TN11SCS board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU11, IU2-IU5
27.5.7 Characteristic Code for the SCS

The characteristic code for the SCS board contains one character and two digits, indicating the
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3080
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 27-30 Characteristic code for the SCS board

Code
Meaning
Description
First character

P.
Maximum protection
switching time

For example, the characteristic code for the TN11SCS board is P50. This code indicates that the
maximum protection switching time is 50 ms.


Table 27-31 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the SCS board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
TI1/RO1
TO11/RI11
TO12/RI12
TI2/RO2
TO21/RI21
TO22/RI22
NOTE

For parameters of the SCS, refer to Table 27-32.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3081
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 27-32 SCS parameters

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.

Interface Name.
supported.
27.5.10 SCS Specifications

Table 27-33 lists the optical specifications of the SCS board.
Table 27-33 Optical specifications of the SCS board
Interface
Item
TI1-TO11
Splitting
insertion loss
Coupling
insertion loss
TI1-TO12
TI2-TO21
Unit
Value
Single-mode
dB
<=4
Multi-mode
dB
<=4.5
Single-mode
dB
<=4
Multi-mode
dB
<=4.5
Single-mode
nm
1270 to 1350, 1528 to

1567
Multi-mode
nm
830 to 870
TI2-TO22
RI11-RO1
RI12-RO1
RI21-RO2
RI22-RO2
l
(8.7 in.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3082
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11SCS
0.2
0.3
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3083
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

28 Spectrum Analyzer Board
28
Spectrum Analyzer Board
About This Chapter

28.1 Overview
Spectrum analyzer boards support centralized monitoring of optical signals without impacting
the signal performance.
28.2 MCA4
MCA4: 4-channel spectrum analyzer unit
28.3 MCA8
28.4 OPM8
OPM8: 8-channel optical power monitor board
28.5 WMU
WMU: wavelength monitored unit
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3084
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

28.1 Overview
Spectrum analyzer boards support centralized monitoring of optical signals without impacting
the signal performance.
Positions of Spectrum Analyzer Boards in a WDM System

Figure 28-1 illustrates the position of spectrum analyzer boards in a WDM system by using the
OPM8 board as an example.
Figure 28-1 Positions of spectrum analyzer boards in a WDM system
OTU
OM
OAU
OD
OAU
OTU
OD
OAU
OM
OAU
OTU
OPM8
IN1
MON
OUT
OTU
OPM8
OPM8
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
Spectral
information can be
queried using the
U2000
IN
OAU
Main Functions
Board
Number of
Ports
Monitoring Capabilitya
Number of
Wavelength
s
Optical
Power
Center
Wavelength
OSNRb
TN11MC
A4
TN11MC
A8
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Remarks

It is
recommended
that these
boards be
configured at
3085
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board
TN11OP
M8
Number of
Ports
Monitoring Capabilitya
Remarks
Number of
Wavelength
s
Optical
Power
Center
Wavelength
OSNRb
Yc
the receive
end.
This board
must be
configured at
the transmit
end.
TN12OP
M8
TN11WM
U
a: "Y" indicates that the board supports the function. "N" indicates that the board does not support the function.
b:
l Supports 10 Gbit/s, 40 Gbit/s, and 100 Gbit/s signal OSNR detection when the Port OSNR detection license
(OD V1) or Optical Doctor management system license is used and the OD functions are configured.
l When neither the Port OSNR detection license (OD V1) nor the Optical Doctor management system
license is used, there are the following restrictions if 40 Gbit/s or higher rate wavelengths are deployed in the
system:
OSNR monitoring is not supported if adjacent channels have 50 GHz channel spacing spacing.
OSNR monitoring is supported only for 10 Gbit/s or lower rate wavelengths if the channel spacing is 100
GHz.
l OSNR monitoring is supported for all signals if their rates are 10 Gbit/s or lower, regardless of whether the
Port OSNR detection license (OD V1) /Optical Doctor management system license is used.
c: Only the TN12OPM8 can monitor OSNR.
28.2 MCA4

The available functional versions of the MCA4 board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3086
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1
M
C
A4
Variants
Table 28-1 Available variants of the MCA4 board
Board
Varia
nt
Description
TN11MCA
4
01
Detects optical power and OSNR of 10 Gbit/s or lower signals.
02
Detects optical power of 100 Gbit/s or lower signals.

l Supports 10 Gbit/s, 40 Gbit/s, and 100 Gbit/s signal OSNR
detection when the Port OSNR detection license (OD V1) or
Optical Doctor management system license is used and the OD
functions are configured.
l When neither the Port OSNR detection license (OD V1) nor
the Optical Doctor management system license is used, there
are the following restrictions if 40 Gbit/s or higher rate
wavelengths are deployed in the system:
OSNR monitoring is not supported if adjacent channels have
50 GHz channel spacing spacing.
OSNR monitoring is supported only for 10 Gbit/s or lower
rate wavelengths if the channel spacing is 100 GHz.
l OSNR monitoring is supported for all signals if their rates are 10
Gbit/s or lower, regardless of whether the Port OSNR detection
license (OD V1) /Optical Doctor management system
license is used.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3087
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Hardware Update
Added the support for detecting

OSNR of 10 Gbit/s, 40 Gbit/s,
and 100 Gbit/s signals when the
TN11MCA402 board works
with the Optical Doctor
Management System Software.
Function enhancement: When an Optical Doctor (OD)

software license is available and OD functions are
configured on the U2000, the TN11MCA402 board can be
used to detect OSNR of 10 Gbit/s, 40 Gbit/s, and 100 Gbit/
s signals.
28.2.3 Application
As a type of spectrum analyzer unit, the MCA4 board provides four ports and each of the ports
supports spectrum analysis of up to 80 wavelengths.
For the position of the MCA4 board in the WDM system, see Figure 28-2.
Figure 28-2 Position of the MCA4 board in the WDM system
OTU
MUX
OAU
OAU
DMUX
OTU
MCA4
OTU
DMUX
OAU
OTU
OTU
MCA4
OAU
MUX
OTU
OTU
OTU
NOTE
The MCA4 board is usually configured at the receive end. If supervision is required at both the receive and
transmit ends, you can configure the MCA4 boards at both ends for supervision.

The MCA4 board is mainly used for spectral analysis, APE and power detection.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3088
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 28-2 Functions and features of the MCA4 board

Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Provides four ports and each of the ports supports spectrum analysis
of up to 80 wavelengths.
Detection function
Supports monitoring of the following information and reports to the

SCC board. The following information can be displayed on the
U2000.
l Optical power of each wavelength
l Central wavelength
l Number of wavelengths in the main optical path
l When neither the Port OSNR detection license (OD V1) nor the
Optical Doctor management system license is used, there are
the following restrictions if 40 Gbit/s or higher rate wavelengths
are deployed in the system:
OSNR monitoring is supported only for 10 Gbit/s or lower rate
wavelengths if the channel spacing is 100 GHz.
license (OD V1) /Optical Doctor management system license
is used.
NOTE
If the power deviation between some wavelengths monitored by the MCA4
board exceeds 6 dB, then the wavelength with lower power may be regarded
as noise and cannot be scanned by the MCA4 board.
OSNR monitoring is not supported for PID boards.
Supported
APE function
Detects the optical power of each wavelength.

Optical-layer ASON
Supported

The MCA4 board consists of the 1x4 optical switch, spectral analysis module, driving and control
Figure 28-3 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the MCA4 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3089
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 28-3 Functional modules and signal flow of the MCA4 board
IN01
IN02
IN03
IN04
Spectrum analysis module
1 4
optical switch
Control
signal
Driving
signal
Data
signal
Driving and control module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication
Control and
communication module
Power supply
module
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Required
voltage
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
The 1x4 optical switch selects one channel of optical signals and sends it to the spectral analysis
module for parameter analysis. After being analyzed and converted, each data parameter is sent
to the control and communication module through a data interface. The control and
communication module further reports the parameter to the SCC board and the U2000. The final
spectrum analysis results are displayed on the U2000.
Module Function
l
1x4 optical switch

Selects one channel of optical signals from the accessed four channels of optical signals
for spectrum analysis.

Monitors parameters such as the central wavelength, optical power, OSNR, and number of
wavelengths.

Drives and controls spectrum.
Controls the 1x4 optical switch to select one channel of optical signals for spectrum
analysis.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3090
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


l
Power supply module

28.2.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the MCA4 board.

Figure 28-4 shows the front panel of the MCA4 board.
Figure 28-4 Front panel of the MCA4 board
MCA4
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
MCA4
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3091
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 28-3 Types and functions of the interfaces on the MCA4 board
Interface
Type
Function
IN1-IN4
LC
Connected to the "MON" interfaces of other boards to

receive optical signals for analysis. The interfaces can
be connected to four "MON" interfaces at the same
time.
28.2.7 Valid Slots

Two slots house one MCA4 board.
Table 28-4 shows the valid slots for the MCA4 board.
Table 28-4 Valid slots for the MCA4 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots

IU61-IU67
IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17
IU1-IU15
IU1-IU16
IU2-IU5

3092
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
For OptiX OSN 8800, the rear connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along the left slot of the
two slots in the subrack. Therefore, the slot number of the MCA4 board displayed on the NM is the number
of the left slot. For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the MCA4 board, the slot number of the MCA4
For OptiX OSN 6800, the rear connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along the left slot of the
two slots in the subrack. Therefore, the slot number of the MCA4 board displayed on the NM is the number
For OptiX OSN 3800, the rear connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along the bottom slot
of the two slots in the chassis. Therefore, the slot number of the MCA4 board displayed on the NM is the
number of the bottom slot. For example, if slots IU11 and IU2 house the MCA4 board, the slot number of
the MCA4 board displayed on the NM is IU2.
28.2.8 Characteristic Code for the MCA4

The characteristic code for the MCA4 board contains one character, indicating the band of the
optical signals processed by the board.
Table 28-5 Characteristic code for the MCA4 board
Code
Meaning
Description
First character
Band

represents C band.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11MCA4 board is C, indicating C band.


Table 28-6 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the MCA4 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN1-IN4
1-4

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3093
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

For parameters of the MCA4, refer to Table 28-7.

Table 28-7 MCA4 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Optical Monitoring
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled
Configure Band
C
Default: C
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Sets the optical interface monitoring state.

When the monitoring of an optical interface
is set to Disabled, the spectrum analyzer
board does not analyze the wavelength on
this interface.
the board.
Actual Band

board.
Actual Working
Band Parity

band of the board.
Configure Working
Band Parity
All, Odd, Even

Default: All

band of the board.
Threshold of Power
Equilibrium
Deviation (dB)
0.1 to 25.5
Specifies the power flatness threshold.
Default: 25.5
This parameter is used by the network

commissioning tool to monitor wavelength
power flatness. Usually, there is no need to
manually specify the parameter value. For
a network for which the network
commissioning tool is not deployed, this
parameter is not applicable.
Optical Performance
Monitoring
Disabled, Enabled
Determines whether to enable the OSNR

detection function.
Port
Displays port name and wavelength

frequency.
Band
Displays the current band.
Default: Disabled

3094
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Wavelength Monitor
Status
No Monitor, Monitor
Sets whether to monitor the current

wavelength. It is recommended to set the
monitor status of wavelengths that bear
services to Monitor.
Default: No Monitor
When the parameter is set to Monitor for a

wavelength, the NMS will report a
CHAN_LOS if the NMS cannot detect the
wavelength. However, when the parameter
is set to No Monitor, the NMS will not
report the alarm.
Board
Displays the board name.
Optical Switch No.
The Optical Switch No. parameter

provides an option to query the current
working optical interface of the multichannel spectrum analyzer board.
Monitor Interval
(min.)
5 to 49995
The Monitor Interval (min.) parameter

provides an option to set the supervisory
channel for the current board and to analyze
the time interval of the channel status.
WDM type
Default, 100-GHz
Spacing with CRZ,
50-GHz Spacing with
CRZ, 100-GHz
Spacing with 40Gbps,
50-GHz Spacing with
40Gbps
Default: 10
This parameter is reserved for future use.

Users do not need to set it.
Default: Default
28.2.11 MCA4 Specifications

Table 28-8 lists the optical specifications of the MCA4 board.
Table 28-8 Optical specifications of the MCA4 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Item
Unit
Value
nm
1529-1561
Detect accuracy for central wavelength
nm
0.1

3095
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
Channel spacing
GHz
50/100
Detect range for single channel optical power
dBm
-30 to -10
Detect accuracy for optical power
dB
1.5
OSNR detection accuracy A (The OSNR of

10 Gbit/s signals can be detected.)
dB
1.5 (OSNR: 13 to 19)

2 (OSNR: 19 to 23)
OSNR detection accuracy Ba (The OSNR of

10, 40, and 100 Gbit/s signals can be
detected.)
dB
1.5 (OSNR detection range:

13-23)
pcs
a: The OSNR detection function is available only when the Port OSNR detection license
(OD V1) or Optical Doctor management system license is used and the OD functions are
configured.
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
MCA4
8.0
8.5
28.3 MCA8

The available functional versions of the MCA8 board is TN11.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3096
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1
M
C
A8
Variants
Table 28-9 Available variants of the MCA8 board
Board
Varia
nt
Description
TN11MCA
8
01
Detects optical power and OSNR of 10 Gbit/s or lower signals.
02
Detects optical power of 100 Gbit/s or lower signals.

l When neither the Port OSNR detection license (OD V1) nor
the Optical Doctor management system license is used, there
are the following restrictions if 40 Gbit/s or higher rate
wavelengths are deployed in the system:
OSNR monitoring is supported only for 10 Gbit/s or lower
rate wavelengths if the channel spacing is 100 GHz.
license (OD V1) /Optical Doctor management system
license is used.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3097
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Hardware Update
Added the support for detecting

OSNR of 10 Gbit/s, 40 Gbit/s,
and 100 Gbit/s signals when the
TN11MCA802 board works
with the Optical Doctor
Management System Software.
Function enhancement: When an Optical Doctor (OD)

software license is available and OD functions are
configured on the U2000, the TN11MCA802 board can be
used to detect OSNR of 10 Gbit/s, 40 Gbit/s, and 100 Gbit/
s signals.
28.3.3 Application
As a type of spectrum analyzer unit, the MCA8 board provides eight ports and each of the ports
supports spectrum analysis of up to 80 wavelengths.
For the position of the MCA8 board in the WDM system, see Figure 28-5.
Figure 28-5 Position of the MCA8 board in the WDM system
OTU
MUX
OAU
OAU
DMUX
OTU
MCA8
OTU
DMUX
OAU
OTU
OTU
MCA8
OAU
MUX
OTU
OTU
OTU
NOTE
The MCA8 board is usually configured at the receive end. If supervision is required at the receive and
transmit ends, you can configure one MCA8 board at each end to provide supervision.

The MCA8 board provides spectral analysis, automatic power equilibrium (APE) and detection.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3098
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 28-10 Functions and features of the MCA8

Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Provides eight ports and each of the ports supports spectrum analysis
of up to 80 wavelengths.
Detection function
Supports monitoring of the following information and reports to the

SCC board. The following information can be displayed on the
U2000.
l Optical power of each wavelength
l Central wavelength
l Number of wavelengths in the main optical path
l When neither the Port OSNR detection license (OD V1) nor the
Optical Doctor management system license is used, there are
the following restrictions if 40 Gbit/s or higher rate wavelengths
are deployed in the system:
OSNR monitoring is supported only for 10 Gbit/s or lower rate
wavelengths if the channel spacing is 100 GHz.
license (OD V1) /Optical Doctor management system license
is used.
NOTE
If the power deviation between some wavelengths monitored by the MCA8
board exceeds 6 dB, then the wavelength with lower power may be regarded
as noise and cannot be scanned by the MCA8 board.
Supported
APE function
Detects the optical power of each wavelength.

Optical-layer ASON
Supported

The MCA8 board consists of the 1x8 optical switch, spectral analysis module, driving and control
Figure 28-6 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the MCA8 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3099
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 28-6 Functional modules and signal flow of the MCA8 board
IN01
IN02
IN03
IN04
IN05
IN06
IN07
IN08

1 8
optical switch
Driving
signal
Control
signal
Data
signal
Control
CPU
Communication
Control and
communication module
Memory
Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
The 1x8 optical switch selects one channel of optical signals and transmits the channel to the
spectral analysis module for parameter analysis. After being analyzed and converted, each data
parameter is sent to the control and communication module through a data interface. The control
and communication module further reports the parameter to the SCC board and the U2000. The
U2000 reports the final spectrum analysis results.
Module Function
l
1x8 optical switch

Selects one channel of optical signals from the accessed eight channels of optical signals
for spectrum analysis.

Monitors parameters such as the central wavelength, optical power, OSNR, and number of
wavelengths.

Drives and controls spectrum.
Controls the 1x8 optical switch to select one channel of optical signals for spectrum
analysis.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3100
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l
Power supply module

28.3.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the MCA8 board.

Figure 28-7 shows the front panel of the MCA8 board.
Figure 28-7 Front panel of the MCA8 board
MCA8
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
IN5
IN6
IN7
IN8
MCA8
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3101
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 28-11 Types and functions of the interfaces on the MCA8 board
Interface
Type
Function
IN1-IN8
LC
Connected to the "MON" interfaces of other boards to

be connected to eight "MON" interfaces at the same
time.
28.3.7 Valid Slots

Two slots house one MCA8 board.
Table 28-12 shows the valid slots for the MCA8 board.
Table 28-12 Valid slots for the MCA8 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots

IU61-IU67
IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17
IU1-IU15
IU1-IU16
IU2-IU5

3102
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
For the OptiX OSN 8800, the rear connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along the left slot
of the two slots in the subrack. The slot number of the MCA8 board displayed on the NM is the number
For the OptiX OSN 6800, the rear connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along the left slot
of the two slots in the subrack. The slot number of the MCA8 board displayed on the NM is the number
For the OptiX OSN 3800, the rear connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along the bottom
slot of the two slots in the chassis. The slot number of the MCA8 board displayed on the NM is the number
of the bottom slot. For example, if slots IU11 and IU2 house the MCA8 board, the slot number of the MCA8
28.3.8 Characteristic Code for the MCA8

The characteristic code for the MCA8 board consists of one character, indicating the band of
the optical signals processed by the board.
Table 28-13 Characteristic code for the MCA8 board
Code
Meaning
Description
First character
Band

represents C band.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11MCA8 board is C, indicating that the card
processes optical signals in the C band.


Table 28-14 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the MCA8 board displayed on the NM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface on the NM
IN1-IN8
1-8

3103
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


For parameters of the MCA8, refer to Table 28-15.
Table 28-15 MCA8 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Optical Monitoring
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled
Configure Band
C
Default: C
Sets the optical interface monitoring

state. When the monitoring of an optical
interface is set to Disabled, the spectrum
analyzer board does not analyze the
wavelength on this interface.
Specifies the type of the working band
of the board.
Actual Band

board.
Actual Working Band

Parity

band of the board.
Configure Working
Band Parity
All, Odd, Even

Port

frequency.
Band
Wavelength Monitor
Status
No Monitor, Monitor

Default: All
Default: No Monitor
When the parameter is set to Monitor

for a wavelength, the NMS will report a
CHAN_LOS if the NMS cannot detect
the wavelength. However, when the
parameter is set to No Monitor, the
NMS will not report the alarm.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3104
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Board
Optical Switch No.

Monitor Interval
(min.)
5 to 49995

channel for the current board and to
analyze the time interval of the channel
status.
WDM type
Default, 100-GHz
Spacing with CRZ, 50GHz Spacing with
CRZ, 100-GHz
Spacing with 40Gbps,
50-GHz Spacing with
40Gbps
Default: 10
This parameter is reserved for future use.

Users do not need to set it.
Default: Default
28.3.11 MCA8 Specifications

Table 28-16 lists the optical specifications of the MCA8 board.
Table 28-16 Optical specifications of the MCA8 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Item
Unit
Value
nm
1529-1561
nm
0.1
Channel spacing
GHz
50/100
dBm
-30 to -10
Detect accuracy for optical power
dB
1.5
OSNR detection accuracy A (The OSNR of

10 Gbit/s signals can be detected.)
dB
1.5 (OSNR: 13 to 19)

2 (OSNR: 19 to 23)

3105
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
OSNR detection accuracy Ba (The OSNR of

10, 40, and 100 Gbit/s signals can be
detected.)
dB

13-23)
pcs
a: The OSNR detection function is available only when the Port OSNR detection license
(OD V1) or Optical Doctor management system license is used and the OD functions are
configured.
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
MCA8
12.0
13.0
28.4 OPM8
OPM8: 8-channel optical power monitor board

The available functional versions of the OPM8 board are TN11 and TN12.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3106
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1O
P
M
8
T
N1
2O
P
M
8
When the TN12OPM8 board is used in the OptiX OSN 3800 chassis, the TN23SCC board
must be used.

Function:
l
Only the TN12OPM8 supports detection of OSNR for 10 Gbit/s, 40 Gbit/s, and 100 Gbit/
s signals.
The OPM8 boards of different versions cannot replace each other.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update
Added the TN12OPM8 board.
When an Optical Doctor (OD) software license is available

and OD functions are configured on the U2000, the
TN12OPM8 board can be used to detect OSNR of 10 Gbit/
s, 40 Gbit/s, and 100 Gbit/s signals.

3107
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

28.4.3 Application
The OPM8 board provides eight ports and each of the ports supports optical power monitor of
up to 80 wavelengths.
For the position of the OPM8 board in the WDM system, see Figure 28-8.
Figure 28-8 Position of the OPM8 board in the WDM system
OTU
MUX
OAU
OAU
DMUX
OTU
OPM8
OTU
DMUX
OAU
OTU
OTU
OPM8
OAU
MUX
OTU
OTU
OTU
NOTE
The OPM8 board is usually configured at the receive end. If supervision is required at the receive and
transmit ends, you can configure the OPM8 boards at each end for supervision.

The OPM8 board is mainly used for optical power monitoring and APE.
Table 28-17 Functions and features of the OPM8
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Provides eight ports and each of the ports supports optical power
monitor of up to 80 wavelengths.
Monitoring function
Detects optical power of each wavelength and reports to the SCC

board.
NOTE
TN12OPM8 supports detection of OSNR for 10 Gbit/s, 40 Gbit/s, and 100
Gbit/s signals. The TN12OPM8 board can interoperate with the Optical
Doctor management system license.
NOTE
The results are reported to the SCC and can be displayed on the
U2000.
APE function
Implements the APE function when the board is used with other
required boards.
Monitors the optical power of each channel.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3108
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Optical-layer ASON
Supported

The OPM8 board consists of the 1x8 optical switch, optical power monitor module, driving and
control module, control and communication module, and power supply module.
Figure 28-9 and Figure 28-10 show the functional modules and signal flow of the TN11OPM8
and TN12OPM8 boards.
Figure 28-9 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN11OPM8 board
IN01
IN02
IN03
IN04
IN05
IN06
IN07
IN08
Optical power monitor

module
1 8
optical switch
Control
signal
Driving
signal
Data
signal
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Required
voltage
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC

3109
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 28-10 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN12OPM8 board
IN01
IN02
IN03
IN04
IN05
IN06
IN07
IN08
Spectrum analysis
module
1 8
optical switch
Control
signal
Driving
signal
Data
signal
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
The 1x8 optical switch selects one channel of optical signals from the board it is connected to,
and sends the channel to the optical power monitor module. After being analyzed and converted,
the optical power value is sent to the control and communication module through a data interface.
The control and communication module reports the value to the SCC board and the U2000. The
final spectrum analysis results are displayed on the U2000.
Module Function
l
1x8 optical switch

Selects one channel of optical signals from the accessed eight channels of optical signals
for optical.
Optical power monitor module

Monitors channel optical power and reports the data to the driving and control module.

Monitors channel optical power, wavelength information and OSNR, then reports the data
to the driving and control module.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3110
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Drives and scans spectrum.
Instructs the 1x8 optical switch to select one channel of optical signals for spectrum
analysis.

Power supply module

28.4.6 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the OPM8 board.

Figure 28-11 shows the front panel of the OPM8 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3111
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 28-11 Front panel of the OPM8 board
OPM8
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
IN5
IN6
IN7
IN8
OPM8
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3112
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 28-18 Types and functions of the interfaces on the OPM8 board
Interface
Type
Function
IN1-IN8
LC
Connects to the "MON" interfaces of other boards to

be connected to eight "MON" interfaces of other boards
at the same time.
28.4.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one OPM8 board.
Table 28-19 shows the valid slots for the OPM8 board.
Table 28-19 Valid slots for the OPM8 board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
OptiX OSN 8800 universal

platform subrack
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
28.4.8 Characteristic Code for the OPM8

The characteristic code for the OPM8 board consists of one character, indicating the band of the
optical signals processed by the board.
Table 28-20 Characteristic code for the OPM8 board
Code
Meaning
Description
First character
Band

represents C band.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11OPM8 board is C, indicating C band.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3113
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Table 28-21 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the OPM8 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN1-IN8
1-8

For parameters of the OPM8, refer to Table 28-22.
Table 28-22 OPM8 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
are supported.
Optical Monitoring
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled
Configure Band
C
Default: C
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Sets the optical interface monitoring state.

When the monitoring of an optical interface
is set to Disabled, the spectrum analyzer
board does not analyze the wavelength on
this interface.
the board.
Actual Band

board.
Actual Working
Band Parity

band of the board.
Configure Working
Band Parity
All, Odd, Even

band of the board.
Default: All

3114
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Threshold of Power
Equilibrium
Deviation (dB)
0.1 to 25.5
Specifies the power flatness threshold.
Default: 25.5
This parameter is used by the network

commissioning tool to monitor wavelength
power flatness. Usually, there is no need to
manually specify the parameter value. For
a network for which the network
commissioning tool is not deployed, this
parameter is not applicable.
Optical Performance
Monitoring
Disabled, Enabled
Determines whether to enable the OSNR

detection function.
Default: Disabled
NOTE
Only the TN12OMP8 supports this parameter.
Port

frequency.
Band
Wavelength Monitor
Status
No Monitor, Monitor

Default: No Monitor
When the parameter is set to Monitor for a

wavelength, the NMS will report a
CHAN_LOS if the NMS cannot detect the
wavelength. However, when the parameter
is set to No Monitor, the NMS will not
report the alarm.
Board
Optical Switch No.

Monitor Interval
(min.)
5 to 49995

channel for the current board and to analyze
the time interval of the channel status.
Default: 10
28.4.11 OPM8 Specifications

Table 28-23 lists the optical specifications of the OPM8 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3115
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 28-23 Optical specifications of the OPM8 board

Item
Unit
Value
nm
1529-1561
dBm
-30 to -10
Detected accuracy for optical power
dB
1.5
Channel spacing
GHz
50/100
pcs
Detect accuracy for OSNRa
dB

13-23)
NOTE
This item is valid only for TN12OPM8.
a: The OSNR detection function is available when the the OD functions are configured (OD
V1). The OSNR detection function is available when the Optical Doctor management
system license is used and the OD functions are configured (OD V2).
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11OPM8/TN12OPM8
12
15
28.5 WMU
WMU: wavelength monitored unit

The available functional version of the WMU board is TN11.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3116
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1
W
M
U
28.5.2 Application
The WMU board monitors the wavelengths at a 50 GHz/100 GHz channel spacing in the system.
For the position of the WMU board in the WDM system, see Figure 28-12.
Figure 28-12 Position of the WMU board in the WDM system
OSC
MUX
DMUX
OA
OA
WMU
MUX
DMUX
FIU
FIU
ITL
WMU
ITL
DMUX
MUX
OA
OA
DMUX
MUX
O O O O
T T T T
U U U U
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3117
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
One WMU board can implement the centralized wavelength monitoring in two directions. Figure 28-12 shows
the two WMU boards, which, however, refer to the same WMU board.
Rules for selecting a WMU board are as follows:

l
The WMU board is required only in the 80-channel system with a 50 GHz spacing.
The WMU board is required only when a fixed-wavelength optical module is used on the
WDM side of a service board.

The WMU board supports the centralized monitoring of the wavelengths at a channel spacing
of 50 GHz/100 GHz on the OTU board at the transmit end in the system.
Table 28-24 Functions and features of the WMU board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
The board supports the centralized monitoring of the wavelengths on

the OTU board at the transmit end in the system with wavelengths at
50 GHz/100 GHz channel spacing, and performs centralized
monitoring of the fixed-wavelengths on the OTU at the transmit end
in a transmission system. In addition, the board can monitor the
wavelengths in two different optical transmit directions.
Optical switch
The optical switch is used to select the optical signals from the desired
transmission direction to monitor.
Optical-layer ASON
Supported

The WMU board consists of the 1x2 optical switch, optical wavelength detection module, control
Figure 28-13 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the WMU board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3118
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 28-13 Functional block diagram of the WMU board
IN1
IN2
Optical wavelength
detection module
1X2
optical switch
Control
signal
Driving
signal
Data
signal
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
The 1x2 optical switch selects one channel of optical signals and sends it to the optical
wavelength detection module for parameter analysis. After being analyzed and converted, the
wavelength information is sent to the control and communication module through a data
interface. The control and communication module further reports the results to the SCC board
and the U2000. The final results are displayed on the U2000.
Module Function
l
1x2 optical switch

Selects one channel of signals from the signals accessed through two optical interfaces for
optical wavelength detection.
Optical wavelength detection module

Detects each single-wavelength optical signals from the optical channel selection module,
and reports the wavelength information to the SCC board.

Power supply module

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3119
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

28.5.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the WMU board.

Figure 28-14 shows the front panel of the WMU board.
Figure 28-14 Front panel of the WMU board
WMU
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
IN1
IN2
WMU
Indicators
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3120
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 28-25 Types and functions of the interfaces on the WMU board
Interface
Type
Function
IN1/IN2
LC
Each connect to the MON port on two OA or FIU/ITL

boards configured in two different transmit directions
for centralized wavelength monitoring.
28.5.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses on WMU board.
Table 28-26 shows the valid slots for the WMU board.
Table 28-26 Valid slots for the WMU board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17


Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3121
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 28-27 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the WMU board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN1
IN2

For WMU parameters, refer to Table 28-28.
Table 28-28 WMU parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.

Interface Name.
supported.
Wavelength Monitor
Status
No Monitor, Monitor
Default: No Monitor

wavelength. It is recommended to
set the monitor status of wavelengths
that bear services to Monitor.
Monitor for a wavelength, the NMS
will report a CHAN_LOS if the
NMS cannot detect the wavelength.
However, when the parameter is set
to No Monitor, the NMS will not
report the alarm.
28.5.9 WMU Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3122
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 28-29 Optical specifications of the WMU board
Item
Unit
Value
nm
1529-1561
GHz
50/100
Per-channel input optical power range
dBm
-36 to -16
GHz
<2.5
Detect accuracy for single channel optical

power
dB
<2
Detect range for Central wavelength offset
GHz
-10 to 10
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11WMU
12
15
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3123
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

29
29 Variable Optical Attenuator Board
Variable Optical Attenuator Board
About This Chapter

29.1 Overview
Electrical variable optical attenuator (EVOA) boards are mainly configured at input ports on
optical amplifier (OA) boards, or wavelength-adding and pass-through ports on optical add/drop
multiplexer (OADM) boards to adjust optical power.
29.2 VA1
VA1: 1-channel variable optical attenuator unit
29.3 VA4
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3124
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

29.1 Overview
Electrical variable optical attenuator (EVOA) boards are mainly configured at input ports on
optical amplifier (OA) boards, or wavelength-adding and pass-through ports on optical add/drop
multiplexer (OADM) boards to adjust optical power.
Application of EVOAs
EVOA boards adjust the optical power of optical signals as required by system control boards
in the following scenarios:
l
EVOA boards are configured before the input ports of OA boards to adjust the input optical
power of OA boards to the OA nominal power or the target power specified in network
design. See Figure 29-1.
Figure 29-1 EVOA configured at the input port of an OA board
OA
EVOA
FIU
OA
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
EVOA boards are configured at the wavelength-adding ports and pass-through ports of
OADM boards to adjust the optical power of added signals and pass-through signals so that
the optical spectrum is flat at an OADM site. See Figure 29-2.

3125
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 29-2 EVOAs configured at the wavelength-adding ports and pass-through ports of
an OADM board
OTU
OTU
EVOA
OTU
EVOA
EVOA
EVOA
OA
OA
EVOA
OA
MRx
EVOA
MRx
OTU
OA
Main Functions of EVOA Boards

The VA1 and VA4 boards provide the following functions:
l
The VA1 board adjusts the optical power for one channel of optical signals and the VA4
board adjusts the optical power for four channels of optical signals.
Supports power-off protection to avoid damage to the corresponding optical receiver caused
by too-high optical power when the power supply recovers.
Supports the variable attenuation range of 1.5 dB to 21.5 dB. The resolution is 0.1 dB.
Supports optical-layer ASON.
29.2 VA1

The available functional versions of the VA1 board are TN11, TN12 and TN13.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3126
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhan
ced
8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1V
A1
T
N1
2V
A1
T
N1
3V
A1

l
Specification:
For the specification of each version, see 29.2.11 VA1 Specifications.
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11VA1
TN12VA1/
TN13VA1
Using the TN12VA1 board to replace the TN11VA1 board:

l Upgrade the NE software to OptiX OSN 6800 V100R003
3800 V100R003 or a later version.
The TN13VA1 board can be created as VA1 on the NMS to
substitute for the TN11VA1 board (TN11VA1 is displayed as
VA1 on the NMS.). For the substitution, upgrade the NE
software to OptiX OSN 6800/3800 V100R004C01 or a later
version. After the substitution, the TN13VA1 board functions
as a TN11VA1 board.
NOTE
Universal Platform Subrack subrack, the TN13VA1 board cannot be
installed in slot IU1. Therefore, if a TN11VA1 board is installed in slot
Universal Platform Subrack subrack, the TN13VA1 board cannot
substitute for the TN11VA1 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3127
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN12VA1
TN13VA1
The TN13VA1 board can be created as 12VA1 on the NMS to

substitute for the TN12VA1 board, without any software
upgrade. After the substitution, the TN13VA1 board functions
as a TN12VA1 board.
NOTE
TN13VA1
None


Hardware
Update
Added the
TN13VA1 board.
The TN13VA1 board is manufactured using an optimized engineering process. The

functions of the TN13VA1 and TN12VA1/TN11VA1 boards are the same.
29.2.3 Application
As a type of variable optical attenuator unit, the VA1 board implements the power adjustment
for one signal.
For the position of the VA1 board in the WDM system, see Figure 29-3.
Figure 29-3 Position of the VA1 board in the WDM system
OTU OTU
OTU
VA1 VA1
VA1
OTU
VA1 VA1
OA
VA1
OA
OA
VA1
VA1
MR2
MR2
VA1
OA
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
VA1

3128
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The VA1 board adjusts optical power and provides power-off protection.
Table 29-1 Functions and features of the VA1 board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Queries the attenuation and adjusts the optical power of one optical
signal according to the control command sent by the SCC.
Power-off protection
Supports the power-off protection to avoid the damages to the

corresponding optical receiver due to high optical power when the
power supply recovers.
Attenuation range
The variable attenuation range is between 1.5 dB and 21.5 dB. The
resolution is 0.1 dB.
NOTE
The maximum inherent insertion loss of the VA1 is 1.5 dB.
Optical-layer ASON
Supported

The VA1 board consists of the variable optical attenuator, driving and control module, control
Figure 29-4 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the VA1.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3129
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 29-4 Functional modules and signal flow of the VA1
Variable optical attenuator
IN
OUT
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
According to commands sent by the SCC board, the VA1 board adjusts the power of the input
optical signals by using a variable optical attenuator.
Module Function
l

Adjusts the optical power of the input optical signals.

Detects the input and output optical power of the VA1 board.
Drives and controls the variable optical attenuator, and reports the detected attenuation
to the control and communication module.

l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Power supply module

3130
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

29.2.6 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces and laser hazard level label on the front panel of the VA1 board.

Figure 29-5 shows the front panel of the VA1 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3131
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 29-5 Front panel of the VA1 board
VA1
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
CAUTION
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION

LASER RADIATION
OUT
IN
VA1
Indicators
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3132
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 29-2 Types and functions of the interfaces on the VA1 board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC
Receives the optical signals to be adjusted.
OUT
LC
Transmits the adjusted optical signals.
Laser Hazard Level

29.2.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one VA1.
Table 29-3 shows the valid slots for the TN11VA1 board.
Table 29-3 Valid slots for the TN11VA1 board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
Table 29-4 shows the valid slots for the TN12VA1/TN13VA1 board.
Table 29-4 Valid slots for the TN12VA1/TN13VA1 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16

3133
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
NOTE
the TN13VA1 board cannot be installed in slot IU1.
29.2.8 Characteristic Code for the VA1

The characteristic code for the VA1 board contains three digits, indicating the maximum
attenuation of the optical signals processed by the board.
Table 29-5 Characteristic code for the VA1 board
Code
Meaning
Description
Digits 1 through 3
Attenuation value

attenuation.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11VA1 board is 21.5, indicating that the
maximum allowable attenuation value is 21.5 dB.


Table 29-6 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the VA1 displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN/OUT
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3134
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


For parameters of the VA1, refer to Table 29-7.
Table 29-7 VA1 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Optical Interface
Attenuation Ratio
(dB)
Value of Min.
Attenuation Rate
(dB) to Value of Max.
Attenuation Rate
(dB)
Attenuation Rate
(dB)
This parameter provides an option to set

the optical power attenuation of a board
channel so that the input signals power
of the board is within the preset range.
every time the attenuation is adjusted in
a new project.
attenuation adjustment amplitude should
be controlled within 0.5 dB compared
with the original attenuation when the
parameter, query the value of the Min.
Attenuation Rate (dB) and Max.
Attenuation Rate (dB) parameters.
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)


(dB)

Configure Band

the board.
Default: C
Actual Band
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

board.

3135
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused

channel of a board.
Default: Used

moment.
Actual Working Band
Parity

band of the board.
Configure Working
Band Parity
All, Odd, Even

Default: All
29.2.11 VA1 Specifications

TN11VA1 Optical Specifications

Table 29-8 lists the optical specifications of the TN11VA1 board.
Table 29-8 Optical specifications of the TN11VA1 board
Item
IN-OUT
Unit
Value
Inherent insertion loss
dB
<=1.5
Dynamic attenuation
range
dB
20
dB
Adjustment accuracy
TN12VA1/TN13VA1 Optical Specifications

Table 29-9 lists the optical specifications of the TN12VA1/TN13VA1 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3136
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 29-9 Optical specifications of the TN12VA1/TN13VA1 board

Item
IN-OUT
Unit
Value
dB
<=1.5
Dynamic attenuation
range
dB
20
dB
1 (attenuation<=10dB)
1.5 (attenuation<=15dB)
Adjustment accuracy
1.8 (attenuation>15dB)
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11VA1/TN12VA1
6.5
7.2
TN13VA1
6.0
6.6
29.3 VA4

The available functional versions of the VA4 board are TN11, TN12 and TN13.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3137
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Bo
ar
d
Gene
ral
8800
T64
Subr
ack
Enhan
ced
8800
T64
Subra
ck
Gene
ral
8800
T32
Subra
ck
Enhan
ced
8800
T32
Subra
ck
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
T
N1
1V
A4
T
N1
2V
A4
T
N1
3V
A4

l
Specification:
For the specification of each version, see 29.3.11 VA4 Specifications.
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11VA4
TN12VA4/
TN13VA4
Using the TN12VA4 board to replace the TN11VA4 board:

l Upgrade the NE software to OptiX OSN 6800 V100R003
3800 V100R003 or a later version.
The TN13VA4 board can be created as VA4 on the NMS to
substitute for the TN11VA4 board (TN11VA4 is displayed as
VA4 on the NMS.). For the substitution, upgrade the NE
software to OptiX OSN 6800/3800 V100R004C01 or a later
version. After the substitution, the TN13VA4 board functions
as a TN11VA4 board.
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3138
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN12VA4
TN13VA4
The TN13VA4 board can be created as 12VA4 on the NMS to

substitute for the TN12VA4 board, without any software
upgrade. After the substitution, the TN13VA4 board functions
as a TN12VA4 board.
NOTE
TN13VA4
None


Hardware
Update
Added the
TN13VA4 board.
The TN13VA4 board is manufactured using an optimized engineering process. The

functions of the TN13VA4 and TN12VA4/TN11VA4 boards are the same.
29.3.3 Application
As a type of variable optical attenuator unit, the VA4 board adjusts optical power for four optical
signals.
For the position of the VA4 board in the WDM system, see Figure 29-6.
Figure 29-6 Position of the VA4 board in the WDM system
VA4
OTU OTU
OTU OTU
VA4
VA4
VA4
OA
MR2
OA
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
VA4
VA4
OA
MR2
OA

VA4
3139
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


The VA4 board is mainly used to adjust optical power and provide power-off protection.
Table 29-10 Functions and features of the VA4 board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Queries the attenuation and adjust the optical power of four optical
signals respectively according to the control command sent by the
SCC.
Power-off protection
Supports power-off protection to avoid damage to the corresponding

optical receiver caused by too-high optical power when the power
supply recovers.
Attenuation range
The variable attenuation ranges between 1.5 dB and 21.5 dB. The
resolution is 0.1 dB.
NOTE
The maximum inherent insertion loss of the VA4 is 1.5 dB.
Optical-layer ASON
Supported

The VA4 board consists of the variable optical attenuator, driving and control module, control
Figure 29-7 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the VA4.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3140
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 29-7 Functional modules and signal flow of the VA4

IN1
OUT1
IN2
OUT2
IN3
OUT3
IN4
OUT4
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
SCC
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
According to the instructions from the SCC board, the VA4 board adjusts the power of four
channels of optical signals by using a variable optical attenuator.
Module Function
l

Adjusts the optical power of the input optical signals.

Detects the input and output optical power of the VA4 board.
Drives and controls the variable optical attenuator, and reports the detected attenuation
to the control and communication module.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3141
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


l
Power supply module

29.3.6 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces and laser hazard level label on the front panel of the VA4 board.

Figure 29-8 shows the front panel of the VA4 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3142
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 29-8 Front panel of the VA4 board
VA4
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
CAUTION
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION

LASER RADIATION
OUT1
IN1
OUT2 IN2
OUT3 IN3
OUT4
IN4
VA4
Indicators
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3143
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 29-11 Types and functions of the interfaces on the VA4 board
Interface
Type
Function
IN1-IN4
LC
Receives the optical signals to be adjusted.
OUT1-OUT4
LC
Transmits the adjusted optical signals.
Laser Hazard Level

29.3.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one VA4 board.
Table 29-12 shows the valid slots for the TN11VA4 board.
Table 29-12 Valid slots for TN11VA4 board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
Table 29-13 shows the valid slots for the TN12VA4/TN13VA4 board.
Table 29-13 Valid slots for TN12VA4/TN13VA4 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16

3144
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
NOTE
the TN13VA4 board cannot be installed in slot IU1.
29.3.8 Characteristic Code for the VA4

The characteristic code for the VA4 board contains three digits, indicating the maximum
attenuation of the optical signals processed by the board.
Table 29-14 Characteristic code for the VA4 board
Code
Meaning
Description
First to third digits
Attenuation value

attenuation.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11VA4 board is 21.5, indicating that the
maximum attenuation value is 21.5 dB.


Table 29-15 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the VA4 board displayed on the NM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface on the NM
IN1/OUT1
IN2/OUT2
IN3/OUT3
IN4/OUT4

3145
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE

For VA4 Parameters, refer to Table 29-16.
Table 29-16 VA4 parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Name.
Optical Interface
Attenuation Ratio
(dB)
Value of Min.
to Value of Max.
This parameter provides an option to set

the optical power attenuation of a board
channel so that the input signals power
of the board is within the preset range.


every time the attenuation is adjusted in
a new project.
attenuation adjustment amplitude
should be controlled within 0.5 dB
when the attenuation is adjusted.
parameter, query the value of the Min.
Attenuation Rate (dB) and Max.
Attenuation Rate (dB) parameters.
Max. Attenuation
Rate (dB)

Min. Attenuation
Rate (dB)

Configure Band
Specifies the type of the working band

of the board.
Default: C
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3146
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Field
Value
Description
Actual Band

board.
Channel Use Status
Used, Unused

channel of a board.
Default: Used

moment.
Input Power Loss
Threshold (dBm)

value of the input optical power, which
can trigger a board to generate an optical
power loss (MUT_LOS) alarm. When
the actual input optical power is lower
than this threshold value, the board
Actual Working Band

Parity

band of the board.
Configure Working
Band Parity
All, Odd, Even

Default: All
29.3.11 VA4 Specifications

TN11VA4 Optical Specifications

Table 29-17 lists the optical specifications of the TN11VA4 board.
Table 29-17 Optical specifications of the TN11VA4 board
Item
IN-OUT
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Unit
Value
dB
<=1.5
Dynamic attenuation
range
dB
20

3147
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
Adjustment accuracy
dB
TN12VA4/TN13VA4 Optical Specifications

Table 29-18 lists the optical specifications of the TN12VA4/TN13VA4 board.
Table 29-18 Optical specifications of the TN12VA4/TN13VA4 board
Item
IN-OUT
Unit
Value
Inherent insertion
loss
dB
<=1.5
Dynamic
attenuation range
dB
20
dB
1 (attenuation<=10 dB)
1.5 (attenuation<=15 dB)
Adjustment accuracy
1.8 (attenuation>15 dB)
l
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11VA4/TN12VA4
8.5
9.4
TN13VA4
6.4
7.0
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3148
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

30
30 Dispersion Compensation Board
Dispersion Compensation Board
About This Chapter

30.1 Overview
Dispersion compensation boards compensate for dispersion accumulated during fiber
transmission of optical signals and compress the pulses of the propagated optical signals. This
enables the propagated optical signals to be restored at the output end.
30.2 DCU
DCU: dispersion compensation unit
30.3 TDC
TDC: single-wavelength tunable-dispersion compensation board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3149
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

30.1 Overview
Dispersion compensation boards compensate for dispersion accumulated during fiber
transmission of optical signals and compress the pulses of the propagated optical signals. This
enables the propagated optical signals to be restored at the output end.
Main Functions
Table 30-1 lists the main functions of dispersion compensation boards.
Table 30-1 Main functions of dispersion compensation boards
Device Type
Description
Function
Application
M
o
d
ul
e
Uses a dispersion
compensation fiber
(DCF) and provides
fixed dispersion.
Provides span-based
dispersion
compensation,
enabling long-haul
optical transmission.
l Works with optical

amplifier boards at
the transmit and
receive ends of a
transmission line.
D
C
M
DCM
(DCF)
l Supports G.652,
G.653, and G.655
fiber applications.
DCM
(FBG)
Uses fiber Bragg

grating (FBG) and
provides fixed
compensation.

amplifier boards at
the transmit and
receive ends of a
transmission line.
l Supports G.652
and G.655 fiber
applications.
B
o
ar
d
TN11DCU
Uses a DCF and

provides fixed
dispersion.

amplifier boards at
the transmit and
receive ends of a
transmission line.
l Supports G.652
and G.655 fiber
applications.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3150
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Device Type
Description
Function
Application
B
o
ar
d
Provides tunable
dispersion to precisely
compensate for
dispersion inside a
channel.
Precisely
compensates for
residual dispersion
inside an OTU
channel that cannot be
compensated by DCM
modules.
l Works with an
OTU board at the
receive end of a
transmission line.
The TDC board
must precede the
OTU board.
TN11TDC
l Applies to
scenarios that
allow for relatively
small dispersion,
such as, 40 Gbit/s
communication
systems.
NOTE
For details on the DCM, see 11.1 DCM Frame and DCM Module.
30.2 DCU
DCU: dispersion compensation unit

The available functional version of the DCU board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1D
C
U

3151
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

30.2.2 Application
As a kind of dispersion compensation board, the DCU board is used at the transmit or receive
end in the transmission system to compensate for the dispersion that is accumulated in an optical
transmission system.
For the position of the DCU board in the WDM system, see Figure 30-1.
Figure 30-1 Position of the DCU board in the WDM system
DCU
OTU
MUX
OBU
DMUX
OAU
OTU
OTU
DMUX
OAU
MUX
OBU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU
DCU
OTU
MUX
DCU
OBU
DMUX
OAU
OTU
OTU
DMUX
OAU
OBU
DCU
OTU
MUX
OTU
OTU
OTU
OTU

The DCU board compensates for the dispersion that is accumulated in the fiber during
transmission and compresses optical signal pulse. This enables the transmitted optical signals
to be restored at the output end. In addition, when used together with an optical amplifier board,
the DCU board can implement long haul optical transmission.
Table 30-2 Functions and features of the DCU board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
Provides dispersion compensation for different transmission distance.
Dispersion
compensation
method
Compensates for the dispersion accumulated in an optical

transmission system, and compresses the optical signal pulse. This
enables the transmitted optical signals to be restored at the output end.

3152
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function and
Feature
Description
Long haul
transmission with
optical regeneration
Implements long haul transmission when used together with an

optical amplifier board.
Optical-layer ASON
Supported

The DCU board consists of the dispersion compensation module, control and communication
Figure 30-2 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the DCU board.
Figure 30-2 Functional modules and signal flow of the DCU board
IN
OUT
Dispersion compensation
EDFA optical module
module
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication

Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(Controlled by SCC)
SCC
Signal Flow
The dispersion compensation module (DCM) performs the dispersion compensation with the
main path optical signals received through the IN optical interface. Then, the signals are output
through the OUT optical interface.
Module Function
l
The dispersion compensation module

After the optical signal is transmitted for a certain distance, the optical signal pulse is
widened because of the positive dispersion accumulated in the system. This severely affects
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3153
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

the system transmission performance. The DCM employs the negative dispersion borne
with the dispersion compensating fiber (DCF) to offset the positive dispersion in the
transmission fiber, and compresses the input optical signal pulse. In this way, the optical
signals at the output end are restored back to the original signals.
l

Power supply module

30.2.5 Front Panel

There are interfaces on the front panel of the DCU board.

Figure 30-3 shows the front panel of the DCU board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3154
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 30-3 Front panel of the DCU board
DCU
OUT
IN
DCU
Interfaces
Table 30-3 Types and functions of the interfaces on the DCU board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC
Accesses the multiplexed signals to be compensated in

terms of dispersion.
OUT
LC
Outputs the multiplexed signals that have been

compensated in terms of dispersion.

3155
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Laser Hazard Level

30.2.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one DCU board.
Table 30-4 shows the valid slots for the DCU board.
Table 30-4 Valid slots for the DCU board
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17
IU2-IU5, IU11
30.2.7 Characteristic Code for the DCU

The characteristic code for the DCU board contains characters, indicating the type of the fiber
that the board works with and the dispersion compensation distance.
Table 30-5 Characteristic code for the DCU board
Code
Meaning
Description
Character before hyphen (-)
Fiber type
Type of the fiber that the

DCU board works with
Character after hyphen (-)
distance
The transmission distance

achieved through dispersion
compensation
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11DCU board is G.655LEAF-40. It indicates
that the DCU board works with G.655LEAF fibers, and the dispersion compensation distance
is 40 km.
NOTE
If the characteristic code contains various dispersion compensation distances, the symbol "&" is used to
separate each distance.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3156
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Table 30-6 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the DCU board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN
OUT

For parameters of the DCU, refer to Table 30-7.
Table 30-7 DCU parameters
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

optical interface.
Optical Interface
Name

Interface Name.
supported.
Compensation
Distance
Displays the dispersion

compensation distance.
Fiber Type
Specifies the fiber type of the

board.
30.2.10 DCU Specifications

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3157
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
Table 30-8 Optical specifications of the DCU board (1)
Item
Unit
Value
DC
U0
1
DC
U0
2
DC
U0
3
DC
U0
4
DC
U0
5
DC
U06
D
CU
07
DCU0
8
Typical dispersion
compensation distance
km
20
40
60
80
100
120
10
Maximum insertion loss
dB
3.3
4.7
6.4
9.8
2.3
2.8
slope
90%-110%
Polarization mode
dispersion
ps
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.8
0.3
0.3
Polarization-dependent
loss
dB
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
Maximum input power a
dBm
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
range
nm
1528-1568
Dispersion compensating
fiber type
G.652 fiber
a: The maximum input power refers to the maximum input optical power permitted by the
optical module on the condition that the optical module is not damaged.
Table 30-9 Optical specifications of the DCU board (2)

Item
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Unit
Value
DCU
11
DCU
12
DCU
13
DCU
14
DCU1
5
DCU1
6
Typical dispersion
compensation distance
km
20
40
60
80
100
120
Maximum insertion loss
dB
5.9
6.9
7.8
8.8

3158
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
Unit
Value
DCU
11
DCU
12
DCU
13
DCU
14
DCU1
5
DCU1
6
slope
90%-110%
Polarization mode
dispersion
ps
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
Polarization-dependent
loss
dB
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
Maximum input power a
dBm
20
20
20
20
20
20
range
nm
1528-1568
Dispersion compensating
fiber type
G.655 fiber
a: The maximum input power refers to the maximum input optical power permitted by the
optical module on the condition that the optical module is not damaged.
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight: 1.5 kg (3.3 lb)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11DCU
0.2
0.3
30.3 TDC
TDC: single-wavelength tunable-dispersion compensation board

The available hardware version of the TDC board is TN11.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3159
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Huawei office.
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1T
D
C
Variants
Table 30-10 Available variants of the TDC board
Board
Varia
nt
Description
TN11TDC
01
Compensates for dispersion of DQPSK and ODB optical modules.
02
Compensates for dispersion of DRZ optical modules.
30.3.2 Application
The TDC board compensates for the dispersion in one channel.
If a 40 Gbit/s OTU board is configured with intra-board 1+1 protection, the TDC board must be
configured on the protection path at the receive end. For the application of the board in a WDM
system, see Figure 30-4.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3160
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 30-4 Application of the TDC board in a WDM system
O
T
U
O
L
P
TDC
M40
OA
OA
D40
M40
OA
OA
D40
D40
OA
OA
M40
D40
OA
OA
M40
TDC
O
L
P
O
T
U
Working channel
Protection channel

The TDC board compensates for the dispersion in a single channel and reports information.
Table 30-11 Functions and features of the TDC board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
The TDC board is used for C-band optical signals.

Compensates for the dispersion in the single channel. The dispersion
is adjustable.
Information report
Reports the ambient temperature and alarm information about the

board.
Optical-layer ASON
Supported by TN11TDC01.

The TDC board consists of the optical module, the driving and detection module, the control
and communication module, and the power supply module.
Figure 30-5 is the functional block diagram of the TDC board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3161
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 30-5 Functional block diagram of the TDC board

Optical module
Tunable dispersion
compensation module
IN
OUT
Data
signal
Driving
signal
Control
CPU
Memory
Communication
Power supply
module
Fuse
Required
voltage
SCC
DC power supply
from a backplane
Back plane
(Controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
The TDC reports hardware information and alarm events to the SCC through the communication
module. One single wavelength optical signal is input through the IN interface. After the
dispersion is compensated for by the compensation module, the signal is output through the
OUT.
Module Function
l
Optical module
The optical module of the TDC board contains a tunable dispersion compensation module.
The system can adjust for the dispersion of the compensation module.

Drives and controls the TDC module, and reports the detected dispersion to the control and
communication module.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3162
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l
Power supply module

30.3.5 Front Panel

There are indicator and interfaces on the front panel of the TDC board.

Figure 30-6 shows the front panel of the TDC board.
Figure 30-6 Front panel of the TDC board
TDC
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
OUT
IN
TDC
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3163
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 30-12 Types and functions of the TDC interfaces
Interface
Connector Type
Description
IN
LC
Connected to the optical demultiplexer to input a single

signal that is to be equalized.
OUT
LC
Connected to the OTU to output the equalized a single

signal.
Laser Hazard Level

30.3.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TDC board.
Table 30-13 shows the valid slots for the TDC board.
Table 30-13 Valid slots for the TDC board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Product
Valid Slots
IU1-IU18
IU1-IU16
IU1-IU17

3164
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

30.3.7 Characteristic Code for the TDC

The characteristic code for the TDC board contains characters, indicating the type of the fiber
that the board works with and the dispersion compensation distance.
Table 30-14 Characteristic code for the TDC board
Code
Meaning
Description
Character before hyphen (-)
Fiber type
Fiber type that the TDC

board is compatible with
Character after hyphen (-)
distance
The transmission distance

achieved through dispersion
compensation
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11TDC board is G.655LEAF_T. It indicates that
the TDC board works with G.655LEAF fibers, and the dispersion compensation distance is
tunable.

This section introduces information such as slots, interfaces and parameters for the TDC
configuration in an NM system.

Table 30-15 shows the sequence number displayed in an NM system of the optical interface on
the panel of the board.
Table 30-15 Display of the optical interfaces on the TDC board
Interface on the NM
IN/OUT
NOTE
An optical interface displayed on the NM denotes a pair of actual optical interfaces, one of which serves
to receive signals and the other of which serves to transmit signals.

For parameters of the TDC, refer to Table 30-16.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3165
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 30-16 TDC parameters

Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.

Interface Name.
supported.
Receive Wavelength
C: 1/1529.16/196.050 to
80/1560.61/192.100
Default: /
Specifies the receive wavelength for

the board. Observe the following
parameter:
l When the receive wavelength is
the same as the transmit
wavelength of the board, use the
default value so that the receive
wavelength automatically keeps
the same as the transmit
wavelength.
differs from the transmit
wavelength of the board, set this
parameter to a value that is same
as the transmit wavelength of the
remote board; otherwise,
services carried by the
NOTE
For ASON services, this parameter must
be set to the default value.
Receive Band Type
C
Default: C
Specifies the band type of the

received signals for the board.
30.3.10 TDC Specifications

Specifications include optical specifications, laser safety level, mechanical specifications and
power consumption.
Table 30-17 lists the optical specifications of the TDC board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3166
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 30-17 Optical specifications of the TDC board

Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical channels
80
Dispersion tuning range
ps/nm
400
Dispersion tuning speed
sec
<15
Input power range
dBm
-13 to 0
Dispersion accuracy
ps/nm
10
dBm
The output optical power should

be close to the input power, with
an error range of 1.5 dB.
The mechanical specifications of the board are as follows:
l
(8.7 in.)
Weight: 1.14 kg (2.51 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TN11TDC
13
15
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3167
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

31 Clock Board
31
Clock Board
About This Chapter

31.1 STG
STG: Centralized Clock Board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3168
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

31 Clock Board
31.1 STG
STG: Centralized Clock Board

The available functional versions of the STG board are TN11, TN12, TN52, TN54, TNK2.

Huawei office.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhan
ced
8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N1
1S
T
G
T
N1
2S
T
G
T
N5
2S
T
G
T
N5
4S
T
G

3169
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

31 Clock Board
Bo
ar
d
Genera
l 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Enhanc
ed 8800
T64
Subrac
k
Genera
l 8800
T32
Subrac
k
Enhan
ced
8800
T32
Subrac
k
8800
T16
Subrac
k
8800
Univer
sal
Platfor
m
Subrac
k
6800
Subrac
k
3800
Chassi
s
T
N
K2
ST
G
NOTE
When the STG board is used in an OptiX OSN 6800 subrack, the TN12XCS cross-connect board must be used.

l
Appearance:
The TN11/TN12, TN52/TN54 and TNK2 versions use different front panels with
different dimensions, but the TN11 and TN12 versions use a same front panel, the TN52
and TN54 versions use a same front panel. See 31.1.6 Front Panel and 31.1.10 STG
Specifications.
Specification:
The specifications vary according to versions. For details, see 31.1.10 STG
Specifications.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Original
Board
Substitute
Board
Substitution Rules
TN11STG
TN12STG
The TN12STG can be created as 11STG on the NMS.

The former can substitute for the latter, without any
software upgrade. After substitution, the TN12STG
functions as the TN11STG.
TN12STG
None
TN52STG
TN54STG
The TN54STG can be created as 11STG on the NMS.

The former can substitute for the latter, without any
software upgrade. After substitution, the TN12STG
functions as the TN11STG.
TN54STG
None
TNK2STG
None

3170
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

31 Clock Board


Hardware Update
Added the TN54STG board.
The TN54STG board is manufactured using an optimized

engineering process. The functions of the TN54STG and
TN52STG boards are the same.

Hardware Update
Added the TN12STG board.
The board can be used in the OptiX OSN 8800 universal

platform subrack and OptiX OSN 6800, and supports IEEE
1588v2 and physical clock .
31.1.3 Application
The STG board is a type of clock board, which locks the reference clock source and provides
clock signals and frame signals to the system. The clock signals comply with ITU-T G.813 and
ITU-T G.823. The STG board can apply to the optical-layer and electrical-layer scenarios.
Optical-Layer Application
Figure 31-1 illustrates the optical-layer application of the STG board.
Figure 31-1 Optical-layer application
2 Mbit/s
external clock
signals
External time
signals
STI
STI
STG
STG
Clock signals &

Frame signals
OA
OA
SCC
S
F
I
U
ST2
OA
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
2 Mbit/s
external clock
signals
External time
signals
S
F
I
U
Clock signals &

Frame signals
ST2
SCC
OA

3171
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

31 Clock Board
NOTE
l On the OptiX OSN 6800 or OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack, the external clock and time
interfaces are located on the STG board. Therefore, the STG board can directly receive a 2 Mbit/s
external clock or time information compliant with IEEE 1588v2. No STI board is required.
l On the OptiX OSN 8800 T32/T64 subrack, the external clock and time interfaces are located on the
STI board. Therefore, when an external 2 Mbit/s clock or IEEE 1588v2 is deployed, the STI board
must be configured.
Electrical-Layer Application
Figure 31-2 and Figure 31-3 illustrate the electrical-layer application of the STG board.
Figure 31-2 Electrical-layer application (OptiX OSN 8800 Subrack)
2 Mbit/s
external clock
signals
External time
signals
STI
STI
STG
STG
Clock signals &

Frame signals
NS2
100Mbit/s2.5Gbit/s
MUX
Clock signals &

Frame signals
G.694.1
G.694.1
1
2 Mbit/s
external clock
signals
External time
signals
NS2
DMUX
TOM
100Mbit/s2.5Gbit/s
TOM
4
DMUX
NS2
Client side
MUX
NS2
WDM side
WDM side
Client side
Figure 31-3 Electrical-layer application (OptiX OSN 6800 Subrack)

2 Mbit/s
external clock
signals
External time
signals
STG
STG
Clock signals &

Frame signals
100Mbit/s2.5Gbit/s
MUX
DMUX
NS2
TOM
TOM
4
Client side
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
NS2
Clock signals &

Frame signals
G.694.1
G.694.1
1
2 Mbit/s
external clock
signals
External time
signals
NS2
DMUX
MUX
WDM side

NS2
WDM side
100Mbit/s2.5Gbit/s
4
Client side
3172
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

31 Clock Board
NOTE
l On the OptiX OSN 6800 or OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack, the external clock and time
interfaces are located on the STG board. Therefore, the STG board can directly receive a 2 Mbit/s
external clock or time information compliant with IEEE 1588v2. No STI board is required.
l On the OptiX OSN 8800 T32/T64 subrack, the external clock and time interfaces are located on the
STI board. Therefore, when an external 2 Mbit/s clock or IEEE 1588v2 is deployed, the STI board
must be configured.

The STG board is mainly used to lock the reference clock source and provide signals and frame
signals to the system.
Table 31-1 Functions and features of the STG board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic function
l Locks the reference clock source.

l Provides the system with ITU-T clock signals that comply with G.
813 and G.823 and frame signals.
l Synchronizes the time of an NE with the time of the upstream
system.
Active/standby
switching function
The STG board uses a 1+1 hot backup scheme. The two STGs serve
as mutual backups. When both of them are normal, one of them
functions as the active board, and the other functions as the standby
board. Service boards select the clock source according to the status
of the two STGs. When the active STG is faulty, an active/standby
switching occurs. Then, the standby STG becomes active, and the
services boards select the clock from the current active STG according
to the status of the two STGs.
NOTE
The TN52STG and TN54STG boards can back up each other. That is, a
TN52STG board and a TN54STG board can work in 1+1 hot backup mode.
Clock source
selection function
Traces the external clock source, service clock source, or local clock
source, to provide the synchronization clock source for itself and the
system.
Time
synchronization
function

The STG board consists of a control and communication module and a clock processing module.
Figure 31-4 shows the functional block diagram of the STG board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3173
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

31 Clock Board
Figure 31-4 Functional modules and signal flow of the STG board
Time signals/
Clock signals
Clock signals/Frame signals
Control
Memory
CPU
Communication

Power supply
module
Required
voltage
Fuse
DC power supply
from a backplane
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
SCC
Module Function
l

The clock processing module consists of the clock signal receiver, clock signal transmitter,
clock signal trace sub-module, clock source selection sub-module, IEEE 1588 clock
synchronization sub-module, and active/standby STG board switching control sub-module.
Locks the external clock source, service clock source, or local clock source, to provide
the STG board and the system with the synchronization clock source.
Updates the clock signals periodically to ensure the time synchronization within an NE.

Power supply module

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3174
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

31 Clock Board
31.1.6 Front Panel

There are indicators on the front panel of the STG board.

Figure 31-5 shows the front panel of the TNK2STG board.
Figure 31-6 shows the front panel of the TN52STG/TN54STG board.
Figure 31-7 shows the front panel of the TN11STG/TN12STG board.
Figure 31-5 Front panel of the TNK2STG board
STG
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
Figure 31-6 Front panel of the TN52STG/TN54STG board

STG
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3175
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

31 Clock Board
Figure 31-7 Front panel of the TN11STG/TN12STG board
Indicators
l
Interfaces
Table 31-2 lists details on the interfaces of the TN11STG/TN12STG board.
Table 31-2 Interface description of the STG board
Interface
Connector
Function
IN
SMB
Clock signal input interface
OUT
SMB
Clock signal output interface
CLK
RJ45
Clock signal input and output

interface
TOD
RJ45
Time signal input and output

interface
NOTE
The CLK port and the IN/OUT port cannot be used as the input or output port at the same time. If the CLK
port is used to input or output clock signals, the IN/OUT port cannot be used to input/output clock signals.
If the IN/OUT port is used to input/output clock signals, the CLK port cannot be used to input or output
clock signals.
Pin Assignment of the CLK Interface

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Pin
Signal
Function
RJ0_E1_RX_N

3176
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

31 Clock Board
Pin
Signal
Function
RJ0_E1_RX_P
NC
Not connected
RJ0_E1_TX_N
RJ0_E1_TX_P
NC
Not connected
NC
Not connected
NC
Not connected
Pin Assignment of the TOD Interface

Pin
Signal
Function
GND
Ground
GND
Ground
DCLS_IN0_N
1PPS negative
GND
Ground
GND
Ground
DCLS_IN0_P
1PPS positive
DCLS_OUT0_N
TOD negative
DCLS_OUT0_P
TOD positive
31.1.7 Valid Slots

One slot houses one STG board.
Table 31-5 shows the valid slots for the TN11STG board.
Table 31-6shows the valid slots for the TN12STG board.
Table 31-7 shows the valid slots for the TN52STG/TN54STG board.
Table 31-8 shows the valid slots for the TNK2STG board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3177
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

31 Clock Board
Table 31-5 Valid slots for the TN11STG board

Product
Valid Slots
IU15, IU16
Table 31-6 Valid slots for the TN12STG board

Product
Valid Slots
IU15, IU16
IU3, IU4
Table 31-7 Valid slots for the TN52STG/TN54STG board

Product
Valid Slots
IU42, IU44
Table 31-8 Valid slots for the TNK2STG board

Product
Valid Slots
IU75, IU86
31.1.8 Characteristic Code for the STG

None

For STG Parameters, refer to Table 31-9.
Table 31-9 STG parameters
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Optical Interface/
Channel

interface.

3178
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

31 Clock Board
Field
Value
Description

Interface Name.
supported.
31.1.10 STG Specifications

l
Dimensions of the front panel:

TNK2STG(H x W x D): 107.5 mm (4.2 in.) x 50.3mm (2.0 in.) x 220 mm (8.7 in.)
TN52STG/TN54STG(H x W x D): 107.5 mm (4.2 in.) x 28.8 mm (1.1 in.) x 220 mm
(8.7 in.)
TN11STG/TN12STG(H x W x D): 264.6 mm (10.4 in.) x 25.4 mm (1.0 in.) x 220 mm
(8.7 in.)
Weight:
TN52STG: 0.47 kg (1.04 lb.)
TNK2STG: 0.70 kg (1.54 lb.)
TN11STG/TN12STG: 1.1 kg (2.4 lb.)
TN54STG: 0.45 kg (0.99 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board
Typical Power
Consumption (W)
Maximum Power
Consumptiona (W)
TNK2STG
14.0
16.0
TN52STG
13.0
14.1
TN54STG
8.9
10.0
TN11STG
8.7
9.57
TN12STG
8.7
9.57
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3179
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
32
TDM Unit
About This Chapter

32.1 EAS2
EAS2: 2-port 10xGE switching and processing board
32.2 EGSH
EGSH: 16xGE Ethernet switching and processing board
32.3 SF64
SF64: 1xSTM-64 optical interface board with the FEC function
32.4 SF64A
SF64A: 1xSTM-64 optical interface board with the FEC function
32.5 SFD64
SFD64: 2xSTM-64 optical interface board with the FEC function
32.6 SL64
SL64: 1xSTM-64 optical interface board
32.7 SLD64
SLD64: 2xSTM-64 optical interface board
32.8 SLH41
SLH41: 16xSTM-4/STM-1 optical/electrical interface board
32.9 SLO16
SLO16: 8xSTM-16 optical interface board
32.10 SLQ16
SLQ16: 4xSTM-16 optical interface board
32.11 SLQ64
SLQ64: 4xSTM-64 line interface board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3180
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
32.1 EAS2
EAS2: 2-port 10xGE switching and processing board

The EAS2 is available in the following functional version: N3.

Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
N3
EA
S2
NOTE
This board can be used only in an independent subrack, but not in a master or slave subrack.
32.1.2 Application
The EAS2 is used to access Ethernet services, manage bandwidths, and realize Layer 2 switching
of Ethernet services.
Figure 32-1 shows the typical networking and application of the Ethernet switching board.
The Ethernet switching board accesses and converges Ethernet services, and provides the
Ethernet data with the following data features: Layer 2 switching, port isolation, flow
classification, traffic control, VLAN management, and priority configuration. In addition, the
Ethernet switching board performs encapsulation/decapsulation, virtual concatenation, and SDH
mapping/demapping for data.
The Ethernet switching board can be interconnected with the bandwidth access equipment and
the data communication equipment at the same time, thus to provide a network-level solution.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3181
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Figure 32-1 Networking and application of the Ethernet switching board
NMS
NE1
User A2
PORT 1
VLAN 100
NE2
MSP ring
NE4
NE3
PORT 2
VLAN 100
PORT 2
User B2
VLAN 100
Service flow
PORT 1 VLAN 100
User B1
Line board
Data board
Cross-connect and
timing board
User A1

The EAS2 supports the access of 10 GE Ethernet services, LCAS, and test frame functions.
Table 32-1 provides the functions and features of the EAS2.
Table 32-1 Functions and features of the EAS2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Funct
ion
and
Featu
re
Description
Basic
functi
ons
Receives/Transmits 2x10 GE Ethernet services.
Interfa
ce
types
The optical interfaces are 10GBASE-LR and 10GBASE-LW Ethernet optical

interfaces, which comply with IEEE 802.3ae.

3182
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Funct
ion
and
Featu
re
Description
Functi
ons
when
being
used
with
an
interfa
ce
board
Provides interfaces on the front panel.
Interfa
ce
charac
teristic
s
Working
modes
10GE full-duplex
Flow
control at
ports
Auto-negotiation mode
Not supported
Non-autonegotiation mode
Supported
Query/
Supported
Setting of
port
status
Query of
interface
types
Supported
RMON
measure
ment
Supported
Setting of Not supported

optical
power
threshold
s
Servic
e
catego
ries
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hot
optical
module
swapping
Supports hot swapping of SFP+ optical modules.
EPL
service
Supports the PORT-based transparent transmission.

3183
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Funct
ion
and
Featu
re
32 TDM Unit
Description
EVPL
service
l Supports EVPL services based on PORT+VLAN.

l Supports EVPL services based on VCTRUNK+VLAN.
l Supports QinQ-based EVPL services.
l Supports a maximum of 4096 links.
EPLAN
service
l Supports the creation, deletion, and query of the VB. The maximum
number of supported VBs is 1.
l Supports the blacklist that can contain 512 records and also the static
MAC address table that can contain 512 records.
l Supports the setting and query of the aging time of the MAC address
Servic
e
specifi
cation
s
EVPLA
N service
l Supports EVPLAN services that use the stack VLAN encapsulation.
Formats
of
Ethernet
data
frames
IEEE 802.3
Supported
Ethernet II
Supported
IEEE 802.1q TAG
Supported
Maximu
m frame
length
l Supports the frame with a length ranging from 64 bytes to 9600

bytes.
MTU
Supports the setting of the packet length, which ranges from 1518 bytes
to 9600 bytes (the maximum size of the supported Jumbo frame is 9600
bytes). After the setting becomes valid, the length of the packets that
enter the IP ports is restricted by the pre-set MTU.
Bound
bandwidt
h
128xVC-4
Mapping
granularit
ies
Supports VC-4-Xv (X 64), and VC-4-4c/16c/64c contiguous

Encapsul
ation
formats
HDLC
Not supported
LAPS
Not supported
GFP-F
Supported
MPLS
technolo
gy
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
l Supports data isolation based on VB+VLAN.
l Supports the Jumbo frame with a length less than 9600 bytes.
Supports tunnel-based MPLS.

3184
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Funct
ion
and
Featu
re
32 TDM Unit
Description
VLAN
technolo
gy
Supports a total number of 4094 VLANs, which comply with IEEE

802.1q/p.
Maximu
m uplink
bandwidt
h
20 Gbit/s
VCTRU
NK
specificat
ions
Number of VCTRUNKs: 34
Configuration principles are as follows:
l VCTRUNKs 1 and 18 can be bound with a maximum of 64 VC-4
paths. The other VCTRUNKs can be bound with a maximum of
eight VC-4 paths.
l VCTRUNK 1VCTRUNK 17 can be bound with VC-4s numbered
164 only. VCTRUNK 18VCTRUNK 34 can be bound with
VC-4s numbered 65128 only.
l Only VCTRUNKs 1-17 support the binding of VC-3 paths and the
maximum bandwidth is 10 Gbit/s.
Protec
tion
schem
es
DLAG
Supported
LCAS
Dynamically increases or decreases the bandwidth and protects the

bandwidth in compliance with ITU-T G.7042.
LPT
Supports the P2P LPT and P2MP LPT.
STP/
RSTP
Supports the broadcast packet suppression and RSTP, which comply

with IEEE 802.1w.
MSTP
Supports MSTP, which complies with IEEE 802.1s.
LAG
Supports manual link aggregation and static link aggregation.

Supports the load sharing mode and load non-sharing mode.
ERPS
Supports ERPS, which complies with ITU-T G.8032.

NOTE
ERPS cannot be used on the following bridges:
l IEEE 802.1d bridges
l IEEE 802.1ad bridges in SVL/Ingress filter disable mode
Clock
synchr
onizati
on
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Synchron
ous
Ethernet
Supported

3185
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Funct
ion
and
Featu
re
Maint
enanc
e
featur
es
QoS
32 TDM Unit
Description
IEEE
1588v2
Not supported
ETHOAM
l Supports multicast continuity check (CC), unicast loopback (LB),

link trace (LT), and associated alarms, and complies with IEEE
802.1ag.
l Supports OAM automatic discovery and loopback at the remote end,
and complies with IEEE 802.3ah.
Test
frame
Supports test frames in ETH and GFP bearer modes.
Response
to ping
Not supported
Port
mirroring
Supported
Loopbac
k
capabilit
y
PHY layer at Ethernet ports
Inloops
MAC layer at Ethernet ports
Inloops
VC-4 level
Not supported
VC-3 level
Not supported
VC-12 level
Not supported
Ethernet
performa
nce
monitori
ng
(RMON)
l Supports the Ethernet performance monitoring at the port level.
Alarms
and
performa
nce
events
Provides various alarm and performance events, which facilitates the

management and maintenance of the equipment.
l Supports the query of the rate of a port.

l Supports the detection of alarms indicating that the traffic at a port
exceeds the threshold.
l Supports traffic classification that is based on PORT, PORT+VLAN ID, PORT

+VLAN ID+VLAN PRI, MPLS label, or MPLS label+EXP.
l Supports CAR with a granularity of 64 kbit/s.
l Supports eight levels of priority queues at each port.
l Supports port- and queue-based traffic shaping.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3186
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Funct
ion
and
Featu
re
Description
IGMP
snoopi
ng
l Supports the enabling of the IGMP snooping protocol. Supports a maximum of

1024 multicast groups.
l Supports the query of the enabling status of the IGMP snooping protocol.
l Supports the setting and query of the IGMP snooping protocol parameters.
l Supports a maximum of 1024 static multicast groups.
Flow
contro
l
functi
on
Supports the port-based flow control function that complies with IEEE 802.3x.
SDH
ASON
Supported
NOTE

The EAS2 consists of the interface processing module, mapping module, interface converting
module, logic and control module, clock module, and power module.
Figure 32-2 shows the functional block diagram of the EAS2 by describing how to process 1x10
GE signals.
Figure 32-2 Functional block diagram of the EAS2
Backplane
10GE
Interface
processing
module
Laser
shutdown
Service
processing
module
Interface
converting
module
Encapsulation
module
Digital encapsulation module
Mapping module
Cross-connect unit
Cross-connect unit
LOS
Logic and
control module
Communication
Clock reference and frame delimitation
+3.3 V
Clock module
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Virtual
concatenation
processing
module
Power
module

Power
module
Fuse
SCC unit
SCC unit
-48 V/-60 V
-48 V/-60 V
3187
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
In the Transmit Direction

The encapsulation or conversion module demaps and decapsulates the signals received from the
cross-connect unit. Then, the interface converting module performs the interface converting
operations and transmits the signals to the service processing module. The service processing
module implements the functions of the Layer 2 switching and private line service. After the
interface processing module converts parallel signals to serial signals and encodes the serial
signals, the Ethernet interface module transmits the serial signals.
In the Receive Direction

The SFP+ optical module performs O/E conversion on the 10 GE Ethernet signals, and then
transmits the signals to the Ethernet interface module. The Ethernet interface module transmits
the parallel signals to the service processing module to realize the functions of the Layer 2
switching and private line service. The encapsulation module encapsulates and maps the Ethernet
GFP-F frames, and then transmits the signals to the cross-connect unit.
Logic and Control Module

The logic and control module provides the communication, control, and service configuration
functions of the board.
Clock Module
The clock module traces the system reference clock, and generates the required clock signals
when the board is working.
Power Module
It converts the 48 V/60 V power supply into the DC voltages that the modules of the board
require.
32.1.5 Front Panel

The front panel of the EAS2 has indicators, interfaces, a bar code, and a laser safety class label.
Diagram of the Front Panel

Figure 32-3 shows the appearance of the front panel of the EAS2.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3188
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Figure 32-3 Front panel of the EAS2
EAS2
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
LINK1
ACT1
LINK2
ACT2
OUT1
IN1
OUT2
IN2
EAS2
Indicators
The front panel of the board has the following indicators:
l
Connection status indicator (LINK) one color (green)
Data receiving and transmission indicator (ACT) one color (orange)
Interfaces
The front panel of the EAS2 has two 10 GE interfaces. Table 32-2 describes the types and usage
of the interfaces of the EAS2.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3189
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Table 32-2 Interfaces of the EAS2

Interface
Type of Interface
Usage
IN1IN2
LC
Receives 10 GE signals.
OUT1OUT2
LC
Transmits 10 GE signals.
32.1.6 Valid Slots

The EAS2 must be installed in a valid slot in the subrack. Otherwise, the EAS2 fails to work
properly. The EAS2 occupies one slot in the subrack.
Table 32-3 shows the valid slots for the EAS2 board.
Table 32-3 Valid slots for the EAS2 board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU1 to IU8, and IU11 to IU18


The serial numbers of the optical interfaces on the panel of the board displayed on the NM are
listed in Table 32-4.
Table 32-4 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the EAS2 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN1/OUT1
IN2/OUT2
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3190
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit

This topic describes all the parameters, including the read-only parameters, of the EAS2 board.
On the NMS user interface, Ethernet Interface of the EAS2 board provides parameters
classified according to External Port and Internal Port. Regardless of an external port or
internal port, the parameter configuration window involves many tab pages. Table 32-5 lists the
tab pages in the parameter configuration window.
Table 32-5 Tabs of the parameter configuration windows for external port and internal port on
the EAS2 board
Port
Tab
External Port
Basic Attributes
Flow Control
TAG Attributes
Network Attributes
Advanced Attributes
Internal Port
TAG Attributes
Network Attributes
LCAS
Bound Path
Advanced Attributes
Each parameter of the EAS2 on each tab page is described as follows.

l
In the case of external ports, the parameters on the Basic Attributes tab page are listed in
Table 32-6.
Table 32-6 Parameters on the Basic Attributes tab page (external port)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Port
Displays all ports available

on the Ethernet board.
Name
For example, PORT-1
Specifies the name of a port.

The name can contain up to
32 characters in English or
16 characters in Chinese.

3191
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Field
Value
Description
Enable Port
Enabled, Disabled
The Enabled/Disabled
whether to enable a port. A
port can receive services if
this parameter is set to
Enabled but cannot receive
services if this parameter is
set to Disabled.
Default: Disabled
Working Mode
Auto-Negotiation, 10M
Half-Duplex, 10M FullDuplex, 100M HalfDuplex, 100M FullDuplex, 1000M HalfDuplex, 1000M FullDuplex, 10GE Full-Duplex
LAN, 10GE Full-Duplex
WAN, 10GE Full-Duplex
WAN(SONET mode)

of the Ethernet port on a
board. This parameter
determines the maximum
transmission rate and
communication mode of the
Ethernet port.
1518 to 9600

frame length supported by
the Ethernet port.
Default: 1522

state of a port.
MAC LoopBack
TheMAC Loopback
MAC loopback state at an
Ethernet port. With this
parameter, users can test
normally by creating a
looped path at the MAC
layer and then sending and
receiving signals over the
path.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
When setting this

parameter, you must ensure
the working modes of the
interconnected ports are the
same. Otherwise, the

3192
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Field
Value
Description
PHY LoopBack
The PHY Loopback

PHY loopback state at an
looped path at the PHY
path.
In the case of external ports, the parameters on the Flow Control tab page are listed in
Table 32-7.
Table 32-7 Parameters on the Flow Control tab page (external port)
Field
Value
Description
Port

Non-Autonegotiation
Flow Control Mode
Disabled, Enable
Symmetric Flow Control,
Send Only, Receive Only
Non-Autonegotiation
Flow Control Mode is
selected when a port works
in non-autonegotiation
mode.
Default: Disable
See E.10 NonAutonegotiation Flow

Control Mode to obtain the
details.
In the case of external ports, the parameters on the TAG Attributes tab page are listed in
Table 32-8.
Table 32-8 Parameters on the TAG tab page (external port)
Field
Value
Description
Port
Displays the type of a

VCTRUNK port.
TAG
Specifies the type of a data

packet that a port processes.
This parameter is available
only when the network
attribute of the port is PE or
UNI.
Default: Tag Aware
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3193
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Field
Value
Description
Default VLAN ID
1 to 4095
The Default VLAN ID

parameter specifies a
default VLAN ID for a port
that transmits untagged
packets.
Default: 1
VLAN Priority
0 to 7
Default: 0
Entry Detection
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled
The VLAN Priority

priority of the default
VLAN ID of a port.
The Entry Detection
In the case of internal ports, the parameters on the TAG Attributes tab page are listed in
Table 32-9.
Table 32-9 Parameters on the TAG tab page (internal port)
Field
Value
Description
Port
Displays the type of port,

either PORT or
VCTRUNk.
Name
For example,
VCTRUNK-3
Specifies the name of a

VCTRUNK port. The name
can contain up to 32
characters in English or 16
characters in Chinese.
TAG

UNI.
Default: Tag Aware
Default VLAN ID
1 to 4095
Default: 1
VLAN Priority
0 to 7
Default: 0
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

The Default VLAN ID

packets.
The VLAN Priority
VLAN ID of a port.
3194
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Field
Value
Description
Entry Detection
Enabled, Disabled
The Entry Detection

Default: Enabled
The parameters on the Network Attributes tab page are listed in Table 32-10.
Table 32-10 Parameters on the Network Attributes tab page
Field
Value
Description
Port

either PORT or
VCTRUNk.
Port Attributes
UNI, C-Aware, S-Aware,

NNI
Specifies the position of the

port in the network.
Different port attributes
support different types of
packets.
Default: UNI
In the case of external ports, the parameters on the Advanced Attributes tab page are listed
in Table 32-11.
Table 32-11 Parameters on the Advanced Attributes tab page (external port)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Port

Broadcast Packet
Suppression
Enabled, Disabled
The Broadcast Packet

Suppression parameter
determines whether to
suppress the traffic of
broadcast packets.
Default: Disabled

3195
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Field
Value
Description
Broadcast Packet
10% to 100%

Suppression
Thresholdparameter
allocates the specified
bandwidth to the broadcast
packets. The bandwidth is
allocated on the basis of the
traffic proportion at the
port. If the bandwidth
allocated to the broadcast
packets reaches the
specified threshold, the port
discards the broadcast data
packets that are received.
Threshold of Port
Receiving Rates (Mbit/s)
0 to 10000
The Threshold of Port

parameter specifies the data
flow threshold at external
physical ports.
Port Traffic Threshold

Time Window (Min)
0 to 30
Loop Detection
Enabled, Disabled
Default: 10000
Default: 0
Default: Disabled
Loop Port Shutdown
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled
Sets traffic threshold time

window for the external
port.
Sets whether to enable loop
detection, which is used to
check whether a loop exists
at the port.
Sets whether to enable
shutdown of a loop port,
which is used to set
blocking for a loop port.
In the case of internal ports, the parameters on the Advanced Attributes tab page are listed
in Table 32-12.
Table 32-12 Parameters on the Advanced Attributes tab page (internal port)
Field
Value
Description
Port

Loop Detection
Enabled, Disabled

at the port.
Default: Disabled
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3196
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Field
Value
Description
Loop Port Shutdown
Enabled, Disabled

Default: Enabled
In the case of internal ports, the parameters on the Encapsulation/Mapping tab page are
Table 32-13 Parameters on the Encapsulation/Mapping tab page (internal port)
Field
Value
Description
Port
Displays the VCTRUNK

ports.
Mapping Protocol
GFP
Specifies the mapping

protocol adopted by the
VCTRUNK port.
Default: GFP
Scramble
Unscrambled, Scrambling
mode[X43+1], Scrambling
mode[X48+1]
[X43+1]
Set Inverse Value for CRC
Specifies whether to
scramble the payload area
of the encapsulation
protocol and which
scramble mode is adopted.
Specifies whether to set an
inverse value for the CRC
field of the HDLC or LAPS
protocol.
You can set this parameter
only when the mapping
protocol is HDLC or LAPS.
Check Field Length
FCS32, No
Default: FCS32
FCS Calculated Bit

Sequence
Big endian, Little endian
Extension Header Option
Yes, No
Default: Big endian
Default: No
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Specifies the length of the

protocol.
Specifies the sequence of
mapping protocol.
Specifies whether the GFP
encapsulation protocol
supports the extension
header.
In the case of internal ports, the parameters on the LCAS tab page are listed in Table
32-14.
3197
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Table 32-14 Parameters on the LCAS tab page (internal port)

Field
Value
Description
Port
VCTRUNKn
Indicates the VCTRUNK

port. The letter n indicates
the number of the
VCTRUNK port.
Enabling LCAS
Enabled, Disabled
The Enabling LCAS

parameter can increase or
decrease the SDH network
capacity without affecting
the service. The capacity is
automatically decreased if a
member fails, and is
automatically increased if
the member recovers.
Default: Disabled
LCAS Mode
Huawei Mode, Standard

Mode
Default: Huawei Mode
Hold off Time(ms)
0 to 10000
Default: 2000
WTR Time(s)
0 to 720
Default: 300
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

The LCAS Mode

sequence for the sink end to
respond to the MST and
Rs_Ack messages received
from the source end.
The Hold off Time(ms)
(LCAS) parameter is also
called HO Procedure
Timer Duration. It
specifies HO Procedure
Timer Duration of the
LCAS protocol. If the
LCAS coexists with
another network-level
protection scheme (for
example, MSP or SNCP),
you can set this parameter
to postpone the LCAS
switching.
The WTR Time(s)
parameter is also called
WTR Procedure Timer
Duration. It specifies
WTR Procedure Timer
Duration of the LCAS
protocol. Set this parameter
to avoid impact caused by
the alarm jitter on the link
status.
3198
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Field
Value
Description
TSD
Enabled, Disabled
The TSD parameter

specifies the B3 or BIP
error status of a
VCTRUNK member. TSD
stands for trail signal
degrade. When this
parameter is set to
Enabled and if a
VCTRUNK member has
excessive B3 or BIP bit
errors, the LCAS protocol
regards that this member
fails and deletes it from the
available members. If this
parameter is set to
Disabled, the LCAS
protocol does not monitor
the status of the B3 or BIP
bit errors of a VCTRUNK
member.
Default: Disabled
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Min. Members - Transmit

Direction
2 to 256
Min. Members - Receive

Direction
2 to 256
Default: 256
Default: 256
When the LCAS is enabled,

the LCAS_PLCT alarm is
reported if certain members
in the transmit direction fail
and the number of valid
members is smaller than a
certain value. The Min.
Members - Transmit
Direction parameter
specifies the certain
number of the valid
members in the transmit
direction.
Specifies the minimum
number of members in the
receive direction. If the
LCAS is enabled and the
number of valid members is
less than the specified
value, an alarm is reported.
In the case of internal ports, the parameters on the Bound Path tab page are listed in Table
32-15.

3199
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Table 32-15 Parameters on the Bound Path tab page (internal port)
Field
Value
Description
VCTRUNCK Port
Displays the number of the

VCTRUNK port.
Level
Specifies the level of the

VCTRUNK bound path.
Service Direction
Specifies the direction of

the Ethernet service.
Bound Path
Specifies the number of the

bound path, including the
VC4 path number and VC3
path number.
Bound Path Count

bound VCTRUNK ports.
Used Channel
Displays the channels in

use.
Activation Status
Displays whether the path

is active.
32.1.9 EAS2 Specifications

The technical specifications of the EAS2 include the parameters specified for optical interfaces,
dimensions, weight, and power consumption.
Parameters Specified for Optical Interfaces

Table 32-16 lists the parameters specified for the optical interfaces of the EAS2.
Table 32-16 Parameters specified for the optical interfaces of the EAS2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Parameter
Value
Transmission rate
10.3125 Gbit/s or 9.953 Gbit/s
Processing capability
2x10GE signals
Type of optical interface
10GBASE-LR/LW
Type of fiber
Single-mode LC
range (nm)
1290 to 1330
Transmission distance (km)
10

3200
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Parameter
Value

power (dBm)
0.5

power (dBm)
-8.2
Receiver sensitivity (dBm)
-12.6

(dB)
3.5
Connector type
LC
Laser Safety Class

The safety class of the laser on the board is Class 1. The maximum launched optical power of
the optical interfaces is less than 10 dBm (10 mW).
Ethernet Performance Specifications

Figure 32-4 shows the connection for testing the throughput specifications, packet loss ratio in
the case of overloading, latency specifications, and back-to-back specifications of the EAS2.
Figure 32-4 Connection for testing the throughput specifications, packet loss ratio in the case
of overloading and latency specifications
Tested
equipment 1
Tested
equipment 2
Port 1
Port 2
Data network
performance
analyzer
Table 32-17 lists the throughput specifications of the EAS2. Table 32-18 lists the packet loss
ratio in the case of overloading of the EAS2. Table 32-19 lists the latency specifications of the
EAS2.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3201
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
NOTE
The specifications vary according to the configuration and networking of the test environment and
the VC services bound on the VCG side. The specifications that are obtained in the actual environment
are used.
The specifications in the following tables are obtained in the following scenario: EPL services are
configured and 64 VC-4s are bound on the 10xGE port.
The data network performance is measured by using the SmartBits. The specification values in the
following tables are obtained by using the SmartFlow software of the SmartBits analyzer.
The specific test results depend on the settings on the SmartFlow. The values listed in the following
tables are the values displayed on the SmartBits analyzer.
In the following tables, the value such as (01,01,01) indicates the equipment No., slot No., and port
No. "(01,01,01) to (01,01,02)" and "(01,01,02) to (01,01,01)", however, indicate the forward and
reverse tests values, respectively.
Table 32-17 Throughput specifications of the EAS2

Frame Size
(byte)
Passed Rate
(%)
Tx Frames (pks/
sec)
Rx Frames (pks/
sec)
Total (%)
64
100.00000
14880952
14880952
100.00000
128
98.00000
8278145
8278145
100.00000
256
98.00000
4432624
4432624
100.00000
512
98.00000
2302025
2286453
99.32000
1024
97.00000
1161710
1156436
99.55000
1280
97.00000
932835
927296
99.41000
1518
97.00000
788146
783050
99.35000
Table 32-18 Packet loss ratio in the case of overloading of the EAS2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Frame Size
(byte)
Rate Tested
(%)
Tx Frames (pks/
sec)
Rx Frames (pks/
sec)
Total (%)
64
100.00000
14880952
14880952
0.00
128
100.00000
8445945
8445945
0.00
256
99.00000
4480286
4470526
0.21
512
98.00000
2302025
2286453
0.67
1024
97.00000
1161710
1156469
0.45
1280
97.00000
932835
927323
0.59
1518
97.00000
788146
783073
0.64

3202
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Table 32-19 Latency specifications of the EAS2

Frame
Size
(byte)
Rate
Tested
(%)
Tx
Frames
(pks/sec)
Rx Frames
(pks/sec)
Min
Latency
(us)
Ave
Latency
(us)
Max
Latency
(us)
64
96.00000
14204544
14204544
24.4
25.681
27.9
128
96.00000
8116883
8116883
24.6
25.944
28.1
256
96.00000
4340277
4340277
25
26.322
28.5
512
96.00000
2256317
2256317
25.9
27.176
29.3
1024
96.00000
1148897
1148897
27.7
28.949
31.2
1280
96.00000
923190
923190
28.6
29.802
32
1518
96.00000
780274
780274
29.4
30.562
32.8
The mechanical specifications of the EAS2 board are as follows:
l
Dimensions : 25.4 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 254.1 mm (H)
Weight : 1.1 kg (2.4 lb.)
Power Consumption
Typical power consumption: 83 W
Maximum power consumption: 93 W
NOTE
The maximum power consumption is the power consumed by the board when it works normally under the highest
32.2 EGSH
EGSH: 16xGE Ethernet switching and processing board

Only one functional version of the EGSH board is available, that is, N1.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3203
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Subrack
N1
EG
SH
NOTE
32.2.2 Application
The EGSH board is used in telecommunication domains such as Ethernet service access,
bandwidth management, and Ethernet service L2 switching.
Figure 32-5 shows the typical networking of the EGSH board. The board provides the following
functions: receives and converges Ethernet services; performs L2 switching of Ethernet data;
isolates Ethernet data ports; classifies the traffic; controls the data traffic; manages the VLAN;
configures data attributes such as the priority; encapsulates and decapsulates data; forms virtual
concatenation; maps and demaps SDH signals. In addition, the board can be interconnected with
the broadband access equipment and data communication equipment to provide a networkwide
solution.
Figure 32-5 Networking and application of the EGSH board
U2000
NE1
User A2
PORT 1
VLAN 100
NE2
MSP ring
NE4
NE3
PORT 2
VLAN 100
PORT 2
User B2
Service flow
VLAN 100
PORT 1 VLAN 100
User B1
OCS line board

OCS data board
Cross-connect and timing board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
User A1

3204
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit

The EGSH board accesses multiple types of Ethernet services and provides various functions
and features such as the MPLS function, VLAN multicast function, QinQ function, and interboard link aggregation function.
Table 32-20 provides the functions and features of the EGSH.
Table 32-20 Functions and features of the EGSH
Function
and Feature
Description
Basic
functions
The board processes 16xGE services. It provides functions such as O/E

conversion, Ethernet frame processing, mapping, Layer 2 (L2) switching,
and overhead and pointer processing of the service signals. The board is
connected to the active and standby cross-connect boards through the
backplane. In this manner, data is exchanged and services are groomed.
Interface
types
l Supports the 1000 BASE-LX and 1000 BASE-SX optical interface.

l Port 6 and port 8 can work as the 1000 BASE-T electrical interface at the
same time.
l All the sixteen interfaces comply with IEEE 802.3z.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Functions
when being
used with an
interface
board
Transmits/Receives 16 channels of Ethernet signals through the interfaces

on the front panel.
Interface
characteristic
s
Working
modes
Auto-negotiation, 1000M full-duplex (Port 2 and 4 support

1000M full-duplex only).
Traffic
control at
ports
Autonegotiation
mode
Supported.
Nonautonegotiation
mode
Supported.
Query/
Setting of
port status
Supported.
Query of
interface
types
Supported.
RMON
measurement
Supported.

3205
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Service
categories
32 TDM Unit
Description
Setting of
optical power
thresholds
Supported.
Hotswapping
SFP optical
module
Supported.
EPL service
Supports the PORT-based transparent transmission.
EVPL service
Supports PORT+VLAN-based EVPL services that use the

frame encapsulation formats of MartinioE and stack VLAN.
EPLAN
service
l Supports the L2 convergence and point-to-multipoint

(P2MP) convergence.
l Supports the L2 forwarding function.
l Supports switching on the client and SDH sides.
l Supports the self-learning of the source MAC address.
The capacity of the MAC address table is 32k. The aging
time of the MAC address can be set and queried.
l Supports the configuration of the static MAC route.
l Supports the query of the dynamic MAC address.
l Supports the creation, deletion, and query of the VB.
Only one VB is supported. The maximum number of
logical ports for one VB is 40.
l Supports the data isolation based on VB+VLAN.
l Queries the number of actually learned MAC addresses
based on VB+VLAN or VB+LP.
l The services that are based on the IEEE 802.1d MAC
bridge are referred to as EPLAN services.
Service
specifications
EVPLAN
service
l Supports the data isolation based on VB+VLAN.
Formats of
Ethernet data
frames
IEEE 802.3
Supported.
Ethernet II
Supported.
IEEE 802.1 q/p
Supported.
Frame length
range
l Supports the EVPLAN services that are based on IEEE

802.1Q Virtual Bridge or IEEE 802.1ad Provider
Bridge.
l Supports the setting of the frame length to a value

ranging from 1518 bytes to 9600 bytes.
l Supports a jumbo frame with a maximum length of 9600
bytes.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3206
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and Feature
Protection
schemes
32 TDM Unit
Description
Bound
bandwidth
64 x VC-4, or 192 x VC-3
Mapping
granularities
Supports VC-4, VC-3, VC-4-Xv (X8), and VC-3-Xv (X

24) granularities.
Encapsulatio
n formats
HDLC
Not supported.
LAPS
Not supported.
GFP-F
Supported.
MPLS
technology
Supported.
VLAN
technology
Supports a maximum of 4094 VLANs. The VLAN

technology complies with IEEE 802.1q/p.
Maximum
uplink
bandwidth
The maximum uplink bandwidth of the EGSH is 10 Gbit/s.
VCTRUNK
specifications
l The number of supported VCTRUNKs is 24.
DLAG
Supported.
LCAS
Dynamically increases or decreases the bandwidth and

protects the bandwidth in compliance with ITU-T G.7042.
LPT
Supports the point-to-point (P2P) LPT and point-tomultipoint (P2MP) LPT.
STP/RSTP
Supports the broadcast packet suppression function and

rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) that comply with IEEE
802.1w.
MSTP
Supported.
LAG
Supports manual link aggregation and static link

aggregation.
l One VCTRUNK can be bound with a maximum of eight

VC-4s or 24 VC-3s.
Supports the load sharing mode and load non-sharing mode.

ERPS
Supported.
NOTE
ERPS cannot be used on the following bridges:
l IEEE 802.1d bridges
l IEEE 802.1ad bridges in SVL/Ingress filter disable mode
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3207
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Function
and Feature
Description
Clock
synchronizati
on
Synchronous
Ethernet
Only ports 2 and 4 supports the Synchronous Ethernet.
Maintenance
features
ETH-OAM
l Supports the multicast continuity check (CC), unicast

loopback (LB), link trace (LT), network loop detection
(LD), auto-negotiation, fault diagnosis, and link
performance check.
l The ETH-OAM function complies with IEEE 802.1ag
and 802.3ah.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Test frame
Supports test frames in Ethernet bearer mode.
Response to
ping
Not supported.
Port
mirroring
Supported.
Loopback
capability
PHY layer at
Ethernet ports
Supports inloops.
MAC layer at
Ethernet ports
Supports inloops.
VC-4 level
Not supported.
VC-3 level
Not supported.
VC-12 level
Not supported.
Ethernet
performance
monitoring
(RMON)
Supports Ethernet performance monitoring at the port level.
Alarms and
performance
events
Reports various alarms and performance events, which

facilitates the management and maintenance of the
equipment.
QoS
Supports the flow classification based on PORT, PORT+VLAN ID, PORT

+VLAN ID+VLAN PRI, Label Flow, or Label Exp Flow.
IGMP
snooping
Supported.
Traffic
control
Supports the port-based traffic control function that complies with IEEE
802.3x.
Traffic
monitoring
Supports port-based and VCTRUNK-based traffic monitoring.

3208
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Function
and Feature
Description
SDH ASON
Supported.
NOTE

The EGSH board consists of the interface module, 1588 clock processing module, L2 service
processing module, SDH encapsulation and mapping module, active/standby interface
converting module, logic control module, clock module, and power module.
The processing of 1xGE signal is considered as an example to describe the working principle
and signal flow of the EGSH board.
Figure 32-6 shows the function modules and signal flow of the EGSH board.
Figure 32-6 Function modules and signal flow of the EGSH board
Backplane
GE
O/E
conversion
1588 clock
processing
module
E/O
conversion
GE
L2 service
processing
module
Active/
standby
interface
converting
module
SDH
encapsulation
and mapping
module
Interface module
Laser
shutdown
Cross-connect
unit
Cross-connect
unit
LOS
Communication
Logic and
control module
Reference clock and frame header

+3.3V
Clock module
Power
module
Power Fuse
module
SCC unit
SCC unit
-48 V/-60 V
-48 V/-60 V
66 25 125 155
MHz MHz MHz MHz
NOTE
Among the 16 ports of the board, only ports 2 and 4 support the 1588 clock processing module.
In the Receive Direction

The interface module receives the series signals from an external Ethernet device (such as the
Ethernet switch or router), decodes the signals, and converts the signals into parallel signals.
Then, the service processing module delimits the frames, strips the preamble code, terminates
the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) code, and collects the statistics of Ethernet performance.
The service processing module also classifies the traffic according to the service type and
configuration requirements (the packets in the formats of MPLS, L2 MPLS VPN, and Ethernet/
VLAN are supported). In addition, the service processing module adds the tunnel and VC tags
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3209
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
to the services according to the service configuration for mapping and forwarding the services.
At last, the encapsulation module encapsulates the Ethernet frames in the GFP-F format, and
sends the frames to the mapping module where the frames are mapped and are sent to the crossconnect unit on the backplane through the active/standby interface converting module.
In the Transmit Direction

The cross-connect unit sends parallel signals to the encapsulation and mapping module through
the active/standby interface converting module for demapping and decapsulation. Then, the
service processing module determines a route for the signals according to the level of the
equipment on the network, and performs L2 processing of the data services according to the
service type and configuration requirements. The service processing module also delimits the
frames, adds the preamble code, computes the CRC code, and collects the statistics of Ethernet
performance. At last, the interface module converts the parallel signals into serial signals,
encodes the serial signals, and outputs the serial signals through the Ethernet interface.
Interface Module
In the receive direction, the interface module converts the optical signals from an external
Ethernet device (such as the Ethernet switch or router) into electrical signals, and sends the
electrical signals to the L2 service processing module.
In the transmit direction, the interface module converts the electrical signals from the L2 service
processing module into optical signals.
1588 Clock Processing Module

The board supports the synchronization protocol for two 1588 clocks. On the uplink, the 1588
clock processing module extracts service packets from the Ethernet data signals that it receives,
processes the packets, and transparently transmits the Ethernet data signals to the L2 service
processing module. The signal flow on the downlink reverses that on the uplink.
L2 Service Processing Module

This module provides functions such as L2 switching of the received and transmitted Ethernet
data services, port isolation, traffic classification, data traffic control, VLAN management, and
priority configuration.
SDH Encapsulation and Mapping Module

This module encapsulates the received data services in the GFP format, decapsulates the
transmitted data services in the GFP format, and maps and demaps the VC-3/4 service granules
in the SDH format.
Active/Standby Interface Converting Module

The active/standby interface module sends the encapsulated SDH service at the VC-3/VC-4 level
to the active and standby cross-connect boards, and selects the SDH service at the VC-3/VC-4
level sent from the active and standby cross-connect boards.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3210
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Logic Control Module

The logic control module controls the modules on the board and configures services for these
modules. In addition, the logic control module selects and traces the clock and header signal
sent from the active and standby clock boards.
Clock Module
The clock module traces the system reference clock and generates the clock signals required for
each chip. The clock frequency can be 66 MHz, 25 MHz, 125 MHz, or 155 MHz.
Power Supply Module

The power supply module provides the DC voltage required by each module on the board.
32.2.5 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces, and a bar code on the front panel of the EGSH board.

Figure 32-7 shows the front panel of the EGSH board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3211
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Figure 32-7 Front panel of the EGSH board

SM SFP WORK WITH
G.657A2 FIBER ONLY
G.657A2
EGSH
SM SFP WORK WITH

G.657A2 FIBER ONLY
G.657A2
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
RX 1
2 TX
TX 15
16 RX
Indicators
l
Interfaces
There are 16 interfaces on the front panel of the EGSH board, and "16 SFP" is silkscreened under
the silkscreening for the indicator on the front panel.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3212
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Figure 32-8 Silk-screen
Table 32-21 Types and functions of the interfaces on the EGSH board
Interface
Type
Function
RX1RX16
LC
Receives GE signals.
TX1TX16
LC
Transmits GE signals.
NOTE
When the 1000BASE-LX optical interface board is used, the G.657A2 fiber jumper rather than the G.652D
fiber jumper is used if an optical attenuator is inserted into the transmit port. Otherwise, the cabinet door
cannot be closed. Figure 32-9 shows the G.657A2 fiber jumper and G.652D fiber jumper.
Figure 32-9 G.657A2 fiber jumper and G.652D fiber jumper
G.652D fiber jumper
58.25
50.75
G.657A2 fiber jumper
42.5
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3213
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
32.2.6 Valid Slots

The EGSH board must be installed in a valid slot on a subrack. Otherwise, the board cannot
work normally..
NOTE
To facilitate maintenance of optical modules and fibers, do not install a EGSH board in a slot at the edge
of the subrack or next to the slot housing the SLH41\EGSH\THA\TN55EG16 board.
Table 32-22 shows the valid slots for the EGSH board.
Table 32-22 Valid slots for the EGSH board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack

IU54-IU67
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU2-IU8, IU11-IU17
32.2.7 Characteristic Code for the EGSH

The characteristic code of a board is the code after the board name in the bar code on the board.
The characteristic code of the EGSH board indicates the optical interface type of the board.
Table 32-23 provides the relationship between the characteristic code and optical interface type
of the EGSH board.
Table 32-23 Relationship between the characteristic code and optical interface type of the EGSH
board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
Characteristic
Code
Optical Interface Type
N1EGSH10
10
1000 BASE-SX (0.5 km)
N1EGSH11
11
1000 BASE-LX (10 km)
N1EGSH12
12
1000 BASE-T & 1000 BASE-SX (0.5 km)a
N1EGSH13
13
1000 BASE-T & 1000 BASE-LX (10 km)b

3214
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Board
Characteristic
Code
a: The port 6 and port 8 interfaces on the EGSH board are 1000 BASE-T electrical interfaces,
and the other interfaces on the board are 1000 BASE-SX optical interfaces.
b: The port 6 and port 8 interfaces on the EGSH board are 1000 BASE-T electrical interfaces,
and the other interfaces on the board are 1000 BASE-LX optical interfaces.
The G.657A2 fiber jumper is required because the single-mode optical module is used over
the 1000 BASE-LX optical interface.


Table 32-24 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the EGSH board displayed on the NM
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Interface on the NM
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4
TX5/RX5
TX6/RX6
TX7/RX7
TX8/RX8
TX9/RX9
TX10/RX10
10
TX11/RX11
11
TX12/RX12
12
TX13/RX13
13
TX14/RX14
14
TX15/RX15
15

3215
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Interface on the NM
TX16/RX16
16
NOTE
32.2.9 Board Protection

The EGSH board supports the distributed link aggregation group (DLAG) protection. The
DLAG protection is a board-level port protection technology.
Figure 32-10 shows the slot configuration for the working and protection EGSH boards in the
OptiX OSN 8800.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3216
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Figure 32-10 Slot configuration for the working EGSH board of a DLAG protection group
FAN
EFI2
EF
I1
PIU
PIU
A S
U T
X G
A
U
X
S
T
G
PIU
PIU
STI
ATE
S
C
C
X
C
H
/
X
C
M
Fiber routing
X
C
H
/
X
C
M
Fiber routing
IU9 IU10
IU1 IU2
IU3 IU4 IU5
E
G
S
H
(A)
IU6
IU7 IU8
S
C
C
E
G
S
H
(B)
E
G
S
H
(A)
E
G
S
H
(B)
FAN
(A): Active
(B): Standby
In Table 32-25, the board in slot 5 protects the board in slot 3, and the board in slot 17 protects
the board in slot 14. DLAG protection is of board level and protects the services between the
ports configured in a protection group on the working and protection boards.
Table 32-25 Slot assignment for the EGSH board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
Protection Group 1
Protection Group 2
EGSH (protection board)
Slot 5
Slot 17
EGSH (working board)
Slot 3
Slot 14

3217
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit

This topic describes all the parameters, including the read-only parameters, of the EGSH board.
On the NMS user interface, Ethernet Interface of the EGSH board provides parameters
classified according to External Port and Internal Port. Regardless of an external port or
internal port, the parameter configuration window involves many tab pages. Table 32-26 lists
the tab pages in the parameter configuration window.
Table 32-26 Tabs of the parameter configuration windows for external port and internal port on
the EGSH board
Port
Tab
External Port
Basic Attributes
Flow Control
TAG Attributes
Network Attributes
Advanced Attributes
Internal Port
TAG Attributes
Network Attributes
LCAS
Bound Path
Advanced Attributes
Each parameter of the EGSH on each tab page is described as follows.

l
In the case of external ports, the parameters on the Basic Attributes tab page are listed in
Table 32-27.
Table 32-27 Parameters on the Basic Attributes tab page (external port)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Port


3218
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Field
Value
Description
Name
For example, PORT-1
Specifies the name of a port.

The name can contain up to
32 characters in English or
16 characters in Chinese.
Enable Port
Enabled, Disabled
The Enabled/Disabled
whether to enable a port. A
port can receive services if
this parameter is set to
Enabled but cannot receive
services if this parameter is
set to Disabled.
Default: Disabled
Working Mode
Auto-Negotiation, 10M
Half-Duplex, 10M FullDuplex, 100M HalfDuplex, 100M FullDuplex, 1000M HalfDuplex, 1000M FullDuplex, 10GE Full-Duplex
LAN, 10GE Full-Duplex
WAN, 10GE Full-Duplex
WAN(SONET mode)

of the Ethernet port on a
board. This parameter
determines the maximum
transmission rate and
communication mode of the
Ethernet port.
1518 to 9600

frame length supported by
the Ethernet port.
Default: 1522

state of a port.
MAC LoopBack
TheMAC Loopback
MAC loopback state at an
looped path at the MAC
path.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
When setting this

parameter, you must ensure
the working modes of the
interconnected ports are the
same. Otherwise, the

3219
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Field
Value
Description
PHY LoopBack
The PHY Loopback

PHY loopback state at an
looped path at the PHY
path.
Physical Type
Displays the physical type

of port.
Logic Type
SDH-OPPORT, SDHEPORT
Displays the logic type of

port.
In the case of external ports, the parameters on the Flow Control tab page are listed in
Table 32-28.
Table 32-28 Parameters on the Flow Control tab page (external port)
Field
Value
Description
Port

Non-Autonegotiation
Flow Control Mode
Disabled, Enable
Symmetric Flow Control,
Send Only, Receive Only
Non-Autonegotiation
Flow Control Mode is
selected when a port works
in non-autonegotiation
mode.
Default: Disable
See E.10 NonAutonegotiation Flow

Control Mode to obtain the
details.
Control Mode
Disabled, Enable
Dissymmetric Flow
Control, Enable Symmetric
Flow Control, Enable
Symmetric/Dissymmetric
Flow Control

Default: Disabled
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
The parameters on the TAG Attributes tab page are listed in Table 32-29.

3220
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Table 32-29 Parameters on the TAG tab page (external port)

Field
Value
Description
Port
Displays the type of a

VCTRUNK port.
TAG

UNI.
Default: Tag Aware
Default VLAN ID
1 to 4095
Default: 1
VLAN Priority
0 to 7
Default: 0
Entry Detection
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled
The Default VLAN ID

packets.
The VLAN Priority
VLAN ID of a port.
The Entry Detection
In the case of internal ports, the parameters on the TAG Attributes tab page are listed in
Table 32-30.
Table 32-30 Parameters on the TAG tab page (internal port)
Field
Value
Description
Port

either PORT or
VCTRUNk.
Name
For example,
VCTRUNK-3
Specifies the name of a

VCTRUNK port. The name
can contain up to 32
characters in English or 16
characters in Chinese.
TAG

UNI.
Default: Tag Aware
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3221
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Field
Value
Description
Default VLAN ID
1 to 4095
The Default VLAN ID

packets.
Default: 1
VLAN Priority
0 to 7
Default: 0
Entry Detection
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled
The VLAN Priority

VLAN ID of a port.
The Entry Detection
The parameters on the Network Attributes tab page are listed in Table 32-31.
Table 32-31 Parameters on the Network Attributes tab page
Field
Value
Description
Port

either PORT or
VCTRUNk.
Port Attributes
UNI, C-Aware, S-Aware,

NNI
Specifies the position of the

port in the network.
Different port attributes
support different types of
packets.
Default: UNI
in Table 32-32.
Table 32-32 Parameters on the Advanced Attributes tab page (external port)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Port

Broadcast Packet
Suppression
Enabled, Disabled

Suppression parameter
determines whether to
suppress the traffic of
broadcast packets.
Default: Disabled

3222
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Field
Value
Description
Broadcast Packet
10% to 100%

Suppression
Thresholdparameter
allocates the specified
bandwidth to the broadcast
packets. The bandwidth is
allocated on the basis of the
traffic proportion at the
port. If the bandwidth
allocated to the broadcast
packets reaches the
specified threshold, the port
discards the broadcast data
packets that are received.
Threshold of Port
0 to 1000
The Threshold of Port

parameter specifies the data
flow threshold at external
physical ports.
Port Traffic Threshold

Time Window (Min)
0 to 30
Loop Detection
Enabled, Disabled
Default: 1000
Default: 0
Default: Disabled
Loop Port Shutdown
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled
Zero-Flow Monitor
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled
Zero-Flow Monitor
Interval (min)
1 to 30
Default: 15
Sets traffic threshold time

window for the external
port.
at the port.
Sets whether to monitor the
zero flow.
Sets the time interval for the
zero-flow monitoring.
in Table 32-33.
Table 32-33 Parameters on the Advanced Attributes tab page (internal port)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Port


3223
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Field
Value
Description
Loop Detection
Enabled, Disabled

at the port.
Default: Disabled
Loop Port Shutdown
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Enabled
Zero-Flow Monitor
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled
Zero-Flow Monitor
Interval (min)
1 to 30
Default: 15

Sets whether to monitor the
zero flow.
Sets the time interval for the
zero-flow monitoring.
In the case of internal ports, the parameters on the Encapsulation/Mapping tab page are
Table 32-34 Parameters on the Encapsulation/Mapping tab page (internal port)
Field
Value
Description
Port
Displays the VCTRUNK

ports.
Mapping Protocol
GFP
Specifies the mapping

protocol adopted by the
VCTRUNK port.
Default: GFP
Scramble
Unscrambled, Scrambling
mode[X43+1], Scrambling
mode[X48+1]
[X43+1]
Set Inverse Value for CRC
Specifies whether to
scramble the payload area
of the encapsulation
protocol and which
scramble mode is adopted.
Specifies whether to set an
inverse value for the CRC
field of the HDLC or LAPS
protocol.
You can set this parameter
only when the mapping
protocol is HDLC or LAPS.
Check Field Length
FCS32, No
Default: FCS32
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

Specifies the length of the

protocol.
3224
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Field
Value
Description
FCS Calculated Bit

Sequence
Big endian, Little endian
Specifies the sequence of

mapping protocol.
Extension Header Option
Yes, No
Default: Big endian
Default: No
Specifies whether the GFP

encapsulation protocol
supports the extension
header.
In the case of internal ports, the parameters on the LCAS tab page are listed in Table
32-35.
Table 32-35 Parameters on the LCAS tab page (internal port)
Field
Value
Description
Port
VCTRUNKn
Indicates the VCTRUNK

port. The letter n indicates
the number of the
VCTRUNK port.
Enabling LCAS
Enabled, Disabled
The Enabling LCAS

parameter can increase or
decrease the SDH network
capacity without affecting
the service. The capacity is
automatically decreased if a
member fails, and is
automatically increased if
the member recovers.
Default: Disabled
LCAS Mode
Huawei Mode, Standard

Mode
Default: Huawei Mode
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

The LCAS Mode

sequence for the sink end to
respond to the MST and
Rs_Ack messages received
from the source end.
3225
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Field
Value
Description
Hold off Time(ms)
0 to 10000
The Hold off Time(ms)

(LCAS) parameter is also
called HO Procedure
Timer Duration. It
specifies HO Procedure
Timer Duration of the
LCAS protocol. If the
LCAS coexists with
another network-level
protection scheme (for
example, MSP or SNCP),
you can set this parameter
to postpone the LCAS
switching.
Default: 2000
WTR Time(s)
0 to 720
Default: 300
TSD
Enabled, Disabled
Default: Disabled
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

The WTR Time(s)

parameter is also called
WTR Procedure Timer
Duration. It specifies
WTR Procedure Timer
Duration of the LCAS
protocol. Set this parameter
to avoid impact caused by
the alarm jitter on the link
status.
The TSD parameter
specifies the B3 or BIP
error status of a
VCTRUNK member. TSD
stands for trail signal
degrade. When this
parameter is set to
Enabled and if a
VCTRUNK member has
excessive B3 or BIP bit
errors, the LCAS protocol
regards that this member
fails and deletes it from the
available members. If this
parameter is set to
Disabled, the LCAS
protocol does not monitor
the status of the B3 or BIP
bit errors of a VCTRUNK
member.
3226
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Field
Value
Description
Min. Members - Transmit

Direction
2 to 256
When the LCAS is enabled,

the LCAS_PLCT alarm is
reported if certain members
in the transmit direction fail
and the number of valid
members is smaller than a
certain value. The Min.
Members - Transmit
Direction parameter
specifies the certain
number of the valid
members in the transmit
direction.
Min. Members - Receive

Direction
2 to 256
Default: 256
Default: 256
Specifies the minimum

number of members in the
receive direction. If the
LCAS is enabled and the
number of valid members is
less than the specified
value, an alarm is reported.
In the case of internal ports, the parameters on the Bound Path tab page are listed in Table
32-36.
Table 32-36 Parameters on the Bound Path tab page (internal port)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
VCTRUNCK Port

VCTRUNK port.
Level
Specifies the level of the

VCTRUNK bound path.
Service Direction
Specifies the direction of

the Ethernet service.
Bound Path
Specifies the number of the

bound path, including the
VC4 path number and VC3
path number.
Bound Path Count

bound VCTRUNK ports.
Used Channel
Displays the channels in

use.

3227
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Field
Value
Description
Activation Status
Displays whether the path

is active.
32.2.11 EGSH Specifications

Specifications include optical specifications, electrical specifications, laser safety class,
mechanical specifications, and power consumption.
Table 32-37 lists the optical specifications of the EGSH board.
Table 32-37 Optical specifications of the EGSH board
Item
Value
Type of optical
interface
1000BASE-LX (10 km)
1000BASE-SX (0.5 km)
Type of fiber
Single-mode LC
Multi-mode LC
Operating
wavelength range
(nm)
1270 to 1355
770 to 860
Launched optical
power range (dBm)
-9 to -3
-9.5 to -3.5
(dBm)
-20
-18
Minimum overload
(dBm)
-3
Minimum extinction
ratio (dB)
Electrical Specifications
Table 32-38 lists the electrical specifications of the EGSH board.
Table 32-38 Electrical specifications of the EGSH board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Type of Interface
Code Pattern
1000BASE-T, RJ45
4D-PAM5

3228
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
NOTE
Only port 6 and port 8 of the EGSH board can work as the GE electrical interface.
Laser Safety Class

The laser safety class of the optical interface is CLASS 1, indicating that the maximum output
optical power of each optical interface is less than 10 dBm (10 mW).
The mechanical specifications of the EGSH board are as follows:
l
Dimensions: 25.4 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 266.7 mm (H)
Power Consumption
Maximum power consumption: 85 W
NOTE
32.3 SF64
SF64: 1xSTM-64 optical interface board with the FEC function

Only one functional version of the SF64 board is available, that is, N4.

Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
N4
SF6
4
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3229
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
NOTE
32.3.2 Application
The SF64 board is a line board. The SF64 board can be used on the OptiX OSN equipment to
transmit and receive STM-64 FEC optical signals. The SF64 board converts the received optical
signals into electrical signals and sends the electrical signals to the cross-connect side. In
addition, the SF64 board converts the electrical signals sent from the cross-connect side into
optical signals and transmits the optical signals.
Figure 32-11 shows the application of the SF64 board. The SF64 boards can form a ring network
or a chain network in the system.
Figure 32-11 Networking and application of the SF64 board
NE1
NE2
MSP ring
NE4
NE3
Service flow
OCS line board
Cross-connect board

The SF64 board receives and transmits 1xSTM-64 FEC optical signals and processes overhead
bytes.
Table 32-39 Functions and features of the SF64 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function
and Feature
Description
Basic
functions
l Transmits and receives 1xSTM-64 FEC optical signals.

l Supports configuration of the normal FEC or enhanced FEC function.

3230
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Function
and Feature
Description
Specification
s of the
optical
interface
l Supports different types of standard optical interfaces, namely, the

Ue-64.2c, Ue-64.2d, and Ue-64.2e. The characteristics of the optical
interfaces comply with the standards defined by Huawei.
Specification
s of the
optical
module
l Supports XFP pluggable optical modules.
Service
processing

SDH Clock
Synchronizat
ion
Supported.
Overhead
processing
l Processes the section overheads of the STM-64 signals.
l Supports the output of the standard DWDM wavelengths that comply with
ITU-T G.692 and can be directly connected to the WDM equipment.
l Supports the detection and query of information about the optical module.
l Provides the ALS function. The optical interface supports the setting of
the on/off state of a laser.
l Supports the transparent transmission and termination of the path

overheads.
l Supports one channel of ECC communication.
l Supports HWECC (default), IP, or OSI protocol stacks.
l Supports the 1.5 Mbit/s DCN.
Alarms and
performance
events
Reports various alarms and performance events.
Protection
schemes
l Supports the two-fiber ring MSP.

l Supports the four-fiber ring MSP.
l Supports the linear MSP.
l Supports the SNCP.
l Supports the SNCTP.
l Supports the fiber-shared virtual trail protection.
l Supports the fiber-shared MSP.
l Supports the transoceanic MSP ring.
NOTE
Supports processes two sets of K bytes. One SF64 board supports a maximum of two
MSP rings.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3231
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Function
and Feature
Description
Maintenance
features
l Supports inloops and outloops at optical interfaces.

l Supports inloops and outloops on VC-4 paths.
l Supports the function of automatically releasing service loopbacks after
the specified time expires.
l Supports warm resets and cold resets. The warm reset does not affect
services.
l Supports the query of the manufacturing information of the board.
l Supports the in-service loading of the FPGA.
l Supports the upgrade of the board software without affecting services.
l Supports the PRBS function.
l Supports the press-to-collect function in fault data collection.
Protocols or
standards
compliance
for transparent
monitoring)
ITU-T G.774.7
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.783
ITU-T G.774.1
ITU-T G.774.2
ITU-T G.774.3
ITU-T G.774.4
ITU-T G.774.5
ITU-T G.774.6
ITU-T G.774.9
ITU-T G.774.10
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.825
ITU-T G.829
SDH ASON
Supported
NOTE

The SF64 board consists of the O/E converting module, MUX/DEMUX module, SDH overhead
processing module, logic and control module, and power module.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3232
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Figure 32-12 shows the function modules and signal flow of the SF64 board.
Figure 32-12 Function modules and signal flow of the SF64 board
Backplane
622 MHz
622 MHz
PLL
10.71
Gbit/s
10.71
Gbit/s
O/E
4x2.67G
DEMU
bit/s
X
SPI
10.71
Gbit/s
E/O
10.71
Gbit/s
O/E
converting
module
MUX
4x2.5G
bit/s
4x2.67G FEC 4x2.5G

bit/s
bit/s
622 MHz
PLL
Reference clock
K1 and K2
insertion/extraction
K1 and K2
High-speed
bus
RST MST MSA HPT
High-speed
bus
DCC
SDH overhead
processing module
MUX/
DEMUX
669 MHz
PLL
IIC
LOS
Laser shutdown
Logic and
control module
+3.3 V
Power
module
Power
module
Frame header
Communication
Fuse
Clock unit
SCC unit
Cross-connect
unit A
Cross-connect
unit B
SCC unit
Clock unit
SCC unit
-48 V/-60 V
-48 V/-60 V
PLL: phase-locked loop
SPI: SDH physical interface
RST: regenerator section

termination
MST: multiplex section termination MSA: multiplex section adaptation
HPT: higher order path termination -
SDH: synchronous digital hierarchy
O/E Converting Module

l
In the receive direction, the module converts the received optical signals into electrical
signals.
In the transmit direction, the module converts the electrical signals into SDH optical signals
and sends the SDH optical signals to fibers for transmission.
Detects the R_LOS alarm and provides the function of shutting down the laser.
MUX/DEMUX Module
l
In the receive direction, the DEMUX part demultiplexes the high-rate electrical signals into
multiple parallel electrical signals and restores the clock signal at the same time.
In the transmit direction, the MUX part multiplexes the parallel electrical signals received
from the SDH overhead processing module into high-rate electrical signals.
SDH Overhead Processing Module

This module includes the RST, MST, MSA, and HPT sub-modules. This module provides the
inloop and outloop functions.
l
RST sub-module
In the receive direction, the RST sub-module terminates the RSOH. That is, the RST
sub-module detects the frame alignment bytes (A1 and A2), descrambles all the bytes
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3233
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
except the first line of the RSOH, restores and checks the J0 byte, and checks the B1
byte.
In the transmit direction, the RST sub-module generates the RSOH. That is, the RST
sub-module writes bytes such as A1, A2, and J0, calculates and writes the B1 byte, and
scrambles all the bytes except the first line of the RSOH.
l
MST sub-module
In the receive direction, the MST sub-module terminates the MSOH. That is, the MST
sub-module generates the MS_AIS alarm and detects the MS_RDI alarm after detecting
the K2 byte, and detects the MS_REI alarm and generates the B2_EXC alarm after
checking the B2 byte.
In the transmit direction, the MST sub-module generates the MSOH. That is, the MST
sub-module writes bytes such as E2, D4-D12, K1, K2, S1, and M1, and calculates and
writes the B2 byte.
MSA sub-module
In the receive direction, the MSA sub-module de-interleaves the AUG, divides an AUG
into N AU-4s, detects the AU_LOP alarm and the AU_AIS alarm, and performs pointer
justifications.
In the transmit direction, the MSA sub-module assembles the AUG and generates the
AU-4. N AU-4s are multiplexed into an AUG through byte interleaving.
HPT sub-module
In the receive direction, the HPT sub-module terminates the POH. That is, the HPT submodule detects the HP_REI alarm after checking the B3 byte, generates the HP_TIM
alarm and the HP_SLM alarm and detects the HP_RDI alarm after detecting the J1 and
C2 bytes, and generates the HP_UNEQ alarm after detecting the C2 byte.
In the transmit direction, the HPT sub-module generates the POH. That is, the HPT submodule writes bytes such as J1 and C2, and calculates and writes the B3 byte.

l
Manages and configures the other modules of the board.
Performs inter-board communication through the internal Ethernet interface.
Traces the clock signal from the active and standby clock units.
Controls the laser.
Selects the clock signal and frame header signal from the active and standby clock units.
Controls the indicators on the board.
Power Module
require.
32.3.5 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces, a bar code, and a laser safety class label on the front panel of
the SF64 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3234
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit

Figure 32-13 shows the front panel of the SF64 board.
Figure 32-13 Front panel of the SF64 board
SF64
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
CLASS 1
LASER
PRODUCT
CLASS 1
LASER
PRODUCT
OUT
IN
SF64
Indicators
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3235
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Interfaces
There is one optical interface on the front panel of the SF64 board. Table 32-40 lists the type
and function of the optical interface.
Table 32-40 Type and function of the interface on the SF64 board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC
OUT
LC
32.3.6 Valid Slots

The SF64 board must be installed in a valid slot in the subrack. Otherwise, the SF64 board cannot
work normally.
Table 32-41 shows the valid slots for the SF64 board.
Table 32-41 Valid slots for the SF64 board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU1IU8, and IU11IU18
32.3.7 Characteristic Code for the SF64

board. The characteristic code for the SF64 board indicates the type of optical interface.
Table 32-42 provides the relationship between the characteristic code for the SF64 board and
the type of optical interface.
Table 32-42 Relationship between the characteristic code for the SF64 board and the type of
optical interface
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
Characteristic Code
Type of Optical Interface
N4SF6401M01
01M01
Fixed-wavelength optical
interface

3236
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Board
Characteristic Code
N4SF6401
01
Ue-64.2c, Ue-64.2d, and

Ue-64.2e


Table 32-43 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the SF64 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN/OUT
NOTE

This topic describes all the parameters, including the read-only parameters, of the SF64 board.
Table 32-44 lists all the parameters of the SF64 board.
Table 32-44 Parameters of the SF64 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Port

on the line board.
VC3 Path
Displays all available VC3

paths.
For example, SDH-1
Specifies the name of an

optical interface.
Overhead Transfer Mode
DCC Mode, GCC Mode
Sets overhead transfer mode

of the optical interface.

3237
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Field
Value
Description
MSP Sharing
Enabled, Disabled
The MSP Sharing parameter

determines whether multiple
multiplex section (MS)
protection groups can be
configured at the same
optical interface.
Default: Disabled
Laser Switch
Off, On
Default: On
Specifies the laser state of the

line board. In general, the
parameter is set to On.
Laser Transmission Distance

(m)
The Laser Transmission

Distance (m) parameter
indicates the valid distance
over which the laser sends a
signal. A line board uses
pluggable optical module and
the transmission distance is
determined by the type of the
Optical (Electrical) Interface

Loopback
Outloop
Specifies the loopback state

of an SDH interface. In
general, this parameter is set
to Non-Loopback.
VC4 Path

paths.
VC4 Loopback
Outloop
Specifies the VC4 loopback

state on the line board. In
to Non-Loopback.
VC12 Channel

channels.
32.3.10 SF64 Specifications

power consumption.
Table 32-45 lists the optical specifications of the SF64 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3238
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Table 32-45 Optical specifications of the SF64 board

Item
Value
Nominal bit
rate
10.709 Gbit/s
Application
codea
Ue-64.2c
Ue-64.2d
Ue-64.2e
OBU101 (-28
dBm to -31
dBm)+
OAU103b +
DCU03 (60) +
MR2
OBU101 (-31
dBm to -34 dBm)
+ CRPC +
OAU103 +
DCU03 (60) +
DCU03 (60) +
DCU08 (10) +
MR2
OBU101 (-34
dBm to -37 dBm)
+ CRPC +
OAU103 +
DCU03 (60) +
DCU04 (80) +
MR2
Type of fiber
Single-mode LC
Operating
wavelength
range (nm)
1550.12
Launched
optical
power range
(dBm)c
-1 to +2
Receiver
sensitivity
(dBm)
-19
Minimum
overload
(dBm)
Minimum
extinction
ratio (dB)
10.5
OBU101 (-37
dBm to -40 dBm)
+ CRPC +
OAU103 +
DCU03 (60) +
DCU04 (80) +
DCU08 (10) +
MR2
a: The numbers in the brackets indicate the corresponding parameter values. For example,
"OBU101 (-28 dBm to -31 dBm)" indicates that the optical power amplified by the OBU101
is -28 dBm to -31 dBm.
b: "OBU101 + OAU103" indicates that the specifications of the optical interface are measured
when the OBU101 and OAU103 are used.
c: The parameters are only for the optical modules. The parameters of the amplifier are not
provided.
Table 32-46 lists the specifications of the tunable XFP optical interfaces of the SF64 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3239
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Table 32-46 Specifications of the tunable XFP optical interfaces of the SF64 board
Item
Value
Type of optical
module
1600 ps/nm - NRZ - tunable
Line code format
NRZ - 80 channels tunable

Maximum mean
launched power
(dBm)
Minimum mean
launched power
(dBm)
-1
Minimum extinction
ratio (dB)
Central wavelength
(THz)
192.10 to 196.05
Central wavelength
deviation (GHz)
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width (nm)
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
(dB)
35
(ps/nm)
1600
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Receiver type
APD
Operating
wavelength range
(nm)
1260 to 1600
(FEC on) EOL
(dBm)
-24
Minimum overload
(dBm)
-7
Maximum
reflectance (dB)
-27

3240
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Table 32-47 lists the specifications of the colored optical interfaces of the SF64 board.
Table 32-47 Specifications of the colored optical interfaces that comply with ITU-T G.692
Item
Value
Nominal bit rate
10.709 Gbit/s
Dispersion limit (km)
40
Mean launched optical power (dBm)
-1 to 2
-19
Minimum overload (dBm)
Maximum allowed dispersion (ps/nm)
800
Minimum extinction ratio (dB)
10
Laser Safety Class

The mechanical specifications of the SF64 board are as follows:
l
Power Consumption
Maximum power consumption: 27.3 W
NOTE
32.4 SF64A
SF64A: 1xSTM-64 optical interface board with the FEC function

Only one functional version of the SF64A board is available, that is, N1.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3241
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit

Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
N1
SF6
4A
NOTE
32.4.2 Application
The SF64A optical interface board is an OCS line board. It can be used in the OptiX OSN 8800
to receive and transmit STM-64 FEC optical signals. The SF64A board converts the received
optical signals into electrical signals and sends the electrical signals to the cross-connect side.
In addition, the SF64A board converts the electrical signals sent from the cross-connect side into
Figure 32-14 shows the application of the SF64A board. The board supports the ring and chain
networking modes.
Figure 32-14 Networking and application of the SF64A board
NE1
NE2
MSP ring
NE4
NE3
Service flow
OCS line board
Cross-connect board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3242
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit

The SF64A board receives and transmits 1xSTM-64 FEC optical signals and processes overhead
bytes.
Table 32-48 Functions and features of the SF64A board
Function
and
Feature
Description
Basic
functions
Transmits and receives 1xSTM-64 FEC optical signals.
Specificatio
ns of the
optical
interface

l Supports the output of the DWDM standard wavelengths that comply with
l Supports adjustable wavelengths in DWDM applications.
Specificatio
ns of the
optical
module
l Supports fixed optical modules.
Service
processing

SDH Clock
Synchroniza
tion
Supported.
Overhead
processing
l Provides the ALS function. The optical interface supports the setting of the
on/off state of a laser.

overheads.
Alarms and
performanc
e events
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Reports various alarms and performance events to facilitate the management

and maintenance.

3243
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Function
and
Feature
Description
Protection
schemes

l Supports the fiber-shared virtual trail protection
l Supports the optical-path-shared MSP.
NOTE
Supports processes two sets of K bytes. One SF64A supports a maximum of two MSP
protection rings.
Maintenanc
e features

services.
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

transparent transmission
(non-performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.774.7

3244
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
32 TDM Unit
Description

service processing
(performance monitoring)
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.783
ITU-T G.774.1
ITU-T G.774.2
ITU-T G.774.3
ITU-T G.774.4
ITU-T G.774.5
ITU-T G.774.6
ITU-T G.774.9
ITU-T G.774.10
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.825
ITU-T G.829
SDH ASON
Supported
NOTE

The SF64A board consists of the O/E converting module, MUX/DEMUX module, SDH
overhead processing module, logic and control module, DC/DC converter, and other modules.
Figure 32-15 shows the function modules and signal flow of the SF64A board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3245
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Figure 32-15 Function modules and signal flow of the SF64A board
622MHz
622MHz PLL
10.71
Gbit/s
10.71
Gbit/s
O/E
E/O
S
P
I
10.71
Gbit/s
DEMUX
16x669
Mbit/s
10.71
Gbit/s
MUX
16x669 FEC 16x622

Mbit/s
Mbit/s
O/E
converting
module
MUX/
DEMUX
module
IIC
LOS
Laser shutdown
622MHz PLL
Reference
clock
K1 and K2 insertion/
extraction
16x622
Mbit/s
Backplane
K1 and K2
Highspeed bus
RST MST MSA HPT
Highspeed bus
DCC
SDH overhead
processing module
669MHzPLL
Frame header
Logic and
control module
+3.3V
Power
module
Communication
Fuse
Power
module
Clock unit
SCC unit
Cross-connect unit A
Cross-connect unit B
SCC unit
Clock unit
SCC unit
-48V/-60V
-48V/-60V

termination
HPT: higher order path termination IIC: inter-integrated circuit
The function modules are described as follows:

l
signals.
MUX/DEMUX Module
l

l
RST sub-module
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3246
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
byte.
l
MST sub-module
writes the B2 byte.
MSA sub-module
justifications.
HPT sub-module

l
Controls the laser.
Power Module
require.
32.4.5 Front Panel

the SF64A board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3247
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit

Figure 32-16 shows the front panel of the SF64A board.
Figure 32-16 Front panel of the SF64A board
SF64A
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
CLASS 1
LASER
CLASS 1
LASER
PRODUCT
PRODUCT
OUT
IN
SF64A
Indicators
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3248
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Interfaces
There is one optical interface on the front panel of the SF64A board. Table 32-49 lists the type
Table 32-49 Type and function of the optical interface on the SF64A board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC
OUT
LC
32.4.6 Valid Slots

The SF64A board must be installed in a valid slot on a subrack. Otherwise, the board cannot
work normally.
Table 32-50 shows the valid slots for the SF64A board.
Table 32-50 Valid slots for the SF64A board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
32.4.7 Characteristic Code for the SF64A

The characteristic code of the SF64A board indicates the optical interface type of the board.
of the SF64A board.
Table 32-51 Relationship between the characteristic code and optical interface type of the
SF64A board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
Characteristic Code
N1SF64A01
01
Ue-64.2c, Ue-64.2d,
Ue-64.2e

3249
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit


Table 32-52 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the SF64A board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN/OUT
NOTE

This topic describes all the parameters, including the read-only parameters, of the SF64A board.
Table 32-53 lists all the parameters of the SF64A board.
Table 32-53 Parameters of the SF64A board
Field
Value
Description
Port

on the line board.
VC3 Path

paths.
For example, SDH-1

optical interface.
DCC Mode, GCC Mode

MSP Sharing
Enabled, Disabled

optical interface.
Default: Disabled
Laser Switch
Off, On
Default: On
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)


3250
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Field
Value
Description

(m)


Loopback
Outloop

to Non-Loopback.
VC4 Path

paths.
VC4 Loopback
Outloop

to Non-Loopback.
VC12 Channel

channels.
32.4.10 SF64A Specifications

power consumption.
Table 32-54 lists the optical specifications of the SF64A board.
Table 32-54 Optical specifications of the SF64A board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Item
Value
Nominal bit
rate
10.709 Gbit/s
Application
codea
Ue-64.2c
Ue-64.2d
Ue-64.2e

3251
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item
32 TDM Unit
Value
OBU101 (-29
dBm to -26
dBm) +
OAU103b +
DCU03 (60) +
DCU04 (80) +
MR2
Type of fiber
Single-mode LC
Operating
wavelength
range (nm)
1550.12
Launched
optical
power range
(dBm)c
-1 to +2
Receiver
sensitivity
(dBm)
-19
Minimum
overload
(dBm)
Minimum
extinction
ratio (dB)
10.5
OBU103 (-28
dBm to -25 dBm)
+ OAU103 +
DCU03 (60) +
DCU04 (80) +
DCU08 (10) +
MR2
OBU101 (-34.6
dBm to -32 dBm)
+ CRPC +
OAU103 +
DCU04 (80) +
DCU04 (80) +
MR2
OBU101 (-37.9
dBm to -34.9
dBm) + CRPC +
OAU103 +
DCU04 (80) +
DCU04 (80) +
DCU08 (10) +
MR2
provided.
Table 32-55 lists the specifications of the colored optical interfaces of the SF64A board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Item
Value
Nominal bit rate
10.709 Gbit/s
40

3252
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Item
Value
-3 to 2
-19
800
13.5
Laser Safety Class

The mechanical specifications of the SF64A board are as follows:
l
Power Consumption
NOTE
32.5 SFD64
SFD64: 2xSTM-64 optical interface board with the FEC function

Only one functional version of the SFD64 board is available, that is, N4.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3253
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
N4
SF
D64
NOTE
32.5.2 Application
The SFD64 board is a line board. The SFD64 board can be used on the OptiX OSN equipment
to transmit and receive STM-64 FEC optical signals. The SFD64 board converts the received
In addition, the SFD64 board converts the electrical signals sent from the cross-connect side into
Figure 32-17 shows the application of the SFD64 board. The SFD64 boards can form a ring
network or a chain network in the system.
Figure 32-17 Networking and application of the SFD64 board
NE1
NE2
MSP ring
NE4
NE3
Service flow
OCS line board
Cross-connect board

The SFD64 board receives and transmits 2xSTM-64 FEC optical signals and processes overhead
bytes.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3254
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Table 32-56 Functions and features of the SFD64 board

Function
and
Feature
Description
Basic
functions
l Transmits and receives 2xSTM-64 FEC optical signals.
Specificati
ons of the
optical
interface

Specificati
ons of the
optical
module
Service
processing

SDH Clock
Synchroniz
ation
Supported.
Overhead
processing
l Supports configuration of the normal FEC or enhanced FEC function.
l Supports the output of the standard DWDM wavelengths that comply with

overheads.
l Supports two channels of ECC communication.
Alarms and
performanc
e events
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3255
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Function
and
Feature
Description
Protection
schemes

NOTE
Supports processes four sets of K bytes. A single optical interface can process two sets of
K bytes. One SFD64 board supports a maximum of four MSP rings.
Maintenan
ce features

l Supports the function of automatically releasing service loopbacks after the
specified time expires.
services.
Protocols
or
standards
compliance
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

ITU-T G.774.7

3256
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
32 TDM Unit
Description

service processing
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.783
ITU-T G.774.1
ITU-T G.774.2
ITU-T G.774.3
ITU-T G.774.4
ITU-T G.774.5
ITU-T G.774.6
ITU-T G.774.9
ITU-T G.774.10
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.825
ITU-T G.829
SDH
ASON
Supported
NOTE

The SFD64 board consists of the O/E converting module, MUX/DEMUX module, SDH
overhead processing module, logic and control module, and power module.
Figure 32-18 shows the function modules and signal flow of the SFD64 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3257
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Figure 32-18 Function modules and signal flow of the SFD64 board
Backplane
622 MHz
622 MHz
PLL
10.71
Gbit/s
10.71
Gbit/s
O/E
DEMU
X
SPI
10.71
Gbit/s
E/O
10.71
Gbit/s
O/E
converting
module
MUX
4x2.67G
bit/s
4x2.5G
bit/s
4x2.67G FEC 4x2.5G

bit/s
bit/s
622 MHz
PLL
Reference clock
K1 and K2
K1 and K2
High-speed
bus
RST MST MSA HPT
High-speed
bus
DCC
SDH overhead
processing module
MUX/
DEMUX
669 MHz
PLL
IIC
LOS
Laser shutdown
Logic and
control module
+3.3 V
Power
module
Power
module
Frame header
Communication
Fuse
Clock unit
SCC unit
Cross-connect
unit A
Cross-connect
unit B
SCC unit
Clock unit
SCC unit
-48 V/-60 V
-48 V/-60 V

termination

l
signals.
MUX/DEMUX Module
l

l
RST sub-module
byte.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3258
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
l
MST sub-module
writes the B2 byte.
MSA sub-module
justifications.
HPT sub-module

l
Controls the laser.
Power Module
require.
32.5.5 Front Panel

the SFD64 board.

Figure 32-19 shows the front panel of the SFD64 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3259
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Figure 32-19 Front panel of the SFD64 board
SFD64
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
CLASS 1
LASER
CLASS 1
LASER
PRODUCT
PRODUCT
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
SFD64
Indicators
l
Interfaces
There is one optical interface on the front panel of the SFD64 board. Table 32-57 lists the type
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3260
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Table 32-57 Type and function of the interface on the SFD64 board
Interface
Type
Function
RX1RX2
LC
TX1TX2
LC
32.5.6 Valid Slots

The SFD64 board must be installed in a valid slot in the subrack. Otherwise, the SFD64 board
cannot work normally.
Table 32-58 shows the valid slots for the SFD64 board.
Table 32-58 Valid slots for the SFD64 board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
32.5.7 Characteristic Code for the SFD64

board. The characteristic code for the SFD64 board indicates the type of optical interface.
Table 32-59 provides the relationship between the characteristic code for the SFD64 board and
Table 32-59 Relationship between the characteristic code for the SFD64 board and the type of
optical interface
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
Characteristic Code
N4SFD6401M01
01M01
interface
N4SFD6401
01
Ue-64.2c, Ue-64.2d, and

Ue-64.2e

3261
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit


Table 32-60 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the SFD64 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
RX1/TX1
RX2/TX2
NOTE

This topic describes all the parameters, including the read-only parameters, of the SFD64 board.
Table 32-61 lists all the parameters of the SFD64 board.
Table 32-61 Parameters of the SFD64 board
Field
Value
Description
Port

on the line board.
VC3 Path

paths.
For example, SDH-1

optical interface.
DCC Mode, GCC Mode

Laser Switch
Off, On

Default: On
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3262
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Field
Value
Description

(m)


Loopback
Outloop

to Non-Loopback.
VC4 Path

paths.
VC4 Loopback
Outloop

to Non-Loopback.
VC12 Channel

channels.
32.5.10 SFD64 Specifications

power consumption.
Table 32-62 lists the optical specifications of the SFD64 board.
Table 32-62 Optical specifications of the SFD64 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Item
Value
Nominal bit
rate
10.709Gbit/s
Application
codea
Ue-64.2c
Ue-64.2d
Ue-64.2e

3263
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Item
Value
OBU101 (-28
dBm to -31
dBm)+
OAU103b +
DCU03 (60) +
MR2
Type of fiber
Single-mode LC
Operating
wavelength
range (nm)
1550.12
Launched
optical
power range
(dBm)c
-1 to +2
Receiver
sensitivity
(dBm)
-19
Minimum
overload
(dBm)
Minimum
extinction
ratio (dB)
10.5
OBU101 (-31
dBm to -34 dBm)
+ CRPC +
OAU103 +
DCU03 (60) +
DCU03 (60) +
DCU08 (10) +
MR2
OBU101 (-34
dBm to -37 dBm)
+ CRPC +
OAU103 +
DCU03 (60) +
DCU04 (80) +
MR2
OBU101 (-37
dBm to -40 dBm)
+ CRPC +
OAU103 +
DCU03 (60) +
DCU04 (80) +
DCU08 (10) +
MR2
provided.
Table 32-63 lists the specifications of the tunable XFP optical interfaces of the SFD64 board.
Table 32-63 Specifications of the tunable XFP optical interfaces of the SFD64 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Item
Value
Type of optical
module
1600 ps/nm - NRZ - tunable

3264
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Item
Value
Line code format
NRZ - 80 channels tunable

Maximum mean
launched power
(dBm)
Minimum mean
launched power
(dBm)
-1
Minimum extinction
ratio (dB)
Central wavelength
(THz)
192.10 to 196.05
Central wavelength
deviation (GHz)
Maximum -20 dB
spectral width (nm)
0.3
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
(dB)
35
(ps/nm)
1600

Receiver type
APD
Operating
wavelength range
(nm)
1260 to 1600
(FEC on) EOL
(dBm)
-24
Minimum overload
(dBm)
-7
Maximum
reflectance (dB)
-27
Table 32-64 lists the specifications of the colored optical interfaces of the SFD64 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3265
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Item
Value
Nominal bit rate
10.709 Gbit/s
40
-1 to 2
-19
800
10
Laser Safety Class

The mechanical specifications of the SFD64 board are as follows:
l
Power Consumption
Typical power consumption: 36.4 W
NOTE
32.6 SL64
SL64: 1xSTM-64 optical interface board

Only one functional version of the SL64 board is available, that is, N4.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3266
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit

Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
N4
SL6
4
NOTE
32.6.2 Application
The SL64 board is a line board. The SL64 board can be used on the OptiX OSN equipment to
transmit and receive STM-64 optical signals. The SL64 board converts the received optical
addition, the SL64 board converts the electrical signals sent from the cross-connect side into
Figure 32-20 shows the application of the SL64 board. The SL64 boards can form a ring network
or a chain network in the system.
Figure 32-20 Networking and application of the SL64 board
NE1
NE2
MSP ring
NE4
NE3
Service flow
OCS line board
Cross-connect board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3267
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit

The SL64 board receives and transmits 1xSTM-64 optical signals and processes overhead bytes.
Table 32-65 Functions and features of the SL64 board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic
functions
Transmits and receives 1xSTM-64 optical signals.
Specifications
of the optical
interface
l The N4SL64 board supports the I-64.1, S-64.2b, Le-64.2, P1L1-2D2,

and V-64.2b optical interfaces. The characteristics of the optical
interfaces of the I-64.1, S-64.2b, Le-64.2, and V-64.2b types comply
with ITU-T G.691. The characteristics of the optical interface of the
P1L1-2D2 type comply with ITU-T G.959.
l Supports the output of the DWDM standard wavelengths that comply
with ITU-T G.692 and can be directly connected to the WDM
equipment.
Specifications
of the optical
module

l Supports the detection and query of information about the optical
module.
Service
processing

SDH Clock
Synchronizati
on
Supported.
Overhead
processing

overheads.
Alarms and
performance
events
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3268
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Function and
Feature
Description
Protection
schemes

NOTE
Supports processes two sets of K bytes. One SL64 supports a maximum of two MSP
rings.
Maintenance
features

services.
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
monitoring)
ITU-T G.774.7

3269
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Function and
Feature
Description
Protocols or
processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.783
ITU-T G.774.1
ITU-T G.774.2
ITU-T G.774.3
ITU-T G.774.4
ITU-T G.774.5
ITU-T G.774.6
ITU-T G.774.9
ITU-T G.774.10
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.825
ITU-T G.829
SDH ASON
Supported
NOTE

The SL64 board consists of the O/E converting module, MUX/DEMUX module, SDH overhead
processing module, logic and control module, DC/DC converter, and other modules.
Figure 32-21 shows the function modules and signal flow of the SL64 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3270
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Figure 32-21 Function modules and signal flow of the SL64 board
Backplane
622 MHz
PLL
622 MHz
9.953
Gbit/s
O/E
9.953
Gbit/s
DEMU
X
16x622
Mbit/s
9.953
Gbit/s
MUX
16x622
Mbit/s
SPI
9.953
Gbit/s
E/O
O/E
converting
module
MUX/
DEMUX
Reference clock
K1 and K2
K1 and K2
High-speed
bus
RST MST MSA HPT
High-speed
bus
DCC
SDH overhead
processing module
IIC
LOS
Laser shutdown
Logic and
control module
+3.3 V
Power
module
Power
module
Frame header
Communication
Fuse
Clock unit
SCC unit
Cross-connect
unit A
Cross-connect
unit B
SCC unit
Clock unit
SCC unit
-48 V/-60 V
-48 V/-60 V

termination

l
signals.
MUX/DEMUX Module
l

l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
RST sub-module
3271
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
byte.
l
MST sub-module
writes the B2 byte.
MSA sub-module
justifications.
HPT sub-module

l
Controls the laser.
Power Module
require.
32.6.5 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces, a bar code, a laser safety class label, and an APD alarm label
on the front panel of the SL64 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3272
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit

Figure 32-22 shows the front panel of the SL64 board.
Figure 32-22 Appearance of the front panel of the SL64 board
SL64
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
CLASS 1
LASER
PRODUCT
CLASS 1
LASER
PRODUCT
OUT
IN
SL64
Indicators
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3273
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Interfaces
There is one optical interface on the front panel of the SL64 board. Table 32-66 lists the type
Table 32-66 Type and function of the interface on the SL64 board
Interface
Type
Function
IN
LC
OUT
LC
32.6.6 Valid Slots

The SL64 board must be installed in a valid slot on a subrack. Otherwise, the board cannot work
normally.
Table 32-67 shows the valid slots for the SL64 board.
Table 32-67 Valid slots for the SL64 board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
32.6.7 Characteristic Code for the SL64

board. The characteristic code for the SL64 board indicates the type of optical interface.
Table 32-68 provides the relationship between the characteristic code for the SL64 board and
Table 32-68 Relationship between the characteristic code for the SL64 board and the type of
optical interface
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
Characteristic Code
N4SL6401M01
01M01
interface
N4SL6401
01
I-64.1

3274
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Board
Characteristic Code
N4SL6402
02
S-64.2b
N4SL6403
03
P1L1-2D2
N4SL6404
04
V-64.2b
N4SL6405
05
Le-64.2


Table 32-69 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the SL64 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
IN/OUT
NOTE

This topic describes all the parameters, including the read-only parameters, of the SL64 board.
Table 32-70 lists all the parameters of the SL64 board.
Table 32-70 Parameters of the SL64 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Port

on the line board.
VC3 Path

paths.
For example, SDH-1

optical interface.

3275
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Field
Value
Description
MSP Sharing
Enabled, Disabled

optical interface.
Default: Disabled
Laser Switch
Off, On
Default: On


(m)


Loopback
Outloop

to Non-Loopback.
VC4 Path

paths.
VC4 Loopback
Outloop

to Non-Loopback.
VC12 Channel

channels.
32.6.10 SL64 Specifications

power consumption.
Table 32-71 lists the optical specifications of the SL64 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3276
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Table 32-71 Optical specifications of the SL64 board

Item
Value
Nominal bit
rate
9953280 kbit/s
Application
code
I-64.1
S-64.2b
P1L1-2D2
Le-64.2
V-64.2b
(OBU101 +
OBU101 +
DCU +
MR2)a
Transmissio
n distance
(km)
0 to 2
2 to 40
40 to 80
35 to 60
80 to 120
Type of fiber
Single-mode
LC
Single-mode
LC
Single-mode
LC
Single-mode
LC
Single-mode
LC
Operating
wavelength
range (nm)
1290 to 1330
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
1530 to 1565
1550.12
Mean
launched
optical
power (dBm)
-6 to -1
-1 to +2
0 to +4
+2 to +4
-1 to 2
(without the
OBU, DCU,
or MR2)
16 (with the
OBU, DCU,
or MR2)
Receiver
sensitivity
(dBm)
-11
-14
-24
-21
-17 (without
the OBU,
DCU, or
MR2)
-26 (with the
OBU, DCU,
or MR2)
Minimum
overload
(dBm)
-1
-1
-7
-8
-1
Minimum
extinction
ratio (dB)
8.2
8.2
10.5
a: "OBU101 + OBU101 + DCU + MR2" indicates that the specifications of the V-64.2b optical
interface are measured when the OBU, DCU, and MR2 are used.
Table 32-72 lists the specifications of the colored optical interfaces of the SL64 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3277
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Item
Value
Nominal bit rate
9953280 kbit/s
40
-1 to 2
-17
-1
800
10.5
Laser Safety Class

The mechanical specifications of the SL64 board are as follows:
l
Power Consumption
NOTE
32.7 SLD64
SLD64: 2xSTM-64 optical interface board

Only one functional version of the SLD64 board is available, that is, N4.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3278
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit

Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
N4
SL
D64
NOTE
32.7.2 Application
The SLD64 board is a line board. The SLD64 board can be used on the OptiX OSN equipment
to transmit and receive STM-64 optical signals. The SLD64 board converts the received optical
addition, the SLD64 board converts the electrical signals sent from the cross-connect side into
Figure 32-23 shows the application of the SLD64 board. The SLD64 boards can form a ring
Figure 32-23 Networking and application of the SLD64 board
NE1
NE2
MSP ring
NE4
NE3
Service flow
OCS line board
Cross-connect board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3279
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit

The SLD64 board receives and transmits 2xSTM-64 optical signals, processes overhead bytes,
and performs the MSP protection.
Table 32-73 Functions and features of the SLD64 board
Function
and
Feature
Description
Basic
functions
Specificatio
ns of the
optical
interface
Supports different types of standard optical interfaces, namely, the I-64.1 and
S-64.2b. The characteristics of the optical interfaces comply with ITU-T G.
691.
Specificatio
ns of the
optical
module
Service
processing

SDH Clock
Synchroniza
tion
Supported.
Overhead
processing

overheads.
l Supports two channels of ECC communication.
Alarms and
performance
events
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3280
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Function
and
Feature
Description
Protection
schemes

NOTE
Supports processes four sets of K bytes. A single optical interface can process two sets
of K bytes. One SLD64 board supports a maximum of four MSP rings
Maintenanc
e features

services.
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

transparent transmission
(non-performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.774.7

3281
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Function
and
Feature
32 TDM Unit
Description

service processing
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.783
ITU-T G.774.1
ITU-T G.774.2
ITU-T G.774.3
ITU-T G.774.4
ITU-T G.774.5
ITU-T G.774.6
ITU-T G.774.9
ITU-T G.774.10
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.825
ITU-T G.829
SDH ASON
Supported
NOTE

The SLD64 board consists of the O/E converting module, MUX/DEMUX module, SDH
Figure 32-24 shows the function modules and signal flow of the SLD64 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3282
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Figure 32-24 Function modules and signal flow of the SLD64 board
Backplane
622 MHz
9.953
Gbit/s
SPI 9.953
E/O
Gbit/s
DEMUX 16x622
Mbit/s
. .
.
.
9.953
Gbit/s
O/E
O/E
SPI
9.953
Gbit/s
16x622
Mbit/s
MUX
E/O
Reference clock
K1 and K2
K1 and K2
High-speed
bus
RST MST MSA HPT
High-speed
bus
DCC
SDH overhead
processing module
MUX/DE
MUX
O/E
converting
module
622 MHz
PLL
IIC
LOS
Laser shutdown
Logic and
control module
+3.3 V
Power
module
Power
module
Frame header
Communication
Fuse
Clock unit
SCC unit
Cross-connect
unit A
Cross-connect
unit B
SCC unit
Clock unit
SCC unit
-48 V/-60 V
-48 V/-60 V

termination

l
signals.
MUX/DEMUX Module
l

l
RST sub-module
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3283
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
byte.
l
MST sub-module
writes the B2 byte.
MSA sub-module
justifications.
HPT sub-module

l
Controls the laser.
Power Module
require.
32.7.5 Front Panel

the SLD64 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3284
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit

Figure 32-25 shows the front panel of the SLD64 board.
Figure 32-25 Front panel of the SLD64 board
SLD64
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
CLASS 1
LASER
CLASS 1
LASER
PRODUCT
PRODUCT
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
SLD64
Indicators
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3285
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Interfaces
There are two optical interfaces on the front panel of the SLD64 board. Table 32-74 lists the
Table 32-74 Types and functions of the interfaces on the SLD64 board
Interface
Type
Function
RX1RX2
LC
TX1TX2
LC
32.7.6 Valid Slots

The SLD64 board must be installed in a valid slot in the subrack. Otherwise, the SLD64 board
cannot work normally.
Table 32-75 shows the valid slots for the SLD64 board.
Table 32-75 Valid slots for the SLD64 board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
32.7.7 Characteristic Code for the SLD64

board. The characteristic code for the SLD64 board indicates the type of optical interface.
Table 32-76 provides the relationship between the characteristic code for the SLD64 board and
Table 32-76 Relationship between the characteristic code for the SLD64 board and the type of
optical interface
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
Characteristic Code
N4SLD6401
01
I-64.1
N4SLD6402
02
S-64.2b

3286
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit


Table 32-77 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the SLD64 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
RX1/TX1
RX2/TX2
NOTE

This topic describes all the parameters, including the read-only parameters, of the SLD64 board.
Table 32-78 lists all the parameters of the SLD64 board.
Table 32-78 Parameters of the SLD64 board
Field
Value
Description
Port

on the line board.
VC3 Path

paths.
For example, SDH-1

optical interface.
MSP Sharing
Enabled, Disabled

optical interface.
Default: Disabled
Laser Switch
Off, On
Default: On
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)


3287
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Field
Value
Description

(m)


Loopback
Outloop

to Non-Loopback.
VC4 Path

paths.
VC4 Loopback
Outloop

to Non-Loopback.
VC12 Channel

channels.
32.7.10 SLD64 Specifications

power consumption.
Table 32-79 lists the optical specifications of the SLD64 board.
Table 32-79 Optical specifications of the SLD64 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Item
Value
Nominal bit
rate
9953280 kbit/s
Application
code
I-64.1
S-64.2b
Transmission
distance (km)
0 to 2
2 to 40
Type of fiber
Single-mode LC
Single-mode LC

3288
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Item
Value
Operating
wavelength
range (nm)
1290 to 1330
1530 to 1565
Mean
launched
optical power
(dBm)
-6 to -1
-1 to +2
Receiver
sensitivity
(dBm)
-11
-14
Minimum
overload
(dBm)
-1
-1
Minimum
extinction
ratio (dB)
8.2
Laser Safety Class

The mechanical specifications of the SLD64 board are as follows:
l
Power Consumption
NOTE
32.8 SLH41
SLH41: 16xSTM-4/STM-1 optical/electrical interface board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3289
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit

Only one functional version of the SLH41 board is available, that is, N3.

Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
N3
SL
H41
NOTE


Hardware Update
Added the support for new

colored optical modules 2.67
Gbit/s Multirate (CWDM)-80
km-eSFP and 2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (DWDM)-120 kmeSFP.
32.8.3 Application
The SLH41 optical interface board is an OCS line board. It can be used in the OptiX OSN 8800
to receive and transmit STM-1/STM-4 optical signals. The SLH41 board converts the received
In addition, the SLH41 board converts the electrical signals sent from the cross-connect side
into optical signals and transmits the optical signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3290
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Figure 32-26 shows the application of the SLH41 board. The board supports the ring and chain
networking modes.
Figure 32-26 Networking and application of the SLH41 board
NE1
SNCP ring
NE2
NE4
NE3
Service flow
OCS line board
Cross-connect and timing board

The SLH41 board transmits and receives 16xSTM-1/STM-4 optical signals , performs O/E
conversion for the STM-1 or STM-4 optical signals, extracts and inserts overhead bytes, and
generates alarm signals on the line.
Table 32-80 Functions and features of the SLH41 board
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic functions
Transmits and receives 16xSTM-1/STM-4 optical signals
Specifications
of the optical
interface
l The 16xSTM-1/STM-4 optical module can be used.

When the STM-1 optical module is used, the SLH41 board supports
the optical interfaces of the S-1.1 type. The characteristics of the
optical interfaces of the S-1.1 type comply with ITU-T G.957.
When the STM-4 optical module is used, the SLH41 board supports
the optical interface of the S-4.1 type. The characteristics of the
optical interface of the S-4.1 type comply with ITU-T G.957.
The optical interfaces are adaptive. The SLH41 board supports
hybrid configuration of STM-1/STM-4 optical interfaces.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3291
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Function and
Feature
Description
Specifications
of the optical
module
l Supports SFP pluggable optical module.

module.
l When the STM-1 optical module is used, the SLH41 board supports the
VC-12 services, VC-3 services, and VC-4 services.
Service
processing
l When the STM-4 optical module is used, the SLH41 board supports the
VC-12 services, VC-3 services, VC-4 services, and VC-4-4c
SDH Clock
Synchronizatio
n
Supported.
Overhead
processing
l Processes the section overheads of the STM-1 signals or STM-4 signals.

overheads.
l Supports sixteen channels of ECC communication. Port 1 to port 8
support the ECC communication by using bytes D1D12. Port 9 to port
16 support the ECC communication by using bytes D4D12.
Alarms and
performance
events
Reports various alarms and performance events, which facilitates the

Protection
schemes

l Supports the two-fiber ring MSP in the case of STM-4 interfaces.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3292
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Function and
Feature
Description
Maintenance
features

services.
Protocols or
standards
compliance
Protocols or
standards for
transparent
monitoring)
ITU-T G.774.7
Protocols or
standards for
service processing
(performance
monitoring)
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.783
ITU-T G.774.1
ITU-T G.774.2
ITU-T G.774.3
ITU-T G.774.4
ITU-T G.774.5
ITU-T G.774.6
ITU-T G.774.9
ITU-T G.774.10
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.825
ITU-T G.829
SDH ASON
Supported
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3293
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit

The SLH41 board consists of the O/E converting module, CDR module, SDH overhead
processing module, logic and control module, DC/DC converter, and other modules.
This topic describes the working principle and signal flow of the SLH41 board by describing
how to process STM-1/STM-4 signals.
Figure 32-27 shows the function modules and signal flow of the SLH41 board.
Figure 32-27 Function modules and signal flow of the SLH41 board
155MHz PLL
STM-1/
STM-4
O/E
E/O
S
P
I
CDR
O/E
E/O
. .
. .
. .
. .
STM-1/
STM-4
S
P
I
CDR
Reference Backplane
clock
Clock unit
extraction
K1 and K2
RST MST MSA HPT
Highspeed bus
Highspeed bus
DCC
SDH overhead
processing module
O/E
converting
module
IIC
LOS
Laser shutdown
Logic and
control module
+3.3V
Power
module
Power
module
Frame header
Communication
Fuse
SCC unit
SCC unit
Clock unit
SCC unit
-48V/-60V
-48V/-60V

termination
CDR: clock and data recovery
The function modules of the STM-1/STM-4 units are described as follows:

l
signals.
CDR Module
This module restores the data signal and the clock signal.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3294
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit

l
RST sub-module
byte.
MST sub-module
writes the B2 byte.
MSA sub-module
justifications.
HPT sub-module

l
Controls the laser.
Power Module
require.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3295
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
32.8.6 Front Panel

the SLH41 board.

Figure 32-28 shows the front panel of the SLH41 board.
Figure 32-28 Front panel of the SLH41 board
SM SFP WORK WITH
G.657A2 FIBER
ONLY
G.657A2
SLH41
SM SFP WORK WITH

G.657A2 FIBER ONLY
G.657A2
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
RX 1
2 TX
TX 15
16 RX
Indicators
l
Interfaces
There are 16 optical interfaces on the front panel of the SLH41 board, and "16 SFP" is
silkscreened under the silkscreening for the indicator on the front panel.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3296
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Figure 32-29 Silk-screen
Table 32-81 Types and functions of the interfaces on the SLH41 board
Interface
Type
Function
RX1RX16
LC
TX1TX16
LC
NOTE
The G.657A2 fiber jumper rather than the G.652D fiber jumper is used if an optical attenuator is inserted
into the transmit port. Otherwise, the cabinet door cannot be closed. Figure 32-30 shows the G.657A2
fiber jumper and G.652D fiber jumper.
Figure 32-30 G.657A2 fiber jumper and G.652D fiber jumper
G.652D fiber jumper
58.25
50.75
G.657A2 fiber jumper
42.5
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3297
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
32.8.7 Valid Slots

The SLH41 board occupies one slot and must be installed in the valid slot on a subrack.
Otherwise, the board cannot work normally.
NOTE
To facilitate maintenance of optical modules and fibers, do not install a SLH41 board in a slot at the edge
of the subrack or next to the slot housing the SLH41\EGSH\THA\TN55EG16 board.
Table 32-82 shows the valid slots for the SLH41 board.
Table 32-82 Valid slots for the SLH41 board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack

IU54-IU67
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
IU2-IU8, IU11-IU17
32.8.8 Characteristic Code for the SLH41

The characteristic code of the SLH41 board indicates the optical interface type of the board.
of the SLH41 board.
SLH41 board
Board
Characteristic Code
N3SLH4102
02
8S-1.1, 8S-4.1
N3SLH4103
03
16S-1.1
N3SLH4105
05
16S-4.1
The G.657A2 fiber jumper is required because the single-mode optical module is used over
the interface.

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3298
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit

Table 32-84 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the SLH41 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
TX1/RX1
TX2/RX2
TX3/RX3
TX4/RX4
TX5/RX5
TX6/RX6
TX7/RX7
TX8/RX8
TX9/RX9
TX10/RX10
10
TX11/RX11
11
TX12/RX12
12
TX13/RX13
13
TX14/RX14
14
TX15/RX15
15
TX16/RX16
16
NOTE

This topic describes all the parameters, including the read-only parameters, of the SLH41 board.
Table 32-85 lists all the parameters of the SLH41 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3299
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Table 32-85 Parameters of the SLH41 board

Field
Value
Description
Port

on the line board.
VC3 Path

paths.
For example, SDH-1

optical interface.
Laser Switch
Off, On

Default: On
(m)


Loopback
Outloop

to Non-Loopback.
VC4 Path

paths.
VC4 Loopback
Outloop

to Non-Loopback.
VC12 Channel

channels.
32.8.11 SLH41 Specifications

power consumption.
Table 32-86 lists the optical specifications of the SLH41 board when the STM-1 optical module
is used.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3300
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Table 32-86 Optical specifications of the SLH41 board when the STM-1 optical module is used
Item
Value
Nominal bit rate
155520 kbit/s
Line code pattern
NRZ
Application code
S-1.1
0 to 15
Type of fiber
Single-mode LC
Operating wavelength range (nm)
1261 to 1360
Launched optical power range (dBm)
-15 to -8
-28
Overload optical power (dBm)
-8
8.2
Table 32-87 lists the optical specifications of the SLH41 board when the STM-4 optical module
is used.
Table 32-87 Optical specifications of the SLH41 board when the STM-4 optical module is used
Item
Value
Nominal bit rate
622080 kbit/s
Line code pattern
NRZ
Application code
S-4.1
0 to 15
Operating wavelength range (nm)
1274 to 1356
Type of fiber
Single-mode LC
Launched optical power range (dBm)
-15 to -8
-28
-8
8.2
Table 32-88 lists the optical specifications of the SLH41 board when the CWDM colored
wavelengths optical module is used.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3301
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type

(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
80 km (49.7 mi.)

nm
1471 to 1611
dBm
dBm
dB
8.2
nm
6.5
nm
1.0

ratio
dB
30
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
APD
nm
1270 to 1620
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
Table 32-89 lists the optical specifications of the SLH41 board when the DWDM colored
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type

Line code format
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Value
NRZ

3302
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Optical source type
SLM
Target transmission
distance
120 km (74.6 mi.)

Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
GHz
12.5

power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
ps/nm
2400
Eye pattern mask


Receiver type
APD
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
Laser Safety Class

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3303
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
The mechanical specifications of the SLH41 board are as follows:
l
Power Consumption
NOTE
32.9 SLO16
SLO16: 8xSTM-16 optical interface board

Only one functional version of the SLO16 board is available, that is, N4.

Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
N4
SL
O16
NOTE

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3304
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit

Hardware Update

32.9.3 Application
The SLO16 optical interface board is an OCS line board. It can be used in the OptiX OSN 8800
to receive and transmit STM-16 optical signals. The SLO16 board converts the received optical
addition, the SLO16 board converts the electrical signals sent from the cross-connect side into
Figure 32-31 shows the application of the SLO16 board. The board supports the ring and chain
networking modes.
Figure 32-31 Networking and application of the SLO16 board
NE1
NE2
MSP ring
NE4
NE3
Service flow
OCS line board
Cross-connect board

The SLO16 board receives and transmits 8xSTM-16 optical signals, processes overhead bytes,
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3305
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Table 32-90 Functions and features of the SLO16 board

Function
and
Feature
Description
Basic
functions
Specificatio
ns of the
optical
interface
Supports different types of standard optical interfaces, namely, the I-16, S-16.1,
L-16.1, and L-16.2. The characteristics of the optical interfaces comply with
ITU-T G.957.
Specificatio
ns of the
optical
module
Service
processing

concatenation services, and VC-4-16c concatenation services.
SDH Clock
Synchroniz
ation
Supported.
Overhead
processing
l Supports the configuration of the D1D12, E1, F1, and X1 bytes as

transparent transmission bytes or into other unused overheads bytes.
overheads.
l Supports eight channels of ECC communication.
Alarms and
performanc
e events

Protection
schemes

l Supports the SNCTP
NOTE
One SLO16 board supports a maximum of eight MSP protection rings.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3306
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Function
and
Feature
Description
Maintenanc
e features

services.
Protocols or
standards
compliance

ITU-T G.774.7

service processing
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.783
ITU-T G.774.1
ITU-T G.774.2
ITU-T G.774.3
ITU-T G.774.4
ITU-T G.774.5
ITU-T G.774.6
ITU-T G.774.9
ITU-T G.774.10
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.825
ITU-T G.829
SDH
ASON
Supported
NOTE

The SLO16 board consists of the O/E converting module, MUX/DEMUX module, SDH
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3307
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Figure 32-32 shows the function modules and signal flow of the SLO16 board by describing
how to process 1xSTM-16 signals.
Figure 32-32 Function modules and signal flow of the SLO16 board
155MHz
O/E
2.488
Gbit/s
E/O
S
P
I
DEMUX
2.488
Gbit/s
MUX
16x155
Mbit/s
extraction
2.488
Gbit/s
O/E
E/O
S
P
I
16x155
Mbit/s
RST MST MSA HPT
O/E
converting
module
Backplane
K1 and K2
Highspeed bus
. .
. .
2.488
Gbit/s
155MHzPLL
Reference
clock
Highspeed bus
DCC
MUX/
DEMUX
module
SDH overhead
processing module
Frame header
IIC
LOS
Laser shutdown
Logic and
control module
+3.3V
Power
module
Power
module
Communication
Fuse
Clock unit
SCC unit
SCC unit
Clock unit
SCC unit
-48V/-60V
-48V/-60V

termination

l
signals.
MUX/DEMUX Module
l

l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
RST sub-module
3308
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
byte.
l
MST sub-module
writes the B2 byte.
MSA sub-module
justifications.
HPT sub-module

l
Controls the laser.
Power Module
require.
32.9.6 Front Panel

the SLO16 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3309
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit

Figure 32-33 shows the front panel of the SLO16 board.
Figure 32-33 Front panel of the SLO16 board
SLO16
CLASS 1
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
LASER
CLASS 1
LASER
PRODUCT
PRODUCT
TX1
RX1
TX2 RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TX5
RX5
TX6
RX6
TX7
RX7
TX8
RX8
SLO16
Indicators
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3310
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Interfaces
There are eight optical interfaces on the front panel of the SLO16 board. Table 32-91 lists the
Table 32-91 Types and functions of the interfaces on the SLO16 board
Interface
Type
Function
RX1RX8
LC
TX1TX8
LC
32.9.7 Valid Slots

The SLO16 board must be installed in a valid slot on a subrack. Otherwise, the board cannot
work normally.
Table 32-92 shows the valid slots for the SLO16 board.
Table 32-92 Valid slots for the SLO16 board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
32.9.8 Characteristic Code for the SLO16

The characteristic code of the SLO16 board indicates the optical interface type of the board.
of the SLO16 board.
SLO16 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
Characteristic Code
N4SLO1601
01
I-16
N4SLO1602
02
S-16.1

3311
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Board
Characteristic Code
N4SLO1603
03
L-16.1
N4SLO1604
04
L-16.2


Table 32-94 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the SLO16 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
RX1/TX1
RX2/TX2
RX3/TX3
RX4/TX4
RX5/TX5
RX6/TX6
RX7/TX7
RX8/TX8
NOTE

This topic describes all the parameters, including the read-only parameters, of the SLO16 board.
Table 32-95 lists all the parameters of the SLO16 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3312
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Table 32-95 Parameters of the SLO16 board

Field
Value
Description
Port

on the line board.
VC3 Path

paths.
For example, SDH-1

optical interface.
Laser Switch
Off, On

Default: On
(m)


Loopback
Outloop

to Non-Loopback.
VC4 Path

paths.
VC4 Loopback
Outloop

to Non-Loopback.
VC12 Channel

channels.
32.9.11 SLO16 Specifications

power consumption.
Table 32-96 lists the optical specifications of the SLO16 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3313
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Table 32-96 Optical specifications of the SLO16 board

Item
Value
Nominal bit rate
2488320 kbit/s
Line code pattern
NRZ
Application code
I-16
S-16.1
L-16.1
L-16.2
Transmission
distance (km)
0 to 2
2 to 15
25 to 40
50 to 80
Type of fiber
Single-mode
LC
Single-mode
LC
Single-mode LC
Single-mode
LC
Operating
wavelength range
(nm)
1266 to 1360
1260 to 1360 1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Launched optical
power range (dBm)
-10 to -3
-5 to 0
-2 to +3
-2 to +3
(dBm)
-18
-18
-27
-28
Minimum overload
(dBm)
-3
-9
-9
Minimum extinction
ratio (dB)
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
Table 32-97 lists the optical specifications of the SLO16 board when the CWDM colored
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
80 km (49.7 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
nm
1471 to 1611
dBm
dBm

3314
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type

(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
dB
8.2
nm
6.5
nm
1.0

ratio
dB
30
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
APD
nm
1270 to 1620
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
Table 32-98 lists the optical specifications of the SLO16 board when the DWDM colored
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
Target transmission
distance
120 km (74.6 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
GHz
12.5

power
dBm

3315
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value

power
dBm
dB
8.2

width
nm
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
ps/nm
2400
Eye pattern mask


Receiver type
APD
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
Laser Safety Class

The mechanical specifications of the SLO16 board are as follows:
l
Power Consumption
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3316
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
NOTE
32.10 SLQ16
SLQ16: 4xSTM-16 optical interface board

Only one functional version of the SLQ16 board is available, that is, N4.

Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
N4
SL
Q16
NOTE

Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Hardware Update


3317
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
32.10.3 Application
The SLQ16 optical interface board is an OCS line board. It can be used in the OptiX OSN 8800
to receive and transmit STM-16 optical signals. The SLQ16 board converts the received optical
addition, the SLQ16 board converts the electrical signals sent from the cross-connect side into
Figure 32-34 shows the application of the SLQ16 board. The SLQ16 boards can form a ring
Figure 32-34 Networking and application of the SLQ16 board
NE1
MSP ring
NE2
NE4
NE3
Service flow
OCS line board
Cross-connect board

The SLQ16 board receives and transmits 4xSTM-16 optical signals, processes overhead bytes,
and performs the MSP.
Table 32-99 Functions and features of the SLQ16 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Function and
Feature
Description
Basic functions
Specifications
of the optical
interface
Supports different types of standard optical interfaces, namely, the I-16,

S-16.1, L-16.1, and L-16.2. The characteristics of the optical interfaces
comply with ITU-T G.957.

3318
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Function and
Feature
Description
Specifications
of the optical
module

module.
l Provides the ALS function. The optical interface supports the setting
of the on/off state of a laser.
Service
processing

concatenation services, and VC-4-16c concatenation services.
SDH Clock
Synchronizatio
n
Supported.
Overhead
processing

l Supports the configuration of the D1D12, E1, F1, and X1 bytes as
transparent transmission bytes or into other unused overheads bytes.
overheads.
l Supports four channels of ECC communication.
Alarms and
performance
events

Protection
schemes

NOTE
One SLQ16 board supports a maximum of four MSP protection rings.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3319
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Function and
Feature
Description
Maintenance
features

services.
Protocols or
standards
compliance

ITU-T G.774.7

monitoring)
ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.783
ITU-T G.774.1
ITU-T G.774.2
ITU-T G.774.3
ITU-T G.774.4
ITU-T G.774.5
ITU-T G.774.6
ITU-T G.774.9
ITU-T G.774.10
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.825
ITU-T G.829
SDH ASON
Supported
NOTE

The SLQ16 board consists of the O/E converting module, MUX/DEMUX module, SDH
Figure 32-35 shows the function modules and signal flow of the SLQ16 board by describing
how to process 1xSTM-16 signals.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3320
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Figure 32-35 Function modules and signal flow of the SLQ16 board
Backplane
155 MHz
2.488
Gbit/s
O/E SP
E/O I
2.488
Gbit/s
DEMU 16x155
X
Mbit/s
. .
. .
2.488 O/E
SP
Gbit/s
E/O I
2.488
Gbit/s
16x155
Mbit/s
MUX
Reference clock
K1 and K2
K1 and K2
High-speed
bus
RST MST MSA HPT
High-speed
bus
DCC
SDH overhead
processing module
MUX/
DEMUX
O/E
converting
module
155 MHz
PLL
IIC
LOS
Laser shutdown
Logic and
control module
+3.3 V
Power
module
Power
module
Frame header
Communication
Fuse
Clock unit
SCC unit
Cross-connect
unit A
Cross-connect
unit B
SCC unit
Clock unit
SCC unit
-48 V/-60 V
-48 V/-60 V

termination

l
signals.
MUX/DEMUX Module
l

l
RST sub-module
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3321
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
byte.
l
MST sub-module
writes the B2 byte.
MSA sub-module
justifications.
HPT sub-module

l
Controls the laser.
Power Module
require.
32.10.6 Front Panel

the SLQ16 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3322
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit

Figure 32-36 shows the front panel of the N4SLQ16 board.
Figure 32-36 Front panel of the N4SLQ16 board
SLQ16
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
CLASS 1
LASER
CLASS 1
LASER
PRODUCT
PRODUCT
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
SLQ16
Indicators
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3323
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Interfaces
There are four optical interfaces on the front panel of the SLQ16 board. Table 32-100 lists the
Table 32-100 Types and functions of the interfaces on the SLQ16 board
Interface
Type
Function
RX1RX4
LC
TX1TX4
LC
32.10.7 Valid Slots

The slots valid for the SLQ16 board vary with the cross-connect capacity of the subrack.
Table 32-101 shows the valid slots for the SLQ16 board.
Table 32-101 Valid slots for the SLQ16 board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
32.10.8 Characteristic Code for the SLQ16

board. The characteristic code for the SLQ16 board indicates the type of optical interface.
Table 32-102 provides the relationship between the characteristic code for the SLQ16 board
and the type of optical interface.
Table 32-102 Relationship between the characteristic code for the SLQ16 board and the type
of optical interface
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
Characteristic Code
N4SLQ1601
01
I-16
N4SLQ1602
02
S-16.1
N4SLQ1603
03
L-16.1

3324
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Board
Characteristic Code
N4SLQ1604
04
L-16.2


Table 32-103 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the SLQ16 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
RX1/TX1
RX2/TX2
RX3/TX3
RX4/TX4
NOTE

This topic describes all the parameters, including the read-only parameters, of the SLQ16 board.
Table 32-104 lists all the parameters of the SLQ16 board.
Table 32-104 Parameters of the SLQ16 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Field
Value
Description
Port

on the line board.
VC3 Path

paths.
For example, SDH-1

optical interface.

3325
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Field
Value
Description
Laser Switch
Off, On

Default: On
(m)


Loopback
Outloop

to Non-Loopback.
VC4 Path

paths.
VC4 Loopback
Outloop

to Non-Loopback.
VC12 Channel

channels.
32.10.11 SLQ16 Specifications

power consumption.
Table 32-105 lists the optical specifications of the SLQ16 board.
Table 32-105 Optical specifications of the SLQ16 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Item
Value
Nominal bit rate
2488320 kbit/s
Application code
I-16
S-16.1
L-16.1
L-16.2
Transmission
distance (km)
0 to 2
2 to 15
25 to 40
50 to 80

3326
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Item
Value
Type of fiber
Single-mode
LC
Single-mode
LC
Operating
wavelength range
(nm)
1266 to 1360
1260 to 1360 1280 to 1335
1500 to 1580
Launched optical
power range (dBm)
-10 to -3
-5 to 0
-2 to +3
-2 to +3
(dBm)
-18
-18
-27
-28
Minimum overload
(dBm)
-3
-9
-9
Minimum extinction
ratio (dB)
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
Single-mode LC
Single-mode
LC
Table 32-106 lists the optical specifications of the SLQ16 board when the CWDM colored
wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
80 km (49.7 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
nm
1471 to 1611
dBm
dBm
dB
8.2
nm
6.5
nm
1.0

ratio
dB
30

3327
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Parameter
Unit
Value
Optical Module Type

(CWDM)-80 km-eSFP
Eye pattern mask
G.959.1-compliant

Receiver type
APD
nm
1270 to 1620
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
Table 32-107 lists the optical specifications of the SLQ16 board when the DWDM colored
wavelengths)
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Line code format
NRZ
Optical source type
SLM
Target transmission
distance
120 km (74.6 mi.)
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Center frequency
THz
192.10 to 196.00
GHz
12.5

power
dBm

power
dBm
dB
8.2

width
nm

3328
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Parameter
Unit
Optical Module Type
Value
Minimum side mode

suppression ratio
dB
30
ps/nm
2400
Eye pattern mask


Receiver type
APD
dBm
-28
dBm
-9
Maximum reflectance
dB
-27
Laser Safety Class

The mechanical specifications of the SLQ16 board are as follows:
l
Power Consumption
NOTE
32.11 SLQ64
SLQ64: 4xSTM-64 line interface board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3329
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit

Only one functional version of the SLQ64 board is available, that is, N4.

Boa
rd
General
8800 T64
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T64
Subrack
General
8800 T32
Subrack
Enhance
d 8800
T32
Subrack
8800 T16
Subrack
8800
Universa
l
Platform
Subrack
6800
Subrack
3800
Chassis
N4
SL
Q64
NOTE
32.11.2 Application
The SLQ64 optical interface board is an OCS line board. It can be used in the OptiX OSN 8800
to receive and transmit STM-64 optical signals. The SLQ64 board converts the received optical
addition, the SLQ64 board converts the electrical signals sent from the cross-connect side into
Figure 32-37 shows the application of the SLQ64 board. The board supports the ring and chain
networking modes.
Figure 32-37 Networking and application of the SLQ64 board
NE1
NE2
MSP ring
NE4
NE3
Service flow
OCS line board
Cross-connect board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3330
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit

The SLQ64 board receives and transmits 4xSTM-64 optical signals, processes overhead bytes,
Table 32-108 Functions and features of the SLQ64 board
Functio
n and
Feature
Description
Basic
functions
Specificat
ions of the
optical
interface
Supports different types of standard optical interfaces, namely, the I-64.1 and
S-64.2b. The characteristics of the optical interfaces comply with ITU-T G.691.
Specificat
ions of the
optical
module
l Supports XFP pluggable optical module.
Service
processin
g

SDH
Clock
Synchron
ization
Supported.
Overhead
processin
g
l Supports the transparent transmission and termination of the path overheads.

l Supports four channels of ECC communication.
Alarms
and
performa
nce
events
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Reports various alarms and performance events to facilitate the management and
maintenance.

3331
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Functio
n and
Feature
Description
Protectio
n
schemes

l Supports the SNCP
l Supports the optical-path-shared MSP.
NOTE
A single optical interface supports processes two sets of K bytes. One SLQ64 board supports
a maximum of eight MSP protection rings.
Maintena
nce
features

l Supports warm resets and cold resets. The warm reset does not affect services.
Protocols
or
standards
complian
ce
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

monitoring)
ITU-T G.774.7

3332
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Functio
n and
Feature
32 TDM Unit
Description

ITU-T G.707
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.783
ITU-T G.774.1
ITU-T G.774.2
ITU-T G.774.3
ITU-T G.774.4
ITU-T G.774.5
ITU-T G.774.6
ITU-T G.774.9
ITU-T G.774.10
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.825
ITU-T G.829
SDH
ASON
Supported
NOTE

The SLQ64 board consists of the O/E converting module, MUX/DEMUX module, SDH
Figure 32-38 shows the function modules and signal flow of the SLQ64 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3333
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Figure 32-38 Function modules and signal flow of the SLQ64 board
622MHz
9.953
Gbit/s
9.953
Gbit/s
O/E
E/O
S
P
I
9.953
Gbit/s
DEMUX
9.953
Gbit/s
MUX
O/E
converting
module
622MHzPLL
Reference
clock
16x622
Mbit/s
extraction
16x622
Mbit/s
RST MST MSA HPT
Backplane
K1 and K2
Highspeed bus
Highspeed bus
DCC
MUX/
DEMUX
module
SDH overhead
processing module
Frame header
IIC
LOS
Laser shutdown
Logic and
control module
+3.3V
Power
module
Power
module
Clock unit
SCC unit
SCC unit
Clock unit
Communication
SCC unit
Fuse
-48V/-60V
-48V/-60V

termination

l
signals.
The SPI detects the R_LOS alarm and provides the function of shutting down the laser.
MUX/DEMUX Module
l

l
RST sub-module
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3334
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
byte.
l
MST sub-module
writes the B2 byte.
MSA sub-module
justifications.
HPT sub-module

l
Controls the laser.
Power Module
require.
32.11.5 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces, the bar code, and the laser safety class label on the front panel
of the SLQ64 board.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3335
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit

Figure 32-39 shows the front panel of the SLQ64 board.
Figure 32-39 Front panel of the SLQ64 board
SLQ64
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
CLASS 1
LASER
CLASS 1
LASER
PRODUCT
PRODUCT
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
SLQ64
Indicators
l
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3336
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Interfaces
There are four optical interfaces on the front panel of the SLQ64 board. Table 32-109 lists the
Table 32-109 Types and functions of the interfaces on the SLQ64 board
Interface
Type
Function
RX1RX4
LC
TX1TX4
LC
32.11.6 Valid Slots

The SLQ64 board must be installed in a valid slot on a subrack. Otherwise, the board cannot
work normally.
Table 32-110 shows the valid slots for the SLQ64 board.
Table 32-110 Valid slots for the SLQ64 board
Product
Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T32

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16

subrack
32.11.7 Characteristic Code for the SLQ64

The characteristic code of the SLQ64 board indicates the optical interface type of the board.
Table 32-111 provides the relationship between the characteristic code and optical interface
type of the SLQ64 board.
SLQ64 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Board
Characteristic Code
N4SLQ6401
01
I-64.1
N4SLQ6402
02
S-64.2b

3337
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit


Table 32-112 Serial numbers of the interfaces of the SLQ64 board displayed on the NM
Interface on the NM
RX1/TX1
RX2/TX2
RX3/TX3
RX4/TX4
NOTE

This topic describes all the parameters, including the read-only parameters, of the SLQ64 board.
Table 32-113 lists all the parameters of the SLQ64 board.
Table 32-113 Parameters of the SLQ64 board
Field
Value
Description
Port
Displays all ports available on

the line board.
VC3 Path

paths.
For example, SDH-1

optical interface.
MSP Sharing
Enabled, Disabled

configured at the same optical
interface.
Default: Disabled
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3338
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Field
Value
Description
Laser Switch
Off, On

Default: On
(m)


Loopback
Outloop

to Non-Loopback.
VC4 Path

paths.
VC4 Loopback
Outloop

to Non-Loopback.
VC12 Channel

channels.
32.11.10 SLQ64 Specifications

power consumption.
Table 32-114 lists the optical specifications of the SLQ64 board.
Table 32-114 Optical specifications of the SLQ64 board
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Item
Value
Nominal bit rate
9953280 kbit/s
Application code
I-64.1
S-64.2b
Transmission distance
(km)
0 to 10
10 to 40

3339
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

32 TDM Unit
Item
Value
Type of fiber
Single-mode LC
Single-mode LC
range (nm)
1290 to 1330
1530 to 1565
Launched optical
power range (dBm)
-6 to -1
-1 to +2
(dBm)
-11
-14
Minimum overload
(dBm)
-1
-1
Minimum extinction
ratio (dB)
8.2
Laser Safety Class

The mechanical specifications of the SLQ64 board are as follows:
l
Power Consumption
NOTE
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3340
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

33 Cables
33
Cables
About This Chapter

33.1 Optical Fibers
Optical fibers can be classified into the following types: LSH/APC-SC/APC, LC/PC-LC/PC,
LC/PC-FC/PC and LC/PC-SC/PC.
33.2 Alarm Cables
Alarm cables for the equipment include the cabinet indicator alarm cable, alarm concatenating/
inter-subrack concatenating cable, and alarm interface cable.
33.3 Management Cables
Management cables for the equipment include: OAM serial port cables, AUX signal cables and
33.4 Clock/Time Cable
Clock/Time Cable includes cables for other equipment connections, cables for internal
connections, cables for testing equipment connections.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3341
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

33 Cables
33.1 Optical Fibers

Optical fibers can be classified into the following types: LSH/APC-SC/APC, LC/PC-LC/PC,
LC/PC-FC/PC and LC/PC-SC/PC.
33.1.1 Classification
The connectors and the length of the fibers are determined according to the site survey that is
conducted before installation.
The optical fibers used by the equipment are classified as shown in Table 33-1.
Table 33-1 Classification of optical fibers
Type of Connectors at
Both Ends
Optical Cable Type
Fiber Type
LC/PC-LC/PC
2.0 mm (0.08 in.) singlemode simplex optical cable
G.657A2
2.0 mm (0.08 in.) multi-mode

simplex optical cable
A1b
G.657A2

A1b
G.657A2

A1b
LSH/APC-FC/UPC
G.652D
LSH/APC-LSH/APC
G.652D
LSH/APC-LSH/APC
0.9mm (0.035 in.) singlemode tight buffer
G.652D
LSH/APC-LSH/APC
G.652D
LSH/APC-LC/UPC
G.652D
LSH/APC-FC/UPC
G.652D
LC/PC-FC/PC
LC/PC-SC/PC
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3342
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

33 Cables
Type of Connectors at
Both Ends
Optical Cable Type
Fiber Type
LSH/APC-SC/UPC
G.652D
NOTE
The G.657 optical fibers provided by Huawei are named G.657B optical fibers and G.657A2 optical fibers. The
G.657B optical fibers are short-jacket optical fibers defined in ITU-T G.657 (12/2006). According to ITU-T G.
657 (11/2009), these fibers are classified into G.657A1, G.657A2, G.657B2, and G.657B3 optical fibers. The
G.657B optical fibers provided by Huawei and the G.657A2 optical fibers are fully compatible and can be
interconnected. In addition, the G.657B and G.657A2 optical fibers are fully compatible with G.652D optical
fibers. However, the compatibility between customer-purchased G.657B optical fibers and G.657A2 and G.
652D optical fibers needs to be verified.
33.1.2 Connectors
The use of fiber connectors depends on the connector type of optical ports on boards. When
boards are equipped with LC/PC optical ports, LC/PC fiber connectors must be used to mate the
optical ports.
Table 33-2 lists details on classification of fiber connectors.
Table 33-2 Classification of fiber connectors
Type of Fiber Connectors
Description
LC/PC
Plug-in square fiber connector/protruding

polished
FC/PC
Round fiber connector/protruding polished
SC/PC
Square fiber connector/protruding polished
LSH/APC
Fiber connector with a cap that provides

automatic protection against dust/eightdegree radian surface/protruding polished
The appearances of the fiber connectors are shown in Figure 33-1, Figure 33-2, Figure 33-3
and Figure 33-4.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3343
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

33 Cables
Figure 33-1 LC/PC fiber connector
Figure 33-2 FC/PC fiber connector
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3344
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

33 Cables
Figure 33-3 SC/PC fiber connector
Figure 33-4 LSH/APC fiber connector
Cover the optical interfaces of the replaced boards with protective caps in time. Store them in
proper packages to keep the optical interfaces clean. The protective caps recommended are
shown in Figure 33-5, and the protective caps not recommended are shown in Figure 33-6.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3345
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

33 Cables
Figure 33-5 Protective caps recommended
Figure 33-6 Protective caps not recommended
NOTE
The air filter caps made of soft rubber are not recommended, which tends to collect dust and sundries. This type
of caps provides poor dustproof function.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3346
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

33 Cables
33.2 Alarm Cables

Alarm cables for the equipment include the cabinet indicator alarm cable, alarm concatenating/
inter-subrack concatenating cable, and alarm interface cable.
33.2.1 Alarm Output Interface Cable

An alarm output interface cable is used to output and concatenate alarm signals. There are RJ45
connectors at both ends of the cable. During alarm signal output concatenation, both ends of the
cable are connected to the ALMO alarm interfaces in different subracks. During alarm signal
output, one end of the cable is connected to the ALMO alarm interface, and the other end of the
cable is connected to a power distribution cabinet or another set of equipment. In this case, alarms
are displayed in a centralized manner.
Structure
Figure 33-7 shows the structure of the alarm interface cable.
Figure 33-7 Alarm output interface cable
1
View A
8
6
3
1
X2
X1
L
1. Network interface connector
Pin Assignment
For the pin assignment of the alarm output interface cable, refer to Table 33-3.
Table 33-3 Pin assignment of X1/X2
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)
Connector X1
Connector X2
Color
Relationship
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
Pair
X1.1
X2.1
White-orange
X1.6
X2.6
Green

Pair
3347
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

33 Cables
Connector X1
Connector X2
Color
X1.3
X2.3
White-green
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.5
X2.5
White-blue
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
X1.7
X2.7
White-brown
Relationship
Pair
Pair
The technical parameters of the alarm interface cable are listed in Table 33-4.
Table 33-4 Technical parameters of the alarm output interface cable
Item
Description
Connector X1/X2
Network interface connector-8PIN-8bitunshielded-RJ45 connector-uniconductor

flat cable
Type of the cable W1
Symmetrical twisted pair cable-100 UTPCAT5E-0.5 mm (0.02 in.)-24 AWG-4

pairs-PANTONE 430U-low-smoke and
halogen-free cable
Number of cores
Core diameter
0.5 mm (0.02 in.)
33.2.2 Alarm Input Interface Cable

An alarm input interface cable is used to input alarms of external equipment. One end of the
cable is connected to the ALMI interface in a subrack and the other end is connected to the
external equipment under monitoring.
Structure
Figure 33-8 shows the structure of the cable.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3348
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

33 Cables
Figure 33-8 Structure of the alarm concatenating/inter-subrack concatenating cable

8
1
1
X1
X2
1. Network interface connector-RJ45
Pin Assignment
For the pin assignment of the alarm concatenating/inter-subrack concatenating cable, refer to
Table 33-5.
Table 33-5 Pin assignment of the alarm concatenating/inter-subrack concatenating cable
Connector X1
Connector X2
Color
Relationship
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
Pair
X1.1
X2.1
White-orange
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.3
X2.3
White-green
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.5
X2.5
White-blue
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
X1.7
X2.7
White-brown
Pair
Pair
Pair
For the technical parameters of the alarm concatenating/inter-subrack concatenating cable, refer
to Table 33-6.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3349
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

33 Cables
Table 33-6 Technical parameters of the alarm concatenating/inter-subrack concatenating cable

Item
Description
Connector X1/X2
Network interface connector-8PIN-8bitcrystal model connector
Type of the cable
Communication cable-8 cores category-5

twisted pair-24AWG
Number of cores
Core diameter
0.5 mm (0.02 in.)
33.3 Management Cables

Management cables for the equipment include: OAM serial port cables, AUX signal cables and
33.3.1 OAM Serial Port Cable

The OAM serial port cable is used to connect to the OAM interface in OptiX OSN 6800/8800.
Structure
Figure 33-9 shows the structure of the OAM serial port cable.
Figure 33-9 Structure of the OAM serial port cable
1. DB9 connector
Pin Assignment
For the pin assignment of the OAM serial port cable, refer to Table 33-7.
Issue 02 (2015-03-20)

3350
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

33 Cables
Table 33-7 Pin assignment of the OAM serial port

Connector X1
Connector X2
Relationship
X1.1
X2.1
Pair
X1.5
X2.5
X1.2
X2.2
X1.3
X2.3
X1.6
X2.6
X1.7
X2.7
X1.8
X2.8
X1.9
X2.9
Pair
Pair
Pair
The technical parameters of the OAM serial port cable are listed in Table 33-8.
Table 33-8 Technical parameters of the OAM serial port cable
Item
Description
Connector X1, X2
Cable connector-D type-9 PIN-Male-Cable

welding type
Type
Symmetrical twisted-pair cable-100 ohmSEYVP-0.48 mm (0.02 in.)-26AWG-4 pairsBlack
Number of cores
4 pairs
Length
10.0 m (393

OSN 8800 6800 3800 V100R009C10 Hardware Description 02 PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

OSN 8800 6800 3800 V100R009C10 Hardware Description 02 PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2015. All rights reserved.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Huawei Industrial Base

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document

About This Document

OptiX OSN 8800

OptiX OSN 6800

OptiX OSN 3800

iManager U2000 Web LCT

Network Planning Engineer

Hardware Installation Engineer

Installation and Commissioning Engineer

Field Maintenance Engineer

Network Monitoring Engineer

Data Configuration Engineer

System Maintenance Engineer

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document

Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if not

Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save

Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement

Indicates an electrical module.

All modules of a board are inside such a block in bold.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document

Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles

Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"

Updates in Issue 02 (2015-03-20) Based on Product Version

Compared with the other NS4 board, only the

Compared with the TN11ST2 board, the TN12ST2

TN13FIU03: Function enhancement.

The manufacturing process is optimized.

The manufacturing process is optimized.

The manufacturing process is optimized, and the

The manufacturing process is optimized.

The TN54STG board is manufactured using an

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document

Updates in Issue 01 (2014-12-01) Based on Product Version

The 100G PID boards are newly supported by

The OA boards that match 100G PID boards are newly

The physical-layer frequency synchronization and

Updates in Issue 02 (2014-11-10) Based on Product Version

Functions of these boards are changed in

Updates in Issue 01 (2014-08-30) Based on Product Version

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

About This Document

These boards are newly supported by V100R009C00.

Functions of these boards are changed in

Updates in Issue 03 (2014-11-30) Based on Product Version

Added the TN15LTX board.

10.2 8800 AC Power Supply

The OptiX OSN 8800 universal platform subrack can